Muntaḫab al-tavārīḫ - The Muntakhabu-’rukh, Volume 1

Selections from Histories

Text ID: 003601021 • View Author
CONTENTS.
PAGE
TRANSLATOR'S PREFACE i
PROEM 1
I. THE GHAZNIVIDE DYNASTY 14
SULṬÁN NÁṢIRU-D-DÍN SUBUKTIGÍN 14
YAMÍNU-D-DAULAT SULṬÁN MAḤMÚD IBN NÁṢIRU-D-DÍN GHAZNAVÍ 15
SULṬÁN MUḤAMMAD IBN SULṬÁN MAḤMUD GHAZNAVÍ 33
SHAHÁBU-D-DAULAT SULṬÁN MAS‘ÚD IBN MAḤMÚD 35
SULṬÁN MAUDÚD IBN MAS‘ÚD IBN MAHMÚD 46
SULṬAN MAS‘ÚD IBN MAUDÚD IBN MAS‘ÚD IBN MAḤMÚD 50
SULṬÁN ‘ALÍ IBN MAS‘ÚD IBN MAḤMÚD 50
SULṬÁN ‘ABDU-R-RASHÍD IBN MAḤMÚD 50
SULṬÁN FARRUKH ZÁD IBN MAS‘ÚD IBN MAḤMÚD 51
SAIYYIDU-S-SALÁṬÍN IBRAHÍM IBN MAS‘ÚD IBN MAḤMÚD 51
‘ALÁU-D-DÍN MAS‘ÚD IBN IBRAHÍM IBN SULṬÁN MAS‘ÚD 55
SULṬÁN SHERZÁD IBN MAS‘ÚD IBN IBRAHÍM 55
SULṬÁN ARSALÁN SHÁH IBN MAS‘ÚD IBN IBRAHÍM 55
SULṬÁN BAHRÁM SHÁH IBN MAS‘ÚD IBN IBRAHÍM 56
KHUSRAU SHÁH IBN BAHRÁM SHÁH 61
KHUSRAU MALIK IBN KHUSRAU SHÁH 62
HEMISTICH 63
II. THE GHORÍ DYNASTY 64
SULṬÁN MUIZZU-D-DÍN MUḤAMMAD IBN SÁM GHORÍ 64
QITA‘H 68
SULṬÁN QUṬBU-D-DÍN AIBAK 77
SULṬÁN ARÁM SHÁH IBN QUṬBU-D-DÍN AIBAK 87
SULṬÁN SHAMSU-D-DIN IYALTIMISH 88
SULṬĀN RUKNU-D-DĪN FIROZ SHĀH IBN SHAMSU-D-DĪN 97
SULṬĀN RAẒẒĪYAH BINT SULṬĀN SHAMSU-D-DĪN 119
SULṬĀN MU‘IZZU-D-DĪN BAHRĀM SHĀH IBN SHAMSU-D-DĪN 121
SULṬĀN ALĀU-D-DĪN MAS‘ŪD SHĀH IBN RUKNU-D-DĪN FĪROZSHĀH 124
SULṬĀN NĀṢIRU-D-DĪN MAḤMŪD IBN SHAMSU-D-DĪN IYALTIMISH 126
SULṬĀN GHIYĀṮU-D-DĪN BALBAN-I-KHURD 183
THE LAMENT OF MĪR ḤASAN 188
SULṬĀN MU‘IZZU-D-DĪN KAIQUBĀD BIN SULṬĀN NĀṢIRU-D-DĪN BIN
SULṬĀN GHIYĀṮU-D-DĪN BALBAN
220
SULṬĀN SHAMSU-D-DĪN KAI KĀŪS 229
SULṬĀN JALĀLU-D-DĪN IBN YAGHRASH KHILJĪ 230
SULṬĀN ‘ALĀU-D-DĪN KHILJĪ 246
SULṬĀN SHIHĀBU-D-DĪN IBN ‘ALĀU-D-DĪN KHILJĪ 272
SULṬĀN QUṬBU-D-DĪN MUBĀRAK SHĀH IBN ‘ALĀU-D-DĪN KHILJĪ 273
NĀṢIRU-D-DĪN KHUSRŪ KHĀN 290
SULṬĀN GHĪYĀṮU-D-DĪN TUGHLAQ SHĀH 296
SULṬĀN MUḤAMMAD ‘ĀDIL IBN TUGHLAQ SHĀH 301
SULṬĀN FĪROZ SHĀH IBN MALIK RAJAB 321
SULṬĀN TUGHLAQ SHĀH IBN FATḤ KHĀN IBN SULṬĀN FĪRŪZ 341
ABU BAKR SHĀH IBN ẒAFAR KHĀN [IBN FATḤ KHĀN IBN FĪRŪZ SHĀH 342
SULṬĀN MUḤAMMAD SHĀH IBN FĪROZ SHĀH 346
SULṬĀN ‘ALĀU-D-DĪN SIKANDAR SHĀH IBN-I-MUḤAMMAD SHĀH IBN-I-
FĪROZ SHĀH
347
SULṬĀN MAḤMŪD SHĀH IBN-I-MUḤAMMAD SHĀH 348
MASNAD-I-‘ĀLĪ KHIẒR KHĀN IBN MALIKU-SH-SHARQ IBN MALIK
SULEIMĀN
375
SULṬĀN MUBĀRAK SHĀH IBNI KHIẒR KHĀN IBNI MALIK SULĪMĀN 381
SULṬĀN MUḤAMMAD SHĀH IBN I FARĪD KHĀN 395
SULṬĀN ‘ALĀU-D-DĪN IBN I MUḤAMMAD SHĀH IBN I MUBĀRAK
SHĀH IBN I KHIẒR KHĀN
400
SULṬĀN BUHLŪL [IBN I KĀLĀ]2 LODĪ, 402
SULṬĀN SIKANDAR IBN I SULṬĀN BUHLŪL 411
SULṬĀN ĪBRAHĪM BIN SULṬĀN SIKANDAR LODĪ 430
ẒAHĪRU-D-DĪN MUḤAMMAD BĀBAR PĀDISHĀH GHĀZĪ 443
THE DATE OF THE DEATH OF SHĀH BĀBAR 447
NAṢĪRU-D-DĪN [WAU-D-DUNYĀ] MUḤAMMAD HUMĀYŪN
PĀDSHĀH-I-GHĀZĪ
451
SHĪR KHĀN IBN I ḤASAN SŪR 466
ISLEM SHĀH IBNI SHĪR SHĀH SŪR 485
FĪRŌZ SHĀH IBN-I-ISLEM SHĀH 535
SULṬĀN MUḤAMMAD ‘ĀDIL COMMONLY KNOWN AS ‘ADLĪ 536
NASĪRU-D-DĪN MUḤAMMAD HUMĀYŪN PĀDSHĀH GHĀZI 559
INDEX i
TRANSLATOR'S PREFACE.

IN presenting this translation of the first volume of Badāonī's Muntakhabu-t-tawārīkh (Selections from Histories) I cannot but be conscious of its many defects.

No one who has not attempted to translate from Persian into English can form the slightest idea of the special difficulties of the task.

The inherent differences of idiom in the two languages, the rich expansiveness of the one, and the rigid inflexibility of the other, render the attempt to fitly represent the glowing colours of Persian in the dull monotone of modern English, all but hopeless. It has been said that the test of a translation is not its literalness but its truth: that is to say, not its fidelity to the author's expression, but its response to his inspiration. It must not merely reproduce the letter, it must embody the spirit of the original composition.

How great is the demand thus made upon the translator must be evident to anyone who is acquainted with both Persian and English: and the difficulties which appear so formidable in prose translation, become insurmountable in the case of poetry.

The various metres of Persian poetry are so entirely characteristic and essential in their nature, that it has appeared to me futile, if not impertinent, to attempt similar metrical renderings in English.

Even where it is possible to reproduce by conjunction of English words, the rhythm and accent of any Persian metre, such a composition no more recalls the original, than does the skeleton of the anatomical museum summon up the living and breathing animal.

For this reason, the poetical portions of Badāonī's work have, in the present translation, almost without exception been rendered, not in verse but in prose, thus preserving the substance while sacrificing the form, as the transparent cube of salt may be crushed so as to be unrecognisable by its crystalline form, but still retains its chemical composition. To render poetry satisfactorily a translator must be both linguist and poet; if he be only a linguist he should not tamper with the finished work of the poet; he can, at best, only hope to outline the subject, leaving the colour-scheme untouched.

I am aware that a high authority0-2 has expressed himself in favour of the translation of Persian poetry into English verse, but the qualifications which shall render a translator competent to undertake such a task must fall to the lot of very few.

With this full knowledge of the difficulties to be encountered, the present translation was undertaken, and it is presented in the confidence that those who are the best judges of the nature of the task will be the first to make allowances for defects in its performance.

◌
CALCUTTA:}GEORGE RANKING.
July 18th, 1898.

For a life of Badāonī reference should be made to page 117 of the Journal of the Asiatic Society of Bengal, No. III, 1869, where an excellent biography will be found written by the late Professor Blochmann.

The sources from which this translation has been made are the following:—

1. The “Muntakhab Al-Tawārīkh,” edited by Maulavī Aḥmad Alī, printed at the College Press, Calcutta, 1868, and published in the Bibliotheca Indica of the Asiatic Society of Bengal, Vol. I, referred to in the translation as the Text.

2. Manuscript No. 1592 of the Muntakhabu-t-Tawārīkh of ‘Abdu-l-Qādir Mulūk Shāh Badāonī, in the library of the Asiatic Society of Bengal. Written by one Muḥammad Saiyyid (?), in the year 1255 H. (1839 A.D.). This is referred to in the translation as MS. (A).

3. Manuscript No. A. 44, also from the above library. This is referred to in the translation as MS. (B). The transcriber of this Manuscript is one Muḥammad Nāẓim. It bears no date.

The printed text has been carefully collated with these two manuscripts, and all variant readings noted.

TRANSLATION
OF THE ◌ OF AL-BADA'ONI.1

IN THE NAME OF GOD THE COMPASSIONATE, THE MERCIFUL.

Oh thou1a from whose name spring all other names,
Kings at thy door are suppliant as I at theirs—
When once the impulse of zeal for thee was felt,
No foot remained shod, no head remained crowned.

Emperor of the world! with this unprofitable soul of mine which has become the abode of demons and wild beasts,1b in what way can I conceive thy praises, and with this worn and foolish tongue of mine, which has become as it were food for cats and dogs, how can I chant thy eulogy.

How can the miserable dust proclaim the Unity of God.
How in this state of defilement praise the Divine Being.

Moreover, the foot of search limps feebly in this unknown road, because of my constant anxiety and habitual fear, while in this limitless desert, my stammering tongue finds the sphere of speech always contracted.

That which my soul knows is but secondary,1c what my tongue speaks are but particles—(and therefore unintelligible).
How can I know thee in my soul or express thee with my tongue.

This seems best, that I should restrain my pen from travelling 2. in this valley, and having hidden the head of bewilderment in the cloke2 of meditation on men and regions2a should open the eye of my understanding to the knowledge of Thy all-perfect works and unfading kingdom, and proceeding, through the vicissitudes of affairs of created beings, to the Unity of thy exalted personality, should end with the world of proclaiming and confessing the Unity of God,2b so that I may see with the eye of certainty—nay more that I may recognize that

In thy excellence there is no room for duality,2c
Thou and thy majesty make up the universe.

and I have moistened my lips with the pure water of the praise of that chieftain whose name is “praised”2d whose end is lauded; Lord of the promised fountain,3 and of the praise which is on every tongue3a (may the blessing and peace of God be upon him and his family) because the mantle of the honour of eternal and everlasting empire lies gracefully upon his noble figure, and the proclamation3b and stamp of undiminishing power and glorious sovereignty of right belongs to his exalted name.

The monarch of Arabia of whom the world is a manifestation,
The Lord of the earth, whose servant he is, swears by his name.
He was the near neighbour of the Truth for this reason had no shadow3c
To the end that no one should place a foot on (the shadow of) his head—

Countless3d praises and eulogies on the elect family and the truth-perceiving companions of the Prophet, especially upon the rightly-guided Khalífahs3e (may the favour of God be on them all) who, for the elevation of the standard of religion and the promulgation of the word of evident truth3f risked their lives and laid down their heads as a ransom, and thus cleared the thorns of infidelity and the undergrowth of heresy from the plain of the kingdom of the sacred law.4

After the praise of God and of the Lord the protector of the divine missive (may the blessing of God be upon him, his family and his companions, a blessing safe from all termination), we have to declare that the science of History is essentially a 3 lofty science and an elegant branch of learning, because it is the fountain-head of the learning of the experienced, and the source of the experience of the learned and discriminating, and the writers of stories and biographies from the time of Adam to this present time in which we live, have completed reliable compositions and comprehensive works, and have proved the excellence thereof by proofs and demonstrations, but it must not be supposed that the reading and study of this science—as certain lukewarm religionists, and the party of doubt and dissent, shortsighted as they are, are wont to affirm—has been or will be a cause of wandering from the straight path of the illustrious law of Muḥammad (may the blessing and peace of God be upon him and his family), or become the entry into and way of ascent to the fountainheads of scepticism, and drinking places of defilement of the licentious and heretical, and those who have gone astray; because for a body of men who in the very essence of their constitution are devoid of any share in religious principle, the reading of the eternal word which is the key of evident happiness and “a healing and a mercy for the worlds,”4a becomes a cause of misery and everlasting loss “and if they are not guided by it they say— “this is an antiquated lie.”5

If this is the case with the Qurán5a what chance has History?

“When any man has lost his hearing through melancholia,5b
He cannot participate in the music of David and its harmony.”

But I address my words to those who are endowed with the qualities of sound intellect and brilliancy of genius, and natural equity—not to those who are not led by the sacred law and who deny all principle, fundamental or derivative,5c because such men are not worthy of this discourse, nor are they within the pale of the wise, and discreet, and understanding, and how can one absolutely refuse to admit a science which is one-seventh of the 4. seven sections6 upon which the foundation of the establishment of Faith and Certainty is laid.

“And all that we relate to thee of the tidings of the prophets with which we have established your hearts”6a tells us of this, and a large body of the learned expositors of the traditions and commentators on the Qurán, as for example Imám Bukhárí6b and Qáẓí Baiẓáwí6c up to our own times have occupied themselves in writing about this heart-enthralling science, and their words and practice have become an authority for the nations both East and West, in spite of the diversity of their origins and the distinction of their various degrees. While on the other hand an insignificant band of innovators and inventors who with the disgraceful partisanship of greedy mindedness and importunate desires, and shortsightedness as regards both outward and inward qualities, have placed their feet in the valley of audacity, and have introduced interpolations and errors into true and memorable histories, and having abandoned recognised constructions7 and explanations, and interpretations of obvious nature, and estimating the conflicts and discussions of the noble companions and mighty followers (of the Prophet) by their own condition, attributed them to mutual contradiction and hatred, and to rivalry in the splendour and amount of their property and family, and having seduced simple minded people of elementary belief, have led them, by their own error and by attributing error to others, to Gehenna, the house of perdition.

“When the crow7a becomes leader of a tribe, he will surely lead them along the path of destruction.”

And if the eye of a man be instilled with the collyrium of the Divine guidance, and illuminated by the light of truth, and guarded from every calamity which happens in the world of existence and evil, he passes to the Unity of the Creator, the Ancient of days, the Glorious, freed from the stain of innovation, and purified from the blemish of change and alteration. And when I look carefully, I see that the world is itself an ancient archetype which has neither head nor root, its pages are a confused record, and in each page there is a list of the affairs of a section of 5. mankind who have had the reins of the management of affairs entrusted to their hands.

This ancient Sháhnáma relates the affairs of the kings of the world.
Do thou always look and read therein with circumspection.
The spell of this narrative brings sweet sleep to him
Who is in delirium, and has become distracted with madness of the brain.
But it also wakens him who on account of pride, has fallen into the slumber of carelessness and whom the devil has deceived.

And inasmuch as the invoker of blessing upon all mankind, ‘Abdul Qádir ibn Mulúk Sháh Badáoni (may God erase his name from the book of sins) in the beginning of the year 9998 in accordance with the fateful order of his excellency the Khalífah of the time, the shadow of the Deity, Akbar Sháhí8a when he had finished his selection from the History of Kashmír8b which, by the soul-inspiring order of that world-conquering Emperor whose throne is the heaven, one of the incomparable doctors of India had translated from the Hindí into Persian, yielded to a liking which he had for this science from youth to maturity, and as it was seldom that he had not been occupied in reading and writing it, either of his own free will and accord or in obedience to orders, it used often to occur to him to write as well an epitome of the affairs of the Emperors of the metropolis of Dehli, from the time of the commencement of Islám to the time of writing, in a concise manner,——

All the world is but a village that (city of Mecca) is the central point8c (of Islám).

that it might be a memorandum comprising a portion of the events of each reign in brief form, and a memorial for my friends, and a conspectus for the intellectual, and although it might not be a book to be relied upon, or a notable composition, still in accordance with the saying ——

“These ancient pages of the sky whose beauty the stars are, 6.
Are an ancient hiṣtory of many Emperors whose armies excel the stars in number,”

it may be that from the perusal of this book a messenger from the world of spirits and invisible mysteries may cast a ray of light upon the receptive mind, and thus being a cause of abstraction and seclusion, may wean the soul from the love of this transitory world, and may aid the compiler of these pages in the prosecution of his task, and his hopes may not be blighted; and inasmuch as each day some new grief used to appear, and some vexatious annoyance used to shew itself, helps being few and hindrances many; moreover by reason of fresh toils and temporal changes it was difficult to remain in one place.

“Each day would bring a different place, each night a different roof.”

And besides all this, my sustenance was by no means assured, hanging as it were between heaven and earth, and my heart utterly distracted by separation from kindred and friends; accordingly that commission was only accomplished by fits and starts,9 until a kind and complaisant man of wealth, orthodox and religiously disposed, and happily furnished with this world's goods, who was very devoted to me, and for whom I too entertained an indescribable ạffection, having completed the writing of the Táríkh i Niẓámí9a which is a bulky volume, and which is here being completed by me—removed the furniture of life to the sublime abode of Paradise.

“He has departed—I too follow him.
Each one at last must go the self same way.”

At this juncture, when Time departing from its usual custom, has treated me in the matter of leisure with some sort of liberality, it has come about that I have been able to steal a morsel of 7. the chequered10 hours of my life from his grasp, so that I renewed my intention and confirmed my purpose, and on this ground that there is no bygone event which has not left something for the present,

“If the peasant thoroughly clears under the sheaves of wheat
He leaves the sparrow's portion on the ground,”

I have selected and transcribed accurately a portion of the circumstances of some of the autocrat Emperors of Hindustan from the Táríkh i Mubárak Sháhí10a and the Niẓámu-t-Tawáríkh of Niẓámí10b which is as it were a drop in the ocean and a bubble of the turbulent floods, and have also added somewhat of my own, and have kept before me the desirability of conciseness and have imposed upon myself the necessity of avoidance of all affectation of style and metaphor, and have named this model composition Muntakhabu-t-Tawáríkh.11 I hope that this imperfect collation and composition, whose object is the perpetuation of the auspicious names of the Emperors of Islám, and the transmission of a memorial thereof in this changing world until the final consummation, may lead to the pardon of the author in the world to come, and not be an augmentation of the crimes laid to his charge.

“And do thou, O Nightingale, as thou roamest through this garden,
With all thy sweetness, abstain from blaming the defects of the crow.”

Since the object of my ambition is to write correctly, if I should by accident let fall from my pen the instrument of my thoughts, or commit in my thoughts, which are the motive agent of my 8. pen, any slip or error, I hope that He (may He be glorified and exalted) in accordance with his universal mercy which is of old, will overlook and pardon it.

By speaking evil do not change my tongue,
And do not make this tongue of mine my wrong.11a

And since the first of the Emperors of Islám who were the cause of the conquest of Hindustán—(after Mahomed Qásim,11b

cousin and son-in-law of Hajjáj-ibn-Yúsuf Ṯaqfí,12 who in the year, 93 A.H., (711 A.D.), conquered the countries of Sind, Multán and Gujrát, and, by the order of Walíd ibn-‘Abdul Malik Marwání12a who on an important occasion wrote to him from Damascus and summoned him to his presence, starting from Oodypur in India, and wrapping himself in a raw hide, while on his journey yielded up his life to God, and after him the affairs of Islám in that country lost all order) were Náṣiru-d-din Subuktigín13 whose son was Sulṭán Maḥmúd Ghaznaví who every year used to make incursions into India with the object of plundering and engaging in religious warfare, and in the reign of whose sons Lahore became the seat of Government, so that Islám never again lost its hold on that country—accordingly I deemed it right to commence this history with an account of that monarch whose end was glorious, so that it may be fortunate from the first, and lauded at the last—and God is the best of helpers and defenders.

THE GHAZNIVIDE DYNASTY.

From Sulṭán Náṣiru-d-dín Subuktigín to Khusrau Malik, who, prior to the conquest of Dehli, proclaimed Islám in Hindustán, from the year 367 A.H. (977 A.D.), to the year 582 A.H. (1186 A.D.). Their sovereignty thus lasted two hundred and fifteen years under the sway of fifteen monarchs.

SULṬÁN NÁṢIRU-D-DÍN SUBUKTIGÍN

Was of Turkí origin, the slave of Alptigín who was a servant of Amír Manṣúr-ibn-Núḥ Sámání.14 In the year 367 H. after the death of Abú Iṣḥáq, the son of Alptigín, by common consent of the soldiery and populace he succeeded14a to the imperial throne in the city of Bust14b and raised the standard of conquest, and girding up the loins of energy and effort for foray and religious war, he invaded Hindustán on the frontiers of the country of Koh-i-Júd 15 and having fought a severe battle with Jaipál who was the 9. ruler of Hindustán, concluded peace with him. Jaipál, however, broke the treaty. Accordingly Náṣiru-d-dín Subuktigín equipped an army composed of 10,000 cavalry and numberless elephants huge as mountains, and engaged in conflict with him a second time, fought a great battle with him in the neighbourhood of Lamghánát,15a the breeze of victory stirred the banners of Amír Náṣirn-d-dín, the army of Jaipál suffered defeat, and he himself took to flight and sought refuge in Hindustán. Thus Lamghánát came into the possession of Amír Náṣiru-d-dín, the Khutbah was read and the coin struck in his name.15b Then he proceeded to the assistance of Amír Núḥ-ibn-Manṣúr Sámání15c and was the means of procuring notable victories in Khurásán and the regions beyond the river.15d Finally in the month of Sha‘bán15e of the year 387 A.H. (997 A.D.,) he obediently submitted to the summons of the Almighty, having reigned for twenty years.

YAMÍNU-D-DAULAT SULṬÁN MAḤMÚD IBN NÁṢIRU-D-DÍN GHAZNAVÍ.

When Subuktigín, in the month of Sha‘ban 387 H., while on the road to Ghaznín, receiving the summons of the Almighty responded “Here am I,” he appointed his young son Isma‘íl as his successor.16 When this news reached Maḥmúd who was the elder son of Subuktigín, he wrote a letter of condolence to his brother and sought a peaceful solution of the difficulty on the following terms: That Isma‘íl should give up Ghaznín to Maḥmúd, receiving in its stead the governorship of Balkh: Isma‘íl refused these terms, and eventually war was declared between the brothers. Maḥmúd was victorious, and after defeating Isma‘íl, 10. kept him closely besieged in Ghaznín for a space of six months, at the expiration of which time certain of their friends intervened and made peace between them. Isma‘íl then came and had an interview with Maḥmúd, and the sovereignty devolved upon Yamínu-d-Daulat Maḥmúd. After this a quarrel arose between Maḥmúd and Manṣúr ibn-Núḥ Sámání and also his brother ‘Abdu-l-Malik ibn-Núḥ.16a Eventually Maḥmúd got the upper hand. The Amírs of ‘Abdu-l-Malik also, Fáiq and Baktúzún, who engaged in contest with Maḥmúd, were defeated by him, and the sovereignty of the whole of Khurásán, of Ghaznín, and the frontiers of Hindustán came into the hands of Maḥmúd.

Maḥmúd's mother was the daughter of the ruler of Zábul16b

[that is to say Qandahár17] accordingly, he is called Maḥmúd Zábulí—as Firdausí17a says:

The auspicious court of Maḥmúd Zábulí is an ocean,
An ocean such that no shore can be found for it:
I went to the ocean—I dived but found no pearl
The fault is my fortune's—not that of the ocean.

In the early part of his reign he had some unpleasant correspondence with the Khalífah of Baghdád Al-Qádir billáhi ‘Abbási.17b Eventually the Khalif despatched a magnificent robe of honour, and many presents of precious things and gems, and conferred on him the title of Amíru-l-Míllat Yamínu-d-Daulat.

Leaving Ghaznín he went to Balkh and Herát, and in 387 A.H., (997 A.D.) he returned to Ghaznín after having settled those provinces, and thence made repeated incursions and forays into Hindustán, and took several fortresses. ‘Asjadí17c composed the following qaṣída in honour of this expedition:

When the king of kings marched to Somnát17d
He made his own deeds the standard of miracles.

In the month of Shawwál, 391 A. H., (1000 A.D.) Maḥmúd re- 11. turned to Hindustán from Ghaznín with ten thousand cavalry, and reduced Pesháwar. He also again drew up his forces on these frontiers for battle with Jaipál who confronted him with large forces of cavalry and infantry and three hundred elephants. Sulṭán Maḥmúd gained the day and Jaipál was taken prisoner together with fifteen of his relatives, his brothers and his sons; and five thousand infidels fell by the sword. Great spoils fell into the hands of the Gházis, among them a pearl necklet which was on the neck of Jaípál, which was worth some hundred and eighty thousand dínárs,18 and the necklets of the others too, on the same scale. This victory was won on Saturday,19 the 8th of Muḥarram, 392 H., (1001 A.D.) Leaving this place Maḥmúd proceeded to the fortress of Tabarhindah19a which was the residence19b of Jaipál, and conquered that country.

After this in the month of Muḥarram 393 A.H. he left Ghaznín and proceeded to Hindustán by way of Seistán and assaulted Bhátia19c which is in the vicinity of Multán. The Rájá of that place, Bejí Ráí, fearing the punishment of the Sulṭán killed himself with a dagger, and they brought his head to the Sulṭán. Many Hindús, more than one can number, were hurried along the road to non-existence by the pitiless sword, and Maḥmúd took as spoil two hundred and seventy elephants while Dá‘úd ibn-Naṣr19d the renegade ruler of Multán, being reduced to submission by the Sulṭán, agreed to pay twenty times twenty thousand dirhams19e annual tribute.

As he was advancing to Multán, Anandpál, son of Jaipál, rose up against him to oppose the advance of the Sulṭán, but fled after the battle to the mountains of Kashmír, and the Sulṭán reached 12. Multán by way of Hindustán.20 Those events occurred in 396 A.H. (1005 A.D.) In the following year 397 A.H. (1006 A.D.) a battle was fought at Balkh between Maḥmúd and Ilak Khán20a king of Máwará an-Nahr.20b Sulṭán Maḥmúd was victorious; Ilak Khán finally died in the year 403 H. (1012 A.D.)

In the year 398 H. (1007 A.D.) Maḥmúd entered Turkistán, and having settled the affairs of the Turkís, pursued Súkhpál20c Nabsa, Rájá of Sind (who having embraced Islám had been released from his captivity to Abú ‘Alí Sinjúrí but had again joined the idolators and apostates) overcame him and threw him into prison where he died.

In the year 399 A.H. (1008 A.D.) Maḥmúd a second time entered Hindustán and engaging in battle with the aforesaid Anand Pál defeated him, and betaking himself with his vast spoil to the fortress of Bhímnagar20d —which nowadays is known as the Thána of Bhím—reduced it by promising quarter to the garrison, and gained possession of the treasure and valuables which had been buried and stored there since the time of Bhím, and in the early part of the year 400 H. he caused several golden and silver thrones to be placed in his court, and ordered that all that boundless and incomputable wealth should be scattered at the foot of his own throne that the people might gaze on it. In the year 401 H. (1010 A.D.) he left Ghaznín and again marched towards Multán, and took possession of the remninder of the country and put to death the greater part of the Karma-tians 21 and heretics of that region, and sent the remainder whom he did not put to death to the fort,21a where they died. He took Dáúd ibn Nasr, the heretic ruler of Multán, to Ghaznín and kept him a prisoner in the fortress of Ghorí,21b where he died.

In the year 402 H. (1011 A.D.), he set out for Thánesar21c and 13. Jaipál, the son of the former Jaipál, offered him a present of fifty elephants and much treasure. The Sulṭán, however, was not to be deterred from his purpose; so refused to accept his present, and seeing Thánesar empty he sacked it and destroyed its idol temples, and took away to Ghaznín, the idol known as Chakar-súm, 22 on account of which the Hindús had been ruined; and having placed it in his court, caused it to be trampled under foot by the people. In the year 403 H. (1012 A.D.), he conquered Ghurjistán,22a and in the selfsame year an ambassador arrived from the ruler of Egypt, and when the Sulṭán heard that he was of the Bátiní sect,22b he exposed him to public ridicule22c and expelled him.

In the year 404 H. (1013 A.D.), he prepared an expeditionary force to attack Nandana,22d a city situated on the mountains of Bálnáth. Jaipál II22e left a force to defend that fortress, and himself proceeded to the Kashmír pass. The Sulṭán gained possession of that fortress with promise of quarter, and left Sárégh Kotwál to defend it, while he pursued Jaipál. He took the vast spoils of that mountainous region and put many infidels to death by the sword of holy war, and honoured the rest by admitting them to Islám—a certain number he led captive to Ghaznín.

In the year 406 H. (1015 A.D.), he contemplated the conquest of Kashmír, and besieged the fortress of Lohar Kot,22f which was a very high fort, but was forced to abandon the siege on account of the severity of the cold and rain, and the constant reinforcements available to the Kashmírís, and returned to Ghaznín. In that year he entered into a contract for the marriage of his sister with Abul Abbás ibn Mámún Khwárazm Sháh,23 and sent her to Khwárazm.

In the year 407 H. (1016 A.D.), a band of ruffians murdered 14. Khwárazm Sháh, and Maḥmúd leaving Ghaznín, proceeded first to Balkh and thence to Khwárazm, where a furious battle took place between his forces and those of Khamártásh, the commander-in-chief of Khwárazm. The Sulṭán's forces gained the day and Maḥmúd appointed Altún Tásh governor of that country, investing him with the title of Khwárazm Sháh, he also took vengeance on the murderers of Khwárazm Sháh, and returned (to Ghaznín) after having arranged those important affairs.

In the year 409 H., he marched with the object of subduing Qanauj,23a and having crossed the seven23b dangerous rivers of Hindustán, upon his arrival in the neighbourhood of Qanauj, Kúrah,23c the ruler of Qanauj, offered his submission, and sued for quarter, offering presents. Leaving that place he arrived at the fortress of Barnah24 whose governor Barwat, having entrusted the defence of the fortress to his kinsfolk, retired into seclusion.

The garrison of the fort not being able to withstand Maḥmúd's assault sent a present of a lakh and fifty thousand24a rupees, with thirty elephants, and thus obtained quarter. From thence Maḥmúd proceeded to the fortress of Maháwun24b on the banks of the river Jon,24c where the governor of the fort named Kal Chandar24d attempted to escape by crossing the river riding on an elephant, but in the meantime the troops of the Sultán arrived, and he destroyed himself by stabbing himself with a dagger—

By that same watery path he went to Hell.
When to live is to fulfil the desires of one's enemies
Death is infinitely preferable to life.

At the taking of the fortress of Qanauj eighty-five elephants and a boundless amount of spoil fell into the hands of the troops. From thence he went to Mathra24e which is a place of worship of the infidels, and the birth place of Kishan, the son of Basudev, 15. whom the Hindus worship as a divinity—where there are idol temples without number, and took it without any contest, and rased it to the ground. Great wealth and booty fell into the hands of the Muslims, among the rest they broke up by the orders of the Sulṭán, a golden idol, the weight of which was ninety-eight thousand three hundred miṯgáls25 of refined gold and a piece of sapphire25a whose weight was four hundred and fifty miṯqáls: besides a celebrated elephant of huge size, like a mountain, belonging to Rájá Gobind Chand, one of the Rájás of Hindustán, which the Sulṭán had long earnestly sought to buy, but which was not to be had. By chance one night, when they were returning, this elephant broke loose and came into the Sultán's camp without a keeper. The Sulṭán was greatly pleased with its capture, and gave it the name of Khudádád.25b When the spoil reached Ghaznín it was found to amount to over twenty million and fifty-three thousand dirams, and three hundred and fifty odd elephants.25c

In the year 410 H. (1019 A.D.), Maḥmúd again turned his footsteps towards Hindustán and encountered and fought on the banks of the river Jon with Nandá the Rája of Kálinjar,25d who had with him 36,000 cavalry and 45,00026 infantry and 640 elephants, and who had put to death the Rájá of Qanauj on the occasion of his submission to the Sulṭán, and who had also come to the help of Jaipál, who had several times fled from before the Sulṭán. The servants of the Sulṭán who had gone forward to 16. the attack, found the city deserted, and sacked it. A terrible dread overwhelmed the heart of Jaipál, so that leaving all his property and material of war just as they stood, he took to flight with some selected companies. Five hundred and eighty elephants during the pursuit, emerging from a forest, fell into the hands of the Sulṭán's troops. He then returned to Ghaznín.— Many regions passed from the possession of the infidels to the Muslims, moreover the people of that country, either willingly or perforce, made profession of Islám.

In the year 412 H. (1021 A.D.), Máhmud proceeded to Kash-mír and laid siege to the fort of Loharkot for a month, but it held out being exceedingly well fortified. Leaving Loharkot he went to Lahore, and in the beginning of spring returned to Ghaznín.

In the year 413 H. (1022 A.D.), he again made an attempt on the country of Nandá, and when he arrived at the fortress of Gwáliár, having reduced it peaceably and accepted presents from its governor, confirmed him in his governorship. As part of that present there were thirty-five elephants. Leaving that place he went to the fort of Kálinjar, the commander of which first made an offering of three hundred elephants and sought his protection.26a

He also composed a poem in Hindí in praise of the Sulṭán, and sent it to him, whereupon the Sulṭán read the poem in the presence of the eloquent men of Hindustán and the poets of his own country. They were all loud in their praises of the poem, and the Sulṭán was so proud of it, that he wrote a patent conferring upon him the governorship of fifteen forts as a reward for the poem. Nandá also sent large quantities of property and jewels, and countless articles of value as an offering to Maḥmúd. The Sulṭán victorious and triumphant returned to Ghaznín.

In the year 414 H. (1024 A.D.), Mahmúd went to Balkh, and 17. passed the river Jaihún.27 The chiefs of the regions beyond the river,27a hastened to meet him, and Yúsuf Qadr Khán king of the whole of Turkístán, came out to receive him, and visited the Sulṭán. They held great banquets and gave presents to each other, and Alí Tagín, of whose oppression the people of the regions beyond the river had complained, learning what was happening took to flight. The Sulṭán pursued him and having captured him sent him a prisoner to one of the fortresses of Hindustán, then he returned and spent the winter in Ghaznín.

Once more27b he led his army against Somnát, which is a large city on the coasts of the ocean,27c a place of worship of the Brahmans who worship a large idol. There are many golden idols there. Although certain historians have called this idol Manát, and say that it is the identical idol which the Arab idolators brought to the coasts of Hindustán in the time of the Lord of the Missive (may the blessing and peace of God be upon him), this story has no foundation, because the Brahmans of India firmly believe that this idol has been in that place since the time of Kishan, that is to say four thousand years and a fraction. Its name too, in the Hindí language, is really Sobha Náth, that is to say Lord of Beauty, and not Manát.28 The reason for this mistake must surely be the resemblance in name, and nothing else. In this expedition, having taken the city of Patan28a which is known as Naharwála, a city of Gujerát, and having obtained a great supply of provisions from thence, he arrived at Somnát where the garrison closed the gates of the fort against him, and reaped their reward in rapine and plunder. The fort was taken and Maḥmúd broke the idol in fragments and sent it to Ghaznín, where 18. it was placed at the door of the Jámi‘ Masjid and trodden under foot.28b

At the time of his return, not considering it expedient to fight with Bairám Dev,28c one of the mighty Rájás of Hindustán who stood in his way, Maḥmúd turned towards Multán by way of Sindh.29 His army suffered great hardships from scarcity of water and forage, until with great difficulty he reached Ghaznín in the year 417 H.

In that year Al Qádir billáhi29a the Khalífah, despatched a flag with a letter appointing the Sultán29b to the Governorship of Khurásán and Hindustán, Nímroz and Khwárazm, and conferred titles of honour upon his brothers and sons, and in the same way assigned the titles of Kahfu-d-Daulat wal Islám to the Sultán, and to his elder son Amír Mas‘úd that of Shahábu-d-Daulat wa Jamálu-l-Millat, and to Amír Muḥammad his younger brother that of Jalálu-d-Daulat, and to Amír Yúsuf that of ‘Aẓdu-d-Daulat— and so forth.

In this year by way of punishing the Jats29c of the vicinity of Multán, who had committed many acts of disrespect, Maḥmúd brought an army to Multán—and four thousand (some say eight thousand) boats belonging to the Jats laden with their families and property, were sunk in the Multán river on the occasion of a victory obtained by the boats of the Sultán, on which they had arranged some especial contrivance,29d and the Jats were drowned and sank in the whirlpool of destruction, and the rest became food for the sword, their families were taken captive, and the Sulṭán, victorious and triumphant, returned to Ghaznín.—

In the year 418 H. (1027 A.D.) marching towards Báward,29e he utterly destroyed the Turkomans of that country, and thence he hastened to Rai30 and laid hands on the treasures and hidden valuables of that country which had been there for many years, and eradicated 19. the false religionists and Karamanians of that place, and bestowed Rai and Isfahán on Amír Mas‘úd his elder son. He then returned to Ghaznín and shortly afterwards became attacked by consumption, 30a his weakness day by day increased. Nevertheless he used to take great pains to pretend that he was well and strong, and in that condition went to Balkh and in the spring came to Ghaznín, and died of that disease on Thursday, the 23rd of Rabi‘ul Awwal, 421 A.H.,31 and was buried at Ghaznín. His age was sixty years, and he had reigned thirty-one years. They say that when he was dying he ordered them to bring all his wealth and treasures and property before him, he lay looking at them from time to time regretfully sighing at having to part with them. He would not give the smallest trifle to any one.

He had made the journey to Hindustán and engaged in holy war, twelve times. Verily his reckoning is with his Lord; and the story in connection with him and Firdausi32 the poet is well known, and the holy Jámí32a says:

It is well to recognize merits for when the arched sky
At last discharged the arrows of misfortune,
The glory of Maḥmúd passed away, nothing remained in the world
Save only this saying “He recognized not the worth of Firdausî.

And in the Taẕkira of Muḥammad Ufí,33 the following Qiṭa‘h has been attributed to the Sulṭán Maḥmúd.

From the dread of the world-winning sword and the fear of the fort-crushing sceptre,
The world became subject to me as I am subjected to reason,
At one time there would I sit serene in my splendour and riches
At another time following Avarice roamed I from country 20. to country;
Oft would I boastfully say Lo! I am a man of importance,
But now I clearly perceive that the King and the beggar are equals.
I, with one wave of my hand, have conquered a myriad of castles
With one firm plant of my foot I have broken lines without number
When Death made the final assault, naught then did my splendour avail me
Nothing continues but God, God's kingdom alone is a kingdom.
SULṬÁN MUḤAMMAD IBN SULṬÁN MAḤMUD GHAZNAVÍ,

Who was styled Jalálu-d-Daulat, in the aforesaid year, by the provisions of his father's will, and with the acquiescence of Ibn Arsalán33a a relative of Sulṭán Maḥmúd, succeeded to the royal throne in Ghaznín, and a month and a half after his accession Amír Aiyáz33b came to terms with the servants, and having mounted horses from the royal stables, took the road to Bust with the object of entering the service of Shahábu-d-Daulah Mas‘úd who was at Sipáhán.34 Amír Muḥammad despatched Súndhí34a Ráí the Hindú with a large army in pursuit of them, Amír Aiyáz was victorious in the fight, and put to death Súndhí Rái the Hindú with a large number of Hindús, and sent their heads to Amír Muḥammad. Amír Aiyáz joined Amír Mas‘úd at Níshapúr,34b and four months later Amír Muḥammad moved his camp in the direction of Bust,34c and came out in full force from Ghaznín with the intention of fighting with his brother, and when he reached Takínábád34d all his Amírs having revolted against him, put out his eyes and threw him into the fort of Bajj34e in Majbaristán34f and having gone over to Amír Mas‘úd with the whole army and treasures, went 21. to Herát and met him there. The blinded Amír Muḥammad reigned five months, but according to Qázi Baiẓáví34g it was fourteen years, and the period of his imprisonment was nine years. God knows the truth. The author of the34h Lubbu-t-Tawárikh writes that Muḥammad ibn Mahmúd wielded sovereignty in Ghazna for four years in the first instance, during the reign of his father, afterwards he was imprisoned for nine years by the command of his brother Mas‘úd, and after the murder of Mas‘úd he reigned for another year and then died.

An Amír in whose palace thou seest thousands of sentinels
Now on the vault of his tomb thou seest ravens keeping watch;
Thou didst see the head of Alp Arslán35 reach the sky in its grandeur,
Come to Mary that thou mayest see the body of Alp Arsláu beneath the dust.
SHAHÁBU-D-DAULAT SULṬÁN MAS‘ÚD IBN MAḤMÚD.

By the consent of the Amírs and Vazírs of Maḥmúd he ascended the imperial throne, and having come from Harí35a to Balkh, spent the winter there, and summoning Aḥmad ibn Ḥasan Maimandí whom Sulṭán Maḥmúd kept a prisoner in the fort of Kálinjar, made him a Vazír. Then leaving Balkh he came to Ghaznín and thence started for Sipáhán and Rái, and arriving at Herát engaged in war with the Turkománs, and not overcoming them, but on the contrary suffering defeat at their hands, turned back. The Turkománs increased in power day by day owing to his weakness, till affairs assumed the aspect which they eventually did.35b

In the year 423 H. Aḥmad ibn Ḥasan Maimandí died, and in 22. the year 424 Sulṭán Mas‘úd having undertaken to conquer Hindustán marched towards the fortress of Sarsatí36 which is situated in the way to Kashmír, laid siege to it and reduced it and made his way to Ghaznín with great booty. Then in 425 H. Sulṭan Mas‘úd reduced Amal36a and Sári36b and sending legates to Kálinjar and Tabaristán established his authority there36c and sent Tughdí Beg and36d Ḥusain ibn ‘Alí ibn Maikál with a large army from Níshápúr against the Turkománs, and a severe battle ensued in which Ḥusain was taken prisoner and Tughdí Beg fled and returned to the Amír Mas‘úd.

Amír Aḥmad Niyál Tigín36e the treasurer of Sulṭán Mas‘úd whom Mas‘úd had fined and had sent to Hindústán,36f on arriving in Hindústán revolted36g and the Amír Mas‘úd nominated a general of the Hindús named Náhir36h to oppose him. Aḥmad being overcome in battle fled to Manṣúrah36i in Sindh and was drowned — his head they sent to Ghaznín. In the year 427 H. (1035 A.D.) a new palace was completed in which they erected a throne inlaid with jewels, and suspended above it a jewelled crown. The Sulṭán took his seat upon that throne and having placed the crown upon his head gave a public audience. And in this self same year he bestowed upon Amír Maudúd ibn Mas‘úd (his son) the drum and ensign,37 and despatched him to Balkh while he himself proceeded with an army against Hindústán—captured the fort of Hánsí37a and thence proceeded to the fortress of Sonpat.37b Deipál37c the commander of ṭhat fortress fled to the forest and lay hid there. They reduced the fort and captured immense booty putting to the sword the greater part of Deipál's army, but he himself escaped alone. From thence Mas‘úd turned his steps towards the valley of Rám37d who sent a large offering accom- 23. panied by a written apology for his non-appearance. Amír Mas‘úd accepted his excuses and giving the Amír37e Abúl-Mujáhid son of Mas‘úd,37f the drum and standard (of commission) sent him to Lahore and retraced his steps to Ghaznín.

In the year 428 (1036 A.D.) he left Ghaznín for Balkh intending to crush the rebellion of the Turkománs who evacuated Balkh and retired into the surrounding country. The Sulṭán then crossing the Jíḥún occupied the whole of Transoxiána. Dáúd the Turkomán, who had previously defeated Tughdí Beg and Amír Ḥusain, marched with a large force towards Balkh. Amír Mas‘úd thereupon returned from Transoxiána to Balkh and Dáúd the Turkomán38 leaving Balkh went to Merv. In the meantime Tughdí Beg38a had been acting oppressively in the neighbourhood of Gurgán. When the Amír Mas‘úd perceived the symptoms of his rebellion he ordered him to be impaled. The Amír Mas‘úd then exacted a stipulation and promise from Béghú38b the Turko-mán who was the chief of that tribe, that henceforward they would never attempt any lawlessness, and having delimited their boundaries in a suitable way left for Herát. While on his way thither a body of the Turkománs fell upon the army of Mas‘úd, killing some and plundering the baggage. The soldiers of the Sulṭán who were told off to attack them made the whole of that party food for the sword, and brought their wives and families together with the heads of the slain into the presence of Amír Mas‘úd who sent asses laden with the heads to Béghú. Béghú apologized, and it so happens that this is the very same Béghú in praise of whom the poet Ẓiáí38c of Persia has composed several odes from which the following verses are selected—

24. It is wrong for me to bewail the misfortunes of others than thee,
It is wrong not to weep with thy sorrow.
My occupation day and night is to lament and bewail thy sorrow.
Thou did'st say, “Thou did'st weep for love of me,” but verily there is a difference in shedding blood and shedding tears
At all hours I suffer a thousand pangs for the grief of the love of thee, nor do I weep alone.
I cannot but melt with love of thee, nor is there any remedy for the pain I suffer for thee, save weeping.
A part from thee Fate has nothing in store for me
Save vexation, one day, and weeping the next.
From thy era discord springs, for if not how comes it to pass that the whole world should weep from my time to that of the king?
Béghú Malik Sháh, he who by his sword made the brave warriors to weep openly on the field of battle.
The King Niẓám Dín to whom at the time of his conflict
Came from the tombs of Rustum and Dárá the sound of weeping.
The gems in the depths of the sea or in the heart of the flinty rock were compelled to weep for shame at his eloquence,
The inhabitants of the world above were compelled to weep, cast down by the destroying arrow of his wrath.
From envy of his splendour, which surpasses the sun in its 25. zenith,
The Gemini were forced to weep constantly in the heavens.
Oh! thou in presence of whose pearl-scattering hand the ocean weeps like a cloud from every pore!
Who in view of thy majesty would dare or desire to weep over the corpse of thy enemy?
Thy sword from very fineness of temper weeps tears of blood over thy enemies in the field of battle,
What is prepared for thine adversary in either world?
There is the torture of hell, here he must weep.
Lo! one who in the madness of his fear at thy displeasure
Seeks to hide himself in a corner and prepares to weep.
Thy enemies have many manifest and hidden projects
But the wound is hidden, the weeping is manifest.
I believe that this must have come into your exalted mind,
After all what use is praise to me with weeping.
When I recite any poem in separation from thee
Both the first and last verses weep for anguish.
Till lovers pass from excess of grief to endurance and to weep like Wámiq and ‘Azrá40
May it be thy lot to smile after a happy life,
May it be the fate of thy enemies perforce to weep.

26. The following is also by him:—

Oh thou whose lip distils sugar40a at the opening of each smile!
Thy ruby lip when thou smilest, rebukes the soul.
In every movement thy curling locks ravish the heart
In every smile thy ruby lip scatters the life blood.
The trade of thy hyacinthine ringlets is to scatter perfume,
The habit of thy delicate lips is to smile sweetly.
Till thou seest not the cheek of gold thou smilest not,
Every flower smiles from the enjoyment of the gold.
When thou smilest a whole world smiles looking towards thee
For no one before this has seen the sun and moon to smile (at one time.)
I have a great sorrow and lamentation, and endless grief and pain,
I have in separation from thee all of these, but no smile.
What could mankind have learned of the shape of thy mouth
Had'st thou not given them from thine own mouth the news of a smile.
Because of thy cruelty I do not smile, for at the time of mourning
The wise and excellent do not approve of smiling.
All my disorder is due to grief on thy account,
Why then do you smile at me disordered as I am?
It may be that from the crown and canopy of kings thy locks and cheek have learned to smile both morning and evening.
27. King of the East Malik Sháh who in his feasting is careful always to smile from joy and pride.
Conqueror of infidelity, Niẓámu-ud-Dín, whose friends are always engaged in enjoyment, and only vary it by smiling.
If the seed could receive the good tidings of his approbation, even from the loins of his father would one begin to smile.
A father to whom a son is essential to do him service, smiles from the pleasure he experiences at the success of his son.
It is not strange that from the excess of his joy, the cloud of weeping which shrouded his moist eyes gives place to smiling.
Oh ye obedient ones, since the beauty of the rose is added to your own charms, ye are smiling in this garden41 of two doors.
Thy charms have power to add sweetness to sugar
Thy words have power to add brilliance to the jewel.
Thy shaft when fitted to the bow has established the custom
In the array of battle to smile at the helmet and shield.
Following after victory when thy sword is furious
There comes to it from the sorceries of heaven, a smile.
Doubtless the enemy of thy grandeur, smiles sweetly
If scattering his heart's blood (in envy) be to smile.

In order that the saffron41a may fulfil the promise of its properties, namely to bring smiles to the lips of all conditions of men; may the lips of thy enemies be saffron, that their lips may always from fear of thee smile from his want of success.

28. Then Amír Mas‘úd marched from Herát to Níshápur and thence to Tús42 and a body of Turkománs giving him battle met their death, the people of Báward gave up that town to the Turkománs and the Sulṭán having overcome that fortress and having put them all to death spent the winter at Níshápur.42a

Then in the year 430 H. having set out to attack Tughral42b the Turkomán who had raised a rebellion in Báward, when Tughral took to flight Amír Mas‘úd turned back and came to Sarakhs43 by way of Mahnah43a and gave orders to rase the fortress of Mahnah. Then he put to death some of the inhabitants of Mahnah, and cut off the hands and feet of many more and thence went in the direction of Zírqán43b in which place the Turkománs brought together a large army and fought a severe battle with the Sulṭán. In this battle the majority of the generals of the army of Ghaznín mutinied and went over to the enemy. The Sulṭán remaining all alone on the field, felled several of the Turkomán leaders with sword, spear and mace, and eventually came out of that engagement safely. This event took place on the 8th of Ramaẓán, 431 H. (1039 A. D.). From thence Amír Mas‘úd came to Merv, and several of the soldiery from the neighbouring country having come in at last sided with him. He went to Ghaznín by way of Ghaur,43c and having fined these chiefs who had not fought and had fled, sent some of them, as for instance ‘Alí Dáya and Ḥájibi-Buzurg, 43d and Beg Tughdí to Hindustán and imprisoned43e them in fortresses. All of them died in imprisonment. Amír Mas‘úd now desired to go to India and collect some forces there, and to come from there with a large army against the Turkománs to punish them. With this intention he made Amír Maudúd43f Amír of 29. Balkh, and having appointed Muḥammad ibn Abduṣ Ṣamad as his Wazír despatched them thither. He then appointed the Amír Muḥammad44 with two thousand soldiers to proceed to Multán, and sent the Amír of that district44a to the foot of the hills of Ghaznín to restrain the Afgháns of that district who had broken out into rebellion; and having laden camels with the whole of Maḥmúd's treasures which were stored in Ghaznín and the neighbouring fortresses started for Hindustán and despatched mesengers en route to bring his brother Amír Muḥammad who had been blinded44b and was then confined in the fortress of Bazghand.44c When Sulṭán Mas‘úd arrived at the frontier fort44d of Máríkala,44e his slaves plundered all the treasure-camels. In the meantime the Amír Muḥammad arrived there, and the slaves who recognised that this violence would have no successful issue unless another governor were appointed44f perforce, approached the Amír Muḥammad, raised him to the Sovereignty and breaking into open riot assaulted Sulṭán Mas‘úd who had taken refuge in that fort. The next day the whole army becoming violent brought Amír Mas‘úd from within the fort of Máríkala and made him prisoner confining him within the fortress of Kírí,44g till at last in Jamádíu-l-Awwal 432 H. they sent a false message purporting to emanate verbally from Amír Muḥammad ordering him to kill Amír Mas‘úd and to send his head to him. The Kotwál in obedience to this order severed Mas‘úd's head from his body and sent it to Amír Muḥammad.

Of the vicissitudes of time, this much pleased me
That I saw good and bad, right and wrong, pass away
He who at morning time wore on his head a jewelled crown
Him I saw, at the time of evening prayer, with a brick 30. underneath his head (in the grave).

This story is according to the relation of Nizámi,45 but the Qáẓí Baiẓáwí relates that in the year 432 Mas‘úd fled defeated from before the Seljúqs to Ghaznín, and Amír Muḥammad who had consolidated his power during Mas‘úd's absence sent him to a fortress whither his son Aḥmád ibn Muḥammad followed him and murdered him.45a The Government of Sulṭán Mas‘úd ibn Mahmúd lasted eleven years, but we ought to note that the Qází Baiẓáwí (may God's merey be upon him) assigns the year 433 H. as the date of the death of Mas‘úd, and writes that Muḥammad ibn Maḥmúd reigned in Ghaznín for fourteen years after his father,45b one year after his father's death, nine years in the lifetime of his brother, and four years after his brother's death, as has already been stated. God alone knows the truth. Apparently this is due to the mistake of a copyist. Among the poets who flourished in the time of Sulṭán Mas‘úd is Manúchihrí46 who speaks as follows in a qaṣídah concerning his Wazír.

Couplet.
Shah Mas‘úd is as proud of his rectitude
As is the prophet of Naushirwán46a the upright.
SULṬÁN MAUDÚD IBN MAS‘ÚD IBN MAHMÚD,

Ascended the throne of Empire (after the murder of his father in Bámián)46b with the consent of the Wazírs and Amírs, and with the object of avenging his father purposed to march towards Márí galah, but Abu Naṣr Aḥmád ibn Muḥammad ibn Abduṣ Ṣamad opposed his projected expedition and brought him to Ghaznín, whence he proceeded with a large army to attack his uncle the blind Amír Muḥammad. On arriving at Dípúr46c he engaged in a severe battle with the Amír Muḥammad and thus 31. passed the whole day till nightfall when both fell back upon their positions. The next day Sulṭán Maudúd induced the Amír Saiyyid Manṣúr who was one of the trusted (generals) of the Amír Muḥammad to side with him, and engaging in battle took prisoners the Amír Muḥammad and his son Aḥmád and put them all to death. The Amír Maudúd founded there a city which he named Fatḥábád.47 This victory was gained in the month Sha‘bán of the year 432 H., or according to another account in the year 434 H.47a And in the year 433 H. being angry with Khwája Aḥmad ibn Abduṣ Ṣamad he imprisoned him in Ghaznín where he died in prison, and in this same year he sent Abú Naṣr Muḥam-mad bin Aḥmad towards Hindustán to fight with Námí ibn Muḥammad47b and Námí was killed in the course of that war. And in the year 434 H. Artagín at the order of the Sulṭán proceeded with an army to Tabaristán against Dá‘úd47c the Turko-mán, and having lost in battle a large number of his men came to Balkh and established the coinage and proclamation of sovereignty in the name of the Amír Maudúd. Afterwards when the Turko-máns attacked him several times in force not being able to contend with them, he quitted Balkh and came to Ghaznín. Then in the year 435 H. Amír Maudúd imprisoned Abú ‘Alí the Kotwál of Ghaznín for a time, but eventually appointed him as the Díwán of the kingdom and Kotwál of Ghaznín, and imprisoned Yasúrí ibn Iyamghúr the Díwán, till at length he died in confinement; he also punished Altigín47d and in the year 436 H. Khwája Táhir who had succeeded Khwája Aḥmad as Wazír, died, and was succeeded by Khwája Imám Abul Fatḥ ‘Abdur Razzáq.47e In this same year he sent Tughral Ḥájib in the direction of Bust, who took prisoner Abú Manṣúr Zangí,47f the brother of Abul Faẓl and brought him to Ghaznín, he then departed for Seistán and having 32. engaged in conflict with the Turkománs at the Ribáṭ Amír,48 put most of them to death after which victory he went to Garm Sír, where he put to death the Turkománs of that district who were known as Red-caps48a and took many of them prisoner, and brought them to Ghaznín.

In the year 438 H., he sent Tughral to Takínábád who on arrival there revolted. Accordingly Alí bin Rabí‘ was nominated to proceed thither and Tughral fled with a few followers. Alí plundered his army, and having captured some of them brought them to Ghaznín. In the year 439 H. the Amír Qaẓdár raised a rebellion48b and suffered defeat at the hands of Hájib Buzurg Bártagín48c and after a time tendered his submission.

And in the year 440 H. having conferred upon his two sons Abul Qásim Maḥmúd and Manṣúr on the same day robes of honour and the drum and ensigns of commission sent one of them towards Lahore and the other towards Parshúr48d and he sent Abú Alí Hasan Kotwál of Ghaznín to Hindustán to punish the rebels there, and when Ḥasan returned to Ghaznín after having done good service Maudúd made him over to Mírak ibn Ḥasan with orders to imprison him. He died in prison. As a sequel to this, Mírak ibn Ḥasan the Vakíl who had murdered Abú ‘Alí Ḥasan without the orders of Amír Maudúd and had kept it secret, incited the King to proceed to Kábul so that that misdeed of his might remain concealed. When the Amír Maudúd reached the fortress of Siálkoṭ49 he was attacked with colic49a and was forced to return to Ghaznín, and 33. ordered Mírak to release Abú Alí Kotwál. He accordingly prayed for a week's respite, and in the interim Amír Maudúd departed this life on the 24th of Rajab A. H. 441, having reigned nearly nine years. The Lubbu-t-Tawáríkh49b states that Sulṭán Maudúd asked in marriage the daughter of Chughz49c Beg Saljúqí, by whom he had a son whom he named Mas‘úd, that he reigned seven years, and that in the month of Rajab 441 he attempted to go to Khorásán to visit Chughz Beg, but died on the journey of colic.

SULṬAN MAS‘ÚD IBN MAUDÚD IBN MAS‘ÚD IBN MAḤMÚD.

Ascended the throne in the third year of his age by the machinations of ‘Alí ibn Rabí‘, however his affairs did not prosper and they raised his uncle to the throne after he had reigned only five months.50

SULṬÁN ‘ALÍ IBN MAS‘ÚD IBN MAḤMÚD.

Ascended the throne by the consent of the nobles, and when ‘Abdu-r-Razzáq ibn Aḥmad Maimandí who had been sent by the Amír Maudúd towards Seistán arrived at a fort between Bust and Isfirár,50a and learned that Abdu-r-Rashíd ibn Maḥmúd was confined in that fort by the orders of the Amír Maudúd, he brought him back and placed him upon the throne, ‘Alí having reigned for a period of about three months. This event took place in the year 443 H. (1051 A. D.).

SULṬÁN ‘ABDU-R-RASHÍD IBN MAḤMÚD.

34. Came to the throne, and with the consent of ‘Abdu-r-Razzáq proceeded to Ghaznín. ‘Alí ibn Mas‘úd fled without engaging in battle, and Tughral Ḥájib who was one of the household slaves of Sulṭán Maḥmúd having conquered Seistán turned his steps towards Ghaznín. Amír ‘Abdu-r-Rashíd fortified himself there till Tughral obtaining an opportunity in the year 445 H. (1053 A. D.) put the Amír Abdur Rashíd with all the descendants of Sulṭán Maḥmúd50b to death and married the daughter of Mas‘úd against her will. One day when he was on the throne a body of determined wrestlers inspired with hatred against him tore him to pieces. ‘Abdu-r-Rashíd's reign lasted for four years, but in the Níẓamu-t-Tawáríkh his reign is said to have lasted for seven years,51 and in the Lubbu-t-Tawáríkh his death is said to have occurred in the year 445 H. God knows the truth.

SULṬÁN FARRUKH ZÁD IBN MAS‘ÚD IBN MAḤMÚD.

Being released from confinement succeeded to the kingdom by consent of the nobles. A body of Saljúqs came up against Ghaznín, and Farrukhzád put most of them to death and overcame them, and made many of them prisoners and sent them to Ghaznín. Alp Arsalán51a the Saljúq king brought an army against Ghaznín from ‘Iráq and Khorásán, and being victorious in fight conveyed a large number of the notables of Ghaznín to Khorásán. Eventually upon the arrangement of terms of peace the prisoners of both 35. sides obtained their release, and since Zábulistán had been laid waste the Sulṭán remitted the usual tribute, and treated the inhabitants with kindness. He used to fast three months, and used to spend the greater part of the night in prayer. He died of colic in the year 450 H.51b The period of his reign was six years.

SAIYYIDU-S-SALÁṬÍN IBRAHÍM IBN MAS‘ÚD IBN MAḤMÚD.

Ascended the throne. He was a just and devout king, and used to write each year a Qurán with his own hand and despatch it to the holy city of Mekka. He built no house for himself with the exception of a temple and a school to the honour and glory of God. When the affairs of state devolved upon him, he made peace with the Saljúqs and being free from apprehension, went to Hindustán and conquered many fortresses and districts. From one city52 the inhabitants of which were of Khurásánian descent, whom (Afrásiáb) had expelled, and who had become a populous community in Hindustán, he took prisoners a hundred thousand persons,52a and sent them to Ghaznín, with other spoils on the same scale. He built a number of towns, among them Khairábád, and Imánábád and others. He has been described by the title of Saiyyidu-s-Saláṭín, and enjoyed the reputation of being a Wálí.52b In his reign in Ghaznín, the Dárú-i-Chashm (eye medicine) and other mixtures and medicaments and dietaries for all 36. diseased folk used to be obtainable from his store-house. His death took place in the year 472 H,52c after a reign of thirty years. Qáẓí Baiẓáwí says that his reign extended from the year 450 H. to the year 492 H. Mas‘úd Sa‘d Salmán52d flourished in his time and the following verses are taken from an ode which was written in his honour.

Abúl Qásim Malik Maḥmúd Ibrahím ibn Mas‘úd
In whom four things exult, each of them glories in him
Firstly, his expanded canopy, secondly, his flaunting banner,
Thirdly his golden pen, fourthly his brilliant dagger.

This ode he finished completely in the same style, and in another place he says:—

Emperor of the higher world, from the blessings of whose reign
The sword's lofty occupation is the control of things temporal and spiritual.
Mas‘úd (Fortunatus) because from the fortune of the expanse of kingdom's conquest
He has gone beyond that which comes within the scope of the sword.
Ode.
Oh thou that hast formed the design of travel and girded the loins of conquest,
Right and left of thee the heavens have opened for thee the doors of conquest,
Mas‘úd, the world-conquering, for whom the age of fortune
Has sent forth every moment the heralds of conquest,
Like a lance point thou hast placed thy head in the direction of battle,
Like an arrow thy waist girds up the loins of conquest,
In sooth, a hundred victories thou winnest, and a hundred years hence
In Hindustán in all directions will be seen the traces of thy 37. conquest.
So many are thy conquests, that in the expanse of the world
Every day in every place they tell the tale of thy conquests.
Thy spear and thy arrow and thy sword will be
If my fancy limns a line, the painter of the forms of conquest
When thy sword said I will deal a light blow
Its oath lay not heavy save on the head of conquest.

The Ustád Abul Faraj Rúní54 too was eulogist of Sulṭán Ibrahím, and also the panegyrist of Sulṭán Mas‘úd, and many odes in their honour are to be found in his Díwán, and Rúín54a is the name of a village of the dependencies of Lahore, and in these days it is as one may say in ruins, because not a trace of it remains, and the following qiṭa‘h in praise of Sulṭán Ibrahím is by the Ustád Abul Faraj.

Hail to the might of thy powerful sword
Precious as the breath of life, and rare as wisdom itself.
Thou hast imprisoned that lifeless one, as one seizes the throat,
Thou hast made orphan this which has no issue like a peerless pearl.

38. And Mas‘úd Sa‘d Salmán with that envious nature which is peculiar to poets, bore a grudge against Ustád, who became the cause of Mas‘úd's imprisonment for ten years, he wrote this rubá‘í (quatrain) in prison.54b

For thy prison such a prisoner as Malik Sháh is necessary
So that thy fetter may chafe the foot of monarchs.55
That one who springs from the loins of Sa‘d Salmán
Even were he a serpent would not sting thy realm.

The following verses are also by him:

My heart has become rent in all directions like a comb from regrets
Because I saw a white hair in the tooth of the comb.

There are extant also Díwáns by him in Arabic, Persian and Hindí.

‘ALÁU-D-DÍN MAS‘ÚD IBN IBRAHÍM IBN SULṬÁN MAS‘ÚD,

Succeeded after the death of his father and died in the year 508 H. (1114 A. D.), having reigned seventeen years.

SULṬÁN SHERZÁD IBN MAS‘ÚD IBN IBRAHÍM,55a

By his father's order became king, and reigned for one year. His brother Arsalán Sháh revolted against him and killed him in the year 509 H. (1115 A. D.).

SULṬÁN ARSALÁN SHÁH IBN MAS‘ÚD IBN IBRAHÍM,

Ascended the throne of sovereignty and seized upon the whole 39. of his brothers with the exception of Bahrám Sháh who fled and went to Sulṭán Sinjar55b who was the son of his maternal uncle.55c In spite of all the apologies for Bahrám Sháh which Sulṭán Sinjar made the subject of several letters, Arsalán Sháh would not listen to him, and eventually Sulṭán Sinjar raised an army against him. He gave battle with thirty thousand cavalry and being defeated went to Hindustán. Sulṭán Sinjar remained forty days in Ghaznín and after presenting that country to Bahrám Sháh retraced his steps. Arsalán Sháh having collected a large army in Hindustán proceeded thence to attack Ghaznín, and Bahrám Sháh not being able to withstand him sought refuge in the fortress of Bámián and with the assistance of Sulṭán Sinjar having again seized Ghaznín and taken Arsalán Sháh captive put him to death in the year 510 H. (1116 A. D,). The reign of Arsalán Sháh had lasted for a period of seven years.56

SULṬÁN BAHRÁM SHÁH IBN MAS‘ÚD IBN IBRAHÍM

Succeeded to the throne. Hakím Sanáí56a was his panegyrist. Kalílah Damnah and many other books were composed in his reign and on the day of his accession Saiyyid Hasan Ghaznaví56b declaimed an ode of which this is the opening couplet.

A shout went forth from the seven heavens, saying
“Bahrám Sháh is Lord of the world.”

And this ode he wrote in his honour, and despatched it from the sacred city of Mekka.

Should it ever be that I again behold the face of the king
40. I will apply, as a thank-offering, the dust of his feet to both my eyes
Bahrám Sháh for whom may the lives of emperors be the ransom.
May it be that their lives are even worthy of the king
The planets of the sky fall like meteors, if they but place a foot outside the boundary of fidelity to the king.
Another.
Bahrám Sháh from desire of whose sweet honied name
The young tree of the kingdom hereafter brings forth parrots, (poets).

And the Ḥadíqatu-l-Ḥaqíqat57 of Shaikh Sanáí is written in honour of Bahrám Sháh, it was written during his imprisonment, the reason of which imprisonment was Ghaznévide fanaticism with regard to Sunni doctrine, when this book having reached the capital of Baghdád received the imprimatur of the chief men and nobles, it attested the reality of his faith, and they wrote a memorandum which led to his being released. A short time subsequently he departed this life. It is said that when they accused the worthy Shaikh Sanáí of heresy after he composed the Ḥadíqat, he wrote the following letter to the Sulṭán Bahrám Sháh.

In the name of God the merciful, the compassionate:

Praise be to God the Lord of the worlds, and blessings upon the best of His created beings, Muḥammad, his family and companions all of them. To proceed, it is said in certain traditionary sayings, that two things tend to prolong life, and to cause rain to fall and trees to grow, one of these is to assist the oppressed — the other to repress the tyrannical. An argument which they have advanced in support of this is that the prophet, may the peace and blessing of God be upon him, declared that the heavens are established by righteousness (equity). Equity is like the bird57a which, wherever it casts its shadow, secures an amplitude of wealth, and the place where it builds its nest becomes the centre of durability, and rain falls from the heaven, while tyranny and 41. oppression is as a bird58 which, wherever it flies, leads to famine and life and modesty are lost from among mankind. And God, may He be glorified and exalted, preserves the Emperor of Islám, and the just king Bahrám Sháh ibn Mas‘úd Sháh ibn Ibráhím Sháh ibn Mas‘úd Sháh ibn Mahmúd Sháh, from iniquity and oppression, and although the whole world should combine to write and describe the stock and supply of grateful acknowledgment of this slave's heart, they would have no power to express it, and the tree which the king of the kingdom planted58a for the discovery of the secrets of the unseen, even Gabriel and Michäel58b were precluded from having any share therein: it is certain that in all circumstances the just man is happy and the tyrant is miserable, and the worst of all oppression is this that a small party should read a subject and not understand it, but become arrogant with regard to it and loosen the tongue of censure against the learned. Hence it is that our prophet, may the peace and blessing of God be upon him, said, Pity three people, a rich man who has become poor, the great man of a tribe who is disgraced, and a wise man among fools.58c A book which is written in the language of the learned in the knowledge of God, demands an acute and discriminating mind such as that of Báyazíd58d and Shiblí:59 these men of wisdom who read that book and appreciate that which is written in it, but who have not the slightest trace of religious knowledge, it must be from spite and ignorance that they find fault with the book, and this is a proof of their blindness of heart that they call the Ál-i-Marwán contemptible, and carry their eulogy of the elect family, may the peace and blessing of God be upon it, beyond bounds while they exalt the commander of the faithful ‘Alí, may God be merciful to him, above the other companions, may God be graciously pleased with them, and they do not see that he has been placed below Síddíq59a and Fárúq59b and Zú‘Núrain59c on the ground of descent 42. and rightful succession, and there is a true story related of the Lord of the Created beings Muḥammad Muṣṭafá, may the peace and blessing of God be upon him, with reference to the vices of the Ál-i-Marwán and the virtues of the Ál-i-Muḥammad Muṣṭafá, may the peace and blessing of God be upon him. If it is a lie, and most people believe it to be so, reason tells us that it is true, and the word of the true God is this, “Oh God, adorn the world with those learned men who fear thee or who reverence thy people, and do not make me to suffer at the hands of those who are wanderers from the path of thy love, for thy mercy's sake and for thy bounty and beneficence oh Thou most merciful,” and this verse is from the Ḥadíqat.

If the earth is a fit place for any court
It is for the court of Bahrám Sháh that it is fitted.

Then Sulṭán Bahrám Sháh brought up several armies against Hindustán and conquered the cities which his forefathers had not taken, and leaving one of his Amírs of high rank in Hindustán returned to Ghaznín. That Amír revolted, and fought a severe battle with the Sulṭán in the vicinity of Multán, and a bitter conflict ensued; in the end the Sulṭán's enemy fell a prisoner into his hands and was put to death, and a second time the country of Hindustán came into his possession, and ‘Aláu-d-Dín Ḥasan ibn Ḥusain Súrí who is one of the kings of Ghor revolted against him and proceeded to Ghaznín. Bahrám Sháh fled and ‘Aláu-d-Dín left his brother Saifu-d-Dín Súrí in Ghaznín. Bahrám Sháh returned and retook Ghaznín, and having seated Saifu-d-Dín upon a cow, and having exposed him to public ridicule, killed him in the worst possible way. ‘Aláu-d-Dín upon hearing this news was 43. most distressed and made for Ghaznín with a huge army—before his arrival however Bahrám Sháh had reached the other world and his son was on the throne in his stead.60 ‘Aláu-d-Dín by way of avenging his brother carried several loads of the earth of Ghaznín to Ghor60a and set rivers of blood flowing, he is accordingly famous in his own country. Bahrám Sháh left this world in the year 547 H. (1152 A.D.) the period of his reign was thirty two years.

Mas‘úd S‘ad Salmán wrote the following hexastich in praise of Bahrám Sháh.

Bahrám Sháh became the world conquering king.
He became the Sun of the Age, and the shadow of the glory of God.
His canopy which was auspicious became the glory of the humá.60b God be He exalted and glorified became his guide.
That polished dagger became of increasing authority.
The face of his enemy became black like his canopy.
As long as the emperor of the world in his time sowed the seeds of justice,
Every criminal that he detected, he passed over his crime,
If the sky placed his praise upon the running water
The flowing water retained61 his image like an engraving on stone.
He raised61a true religion and justice to the zenith.
The Emperor, dispenser of justice, lover of truth, and defender of the faith.61b
KHUSRAU SHÁH IBN BAHRÁM SHÁH.

Ascended the throne after his father, and ‘Aláu-d-Dín Husain ibn61c Hasan Ghorí came up against him. Khusrau Sháh fled and came to Lahore, and occupied himself with the empire of Hin- 44. dústán, and when ‘Aláu-d-Dín, as has been related, returned from Ghaznín successful, he went back and recaptured that country, and after that the tribe of Ghuzz61d seized Sulṭán Sinjar he turned towards Ghaznín. Khusrau Sháh was not able to withstand him and for the second time returned to Lahore, where he died in the year 555 H., after a reign of eight years. In his time many great poets flourished and wrote odes in praise of him. The following poem is of the kind called Tarjí‘band62 and was written by one of them in his honour.

The revered Emperor Khusrau Sháh who with ease
Conquers with sword and mace from Hindústán to Khorásán.

It must be stated, that in the historical works by Qáẓí Baiẓáwí and others62a it has been written that when ‘Aláu-d-Dín plundered Ghaznah and put many of the inhabitants to death, he left there Ghiyáṯu-d-Dín Abul-fatḥ Muḥammad and Shihábu-d-Dín Abul Muẓaffar who were his nephews. They then with great craft put Khusrau Sháh at his ease with regard to themselves and took up their abode in his city. Khusrau Sháh62b was imprisoned in the year 555 H., and died in the same year, and the days of the Ghaznévide family came to an end. After a time Ghiyáṯu-d-Dín died, and the whole kingdom remained in the possession of Shihábu-d-Din, but since Khwája Niẓámu-d-Dín Aḥmad deceased, has written in the Táríkh-i-Niẓámí copying from the Rauẓatu-s-Ṣafá (45.)) that Khusrau Malik ibn Khusrau Sháh was the last of the kings of the Ghaznévide dynasty, I have followed him—God knows the truth.62c

KHUSRAU MALIK IBN KHUSRAU SHÁH.

Ascended the imperial throne in Lahore after the death of his father, and spent the greater part of his time in luxury and licentiousness, so that in his time great damage found its way into the kingdom, and the dynasty of the Ghaznévíyah was growing old while that of Ghor was in full vigour, accordingly Sulṭán Muizzu-d-Dín Muḥammad Sám, who is well-known under the title of Sulṭán Shihábu-d-Dín Ghorí, having gained the upper hand and making Ghaznín his capital, brought an army against Hindústán and came with overwhelming force near to Lahore. Khusrau Malik fortified himself there and was compelled to ask for quarter in a personal interview. Sulṭán Muizzu-d-Dín Mu-ḥammad Sám took him to Ghaznín, from thence sending him to Sulṭán Ghiyáṯu-d-Din, who imprisoned him in Fíroz Koh63 and sent an order, and after ten years' confinement made him taste the cup of destruction.

Set not your heart on this world, for it is without foundation
It is a newly wed bride entangled with many a lover.

This event took place in the year 583 H. (1187 A. D.). He reigned twenty-eight years; the times of the Ghaznévide dynasty came to a close, and the Empire passed from their hands to those of the Sulṭáns of Ghor. “Thou givest the kingdom to whom thou seest fit.”63a

HEMISTICH.
Nothing endureth but God, God's kingdom alone is a kingdom.

And Qáẓí Baiẓáwí may God's mercy be upon him states that 46. the duration of the Ghaznévide dynasty from Sulṭán Maḥmúd to Khusrau Sháh was one hundred and sixty-one years in the hands of twelve persons, while Qáẓí Yahya Qaẓwíní, may God's mercy be upon him, says one hundred and fifty-five years in the hands of fourteen persons, and the author of the Tarikh-i-Niẓámí, as has already been quoted above, says two hundred and fifteen years in the hands of fifteen persons, and God knows the real truth of the matter.64

II. THE GHORÍ DYNASTY.

Who reigned in Dehlí. This dynasty commences with Sulṭán Shihábu-d-Dín Ghorí64a who is known as Muizzu-d-Dín Muḥam-mad ibn Sám.

SULṬÁN MUIZZU-D-DÍN MUḤAMMAD IBN SÁM GHORÍ.

Ascending the throne as regent in place of his elder brother Sulṭán Ghiyáṯu-d-Dín, king of Ghor and ‘Iráq and Khorásán, in the year 569 H., in Ghaznín, had the khutba read and the currency struck in his own name,64b and in obedience to the command of his brother brought several armies against Hindustán and raised aloft the standard of holy war. Dehli was reduced in his time.

In brief, Sulṭán Ghiyáṯu-d-Dín when he had seized Tagínábád65 which was one of the dependencies of Garmsír and had made over the governorship of that place to Sulṭán Shahábu-d-Dín, used continually to bring up armies against Ghaznín, till at last in the abovementioned year Sulṭán Ghiyáṯu-d-Dín brought that country within the circle of his conquests, and drove out of Ghaznín the tribe of Ghuzz, who after the captivity of Sulṭán Sinjar had been in possession of it, and bestowed upon Sulṭán Muizzu-d-Dín Muḥammad, the title of Sulṭán Shihábu-d-Dín.65a Sulṭán Shihábu-d-Dín after one year of sovereignty as vicegerent for his brother, in the year 570 H., conquered Kardíz66 and in the 47. year 571 H., took Uchh and Multán and drove out the tribe of the Karmatians from those regions, and utterly destroyed the Bhatí66a tribe who had fortified themselves in the fortress of Uchh,66b and having entrusted that country to Alí Kirmáj66c returned to Ghaznín.

Then in the year 574 H. (1178 A. D.) proceeding by way of Multán66d he brought an army against Gujrát, and suffered defeat at the hands of Rái Bhím Dev ruler of that country, and with great difficulty reached Ghaznín and obtained relief.

And in the year 575 H. he seized Parshúr,66e and in the year 580 H. (1184 A. D.) marched against Láhore; Sulṭán Khusrau Malik who was the last of the kings of Ghaznín, shut himself up in the fortress of Lahore as has been related, and after considerable correspondence by letter and messenger, he sent his own son with an elephant as a present, and Sulṭán Shihábu-d-Dín made peace with him, and set about building the town of Síálkot66f and having left his deputy there, proceeded to Ghaẕnín; and in the year 581 H. he brought an army against Díwal by which is meant Tattah67 and having thrown into confusion the cities on the sea shore took a vast amount of plunder and returned.

And in the year 582 H. he came again to Lahore and plundered the surrounding country, and having provided Husain with the means of fortifying and holding Síálkot retraced his steps, and 48. from Táríkh-i-Nizámí which is the original source of this selection we gather that the building of Síálkot took place in this year, in contradiction to the Mubáraksháhi67a from which we learn that the building of Síálkot was two years earlier. God knows the truth. And inasmuch as the house of history is, like the house of dreams and other things of that sort, ruinous, apologies must be made for discrepancies; and in that year Khusrau Malik with the assistance of the Khúkhars67b and other tribes, besieged the fort of Síálkot for a long time, but had to return without attaining his object. In this year also Muizzu-d-Dín again besieged Khusrau Sháh in Láhore, who after striving for some days, found himself unequal to the task, and yielded to the Sulṭán who conveyed him to Ghaznín and sent him to his brother Sulṭán Ghiyáṯu-d-Dín at Fíroza Koh. Ghiyáṯu-d-Dín imprisoned him in one of the fortresses of Ghurjistán, where he died a prisoner, and the plain of Empire once for all passed to the dynasty of Ghor without the thorn of a partner or rival, as has been already mentioned.

QITA‘H.
If you saddle the piebald horse of Circumstance,
and if the white horse of state leads thee beside him,
And if the garden of your pleasure in happiness
copies fair the past memories of Paradise,
Be not proud, for this mean time will unexpectedly
draw its pen through the writing of your fortune.
Time is like a wind, which at the first
draws from the cheek of the rose the veil with all respect,
Then after a week has passed in the midst of the garden,
drags its body with ignominy to the dust.
The world at one time brings forward by turn in the narrow course, the horses of honour and disgrace.
The crafty fowler gives the bird grain, and then draws it into the noose of his artfully laid snare.
One man who has lost all hope, gains honour,
Another who is always hopeful in spite of all is disgraced.
Strange is it if a man who has walked in the shadow of poverty should court a favour from the sun?
49. Be content, if you have a portion of wisdom,
that the ignorant should be oppressed by the foolish
What of that man who, in the assembly of mirth and merriment quaffs the wine of pleasure from the cup of luxuriousness?
What of him who sitting behind the wall of sorrow suffers from the after effects of sorrow and the worry of toil?
At last the hand of fate takes both of them straight off to the brink of the pit of death.
Happy is the brave hearted man who like Sharaf draws the foot of fidelity beneath the skirt of retirement.

And in this year Sulṭán Muizzu-d-Dín left Alí Kirmáj69 who was governor of Multán, as his Vicegerent in Lahore, and in the year 587 H. coming from Ghaznín he reduced the fort of Tabarhindah69a which was the capital of the great rájás of Hindustán, and left Malik Ẓiáu-d-Dín Tukilí69b with a corps d'elite consisting of one thousand two hundred cavalry soldiers, and was contemplating a return. In the meantime Ráí Pathúrá the Governor of Ajmír, and Khandí Ráí his brother who had been Governor of Dehlí before Pathúrá, arrived with a vast army at a place called Taráyan69c on the banks of the river Sarsuti at a distance of seven krohís69d from Thánesar. It is now known by the name of Taráwarí69e and is distant forty krohs69f from Dehli. A great conflict ensued with the Sulṭán and the Muslim troops were defeated. The Sulṭán evinced great bravery on the field of battle, and in that engagement also Khandí Ráí who was mounted on an elephant at the head of his army, received a spear thrust in his mouth from the hand of the Sulṭán. The Sulṭán also was struck on the head by the Rái's spear, and his arm was also wounded but both escaped in safety. 50. The Sulṭán got off his horse and taking up his son Khiljí upon his horse and mounting behind him took him off the field; the Sulṭán proceeded to Ghaznín, and Ráí Pathúrá took the fortress of Tabarhindah from Zíáu-d-Dín Tukilí on peaceable terms after a siege of one year and one month. And in the year 588 H. the Sulṭán again came into Hindustán with a large and brave army of 40,000 cavalry, and divided his forces into four army corps, and having given battle time after time in the place above mentioned gained a victory. Pathúrá was taken prisoner and Khandí Ráí having been overcome in battle was killed and hasted to his resting-place in Hell. The Sulṭán then having reduced the fortresses of Sarsutí70 and Hánsí proceeded to Ajmír the capital of Pathúrá, reduced it and plundered its environs killing and taking prisoners. From certain other sources we learn that Ḥaẓrat Khwájá Muínu-d-Dín Chishtí70a may God sanctify his heart, that revered one who is the fountain head of the great and holy men and the dignified elders of the land of Hind, whose blessed tomb is a place of pilgrimage situated in Ajmír, was at that time in the company of the Sulṭán, and this victory occurred through the impulse of the blessed and divine soul of that pillar of holiness. And in this year leaving Sulṭán Malik Quṭbu-d-Dín Aibak who was his servant and adopted son and vicegerent in the town of Kúhrám which is distant seventy krohs from Dehli, he invaded and plundered the Siwálik range which lies to the North of Hindustán, and proceeded to Ghaznín. In the same year too Qutbu-d-Dín having captured Dehli took it away from the kinsmen of Pathúrá and Khandí Ráí. Then in the year 589 H. (1193 51. A, D.) Sulṭán Shihábu-d-Dín fought with Rái Jai Chand the governor of Qanauj, on the confines of Chandwár70b and Aṭáwah,70c killed him and went to Ghaznín. The fort of Kol70d fell into the hands of Qutbu-d-Dín Aibak, and he made Dehli his capital and brought its surrounding districts under his sway. From that date Dehli once more became the metropolis of the Sulṭáns. The erection of minarets and other buildings of that kind, such as mosques, was commenced in the reign of Sulṭán Shamsu-d-Dín Altamash71 in the year 606 H., as will be related, if God (may He be exalted) so will it, in its own place. And in the year 591 H., he took the fort of Bhangar71a and Badáon. And in the year 593 H. he conquered Gujerát and took his army to Nahrwálá which is known as Pattan,71b and having taken vengeance for the Sulṭán on Bhím Raí Dev, and having taken much spoil returned; and in that year Sulṭán Ghiyáṯu-d-Dín removed his effects from the transitory world to the eternal abode,71c and Sulṭán Muizzu-d-Dín having heard this news when on the confines of Tús and Sarakhs,71d turned towards Bádghís and performed the duties of the mourning ceremonies and having divided his brother's dominious among his kindred71e came to Ghaznín and brought an army against Khwárazm, and on the first occasion Sulṭán Muḥammad Khwárazm Sháh suffered defeat, and the Sulṭán pursued him and fought the Khwárazmians at the head of an aqueduct which they had dug from the eastern bank of the Jaihún, and a number of the noted generals of Ghor were martyred and he could not take Khwárazm; he also fought a great battle with an army of Khiṭái71f kings of Turkistán who had come to the help of Sulṭán Muḥammad,71g on the banks of the river Jaihún—he fought right bravely but at last was defeated, and being left with a hundred thousand cavalry soldiers he entered the fortress of Andkhúd where he entrenched himself, and 52. having asked for quarter72 returned to Ghaznín; and at that time the tribe of the Khúkhars in the neighbourhood of Lahore shewed symptoms of revolting the Sulṭán accordingly brought an army against them, and also summoned Quṭbu-d-Dín Aibak from Dehlí, and having given the Khúkhars a severe lesson returned to Ghaznín, and while on the way back was martyred at Damyak,72a which is the name of a village of the dependencies of Ghaznín, at the hands of Khúkhar bandits—the following qitá‘h has been written to chronicle this event:—72b

The martyrdom of the king of sea and land Shihábu-d-Dín,
Whose like has never yet been seen since the world began,
On the third day from the first of Sha‘bán, in the year 602
Happened in the road to Ghaznín at the stage Damyak.

The days of his reign from the commencement of the rule of Ghaznín to the end of his life were thirty and two years and some months, and he left no heir save one daughter, but he left behind him much treasure of gold and silver and precious stones, among these latter were five hundred mans72c of diamonds jewels of great value, besides cash and estates and other property the value of which we may estimate on the same scale. He made expeditions to Hindústán nine times, twice was defeated and seven times was victorious.

Thou didst see Muizzu-d-Dín Muḥammad Sám, who in war
Was stronger in heart and hand than Sám and Narímán
He obtained, like Maḥmúd, from the elephants of Hindústán
Governments of Sásán and many kingdoms of Sámán
He departed this world, and they say (the writer vouches for it)
That there remained of his secret treasure 500 mans of diamonds.

And in his reign many learned doctors and scientists and poets 53. flourished, of whom was Imám Fakhru-d-Dín Rází73 may God be merciful to him who wrote the Laṭáif-i-Ghiyaṯí and other books in honour of his brother Sulṭán Ghiyáṯu-d-Dín Abú-l-Fatḥ. He remained with the army of Sulṭán Muizzu-d-Dín Muḥammad Sám, and every week used to stand up to preach, and at the termination of his sermon the Sulṭán used to evince great emotion, and since the Imám got very wearied of this continual coming and going, and everlasting service, one day addressing the Sulṭán from the pulpit he said Oh! Sulṭán Muizzu-d-Dín, some time hence neither will this greatness and glory of yours remain nor the flattery and hypocrisy of Rází: The following qiṭa‘h is by him:

If an enemy does not agree with you O friend
If behoves you to agree with your enemy,
If not, then have patience for a few days
He will not remain, nor will you, nor the pride of Rází.

And after the assassination of the Sulṭán certain mischief-makers out of envy accused the Imám of having conspired with the Fidáís,73a and asserted that the Imám was well aware of their hypocrisy. They made an attempt upon the lmám and he fled for refuge to Muaiyyidu-l-Mulk Sinjarí74 who was one of the distinguished generals of the Sulṭán; he despatched him in safety to a place of security. A poet has written an ode in praise of him of which the following are two couplets.

Sulṭán Muizzu-d-Dín Sháh Ghází whose sword in the world has become like the famous Zulfiqár74a of Alí Murtazá.
The true Sulṭán Muḥammad Sám, he whose love for the people is like the Sun of the friendship of Mustafá.

Another poet says:—

The Emperor of the age, Khusrau Ghází Muizzu-d-Dín 54.
From whom the glory of crown and diadem gains increase,
The origin of victory, Muḥammad ibn Sám ibn Husain
His very presence has become the mark for princely glory.75

And Názukí Marághaí too says in praise of him:—

Sháh Muizzu-d-Dín before whose princely might
The heaven stands girt like a bunch of flowers
He came to the throne like a rose at the time when
The heaven brought the Sun into the Balance.75a
He in the fire of whose wrath evil doers
Give up their sweet lives like sugarcane.
The sugar of religion and the rose of sovereignty
The revolving sphere has mixed together;
Oh Lord! let this conserve of religion and sovereignty
Be the cause of health to the whole world.

And Qáẓi Ḥamíd76 of Balkh says:

Ghází Muizzu-d-Dín wad-Dunyá with whom
On the day of battle victory marches with his auspicious standard,
Bú l Muzaffar77 the Ruler of the East for whom in the field of battle
The Humá of his canopy carries as it were victory under its wing.
SULṬÁN QUṬBU-D-DÍN AIBAK

Who was one of the specially favourite servants of Sulṭán Muizzu-d-Dín, on the occasion of an eclipse of the moon had a broken little finger,77a and was known by this soubriquet (Aibak), they also call him Quṭbu-d-Dín77b Lak bakhsh.77c With the consent of 55. the nobles of Hindústán he established himself as Protector of the kingdom of Dehlí, and after the martyrdom of Sulṭán Muizzu-d-Dín his brother's son, Sulṭán Ghiyáṯu-d-Dín Maḥmúd, the rightful heir of Sulṭán Ghiyáṯu-d-Dín Muḥammad in whose praise they wrote the following verse:—

Sulṭán from East to West, Monarch from West to East
Maḥmúd ibn Muḥammad ibn Sám ibn Ḥusain.

having sent to Malik Quṭbu-d-Dín from Fíroza Koh the canopy and insignia of royalty, addressed him by the title of Sulṭán,78 and in the year 602 H. (1295 A.D.) having come from Dehlí to Láhore on Tuesday, the sixteenth of the month of ẔuQa‘dah in the aforesaid year, ascended the throne of empire and became proverbial for his kindness and clemency. He used to bestow upon deserving recipients rewards far in excess of their anticipations, and inaugurated his custom of lak bakhshi (bestowing laks). One of the learned men of the time named Baháu-d-Dín Úshí78a said in praise of him.

Quatrain.
Oh thou that hast brought into the world the bestowal of laks;
Thy hand has brought the mine into great straits;
From envy of thy liberality the heart of the mine has seized blood drops,
And placed them forward pretending that they are rubies.

And after some time enmity arose between him and Táju-d-Dín Yaldúz, who was one of the slaves of Muizzu-d-Dín and had read the Khuṭba in his own name in Ghaznín, on account of Láhore, and the fire of war and conflict blazed forth on the confines of the Punjáb; Táju-d-Dín was defeated, and went to 56. Kirmán which was his usual abode. Sulṭán Quṭbu-d-Dín went and took possession of the fort of Ghaznín and staying there for a period of forty days, spent his time in rioting and wantonness and dissipation. Accordingly the people of Ghaznín were annoyed at his behaviour and secretly summoned Táju-d-Dín Yaldúz, who arrived without warning, and Sulṭán Quṭbu-d-Dín not being able to oppose him came to Láhore by way of Sang Surákh78b

Verse.
When the head of a Sulṭán becomes unsteady from wine
Without warning the crown of Empire falls from his head.

And after wielding power for some time he fell from his horse when playing chaugán at Láhore in the year 607 H., and died79 and was buried in that city and his tomb is at present the resort of pilgrims. The period of his reign after the conquest of Hindustán, was twenty years, out of which period he was for four years a Sulṭán.

This ancient revolving heaven has overthrown many heroes;
So far as you are able, place no reliance on the sun and moon and Jupiter.79a

Seven other individuals of the generals and slaves of Sulṭán Muizzu-d-Dín reached princely power in Hindústán and Ghaznín and Bengála and other places, whose affairs are written in their proper places; among others Táju-d-Dín Yaldúz on the confines of Taráyan, otherwise known as Taráwarí, having fought with Sulṭán Shamsu-d-Dín Iyaltamish was taken prisoner. Another is Sulṭán Náṣiru-d-Dín Qabácha79b who is also one of the slaves of Muizzu-d-Dín, and had married one of the daughters of Táju-d-Dín Yaldúz, the other daughter was married to Sulṭán Quṭbu-d-Dín and Sulṭán Muizzu-d-Dín during his lifetime had bestowed upon him the governorship of Uchh and Multán. After the death of Sulṭán Quṭbu-d-Dín, he brought the whole country from Uchh80 to Sarsutí and Kuhrám under his own rule, and also took possession of Lahore, and having fought with the army of Malik Tájud-Dín who was on his way from Ghaznín, Khwája Mu‘aiyyidu-l-Mulk Sinjarí80a being in command of that army, was defeated and went to Sindh in which country he obtained great ascendancy.

57. In the year 611 H. (1214 A. D.) a Moghul army arrived and laid siege to Multán for forty days and the Sulṭán Náṣiru-d-Dín, having opened the doors of the treasury, evinced great bravery and warded off their attacks, and at last after a reign of twenty-two years fell a prisoner into the hands of Sulṭán Shamsu-d-Dín and trod the way to the next world.80b Another is Malik Baháu-d-Dín Tughral, when Muizzu-d-Dín Muḥammad Sám reduced the fortress of Bahankar80c he entrusted the command of it to Malik Baháu-d-Dín Tughral, and he having built a fortress in the country of Bhasiyána80d elected to reside there80e and used continually to harass the envirous of Gwáliár, and Sulṭán Muizzu-d-Dín at the time of his return from Gwáliár had promised to give that fortress to Malik Baháu-d-Dín who accordingly strongly fortified a position at a distance of two krohs from Gwáliár and harassed the garrison of the fort, so that after a year the garrison sending messengers and presents invited Sulṭán Quṭbu-d-Dín and surrendered the fort to him. On this account enmity arose between Malik Quṭbu-d-Dín and Baháu-d-Dín. Malik Baháu-d-Dín died a short time afterwards.81

Another is Malik Muḥammad Bakhtyár Ghúrí.81a He was one of the great men of Ghúr and Garmsír, a man adorned with all good qualities who came to Ghaznín in the reign of Sulṭán Muizzu-d-Dín and from thence went to Hindústán. He did not approve of having to live in Láhore with Sulṭán Quṭbu-d-Dín, and joined hands with Malik Ḥusainu-d-Dín Ughal Beg81b ruler of the country between the two rivers (The Doáb) and the country beyond the river Ganges, and Kanpilah and Patiálí81c were allotted as his reward. He proceeded to Oudh and conquered that country, reduced Behár and Munér,82 and having taking large booty Sulṭán Quṭbu-d-Dín sent him royal honours and a banner of Sulṭánship. He then brought many presents to the court of the 58. Sulṭán, and received great favours and distinctions; the grandees of the court seeing they were powerless against him, became envious of him, and instigated the Sulṭán to such an extent that one day he made him fight with a rogue elephant,82a but he struck the elephant so hard upon the trunk with a heavy club that the elephant turned and fled. The Sulṭán was overwhelmed with astonishment to see this, and nominated and appointed him ruler of the whole country of Lakhnautí82b in Bengála and sent him away. In the second year after this arrangement Muḥammad Bakhtyár brought an army from Behár towards Lakhnautí and arrived at the town of Núdiyá82c with a small force, Núdiyá is now in ruins. Ráí Lakhmia (Lakminía)82d the governor of that town who had heard from astrologers83 the fame of Muḥammad Bakhtyár and his great power, fled thence to Kámrán, and property and booty beyond computation fell into the hands of the Muslims, and Muḥammad Bakhtyár having destroyed the place of worship and idol-temples of the infidels founded Mosques and Monasteries and schools and caused a metropolis to be built called by his own name, which now has the name of Gaur.83a

VERSE.
There where was heard before the clamour and uproar of heathen.
Now there is heard resounding the shout of “Alláho akbar”

And after having the khuṭbah read and the currency struck in his name,83b having collected a large body of men, under the command of Amír Alí Masíj83c (Mích) he attempted to conquer the countries of Tibet and Turkestán and twelve thousand cavalry fully armed and equipped arrived at a city which they call Bardhan.83d A river here crossed their route called the Brahmanputr,84 which they also call Brahmkadí. It is three or four times the size of the Ganges. Sháh Garshasp84a when he came to Hindustán built a bridge over that river, and crossed it at Kámrúd and went on his way. Muḥam-mad 59. Bakhtyár crossed by that bridge, and leaving certain of his trusted generals to protect the bridge and command the road, entered the territory of Tibet, and spent ten days among the mountains and difficult roads, and at last arrived at a plain in which was a fort of great strength: the garrison of that fort who were descendants of Gushtasp (that fort too was one of the buildings crected by Gushtasp) came forth to fight, and fought so bravely till nightfall that many men were lost on the side of Muḥammad Bakhtyár. He pitched his camp on that very spot, and coming down received tidings that five farsangs beyond this city there was another city85 from which 50,000 Turks all warlike and ready for battle would come to the relief of their city. The following day Muḥammad Bakhtyár not thinking it advisable to remain there, and not being able to oppose them, turned back and came to the head of the bridge. Before his arrival the Generals in charge of the road had fought among themselves, and the infidels had broken two arches of that bridge. The army of Muḥammad Bakhtyár had this bridge in front and the infidels kept coming up in their rear, and fought with determined bravery. In that neighbourhood there was an idol temple of great strength.85a They passed the night there by some stratagem, and in the morning a ford was found, and a party of men who crossed by the ford found the sand of the river was a sort of quicksand, and the water of the river gradually growing deeper and deeper, the greater part of the soldiers of Muḥammad Bakhtyár were drowned in the ocean of destruction, and the remnant which remained became fuel for the fire of the infidel's sword and attained the exaltation of martyrdom. Muḥammad Bakhtyár, out of many thousand men, arrived at Deo Kot with some three or four hundred only, and fell ill from vexation and was attacked by hectic fever85b and used to say “no doubt Sulṭan Muḥammad Muizz-ud-Din Sám has met with an accident that fortune has gone so against me.” And when weakness took possession of him ‘Alí Mardán one of Muḥammad Bakhtyár's greatest generals arrived 60. at Deo Kot from the district of Nárnálí85c and finding him bedridden, pulled down the sheet from his face and ruthlessly despatched him with one blow of a dagger. This event happened in the year 602 H. after the death of Sulṭán Muizzu-d-Dín: and after the death of Sulṭán Quṭbu-d-Dín this same Alí Mardán eventually seized the reins of power by great craft, and promulgating the khutba and sikka of Lakhnauti in his own name was styled Sulṭán Aláu-d-Dín, and from the excessive folly and pride and arrogance of his mind sat quietly in Lakhnauti and divided the country of Irán and Túrán among his adherents, and no one dared to say “these dominions are outside the scope of the Sulṭán's power why do you divide them?”86 They say that some unfortunate merchant laid a complaint of poverty before Aláu-d-Dín, who asked “where does this fellow come from?” They answered “from Iṣfahán” then he ordered them to write a document to Iṣfahán which should have the force of an assignment of land to him. The merchant would not accept this document, but the Vazírs did not dare to represent this fact and reported “the ruler of Iṣfahán, by reason of his travelling expenses and assembling his retinue for the purpose of subjugating that country, is in difficulties.” He thereupon ordered them to give a large sum of money far beyond his expectations; and when his tyranny and oppression exceeded all bounds the Amírs of Khilj consenting together put him to death and raised to the throne Malik Husámud-Dín Khiljí who was one of the nobles of Khilj and Garmsír and one of the servants of Muḥammad Bakhtyár. The reign of Alí Mardán lasted thirty-two years.86a

Another was Malik Husainu-d-Dín86b abovementioned who became possessed of the whole country of Tirhut and Bengála and Jájnagar and Kámrúd and gained the title of Sulṭán Ghiyáṯu-d-Dín, till in the months of the year 622 H., he sent to the Sulṭán Shamsu-d-Dín Iyaltimish thirty-eight head of elephants and seventy thousand tanqahs87 in cash as a present and acknowledged 61. the Sulṭán's authority, as will be mentioned, if God (be He exalted) so will it. And in the year 624 H. Malik Náṣiru-d-Dín Muḥam-mad ibn87a Sulṭán Shamsu-d-Dín went from Oudh to Lakhnautí at the instigation of some of the Amírs,87b and Ghiyáṯu-d-Dín87c who at that time had taken an army from Lakhnautí to Kámrúd turned back, and fought a severe battle with Malik Náṣiru-d-Dín and was taken prisoner together with the majority of his generals and was put to death. The duration of his reign was twelve years.87d The mention of these few kings of the regions of Hindustán incidentally with the affairs of the Sulṭáns of Dehlí was both opportune and necessary, and the affairs of the remaining Muizzíyeh kings who attained to the Sulṭanat of Multán and other kingdoms are mentioned in other places.

SULṬÁN ARÁM SHÁH IBN QUṬBU-D-DÍN AIBAK87e

After his father, succeeded to the throne.

In the world no family remains without a master
If one departs, another takes his place;
This too is the way with this deceitful world
The father departs, the son's foot is in the stirrup.

By the consent of the Amírs he marched from Lahore to Delhí. In the meantime Malik Shamsu-d-Dín Iyaltimish, who was a servant and adopted son, and son-in-law of Sulṭán Quṭbu-d-Dín, and had tributary relations with Malik Náṣiru-d-Dín Qabáchá, at the invitation of Sipah Sálár Alí Isma‘íl, had come from Hardwár and Badáun to Dehli and had taken possession of the city and its country. When Arám Sháh arrived in the vicinity of Dehlí Malik Shamsu-d-Dín came out against him in battle array, and Arám Sháh was defeated. The duration of his reign was just a year.88

88a All of us young and old are doomed to die
No one remains in this world lastingly
62. This is the way of the lofty sky. It holds
In one hand a crown in the other a noose.
SULṬÁN SHAMSU-D-DIN IYALTIMISH88b
Called by the title of “Yamín-i-Amír-al-Múminín”
(Right hand of the Commander of the Faithful.)

In the year 607 H. ascended the imperial throne of Dehlí; and the reason of the name Iyaltimish is that his birth occurred on the night of an eclipse of the moon, and the Turks call a child born under these circumstances Iyaltimish.89 His father was the chief of many of the tribes of Turkestán. His kinsmen under pretence of taking him for a walk took Iyaltimish into a garden and sold him like Joseph to a merchant, from there he happened to be taken to Bokhárá, and thence in the time of Sulṭán Muḥammad Sám to Ghaznín; and in these days Sulṭán Quṭbud-Dín after the conquest of Nahrwálah and the taking of Gujrát had gone to Ghaznín, and since without permission of Sulṭán Muḥammad Sám no one could purchase Iyaltimish he asked permission from the Sulṭán to sell him. Sulṭán Muḥammad Sám said that since he had given orders that no one there should buy that slave they were to take him to Dehli and sell him there. Sulṭán Quṭbu-d-Dín after his return from Ghaznín bought a slave named Ibak, a namesake of his own, and Iyaltimish, at Dehli for 100,000 tangahs: at first he called him Amír Ṭamghách,89a and appointed him to the Amírship of Tabarhindah,89b and at the time when Sulṭán Quṭbu-d-Dín fought with Táju-d-Dín Yaldúz, Ibak his slave tasted the cup of death. At that time he made Iyaltimish an especial favourite, and after the capture of Gwáliár he made him Governor of that place, and subsequently bestowed upon him the rule of Baran89c and its environs, and since he 63. began to shew signs of extraordinary hardiness he entrusted the country of Badáún to him, and in the war of Muizzu-d-Dín with the Khúkhars (as has been already related), Iyaltimish having got together a huge army from Badáon and the foot of the hills, joined hands with Sulṭán Muizzu-d Dín in the service of Sulṭan Quṭbu-d-Dín, and armed as he was having forced his horse into the river89d engaged the enemy bravely several times: Sulṭán Muizzu-d-Dín bestowed on him fitting honours and distinguished him royally and gave him high recommendations to Malik Quṭbu-d-Dín, and went to the greatest possible lengths in his care for him; and that same day Malik Quṭbu-d-Dín wrote his letter of emancipation, and by degrees raised him to the dignity of Amír-ul-Umará (Chief of the Amírs) till his affairs reached the height they did. And in the beginning of his reign certain of the Muizzíyeh and Quṭbíyeh Amirs rebelled against him and suffered punishment and became food for the pitiless sword. And Malik Táju-d-Dín Yaldúz after he had suffered defeat by the Army of Khwárazm obtained possession of Lahore; Sulṭán Shamsu-d-Dín coming from Delhi to meet him in the year 612 H. drew up in battle order on the confines of Taráyan which is known as Serái Taláwarí.90 After a severe battle Sulṭán Táju-d-Dín Yaldúz being defeated fell a prisoner into the hands of Shamsu-d-Dín who sent him to Badáon. The bird of his soul there escaped from the prison house of the body and took its flight to the nest of the next world. His tomb is in that city.

And in the year 614 H. Sulṭán Shamsu-d-Dín came into conflict with Sulṭán Náṣiru-d-Dín Qabácha who had married the two daughters of Sulṭán Quṭbu-d-Dín one after the other, and was in possession of Uchh and Multán, and victory rested with Sulṭán 64. Shamsu-d-Dín, and for the third time90a Sulṭán Shamsu-d-Dín went up in person against him. He, having fortified the castle of Uchh, himself went to the fortress of Bhankar, and Nizámul-Mulk Wazír Jandí pursued him while the Sulṭán reduced Uchh. After hearing the news of the capture of Uchh, Náṣiru-d-Dín sent his own son Bahrám Sháh into the presence of the Sulṭán and sued for peace. Bhankar also was captured. And in the year 615 H. Náṣiru-d-Dín was overwhelmed in the sea of destruction in the Punjáb, and surrendered the property of life to the flood of death, and the Sulṭán turning back came to Delhí. In the year 618 H. Sulṭán Shamsu-d-Dín raised an army against Sulṭán Jalálu-d-Dín Mangburní91 son of Khwárazm Sháh who having suffered defeat at the hands of Changíz Khán after Táju-d-Dín, came to Ghaznín and thence from fear of the incursions of Changíz Khán had gone to Lahore with his family and relations; and Sulṭán Jalálu-d-Dín not being able to withstand him went towards Sindh and Síwistan and from there by way of Kuch and Makrán arrived at Kirmán and Iráq.91a

And in the year 622 H.91b Sulṭán Shamsu-d-Dín, took an army towards Behár and Lakhnautí and brought Sulṭán Ghiyáṯu-d-Dín Khiljí, who has been before mentioned, into obedience, and having accepted the present above mentioned,91c established the khuṭba and sikka in his own name91d and having given his elder son the title of Sulṭán Náṣiru-d-Dín Maḥmúd91e made him his heir, and having made over that country to him returned to the metropolis of Delhi. Eventually Malik Náṣiru-d-Dín Maḥmúd having fought with Ghiyáṯu-d-Dín on the confines of Lakhnautí got the upper hand, and having taken him prisoner put him to death, and great booty fell into his hands which he divided into portions and sent it as rewards91f to each of the nobles of Dehlí. 65. 92 [It is well known that a poet name Náṣirí arrived in that country from Dehlí in the service of Haẓrat Khwája Quṭbu-d-Dín Ushí92a may God sanctify him and said I have composed a Qaṣída in praise of Sulṭán Shamsu-d-Dín. Read the Fátiḥa that I may get the accustomed reward.” They read the Fátiḥa and he having been admitted to the Sulṭán's presence read this Maṭla‘.

Oh thou from dread of whom sedition has sought refuge,
Whose sword has sought from the infidels property and elephants.

The Sulṭán by the mere reading of that maṭla‘ learnt it by heart and repeated it, and when the poem was finished he asked How many couplets does this Qaṣída contain? The answer was fifty and three. He thereupon ordered them to give him fifty-three thousand white tangahs.92b] Sulṭán Shamsu-d-Dín in [the year] 623 H. made an attack upon Ranthanbhúr92c and having brought an army thither reduced that fortress, and in the year 624 H. having detailed a large army to attack and capture the fort of Mandúr,93 brought that fort together with the Siwálik hills into the circle of his conquest and returned to Dehlí, and in this same year Amír Rúḥání93a who was one of the most learned men of that time came to Dehlí from Bukhárá in the affair of Changíz Khán, and wrote several brilliant odes of congratulation upon these victories, of which the following verses are an extract.

The faithful Gabriel carried the tidings to the dwellers in heaven,
From the record of victories of the Sulṭán of the age Shamsu-d-Dín,
Saying—Oh ye holy angels raise upon the heavens,
Hearing this good tidings, the93b canopy of adornment.
That from the land of the heretics the Sháhansháh of 66. Islám
Has conquered a second time the fort resembling the sky;
The Sháh, holy warrior and Ghází, whose hand and sword
The soul of the lion of repeated attacks93c praises.

And there are also other many charming poems attributed to him, of which the following ode is one:—

From the tongue of the pen my own story I tell in the words of the pen
On the page of my life, though the writing of grief has been traced by the pen
Since I lived in this world with the pen all my days have been black as the pen
And swift as I write my account, so fierce is the point of the pen
That like to my own gentle voice is the sharp loud lament of the pen.
Although in the midst of my loss I reap always rewards from the pen,
Still no one will mention my state to my Lord save the tongue of the pen.
'Tis from Khwája Manṣúr bin Sa‘íd thrives the market of test of the pen
That great one whose words load the burden of truth on the van of the pen.
He has mounted his beautiful thoughts on the steed of his swift running pen.94
In the road of just ruling he gallops, light holding the rein of the pen.
His skill hand in hand with his wisdom reveals hidden arts of the pen.

And in the year 626 H. Arab Ambassadors came from Egypt94a bringing for him a robe of honour and titles, and out of joy at this they built triumphal arches in the city and held banquets. And in this same year the tidings arrived of the death of his son Sulṭán 67. Náṣiru-d-Dín, Governor of Lakhnautí, and the Sulṭán, after completing the duties of mourning, gave his name (i.e., Náṣiru-d-Dín) to his younger son after whom the Ṭabaqát-i-Náṣirí is named. In the year 627 H., be proceeded against Lakhnautí and quieted the disturbances of those regions, and after entrusting the government of that place to Izzu-l-Mulk Malik ‘Aláu-d-Dín Kháfí94b returned to the capital and in the year 629 H. reduced the fortress of Gwálíar. Málik Táju-d-Dín the Secretary of State, wrote the following quatrain upon the taking of that fort, and they engraved it upon stone:—

Every fort which the king of kings conquered
He conquered by the help of God and the aid of the faith:
That fortress of Kálewar and that strong castle
He took in the year six hundred and thirty.95

It is apparently the date of the siege which accounts for the difference of one year. And in the year 631 H.95a having made an incursion in the direction of the province of Málwah and taken Bhílsá95b and also captured the city of Ujain,95c and having destroyed the idol-temple of Ujain which had been built six hundred years previously, and was called Mahákál, he levelled it to its foundations, and threw down the image of Rái Vikramájít from whom the Hindús reckon their era95d (the author of this selection, by the order of the Khalifa of the time, the Emperor, the Shadow of the Deity, in the year 972 H and again anew in the year 1003 H95e with the assistance of Hindú pundits translated 32 stories about him which are a wonder of relation and strange circumstance, from the Hindúi into the Persian tongue and called it Náma-i-Khirad Afzá—) and brought certain other images of cast molten brass placed them on the ground in front of the door of the mosque of old Dehlí95f and ordered the people 68. to trample them underfoot and a second time he brought an army against Multán;95g this expedition was in every way unfortunate for him, and a very severe bodily illness afflicted him, he so returned and came to Dehli, and in the year 633 H, (1235 A D.) left this lodging house of the world for the eternal mansions of the next world. The duration of his sultanate was twenty-six years.

Verse.
For this reason this heart-enthralling palace became cold.
Because when you have warmed the place, they say to you Rise96

And the prince of poets96a (on him be mercy) says:—

96b [In all Hindustán you saw the dust of the troops of Iyaltimish
Look now drink your wine, others walk in his plain]
It is the same Dehlí one would say, yet where is his victorious canopy?
It is the same kingdom at all events, where has that royal dignity of his gone?
The earth is a house of mourning, and mourns too for its own sake
At the time of the birth of that child whom they see weeping.

It is a well known story that Sulṭán Shamsu-d-Dín was a man of a cold temperament, and once upon a time he desired to consort with a pretty and comely girl, but found that he had not the power. The same thing happened several times: one day the girl was pouring some oil on the head of the Sulṭán and shed some tears upon the Sulṭán's head. He raised his head and asked the cause of her weeping, after a great deal of hesitation she answered: I had once a brother who was bald like you and that reminded me of him, and I wept. When he had heard the story of his being imprisoned it became evident that she was the own sister of the Sulṭán, and that God be he glorified and exalted had preserved him from this incestuous intercourse. The writer of these pages 69. heard this story from the lips of the Khalīfah of the world, I mean Akbar Shāh may God make Paradise his kingdom in Fatḥpur and also in Lahore, one evening when he had summoned him into the private apartments of the capital and had conversed with him on certain topics, he said, I heard this story from Sulṭān Ghiyāṯu-d-Dīn Balban and they said that when the Sulṭān wished to have connection with that girl her catamenia used to come on [and this occurrence was at the time of writing].97

SULṬĀN RUKNU-D-DĪN FIROZ SHĀH IBN SHAMSU-D-DĪN

Who in his father's time had several times been in charge of the districts of Budāon, and afterwards had received the canopy and staff of authority, and while holding the country of Lahore was his heir-apparent, succeeded to the throne by consent of the authorities in the aforesaid year,97a and Malik Tāju-d-Dīn his secretary97b wrote this congratulatory ode in honour of his accession—

All hail to the everlasting kingdom,
Above all to the king, in his heyday of youth,
Yamīnu-d-Daulat Ruknu-d-Dīn
Whose door became like the Rukn-i-Yamānī97c from its auspiciousness.

When he ascended the throne, he opened the doors of the treasury, and gave full scope to his taste for rioting and wantonness and indolence and sloth, and used to spend his precious hours in the company of prostitutes and vagabonds.

When thy heart inclines towards the wine shop
Except the tavern keeper97d and the musician who will praise thee.

And his mother Turkān Khātūn,98 who was a Turkish slave girl, having gained absolute power, used to vex the other concubines of the Sulṭān against whom her envious heart burned, in various ways, and put to death Quṭbu-d-Dīn the eldest son of the Sulṭān by another concubine. The treasury became empty, and 70. Malik Ghiyāṯu-d-Dīn Muḥammad Shāh the younger brother of the Sulṭān, who was ruler of Oudh, refusing to acknowledge his authority revolted against him, and Malik ‘Izzu-d-Dīn 98a and Kabīr Khān Sulṭānī governor of Multān, and Malīk Saifu-d-Dīn feudatory of Hānsī, entering into correspondence with one another raised the standard of opposition. Sulṭān Ruknu-d-Dīn Fīroz Shāh had arrived in the neighbourhood of Manṣūrpūr and Tarāyan with the intention of quelling this disturbance, and before this occurrence Niẓāmu-l-Mulk Junaidī the Wazīr and Agent of the territory of Hindustān, fearing the Sulṭān had fled to Kīlūgharī98b and had gone in the direction of Kol and joined hands with Malik ‘Izzu-d-Dīn Muḥammad Sālārī; and other trusty Amīrs who had remained in the army having fled from the vicinity of Manṣūrpūr went to Dehlī and having sworn98c fealty to Raẓẓīyah Khātūn who was the eldest daughter of Sulṭān Shamsu-d-Dīn, and his heir apparent according to her father's will, and a woman endowed with excellent qualities, brave, generous, and intelligent, raised her to the throne and imprisoned Turkān Khātūn. When the Sulṭān having returned from the army, arrived at Kīlūkharī, the troops of Sulṭān Raẓẓīyah went out to meet him, and having seized him without fighting imprisoned him, and he died in prison.98d The duration of his reign was six months and a fraction.

Do not set thy heart upon the world, for it is a stranger
Like the singer who is every day in a new house.

Among the poets of that age [and the master of that time]99 of Ruknu-d-Dīn was Shihāb Muhamra Badāoni99a as Mīr Khusrū99b on him be mercy says in one of his opening odes

In Budāon Muhamra rises intoxicated from sleep
If there comes forth from this melody the sound of the birds of Dehlī

And Maliku-l-Kalām Fakhru-l-Mulk ‘Amīd Tūlakī99c mentions him as a master99d and since the speech of the modern (poets) after the appearance of the cavalcade of the Prince of poets has become like the stars at the time of the raising of the banner of 71. the glorious sun, and like the seven poems99e at the time of the descent of the inspired revelation upon the best of men, and the Lord of the world on him be peace, remains concealed as by a curtain—men speak and write less concerning them, nay more they do not even possess them—accordingly in harmony with the saying, The first comer has the best of it, I have thought it incumbent upon me to include a few odes from that eminent author as a benediction and blessing, in this composition of mine, and to leave a memorial for his friends, and to establish my own connection with the master, and to display upon the däis of evidence the excellencies of that doughty knight of the arena of eloquence, and more especially to fulfil the demands of fellow-citizenship. The master poet Shihāb100 Muhamra [Badāonī] then says as follows:—

I am Alif in the table of existence and of no value as a sign.100a
My existence depends upon the duration of the existence of
others, my own existence is transitory.
I stand at the end of the row100b in the hope of obtaining a
better position, having rested from all movement with the
attributes of insignificance.
I have not the attributes of Alif for Alif has no crookedness.100c
All my writing has become crooked on the page of desire.
There is the song of the nightingale, the rose is happy; while
I am careless like the lily.100d
Like Alif I have no tongue, what have I to do with ten tongues?101
Since I can seize it101a while thus at rest, Why should I pursue?
Since I cannot see openly how can I follow a hidden path?
By stratagem, I can recognize no distinction between earth and heaven, although I am like the heaven in my whirling, and like the earth stationary.
I am not like water in freshness, nor like fire in sublimity, nor like the wind in sweetness, nor like the earth in heaviness.
72. I am not made out of these four elements.102 I am composed of the effluvia of the kennel. The refuse of the sewer water has boasted of piety.102a
My wisdom, as though incarnate, seems to have taken to praise my faults; my avarice,102b huge as a mountain, has girded its loins for taking presents.
I am become fixed in the way of avarice, not a sign of truth remains in me. The oppression of my vices has overwhelmed the mercies of the Sacred Book.
My greediness has so deceived me that the five sensual appetites have taken away from my heart with disgrace the blessings of the readings102c of the ‘ashars.
My inner nature as well as my body is devoid of meditation and recollection. My eye like my ear is inclined to the singing women and their songs.
I desire brilliant speeches to fall from my tongue which is like a well-tempered sword. My pen has made me bent like a sickle102d in the pursuit of my daily bread.
My speech has failed me because its glory was in the relation of this story. Yes! all this loss of honour was owing to inordinate desire for bread.
I am that mean one, less than the least, who am not worth a groat,102e if you think me worth a barleycorn, you will not buy me for nothing.
Oh Shihāb it is strange that you in this road of kingly affairs are neither the Amīr of the Eight Squares103 nor the Knight of the Seven Places.103a
You are not an angel, nor are you a devil, from what workshop are you? You are not a sojourner nor yet a traveller, from what court are you?
Your heart and intellect are careless of the tortures of the grave, you have dressed yourself in Gūrkhānī silk.103b
You have become utterly regardless from lust, owing to desire 73. for license, from urgent desire, by means of false accusation you have planted the foot of success.
Sorrow for the tulip-cheeked beloved has shut fast the door of your wisdom. The vein of your eye has shed blood from desire for the cup of red wine.
You are corrupt like the wind, you stand paralysed like the earth. You are a pearl of transitory existence, a shell empty-mouthed.
With breath like the burning lightning you are the enchanter of bad and good: with heart like a flint, you are the whetstone of dry and moist.
Naturally with desire you revolve like the sky in its figure-designing, from your youth hasting with greed, you are like a child in weakness.
You carry the sorrow of the seven (heavens) and the four (elements) in your heart, and every moment from pride you are put to a hundred thousand devices in the performance of one genuflection.
You are as coarse as the earth, and yet your speech is always of the moon in the heavens; you will not reach103c the dignity of a king from the station of a doorkeeper.
You yourself owing to frivolity have not attained even for a moment, freeing yourself from the imperfections of the world, to the religious duties at stated times.
From the advice of the holy men may you be informed at least once, that in these two worlds at any rate104 you are famous for creating dissensions.
Perversity springs from your heart as pride springs from foolishness. Evil arises from your body as rashness does from youth.
You are the moisture of the gullet of hypocrisy, the blast of the forge of tyranny, you are the flower of the garden of inordinate desire, and the mud which befouls the reservoir of the soul.
74. When present you melt the soul, perchance you spring from the heat of Tamūz;104a in your ode you scatter snow104b
perchance you are of the breath of autumn.
You like a child seek throughout your life after vain images;
from your fancifulness the sorrows of time have made you
old in your youth.
Poetry is but a desire, and its metre is like the mirage which
is void of water. This breath of life is grief to me, but its
savour is better than the water of life.
When your desire becomes collected that fancy becomes enjoyment, when your breathing is harmonious, it becomes a
scatterer of pearls.
How long this desire of the imagination? make one breath
pearl-scattering in praise of that man whose equal wisdom
has not seen even from the beginning.
The King of the throne of “Kun”105 is Muḥammad who
pitched the tent of dignity by the side of the door of the
Protector (God) from the house of Ummahānī.105a
He was a mortal of angelic beauty, a sky with the lowliness
of earth. Like the sky he was pure in body, like the
Angels he was pure in soul.
He was a pearl whose place was in the treasury of God, and
he was a moon whose brightness shone forth from the sky
of eternity.
He was such a pearl that nothing of more value than his
nature was ever produced by the medium of the elements
from the sea of heaven.
He was such a moon that in every early morning the face of
the star of Yaman became black as coal105b from shame at his
cornelian-like lips.
So sweet tongued a prophet that the salvation of his disciples
comes by faith in his words,105c from the eloquence of his
utterances.
So eloquent in pearl-like speech that the beauty of his utterance 75.
makes the heart's blood like the hidden wealth of the mine,
a royal treasure.
The brightness of the eastern sun is shamed by the beauty of
his face, and the stature of the cypress of the garden is
bowed before the perfect uprightness of his form.
By his accountantship he has adopted the way of absolute
monarchy; and by his eloquence he has opened the door of
auspicious government.
The attraction of secret desire, by revelation has drawn him
from the expanse of the natural world to the ocean of
spiritual existence.
By the good tidings of his friend, his heart became intoxicated
with the hope of a meeting. The son of Abū Qahāfah106 has
drunk from the cup of his friendship.
His speeches have founded a fortress106a for the decrees of God.106b
‘Umar by his justice became the builder of it, by right
government.
One, third in order,106c has placed the footstep in this way,
whose path to the enjoyment of this world was not obstruct-
ed by pride.
His fourth pillar was ‘Alī106d who at the time of battle made
the face of the sun pale from the glitter of his sword.
Oh, King! I entreat you by your friends deliver me during
the whole of my life106e by your aid from the calamity of
foolish friends.
He who demanded from me106f this Qaṣīda, may his life like my
Qaṣīda be ornamented with the jewels of meaning ——.

The following Qaṣīda also he wrote, imposing upon himself the necessity of introducing the words “hair” and “ant,” in a declaration of the unity of God and in praise of the Prophet, may the peace of God be upon him.

Although with my tongue, I split hairs at the time of dis- 76.
course, still in the praise of God, by reason of amazement, I
am dumb as the ant.
107 And in the pursuit of the fairy-faced ones with chainlike
locks, through desire often have I bound fast, like the ant,
my life to my waist with my heart.
And for the sake of the ant-eyed and sugar-lipped ones, in my
fancy I have bored the hair of speech a hundred ways by
way of trial.
That I might have a store like the ant,107a in his praise I have
cleft the hair into halves, and have not received one jot
from any one in recognition.
Henceforth, like the ant, I will gird my loins at the door of
the Incomparable one, and from the root of each hair,107b with
a hundred tongues will I proclaim his gracious aid.
How can I open my lips, I that am voiceless as an ant and a
fish. Nay rather will I make each hair a tongue to scatter
pearls.
With this ant-like writing and these sugar-like words,107c by
means of poetical arrangement I will split the hair in the
declaration of the unity of God the discerner of secrets.
That God to whose workmanship each several hair bears
witness, and all that exists, ant and fish and snake, wild
beasts and birds, men and genii.107d
He who alone is self-existent, and is not within the bounds of
computation, from whose wisdom107e in both worlds nothing
is hidden, neither the track of the ant nor the point of the
hair.
If, though as a single hair, His favour is shed upon the egg
of an ant, from it there will issue in a single moment a
hundred Jamshīds, each one like a hundred Jamshīds.
If, though as a single hair, he lets fall his wrath upon an
elephant, the elephant will experience that which the
cub of the raging lion suffers from the ant.108
77. The intellect herein cannot understand, even by a hair's breadth,
the reason why the offspring of the powerful lion should
become the prey of the powerless ant.
In his decree there is not the space of a hair's point open to
criticism, even though he should give the kingdom of a
Solomon to an ant without recompense.108a
By his decree, the shape of the ant and the lion are
similar, and by his art the colour of hair and bone are
opposites.
By his grace it is that every hair has knowledge of him, and
from his equity it comes to pass that there is a108b guardian
over every ant, that 108c dust in the palm is endowed with
chemical properties, and water in the sea becomes converted
into pearl;108d that the ant appears to the eye as a dragon,
and a hair of the limbs as a spear.108e
Oh Thou by whose power hair and blood and bone take shape,
Oh Thou109 who art surety for the daily supply of food to
bird and ant and snake and fish.
In the body of every ant there is an exact account of thy
equity, on the point of each hair there is a boundless praise
of thy bounty.
The eye of thy mercy provides109a sustenance for every ant and
locust. The hand of thy favour tints the hair of all both
old and young.
The pen of thy skill shews109b that of which a manifest sign
is shewn on the body of every ant, and appears on the end
of every hair.
The mole on the cheek of the brides appear like spots on a
mirror.
The hair on the face of kings appears like ants upon the
Arghawān.109c
By thy order it is that the stomachless ant is hungry in
the way.
By this bounty it is that the motionless hair upon the body
is satisfied.
78. 110 He who did not turn away110a his head from your door even by
a hairs' breadth, the ant, although tongueless, began to
praise him like the lizard.110b
When he like the ant became sleepless and fasting in devotion
to you then without doubt with the sword of the finger he
split the moon into two parts like a hair.110c
He was a sign like the true dawn, hair-splitting in his speech.
His followers were as successful as ants in opposing the
scorpions of religion.
The silvery body ef the seven heavens, would become (black)
like ants, when he cast aside the covering from his dark
locks.
He lived like ants upon the earth in the midst of poverty,
For this reason the heaven appeared in his eyes as inferior in
value to an eyelash.
In that place where the angels would have always cast their
wings like ants,
If he had placed his foot even one hair's breadth beyond his
abode.
111 In intercession from the lightness of his spirit he split a hair,
So that, for the sake of an ant, intercession was not heavy to
him even by the weight of a hair.
If for the sake of an ant one fell into error, he would make
his excuse.
He remained without bounty if he was not thankful in the
least.
On that night when he caught the least glimpse of that
illuminated dwelling
Wings111a grew upon him like the ant in his desire for the
infinite.
Having cast his eye upon the fat morsel of the world which
perishes like a hair, he closed the avenues of his appetite
against this turquoise-hued table,111b like the ant.
For the ants of religion he carried away so much provision
that there remained on the point of each hair an evidence
of that bounty112 for ever and ever.
79. Oh thou Creator, I have made every hair a tongue, but yet
like an ant I complain in my heart of my voicelessness
to sing thy praise.
If thou hadst illumined the eye of the ant like the thread
of hair, without the permission112a of thy mercy this caravan
would not have passed.
I am like an ant in water, or like a hair in the fire, because
this sugar-scattering mind of mine is not fit for this relation.112b
I have the foot of effort in the stirrup of devotion to you
like the ant; as long as one single hair remains of me112c
I will not desist from this endeavour.
How can my burden be in the least degree lightened apart
from thy consent? How can I gird my loins like the ant
through avarice,112d in the service of this one or that?
Although like the ant I have been crushed by the (iron)
hand of desire
Yet I never contemplated the slightest idea of profit or loss
apart from thee.
Since this is from thee I am happy, although my heart is
distraught and pained; my heart is like the eye of the ant
and my112e condition is like the hair of the heart-ravishing
one.
If the ant brought the foot of a locust into the presence of
Solomon, Shihāb would have come headlong to thy door
with the feet of his soul about his head as hair.
The ant of thy generous table O Sāliḥ showed him (Shihāb)
that path of rectitude.
O Lord! grant him protection in crossing that hair like
bridge113 over the fire
On the point of each hair of his you have a hundred favours,
for this reason that the heart of an ant is not vexed by
him by so much as a hair's breadth in the world.
Oh Lord!113a keep a watch upon the enemy of the king's domi-
nions, for this is best, that he should be as a hair in the fire
and as an ant in the running water.

And he also wrote in praise of Sulṭān Ruknu-d-Dīn Fīroz 80. imposing upon himself the necessity of introducing four things113b as follows:—

Every moment this old wolf lion-hearted infant-eating113c
Does with me that which the elephant and rhinoceros do at
the time of contest.
The elephant-like sky wears away my body as does the
rhinoceros
The time like a lion takes away my patience like a wolf.
I have not the strength of the rhinoceros, and the sky is like
a fierce elephant towards me.
It displays the boldness of a lion like the old wolf of the time.
The elephant did not so treat the rhinoceros, nor did the wolf
so treat the sheep
As the lion-like heaven treated this being who is thin as
hair from oppression.
The Lion of the sky has the craft of the wolf and the strength
of the rhinoceros.
For this cause he heaps pain continually on my heart like the
load of an elephant.
A maddened elephant114 is this wolf-haired rhinoceros.
Even if mankind are like male lions still sooner or later he
effects their ruin.
The sky, the overthrower of the rhinoceros, the conqueror of
the lion, if, in play, like the wolf it brings against the life
of Rustum a strong move like “pīlband.”114a
The wolf of my patience casts off from him the waterproof
like a lion, if the elephant of this coerulean castle has
made me over to his charge like a rhinoceros.
The lion of the sky, like the elephant in colour, a wolf by a
nature, takes and tears to pieces the armour of my patience
like the hide of the rhinoceros.115
Last night when the lion of the sky became elephant coloured
in the hide of the rhinoceros, countless Josephs115a appear-
ed from the wolves of the heaven.
My life is in the hands of the lion, and under the foot of the
rhinoceros of pain, until from the elephant bodied sky the 81.
tail of the wolf115b became evident.
The claw of the lion and the horn of the rhinoceros, the tears
of the elephant and the hair of the wolf.
Although these four are of use in making the amulet115c of
heart's attachment.
Of what use are the special properties of the lion and rhino-
ceros and the wolf and the elephant, when that silvery
cheeked one demands from me gold more than the weight of
an elephant.
Since I do not possess the ferocity of the rhinoceros, the
heart of the lion, and the breath of the wolf, I will go to
meet my beloved with an elephant load of sorrow.
In the jaws of the lion and under the foot of the rhinoceros,
and of this old wolf, my beloved one keeps me as though
depicted upon the tear of the elephant on account of
love.
My beloved with the rhinoceros-hilted sword is trotting like
a wolf, I, like the elephant, am following him with a body
thin as thread.
Afterwards the wolf in rhinoceros-like armour, the elephant-
like heaven, the lion-hunter of the sky appeared like the
torch of the king.
The pillar of the world, the elephant-conquering king with
the lion-headed mace, by whose wolf-swift horse the
rhinoceros is fiercely attacked.
The eye of the wolf of the sky is of all colours from his lion-
like mace, the hump of the rhinoceros of the earth is trodden
into hollows by the foot of his elephant.
His elephantine club empties the forest of wolves, his wolf-
swift horse116 seizes the meadow from the lions.
His rhinoceros-like staff of office is in the heart of the wolf
of the sky, his club116a like a pillar has cleft asunder
the lions.
82. From the point of his javelin, and lion-headed mace, that
happens to the wolf and elephant which happened to
the life of Gurgsār from the sword of the brazen-bodied
one.116b
Oh thou from whose lion-headed mace, rhinoceros-destroyer
elephant-crusher, the tomb becomes narrow and dark for
Gurgīn116c like the pit of Bīzhan.116d
The reflection of thy elephant coloured117 sword if it falls
upon lion and wolf makes their eyes which are like the
jujubes117a of Gurgān to become like the pomegranate.
If the breeze of your lion-standard blows upon the dust of
the world the maddened rhinoceros will seek shelter from
the elephant, and the wolf from the sheep.
When thou brandishest117b thy elephantine mace, the lion
casts away its teeth, the wolf its claws, the rhinoceros its
gall bladder, and the snake its head-stone.117c
Rhinoceros-like in attack, wolf-like in gait, lion-like in
bravery, elephant-like in body is thy steed, Oh hero! hundreds of thousands like Rustam are thy slaves.
Oh King! in thy praise I have become more powerful than
wolf and rhinoceros, lion and elephant, by the order of the
Lord who rules the sky.
Thou art elephant-bodied, lion-conquering, thy mace if it so
wishes, can place the rhinoceros firmly on the head of the
sky like the tail of the wolf.118
That Wazír who to the punishment of the wolf of the sky
has given his heart, like the rhinoceros and the elephant
and the lion, instead of being confused.
Without the craft of the wolf, and the power of the rhino-
ceros, his determination strikes the head of the elephants
with the driving hook118a and brings sparks to the eyes of
the lions.
In thy kingdom, Oh King! from the strategy of thy caution the
lion has laid aside its oppression, the wolf its deceit, and
the rhinoceros its disorder through fear of thee.
Oh thou, whose order is like the decree of fate, thou from
whose dignity the Emperor like Fate overcomes the rhino-
ceros, the wolf, the lion and the elephant.
83. Skin, and horn, and hair, and tear, of wolf, rhinoceros, lion and
elephant will be of use in the way of life, and heart, and
nature, and speech.
For your armour and shoes, when did the wolf-natured sky
select tears and skin from the elephant and lion and
rhinoceros?
For that purpose again and again,119 this old wolf from the
elephant and lion and the rhinoceros, brings as an offering
its hide and skin and teeth as a present of rare value.
The she-wolf drives away the he-lion119a as a good omen,
If in hunting it comes in sight of your rhinoceros-conquering
elephant.
Elephant-bestower, I desire a desert place in Badāon,
Even though these regions are the abodes of the wolf and
rhinoceros and the lion.
As long as the lion and the elephant are co-partners in awe,
and the wolf and the rhinoceros are alike in writing119b so
long may your wolf-crafty enemy, Oh rhinoceros-destroyer
and elephant-like in strength,119c be humbled in the dust
before the lion of your portico.
May your enemies bereft of life become like the lions and
elephants and wolves and rhinoceros at the end of the
stony line in the public baths.119d
SULṬĀN RAẒẒĪYAH BINT SULṬĀN SHAMSU-D-DĪN

Came to the throne in the year 634 H. (1236 A.D.), and followed the path of equity and the principles of justice; set in order the affairs which had remained in confusion, and set before her the pur- 84. suit of beneficence, (which is as great a fault in women as stinginess is in men) as the object of her ambition, and made Niẓāmu-l-Mulk Jundī (Junaidī) Chief Wazīr.120 Antagonism and strife shewed itself among the Amīrs, and Sulṭān Raẓẓīyah formed an excellent plan, and threw these disloyal Amīrs into confusion so that they fled in all directions, and she having selected certain of them for punishment put them to death,120a and Niẓāmu-l-Mulk retired to Sir Mūr120b and took up his abode in the secret place of death, and Khwāja Muhaẕẕab the Deputy succeeded him in office. The kingdom of Raẓẓīyah gained considerable power, she despatched an army to relieve Rantanbhūr,120c which, after the death of Sulṭān Shamsu-d-Dīn, the Hindūs had invested continuously, and liberated the Muslims from their captivity, and Jamālu-d-Dīn Yāqūt, the Abyssinian, who was Master of the Horse, became her confidant and trusted adviser, to such a point that Sulṭān Raẓẓīyah whenever she rode horse or elephant used to rest upon his arm or shoulder.120d He became an object of envy to the Amīrs, and the Sulṭān Raẓẓīyah came out from the curtain of chastity120e and wearing the garments of men, regardless of propriety, used to wear a tunic and kullāh120f when seated on the throne to rule the kingdom. And in the year 637 H. (1239 A.D.) Malik ‘Izzu-d-Dīn Iyāz, Governor of Lahore, displayed hostility. Sulṭān Raẓẓīyah proceeded against him and having reduced him to obedience added Multān also to his jāegīr,120g and in the same year she brought up an army against Tabarhindah, and on the way the Turkī Amīrs witnessing her immodest behaviour, rebelled, and seized both Sulṭān Raẓẓīyah and Jamālu-d-Dīn Yāqūt the Abyssinian, who had risen to be the Chief Amīr,121 and confined them in the fortress of Tabarhindah.121a

Seek not fidelity to its promise from the indolent world. 85.
For this old woman is the bride of a thousand lovers.
121b There is no sign of faithfulness to promise in the smile of
the rose.
Lament, Oh heart-reft nightingale, for here is cause for complaint.
SULṬĀN MU‘IZZU-D-DĪN BAHRĀM SHĀH121c
IBN SHAMSU-D-DĪN.

Next succeeded to the throne, and came to Delhī. At this time Malik Ikhtiyāru-d-Dīn Altūnīyah121d the ruler of Tabarhindah having espoused the Sulṭān Raẓẓīyah, and having gained over certain of the Amīrs and a body of the Jats121e and Khūkhars, and all the landholders, brought an army towards Delhī. Sulṭān Mu‘izzu-d-Dīn Bahrām Shāh, sent the Malik121f Balban the younger (who eventually became Sulṭān Ghīyāṯu-d-Dīn) with a vast army to oppose Raẓẓīyah, and a battle ensued in which the forces of Raẓẓīyah were defeated. She then went to Tabarhindah, and a second time collected her forces and rallied her scattered troops, and arrived in the neighbourhood of the village of Katīhal121g with the intention of conquering Delhī, and again being defeated at the hands of the Malik Balban the younger, took to flight and both she and Altūnīyah fell into the hands of the Kawārs122 and were put to death by order of Sulṭān Bahrām Shāh.

This event took place in the year 637 H. (1239 A.D.),122a and the duration of the reign of Raẓẓīyah was three years six months and six days.

A head which the neck carries loftily
That same head later finds a rope round its neck.

When the sovereign power was firmly established in the hands of Sulṭān Bahrām Shāh, Malik Ikhtiyāru-d-Dīn Ītkīn who was 86. formerly Hājib and was married to a sister of the Sulṭán, and had got all the affairs of the kingdom into his own hands by the assistance of Niẓāmu-l-Mulk Muhaẕẕabu-d-Dīn, being accustomed always to keep a large elephant tied up at his door, like a king, was murdered in the year 638 H. together with Muhaẕẕabu-d-Dīn Wazīr, by certain Fidāīs,122b by the orders of the Sulṭān, and in this year the Sulṭān dealt with a party composed of Amīrs and chief men, and leading nobles, and grandees, and judges who used to hold secret meetings to discuss a change of monarchy and the appointment of a new king. Some of them he put to death, and some, as for example Badru-d-Dīn Sangar Amīr Ḥājib123 he sent to Badāon where they died in prison. Among them was Qāẓī Jalālu-d-Dīn Kāshānī, whom they removed from his military command and appointed Qāẓī of Badāon, and Qāẓī Shamsu-d-Dīn the Qāẓī of Mārhira123a they threw under the feet of an elephant in the same way.

And in the year 639 H. the troops of the Mughūl Changīz Khān came and invested the city of Lahore, and Malik Qarāqash the Governor of Lahore fled one day at midnight and came to Dehlī, where the Sulṭān pledged the Amīrs anew to fealty, and having summoned a conference sent Niẓāmu-l-Mulk123b Wazīr, who at heart was not friendly to the Sulṭān, to oppose the Mughūl force in the Panjāb. He, with craft and hypocrisy wrote a letter to the Sulṭān and made many complaints of the Amīrs who were with him, and begged the Sulṭān to come. The Sulṭān, however, not thinking it advisable to go in person, wrote a despatch to him in apparent sincerity, saying, “those recalcitrant Amīrs shall meet their punishment in due time, you should treat them with civility123c till then.” He shewed that despatch in original to the Amīrs and brought them over to his side, and the Sulṭān Mu‘izzu-d-Dīn Bahrām 87. Shāh sent Ḥaẓrat Shaikhu-l-Islām Khwāja-i-Khwājagān Quṭbu-d-Dīn Bakhtyār Ūshī,123d may God sanctify him, to the Amīrs to put matters straight and to quell the disturbance, but without success; the Shaikhu-l-Islām returned and came to Dehlī, and just at this juncture Niẓāmu-l-Mulk and the Amīrs also arrived and besieged the Sulṭān in Dehlī,124 and taking him captive imprisoned him, and after a few days despatched him to the next world124a and set up another king in his place.

The times of old have had this habit
To take from this man and give to that.

The duration of his reign was two years and one month and fifteen days.

SULṬĀN ALĀU-D-DĪN MAS‘ŪD SHĀH IBN RUKNU-D-DĪN FĪROZSHĀH

Having been released from prison by the consent of his uncles Sulṭān Nāṣiru-d-Dīn Maḥmūd and Sulṭān Jalālu-d-Dīn, the sons of Sulṭān Shamsu-d-Dīn Iyaltimish, became king at the end of the year already mentioned (639 H.), after that ‘Izzu-d-Dīn Balban124b (the elder) had occupied the throne for one day and had issued a proclamation. None of the Maliks or Amīrs had been satisfied with this arrangement and reverted to Sulṭān ‘Alāu-d-Dīn, and appointed Malik Quṭbu-d-Dīn Ḥasan as Deputy, and Malik Muhaẕẕabu-d-Dīn Niẓāmu-l-Mulk Wazīr of the kingdom, and in the year 640 H. the Amīrs of Sulṭān ‘Alāu-d-Dīn Mas‘ūd put to death Niẓāmu-l-Mulk the Wazīr.

One should not desire brief kingship like that of the rose
For a torrent speedily breaks down a bridge.

The Wazīrship was conferred upon Ṣadru-l-Mūlk Najmu-d-Dīn Abū Bakr, and Malik Ghiyāṯu-d-Dīn Balban the younger who had at first been called Ulugh Khān and afterwards attained the dignity of Sulṭān,124c became Amīr Ḥājib and in succession to him 88. the governorship of Nāgor and Sind and Ājmīr was conferred permanently upon Malik ‘Izzu-d-Dīn Balban, the elder, Budāon was conferred upon Malik Tāju-d-Dīn; and in this year ‘Izz-ud-Dīn Tughā Khān who had advanced from Karrah125 to the neighbourhood of Lakhnautī sent Sharfu-l-Mulk Asha‘rī to the Sulṭān ‘Alāu-d-Dīn with a written despatch, the Sulṭān then sent a red canopy and a special robe of honour in charge of the Governor of Ondh125a for ‘Izzu-d-Dīn Tughā Khān who was in Lakhnautī, and having brought both his uncles aforementioned out of confinement, assigned the district of Qanauj to Malik Jalālu-d-Dīn, and Bahrāij to Malik Nāṣiru-d-Dīn Maḥmūd, who acquitted themselves in those districts to his satisfaction. And in the year 642 H, the Mughūl forces125b arrived in the district of Lakhnautī, the assumption is that the Mughūls must have come by way of Tibat and Khiṭā, and Sulṭān ‘Alāu-d-Dīn sent Tīmūr Khān Qarā Beg125c to the assistance of Tughā Khān and the Mughūls were defeated. Hostility arose between Tughā Khān and Malik Qīrān,125d Tughā Khān came to Dehlī, and Lakhnautī remained in the hands of Tīmūr Khān.125e

In this year the Mughūl army126 arrived in the vicinity of Uchh and assaulted it, and the Sulṭān proceeding by forced marches with all possible speed, reached the banks of the river Biāh, and the Mughūls raising the siege of Uchh took to flight; the Sulṭān on reaching Delhī took to arresting and putting to death to such an extent that the Amīrs and nobles turned against him, and agreed to summon Malik Nāṣiru-d-Dīn Maḥmūd ibn Shamsu-d-Dīn from Bahrāij, and upon his arrival at Delhī in the year 644 H, they threw Sulṭān ‘Alāu-d-Dīn Mas‘ūd into prison and he speedily126a exchanged that confinement for the prison house of eternity.

This is the way of the changeable world.
In kindness it gives and it robs you in wrath.

89. The duration of his reign was four years and one month.

SULṬĀN NĀṢIRU-D-DĪN MAḤMŪD IBN SHAMSU-D-DĪN IYALTIMISH

Succeeded to the sovereignty in the year 644 H, (1246 A.D.) and the Wazīrship was conferred upon Ghiyāṯu-d-Dīn Balban the younger, who was in reality great, and was the slave and son-in-law of the father of Nāṣiru-d-dīn.126b

At the time of his accession great largesse was given, and the poets recited many congratulatory odes from some of which the following verses are taken—

That great Lord who is a Ḥātim in generosity and a Rustum
in energy.
Nāṣir-i-Dunya wa-Dīn Maḥmūd ibn Iyaltimish.
That great world conqueror, the roof of whose palace is the
heaven.
In the height of his dignity this lower sphere is his vesture.
How can we measure the glory the Sikka acquires from his
auspicious titles.127
Or how compute the exultation of the Khuṭbah at the mention
of his happy name.

The records of his equity and his laudable qualities are evident from the book called Ṭabaqāt-i-Nāṣirī127a which was composed in his honour.

The Sulṭān entrusted all the affairs of the kingdom to Ghiyāṯu-d-Dīn Balban and in giving him the title of Ulugh Khān said, “I deliver into thy hands the reins of absolute authority, beware lest thou commit thyself to any evil action,127b for tomorrow thou wilt be at a loss in the presence of Almighty God and thou wilt bring shame upon me and upon thyself.” The Sulṭān himself would generally retire into his chamber and occupy himself in devotion, and reading the Qur'ān and in repeating the sacred names of God may He be glorified and exalted; and it is currently reported that on the occasion of a public audience he used to clothe himself from head to foot in regal apparel, while in private he used to wear an old ragged garment; and they also say that he used to 90. devote his time to the copy of the Qur'ān which he was writing,127c further that he used to write it himself in private so that no one might recognize his handwriting and buy it for more than its fair value, and he used to sell (these) in the Bāzār. They relate also several other strange stories about him, which resemble the narratives regarding the rightly directed Khalifs — among them I have seen it written in a book that one day his wife was complaining of not having a servant, and she said “Whenever I bake bread for you my hands get burned and blistered.” He wept and replied, “The world is passing away, bear your toil for these few days for God Almighty on the morrow of resurrection (we trust in Him and believe in Him) as a reward for this labour, will surely give you a Ḥūrī to wait upon you, as it is, I cannot possibly buy a slave girl for you from the public funds. His wife too, agreed to this.

The world is but a dream in the eyes of the vigilant,
A wise man does not set his heart upon a dream.

And the Sulṭān in the month of Rajab in the year of his accession, took an army towards Multān128 and in Zūl Qa‘dah having crossed the river of Lahore (Rāvī) and having appointed Ulugh Khān as leader of the forces,128a sent him towards the Jūd hills128b and the country round Nandanah, and he himself halted on the banks of the river Indus. Ulugh Khān having punished that part of the country brought it into subjection, and having given a lesson to the Khūkhars129 and other contumacious tribes, joined the Sulṭān and returned to Dehlī, and in the year 645 H., having taken Mīwāt129a turned his attention to the country of the Doāb, and the same year having sent Ulugh Khān from the confines of Karrah to oppose and overthrow the rebels of that district, arrived at Dehlī with great spoil.

And in the year 646 A.H., he proceeded against Rantanbhūr, and having punished the seditious tribes of those districts he returned, 91. and in the year 647 H., he married the daughter of Ulugh Khān.

Then in the year 648 H., he took an army towards Multān, and after some days Malik ‘Izzu-d-Dīn Balban-i-Buzurg, the Governor of Nāgor, withdrew his foot from the circle of allegiance and rebelled,129b but when the Sulṭān proceeded thither, he begged for pardon and joined the Court.

And in the year 649 H. he marched in the direction of Gwāliār and Chandērī and Mālwa, and Jāhir Dev129c the Rāi of that country with five thousand cavalry and 200,000 infantry came out to meet him and gave battle to the Sulṭān in great force, but was defeated and the fort of Narwar130 was taken. And in this year Sher Khān Governor of Multān, and Malik ‘Izzu-d-Dīn Balban who had left Nāgōr with reinforcements for him reduced the fortress of Uchh, and Sher Khān remained in the fortress, while Malik ‘Izzu-d-Dīn Balban came to pay his respects to the king, and received from him as a jāegīr the districts of Budāon and was given the title of Kashlū Khān.

And in the year 650 H. (1252 A.D.) he left Dehlī intending to proceed to Lahore, and from there he went to Multān and Uchh, and in this expedition Kashlū Khān accompanied the Sulṭān as far as the river Biāh.

And in the year 651 H. marching from Dehlī, he detailed forces to act against Tabarhindah and Uchh and Multān of which Sher Khān had lost control, and of which the Sindhīs held possession; and having regained possession of them, handed them over to the charge of Arsalān Khān and returned. And in the year 652 H. having assembled an army on the confines of the country at the foot of the hills130a of Bijnor, and having crossed the Ganges by the ford of Mīāpūr131 and hugging the skirt of the mountain, reached the banks of the river Rahab,131a and having taken much booty and made many prisoners, giving themselves up to rapine and making prisoners,131b invaded the country of 92. Kaṭihar131c going to Badāon and from thence to Oudh, and hastened to the capital. And after some time news arrived that certain of the Amīrs, namely Ulugh Khān-i-A‘zam, and Arsalān Khān and others, in concert with Malik Jalālu-d-Dīn, the brother of the Sulṭān, had commenced hostilities in the vicinity of Tabar-hindah. The Sulṭān thereupon marched from Dehlī, and in the neighbourhood of Tabarhindah and Kuhrām and Kaithal,131d by the intervention of a party of Amīrs, the Amīrs agreed to peace, and with many protestations and oaths suing for pardon came into submission to the Sulṭān; and the Sulṭān conferred upon Malik Jalālu-d-Dīn the Governorship of Lahore, and proceeded to the capital. And in the year 653 H. the feelings of the Sulṭān underwent a change with respect to his mother Malika-i-Jahān. He gave Qutlugh Khān, to whom Malika-i-Jahān was married, a jāegīr in Oudh,131e and a short time after turning against him also131f sent him to Bahrāij. He took fright at this and came to the hill country of Sir Mūr, and Malik ‘Izzu-d-Dīn Kashlū Khān and certain other Amīrs made common cause with him and laid the foundation of revolt; the Sulṭān accordingly detailed Ulugh Khān Balban with a large army132 to oppose them, and when the two forces had arrived within a short distance of each other the Shaikhu-l-Islām Saiyyid Quṭbu-d-Dīn and Qāẓī Shamsu-d-Dīn of Bharāij and another party of men incited Qutlugh Khān to come into Dehlī, and inspired him with a desire to possess that country;132a the inhabitants of Dehlī joined in this instigation. Ulugh Khān represented this at the Sulṭān's court, and the Sulṭān issued an order for every individual of that party to go separately to his own place, and Qutlugh Khān and Malik ‘Izzu-d-Dīn Kashlū Khān after this defeat, traversed the distance of a hundred krohs132b in two days and came from Sāmāna to Dehlī, but did not find the party 93. which had been the cause of their being summoned. Qutlugh Khān and Kashlū Khān also were separated, and Ulugh Khān following them arrived in the Sulṭān's presence.132c And in the year 655 H. the Sulṭān issued an order for the expulsion of certain nobles and grandees from the city of Dehlī, and at the end of this year the Mughūls arrived on the boundaries of Uchh and Multān; Kashlū Khān Balban made common cause with them and the Sulṭān came up in hot haste against them. The Mughūls were not able to stand against him and turned back towards Khurāsān. The Sulṭān also raised the banner of return towards the capital and having bestowed a robe of honour upon Malik Jalālu-d-Dīn Jānī marched towards Lakhnautī.132d And in the year 656 H. (1258 A.D.) ambassadors came to the Sulṭān from Turkistān, and he sent them back loaded with presents, and in this year Ḥaẓrat Makhdūm Ganjshakar,132e may God magnify his power and exalt his memory,133 left the lodging house of separation and disappointment for the home of nearness and fulfilment.

And in the year 657 H. elephants and great treasure and jewels and cloths without number, arrived from Lakhnautī as presents, and in Rajab of this year Malik ‘Izzu-d-Dīn Kashlū Khān Balban earning relief from the turmoil of this transitory world, hastened to the next world, and in this year Ghauṯu-l-‘Ālam Ḥaẓrat Shaikh Bahāu-d-Dīn Zakariyāī133a the Multānī, may God sanctify him, raised the tent of133b close union with God Almighty, and a celebrated poet wrote this couplet to record the date:

By the arrow of the love of God one was wounded (zakhmī)
the other perished (khūn).133c

94. And in the year 658 H. Sulṭān Nāṣiru-d-Dīn Mahmūd, chastised the country of Mīwāt134 and the rest of that district, and when he was fully established as Malik in the year 664 H. he fell sick and closed his eyes on the world of dreams and fancies, and went to the eternal kingdom.134a He left no heir; the duration of his reign was nineteen years, three months and a few days. His tomb is well known in Dehlī, and every year crowds flock to visit it.

Verse.
Come and cast one thoughtful look upon this dust.
For it is the dust of the resting-place of trusted kings.

And of the number of those who sounded the drum of poetry and attained the rank of Maliku-l-Kalām (Lord of Eloquence) during Nāṣiru-d-Dīn's reign, one was Shamsu-d-Dīn Dabīr134b whose manifest excellencies and perfection are beyond description and need no narration and praise, and Mīr Khusrū,134c may God sanctify him, who tested the genuineness of his own poems by the touchstone of their acceptability to that other (Shamsu-d-Dīn) used to boast of them, and in the preface to the Ghurratu-l-Kamāl and at the end of the Hasht Bihisht greatly embellished his words in the mention of the praiseworthy qualities and in spreading abroad the excellencies of (that friend of his). And Sulṭān Ghiyāṯu-d-Dīn Balban having at the end of his reign appointed him Secretary for the countries of Bangāla and Kāmrūd had left him in the service of his elder son Nāṣiru-d-Dīn135 Bughrā Khān, and these few couplets are from an ode of his.

Oh thou135a of whom this work of my heart is unworthy
though my ignorance; thou gavest me last night a false
promise of entertainment.
All night I kept my eyes awake and135b I did not know that
that was longing of that kind which you know to be vain.
I keep my heart135c exercised thinking of thy face, and wondering why thy colour is so ripe and thy forehead like virgin
silver.
95. I am overcome with idleness though it urges me on to strenuous endeavour—but there is a loose bond between me and
distraction.
Do not make me prepared with (the fire of) thy love136 since I
am thy guest, because it is a great virtue to offer sacrifice of
unprepared flesh.
We said “no Muslim will eat raw flesh,” but look! thy grief
has devoured me raw. Is this your religious devotion.
136a You call me “raw,” if I cut open my own breast, I will
shew you that the heart which thou considerest raw, is ready.
So amazed am I at thy beauty and the glory of the king that
my imperfect work remains raw from my amazement.
Since the king is a second Khusrū, my work will never remain unfinished, by reason of the kingdom of the second
Khusrū—
Conqueror of the world136b and of religion, he in view of
whose sovereignty the desire of Emperors for the Kingdom
of Suleimān was vain.
The king Maḥmūd Shāh, that Sulṭān from whose father's
glory the cauldron of one single136c desire, by reason of his
empire, is not left unfilled.
If the Sun of his benevolence shines in the direction of the
garden no fruit issues from the branches of the garden
unripe.136d
What resource has the Sky if it does not support the burden
of thy dignity—how can you expect a raw baggage animal
to bear a heavy load!
Thy enemy deserves this that you should sew him in a raw hide136e
for on the body of an inexperienced man of what use is
it for you to fit a raw-hide.137
Thy enemy bathes in blood,137a instead of the collar of his 96.
garment the prisoner places on his neck every moment a
raw-hide.
Every deed of thine is like137b perfected gold, and those who
wish thee evil are imperfect in their work from frivolity
and the assurance of shame.
Thy enemy is that naked demon137c who has a skin made of
the whole of the Earth, and that too, if you take it off him
is a raw-hide.
If thou dost not spread thy table every day twice before the
people, they will perforce eat raw grain, since the hand of
despair from lack of bread has no other resource.
If thy enemy becomes ruined137d what fear is there? although
he advances in a futile attack, like the lion of the flag he
is helpless though impotence.137e
Of what avail137f is the sorcery of Fara‘ūn since the dragon
of your standard will swallow the fictitious serpent.
Oh Khusrū! Shamsu-d-dīn137g is thy secretary, strong and
well proved in speech—he is not like the worthless Scribes
an inexperienced scribbler.
He himself is experienced137h and his verse is like purified
gold—his words are not like the best sayings of Khāqānī
still in the rough.
The sky has prepared a perfect kingdom137i for thee—Oh Lord
in thy favour grant that his perfect work may never revert
to imperfection.

And the King of Kings and of Speech Amīr Fakhru-d-Dīn ‘Amīd Lūmakī138 writes in a Qaṣīda of which this is the opening couplet.

When my loved one takes138a the lute, and binds the plectrum
on her fingernail
Her nail strikes Nāhīd138b with a hundred wounds in the heart
through envy.
97. Through envy of her harp fever seizes upon Nāhīd at that
instant.
Her nail becomes altogether blue from the effect of that
fever.138c
Consider the henna on her nails to be like blood, which at the
time of the springing of the strings from the harp dry
as a reed, has spurted forth and made the nail moist.
If in play my nail has scratched your lip, do not be vexed138d at
that,
Because now and then they dip the nail into sugar by way of
tasting it.
Keep the point of your nail as sharp as a glance my love, for
the harp has no confidence in the fingers save for the sharpness of their nails.
Bring me consolation by the tenderness of thy kindness,138e
because compared with thy face, the bride of the moon
has brought blood to its nails through envy.
Give me wine red as the blood of a hare at the remembrance
of the assembly of the king, for his wrath has forced off
the claws from the paws of the male lions.
Shāhanshāh Nāṣir-i-Dunyā wa-Dīn Maḥmūd, by whose equity
the partridge with its beak has torn off the claws of the
swift-flying139 hawk.
By the fate-like oppression of his enemy he has fallen in
danger of ruin,139a just as one's nail is in danger in the hands
of an unskilled barber.139b
His head is in danger of severance139c by the sword of the daring,
like the nail at the time of paring, in accordance with the
Ḥadīṯ.139d
From the dread of the falcon of his equity it behoves that
they should take to flight140 when the eagle with lancet-like
talons casts his feathers and talons (through fear).
Such a quarry do they see,140a that from their absence of claws
and their distress, their claw demands as a loan from the
small-clawed partridge its claws.
98. For this reason that in the presence of his power, the sky
scratches his head for envy, and each month, because of that
power, displays the body of the140b moon in the shape of a
nail paring (crescent).
Compared with the perfumed dust raised by his charger the
dust-like grains of the musk-bag have become valueless as
the dust which is found under every nail.
You would say his arrow is a finger from the hand of victory
because it appears as though his nail were like a willow-
leaf-bladed soul-destroying spear.
A finger which if he so wills it, like an Indian spear embeds
its nail in the mind of iron and the heart of separation.140c
The sword of his wrath has imprinted such a scar on the
cheek of his enemy as remains on the cheek of the mother
from the anger140d of the infant.
Grudging the life of his evil-disposed enemies, lo! the boars
of Fate have sharpened their tusks, and the lions of Destiny
their claws.
Power of the world! when the point of thy sword scratches
the hearts, it has carried away from the paws of the oppression of the dog-natured sky its claws.140e
How can thy enemy be at all like thee, how can he approach
thy dagger, whereas when he brandishes his dagger it becomes at that moment140f like a finger nail.
If his pride so misleads him that he finds fault with you, the
tip of his finger becomes as dust in his hand and his nail
as nothing.141
The edge of thy sword protects the face of the world,141a if
there had not been the nail as a shield behind the back of
the finger tip it had not been well.
If the envier of the nail of thy bravery bears a grudge
against thee, perchance poor fellow it is because he does
not know that the nail is poisonous.
I have brought in the word nail (nākhun) as radīf141b in this 99.
poem which is like a charm. Verily it is as useful in
magic, as the hair of the head or the tip of the nail.141c
Oh king, do not desert me, so long as the spiteful heaven
strikes every moment one nail upon another by way of
producing the notes of my fate.

Inasmuch as the mention arose of ‘Amīd, who was controller of all the states of Hindustān, it is essential to reproduce some thing from poems of his which are rarely met with:

Arise ‘Amīd, if thy heart is not cold and dead
Leave thy love-poems, and speak the praise of the Lord of
the world.
Praise the Court of Heaven, for he has raised on high many
an azure dome without the irksome aid of tools;
He has appointed two kings (the Sun and Moon) to travel
over this blue dome, and has allotted to them the planets
as attendant cavaliers on all sides.
The tiring woman of his skill has displayed a hundred
beauteous stars at nightfall from behind the curtain of
nine folds.142
He has ordained for the lady of the world, in Night and Day
two able handmaids with the titles of Rūmī and Hindū
(i.e., fair and dark).
Without any shop-keeper in the small shop of the sky, he has
suspended in one corner a pair of scales with two pans.142a
His skill has caused the crimson anemone142b to grow upon the
summit of the mountains, his bounty has caused the Sūrī7
and Rāhū7 to blossom in the garden.
At one time with the point of the compasses of his bounty
he has limned the form of the mouth: at another with the
pen of his favour he has delineated the two eyebrows.
The face of day by his bounty has become a blaze of whiteness 100.
The locks of the night by his skill have become a marvel of
blackness.
The kings of the earth143 with submission and humility, in
search of honour have rubbed their faces in the dust of
his threshold.
Every month has its moon upon the plain of the sky, at one
time curved like the chaugān,143a at another round like the ball.
So just is he, that at the time of dispensing justice he has
never injured any one even an hair's breadth by oppression.
That one who sought his food in the heart's blood of grapes
he made on the morrow black with disgrace like the cheek
of the plum.143b
The partridge with its (weak) claws could attack a hundred
hawks if so many heads of ants give such power to the
partridge.
The morning breeze bestowed out of his all-encompassing
bounty upon Chīn and Khaṭā143c the perfume of the bag of
the musk deer.
Hear from me oh friend, since you have heard the declaration
of unity, a piece of advice to hearing which both your ear
and mine are attentive.
Beware of giving an ear to the sound of the strings of the harp.
Beware of turning your attention to the flagon fashioned of
earth (wine flask)
Those who in this way live on good terms with their lovers,
such as you, do not say, Where is one of that company?
Do you yourself behold every morning, for the dove on the
garden bough by its song of Kū Kū144 bears witness to this
beneficent one.
101. Cast thine eye upon the ground that thou mayest see poured
out there many a friend of kind aspect, and many a sweet-
natured loved one
Do thou ‘Amīd again lay hold of the thread of confession of
unity
And hang it upon the rosary of thy prayers as it were pearls.
Oh Sovereign Lord! world-possessing Deity who art ever-
living
Yet without (the intervention of the vivifying) spirit,144a and
eloquent without a (material) tongue.
By thy order three daughters have come forth from the soul145
Without the pangs of childbirth, and without the intermediary
influence of a husband.
Compared with thy ancient order what is Kisrā145a and what
is Qaiṣar
In face of thy decree what is the Khāqān and what is Halākū?
Without thy command no ant can draw a single breath
of its own will,
Without thy knowledge no sleeper turns from one side to the
other.
Although I like a harp am hump backed and head downwards,146
Yet in the assembly of thy hope I play the air of Yā Huwa.146a
On that day when out of awe of thee all the assembly of the
prophets own their allegiance on bended knee,
Oh Lord do thou of thy clemency bestow upon me, wretched
man that I am, forgiveness, for I am defiled with disobedience and engulfed in it on all sides.

His also is the following in praise of the prophet may the peace and blessing of God be upon him146b

I fashion now a garment of song the embroidery of whose
sleeve, flows gracefully from the146c adornment of the soul
as the ornament of its divine Creator
102. I choose the path of thy forming by the ornament of straight-
forward praise,
Because the two worlds are an indication146d of the embroidery
of its sleeve;
Rose of the garden of the prophetic office, than whose spikenard146e
the morning breeze has never borne from Chīn to Māchīn147
a rarer odour from the fragrant musk.
Head of the created beings of the world, by whose glorious
advent, the heaven has brought forth a pearl of great
price from the shell as an offering.
The heaven has placed its two standards firmly planted in the
seventh of its citadels, throughout the length and breadth
of the world in the five stated times of prayer147a
His onyx-like147b eye has not cast one glance upon the signet of
Solomon148 because there is the stamp of his seal upon everything from the moon above to the fish below.148a
Fate and Destiny are his guardians, Eternity and Hope his
helpers,
Earth148b and the time are his advocates, angels and heaven
pledged to him.
His lip is honey and his cheek a rose, what an advantage to
both worlds,
His gulangabīn148c (confection of rose and honey) relieves the
tremor of disobedience,
The mouth of the shell is full of the pearls of his pearl-like
words,
The belt of the horizon is bejewelled with his widespread
faith,
The prosperity of the body of the faithful is in his left hand,
and the good fortune of the face of those who follow the
path of his religion is in his right hand.
The pages of the seven heavens are but an atom of his being,
The two worlds, compared with the stream of his might, are
but a sweat drop from his forehead,
The tongue of a green lizard148d is one of the marks of his seal,
The web of the spider was a curtain which concealed his
relation,148e
In the moon-bedecked heaven, one glance of his cleft the 103.
heart of the moon the beloved of the sky into two halves as
though it were a piece of cloth.149
Both beasts of prey and birds have girded the loins of faithfulness to him.
Both young babes and old men have opened their lips in his
praise.
The rose and the thorn of fragrant flowers are the fruits of
his love and kindness.
The (sweet) sugar and the (bitter) colocynth are both reminders of his love andwrath.
The garden, in submission149a to his creative power, like the
violet has scratched its cheek (with vexation), Look!
there is a blue mark upon its jasmine cheek.
His body is composed of spirit of divine sanctity, which is the
purification of149b the spirit of the human. One cannot reach
to his essential constitution, for his composition is of light.
When Barāq the lightning-fleet came under his stirrup he
leapt towards thehighest heavens so that the curved crescent moon was like the hinder part of his saddle.
When his courser trod the face of the plain of the earth he
placed his foot in such a way that the heaven became like
the earth to him.
One step of his reached to the extremity of the earth from the
house of Ummahānī,150 the second step reached to the Sidra150a
from the earth like the angels.
The orb of the sun, the untamed steed, was led along in his
cavalcade.
The moon having stamped a brand upon its quarter with
its horseshoe shaped crescent.
Consider the goodness of his nature in that for our sakes in
the next world, he has long pleaded the cause of his followers with a heart full of pity.
Wisdom, by his favour, is drawn out from the well of superstition by the rope of the cord of Chastity150b which was his
104. mighty title
Asad Ullah leaving his lair, with his polished spear has torn
out the heart of the envious cur-hearted ones like the
tongue of a dog.
A band150c like the ants of the ground travelling fast150d along a
path slender as a hair.
Shining like the lightning from the brilliancy of the torch
of his religion.150e
A band (of men lost) like a hair which has fallen into leaven150f
by reason of his wrath fell into the fire from the bridge,
with their waists bound like the ant in their hostility.
On the surface of the board of his sincerity who can raise his
head in deceit151 since not even the heaven survives the
throw of his two dice.151a
Seven pillars are established by his four friends, for the
seven heavens which are firmly fastened to the pole.
Of these four stars151b there are two conjunctions both of which
are fortunate. The Moon and Jupiter151c are in conjunction,
each one with its own partner.
In the two ears of the four elements how happy is my earring.
From the two earrings151d sprang eight Paradises with the
two lights which give sight to the eyes.
‘Amīd has devoted his powers in all directions to sing his
praises, if perchance the good and bad of his words may
gain some currency.
How can I boast of my descent, here, when I from my heart
supplicate the intercessor of the day of judgment whose
religion God approves.
From the embroidery of my eulogy, what legality151e is evident,
in my magic? It is like wine whose pure brilliancy is
enhanced by the crystal cup.151f
From the sugarcandy of his sayings the lips of the parrots
105. are imbued with sugar as though from the tray of eloquence they have eaten the crumbs of his wisdom.

What person am I, what parrot am I, I that sing these verses? When I sing his praise it is like the buzzing of a fly. May the breath of the parrots of my soul not fail for a single moment from the singing his praise and proclaiming his triumph.

ANOTHER QAṢĪDA.152
Oh thou from awe of whose order the heaven is bowed in
submission, the proclamation of thy might is this, Thou
standest alone thou hast no companion.
Thy kingdom is an everlasting kingdom, thy dominion is the
dominion of uprightness.
Thy empire is no changeable empire. Thy rule is not a
divided rule.
The rays of the brightness of thy holiness are the portrayers
of the sun and moon. The recluse of thy kingdom is in
the highest altitude of Simāk reaching even to Samak.152a
At one time thou givest to the partridge of the day wings
and feathers of fiery hue, at another in the liquid cage of
the heavens thou makest the moon-tailed pigeon of the
night152b as an angel.152c
Thou hast broken the cup of the moon at the head and foot
of each month.152d Thou hast bound thine all-encompassing
contemplation around the star Parak.152e
Thy power is the gardener, the four quarters of the earth
are his tilth. Thou hast cast around that as the shelter of
an eyelid, the bounty of the seven oceans.153
From the midst of the oven of the east, thy order bringeth
forth the loaf of gold of the west after the silvery loaf.153a
In the garden full of thy skilled works, the hand of the tiring
woman of the morning-breeze rubs on the rouge of adornment like the beauties153b do over the patches. 106.153c
The rose with the mark of the mole on its cheek, displayed
its buds. Like the cheek of the beauty the moon displays
its face from the heavens.153d
On the extremity of the plain of spring, issuing from the door
of thy creation, the tulip sits with a shield, the willow
stands with its arrow.
The jasmine and the rose proclaim thy skill with lip and
cheek.
Thy care preserves the sugar of the confection with salt.153e
Except thy eternal existence how can any caravan arrive at
secondary existence.153f
In the eye of truth there is kuḥl153g (of ornament), in the eye
of infidelity and doubt there is the probe (of destruction).
Whoever has the inscription on his ring in accordance with
thy way154 verily is saved, but whoever has on his forehead
the brand of opposition to thee verily he is lost.
In the glory of thy approbation why should any one take to
craft? Why should the saw of Nūh ibn Lamak154a cut down
every tree?
The parrot of my life at the remembrance of thee has remained safe from the snare of grief,154b just as in the ocean
of Jupiter the Fish is safe from the net.154c
Like an Ethiopian and a Greek, the day has taken away from
thy threshold a gold embroidered mantle, the night has
despoiled thee of a dress distinguished by a plumed154d
cap.
One draught of thy kindness is equal to the display of several
rows (of cups).
A morsel of thy favour is for the accountants154e several laks.
107. As long as thou drawest him as by the end of the cord, no
one turns away his face from the door. It were better that
the neck of the heaven should be in the noose of the Milky-
way.
Thy wrath drives out the pride of tyrants154f from their heads,
by means of the point of the sting of a mosquito154g not by
the advanced guard of an army.
If the drops of the bounty of thy nearness distil upon the
palate of my heart say to the clouds of supplication “Do
not rain” and say to the tear of hope “Do not fall.”
I am fulfilled with thy bounty like a pearl in the cloudy
weather.155
Not like the wine flask which comes forth from the assembly
after yielding the benefit of its fulness.155a
I have attained the dignity of eloquence from thy consent.
By thy help it is that this joyful sound155b has been placed in
my hand by destiny.
How long shall I utter cries of grief round the carpets of
Emperors, because at thy door there is a sustenance-
gaining world free from vexation.155c
Wine which gives you a headache is better cast on the ground.
A carpet if it be of silk155d is more fit to be burnt than thorns.
Oh Lord, with that rose of benevolence from the exhalations
of whose excellence the olfactory sense of the angels
is refreshed while the musk of Chīn remains dry as a
husk,
Let me refresh the olfactories of my soul every moment,
until I am on the brink of the grave; that my dust may
be like a rose garden far removed from the pricking of
thistles.
The possession of sincerity, and true equity, the root of
modesty, and the secret156 of truth, the house of religion
is founded on all of these both by bond and deed.
On the heaven of his prophecy, for the travellers along the
high road of the sacred law, each of these four pillars156a is a
sign of the injunction Go on thy way and be pure.156b
108. May every breath of my life be praise and glory, until the
breath of the morning, that each breath may then be a
worthy present for the soul.
Think that the pupils of my two eyes are four in affection,
(i.e., four Khalifs).
Otherwise thou wilt fail to gain Paradise, and art ready for
the door of hell.
What good will apostasy do you when ‘Alī is independent
of you? How can gold shew its perfect purity if the
touchstone does not shew the shine of it?
What blame is it to the body of the lute if during the tune156c
either its silken string breaks, or its bridge slips down.
Go, and open the letter of the Prophet in all sincerity, that
it may efface from your mind the suspicion as regards
“Faddak.”156d
And he who like the ill-omened owl157 boasts of being a Khārijī157a
compared to the confidant of the cave158 is like the night-flying
bat158a in comparison with the standard of the day (the Sun).
Put aside your desire of rebellion, say not a word save in
respect, how can a dog contend with a tawny lion.158b
What power have you to decide between the companions of
the Prophet, you who from foolishness like a blind man,
seek the softness of ermine from the stoat.158c
It were better that the skirt of the time was freed by skilful
management, from the impurity of those abomination-
working sects before that this sound reaches their ears
What brought you into hell?158d
Oh Lord! although for a long time my heart has been afflict-
ed by the darlings of Chigil, and held fast by the rosy-
cheeks of Yamak158e
Yet in the beginning of the nūn and dāl of my age (54) 109.
after the year khā and nūn and hā (655 H.),159 thanks
be to God that the bird of my ambition has burst the
bonds of this net and gone free.
I have washed my hands of the one, and have freed my foot
from the other, springing out of both snares like the clay
pellets from a pea-shooter.159a
At thy footstool henceforth my constant cry is “I repent,”
my supplication is to thee, my secret thoughts and open
dealings are with thee.
Thou shewest me mercy at that time when by the intoxication of the wineskin of death both my chin and jaws are
cold and shrunken.159b
When my breath is bound upon the balista of my body like
a missile, then the stone of the balista160 of death strikes my
body breaking it as though it were an earthen jar.160a
Grant me a place at the banquet of thy pardoning mercy,
At that time when the Angel of Death says to me “Take
and eat,”160b
Shewing his helplessness Amīd thy slave offers these verses
in praise of thy excellence to the best of his power.
Accept these few brief words from this vile cur,160c
For this mangy cur is a partner of your journey.
Thy praise is written on my heart, afterwards comes the praise
of the Prophet. May every word besides these be erased
from my heart.
AN EULOGISTIC QAṢĪDA.
Oh thou upon whose jasmine-like face are the countless toils
of the violet-hued locks.
By whose ruby lips the brilliant pearls are imprisoned.
Thy locks are an armourer who every moment brings forth
Fragrant chains to fetter thy lily-like face.
110. Thy lily face is better confined by the links of thy spikenard-
hued locks.
Bid the morning breeze as it breathes not to remove the
chains (of thy hair) from thy rosy (cheeks).
Thy mouth is like a delicate bud which bursts into smiles;
Loosen the folds of that bud even if with the point of a
thorn.
Thy rose-petalled cheeks are adorned by the bonds of thy
dark and fragrant locks.
Save on thy rose who has ever seen so becoming a
bond?
Perchance thou didst say, thy face is like the rose and tulip
to look upon, the fragrant down on thy cheek is like the
edging of a bed of tulips.
Thy cheek was not fit for this, why does it bear its chain,
like me who bear my chain in the time of the reign of this
monarch.
The world conquering king Naṣīru-l-Haqq (ally of the truth),
he who places upon the hands and feet of meanuess a
thousand fetters by his generosity.
Wālā Muḥammad Balban, who entangles rebels in the time
of war, in the noose of his wrath.161
Oh king of the age, by whose auspicious fortune the treasurer
of Fate has undone the fastenings of the shell of the mine
of prosperity.
Beneath the saddle of the confusion of thy enemy on the day
of fighting, each girth of thy saddle becomes sixty-four161a
thongs to bind him.
He is like the opium, provoking quarrels and suspicion,
If his opium remains enclosed within the poppy
head. 111.161b
When the aromatic odour of thy good qualities removed the
bond from the wrinkled mouth of the musk bag of Tātār,
ambergris gained a fresh odour161c from its fragrant breeze,
and the rose bud too was loosed from its prison by the
newly arrived spring.
The heaven every moment casts the fetter of intoxication on
those who are drunk with the cup of thy favour, by the
obstruction of their brain.162
Thy kingdom is a rivulet flowing from the spring of satisfied
desire; safety, enjoyment and pleasure are the banks of
this stream.
In such a way open the road of equity for the ends of victory,
That by thy justice no fetters may exist in the world save
the locks of lovers' hair.
You see one who has assisted injustice in his soul in whose
path
Destiny places countless162a obstacles.
Like Naushīrwān when thou knockest at the door of justice,
Thou keepest not the chains firmly fastened on bad and
good.
In thy reign, it behoves that no one in his lifetime should
see any fetter, save on the foot of the cypress and the
finger-bearing leaf of the Chinār.162b
The knot of the dragon's tail and the dragon's head162c is a
fetter on the sky, come and relieve the distressed heaven
from its bondage.
That the sun and moon may become relieved of the affliction
of eclipse163 in the knot of the dragon's tail,163a like me who
am in the bond of distress.
Thou hast ordered that the learned should be imprisoned,
Beware that thou layest no bond upon the learned.
Woe is me! Honour them rather out of policy, and on the 112.
newly wedded bride of eulogy bind the princely pearl
taken from the casket of my heart.
Has ever any monarch placed a bond on literary men out of
love of empire and usurpation?
I, at all events, am a talking parrot, not a hunting falcon,
the hawk's jesses are not rightly placed on the legs of
parrots.
Why do you imprison me, as from my secret heart there is
an evident fastening (of grief) fixed upon the door of my
heart's fortress.
Loose my bonds, and by way of conquering the fortress, fix
the bond of thy heart upon the mercy of the threshold of
the Creator.
My heart was wounded by the tyranny and oppression of the
heaven, now the chain wounds my leg as well as my heart.
No one has seen half a dāng weight of gold in my possession,
And, even if he has, I would not willingly undergo imprisonment for the sake of it.164
Gold has no value in my sight, how can I pledge it like a
usurer so as to get twelve for every ten.
I have eloquence like pure gold, another man has gold itself,
Open your hand in bounty to me, and keep him imprisoned.
Do not keep me so long in suspense waiting for my release,
My imprisonment has turned my blood to water in this weary
waiting.
At least kill this hapless innocent with the sword of thy
wrath,
113. But do not imprison me, for imprisonment kills me164a with its
perpetual agony.
My name has become famous for eloquence from east to west,
Is it fitting to put fetters on the feet of such a famous poet?
Wisdom said to me long ago by way of advice,
Chain thyself at the threshold of the victorious king.
I was indulging in these hopes, when the king himself shewed
kindness and imprisoned this miserable one as though he
were a murderer.
You may be quite sure that imprisonment is not required
in that place in which the seal of the treasury was opened
by his generosity.
First thou didst fasten, then thou didst loosen,164b Oh! noble
bounty! I carry the fetters from thy door into the presence
of the Almighty as a memorial.
It was the sword of royalty [which loosened them] by the
mercy of the Most Bountiful; had that not been so the
imprisonment would have utterly ruined me.
Since165 you ‘Amīd girt the loins of loyalty in the service of
the throne, therefore by his care the days of your imprisonment were brought to a happy termination.
As long as the young and sprightly maidens to the distraction
of their lovers, have purposely bound their cheeks with the
chain of youthful bloom.
So long may the door of good fortune be closed in every
direction to your enemies,
And by the sword may the bars of both fortresses be opened.
QAṢĪDA.
My eye is the boundless ocean, the thought of my heart is a
bark,
In sorrow my bark sets forth on the floods as they flow from
my eyes.
Night and day I float in the flood of tears, how can my bark 114.
live in the midst of the raging billows of blood?
How can I expect to win my desire from the vile world?
How can I launch my bark on the surface of a gutter?
Although my bark in this ocean, now sails on and now lies at
rest, sailing with the seven sails,165a and resting on the four
anchors.165b
Of what use to me are those sails and those anchors,
If my bark is suddenly overwhelmed by the billows of
death?
In this age I sought fidelity from the tyrannical,
Who has ever seen a boat on the Jīhūn in the month of
Mehrgān166
In front of the claws of this crab166a and the revolution of the
nine heavens, loosen166b thy four anchors and then launch
thy bark.
The sea-monster of avarice of my soul turns back, otherwise166c
one might drag the boat to the shore by some contrivance.
With the exception of the philosophers how can anyone
guide the ship out of the whirlpool of this world to its final
haven of refuge.167
Do not set thy heart upon the ebony 167a -like world, because a
ship built of ebony is overwhelmed in the sea of this
worthless world.
Do not seek for safety when loaded with boastfulness
For an overloaded ship is speedily wrecked,
Seek security from sorrow at that time when you have been
wise enough to make, as I have, a ship from the planks of
the praise of thy lord.
The centre of kingship of land and sea Tāju-l-Haqq, who 115.
made a ship of safety for traversing the ocean (Qulzum)
of sorrow.
Sinjar167b who is like the sky in dignity, in fear of whom
sedition navigated its ship in the direction of the crossing
of the ocean of Qairawān.167c
From the breeze of his smile in the ocean, the ship produces
from every dry stick the branch of saffron.168
When his auspicious prow turns towards the ocean the ship
looks like a pearl emerging from the sea.
The heaven offers itself as his ladder when, arriving near the
shore, the ship stands in need of a ladder.
At that time when his ship floats over the crimson tide of the
blood of his brave enemies,
If we look, it appears as though his ship crosses over the dry
(sparkling) water of the points of daggers and spears.
Thy enemy saw his life like a snare (from which he must
escape) and the ship of his desire shattered to pieces by
thy bond-loosening arrow.168a
By the good fortune of thy arrival the ship sails along on
its breast, on the tops of the waves to the very highest
heavens.168b
Thy dagger lays open the breast of thy envious enemies just
as, by means of its keel, the ship opens the lips of the
waves and the mouth of the ocean,
At that time when, in pursuit of the punishment of thine
enemies, the morning breezes hasten their march and thy
ship goes with slackened rein.
116. From this lake Khusrū demanded a ship (ode),
Saying such and such a ship is fit for this wide ocean.
I obediently set it sailing over the face of that ocean,
Although that ship was not fitted for such a sea.
When the sea of my mind burst into waves in thy praise, I
made the word ◌ (kishtī) the radīf by way of trial.
If the ship had not been like a fish, tongueless in its essence
It would not have addressed me except as “Ocean of benevolence and mine of eloquence”
Among the profoundly learned is there anyone better than
‘Amīd who has launched his ship from the Nile of excellence
into this Clysma169 of eloquence.
Always, as long as in the shape of the crescent moon, with
each new month, the ship appears on the bosom of the
ocean of the sky,
May thy boat of wine, bright as the sun, and liquid as fire,
float upon the water of delight for ever and ever.
QAṢĪDA.
Happy art thou! at the sight of whose maddening glances
the stag is intoxicated.
The snood of whose musk-fragrant ringlets puts the stag to
shame.
The eye of the narcissus is embarrassed by thy glances.
The stag is harassed by envy of those muskladen locks.
Though the stag roamed round the garden a hundred times
he saw no bed of violets to equal the bloom on thy cheeks.
What magical power is there in that eye which, with one
glance,169a captivates hearts from within and hunts the stag 117.
from without.
From envy of the musk-coloured spot169b which stands like a
drop of dew upon thy rose-like cheek, the stag without
respite nurses a lacerated heart in his breast.
Needs must that with those two love fascinated eyes,
The stag should endeavour to protect himself from the snares
of thy locks.
When the story of thy fragrant tresses reached him,
The stag curtailed his narration of the bag of musk.
The stag suffered from the effects of the intoxication of thine
eyes,
And he got rid of his headache by drinking of the cup of the
assembly of the world-subduer.
The auspicious lion, protector of the crown of true religion,
Sinjar,
In whose estimation the fierce lion of the sky is but a stage.
The stag thought right to carry a fragrant ball of camphor170
taken from the dust of his threshold, to Khiṭā as a memorial.
Perhaps it was from the dust of his dignity which became170a the
ornament of the sun, that the stag obtained superiority
over the wild beasts by reason of his musk-bag.
Happy art thou star-arrowed one, whom the demon-hearted
fear and shun as170b the stag avoids the lion.
An enemy who falls into thy clutches does not escape;
Who has ever known the stag to escape from the claws of the
lion?
At that time the stag prided himself upon being fleeter than
118. thy charger, now in sooth the stag is ashamed of his slow-
footedness.
At the time of attack, how can the stag in spite of all his
efforts, reach the dust which is thrown up by thy char-
ger's hoofs?
Think it not strange if from the abundance of his bounty, the
lynx goes slowly on foot, and the stag swiftly like a horse
man.
Compared with the fragrance of thy goodness how can the
stag boast171 of the dried blood of his navel in Tātār.
By the aid of thy words which are like an antidote, I have
no fear, even though the stag shall become like to one
that feeds on snakes.171a
His food is the snake, but afterwards like the elk, besides the
antidote, the stag offers in every direction the bag of musk.
In the land in which thou art, by reason of thy great justice
the lynx sits sorrowful, and the stag stands to comfort him.
The day that thou pursuest him he shews only his right
shoulder when the stag rushes from the right to the left of
thy army.
In reliance upon thee if a stag were to cherish a young lion in
its bosom it would be no wonder.
What power have two hundred enemies against thy prowess?
What does the hunting leopard think of a head of a thousand
stags?
Thy enemy will be able to engage in conflict with thee.
At that time when the stag's horns are capable of fighting the
lion.
119. In the meadow of thy favour the stag has never seen his
quarters and sides as thin as his legs.
Conqueror of the world, I have bound “The stag”172 with
thirty-three couplets in thy praise by way of experiment
as though it were a camel.
It is fitting that the word “musk deer” should be repeated as
radīf a hundred times since thou hast sent me in thy
kindness a stag twice.
Formerly the stag thought of nothing but the musk-bag, now
he makes the glory of thy praise his constant occupation.
‘Amīd has opened the musk-bag of wisdom in singing thy
praises, like the musk-bag upon which the stag pridesitself.172a
Always, as long as men search for musk on the surface of the
ground, and no musk deer lays aside its power of producing musk,
May the perfection of thy justice reach such a height that
the stag may extract musk from the hunting leopard.
Mayest thou roam at large and enjoy thyself in the meadow
of fortune, just as the stag roams over the meadows in
spring time.
Fasting has made his form which was like the Nārwan172b
slender as a reed, and has made his face which was red as
the Arghawān172c pale like the saffron.
How can it be saffron for it has not made me smile.173
Fasting has made my cheek yellow like the Zarīr2 through
weeping, and my tears red as the Arghawān.
How can it be a tulip, for fasting makes his cheek like the 120.
Khīrī.173a
How can it be a cypress, when fasting makes it weak and
tremulous?173b
His form stately as the Nārwan is bowed like the reed,
Has any one ever seen fasting proceed from the Nārwan and
cypress of the garden?
Till his face, which was like a full-blown rose, drew back again
into the bud there was no certainty that the rose and the
garden had commenced their fast.
Till his full moon once more became a crescent moon174 who had
clearly seen fasting overtaking the sun and moon of the
heavens.
The shaft of grief is broken in my heart, for his stature has
been brought by fasting from the straight form of an arrow
to the shape of a bent bow.
It is two days since I have seen jar upon jar of sugar174a in
that very moment when fasting set its seal upon his lips.
I am in astonishment at her sugar-distilling lip which is like
the pistachio, for there is sugar in the jar on each side and
fasting in the middle.
Because of her love her mouth is less than an atom, nay
even less than the minutest atom, can any one imagine that
a minute particle such as this can endure fasting.
Look! how marvellous it is with what skill she imprisons
fasting between those particles of ruby which scatter
sweetness.
With a glance she drinks my heart's blood because she
thinks that by taking a draught of blood she will openly
break her fast.
121. This heart of mine is faint with longing for her lips.
In this desire that I may break my fast with the seeds of the
pomegranate.174b
Haply she has hung the amulet on her silvery mouse-like
neck, so that wisdom like a fasting cat has been compelled
to remain fasting.175
My tongue has become dry like that of one fasting in advising
her.
For thy form is like a fresh blown rose, fasting is the
autumn wind (which withers it).
Although thou openest thy lips like a bud which had been
closed by fasting, just as I broke my fast at the table of
the praise of my Lord;
The ocean of benevolence, champion of the truth, round the
table of whose bounty men and genii broke their fast;
Muḥammad whose vanguard is like destiny, the joints of whose
spear broke their fast with the blood of the enemies
(trickling down) from the point.
He, whose right hand is like that of Isfandiyār, has also, from
the liberality of his hand, caused the age175a to break its fast
on this side of the seven stages.
Before the generosity of his heart, the ocean and the mine,
have, in their utter poverty, considered fasting to be their
bounden duty.
Hail O King! in whose just reign the wolf, as though it were a
shepherd, has kept its fast to secure the safety of the flock.
Thou art like the two first fingers,175b a close companion of the
heavens, just as fasting goes hand-in-hand with prayer.
Thy existence is the twin brother of kingdom, just as fasting
is the twin brother of Zakāt, Ḥajj and ‘Umrah.175c
122. The breeze of thy good qualities like the fragrance of the
perfume of the breath of the faster,176 has carried fasting
as a special offering to the garden of Paradise.
Thou hast cast out the custom of tyranny from the kingdoms
under thy sway, inasmuch as thou hast relieved waste
countries of taxes, and excused the feeble from fasting.
The spirit of man is often broken by the vicissitudes of the
heavens176a just as his bodily fast is broken by bread.
In this time no one, from the time of Jamshīd till now, remembers fasting at the table of such a host as thou art.
At the smell of the table of thy bounty the guest has considered it incumbent upon him, whether in the feast or in
the fray, to fast from food of all kinds.
The bird of thy arrow has broken its fast, like the gnat of
Nimrūd on the brain of thy enemy in the cup of the skull
(the cup of vapours).
For the maintenance of thy kingdom, young and old have
fasted, both the old and the new creation.
The revolution of this six-storied world is full of the mention
of thy glory, just as fasting fills the seven members of the
body in this darkness.
On this earth, the worlds children (have fasted) with such
endurance that the spiritual beings will never be able to
break the fast.
I stood before thee with my loins girt in honest service, as
though fasting, because fasting is not one of my objects,
neither openly nor in secret.177
My manliness actuated by ambition bowed the knee to me 123.177a
and said,
Imagine that both your pen and your finger tips are fasting.
The claims of thy generosity caused me to break my fast177b
and consume my time, had it not been for that I would
have speedily imposed a fast upon my words.
Had not the praise of thee been the sustenance of my powers
of speech how could the point of my tongue have broken
its fast by breaking into poetry?
Like the parrot, my first morning food177c is the sugar of
gratitude to thee, not like the humā do I break my fast
upon bones.
Who is able to break his fast in this way at the time of
bringing in the “radīf” better than ‘Amīd, with the
draught of trial.
He has broken his fast with a feather from the wing of the
bird of praise, because at this time fasting is the best nest
for the bird of praise.
Always, as long as fasting brings as its reward from the
bounty and mercy of God, a hidden treasure worth a
hundred princely treasures,
Mayest thou be famed178 for generosity and kindness in this
world, for fasting points the way to the highest heaven.
ANOTHER QAṢĪDA.
I, who have made my dwelling in a corner like the Sīmurgh178a
I have made my nest beyond the axis of earthly sphere.
Why do I bear the shame of every bird in this ill-omened
land?178b
124. I have gone like the ‘Anqā178c and have made my resting
place in the mountains.
Until the bird of my ambition swoops down upon the harvest
of the lower world, I have made the harvest field of the
sky full of grain-like stars.
Why does the moon display the halo-harvest when it does
not shew a single grain to any one, whereas I with one single
grain of manliness have bound many a sheaf.
By the light of the knowledge of God, I have made the
newly wedded virgin bride of reality to shine in the
chamber of wisdom with the brilliancy of the day.
The course of the heavenly bodies in the columns of the
almanac of the Creation, I have proved one by one by
comparison with the astronomical tables179 of intellect.
In the bridle of four rings, that is the trappings of the four
elements, great is the training which I have given the
unruly steed of my passions.
I have made the parrot of my soul, whose cage is the form
of this uncouth body which is like a midden, every moment
to rival the nightingale of the verdant179a garden.
The parrot has left for the garden, the kite of lust which is
following it circling round and round my nature I have
detained within the midden of the body.
In many an art for which179b the scientists had no taste
I have made as great progress, hundred fold as they are, as
a man who follows but one art.
My intellect has served to light the lamp of the treasure of
science, I have made my skill the oil which supplies the
light to the wick.179c
The jewel of the secret of reality has been acquired in such 125.
a (perfect) way that I have made my mind the storehouse
of the treasury of secret knowledge.
Once by way of vaunting in the rose-garden of desire,
I displayed the brilliancy of my skill particoloured like the
peacock.
The falcon of the Divine indignation smote me with its
talons from its hiding-place, so that I took refuge in a
corner like the pigeon.
They would have shewn me the way (and have bidden me
walk) in this solitary windowless tower
Had not my ambition carried me far beyond the seven
windows (of the sky)
A tower, narrow, ay! at that time even narrower than my
heart, (so narrow that) you would say I am a cord and
have given myself a place in the eye of a needle.
It is the constellation of the Archer, and I am like the Sun,
and have by my cold sighs changed the bright spring of
the world into the bitter cold of winter.180
This was not all; the good tidings of my bad fortune brought
to me the blacksmith, to whom I said—Strike off my head
in return for the blood which is upon my head.
The splendour and comfort of the golden-throned sun is my
desert,
Whereas I am resting upon a (hard) iron (prison) seat.
The seven-headed dragon (The Sky) hides its head (in astonishment) to see that I have brought this two-headed serpent
(night and day) under my skirt.
They determine for me an imprisonment like that of Bīzhan
in the well of tyranny. I have not seen Manīzha180a nor
have I committed the crime of Bīzhan.
Patience has the strength of Rustum,181 as one may say,
I have entrusted the strength necessary for my release to the
arm of Rustum-like patience.
All of my companions are free to follow their occupations
while I am fast in prison,
God forbid I should be the only one of all mankind to have 126.
committed this fault.
The times are out of joint, if not how can the following of
the Ishrāqī philosophy181a which I followed so excellently
have thrown me into misfortune?
The shaft of the tyrannical heavens passed through and
through from the back, although I had armed my breast
with the cuirass of patience.
My body longs for food in the captivity of sorrow, and I have
prepared for its support my blood as its drink, and my heart
as its meat.
Once I was like the tulip in complaining, but then afterwards
I made myself like the lily ten-tongued (but silent.)181b
Like the violet I have let my head fall forward (in sorrow)
from dearth of benefactors, and though like the lily I have
ten tongues I am become dumb in thy praise.
I am suffering the punishment of my words, because in my
lying flattery I have made every beggar a king, and have
made the (worthless) Lādan182 into frankincense.
At one time I have proclaimed Suhā182a superior in brilliancy
to the moon,
At another I have scorned the river as being inferior to the
drippings of a sieve.182b
I have made friends with Avarice, like ‘Amīd from the lust
for blood, and for that reason I have made contentment my
enemy.
I have subjected my spirit, which is like a high mettled horse,
to the burthen of labour, because of the tyranny and
meanness of the heavens, see now what a jade he has
become.
127. I have made barren my truth-adorning heart and my jewel-
producing nature, without the help of Qiṭrān,182c not now
only but long ago.
This one poem183 of mine is worth a whole Dīvān and a
hundred caskets of jewels, nay more, every verse of it
have I made better than particoloured hair183a
Imprisonment has brought me to lamentation, and from the
delicacy of my speech you see the joy which I have given
in the very midst of my lamentation.
Oh Lord, give me my sustenance from the date-trce of thy
favour, I have made the bird of my heart to sing the
praises of thy Unity.
Present me with the robe of honour of thy protection, for
thy court is my original refuge, lo I have fled to my refuge.
Keep far from the darkness of infidelity,183b hypocrisy, hatred
and enmity, that heart which I have embellished with the
light of sincerity to Thee.
Keep thou the Sun of Divine knowledge shining within my
heart, for I have made my heart the mine of the jewels of
true belief.
SULṬĀN GHIYĀṮU-D-DĪN BALBAN-I-KHURD

Who had the title of Ulugh Khān, by the consent of the Maliks and Amīrs adorned the throne by his accession in the Qaṣr-i-Safed (the White Palace) in the year 664 H.184 He was one of the “Forty Slaves” of Sulṭān Shamsu-d-Dīn, each one of whom had attained to the dignity of Amīr. Inasmuch as the reins of government had been in his hands even in the days when he was merely Ulugh Khān, the affairs of the State very quickly came into his grasp. He would not allow people of low origin to have the slightest authority. It is said that a man named Fakhr, who had for years served as chief of the Bāzār, had recourse to one of 128. the Sulṭān's more intimate attendants, and offered a very large sum184a on the condition that if the Sulṭān Ghiyaṯu-d-Dīn Balban would speak with him once only, he would give him all this money and valuable property.184b When this request was represented to the Sulṭān he would not entertain it, and said ‘to converse with people of low and mean extraction will lower my prestige.’ He was altogether opposed to oppression, and, in the early days of his reign, punished certain of his Amīrs on account of some tyranny which they had practised upon their subjects, and having handed over one or two of them184c he permitted the complainants to exact retaliation, and after that these Amīrs had paid the blood money, for shame they could never come out of their houses as long as they lived, and at last they left the world.

Verse.
Reputation arises from equity and justice;
Oppression and kingship are as the candle and the wind.

And all his praiseworthy qualities may be estimated from this, that he used never to omit the ceremony of purification, and on going into an assembly where one was preaching he used to display emotion, and weep much, while as regards his treatment of sedition and revolt he used to shew himself a merciless repressor.

He laid claim to the glory of an Emperor, because of this
That he adorned the world with wisdom and equity,
In days of retirement he would wear a blanket;
And he strove in prayer and supplication
His eyes fixed upon the ground, his heart boiling like a
cauldron;
A heart eloquent of speech, but a silent tongue;
Till his heart perceived with the eye of secret knowledge
All that was visible of these intricate matters.

In this same year of his reign Tātār Khān the son of Arsalān Khān sent from Lakhnautī sixty-three elephants as a present; and in this year the Sulṭān proceeding to Patīalī185 and Kanpila, built the forts of Patīalī, Kanpila, Bhojpūr, and certain 129. other forts, and with five thousand cavalry crossed the Ganges on the pretext of making preparation for an expedition to the Jūd hills. In two days after leaving Dehli he arrived in the midst of the territory of Kāithar185a and put to death every male, even those of eight years of age, and bound the women, and inflicted such chastisement that up till the reign of Jalālu-d-Dīn the territory of Badāon and Amroha remained safe from the ravages of the Kāitharīs,185b and he threw open all the roads of Bihār and Jaun-pūr, and all the roads of the Eastern part of India which were closed, and made over the territory of Mīwāt, which lies in the Doāb, to strong handed governors, with orders to put to death the rebels, which they did, imprisoning some. Then he made an attack in the direction of the country at the foot of the Sintūr hills,186 and built a fort on those boundaries, and having called it Hiṣār-i-Nau (New Castle) proceeded to the Jūd hills, and brought an army186a towards Lāhor, and rebuilt the castle of Lāhor which had been laid waste by the Mughūls in the reign of Sulṭān Mu‘izzu-d-Dīn Bahrām Shāh. Here he became ill, and the news of his illness186b reached the confines of Lakhnautī, and Tughral, Nāib of Amīn Khān, who had been appointed to succeed Sher Khān in that district, laid the foundation of rebellion, and fought with his master Amīn Khān and came off victorious, and having imprisoned him gathered round himself the paraphernalia of royalty, and gave himself the title of Mu‘izzu-d-Dīn, and completely defeated some imperial troops which had been sent to oppose him. Sulṭān Ghiyāṯu-d-Dīn brought up an army against Tughral but he went towards Jājnagar and Tārkīla (Nārkīla)186c and Malik Ikhtiyāru-d-Dīn Beg Birlās186d was ordered to pursue him, the Rāī of Sunārgām named Dhanūj186e offering his services to the Sulṭān engaged to bring Tughral, and Malik Ikhtiyāru-d-Dīn proceeding by forced marches found Tughral, who had fled into a a jungle,186f walking about off his guard, and having put him to 130. death sent his head to the court. The Sulṭān conferred that kingdom with a canopy and baton of office on his younger son Bughrā Khān, Governor of Sāmāna, who eventually received the title of Sulṭān Nāṣiru-d-Dīn, and then left for the capital. Since, after the death of Sher Khān (who was uncle's son to the Sulṭān and one of the “Forty Slaves” of Sulṭān Shamsu-d-Dīn, and Governor of Lāhor and Dībālpur, and had read the Khuṭbah in Ghaznīn in the name of Sulṭān Nāṣiru-d-Dīn, the Mughūls during his governorship not daring to invade Hindustān) the road of communication had become opened187 to the Mughūls, accordingly Sulṭān Balban, to remedy this, despatched his elder son Sulṭān Muḥammad, who is known as the Khān-i-Shahīd, and Qāān-i-Mulk, (having first conferred upon him a canopy and baton of office, and the signs and insignia of royalty, and having made him his heir-apparent, and giving over Sind with its dependencies to his care) with full equipment towards Multān, and the country right up to Tattha and the seacoast was in his possession. Amīr Khusrū and Amīr Ḥasan of Dehlī remained in his service for five years in Multān, and were enrolled among his intimate companions. On two occasions he sent large sums of gold from Multān to Shīrāz and begged that Shaikh Sa‘dī,187a may God have mercy on him, would come to live with him. The Shaikh did not come, excusing himself on the score of old age, but commended Mīr Khusrū to the care of the Sulṭān, writing in excessively laudatory terms concerning him, and sent a collection of autograph poems. Sulṭān Muḥammad used to visit Multān every year to see Sulṭān Balban, and used to return distinguished with robes of honour and all possible rewards and distinctions, and on the last occasion on which they were able to meet, the Sulṭān instructed him in private with excellent counsels and pleasing discourses, which are mentioned in the books of the Histories of Dehlī, and having granted him permission to depart sent him to Multān; and in the same year Ītimar188 the Mughūl with thirty thousand horsemen having crossed the Rāvī by the ford of Lāhor caused great commotion in those districts, and the Governor of Lāhor sent a 131. petition to Khān-i-Shahīd188a telling him of what had occurred. He while in his assembly read 30,000 as 3,000 and, marching with a large force, by rapid and continuous marches arrived at the boundaries of Bāgh-i-Sabz,188b on the banks of the Lāhor river where he engaged the infidels and attained the dignity of martyrdom. This event took place in Zū-Hijjah of the year 683 H,188c and Mīr Ḥasan188d of Dehlī composed a prose lament, and sent it to Dehlī. It is copied here in its very words.

The Lament of Mīr Ḥasan.

It is an old story that the tyrannous sphere, though it may for a time knit the knot of complaisance, and make a covenant of mutual sincerity, turns from its promise, and that discordant time, although it professes to shew acquiescence, and makes specious promises of fidelity, fails to perform them.

The wanton-eyed heaven, the pupil of whose manliness is sullied by the defect of the mote of meanness, at first, like a drunken man, gives some bounty in a case where there has been no favour received to demand it, but in the end, like the children, takes the gift back again without any treacherous conduct having been committed. The habits and customs of the oppressive times are cast in the same mould, whether by experience or by hearsay, we 132. see or hear that whomsoever it perceives coming to perfection like the moon, it desires to darken the face of his fulness with the blot of defect, and whomsoever it finds rising like a cloud him it strives to tear to pieces, and to scatter his substance to the extreme boundaries of the horizon. As in this orchard of amazement and garden of regrets, no rose blooms without a thorn so no heart escapes the thorn of sorrow. Alas! for the newly sprung verdure which has become yellow, withered in the bloom of its beauty by the autumn of calamity. Alas! for the many fresh-springing trees which have been laid low in the dust of the ground by the fierce blast of Death.

Consider the winds of Autumn, how chill they are and cold,
The cowardly blows they have dealt alike at the young and
old.

One of the examples of this allegory is the death of the late Emperor Qā‘ān-i-Mulk Ghāzī,189 may God make manifest his demonstrations and weigh down the scale with his excellencies, on Friday the last day of the month of Ẕū-l-Hijjah in the year 683 A.H., when the moon, like kindness in the heart of infidels, could nowhere be seen, the Sun with the company of the army of Islām came forth to smite with the sword, and the great Prince who was the Sun of the heaven of the kingdom, with the light of holy war shining on his noble brow, and the unchangeable determination of “jihād” firmly planted in his illustrious mind, placed his auspicious foot in the stirrup. By night they submitted to his judgment which solved all difficulties, that Ītimar with the whole of his army had advanced into the plain at a distance of three farsangs. When morning broke, he commenced to march intending to leave that place, and at a distance of one farsang coming face to face with those accursed ones,189a elected to draw up their forces in a place on the outskirts of Bāgh-i-Sarīr190 on the banks of the river of Lāhor. Accordingly 133. he very strongly fortified a large village which was close to the river, and made such dispositions that when the infidels came against it, both rivers190a should be in the rear of his army, so that neither could any man of his own army turn in flight nor could any injury be inflicted upon his army by that tronblesome horde190b and in very truth that choice of position was the acme of caution and the very height of skill in that world-conquering Khān, but since when Fate is adverse the thread of all plans becomes tangled, and the orderly row of enterprises becomes disordered,

He who falls in with evil fortune by the way,
His affairs fall out just as his enemies desire.
His Fortune like a mad man loses the right way,
His senses, like the nightblind, fall into the well.

By chance that day the Moon and the Sun, which may be compared to kings, were suspended in the sign of the Fish,190c and Mars, whose blood-red aspect is entirely due to the blood of the princes of the people, had drawn out from the quiver of that sign the arrow of disappointment and the dart of disobedience against that Orion190d (white) girdled Khān, who was like Leo coming forth from a watery sign; the house of fear and calamity and the proofs of sedition and signs of harm thus became evidently manifest, while the hint and indication of the proverb “In face of Fate wide becomes strait” became written on the consecutive pages (of his history). In short, at midday just as the courier of the heaven reached the country of noon, and the day of that world-conquering Emperor was approaching its decline, suddenly a band made its appearance from the direction of those infidels. The Khān-i-Ghāzī at that same moment mounted his horse and issued an order in obedience to which all the cavalry and the body servants and retinue and retainers, in accordance with the mandate ‘Kill the infidels all of them’,191 drew up in a line a hundred times stronger than the rampart of Sikandar.191a After ordering the right wing and dressing the left wing, he himself of noble qualities, stood in the centre like the moon and the host of the stars, ready for the jihād, while the Tātār infidels, let confusion and dismay come upon them, crossed the river of Lāhor, and confronted the ranks of the Muslims. Thereupon these wild- 134. loving desert-born savages, placing the feathers of the owl191b upon their illomened heads, while the Ghāzīs of Islām, kings of Turkestan and Khilj and notables of Hindustān, and all the soldiery made the battlefield a place of prayer—as the Holy Apostle, may the blessings and peace of God be upon him, declared that the holy war was closely allied to prayer, saying We return from the lesser holy war to the greater holy war,191c reciting the takbīr191d

raised their hands in prayer, and in the first attack they put to the sword a considerable number of ablebodied men of the Mughūl cavalry, and the lances of the Maliks of the Court so wounded the limbs of their enemies that above each of them the blood spurted up like a spear, while sixty selected Turks interweaving their arrows like closely-woven cloth, made it appear as though the weft (of existence) of the Tātārs was being torn to shreds.192

In the beginning of the fray the arrow of the king leapt forth
The Tātārs were all laid low.
As often as the great Lord, lion-hearted, wielding the sword,
with a blade as bright as his own faith, sallied forth to
attack from the midst of the ranks.

You would say that the sword was trembling in that battlefield at the excellencies of the monarch, and becoming in its entirety a tongue was saying to him, Up and make an end of these accursed ones, and entrust their discomfiture to thy servants, but do thou thyself refrain from personal action, for the sword is double faced, and the scimitar of Fate pitiless in its wounding—no one can tell what may happen to any one of us from the decree of the All powerful. I close my eyes against the fatal eye.192a

Go not, that I may bind thy dust upon mine eyes.
Act not, for I greatly fear the evil eye.
The heaven has never seen such a brilliant countenance,
I am as rue upon that fire to guard that eye.192b

As long as he strenuously performed the duties of fighting and 135. warfare, each of the weapons as it were entered into colloquy with him — the spear was saying, Oh King! refrain your hand from me this day, for the tongue of my point by reason of constant fighting and slaying is blunted, and I have no power left of opposing the enemy with thrusts, I fear lest I should leap up and should commit some untoward act. The arrow too was saying,

Thou, the knot of whose bowstring opens the knot of the
Jauzhar, do not advance to meet this danger.193

I myself in rushing forth to destruction cast dust upon my head, lest the close-eyed beauty of the heaven,193a who sits on the fifth roof near the door of the eighth mansion,193b sitting in ambush, out of temerity and spite, should discharge against you the shaft of crror from the bow of fraud and malice; the lasso was saying, to-day the thread of planning should not be let go from the hand of deliberation, for I am contorted with anxiety at this precipitate conflict and ill-considered battle; wait a while! for Islām and the Muslims are like the tent ropes connected with the tent of your favours. Oh God! in dealing with this people, do not so long delay putting the halter round their necks.

I have willingly put my neck in the noose for thy sake
Thou art my lassoer, who takest me with the noose of thy
locks.

In short, that mighty king, the defender of the faith, the uprooter of infidelity, from mid-day till eventide attacked that impious crowd with the whole main body of his army, cheerfully and willingly, while the shouts of the victors in the fight, and the clamour of those eager for the fray193c deafened the ears of the world and of the sky,193d and tongues of fire which leapt from the heads of the flashing spears, and tongues of the swords made not a single mistake in even in a letter in transmitting the message of destruction. In that uproar like the day of resurrection every one thought of this Āyat A day when a man will flee from his own 136. brother,194 the surface of the earth, like the eyes of old men who have lost their sons194a was full of blood, and the face of the sky like the head of sons who have killed their fathers, full of dust.

Alas! my father why dost thou submit to the steel of the fire-
like sword
Oh! dost thou wish to inflict the wound of orphanage on my
heart.

In the very midst of this weary conflict, and amid all this pain and anguish, suddenly an arrow shot by Fate struck the wing of that falcon of the field of foray, and the bird of his life took its flight from the cage of the body of that noble one to the gardens of the Compassionate and meadows of Riẓwān194b

Verily we are God's and verily to Him do we return.194c

At that same moment the backbone of the religion of Muḥam-mad, may the peace and blessing of God be upon him, broke like the heart of sorrowful orphans, and the rampart of the religion of Muḥammad fell in like the grave of poor people of low origin, and the assistance which the arm of the king alone could give slipped from our grasp, and the confidence which the army of the Muslims had possessed194d was lost. Exactly at the time of sunset, the sun of the life of that king whose sun was setting sank into the west of extinction, and the heaven, after the habit of mourners, dyed its raiment blue, while falling tears began to course down both its cheeks. Saturn, by way of fulfilling the requirements of fidelity and the demands of mourning, turned its robe to black and bewailed the people of Hindūstān because of his death. Jupiter, in pity for that dust besoiled body and bloodstained mantle rent his garments and cast his turban in the dust.

And Mars, may the hand of his power be tightly closed as the eye of the beauties, and the face of his sustenance be dark as the locks of Ethiopians, sore wounded by compassion for that calamity, with a rankling thorn195 which brought forth his heart's blood, was trembling like the Fish195a before the Sun, and like the Ram195b in the hands of the slaughterer, while the Sun, for shame that it had not striven to avert this calamity and prevent this disaster, came not forth, but sank below the earth, and Venus when she saw what violence the heavenly bodies were undergoing at the hands of Time, played her tambour more vehemently,195c changed 137. the tune of the drum, and commenced music in a fresh measure, and because of the death of that slave-cherishing king, others in place of uttering musical strains began to weep, and Mercury195d who in forage and conquests in accord with the scribe, used to write many records of victory, in that tyranny195e was blackening his face with the contents of his inkhorn, and was clothing himself in a garment of paper made of the sheets of his own records, while the new moon in the shape of a crescent on the horizon, with bowed stature, in that day of judgment which had visited the earth, was striking its head on the wall and performing all the customary mourning duties.

Thou placest thy cheek in the dust, alas, I wish not this
for thee
Moon of my days, I do not wish thee to pass beneath the
Earth.
If thou goest out to the chase (i.e. diest) thy dust is my life:
My life! is the solitude of thy dust pleasing to thee? I do
not wish it for thee.

May God, be He exalted and blessed, raise the purified and sanctified soul of that warrior prince to lofty heights and high dignities, and give him, from time to time, cups full of the brilliancy of his beauty and glory, and make all the kindness, and clemency, and affection, and care which he evinced towards this broken down worthless one, a means of increasing the dignity and wiping out the faults of that prince. Amen, Oh Lord of the worlds!

And Mīr Khusrū196 also on that day fell a prisoner into the hands of Lahorī, a servant of the Mughūl, and had to carry a nosebag and horsecloth upon his head. He recounts this circumstance in these words—

I who never even placed a rose upon my head,
He placed a load on my head and said “It is a rose.”196a

And he composed in poetry and sent to Dehlī two elegies written in tarkīb-band196b which are found in the anthology known as Ghurralu-l-Kamāl.197 For a space of a month more or less, folk used to sing those tarkīb-bands and used to chant them as threnodies over their dead from house to house.

The following is one of them:—

Is this the Resurrection day or is it a calamity from heaven 138.
which has come to light?
Is this a disaster or has the day of Judgment appeared
upon the earth?
That breach which has appeared this year in Hindustān
has given entrance to the flood of sedition below the
foundation of the world.
The assembly of his friends has been scattered like the
petals of the rose before the wind.
Autumn the leaf scatterer has, one would say, appeared in
the garden,197a
Every eyelash, in the absence of friends, has become a
spear-point to the eye, and each point of the spear has
brought blood spouting forth to a spear's length.
The heart writhes in agony since Time has broken the thread
of companionship;
When the string is broken, the pearls are scattered far and
wide.
Such a flood of tears has been shed by the people on all
sides that five fresh rivers have appeared around Multān.197b
I wished to bring my heart's fire upon the tongue in the
form of words,
When lo! a hundred tongues of fire appeared within my
mouth.
I dug deep in my breast, empty of all desire, and tears burst
forth from both my eyes; when the earth is hollowed out
then springs of water make their appearance.
Weeping has taken the bloom off my cheek, and disgraced
me, because by reason of it, the skin has left my cheek
and the bones have come in sight.
The planets are all conjoined in my eyes198 perchance it portends a storm, since in a watery constellation a conjunction of planets is seen.
I only wish for that same collection (of friends) and how
can this be!
139. It is essentially impossible—how can this Banātu-n-Na‘sh
become the Pleiades198a (How can mourning become joy).
With what omen198b did the king lead his army from Multān
and draw the infidel-slaying sword in order to slay the
infidels.
When they brought him tidings of the enemy, with that
strength which he possessed, ruthlessly he displayed his
wrath and unfurled his standards.
That army which was then present sought for no second
army,
For this reason that Rustum must not be indebted to an
armed host.199
One assault took him from Multān to Lāhor, saying
In my reign can any one rebel against me?
Am I not such a lion, that my sword which is like fire and
water
Has by its slaying turned every year of theirs to dust and
ashes?
Such torrents of blood often have I set flowing over the
earth,
That the vulture flies199a over the surface of blood like a
duck over the water.
In this year to such an extent do I stain the earth with
their blood,
That the evening twilight reddens with the reflection of
the earth.
He was bent upon this enterprise and did not know that
the Destiny of heaven had drawn the line of fate across
the writing of the page of intention.
His eyes were smitten by the stars; if I have the power
I must heat a needle, and like a shooting star thrust it
into the eye of the seven planets.
The first day of the month became Muḥarram199b for him, 140.
not for him only but for all people.
Since at the end of Zūl Hijjah he drove his dagger into
the neck of his enemies.
That the day of ‘Āshūra might arrive he entered the ranks
of holy war like Ḥusain; the dust of his steed served as
collyrium for the eye of the brilliant moon.
What an hour was that when the infidel reached the van of
the army!
One upon another his squadrons passed over the river and
came upon them unawares.200
Thou didst see the king's steed,200a casting the cloud of dust
to the sky.
The wind-footed courier charging the infidels worthless
as dust.
He raised a turmoil among the stars by the shouts of
his army.
He produced an earthquake in the world by the rushing
of his cavalry,
From the roll of the drums, the neighing of the horses, and
the shouts of their riders, he caused a quaking of the
plain and desert and mountain.
His horses were reeking (with sweat), with shoes as hot as
fire, so that the hoofs of each fiery-shod steed struck
sparks.200b
What awe was there! at one time drawing up for battle,
What terror was there! at another time raising the battle
cries.200c
141. From the flash of the sword in his hand he scattered heat
and oppressiveness around him.
While the very thought of his spear pricked the heart like
so many thorns.
The brave-hearted were attacking, bent on consuming their
enemies,
The faint-hearted were plotting intent upon flight.
[Whiles, the king the cherisher of brave men, in that
field of battle,
Was doing deeds of bravery and urging on the warriors].201
Striking manfully blow after blow upon the ribs of the
unmanly cowards,
And sending forth flames of fire from his well tempered
sword.
Raising aloft like Jamshīd the standard, to restrain the
demons,
Urging on his steed, like the sun, to capture kingdoms.
Bringing the sky into supplication from that affliction.
Making the sun perform the Tayammum201a with that dust.
[At that time when there was a distinction between brave
and coward,
Many a one there was whose lips were dry and his cheeks
pale].201b
The day was cast into darkness when they hurled202 one
upon the other,
The sun became pale when dagger was interweaved with
dagger.
The day was nearing its decline, seeing that the swords202a
were weaving a sky of rust over the sun of the army.
The rows of swords in both ranks resembled (the teeth of)
a comb,
The combatants are entangled one with the other like hair
with hair.202b
142. The Earth looked like a sheet of water when cuirass was
knit with cuirass, the plain resembled a rose garden
when shield was woven with shield.
The heaven flies away as though flying from an arrow,
The arrows flying above their heads are thick as the feathers
of a wing.
When half the force of the infidels had their heads swept
off by the sword
Those infidel heads202c which were matted together like the
locks of black hair.
Ruby-red drops of blood sprang like tears202d from the sword
So that the gold-woven standards were besprinkled with
the jewels.
Each single head was cleft in twain when the swords
blows met.
The cloven heads became as one again when head was
thrust against head.
The slain were lying on all sides of that verdant plain203
Like the figures which they weave on the green brocade.
Long had they been striving even from morning till even-
ing, face to face, and hair to hair, and hand to hand.203a
The king203b wished to spread the carpet of victory but to
what avail
Since the heavens had woven that carpet in another pattern.
203c [His auspicious sword did not cease from contest for
one moment.
From the declining day till night in that day of declining
fortune].
Oh Lord! was that blood which flowed over the face of the 143.
plain
Or was it a river urging its waves toward the lips of the
thirsty.
Just as water drops to the earth when you sift it203d in
a sieve
So the blood dript from the limbs of the weary warriors.
The mortally wounded lay in the death-agony writhing on
the ground, while from his throat blood burst in billows,
spouting in the air.
The arrows drove the bodies over the sea of blood like
boats,
Plying their oars madly and urging their course onwards.203e
The river bore those (the infidel enemies) to hell and the
stream bore these (the Muslims) to Paradise, although
the blood of infidel and Muslim was flowing side by side.
The chargers were plunging and the heads of the riders
falling.
The feet of the horses speeding and the heads of the riders
bowling along.
Every spurt of blood which spurted from the body struck
by an arrow
Leapt without restraint like a man who leaps to avoid an
arrow.204
The arrow of every man who from stoutness of heart had
an arm nerved for the fight, fitted accurately to the bow
flew straight to the heart of the enemy's army.
And he who from faint-heartedness has lost command of
his arms and legs, was running now to the water and
now to the plain.
The king, the commander of the army, was urging on the
charger of his fortune, and it galloped with him in drawing up his line, and planning the scheme of action.
144. The heavens turned Victory backwards seizing it by the
hair,
Although Victory was speeding towards us having left the
accursed (infidels).
204a [The infidels were expecting the coming of night, to take
to flight,
Suddenly the scale of the balance turned against us].
What a night was that! when the sun had fallen from the
sky!
And demons were hurling fire upon the earth, and the stars
had fallen.
When nothing of day remained for that sun of fortune.204b
Some little daylight remained when the sun (of royalty)
fell.
Although Ḥusain of the famous Kerbelā205 was in straits for
want of water.
He was the Muḥammad whose end came upon him in the
water.205a
The heart of mankind became (full of holes like) a fishing
net because, from the craft of the demon the royal signet
which was on the hand of Solomon fell into the water.205b
The infidels were wallowing in blood as the donkey wallows
in the gutter, the believers lay in the mud like jewels in
the mire.
One army was passing through the water of the flood of
disaster,
The other parched with thirst had fallen in with a mirage.
Each one of them was put down on the tablet of the earth
for this reason that their affairs had fallen into the
account of the day of reckoning.
The skull caps which were lying in the fresh crimson blood
looked like cocoanuts engraved and ornamented with
vermilion.206
145. The wounds of the heart were weeping tears of blood in
bidding farewell to the soul, and the bodies were lying
desolate owing to separation from life.
Alas! many were the living who were lying among the
dead overcome with terror, their bodies blood-stained and
their eyes sunk in (feigned) sleep.
Look at the deeds of this crafty old wolf (the sky) for lions
were as though bound in chains and elephants in fetters
at the hands of (infidel) dogs.
[This was not a battle, I veriḷy saw that that was the day
of resurrection. If these are the tokens of the resurrection, then I have seen it].206a
Look at the revolution of the heaven, for it brought about
such a change, that it made the centre of Islām to go
round and round (in perplexity) like the compasses.206b
Has one ever seen an atom carry off the water of the sun's
spring?
Has one ever seen a stone, which has rivalled the princely
pearl?
When the king entered the cave of the protection of God,
that man is a dog who did not wake the sleepers of the
cave207 with his lamentations.
That he entered the secret cave (of death) when fleeing
from his enemies, is no disgrace.
The elect of God (Muḥammad) fled towards the cave to
avoid the attack of his enemies.207a
And if a spark reached him from the arrow of his enemies
this too is right207b for the wrath of Nimrod at last com- 146.
mitted Abraham to the fire.207c
And if he went to the holy place (Paradise) do not be vexed
and count it as a shame to him207d for ‘Īsā through the
spite of the Nazarenes devoted his life on the cross.
And if the (infidel) dogs were crafty as foxes to him, say
this, that it is of a piece with the dog like behaviour
which was shewn to (‘Alī) the Ḥaidār-i-Karrār (lion of
repeated attacks).207e
And if the demons caused him to drown, then say this that
it is like when a demon drowned Rustum in the ocean.207f
Every year he used to devote his life and energy to fighting
the Mughūls,
At last he yielded up his precious life in this endeavour.
This is one of the tricks of fate which at one time sheds
blood and at another gives life;208 we are powerless, it is
useless to strive against the all-powerful tyrant (fate).
The mighty lion when stung by the ant roars aloud in
agony.
The infuriated elephant when pricked by a thorn shrieks
from pain.
[It was on Friday, the last day of Zūl Ḥijjah that this battle
took place
At the end of eighty-three and the beginning of eighty-
four].208a
The sun and moon wept over the face of that one of
auspicious features,
Day and night wept over the youth of that short-lived one.
Like his orders, tears from the eyes, flowed from east to
west
Behold the obedience of the servants208b who wept without
any master.
In his reign birds and fishes were so happy
147. That the fishes wept in the water and the birds in the air.
The heavens with its thousand eyes wept over the people
of the earth like vernal showers upon the grass.208c
The dew which falls every morning from heaven and waters
the earth, consider that as the tears of the stars who are
weeping in the highest heavens.
The people of Multān, men and women, weeping and tearing their hair, in every street, face to face and every
where.
No one could sleep at night for the noise of the wailing,
and the beating of the drums, for in every house the
mourners were weeping bitterly.
They were preparing to perform the waẓū in the water of
their eyes,
Hoping for pardon for that they wept at the time of prayer.
Their tongues were blistered like the feet of prisoners,
So sorely did they weep for the captives of calamity.
Their eyes poured forth blood upon the earth like the
throat of the slain,
So bitterly did each one weep for his own dead.209
And if by chance a captive returned from that bond of
calamity,
Every one seeing his face wept honest tears of sorrow.
[So great was the weeping that the waves of the tears
were greater than those of the Jīhūn.
This was my own condition, the state of the others how can
I describe!]209a
Shall I wring my hands, or shall I with my own teeth
make my arm livid,
Or shall I wear clothes of a darker blue than this blue 148.
heaven?209b
Every man of reputation, tattoos his arm with the needle,
But when I make my arm blue with my teeth, the name of
the king leaps forth on my arm.
Alas! that he by the tyranny of the blue sky, is sleeping
beneath the earth, while209c because of his sleeping there
the whole horizon has become blue (dark).
There was both the blackness of the Hindū and the whiteness of the Turk, whereas now both Turk and Hindū are
wearing blue (as mourning)
209d [It was as though the people were tearing the heavens
and dividing them among themselves,
To such an extent was the earth in all directions blue with
mourning garments.]
Now it has become customary to wear blue—so that henceforth it behoves the weavers of white cloth to dye their
thread blue in the shuttle.210
In every street210a of Cairo a river blue like the Nile was
flowing; to such an extent were blue garments being
washed in tears on all sides.
The dyers of blue cloth were as happy as if there was a
bridal in their houses, because so many brides had their
garments dyed blue in mourning for their husbands.210b
The lovely ones who were smiting their foreheads and
shedding tears of blood had their cheeks below their
eyes red (with blood) while above their eye-brows it was
blue.
The beauties have no need of blue (patches) and redness
(rouge) after this,
For the cheeks are torn till they are red (with blood) and
the face is smitten till it is blue (with bruises).
In such quantities do they tear their hair from their
delicate brows, one and all
That the root of every hair becomes blue from such rough
treatment.
149. [How long shall I tear out the hair of my head in this
lamentation and mourning!
Nay I will pluck this body of mine like a hair from the
head of my life].210c
Alas! that my heart has suddenly turned to blood on
account of (the loss of) my friends.
Alas! for that assembly who were a constant fresh joy to
their friends.
The eyes became flooded with water and blood on account
of their friends, so long as I saw my friends in the
midst of blood and water.
Such priceless blood of my friends has the earth swallowed
That it is my right to demand from the Earth the blood
money for my friends.
If it were possible for those who sleep in the dust to arise,
I would devote the remainder of my life to secure the
existence of my friends.
It were a pity that the eye should have its pupil always
with it, and yet that its friends should be out of sight.211
How can one bear to look at others instead of one's friends,
My friends are gone! How can I embrace a stranger!
How can I clothe any other person in the mantle of any
friends!
I will place their dust in my eyes (as a collyrium). How
can it be right that the dust of my friends' feet should
be so little valued.211a
In desire for my friends, even though they sever my head
(from my body),
Still the desire for my friends will never be severed from
my211b head.
Oh my King! whenever thou biddest me I will tear my
garment of life to the very edge in mourning for my
friends.
My life has been torn to shreds in a hundred places through 150.
grief, how can it be right that I should tear a shred into
shreds for the sake of my friends.211c
My friends have gone of whom are you talking,
Once for all bring your speech to an ending and breathe
a prayer for my friends.
[Always remember the departed, especially at the time
of prayer,
Because nothing shews you the way to mercy save the
guidance of prayer].212
O Lord may the illumination of the sun of mercy light
upon their souls,212a
May their souls shine like the sun from the bounty of thy
light.
In the day of battle the Great Khān was their leader,
May the same Khān be also their leader to the Garden of
Paradise.
If an angel flies thither in desire for him it becomes a fly,212b
May the wings of the peacock of Paradise drive away the
flies from them.
The bounty of mercy is the water of life in the gloom of
the grave,212c
Oh Lord, in the darkness of the tomb may they have the
water of life.
[When the faces become black from the sun of resurrection
May the wings of the angels cast protecting shade over
their heads].212d
When they give212e into their hands the record of their deeds
taken from the book of punishment,
May the record bear as its heading the words “A book for
the right hand.”212f
May the drops of blood which were shed from their throats
Become the most costly rubies of their crown of pardon.
For the thirsty ones213 whose souls departed for lack of
water,
May the cloud of mercy rain continuously upon their heads.
For the captives213a who were long subjected to hardships, 151.
Oh Lord! may the hope of speedy release make their way
light for them.
May the affliction which they suffered in imprisonment, be
to those who have escaped from prison (by death) the
cause of their eternal salvation,
And those who have survived and have returned from
that calamity,
May they experience the mercy of the Author of good,213b and
may the favour of the Sulṭān be theirs.
Since Muḥammad has departed may the event be happy for
the king. May his son Kaiqubād be most fortunate and
his son Kaikhusrū be blessed.

And the opening [of another threnody]213c is as follows:

My heart sit silent in sorrow for no trace of joy remains,
Grief, do thou take away the world, for no joy is left
therein.

In the following ode too he refers to the same disastrous occurrence:

Behold this calamity213d which has be fallen this year on the
frontier of Multan,
The right wing of the believers has been defeated213e by the
infidel ranks.
How can I explain that day of resurrection, from the
agony of which the Angel of Death would have craved
respite.
How can I describe the way in which the Ghāzīs, attacked
the front of the Khaibarīs, like the Lion of repeated
attacks.
But what help has anyone against the decree of fate which
was ordained by and issued from the Almighty.
152. What was the condition of the battle field? it was one
load of dead bodies,
So much blood was spilled and the load was lying
upon it.214
The blood of martyrs, poured out like a libation, was
mingled with the earth,
The necks of prisoners bound together with ropes in rows,
like rose chains,
The heads strangled in the tight noose of the saddle-
cords,214a
The necks caught in the toils of the head-ropes.
Although my head escaped that game of strangulation,
Still my neck did not escape that noose of torture.
I was taken captive, and for fear lest they should shed my
blood
My blood dried up, not a single drop remained in my weak
and emaciated body.
I was poured out like water running without beginning
and without end, and like bubbles thousands of blisters
appeared on my feet from much travelling.
The skin was separated from my feet by the blisters,
Like to the seams of a slipper burst open.
My heart, because of affliction, was as hard as the hilt of a
sword
From weakness my body was become wood like the handle
of a club.215
Not a breath remained in my wind-pipe by reason of thirst,
My belly was like a drum from the duration of my hunger.215a
My body was stripped naked like a tree in autumn,
And like a rose torn into a thousand shreds by the thorns.
For sorrow the pupil of my eyes poured forth drops
Like the (scattered pearls) of a necklace broken from the
neck of a bride.
A Qurūna215b driving me on in front followed along the way 153.
seated on a horse, like a leopard on a hill range
Fœtor ab isto ore teterrimus axillæ odori similis,
Capilli oris ejus pubi similes usque ad mentum delapsi.215c
If I lagged behind a step or two through fatigue
He would draw at one time his falchion215d at another his
javelin.215e
I kept heaving deep sighs and saying to myself
Alas! I shall never be able to escape from this calamity!
A thousand thanks to God Almighty who liberated me
With my heart free from arrow wounds and my body
unhurt by the sword.
When he desired to make my body a brick for the grave,
Water and clay built up for me anew my palace of years.
But what good to me was my escape from that rope
If snapped like the bond between the Muhājir and Anṣār215f
All those lives were poured out in the dust like roses
By the fierce blast of misfortune, this is Autumn not Spring.
The world full of roses and the assembly emptied of those
who can smell their perfume,
How should not my heart turn to blood like the rose bud
at this treatment!216
Not one of my friends of last year remains to me this year,
It is evident that “this year” also will become “last year.”
Do thou also like me, oh cloud of the newly born spring
Now wash thy hands of water, and rain teardrops of blood.
154. Give me a cup, that from the depths of my regret
I may empty it of wine, and fill it with bitter tears.
Now that the date is 684 (H.)
To me in my three and thirtieth year comes the good
tidings of the thirty-fourth.
Not thirty-four because if my years should be thirty
thousand, when one comes to the account of Annihilation
neither thirty counts for aught nor a thousand.
I am not a poet, even though I were a magician, still then
I shall become dust.
I am not a Khusrū, even were I a Kaikhusrū, still at that
time my kingdom would be but the grave.

And in the preface to the Ghurratu-l-Kamāl he writes some epitomised poems relating to this circumstance; the gist of the matter is that they brought Tughral to nothing, and the prince who used to pray with lamentation and tears at the footstool of the best of all helpers saying Make me of thy mercy a victorious Emperor rose to such power in the districts of Lakhnautī and Chatar La‘l that his head which touched the stars, reached to the starless expanse of the highest heaven, and Malik Shamsu-d-Dīn Dabīr, and Qāẓī Aṯīr desired to retain me by seizing my garments,217 but the separation from my friends seized me by the collar. I was obliged like Joseph to leave that prison pit and turn my steps to217a the metropolis, and under the shadow of the standard of the Shadow of God I remained in the city. In those very same months, the Khān-i-Buzurg Qāān Malik arrived from the conquest of Damrela,217b and a rumour came to us that my words had reached him,217c so that he made enquiries regarding the ripe fruit of my words; unripe fruit as it really was I laid it before him, and it was honoured with acceptance in his private hall of audience, and I was distinguished by a robe of honour and rewards, and I girded my loins in his service and wore the cap of companionship, and I gave for five years more to the Panjāb and Multān water from the sea of my comfortable circumstances, till suddenly, by the potent order of the wise ruler, the star of my glory came into opposition with the inauspicious Mars;217d 155. the time of its decline had arrived when the unlucky cavalcade of those born under the influence of Mars came in sight, and at evening time, the bright sun217e sank by the revolution of the heaven, a world of brave men struck by arrows had fallen, and the plain of the earth was full of broken cups, and Death itself was saying at that time “Where shall I place my cup and where shall I take my pitcher.” The sky fed upon dust and the sun swallowed a bowl of blood.

How can we describe that day of resurrection,
When even the Angel of Death sought protection from
the fray.

In that forge of calamity the rope of the infidels seized me also by the throat, but inasmuch as God Most High had lengthened the rope of my life, I obtained release, and by the high road I made for the abode of favours, and attained to the sight of the dome of Islām218 and at the feet of my mother became (as it were) an inhabitant of Paradise, while as for herself, as soon as her eyes fell upon me the fountain of her milk flowed from tenderness towards me.

Paradise always lies beneath the feet of a mother,
See two streams of milk flow therefrom, the sign of
Paradise.218a

And I spent some time pleasantly and quietly in seeing my beloved mother and other dear ones in the fort of Mūminpur, otherwise called Patiālī218b on the banks of the river Ganges.”

In short, when the news of this heart-rending disaster reached the ears of the Sulṭān, having observed the duties of mourning for some days, a great affliction fell upon him, so much so that he could never again gird his loins, but he used to occupy himself 156. in all matters, and sent a despatch addressed to Bughrā Khān who had acquired the title of Sulṭān Nāṣiru-d-Dīn,218c to Lakhnautī saying. Since so great a calamity has fallen upon your brother I desire that you should take his place as you are well able to do, that in looking in your face I may be able to forget the numerous sorrows which I suffer on his account. Nāṣiru-d-Dīn who219 had acquired permanent and independent control over that district (of Lakhnautī) put off for some time coming to Dihlī, and even after coming to Dihlī at the earnest solicitation of his father was not able to remain there, “the elephant bethought him of Hindustān”219a so that forgetting the demands of filial, paternal, and brotherly affection he became so restless from staying in that place that one day without his father's permission219b together with certain of his kinsfolk he went forth on pretence of hunting, and marching by rapid stages reached Lakhnautī and busied himself with his own affairs.

VERSE.
Why should I not betake myself to my own country?
Why should I not be the dust of the sole of the foot of my
friend?
I cannot endure the sorrow of exile and absence from home,
I will go to my own country, and be my own monarch.

Accordingly Sulṭān Balban, who was very depressed and dejected at this occurrence, so that day by day his weakness gathered strength, as he lay on his bed of sickness, being moreover past eighty years of age, conferred upon the eldest son of the Martyred Khān who was called Kaikhusrū, the title of Khusrū Khān, and gave the affairs of Empire into his hands. Multān too was entrusted to him, and he made him the heir-apparent, and made a will to the effect that Kaiqubād the son of Bughrā Khān should be sent to his father in Lakhnautī. After he had relieved his mind of anxiety as to the succession of Kaikhusrū, and the other testamentary dispositions of the government having occupied him three days, he removed the baggage of existence from this world to 157. the next. This event took place in the year 686 H.220 He had reigned twenty-two years and some months.

Oh my heart! the world is no place of permanence and stay,
Keep thy hand from the world—for it has no stability.
SULṬĀN MU‘IZZU-D-DĪN KAIQUBĀD BIN SULṬĀN NĀṢIRU-D-DĪN BIN
SULṬĀN GHIYĀṮU-D-DĪN BALBAN.

In the sixteenth year of his age, in succession to his grandfather, by the intervention of Malik Kachhan, who was called Ītimar, and other Amīrs who were disaffected to the Martyred Khān, succeeded to the throne of Empire.220a Then having bestowed Multān upon Khusrū Khān with his family and dependents, they sent him off there under some pretext and exiled his adherents, and when the Empire became established he appointed all the officers of the state to their old posts in the kingdom, and Malik Niẓāmu-d-Dīn220b was appointed Dādbeg220c and they gave Khwāja Khaṭīru-d-Dīn the title of Khwāja-i-Jahān, and Malik Shāhik Amīr Ḥājib that of Wazīr Khān, and Malik Qīyāmu-l-Mulk obtained the post of Wakīldar: and after six months he left Dihlī and founded the palace of Kīlūghaṛī, which is now a ruin, near the ford of Khwāja Khiẓr on the banks of the river Jumna; there he held public audiences, and by craft getting hold of the Mughals who had newly become Moslims, put the majority of them to death, and banished a certain number of them. The chief author and cause of this action was Malik Niẓāmu-d-Dīn ‘Alāqa the 158. Wazīr (this Niẓāmu-d-Dīn ‘Alāqa is the same in whose honour Muḥammad ‘Aufī composed the books Jāmi‘u-l-Ḥikāyāt and Taẕkiratu-sh-Shu‘arā); and to Malik Chhajū (who eventually became grantee of Karra221 and Manikpūr, and whom Mīr Khusrū eulogises in the Qirānu-s-Sa‘dain in these words,221a

Khān of Karra Chhajū, conqueror of countries
Who hast encircled thy feet with anklets221b formed from the
lips of Khāns)

was given Sāmāna, his daughter was united in marriage to Sulṭān Mu‘izzu-d-Dīn Kaiqubād. At the end of the month of Zūl Ḥijjah in the abovementioned year, news arrived that the Tatār infidels whose leader was Ītimar had attacked Lahore and the frontier of Multān. The Sulṭān appointed Shāhik Bārbak with thirty thousand cavalry and giving him the title of Khān-i-Jahān despatched him to oppose them. He pursued the Tatārs as far as the foot of the Jūd hills, and put the greater number of them to the sword, or made them prisoners, and having repulsed them he came to the Court.

Inasmuch as Sulṭān Kaiqubād, during the lifetime of Sulṭān Balban, had not attained the desires of his heart, and learned instructors had been placed in charge of him, at this time when he attained to the Empire finding himself completely unfettered he occupied himself with the full fruition of lustful delights, while the majority of the people took advantage of the luxuriousness of his reign to spend their days in wantonness and license. The ministrants of debauchery, jesters, singers and jugglers were admitted to close intimacy in his Court, in marked contrast to his grandfather's reign, and learning, and piety, and integrity were nothing valued; and Malik Niẓāmu-d-Dīn ‘Alāqa seeing that the Sulṭān was immersed in luxury and enjoyment, and utterly careless of his kingdom's affairs, stretched forth the hand of oppression and went to unwarranted lengths. The vain desire of sovereignty came into his heart, so that he set about devising the downfall of the family of Ghiyāṯu-d-Dīn. In the first instance having instigated Sulṭān Mu‘izzu-d-Dīn to murder Kai Khusrū the son of Sulṭān Muḥammad the Martyr, he summoned him from Multān, and in the town of Rohtak raised him to the dignity of martyrdom and sent him to join his father.

159. In the same way he accused Khwāja-i-Jahān of an imaginary crime and had him publicly paraded on an ass through the city, he also imprisoned the Amīr and Maliks of the house of Balban who were related to the Mughals who had recently become Moslims, and deported them to distant fortresses, and destroyed the glory of Mu‘izzu-d-Dīn.

Sulṭān Nāṣiru-d-Dīn Bughrā Khān, when the tidings of his son's ruinous condition reached him in Lakhnautī, wrote a letter full of hints couched in the language of enigma and innuendo to Sulṭān Mu‘izzu-d-Dīn warning him of the sinister intentions of Niẓāmu-l-Mulk. Sulṭān Mu‘izzu-d-Dīn out of the hot-headedness of youth, did not act on his father's advice, and after much correspondence it was decided that Sulṭān Nāṣiru-d-Dīn should leave Lakhnautī, and Sulṭān Mu‘izzu-d-Dīn should start from Dihlī and that they should visit each other in Oudh.

From what Mīr Khusrū may the mercy of God be upon him, says in the Qirānu-s-Sa‘dain,222 and also from the Tārīkh-i-Mubārak Shāhī222a we learn that Bughrā Khān, on his accession to the throne of Bengāla with the title of Nāṣiru-d-Dīn, was coming with a large gathering to attack Dihlī, and Sulṭān Mu‘izzu-d-Dīn also having collected his forces from the neighbouring districts advanced against him in the direction of Oudh; and since the river Sarū222b lay between them the son alighted on this side and the father on the other side, and neither was able to cross the river. The Amīrs and Maliks of Ghiyaṯu-d-Dīn's party, intervened with advice to come to peaceful terms, and Sulṭān Nāṣiru-d-Dīn with a party of special retainers crossed the river, as it had been agreed that the son should sit upon the throne, and the father, standing below the throne, should pay the customary dues of reverence and respect to him. Sulṭān Mu‘izzu-d-Dīn from excess of desire forgot that compact, and on the instant his eyes fell upon the splendid presence of his father he came down from his throne and running barefooted, was about to fall at his feet. The father however 160. would not permit this, whereupon each embraced the other and for a long time they wept bitterly, and in spite of all the father's attempts to take his stand at the foot of the throne, the son forcibly took him by the hand, and led him to the throne and seated him upon it. Then he also took his seat, and after a long time the Sulṭān Nāṣiru-d-Dīn returned to his own camp, and sent as presents to his son a large number of famous elephants and very many extremely valuable presents and curiosities, and priceless treasures from the country of Lakhnauti. The son also sent to his father an equal number of Persian horses, and other kinds of valuable articles and cloth goods, and rare and unique presents such that the accountant of imagination is unable to estimate their number and value; and all sorts of delight and pleasure burst upon the Amīrs of Ghiyāṯu-d-Dīn and Nāṣiru-d-Dīn and Mu‘izzu-d-Dīn, and upon high and low of the armies, and the Maliks of both parties exchanged visits: Mīr Khusrū relates in detail this meeting223 in the Qirānu-s-Sa‘dain, and in another place he writes in a qaṣīda:

Hail! to the happy kingdom when two kings are as one.
Hail! to the happy era when two troths are as one.
Behold! the son is a monarch, the father a Sulṭān,
Behold the glorious kingdom now that two kings are as one.
'Tis for the sake of kingship and world enslaving power,
That for the world, two world-protecting kings become
as one.
One is the Nāṣir of the age, the king Maḥmūd Sulṭān,
Whose edict in the four parts of the world is still as one.
The other is Mu‘izzu-d-Dīn the world's king Kaiqubād,
In whose grasp Irān and Turān are welded into one.

And this is his also—

161. Sulṭān Mu‘izzu-d-Dunyā wad Dīn Kaiqubād Shāh
Hast thou ever seen one who is the light of the eyes of four
kings

On the last day224 when Sulṭān Nāṣiru-d-Dīn came to bid farewell in the presence of Malik Niẓāmu-l-Mulk and Qiwāmu-l-Mulk, who were both of them counsellors and closely bound up with the Government, he gave Mu‘izzu-d-Dīn many good pieces of useful advice on all subjects, with exhortation, and examples and instances, and first of all warned him against excess in wine and venery, then spoke of his carelessness with regard to state matters, and rebuked him severely for killing his brother Kai Khusrū and the other noted Amīrs and Maliks of the adherents of Ghīyāṯu-d-Dīn; then he exhorted him to be continually given to prayer and to perform the fast of Ramaẓān, and to keep all the principal tenets of the Musulmān religion, and taught him certain fixed rules and essential regulations of sovereignty. At the time of taking his departure he whispered in a low tone telling him to get rid of Niẓāmu-l-Mulk ‘Alāqa as soon as possible, “for” said he “if he gets a chance at you it is small chance you will get” this much he said, and they bid one another farewell with great emotion, and Sulṭān Mu‘izzu-d-Dīn for a few days remembered his father's injunctions, and gave up his vicious pleasures, but when he had travelled a few stages the merry courtesans and all kinds of enticing musicians and enchanting jugglers, subverters of piety, skilled and clever, crowded round him on all sides, and enticed his feet from the firm path of fortitude and self-restraint, by all sorts of gallantries and coquetries, and sense-ravishing gestures and allurements.

The bitter parting advice of his father did not find place in
his heart
For this reason that his heart was inclined to sweets of
pleasure.

And the elephant saw Hindustān225 in its dreams and he broke through his forced repentance, which was as filmy as the web of a spider, at the first provocation, and used to say, “Which 162. advice?225a and what counsel?

I will not give up the delights of to-day for tomorrow
Let tomorrow bring what it may, say to it “Bring it.”

In opposition to this view is the following,

It befits not a king to be drunken with wine
Nor become entangled in lust and desire;
The king should be always the guardian of his people,
It is a sin that a guardian should be drunken.
When the shepherd becomes full of new wine
The flock sleeps in the belly of the wolf.

Heavy cups of wine used he to drink from the hands of the light-living cup bearers, and used to snatch a portion from his short ephemeral existence, and in this state malicious time used to foretell this calamity,225b

Oh thou whose reign is the reign of faithless friends
From thy love springs hate, from thy honour disgrace,
Thou art as full of turmoil, but as empty, as the drum;
Lasting for one night like the candle, and for one day like
the rose.

In this licentious mode of life he made his way to Dihlī where he arrived in the year 689 H. (1290 A.D.). There certain of his notable Amīrs became suspicious of his intentions, and withdrew to the skirts of the mountains. Sher Khān226 who was one of their number repented and returned, and was thrown into a prison which he only left to go to the prison house of the grave, the others were punished. They bestowed upon Fīroz Khān ibn Yaghrash the Khiljī, who eventually obtained the title of Sulṭān 163. Jalālu-d-Dīn, the title of Shāyista Khān,226a and entrusted the district of Baran226b to his control; accordingly he formed a plot by which he got Malik Ḥimār Kachhan, who had treacherously attempted to slay him, into his power, and took vengeance on him for the deed which he had failed to accomplish. Then was seen the truth of the proverb “He who digged a pit for his brother is fallen into it himself.

Thou hast digged a pit in the way226c that thou mayest overthrow others.
Dost thou not fear lest one day thou should'st find thyself
in the midst of it?

This was the plan which Sulṭān Mu‘izzu-d-Dīn carried into effect. He was very anxious to act upon the advice of his father and remove Niẓāmu-l-Mulk ‘Alāqa, so he in the first instance appointed him to Multān, but Niẓāmu-l-Mulk saw through this device, and kept making excuses for delaying his departure, whereupon certain of the king's retainers at a hint from him, poisoned Niẓāmu-l-Mulk's cup, and despatched him to the land of nonexistence. It so happened that this occurrence became a cause of injury to the State. At this same time the Sulṭān was attacked by paralysis226d from his excesses in wine and venery, in addition to which other deadly ills and chronic diseases obtained the mastery over his body, and his constitution not being able to stand against them, his powers succumbed. The greater number of the Amīrs and Maliks who were well disposed to him raised his son Kai Kāūs who was an infant227 of tender years to the throne with the title of Shamsu-d-Dīn.

In the year 688 H. (1289 A.D.) they made terms with Shāyista Khān who had distanced all his rivals.227a Accordingly he ordered all his kinsmen and retainers whom he had summoned from Baran, 227b and had stationed fully armed and equipped in readiness on the other side of the river, to cross the river Jumna and prepare to contest the day with their enemies. Certain of the Amīrs of the party of Ghiyāṯu-d-Dīn and Mu‘izzu-d-Dīn came out to oppose him with elephants and a large gathering, and having placed a royal umbrella over the head of Sulṭān Mu‘izzu-d-Dīn, who was 164. reduced to a shadow by weakness and emaciation, displayed him from afar off from the summit of the palace of Kīlūgharī where he was but barely visible, and made obeisance to him.227c In the meantime Malik Chhajū, brother's son to Sultān Ghiyāṯu-d-Dīn, who had acquired the title of Kishlī Khān cried out “I wish to place Sulṭān Mu‘izzu-d-Dīn upon a boat and take him to his father at Lakhnautī and remain myself in the service of Sulṭān Shamsu-d-Dīn Kai Kāūs”—In spite of this the people of Dihlī, from the highest to the lowest, came to the assistance of Shamsu-d-Dīn, and having assembled in front of the Budāon gate stood up227d to oppose Shāyista Khān in battle, and since the sons of Maliku-l-Umarā Fakhru-d-Dīn Kotwāl had been taken prisoners in the fight with Shāyista Khān, and Malik Ḥimār Surkha, who had plotted with the servants of Ghiyāṯu-d-Dīn to kill Shāyista Khān and carry off Sulṭān Shamsu-d-Dīn (Kai Kāūs),227e had fallen by the hand of Ikhtiyāru-d-Dīn son of Shāyista Khān; accordingly Maliku-l-Umarā (Fakhru-d-Dīn) opposed the people and prevented their assembling as they desired, till at last the adherents of Shāyista Khān removed Sulṭān Shamsu-d-Dīn Kai Kāūs from the throne by force and carried him off to Bahāpūr,227f where Shāyista Khān was; they then ordered228 a man whose father had been put to death by Sulṭān Mu‘izzu-d-Dīn to go to the palace of Kīlūgharī, which he did, and finding the Sulṭān at his last gasp, he kicked him several times on the head, and then threw him into the river Jumna, and the Empire passed from the dynasty of Ghor, and kingship from the family of Ghiyāṯu-d-Dīn. This occurrence took place in the middle228a of the month of Muḥarram in the year 689 H. (1209 A.D.).228b The duration of the sovereignty of Sulṭān Mu‘izzu-d-Dīn was three years and some months.

This is the changeableness of the ancient heaven,
At one time it is like a bow at another like an arrow;
165. At one time it feeds you with kindness at another poisons
you with enmity,
This is an example of the custom of the revolving heaven.

We learn from the Tārīkh-i-Mubārak Shāhī228c that Sulṭān Mu‘izzu-d-Dīn, after the capture of the Shāhzāda, was seized while sitting in durbar during that revolt of the populace, and was bound, and died in captivity of hunger and thirst: in the course of his sufferings he wrote this quatrain,

The horse of my excellence has been left far behind on the
plain.
The hand of my generosity has fallen between the hammer
and the anvil.
My eye which used to see the gold of the mine and the
invisible jewel
To-day alas! is blinded for lack of bread.

And when the tumult between Itimar Surkha and the people of Dihlī subsided, and Shāyista Khān had gained his heart's desire and seated the prince upon the throne, and had set the affairs of the kingdom going again, on the second day after this, Sulṭān Mu‘izzu-d-Dīn bade farewell to this transitory228d unstable world, and realised that all that wanton enjoyment had been but a dream and a phantasy.

Quatrain.
If with your love you have lived in peace your whole life
long,
Should you taste all the sweets the world can give your
whole life long.
Still at the end comes Death to meet you, and then you find
'Tis but a dream you have vainly dreamed your whole life
long.
SULṬĀN SHAMSU-D-DĪN KAI KĀŪS.

The son of Mu‘izzu-d-Dīn Kaiqubād nominally ascended the throne229 in Bahāpūr in the year already mentioned, by the cooperation of Shāyista Khān and Malik Chhajū; and the uncle of Shāyista Khān, named Malik Ḥusain, who had kept quiet at Kīlū-gharī during the disturbances, for the safe custody of Sulṭān Mu‘izzu-d-Dīn, had established great confidence. Shāyista Khān made Malik Chhajū Kishlī Khān undertake the duties of Regent, 166. and handing over the young prince to his charge, made a request on his own behalf for the districts of Tiberhinda, Debālpur, and Multān, and asked permission to depart thither; Malik yielding up the Regency and Vazīrship to Shāyista Khān229a asked for the district of Karra for himself. Shāyista Khān immediately acceded to his request, and conferred on him a robe of honour, and some days later allowed him to proceed to Karra, and Maliku-l-Umarā Fakhrud-Dīn Kotwāl having congratulated Shāyista Khān on his accession to such high office and great prosperity was instrumental in obtaining permission for Malik Chhajū to leave.

Shāyista Khān used to bring the prince into the durbār hall and used himself to give audience and to regulate the important affairs of state. After a month or two, he brought Sulṭān Shamsu-d-Dīn on horseback to the palace of Kīlūgharī, and imprisoned him, and giving him as his fellows the inhabitants of the prisonhouse of the grave, sent him to the secret abode of destruction.

The duration of the kingdom of Shamsu-d-Dīn Kāi Kāūs was three months and a few days.230

The wine of the sky is not unmixed with the brine of
sorrow,
The world's one employment is jugglery—naught else.
SULṬĀN JALĀLU-D-DĪN IBN YAGHRASH KHILJĪ

Whose name was Malik Fīroz and his title Shāyista Khān, came to the throne in the year 689 H. as has already been said, 167. with the consent and assistance of Malik Chhajū Kishlī Khān; and inasmuch he had previously been regent and governor of the kingdom230a the affairs (of state) all devolved upon him.

It must not be forgotten that although Shihābu-d-Dīn Ḥakīm Kirmānī Jaunpūrī,230b the author of the history called Tabaqāt-i-Maḥmūd Shāhī, deduces the pedigree of Sulṭān Jalālu-d-Dīn and Sulṭān Maḥmūd Mālwī from the stock of Qālij Khān, son-in-law of Changīz Khān, there is a long story connected with this. This at least is clear that this ancestry has no real authority, any one of sound judgment will be able to detect the falsity of his claim to this descent; and as a matter of fact there is no connection whatever between Qālīj and Khalj, in spite of the fact that Qālīj has too rough a sound for the Turki tongue, and if it had any equivalent (of sufficient softness) it would be Qalj230c with the meaning of a sword and in some histories it is said that Khalj is the name of one of the sous of Yāfiṯ, (Japhet) the son of Nūḥ (Noah) on whom be peace and that the Khiljīs descend from him. God knows the truth of this. To make a long story short, Sulṭān Jalālu-d-Dīn divided the greater portion of the valuable appointments between his sons and brothers, and bestowed the following titles—upon his eldest son the title of Khān Khānān, upon his second son that of Arkalī Khān, and on his youngest son that of Qadr Khān, while he gave to his uncle Malik Ḥusain the title of Tāju-l-Mulk. In this same way he bestowed various titles upon others, and allotted them estates, and having built a new town, and a new garden on the banks of the Jumna opposite to the Mu‘izzī palace he called it a citadel, “The Rocky Citadel”; when it was completed it was called “Shahr-i-nau” (New-town)231 and in Sha‘bān, of the second year after his accession, Malik Chhajū Kishlī Khān went to Karra, and became openly rebellious. The Amīrs of the party of Ghīyāṯu-d-Dīn who held estates in that district joined with him, came to Budāon and crossed the Ganges by the ford of Bijlāna with the intention of attacking Dihlī, waiting for the arrival of Malik Chhajū who was to come by way of Karra,231a (and)231b Sulṭān Jalālu-d-Dīn left Khān Khānān in Dihlī and marched against them. Dividing his forces into two army corps he himself went by way of Kol, and reached Budāon,231c sending Arkalī Khān towards Amroha to oppose Malik Chhajū. Arkalī Khān fought the enemy valiantly in many engagements during several days on the banks of the Rahab. In the meantime the people of Bairām Dev the Raja of Kola, which was also called Koela, gave information to Malik Chhajū that Sulṭān Jalālu-d-Dīn was in pursuit of him, and having frightened him exceedingly, urged him to take to flight. He was in such dread of the Sulṭān, that he did not know his head from his heels, and in the dead of night he made his escape, but eventually fell into the hands of the Kuwārs.231d Arkalī Khān crossed the Rahab,231e despatched Bairām Dev to hell, and pursued Malik Chhajū, and took him prisoner together with some of the other Amīrs of the Ghiyāṯi faction. Then he went in the direction of Bahārī and Kasam Kūr, which is the same as Shamsābād,232 and when they took Malik Chhajū and the other captive Balbanī Amīrs in fetters and chains232a into the presence of the Sulṭān, he called to mind their old ties of relationship, and loosed them from their bonds, sent them to the baths, clothed them in rich garments of honour, and made them partake of his own table, sending Malik Chhajū with the greatest marks of respect to Multān.

169. Malik ‘Alāu-d-Dīn who was the brother's son and son-in-law of the Sulṭān,232b and had been appointed to the district of Karra, and Ilmās Beg, the brother of ‘Alāu-d-Dīn who subsequently became Ulugh Khān232c was appointed to the post of Akhor Beg. In the mean while, the summons which is distasteful to all reached Khān-i-Khānān. The Sulṭān was greatly distressed at his loss. Mīr Khusrū wrote the following dirge in memory of him:—

What day is this that I see not the sun shining,
If night has come why do I not see the brilliant moon.
Since two days my sun has remained behind the clouds,
So that in my eyes I see nothing but clouds and rain.
In Hindustān an evident danger has appeared,
On every face I see thousands of wrinkles but I do not see
the Khāqān.232d
The stone of the royal signet is hidden as a stone in the
mine.
My heart has turned to blood like the ruby for that I see
him not.
Lo there is the King, seated on his throne, with his courtiers
standing round him on all sides,
All are there, but still I do not see Khān-i-Khānān.
When I saw fortune blinded, I asked him, Dost thou wish
for sight?
He replied, What could I do with sight, since I cannot see
Maḥmūd Sulṭān!

And in the year following, Arkalī Khān came from Multān to Dihlī, and the Sulṭān leaving him in Dihlī proceeded to Mandāwar, and after his arrival at that stage, having received with anxiety tidings of the revolt of certain of the Ghīyāṯī Amīrs, he made over the district of Budāon to Malik Maghlaṭī,233 sent him off at once and appointed Malik Mubārak to Tiberhindah, then after reducing the fortress of Mandāwar proceeded by an uninterrupted 170. series of marches to Dihlī; and in those days a certain Saiyyid ascetic and recluse, holding close communion with God,233a relying upon Him, bountiful,233b adorned with so many excellencies and perfections, Sīdī Maulā233c by name first came from ‘Ajam (Persia) to Ajūdhan in the service of the pillar of the Saints the master Shaikh Farīd, Ganj-i-Shakkar, may God sanctify his resting place, and sought permission to proceed to the eastern parts of Hin-dustān. They said to him “Beware of crowds of men, and abstain from intercourse with kings.” When he reached Dihlī, Khān-i-Khānān, the eldest son of the Sulṭān, displayed the greatest desire to become his disciple.233d In the same way the greater number of the deposed Maliks and Amīrs of the Balban party233e used daily both morning and evening to sit at the table of that darvesh, who would not accept anything from any one. People used to credit him with alchemistic powers, and used to come in such crowds that a thousand mans of fine flour and five hundred mans of freshly skinned meat, and three hundred mans of sugar used to be the daily expenditure of the Shaikh which he expended in alms; the aforesaid Sīdī although he engaged always in vigils234 and the prayers of the five stated times, was, however, never present at the public prayer on Fridays, nor was he bound by the conditions of public234a worship in accordance with established custom, and Qāẓī Jalālu-d-Dīn Kāshānī (and)234b Qāẓī Urdū and men of note, and trusted chiefs, and all both great and small, used continually to worship at his monastery.

When this news reached the Sulṭān, the story goes that one night he went in disguise to his monastery, and saw for himself that he expended even more than was reported. Accordingly the next day he held a grand durbār and ordered Sīdī Maulā with the Qāẓī and the other Amīrs who were his disciples, to be brought before him with ignominious treatment of all kinds, bound in fetters and chains. He enquired into the state of the case, and asked each one whether the Sīdī laid claim to kingly power. The aforesaid Sīdī denied it, and fortified his denial with an oath, but to no purpose. At that time Qāẓī Jalālu-d-Dīn lay under the Sulṭān's displeasure, he also denied the allegation. The Sulṭān 171. deposed him, and nominated him as Qāẓī of Budāon. In order to verify the claims to Saiyyidship, and to test the miraculous powers of the Sīdī, he had a huge fire like that prepared by Nimrūd (for Abraham) lighted, and wished to have Sīdī Maulā thrown into that temple of fire. The Ulamā of the time, in consideration of the irreligious nature of that order, issued a mandamus which they communicated to the Sulṭān saying, “The essential nature of fire is to consume things, and no one can issue forth from it in safety unhurt.” The Sulṭān accordingly desisted and gave up that ordeal, but he punished the larger number of those Maliks in that same assembly, and some he expatriated; and inasmuch as the answers of Sīdī Maulā234c were all in accordance with reason, and no fault could be found with him either on the score of religious law or logic, the Sulṭān was reduced to extremity, and suddenly turning to Abū Bakr Tūsī Ḥaidarī who was the chief of the sect of Qalandars, and utterly unscrupulous, he said “Why do not you darveshes avenge me of this tyrant,” thereupon a Qalandar leapt up from their midst, and struck the unfortunate Sīdī several blows with a razor and wounded him, then they shaved off the holy man's whiskers235 with a knife even to the chin, and stabbed him in the side235a with sackmakers' needles, and then, by command of Arkalī Khān, the second son of the Sulṭān, an elephant driver drove a rogue elephant over the head of the poor oppressed Sīdī, and martyred him with countless tortures may God be gracious to him. They say that this same Sīdī, for a whole month before this occurrence used to sing these verses at all times, smiling the while he sang:

In the kitchen of love, they slay naught but the good;
The weak natured, and evil disposed they kill not.
If thou art a sincere lover, flee not from slaughter,
He whom they slay not is no better than a corpse.

And just at this time, on the very day of his murder, a whirlwind black with dust arose, and the world was darkened; there 172. was a scarcity of rain in that year, and such a famine occurred that the Hindūs, from excess of hunger and want, went in bands and joining their hands threw themselves into the river Jumna, and became the portion of the alligator of extinction. Many Muslims also, burning in the flames of hunger, were drowned in the ocean of non-existence, while the rest of the world took these signs and events as proofs of the verity of Sīdī and as evidence of his sincerity. Although no inferences can be drawn from facts of this kind, since they may finally prove to be only coincidences, still I myself have seen with my own eyes examples of such incidents, as shall be related in their proper places if God so will it.

God has never cursed any nation
Until the heart of a holy man has been grieved.

The remainder of the accused, at the intercession of Arkalī Khān, were delivered from the danger which threatened their lives, and from the punishment intended by the Sulṭān; and in this same year the Sulṭān for the second time marched against Rantanbhor, and destroyed the country round it, and overthrew the idols and idol-temples, but returned without attempting to reduce the fort. Arkalī Khān went to Multān without his permission, at which the Sulṭān was very vexed.

In the year 691 H. the Mughuls under Chingīz Khān came up against Hindustān with a very large army, and fought a very severe battle with the Sulṭān's victorious forces in the neighbourhood of Sanām. When the Mughuls became aware of the size of the army of Hindustān they began to make overtures for peace. The Sulṭān thereupon summoned their leader, who was very closely related to Halākū Khān, and also his son, who called the Sulṭān his father. They accordingly had an interview and exchanged gifts and presents and each returned to his own country: 173. and Alghū236 the grandson of Chingīz Khān, embraced Islām, and several thousand Mughuls besides followed his example and having learnt to repeat the sacred and blessed formula, elected to remain in the service of the Sulṭān. Alghū was selected for the honour of becoming son-in-law to the Sulṭān. The Mughuls took up their abode in Ghiyāṯpūr in which is now the sacred tomb of the Prince of Holy men Nīẓāmul Auliyā236a may God sanctify his resting place. It is commonly known as Mughulpūr and those Mughuls were called the “new Muslims.”

At the close of this same year the Sulṭān having gone up against the fort of Mandāwar ravaged and pillaged the country round it and then returned. ‘Alāu-d-Dīn the Governor of Karra, obtained permission in that year to proceed to Bhilsa236b and attacked that country236c and brought much booty thence to present to the Sulṭān, and the idol which was the object of worship of the Hindūs, he caused to be cast down in front of the gate of Badāon to be trampled upon by the people.236d These services of ‘Alāu-d-Dīn being highly approved,236e the jāgīr of Oudh also was added to his other estates; and since ‘Alāu-d-Dīn was very angry and incensed against the Sulṭān's consort, who was his mother-in-law, and against the daughter of the Sulṭān, because she always made a practice of speaking ill of him to her father, he was anxious, on any pretext whatever, to leave the Sulṭān's dominions and go to a distance, and find some place of refuge for himself; accordingly he provided himself with new servants, and making all preparations as to personal clothing and furniture, he asked the Sulṭān237 to bestow upon him the district of Chanderī, and leaving Dihlī came to Karra, and from there under the pretence of attacking Chan-derī, he went by way of Illichpūr, and made for the frontiers of the country of Deogīr; leaving Malik ‘Alāu-l-Mulk who was one of his friends, as his deputy in Karra, and having instructed him to temporise with the Sulṭān, went off somewhere unknown to anyone, and when no news could be obtained of Malik ‘Alāu-d-Dīn's whereabouts for a considerable time, the Sulṭān was exceedingly sorry.237a Suddenly news arrived that ‘Alāu-d-Dīn having gone up against 174. the rebel Deo Gīr, had conquered the whole of his country as far as the confines of the country of the Deccan, and had taken as spoil much treasure, and elephants and property, several thousands of horses, together with valuables; silk and cloth goods, and jewels, beyond the limits of computation, and that he was making for Karra. This was a source of great gratification to the Sulṭān, but the wise men of those times knew very well, both from analogy and inference, that ‘Alāu-d-Dīn237b had gone to that country without permission from the Sulṭān, and had suffered much annoyance at the hands of Malika-i-Jahān who was the consort of the Sulṭān, and also from his own wife, and had accordingly faced the world, always nursing in his breast sinister intentions. Now237c that he was in a position perfectly to put his rebellious ideas into execution, and had not the access to the Court, it was strange that the Sulṭān seemed to suffer no apprehension as regarded him; but no one dared represent these views to the Sulṭān, who was wholly and entirely ignorant of the annoyance which ‘Alāu-d-Dīn had suffered at the hands of the Queen-mother and his own wife, and if by chance they ventured to speak238 of the possibility of the revolt and treachery of ‘Alāu-d-Dīn, the Sulṭān attributed it to jealousy, and would never allow the idea of his contumacy or rebellion to enter his head.

In short, at the time when the Sulṭān was in the neighbourhood of Gwāliār he summoned a council of his Amīrs to deliberate about ‘Alāu-d-Dīn and said.238a “What in your opinion is ‘Alāu-d-Dīn's object in coming hither with so great display and circumstance, what will he do and what ought I to do? shall I go to meet him by way of Chanderī or shall I remain where I am, or again shall I return to Dihlī?” Malik Aḥmad Chap who was a Vazīr of sound judgment and ripe experience and loyal to the backbone, did all he could to warn the Sulṭān by adducing logical arguments and quoting precedents, reminding him of the revolt of Malik Chhajū and the mutiny of the inhabitants of Kaṛṛa, events which were of recent occurrence, as testifying to 175. the probabilities of the present position, and urged him to go out to meet ‘Alāu-d-Dīn on the way by which he would arrive, and to put an end to his ostentatious display and pompous arrogance, to seize his elephants and property, and all the things which were likely to be of use; but the Sulṭān would not listen to his advice, and launching forth into extravagant eulogy of ‘Alāu-d-Dīn declared that his mind was perfectly at ease on his account in every possible way, “for is he not” (said he) “my protégé238b and foster child, he can never harbour any evil designs against me.” Malik Fakhru-d-Dīn, and the other Amīrs also went with oily speeches to the Sulṭān, and brought forward all sorts of absurd arguments simply to suit the humour of the Sulṭān, and adducing weak examples induced him to return to Dihlī; Malik Aḥmad Chap rose up in wrath from that assembly, and spoke as follows: “If Malik ‘Alāu-d-Dīn with all this238c pomp and royal display has arrived at Kaṛṛa and crossing the river Sarū makes for Lakhnautī, I do not know what can be done by any one to oppose him,” and lamenting exceedingly the condition of the Sulṭān he repeated the following lines—

A foeman, though small one should never despise,
For a mountain is made up of stones of small size.

The Sulṭān then came from Gwāliār to Dihlī, and ‘Alāu-d-Dīn having reached Kaṛṛa239 wrote despatches full of craft and cunning to the Court, and worked upon the avarice of the Sulṭān by presents of elephants and endless wealth, and begged for a kindly worded letter summoning him to the Court, while all the time he was engaged in preparations to start for Lakhnautī, and having sent his brother239a Ẓafar Khān to Oudh ordered him to hold in readiness all the boats on the river Sarū. The simple minded Sulṭān Jalālu-d-Dīn wrote a command with his own hand in accordance with ‘Alāu-d-Dīn's request and sent it239b by the hand of two confidential and trusted body servants, one of whom was named Imādu-l-Mulk and the other239c Ẓīāu-d-Dīn. These men when they arrived soon perceived by his manner and 176. bearing239d that the face of affairs was altered239e and ‘Alāu-d-Dīn having prepared the dish for the Sulṭān, and having arranged for its service at a given signal, handed over239f those two messengers to sentries who were charged to keep them so closely guarded that not even a bird should be able to flap its wings near them, then he wrote a letter to Ilmās Beg his brother, who was also a son-in-law of the Sulṭān,239g and sent it to Dihlī, couched in these words: “Inasmuch as in the course of this expedition, I have committed many unwarranted acts, in that without taking the orders of the Sulṭān I proceeded to Deogīr, for this reason certain persons have aroused fear in my heart and anxiety—but seeing that I am the loyal servant and son of the Sulṭān, if he will march lightly equipped and by rapid marches come and lay hands upon me, and carry me off I have nothing to urge against imprisonment, and if, as they have said the current rumours are true, and the Sulṭān's mind is in reality turned against me, I must perforce lay violent hands upon myself and efface myself from the world.” When Ilmās Beg laid that240 letter before the Sulṭān, he on the instant sent240a Ilmās Beg to reassure ‘Alāu-d-Dīn and gave him a promise that he himself would follow. Ilmās Beg embarked in a boat, and going like the wind over the surface of the water,240b on the seventh day joined Malik ‘Alāu-d-Dīn, and urged him to proceed to Lakhnautī,240c but certain of the wise and far-seeing companions of ‘Alāu-d-Dīn said, “What need have we to go to Lakhnautī when the Sulṭān by reason of his excessive greed for the wealth of Deogīr, and the elephants and horses of that country will come here lightly equipped240d in the very height of the rainy season.240e At that time we will take any steps that may be necessary,240f and whatever has to be done to meet the emergency, we have it all stored up and we will put an end to him on the spot.”240g Since the cup of the life of Sulṭān Jalālū-d-Dīn was full240h and his heart was brim full of lust and greed for that fancied and ill-omened treasure,240i and Fate too had rendered him deaf and blind, not one of these evil designs was perceived by him:

Verse.
When Fate lets fall from the sky a feather,
177. All the wise men became240j blind and deaf.

Casting the advice of his well-wishers behind him,240k he embarked on a boat with certain of his trusted followers and a thousand sowārs, borrowing his speed from the wind and his haste from the stream, and set out for Kaṛṛa: he sent Malik Aḥmad Chap the Vazīr with an armed force and a body of retainers by land,241 Malik Aḥmad Chap was rending his garments but all to no purpose.

Verse.
If the listener will not turn his ear to counsel,
He will reap retribution from the high heaven.

The Sulṭān, whose life's boat had been wrecked by a contrary wind, and had been cast on the shore of destruction, arrived at Kaṛṛa on the 17th of the blessed month of Ramaẓān: and ‘Alāu-d-Dīn, who had kept his forces in readiness, had crossed the river Ganges between Kaṛṛa and Manikpūr and had pitched his camp: then he sent Ilmās Beg to the Sulṭān, sending by him some valuable jewels, with strict orders to use all the means he could devise and all the craft he could command to separate the Sulṭān from his army and bring him to ‘Alāu-d-Dīn. His confederate therefore went and presented himself before the Sulṭān, and with great craftiness and deceit, and with obsequious humility represented that241a if he had not come ‘Alāu-d-Dīn would have been utterly scared and would have escaped, “and to such an extent” said he, “have the evil speakers stuffed his ears241b with reports of the unkind and ill-disposed utterances of the Sulṭān, and filled his mind with fear, that even now fear and suspicion is by no means entirely removed from his mind.241c There is still a probability of that of which I spoke before, unless the Sulṭān should shew him some favour and kindness, and should re-assure him, and going alone, without any retinue, should take him by the hand and lead him here.”

241d The Sulṭān taking his blood-thirsty words for the truth, ordered the cavalry escort which accompanied him to remain halted where they were, and he himself, together with a small body of retainers armed and ready for battle, proceeded a short distance forward, going forth to meet Death, while the archtraitor 178. Ilmās Beg further represented 242 saying “my brother is in great fear and awe of the Sulṭān 242a and is quaking from head to foot; and when he sees even this small body of men, he will be all the more alarmed, and will despair of the Sulṭān's clemency.”242b Accordingly the Sulṭān ordered this body of retainers to lay aside their arms which they did: those who were closely attached to the Sulṭān were greatly agitated at this foolish decision, but the Sulṭān would not be dissuaded by their objections. When they arrived near the bank of the river, the army of ‘Alāu-d-Dīn was plainly visible drawn up in close order fully armed and equipped, and evidently expecting an engagement. Malik Khur-ram 242c the Vakīldar said to Ilmās Beg “We left our army behind us at your instigation, and we laid down our arms, what is this that we see an army ready for action?” He replied “my brother wishes to review his army, and following his usual course, he wishes to make a proper display242d before the Sulṭān, with an eye to future advantage,” the Sulṭān in accordance with the saying “When fate comes the plain becomes narrow”242e up to that moment even did not discover the deceit of his enemy, but of his own free will walked deliberately into the jaws of the dragon.

Verse.
When the day becomes dark to any man,
He does that which is hurtful to him.

When he said to the stony-hearted Ilmās Beg “In spite of my old age and the weakness due to fasting I came so far,242f even yet will not your cruel brother's heart induce him242g to get into a boat and come to me?” Ilmās Beg answered “my brother is unwilling to receive the Sulṭān empty handed242h and with reserve.

“If thou goest empty handed to visit a Sheikh,
Thou wilt get no profit, nor wilt thou even see him.”

179. He is busy selecting elephants and valuables and goods to present, and is quite occupied in that service243 and he has been preparing food for breaking your fast, and to do honour to the arrival of his guest, and is now awaiting the honoured coming of the Sulṭān, so that he may be distinguished among his peers by the honour derived from the royal visit.” The Sulṭān all this time was occupied in reading the sacred volume; they reached the river's bank by the time of afternoon prayer and he took his seat in the place they had made ready for him to sit in, and ‘Alāu-d-Dīn having got every thing ready243a came with a great gathering to pay his respects to the Sulṭān and fell at his feet.243b The Sulṭān smiling, with affection and kindness and love smote him a gentle blow on the cheek, and addressing him with great shew of fondness and clemency and warm-heartedness, began to give him words of counsel, and was talking to him affectionately and lovingly, reassuring him in every possible way, and seizing the hand of Malik ‘Alāu-d-Dīn was drawing him near. At this moment when the Sulṭān laid hold of his beard, and, kissing him, was shewing him marks of his special favour, and243c had given his hand into his, ‘Alāu-d-Dīn seizing the Sulṭān's hand firmly, wrenched it, and gave a signal to a party of men who were confederate and had sworn together to murder the Sulṭān. Then Maḥmūd Sālim who was one of the scum of Sāmāna, aimed a blow with his sword at the Sulṭān and wounded him; on receiving that wound the Sulṭān made for the boat crying out as he ran: “Thou wretch ‘Alāu-d-Dīn, what is this thou hast done!” At this juncture one Ikhti-yāru-d-Dīn who had been a particular protégé of the Sulṭān ran behind him and inflicted a second wound which killed him; he then cut off his head and brought it to ‘Alāu-d-Dīn.243d By Alāu-d-Dīn's orders, the head of the unfortunate oppressed and martyred monarch was placed upon a spear and carried round Kaṛṛa and Manikpūr: from thence they took it to Oudh; and the body- 180. servants of the Sulṭān who were in the boat were all put to death, some of them threw themselves into the river, and were drowned in the ocean of destruction. Malik Fakhru-d-Dīn Kūchī fell into their hands alive and was murdered. Malik Aḥmad Chap having made prisoners of the Sulṭān's army brought it to Dihlī and244 pending the arrival of Arkalī Khān from Multān (he was the worthy son of the Sulṭān and fitted to succeed him in the kingdom) as a temporary measure, with the co-operation of Malika-i-Jahān, seated Qadr Khān the youngest son of the Sulṭān, upon the throne of Dihlī, with the title of Ruknu-d-Dīn Ibrāhīm. The Amīrs and Maliks of Jalālu-d-Dīn's party came one and all to swear allegiance to him at his accession. He retained the name of King for one month. Malik ‘Alāu-d-Dīn lost no time,244a but on the very day of the assassination of the Sulṭān, made open display of the insignia and emblems of royalty, and raising the imperial canopy over his own head244b was addressed as Sulṭān and244c in the middle of the rainy season marching uninterruptedly he made straight for the metropolis of Dihlī, and showering dīnārs and dirhems like rain over the heads of the populace, and pelting the people in the streets great and small with golden missiles from balistae and slings,244d came to his own garden on the banks of the Jumna and alighted there. Day by day the Amīrs of the Jalālī faction joined themselves to him and swore allegiance to him, and by the hope of the red gold, all regret for Jalālu-d-Dīn was completely effaced from their black hearts.

Liberality is the alchemy244e of the copper of faults;
Liberality is the remedy for all pain.

It is said that by the day when Sulṭān ‘Alāu-d-Dīn reached Badāon sixty thousand sowārs had joined his standard, Malik Raknu-d-Dīn Ibrāhīm seeing that he had not the power to resist him went to Multān to Arkali Khān, with certain chosen Amīrs who remained faithful after the massacre (of Jalālu-d-Dīn), and the whole of the kingdom fell under the dominion of ‘Alāu-d-Dīn.

The kingdom is God's and greatness is His. The massacre of 181. Sulṭān Jalālu-d-Dīn took place in the seventeenth of the month of Ramaẓān in the year 694 H. (A.D. 1294) and the duration of his reign was seven years and some months.

Verses.
Hast thou seen the acts of the tyrant heaven and its star,
Mention it not; what is the heaven, its revolution, or its
arched vault?
How is it that the revolving heaven has cast the sun of the
kingdom headlong into the dust,
Dust be on the head of his sun of glory.

Sulṭān Jalālu-d-Dīn had a taste for poetry, and Amīr Khusrū after the death of Mu‘izzu-d-Dīn Kaiqubād, came into the service of the Sulṭān Jalālu-d-Dīn, and was honoured by being selected as an intimate companion, and was made Qur'ān-keeper to the Sulṭān, he was presented every year with the robes of honour which were reserved for the Amīrs of the Sulṭān245 and were tokens of special distinction and peculiar trust.

In this same category were Amīr Ḥasan and Muīd Jājarmī and Amīr Arslān Kātibī and Sa‘d-i-Manṭiqī and Bāqī-i-Khaṭīb and Qāẓī Mughīṯ of Hānsī, who is one of the most learned men of the time of Jalālu-d-Dīn and wrote a Ghazal in nineteen metres245a of which this is the opening:—

Two pearly ears, a stately form, two lovely cheeks, with
fresh youth dight,
Thy glory is the fairy's pride, a fairy thou, at glory's
height.

And the rest of the learned men used to keep the Sulṭān's assembly embellished and adorned with the jewels of poems, and delicate points of learning and philosophy, and the following few verses are the offspring of the Sulṭān's genius:—

182. I do not wish those flowing locks of thine to be entangled
I do not wish that rosy cheek of thine (with shame) to burn.
I wish that thou one night unclothed may'st come to my
embrace
Yes, loud I cry with all my might, I would not have it
hidden.

And at the time when he was besieging Gwāliār he built a pavilion and a lofty dome246 and wrote this quatrain as an inscription for that building:—

Quatrain.
I whose foot spurns the head of heaven,
How can a heap of stone and earth augment my dignity?
This broken stone I have thus arranged in order that
Some broken heart may haply take comfort from it.

And Sa‘d Manṭiqī and the other poets he ordered to point out to him the defects and beauties of this composition. They all praised it exceedingly and said! It has no fault, but he replied: You are afraid of hurting my feelings, I will point out its defect246a in this quatrain:

It may be some chance traveller may pass by this spot
Whose tattered garment is the satin mantle of the starless
sky;246b
Perchance from the felicity of his auspicious footsteps
One atom may fall to my lot: this will suffice me.
SULṬĀN ‘ALĀU-D-DĪN KHILJĪ.

On the twenty-ninth246c of Zūl Hijjah in the year six hundred and ninety-five (695 H.) (A.D. 1295) raised the banner of the Sulṭanate of Dihlī, with the consent of his brother Ilmās Beg, to whom he gave the title of Ulugh Khān247 and to Sinjar, his wife's brother, who was the Mīr-i-Majlis he gave the title of Alp Khān, while to Malik Nuṣrat Jalīsarī he gave that of Nuṣrat Khān, and to Malik Badru-d-Dīn that of Ẓafar Khān,247a and alighted at the plain of Sīrī, where he pitched his camp, and giving public audience delighted the hearts of the Amīrs and all classes of his subjects by his boundless munificence, then he had the Khuṭbah and the 183. Sikka promulgated in his own name and conferred247b appointments and titles upon the Amīrs, and distributing jāgīrs gave his mind first of all to his principal object which was to overthrow the two sons of Sulṭān Jalālu-d-Dīn who were in Multān.247c

Verse.
As long as the head of the heir to the throne is on his
shoulders,
Disorder is the mantle of the body of the state.

In the Muḥarram 696 A. H. (he sent) Ulugh Khān and Alp Khān against Arkalī Khān and Sulṭān Ruknu-d-Dīn;247d both these brothers were besieged248 in the fortress of Multān. The inhabitants of the city and the Kotwāl asked for quarter, and made overtures for peace, and the two princes, by the intervention of Shaikh Ruknu-d-Dīn Quraishī may God sanctify his resting place,248a came forth and had an interview with Ulugh Khān,248b who treated them with the utmost respect, sending a despatch announcing his victory to Dihlī; and taking the family and tribe of Jalālu-d-Dīn he set out for Dihlī. When they came near Bohar248c a place in the vicinity of Hānsī, Nuṣrat Khān arrived with an order, in obedience to which they put out the eyes of both the sons248d of Sulṭān Jalālud-Dīn, of Alghū Khān the Mughul son-in-law to the Sulṭān, and of Malik Aḥmad Chap,248e and handed over the Sulṭān's sons248f to the Kotwāl of Hānsī and martyred them together with two sons of Arkalī Khān.248g They kept the Sulṭān's wives and the rest of his children imprisoned in Dihlī, sending Aḥmad Chap and Alghū the Mughul to the fortress of Gwāliār, and putting out the eyes of some others also, scattered them in all directions and punished them with tortures, and very many of the old families they utterly destroyed and the hidden meaning of Sīdī Maula248h soon became evident, and (vengeance for) his blood did not long sleep.249 In a short time249a it became the cause of the shedding of the blood of Sulṭān Jalālu-d-Dīn and his family, and of so many 184. thousands of others among the people who had been murdered.

The wealth of Qārūn which still sinks down to the bottom
of the earth,
You may have read, that it was a source of envy to the
poor.249b

And in the year249c 697 A.H. (1297 A.D.), Nuṣrat Khān having been appointed to the office of Vazīr, used strenuous efforts to recover the money which Sulṭān ‘Alāu-d-Dīn had lavished in the commencement of his reign in order to gain over the affections of the people, and demanding the repayment of very large sums deposited them in the treasury; and having summoned from Kaṛṛa ‘Alāu-l-Mulk the uncle of Zīāu-d-Dīn Barnī, the author of the Tārīkh-i-Fīroz Shāhī (whom Sulṭān ‘Alāu-d-Dīn had removed from the kotwālship of Dihlī and had sent as governor to Kaṛṛa, appointing Naṣrat Khān to the office of Kotwāl) he conferred upon him his old rank, Alp Khān being appointed to Multān. And in the year 698 A. H. (1298 A.D.) one Ṣaldī249d a Mughul commander, crossing the Indus came towards Hindustān, and Ulugh Khān and Tughlaq Khān the governor of Depālpūr (who is Ghāzī-i-Mulk), were appointed to put down that rising, and offered strong opposition to them249e on the confines of Jārin Manjhūr.249f The Mughul army was defeated, some of them were killed and others taken prisoners, and the army of Sulṭān ‘Alāu-d-Dīn returned victorious with many spoils. A second time Qutluq Khwāja, the son of Duā,250 came from Māwarāu-n-nahr with a countless host to attempt the conquest of Hindustān, and penetrated250a as far as Dihlī, inflicting no injury on the districts through which he passed. In Dihlī itself grain became very dear, and the citizens were in great straits,250b and Sulṭān ‘Alāu-d-Dīn 185. placing Ulugh Khān and Ẓafar Khān in command of the forces, sent them with a countless host to oppose the Mughul army, and a severe battle was fought on the frontiers of Gilī.250c Ẓafar Khān was killed, and the Sulṭān had gained what he wanted in this.250d Qutluq Khwāja after his defeat made his way to Khurāsān where he died.

A third time Targhī Mughul who was one of the margans,250e that is to say accurate archers of that country, accompanied by 100,000 infantry and 20,000 valiant and renowned cavalry, seized the fort of the hills, and gaining possession of that country, penetrated as far as the township of Baran, where Malik Fakhru-d-Dīn Amīr Dād the Governor was entrenched; Malik Tughlaq Ghāzī-i-Mulk was sent from the metropolis to put down that disturbance.250f Malik Fakhru-d-Dīn sallying from the fortress of Baran,250g joined with Malik Tughlaq, and they jointly made a night attack upon the Mughuls.250h The Mughul forces being routed, Targhī was taken prisoner and Malik Tughlaq brought him into the royal presence.

A fourth time, Muḥammad Turtāq250i and ‘Alī Beg Mughul, who were the sons of the royal house of Khurāsān, brought together a very large army, which they divided into two, one bore down upon Nāgor,251 while the other seized the fort of the Sirmūr hills and occupied the country as far as the river Biāh which they call Kāli Pāuī.251a Sulṭān ‘Alāu-d-Dīn appointed Malik Mānik his slave (who is Kāfūr Nāib or Hazār Dīnārī)251b with Malik Tughlaq Governor of Depālpūr to proceed to Amroha; and while the Mughul army, having succeeded in capturing much spoil and many cattle, was marching to the banks of the river Rahab, Malik Mānik 186. came up in pursuit251c and a severe battle ensued. Both the Mughul princes evinced great bravery, but were ultimately taken prisoners, and were put to death, while the greater part of those accursed ones became food for the sword of vengeance, and the remnant of the sword fled panicstricken to their own country. The heads of these two princes were taken to Badāon and impaled upon the battlements of the fort. One of the learned poets of that time wrote the following quatrain which was afterwards inscribed upon the southern gateway of that city.

Quatrain.
Noble fortress! whose helper may the assistance of the
Almighty ever be!
May the victory and conquest of the Emperor ever be thy
standard-bearer!
The Malik of this age became thy builder, and built thee
anew,
May Targhī, like ‘Alī Beg251d become thy captive.

And Mīr Khusrū251e has written an account of the fight between Malik Mānik (who had obtained the title of Malik Nāib)251f in the Tārīkh-i-Khazāīnu-l-Futūḥ252 a marvel of literature, which mortal powers confess themselves impotent to approach or imitate, though to tell the truth all the writings of that king of poets, rightly named Khusrū, are of this excellence, and to praise and crown them is an impertinence and error for any other.

Whenever any thought shines forth from his mind
It is so subtle as to escape comprehension and defy imitation.

On the fifth occasion Iqbālmand and Kapak, Mughuls, brought together an army to take vengeance for Turtāq252a and ‘Alī Beg, and invaded the frontiers of Multān. The Sulṭān on this occasion also appointed Malik Nāib, and Malik Tughlaq. They proceeded by forced marches while the Mughals were falling back, and pursuing them gave battle. Kapak was taken prisoner, but was ransomed by the infidel Tātārs, with the prisoners and abundant booty which had fallen into their hands.252b From that day the Mughuls lost their enthusiasm for the conquest of Hindustān, and the teeth of their ambition became blunted.

After these victories, the Sulṭān one night was holding a wine party quite at his ease with his companions, and was quaffing copious draughts of wine. The night, like the circulation of the 187. wine cup, had come near to an end; suddenly some of the assembled guests began to make signs to each other252c with hand, and eye, and brow that it was time to break up,252d the Sulṭān happened to perceive it, he was annoyed and cried out Mutiny! Mutiny! and on the instant gave orders for Bahā (who was one of his boon-companions and choice spirits) to be killed. The rest fled in confusion. On the following morning when he came to realise what had occurred, it was as clear as day to the Sulṭān253 that his suspicion was groundless.

Wait, till the world removes the veil from the face of events,
And till that thou hast done this evening, tomorrow is
plain to thee.

Then he asked for Qāẓī Bahā.253a They replied, He was sent into eternity at that very moment.253b The Sulṭān was very repentant and ashamed at hearing this, and vowed never again to drink wine, and ordered it to be proclaimed that the use of wine should be absolutely abandoned throughout the kingdom. Cask upon cask of wine was poured out in the court till it became a flowing river. Everyone who was discovered intoxicated, was hauled off to prison, and punished by imprisonment253c and confiscation of property.

Piety and penitence became the order of the day, the taverns were in ruins,253d and the police officers had plenty of work, and there was no longer any need to purchase vinegar,253e while the wine bibbers were giving expression by their actions to these verses:

Now he sprinkles the flagon with salt, now he shatters the
cup,253f
How the policeman disturbs the peace of the tavern in
which we sup.

And in the year 697 H. (1297 A.D.) the Sulṭān becoming suspicious of the newly-converted Muslim Mughuls was contemplating 188. to murder and eradicate them, and they also for their part, goaded by the extortion of the revenue collectors and their extortionate demands for refunding money,254 were plotting a rebellion whilst the Sulṭān should be hunting and hawking.254a One of them who was opposed to this scheme made it known to the Sulṭān. Secret orders were written and despatched to the Governors of the country saying that on a certain day254b they should put to death all the new Muslim Mughuls with one consent wherever they found them.

Accordingly on the appointed date they despatched so many poor hapless Mughuls with the sword of injustice, and sent them on their travels to the kingdom of annihilation, that the mind cannot compute their number, and the name of Mughul no longer survived in Hindustān, although this custom of killing strangers has survived from that time.

And in the commencement of affairs, the fact of so many victories following one another in close succession led to extravagant ambitions in the mind of the Sulṭān; one of these was religious innovation, and moreover by the assistance of these four Ulugh Khān, Nusrat Khān, Ẓafar Khān and Alp Khān he was led to estimate himself as being superior to the Prophet on whom be the peace and blessing of God,254c and his companions may God be gracious to them all.254d The second was the conquest of the whole inhabited world like Sikandar; this led to his ordering his name to be inscribed on the currency and mentioned in the proclamation as Sikandar-i-ṯānī.254e When he sought the advice of ‘Alāu-l-Mulk Kotwāl of Dihlī he restrained the Sulṭān from pursuing both these claims and said, “No one can evolve a religion out of his own brain unless he be aided255 by God, and till he can perform miracles255a This object cannot be acquired by the strength of dominion, and wealth, and majesty, and splendour, moreover such an attempt may be expected, nay is certain to result in violent disorders and tumults of all kinds, nothing will be gained while disgrace will follow the attempt: as for conquering realms, it is a worthy ambition, but needs the highest qualifications, as well as perfection of rule and a vazīr like Aristotle, none of which are here existent.

If the Sulṭān clears Hindustān of infidels and frees the environs of Dihlī from these contumacious ruffians, this will be in no way inferior to the world conquests of Sikandar.”

The Sulṭān, after due meditation, was greatly pleased with these 189. proofs deduced from reason and supported by precedent, and bestowed a robe of honour upon ‘Alāu-l-Mulk and gave him large rewards, and abstained from attempting to satisfy either of his ambitions. The Amīrs, who on account of the harshness of the Sulṭān, and the roughness of his temper, were unable to say anything of service, all sent presents of horses and valuables for ‘Alāu-l-Mulk and were loud in praise of him.

Verse.
In my opinion that one is thy well wisher,
Who says that will be a thorn in thy path.

In this year the Sulṭān proceeding to Deogīr gained a fresh conquest255b and doubled his spoils:

That which he cut after that his sword cut double,
That which he defeated after that his mace defeated again
and again.

And in the year 698 H. (1298 A.D.) he appointed Ulugh Khān to the command of a powerful army, to proceed into the country of Gūjerāt against Rāi Karan who had thirty thousand cavalry, and eighty thousand infantry, and thirty head of elephants. Ulugh Khān, after Rāi Karan was defeated, ravaged and laid waste Nahr-wāla, and pursued him;256 and Rāi Karan took refuge with Rai Rāmdeo256a who was the ruler of Deogīr, in the country of the Deccan. The family of Rāi Karan, with his treasury and elephants and all his possessions, fell into the hands of the Muslim warrior. Among the ladies of his harem was one Dewalrānī, of whom Khizr 190. Khān the son of Sulṭān ‘Alāu-d-Dīn ultimately became enamoured. He related the account of his amours to Mīr Khusrū for him to turn into verse, and the book of Khizr Khān and Dewalrānī, which is known as the ‘Ashīqa, is in his name. Ulugh Khān carried off an idol from Nahrwāla (in place of the idol of Somnāt which Sulṭān Maḥmūd had carried256b to Ghaznin, and the Hindūs had made an object of their worship,) and took it to Dihlī where he caused it to be trampled under foot by the populace; then he pursued Rāi Karan as far as Somnāt, and a second time laid waste the idol temple of Somnāt, and building a mosque there retraced his steps.

Nusrat Khān having proceeded to Kuhanbāyat,256c a well-known post, seized much spoil of valuable goods and rubies and other jewels from the traders;256d Kāfūr Hazār Dīnārī whom the Sulṭān Alāu-d-Dīn had latterly taken into close favour, and made Nāibu-l-Mulk, was part of that booty.

When Ulugh Khān arrived on the frontiers of Alwar he occupied himself with verifying the amount of property and spoil which had fallen into the hands of his people during these several battles, and exacted the giving up of much of it with great severity. A certain party of Mughuls who accompanied him thought this rather unfair, and consequently plotted a rebellion, but eventually were dispersed; some of them went off to Rāi Hamīr Dev in Jhāīn,257 which is near Rantanbhor, and some went elsewhere.

Ulugh Khān proceeded by continuous marches to his master at Dihlī, and from this we gather that the massacre of the foreigners (above alluded to) took place after the arrival of Ulugh Khān from Gujrāt. Historians have paid little attention to the due order of events, but God knows the truth.

And in the year 699 H. (1299 A.D.) Ulugh Khān was nominated to proceed against the fortress of Rantanbhor and Jhāīn, which is better known as Naushahr,257a and Rāi Hamīr Dev, the grandson 191 of Raī Pithora,257b who had ten thousand cavalry, and countless infantry, and celebrated elephants, gave him battle but was defeated, and with great generalship withdrew the whole of his forces into the fortress of Rantanbhor.

Ulugh Khān having reported257c the state of affairs to the Court, urged the Sulṭān to capture the fort; the Sulṭān collected his forces257d and marched against Rantanbhor, and in a short time, by skilful effort, and aided by the energy of his Maliks, completely subdued and took the fortress, and despatched Hamīr Dev to hell. Great booty, and spoil, and treasures fell into his hands. Then he appointed257e a Kotwāl to hold that fortress, and having bestowed the country of Jhāīn upon Ulugh Khān, left to attack Chitor,257f and having conquered that place also within a few days, and258 having given it the name of Khiẓrābād, and having bestowed a red canopy upon Khiẓr Khān aforesaid, made Chitor over to him as governor. Among the events which happened in this expedition this was one, that Nuṣrat Khān had come from Karra258a to Rantanbhor, to reinforce Ulugh Khān before the Sulṭān arrived there;258b and during the siege one day a stone struck him on the head, and he went without delay to the other world. One arm of the Sulṭān, that is to say Ẓafar Khān, had been broken in the fight with Qutluq Khwāja, and now the second arm was broken also.

When the army was encamped in the neighbourhood of Malhab258c the Sulṭān one day was engaged in the hunting field;258d when night came on he remained in the plain, and at dawn of day he posted his troops all round, while he himself with a select following ascended an eminence and was watching the sport.258e In the meantime the brother's son of the Sulṭān, Akat Khān,258f together with a band of new-Muslim Mughuls who were engaged in performing 192. the duties of guards, attacked the Sulṭān relentlessly and smote him with arrows, seized him and wounded his arm. As it was the winter season, and the Sulṭān was wearing a cap258g stuffed with cotton his wounds were not fatal. Akat Khān wished to alight from his horse and strike off the Sulṭān's head from his body, but some of the attendants pretending to side with him and take his part, cried out, the Sulṭān is killed! Akat Khān was satisfied at hearing this, and made off with all speed to the camp on horseback, and entering the royal hall of audience seated himself upon the throne, and drawing the canopy over his head, the Amīrs, in accordance with ancient custom, gave in their allegiance to him as the rightful king,259 and raised no overt objection. Akat Khān was so overwhelmed by his inordinate lust that on the instant he made an attempt upon the ḥaram,259a but Malik Dīnar Ḥaramī who was on guard at the entrance to the ḥaram with his men armed and equipped, said, Till you shew me the head of the Sulṭān I will not permit you to set foot within this private chamber. Sulṭān ‘Alāu-d-Dīn, when he had somewhat regained consciousness259b after that perilous attack, bound up his wounds. He was convinced in his own mind that Akat Khān, in unison with the Amīrs who had revolted, had had the audacity to make this disgraceful attempt upon his life, for that were it not so, he was not the man to attempt it alone.

Accordingly his intention was to make his way to Jhāīn (where Ulugh Khān was) with the fifty or sixty attendants who had remained with him, and see what course Ulugh Khān would recommend. One or two of his confidential retainers pointed out the unwisdom of this course and urged him to go at once to the royal pavilion and kingly court.

Before they arrived at the Court fifty horsemen joined them, and Akat Khān took the road to Afghānpūr, but a body of men 193. who had been despatched in pursuit of him by forced marches made him prisoner,259c sent him into the Sulṭān's presence, and then utterly destroyed all his family and relations wherever they found them, among whom Qutluq Khān his brother also perished.259d

Verse.
One who injures the country is better beheaded

And at that same time ‘Umar Khān and Mangū Khān the two nephews of the Sulṭān, revolted in Badāon: certain of the Amīrs sent from the Court seized them and brought them to the Sulṭān, by whose orders their eyes were put out.260

If thou revoltest against thy benefactor
Even if thou art the sun, thou wilt fall headlong.

This further occurrence took place, namely, when the Sulṭān was engaged in besieging Rantanbhor, a person named Ḥājī Maulā, one of the slaves of Maliku-l-Umarā Kotwāl,260a gathered together certain ruffians, displayed a counterfeit order in Dihlī,260b entered the city by the Badāon gate, and sent for one Turmuẓī Kotwāl and in an instant cut his head off,260c closed the city gates, and sent a messenger to ‘Alāu-l-Mulk260d a friend of his, who was Kotwāl of the New Castle, saying “An order has come from the Sulṭān, come and read it” ‘Alāu-l-Mulk being fully alive to what was going on260e did not obey the summons, whereupon the rebel Ḥājī Maulā went to the Ruby Palace, and liberating all the prisoners, gave a horse and arms and a large bag (of gold) out of the treasury to each one, gathered together an immense following; then he seized by force Saiyyid Zāda-i-‘Alawī Shāh Nabsa,260f who on his mother's side was descended from Sulṭān Shamsu-d-Dīn Altamsh (Iyaltimish), summoning his chief men 194. and nobles for the purpose, and seated him upon the throne at the entrance to the Red Palace, and compelled the chief men whether they would or no, to swear allegiance to him.

The Sulṭān, when he heard this tidings, did not publish it, nor did he betray any signs of emotion, until he had succeeded by superhuman effort in entirely261 reducing the fortress. A week had hardly passed after this exploit of Hājī Maulā when Malik Ḥamīdu Dīn, who was Amīr of Koh, with his sons who were renowned for their valour, and a body of the cavalry of Ẓafar Khān who had come from Amrohā to oppose the Mughuls,261a engaged Hājī Maulā in fight, and having destroyed him, put to death the hapless Saiyyid Zāda also, and sent their heads to Rantanbhor. The Sulṭān nominated Ulugh Khān to proceed to Dihlī to track out those who had taken part in that261b rebellion, and bring them to destruction. He also completely eradicated the family and relations of Maliku-l-Umarā on this suspicion that Hājī Maulā would not have embarked on this enterprise without their instigation.261c

The Sulṭān after adding the fortress of Rantanbhor and its surrounding districts to the jāegīr of Ulugh Khān returned (to Dihlī). Ulugh Khān was taken ill that very day while on the road, and died,261d and Rantanbhor became for him like the Paradise of Shaddād.261e

Moreover a band of robbers of Jālor, whose leader was Mīr Muḥammad Shāh, were captured in Rantanbhor after the fort was taken. When the Sulṭān asked Muḥammad Shāh (who had been wounded) ‘If I should spare your life and have you cured, and you should thus escape this deadly danger, how would you treat me in future?’ he replied, ‘If I should get well and should have an opportunity, I would kill you and raise the son of Hamīr Dev to the throne.’ The Sulṭān wondered, and was amazed at 195. this audacity, and enquired of his most shrewd and astute Amīrs the reason why the people had so turned against him, and why these continual riots and seditions were so constantly occurring, and further sought to know how to set about remedying these evils. They shewed him several paths of conduct which would end naturally in four things. Firstly, that the king should in his own person be aware of the enterprises both good and bad which are going on in his kingdom. Secondly, that he should put an end to wine bibbing, which is the source of so much evil. Thirdly, abandonment by the maliks of their gadding about to each others' houses and holding deliberative meetings.263 Fourthly, to demand back the money which he had lavished, from all classes, whether soldiery or populace, because it is the fountain head of all riot and sedition, especially upstarts and nouveaux riches,263a and in a short time these regulations would by their inherent good, be acceptable to the Rāīs, and pass from potentiality to actuality just as has already been related in a former place.

The Sulṭān did away with wine drinking, and brought the other regulations also into force, and also published several new rules of his own, which have never been heard of either before or after his time, whether they were in accordance with religious law or not; one of these rules was that regulating the price of grain, and cloth, and horses, and all necessaries essential to the comfort of the soldiery and populace, and the bestowal of rewards and alms upon all classes of the people, the detail of which is told at some length in the history of Ẓiā-i-Barnī.264 Those laws were the most extraordinary of all: this cheapness of provisions was one of the chief sources of the prosperity of the people, and formed a stout wall of defence against the irruption of the Mughuls. And inasmuch as in mentioning some of these events and occurrences in the original work,264a the chronological sequence has not been preserved, and they have been only incidentally mentioned as occasion arose, for this reason they have also been recounted here in the same manner.

196. In the year 700 H. he ordered ‘Ainu-l-Mulk Shihāb Multānī to proceed to Mālwa with a large army [and Kōkā the Rānī who had forty thousand cavalry and 100,000 infantry, not being able to stand against him fled].264b ‘Ainu-l-Mulk ravaged and pillaged that country and returned victorious with countless spoils.264c The Khusrū of poets has described this in the ‘Ashīqa, in these words:

He gave ‘Aīnu-l-Mulk a signal with his brow
To turn his face towards the kingdom of Mālwa;
From the clear-sightedness which ‘Ainu-l-Mulk possessed,
That which he ordered was brought into sight.
He marched with an army drawn up in array,
And placed round them sentinels like the eyelashes.264d

And in the year already mentioned the Sulṭān set out for Sorath264e on a hunting expedition, and despatched to hell Satal Dev a rebel who had taken refuge in that fortress with a huge army, the Sulṭān's army having before been unable to reduce it, but it now fell into their hands. And in the year 701 H. (1301 A.D.) the fort of Jālor was reduced by Kamālu-d-Dīn Kark and he sent Kanhar Dev, a headstrong rebel to the lowest abyss of hell.

And in the year 702 H. (1302 A.D.) he sent Malik Kāfūr Nāib265 with a large army and complete equipment towards Tilang and Marhaṭ265a and an immense quantity of treasure with elephants and horses, jewels and cloths, fell as spoil into the hands of the troops.

And in the year 709 (1309 A.D.)265b Malik Nāib Kāfūr went a second time to Arankal265c and having taken much treasure and several fine elephants and seven thousand horses as a present from Rāi Nadar Dev the Governor of Arankal made him a regular tributary. And in the year 710 H. (1310 A.D.) the country 197. of Ma‘bar265d as far as Dhor265e Samundar came into the possession of the Muslims.

And in the year 711 H. (1311 A.D.) Malik Nāib brought to court and presented his spoils consisting of three hundred an twelve elephants, and twenty thousand horses, ninety-six thousand mans of gold, and many chests of jewels and pearls besides other booty beyond the limits of computation; Amīr Khusrū who was with that army has given full particulars in the Khazāīnu-l-Futūḥ : some attributed these victories to respite before punishment, and some to the miraculous powers of Sulṭān ‘Alāu-d-Dīn, while others held that the peace and security of that reign were due to the unbounded blessings of the Sulṭānu-l-Mashāikh Niẓāmu-l-Auliyā266 may God266a sanctify his resting-place.

At length when the Sulṭān's mind was satisfied, and he gained some leisure from the administration of the State, he set himself to provide for the future of his two sons, allotting to each one a province in the neighbourhood, and setting apart districts for them. Among other events was the marriage of Khiẓr Khān to Dewal Rānī, and Girāī's account is of a nature to last to all eternity, and those who have the taste may read the account of that in the ‘Ashīqa;266b then having bestowed upon Khiẓr Khān the canopy and staff of office, and having made him his heir the Sulṭān sent him away to Hatnāpūr266c and the foot of the hills. When affairs were settled,266d and the heavens began to act with their ingrained natural deceit, and commenced displaying those evil traits, and old age overcame the Sulṭān's health, his followers deserted him;

Verse.
In the world, when a king becomes advanced in years
His worshippers grow weary of him;
His head, which is worthy of a crown,
He must recline on musk not on ivory.266e

198. Various disorders affected him,266f and hectic fever which leads266g to ill-temper, and suspiciousuess, and causes the health to become deranged, gained the mastery over him, and when only such a small amount of health remained that it was like a single lamp to light the whole house, Khiẓr Khān in fulfilment of a vow he had made, in singleness of heart and sincerity of spirit set out from Hatnāpūr267 barefooted upon a pilgrimage to the holy men of Dihlī, and performed his thanksgiving for the restoration of his father's health, but it is a very strange fact that he never once went to visit the Sulṭānu-l-Mashāikh wal Auliyā,

“Shaikh of the sects, Pillar of the faith, Niẓāmu-d-Dīn
Like Khiẓr and Masīḥ, with a breath brings bones to life.”

with whom he was connected by bonds of affection and sanctity.

And Malik Nāib informed the Sulṭān of the coming of Khiẓr Khān with considerable embellishment, saying that Alp Khān, the maternal uncle of Khiẓr Khān, who had arrived from Gujrāt, out of policy and prudence, having regard to the affairs of the State and in his desire to become Nāib and Vakīl, bad himself summoned his sister's son, and further remarked that if this crude idea and immature desire had not fixed itself in the mind of Khiẓr Khān, why had he come unbidden to the Court?

The Sulṭān whose health was upset, and his brain disordered and disposed to entertain absurd prejudices, in according with the saying,267a “When a man's health is disordered his fancies are disordered,” from his great lack of discrimination taking this suggestion as the actual fact, and regarding this assertion267b as the truth, instantly gave orders for the execution of Alp Khān.

Malik Nāib and Malik Kamālu-d-Dīn Kark seizing that unhappy wretch like a meek lamb, cut him to pieces inside the Royal palace. After that Malik Nāib induced the Sulṭān (on the ground that Khiẓr Khān had taken alarm at the murder of his uncle and that it was not expedient for him to return to his own place in the court), to issue instructions that, to allow of the restoration267c of order in the State, he should go for some 199. time to Amroha till a command should issue summoning him to the presence. In the meantime he might engage in hunting, and he was to return to the Court his canopy and staff of office, and all the other insignia of royalty. Khiẓr Khān having obeyed this order with a sad and distracted heart, after a little while relying upon the sincerity of affection he entertained for his father and the confidence between them, wrote to him to this effect,268 that he had never committed any breach of trust which could cause the Sulṭān to be so wroth with him; then overcome by sorrow he determined to leave Amroha for Dihlī. When he arrived to do obeisance to his father, the chord of fatherly affection was stirred in the heart of the Sulṭān, he clasped his son to his breast, and kissed him several times on the forehead, and motioned to him to go and see his mother. Khiẓr Khān went thither, and Malik Nāib out of villainy,268a on the instant went back to the Sulṭān and filled his ears with lies, saying,268b ‘Khiẓr Khān has now come for the second time to the palace with evil intentions without orders, and the Sulṭān takes no notice of the matter.’ The Sulṭān upon this occasion gave orders to send both brothers, Khiẓr Khān and Shādī Khān, to the fortress of Gwāliār.268c Malik Nāib, after these two heirs had been deported, and the way was clear for Malik Shihābu-d-Dīn, the son of the Sulṭān by another mother, who was yet a lad of tender years, made him heir-apparent and exacted from him an agreement.

After two or three days the Sulṭān's life became intolerable through his affliction, and he would willingly have purchased a breath at the price of a world, but it was not to be had.

Verse.
Sikandar, who held sway over a world,
At the time when he was departing, and was quitting the
world,
200. It could not be as he wished, though he would have given
a world could they have given him in return the brief
respite of a moment.

The mint of Existence was emptied of the coin of life.

This event took place in the year 715 H. (1316 A.D.).269 The duration of the reign of Sulṭān ‘Alāu-d-Dīn was twenty-one years.

‘Alāu-d-Dīn who struck his stamp upon the golden coin
Subdued a world beneath the palm of his gold-scattering
hand.269a
By the revolution of the sky, that stamp became changed,
but that gold
Remained the same in appearance, and you may see it now
passing from hand to hand.

[Account of Amīr Khusrū and Mīr Ḥasan may God have mercy on them].269b

And among the poets269c by whose existence the reign of Sulṭān ‘Alāu-d-Dīn was adorned and honoured, one was the Khusrū-i-Shā‘irān (Prince of Poets), may God shew him mercy and acceptance, whose writings, whether prose or poetry, have completely filled the world from one remotest end to the other.

He completed his five works, collectively called Khamsa,269d in the year 698 H. (1298 A. D.), in honour of Sulṭān ‘Alāu-d-Dīn, within the space of two years. Among these works is the Maṭla‘u-l-Anwār 270 which he composed in two weeks as he himself says (in these verses):

The year of this ancient heaven which had passed away
Was after six hundred and ninety eight.
Following on the steps of the sky traversing star270a
In two weeks did the full moon270b arrive at completion.

In the Nafaḥāt270c it is stated upon the authority of Sulṭānu-l-Ma shāikh Niẓāmu-l-Auliyā, may God sanctify his sacred resting-place , that on the day of judgment each individual will boast of some one thing, and my boast (said he) will be of the heart-burnings of this Turk Allāh270d (God's champion); Mīr Khusrū probably alludes to this when he says:—

Khusrū my friend, strive in the right way
201. That you may be called Turk-i-Khudā (God's champion).

Another poet was Mīr Ḥasan Dihlavī,270e whose anthology also has enslaved the east and west of the world. Although in that reign there were other poets who composed anthologies, still by reason of these two eminent poets the mention of the others sinks into insignificance.

“When the sun comes out the stars disappear.”

The death of Mīr Khusrū took place in the year 725 H. (1325 A.D.). He is buried in Dihlī at the foot of the sacred tomb of his own spiritual instructor271 may God shew mercy to them. Maulānā Shihāb271a wrote an enigmatical chronogram upon that, and having had it engraved upon a tablet of stone had it fixed above the shrine271b of Mīr Khusrū. It is as follows:—

Mīr Khusrū, the Khusrū of the kingdom of eloquence,
That ocean of excellence, and sea of perfection;
His prose is more attractive than flowing water,
His poetry purer than the most limpid streams;
A sweet-singing nightingale without a rival,
Honey-tongued parrot without an equal:
In tracing the date of the year of his death,
When I placed my head upon the knee of thought,
One phrase ‘Adīmu-l-Miṯl271c came as the date,
Another was Ṭūṭī-i-Shakar Maqāl.271d

Mīr Ḥasan, in the year in which Sulṭān Muḥammad having laid waste Dihlī built Daulatābād271e in the Deccan, died in that country, and was buried in the city of Daulatābād where his tomb is well known, and is visited as a shrine of sanctity.

‘Ārif Jāmī,272 may his resting-place be sanctified, says—

Those two parrots from whose birth
Hindustān was filled with sugar,
Became at last a mark for the arrow of the sky
And were silenced and prisoned in the cage of earth.
SULṬĀN SHIHĀBU-D-DĪN IBN ‘ALĀU-D-DĪN KHILJĪ

202. Who was a child, ascended the throne as a puppet in the month of Shawwāl, 715 A.H. (1316 A.D.) by the exertions, and with the consent of Malik Nāib, and was styled by the above title. He sent Malik Ikhtiyāru-d-Dīn Sanbal to the fortress of Gwāliār to put out the eyes of Khiẓr Khān and Shādī Khān. He also caused the mother of Khiẓr Khān, Malika-i-Jahān, to be imprisoned, and confiscated all her property, and having thrown the Shāhzāda, whose name was Mubārak Khān, into prison, intended to put out his eyes, but fate did not second his efforts.

When his attempts to uproot the family of ‘Alāu-d-Dīn became known, two sirdars named Mubashshir and Bashīr in concert with a body of pāiks of the garrison of the Hazār Sutūn palace, one night murdered Malik Nāib.273

Verse.
If thou doest evil, hope not for good,
For never wilt thou gather grapes from thorns;
I do not imagine that thou who hast sown barley in autumn
When harvest comes wilt gather in wheat.

Then, having released Shāhzāda Mubārak Khān from prison, they appointed273a him to be Nāib to Sulṭān Shihābu-d-Dīn in place of Malik Nāib: Mubārak Khān carried on the affairs of the state for one or two months after that, and succeeded in conciliating the Amīrs and Maliks. Then he sent Sulṭān Shihābu-d-Dīn to the fortress of Gwāliār where he finally died in the year 716 H.273b

Verse.
No one has ever seen a trace of fidelity in Time,
Everyone who seeks fidelity from Time is in error.

The Sirdārs having put some of these pāiks to death,273c scattered 203. the rest of them in all directions.

Verse.
Good requites good, and evil meets with evil,
This is the way of the world: requital of actions.

And the period of the reign of Shihābu-d-Dīn was three months and a few days.

SULṬĀN QUṬBU-D-DĪN MUBĀRAK SHĀH IBN ‘ALĀU-D-DĪN KHILJĪ.

Ascended the throne of Dihlī with the consent of the Amīrs and Vazīrs in the early part of the year 717, H.274 and apportioning appointments and suitable jāegīrs among his most trusted Amīrs, specially distinguished by promoting to high office one Ḥasan, Barāwar bacha,274a who was very handsome, and had been brought as a captive from Mālwa. He had been the protégé of Malik Shādī Nāib-i-Khāṣṣ, the Hājib of Sulṭān ‘Alāu-d-Dīn. 274b

He gave him the title of Khusrū Khān. The tribe of Barāwar274c are a family of servile position in Gujrāt; but now in the kingdom of Dihlī, the Sulṭān, to such an extent was he infatuated by his beautiful face, raised him, in spite of his unfitness for the office, to the trusted post of Vazīr.

Verse.
If thou desirest thy kingdom to be glorious
Give not high office to an upstart;
Unless thou wishest that thy state should be ruined
Entrust not thy affairs to the inexperienced.

And Sulṭān Quṭbu-d-Dīn, inasmuch as he had undergone the affliction of imprisonment, on the very first day of his reign had all the prisoners liberated, and appointed Malik Fakhru-d-Dīn Jūnā the Son of Ghāzī Malik, who eventually was entitled Muḥammad ‘Ādil, to be Mīr Ākhor.274d

In the first year of his reign he contemplated the conquest of Deogīr otherwise called Daulatābād,274e but his Amīrs opposed and dissuaded him.

Verse.
It was not deemed expedient, from motives of wisdom,
That the world's king should move from his place;
Who knows, what are the hidden designs of evil wishers, 204.
Or who, in all sincerity, is well disposed to the king?

In the year 718 H. (1318 A.D.) Sulṭān Quṭbu-d-Dīn sent Sar Salāḥī Kotwāl,275 with orders to proceed to Gwāliār and put to death Khiẓr Khān and Shādī Khān. Having done this he summoned Dewal Rānī and included her in his ḥaram. With reference to this Mīr Khusrū writes:

Verses.
In short one who is acquainted with the secret of this mystery
In this way opened the door of this treasury of secrets,
That when the Sulṭān Mubārak Shāh in cruelty
Turned against his own kith and kin with anger and frowning,
He considered that the interests of the country demanded
their murder,
And thought that they deserved the sharp sword.
His object was to empty the country of noble men by malicious enterprise.
Secretly he sent a messenger to Khiẓr Khān
Making treacherous protestations of hearty good will
Saying, Oh thou shining light who remainest far from the
assembly,
Thy body ill at ease and thy countenance without light;
Thou knowest that this is none of my doing,
The oppressed remains while the oppressor disappears.
If thou art imprisoned, by the Lord of the world
When the time comes he himself will loosen these bonds.
In this matter haste and anxiety are not fitting,
An elephant extricates itself from the mire by patient endeavour.
Now, we too are engaged in plumbing this matter
So that by clever contrivance we may free you from that
captivity.
If thou art fitted to become a king
We will make thee ruler over a wide kingdom.
But the affection for some one which springs in thy heart
Is not fitted for the loftiness of thy ambition.
Dewal Rānī who is but a handmaiden to thee,
For whom even were the moon needed as handmaid this were
an easy matter,
I have heard that she is so dear to thee
That thy cypress-like form stoops to kiss her feet.
This is not fitting that from shortsightedness
The king should be enslaved by a slave.
The gourd is in any case of no account in the garden
205. That it should attempt to raise its head in emulation of the
Chinār.
A straw which places its foot upon the face of the stream
Is carried hither and thither by the wind and buffeted by the
floods.276
[My heart's desire makes this request, that thou should'st give
up that mistress of thine.]
Since she went from here, send her back hither again
Send her to take her place at the foot of my throne.
When the infatuation of thy mind is somewhat less
We will send her back to thee to be thy handmaid.
When the messenger went and took back the message
Khiẓr Khān's heart no longer enjoyed any rest.
First he wept tears of blood which flooded his eyes and lips,
Then he sent back an answer mingled with blood
Saying, since the Shāh has attained his ambition in becoming
a sovereign,
He must leave Dewal Rānī to me.
If however you desire to deprive me of this wealth
You desire to see me despoiled of wealth and light.
Since this heart's delight holds her head as high as mine
Cut off my head, afterwards thou wilt know.
When the messenger, from that grief-stricken soul
Bore those fiery sighs to the palace of the king,
The Emperor waxed wrath from head to foot
From his heart he smiled, as lightning smiles in the cloud,
The flame of the fire of277 enmity shot forth,
He who sought a pretext, was provided with a new one.277a
In anger he sent for Sar Salāḥī (the Kotwāl)
Saying you must travel this day before nightfall a hundred
krohs;
Go to Gwāliār at this moment without delay,
And with the sword cut off the heads of the lions of the
country,
That I may be safe from the nobles of the country;
Because this disturbance, small as it is, risks the existence of
the country.
At his order the tyrant set out,
The pigeon was tied277b by the foot and the hawk hungry.
In that day and night he travelled several leagues
He arrived and again imprisoned him intending (to kill him).277c
He made known the orders he had received from the throne,
The garrison of the fort set about carrying out this severe
measure;
The ruthless soldiery entered shamelessly277d into that pure 206.
place of chastity,
The veiled ladies277e were thrown into consternation and screamed
so that the roof and doors shook with their cries.
In that palace every arrow-like beam277f became curved like a
bow,
The day of resurrection became a guest in that Paradise;
From the corners of the rooms in great consternation
The male lions leapt forth in wrath,
The arms had lost their strength, and the bodies their power,
Force was dead, and wit had sunk to sleep.278
Shādī Khān Wālā waxed wrath, and sought aid from the
protection of God most High,
Nimbly he leapt upon the Kotwāl and fought with him for a
long time, threw him to the ground and sought for a sword
wherewith to slay him.
Inasmuch as he had lost his sword of victory
What did that unattainable strength avail him?
Allies ran up to help him from right and left
They fell one after the other and that fallen one rose up.
Each fierce (lion) was attacked by ten dogs,278a
See how the dogs vent their wrath upon the lions,
Hey for the meanness of the cowardly sky
That permits dogs to hunt lions!
When they had forcibly bound those two prosperous chieftains,
The time bound the hands of fortune and prosperity.
Those wondrous men fell into disgrace,
Blood-reeking swords appeared on every side
When the murderous clashing of daggers was heard,
The blood-thirsty murderer appeared from the door,
Hard as a rock,278b source of grief, though his name was Shādī
(Joy)
As repulsive as the document of a dowry, and the grief
arising from debt.
Artful enough to depose Dajjāl278c from his place,
Hideous enough to make Satan forgetful of his own ugliness;
On each side of his face was gathered a dark cloud,279
From every hair sprang a sword.279a
Fierce wrath as cutting as the executioner's sword, 207.
A glance as piercing as the chisel of Farhād;279b
His lips wreathed in an angry smile,
Through wrath seizing|his lips between his teeth
His one desire and wish was revenge and punishment,
From head to foot a statue of hatred and scorn;
When he gave the signal and brandished his sword on all sides280
Not one leapt like lightning from that mass of clouds.
May God have mercy!
How could anyone draw the sword of revenge upon that
crowd of moonlike faces.
Whose heart would not be torn with distracting grief
In pity for so many young and beautiful men?
Oh Lord! may the breast of heaven be rent a hundredfold
To think that it has brought so many noble ones to the dust.
How can you look for pity for the blood he sheds, in the heart
of the butcher?
Whose one desire is to see his knife stained with blood.
When the bloody butcher binds roses upon his head,
Why should he withhold his knife from the rose-like body?
Since no one of them desired that the sword should succeed
in shedding their blood,280a
There leapt from their midst like a whirlwind
A man of low origin, a Hindū by birth
Dusky of hue, like to Ahriman,280b
Nay! a thousand Ahrimans would stand aghast at his face;
Grief-increasing like the pleasure of those in distress,
Wrong in judgment like the intellect of young people;
Unlucky to look upon as a young owl,
Like a morning in Dai280c at Ghaznīn cold and inhospitable;
Like the night of sorrow his forehead full of gloom,
Like the nature of a wicked man, accursed.
A lip like the sole of a ploughman's foot,
A cheek like the mouth of a man with paralysis;
That hideous one had a mouth like a helmet,
His smile like the yawning of a burst shoe;
Long whiskers twisted over his ears
His whiskers taking the place of the ring in the slave's ear;
Lightly he leapt out from the line of warriors,
[You would think that a wave of blood would burst from him, 208.
His skirt tucked up in his wrathful haste, his sleeves drawn
back for bloodshed.]281
He demanded a well-tempered sword from his officer,281a
Drew it, and tightened up the skirt of his tunic;
[The head of that cypress-like noble fell from his shoulders
He who was renowned for his youth and beauty]281b
Martyrdom was evident281c in Khiẓr in that palace;
Just as the tree praises God when its branches put forth leaves
The heaven kept lamenting over his punishment;
The angels continually assisted him in his martyrdom,
Riẓwān threw open the gates of Paradise,
All the Hūrīs began to sing his praises.
From that martyr's shout of triumph which came forth from
the Shāh,
The sun and moon joined in the martyr's song.
When the dagger was raised aloft and the Shāh's face was
seen amid its clustering locks,
Lamentation arose in that assembly like281d the roll of thunder;
The sun made his body a shield to protect him,
But Fate turned it on one side from before him.
When the sword of Fate severs the cord of Hope,
Neither sun nor moon can become a shield for thee;
With one blow which that ruthless one struck
He made the Shāh's head a guest in his bosom.
To wash away the blood, the revolving water-wheel of the sky
Required that the spring of the sun should yield all its blood;
But, since there was no longer a breath of life in his body,
Of what avail was it to wash the blood from the surface of it.
Dewal Rānī, who was a woman of dignity and beauty,
Was the lifespring of Khiẓr Khān's existence.
Since the Khiẓr of the sky had lain in ambush to slay him
That very well of life282 of his became the sword of enmity.
When we look in this crystal globe carefully
Many life giving springs are also fatal to their Khiẓr.
The soul of the lover was poured out with his life blood,
But still was hovering round about the beloved one.
A rose from which thou ḥast tasted a pearl of dew,
Thou wilt shed thy blood282a for it a hundred times.
Instead of rose water they drew his heart's blood from that
rose,
See how they (mercilessly) robbed him of his blood!

And when the foundation stone of this edifice of his destruction of the family of ‘Alāu-d-Dīn was laid, the question was asked of a devotee, why this should be? His reply was because ‘Alāu-d-Dīn had cast a firebrand into the family282b of the uncle of his benefactor, and as a consequence similar treatment had been meted out to his own family.

Verse.
209. In this full voiced, re-echoing dome (the world)
Whatever speech you utter that same will you hear.

At all events, after the usurpation by Sulṭān Quṭbu-d-Dīn, all the rules and regulations made by ‘Alāu-d-Dīn, each of which embodied some wise purpose or far-seeing design, were thrown into confusion, and dissoluteness and wickedness, contumacy and rebellion sprang anew to life during the reign of Sulṭān Quṭbu-d-Dīn, who threw open the doors of license and gratification of desires to the people; and when Malik Kamālu-d-Dīn Garg, after that Alf Khān had been summoned to the presence and had been executed, proceeded to Gujrāt where he attained martyrdom, ‘Ainu-l-Mulk Multānī was nominated by the Court,282c and having quelled the disturbance there regained possession282d of Nahrwāla and all the country of Gujrāt, Sulṭān Quṭbu-d-Dīn married the daughter of Malik Dīnār, and having given283 him the title of Ẓafar Khān sent him to Gujrāt. He performed283a the important duties of that province better and more satisfactorily than ‘Ainu-l-Mulk.

In the year 718 H. (1318 A.D.) Sulṭān Quṭbu-d-Dīn marched for Deogīr with a larger army, and the Rāīs of that country were not able to stand against him.

He flayed283b Harpāl Deo who had rebelled during the time which followed the death of Rām Deo.283c The country of the Marhattas also fell into the hands of Quṭbu-d-Dīn who, having given Khusrū Khān the canopy and staff of office ordered him to proceed to Ma‘bar, and having left Yaklakhī in Deogīr as Nāib, returned to Dihlī. Near Badra-i-Sakūn283d Malik Asadu-d-Dīn ibn Yaghrash Khān who was called Malik Khamūsh, and who was the uncle's son of Sulṭān ‘Alāu-d-Dīn, was smitten with the ambition of chieftainship,283e and plotted a rebellion against the Sulṭān, who however was warned283f of this design by one of his loyal adherents, and gave orders for the immediate execution of Malik Asadu-d-Dīn. He also sent orders that twenty of the relations of 210. Yaghrash Khān who were aware of this conspiracy283g some of whom were children, should be executed, and when he reached Jhāin he sent Shādī Kath283h his chief captain to Gwaliār to bring the family and relations of the murdered Khiẓr Khān and Shādī Khān with the remainder of the haram of ‘Alāu-d-Dīn to Dihlī, after having killed Sulṭān Shihābu-d-Dīn, which he carried out. Sulṭān Quṭbu-d-Dīn was led by the fact that Khiẓr Khān had been a disciple of the Sulṭānu-l-Mashāikh Niẓāmu-d-Dīn Aulīyā, to regard that holy Shaikh with suspicion and distrust, and in opposition to the wishes of the holy Shaikh, sent for Shaikh Ruknu-d-Dīn from Multān, and honoured Shaikhzada-i-Jām, who was one of the opponents of Shaikh (Niẓāmu-d-Dīn) with special distinction.

Verse.
When God284 desires to openly disgrace any man
He leads him to abuse those of holy and pure nature;
And if God desires to hide the sins of any man
He leads him to talk little about the sins of other sinners.

His habits also underwent great change, and his heart emboldened him to walk in the valley of bloodshed as his father had done, so that rivers of blood began to flow, and he put to death without any cause Ẓafar Khān Walī of Gujerāt.

In the mean while Yaklakhī had prepared a rebellion in Deogīr, and had arranged to assume the insignia of royalty. At last when Khusrū Khān reached Deogīr, the men of the army who had been sent to Deogīr seized Yaklakhī and made him over to Khusrū Khān, who sent him bound to Dihlī where he was executed. The Sulṭān284a also put to death Malik Shāhīn who was 211. known by the title of Wafā Malik, without any reason save the representations of some intriguers.

In these days the Sulṭān used generally to array himself in women's garments, and adorning himself like them with gold and jewels, used to give public audience. Moreover he openly indulged in drinking and other forms of vice, inter marem feminamque discrimen nullomodo facere solebat.

Verse.
Statura cujusvis ut littera Alif erecta, idem quod litteræ
Dāl et Nūn incurvescebat, adeo Alif in rimam omnium
inserebat.

He used to command buffoons and jesters to insult with jest and witticisms his most trusted and eminent Amīrs, as for instance ‘Ainul Mulk Multānī and Qarābeg, who held fourteen appointments, and summoning them for that purpose to the roof of the Hazār Sutūn palace, they used to perform low buffooneries, et nudefacti, gestu turpi et obscœno, in vestes nobilium honoratorum mingebant. Thus he prepared everything that was necessary for the downfall of the kingdom.

Verse.
There was the rose, the leaf adorned it too.

And the kingdom seemed to say:—

Oh! King what can come to pass from wine bibbers
What too can come to pass from unrestrained lust
The king maddened by lust, the empire ruined, the enemy
before and behind.

It is only too plain in such a case, what must come to pass. And after the murder of Ẓafar Khān, he raised Husāmu-d-Dīn who was half-brother285 to Khusrū Khān to succeed to the position 212. enjoyed by Ẓafar Khān and nominated him to proceed to Gujrāt. Husāmu-d-Dīn collected together the Barāwar285a crew from all parts of that country and nursed a scheme of rebellion in his brain. The Amīrs of Ẓafar Khān's party285b however seized him and sent him to Dihlī. The Sulṭān led by the feelings he entertained towards Khusrū Khān took no steps to punish him, but had him set at liberty on the instant and gave him extraordinary privileges. Then he appointed Malik Waḥīdu-d-Dīn285c Quraishī, to Gujrāt in place of Husāmu-d-Dīn. He it was who was the cause of the arrest of Yaklakhī.286 Khusrū Khān having arrived on the frontier of Telinga, and having blockaded the Rāi of that country in one of his fortresses, accepted several head of elephants286a with treasure and valuables beyond all power of computation as a present from him, and moved his camp towards the Maithilī country,286b and having gained possession of nine hundred and twenty elephants and a diamond weighing six dirams, came into the country of Ma‘bar, and relying on that286c wealth entertained the idea of disobedience and rebellion, and obtaining permission to remain there, put to death several Amīrs whom he had with him. Malik Talbīgha Yaghda286d and Malik Talbīgha Nāgorī and Malik Ḥājī Nāib, with certain other Amīrs of the Sulṭān's party, becoming aware of his secret intentions threw him by force into a litter, and, marching with all haste by forced marches, conveyed him from Deogīr to Dihlī in seven days and acquainted the Sulṭān with his nefarious designs. Khusrū Khān however in the private apartment of the palace where he enjoyed the special companionship of the Sulṭān, gained him over by artful and specious representations, and fully persuaded the Sulṭān of the villainy of the Amīrs.286e The Sulṭān took his words as Gospel, so greatly was he influenced and controlled by him, and was incensed against the Amīrs, censured them286f severely and subjected them to many indignities, and although they brought forward many veracious 213. witnesses in support of their allegations it was all of no use, and the wretched witnesses were severely punished.

The story of Farazdaq the poet fits in with this, namely when he accompanied by his wife, appealed to the Khalīfah of Baghdād, he got Ja‘far the Barmecide, to plead for him, and used his wife Zubeida Khātūn as an intermediary. Hārūn the Khalīfah was favourably disposed towards Zubeida, and passed orders in accordance with the petition of the wife of Farazdaq.287 He accordingly wrote these lines:—

An advocate who appears before thee clothed
Is not like one who comes before thee naked.287a

That is to say an intercessor who comes near thee wearing drawers will not be so influential as she who comes naked. From that day this became a proverbial saying among the Arabs.

As soon as Khusrū Khān became quite assured in all ways of his predominant influence over the Sulṭān, he gave orders for the assembly of all his tribe from Gujrāt and began to introduce them into the service of the Sulṭān. The Sulṭān reposed entire confidence both in him287b and in his family, and gave up the reins of Government absolutely into his hands,287c abandoning himself to rioting and debauchery.287d

Verse.
Casting aside the Qur‘ān and the sword
214. Taking instead to the cup and flagon.

The attendants who were loyal to the state were struck dumb and were compelled by the necessity for time-serving to throw themselves upon the protection of Khusrū Khān,

Verse.
If the times give the reins of authority to a wolf,
You must save yourself by saying, God save you Sir!

And the family of Barāwar288 gained entire control of the Court of the Sulṭān, and used to assemble by day and by night at the house of Khusrū Khān to plot sedition and rebellion against the Sulṭān, and when Qāẓī Ẓīāu-d-Dīn, who was known as Qāẓī Khān, made these facts known, the Sulṭān who was the slave of his lust immediately summoned Khusrū Khān in private,288a and informed him of what had been said, whereupon Khusrū Khān said, the people see the great kindness which the Sulṭān shews me and regard it as excessive, and from motives of jealousy falsely accuse me. The Sulṭān believed him and288b made over to him the keys of the royal treasury and of all the other store-houses as well: Khusrū Khān288c regarded this as a proof of his complete ascendency deduced from it a favourable omen for his future:—

Verse.
When he saw his affairs so prosperous
He considered that omen as a proof of victory;
From that favourable omen the heart of Khusrū Khān,
Like a strong mountain, became firmly established.

Eventually, one night the Sulṭān was holding a drinking party in the company of Khusrū Khān, and the Amīrs of the guards withdrew from their posts. Qāẓī Khān came down from the roof of the Hazār Sutūn palace and was engaged in examining if the doors were safe, and the guards posted. In the meantime one Randhol289 the uncle of Khusrū Khān 215. with a body of the Barāwas, having daggers concealed under their arms came upon Qāẓī Khān, and kept him engaged in talk on one way and another, till, taking him off his guard, they stabbed him and despatched him as a martyr to his abode in Paradise. There was a great uproar,289a and the Sulṭān, who at that moment had no other companion than Khusrū Khān, enquired what was the tumult. Khusrū Khān rose from beside him and went out to instigate his followers to murder the Sulṭān, then returned and said that some of the horses of the stud had broken loose, and were fighting among themselves. At this moment Jāhirīyā the uncle of Khusrū Khān approached the Hazār Sutūn with a party of his men, and having assassinated Ibrāhim and Isḥāq who were on guard at the palace, made for the Sulṭān. The Sulṭān rising,289b half intoxicated as he was, ran towards the ḥaram, Khusrū Khān caught him from behind by the hair of his head, and as the Sulṭān was begging him to aid his escape Jāhirīyā arrived, aimed a blow at the Sulṭān wounding him in the side, then with his sword cutting off the Sulṭān's head289c threw it down below from the roof of the palace.

Verse.
The bed of that dear one was one of thorns
For his brocaded bed led to his ruin.

When the populace saw what had occurred, every one of them went into hiding and there was dismay in all quarters. Putting to death some of the Amīrs at the door of the palace, the Barāwas entered the Sulṭān's ḥaram and tore Farīd Khān and Mangū Khān, the two infant sons of Sulṭān ‘Alāu-d-Dīn, from their mother's arms and cut off their heads, and committed every kind of violence they wished, and in one moment scattered to the four winds all the honour and glory of ‘Alāu-d-Dīn and Quṭbu-d-Dīn.

Verse.
In one hour, in one moment, in one instant 216.289d
The whole course of the world becomes changed.

And when they had glutted themselves with murder and rapine, they sent for certain of the Amīrs namely ‘Ainu-l-Mulk Multānī, and Malik Fakhru-d-Dīn Jūnā, by whom is meant Sulṭān Muḥam-mad ibn Tughlaq Shāh, and Malik Waḥīdu-d-Dīn Quraishī with the two sons of Qarābeg and other notable Amīrs, and kept them all that night till morning upon the roof of the Haẓār Sutūn; and when it was day they made all the ‘Ulamā and chief men of the city swear allegiance to Khusrū Khān, and read the Khuṭbah in his name. By craft they got the upper hand of a certain party whom they suspected of being opposed to them, and sent them to the world of non-existence, and made over the family of Qāẓī Ẓīāu-d-Dīn Qāẓī Khān,290 all except his wife who fled,290a to the aforesaid Randhol.290b

Husāmu-d-Dīn, the brother by the mother's side of Khusrū Khān, was given the title of Khān-i-Khānān and Randhol290c became Ṛāi-i-Rāiyān, and the ḥarams of Sulṭān Quṭbu-d-Dīn and the other princes and relatives they divided among themselves. Khusrū Khān took to himself290d in marriage the chief wife of the Sulṭān. These events happened in the year 720, H. (1320 A.D.) and the duration of the reign of Sulṭān Quṭbu-d-Dīn was four290e years and some months.

Verse.
Since the world began so it has been, and so will always be,
To everyone the end of all things will be as this.
NĀṢIRU-D-DĪN KHUSRŪ KHĀN

Whose name at the first was Ḥasan Barwabacha, in the aforesaid year sat upon the throne of ‘Alāu-d-Dīn and Quṭbu-d-Dīn, 217. by the co-operation of his own tribe; and the Amīrs who have already been mentioned, whether they would or no, were constrained to give in their allegiance to him, and addressed him by this title. The rites and ceremonies of Islām tended towards neglect while Hindu customs and heathen observances obtained currency.290f Idolatry and devastation of mosques became widespread, and although Khusrū Khān, to conciliate the people scattered gold and lavished presents on all sides so that in a short time he squandered the greater part of the treasure of Alāu-d-Dīn and the wealth which Quṭbu-d-Dīn had amassed,

Verse.
Who was it had acquired the wealth,
Who was it squandered it?

still the hearts of great and small were not so attuned to this disloyalty and irreligion of his that he could bring them into harmony with his own.

And in the year 721 A.H. (1321 A.D.) Khusrū Khān put out the eyes of certain of the offspring of ‘Alāu-d-Dīn, for instance Abūbakr Khān, and ‘Alī Khān, and Bahādur Khān,291 and gained over291a certain of the Amīrs, such as ‘Ainul Mulk and some others.

The Hindūs gained ground and increased their influence in most of the provinces, and a torrent of destruction swept suddenly upon the followers of Islām and destroyed their wealth and property, giving their families to the wind of extinction.

The affair of the Ghuzz which had happened in the time of Sulṭān Sinjar291b was forgotten, and the state of mankind was expressed by this verse—

Verse.
You will never see your fellowmen happy save at the door
of death,
You will never find a virgin save in the womb of earth.

Khusrū Khān291c issued firmāns to all the outlying districts and invited the people to side with him, he also bestowed upon Yūsuf 218. Ṣūfī Azlbacha291d the title of Ṣūfī Khān while Ikhtiyāru-d-Dīn Sanbal was styled Ḥātim Khān. He also made Kamālu-d-Dīn Ṣūfī Wakīldar, and the son of Qurra Qumār ‘Ariẓu-l-Mulk; Malik Fakhru-d-Dīn Jūnā the son of Ghāzī Malik he appointed Ākhur Beg, and was especially desirous of gaining his good will, with the object of using his influence to induce Ghazī Malik also, who was one of the notable Amīrs of ‘Alāu-d-Dīn and was posted to oppose the Mughuls, to leave the frontiers of Dīpālpur and fall into his trap. At that time he put into effect every means he could devise and gave ‘Ainu-l-Mulk Multānī for a time the title of ‘Ālam Khān. At last having gained over Ghāzī Malik, he wrote a letter292 expressing his sincerity of purpose, and desiring him when the day of battle should arrive to flee from Dihlī to his own country, that is Mālwa, and return when the danger had passed.292a

And of the Amīrs, some sided with Khusrū Khān out of lust for place and property, but some others were rebellious. When Ghāzī Malik heard this startling news his zeal for Islām and for the preservation of the honour of his benefactor was stirred, so that he girded up his loins for vengeance, and sending despatches to the Maliks of the various districts sought their aid in extirpating that ungrateful wretch. Malik Fakhru-d-Dīn sent secretly a letter to his father conveying his intention to fly from Dihlī and asking for post horses,292b which in the Hindī tongue are called ḍāk chaukī, and for the posting of cavalry escorts at several places along the route.

219. At last one night by the assistance of the Son of Bahrām Ība292c the governor of Multān and Uchh292d he fled from Dihlī with a party of horsemen and made his way by forced marches towards Dīpālpur.

Verse.
Seated upon that fleet Burāq292e
He hastened steadfastly with unity of purpose.

And Ghāzī Malik himself previously to this had sent two hundred cavalry into the fort of Sarsutī. When Khusrū Khān awoke from his slumber of neglect he recognized that the departure of Malik Fakhru-d-Dīn Jūnā was a strong proof of the decline of his own power:293 accordingly he despatched the son of Qurra Qumār, whom he had appointed ‘Āriẓ-i-Mamālik,293a in pursuit of him. He proceeded as far as the town of Sarsutī, but on his arrival there was obliged to retrace his steps without finding an opportunity of accomplishing his object, and conveyed to Khusrū Khān tidings regarding the real state of affairs.

Ghāẓī Malik, after the arrival of his son, was demonstrative293b in his expressions of satisfaction, and gave effect to the aspirations of the Maliks; further by issuing orders for the commencement of the jihād293c he made amends for the previous delay, and gave full satisfaction to the demands of bravery by marching in the direction of Dihlī.

Khusrū Khān having bestowed upon his brother Khān-i-Khānān the canopy and staff of office, despatched Ṣūfī Khān with the other Amīrs of this canaille against Ghazī Malik who for many years had done yeoman's service in the various wars with the Mughuls, and had everywhere returned victorious and triumphant. But on the other hand Malik Bahrām Iba, the Governor of Multān and Uchh, arrived to reinforce Ghāzī Malik. The two armies selected as their field of battle a spot near the reservoir of Thānesar.293d At the first onset the breeze of victory blew favourably for the armies of Islām, the standards of the infidels were overthrown, and the adherents of Khusrū Khān abandoning their elephants and horses, and ammunition and standards 220. fled precipitately to Dihlī. Ghāzi Malik with all speed pursued and scattered these ungrateful wretches294 and reached Dihlī in one long march.294a Khusrū Khān having rallied his scattered and panic stricken forces, opened the doors of the treasury and gave his army three and four years' pay together with large rewards and promises of appointments and governorships; and things being as they were, he brought out from confinement in the ḥaram the remainder of the princes of the family of ‘Alāu-d-Dīn whom he had blinded, and put them to death; then, led by hostile Fate, he marched on from the city in great force and proceeded to the Ḥauẓ-i-Khāṣṣ294b where he encamped, his camp extending in one line of tents from the Ḥauẓ-i-Khāṣṣ to Indrapath,294c while Ghāzī Malik encamped in the vicinity of the tomb294d of Sulṭān Raẓẓīya. In the meanwhile ‘Ainu-l-Mulk, in accordance with agreement, having deserted the unsuccessful army of Khusrū Khān fled with haste towards Dhār and Ujjain;294e his defection was a cause of great despondency to the followers of Khusrū Khān. On the following day the array of battle was drawn up and the followers of the truth engaged in close conflict with the partisans of infidelity, and utterly vanquished the impious horde.

At the outset the army of Khusrū Khān obtained the mastery, and the army of Ghāzī Malik suffered a repulse, but Ghāzī Malik planting firmly the foot of resolution like another Rustum came to the rescue, and with three hundred cavalry, men of tried valour, whom he had kept in concealment in an ambush, utterly discomfited the infidel horde295 and Malik Talbagha295a Nāgor, and the son of Qurra Qumār295b with the other nobles of that ignoble kingdom, in that battle became food for the sword,295c as such hypocritical knaves should. Khusrū Khān brought to bear all temerity and manliness in spite of his unmanly character, and fought bravely till the close of the day, but295d at last finding he was unable to withstand these lionhearted warriors, he turned 221. his back in flight, and made for Talpath; his canopy and standards and borrowed295e retinue fell into the hands of Ghāzī Malik.

Khusrū Khān returning from Talpath came to the tomb of Malik Shādī295f who was an old patron of his, alone and distraught, and hid himself there in despair, but the following day they laid hands upon him, treating him with all possible indignity, and brought him to Ghāzī Malik,295g so that he reaped the reward of his infamous and abominable deeds.

Verse.
The tree thou didst nurture has borne its fruit,
Dost thou not see even now its fruit in its bosom,
If it has borne thorns it is thou who didst plant them,
If it has brought thee silk attire it is of thy own spinning.

And the following day Ghāzī Malik left Indrapath295h and alighted at Kūshk Sabzī.295i Great and small came out to welcome his coming, and gave vent to expressions of congratulation. The day following he went on to the city of Dihlī, where tidings was brought to him that the rascal Khān-i-Khānān had crept into the corner of a garden,296 where he was lying concealed.

Malik Fakhru-d-Dīn proceeded by order of Ghāzī Malik, and having mutilated and disgraced him296a paraded him about the city where he met with condign punishment. This event took place in the year 720 A.H. (1321. A. D). The duration of Khusrū Khān's rule was four months and a few days.

Verse.
That which thou doest they will shew thee again,
That which thou givest, they will return thee the like.
SULṬĀN296b
GHĪYĀṮU-D-DĪN TUGHLAQ SHĀH296c

Who is the same as Ghāzī Malik, ascended the throne in the year 720 A.H. (1321 A.D.) by the consent of the Amīrs and nobles and was styled by this title. In the space of one week 222. he ordered and regulated the important affairs of the state with a perfection unattainable to others in the course of years.296d

He appointed his own relations to various posts and showing many favours to the Amīrs of ‘Alāu-d-Dīn and to some of the Maliks of Quṭbū-d-Dīn gave them districts. Then he directed his ambition to the rebuilding of the fortress of Tughlaqābād and all the lofty edifices, and set about it (without delay)296e and Badr Shā‘ir Shāshī296f invented as a chronogram for the date of building the fort (of Tughlaqābād)297 the following: “Enter then her gates.”297a He brought to punishment also a body of men297b who during the glorious reign of Sulṭan Quṭbu-d-Dīn had joined hands with Khusrū Khān and had aided and abetted the band of ruffians and scoundrels. He also gave the title of Ulugh Khān to Malik Fakhru-d-Dīn Jūnā297c who shewed marked signs of discretion and kingly dignity,297d and conferred on him a canopy and the other insignia of royalty, making him his heir-apparent; he also raised Bahrām Ība,297e who was the adopted brother of the Sulṭān,297f to the dignity of the title of Kishlū Khān, and entrusted to him the district of Multān and the whole of Sind. To his other four sons he gave the titles of Bahrām Khān, Ẓafar Khān, Maḥmūd Khān and Nuṣrat Khan.297g

And in the year 721 A. H. [he appointed] Ulugh Khān [to proceed in command of his troops which were at Chandēri and Badāon and in the other eastern districts of Hindustān, towards Deogīr and Tilang, and Ulugh Khān]297h taking with him the army of Deogīr, invested the fortress of Arankal which for the past seven hundred years had been the capital of Rai Sadar Mahadco and his ancestors, and having gained possession of the clay-built citadel forming the outer line of defence, was on the point of reducing the inner stone citadel also. In the meantime298 ‘Ubaid Rākātī298a the poet, a turbulent fellow, the notorious298b opponent of Mir Khusrū (on whom be mercy) who rascal that he was wrote the following famous verses:

223. Khusrū's own verse was very raw, so by mistake he took
Nīzāmi's298c saucepan by mistake, his flummery298d to cook.

(Mīr Khusrū in many of his compositions complains bitterly against him and Sa‘d Falsafī) joining with Shaikhzāda Dimishqī on the occasion of the late arrival of the stage from Dihlī, spread a false report that the Sulṭān Tughlaq was no more, where- upon great dismay spread through the Muslims. ‘Ubaid also terrified the Amīrs by his account of Ulugh Khān, and infidels springing up put to death many of the soldiers of the army;298e Malik Tigīn and other revolutionary Amīrs planned an insurrection against Ulugh Khān who with fifty sowārs came by rapid marches to the metropolis, whereupon the Amīrs took themselves off, each to his own district; and Malik Tigīn who had gone to the country between Multān and Jaisalmīr298f was taken prisoner with his family, and Tāju-d-Dīn Ṭālaqānī, the son-in-law of Malik Tigīn who had escaped from prison, was captured298g on the banks of the river Sarū, and Ubaid (the poet)298h also was captured in the same way in a wretched plight. All this party with their families and friends, they cast under the feet of elephants, and those who escaped this fate met their death wherever they went.

And in the year 723 A. H. (1323 A.D.) Ulugh Khān for the second time marched towards Tilang; and Rāi Ladar Mahādeo again shut himself up in the fort.

Ulugh Khān gained possession of both the outer and inner citadels299 by force of arms, and took the Rāi prisoner together with his family and followers, and leaving commissioners there drew off his army to Jājnagar299a and Bīdar,299b and having taken as spoil many elephants and other property with jewels and valuables without number [sent them] to Dihlī [and despatched Rāe Ladhar also to the capital and having given to Arankal the name of Sulṭānpūr] returned to Dihlī.299c

And in the year 724 A.H. (1324 A.D.), Sulṭān Ghiyāṯu-d- 224. Dīn Tughlaq Shāh, upon the occasion of the tyranny of the governors of Bengal, left Ulugh Khān as his viceroy in the capital Tughlaqābād which had been built in the space of three years and a fraction, entrusting to his sound judgment the whole civil administration, and left for Lakhnautī with a firm intention of setting things straight; Sulṭān Nāṣiru-d-Dīn the ruler of Lakhnautī, with the notable princes of those districts hastened to meet the Sulṭān and placed their necks under his yoke; Sulṭān Tughlaq Shah conferred upon Sulṭān Naṣiru-d-Dīn the canopy and staff of office and all other insignia of royalty, entrusted Lakhnautī once more to his control and sent a despatch announcing his success to Dihlī; then he sent on in advance Tātār Khān his adopted son, the Governor of Ẓafarābād who brought Bahādur Shāh otherwise known as Tūda (? Nūda) the Governor of Sunār Gānw who was boasting his independence, with a chain around his neck, and accompanied by all his elephants into the royal presence at the Court.

Sulṭān Tughlaq Shāh taking Bahādur Shāh with him, victorious and triumphant returned to Dihlī, and proceeding by double stages made forced marches. Ulugh Khān upon hearing this news gave immediate orders for the erection of a lofty and noble palace near Afghānpur which is at a distance of three krohs from Tughlaqābād. It was completed in three days, so that Sulṭān Tughlaq Shāh might alight there,300 and having passed the night in it and having rested might depart thence at an auspicious moment and alight at Tughlaqābād.

The Sulṭān arrived there and Ulugh Khān having gone out to meet him with all the nobles and grandees, spread a banquet of welcome. The Sulṭān gave orders for the elephants which he had brought with him from Bengal to be raced, and as the foundation of the New Palace was new and unsettled the palace began to shake and totter with the tramp of the elephants. When the people became aware that the Sulṭān was mounting with all 225. haste, they hurriedly came out from the palace, without even washing their hands. The Sulṭān Tughlaq Shāh was engaged in washing his hands300a and so did not come out. In consequence he washed his hands of life and the palace fell in upon him.300b

We should not lose sight of the fact that from having built a palace such as this, which was quite unnecessary, there is a suspicion that Ulugh Khān may have built the palace300c without foundations301 as was currently rumoured, but the author of the Tārīkh-i-Fīroz Shāhī makes no mention of this although this may possibly be due to a desire to flatter Fīroz Shāh and out of regard for him.

This event took place in the year 725 A.H. (1325 A.D.) and the duration of the reign of Sulṭān Ghiyāṯu-d-Dīn Tughlaq Shāh was four years and some months.

Verse.
If thou placest the world beneath thy feet
Thou wilt not sleep at last in thine own place.

It is currently reported among the people of India that Sulṭān Ghiyāṯu-d-Dīn Tughlaq, on account of the ill will he bore to Sulṭānu-l-Mashāikh, sent a message to the Shaikh while on the way to Lakhnauti to this effect, “After my arrival at Dihlī, either the Shaikh will be (ruler) there or I.”301a The Shaikh replied, “Dihlī is still some way off.”301b This saying became proverbial from that day and gained currency.

The Tughlaq Nāma of Mīr Khusrū which was the latest of his works, was written in verse in honour of the Sulṭān and in obedience to his order.

The death of the Sulṭānu-l-Mashāikh and also of Mïr Khusrū occurred in the same year as has already been stated.

SULṬĀN MUḤAMMAD ‘ĀDIL IBN TUGHLAQ SHĀH.

That is to say Ulugh Khān, by the agreement of the Amīrs and officers of the Court ascended the royal throne in the year 725 226. A.H. (1325 A.D.),302 and after performing the ceremonial mourning for the space of forty days,302a went to the treasure house of the kings of former ages, and gave largesse such as exceeds all bounds of description, and having distributed appointments and offices among the Amīrs, he made Malik Fīroz his uncle's son (who is the same person as Sulṭān Fīroz) Nāibu-l-Mulk, and advanced the dignity of his near relations in the same manner. Ḥamīd Lawīkī, too, was raised to an exalted position and Malik Sartez obtained the title of ‘Imādu-l-Mulk, Malik Khurram that of Ẓahīru-l-Juyū sh (Inspector of the Forces) Malik Pindār Khiljī was given the title of Qadr Khān, and Malik Izzu-d-Dīn Yahyā that of Ā‘ẓamu-l-Mulk, the district of Satgānw being also confirmed to him.

And in the year 727 A.H. (1326-1327 A.D.) the Sulṭān having formed the design of proceeding to Deogīr, posted a chain of dhāwa,302b that is to say pāiks, or runners, as guards at distances of one kroh along the whole road302c from Dihlī to Deogīr, built a palace and a monastery at each stage and appointed302d a Shaikh to each. They used to keep in constant readiness food and drink, betel-leaf302e and all provisions for hospitality; and in both303 (palaces and monasteries) guides were stationed who were ordered to see that travellers suffered no annoyance. The traces of these (rest-houses) remained for many years. He gave Deogīr the name of Daulatābād303a and considering it as the centre of his dominions303b made it the metropolis, and conveyed Makhdūma-i-Jahān his mother, with all his family and relations, the Amīrs and Maliks, the notables of the city, his servants and dependents, and all his treasure to Daulatābād: all the Saiyyids and Shaikhs and ‘Ulamā303c also proceeded thither in the following of Makhdūma-i-Jahān, and the stipends and emoluments of all of them were doubled, but in accordance with the saying “Exile is the gravest of all calamities and banishment is the sorest of all afflictions” this desolation of Dihlī and its desertion was a source of great discomfort to the inhabitants, large numbers of the feeble and widows, the helpless and indigent perished by the way, while even those who arrived in safety, could not settle there; and towards the end of the above-mentioned year Malik Bahādur Gurshasp 227. the Inspector-General of the Forces, raised a rebellion in Dihlī,304 and Malik Aiyāz, who held the title of Khwāja-i-Jahān, fought with Bahādur and defeated him. Bahādur was taken prisoner and brought before the Sulṭān and met his punishment. After that, Malik Bahrām Ība the adopted brother of Sulṭān Tughlaq raised a rebellion in Multān,304a and put to death ‘Alī Khaṭaṭī who had been sent from Dihlī to summon him thither. The Sulṭān, in order to put down this rebellion, left Daulatābād for Dihlī and thence by uninterrupted marches reached Multān. Bahrām having come out304b against him fought with him, but was defeated and eventually put to death, his head was brought to the Sulṭān who intended to set the blood of the Multānīs flowing like rivers on account of his crime, but when the Shaikhu-l-Islām Quṭbu-l-‘Ālam Shaikh Ruknu-l-Haqq wau-d-Dīn Quraishī,304c may God sanctify his holy resting place, having bared his venerable head presented himself at the Court of the Sulṭān and made intercession, the Sulṭān pardoned the offences of the people.

Verse.
From the earliest times of Adam till the days of the king.
Great men have shewn mercy304d mean men have committed
faults.

And the Sulṭān having bestowed Multān upon Qiwāmu-l-Mulk Maqbūl retraced his steps, but after some little time304e having turned against him despatched Behzād to replace him, but Shāhū Lodi the Afghān305 killed Behzād and broke out into open rebellion. The Sulṭān on his arrival at Dīpālpūr found that Shāhū had fled into the hill country,305a so he turned back.

And in the year 729 A.H. (1329 A.D.) Narma Shīrīn the Mughul,305b the brother of Qutlugh Khwāja the Mughul King of Khurāsān who had formerly invaded Hindūstān, having entered 228. the Dihlī territory305c with an enormous army, reduced the majority of the forts, and proceeded slaughtering and taking captives from Lāhor and Sāmāna and Indarī to the borders of Badāon; and when the victorious troops of Islām came up with him, he retreated as they advanced; the Sulṭān pursued him305d as far as the frontier of Kālānor and defeated him, and leaving the destruction of that fort in the hands of Mujīru-d-Dīn Abūrijā returned in the direction of Dihlī. At this time the Sulṭān formed the opinion that in consequence of the refractory conduct of his subjects in the Doāb it was advisable to double the taxes levied on that country; he also instituted numbering their cattle and a house census, and other vexatious and oppressive measures, which were the cause of the complete ruin and desolation of the country,305e the weak were utterly destroyed and the strong laid the foundations of rebellion. The Sulṭān gave orders for the remainder of the inhabitants of Dihlī and the adjoining towns to start for Daulatābād, caravan by caravan, the houses were to be purchased from their owners, and the price of them to be paid in cash out of the public treasury, in addition to which large rewards were to be offered. By these means Daulatābād was populated, and Dihlī became so deserted that there was not left even a dog or a cat in the city. The following verse describes its condition:—

Verse.
There where the heart-ravishing one used to toy with her
friends in the garden,
The wolf and the fox had their home, and the rhinoceros
and vulture their abode.

This state of affairs also led to a diminution of the public funds. Among other sources of loss to the treasury was this that the Sulṭān enacted that the muhar306 of copper should become current on an equal footing with the muhar of silver, and any one who shewed reluctance to receive it used to be instantly punished severely. This enactment led to many corrupt practices in the kingdom as a matter of course, and unscrupulous and 229. contumacious rascals used everywhere in their own houses to set up mints and stamp coins,306a and taking them into the cities used to purchase with them silver and horses, weapons and fine things, and thus rose to great wealth and dignity. But inasmuch as copper had no value as a currency in places at a distance and one tanka of gold rose to the value of fifty or sixty copper coins, the Sulṭān perceived the worthlessness of the copper coinage, and issued an edict to the effect that every one who had in his house a copper tanka should, if he brought them to the public treasury, receive for them golden tankas in equal value.306b The people profited greatly by this arrangement, till at last copper became copper and silver silver, and those copper tankas were lying in heaps in Tughlaqābād as late as the time of Sulṭān Mubārak Shāh according to the author of the Tārīkh-i-Mubārak Shāhī, and had no more value than stones. God knows the truth.

And in the year307 738 A.H. (1337 A.D.) he despatched a force of eighty thousand307a cavalry under eminent commanders to capture the mountain of Himāchal307b which stands between the country of Chīn and Hindustān, and which they also call Qarāchal307c with orders to leave garrisons in each successive place so that the line of communications for transport and supplies might remain open and the road of return might be easy. After the entry of this army into this country, by reason of the peculiar features of that mountain, on which heavy clouds form and rain pours in torrents at the sound of men's voices and their shouts and the neighing of horses, in consequence also of the narrowness of the paths and the scarcity of fodder, the patrols were not able to stand to their posts, and the hill tribes getting the upper hand drove back the army, and falling upon the rear of the force killed many of them with poisoned arrows and stone showers, and sending the most of them to the eternal world enabled them to attain martyrdom, taking the rest prisoners.308 For a long time they wandered helplessly among the mountains, and those who escaped after countless hardships the Sulṭān visited with condign punishment.308a And after this calamity so great an army never gathered round 230. the Sulṭān and all that money expended in their pay was thrown away.

And in the year 739 A.H. (1338 A.D.) Bahrām Khān Governor of Sunargānw died, and Malik Fakhru-d-Dīn Silāḥdār became rebellious and assumed the title of Sulṭān, and having fought with Qadr Khān the ruler of Lakhnautī in conjunction with Malik Ḥusamu-d-Dīn Abūrijā the Mustaufī, and ‘Izzu-d-Dīn Yahyā A‘ẓamu-l-Mulk, was defeated, and all his sources of grandeur, his treasure and his retainers fell into the hands of Qadr Khān; and when the rainy season had arrived the horses belonging to Qadr Khān died, and he had collected much money308b and had stored it up in heaps in his own house with the object of presenting it to the Sulṭān. In spite of all that Ḥusāmu-d-Dīn Aburjā could do to dissuade him from amassing wealth and inducing men to covet it and thus leading to disorder, Qadr Khān would not listen, till eventually the very result predicted by Ḥusamu-d-Dīn ensued; Malik Fakhru-d-Dīn returned, and the soldiery of Ḥusā-mu-d-Dīn joined him and killed their own master, and all the money fell to the lot of Fakhru-d-Dīn. The absolute control of Sunārgānw was given him; he appointed one Mukhliṣ a servant of his, to Lakhnautī, and ‘Alī Mubārak Inspector of Troops; Qadr Khān put Mukhliṣ to death and aspired at independence, writing diplomatic letters to the court of the Sulṭān. The Sulṭān appointed Malik Yūsuf, but he died by the way, and the Sulṭān, having other affairs to attend to, omitted to send any one else to that district.308c At this juncture ‘Alī Mubārak by reason of the enmity he bore to Fakhru-d-Dīn, displayed the insignia of royalty, and assumed the title of Sulṭān ‘Alāu-d-Dīn, and Malik Ilyās Ḥäjī who was a man of family and retinue, after a few days put ‘Alāu-d-Dīn to death with the assistance of some of the Amīrs and Maliks of Lakh-nautī, and himself assumed the title of Sulṭān Shamsu-d-Dīn. 231.

And in the year 741 A.H. (1340 A.D.) Sulṭān Muḥammad having left with the object of reducing Sunārgānw, seized Fakhru-d-Dīn and brought him prisoner to Lakhnautī, where he put him to death and returned. Shamsu-d-Dīn became absolute monarch of that region, and the kingly power and authority over that country descended for a lengthened period in the hands of his sons,309 and never again returned to the possession of Sulṭān Muḥammad ‘Ādil.

And in the year 742 A.H. (1341 A.D.) Saiyyid Ḥasan Kaithalï the father of Malik Ibrāhīm a feofee of the Sulṭān, who was generally known as Ḥasan Kāngū, and who eventually obtained the sovereignty of the Deccan with the title of ‘Alāu-d-Dīn Bahman Shāh, fermented a revolt in Ma‘bar on the grounds of the severity of the Sulṭān's governors, and the innovations introduced in the laws, and the number of executions,309a and gained over to his own party nearly all the great men of Dihlī who had been appointed to that district. He put to death the leaders of the opposite party. The Sulṭān proceeded from Lakhnautī to Deogīr for the purpose of quelling that disturbance, and on his arrival at Tilang was taken ill, and was forced to return by uninterrupted marches to Dihlī. He left Qutlugh Khān in Daulatābād; thus the rebellion in Ma‘bar remained unchecked and Ḥasan's influence increased rapidly.

And in the year 743 (1342 A.D.) they put to death by treachery Malik Halājun and Kul Chander Khākhar and Malik Tātār Khurd, the Governor of Lāhore,309b and when Khwāja-i-Jahān came up against them,309c they came cut to do battle with him, but the scoundrels suffered a severe defeat and were sorely punished.

And in the year 744 A.H. (1343 A.D.) the Sulṭān passing through Sanām and Sāmāna gave orders to the Saiyyids and all 232. the Muslims in opposition to the advice of Ḥasan Kānkū, for a general massacre, but he kept the chief men of those districts in their posts, conveyed them to the suburbs of the city, and conferred upon them villages and districts, and bestowing many rich robes of honour, and purses of gold gave them a place of abode there; and when a general famine arose he issued an edict that any one who wished should proceed to the eastern part of Hindustān and spend the days of dearness and scarcity there, without let or hindrance, and in the same way if any person wishing to give up living in Daulatābād should return to Dihlī, no one would molest him. Moreover in that year so many people arrived in Hindustān from the countries of Khurāsān and ‘Irāq and Samarqand, in the hope of receiving the bounty of the Sulṭān, that hardly any other races were to be seen in that country.

And in this year Ḥājī Sa‘īd Ṣarṣarī310 arrived from Egypt bearing the diploma of the Khalīfah310a with a banner and a robe of honour, conferring upon the Sulṭān the title of Nāṣir-i-Amīru-l-Mū'minīn from the Khalīfah of the Abbāsides who were still extant. The Sulṭān ordered decorations and illuminations in the city, and proceeded with all the Shaikhs and Saiyyids and his retainers to give him an honourable reception, then, dismounting, he kissed the feet of Hājī Sa‘īd and joined his retinue. He then re-established the Friday prayers and the ‘Īd, which all this time he had kept in abeyance waiting for the orders and sanction of the Khalīfah, he read the Khuṭbah in the name of the Khalīfah, and struck out the names of those kings who had not received authority from the Dār-ul-Khilāfah, with the exception of Sulṭān Maḥmūd. He then gave largesse310b of money and valuables to such an extent that his treasury became exhausted, he also despatched to Egypt a precious jewel, the like of which he had not in his treasury, by the hands of Hāji Barq‘aī, with other rarities and presents; and having become, in his own opinion, the rightful Khalīfah, and keeping constantly placed before him the Qur'ān311 and the honorary presents and the patent of the Khalīfah, would issue commands as though he were the Khalīfah, and used to say 233. “The Khalīfah says” this or that. He compelled the people to profess allegiance to the Khalīfah, and went to Sarkdawārī which is in the vicinity of Shamsābād, and on two or three occasions311a in Barūj and Kanbhāyat also311b he received patents from the Khalīfah, and a second time the Makhdūmzāda-i-Baghdādī311c came to visit him, and the Sulṭān went on foot to Pālam to receive him; and when he saw him from afar off he advanced to meet him, and seated him upon the throne beside himself and made over to him without reservation, the city of Kīlī311d with the garden and the palace and all the buildings.

And in the year 745 A. H. (1344 A.D.) Malik Niẓāmu-l-Mulk governor of Karra, raised a rebellion, Shahr-u-llah the brother of ‘Ainu-l-Mulk brought up an army against him from Oudh and took him prisoner, but the rebellion was quelled. Then Shihābu-d-dīn Sulṭān waxed riotous in Bīdar, and Qutlugh Khān was despatched against him, and Shihābu-d-dīn coming out with his son to do battle was besieged in the fortress, and Qutlugh Khān inducing him to come out by promises of quarter, sent him to the royal presence.

And in the year 746 A.H. (1345 A D.) ‘Alī Sher sister's son to Ẓafar Khān ‘Alā‘ī gained possession of Gulbarga311e in strong force, having put to death the ruler of Bīdar, and taking much spoil, fought with Qutlugh Khān, but was defeated and obliged to retreat to the fortress of Bīdar where he shut himself up. Qutlugh Khān however took him also prisoner, and sent him to Sarkdawārī which was the camp of the Sulṭān's army. The Sulṭān in the first instance sent the captives to Ghaznīn in exile, but afterwards recalled them thence and put them all to death.

And in the year 747 A.H. (1346 A.D.) at the time when the 234. Sulṭān had made Sarkdawārī his camp, ‘Ainu-l-Mulk arrived at the Court, bringing from Ẓafarābād and Oudh much property and rarities of great value as presents; then the Sulṭān came to the conclusion that it was advisable to recall Qutlugh Khān from the Dakkan, and send ‘Ainu-l-Mulk to replace him. ‘Ainu-l-Mulk got some idea into his head, and fled by night from Sarkdawārī and crossing the river Ganges made for Oudh, and his brothor Shahru-llāh laid hands upon certain of the elephants and horses312 belonging to the king, which had been left behind to graze, and carried them off. The Sulṭān went in pursuit of them as far as Qanauj, and ‘Ainu-l-Mulk, at the instigation of his brothers and a party of the followers of Malik Fīroz Nāib Barbak, who had been placed in charge of the elephants and horses, crossed the river Ganges and coming over to this side312a attacked the army of the Sulṭān, and like the thieves and Gawārs (of India)312b took to the woods and fought on foot, but not being ablo to stand against the elephants and archers of the king took to flight,312c and Shahru-llah and his other brother together with the majority of the sirdārs of ‘Ainu-l-Mulk were drowned, and the remainder fell by the swords of the soldiers, and the fugitives were taken prisoners by the Gawārs, who having found ‘Ainu-l-Mulk alive took him on their shoulders312d and brought him bareheaded312e to the court and gave him a few days respite,312f and the Sulṭān in consideration of his excellent services gave him his freedom, and in accordance with his former custom treated him well, and giving him a district sent him back to Dihlī; then he recalled Qutlugh Khān from the Dakkan, but inasmuch as Qutlugh Khān had reduced that country to excellent order and had gained the good will of the people, his recall was the cause of great discontent (and disaffection)313 and ‘Azīz Khumār313a who was one of the canaille, proceeding to Mālwa put to death many centurions (or Amīrs of a hundred) which is the meaning of the word Yūzbāshī313b in accordance with the Sulṭān's orders, and thence arose many insurrections.

And in the year 748 A.H. (1347 A.D.) the captains of hundreds, 235. stirred up rebellion and sedition in Gujrāt against Muqbil the servant of Khwāja-i-Jahān who was nāib-vazīr of Gujrāt, and was bringing treasure to the Court, and attacked him by night, getting possession of the treasure and horses and property belonging to the king. The Sulṭān arrived at Gujrāt with the object of quelling this rebellion, and sent some of the trustworthy Amīrs as for instance Malik ‘Alī Sarjāndār, and Aḥmad Lāchīn to Daulatābād to bind the Amīrs of hundreds who were there and bring them to Court. As soon as Malīk Aḥmad Lāchīn arrived at the pass of Manikganj, the Amīrs of hundreds in their alarm313c came to a common understanding, and put Malīk Aḥmad Lāchīn to death; Azīz Khumār who had gone from Gujrāt to oppose the Amīrs of hundreds of Dabho‘ī313d and Baroda, on coming face to face with the insurgents lost his head,313e fell from his horse and was taken prisoner. This news had reached the Sulṭān and had augmented his wrath considerably. And after the defeat of Muqbil and the murder of ‘Azīz, the Amīrs of hundreds waxed bold, and sent for their families and relations from all directions, and with one consent turned against the Sulṭān313f and having captured the fortress of Daulatābād from the the governors of Malik ‘Alam took possession of it, and raising to the throne one Isma‘īl Fatḥ gave him the title of Sulṭān Nāṣiru-d-Dīn. After this the Amīrs of hundreds of Dabho'ī and Baroda over whom the Sulṭān had appointed other Amīrs, being defeated by the army opposed to them joined hands with the Amīrs of hundreds of Daulatābād. When the Sulṭān went to Daulatābād Isma‘īl Fatḥ prepared to give him battle, but being defeated shut himself up in the fortress of Dhārānagar by which is meant the citadel314 of Daulatābād; many Muslims of Daulatābād were slain in this rebellion, or were made prisoners, and Malik314a ‘Imādul Mulk Sartez was ordered to pursue314b the 236. fngitive Amīrs of hundreds towards Bīdar. In the meantime tidings arrived of the rebellion in Gujrāt of Malik Taghī, who, having put to death Malik Muẓaffar the governor of that place, had obtained possession314c of a large number of horses and much property. Thereupon the Sulṭān leaving in Dhārānagar Malik Jauhar and Khudāwandzāda Qiwāmu-d-Dīn and Shaikh Burhānu-d-Dīn Balārāmī314d left to quell the rebellion of Taghī;314e the army which had fled from Daulatābād under the leadership of Ḥasan Kāngū, coming out of hiding attacked314f ‘Imādu-l-Mulk Sartez. ‘Imādu-l-Mulk was slain, and his army fled to Daulatābād and sought shelter there, and Malik Jauhar with Khudāwandzāda Qiwāmu-d-Dīn and the other Amīrs not being able to withstand Ḥasan in Daulatābād evacuated those districts and made for Dhārānagar. Ḥasan Kāngū pursued them and came to Daulatābād,314g and having driven out Isma‘īl Fatḥ assumed the title of ‘Alāu-d-Dīn and usurped the government, and from that time forward the rule of the districts of Daulatābād and the sovereignty of that kingdom remained in his family. The history called Futūḥu-s-Salāṭīn314h was written in his honour. And Taghī the rebel, after the arrival of the Sulṭān at Gujrāt, ventured a second time to fight with him and was again defeated, and giving himself up to brigandage roamed about from place to place, the Sulṭān however continued to pursue him and followed him wherever he went. And in this expedition the Sulṭān having sent for Malik Fīroz from Dihlī attached him to his Court; and315 in this year Malik Gīr the son of Malik Qabūl Khālīfatī, to whom the Sulṭān had delegated the control of all his important affairs, and on whose behalf he had written a letter expressing submis- 237. sion to the Egyptian Khalīfah, and had sent it by the hand of Hājī Barqa‘ī, died, and Aḥmad Aiyāz, who is also called Khwāja-i-Jahān, and Malik Qabūl Qiwāmu-l-Mulk were carrying on the government in Dihlī. Towards the end of the reign of Muḥam-mad, disaffection and rebellion, mischief and sedition became increasedly evident day by day,315a so that if he turned his attention to curing one evil, another was not wanting to supply its place,315b and matters were past all remedy,315c and the glory315d of the kingdom, and prosperity315e of the country was entirely subverted. Tyranny supplanted equity, and infidelity flourished in place of Islām. There were many reasons for this, which by their cooperation led to ruin and dissension, and the decline of the kingdom. These causes are given in detail in the original history315f the Firozshāhī, and also in the Mubārakshāhī. The results are here given in brief arranged under seven heads. Firstly.—The greater part of the people and inhabitauts of the towns and districts were ruined by the rapine of Tarma Shīrīn, and never again recovered their prosperity. Secondly.—The tribute to be paid by the inhabitants of the Doāb, which district comprises some of the chief towns of Hindustān, was increased from ten per cent. to twenty per cent., besides which there was the numbering of the cattle, and the house-census, and other taxes316 over and above these, and316a in this way the more needy portion of the people left their property and cattle and attached themselves316b to the richer folk, while the wealthier subjects plotted rebellion and sedition and took to highway robbery, and pillaged the country in all directions316c so that from all these causes the revenue of the country began to dwindle.316d Thirdly.—An universal famine, and (consequent) dearness of grain, for it so happened that for seven whole years not a single drop of rain fell from heaven. It should be remembered that this statement has been copied as it stands from the Mubārakshāhī, but I cannot say whether the author of that work has been guilty of exaggeration or if in reality the facts were as 238. stated.316e Fourthly.—the desertion of Dihlī, and the population of Daulatābād, because after Dihlī was laid waste they brought people from the towns and other places into that city and populated it, and then again removed them thence to Daulatābād, so that all their hereditary estates and family holdings, and all the property and effects316f they possessed were wasted and dissipated, so that they never saw anything more of them. Fifthly.—The massacre of the eighty thousand cavalry in a body in the hills of Himāchal, and the consequent desolation of their families. Sixthly.—The daily occurrence of rebellion and mutiny in every place where people were in dread of their lives, some of them fell in battle but the greater number were put to death with their families upon false charges, so that in every way that wretched country was being ruined. Seventhly.—The blood thirstiness of the Sulṭān, and his system of Government of his people, which made Saiyyids, ‘Ulamā, Shaikhs, ragamuffins and scoundrels, artisans,317 peasants,317a and soldiers, all alike in his eyes. Moreover there was constantly in front of his royal pavilion and his Civil Court a mound of dead bodies and a heap of corpses, while the sweepers and executioners were wearied out with their work of dragging (the wretched victims) and putting them to death in crowds. So that317b the people were never tired of rebelling nor the king of punishing (the rebels).317c At last the Sulṭān was at his wit's end what to do, but for all this he did not keep his foot out of the stirrup, nor did his sword rest from punishment, but all to no purpose, till the flood of sedition waxed violent, and the nobles of the kingdom by degrees grew317d feeble, at length disease overcame him, and the Sulṭān was freed from his people and the people from their Sulṭān.

Verse.
Of all the people of the world, although most of them 239.
Are gone astray, and few of them are in the right path,
Do thou so live that when thou diest thou mayest escape
(punishment),
Not so that when thou diest the people may escape (thy
tyranny).

They relate an extraordinary story of one of the irregular acts of the Sulṭān which was that he kept such strict watch over all matters involving punishment, that he used to keep four Muftīs317e to whom he allotted quarters in the precincts of his own palace, and used to see that they kept to their appointed places,317f so that when anyone who was arrested upon any charge, he might in the first place argue with the Muftīs about his due punishment, so far as he was able,318 and had said, Be very careful that you do not fail in the slightest degree by defect in speaking that which you consider right, because if any one should be put to death wrongfully and the oversight should have been on your side, the blood of that man will be upon your head. Then if after long discussion they convicted (the prisoner), even though it were midnight318a he would pass orders for his execution,318b and if he himself found for conviction 318c he would refer it to another meeting, and would endeavour to find a means of upsetting their arguments,318d and would come and make a speech, and when the Muftīs were at a loss for a further argument, he would put (the prisoner) to death on the instant or else release him on the spot.

They say318e that one day Sulṭān318f Muḥammad wearing his shoes went on foot into the Court of Justice318g of Qāẓī Kamālu-d-Dīn Ṣadr-i-Jahān and said, The Shaikhzāda-i-Jāmī has called me a tyrant, send for him that he may substantiate his charge of tyranny against me, or, if he fails, that you may pronounce318h against him the sentence of such punishment according to law as the case may require. When the Shaikhzāda was summoned he confessed (to having said it) and the Sulṭān enquired (what his grounds were). He replied, every one whom you punish (with death) lawfully or unlawfully, that is your prerogative, but that you should hand over his wife 240. and children to the executioners as you do, to do what they will with them, in what religion and under what sacred law do you find this? The Sulṭān was silent and rose up from the Court,318i and ordered that the Shaikhzāda should be bound; this order was carried out and he was put into an iron cage; then he had him carried in that very way on the journey to Daulatābād on the back of an elephant. When he returned and arrived at Dihlī, he brought him before the same Court,318j and bringing him out of the cage gave orders in obedience to which the poor wretch was cut in two in his presence. From this it is clear that the Sulṭān was a mixture of opposites, and318k for this reason his name has been handed down in tradition, aye and even in some books also as “the Bloody” not as “the Just.” There are many stories bearing upon this which I have heard, but to write or speak of them would lead me too far afield. So “Take example from it ye that are endowed with sight.”319 In short319a after great havoc had been wrought in the affairs of the state by the excessive tyranny and oppression of the Sulṭān, which he however regarded as the essence of justice, and great breaches had been which the wise and learned were powerless to repair,319b by reason of his various toils and his evil designs, the disease of Phthisis319c found its way to his constitution; notwithstanding this he set himself to follow up Taghī, and in the hope of exterminating him set out for the kingdom of Thatha where320 Taghī had fled for safety; and320a in that expedition Qarghan Nāib of the king of Khurāsān sent Altūn Bahādur with five thousand cavalry to assist the Sulṭān. The Sulṭān's illness was at that time slightly less urgent320b and when he arrived at Thatha he fasted on the day of the ‘Āshūra,320c which was in the very middle of the hot season, and after breaking his fast he ate some fish, whereupon his illness returned, and on the twenty-first of Muḥarram in the year 752 H. (1351 A.D.) he took his way to the next world,320d the duration of his reign having been twenty-seven years.

When the Empire of justice arose with ease, like the sun.
The land of Hindustān came under his sway like that of 241.
Khurāsān;
A fortress like that of the Haft Khwān321 he built of Haft
Jūsh321a which in loftiness
Would need the Nasr-i-Ṭāir321b to fly to its pinnacle inaccessible
as Harumān.321c
So strong that it registered a vow to last till the Resurrection-
day, but by reason of the vicissitudes of time, it became
destroyed in many places like the web of a spider.
You will find nothing upon the top of its walls but the voice
of the owl.
In its topmost garden you will see nothing by the ill-omened
raven.
It befits the duration and pride of Empire that its condition
should become in accordance with the words “God most
High is far above all that the tyrants of men say of Him.”321d

And among the celebrated poets of the time of Sulṭān Muḥam-mad is Badar Shāshī321e who wrote a Shāhnāma in his honour, of some thousand verses321f and for the very reason that it is a history in poetry it is a valuable acquisition.

SULṬĀN FĪROZ SHĀH IBN MALIK RAJAB

Who was the brother's son of Sulṭān Ghīyāṯu-d-Dīn Tughlaq and uncle's son of Sulṭān Muḥammad ‘Ādil, in accordance with the authority appointing him the heir-apparent of Sulṭān Muḥammad ascended the throne of sovereignty and state, by the consent of the chiefs of the Shaikhs and the leading Amīrs and Vazīrs in the aforesaid year, in the vicinity of Thatha. It is said that the Makhdūmzāda-i-‘Abbāsi of Baghdād, and Shaikh Naṣīru-d-Dīn Chirāgh-i-Dihlī may God sanctify their sacred resting places were322 the cause of the allegiance thus sworn to Sulṭān Fīroz, and it is currently reported that [Makhdūm Shaikh Naṣīru-d-Dīn Chirāgh-i-Dihlī 242. may God sanctify his resting place]322a had secretly made Malik Fīroz King during the absence of Sulṭān Muḥammad. Some of the Muftīs informed the Sulṭān of this, and his orders were that those two, master and disciple322b were to be taken in confinement from Dihlī and brought to the camp. This was carried out,322c and Malik Fīroz in some way or other gained over the guards, and made his way, just as he was, to the neighbourhood of Hānsī to Shaikh Badru-d-Dīn who was one of the descendants of Shaikh Jamālu-d-Dīn of Hānsī322d may God sanctify theìr resting-places. That holy man exclaimed “Great God! a man has been made prisoner and taken off to be Sulṭān, and he wots not of it”! When they arrived322e at the camp of the Sulṭān in the vicinity of Thatha and the tidings of the arrival of these two holy men reached him322f he gave orders that they were to be put to death the instant of their arrival, and with that he lapsed into a state of intoxication. A son of his had gone on a hunting expedition, accordingly when the guards saw322g this state of affairs, they liberated the holy Shaikh and the Sulṭān;322h then Sulṭān Fīroz by the consent of the nobles raised the banner of sovereignty and got the Sulṭān's son out of the way by some crafty scheme, and after that323 he had returned to Dihlī he made the pargana of Chaurāsī in the district of Hānsī a present to the monastery and rest house of Shaikh Badru-d-Dīn, whom I have mentioned. This is what I have heard—God alone knows the real truth. They also say that Sulṭān Muḥammad ibn Tughlaq Shāh took the reverend Shaikh under his protection, till one day the Shaikh, may God sanctify his resting-place, tied a knot upon one of the Sulṭān's robes and said “Naṣīru-d-Dīn fastens and God opens” and that very day the Sulṭān died.

Verse.
The only kingdom which sorrows not for the affliction of its
decline,
Hear my words freely spoken, is the kingdom of the darvesh. 243.

However this may be, the Sulṭān Firoz at the outset of his reign issued this order that the Mughuls who had obtained influence over the soldiery should be brought apart from the camp, and inasmuch as their mutinous conduct had passed all bounds, the Sulṭān himself saw to their safe custody, and punishing these Mughuls effectually put a stop to their interfering with the discipline of the army.

Verse.
Far better than giving a Mughul a hint to plunder
Is it that you should rejoice him with a sight of Paradise.

Then he brought his army in safety into security, and proceeding by way of Sīwistān made for Dihlī by continuous marches, and Aḥmad Aiyāz, styled Khwāja-i-Jahān, who in the absence323a of the Sulṭān had urged the claims of an obscure child323b to the throne, and had given him the title of Ghiyāṣu-d-Dīn Maḥmūd Shāh, appointing himself Vakīl, after considerable argument,324 and much correspondence, by reason of his helplessness and dejection, by the mediation of Ashraful-Mulk and the other nobles and grandees, came with bared head, casting his turban on his neck, to the neighbourhood of Hānsī, and had an interview with the Sulṭān, who washed out the writing of his fault with the water of forgiveness, and made him over to the Kotwāl of Hānsī, and as for the party who had been his companions in this faction and opposition, he dispersed them all in different directions. At Sarsutī tidings arrived of the birth of Shāhzāda Fatḥ Khān,324a whose son eventually became Tughlaq Shāh, and the news of the death324b of Taghī Tāghī also reached him there from Gujrāt; and on the second of Rajab in the aforesaid year, he graced the throne of Dihlī by his accession and made a fresh distribution of appointments.

244. And in the year 753 H. (1352 A.D.) he went to the Sirmūr hills for the purpose of relaxation and sport, and returned thence, and in the month of Rajab of this year Shāhzāda Muḥammad Khān, who eventually obtained the title of Nāṣiru-d-Dīn Muḥammad Shāh, was born.

And in the year 754 H. (1353 A.D.) he returned from Kalānor whither he had gone on a hunting expedition, and built a lofty building on the banks of the river Sarsutī and [gave it to Shaikh Ṣadru-d-Dīn Multānī, may God sanctify his resting place, the Shaikhu-l-Islām] and Malik Qubūl324c Nāib Vazīr he made Khān-i-Jahān ,324d and at the close of this year he went to Lakhnautī with the intention of putting down the rebellion of Ḥājī Ilyās who had assumed the title of Shamsu-d-Dīn. He accordingly took refuge in the fort of Ikdāla,324e which is the strongest of the forts of Bangāla, and after a desultory325 defence fought for a very short time, and threw his elephants and his material of war, with his servants and retainers to the winds, and all of them fell into the hands of the Sulṭān who, having made peace with him because of the rainy season,325a retraced his steps.

And in the year 755 H. (1354 A.D.) having crossed by the ford of Manikpūr he arrived at Dihlī and built Fīrozābād325b on the banks of the Jamna. And in the year 756 H. (1355 A.D.) he went to Dīpālpūr and bringing a canal from the river Satlaj326 led it as far as the Jahjar which is forty-eight kroh from there.

In the year 757 A.H. (1356 A.D.) he conducted a stream from the river Jamna from the vicinity of Mandūī (Mandilī) and 245. Sarūr,326a and having led seven other canals into it took it to Hānsī and thence to Rās327 where he built a fortress which he called Hiṣār Fīroza, and dug327a a spacious reservoir beneath the palace which was in that fortress, and filled it with water from the canal; he also led another stream from the canal of the Ghaghar underneath the fortress of Sarsutī, and from thence to Birnī Kheṛa,327b and in the space between them he built a fortress327c and named it Fīrozābād.327d At the end of this year on the occasion of the ‘Īdu-ẓ-Ẓuhā a robe of honour arrived for the Sulṭān from the Khalīfah Al-Hākim bi amrillāhi Abūl Fatḥ Abū Bakr ibn Abil Rabī‘ Suleimān327e from the Dārul Khilāfat of Egypt, with a patent conferring upon him the whole of Hindustān: and327f in this same year messengers from Ḥājī Ilyās the ruler of Lakhnautī, having arrived bearing splendid presents and offerings, were distinguished with countless favours and kindnesses, after which they returned, and it was ordered that in return for these presents (handsome) elephants327g should be sent. The whole of Hindustān was now in possession of Sulṭān Fīroz with the exception of Lakhnautī which was held by Ḥajī Ilyās,327h who had come to terms with the Sulṭān,327i and with the exception also of the Deccan, which, after the death of Sulṭān Muḥammad, had come into the possession of Ḥasan Kāngū.

And in the year 759 H. (1358 A.D.) having gone to Samāna, he appointed Malik Qabūl Sarbardadār328 to proceed against328a the Mughuls who had arrived on the frontier of Dīpālpūr. The Mughuls upon hearing particulars of the Sulṭān's army turned back 246. and went to their own country, and the Sulṭān returned to Dihlī;328b and in this year the Sulṭān despatched some Arabian horses and foreign fruits328c with all kinds of choice presents by the hands of the messengers of Sulṭān Shamsu-d-Dīn of Lakhnautī who had arrived at his Court bearing many presents,328d and at Bihār they heard that the Sulṭān Shamsu-d-Dīn had died, and Sulṭān Sikandar his son had ascended the throne in the room of his father, so they sent the horses in accordance with orders to the Court at Bihār and conducted the messengers back to Kaṛṛa.

328e And in the year 760 H., the Sulṭān having formed the design of attacking Lakhnautī with a vast army, left Khān-i-Jahān in Dehli, and after deputing Tātār Khān, that is to say Malik Tātār, to proceed from Ghaznīn to Multān, set out and passed the rainy season in Ẓafarābād, and at this place, Ā‘ẓam Malik Shaikhzāda-i-Busṭāmī 328f who had become intimate during his absence with Malik Aḥmad Aiyāz, and by the orders of the Sulṭān had been banished, brought from the Dārul Khilāfat of Egypt a robe of honour for the Sulṭān and received the title of A‘ẓam Khān. Saiyyid Rusūldār was sent with the messengers of Lakhnautī328g to the Sulṭān Sikan-dar at Lakhnautī, and Sikandar despatched five fine elephants with other costly presents and offerings to the Court. The Sulṭān when the rains were over leaving Ẓafarābād shaped his course for Lakhnautī, and while on the way set apart the requirements of kingship, and elephants and a store of rubies which at that time were held in great estimation, for the Shābzāda Fatḥ Khān, they 247. also struck coins in his name. When they arrived at the confines of Panḍūah, Sulṭān Sikandar shut himself up in the castle of Ikdāla329 whither his father had been in the habit of going for refuge, and after the Sulṭān had laid siege to that fortress Sulṭān Sikandar asked for quarter, and sent thirty-seven elephants with other costly presents as his humble service.

And in the year 761 H. (1359-60 A.D.) the Sulṭān proceeded by continuous marches by way of Pauḍūah329a to Jaunpūr where he spent the rains, and at the close of this year he marched with a lightly equipped force329b by way of Behār towards Jājnagar, and sent his elephants and baggage to Kaṛṛa, and by uninterrupted marches arrived at Satgaṛh329c the Rāi of which place329d withdrew, and thence he came to Bārānasī329e which was the abode of the Chief Rāi, and crossed the river Mahandūrī,329f and the Rāi of Bārānasī having taken to flight made with all haste for Tilang. The Sulṭān pursued him part of the way turned back to hunt,329g and arrived at the country of Rāi Parīhān Dev329h who sent a present of thirty-two 329i elephants and other costly offerings. From thence the Sulṭān coming to Padmāwatī and Param Talāo329j which was the haunt of elephants of enormous size, engaged in hunting them and killed two [and they took the other three alive]329k and Malik Ẓīau-l-Mulk329l wrote a quatrain upon this:

Verse.
The Shāh who of right330 assumed a lasting kingdom
Seized the ends of the earth like the glorious Sun
To hunt elephants he came to Jājnagar,
Two he killed and thirty-three330a he took alive.

And thence by way of Kaṛṛa he returned with all possible haste.330b

248. And in the year 762 H. (1360-61 A.D.) victorious and triumphant he came to Dehli, and after a short time he gave orders for an expedition to the river Salīma,330c which is a river issuing from a large mound of sand and falling into the river Sutlej which they also call Satlaz.330d The Salīma is also called the Sarsuti,330e and this river consists of two large streams which are always flowing, and situated between these two streams there is a high mound or dyke, and if this were dug through the water of the Sarsuti would flow into this stream, and it flows through Sihrind and Mansūrpūr and Sāmāna.330f

The Sulṭān gave orders for fifty thousand men with spades to be collected and to occupy themselves in digging through that barrier. Out of it they obtained many bones of elephants and human beings. Every bone belonging to the arm of a man was three gaz330g (in length). They were partly converted into stone and had partly remained bone, just as they were. That stream however could not be diverted,331 and331a in the meantime he made Sihrind and for ten krohs beyond into one district, which he put under the control of Ẓīāul Mulk Shamsu-d-Dīn Abū Rijā, and ordered them to build a fort there and called it Fīrūzpūr which is in fact Sihrind,331b and the Sulṭān from thence, went to Nagarkoṭ whose Rājā after a siege and some fighting came in and submitted and met with royal treatment.331c The Sulṭān gave to Nagarkoṭ the name of Muḥammadābād after the deceased Sulṭān Muḥam-mad; and when they brought the Sulṭān ice on that mountain fort he said,331d “when Sulṭān Muḥammad, who is now dead and whom I regarded as a god, arrived in this place they brought him a sharbat mixed with ice, but he had331e no inclination for that beverage because I was not with him.” Accordingly they made an iced sharbat with several elephant and camel loads of cane-sugar which was carried with Sulṭān Fīrūz, and he ordered them to read the whole of the Qur'ān for the soul of Sulṭān Maḥammad and distribute the sharbat among the entire army. Under these cir- 249. cumstances they informed the Sulṭān331f that from the time when Sulṭān Sikandar Zūl Qarnain arrived at this place the people of that city have preserved an image of Noshāba331g and keep it in a room, where they worship it. There are one thousand three hundred books of the Brahmans of olden time in that idol temple which is commonly known as Jawālamukhī;331h a flame of fire rises from it towards heaven and is not to be extinguished, No, not by thousands of mashks331i of water. The Sulṭān having summoned the Brahmans, ordered some of his translators to translate some of those books332 into Persian. Among those translators ‘Izzu-d-Dīn Khālid Khānī,332a who was one of the poets and mūnshīs of the time of Fīrūz wrote in verse a translation of a book on the risings and settings of the seven planets, and their good and evil import, and of auguries and omens. Its name is called up to the present day332b Dalāil-i-Fīrūzī, and the author of this Muntakhab read it in Lāhor in the year 1000 H. (1591-92 A.D.) from beginning to end. It is moderately good, neither free from beauties nor defects; and I saw some other books before that also which were translated in the name of Sulṭān Fīrūz, some of them on the Science of “Pingal”332c that is to say on Music, and the kinds of Akhāra332d which they call Pātur bāzī, and some on other subjects. I found most of them to be profitless, and their paucity of interest is for the most part due to the triviality of their subject matter, and the difficulty of explaining it, as is evident.

The Sulṭān leaving there proceeded to Thatha, and the Jām,332e by which title the ruler of Thatha is called, entrenched himself so that the Sulṭān was induced by the vehemence of the rainy season, and the amount of water which was out, as well as by the dearness of grain, to abandon the siege and make with all haste for Gujrāt,333 which country he placed under the control of Ẓafar Khān; then having deposed Niẓāmu-l Mulk333a and appointed him Nāib Wazīr of Dihlī, he returned to Thatha; and on this occasion the Jām asking for quarter333b had an interview with the Sulṭān, and with all the Zamīndārs accompanied him to Dihlī, and from there took 250. his leave after being kindly treated and confirmed on his former footing as ruler of Thatha.333c In the year 772 H. (1370 A.D.) Khān-i-jahān the Vazīr, died, and his son Jūnā Shāh obtained that title;333d and the book Chandāban333e which is a Maṯnavī in the Hindī language relating the loves of Lūrak and Chāndā, a lover and his mistress, a very graphic work, was put into verse in his honour by Maulānā Dā'ūd. There is no need for me to praise it because of its great fame in that country, and Makhdūm Shaikh333f Taqīu-d-Dīn Wāiẓ Rabbānī used to read some occasional poems of his from the pulpit,333g and the people used to be strangely influenced by hearing them, and333h when certain learned men of that time asked the Shaikh333i saying, what is the reason for this Hindī Maṯnavī being selected? he answered, the whole of it is divine truth and pleasing in subject, worthy of the ecstatic contemplation of devout lovers, and conformable to the interpretation of some of the Āyats of the Qur‘ān, and the sweet singers of Hindūstān. Moreover by its public recitation human hearts are taken captive.

In the year 773 H. (1371-72 A.D.) Ẓafar Khān died and the control of that province was confirmed to his son.333j

Then in the year 776 H. (1374-75 A.D.) an event distressing to the people (death) happened to Fatḥ Khān; and in this year Shamsu-d-Dīn Dāmaghāni having obtained the yellow girdle and the Chanḍol of silver, that is to say, the palanquin of honour, was appointed governor of Gujrāt in place of Ẓafar Khān; and since he had boasted when accepting the post on his departure, that he would send to the Court every year a hundred splendid elephants, two hundred Arab horses, and four hundred slaves, Muqaddam-zādas 334 and Abyssinians, together with valuables and money, when 251. he found that he could not perform his promises he was compelled to rebel.

And in the year 778 H. (1376-77 A.D.) the Amīrs of hundreds334a of Gujrāt put him to death and sent his head to the Court; thus that rebellion was quelled, and thereafter Gujrāt was put under the control of Farḥatu-l-Mulk, otherwise known as Malik Mufarriḥ Sulṭānī.334b

And in the year 779 H. (1377-78 A.D.) he marched towards Itāwa and Akchak334c and having sent the Rāis of these districts with their families to Dihlī, built many fortresses on these frontiers; then having left Fīrozpūr and Batlāhī,334d in charge of the son of Malik Tāju-d-Dīn, and having given Akchak to Malik Afghān returned to Dihlī. In this year also Malik Niẓāmu-d-Dīn the ruler of Oudh, who was in attendance on the Sulṭān, died, and the governorship of that province devolved upon Malik Ṣaifu-d-Dīn his eldest son.

In the year 781 H. (1379 A.D.) having gone334e to Sāmāna and passing through Shāhābād and Ambāla, he came to the country at the foot of Sintūr hills,334f and receiving many presents from the Rāis and Governors and Commissioners, arrived at the capital and summoning Maliku-sh-Sharq Marwān-i-Daulat, who held the title of Nuṣrat Khān,335 from the district of Karra and Mahoba, appointed him to the Multān district,335a with a view to close the door to Mughul intrigues: he then confirmed Karra and335b Mahoba together with all their dependencies upon the son of Maliku-sh-Sharq335c Suleimān the son of Malik Marwān, whose adopted son was Saiyyid Khizr Khān, the grandfather of Sulṭān ‘Alāu-d-Dīn Badāonī who eventually succeeded to the kingdom of Dihli.

And in the year 782 H. (1380 A.D) he raised the standard for an expedition with the intention of taking vengeance on the Khūkhar Rāi Chief of Kaithar,335d who had invited and put to death by 252. treachery both Saiyyid Muḥammad and Saiyyid ‘Alāu-d-Dīn his brother,335e who were Governors of Badāon. The rebellious Khūkhar335f fled towards the hills of Kumāon, accordingly after laying waste and plundering the whole of his country, he left Malik Khiṭāb the Afghān in the country of Sambhal335g to deal with the rebellion of Khūkhar, and turned back after having made over Badāon to Malik Qabūl; Qabūlpūra which at present is a quarter of Badāon lying outside the fort is called after his name; also he used to come every year for the purpose of sport and lay utterly waste the Kaithal335h country.

And in the year 787 H. he built a fortified town in a place called Babūlī335i which is seven krohs from Badāon and is better known as Mawās,336 and gave it the name336a of Fīrūzpūr, and since in later times no other building was ever erected by the Sulṭān it became commonly known as Ākhirīnpūr.336b Now-a-days although not a trace of that building remains, still from the old bricks and the foundations and general lie of that high ground it is evident that once upon a time there was a building on that site.336c The age of the Sulṭān was now nearly ninety years, and how truly had these verses come to pass—

When thou reachest eighty or ninety years
Great is the vexation thou reapest from the world;
And going further when thou reachest the hundredth stage
Death will then be to thee a form of life.

Khān-i-Jahān336d the Vazīr who had obtained great influence in the affairs of the state, and was in a position to overthrow those who opposed his schemes of self-aggrandisement, at a hint from the Sulṭān destroyed one party and put to death another, and making 253. accusations of conspiracy against Shāhzāda Muḥammad Khān and some of the other Maliks who were hand in glove with him, by this means turned the Sulṭān against him, and gave him a fixed idea336e that this confederacy had for their object to raise the Shāhzāda to the throne; accordingly the Sulṭān set his heart upon the defeat and extinction of those Amīrs. The Shāhzāda, however, after that he had been in terror for some days and had omitted to pay his respects to the Sulṭān, one day in private336f came into the Sulṭān's presence and loyally told him the whole truth, and informed him also of the treacherous designs of Khān-i-Jahān, so that the tables were turned.336g Obtaining carte blanche from the Sulṭān to defeat and exterminate Khān-i-Jahān, and having brought over to his side337 the Fīrūzī Amīrs and the mass of the people, in the month of Rajab 789 H. (1387 A.D.) he started with a strong force to attack Khān-i-Jahān, and having wounded him plundered his house and family. Khān-i-Jahān fled337a with a few followers towards Mīwāt, and took refuge there with one Kūkā a Zamīndār;337b and the Shāhzāda destroyed certain of the Amīrs who had been well-disposed to Khān-i-Jahān. Subsequently to this the Shāh-zāda became Vazīr with full uncontrolled powers, and the Sulṭān having given him all the apparatus of royalty, elephants and horses, servants and insignia, and conferring upon him the title of Nāṣiru-d-Dīn wa-ud Dunyā Muḥammad Shāh, in the month of Sha‘bān of the above mentioned year raised him to the throne, and betook himself to devotion and worship of the Most High, so that in the Friday Khuṭbah the names of both kings used to be mentioned;337c Sulṭān Muḥammad ordered upon a new scale the appointments and salaries of the Amīrs, and confirmed the distribution of districts, and having given Malik Ya‘qūb the title337d of Sikandar Khān appointed him to attack Khān-i-Jahān in Mīwāt; Kūkā Chūhān a Zamīndār of Mīwāt337e bound Khān-i-Jahān and sent him to Sikandar Khān, who put him to death,337f and having sent 254. his head as a present to the Court of Muḥammad Shāh set out337g for Gujrat.

And in the year 790 H. (1388 A.D.) Muḥammad Shāh arrived on a hunting expedition at the Sirmūr hills, and Malik Mufarriḥ who was in Gujrāt, in unison with the Amīrs of hundreds put Sikandar Khān to death, and the whole of his army being utterly despoiled came with the Sipahsālār to Dihlī; Muḥammad Shāh, returning from the hill country, with the great carelessness which charac-terises youth took no thought for avenging Sikandar Khān, but spent his time in enjoyment and luxury, so that the affairs of the kingdom fell into great disorder; and the Sulṭān's soldiery by reason of their enmity and jealousy against Samāu-d-Dīn and Kamālu-d-Dīn, who were the protégés of Muḥammad Shāh, set themselves up in opposition to them, and assembled in a spacious plain, and stoned and wounded Malik Ẓahīru-d-Dīn Lāhorī whom the Shāhzāda had sent to admonish them. He came in that state before Muḥammad Shāh and informed him of what had happened, whereupon the Shāhzāda having collected forces set out to do battle with that party. The army of the Shāhzāda was victorious at first, and bore back the army of the Sulṭān, so that they took refuge with the Sulṭān Fīrūz. The battle raged fiercely for two days and when the Sulṭān's body servants found themselves in straits, they bore the Sulṭān, who was little more than a puppet, to the field of battle and displayed him there, and when the troops of Muḥammad Shāh and his elephant drivers set eyes upon Sulṭān Fīrūz they left fighting and came over to the Sulṭān. Muḥammad Shāh with the small following which remained to him, went towards the Sirmūr hills, and the army of the Sulṭān, which was near a hundred thousand cavalry and infantry, fell upon the camp of Muḥammad Shāh, and entering his private apartments sacked them and swept them away. The Sulṭān at the instigation of some interested persons, unwillingly deposed Muḥammad Shāh 255. from his position as heir apparent, and conferring upon Tughlaq Khān338 the son of Fatḥ Khān, his grandson, the title of Tughlaq Shāh raised him to the position of heir-apparent. Tughlaq Shāh beheaded Mīr Ḥasan the son-in-law of the Sulṭān, who was a special favourite of Muḥammad Shāh, and having exiled Ghālib Khān the governor of Sāmāna, sent him to the country of Bihār. On the sixteenth of Ramaẓān in the year 790 H. Sulṭān Fīrūz attained deliverance from the tortures of existence, and hastened to the world of permanence, and was buried on the borders of the Hauẓ-i-Khāṣṣ, over his tomb a lofty dome was erected which is well-known. They devised two chronograms for the date of his death Wafāt-i-Fīrūz and Naql-i-Fīrūz Shāh, the second of these is deficient by one unit.339 The duration of his reign was thirty-eight years and some months.339a

All good fortune is till death and no longer,
In the dust one man is no better than another.
When a drop is thrown into the river
It cannot again be recognized.
The nature of the Heavens is to overthrow,
It is of no use to oppose the decree of Fate.
Who knows with the blood of what hearts
This stirred up dust has been mixed!
Every road, if the wise man is not blinded,
Is the hide of the elk, and shagreen from the wild ass.339b

Among the poets of the reign of Fīrūz Shāh and his boon-companions, is Malik Aḥmad, the son of Amīr Khusrū, may God have 256. mercy upon him, and although there is no famous anthology of his, still there are some imitations of the writings of the earlier poets which are entered in the writings of some of the learned men; and are well-known. Among them is an imitation of this poem of Ẓahīr339c

◌
339d◌
Hail! thou whose cap of empire snatched in its exaltation the
cap of empire of the heaven, by craftiness.

And it is said that in the first hemistich we should read

[◌
Hail to thee! the blow of whose wrath, in thy supreme power

and in place of ◌ (snatched) in the last hemistich we should read ◌ (thrown)];340 and another is this verse

◌
This was extremely easy, that he asked for red sulphur:340a
If he had asked bread from the Khwāja, what could I have
done?

which was thus written,

◌
This would have been very easy had he asked for the water
of life.

Another is in this verse,

◌
If the sky calls the dust of your door musk, do not grieve,
For the jewel's worth is not affected by the abuse of the purchaser.

The poet had written,

◌
If Jupiter calls the gravel at your door rubies, do not grieve.

257. And some of his poems also I have seen, but I remember none of them, and since Malik Aḥmad was the real son of Amīr Khusrū, and reminded them of his father, the King and his companions and the learned men of the age were greatly pleased with these imitations and thought them very valuable.

Another poet was Maulānā Maẓhar Karra,341 whose descendants are still living in the city of Lakhnautī and have been highly thought of and respected from generations back. There is an anthology of his consisting of fifteen or sixteen thousand verses, but inasmuch as he was more of a Mulla than a poet, his poetry is not so highly esteemed by the learned, although were they to search, they would bring to light many a good thing in the way of rarity (of expression).

Another (poet) is Qāẓī ‘Ābid341a who wrote this poem—

My friends say, ‘Ābid with this fine nature of yours
How is it that you have not written more poems and odes?
To whom shall I address poems and odes, since in our time
No suitable lover and no generous patron has arisen.

This is a translation of the following poem in Arabic—

They say, thou hast given up writing poems, I reply, yes!
perforce;
The door of claims and causes is closed.
The land is empty—there is no benefactor from whom to
hope for favours, nor is there any beauty to love.
And the strange thing is that though no one will buy poetry
Still in spite of this they appropriate and steal it.
SULṬĀN TUGHLAQ SHĀH IBN FATḤ KHĀN IBN SULṬĀN FĪRŪZ

Ascended the throne of sovereignty and power by the consent of the Amīrs in the year 790 A.H. (1388 A.D.) in accordance with 258. the will of his grandfather, assuming the title of Ghīyaṯu-d-Dīn Tughlaq Shāh, and despatched several famous Amīrs to oppose Muḥammad Shāh towards the foot of the hills (of Sirmūr). Muḥam-mad Shāh after fighting for a little betook himself to Nagar Kot, and the army of Tughlaq Shāh on account of the difficulty341b of the way turned back (to Dihlī) and Abu Bakr Khān son of Ẓafar Khān and grandson of Fatḥ Khān, who was his brother's son, being panic-stricken and terrified, went to his father,341c and Malik Ruknu-d-Dīn Chanda Wazīr, in concert with other Amīrs, made friends with Abu Bakr Khān, and killed Malik (Mubārak) Kabīr342 in Fīrū-zābād at the door of the rest house of Tughlaq Shāh, and having pursued Tughlaq Shāh and Khān-i-Jahān the Wazīr342a when they fled, put them to death and hung up their heads342b over the gate of the city; this event occurred in the month of Ṣafar342c in the year 791 H. (1389 A.D.); the duration of the reign of Tughlaq Shāh, was five months and eighteen days.342d

Verse.
[He laid low in the dust that rose of kingdom which the garden
of the king
Had cherished in its breast with endless care.]342e
ABU BAKR SHĀH IBN ẒAFAR KHĀN [IBN FATḤ KHĀN]342f
IBN FĪRŪZ SHĀH.

After the martyrdom of Tughlaq Shāh, by the ill-judged agreement of the Amīrs assumed the Government under the above title, and at the commencement of his reign distributed appointments among the Amīrs, and raised Ruknu-d-Dīn Chanda to the dignity of Vazīr, and eventually, when he heard that Ruknu-d-Dīn in concert with certain of the Amīrs, was plotting sedition, 259. and entertained ambitious designs upon the kingdom, got rid of him together with his following, taking possession of his elephants and treasure, obtained complete hold over Dihlī and increased in power daily. In the meantime the Amīrs of hundreds of Sāmāna cut to pieces Malik Sulṭān Shāh Khushdil, the Amīr of Sāmāna, who had been sent against the Sulṭān Muḥammad Shāh to the country at the foot of the hills, at the head of the reservoir of Sāmāna and sacked his house, and sending his head to the Shāhzāda Muḥam-mad Shāh at Nagarkot invited him to come; Muḥammad Shāh accordingly left Nagarkot, and came to Sāmāna by way of Jalan-dhar by continuous marches, and having gathered together the paraphernalia of royal magnificence, for the second time raised the standard of royalty in the month of Rabī‘ul Awwal in the year 791 H. (1389 A.D.), and in the following month of Rabī‘ul Ākhir of the same year, set out to capture Dihlī with a force of 50,000, and alighted at the palace of Jahān Numā where he bestowed upon the Amīrs suitable appointments; among others343 he conferred upon the Governor of Multān the title of Khiẓr Khān; and Abū Bakr Shāh having raised an army for the assistance of Bahādur Nāhir Khān Zāda of Mīwāt, on the (2nd) of Jumādīu-l Awwal343a of the aforesaid year engaged in battle on the plains of Fīrūzābād with Muḥammad Shāh, and gained the day. Muḥammad Shāh, with two thousand cavalry, crossed the river Jamna and entered the Doāb, and sent Humāyūn Khān his younger son to Sāmāna, and having obtained thence a great following and the requirements of sovereignty, and taking with him certain Amīrs of Hindustān with fifty thousand cavalry, a second time marched his standards towards Dihlī. As it chanced he became engaged in battle with Abū Bakr 260. Shāh and was again defeated, and Abū Bakr Shāh pursued him part of the way, but considered it an excellent opportunity to return. Muḥammad Shāh arrived at Chaptar,343b which is a town on the banks of the Ganges, and giving over his following to destruction once more attempted to fight. And in the month of Muḥarram of the year 792 H. (1389-90 A.D.) Shāhzāda Humāyūn Khān having called together many Amīrs from the frontier of Sāmāna to reinforce him, laid waste the country round Dihlī, engaged in battle in the neighbourhood343c of Pānīpath with ‘Imādu-l-Mulk who had been sent by Abū Bakr (Shāh)343d with four thousand cavalry to oppose him, and being defeated retreated towards Sāmāna. And in the month of Jamādīu-l Awwal of the aforesaid year Abū Bakr Shāh marched for Chaptar (Chītar) with a strong force, with the object of opposing Muḥammad Shāh, and had encamped at a distance of twenty kroh from Dihlī, when Muḥammad Shāh with four thousand men,344 passing unobserved round his right flank,344a reached Dihlī by another route and entered the palace of Humā-yūn, where the populace both great and small declared in favour of him; Abū Bakr Shāh pursued him and arrived at Dihlī, and having put to death Malik Bahāu-d-Dīn Jangī whom Muḥammad Shāh had left to guard the gates, without hesitation made for the palace of Humāyūn, and Muḥammad Shāh, being taken off his guard, was not able to oppose him and leaving by way of the door of the Ḥauẓ-i-Khāṣṣ fled again with all haste to Chaptar (Chītar) his original abode and asylum.344b Many of his noted Amīrs and of his body servants were put to death, and although Sulṭān Muḥam-mad Shāh was no longer able to stand against Abū Bakr Shāh, still344c the soldiery and people were very ill-disposed towards Abū 261. Bakr Shāh, and in the month of Ramaẓān in the aforesaid year, Mubashir Chap and some of the slaves of Fīrūz Shāh's party who had been promoted to the rank of Amīr, and for one reason or another bore a grudge against Abū Bakr Shāh, opened a secret correspondence 344d with Muḥammad Shāh, and invited him;344e Abū Bakr Shāh when he came to know of this was utterly dumbfounded, and under pretext of asking assistance from Bahādur Nāhir set his face to go to Kotila344f of Mīwāt, and set out leaving Malik Shāhīn and ‘Imādu-l-Mulk and Malik Baḥrī and Ṣafdar Khān in Dihlī; then Muḥammad Shāh in obedience to the invitation of the Amīrs entered Dihlī for the third time and ascended the throne of royalty in the palace of Fīrūzābād with great ceremony; and Mubashīr Chap, having received the title of Islām Khān, was promoted to the rank of Vazīr, and after some time he left Fīrūzābād and went to the palace of Humāyūn, Jahān (Numā),345 and gave orders for the slaves of the Firūzī party who had been a source of disturbance in the days of tumult and riot to be put to death without distinction, and many of the free men also, who came from the eastern quarters of Hindustān were taken for slaves by reason of the imperfection of their pronunciation,345a and were put to the sword. Abū Bakr Shāh after this misfortune could not recover himself, and remained at the Kotila (of Mīwāt) just as he was till Muḥammad Shāh345b by continuous marches came against him, and Bahādur Nāhir Mīwātī and Abū Bakr Shāh who had taken refuge with him, after fighting for a long time begged for quarter and had an interview with Sulṭān Muḥammad Shāh. Bahādur Nāhir received a robe of honour and other marks of favour, but they imprisoned Abū Bakr Shāh in the fort of Mīrath. In that selfsame prison he escaped from the prison house of the world. This event took place in the year 793 H. (1390-91 A.D.)345c the duration of the reign of Abū Bakr Shāh was a year and a half.

Verse.
He reckoned certain days and then he came to nothing
The time smiled to think that he too had passed away.
Verse.
262. This world is like a corpse upon which there are
thousands of vultures
[One continually tears another with its talons,
The other rends it constantly with its beak]346
At last, they all take to flight and
All that remains of them all is the corpse.
SULṬĀN MUḤAMMAD SHĀH IBN FĪROZ SHĀH.

After the death of his brother's son Abū Bakr, this monarch ascended the throne of Dihlī in the abovementioned year by the consent of the grandees and nobles of the State,346a and assumed absolute power there being now no one left to oppose him in the kingdom. And in this same year Mufarriḥ Sulṭānī governor of Gujrāt revolted, and Ẓafar Khān ibn Wajīhu-l-Mulk was ordered to proceed thither.

In the year 794 H. (1391-92 A.D.) the zamīndārs (land-holders) of the Doāb346b breaking out into rebellion attacked the town of Balārām, and Islām Khān being appointed to proceed against Harsingrāi346c defeated him, while the Sulṭān went as far as Qanauj and Itāwa, and after punishing the infidels of that district and laying waste Itāwa, returned to Chītrā346d which was a favourite resort of his, and there built the city of Muḥammadābād.

In the year 795 H. (1392-93 A.D.) he appointed Malik Muqar-rabu-l-Mulk to proceed against the mutineers in the district of Itāwa, who by promises and engagements347 induced the rebels to come in, and took them to Qanauj, where he put them to death and returned to Muḥammadābād. And in the month of Shawwāl in this year, the Sulṭān was attacked by illness; taking advantage 263. of this Bahādur Nāhir made an inroad upon some of the towns around Dihlī. The Sulṭān notwithstanding his weakness proceeded to Kotla; Bahādur gave battle once and then fled, and the Sulṭān victorious and triumphant returned to Muḥammadābād, and was engaged in superintending the building of the city when his illness returned.

In the year 796 H. (1393-94 A.D.) he appointed Shāhzāda Humāyūn Khān to oppose Shaikhā Khūkhar who had rebelled and gained possession of Lahore, but the Shāhzāda was still in the city when the Sulṭān347a took his departure from the populous city of existence to the deserted regions of annihilation, and was buried in the mausoleum of his father on the banks of the Hauẓ-i-Khāṣṣ:347b the duration of his reign was six years and seven months.

Maṯnavī.
What is the world, but a wayside abode of trouble and evil?
A house of labour and toil, a mansion of pain and affliction?
Here is no truth and no faithfulness; here are no friends and
no friendship;
Hundreds of times have I seen this, and proved it by frequent
experience.347c
SULṬĀN ‘ALĀU-D-DĪN SIKANDAR SHĀH IBN-I-MUḤAMMAD SHĀH IBN-I-
FĪROZ SHĀH,

Who bore the name of Humāyūn Khān, ascended the imperial throne in virtue of his being heir apparent, on the nineteenth of Rabī‘u-l-Awwal in the year 795 H. (1393 A.D.) and after one month and sixteen days he bid farewell to this hired rest-house, and removed his effects to the permanent mansion.348

So long as the world has been, thus has it been, and thus will
it ever be.
264. The issue of affairs will be at last the same for all.

[And during the time that he was Shāhzāda, a learned man wrote and composed in his honour an imitation of the Maqāmāti Ḥarīrī I have seen a Maqāmah from this work].348a

SULṬĀN MAḤMŪD SHĀH IBN-I-MUḤAMMAD SHĀH,

Who was his youngest son,348b ascended the throne348c on the twentieth of Jumādīu-l-Awwal348d in the aforesaid year relying upon the allegiance of the Amīrs,348e with the title of Sulṭān Nāṣiru-d-Dīn Maḥmūd, and having bestowed upon Muqarrabu-l-Mulk the title of Muqarrab Khān, he made him his heir apparent,348f and confirmed to the Amīrs their appointments348g districts and titles; and with a view to restoring order in the important affairs of State, which had suffered in consequence of the dominance of the perverse infidels, he bestowed the title of Sulṭānu-sh-Sharq348h upon Khwāja-i-Jahān, and transferred him from Qanauj to Bihār with full powers and uncontrolled authority, and despatched him thither. He proceeded as far as Jājnagar348i and took possession of it, acquiring a large number of elephants and much valuable property, and from that time the king of Lakhnautī began to send elephants annually as presents to Dihlī.

He also rebuilt349 the greater number of the forts which the infidels had destroyed, in the districts of Karra, Oudh, Sandīla, Malūta,349a Bahraich and Tirhut, and despatched Sārang Khān to the district of Dībālpūr to quell the rising of Shaikhā Khūkhar. And in the month of Zū Qa‘dah of the same year Shaikhā Khūkhar 349b fought a sharp engagement with Sārang Khān, at a place called Sāmothala349c which is twelve krohs from Lahore, but was defeated and retired to the hill country of Jamūn; Sārang Khān thereupon left Lahore in charge of his brother ‘Ādil Khān,349d and returned towards Dībālpūr.

And in the month of Sha‘bān of this year Sulṭān349e Maḥmūd leaving Muqarrab Khān as his Viceroy in Dihlī, and taking with 265. him Sa‘ādat Khān, who was commonly known349f as ‘Abdu-r-Rashīd Sulṭānī, marched in the direction of Bīāna and Gwāliār. In obedience to the order of the Sulṭān a spacious chief mosque349g built of stone was erected in the town of Basāwar, and is standing at the present time, and when349h the Sulṭān arrived near Gwāliār, Malik ‘Alāu-d-Dīn Dbārwāl, and Malloo Khān349i the brother of Sārang Khān, and Mubārak Khān son of Malik Rājū349j conspired against Sa‘ādat Khān, but he, bcoming aware of their design, arrested Malik ‘Alāu-d-Dīn and Mubārak Khān and had them put to death.349k

Malloo Khān fled to Muqarrab Khān in Dihlī. The Sulṭān having returned to the Capital, encamped at some distance from the city, and Muqarrab Khān fearing his displeasure because he had given asylum to Malloo Khān,350 entrenched himself and prepared to fight350a and remained in his fortified position three months, and war arose between Muqarrab Khān and Sa‘ādat Khān.350b

And in the month of Muḥarram in the year 797 H. (Nov. 1394 A.D.) Sulṭān Maḥmūd was induced by the deceitfulness of certain friends of Muqarrab Khān to leave Sa‘ādat Khān, to enter the fort and come to terms with Muqarrab Khān, who thus obtained the assistance he needed. The following day Muqarrab Khān and Sa‘ādat Khān met on the field of battle, and Muqarrab Khān being defeated again entered the fort. Sa‘ādat Khān went to Fīrūz-ābād, 350c and acting in concert with some of the Amīrs summoned Nuṣrat Khān son of Fatḥ Khān and grandson of Sulṭān Fīrūz Shāh350d from Mīwāt, and set him upon the throne in the month of Rabī‘u-l-Awwal of the aforesaid year, with the title of Nāṣiru-d-Dīn 266. Nuṣrat Shāh. Nuṣrat Shāh was nothing more than a puppet, for Sa‘ādat Khān assumed the whole of the authority in state matters, and some slaves of the Fīrūzī party and some elephant drivers joined with Sulṭān Nuṣrat Shāh, and by some clever artifice placed him upon an elephant, and without warning fell upon Sa‘ādat Khān unawares in full force; Sa‘ādat Khān was paralysed and helpless, and350e of necessity took to flight and came to Dihlī, where he sought the protection of Muqarrab Khān, and was treacherously351 put to death by him: then the Amīrs of Nuṣrat Shah's faction such as Muḥammad Muẓaffar Vazīr and Shihāb Nāhir and Malik Faẓlu-llāh Balkhī,351a and the slaves of Fīrūz Shāh's party one and all351b renewed their declaration of allegiance to Sulṭān Nuṣrat Shāh and divided the appointments afresh.

Sulṭān Maḥmud was known as King in Dihlī, while in Fīrūz-ābād Nuṣrat Shāh enjoyed that title,351c and Muqarrab Khān placed the citadel of old Dihlī under the command of Bahādur Nāhir Mīwātī, and bestowed upon Malloo Khān351d the title of Iqbāl Khān,351e and day by day battles were fought between these two kings,351f who were like the two kings in the game of chess.351g Sulṭān Nuṣrat Shāh retained possession of the country of the Doāb, and Sanbhal, Pānīpath, Rohtak, and Jahjar,351h while a few old ruined forts such as Dihlī and Sīrī and the rest, remained in the hands of Sulṭān Maḥmūd, and from that time forward this proverb became a common expression: The rule of the Lord of the world (Khudāwand-i-‘Ālam) is from Dihlī to Pālam.351i And all over Hindustān there arose various parties each with its own Malik.351j

Verse.
Say, either you rule in the city, or let me rule
For the affairs of the state go to ruin between two rulers.

The affairs of the kingdom continued in this state for a space of three years, at one time the Dihlī party got the better of the Fīrūzābād351k party and at another time the positions were reversed.

Verse.
267. Like the kite which is six months female and six months male.352

And in the year 798 H. (1395 A.D.) many battles took place between the Masnad-i-‘Alī,352a Khiẓr Khān, the Amīr of Mulṭān, and Sārang Khān the ruler of Dīpālpūr, and, eventually, owing to the treachery of certain of the slaves of Malik Marwān, who was the tutor of Malik Suleimān the father of Khiẓr Khān, and in consequence of their throwing in their lot with Sārang Khān the governor of Dīpālpūr,352b Multān passed from the possession of Khiẓr Khān to that of Sārang Khān and his party began to grow weaker and weaker every day.

And in the year 799 H. (1396 A.D.) Sārang Khān having overcome352c Ghālib Khān the governor of Sāmāna, and Tātār Khān the Wālī of Pānīpath, gained possession of the country as far as the outskirts of Dihlī.352d Sulṭān Nuṣrat Shāh sent Malik Ilyās352e a slave of the Fīrūz Shāhī party with elephants and an army to reinforce Tātār Khān. He accordingly drove Sārang Khān out of Sāmāna and delivered it to Ghālib Khān.352f

And in the month of Muḥarram 800 H. (1397 A.D.) a severe engagement took place between the two parties in the neighbourhood of the village of Kotla; Sārang Khān was defeated352g and fled towards Multān, and Tātār Khān proceeded to the frontier of Tilaundī, and sending Kamālu-d-Dīn Mubīn in pursuit of Sārang Khān, returned. And in the month of Rabī‘u-l-Awwal in the year already mentioned,352h Mīrzā Pīr Muḥammad, grandson352i of the great Amīr Tīmūr Gūrgān353 King of Khurāsān and Māwarā-an-Nahr, had crossed the river Indus,353a and was besieging the fortress of Uchh.353b ‘Alī Malik, Sārang Khān's lieutenant fought and held the fort for a month, and when Malik Tāju-d-Dīn Bakhtyār arrived 268. at the fort of Uchh with a thousand cavalry given him by Sārang Khān, Mīrzā Pīr Muḥammad left Uchh, and taking Malik Tāju-d-Dīn Bakhtyār and his thousand sowārs353c unawares in their position on the banks of the river Bīāh, attacked them. The greater number of Malik Tāju-d-Dīn's force fell by the sword, while those who escaped the sword were drowned in the floods of destruction;353d and Mīrzā Pīr Muḥammad353e after gaining this victory pursued them with all speed,353f and invested the fortress of Multān.353g Sārang Khān held out against him for six months engaging him frequently, but at last begged for quarter, and had an interview with the Mīrzā,353h who took up his station in Multān pending the arrival of the great Tīmūr.

And in the month of Shawwāl in the aforesaid year Iqbāl Khān, who is better known as Malloo, swore many oaths of allegiance to Sulṭān Nuṣrat Shāh, whom he deported to the fortress of Jahān-numā, 354 taking him away with elephants and an armed force; and Sulṭān Maḥmūd and Muqarrab Khān and Bahādur Nāhir shut themselves up in old Dihlī. On the third day from this Iqbāl Khān made a sudden attack in strong force upon Nuṣrat Shāh hoping to take him by surprise; Nuṣrat Shāh fled from Jahān-numā and came to Fīrūzābād,354a and leaving there crossed the Jamna and went to join Tātār Khān his Vazīr at Pānīpath. The whole354b of the army and elephants of Nuṣrat Shāh fell into the hands of the astute Iqbāl Khān, and for two whole months daily battles were fought between Muqarrab Khān and Iqbāl Khān, until by the intervention of certain Amīrs peace was established between these two leaders; but after a few days354c Iqbāl Khān proceeded against Muqarrab Khān,354d and without warning suddenly surrounded him and besieged him; and after giving him assurances of safety raised him to the dignity of martyrdom, and getting Sulṭān Maḥmūd into his power made a puppet of him and took the management of the state into his own hands. Then in the month 269. of Ẕū Qa‘dah of the aforesaid354e year Iqbāl Khān wrested Pānī-path by force from the followers of Tātār Khān, and seized all his baggage and his elephants and army. Tātār Khān previously to this expedition of Iqbāl Khān, had left Pānīpath with the intention of attempting to reduce Dihlī but found himself quite unequal to the task, and throwing his country354f to the winds left Dihlī and went to Gujrāt with a large following to join his father.354g Iqbāl Khān coming to Dihlī bestowed upon Malik Naṣīru-l-Mulk, a relation of Tātār Khān who had joined him, the title of ‘Ādil Khān, and placed under his control the district of the Doāb.

And in the month of Ṣafar of the year 801 H. (1398 A.D.) Amīr Tīmūr the Great attacked the town of Tulumba,355 and taking Multān, put to the sword355a the whole of the prisoners of the army of Sārang Khān whom Mīrzā Pīr Muḥammad had kept in confinement; proceeding thence by continuous marches he also took the fort of Bhaṭ,355b and having taken prisoner Rāī Jaljīn355c Bhatī put him to death together with the garrison and inhabitants of the fort.

Leaving there355d and taking Sāmāna, he put to death crowds of fugitives from Dīpālpūr and Ajūdhan and Sarsutī,355e who were helplessly fleeing in all directions in terror of their lives, and taking large numbers of them prisoners he took them along with him, and covering great distances he crossed the river Jamna, and entered the Doāb,355f and sweeping the greater part of the country with the bitter whirlwind of rapine and pillage, camped on the banks of the river Jamna opposite the town of Lūnī356 not far from Dihlī;356a and at this camp he put to the sword about fifty thousand prisoners who had fallen356b into the hands of his soldiery before reaching the river Ganges; and some of the ecclesiastical dignitaries of his army also, who had not the slightest acquaintance with the sword, taking all these Hindustānī Muslims for Hindūs, in their desire for the reward of holy war356c sent many of them with their own hands into the next world.

270. Then in the month of Jamaidu-l-Awwal 801 H. the great Tīmūr crossed the Jamna and encamped at Fīrūzābād356d and the next day encamped above the Ḥauẓ-i-Khāṣṣ. Iqbāl Khān having got ready a force of men and elephants, came out against him and engaged his troops, but was defeated in the first engagement, and in spite of all their efforts they were not able to withdraw even a portion of the elephants into the city,356e so complete was the rout. And in this defeat356f many were killed, and when the glittering soldiers of the army of the night had routed the troops of the day, Iqbāl Khān and Sulṭān Maḥmūd leaving their families and friends in the bonds of shame and disgrace, took flight.357 Sulṭān Maḥmūd fled straight to Gujrāt, and Iqbāl Khān crossing the Jamna escaped to the town of Baran. On the following day the Great Tīmūr gave quarter to the inhabitants of Dihlī, receiving from them much valuable property and many presents as the price of quarter. In the meantime however, the people of the city killed some of the soldiers, accordingly on the fourth day he ordered all the inhabitants to be made prisoners,357a and took them all off towards Transoxiāna; eventually Shaikh Aḥmad Kathū357b whose tomb is well known at Sar Khez357c in Gujarāt near to Aḥmadābād, went along with the army and had an interview with the Great Tīmūr, and made apparent to him his condition as a Darvesh, and his surpassing knowledge, moreover he argued with and confuted over and over again357d the learned doctors who were with the Transoxiāna force, and begged for the prisoners' lives. The Great Tīmūr conceived such a strong liking for him that he acceded358 to his request and liberated all the prisoners.

This signal service of the Shaikh remained ever as a debt upon the people of Hindustān; and a full detail of this circumstance is given at length in the Maqāmāt of the Shaikh. A few days after 271. this victory Khiẓr Khān and Bahādur Nāhir Mīwātī,358a who had taken alarm and fled to the hill country of Mīwāt, came in and paid their respects to the Great Tīmūr;358b orders were issued to make all of their party prisoners, with the exception of Khiẓr Khān, who had apparently done some former good service which saved him. After this he raised the banner of return and seized the country at the foot of the Siwālik hills,358c and greatly shook that hill country as it were with an earthquake, ere he reached Lāhor.

For the date of this victory they assigned the two words ◌ (Rakhā, affluence, prosperity) and ◌ (Khār,358d a thorn); and Shaikhā Khūkhar358e also, who had formerly served the Amīr and had taken Lāhor by fraud from Sārang Khān, fell into his hands. He accordingly imprisoned him together with his wife and family, and gave orders to sack Lāhor and take the inhabitants prisoners. Then having made over Dipālpūr and Multān to Khiẓr Khān he said to him359 ‘I have taken Dihlī and have made a present of it to you.’ Leaving Lāhor he proceeded by uninterrupted marches by way of Kābul to his capital Samarqand while Khiẓr Khān went to his own territory (jāgīr).

At this time such a famine and pestilence fell upon Dihlī that the city was utterly ruined, and those of the inhabitants who were left died, while for two whole months not a bird moved a wing in Dihlī. In this interval Sulṭān Nuṣrat Shāh, who after his defeat by Iqbāl Khān had gone into the Doāb, seeing that he had an open field, went first to Mīrath and thence to Fīrūzābād, and fortified the city of Dihlī. ‘Ādil Khān and the other folk who had escaped from the hands of the Mughuls, coming out of the various holes and corners where they had been hiding, gathered round him; when he had got together this company he nominated Shihāb Khān to proceed to Baran against Iqbāl Khān. Whilst he was on the way, a body of Hindūs attacked Shihāb Khān suddenly by night, and raised him to the dignity of martyrdom. Iqbāl Khān with great energy and promptitude obtained possession of his elephants and army, so that from day to day his power increased, while the affairs of Nuṣrat Shāh, became more and more entangled. Iqbāl Khān leaving Baran, started in the direction of Dihlī, and Nuṣrat Shāh leaving Fīrūzābād made for Mīwāt where 272. he died, and the four quarters of Hindustān came under the dominion of Maliks of the various tribes.359a

Then in the year 802 H. (1399 A.D.) Iqbāl Khān marched against Shams Khān Auḥadī359b the ruler of Baiāna, and the hostile forces met in the vicinity of Nūh and Patal; fortune favoured Iqbāl Khān and Shams Khān proceeded to Baiāna. Iqbāl Khān led his army towards Kaithar and exacted contributions of money and services from Rāi Harsingh.359c And in this same year Khwājai-Jahān was received into the mercy of God in Jaunpūr.

Quatrain.
How long wilt thou say “Who has drunk the cup of pleasure?”
How long wilt thou say “Who has gained the palm of fortune?”
What avail all these idle tales, for we must depart,
What profit in all these empty stories, since death must come.

And Malik Mubārak Qaranqal,360 having assumed the title of Mubārak Shāh, took his place.

And in Jamaidu-l-Awwal360a in the year 803 H. (1400 A.D.) Shams Khān of Baiāna and Mubārak Khān son of Bahādur Nāhir had an interview with Iqbāl Khān, who taking them with him fought a battle near Baitālī on the banks of the Blackwater, which is known as the Kālāpānī, with Rāī Sīr360b the ruler of that district, and overcame him, and pursued the infidels as far as the confines of Itāwa; and on his arrival at Qanauj, Sulṭānu-sh-Sharq Mubārak Shāh came up from Jaunpūr and sat down over against him on the other bank of the river Ganges, but inasmuch as neither of them could effect a crossing, they each returned360c to their own 273. country without doing anything. As he returned, Iqbāl Khān treacherously put to death Shams Khān and Mubārak Khān.360d In this same year Turkbacha Sulṭānī, the son-in-law of Ghālib Khān of Sāmāna, collected a large army, and on the ninth of Rajab of this year fought a battle with Khiẓr Khān near Ajūdhan, and being defeated went to the town of Bhūhar, where Ghālib Khān in concert with the other Amīrs put him to death.

And in the year 804 H. (1401 A.D.) Sulṭān Muḥammad ibn Muḥammad Shāh arrived at Dihlī from Dhār, and although Iqbāl Khān went out to receive him, and caused him to alight at the Jahān Numā361 palace with all expressions of service and manifestations of respect, still, since Iqbāl Khān was in possession of all the paraphernalia of royalty, Sulṭān Maḥmūd became very jealous of him and took him with him towards Qanauj. And in this year Maliku-sh-Sharq Mubārak Shāh died, and his younger brother Sulṭān Ibrāhīm succeeded him, and came out to fight with Sulṭān Maḥmūd and Iqbāl Khān. Sulṭān Maḥmūd before engaging in conflict left the army of Iqbāl Khān under pretence of a hunting expedition, and had an interview with Sulṭān Ibrāhīm who treated him with seant ceremony; Sulṭān Maḥmūd accordingly removed Shāhzāda Fatḥ Khān of Herāt, who was holding Qanauj on behalf of Mubārak Shāh, and took that fortress under his own control. The populace of Qanauj, both people and soldiery, joined Sulṭān Maḥmūd, and Sulṭān Ibrāhīm returned to Jaunpūr, while Iqbāl Khān retraced his steps towards Dihlī, so that Sulṭān Maḥmūd was left in undisputed and contented possession of Qanauj.

And in the year 805 H. (1402 A.D.) Iqbāl Khān made an 274. attack upon the country round the fortress of Gwāliār, which Rāi Harsingh361a had taken by treachery from the Muslims during the invasion of Tīmūr, and wresting it from the possession of Bairām Dev the son of Harsingh,361b took it into his own control.

And in the year 806 H. (1403 A.D.) Tātār Khān the son of Ẓafar Khān, forgetting his filial duty took his father prisoner by treachery and sent him to Asāwal, assuming to himself the title of Sulṭān Nāṣiru-d-Dīn Muḥammad Shāh, and set out at the head of a large army with the intention of attempting to reduce Dihlī. While he was on the way his uncle Shams Khān administered poison to him and removed him, then he released Ẓafar Khān and the whole army joined him.

Verse.
A parricide is not fitted to be a king,
And even if he is fitted he will not last for more than six
months.

And in the year 807 H. (1404 A.D.) Iqbāl Khān marched towards Gwāliār and Itāwa, the Rāis of which districts all took refuge within the fortress of Itāwa, and stood siege for four months; at last they made overtures for peace, sending four elephants aud other presents of suitable nature. Iqbāl Khān leaving there came to Qanauj, and fought with Sulṭān Maḥmūd, but was unable to effect his purpose owing to the strength of the fortifications, so returned to Dihlī without accomplishing his object.

And in the Muḥarram of the year 808 H. (1405 A.D.) he marched for Sāmāna, and from thence came to Rūpar,362 and by stratagem laid hands upon Bahrām Khān Turkbacha, who had been an antagonist of Sārang Khān, and flayed his head. Leaving Rūpar he proceeded towards Multān, intending to fight with Khiẓr Khān, and at Talaundi taking with him Rāi Kamāln-d-Dīn Mubīn and the other Zamīndārs, on the nineteenth of the month of Jumādīu-l-Awwal in the abovementioned year, he engaged in battle with Khiẓr Khān in the neighbourhood of 275. Ajūdhan,362a on the banks of a tributary (of the Satlaj);362b and since ill-fortune attended Iqbāl Khān,363 he was defeated in the very first engagement, and his horse being wounded could not bear him off the field, so that the soldiers of Khiẓr Khān pursued him, and cutting off his head sent it to Fatḥpur, one of the dependencies of Multān. And in the month of Jumaidu-l-Ākhir of this year Sulṭān Maḥmūd came from Qanauj at the invitation of the Amīrs of Dihlī, and once more sat upon the throne of Dihlī, and conferred appointments upon the Amīrs, and sent the family of Mubārak Khān to Kol. And in the month of Jumaidu-l-Awwal of the year 809 H. (1406 A.D.) Sulṭān Maḥmūd marched with a force towards Qanauj, and Sulṭān Ibrāhim came out thence and crossed the Ganges, but they both turned back without fighting.363a

Sulṭān Ibrāhīm went towards Jaunpūr, and Sulṭān Maḥmūd towards Dihlī, but seeing that the Amīrs of Sulṭān Maḥmūd's army one after the other left for their own districts as they came to them in the march, Sulṭān Ibrāhīm turned back and besieged Qanauj; Malik Maḥmūd Tarmati, who was holding Qanauj for Sulṭān Maḥmūd, kept Sulṭān Ibrāhīm engaged in fighting for four months, but when he saw that no reinforcements were arriving from any quarter he was forced to sue for peace, and surrendered Qanauj to Sulṭān Ibrāhīm.363b Sulṭān Ibrāhīm passed the rainy season at Qanauj, and then having made over that district to Ikhtiyār Khān the grandson of Malik Daulat Yār of Kanpila, started to reduce Dihlī.

And in the year 810 H. (1407 A.D.) Nuṣrat Khān Karkandāz,364 and Tātār Khān the son of Sārang Khān, and Malik Marḥabā the slave of Iqbāl Khān, turned against Sulṭān Maḥmūd and joined Sulṭān Ibrāhīm, and Asad Khān Lodi fortified himself in Sam-bhal. The following day Sulṭān Ibrāhīm reduced the fortress of Sambhal and gave it to Tātār Khān: then crossing the Ganges he encamped on the banks of the Jamnā near the fort of Kicha in the vicinity of Dihlī, where he learned that Ẓafar Khān had taken the district of Dhār364a and was making his way to Jaunpūr;364b accordingly leaving Malik Marḥabā in Baran, he reached Jaunpūr by continuous marches; Sulṭān Maḥmūd pursued him and having killed Malik Marḥabā in battle, and taking Sambhal364c without a fight, left there Bāsad Khān after his usual custom. Tātār Khān marched to Qanauj and the Sulṭān came to Dihlī. And in this year Khiẓr Khān came with a large force and drove Daulat Khān out of Sāmāna.364d The Amīrs of that district all sought an interview with him, and the whole country as far as to the outskirts of Dihlī fell into his hands; only Rohtak and the Doāb remained in the possession of Sulṭān Maḥmūd.

And in the year 811 H. (1408 A.D.) Sulṭān Maḥmūd proceeding to Ḥissār Fīrūz took it364e from Qiwām Khān to whom Khiẓr Khān had given it, and having taken possession of it, on arriving at the village of Rata364f turned back towards Dihlī: Khiẓr Khān then came by way of Rohtak with a large army from Fatḥābād to oppose Sulṭān Maḥmūd,365 and laid siege to Dihlī, but was not able to maintain the siege by reason of the severe famine which prevailed in Dihlī, then having taken possession of the Doāb he returned to Fatḥpūr.365a

And in the year 812 H. (1409 A.D.)365b Bairām Khān Turkbacha,365c who after the death of Bahrām Khān Turkbacha had become master of Sāmāna, and had been defeated in a battle with Daulat 277. Khān, and again revolting against Khiẓr Khān had had a second interview with Daulat Khān, now offered his services to Khiẓr Khān, and received a confirmation of the grant of the districts formerly held by him in fief. And in the year 813 H. (1410 A.D.) Khiẓr Khān besieged the fortress of Rohtak365d for six months, and after reducing it proceeded to Fatḥpūr.365e In this year Sulṭān Maḥmūd made an expedition to Kaithar and arrived at the capital Dihlī.

In the year 814 H. (1411 A.D.) Khiẓr Khān came to Narnūl365f and Mīwāt365g and ravaged that country, and blockading Sulṭān Maḥmūd in the fortress of Sīrī, which is part of Dihlī,366 and Ikhtiyār Khān in Fīrozābād, and fighting several fierce battles, was prevented from maintaining the siege366a by reason of the dearness of grain, and returned to Fatḥpūr by way of Pānīpath.366b

And in the year 815 H. (1412 A.D.)366c Sulṭān Maḥmūd departed from this world, and the kingdom passed from the family of Fīrūz Shāh. The duration of his reign, full as it was of turmoil and vicissitudes, was twenty years366d and two months, during which Sulṭān Maḥmūd had had only the name of sovereignty.

Verse.
Who is there in this long-enduring world
Who can say “Mine is the kingdom” save the Almighty?
Verse.
A head which the fates exalt to a lofty position
They later on entangle its neck in a noose.
Save the blood of kings there is nought in this bowl,
Save367 the dust of lovers there is nought in this desert.

Of the poets of the reign of Sulṭān Maḥmūd is Qāzī Ẓahīr Dihlavī367a who has left a Dīwān (anthology) full of qaṣīdahs in eulogy (of Maḥmūd) of which this is one.

Heir to the mighty monarchy, Sulṭān Maḥmūd,
Who succeeded his father and grandfather in the sovereignty 278.
of the world;
He removed Dabarān367b from the sky to serve as his signet,
While Taurus complained saying I have but this one eye
left.367c
By the first strain of his bow string he has wakened the Lion,
And after that he has stretched him out in sleep with the
deep-piercing arrow.
The whole world boasts of full satiation at the board of thy
favour,
Save only the lute which complains that its belly is empty.367d
Oh thou whose world-conquering sword flashes in the darkness of infidelity like to the lightning flashing through the
darkness of night,
Although the heaven has made thine enemies intoxicated
like the eyes of the beloved idols for some time, still at last
it has overthrown them.
It is envy of thy generous hand which throws the ocean into
tumult, for if it be not so, the ocean is never so disturbed
by the winds of heaven.

The following is also by the same author:

Thou art a monarch before whom the heavens bow in adoration,
Thou art a King in whose reign time itself exults.
Qiblah368 of the nation, and mainstay of kingdoms and religion, Maḥmūd
Whom the assemblies of Sulṭān have chosen as their Imām.368a
The Qāẓī of the heavens368b comes out on foot to receive him
279. When the Governor of his unerring judgment sends the
summons.
He keeps constant watch368c lest sedition should make a night
assault,
Thy vigilance stands with a drawn sword in its hand while
the people sleep (in safety).
In order that thy enemy may not enjoy the sweet breezes
of the garden of thy favour
The heavens have afflicted him with fever and headache in
addition to catarrh.368d
The heavens have apportioned every arrow of thine to one
of the various families,
It were not possible to allot the arrows369 in any better way
than this.

The following is also his:

My love has gone outside, do thou my life also go outside,
For if thou art not outside with my love, thou wilt be outside
the pale of love.
Specially that now, in order to uproot the infidels and rebels,369a
The royal standards have gone out clothed in good fortune.
Shāh Maḥmūd, he who when he sallied forth against the
infidels,
Thou would'st say ‘Īsa has come forth to slay Dajjāl.369b
Thy reign has cast sedition into the bondage of annihilation.
I said to the heavens, Beware! this is a prisoner369c of the
Sulṭān, free him not!

This is also his:

The month of Dai370 has arrived, and the air has in consequence become so cold370a
That nothing save the icy breeze can move from its place.
The earth is cold and frost bound,370b the air is even colder than
the earth,
In very truth the air is chill with the weariness of age.
In the garden the fire of the tulip and Gulnār have died
down,
280. From the cold the (graceful) trees of the garden have become
mere sticks.
The water is hard frozen from the cold, and says with petulance,
I will break if anyone places his foot upon my head.
No single bud comes out from its resting place in the heart of
the tree, although it wears upon its cypress-like body a cap
and mantle.
The bird has ceased its song when it saw the havoc wrought
by autumn,
When a general pillage is going on, lamentation is futile.
Seek not for leaves and seed-bearing fruit in the garden, for
to-day
The leaves have been scattered by the wind, the seeds
remain hidden beneath the earth.
The morning breeze draws every breath like a deep drawn sigh,
Seeing that it has cast to the winds so beauteous a being as
the rose.
So far has the rose gone that should you search the East and
the West,
You will not find it save in the assembly of the King of the
World.
Shāh Maḥmūd from the splendour of whose assemblies, there
is eternal spring in the month of Dai, and the world is like
Paradise.
He who when he draws up his array, and orders it for battle,
The lines of the enemies at the very sight of him pale with
terror.371
His heart is the rising place of sacred knowledge,371a and he has
knowledge,
Because371b he fathoms the secrets of Fate with a glance.
Oh thou who in the rules of Government art an example to
vazīrs,
The vazīrs have issued no order save on the authority of thy
judgment.
If it be not the intention of the wind to write a memorial
of thy virtues371c
Why does it scatter the leaves of the rose in the garden, 281.
The sun in comparison with thy (brilliant) judgment looks
like Suhā371d
Although Suhā cannot be seen in the bright light of the Sun.
Thou slayest thine enemies, and Time confesses thy excelleuce;
Thou art the refuge of the people, and the evil doers take
shelter under thy wing.
The cupbearer of thy feast bears a cup of joy in his hand,
The herald of thy fame has the whole world beneath his feet.
The banquet of Truth cannot be spread save in praise of thee
Although the whole feast terminates with the distribution of
sweetmeats.
Hail Khusrū! even should I remain excluded from attendance
upon thee
I shall not take one moment's rest from praising and eulogising thee.
My duty is thy service, since were I to refrain from that
I have no other occupation save singing thy praises.
Thou hast led thine army against thy enemies, and I follow
thee
Sending early and late the army of benediction to thy
assistance.
As long as the nights of the month of Dai are longer than
its days,
And until the season of Nauroz comes round unpreceded by
winter,
May the garden of thy enjoyment blossom like the season of
spring.
May the life of thy enemies be shorter than the days of winter.

This is another of his compositions.

The scent of the rose has arisen, haste my companion to the
rose-garden,
Seek for the old wine, and re-call that old love of thine.
282. The branch of the rose, like the date-palm of ‘Īsā, refreshes
the soul in the garden
Because the breeze gently shakes it continually like Mariam.372
Although the tender branch inclines with the wind, from one
side to the other
Yet a stream flows, Praise be to God, up to the Ṣirāṭ-i-mus-
taqīm.372a
The branch is full of leaves, why does the nightingale complain in its song?
How is it possible that Moses should have patience when he
has Khiẓr for companion?372b
The wind draws lines across the stream like the scribe as
he drives his pen,
The eye of the narcissus points to the sky like the eye of the
astronomer as he prepares his tables.
The parrots flaunt in green attire, the ringdove wears white
garments,
The crow is devoid of any such honourable vestments, wearing as it does a black blanket.373
You would say373a that the narcissus has produced a transcript
of these people (umam) who sleep below the dust. Look!
it has for each alif two mīms.373b
The sumbul and narcissus are copies of the locks and eyes
of the fair ones;
Of those two, one falls prostrate stricken with blackness,
the other comes intoxicated (with love).373c
The rose-bud has blossomed by the blast of the breeze of
the garden,
In truth, he who has a resigned heart rejoices even when
misfortune befalls him.
You would say that the black spot which has come in the
heart of the tulip from the cruelty of autumn
Is a Hindū who has fallen374 into the flames of hell.
She stands there on one foot lifting upwards two eyes374a
Beseeching the merciful Lord374b to grant the King eternal life.
283. He in comparison with whose youthful fortune the heaven is
as an old man bowed with age,374c
And for instructing his judgment, abstract Wisdom374d is as an
intelligent child.
When once the power of growth374e has obtained sufficient
intensity from his sharp sword, it splits the fruit-stone, as
his sword does the enemy, into two halves beneath the
earth.
The star of sovereignty,374f which has left its orbit to seek thy
auspicious presence,
Will find its proper orbit if it becomes stationary at thy
court.

And in truth after Qāzī Ẓahīr no poet arose in Hindūstān whose poetry repaid the trouble of reading. After the death of Sulṭān Maḥmūd the great Amīrs of Hindūstān as for instance Mubāriz Khān and Malik Idrīs who was the ruler of Rohtak, quarrelled with Khiẓr Khān and were disposed to make common cause with Daulat Khān, Khiẓr Khān accordingly stood fast in Fatḥpūr and made no expeditions to any country.

In Muḥarram of the year 816 H. (1414 A.D.) Daulat Khān having gone towards Kaithar on a hunting expedition and having brought the Rāis of that district into his toils, went to Baitālī, and Mahābat Khān the Wālī of Badāon came thither and joined him. And in this year Sulṭān Ibrāhīm besieged Qādir Khān the son of Maḥmūd Khān in Kālpī, and Daulat Khān being very short handed, ignored him, and omitted to send reinforcements to either of these places; and Khiẓr Khān in Ẕū-l-qa‘da of this year came to the fortress of Fīrūzābād,375 the Amīrs of which district came into him, and Malik Idrīs was besieged in Rohtak. Khiẓr Khān marched by that route to Mīwāt and taking with him Jalāl Khān Mīwātī the brother's son of Bahādur Nāhir, conveyed him to Sanbal which place he pillaged, and in Ẕū Hijjah of that same year he encamped before the gates of Dihlī with the intention 284. of taking it; Daulat Khān held out for four months, but at last was compelled by the want of agreement with Malik Lonā and the other supporters of Khiẓr Khān to sue for peace, humbly and earnestly. He had an interview with Khiẓr Khān who threw him into prison, and delivered him to Qiwām Khān who conveyed him to the fortress of Fīrūza and slew him. This happened in the year 816 H. (1414 A.D.) on the seventeenth of Rabī‘u-l-Awwal.375a

Verse.
Everyone whom the world favours, she at last375b spills his blood,
What can be the condition of that child, whose mother is
his enemy.
MASNAD-I-‘ĀLĪ KHIẒR KHĀN IBN MALIKU-SH-SHARQ375c
IBN MALIK
SULEIMĀN,

In the year before mentioned after the conquest of Dilhī, having raised the standards of monarchy, became firmly established upon the throne of sovereignty.

This Malik Suleimān had been exalted in his childhood by Malik Naṣīru-l-Mulk Marwān Fīrūz Shāhī to the rank of a son, and had been educated accordingly. In real truth he was a Saiyyidzāda of high family, so that on one occasion Makhdūm-i-Jahāniyān Saiyyidu-s-Sādāt, the fountain of dignities, Shaikh Jalālu-l-Haqq wau-s-Shara‘wau-d-dīn al-Bukhārī may God sanctify his soul, came for some important purpose into the house of Malik Marwān Daulat; food was served, and Malik Suleimān brought the ewer and bason to Makhdūm intending to pour water over his august hands. Makhdūm addressing him by the title of Malik Marwān Daulat, said, This lad is a Saiyyid Zāda, and it is derogatory to him to allot him such a menial service. From that 285. day forth, it was known that Malik Suleimān was an undoubted Saiyyid; but besides this, the signs of Saiyyidship, and good qualities and praiseworthy traits became manifestly visible in the character of Masnad-i-‘Ālī Saiyyid Khiẓr Khān.

Verse.
The Saiyyid was a man in whom were manifested
The virtues of Muḥammad, and the grace of ‘Alī the accepted.

The following is an epitome of the career of Malik Marwān Daulat. He was governor of Multān in the time of Fīrūz Shāh, and after the death of Malik Marwān Daulat, the Government of that district devolved upon his son Malik Shaikh, shortly after whose death it was confirmed to Malīk Suleimān. He also bade farewell to this world in that reign, and the country of Multān with its dependencies was conferred upon Saiyyid Khiẓr Khān on behalf of Sulṭān Fīrūz Shāh, up to the date when the aforesaid Saiyyid was advanced to the Sulṭānate by the Amīrs. He however would not assume the title of King; but received the title of Rāyāt-i-A‘ala.376

On the date mentioned he alighted at the palace of Sulṭān Maḥmūd, and gained over the hearts of great and small by public largesse and unbounded favours, distributing titles, offices, and territories among his personal attendants; in the very first year of his accession he conferred upon Malik Naḥv376a (Tuḥfa) the title of Tāju-l-Mulk, and appointed him with a considerable following to the command of the eastern districts of Hindūstān; he accordingly crossed the river Ganges at the ford of Pīrāhā,377 and entered the country of Kaithar. Rāi Har Singh and the rebels of that district sought refuge in the forests of that country377a and lay hid there. Then he gave over Kaithar to rapine and plunder, whereupon Mahābat Khān Ḥākim of Badāon also came in and had an interview with him, and Rāi Har Singh being reduced to extremities submitted to him, agreeing to the conditions imposed of the payment of tribute and of a yearly offering. Tāju-l-Mulk and Mahābat Khān seized the banks of the river Rahab, and on arriving at the ford of Sargdawārī crossed the Ganges, chastised 286. the infidels of Kahwar (which is now known by the name of Shamsābād)377b Kanpila and Baitālī, and passing by the towns of Sakīna377c and Pādham came to Rāparī;377d and Hasan Khān and Malik Ḥamra his brother, who held the government of Rāparī, and Rāi Sar the governor of Chandawār, together with the infidels of Gwāliār all came and joined hands with him, agreeing to pay tribute, and voluntarily assuming the yoke of obedience. From thence Malik Tāju-l-Mulk came to the township of Jālesar,377e which he wrested from the grasp of the infidels of Chandawār, and restored as of old to the control of the Muslims who had held it in days of yore, and gave fresh currency to the Muḥam-madan religion. Then having appointed his own agents and having seized the right bank of the Black water,378 inflicted condign punishment upon the infidels of Etāwah, and then returned towards the city.

And in the year 818 H. (1415 A.D.) he gave to Saiyyid Khiẓr Khān the younger son378a of Malik Mubārak, whose countenance betokened royal dignity, the territory of Fīrūzpūr and Sihrind, together with the whole of the districts which were in the possession of Bairam Khān Turkbacha, and subjected the supreme control and administration of that tract of country to his will and pleasure, while Malik Sadhū Nādir,378b having assumed the control of the western portion of Hindūstān, was appointed to this office with the rank of Nāib-i-Shāhzāda (i.e., vicegerent of the Prince).

And in the aforesaid year the Prince here alluded to having, in concert with Malik378c Sadhū Nādira and Zīrak Khān the Amīr of Sāmāna and other Amīrs and Maliks,378d set in order the important affairs of that province, and put everything upon a satisfactory footing, returned to Dihlī his capital city.

And in the year 819 H. (1416 A.D.) he appointed Malik Tāju-l-Mulk 378e with a large army to carry the standards of Khiẓr Khān378f towards Baiāna and Gwāliār; Malik Karīmu-l-Mulk, the brother of Shams Khān Auḥadī came and had an interview with him. 287. Having cleared those regions of the thorns of infidelity he returned; and in this selfsame year some of the Turkbachas of Bairam Khān's party seized by treachery Malik Sadhū Nādira, who was holding the district of Sihrind as the Shahzāda's deputy, raised him to the dignity of martyrdom, and took possession of Sihrind. Khiẓr Khān thereupon sent Zīrak Khān to put down this rebellion, and he accordingly went thence to the foot of the hills in pursuit of those rebels, but after encountering many difficulties he returned.

In this year also Sulṭān Aḥmad, who was the ruler of Gujerāt, laid seige to Nāgor,379 but upon hearing of the march of Khiẓr Khān abandoned the siege and withdrew. Khiẓr Khān came to Chhāin,379a and Alyās Khān the governor of Chhāīn gave in his allegiance to him. Thence he proceeded to Gwāliār, and although he did not reduce that fortress, still he levied tribute and offerings from it, and thence came to Baiāna where Shams Khān Auḥadī gave in his submission. And in the year 820 H. (1417 A.D.) Tūghān the Ra'īs with his band who had been the murderers of Malik Sadhū revolted. Zīrak Khān was again appointed (to chastise them), and scattered that gathering in all directions.

And in the year 821 H. (1418 A.D.) Khiẓr Khān went up against Kaithar, and Har Singh Dev, who has already been mentioned, laid waste the whole of Kaithar, and took to the forest of Ānwla, the circumference of which is twenty-four krohs. After several engagements he was defeated, and eventually withdrew to the hill country of Kumāon. Tāju-l-Mulk crossed the river Rahab and pursued him as far as the hills, and from there came to Badāon, and taking with him Mahābat Khān, the governor of Badāon, crossed the Ganges by the crossing of Bajlāna: then having dismissed Mahābat Khān, he himself went on to Itāwa, whence he returned to Dihlī laden with spoil. In this same year, 288. also, Khiẓr Khān379b again led an army against Kaithar, and proceeding by way of Kol arrived at Baitālī, where he crossed the Ganges and came to Badāon. On this occasion Mahābat Khān Badāonī being afraid of him, shut himself up in the fortress, and opposed Khiẓr Khān for a space of six months; he was on the point of being defeated, when Qiwām Khān and Ikhtīyār Khān, and certain of the other Maḥmūd Shāhī Amīrs who had seceded from Daulat Khān and had espoused the cause of Khiẓr Khān, meditated treason against Khiẓr Khān: but Khiẓr Khāṇ becoming aware of this state of things380 abandoned (the siege of) Badāon, and returned to Dihlī. And in the year 822 H. (1419 A.D.) he put those traitor Amīrs to death on the banks of the Ganges, in vengeance for the treachery of which they had been guilty. In the same year also an obscure person on the confines of Bajwāra,380a falsely gave himself out to be Sārang Khān who had been killed some time before, and upon his assuming this name several adventurers flocked to him. Khiẓr Khān deputed Sulṭān Shāh Lodī380b to proceed against him. They fought a fierce battle in the neighbourhood of Sihrind, and Sārang Khān the impostor fled and took to the mountains. Sulṭān Shāh made Rūpar his head quarters.380c In this same year Khiẓr Khān sent Tāju-l-Mulk to Itāwa. Rāi Sipar was holding out in that fort, but sought for quarter, and consented to pay revenue to Tāju-l-Mulk. 380d Thence he came to Chandwār, and having laid it waste and pillaged it, proceeded by way of Kaithar to Dihlī. In this same year Malik Tāju-d-Dīn died, and the duties of his Vazīrship were entrusted to his elder son Malik Sikandar. Tūghān Ra'īs again raised an insurrection in Sihrind, and Malik Khairu-d-Dīn was appointed to oppose him, and returned after having satisfactorily quelled his rebellion.

And in the year 824 H. (1421 A.D.) Khiẓr Khān proceeded to 289. Mīwāt and took Kotla; thence he hastened to Gwāliār, from the Rāi of which place he levied considerable sums and returned to Itāwa. Rāi Sipar had gone to hell, and381 his son had tendered his submission. In this interval381a a severe illness attacked Khiẓr Khān which led to his return towards Dihlī. Having arrived at that city on the seventeenth of Jumādīu-l-Awwal in the above year, he was received into the mercy of God and passed away from the world.

Verse.
Every evening is followed by the morning.
At last there comes an end to every labour.

The duration of his reign was seven years and some months.381b

SULṬĀN MUBĀRAK SHĀH IBNI KHIẒR KHĀN IBNI MALIK SULĪMĀN,

In accordance with his rights as heir-presumptive ascended the throne with the consent of the Amīrs in the year 824 H. (1421 A.D.)381c and became firmly settled in the administration of his kingdom. In this year Jasrat Khūkar381d the son of Shaikhā Khūkar raised a rebellion, the reason of which was that he had taken unawares Sulṭān ‘Alī the king of Kashmīr, who had started with the intention of conquering Tatta381e and had defeated him in one of the mountain passes,381f a vast amount of plunder falling into his hands. Emboldened by this victory, he used the royal treasures which he had obtained to further an attempt to seize the kingdom of Dihlī, and having crossed the rivers Biāh and Sutlej with a large army, and assaulted Talaunḍī which was in the possession of Rāi Kamālu-d-Dīn Mubīn,382 and Rāi Fīrūz fled from before him. 290. Jasrat came to Ludhiāna382a and plundered and pillaged along the banks of the river Sutlej as far as the boundaries of Rūpar;382b there he crossed the river and came to Jālandhar.382c Zīrak Khān had taken refuge in the fort of Jālandhar. Jasrat descended the bank of the river Sarsuti whereupon the question of peace arose; Jasrat by some treachery made Zīrak Khān prisoner. Sulṭān Mubārak Shāh moved towards Sihrind, upon hearing which Jasrat Shaikhā382d released Zīrak Khān who went to Sāmāna and offered his services to Mubārak Shāh who proceeded to Ludhiāna. Jasrat having crossed the Ludhiāna river drew up to oppose him, being in possession of the whole of the boats. The army of Mubārak Shāh was unable to cross the river, until after the rising of Canopus382e when the river became fordable. The Sulṭān then crossed the river; Jasrat fled and having crossed the river Chhināb383 came to Talhar383a in the hill tracts. The troops of Mubārak Khān followed him and the greater part of his infantry and cavalry were killed, and all his wealth and treasure was plundered and lost. Rāi Bhīm383b the chief of Jammoo offered his services to Mubārak Shāh and guided his army.383c Mubārak Shāh returned thence to Lāhor.

And in the year 825 H. (A.D. 1421) he remained encamped on the bank of the river Rāvī for nearly a month, rebuilt the city of Lāhor which had been laid in ruins during the late invasion, and completely repaired the citadel where it had been breached and levelled;383d then having left there Malik Maḥmūd Hasan who bore the title of Maliku-sh-Sharq, returned to Dihlī. Five months later Jasrat Khūkar again came against Lāhor with a large army and encamped at the abode of Shaikhu-l-Mashāikh Shaikh Hasan Zinjānī,383e may God sanctify him, and every day for a month made repeated efforts to take the city by assault, but eventually failing to attain his object383f withdrew to Kalānor383g and fought a battle with Rāi Bhīm, and when both sides were in the midst of the fight they agreed to make peace. 291.

Malik Sikander Tuḥfa who had been despatched from Dihlī to reinforce Malik383h Maḥmūd Hasan crossed the Rāvī by the ford of Pūhī383i and encamped at Lāhor, and Jasrat feeling that he was not able to cope with the conjoint forces383j crossed the Chhināb river and proceeded to the hills of Talwāra,384 and the army of Mubārak Shāh having put down that rebellion returned to Dihlī.

In the year 826 H. (1422 A.D.) Mubārak Shāh proceeded to Kaithar, and Mahābat Khān of Badāon who had revolted against Khiẓr Khān came in and submitted himself, and was distinguished by special marks of favour. Leaving there384a he crossed the Ganges and attacked the country of the Panwārs384b in the neighbourhood of Khor otherwise known as Shamsābād,384c and having put the majority of them to the sword ravaged the country; then having left Malik Mubāriz and Zīrak Khān and Kamāl Khān with a large force in the fortress of Kanpila to quell the insurrection of the rebels he returned to Dihlī.

And in this year Alp Khān Governor of Dhār384d came with the object of chastising the Rāi of Gwāliār and with the intention of subduing that region; Mubāral Shāh upon receiving intelligence of this proceeded towards Gwāliār; when he arrived in the neighbourhood of Baiāna, Shams Khān Auḥadī385 the son of Auḥad Khān Auḥadī, Governor of Baiāna, who had put to death by treacherous means his uncle Mubārak Khān, became alarmed and revolted, and after laying waste Baiāna entrenched himself385a in the fortress, but eventually submitted.

Mubārak Shāh left that place and marched towards Gwāliār, but Alp Khān proceeding along the banks of the Chambal river385b would not permit the army of Mubārak Shāh to cross: however the soldiers of Mubārak Shāh crossed by another ford, scattered the forces of Alp Khān, and returned triumphant. This 292. engagement led to a peaceful settlement, and Alp Khān sent in many presents and returned towards Dhār, while Mubārak Shāh proceeded to Dihlī.

And in the year 827 H. (1423 A.D.) he again ordered an expedition towards the hills of Kumāon and Kaithar, on returning whence he laid waste Mīwāt. In this year a severe famine occurred throughout the whole of Hindūstān. In the year 829 H. he again proceeded towards Mīwāt and reduced the fortresses of Indor and Alwar.

And in the year 830 H. he took Baiāna from Muḥammad Khān Auḥadī, and sent the family of Auḥadī to the palace known as Jahān Numā,386 and assigned it to them as a residence. He then gave Baiāna to Malik Muqbil Khān one of his retainers, and Sīkrī to Malik Khairu-d-Dīn Tuḥfa, while he himself led an army against Gwāliār receiving the submission of the Rāis of that district.

And in the year 831 H. (1427 A.D.) ambassadors arrived in Dihlī from Qādir Khan, governor of Kālpī, bringing tidings that Sharqī386a was besieging him. Mubārak Shāh marched to oppose Sharqī; but in the meantime tidings arrived that Sharqī had attacked Bhūngāon386b and was encamped there, intending to proceed to Badāon.386c Mubārak Shāh, who had crossed the river Jamna at the ford of Nūh Patal, and had attacked Jartaulī,386d on arrival at the township of Atraulī386e received intelligence that Mukhtaṣṣ Khān386f the brother of Sharqī had arrived on the borders of Itāwa with an army and many elephants; Mubārak Shāh detailed Maliku-sh-Sharq Maḥmūd Ḥasan with ten thousand cavalry to oppose Mukhtaṣṣ Khān. Mukhtaṣṣ Khān joined hands with Sharqī who proceeded along the banks of the Black-Water, 293. otherwise known as the Kālinī,386g and arrived in the vicinity of the township of Burhānābād one of the dependencies of Itāwa. Mubārak Shāh marching from Atraulī encamped at the town of Kota,387 but Sharqī declined battle and withdrew towards Rāprī, and thence, after crossing the Jamna, proceeded to Baiāna and encamped on the bank of the river of Kaithar. Mubārak Shāh pursued him as far as Chandwār; a space of four krohs lay between the two armies so that the outposts of the forces could see each other. They remained thus confronting each other for twenty days; at last Sharqī came out in force, and from mid-day till nightfall hard fighting went on between the two armies, and the event was not decided on that day; on the following day Sharqī turned back towards his own country,387a and Mubārak Shāh, considering that both sides were Muslims, no longer pursued him, but went towards Satgāna,387b and having conquered that country followed the bank of the Chanbal river and came down to Baiāna.

Muḥammad Khān Auḥadī, who on account of having had an (unsatisfactory) interview with Sharqī had taken fright, and had entrenched himself in the fortress, came and sought protection in an interview with Mubārak Shāh.387c Mubārak Shāh thereupon retraced his steps to Dihlī.

And in the year 832 H. Maliku-sh-Sharq Maḥmūd Ḥasan, who had been left in Baiāna by Mubārak Shāh as his Viceroy, and had put the affairs of that place in order, and had also chastised387d those infidels who had made common cause with Muḥammad Khān and had raised disturbances, came to Court and received substantial favours, and the fortress of Fīroza was confirmed to him. In that same year Malik Rajab Nādira, governor of Multān died, and Malik Maḥmūd Ḥasan received the title of ‘Imādu-l-Mulk (Pillar of the State) and proceeded to Multān.

And in the year 833 H. (1429 A.D.) Mubārak Shāh went to Gwāliār by way of Baiāna, and having taken the Rāprī district from the son of Ḥasan Khān gave it to Malik Ḥamza, and returned 294. to the city (Dihlī). On the way thither Saiyyid Sālim, who had served Khiẓr Khān for thirty years,388 and held the fief of Tabar-hinda, died. The title of Saiyyid Khān was conferred upon one of his sons, and that of Shujā‘u-l-Mulk upon the other.388a And Fūlād, a Turkbacha slave, one of the servants of the aforesaid Saiyyid Sālim, raised a rebellion in Tabarhinda and took possession of the enormous wealth which had been amassed by Saiyyid Sālim. Mubārak Shāh imprisoned the sons of Saiyyid Sālim, and appointed Malik Yūsuf Sarūr and Rāi Hansū Bhatī388b to oppose him (Fūlād). Fūlād Turkbacha made a night attack upon them and scattered their forces, and much valuable booty fell into his hands. Mubārak Shāh led an army against Tabar-hīnda, and the Turkbacha slave was besieged there. Mubārak Shāh summoned ‘Imādu-l-Mulk from Multān, and sent him with a message to the Turkbacha slave, who, after suing for quarter, came out from the fort and had an interview with ‘Imādu-l-Mulk, but did not rely upon his assurances, and returned in alarm to the fort and continued to fight. Mubārak Shāh permitted ‘Imādu-l-Mulk to proceed to Multān and himself returned to Dihlī. The slave (Fūlād) continued to engage in battle at intervals with the troops of Mubārak Shāh during the six months during which he was absent. At last he sent considerable sums of money388c by way of presents to Shaikh ‘Alī Mughul who was the ruler of Kābul. Shaikh ‘Alī accordingly came to his assistance from Kābul with a vast army, which was reinforced by a large number of men from the borders of the Panjāb. He removed the slave (Fūlād) together with all his family and relations from Tabar-hīnda and taking them with himself returned, and having crossed the river Bīāh came to Lāhor. Maliku-sh-Sharq Malik Sikander, governor of Lāhor, who used to pay a yearly tribute to Shaikh ‘Alī, discharged his obligation and induced him to turn his attentions elsewhere. Accordingly Shaikh ‘Alī passing by Lāhor without sacking it389 made towards Depālpūr, and ‘Imādu-l-Mulk came out from Multān to oppose him. Shaikh ‘Alī taking the 295. bank of the river Rāvī, proceeded to within a short distance of Ṭulumba,389a and turning aside from thence came to Khūṭpūr.389b (‘Imādu-l-Mulk) fought with Shaikh ‘Alī but was defeated, and Malik Suleiman Shāh Lodī, who was with the advance guard of the army of ‘Imādu-l-Mulk, fell in this battle;389c [and Shaikh ‘Alī came to Khusrūābād and for a long time daily engagements were fought between him and ‘Imādu-l-Mulk].389d

And in the year 834 H. (1430 A.D.) Mubārak Shāh sent a vast army to the assistance of ‘Imādu-l-Mulk, and appointed Fatḥ Khān ibn-i-Sulṭān Muẓaffar Khān of Gujrāt to the command of that force. Shaikh ‘Alī was not able to stand against them,389e so changed front, and retired under cover of night into an entrenchment which he had thrown up around his position; when they surrounded his entrenchment he retreated towards Jhīlam, and having crossed the river there lost the greater part of his men by drowning, some were killed and some taken prisoners.389f Shaikh ‘Alī and Amīr Muẓaffar proceeded with a certain number of men to the town of Shīwar;389g all their baggage and property having been taken, the army of ‘Imādu-l-Mulk pursued them up to that point. Amīr Muẓaffar remained entrenched within the fortress while Shaikh ‘Alī set his face to go to Kābul. The victorious army abandoned the siege and returned to Dihlī. Multān was taken away from ‘Imādu-l-Mulk and given to Malik Khairu-d-Dīn Khān which led to great disturbances on the borders of Multān.

And in the year 835 H. (1431 A.D.) Malīk Sikander,390 governor of Lāhor, set out to quell the rebellion which Jasrat Khūkhar had stirred up at the foot of the hills. Jasrat took him390a unawares and engaged him in battle; Sikander falling into the hands of 296. Jasrat Khūkhar was taken prisoner near Jālandhar. Jasrat took his prisoner to Lāhor and besieged the city, and Saiyyid Najmu-d-Dīn the regent of Sikander, and Malik Khushkhabr390b the slave of Sikander, fought several battles with him. In the meantime Shaikh ‘Alī collected an army and again came on to the borders of Multān,390c and assaulted Khūṭpūr,390d taking prisoners the greater portion of the inhabitants of Jhīlam and its vicinity, and seized Ṭulumba, pillaging and despoiling all the inhabitants and making them prisoners; most of them he put to death, and took the rest of them, great and small, to his own country.

In the meantime Fūlād Turkbacha, who has been mentioned above, left Tabarhīnda and invaded the territory of Rāi Fīroz390e who engaged him in battle and was slain, Fūlād sending his head to Tabarhinda.

In this year also the Sulṭān again led an army towards Lāhor and Multān; when he arrived in the vicinity of Sāmāna, Jasrat withdrew from in front of Lāhor towards the foot of the hills, and Shaikh ‘Alī also retired to his own country. Lāhor and Jālandhar were taken from Shamsu-l-Mulk and given to Nuṣrat Khān Gurgandāz, and Mubārak Shāh gave orders for the family and relations of Shamsu-l-Mulk to be removed390f from Lāhor to Dihlī, whither he himself returned.

And in the year 836 H. (1433 A.D.) Mubārak Shāh once more hastened to Sāmāna391 to put down the rebellion of Jasrat; when he arrived at Pānīpath he received intelligence of the death of his mother, who was called Makhdūma-i-Jahān (Mistress of the world), and turned back with a small retinue391a to Dihlī, and having remained there ten days to perform his mourning for her, again joined his army, and detailed Yūsuf Surūru-l-Mulk to proceed to Tabarhinda to put down the insurrection of Fūlād. Mubārak Shāh after taking Lāhor and Jālandhar from Nuṣrat Khān gave them to Malik Allahdād Kālū Lodī. When391b he arrived near Jālandhar, Jasrat, having crossed the river Bīāh, had engaged Allahdād Kālū391c at Bajwāra,391d and had defeated him. 297. Malik Allahdād had fled to the hill-country.

In this year the Sulṭān brought an army into Mīwāt against Jalāl Khān, and from thence despatching a force to operate towards Gwāliār and Itāwa, returned (to Dihlī). In this same year Shaikh ‘Alī coming down into the Panjāb again caused disturbances there. Mubārak Shāh accordingly nominated ‘Imādu-l-mulk to reinforce the Amīrs of that district. Shaikh ‘Alī invaded the country from Shīwar to the banks of the Bīāh, and taking great numbers prisoners and plundering, went to Lāhor. Zīrak Khān and the other Amīrs391e who were in Lāhor fortified themselves there, and fought repeated engagements with him, till, one night, the inhabitants of Lāhor were careless about their guards and sentries, and Malik Yūsuf Surūru-l-Mulk and Malik Isma‘īl under cover of night succeeded in joining Zīrak Khān; then sallying from the fort,391f gave battle and were defeated. Shaikh ‘Alī pursued them, some of the fugitives were put to death, and some were taken prisoners. The following day Shaikh ‘Alī took Lāhor and put to death great and small,391g and taking many prisoners remained there. And after some days, he came to Debālpūr, which Malik Yūsuf Surūru-l-Mulk was intending to abandon. Malik ‘Imādu-l-Mulk392 on hearing of this despatched his brother Malik Aḥmad from Tabarhinda to the fort of Debālpūr with orders to hold it. Shaikh ‘Alī becoming aware of this returned from that direction: Sulṭān Mubārak Shāh proceeded as far as Sāmāna in order to quell these disturbances.392a From Sāmāna he proceeded to Talaundi and thence to the ford of Pūhī, where he crossed the the Bīāh and came to Debālpūr. Thence he marched along the banks392b of the Rāvī, and Shaikh ‘Alī crossed the Jhīlam and fled,392c Mubārak Shāh pursued him as far as the fortress of Shīwar and crossed the Rāvī near Ṭulumba.392d Amīr Muẓaffar 298. Khān, brother's son to Shaikh ‘Alī, who was holding the fort with Shaikh ‘Alī's troops, fought against the king for a month, and at last sued for quarter, and gave his daughter together with a large amount of money and valuables to the prince. A part of Shaikh ‘Alī's forces who were besieged in Lāhor sought quarter from Shamsu-l-Mulk and evacuated the fort. As soon as Mubārak Shāh had completed the affair of Shīwar and the conquest of Lāhor, he procceded with a small retinue to visit the holy shrines of the Shaikhs at Multān, and returning almost immediately came to Debālpūr and remained there for some days. Having regard to Shaikh ‘Alī (as a source of danger), he gave the districts of Lāhor and Debālpūr to Maliku-sh-Sharq ‘Imādu-l-Mulk, and taking away the districts of Baiāna from ‘Imādu-l-Mulk he gave them to Shamsu-d-dīn. Marching thence in light order by forced marches, he reached Dihlī on the day of the ‘Īd-i-Qurbān392e and conferred the office of vazīr upon Sarwaru-l-Mulk and gave to Malik Kamālu-l-Mulk,393 who was the Military Secretary (Nāib-i-La shkar), charge of the civil administration in conjunction with Sarwaru-l-Mulk.

There was a hypocritical bond of fellowship between these two,393a inasmuch as Sarwaru-l-Mulk had a grievous thorn rankling in his breast on account of the deprivation of Debālpūr, and bore a grudge against Mubārak Shāh: so that at such a juncture, seeing that he had less than ever to hope from him, he entered on a course of secret treachery and deceit. He entered into a conspiracy with the sons of Kāngū Khatrī and Kajwī Khatrī and Mīrān Ṣadr Nāib-i-‘Arz, (who for generations had been protégés of the Mubārak Shāhī family, and held several high offices) and also with another party of Muslim vagabonds, to seek an opportunity of destroying Mubārak Shāh.393b

And in the year 837 H. (1433 A.D.)393c Mubārak Shāh built a city on the banks of the river Jamna,393d and gave it the name of Mubārakābād (City of Prosperity), though in reality it should have been called Kharābābād (City of Ruin), and was so zealous in building it that he spared no pains in its superintendence. In 299. the meanwhile news of the capture of the fortress of Tabarhinda reached the court, accompanied by the head of the slave Fūlād Turkbacha.393e Mubārak Shāh could not contain himself for joy at this intelligence, and proceeded by forced marches to Tabarhinda393f and returned thence speedily to Mubārakābād. In this year tidings arrived that hostilities were going on between Sulṭān Ibrahīm Sharqī and Alp Khān, governor of Kālpī, who had received the title of Hoshang.394 Mubārak Shāh accordingly sent commands in all directions for forces to be collected and held in readiness to march towards Kālpī, and that they should assemble at the Court. At this juncture Mubārak Shāh persisted in his invariable custom of visiting the site of the new city in season and out of season. One day when he had ridden out there with a body of attendants without ceremony, and was preparing to say the Friday prayers,394a the infidels under Mīrān Ṣadr, who had continually lain in wait for him at the instigation of Sarwaru-l-Mulk, seeking an opportunity (to slay him),394b with one accord entered the private apartment of Mubārak Shāh on some pretext or another, and Sidh Pāl,394c the grandson of the scoundrel Kajwī Khatrī, put that auspicious monarch to a martyr's death. This event took place in the year 837 H. The days of his reign were thirteen years three months and sixteen days.

Verse.
Wonder not at the vicissitudes of time, for the heavens
Retain a recollection of thousands of such stories as this.
Set not your affections upon that which passeth away, for the
river Dajla394d
Will continue to pass by Baghdād, while many Khalīfahs
come and go.
SULṬĀN MUḤAMMAD SHĀH IBN I FARĪD KHĀN,

The brother's son of Mubārak Shāh ibn i Khiẓr Khān, whom 300. Mubārak Shāh had adopted as his own son, ascended the throne in succession to Mubārak Shāh in the year395 837 H. (1433 A.D.) and Sarwaru-l-Mulk, whose head was filled with treacherous designs, ostensibly owned his allegiance. Muḥammad Shāh, in spite of the foregoing circumstances, conferred upon him the title of Khān-i-Jahān and bestowed a khil‘at upon him, he also appointed Mīrān Ṣadr Mu‘īnu-l-mulk, and for a short time winked at the doings of those infidels. Maliku-sh-Sharq Kamālu-l-mulk, who was co-partner with Sarwaru-l-Mulk in the vazīrship, elected to reside outside the city, and gave in his allegiance to Muḥammad Shāh. The second day after the accession Sarwaru-l-Mulk made some pretext for arresting395a certain of the servants of Mubārak Shāh, and put them to death, and left nothing undone to secure the overthrowal of the family of Mubārak Shāh; moreover, he began to divide the country among his own partisans, giving the territory of Baiāna, and Amroha, and Nārnol, and Kuhrām, together with certain districts in the Doāb, to Sidh Pāl and Sidhāran Khatrī who were the (actual) murderers of Mubārak Shāh. Rānūn the Black, a slave of Sidh Pāl, arrived in Baiāna with a large following, and attempted to enter the fort; but in the meantime Yūsuf Khan Auḥadī arrived from Hindwān,395b and giving him battle defeated him, and sent the greater portion of those infidels to hell. Their women and children fell as prisoners into the hands of the Muslims, and the head of Rānūn the Black was hung up over the gate of the fort. Inasmuch as Sarwaru-l-Mulk and his infidel horde began to commit violence, the Amīrs of Khiẓr Khan and Mubārak Shāh, who were scattered here and there about the country, in several places shewed symptoms of revolt and set on foot many insurrections. Sarwaru-l-Mulk had the self-same object, namely to damage the kingdom. 301. Malik Allahdād Kāla Lodī, governor of Sambhal and Ahār,395c and Malik Chaman396 governor396a of Badāon, grandson of Khān-i-Jahān, and Amīr ‘Alī Gujrātī, together with some other Amīrs, raised a large following to avenge the death of Mubārak Shāh, and started towards Dihlī. Maliku-sh-Sharq, Kamālu-l-Mulk, and Saiyyid Khān, son of Saiyyid Sālim, who had received the title of Khan-i-Ā‘zam from Mubārak Shāh, were appointed by the durbār to proceed against those Amīrs, and Malīk Yūsuf, the son of Sarwaru-l-Mulk, together with Sidhāran and Kāngū were ordered to accompany Kamālu-l-Mulk. The Dihlī army crossed by the ford of Kīcha and came to Baran (Bulandshahr). Malik Allahdād and the other noted Amīrs having arrived at the township of Ahār desired to cross the Ganges without fighting and go where they could safely. But when they saw clearly that Malik Kamālu-l-Mulk was heartily bent upon taking vengeance upon Sarwaru-l-Mulk, they took courage and did not leave their positions. Sarwaru-l-Mulk becoming aware of this sent his lieutenant Malik Hushyār, under pretence of reinforcing Kamālu-l-Mulk, as a spy into their army. Yūsuf Khān and Malik Hushyār, and Sidhāran the infidel, entertaining suspicions regarding Kamālu-l-Mulk left the army and went to Dihlī: and the Amīrs of Sambhal and Badāon joined Kamālu-l-Mulk and came in great force to the ford of Kīcha. Sarwaru-l-Mulk was engaged in strengthening his fort. The following day the loyal Amīrs having crossed the Jamna encamped in the Bāgh-i-Jūd 396b while the traitors and infidels sallied out from the fort and engaged them in battle, but suffered defeat in the very first onset and retreated to the fort, but before they could enter it a large number were put to death and most of the remainder were taken prisoners.

The day following this victory the Mubārak Shāhī Amīrs 302. encamped near the fort of Sīrī, and the greater part of the Amīrs who were inside the fort, came out and joined them. Fighting went on between the two parties for three months.

At the latter part of this year Zīrak Khān, Governor of Sāmāna died, and the country was confirmed to his son Muḥammad Khān. Muḥammad Shāh, although outwardly he held friendly relations with Sarwaru-l-Mulk, still in his inmost heart was in unison with his father's Amīrs. Sarwaru-l-Mulk became aware of this, and accordingly began to plot treachery against him also, and was only waiting his opportunity.

On the eighth of Muḥarram in the year 838 H. (1434 A.D.) Sarwaru-l-Mulk and the sons of the perfidious Mīrān Ṣadr suddenly broke into the tent of the king with the intention of doing him a grievous injury, but at this moment Muḥammad Shah became aware of their design; and with all despatch sent messengers to Kamālu-l-Mulk, while the attendants who were near the person of Muḥammad Shāh were on their guard, and killed the traitor Sarwaru-l-Mulk, and seizing the sons of Mīrān Ṣadr executed them in presence of the darbār. The traitorous infidels blockaded themselves in their own houses. Kamālu-l-Mulk, accompanied by all the Amīrs, entered the fort by the Darwāza-i-Ba ghdād (Baghdād gate). The ruffian Sīdh Pāl set fire to his house and property, and after performing the jauhar397 which is a well-known custom expressed by that word in the Hindī language, went himself into battle and became food for the flames of the pitiless sword,397a and his impure soul went to hell.397b Sidhāran Kāngū and the rest of the Khatrī confederation, were one and all taken prisoners, and were impaled near the ḥaẓīra397c (mausoleum) of Mubārak Shāh, and Malik Hushyār and Mubārak Kotwāl were executed along with them. The following day Kamālu-l-Mulk and the other noted Amīrs renewed their fealty to Muḥammad 303. Shāh; Kamālu-l-Mulk obtained the rank of vazīr and Malik Chaman of Badāon received the title of Ghāzīu-l-Mulk, and was reinstated in his former position as governor of Badāon, Amroha being also added to his province; Malik Allahdād Lodī would not accept any title, the title of Daryā Khān however he accepted for his brother. Thus after settling the important affairs, Muḥam-mad Shāh gave durability to his rule, and conducted his Government in tranquillity.

And in the year 840 H. (1436 A.D.) he turned his attention towards Multān, and halted for some days at Mubārakpūr to give time for the Amīrs of the various districts to join him. When the Muḥammad Shāhī's troops were all assembled at Mubārakpūr he marched thence towards Multān, and after visiting the shrines of the holy men at that place398 came to Dihlī. And in the aforesaid year, marching towards Sāmāna he despatched a force to proceed against Shaikhā Khūkhar.398a Accordingly they laid waste his country and returned.398b In the year 841 H. (1437 A.D.) tidings arrived that the tribe of Langāhs had raised an insurrection in Multān, and in the meantime Sulṭān Ibrahīm Sharqī obtained possession of certain divisions of Dihlī, and the Rāi of Gwāliār and the other Rāis refused to pay the customary tribute. Muḥam-mad Shāh affected to be indifferent to this, and disturbances sprung up in all directions, and everyone was hankering after something. The Khānzādas of Mīwāt, who are the ancestors of Ḥasan Khān of Mīwāt, invited Sulṭān Maḥmūd Khiljī from Mālwa to assume the imperial power of Dihlī.

And in the year 844 H. (1440 A.D.) Sulṭān Maḥmūd arrived at Dihlī, and Muḥammad Shāh drew up his forces and sent out his son Saiyyid ‘Alāu-d-Dīn to engage him in battle, giving the 304. command of the force to Malik Buhlūl Lodī. Sulṭān Maḥmūd also appointed his two sons Gẖiāṯu-d-Dīn and Qadr Khān399 to oppose them. A fierce battle resulting they at last agreed to make peace, and Sulṭān Maḥmūd taking advantage of that, and alleging as an excuse that he had seen in a dream that the kingdom of Multān was being ruined, marched in light order under cover of night towards Mālwa. Malik Buhlūl pursued him and seized a portion of his baggage and valuable equipment. Sulṭān Muḥammad was so pleased at the energy displayed by Buhlūl Lodī that he called him his son,399a and bestowed upon him the country of Lāhor and Detālpūr.

And in the year 845 H. (1441 A.D.) he marched to Sāmāna, and having despatched Buhlūl to chastise Jasrat Khūkhar, returned to Dihlī. Jasrat concluded a peace with Malik Buhlūl and held out to him the pleasing prospect of becoming Sulṭān of Dihlī,399b till at last Buhlūl began to collect Afghāns from all directions and took forcible possession of a large number of parganas, then without any ostensible reason he picked a quarrel with Muḥummad Shāh and revolted against him, leading an army against Dihlī. He held Sulṭān Muḥammad for a considerable time closely besieged, but could not accomplish his purpose, and returned without effecting anything. In the meantime Muḥammad Shāh was afflicted with a grievous disorder,399c and the Amīrs who were at a distance of twenty krohs from Dihlī revolted against him, and sending for his son ‘Alāu-d-Dīn who held a jāegīr in Badāun, and had left there on a hunting expedition at the foot of the hills, made him399d heir-apparent. And in the year 847 H.399e he passed away, the duration of his reign was fourteen399f years and some months, or thereabouts.

Come and cast one look upon their dust, and take warning.
For the dust is the resting-place of trusted emperors.
305. SULṬĀN ‘ALĀU-D-DĪN IBN I MUḤAMMAD SHĀH IBN I MUBĀRAK
SHĀH400
IBN I KHIẒR KHĀN,

In accordance with the testamentary disposition of his father succeeded to the throne, and Malik Buhlūl with the other Amīrs gave in their allegiance to him, and seeing that the indolence of Sulṭān ‘Alāu-d-Dīn was even greater than that of his father, a still more violent ambition to secure the throne began to work upon the excited fancy of Buhlūl.

In the year 850 H. (1445 A.D.) Sulṭān ‘Alāu-d-Dīn made an excursion towards Baiāna; while on the road he heard a false rumour that the King of Jaunpūr was on his way to attack Dihlī, and without attempting to ascertain its truth returned in hot haste to Dihlī. In the year 851 H. (1447 A.D.) he went to Badāon and elected to take up his abode there, and after making preparations for remaining there401 returned to his capital Dihlī.

And in the year 852 H. (1448 A.D.) having made his two brothers-in-law Shahna-i-Shahr (City Constable) and Mīr-i-Kūe (Superintendent of Roads) he returned to Badāon. A disturbance arose between those two brothers, and at last both were put to death by the people of Dihlī. Husāin Khān who was Umdatu-l-Mulk (a Privy Councillor), and loyal to the Sulṭān, but from time to time spoke the direct truth to the Sulṭān in connection with the administration of State affairs, had for this very reason, fallen out of favour with the Sulṭān, and had been deposed from his office. Ḥamīd Khān, Vazīr-i-mamlukat, (vazīr of the State) who had fled to Dihlī fearing punishment at the hands of the Sulṭān, and dreading an attempt upon his life,401a joined with Ḥusain Khān in inviting Malik Buhlūl and in raising him to the throne. He accordingly took advantage of the absence of the Sulṭān to pro- 306. ceed to Sirhind401b and having assumed to himself the title of Sulṭān read the Khuṭbah, and coming a second time with401c his whole army seized upon Dihlī. Leaving his viceroy there he proceeded towards Dībālpūr, where he set about raising an army, and wrote a letter couched in hypocritical terms to Sulṭān ‘Alāu-d-Dīn saying, “I am your obedient servant, and am undertaking all this marching backwards and forwards solely out of loyalty to your person.” The Sulṭān in reply, wrote as follows: “The deceased King, Sulṭān Muḥammad Shāh, called you by the name of Son. There is neither fruit nor profit for me in sovereignty; living in solitary contentment at Badāon I resign the empire of Dihlī401d to you. Sulṭān Buhlūl leaving Dībālpūr ascended the throne of Dihlī401e

without fighting or opposition; and Sulṭān ‘Alāu-d-Dīn by the orders of Sulṭān Buhlūl was invested with the sovereignty of Badāon and the districts appertaining to it, towards the river Ganges as far as Khairābād and the foot of the hills, and used to read the Khuṭbah in his own name in those districts, till at last after some time, in the year 855 H. (1451 A.D.) he bade farewell to this world.402 The duration of his reign was seven years and some months.

Verse.
This is the sum and total of the world's conduct.
It has never proved faithful to any man.
SULṬĀN BUHLŪL [IBN I KĀLĀ]402a
LODĪ,

Who in the reign of Sulṭān Muḥammad Shāh had obtained the title of Khān-ī-Khānān,402b in the year 855 H. (1451 A.D.) in concert with Ḥamīd Khān Vazīr (who, after the execution of Ḥusāin Khān at the hands of Sulṭān ‘Alāu-d-Dīn, had gained possession of the family and relations of Sulṭān ‘Alāu-d-Dīn in Dihlī, and had brought the key of the fortress and had given it to Sulṭān Buhlūl) 307. ascended the throne of sovereignty, and by degrees contrived to secure the imprisonment of Ḥamīd Khān,402c and in the same year proceeded to Multān to set that province in order.402d

And in the year 856 H. (1452 A.D.) Sulṭān Maḥmūd Sharqī at the instigation of certain of the Amīrs of the party of Sulṭān ‘Alāu-d-Dīn, came with a large army and laid siege to Dihlī, and after severe fighting gained possession of it,403 and Fatḥ Khān Ḥarawī403a who was one of the most trusted Amīrs of Sulṭān Maḥmūd was killed. Sulṭān Maḥmūd403b not being able to bear up against this went to Jaunpūr; and the following year came into the same neighbourhood, proceeding from Jaunpūr to Itāwa, and concluded peace upon the following terms, namely, that so much of the kingdom of Dihlī as was under the sway of Mubārak Shāh should belong to Sulṭān Buhlūl, while that portion which was under the rule of Sulṭān Ibrāhīm Sharqī should revert to Sulṭān Maḥmūd;403c and having promised that after the rainy season he would give Shamsābād to Sulṭān Buhlūl,403d which was held by Jūnā Khān as the deputy of Sulṭān Maḥmūd, each of them went to his own country.

Sulṭān Bublūl at the expiration of the appointed time marched against Shamsābād, took possession of it, and gave it to Rāi Kiran, ruler of Bhūnganw. Sulṭān Maḥmūd being displeased at this, proceeded again403e to the borders of Shamsābād and fought with Sulṭān Buhlūl.403f In the meantime Sulṭān Maḥmūd quitted this existence for the house of eternity, and Muḥammad Shāh, the son of Sulṭān Maḥmūd, was nominated to the kingdom of Jaunpūr in the room of his father, and having arranged peace upon the terms formerly agreed upon between Sulṭān Maḥmūd and Sulṭān403g

Buhlūl proceeded to Jaunpūr, and, inasmuch as Quṭb Khān, the cousin of Sulṭān Buhlūl had fallen a prisoner into the hands of Muḥammad Shāh,404 Sulṭān Buhlūl, in defiance of the existing treaty, again brought up his army against Muḥammad Shāh, who also leaving Jaunpūr came to Shamsābād and took it from the Hindūs 308. by force,404a and on the borders of Rāprī confronted Sulṭān Buhlūl. Muḥammad Shāh was defeated and retreated towards Qanauj. Sulṭān Buhlūl pursued him.404b And in the aforesaid year Sulṭān Ḥusain Sharqī, ibn-i-Sulṭān Maḥmūd revolted against his brother Muḥammad Shāh, and seized the throne of Jaunpūr with the assistance of the Amīrs, and detailed404c a large army to proceed against Muḥammad Shāh, whom they finally put to death on the banks of the Ganges in the vicinity of Rāj Gar. Sulṭān Ḥusain made peace with Sulṭān Buhlūl, and sending for Quṭb Khān Lodī who was still in prison, from Jaunpūr, presented him with a horse and a robe of honour and sent him to Sulṭān Buhlūl404d and returned from Qanauj to Jaunpūr.404e

Sulṭān Buhlūl also despatched Jalāl Khān, the brother of Ḥusain Khān, whom he held in confinement as hostage for Quṭb Khān, to Sulṭān Ḥusain after conferring honours upon him. And after some years405 Sulṭān Ḥusain coming to the borders of Chandwār, fought a battle with Sulṭān Buhlūl, and having concluded a peace for three years again returned to his own country. At this juncture Aḥmad Khān Jilwānī, the ruler of Baiāna read the Khuṭbah in the name405a of Ḥusain Khān; and Sulṭān Ḥusain, upon the expiration of the period for which peace had been concluded, proceeded towards Dihlī with 10,000 cavalry and a thousand elephants. They met near a place called Bhatwāra, and Sulṭān Ḥusain having agreed to peace encamped at Itāwa. Sulṭān Buhlūl came to Dihlī. The fact of these two kings being thus within a seven days' journey is not without its ridiculous side.

Verse.
Who has ever seen a scabbard which can contain two swords!
Who has ever seen the thrones of two Jamshīds in one place!

And in this year Sulṭān ‘Alāu-d-Dīn, whose daughter [Malika- 309. i-Jahān]405b was married to Sulṭān Ḥusain, passed away in Badāon, as has been already related,405c and left his kingdom to Sulṭān Buhlūl and Sulṭān Ḥusain.

Verse.
Even supposing that thou hast attained to that which thou
desirest,
Even supposing that thou hast been all that thou shouldest be,
Has not everything which has attained perfection, suffered
afterwards from loss?
Does not the azure heaven taken away again all that it has
bestowed?

And Sulṭān Ḥusain came from Itāwa to Badāon to perform the duties of mourning for him,406 and having taken those districts from the sons of Sulṭān ‘Alāu-d-Dīn, took possession of them himself, and thence went406a to Sambal, and having taken prisoner Tātār Khān,406b the Governor of that place, sent him to Sāran,406c and with a large army and the number of elephants already mentioned, arrived at Dihlī in the month of Ẕū Ḥijjah, in the year 880 H.406d and encamped on the banks of the Jamna near the ford of Kīchā.406e Sulṭān Buhlūl coming from Sihrind summoned406f Ḥusain Khān, the son of Khān-i-Jahān from the vicinity406g of Mīrath, and despatched him to oppose Sulṭān Ḥusain,406h while he himself held Dihlī against him. And on this occasion also, owing to the exertions of Quṭb Khān, Sulṭān Ḥusain agreed to peace, taking into his own possession the whole of the country on the further side of the Ganges;406i then relinquishing this side of the river to Sulṭan Buhlūl he returned. Sulṭān Buhlūl406j seized his opportunity, and when Sulṭān Ḥusain marched, crossed the river Jamna and captured some baggage and other property406k which Sulṭān Ḥusain, relying upon the truce, had left on the camping-ground: a certain proportion of the treasury also which was laden on elephants and horses, fell into the hands of Sulṭān Buhlūl, and as many as forty406l 310. noted Amīrs of Sulṭān Ḥusain's force, were taken prisoners, among others for instance, Qāẓī Samā'u-d-Dīn entitled Qutlugh Khān the Vazīr, who was the most learned of the doctors of his time.

Sulṭān Buhlūl made over Qutlugh Khān in chains to Quṭb Khān Lodī, and himself giving chase went as far as Shamsābād407 in the Doāb, which was held by Sulṭān Ḥusain, and seizing it, appointed commissioners407a of his own over407b that country; this occurrence took place in the year 884 H. (1479 A.D.)407c the chronogram for that year was Nawīd-i-Kharābī (Tidings of ruin).407d

And Sulṭān Ḥusain seeing that he was being very closely pursued, determined to make a stand at Rāprī, and once more peace was agreed to between them upon the old conditions, namely, that each should rest contented with the countries of which he was in possession, and should retire. Upon the conclusion of this peace Sulṭān Ḥusain remained at Rāprī, and Sulṭān Buhlūl at a place called Dhopāmaū'; and after a time Sulṭān Ḥusain again collecting an army came up against Sulṭān Bahlūl, and a fierce engagement took place in the vicinity of Sonhār.407e Sulṭān Ḥusain again suffered defeat, a great deal of treasure and valuables beyond computation falling into the hands of the Lodī party, and was a means of increasing their influence and power. Sulṭān Buhlūl left Dhopāmaū' for Dihlī to mourn407f for Khān-i-Jahān who had died in Dihlī, [and having conferred the title of Khān-i-Jahān upon his son, again returned to attack Sulṭān Ḥusain, and reaching Rāprī fought a battle in which he gained a victory];407g and when Sulṭān Ḥusain took refuge in flight a number of his family and children were drowned in the Jamna. Sulṭān Ḥusain continued his march towards Gwāliār, and was still on the way when the rebel tribes of Hatkānt,408 who are a clan of the Bhadaurīs, attacked his camp; Rāi Gīrat Singh, the Governor of Gwāliār came to the assistance of the Sulṭān offering his services, and having presented 311. him with money and property, horses, camels, and elephants, with tents for himself and his troops, sent an army to accompany him, proceeding himself with the Sulṭān408a as far as Kālpī; Sulṭān Buhlūl pursued him, and the two Kings408b met in the neighbourhood of Kālpī and a considerable time was spent in hostilities. In the meantime Rāi Tilūk408c Chand, the Governor of the country of Baksar,408d came and offered his services to Sulṭān Ḥusain,408e and enabled him to cross the Ganges at a place which was fordable. Sulṭān Ḥusain not being able to stand against him withdrew to Thatta,408f and the Rāja of Thatta came to receive him, and having presented him with several laks of tankahs in cash, and other valuables,408g together with several elephants, escorted him to Jaunpūr.

Sulṭān Buhlūl made an attempt to conquer Jaunpūr, accordingly Sulṭān Ḥusain leaving Jaunpūr went by way of Bahraich towards Qanauj, and engaged409 Sulṭān Buhlūl for some time on the banks of the Rahab, and met with the defeat which had become a second nature to him. On this occasion his whole retinue and regalia fell into the hands of the Lodīs, while his chief wife Malika-i-Jahān, Bībī Khūnzā,409a who was the daughter of Sulṭān ‘Alāu-d-Dīn, and the grand daughter of Khiẓr Khān, was taken prisoner;409b Sulṭān Buhlūl treated that lady with the utmost respect and regard, and when he again attempted to conquer Jaunpūr, Bībī Khūnzā by some artifice effected her escape and joined her husband. Jaunpūr fell into the hands409c of Sulṭān Buhlūl. He gave it to Mubārak Khān Lūhānī, and himself proceeded to Badāon. Sulṭān Ḥusain took the opportunity to march against Jaunpūr in full force: the Amīrs of Sulṭān Buhlūl evacuated it, and went to Quṭb Khān Lodī who was in Maḥjaulī,409d and approached Sulṭān Ḥusain with expressions of fealty, and by pretending to take his part kept him at bay till reinforcements arrived from Sulṭān Buhlūl. Sulṭān Buhlūl sent his own son Mubārak Shāh to the assistance of these 312. Amīrs, while he himself also set out409e for Jaunpūr, following his son; Sulṭān Ḥusain not being able to stand against him went to Bihār. In the meantime tidings of the death of Quṭb Khān reached Sulṭān Buhlūl at the camp of Haldī,409f and having performed the requirements of mourning for him, he proceeded to Jaunpūr, and after placing his son Barbak Shāh upon the throne of the Sharqī dynasty,409g returned, and came to the Kālpī country, which he gave to A‘zam Humāyūn, another nephew, who had the name of Bāyazīd,410 and having arrived at Dholpūr410a levied several mans of gold as tribute from the Rāi of that place; then passing by Bārī went to Ilāhpūr,410b one of the dependencies of the fortress of Rantanbhūr, and having laid waste that country came to Dihlī and remained there. Some time after this he hastened to Ḥīssār Fīroza, where he remained a few days and then returned to Dihlī. Once more he went to Gwāliār, where Rāja Mān the Governor of Gwāliār sent an offering of eighty laks of tankas of that period; accordingly Buhlūl confirmed him at Gwāliār, and proceeded to Itāwa, and was making his way back to Dihlī when he was taken ill in the neighbourhood of a township of the dependencies of Sakīt.410c And in the year 894 H. (1488 A. D.) he died, the duration of his reign was thirty-eight years,410d eight months and eight days.410e

Verse.
Whether it be Afrāsiyāb or his son Zāl,
He will meet with chastisement at the hand of Fate.
To a cup whose measure the wine-bearer has appointed
313. It is impossible to add a single drop, however much you may
strive.
Whether it be a king or a khas-seller411
Fate brings to his hearing the summons of death.
The date of his death411a
In eight hundred and ninety and four
The world conquering Khedive, Buhlūl left the world;
With his sword he seized-provinces, but for all his bright
sword and burnished dagger,
He was not able to repel death.411b
SULṬĀN SIKANDAR IBN I SULṬĀN BUHLŪL,411c

Who was known by the name of Niẓām Khān, upon hearing the tidings of his father's decease, came in haste411d from Dihlī to the township of Jalālī, entered the camp411e and despatched the corpse of his father to Dihlī. On Friday, the seventeenth of the year above mentioned, he ascended the throne in the palace of Sulṭān Fīrūz, which is situated on the banks of the Black water, with the concurrence of Khān-i-Jahān ibn i Khān-i-Jahān, and Khān-i-Khānān Farmalī,411f and all the Amīrs, and was addressed by the title411g of Sulṭān Sikandar. It is said that at the time of leaving Dihlī, he went to Shaikh Samā'u-d-Dīn Kanbū,411h the spiritual guide of Shaikh Jamālī,411i who was one of the greatest among the Ulamā Shaikhs of his time, on pretence of taking an omen,412 for this reason that he feared lest the Shaikh might favour the claims of the other brothers,412a so making his customary daily walk a pretext, he enquired the meaning of the expression As‘adak Allāh412b from the Shaikh.

314. When he answered, It means may God Most High make you fortunate, he besought him saying, Kindly let this expression fall three several times from your auspicious lips; the Shaikh did so,412c then he arose and said I have gained my request, then he besought the Shaikh to assist him, and set out to go to the army, and after that his rule was firmly established,413 he left Dihlī, and marched towards413a Rāprī and Itāwa to conquer the country, and spent seven months there. He also sent Isma‘īl Khān Lūhānī413b with overtures of peace to King Bārbak Shāh at413c Jaunpūr, while he proceeded in person against413d ‘Īsā Khān Governor of Patīālī;413e and413f ‘Īsā Khān confronted and fought with him and was wounded, and after tendering his submission succumbed to his wounds. Rāi Ganesh,413g the Rāja of Patīālī who was friendly to Bārbak Shāh, came in and had an interview with the Sulṭān who413h confirmed him in the Government of Patiālī.413i Bārbak Shāh coming from Jaunpūr to Qanauj, the parties met and an engagement took place between them.413j Mubārak Khān Luhānī,413k who was with the army of Bārbak Shāh, was taken prisoner in this battle,413l Bārbak Shāh fled to Badāon, Sulṭān Sikandar besieged413m that fortress, and Bārbak Shāh being reduced to extremities sought an interview with the Sulṭān, who reassured and encouraged him, and took him along with him to Jaunpūr, restoring him to his former position upon the throne of the Sharqī kings, except that he divided certain parganas of these territories413n among his own Amīrs, detailing armies for each place and appointing trusted officers of his own following to assist Bār-bak Shāh.414 Then he took Kalpī from Ā‘zam Khān414a Humāyūn the son of Khwāja Bāyazīd. From thence he came to Jahtara,414b and from that place to Gwāliār, sending Khwāja Muḥammad Farmalī 315. with a special robe of honour on an embassy to414c Rāja Mān,414d who in turn sent his brother's son to pay his respects to the Sulṭān and to offer his submission. This nephew of his accordingly accompanied the Sulṭān as far as Baiāna. Sulṭān Sharq414e the Governor of Baiāna, the son of Sulṭān Aḥmad Jilwānī the First, came and visited him, and was desirous of handing over the key of the fort414f to the agents of the Sulṭān; however he changed his mind, and on arrival at Baiāna strengthened the defences of the fort. The Sulṭān proceeded to Agra where Haibat Khān Jilwānī, a subordinate of Sulṭān Sharf414g fortified himself in the fort of Agra.414h The Sulṭān left certain of his Amīrs in Agra and414i proceeded to Baiāna414j and in the year 897 H. (1491 A. D.) Sulṭān Sharq414k fell into straits and sued for quarter, surrendering the fortress of Baiāna to the Sulṭān; that province was then conferred upon Khān-i-Khānān Farmalī. In the same year the tribe of Bachgotīs414l in the Jaunpūr territory had assembled to the number of a hundred thousand cavalry and infantry,415 and were raising a disturbance. The Sulṭān proceeded thither and Bārbak Shāh came in and offered his allegiance. Leaving there, he proceeded to occupy himself with a hunting expedition to the borders of Awadh (Oudh), and again returned to Jaunpūr, and arrived at the fortress of Janhār,415a and engaged in battle with the Amīrs of Sulṭān Ḥusain Sharqī who held it, and having defeated them, without waiting to completely invest the fortress came to Patna;415b and having come to Ārīl,415c which is near Ilāhābās (otherwise called Prayāg),415d laid waste that district,415e and proceeding by way of Karra and Mānikpūr hastened to Dalmau',415f and from thence came415g to Shamsābād, and remaining there six months went to Sambal [whence he again returned to Shamsābād].415h

And after the rainy season in the year 900 H. (1494 A. D.) 316. he set out with the object of chastising the rebels of Patna, and great slaughter took place and many prisoners were taken; from thence he proceeded to Jaunpūr.415i In this expedition very many horses were lost, hardly one in ten remaining alive;416 the zemīndārs of Patua and others wrote and informed Sulṭān Ḥusain Sharqī of the loss of the horses, and of the scarcity of supplies in Sulṭān Sikandar's army, and invited him (to advance). Sulṭan Ḥusain collected an army, and marched from Behār with a hundred elephants against Sulṭān416a Sikandar, who for his part crossed the Ganges by the ford of Kantit416b and came to Chenār416c and from thence to Banāras. Sulṭān Ḥusain had arrived within seventeen krohs of Banāras when Sulṭān Sikandar marched against him rapidly.416d In the midst of his march Sālbāhan the Rāja of Patna, who was a trusty zemīndār, left Sulṭān Ḥusain and joined Sulṭān Sikandar.

Sulṭān Ḥusain drew up in line of battle, but suffered defeat and retired towards Patna.416e Sulṭān Sikandar left the camp, and pursued him416f with a hundred thousand light cavalry; while thus engaged he learned that Sulṭān Ḥusain had gone to Bihār. After nine days Sulṭān Sikandar arrived,416g and joining his camp set out for Bihār. Sulṭān Ḥusain, leaving his deputy416h in Bihār, could not remain there, but proceeded to Khul Gānw one of the dependencies of Lakhnautī, and Bihār fell into the hands of Sikandar's troops.416i Thence the Sulṭān proceeded to Tirhut and conquered it.

And in the year 901 H. (1495 A. D.) Khān-i-Jahān Lodī died, and Aḥmad Khān his eldest son416j was styled A‘zam Khān Humā-yūn. The Sulṭān returned from Tirhut, and went to pay a visit to the tomb of Quṭbu-l-Mashāikhi-l-‘Iẓām,416k Shaikh Sharfu-d-Dīn Munīrī,416l may God sanctify his resting-place, and came to Darveshpūr. From thence he set out on an expedition against Sul- 317. ṭān ‘Alāu-d-Dīn king of Bangāla, and in the vicinity of Bihār, the son of Sulṭān ‘Alāu-d-Dīn, whose name was Dāniāl, in obedience to his father's orders came out to overthrow Sulṭān (Sikandar), and prepared to oppose him, but they retraced their steps, each one contenting himself with his own territories417 and consenting to make peace. In this year great scarcity and dearth occurred in the camp of the Sulṭān; orders were promulgated417a remitting the customary tribute of grain in all provinces, in fact they were entirely abolished. From thence he came to the township of Sāran, and divided that district among his own followers in perpetuity,417b and came by way of Maḥlīgarḥ417c to Jaunpūr, and having spent six months there proceeded to Panna.417d And in the year 904 H. (1498 A.D.) he invaded the territory of Panna,417e as far as Bāndhūgaṛh417f which is a famous fortress plundering and taking prisoners, but being unable to take the fortress on account of its strength, went to Jaunpūr where he remained. In the meanwhile a quarrel had arisen among some of his Amīrs during a game of chaugān,417g and at last it ended in an open fight,417h and the Sulṭān becoming suspicious418 of the Amīrs, gave orders that some armed and trusty guards418a should attend him every night, which was accordingly done. The majority of the disaffected and disappointed Amīrs urged Fatḥ Khān the son of Sulṭān Buhlūl to seize the empire. He in his simplicity communicated418b this secret to his mother, and also to Shaikh Ṭāhir, and a party who were among the confidants of the Sulṭān, at the same time giving them418c a memorandum containing the names of those confederate Amīrs. The party above mentioned diverted him from that insane idea with friendly admonition. To prove their own innocence of complicity in 318. that treasonable design, they took that memorandum to Sulṭān Sikandar,418d who devised some specious pretext for scattering in different directions all those Amīrs418e who had shewn partiality for the Prince418f Fatḥ Khān.

And in the year 905 H. (1499 A.D.) he proceeded to Sambal, and resided there for four years employed in affairs of State, and used to spend his time418g either in luxurious living, or in hunting expeditions.

And in the year 906 H. (1500 A.D.) Aṣghar the Governor of Dihlī began to commit malpractices. The Sulṭān accordingly sent orders from Sambal to Khawāṣṣ Khān the Governor of Māchhīwāra,418h to seize Aṣghar and send him (into his presence); but Aṣghar anticipating this had gone humbly to Sambal where he suffered imprisonment; and Khawāṣṣ Khān received the Governorship of Dihlī. In this year also418i Khān-i-Khānān Farmalī the Governor of Baiāna died, and the Government of that place was for some time entrusted to Aḥmad and Suleiman the two sons (? grandsons) of Khān-i-Khānān.418j After a time they entered the Sulṭān's service at Sambal, and the Government of the fortress (of Baiāna) was made over to Khawāṣṣ Khān, while Ṣafdar Khān419 was appointed to the charge of Āgra, which was one of the dependencies of Baiāna. Khawāṣṣ Khān with the assistance of ‘Ālam Khān419a Governor of Mīwāt, and Khāni Khānān Lūhānī, proceeded to attempt the capture of Dholpūr.419b The Rāi of that place came out to oppose them, and heavy fighting ensued in which many Muslims attained martyrdom. The Sulṭān leaving Sambal came with all haste to Dholpūr, and Rāi Manik Deo,419c Rāja of Dholpūr, not being able to hold out, evacuated the fort and went to Gwāliār. They plundered and pillaged419d the district around Dholpūr. The Sulṭān having remained a month in those parts left to reduce Gwāliār, and leaving Ādam Lodī there crossed the river Chambal, and encamped for two months on the banks of the river Mendakī.419e

By reason of the419f badness of the climate of that place sickness 319. broke out among419g the population and a pestilence arose. The Rāja of Gwāliār also came and made overtures of peace,419h and delivered up Sa‘īd Khān, and Bābū Khān, and Rāi Ganesh,419i who had deserted from the army of the Sulṭān and had taken refuge in that fort, and also sent his eldest son419j to do homage to the Sulṭān, who sent him back after bestowing upon him a horse and robe of honour, returning himself to Agra. At the time of his return he restored the fort of Dholpūr420 also to Bināyik Deo,420a and having spent420b the rainy season in Agra, after the rising of Canopus420c in the year 910 H. (1504 A.D.), marched to reduce the fortress of Mandrāyal,420d which he took without fighting from the Rāja of Mandrāyal, who sued for peace; he also destroyed all the idol-temples and churches420e of the place, and, as he returned, rebuilt anew the fortress of Dholpūr, then came to Agra and gave his Amīrs permission to proceed to their several jaegīrs.420f [And in this year Mīr Saiyyid Muḥammad of Jaunpūr,420g may God sanctify his holy resting place, who was one of the chief of the great walīs and had even laid claim to be the Mahdī, in answer to the call of Him who has the true claim to us all answered, Here am I, while returning from Makkah the sacred city towards Hindustān, at the town of Farah420h where he was buried. Qāẓi Ḥusain Zargar of Qandahār, God's mercy be on him, whom, as well as the Mīr himself I had the honour of visiting, wrote the following chronogram:

He said, Go and enquire from the Shaikh.421

Shaikh Mubārak also invented a chronogram in the words421a Maẓā Mahdī, The Mahdī has departed].421b

On the third of the month of Ṣafar in the year 911 H. (6th July, 1505 A.D.) so violent an earthquake occurred over the whole 320. of Hindūstān421c that the hills began to tremble, while strong and lofty buildings421d fell to atoms, and the earth in places was cleft and rents appeared,421e while they assert that villages and trees left their places, and men supposed that the day of resurrection had arrived.421f We learn from the Wāqi‘āt-i-Bābarī,421g and other histories, that this earthquake was not confined to Hindūstān, but that on the same day in Persia also a similar earthquake occurred, and the word Qāẓī,421h was invented as a chronogram to record the date of it.

Rubā‘ī.
In nine hundred and eleven the city of Agra became the goal
of several successive earthquakes.
And whereas her buildings were excessively lofty, that which
had been their highest points became the lowest.422

From the time of Adam to the present time no such earthquake has ever been known.

And in the year 912 H. (1506 A.D.), after the rising of Canopus, he marched against the fortress of Ūntgaṛh,422a and laid siege to it, and many of his men joyfully embraced martyrdom, after that he took the fort and gave the infidels as food to the sword; those who escaped the sword fed the flames of the fire of jūhar with their wives and children. He then cast down the idol temples, and built there a lofty mosque.

In the year 913 H. (1507 A.D.), after the rising of Canopus he proceeded with the object of reducing the fortress of Narwar.422b Whilst en route he fell in with the elephants and cavalry and infantry of Jalāl Khān Lodī,422c whom he had sent on in advance to clear the way,422d and whom he had appointed to reduce Narwar. Becoming suspicious of him, he set about overthrowing him, and made some pretext for dispersing his forces, and taking him prisoner sent him to the fortress of Sakkar;422e he then took Narwar, the garrison having capitulated. And in the year 914 H. (1508 A.D.) he constructed other forts round Narwar to increase its strength, and bestowing a hundred and twenty horses423 and fifteen elephants, with a robe of 321. honour and a sum of money upon Prince Jalāl Khān, allowed him, together with Na‘mat Khātūn,423a wife423b of Quṭb Khān Lodī, who had come423c to have an interview with the Sulṭān, to proceed to Kalpī, and gave that district as a jāegīr to Prince Jalāl Khān. And in the year 915 H. (1509 A.D.) he marched from Lahāyar,423d and came to Hatkānth,423e established posts in different places and proceeded to his capital Āgra. The date of this was (fixed by the following words) Lahu alḥukmu wa ilaihi tarja‘ūn.423f That is to say, His is the decree and to him do ye return.

Muḥammad Khān, the grandson of Sulṭān Nāṣiru-d-Dīn of Mālwa, fearing his grandfather, came for safety to the Sulṭān, and was allotted the jāegīr of Chanderī, while Prince Jalāl Khān was directed to423g give him every assistance as an ally; and in this year orders were issued for the erection of palaces and rest-houses, and for the laying out of gardens423h at intervals along the whole route from Āgra to Dholpūr, so that when he came back from his hunting expeditions he might rest and refresh himself423i there. In this year Muḥammad Khān of Nāgor, influenced by the fact that certain of his relations423j had sought and obtained an interview with the Sulṭān, evinced great respect for the Sulṭān, reading the Khuṭbah in Nāgor in his name without raising any objection,423k so that in this way a new territory423l came423m into the possession of the Sulṭān.

In this year also Suleimān, the son of Khān-i-Khānān Farmalī, was dismissed from the service of the Sulṭān, on the grounds that he had been appointed424 to perform a service at Ūntghar,424a and in the direction of Sūpar, and had refused: the pargana of Indrī Karnāl424b was given him as Madad-i-ma‘āsh (rent-free land), with orders to go and remain there.

In this year424c Bahjat Khān of Mālwa transferred Chanderī to Sulṭān Sikander on account of the weakness424d of Sulṭān 322. Maḥmūd of Mālwa, and read the Khuṭbah in his name in those districts. Accordingly proclamations conveying tidings of this victory were written to all parts of the Kingdom; and Muḥam-mad Khān, the grandson of Sulṭān Nāṣiru-d-Dīn of Mālwa,424e was taken prisoner, and Chanderī was (nominally)424f placed under his authority, but Amīrs were appointed to supervise him so that they might be aware of all his movements, control his actions, and administer424g his jāegīr, then the Sulṭān proceeded on a hunting excursion towards Baiāna, and paid his respects to the various learned and holy men of those districts, who were at that time famous for their miracles and wonder-working,424h especially424i Saiyyid N‘amatu-llāh and Shaikh ‘Abdullāh Ḥusainī,424j who was one of those famous for revelations and miracle-working,425 with whom he used to consort frequently. Shāhzāda Daulat Khān, Governor of the fortress of Rantanbhūr, in the service of Sulṭān Maḥmūd of Mālwa, availing himself of the intermediary aid of ‘Alī Khān of Nāgor, who was in charge of the province of Sīwī Sīyūpūr,425a came and had an interview with the Sulṭān, and agreed to give up to him the key of the fortress. It so chanced that the ‘Alī Khān who has been spoken of above, once more practised his hypocrisy, and came out from the fort to oppose him. The Sulṭān pretended not to notice this, and treated Daulat Khān as though he were his own son, bestowing upon him a special robe of honour, with several horses and elephants, and proceeded towards the fort of Thankar,425b and from thence proceeding by way of the township of Bārī,425c he returned thence to Āgra. Here he was seized with an illness, and took the journey to the425d next world on Sunday the seventeenth425e of Zūl Q‘adah 923 H. (Jan. 1518 A.D.). The words Jannātu-l-Firdaus nazalā. (The gardens of Paradise came down) furnish the date425f of his death, the duration of his reign was twenty-eight years and five months.

Verse.
Sikandar, the emperor of the seven kingdoms continued not.
No one continues, seeing that Sikandar himself did not
continue.

Sulṭān Sikandar used to associate frequently with poets and 323. was himself also a man of taste, and would occasionally compose verses after the ancient Hindustānī426 models, under the pseudonym of Gulrukh, accordingly he felt great pleasure in the companionship of Shaikh Jamāl.426a The following verses are the product of the genius of the Sulṭān, and are written with the utmost regard to poetical form.

Ode.426b
That cypress whose robe is the jasmine, whose body the rose,
Is a spirit incarnate whose garment the body provides.
What profits the Khatanī musk? all the kingdoms of Chīn
Are conquered, and bound in the chains of her clustering curls.
 
In the eye of her eyelashes' needle the thread of my soul
I'll fasten and swiftly repair every rent in her robe.
Could Gulrukh essay to discover the charms of her teeth,
He would say they are water-white pearls of the ocean of
speech.426c

One of the poets of the reign of Sulṭān Sikandar was the Brahman [Dūnkar426d] who, they say,426e in spite of being an infidel, used to give instruction in books of science.426f The following maṭla, (opening couplet) was spoken [and is a most auspicious maṭla‘426g] by him in the metre of Mas‘ūd Beg,

Had not thy glance been the dagger, my heart had not bled
to-day;
Had not thy look been the serpent426h I never had lost my way.

Also among the great and learned men of the time of Sulṭān Sikandar were Shaikh ‘Abdu-llāh Tulumbī426i in Dihlī, and Shaikh ‘Azīzu-llah Tulumbī426j in Sambhal, both of whom came to Hindustān at the time of the ruin of Multān, and introduced the systematic study of the intellectual sciences into that country. Before their time, with the exception of the Sharḥ-i-Shamsīyah, and the Sharḥ-i-Ṣaḥāīf427 there were no books current in Hin- 324. dustān which treated of logic and metaphysics. I heard also from my masters,427a that more than forty expert and profoundly learned men have arisen from among the disciples of Shaikh ‘Abdu-llāh, for example, Mīyān Lādan, Jamāl Khān of Dihlī, Mīyān Shaikh of Gwāliār,427b Mīrān Saiyyiḍ Jalāl of Badāon, and others. They say also that Sulṭān Sikandar, during the instruction of the aforesaid Shaikh ‘Abdu-llāh, used to come427c and seat himself quietly in a corner unseen by the rest, fearing lest he should interrupt the lesson of the other students, and when the lesson was ended they used to exchange the customary salutation of Salām ‘alaikum427d and mix freely with each other.

And Shaikh ‘Azīzu-llah of Tulumba, who was a man of great probity and rectitude, had such an abundant genius and marvellous power of recollection,427e that no matter how difficult or minute the subject matter of a book which a student of intelligence might be reading, he would give his lesson in it without previously reading it; and that time after time when they came up for examination, and propounded the most inscrutable problems, the learned Shaikh would explain them on the instant while giving his lesson.

One of his pupils was428 Mīyān Ḥātim Sanbalī, who is commonly said to have read the Commentary on the Miftāḥ428a more than thirty times in the course of his life, and the Muṭawwal428b more than forty times, from the first letter of the Bism'illāh to the last of the word Tammat.428c

Another is Shaikhu-l-Hadīyah Jaunpūrī, the author of many worthy compositions and excellent books, who wrote a commentary extending over several volumes upon the Hedāyah-i-Fiqh,428d while there is no need of mentioning his commentary on the Kāfīyah:428e in addition to these he wrote notes upon the Tafsīr-i-Madārik428f and other works, which are read up to the present day.429 Sulṭān Sikandar also collected together learned men429a from all parts of the country to instruct him,429b placing on one side Shaikh ‘Abd-u-llah, and Shaikh ‘Azīzu-llah, and on the other Shaikhu-l-Nadīyah and his son Shaikh429c Bhakārī to discuss 325. difficult points. Eventually it became clearly evident that the former pair of worthies were superior in oratory, while the two latter were the better writers. The death of Shaikh ‘Abdu-llah occurred in the year 922 H.; the following chronogram was invented to commemorate it: Ūlāika lahum ud-darajātu-l-ulā.429d

And among the poets of the time of Sikandar, was the aforesaid Shaikh Jamālī Kanbawī of Dihlī, to whom Sulṭān Sikandar was in the habit of submitting verses which he had written, for his opinion.

Speaking generally, he had many excellent points, he was a man who had travelled much, and had been honoured with the fellowship of our master the saintly Jāmī,429e may God sanctify his resting place, and had gained many advantages from429f him and won his approbation,429g and was moreover in the habit of submitting 429h his poems to that revered master: The following verses are by him:

Verse.
I wear a garment woven of the dust of thy street
And429i that too rent to the skirt with my tears.
Verse.429j
Love's speech is swift, whole centuries of words,
Friend speaks to friend swift as the eye can close.

The following ode also,430 which he translated and set to music in his native Hindī, is marvellously inspiring, and is well known.430a

My heart's desire is fixed on thy abode
Oh thou that art long absent from my sight;
By day and night the thought of thee alone
My constant partner is, ask then thy thought
Should'st thou desire, to bring thee news of me.

He also wrote a Taẕkirah (Book of Memoirs) to recount the assemblies of some of the Shaikhs of Hindūstān, called the Sīyaru-l-‘Ārifīn (Biographies of the Saints) which is not entirely free from defects and discrepancies. It commences from the 326. venerable Khwāja430b Mu‘īnu-l-Ḥaqq wau-d-Dīn Ajmīrī, and finishes with his own spiritual guide Shaikh Samāu-d-Dīn430c Kanbawī of Dihlī, in addition to which it contains other matter both430d prose and poetry. His dīwān is made up of eight or nine thousand couplets.

SULṬĀN ĪBRAHĪM BIN SULṬĀN SIKANDAR LODĪ,

Ascended the throne in Āgra in the year 923 H. with the concurrence of the Amīrs, and Shahzāda Jalāl Khān ibn-i-Sulṭān Sikandar430e [was appointed to the rule of Jaunpūr and was styled by the title of Sulṭān, while Khān-i-Jahān Lūhānī430f governor of Rāprī came to Āgra] and blamed the Amīrs greatly for associating (Jalāl Khān) in the government430g of the kingdom; and after that he had pointed out to them the foolishness430h of this procedure orders were issued to the Amīrs of the eastern districts to seize Jalāl Khān and bring him to the Court. He however went from Jaunpūr to Kalpī and collected a large following, and after establishing the Khuṭbah and sikkah in his own name, assumed the title of Sulṭān Jalālu-d-Dīn. A‘ẓam Hūmāyūn Shirwānī sided with him for a time, but eventually came and had an audience of Sulṭān Ibrāhīm. Sulṭān Ibrāhīm sent to the fortress of Hānsī certain of his brothers who were imprisoned, for instance Shāhzāda Isma‘īl Khān, and Ḥusain Khān, and others,431 and appointed for each of them food and clothing and two431a servants from the private establishment. Then he proceeded in person with the object of conquering431b the Eastern districts, and came to Bhūn Gānw, and having settled the disturbances in Mawās431c came to Qanauj. There he nominated a large number of Amīrs to proceed against Jalāl Khān, who with thirty thousand cavalry and a certain number of elephants had gone off in the direction of Āgra. Malik Ādam Kākar was 327. sent by the Sulṭān to defend Āgra, and certain other Amīrs arrived to support him. They succeeded in persuading Jalāl Khān, by making pleasing overtures and using attractive arguments, to surrender his paraphernalia of royalty and kingly splendour to the Sulṭān, in order that they might prefer his application for pardon of his past offences and obtain for him the Kalpī district as a jāegīr. Jalāl Khān instantly agreed, and made over his royal canopy, his kettle-drums, etcetera to Malik Ādam with instructions to convey them to the Sulṭān in the neighbourhood of Itāwa.

The Sulṭān would not agree to his proposal of peace, and despatched a large army to oppose Jalāl Khān, who fled in consternation and took refuge432 with the Rāja of Gwāliār, and the Amīrs of Sikandar's party, who had heretofore been a source of weakness to the administration of the empire, one and all owned allegiance to the Sulṭān. The Sulṭān experienced432a a revulsion of feeling with regard to Mīyān Bhoh, who was the chief of the Amīrs of Sikan-dar, and had been his vazīr and privy councillor, accordingly he cast him into chains and sent him to Malik Ādam; however, he treated his son with kindness and advanced him to the high offices formerly held by his father. Mīyān Bhoh died in prison, and A‘ẓam Humāyūn Shirwānī, the Governor of Karra, was sent with thirty thousand cavalry and three432b hundred elephants to attempt the reduction of Gwāliār. Jalāl Khān fled from Gwāliār and went to Mālwa to Sulṭān Maḥmūd of Mālwa. After the arrival of the Sulṭān's troops Rāi Vikramājīt the son of Rāi Mān Singh,432c who, after the decease432d of his father, held the government of Gwāliār, was not able to cope with them, and could not properly defend the fortress. The fortress of Bādalgarh, which lies below432e the fortress of Gwāliār,432f a very lofty structure, was taken from Rāi Mān Singh432g and fell into the hands of the Muslims,432h and a brazen animal,432i which was worshipped by the Hindūs also fell into their hands, and was sent by them to Āgra, whence it was sent by Sulṭān Ibrahīm to Dihlī, and was put up over the city gate. This image 328. was removed to Fatḥpūr in the year 992 H., ten years before the composition of this history,433 where it was seen by the author of this work. It was converted into gongs, and bells, and implements of all kinds.

In those days Sulṭān Ibrāhīm becoming distrustful of the old Amīrs, imprisoned the greater number of them,433a and expelled (others) in different directions; and inasmuch as Jalāl Khān could not get on with Sulṭān Maḥmūd of Mālwa, he fled from Mālwa and came to the country of Kara Kanka,433b where he fell into the hands of a tribe of the Gonds,433c who took him prisoner and sent him as a present433d to the Sulṭān who ordered him to be taken to Hānsī and imprisoned with his brothers. While on the way thither he drank of the draught of martyrdom.

The draught of sovereignty and glory is so sweet
That for its sake kings will shed the blood of their brethren;
Shed not the blood of the afflicted in heart for the sake of
kingdom,
For they will pour the selfsame draught into the cup for
thee.433e

After some time, in accordance with the orders of Sulṭān Ibrāhīm, Ā‘ẓam Humāyūn Shirwānī, together with his son Fatḥ Khān, abandoned the siege of Gwāliār Fort which he was within an ace of taking, and came to Āgra, where both were made prisoners. Islām Khān the son of Ā‘ẓam [Khān]433f Humāyūn, gathered together433g a following in Karra by means of his father's wealth, and, having brought over to his side the Amīrs of that district, fought a battle with Aḥmad Khān434 the governor of Karra, and defeated him. Sulṭān Ibrāhīm accordingly despatched Aḥmad Khān, the brother of Ā‘ẓam Humāyūn Lodī, in command of a vast army,434a to oppose the Amīrs who had fled from his camp and had joined Islām Khān. With him also he sent434b other 329. Khāns of eminence, such as Khān-i-Khānān Farmalī, and others of similar rank. Near the township of Bāngarmau, in the neighbourhood of Qanauj,434c Iqbāl Khān, the chief cavalry commander under Ā‘ẓam Humāyūn, with five thousand cavalry and some splendid elephants, broke out of ambuscade and attacked the forces of the Sulṭān, and after throwing them all into confusion434d withdrew (into ambush). The Sulṭān by way of precaution despatched434e a further force to their assistance, but the enemy, who had about forty thousand cavalry, well armed, and five hundred elephants, shewed a firm front against them, until Naṣīr Khān Luhānī with other generals arrived from the direction of Bihār and engaged the enemy on both sides. A fierce conflict ensued between the two armies, such a conflict as baffles description, and after a severe struggle434f the rebels were defeated. Islām Khān was killed and Sa‘īd Khān Lodī was taken prisoner, thus the rebellion was quenched.

Verse.
Do not inflict ingratitude upon a benefactor and generous
friend,
Like the cloud, which receives bounty from the ocean, and
rains a storm of arrows upon its breast.434g
As far as you are able, make the requital of favours your habit
and custom,
Like the river, which gives to the clouds an ocean in return
for one drop of its rain.

And withal that he had gained so important a victory, yet was not the heart of the Sulṭān favourably disposed towards the Amīrs: and they also being aware of this, raised in all directions the banners of antagonism. In the meanwhile, many of the eminent Amīrs of royal descent, as for example Ā‘ẓam Humāyūn Shirwānī, and Mīyān Bhoh, the Vazīr of Sulṭān Sikandar, departed from this world in the confinement of the prison-house.435

This is that same journeying place, this interminable desert
In which the army of Salm and Tūr was lost;435a
This is the selfsame stage, this world of ruin
Which witnessed the palace of Afrāsiyāb.435b

Mīyān Ḥusain435c Farmalī was assassinated in Chanderī, at the 330. instigation of the Sulṭān, by certain ruffianly Shaikh Zādas of that place, and Daryā Khān Lūhānī, governor of Bihār, and Khāni-Jahān Lodī being alarmed,435d became disaffected. After a short time Daryā Khān died, and his son Bahādur Khān turned rebel and occupied the place of his father. The revolted Amīrs made common cause with him, so that he collected a force of nearly a hundred thousand cavalry in the vicinity of Bihār, and gained possession of that country,435e assuming the title of Sulṭān Muḥam-mad, 435f establishing the Khuṭbah and sikka in his own name. His army penetrated as far as the country of Sambal, and brought it within the area of their control.435g The Khuṭbah was read in his name in Bihār and the territories adjacent, for some time. It so happened that the son of Daulat Khān Lodī, whose name was Khān-i-Khānān435h came from Lāhor to Āgra to visit the Sulṭān, but being suspicious of his intentions fled from his court, and went to his father. Daulat Khān, seeing no hope of obtaining release from the (wrath of the) Sulṭān, sent that same son of his435i to Kābul. He accordingly did homage to the supreme King, Zahīrud-Dīn Bābar, and induced him to advance against Hindūstān. Eventually Khān-i-Khānān laid a complaint436 against his father before the supreme King Bābar, and poisoned his mind against him, and led to discord between them, as will be related if the Most High God so will it. Khān-i-Khānān was living up to the date of the rebellion of Sher Shāh, but at last died in prison. Sulṭān Muḥammad departed to the world of permanence from Bihār, and the Amīrs on all sides rebelled against Sulṭān Ibrāhīm, and great damage was inflicted upon the kingdom. The pillars of the 331. empire began to totter,436a and the standard of the fortune of King Bābar floated high.

The following is a brief epitome of the matter: Daulat Khān and Ghāzī Khān his son, together with the other noble Amīrs of Sulṭān Ibrāhīm, sent ‘Alam Khān Lodī to Kābul, bearing despatches to Zahīru-d-Dīn Bābar Pādishāh, inviting him to attempt the conquest of Hindūstān. Accordingly Bābar Pādishāh appointed a number of his own Amīrs to accompany ‘Ālam Khan, with orders to advance and conquer that country. Having conquered Sīālkot and Lāhor with its dependencies, they represented the condition of affairs (to Bābar) and the following qiṭ‘ah was written to commemorate the date of the conquest of Hindūstān.

Verse.
Zahīru-d-Dīn Muḥammad Shāh Bābar,
In fortune Sikandar, in force a Bahrām,
By his fortune conquered the country of Hind,
The date of this was Fatḥ badaulat.436b (Victory by fortune).

Bābar Pādishāh marching continuously, arrived at the banks of the river Indus, and drew up the whole force, composed of ten thousand [veteran] cavalry436c in that camp after passing the troops in review. In the interval, Daulat Khān and Ghāzī Khān had turned back with thirty thousand veteran436d cavalry composed of Afghāns and other tribes, and had occupied the town of Kalānūr, and prepared to engage Bābar's Amīrs at Lāhor, while Amīr Khusrū, who had strengthened the fortress of Sīālkoṭ, evacuated it as soon as Ghāzī Khān arrived, and took refuge in flight to the camp. Some days afterwards Bābar arrived at Sīālkoṭ where he encamped [and after laying waste the township of Sīālkoṭ founded Dholpur.]437 ‘Ālam Khān proceeded to Dihlī by order of Bābar, and encountering Sulṭān Ibrāhīm, made437a a night attack upon the army of the Sulṭān; and Jalāl Khān with certain other Amīrs arrived in the course of that night and joined ‘Ālam Khān. Sulṭān Ibrāhīm did 332. not stir from his tent till dawn. The followers437b of ‘Ālam Khān, fancying they had secured an easy victory, were scattered in all directions, only a small number remained437c with ‘Ālam Khān. Sulṭān Ibrāhīm, urging an elephant forward, attacked the enemy's centre, who could not withstand437d his attack. The faithless ‘Ālam Khān passing through437e the Doāb came to Sihrind, and thence fled for refuge to the fortress of Gungūna,437f one of the dependencies of Malot,437g at the foot of the hills. Dilāwar Khān Lūhānī separated from him, and joined the service of Bābar Padishāh, and became one of his faithful adherents. ‘Ālam Khān also after some time came and had an interview with Bābar, who, in accordance with his former custom, gave him an honourable reception, and as he was halting at the time of the interview he distinguished him with a robe of honour and other marks of favour; and when he pitched camp in the neighbourhood of Kalānūr, Muḥammad Sulṭān Mīrzā and other Amīrs437h came from Lāhor and joined him. Thence he proceeded to the fortress of Malot in which Ghāzī Khān [and Daulat Khān were, and besieged it, and Ghāzī Khān and Khān-i-Khānān]437i determined upon flight and left the fort. Daulāt Khān hastened to tender his submission, and his faults were438 pardoned as on former occasions; and on the day of public audience when they brought him into the presence with two swords tied round his neck, orders were given that he was not to be brought in in that (humiliating) manner. On the contrary, Bābar sent him a respectful summons, and bidding him be seated438a gave him a place near himself.438b

That is (true) generosity to shew kindness to the wrongdoer,
For the generous cannot but shew kindness to a friend.

However, he distributed his effects among the soldiery,438c and the fortress of Malot, which apparently means Malot itself, fell into the hands of Bābar Pādishāh. Some few days after this occurrence 333. Daulat Khān, who had been imprisoned by Bābar, died in prison438d and Bābar proceeded to the Siwālik hills in pursuit of Ghāzī Khān, and encamped438e at the foot of the Dūn,438f which is a very high hill, Ghāzī Khān was not to be found. Bābar accordingly returned stage by stage to the frontiers of Ṣihrind, and pitched his camp on the banks of the Ghaghar;438g thence he came to the borders of438h Sāmāna and Sanām, and gave orders to Amīr Kittah Beg to438i proceed to within a short distance of the camp of Sulṭān Ibrāhīm, who, after the defeat of ‘Ālam Khān, had stood fast438j near Dihlī, and bring intelligence of the position and strength of his army; and at this camp Baban the Afghān who had been in revolt came and had an interview (with Bābar). From this camp also Shāh-zāda Muḥammad Humāyūn Mīrzā, together with Khwāja Kalān Beg and other notable Amīrs, were despatched against Ḥamīd Khān the Khaṣṣ-i-Khail (Chief of Cavalry) of Sulṭān Ibrāhīm, who was advancing at the head of a force from Ḥiṣṣār Fīroza to give them battle. They proceeded by forced marches, and a severe engagement took place. Ḥamīd Khān was defeated, many of his men being either killed or taken prisoners.439 The sarkār of Hiṣṣār Fīroza with a revenue of two crores,439a was given as a reward to the Shāh-zāda, and Bābar Pādishāh encamped on the bank of the Jamna, two marches from Shāhābād, and detailed Khwāja Muḥammad Sulṭān Mīrzā, and Sulṭān Junaid Mīrzā439b Birlās to oppose Dā'ūd Khān and a body of Amīrs of the army of Sulṭān Ibrāhīm, who had crossed the Jamna with five or six thousand cavalry. Accordingly they also crossed the Jamna and gave the Afghāns a second drubbing, killing them and taking them prisoners, while the remnant of the sword took refuge in the camp of Sulṭān Ibrāhīm.

Marching thence, having drawn up his right and left wings and centre,439c King Bābar reviewed them in person. Eight hundred 334. gun-carriages439d had been prepared in one day. Ustā439e ‘Alī Qulī the Artillerist, acting upon my orders, had followed the custom of the Turkish artillery, and bound together the gun-carriages with chains and raw-hide thongs, twisting them into the form of a whiplash. 439f And in the interval between each pair of gun-carriages six or seven shelter parapets439g were placed, so that on the day of the battle the riflemen might be able to fire in safety from the shelter of the guns and parapets. He had determined440 to march, and encamp with the city of Pānipath in the rear of his army, and to use the line of gun-carriages as a front line of defence for his troops,440a while the cavalry and infantry should come into action from behind the gun-carriages with440b arrow and musketry fire, while the remainder of the cavalry should advance on both sides, and keep up a constant attack,440c and in case of necessity should retire to the cover afforded by the gun-carriages.440d Accordingly on Thursday the last day of Jumaidu-l-Ākhir440e 932 H., he encamped in the vicinity of the city of Pānīpath, at a distance of six krohs from the camp of Sulṭān Ibrāhīm, whose force was composed of a hundred thousand cavalry and a thousand elephants, while the army of Bābar Pādishāh440f comprised fifteen thousand cavalry and infantry on a rough estimate.440g The troops under Bābar used to make daily sallies from unexpected quarters, and attack the Afghān army, bringing in several heads: in spite of which Sulṭān Ibrāhīm and his men did not dare to make a single attempt at any counter attack during all this time.440h At last one night Mahdī Khwāja, Muḥammad Sulṭān Mīrzā and certain other Āmīrs, with five or six440i thousand men made a night attack440j upon Sulṭān Ibrāhīm's army, and after killing a large number of them returned in safety. In spite of the consternation into which this threw them, the enemy were not put upon their guard,441 and on Friday the eighth of the honoured month Rajab441a in the aforesaid year, Sulṭān Ibrāhīm with a large army, strong as the brazen rampart of Sikandar,441b clad in iron armour came out to the fight.

Bābar Padishāh also, having arrayed his army with all the pomp and circumstance of war, and shewing a firm unbroken front, gave orders detailing from the left wing Amīr Qarā Qūrchī and Amīr Shaikh ‘Alī, with certain other Amīrs, and from the right wing, Walī Qizil and Bāba Qushqah, with the whole force of Mu-ghūls, to form two parties and attack the enemy in the rear, while the Amīrs of the right and left wings in a body, and from the picked troops,441c Amīr Muḥammad Gokultāsh, and Amīr Yūnas ‘Alī, and Amīr Shāh Manṣūr Birlās, with other famous Amīrs, should lead the front attack: and since the Afghāns [were specially observant of the right wing, Amīr ‘Abdu-l-‘azīz, who was with the reserve, was ordered by king Bābar to reinforce the right wing],441d and when he got within bowshot of the enemy,441e the bodies of the enemies took to themselves wings, and the bird of the soul of many of them took flight from the cage of the body, while the wings of others441f were clipped by the shears of the two-edged sword.

Verse.
So vast was the river of blood which flowed on that battle
field
That the feet of the warriors could not stand against its flood;
The breeze which blew from that battle field at morning time
Brought to the nostrils the odour of the heart's blood.

The slain lay in heaps,441g while those who escaped death by the sword became the portion for kites and ravens. A period of two qarns442 has elapsed since this event up to the time of the composition of this Muntakhab, but up to the present, the noise of conflict and shouts of combatants proceeding from that field of battle reach the ears of travellers at night.

In the year 997 H. (1588 A.D.) the writer of these pages442a was proceeding one day at early morning442b from the city of 336. Lāhor towards Fatḥpūr, and had to cross that plain, when these terrifying noises reached his ears, and the people who were with him imagined that some enemy was upon them. I also witnessed with my own eyes what I had heard related. Submitting this divine mystery to the Almighty we went on our way.

Sulṭān Ibrāhīm together with a party of attendants was taken in an unknown desert and put to the sword, his head442c was brought into the presence of Bābar Pādishāh, and442d about five or six thousand who formed Sulṭān Ibrāhīm's retinue were put to death in the one spot.

Verse.
It is plainly evident442e to thee that this dark world is a snare
of calamity,
Thou knowest442f now that the world is full of guile, and desperately deceitful.
That man from fear of whom no one would enter the water
He himself is drowned in the ocean, an ocean without bounds.442g

Bābar Pādishāh after gaining this442h signal victory departed thence, and reached Dihlī442i on the same day and encamped there. He then caused the Khuṭbah to be read in his name,442j despatching Shāhzāda Muḥammad Humāyūn Mīrzā and all the Amīrs to Āgra, with orders to make forced marches, and to seize the treasure442k belonging to Ibrāhīm, which was of untold value, and divide it among the soldiery.442l

Verse.
He who sacrifices his life upon the field of battle
Sacrifice thy gold to him by way of generosity.
However brave-hearted a man may be
He cannot be eager to fight when he is without food.443

This event took place in the year 932 H. (1525 A.D.), and the Hindūs invented this date Shahīd shudan-i-Ibrāhīm443a (the martyrdom of Ibrāhīm) to commemorate it. From that time the empire once more passed from the Afghān Lodī family, and rested on the descendants of Amīr Tīmūr Sāḥibqirān. The duration of the reign of Sulṭān Ibrāhīm was nine years.

ẒAHĪRU-D-DĪN MUḤAMMAD BĀBAR PĀDISHĀH GHĀZĪ. 337.

After this ascended443b the throne443c of sovereignty, and by his justice and liberality adorned the world with fresh lustre and glory, and sent rewards to Samarqand, ‘Irāq, Khurāsān and Kāshghar. He also despatched offerings443d to the sacred cities of Makkah and Medīnah, and to the holy places of pilgrimage, and sent off gold beyond price to all the inhabitants of Badakh-sh ān and Kābul, to each its separate store, from the vast treasuries of Hindūstān. He converted the world into a rose garden. The Amīrs of Hindūstān, notwithstanding his conciliatory behaviour and efforts to improve443e their fortunes, did not yield obedience to him, but behaved like unruly savages,443f and took to fortifying themselves in their fortresses and estates,443g while Qāsim Sanbalī in Sambal, and Niẓām Khān in Baiāna, and Ḥasan Khān Mīwátī in Alwar, and Tātār Khān Sārang Khān443h in Gwāliār, took refuge in their respective fortresses. Itāwa was held by Quṭb Khān, and Kalpī by ‘Ālam Khān, while Qanauj and all the eastern districts were in the possession of the Afghāns, who, in the reign of Sulṭān Ibrahīm also, had refused to own his sway,443i and443j having raised the son of Bihār Khān to the throne, gave443k him the title of Sulṭān Muḥammad; his empire extended as far as Bihār, and Naṣīr Khān Lūhānī and Ma‘rūf Farmalī and other powerful Amīrs gave in their allegiance to him, while a slave of Sulṭān Ibrāhīm named Marghūb, having fortified the township of Mahāwan, which is situated at a distance of twenty krohs from Āgra, on the far side of the river Jamna, refused to own him as king.

Accordingly troops were detailed by Bābar Pādishāh to conquer these countries, and Fīroz Khān, and Sārang Khān,444 and Shaikh Bāyazīd, the brother of Muṣṭafā Farmalī, with other Afghāns coming and tendering their submission, were given jāegīrs.444a Shaikh Khūran who was one of the Hindustānī Amīrs, and also one of their most accomplished men,444b being unrivalled in the art of music, came with his whole following and had an interview (with Bābar) in the Doāb.

The territory of Sambal was conferred as a jāegīr upon Shāh-zāda Muḥammad Humāyūn Mīrzā. The Amīrs seized Qāsim Sanbalī and sent him to Bābar, while another body of men had been sent against Baiāna, and had besieged Niẓām Khān, keeping him closely invested. In this year also Rānā Sānkā having wrested the fortress of Khandār,444c which is in the vicinity of Rantanbhūr, from Ḥasan son of Makhan, was in possession of it; and Shāhzāda Muḥammad Humāyūn Mīrzā,444d with a party of Amīrs who had been appointed444e to capture and hold Dholpūr, were ordered to proceed against a body of Afghāns of the Lūhānī faction who were close on fifty thousand, and had advanced beyond Qananj. Both Saiyyid Mahdī Khwāja, and Muḥammad Sulṭān Mīrzā, who had been ordered to capture Itāwa,444f joined the retinue of the Shāhzāda,444g who brought into subjection the whole of the eastern districts as far as Jaunpūr. In the meanwhile Rānā Sānkā and Ḥasan Khān Mīwātī raised to the throne one of the sons of Sulṭān Sikandar Lodī, named Sulṭān Muḥammad, with the title of Pādshāh, and started on an expedition against the territories of Bābar with a large following and vast444h army. Marching by way of Basāwar445 they arrived in the neighbourhood of Faṭhpūr, otherwise known as Sīkrī.445a Nizām Khān, the Governor of Baiāna made representations to the Court of Bābar and gained a certain degree of influence. Rafī‘u-d-Dīn Ṣafwī, who was one of the most powerful Saiyyids of Balkh,445b and the chief445c of the traditionists, and who, having come to Hindūstān in the reign of Sulṭān Sikandar Lodī, had been given the title of Ḥaẓrat-i-Mu-qaddas (His Holiness), came and had audience of the Sulṭān and tendered his service. Tārtār Khān Sārang Khānī also, after that Rānā Sānkā seized the fortress of Khandhār, and the infidels had got the upper hand, first of all sent a representation to King (Bābar) saying, I intend to surrender the fortress of Gwāliār; but when Khwāja Raḥīm445d Dād and Shaikh Khūran and a further party also arrived, he was ashamed (of this weakness). This party then, by the guidance of Shaikh Muḥammad Ghauṯ, who was unrivalled in his time, and was the chief authority on the science of da‘watu-l-asmā,445e entered the fort by some skilful stratagem and took it from Tātār Khān whether he would or no, and sent him 339. into the presence of Bābar Pādishāh. In just this same way also Muḥammad Zaitūn the Afghān gave up the fort of Dholpūr to445f the Amīrs of Bābar, and coming in had an interview with the King. In the meanwhile, Rānā Sānkā445g had arrived on the confines of Baiāna and was doing damage to the country, and had, after a halt of a few days, reached Fatḥpūr; Bābar Pādishāh, with a small body of the soldiery which he had with him, left the capital of Āgra with the object of engaging him in battle. He also wrote445h a despatch to summon Shāhzāda Muḥammad Humāyūn Mīrzā, ordering him to leave Jaunpūr in charge of certain eminent Amīrs, and to come himself with all speed to take part in that war; the victorious Prince, having taken the country of Ḥarand445i and Bihār from Nasīr Khān446 Luhānī, and having appointed Khwāja Amīr, Shāh Ḥasan and Amīr Junaid Birlās to the government of Jaunpūr, proceeded by way of Kalpī, and by adopting measures partly peaceful and partly warlike, brought over ‘Ālam Khān the governor of that place,446a and made him one of his adherents. He lost no time in attaching himself to the king's service, and was granted many royal favours.

At this same time, that pattern for the great446b and noble, Khwāja Khāwind Naqshbandī arrived from Kābul, and the Amīrs sitting in council determined by a majority, that, seeing that the army of Rānā Sānkā is currently reported to exceed in multitude the ants and locusts, it appears advisable to strengthen the fortress of Āgra, and that, leaving it in charge of a garrison, the sovereign of Islām should proceed in his own excellent person towards the 340. Panjāb, and wait for the development of unseen events. The king did not agree to the decision of this council, but girded up his loins to carry into effect his intention of a jihād, and setting his heart upon martyrdom, marched in the direction of the field of Fatḥpūr and made this project the aim and object of his ambition.446c

Verse.
Since the soul must of necessity at last leave the body,
This is best, that, when the time comes, it should at least
depart with honour.
The end of the world is this, and nothing more
That after a man's death, his name should remain.

The Amīrs also, placing their hands upon the sacred word, (the Qur'ān), swore an oath to renew their compact and carry out their intention of making war upon the infidels, for the exaltation of the sublime creed,446d and the promulgation of the glorious law, deeming the field of battle to be a joyful assembly, and doing full justice447 to the claims of manliness in such a way as the eye of time had never before witnessed, and after many strenuous efforts the standards of Islām floated bravely on high, while the banners of infidelity were laid low. In the thick of the fight an arrow found its way to the forehead of Ḥasan Khān Mīwātī, who was an infidel who used the Kalimah; they cast him into a well and took to flight, while he fell into the well of Hell, although a certain Mīwātī,447a a jogī447b in form and appearance, in the year 960 H., after the death of Salīm Shāh Afghān Sūr, raised a rebellion in Mīwāt, and called himself447c Ḥasan Khān, and mentioned certain of the secret signs to the Mīwātīs, still, a certain number acknowledged him. The composer of this Muntakhab (selection) also, in the year 965 H. (1557 A.D.) saw him447d in Āgra, but no signs of nobility or authority were visible in his features,447e and the late Khān-i-Khānān Bairam Khān used to say, that Ḥasan Khān Mīwātī447f was a man who commanded a large following,447g and was of kingly appearance, and had a poetical temperament. His poems are well known; but this mannikin447h resembled447i an uncouth rustic, his appearance was extremely repulsive.447j God forbid that this wretch, should be that Ḥasan Khān.

After some time certain of the Khānzādas of Mīwāt moved 341. by indignation and jealousy put him to death. A short time after this447k victory, that gallant king was attacked by a severe illness, and after that he had reached the age of fifty years, he departed from this transitory world to the eternal realms in the year 937 H. (1530 A.D.).

THE DATE OF THE DEATH OF SHĀH BĀBAR.

This took place in the year nine hundred and thirty-seven. The words Shash-i-Shawwāl447l also form the date of his decease, while the date of his birth may be found from this couplet.

Since this revered monarch was born in the sixth of Muḥarram,
The year of his birth448 also is Shash-i-Muḥarram.

The duration of his reign in Māwarā-annahr, Badakhshān, Kābul, and Kāshghar, as well as in Hindustān, was448a thirty-eight years. He had succeeded to the kingdom at the age of twelve, and Khwāja Kalān Bēg wrote this couplet in his funeral ode:

Alas! that time and the changeful heaven should exist without thee.
Alas! and Alas! that time should remain and thou should'st
be gone.

Among the learned men of his time is Shaikh Zain Khānī,448b who translated in most elegant448c style, the Wāqi‘at-i-Bābarī,448d which the deceased monarch wrote, and the following verses are by him:

Verses.
342. Thou hast rested with thy guardians and hast fled from me
What have I done? or what hast thou heard or seen from
me?
There was no necessity for injustice to enable thee to seize
my heart.
I would have yielded it had'st thou but desired it of me.
Verses.448e
So straitened did my heart become for longing for those lips
of thine
Too narrow was the way by which my soul should quit its
earthly shrine.

My verses are both rational and traditional, and my desire is, that Maulānā Hasan, who comprises in himself all rational449 and traditional science, may hear them.

Another is Maulānā Baqā'ī who wrote a Maṯnavī in the metre of the Makhzan-i-Asrār.449a At the moment I do not remember a single poem of his.

Another449b is Maulānā Shihābu-d-Dīn the Enigmatist, whose general learning was overshadowed by his special skill in the composition of enigmas, and449c at the time when Darmash Khān449d was appointed449e by Shāh Isma‘īl Ṣafawī Husainī to the Governorship of Khurāsān, that prince of traditionists, Mīr Jamālu-d-Dīn, the traditionist, one day while the preaching was going on, in dispelling the apparent contradiction between the sacred word Verily your Lord is God, who created the heavens and the earth in six days,449f and that true Ḥadīṯ (tradition) that He created the world in seven days,449g explained it in two ways; Maulānā Shihābu-d-Dīn 449h refuted it, by adducing one after another several excellent arguments, and wrote a treatise on that subject, to which the learned divines of that time subscribed449i their signatures. The writer of these pages also on the same occasion wrote a few lines of prose and poetry, from which the following rubā‘ī is selected;449j

Quatrain. 343.
This writing which has appeared like lawful magic,
Its poetry and prose are purer than the purest water.
It is a gleam from the brightness of “the brilliant Star,450
In describing whose dignity the tongue of meditation is struck
dumb.

The following enigma on the name Kāshif is also by him.

Quatrain.
With a view to deceive the heart of this broken-hearted one,
That idol with mouth like the rosebud is every moment450a
displaying coquetry.
Upon the leaf of the rose she wrote that curling ringlet
And then displayed her moon-bright face from450b one corner.450c

The death of the Maulavī took place at the time of the return of the Emperor Muḥammad Humāyūn, whose abode is in Paradise, from his expedition to Gujrāt in the year 942 H., and Mīr Khond450d Amīr the historian invented the chronogram Shihābu-ṯ-ṯāqib. And one of the wonderful450e inventions of that Emperor, whose shelter is the pardon of God, is the Khaṭṭ-i-Bābarī (the Bābarī script), in which writing he indited a copy of the Qur'ān, and sent it to the sacred city of Makka: his anthology of Persian and Tūrkī poetry is well-known. He has also composed a book on the Hanīfite Theology called Mubaiyyin,450f and Shaikh Zainu-d-Dīn450g wrote a commentary upon it which he entitled Mubīn. His treatises 450h on Prosody are also in common use.

Verse.
The heaven, whose sole skill is oppression,
Has this one object, to wring each moment the heart's blood;
It gives not to the tulip the crown of royalty without laying
low under the foot of oppression the head of a crowned
monarch.
NAṢĪRU-D-DĪN [WAU-D-DUNYĀ]451
MUḤAMMAD HUMĀYŪN
PĀDSHĀH-I-GHĀZĪ. 344.

Marching by forced marches from Sanbal in the year 937 H. (1530 A.D.), with the concurrence of Amīr Khalīfa who was the agent and prime minister451a of the Government, ascended the throne. The following chronogram was invented to record the date.

Verse.
Muḥammad Humāyūn Shāh of auspicious fortune
Who is the best of kings by virtue of his merit
The year in which he ascended the kingly|throne
Was distinguished by the words “Khairu-l-Mulūk.”451b

Moreover, inasmuch as at the time of his accession he made present of trays filled with gold, another chronogram was invented in the words Kishtī-i-Zar (Tray of gold). After disposing of all matters of importance he led an army against the fortress of Kālinjar,451c and,451d after quelling the insurrection of Sulṭān ‘Ālam ibn-i-Sulṭān Sikandar Lodī, who had raised a revolt in Jaunpūr, returned to Āgra and made a great feast, at which entertainment twelve thousand people were distinguished by the bestowal of robes of honour.

Verse.
A king will have the upper hand of his enemies
When his army is happy and contented;
But if he withholds their just reward from his soldiery,
They in turn will withhold their hands from the sword.

In those days,451e Muḥammad Zamān Mīrzā ibn-i-Badī‘u-z-Zamān Mīrzā451f ibn-i-Sulṭān Ḥusain Mīrzā, who had hostile intentions was captured. Sending him to the fortress of Baiāna, orders were given for his eyes to be put out. The pupil of his eye remained uninjured however, and shortly after, he escaped from prison and fled for refuge to Sulṭān Bahādur of Gujrāt. It is said that at the time when Muḥammad Zamān Mīrzā joined Sulṭān Bahādur, the latter was engaged in besieging Chitor, and the weather was exceedingly hot. Muḥammad Zamān Mīrzā was seized with a pain at the heart,452 for the cure of which the physicians declared gulqand (confection of roses)452a to be indispensable. Muḥammad Zamān Mīrzā begged Sulṭān Bahādur to send him a piece of this gulqand. He accordingly 345. summoned his sharbatdār (preparer of beverages), and enquired how much gulqand there had been brought with the camp; he replied that there must be more than twenty cart loads. The whole of this he sent to the camp of Muḥammad Zamān Mīrzā,452b and apologetically explained that this amount had been estimated as the probable requírements of the army, if it were not sufficient he begged to be excused.452c It eventually transpired that the juice of the gulqand used to be extracted for his use, and that for this reason there were452d so many carts accompanying him. Muḥam-mad Sulṭān Mīrzā, with his two sons Ulugh Mīrzā and Shāh Mīrzā, proceeded to Qanauj and laid the foundations of revolt, and when the king, now deceased, wrote and despatched to Sulṭān Bahādur letters summoning Muḥammad Zamān Mīrzā, Sulṭān Bahādur sent back a discourteous reply;452e he accordingly determined upon the conquest of Gujrāt. Bahādur, having collected an army to reduce the fortress of Chitor and oppose Rānā Sānkā, engaged him in battle, and besieged him. Tātār Khān Lodī being despatched by him, came and gained possession of the fortress of Baiāna, extending his depredations as far as Āgra; and after a fierce conflict453 with Mīrzā Handāl, in which he attacked with three thousand453a men, was put to the sword with all his following. While Sulṭān Bahādur was besieging Chitor for the second time, Muḥammad Humāyūn Pādshāh453b moved against him from Āgra; and in this same year Mīrzā Kāmrān, proceeding by forced marches from Lāhor to Qandahār, defeated Sām Mīrzā, the brother of Shāh453c Ṭahmāsp, who was besieging Khwāja Kalān Bēg, and453d the following hemistich gives the date.

Zada Pādshāh Kāmrān Sām rā.453e

(King Kāmrān defeated Sām)

Maulānā Bekasī453f also writes the following

Verse.
At that time when the crown and the golden goblet stands in 346.
sight,
When amid the joy and feasting is seen the form of the
flagon and the chasing of the cup,
I enquired from wisdom, why hast thou cast down in our
midst the gold-scattering crown, like a crimson tulip?
She answered, the heaven, by way of assigning a date to this
encounter, has cast down the golden crown,453g in consequence
of the defeat of the army of Sām.

Muḥammad Humāyūn Pādshāh, considering that it would be disgraceful to go up against Sulṭān Bahādur and engage his attention while he was engaged in the siege of Chitor,454 halted at Sārang-pūr. Sulṭān Bahādur meanwhile forcibly reduced the fort of Chitor, after which he engaged in war with Pādshāh (Humāyūn) for a space of two months in the neighbourhood of Mandsūr, a dependency of Mālwa, but owing to the fact that no supplies of grain could reach the camp of Bahādur, man and beast died from starvation, and454a Bahādur with five of his most trusty Amīrs left the royal tent by the rear door and fled towards Mandsūr.454b The following verse commemorates the date of this event:—

Humāyūn Shah-i-Ghāzī, who has thousands of slaves in his
palace like Jamshīd,
When he came victorious towards Gujrāt, returned in triumph,
the glory of the sons of Tīmūr.
Since Bahādur fell humbled and abject,
The date thereof was “The disgrace of Bahādur.”454c

Muḥammad Humāyūn Pādshāh pursued him, and the Mughūl soldiers came upon Bahādur one night while he was asleep,454d and were near taking him prisoner, but he made his escape with five or six horsemen towards Gujrāt. Sulṭān ‘Ālam Lodī, however, fell into their hands and they cut off his feet. The army of Humāyūn Pādshāh pursued Bahādur by rapid marches and laid waste Aḥmadābād. Bahādur leaving Aḥmadābād went to Kanbhāyat,454e 347. and from there to the port of Dīp,454f and at that time the fortress of Jānpānīr455 was also taken after a battle by the Pādshāh, and treasure beyond computation fell into his hands.

The year in which this happened may be learned from the following verse:—

Wisdom sought for the date of the victory of Shāh Humāyūn
and discovered this,
“It was the ninth of the month of Ṣafar.”455a

Then Bahādur, in concert with the Zamīndars of the country455b of Sorath, collected a force and proceeded towards Aḥmadābad. Mīrzā ‘Askarī who, after the return of Humāyūn Pādshāh towards the East,455c remained at Aḥmadābād with the intention of having the Khuṭbah read in his own name, in which project he had the support of Amīr Hīndū Bēg; however, he could not carry out his plan, and after slight opposition left for Jānpānīr, the governor of which place, Tardī Bēg, having entrenched himself, sent letters to the court conveying the tidings of the revolt of Mīrzā ‘Askarī. But at the time when Humāyūn had left Mandir on his way to Āgra Mīrzā ‘Askarī met him on the road and gave in his submission, and Bahādur took Jānpānīr from Tardī Bēg without the necessity of fighting.455d [And in this year Shaikh455e Jamālī Kanbawī of Dihlī left this transitory world for the kingdom of eternity. A chronogram has been invented to commemorate this in the words Khusrū-i-Hind būda (he was the Khusrū of Hindustan)].455f In this year also Shāh Ṭahmāsp came up against Qandahār from ‘Irāq to take vengeance on Sām Mīrzā,455g and455h Khwāja Kalān Beg leaving the city empty, and leaving the Dīwānkhāna (Hall of audience) locked up just as it was, adorned with its splendid carpets, its magnificent furniture, and all the appurtenances of the audience chamber, came out to invite Shāh Ṭahmāsp to alight at that pleasantly prepared456 resting place, which he did, and456a 348. gave Khwāja Kalān Bēg great praise for his conduct, saying, that is a good servant whom Kāmrān Mīrzā possesses. Shāh Ṭahmāsp left Qandahār in charge of Badagh Khān, one of his own Amīrs, and returned to ‘Irāq. Mīrzā Kāmrān at this same juncture, proceeded by forced marches from Lāhor, and arriving at Qandahār took possession of it. Muḥammad Zamān Mīrzā, whom Bahādur had despatched after his defeat to inflict injury upon Hindustān, took advantage of the absence456b of Mīrzā Kāmrān to invest Lāhor; but, when he heard tidings of the return of Humāyūn Pād-shāh to Gujrāt, retraced his steps. At the expiry of one year from the accession456c of Humāyūn Pādshāh in Āgra, Shīr Khān Afghān Sūr, in the absence of Humāyūn, collected a large force, and took possession456d of the country of Gour, Bihār, and Jaunpūr, and also the fortress of Chinār. Humāyūn Pādshāh encamped456e before the fort of Chinār, with the intention of opposing Shīr Khān, on the fourteenth of the month of Ṣafar in the year 943 H., and besieged Jalāl Khān, son of Shīr Khān, who eventually obtained the title of Islām Shāh. In a short time by the exertions of Rūmī Khān the Artillerist, (on whose name Sulṭān Bahādur had written and despatched the following enigma:—

[Ḥaif bāshad nām i ān sag bar zabān,
Mīkh dar jānash nih o nāmash bikhwān
]456f
It were a pity to take the name of that dog on one's lips
Place a stake (mīkh) in his life (jān) and read his name).

he reduced457 that fortress, but Jalāl Khān escaped by means of a boat, and joined Shīr Khān who was engaged in conflict457a with Naṣīb Shāh Governor of Bangāla, Humāyūn457b Pādshāh arrived, after that the Governor of Bangāla had been wounded in battle with Shīr Khān. Naṣīb Shāh457c submitted himself to Humāyūn, and acted as his escort. Having entrusted the Government of Jaunpūr to Mīr Hindū Bēg, with the rank of Amīru-l. Umarā, and a golden throne, he proceeded by way of Garhī,457d a narrow pass separating the countries of Bihār and Bangāla, which Quṭb Khān the son of Shīr 349. Khān and Khawaṣṣ Khān, the well-known servant of Shīr Khān, had fortified, and came into Bangāla. Shīr Khān not being able to withstand him, left by way of Chahār Khanḍ to the fortress of Rohtās, and fell upon the rear of Humāyūn's army, and gained possession of the fortress of Rohtās by crafty means, in the following manner. He alleged as a pretext that he had a large number of families457e with him, and having placed two thousand armed Afghāns in closed litters457f sent them towards the fort. The Rāja of Rohtās being fired with avaricious designs upon the wealth and families of the Afghāns threw open the gates of the fort. Then the Afghān soldiers who were concealed in the litters leapt out, and entering the fort,457g put them all to the sword.457h

The climate of Bangāla proved so extremely suitable to Humāyūn, that he changed the name of Gaur to Jannatābād (The realm of Paradise), and having halted there for (two or)458 three months returned. In the meanwhile Shīr Khān's affair was assuming large proportions, and his following was increasing. He wrote a letter to Humāyūn, saying, ‘all these Afghāns are the servants and retainers of His Majesty the King, and beg to be granted jāegīrs,458a if the king will think about a jāegīr for them, then it will be well, but if not, hunger will drive them to open revolt. Up to the present time I have kept them in check, but now they no longer obey me, and the proverb is well-known. The hungry man will throw himself upon the sword. For the rest whatever the king says is law.’

Humāyūn, when he grasped the contents of the letter, saw clearly what its object was, and seeing that the opportunity had passed by,458b and considering the bareness of equipment and inefficiency458c of his army, which had recently been doubled, many horses and camels having died, while the remainder were so jaded and emaciated that they were of no use whatever, he set about devising some remedial measures. Mīrzā Hindāl, who had accompanied the king as far as Mongīr, was despatched to Āgra to put down the rebellion458d of Muḥammad Sulṭān Mīrzā, Ulugh Mīrzā, and Shāh Mīrzā, who had 350. fled and had done great mischief in the Dihlī country, and were now returning. Muḥammad Zamān Mīrzā, after that Sulṭān Bahādur was drowned in the sea owing to the treachery of the Firangīs,458e could not accomplish anything, and again sought refuge with Humāyūn.

And in the year 945 H. Mīrzā Hindāl, at the instigation of certain turbulent innovators,459 put to death Shaikh Buhlūl, the elder brother of Shaikh Muḥammad Ghauṯ of Gwāliār, who was one of the chief exponents of the art of invocation and incantation,459a and who enjoyed the full confidence and friendship of Humāyūn. The year in which this event occurred was commemorated by the chronogram Faqad māta Shahīdan.459b Verily he died a martyr's death.

Mīrzā Hindāl in this year read the Khuṭbah in his own name in Āgra. Humāyūn despatched five thousand picked men to reinforce Jahāngīr Bēg the Mughūl, and making over the rule of that country to him, with permission to read the Khuṭbah should occasion arise, set out for Āgra, and, all unprepared as he was, reached Jausā,459c which is a village on the bank of the Ganges. The Amīrs of Jaunpūr and Chinār came in and offered to tender their services. Shīr Khān seized the head of the road, and being aware of the distress of the army, placed between it and his own army a canal,459d which joined the Ganges, and, owing to the rains, was quite full of water, and for three months encamped over against the King. It is said that during this period when they were confronting each other, Humāyūn one day sent Mulla Muḥammad ‘Azīz,460 who was an old friend of Shīr Khān, as an ambassador.460a Shīr Khān was at that moment with his sleeves460b rolled up, and with a spade in 351 his hand, in spite of the heat, was busy preparing the fort and entrenchments.

When Mulla Muḥammad came near he washed his hands, and having ordered a shāmiāna460c to be pitched, sat on the ground unceremoniously, and after hearing the King's message said, “Take this one message from me to the King and say: ‘You yourself desire war, but your army does not, I on the other hand, do not desire war,460d but my army does: for the rest the decision is the King's.’” Then he sent Shaikh Khalīl,460e one of the descendants of the venerable Shaikh Farīd Ganj-i-Shakkar, may God sanclify his soul, who was the spiritual guide of Shīr Khān, to Humāyūn, and made overtures of peace to him, representing that he was willing to give up to Humāyūn's representatives the whole country with the exception of Bangāla, and would have the Khuṭbah and sikka established in Humāyūn's name. This agreement was ratified between them by an oath on the Divine Word, and Humāyūn's mind was at peace with regard to Shīr Khān.

A bridge was ordered to be thrown across: but Shīr Khān was plotting treachery and deceit.

Verse.
Make the camel leap from the room of the deceit of the world,
because out of craft,
In that room where they speak of peace the camel is clad in
armour.
I flee from the camel of the heavens and the room of the earth,
Because there are maddened camels surrounding that room.

The following morning he surprised and attacked the army of Humāyūn, without giving them time to draw up in line. After a short skirmish Humāyūn's army was defeated, and the Afghāns arriving first461 at the head of the bridge broke it down, while their artillerists and archers seated in boats kept the army under a perfect hail of fire, drowning461a them in the ocean of destruction. Muḥammad Zamān Mīrzā was overwhelmed by the tempest of death, and Humāyūn urged his horse into the water and was in dread of drowning, in fact was on the point of drowning, when a water carrier461b came to his aid and rescued him from that whirlpool of destruction. Then he turned towards Āgra. Shīr Khān wrote 352.461c this verse upon that event:—

Thou givest sovereignty to Farīd the son of Hasan,461d
Thou givest the army of Humāyūn to the fishes

Although the master (Ustād) has [this second verse]—461e

One thou exaltest and givest him sovereignty,
Another thou castest down from his throne to the fishes.461f

This event occurred in the year 946 H. and to commemorate it the following chronogram was written:

Salāmat bawad Pādshāh kase.461g

And Shīr Khān after the victory turned back, and came to Bangāla, and after fighting several engagements461h put to death Jahāngīr Qulī Bēg with all his following. In that country he read the Khuṭbah in his own name, and assumed the title of Shīr Shāh,461i and in the following year proceeded with a vast army intending to capture Āgra. Kāmrān Mīrzā, prior to the affair of Jausā, after hearing of the victory of Shīr Khān and the rebellion of Mīrzā Hindāl against Humāyūn, returned from Qandahār to Lāhor, and leaving there came to Āgra, which he reached in the year 946 H. Mīrzā Hindāl himself, before the arrival of Mīrzā Kāmrān, in the absence of Humāyūn, laid siege to Dihlī, in which Mīr Fakhr ‘Alī and Mīrzā Yādgār Nāṣir had fortified themselves; but not meeting with any success joined hands with Mīrzā Kāmrān. Mīr Fakhr ‘Alī also came in and had an interview with him, 353 but Mīrzā Yādgār Nāṣir would not leave the fort. Eventually Mīrzā Hindāl separating from Mīrzā Kāmrān proceeded to Alwar. When Humāyūn heard these tidings, he became still more despondent, 462 till that eventful defeat took place:462a after the defeat at Jansā462b he proceeded by forced marches, accompanied by a few horsemen, and arrived unawares at the tent of Mīrzā Kāmrān in Āgra. The Mīrzā also knew nothing of his coming; both brothers upon recognising each other burst into tears.462c Afterwards Hindāl Mīrzā and Muḥammad Sulṭān Mīrzā and his sons, who had for a time shewn hostility, came in and offered their submission for certain considerations: Their faults were pardoned and they sat in consultation. Mīrzā Kāmrān ostensibly had this intention, that, inasmuch as the army of the Panjāb had gathered fresh force, Humāyūn should grant him leave to proceed against Shīr Khān and endeavour to take vengeance on him, while the King should remain in ease and tranquillity at the Capital. When Humāyūn declined to accede to this proposal, the Mīrzā put forward a claim to proceed to462d the Panjāb, and urged an infinity of reasons, giving colour to the suggestion that a refusal would cause him insupportable annoyance. Accordingly Humāyūn acceded462e to all his requests, saving only his return; and Khwāja Kalān Bēg was exerting his efforts to procure the return of Mīrzā Kāmrān to the Panjāb: so that this argument was carried on for six months and nothing was settled.462f In the meantime Mīrzā Kāmrān was taken ill with a complication of severe diseases,463 and when the diagnosis was arrived at that the source of the disease was a poison, which had been poured into his life's cup by the hand of circumstance, he was led by the whisperings of interested advisers463a to entertain suspicion against Humāyūn, and imagined that perhaps it was he who had administered463b 354. poison to him. Ill as he was he returned to Lāhor, and in breach463c of his former agreement that he would leave the whole of his army at Āgra in the service of the king, took the whole of it463d with him, with the exception of two thousand men whom he left under the command of Sikandar. Mīrzā Ḥaidar the Mughul and Dughlāt463e Kashmīrī also remained at Āgra, and were kindly treated. Shīr Khān waxed bold at the success of these hypocrisies, and towards the close of the year463f aforesaid reached the bank of the Ganges, and despatching a463g force under his son Quṭb Khān, sent him across [the Ganges]463h against Kalpī and Itāwa. Qāsim Ḥusain Sulṭān Usbeg, in concert with Yādgār Nāṣir Mīrzā and Iskandar Sulṭān, after a fight in the vicinity of Kālpī, put to death the son of Shīr Khān with a large number463i of his following, sending their heads to Āgra.

Humāyūn started to oppose Shīr Khān with a large force composed of some hundred thousand cavalry, and crossing the river of Qananj encamped in face of his enemy for the space of one month. The army of Shīr Khān did not comprise in all more than five thousand463j cavalry. It was under such circumstances that Muḥammad Sulṭān Mīrzā and his son fled a second time from the king, and the reinforcements of Mīrzā Kāmrān also took flight to Lāhor, and the Mughuls of the King's army were scattered in all directions. The rains now came on, and inasmuch as the camp of Humāyūn's army was on low lying ground, he desired to march from there and encamp on the high ground. At this very time464 Shīr Khān drew up his troops, and came out to give battle. This engagement took place on the day of the ‘Āshūra, the 10th of Muḥarram 947 H., and a chronogram was found for it in the words Kharābī-i-mulk-i-Dillī.464a The greater number of the Mughul soldiers refused to fight464b and took to their heels, while a small 355. body of them who engaged in fight, strove manfully in battle,464c but things had gone beyond control, and it was of no avail. The king rode off with the intention of going to the high ground. This action of his in itself afforded an excuse to his men to flee, and a serious defeat ensued. Moreover the king while crossing the river Ganges became separated from his horse, and by the help of Shamsu-d-Dīn Muḥammad of Ghaznī (who eventually became the foster-father of the prince's most excellent majesty, and was honoured in Hindūstān with the title of A‘zam Khān),464d escaped from the water and returned to Āgra; but seeing that464e the enemy's army was coming up in pursuit, he could not remain there,464f so made his way to the Panjāb with all speed.

At the commencement of Rabī‘u-l-awwal of this year all the Sulṭāns and Amīrs of the Chaghatai tribe464g assembled for conference in Lāhor. Hypocrisy was still the order of the day, and Muḥammad Sulṭān and his sons fled from Lāhor to Multān, while Mīrzā Hindāl and Mīrzā Yādgār Nāṣir thought it advisable to proceed to Bhakkar and Tatta. Mīrzā Kāmrān prayed that this conference might speedily be dissolved so that he might go to Kābul. After long consultation Humāyūn sent Mīrzā Ḥaidar with a large party who had accepted service in Kashmīr, to that district. It was agreed465 that Khwāja Kalān Bēg should follow Mīrzā Ḥaidar, and that Humāyūn himself also should proceed thither after the conquest of Kashmīr.

When Mīrzā Ḥaidar arrived at Naushahra465a which is a wellknown place, he entered that country with the concurrence of certain Kashmīrīs and conquered it: and on the 22nd of Rajab of this same year he gained possession of that country. Khwāja Kalān Bēg had gone to Sīālkoṭ. When tidings reached the king 356. that Shīr Khān had crossed the river at Sulṭānpūr and had arrived within thirty krohs of Lāhor, Humāyūn, on the first of the month of Rajab in the aforesaid year, crossed the river of Lāhor, and Mīrzā Kāmrān, after breaking his solemn vows, agreed for certain reasons to accompany Humāyūn as far as the neighbourhood of Bahīra, and Khwāja Kalān Bēg made forced marches from Sīālkoṭ, and joined Humāyūn's camp. Mīrzā Kāmrān together with Mīrzā ‘Askarī, separating465b from the king, proceeded in company with Khwāja Kalān Bēg towards Kābul, while Humāyūn proceeded towards Sind. Mīrzā Hindāl, and Mīrzā Yādgār Nāṣir also, after accompanying him for a few stages, left him, and after a few days returned, by the counsel of465c Amīr Abūl Baqā. On the banks of the Indus such great scarcity prevailed in the camp of Humāyūn, that one sīr465d of the smaller millet465e could sometimes not be bought even for an ashrafī.465f The greater part of the army perished owing to this scarcity, while others died from want of water, till at last Humāyūn with a small number passed on to the districts of Jaisalmīr,465g and the country of Mārwār, where strange465h incidents occurred. After undergoing great hardships and distress, which it is the invariable custom of the Heavens to inflict, he betook himself to ‘Irāq and having obtained reinforcements, Shāh Ṭahmāsp gained possession of Qandahār and Kābul, and collecting a great army re-conquered Hindūstān. This exploit will be described in its proper place if the Most High God will it so.

SHĪR KHĀN IBN I ḤASAN SŪR

Whose name was Farīd and his title Shīr Khān, ascended the throne of empire under the above title, which he assumed. The 357. chronogram Kharābī-i-Mulk-i-Dillī466 was invented466a to record that year.

Inasmuch as he, by favourable circumstances and his own cleverness and bravery, rose from the rank of Bēg466b to royal dignity, it is essential to give a brief account of his career. The father of Ḥasan Sūr, Ibrāhīm by name,466c in the time of Sulṭān Buhlūl, came to Hindūstān from466d Roh, by which is meant Afghānistān, entered the service of Sulṭān Buhlūl, and was stationed in the vicinity of Hissār Fīrūza and Nārnūl. After his death (his son) Ḥasan became a servant of Jamāl Khān, one of the Amīrs of Sulṭān Sikandar, and was granted the jāegīr of the pargana of Sahsarām and Khawāṣpūr, dependencies of the fortress of Eastern Rohtās.466e He had five hundred cavalry under his command. In consequence of the unkindness of his father, and the jealous enmity of his brothers,466f of whom there were seven, he left his home and giving up the service of Jamāl Khān spent some time in Jaunpūr in the acquisition of science, and in perfecting himself467 in knowledge, until he had read the Kāfiyah467a with its commentary and other epitomes, besides acquiring by heart the Gulistān, Būstān, Sikandarnāma and other works. He used to go the round of monasteries and colleges, associating with the learned doctors and Shaikhs of that country, and busied himself with the improvement of his character. After some time he was reconciled to his father, and was entrusted by him with the management of his jāegīrs. This he carried out with equity and impartiality, using clever devices467b for the punishment of rebels, and kept them in check.467c Later on circumstances again led to an estrangement between Farīd and his father, and going to Āgra with his own brother,467d he elected to enter the service of Daulat Khān,467e one of the chief commanders467f of Sulṭān Ibrāhīm, and laid a complaint against his father and brothers467g before the Sulṭān.467h The Sulṭān however, was displeased 358. at this and said, This is a disgraceful and inhuman state of things that a father should be displeased with his son and that the son should complain against him.467i Upon the death of Ḥasan, Daulat Khān made a representation to the Sulṭān, and obtained his desire in securing those parganas for Shīr Khān. There he remained for some time,467j and eventually was led by the enmity of his brothers to enter the service of Bihār Khān, the son of Daryā Khān Luḥānī,467k who had read the Khuṭbah and issued the sikka in his own name in Bihār, and had assumed the title of Sulṭān Muḥammad. This was at the time when Sulṭān lbrāhīm had taken the field at Pānīpath, and Bābar Pādshah had conquered Hindūstān and planted468 the banner of sovereignty. Here he was well received, and as one day, when on a hunting expedition, he killed a tiger in the presence of Sulṭān Muḥammad, the title of Shīr Khān was bestowed upon him by the Sulṭān, who also appointed him to be tutor468a to his son Jalāl Khān. After some time Muḥammad Khān Sūr, governor of the country of Chaund, made an attempt to turn Sulṭān Muḥammad against Shīr Khān, with the object of advancing the interest of his brothers, and having succeeded in getting an order from Sulṭān Muḥammad that the brothers were to have a share in the management of the parganas, sent Suleimān, son of Ḥasan Sūr who has been mentioned, accompanied by one of his servants named Shādī to Khawāṣpūr, and Bhaka the servant of Shīr Khān who was known as the father of Khawāṣ Khān engaged in battle with Suleimān and was killed. The remainder fled, and came to Shīr Khān at Sahsarām. Shīr Khān had no longer the power to cope with Muḥammad Khān, nor the inclination to serve Sulṭān Muḥammad, he accordingly abandoned his position and jāegīr, and having no other resource betook himself to Sulṭān Junaid Birlās, who was holding the Government of Karra and Mānikpūr on behalf of Bābar Padshāh. 359. He remained in his service, and after presenting many valuable offerings, obtained a fully equipped army as reinforcement from Sulṭān Junaid, and fought with Muḥammad Khān, wrested from him the parganas of Chaund and other parganas, and took possession of them. Muḥammad Khān fled, and took refuge in the fortress of Rohtās. Shīr Khān, having wreaked his vengeance on his brothers, made apologetic overtures to Muḥammad Khān, addressing him by the title of uncle; having thus earned his gratitude he handed over468b the parganas he held as jāegīr to him on the same footing as formerly, and leaving Niẓām his full brother in charge of the jāegīr, went again to Sulṭān Junaid, whom he found just starting to pay his respects to Bābar Padshāh. Taking Shīr Khān with him, Junaid enrolled him among the servants and well-wishers of the king's court. He accompanied Bābar on the expedition to Chanderī. In accordance with Mughūl habits and customs, and owing to the carelessness of the king in his management of the affairs of State, and the venality of the revenue-officers, and the utter disorder into which the affairs of the people had fallen, matters came to such a pass that if any person469 had an object in view, he could quickly bring it to pass.469a One day Bābar on the occasion of a banquet, observed him behave in a way which deserved the royal censure,469b and demanded the punishment of Shīr Khān. Those who were present at the banquet related the particulars of his independence and arrogant assumption, not omitting to mention some of his double-dealings. Shīr Khān accordingly became apprehensive of danger, and fled from the king's camp to his parganas, whence he wrote a letter couched in apologetic terms and sent it to Sulṭān Junaid, advancing as a pretext to cover his return,469c that since Muḥammad Khān was led by feelings of hostility against him to induce Sulṭān Muḥammad to send469d an army against Shīr Khān's parganas because of his being in service with the Mughūls, and as he could not easily and quickly469e obtain leave of absence from Bābar, he had accordingly taken this liberty and had at all hazards determined to rejoin those who wished well to the Ṣulṭān. 360. Thence he proceeded to Sulṭān Muḥammad, where he was honoured by increased confidence and by suitable rewards, and was once more installed as custodian of his younger son Jalāl Khān, whose whole affairs he took under his own management. After the death of Sulṭān Muḥammad, he obtained absolute control of the whole country of Bihār and its dependencies.

He entered into a compact of friendship with Makhdūm ‘Ālam, the governor of Ḥājipūr, one of the Amīrs of the Wālī of Bangāla, who despatched an Amīr named Quṭb Khān to undertake the overthrow of Makhdūm ‘Ālam. Shīr Khān marched to the aid of Makhdūm ‘Ālam, and470 after a fierce battle put Quṭb Khān to death, taking as spoil elephants and treasure and many followers. Jalāl Khān and his tribe, who are Lūhānīs,470a in spite of Shīr Khān, made over Bihār to the ruler of Bangāla and elected to serve under him, and leaving Shīr Khān to his fate, took care to secure their own safety.

The Bangālīs in the first instance sent Ibrāhīm Khān, the son of the Quṭb Khān above mentioned, against Shīr Khān to wreak vengeance upon him. Shīr Khān used daily to fight with them from within the fort, but since the Bangālīs received large reinforcements, and no way of retreat remained open to him, he yielded to necessity and fought a battle with them in the open470b in which he gained the day. Ibrāhīm Khān also seeing what had occurred went and joined his father, and Shīr Khān seized the whole of the camp of the Bangālīs470c with their elephants and artillery, acquiring thereby great renown, so that he established a lasting and undivided control over the country of Bihār and raised himself to the dignity of a Sulṭān. He next wrested the fortress of Chinār together with its vast treasures from the sons of [Jamāl Khān Sārang-Khānī470d]470e] Tāj Khān, one of the Amīrs of 361. Sulṭān Ibrāhīm Lodī, who some years before had regained possession of it, and took in marriage his wealthy and beautiful wife who had vast stores of treasure. This fact also enhanced his grandeur and dignity, so that the desire for sovereignty daily gained more ascendency over his mind, till at last certain powerful Amīrs of the Afghān Lodī faction summoned from Chitor Sulṭān Maḥmūd, son of Sulṭān Sikandar Lodī, who, after raising Ḥasan Khān Mīwātī and Rānā Sānkā to royal power, had induced him to fight with Bābar Pādshāh, and subsequently to his defeat470f had remained in the fortress of Chitor, and seated him upon the throne in Patna.470g He accordingly came with a vast army and invaded the country of Bihār, and wresting it from Shīr Khān took possession of it. Shīr Khān was perforce compelled to submit, and entered his service, and taking leave came to Sahsarām. Sulṭān Maḥmūd passing by Sahsarām, after writing and making over to Shīr Khān an agreement relating to Bihār,471 thereby raising his hopes, despatched him to attempt the conquest of Jaunpūr and to engage in war with the Amīrs of Humāyūn Pādshāh. He thus brought the whole of that province as far as Lakhnau into his own471a power. The Amīrs of Humāyūn Pādshāh could not stand against (Shīr Khān), and proceeding to Kālinjar471b gave in their allegiance to him. Humāyūn marched to oppose Sulṭān Maḥmūd, and Baban and Bāyazīd,471c who were with him.471d When the two armies met Shīr Khān, who had stood aloof from Sulṭān Maḥmud for some days, again joined his force, and sent a message to Mīr Hindū Bēg Qūchīn, Commander-in-chief of the Mughūl army, saying that on the day of the battle he would make a flank movement and stand on one side. You and the 362. Afghāns, said he, well know how utterly I abhor and detest the command of Sulṭān Maḥmūd and Baban471e and Bāyazīd.

Verse.
If I committed a fault, I have at all events made my road
clear.

Eventually he did as he had arranged, and Sulṭān Maḥmūd and Baban471f being defeated retired to the country of Patna, and made no further attempts to fight, till in the year 949 H. (1542 A. D.) in the country of Orissa471g he encamped on the frontiers of the desert of non-existence, and having gone to the appointed goal remained at rest. Humāyūn Pādshāh [after this victory]471h sent Mīr Hindū Bēg as his agent to Shīr Khān with a demand to him to yield up the fort of Chinār. He, however, made some lame excuse, so the king ordered several noted Amīrs to precede him and lay siege to that fortress, himself also472 preparing to follow them. In the meanwhile Shīr Khān wrote a petition in which he pointed out his own sincerity and the favour shewn him by Baban, and recounted the deserving nature of his former services, more specially his opposition to Baban and Bāyazīd. This petition he sent by the hand of Quṭb Khān, his eldest son, together with a large force, to Humāyūn Pādshāh. He sent also with Quṭb Khān, ‘Īsā Khān Hajjāb, who was his vakīl with the powers of a vazīr, and he fleeing from Gujrāt joined his father in Bangāla. When Humāy-ūn Pādshāh altered his course towards Gujrāt, Shīr Khān himself had risen to great dignity and power, so that he engaged in open battle with Humāyūn on two occasions, and gained the day, as has already been mentioned. Shīr Shāh in the early part of the year of his accession laid waste the ancient city of Qannauj, and moving it from its original site re-established it on the banks of the river Ganges; it is now known as Shīrgaṛh. In the same manner he destroyed the fortress of Shamsābād and removed it to another 363. place, calling it by the name of Rusūlpūr. Now, however, at the date of writing, it has been repopulated in its old position. And when he arrived at old Dihlī, which was founded by Sulṭān ‘Alāu-d-Dīn, he destroyed that also, and established between the fortress of Dīnpanāh, which Muḥammad Humāyūn Pādshāh constructed, and472a Fīrozābād, an extensive city, and built round472b that fort a rampart of stone and mortar, having an extent of three krohs. On his arrival at Sulṭānpūr by continuous marches, the brothers of Humāyūn Pādshāh and the Chaghatai Amīrs quarrelled, and each took his own way as has been described, and Shīr Shāh himself,472c not giving them time to reassemble, came up in pursuit. In this year he issued a public proclamation that from the country of Bangāla as far as western Rohtās, which is a four months' journey, and also from Āgra to Mandū,472d at every kroh a sarāi (rest-house) and a mosque, and a well built of burned bricks was to be established and a Muaẕẕin472e and an Imām.472f A Musulmān and a Hindū were also appointed to superintend the supply of water for each. A refreshment house was also kept stocked for the use of strangers and poor wayfarers. On both sides of the road also, large and lofty trees were planted in avenues, so that all travellers might go along in the shade of them. Traces of these still remain in most places up to the present time, though fifty-two years have passed since then. In his reign justice was so widespread that if, for example, an old man holding a golden tray in his hand had lain down to sleep whenever he felt inclined, no thief or ruffian would have dared to take it away from him.

Thanks be to God that the writer of this Muntakhab was born in the reign of so just a king; to use the words of the Prophet, may the peace and blessing of God be upon him,473 I was born in the reign of the just king, on the seventeenth of Rabī‘u-ṯ-ṯānī473a in the year 947 H. (1540 A.D.) but, in spite of this, would that the 364. name of that hour and that day had been erased from the chronicles of years and months, so that I had not been obliged to leave the private chamber of non-existence, where I dwelt with the inhabitants of the world of dreams and fancies, and to place my foot into this world of imaginary existence, and to suffer473b so many scars of various misfortunes, all of which are branded with the stamp, He loses this world and the next, the context is well-known.

Verse.
My body bears a robe, surpassing splendid
My hopes for this world and the next are ended.
Rubā‘ī.
I came yesterday, and have accomplished nothing,
To-day my efforts have availed me nothing,
To-morrow I depart, having learned no single secret;
Better had been non-existence than this vain superfluity.

And when one looks into the matter carefully one becomes aware that seeing that the Lord, the repository of the seal of the prophetic office, upon him and his family may the peace and blessing of God rest, says:473c “Would that the Lord of Muḥammad had not created Muḥammad,” it is not in the power of a weak-minded mortal (like myself) to draw a single breath in this valley (of desolation), and one fears lest such an attempt should lead to audacity in the way of religion, and lest its fruit should be everlasting destruction. I entreat pardon from God of all that is an abomination to Him.

What power has the clay that it should say to the potter
Why dost thou make me and why dost thou break me.474

After that Shīr Shāh reached the hill-country of Bālnāt. He built there the fortress of Rohtās as a protection for the army of Hindūstān against the Mughūl forces. Then he appointed Khawāṣṣ Khān to undertake the pursuit, and returned. While on the march he heard that a commander named Khiẓr Khān Sarak had become infatuated with rebellious notions and was behaving as though he were a Sulṭān. Shīr Shāh474a accordingly bent his course 365. thither, and Khiẓr Khān hastening to encounter him was taken prisoner. Shīr Shāh took possession of that country and conferred it by way of jāegīr upon several of his Amīrs, and appointed to the superintendence of the fort of Rohtās,474b Qāẓī Faẓīlat the Qāẓī of the army, who was popularly known by the more appropriate title of Qāẓī Faẓīḥat.474c

In the year 948 H. he came474d to Āgra, and in the year 949 H. proceeded to Gwāliār with the intention of conquering Mālwa.474e Abūl Qāsim Beg, one of the Amīrs of Humāyūn Pādshāh who had entrenched himself in that fortress, came in and had an interview with him, giving up the keys of the fort. Mallū Khān the governor of Mālwa, who475 was one of the slaves of the Khiljī Sulṭāns, and held absolute and unlimited power in that province, offered his services to Shīr Shāh, and was honoured by splendid rewards. Shīr Shāh also had tents pitched for him close to his own tent, and prepared a hundred and one horses and other apparatus of pomp and dignity in his honour. In the meantime a suspicion arose in Mallū Khān's mind, and one night he tore his tent and escaped alone after the accustomed manner of slaves, and fled. Shīr Khān wrote the following:—

Verse.
You see how the chicken-hearted slave Mallū has treated me
It is a saying of Muṣṭafā “There can be no good in a slave.”

Shīr Khān then nominated Ḥājī Khān Sulṭānī to the subjugation of the province of Mālwa, and Sazāwal Khān475a to administer the affairs of the district of Sawās;475b Mallū Khān fought with Ḥājī Khān and Sazāwal Khān, and suffered a defeat from which he never recovered.

Every weakling who fights with one stronger than he,
Gets such a fall that he can never again rise.

And Khān-i-Khānān Sarwānī,475c who was the475d permanent Governor of the fort of Ranthanbūr, yielded up that fortress to Shīr 366. Shāh and came with his family to the township of Basāwar. It is said that some one introduced some poison into his cup. His tomb is in the suburbs of that township, in a pleasant spot, and is wellknown at this time:

Quatrain.
Death, thou hast desolated hundreds of homes,
In the kingdom of existence thou makest life thy spoil.
No jewel beyond price has come into the world,
But thou has borne it away and hidden it beneath the dust.

In this year Shīr Shāh475e led an army against the fortress of Rāī Sen and besieged it, because Pūranmal the son of Silhadī, one of the Chiefs of Rāī Sen, had attacked the city of Chanderī, which is one of the chief cities of Hindūstān, and had put its inhabitants to death, and was keeping two thousand476 women, Hīndūs and Muslims, in his own ḥarīm. The following couplet was found to record the date of this siege:

Qīyām-i-bārgāh bāshad mubārak.
May the stability of the court be fortunate.476a

After prolonging the siege for some time Shīr Shāh entered into a compact, and succeeded in dislodging Pūranmal476b by the intervention of Shāhzāda ‘Ādil Khān and Quṭb Khān Nāib,476c and assigned him a place in his own camp, bestowing upon him a hundred horses, with a robe of honour and a sum of gold; and eventually by the advice of Mīr Saiyyid Rafī‘u-d-Dīn Ṣafawī of Īj,476d which was given the title of Muqaddasa (Sacred) by Sikandar Lodī, broke his word, and caused Pūranmal together with his family and children to be trampled to death by elephants. Not a single man of those turbulent and rebellious Hindūs, who were 367. near ten thousand souls, escaped in that battle. Their women and men either476e became food for the edge (jauhar) of the sword or fed the flames of the fire called jūhar, a well-known word in the Hīndī language. This chronicle, from that day forward, remained as a record upon the pages of Time, may God be merciful to its author. This event occurred in the year 950 H., and476f after some time he girded up his loins for a holy war to uproot the pestilent infidels of the country of Mārwār, and led a vast476g army against Rāi Maldeo476h the leader of the Rāis of Hindūstān who held sway over the country of Nāgor and Jaunpūr, and was a powerful opponent of the Muslims; and inasmuch as one of the maxims of Shīr Shāh, from which he never departed,477 was to throw up an entrenched position round his army, no matter how few the enemy might be, as soon as Māldeo arrived in the vicinity of Ājmīr with fifty thousand picked cavalry trained and experienced in war, intent upon slaying or being slain, and confronted Shīr Shāh, he, finding it impossible to make trenches and ramparts because of the sandy soil, held a conference with his experienced and veteran Amīrs. No one of them however could devise a way to effect that object. Suddenly Maḥmūd Khān, the son of ‘Ādil Khān,477a who was grandson to Shīr Shāh, notwithstanding his youth said, “Let Shāh ‘Ālam order the banjāras (grain sellers) of the army to fill sacks with sand and arrange them round477b the army.” This idea477c highly commended itself to Shīr Shāh, and he immediately placed his turban upon the lad's head, and bestowed upon him in perpetuity the treaty territories.

In the end Heaven did not favour his designs, and Islām Shāh477d after reaching kingly power, made this unfortunate boy the very first of his family, heirs to the kingdom, to have his name blotted out from the page of existence, in accordance with the saying Al mulku ‘aqīm477e (The kingdom has no heir), and that treatment which he meted out to them, vindictive Time measured again to his posterity.

Verse.
If thou hast done evil remain not secure from calamity,
For the nature of things brings about requital.

In short Shīr Shāh, who477f would not give the head of one of 368. his soldiers for a kingdom, and to whom the Afghāns were477g far dearer than can be expressed, was by no means willing to involve his army in calamity with the ignorant, boar-natured, currish478 Hindūs. Accordingly he devised an artifice, and wrote fictitious letters purporting to emanate from the generals of Māldeo's army, to himself, couched in enigmatical language,478a the substance of them being that there would be no need for the king in person to superintend the fighting, when the armies were drawn up for battle, because they themselves would take Māldeo alive and deliver him up, upon the condition that such and such places should be given them as a reward. Having done this he so arranged that those letters fell into Māldeo's hands, with the result that Māldeo became utterly suspicious of all his generals,478b and, in the dead of night478c fled alone without looking behind him; and, notwithstanding that his generals denied their complicity with oath upon oath, saying that they never could have been guilty of such dastardly conduct,478d and that this was all the handiwork of Shīr Shāh in his desire to raise dissensions478e between them, it was of no use, and had no effect upon Māldeo's mind. Kanhaiyā,478f who was his minister and agent, abused Māldeo in violent terms, and taking four thousand resolute men devoted to death, or even more than this number, came down upon the army of Shīr Shāh, with the intention of surprising them by night, but missed his way, and after marching the whole night, when morning broke became aware that he had left the camp far in rear.478g After striving to the utmost of their powers, when they had abandoned all hope of life, at the very moment when the army of Shīr Shāh came in sight, as a result of their own stupidity, by the good luck of Shīr Shāh or by the superior good fortune of Islām, the infidels in a body dismounted from their horses, and renewing their vows of singleness of purpose and mutual assistance, binding479 their sashes together and joining 369. hand to hand, attacked the army of the Afghāns with their short spears, which they call Barchha,479a and with their swords. Shīr Shāh had given orders saying that if any man ventured to fight with the sword with this swinish horde, his blood would be on his own head. He accordingly ordered the elephant troops to advance and479b trample them down. In rear of the elephants, the artillery and archers gave them a taste of the bowstring, and admitting them to the banquet of death, gave them the hospitality of the land of extinction. The bright surface of the world's page was polished, and freed from the dark lines of the land of infidels, and not one of the infidels got off with his life, nor was a single Muslim lost in that encounter.479c A poet of Basāwar, whose takhalluṣ is Faiẓī,479d wrote this verse on that subject.

Suddenly check to the king happened to Māldeo
It would have been checkmate had not the piece
Kanyā479e protected him as ‘Irā.479f

It is said that after this victory Shīr Shāh on several occasions used to say, “I have sold the empire of the whole of Hindūstān479g for a handful of millet.” Returning thence and making over the fortress of Rantanbhūr to his son ‘Ādil Khān, he gave him leave for a few days to visit the fort, and put the garrison in order, when he was to follow his father. The writer has heard from a trustworthy source, that one day while on that expedition Mīr Saiyyid Rafī‘u-d-Dīn, the renowned and unique traditionist now pardoned and absolved, who has been already mentioned, said to Shīr Shāh, “All my ancestors were479h authors of authoritative compositions and used to give instructions in the two sacred cities.480 I alone of all my family have become so helpless and powerless that in search of the gold and fame of Hindūstān I 370. am blindly wandering. I beseech your Majesty to grant me permission to depart, so that at the end of my days I may be able to relight the lamp of those venerable ancestors of mine.

Seeing that I was not worthy to succeed those mighty
intellects who have gone before me,
My hands have spoiled many books, my ignorance has wasted
many parchments.480a

Shīr Shāh answered, I should have no objections to make on this score, were it not that I have kept you with me for a special object, which is this that I intend in a short time by the help of God, He is blessed and exalted,480b to clear the heart-delighting plain of Hindūstān of the thorns of infidelity, and shortly to reduce the few forts which remain, with very little difficulty, and passing along the seashore to fight with480c those Qizilbāshes who oppose the progress of the company of pilgrims480d to the holy temple (of Makkah) and have given rise to bigoted interference with the established religion and the orthodox followers of Muḥammad, may the peace and blessing of God be upon him,480e and to send you thence with a mission bearing letters to the Sulṭān of Rūm, in order that, having knitted the bonds of religious brotherhood between us, you may bear to him a request on my behalf to be entrusted with the service of one of the two sacred temples, may God increase their dignity. Then I coming up from one direction [and the Khwandgār480f from the other], may clear out the Qizilbāsh from between us, because480g as soon as the Sulṭān of Rūm attacks him, he will move with all rapidity in this direction, and when the Sulṭān of Rūm withdraws his forces, he will again return to the place he came from, whereas if we surround him from both directions with this army and the large following we have in Hindūstān, together with that powerful force and its artillery,481 his resisting power will be nil;481a and on carefully considering over this matter I can think of no person more fitted 371. to carry481b this message than yourself, and simply in view of the attainment of this object481c I cannot entertain the idea of your leave.

It must not be forgotten that it is by no means improbable that this same good intention may be the cause of the salvation of that faithful king from the fire (of hell) although he fell into the fire,481d in the Day of Reckoning, for the Almighty, may He be glorified and exalted, is satisfied with little and very bountiful, and the story of ‘Amr ibnu Laiṯ481e [who for all his vast army and equipment, which gave him the preeminence over all kings of ‘Irāq, in the four quarters of the globe, was always regretful because he had not been present at the slaughter of Imām Ḥusain, may God Most High be pleased with him, so that he might have smitten and destroyed the481f followers of Yazīd,481g and of his having a vision in which he was walking in the gardens of Paradise] is well known, say, every man acts after his own manner,481h that is after his own desire.

Verse.
My brother thou art all desire, naught else;
All the rest of thee is but bone and fibre.
If a rose is thy desire, thou art a rose garden,
If a furnace is thy desire, thou art its fuel.481i

And in the year 952 H. (1545 A.D.) Shīr Shāh invested the fortress of Kālinjar, which is one of the strongest and most famous of the forts of Hindūstān, and with great energy and skill in a short time prepared galleries, and used to make daily attacks upon the bastions;482 and by the time that the galleries had advanced near to the walls of the fort, and the mines were ready, attacking on all four sides he made the condition of the garrison very precarious. Shīr Shāh from the position where he was standing, gave orders to hurl grenades filled with gunpowder 372. into the fort. This they did, and by chance one of those grenades struck the wall of the fort, and recoiling with great force exploded. Its fragments fell among the other grenades, which exploded, burning Shīr Shāh severely from head to foot. And inasmuch as he was badly scorched,482a and Shaikh Khalīl the son of his spiritual guide, and the learned Maulānā Nāẓimu-d-Dīn482b also were fellow-sufferers with Shīr Shāh in this explosion,482c Shīr Shāh as he ran using his hands to cover his nakedness,482d took refuge in a tent which they had pitched for him in (front of) a bastion,482e where he lay unconscious. Whenever he recovered consciousness a little482f he shouted to his men encouraging them482g to seize the fort, and if any one came to see him he signed to him to go and fight, so that in his absence the Amīrs482h in command in the trenches worked harder than if he had been present, and behaved with the utmost gallantry, and coming to close quarters with the garrison, brought matters to a fight with knife and dagger and did full justice to the demands of endeavour and manliness. The writer heard a story from a most trustworthy source, that on that eventful day of assault, in which the deeds of every individual assailant were conspicuous, and the standards and faces could be easily distinguished one from another,483 I saw, said he, a soldier armed cap-a-pie, who had not previously been seen nor was ever after seen, clothed from head to foot in black, wearing a plume483a of the same colour upon his head,483b and urging and encouraging our men in the battle. Then he entered one of the galleries and made his way into the fort. I searched for him everywhere after the battle, but in vain, I could find no trace of him.483c The men in the other trenches also gave the same account, saying, we saw several horsemen wearing these clothes who kept advancing in front of us till they entered the fort and vanished:

Verse.
If thou hadst not been on the side of religious law, Heaven 373.
itself would have girt its loins,
If thou hadst483d been on the side of the faith, the Gemini
would have ungirt their sword.

A report became current that, in that battle, certain men from the invisible world had come to the aid of the Muslims. And Shīr Shāh suffering and distressed as he was, from time to time enquired for tidings of victory. The air was terribly hot, and although they sprinkled him constantly with sandal and rosewater, it was utterly useless483e to relieve the scorching heat whose intensity increased hour by hour.

Verse.
A breast which is consumed by the fire of separation
Sandal484 can afford it no relief.

At the very moment of hearing the good tidings of victory he yielded up his life484a to the Lord, the Giver of life, the Receiver of life. The following stanza was written to record the date of his death:—

Shīr Shāh, he in dread of whom
The lion and the goat drank at the same source
Left the world; the wise sage pronounced
The date of his death. Zi ātash murd484b (he died from the
effects of fire).

His corpse was taken to Sahsarām where was the burial-place of his fathers, and there buried. The period of his military command was fifteen years, and of his Sulṭānate five years.

It is said that on one occasion when he was looking in a mirror, he exclaimed, “Alas! that I obtained my kingdom at the time of evening prayer.”484c

Verses.
My heart! like Khiẓr485 take and drink the water of life,
Like Sikandar come and conquer land and sea.
If thou entertainest any longing for the cup-bearer and wine,
Take the cup of Kauṯar485a from the hand of the Hūrī485b and
drink.
The fame of thy greatness and glory and majesty
Has reached the Koh-i-qāf, go thither and hear its tale. 374.
If thou art sitting, for instance, on the throne of Solomon,
One day like the ant creep into the recess of a cave and hide
there;
Two or three days like the spider, spin in the deserted corner
of the world the strands of desire and take thy place there.
Every beautiful-faced one,485c whose beauty is unapproachable
With that one, to thy heart's content,485d take thy delight.
This world is a dream in the opinion of the wise,
Do thou at last see this dream and take it.
Thy life, O Qādirī, is as a fairy-tale of enchantment,
Thou hast heard the tale, take the spell of enchantment.
When the hand of Death tears485e the sleeve of thy existence
Raise thy hand, and seize the skirt of the true Friend (God).
ISLEM SHĀH IBNI SHĪR SHĀH SŪR,485f

Who is Islem Khān, on the fifteenth of the month Rabī‘u-l-Awwal in the year 952 H. (1545 A.D.), acting upon the summons of the Amīrs485g of Bhatta came by forced marches from the neighbourhood of Patna,485h and by the co-operation of ‘Īsā Khān Ḥajjāb and the other men of influence and power,485i succeeded485j to the imperial throne in room of his father, with the title of Islem Shāh, and the son of Mulla Aḥmad Junaid,486 who is well known,486a 375. found this verse of the sacred word:486b “And already we have written in the Psalms, after the admonition that ‘the earth shall my righteous servants inherit,’”486c to give the date of his accession. He wrote a despatch to his elder brother ‘Ādil Khān and sent it to him in Ranthanbūr, of which the following is the substance. “Although the succession was really your right, still as you were at so great a distance there was a danger, nay a certainty of the occurrence of disturbances here before you could arrive. Accordingly with a view to keep down insurrections, I will take charge of the army for a few days as your deputy, and after you arrive I shall have no alternative but to submit to and obey you.” Leaving Kālinjar he made for486d Āgra and in the vicinity of the township of Kūra Khātampūr,486e Khawāṣṣ Khān arrived from Sihrind which was his jāegīr, and yielded a forced allegiance, because he was more inclined to favour the accession of ‘Ādil Khān as compared with Islem Shāh; a splendid banquet was held and he was anew placed on the throne. Afterwards when fresh despatches from Islem Shāh reached ‘Ādil Khān, he referred the question of his coming to the following four persons upon whose advice and opinion as to its expediency he made his action dependent: Quṭb Khān Nāib, ‘Īsā Khān Nīyāzī, Khawāṣṣ Khān, and Jalāl Khān Jilwānī,486f all of whom were great Amīrs, men of eminence belonging to his family. Islem Shāh sent this body of men to him bearing an agreement by which he undertook to allow ‘Ādil Khān to depart to his jāegīr after the first interview, and to deliver to his control any place in Hindūstān which he might select. ‘Ādil Khān acting upon the advice of these Amīrs proceeded from the neighbourhood of Ranthanbūr to Fatḥpūr, otherwise called Sīkrī, and Islem Shāh487 left Āgra and came to Shikārpūr,487a where the royal palace is at present, to receive him; and when they met they first fulfilled the duties of condolence, and 376. evinced great cordiality, and after a short time set out together for Āgra. Islem Shāh had plotted treachery against ‘Ādil Khān, and had consequently made a stipulation that not more than two or three persons should be left in the fort with ‘Ādil Khān. This however was not carried out, and a large body of followers accompanied him; accordingly Islem Shāh was constrained, in order to avoid suspicion, to treat ‘Ādil Khān with extraordinary487b fawning and flattery, saying “I have taken care of these unruly487c Afghans so far by artful means,487d now I make them over to you.”

Verse.
Subject the intoxicated and riotous one to the warning glance
of the cup-bearer.487e

Having placed him upon the throne he himself assumed an attitude of submission and obedience, and from motives of worldly wisdom was most punctilious in the observance of courtesy.487f Although ‘Ādil Khān was in the flower of his youth, and of great bodily strength (many well-known tales of his strength are told), nevertheless, since he was fond of ease, and was well aware of the craft and subtlety of Islem Shāh and his487g ways of dealing, would not agree to that procedure, rose to his feet, and seating Islem Shāh on the throne again with all honour and ceremony,487h swore allegiance to him, and offered him congratulations upon his accession, with the customary offerings487i and oblations. Islem Shāh, in accordance with the compact which had been made,487j sent ‘Īsa Khān and Khawāṣṣ Khān to accompany ‘Ādil Khān, and having confirmed Baiāna to him as a jāegīr, permitted him to proceed thither. Two months later he appointed Ghāzī Maḥallī, who was one of his confidential attendants, to go and arrest ‘Ādil Khān.

‘Adil Khān, however, heard of this, and fled from Baiāna taking refuge with Khawāṣṣ Khān in Mīwāt. Khawāṣṣ Khān then summoned Ghāzī Maḥallī, and bound him with that same golden chain which he had brought for ‘Ādil Khān, and having gained 377. over to his side all488 the Amīrs, set out for Āgra with a large army. Quṭb Khān and ‘Īsā Khān also, who were two of the chief nobles of the State,488a with whose concurrence the compact488b had been made, were annoyed at this breach of faith on the part of Islem Shāh,488c and with great management summoned ‘Ādil Khān at a time agreed upon, namely at day break after the Shab-i-barāt,488d so that they might own allegiance to him. It so chanced that ‘Ādil Khān and Khawāṣṣ Khān, having arrived at Sīkrī on the Shab-i-barāt,488e spent that night as a vigil in the service of Shaikh Salīm Chishtī, in voluntary prayers488f and benedictions, so that their departure for Āgra was delayed long past the time agreed upon, and it was breakfast time488g when they reached the outskirts of Āgra. Islem Shāh who was alarmed,488h spoke very courteously to Quṭb Khān and the rest of the Amīrs, and permitted them to go and present themselves before ‘Ādil Khān. His488i object was to get rid of his opponents, and that very instant to start alone488j for the fortress of Chunār, seize the treasure which was there, and after collecting the necessary equipment for an army to return and again engage in war. ‘Īsā Khān Hajjāb warned him of the folly and absurdity of this project, and prevented him from sending his Amīrs to his enemy and from starting for Chunār. Eventually Islem Shāh, accompanied by a party of his own bodyguard, and two or three thousand old and trusty retainers, left Āgra with all haste and came out in force to fight, first recalling those Amīrs489 whom he had sent,489a saying “I am by no means confident that ‘Ādil Khān will not deal treacherously with you; you had better return quickly and rejoin me, because the question between489b him and me can only be settled by the sword.”

Verse.
In this case messengers and despatches can avail nothing,
The two-edged sword will make this matter clear.489c

The Amīrs, however, who were friendly to ‘Ādil Khān, on seeing Islem Shāh take the field, refused489d to return to his side and 378. entered the ranks of the more powerful army; a severe battle ensued before Āgra, and ‘Ādil Khān was defeated489e and fled alone toward Bhatta.489f Khawāṣṣ Khān and ‘Īsā Khān Nīyāzī, who had a strong regard and unbounded loyalty for each other, took the road to Mīwāt and the township of Fīrūzpūr, engaged the force which had been sent in pursuit of them, and overcame it; but eventually, not having power to resist the army of Islem Shāh, proceeded to the hills to the north of Hindūstān, which489g are called (the) Kumāon (hills), and took refuge with the Rājās of that district. Quṭb Khān Nāib, having been appointed to attack them, kept continually ravaging the country at the foot of the hills. In the meantime Islem Shāh proceeded to Chunhār, and sent the treasure which was there to Gwāliār, and on his return, when he reached the township of Kūrah Khātampūr, while engaged in playing chaugān with Jalāl Khān Jilwānī,489h who was one of the married Amīrs of the Afghāns, and had been489i an adherent of ‘Adil Khān, and a great object of suspicion to Islem Shāh, by some treacherous device persuaded him to come to his camp, and cast him into chains together with his brother Khudādād, making them over to an Afghān who had a blood feud with them, and having put them to death under the cloke of vengeance, proceeded to Āgra, [and from thence to Gwāliār which he had made his capital],490 and setting himself to slay and eradicate a party who were favourable to ‘Ādil Khān, girded up his loins in enmity against them, and swept them one by one from the board of the world like so many pieces in the game of draughts or chess. Quṭb Khān also took fright, and fled from the foot of the Kumāon 379. hills to Lahore, taking refuge with Haibat Khān, to whom Shīr Shāh had given the title of A‘zam Ḥumāyūn. Haibat Khān in obedience to a summons from490a Islem Shāh, sent Quṭb Khān in chains to him. Islem Shāh sent him together with Shāhbāz Khān Lūhānī,490b who was brother-in-law to Shīr Shāh,490c and Barmazīd Kor who was the Dajjāl490d of that sect, and the Hajjāj490e of his age, and thirteen or fourteen other Amīrs490f and Amīrs' sons, to the fortress of Gwāliār, where most of them quitted the body in imprisonment.490g

[Among them was Maḥmūd Khān, son of ‘Ādil Khān, who in his seventh year had counselled Shīr Shāh to throw up a rampart of sand, in consequence of which Shīr Shāh had made him his heir-apparent, as has been related. Another was Kawāl Khān Ghakkar who will be mentioned shortly].490h

And in this year Salīm Shāh summoned Ā‘ẓam Humāyūn from Lāhor, but he advanced some excuse491 for not coming in person, and sent Sa‘īd Khān his brother, who was renowned for courage and sound judgment.491a Islem Shāh received him with the utmost show of favour, and made much of him, advancing him to the highest place of intimacy, but inwardly cherished the intention of putting an end to him; at last one day, having summoned him to a private interview within the palace, he shewed him the heads of the Amīrs who had been immured alive in the walls, for instance Zain Khān Nīyāzī491b and the others, saying: Do you recognize these persons, who they are? He mentioned the names of some whom he recognized. Previously to this he had thrown491c the abovementioned Amīrs, men of ability, into a chamber in Gwāliār, and setting fire to it with gunpowder had burned them all except Kawāl Khān Ghakkar, who remained under the protection of the All-cherisher safe in a corner of the room.491d [It is said that the 380. following was the reason of his escaping; the sister of Kawāl Khān, who had been united by marriage to Islem Shāh, became aware of the couference and sent word to her brother, saying: This very night they intend to blow up the prisoners with gunpowder. She also sent from inside (the palace) four quilts stuffed with cotton, and several skins of water. Kawāl Khān poured quantities of water upon the quilts, and under pretence of taking a bath betook himself into a corner, apart from his friends, and rolling himself up in the quilts had gone to sleep when they set fire to the room, and all were burned to ashes, but he alone remained alive beneath the quilt. In the morning Islem Shāh came to inspect that prison house, and seeing Kawāl Khān alive said: It is right for me to release you seeing that fire had no power over you].491e Then Islem Shāh having made him491f take an oath that he would never again oppose him, released him, and appointed him to assist the Governor of the Panjāb to conquer the country of the Ghak-kars [where he arrived with all honour].491g In short Sa‘īd Khān, who had been a witness of this sudden death, gave orders in obedience to which post horses were tied up along the road to Lāhor, so that he travelled the distance between Āgra and Lāhor within three nights. Day by day the scale turned more and more in favour of the Nīyāzī faction, and Ā‘ẓam Humāyūn read the Khuṭbah in his own name in Lāhor. Islem Shāh returned from that same camp and came to Āgra, and summoning a vast army from all sides marched for the Panjāb. Sazāwal Khān came from Mālwa to join this movement, and was received very graciously, and after bringing forward certain important matters took leave, while Islem Shāh, after halting for a few days in Dihlī and ordering his army, set out 381. for Lāhor.492 Ā‘ẓam Humāyūn and Khawāṣṣ Khān, and ‘Īsā Khān492a Nīyāzī as well, (who had come down from the hill country to join him), came from the Panjāb with armies strong as the hills to receive Islem Shāh. In the early part of the492b winter time a fierce battle was fought in front of492c the township of Ambāla, and on the evening preceding the day on which the battle was to be fought, Ā‘ẓam Khān had asked Khawāṣṣ Khān: After the victory who will be selected as the successor to the throne? He answered: It may be that it will be ‘Ādil Khān who is the eldest son of Shīr Shāh492d and is really fit to rule. It appears that the Nīyāzī faction said,492e The kingdom is not by inheritance, but He who conquers, takes the booty.492f It is a foregone conclusion, what sense is there in this that we should strike with the sword and the kingdom should come to others.

Khawāṣṣ Khān, who was heart and soul attached to the cause of Shīr Shāh, was displeased at this claim of theirs, consequently when the battle began to rage, he refused to fight,492g and standing aloof left the battle field together with ‘Īsā Khān Nīyāzī. The Nīyāzī faction fought right manfully, without yielding a foot of ground, and were near carrying away the centre492h of Islem Shāh's army, but in the end493 pluck told,493a and their efforts were of no avail.

Verse.
Thy wound which utters presage of thy death
When it feels thy salt closes its lips.

And Sa‘īd Khān, the elder brother of Ā‘ẓam Humāyūn, attended by a body of men fully armed and equipped, disguised in such a way that no one would know him, came in under the pretext of offering congratulations, with the intention of putting an end to Islem Shāh, and with that object asked repeatedly, where is the Pādshāh that I may offer him my congratulations on his victory. An elephant driver of one of those elephants which had surrounded Islem Shāh recognised the voice of Sa‘īd Khān, and struck a blow at him with his spear, but he493b made his way in safety through the crowd of elephants, great as it was,493c and foiled in his purpose made his escape; the Nīyāzī faction fled 382. and came to Dhankoṭ,493d which is near Roh,493e and the remainder were plundered by the Kawārs, while some were drowned in the nullahs of Ambāla. Islem Shāh pursued as far as Western Rohtās, and despatched Khwāja Wais493f Sirwānī with a large army to oppose the Nīyāzīs, and returned towards Āgra. Leaving Āgra he went493g to Gwāliār, and made it his capital.493h When Khawāṣṣ Khān and ‘Īsā Khān Nīyāzī, who had made common cause, left the battle field, ‘Īsā Khān went to the hill country,493i [while Khawāṣṣ Khān with five or six hundred cavalry493j fled to Lāhor]; [and (Islām Khān)493k Islem Shāh appointed Shams Khān Lūhānī as Governor of Lāhor; and at a time when Shams Khān had come out for some undertaking494 to a distance of thirty krohs from Lāhor, Khawāṣṣ Khān,494a with three494b or four hundred cavalry, each individual man of whom could have withstood an army, advanced with the idea of taking Lāhor, and encamped494c in the grove of Kāmrān Mīrza. The inhabitants of Lāhor shutting themselves up in the fort held the city till the arrival of Shams Khān, and Khawāṣṣ Khān, having cut down the lofty trees494d of Safīdār and Chinār494e of that grove, had set about making Sāṭūr494f and ladders, when494g his cavalry brought news that Rāi Ḥusain Jilwānī and other Amīrs of Salīm Shāh's party with an army of thirty thousand 383. cavalry had arrived in the neighbourhood of Lāhor. Khawāṣṣ Khān, after a conference with ‘Īsā Khān, abandoned the siege, and went out some five or six krohs to meet (his enemy), and with five hundred veteran cavalry well tried in war hurled himself against that wall of steel. Rāi Ḥusain said to his men, leave the way open so494h that this black calamity may pass through our midst. Accordingly494i he made a breach in the line of Salīm Shāh's army, and attacked them again from the rear and threw them into confusion. At this juncture he received a wound in the knee which bore him from his horse to the ground, but his opponents had not sufficient enterprise to come up to him and take him prisoner, and he was openly borne off the field upon a charpoy.494j

Rāī Ḥusain forbade his men to give pursuit, and Khawāṣṣ Khān went off in safety towards Nagarkoṭ]495 whence he proceeded to the foot of the Kumāon hills. The final issue of his affairs will be related shortly495a in its own place if God, He is exalted, so will it. The Nīyāzī faction set their hearts upon the government of Kashmīr, but by the craft of the Kashmīrīs were enticed into bye-ways, and eventually reached their rest in the corner of destruction, as will be mentioned, if God, He is exalted, so will it.

And in the year 954 H. (1547 A.D.) an Afghān named Uṯmān, whose hand Sazāwal Khān had cut off for some reason, one day laid an ambush in Āgra, and at the entrance to a road aimed a blow at Sazāwal Khān and wounded him. Sazāwal Khān went to the camp, and represented that this attack had been made at the instance of Salīm Shāh, he then took his way to Mālwa. Islem Shāh pursued him as far as Bānswāla, but seeing that Sazāwal Khān was hidden among the Zamīndārs of Sarūr,495b Salīm Shāh left ‘Īsa Khān Sūr with twenty thousand cavalry in Ujjain, and reached the capital. In the early part of his reign 384. Islem Shāh detailed five thousand cavalry for the chief sarkārs of Hindūstān. Among them Mubāriz Khān, the son of Niẓām Khān495c Sūr, who was the cousin and wife's brother of Islem Shāh, and eventually received the title of Muḥammad ‘Adilī, was appointed as a commander of twenty thousand to the vicinity of Ajāwan in the Sarkār of Sanbal, in order that Khawāṣṣ Khān and the other Amīrs might not be able to raise disturbances in that province, and he appointed as his deputy Pābandh Khazak.495d He had also given orders at the beginning of his reign, that between every two resthouses built by Shir Shāh, which were at intervals of one kroh, another rest-house of the same pattern should be built, with a temple, and a dwelling-place, and a conduit for water, and that a buttery and kitchen containing food both cooked and uncooked, for the use of travellers,495e both Hindū and Musulmān, should be always open. Among other commands of his was this, that the madad-i-ma‘ash496 and aimah grants of the whole of the protected496a provinces of Hindūstān which Shīr Shāh had given, and the rest-houses which he had furnished, and the pleasure-gardens he had laid out,496b should remain just as they were, and should not be altered in the slightest degree. Another order was, that all the Pātars496c should be taken by force from those Amīrs who kept Akhāras (these are well known in Hindūstān). He also seized496d the elephants in the same manner, and did not leave in the possession of any one any but a wretched female elephant fit only for carrying baggage, and gave496e orders that the red tent was confined solely to his own use. Another order was this, that he brought the whole country under his own personal control,496f and in accordance with the regulations and custom of the dāghī system496g which Shīr Shāh had instituted, the soldiery were paid in cash. A further step was to send written orders to all the Sarkārs containing comprehensive instructions on all important points of religion, and all political and civil questions,496h entering into the minutest essential detail,496i and dealing with all regulations 385. which might be of service to the soldiery and civil population, to the merchants and other various classes, and which the authorities were bound to follow in their jurisdiction.

All these points were written in these documents whether agreeable to the religious law or not,496j so that there was no necessity to refer any such matters496k to the Qāẓī or Muftī, nor was it proper to do so.496l

Also the Amīrs of five thousand, ten thousand, and twenty thousand, used every Friday to pitch a lofty tent supported by eight poles,497 and bring the shoes of Salīm Shāh together with a quiver which he had given to the sardārs497a in front of the throne; and first of all the commander of the troops, and after him the Munṣif, that is to say, the Chief Commissioner (Amīn) followed by the others in due precedence, with bowed heads and every expression of respect would take their seats in their appointed places. Then a Secretary would come and read aloud that order, chapter and verse, which occupied eighty sheets of paper more or less. Any question which presented any difficulty was referred by them in conclave to the various provisions and rulings of that document, by which it was finally decided, and if it should so happen that any Amīr acted in contravention of that order, the Secretary used to write a report of that action and despatch it to the Court, and the disobedient Amīr would forthwith be visited with punishment together with his family and relations. This procedure remained in force to the end of the reign of Islem Shāh. The writer of this Muntakhab, in the year 955 H. (1548 A.D.), when he was of tender age, went to the country of Bajwāra, one of the dependencies of Baiāna, with the army of Farīd Tāran, Commander of five thousand, in the company of his maternal grandfather, on him be the mercy of God, and witnessed these customs and rules of practice. And in the year 954 H. or in 955 H., God knows which, Khwāja Wais Sirwānī, who had been commissioned to proceed against A‘zam Humāyūn497b [fought a battle with the Nīyāzīs in the vicinity of Dhankoṭ,498 and was defeated. A‘ẓam Humāyūn] having taken a strong force pursued him as far as Sihrind. Islem Shāh sent a large army against the rebels, and at last they fought another battle in the same country, and on this occasion also the 386. Nīyāzīs suffered defeat, and some of their women were captured and sent to Gwāliār. Islem Shāh dishonoured them, and made over to the harlots in his camp the banners and tents and all the tokens of dignity of the Nīyāzīs who had fallen into his hands, and naming one Sa'īd Khān, and another Ā‘ẓam498a Humāyūn, and a third Shahbāz Khān, in this way he distributed titles. Moreover he gave them drums which they used to play at their doors at the time of the naubat,498b and the prostitutes used to give themselves airs498c and used to say Sag-i-falakam.498d This class used to come every Thursday evening, in accordance with the custom of the harlots of Hindūstān, to pay their respects to Islem Shāh, and the heralds and chamberlains used to call out with a loud voice, O King cast a gracious glance hither, for a certain Khān Nīyāzī, and Bahmān Khān are here to invoke blessings on thee. This used to annoy the Afghāns who were all of one tribe and of one mind, so that an intense disgust for him had sprung up in their hearts. Some assert that his conferring the titles of the Nīyāzīs and giving the ensigns and drums was on the first occasion.498e God knows the truth. And Ā‘ẓam Humāyūn, who on the second occasion was defeated, was not able to gird himself again to war, and the Nīyāzī party being scattered asunder grew daily weaker, and at first took refuge with the Ghakkars in the neighbourhood of Rohtās, making the hill country adjoining the Kashmīr territory their asylum. Islem Shāh, in order to remove the cause of the mischief, marched with a large army, and reaching the Panjāb took up a strong position in the northern hill range, and by way of guarding his head-quarter post built five 387. forts: viz., Mānkoṭ and Rashīdkoṭ and the others. For a space of two years he kept the Afghāns499 employed in carrying stone and lime, and had such a hatred of the whole tribe that he heaped499a the dust of infamy and oppression on their heads. At this time he did not give them even the smallest coin499b by way of recompense. A party of them, however, who had obtained exemption from this labour,499c he detailed to oppose the Ghakkars, and they engaged in continuous warfare with them.

The Ghakkars in appearance like the tribe of ‘Ād,499d daily fought with the Afghāns, and by night entered their camp like thieves, and used to carry off whomsoever they might find, woman or man, freed man or slave, and keep them in bonds with the utmost rigour, and sell them. The Afghāns499e dragged them in the dirt, and gave them the nickname of Ruswāī (disgraced), but no one had the power to represent this state of things to Islem Shāh till at last one day Shāh Muḥammad Farmalī,499f who was one of the most noted Amīrs for wit and good-humour in Hindūstān, and was also a specially favoured and forward boon companion said, “My Lord the King! Last night I saw in a dream three bags descend from heaven, in one of which was dust, in another gold, and in the third499g paper. The dust fell upon the head of a soldier, the gold went to the house of the Hindū daftarī,499h and the paper remained in the royal treasury.” Islem Shāh was pleased with this speech, and promised that after his return to Gwāliār he would make his accountants draw up an account of the soldiers' pay, and pay them in gold. As it happened that order was never carried out, for in those same days death seized him by the collar.

Verse.
Attend to my wants to-day for that draught is of no avail
Which is given to Sohrāb after his death.

In the end, the affairs of the Nīyāzīs came to this, that when 388. their strength500 was broken, and they came into Kashmīr, the Kashmīrīs, who are500a born traitors and deceivers, first of all invited the Nīyāzīs from Rājūrī after inflaming them with spurious ambition for kingdom, and in the end their guides leading them astray500b brought the tribes of Kashmīr to oppose them, and at a hint from Islem Shāh held the head of the pass against them. The women even of the Nīyāzīs in defence of their honour girded on quivers, (among them were the mother and wife of Ā‘ẓam Humāyūn),500c and fighting with the Kashmīrīs were attacked by a hail of stones which literally covered them, and not a soul escaped. It is said that in the reign of Shīr Shāh a body of the Afghāns of the tribe of Sanbal invited the Nīyāzīs to Dhankoṭ under treaty, and put two thousand of them to death in obedience to the orders of Shīr Shāh, putting their wives and children to the sword. Five years later the same thing happened to them,500d and in this house of retribution they received the reward of their deeds, hand for hand. And500e in these narrow passes they put all three brothers to the sword, sending their heads as an offering to Salīm Shāh. They also sent for him a girl from there. A part of this story has been elegantly told in the Tārīkh-i-Kashmīr,500f the composition of which is ancient thought its arrangement is modern; and at the time when Islem Shāh, had sent troops against the Ghakkars and the Jānoha party who were strongly entrenched on the banks of the river Behat, he himself was occupied in building the fortress of Māngaṛh;500g and Kāmrān Mīrzā, after fighting many battles with500h 389. Muḥammad Humāyūn Padshāh, fled from Kābul and took refuge with Salīm Shāh, in the hopes that he would give him reinforcements which would enable him to capture Kābul, in the (vain) expectation that the water which had flowed away would return500i to its source. When Islem Shāh heard this tidings, he selected from his army the notorious Humūn500j Baqqāl, who in those days, in virtue of his capacity for extorting taxes, had been promoted from being overseer of the market to a post of confidence, and sent him with another body of Afghāns to the neighbourhood of Rohtās to meet Mīrzā, and although Islem Shāh in his own mind thought this a reason for increased confidence in Mīrzā, being led to this by the want of confidence501 he had in the Afghāns as a tribe, and the entire trust he reposed in Humūn, still Mīrzā himself made light of this, and501a recognising that there were dregs in the very first draught of the cup was unwilling to come in person.

Verse.
Now indeed thou repentest but thy repentance profiteth thee
nothing.

Nevertheless, in spite of this Mīrzā still believed that possibly Islem Shāh would overlook everything, and would treat him with honour and respect when the time of meeting arrived. However, on the day of public audience, he himself entered with arrogant assurance, and sitting on the seat of a Fara‘ūn or a Shaddād,501b gave orders to Sarmast Khān501c the Afghān, a Dā'ūd Za'i,501d who held the office of Bārbak,501e in accordance with which he directed Mīrzā to perform the customary salutations like the servants of the ordinary public. He accordingly performed the Kornish,501f and those diabolical men501g out of sheer inhumanity seized Mīrzā roughly by the nape of the neck, and shouted aloud several times saying, Your Majesty!501h Be pleased to cast a glance hither, for Kāmrān the Muqaddam-zāda of Kābul invokes blessings. Islem Shāh after ignoring him for some considerable time, cast a haughty glance in the direction of Mīrzā,501i and uttered a hypocritical 390. “Welcome.” He then ordered a tent and canopy to be erected for Mīrzā near to his own tent, and bestowed upon him a horse and a robe of honour, and a slave girl and a eunuch so that they might spy into his affairs. He used also to summon the Mīrzā from time to time, and hold converse with him regarding poetry, but their intercourse was always disagreeable, and the Mīrzā was worried by those incessant ceremonial visits and shew of politeness, till he grew sick of his life, and was watching a favourable opportunity to make his escape. Moreover the Afghāns used to make jibes502 at him in the Hindī tongue, and when he appeared in darbār used to say502a Moro mī āyad502b (Here comes the peacock). The Mīrzā enquired from one of the attendants, in the presence of Islem Shāh, “What do they mean by Moro?” He answered, “It is the name they give502c to a man of great dignity.” The Mīrzā replied,502d “At that rate Salīm Shāh is a first rate Moro and Shīr Shāh was a still finer.” Salīm Shāh consequently gave orders that no one was ever to use that word again,502e nor to indulge in pleasantries at the Mīrzā's expense. At last one day Islem Shāh called upon the Mīrzā for a verse of poetry, when the Mīrzā recited this maṭla‘ off hand:

Gardish-i-gardūn-i-gardān gardanānrā gard kard
Bar sar-i-ṣāḥib-tamīzān nāqiṣān rā mard kard
.502f The revolutions of the circling heaven have brought low the
mighty,
And have made worthless men to lord it over men of intelligence.

Islem Shāh fully caught the meaning of this verse, and gave secret orders to his attendants to keep the Mīrzā under open arrest. The Mīrzā, however, by the help of the zamīndārs,502g made an arrangement with one of the hill Rājas, and persuaded him, by holding out inducements of various kinds, to station post-horses along the banks of the river Chināb. One night he emerged from his tent with a woman's chādar503 drawn over his head. The guards imagined that it was one of the women of his harīm and offered no interference. 391.

The Mīrzā crossed the river with his horse and saddle and succeeded in reaching the Rāja. From there he proceeded alone clothed in a burqa‘,503a and taking a jilaudār503b with him, was escorted503c by some of the Rājas' subjects till he arrived in the vicinity of the village of Gharī Khū,503d on the bank of the river Behat, and rested there one night. Inasmuch as that village is near Sulṭānpūr the residence of Sulṭān Ādam Ghakkar, at a distance of three krohs from the fortress of Rohtās, some one went to Sulṭān Ādam and informed him that a Mughūl woman was encamped at such and such a place, attended only by one jilaudār and that her intention was to proceed on the following morning. Sulṭān Ādam sent messengers to make enquiries, and then proceeded503e in person, and had an interview with the Mīrzā, who by persistent entreaty prevailed upon him to give a promise that he would send him in safety to a place of refuge. Sulṭān Ādam accordingly wrote a letter to Muḥammad Humāyūn Pādshāh, who had recently arrived in that neighbourhood, begging him to spare the Mīrzā's life.503f

The Pādshāh wrote an order in accordance with this request503g of his, and sent it to him; but eventually, two years later, he again seized the Mīrzā, and503h after blinding him with a lancet (nīshtar). sent him to the holy city of Makkah. The word nīshtar records the date of this occurrence.504 These incidents have only been briefly alluded to here, because they are related504a fully in the Akbar Nāma and the (Tārīkh-i-) Niẓāmī.504b Among the events which took place during the reign of Islem Shāh was the affair of Shāh Muḥammad of Dihlī, of which the following is a brief account. Shāh Muḥammad, in the reign of Shēr Shāh, had come from the country of ‘Irāq504c to Hindūṣtān, and had given himself out504d to be a Saiyyid. There was some hesitation among the people as to this claim; however, he used to live in accordance with the customs504e of the Shaikhs and holy 392. men, and was acquainted with the science of invocation of the mighty names,504f and was not without an admixture of deceit.504g

Verse.
What is expected of Shaikhs is the performance of miracles
and prayer-stations.
Whereas what we really see in them are ecstatic504h and incoherent ravings.

In spite of all, Shīr Shāh gave him credit for being a wālī, and Islem Shāh504i also had reposed great confidence in him from the time he was a prince, and used to go and do reverence to him, and as is the custom of kings, used to take omens504j concerning (his accession to) the kingdom, and from the excessively high opinion he had of him used to lift (the Saiyyid's) shoes. The story goes that one day they had brought a basket504k of melons as a present to Shāh Muḥammad and just then504l Islem Shāh arrived. The Saiyyid pointed to Islem Shāh and said, I present you with this basket confident in its being as a royal umbrella to you,505 rise, and place it on your head and be gone. Islem Shāh without hesitation lifted the basket accepted it as a lucky omen and took his departure.

How good it is to take a lucky omen,
Not to strike one's cheek (in grief) but to give mate with the
rook.505a

But eventually this matter became a source of annoyance to him505b as is generally the case. At all events, when Islem Shāh succeeded to the kingdom, during his reign two Saiyyids of good birth, men of ascetic habit, clean-living, dignified, and agreeable, one of whom was named Amīr Abū505c Ṭālib who was the inferior, and the other named Mīr Shamsu-d-Dīn who was his superior and brother's son to him, arrived from the country of ‘Irāq at the camp of Islem Shāh in the Panjāb, and came to Dihlī, where they took up their abode in one of the quarters of the city, and were resorted to by all classes. Amīr Abū Ṭālib was so marvellously skilled in the abstruse science of medicine, that the majority of the sick who came under his treatment obtained cures, and used to bring him presents and offerings in return, to 393. say nothing of perquisites.505d A report was spread that he was in possession of the ring of ‘Alī,505e may God be satisfied with him, one of the properties of which was that no one who was suspected (of being of bastard origin) could stand in presence of that ring, and retain the power of seeing it. God knows the truth. Relying upon his former intimacy with Shāh Muḥammad, he desired to give his daughter in marriage to the nephew of Mīr Abū Ṭālib, but he was by no means inclined to agree to this proposal, and folk began to entertain increased suspicion against him, and both small and great talked openly about him. Shāh Muḥammad summoned these two holy men into his own private dwelling for safe custody, and took great pains to entertain them. One night, not long afterwards, an armed band entered his506 house by the upper story and martyred both father and son who were engaged in their night's devotions. They then left the house, and in the morning the governor of the city came and enquired of Shāh Muḥammad how this had occurred. He absolutely denied any knowledge of the circumstances, and stated that he had no idea who the murderers were; then he prepared a report of the affair under the Great Seal, and sent it together with a despatch to Islem Shāh at his camp. Islem Shāh thereupon sent to Dihlī Makhdūmu-l-Mulk Mullā ‘Abdu-llāh of Sulṭānpūr,506a who was Shaikhu-l-Islām and Ṣadru-ṣ-ṣudūr, to investigate this matter, and also despatched circular letters summoning the Chief ‘Ulamā of the time, for example Mīyān Ḥātim Sanbalī, Mīyān Jamāl Khān Muftī, and others. This conflict lasted two months after this time, and after great argument and enquiry it was with tolerable certainty conjectured506b that the murderers were agents of Shāh Muḥammad.506c This result was reported to 394. Islem Shāh, but before any reply could be received Shāh Muḥam-mad, who had sunk from so high dignity to the depths of disgrace, could not endure the anxiety, underwent venesection and took sour milk in addition, and endured voluntarily humiliating penance. Report also says even more than this, but, every one knew perfectly well that all these austerities and self-inflictions, were the outcome of hypocrisy and deceit, and not inspired by religious motives.

Thou hast forsaken the world for the sake of the world.
Quatrain
.
This long time thou hast made thy tongue like a sword,
So that thou givest the attributes of a lion to one who is but
a dog.
Thou turnest upside down the storehouse of falsehood
In order to satisfy thy own hungry belly.

This event took place in ths year 956 H. Another important incident was the affair of Shaikh ‘Alāī Mahdī of Baiāna,507 which closely resembles the affair of Sīdī Maula,507a which took place during the reign of Sulṭān Jalālu-d-Dīn Fīrōz Shāh, in fact the proverb, One shoe is like its fellow,507b is exactly applicable here.

The following is a brief exposition of this affair: The father of the aforesaid Shaikh ‘Alāī was called Ḥasan, and was one of the great Shaikhs of the country of Bangāla, and on his arrival from Bangāla on the occasion of his pilgrimage to the holy city of Makka with his younger brother Shaikh Naṣru-llah, who was one of the most eminent of the ‘Ulamā, came from there to Hindūstān and took up his abode in the province of Baiāna. The words Jā‘a nasru-llāhi wal fatḥ,507c were found to give the date of that event. The elder brother gave his attention to irshād507d and hidāyat, and the younger507e to fatwā507f and instruction in religious knowledge.507g

Shaikh ‘Alāī, who was the most orthodox of the sons of the Shaikh, the tablet of whose forehead was from early boyhood distinguished by the marks of nobility and uprightness, and the evidences of a youth to be spent in the worship of God and in following the ordinances of the prophet of God, may the peace and blessing of God rest upon him, in the service of his venerable father devoted himself to the acquirement of exoteric and esoteric sciences, and to the improvement of his character, disposition, and behaviour, and in a short time507h having read all the routine works by the aid of his natural quickness of apprehension and clear intellect, engaged in tuition and instruction. 395.

Verse.
Continual learning is requisite with application and exertion,
Always by day argument and by night repetition.
Piety, asceticism, worship and reverence,
Without these, all acquisitions are wondrous vain.

After the death of his revered father, having abandoned the ordinary conversation and giving up all connection with the delusive phantoms of the world, he set himself to follow consistently the paths of obedience and austerity, firmly occupying the prayer carpet of the Shaikhs, and used to engage in the direction and instruction508 of seekers of the right way. Nevertheless he still retained a residue of evidences of worldly desires, and in accordance with the saying, “The last thing to leave the head of the just is the love of glory,”508a seeking as he did to claim superiority over his fellow-men, he was unwilling that any other Shaikh in that city should share his dignity; this he carried so far that on the day of the festivals, from his excessive jealousy508b and envy, he caused one of the leaders of the contemplative508c and ascetic508d Shaikhs of the Sūfī party to descend from his litter, thus inflicting a grievous blow to his dignity. He used to arrogate to himself alone the dignity of Shaikhdom. His other brothers, who in respect of years and experience were his superiors, used also to yield submission to him and pride themselves upon it.508e

In the meanwhile Mīyān ‘Abdu-llah, a Nīyāzī508f Afghān, who was at first one of the most noted lieutenants of Shaikh Salīm Chishtī of Fatḥpūr, and who eventually with his permission proceeded on a pilgrimage to the sacred city of Makka, and performed various kind offices and favours for him, taking part with Mīr Saiyyid Muḥammad of Jaunpūr,508g may God sanctify his holy resting-place, who had claimed to be the promised Mahdī, and adopting the manners of a Mahdī, on his return from the Ḥijāz took up his abode in Biānah, and making his dwelling in the corner of a grove far from the haunts of men on the borders of a tank, used to cast water upon his head; and when the times of prayer came round, used to gather together certain of the labourers, hewers of 396. wood and drawers of water who had to pass by that way, and compel them to form an assembly for prayer,509 with such a degree of enthusiasm, that if he met any man disinclined for the meeting he would give him a few coins509a and encourage him, thus not allowing the reward of the assembly509b to escape him.

When Shaikh ‘Alāī saw his conduct he was greatly pleased,509c and said to his own followers, This is religion and true faith which Mīyān ‘Abdu-llah Nīyāzī has, whereas the path in which we are held is nought but idolatry and infidelity.509d

So long as a hair's breadth of existence remains to thee509e
The danger of idol-worship still remains for thee;
Thou sayest I have broken my idols and my Zunnār, I am free,
This idol however, thy slavery to self-conceit, remains to thee.

Abandoning the customs of his forefathers, and giving up his claims as a Shaikh and a leader of religion, trampling under foot his self-esteem and conceit, he devoted himself to the care of the poor of his own neighbourhood, and with the utmost self-mortification and humility gave himself up to the service of those whom he had formerly509f vexed, and abandoning his madad-i-maāsh509g and his alms-house and monastery,509h entering the valley of self-renunciation and abnegation, bestowed509i all his worldly possessions even to his books upon the poor, and said to his wife,510 “The pains of the search after God have gotten hold of me, if thou canst endure poverty and hunger come with me in God's name, but if not take510a thy portion of these goods; and take the reins of choice into thine own hands, and go thy way.”

Follow my fortunes, or else depart far from me
She of her own accord was highly pleased with this determination of his.510b
397. There are some women who perform perhaps even better than
men the duties of religion,
Just as in boldness the lioness surpasses the lion.

Then approaching Mīyān ‘Abdu-llah, with all respectful submission to him, he took instruction in the ceremonial observance of Ẕikr510c in the manner which obtains among that sect.

The interpretations of the Qur‘ān, and the delicate points and minutiæ and true meanings of that sacred book were easily revealed to him, and a large number of the friends and companions who were in accord with him, and believed in him, some of them unmarried and some with families, chose companionship with him even at the risk of their lives, and following the path of his guidance with the foot of reliance in God, three hundred householders, abandoning all other source of gain and traffic, agriculture and skilled labour, spent their time with him. And whenever anything was given by Providence they used to divide it justly, apportioning to each individual an equal share. If nothing came,510d comforting themselves with the sacred word, “Men whom neither merchandise nor selling divert from the remembrance of God,”510e even had they died of hunger, they would not have uttered a sound, and if any person abandoning his vow made according to their mutual compact engaged in any lucrative occupation, of a surety he would expend a tithe of it in the service of Almighty God. Twice daily after the morning prayer and another prayer, great and small would gather in that assembly, and listen to an exposition of the Qur‘ān. Shaikh ‘Alāī had such a marvellous power of attraction that when he was expounding the Qur‘ān almost every one who heard him, of his own accord withheld his hand from all worldly occupation, and elected to join that assembly,511 abandoning his family and relations and children, enduring the hardships of poverty, hunger and religious warfare never troubled himself again about his work or gains; and if he had not that degree of fortitude, his penitence and repentance of his sins and iniquities would certainly have availed nothing, while many a one thought it his duty to empty his cooking vessels at nightfall of all the necessities of life even to salt and flour and water, and let them remain upside down, and 398. they kept nothing in the way of means of existence by them, from their extreme faith in the providence of Almighty God, and the saying “Each new day brings a new provision” was the basis of their practice.

A short account of this sect is given in the Najātu-r-rashīd511a which should be consulted.511b

In spite of this they were in the habit of keeping arms and implements of war always with them511c as a protection against their enemies, so that anyone who was unacquainted with the truth of the matter would be apt to think they were wealthy; The ignorant think them to be rich because of their modesty.511d And whenever they saw any irreligious or forbidden action either in the city or the market, they went and called the offenders to account by main force,511e and admitted no investigation by the governor, and on most occasions they got the best of it; they aided every magistrate of the city who acted in conformity with their religious tenets and principles511f in carrying out his measures, while no one who was opposed to their views could [stand against them. Matters came to such a pass that fathers left their sons, brother left brother, and wife left husband]512 and entered the charmed circle of the Mahdī, voluntarily submitting to poverty and extinction. Mīyān ‘Abdu-llah when he saw that Shaikh ‘Alā'ī had lost his influence with rich and poor alike, and that his day was over, was much vexed, and speaking with gentleness and moderation, said by way of advice, The time cannot away with affairs of this kind, and truth nowadays has become more bitter than colocynth. It were wiser for you to quit this vale (of iniquity) and either retire into obscurity or determine upon a journey to the Ḥijāz.

Verse.
Alas! for him who escapes not from public turmoil,
Alas! for him who sets his heart upon the men of this world.
The hand of the faqīr holds no other coin but that of leisure,
399. Alas! for him if he abandons that also.

Shaikh ‘Alā'ī,512a retaining that selfsame habit and conduct512b which he always had, accompanied by six or seven hundred families, set out for Gujrāt in the hope that in the companionship of the chiefs512c and leaders of this sect he might learn the customs of the inmates of cloisters.512d At the time of his arrival at the township of Basāwar from Baiāna, my late father took me, the writer of these pages, to do homage to him. In consequence of my tender years, his form remained fixed in my memory as a dream or a vision. On his arrival at Khawāṣpūr which is near Jodhpūr, Khawāṣṣ Khān who had been appointed to that district, at first came out to receive him and joined the circle of his adherents: but in consequence of his devotion to musical entertainments and pastimes,512e whereas now every Thursday night Sūfīs used to assemble in his house, and Shaikh ‘Alā'ī forbade music and other prohibited512f pastimes, and enjoined512g that which was lawful and opposed that which was forbidden by law, accordingly their association was not agreeable, besides which opposition and disagreement arose with regard to the upholding of the rights of the soldiery: The saying—

Verily speaking the truth will not leave me a single friend513

is a well known proverb. Shaikh ‘Alā'ī in consequence of certain opposition which arose, turned back in the middle of the journey and returned to Baiāna, and at the time when Islem Shāh had taken firm possession of the throne of power in Āgra, and the rumours regarding Shaikh ‘Alā'ī reached his ears, he sent for Mir Saiyyid Rafī‘u-d-Dīn the traditionist, and Mīyān513a Abul-fatḥ of Thanesar and other learned doctors of Āgra, and summoned Shaikh ‘Alā'ī from Baiāna, at the instigation of Makhdūmu-l-mulk Maulāna ‘Abdu-llah of Sulṭānpūr. He accordingly, accompanied by a party of select513b companions, all of whom wore mail and were fully armed, came to the Court, and paying no heed to the customary observances of kingly assemblies,513c greeted the whole assemblage in the manner appointed by the laws of Islām.513d Islem Shāh acknowledged his salutation with indignation, as the appearance of the Shaikh greatly displeased513e him and his courtiers.

Makhdūmu-l-Mulk had fully persuaded Islem Shāh that 400. Shaikh ‘Alā'ī was a revolutionary who laid claim to being the Mahdī, and that the Mahdī himself would be king of the whole world: consequently as he presumed to revolt he was deserving of death. ‘Īsā Khān513f Ḥajjāb who held a very confidential post, and the other Amīrs, when they saw Shaikh ‘Alā'ī in this displeasing attire, with ragged clothes and worn out shoes, said to Islem Shāh: “This fellow, in this condition and with this miserable appearance, wishes to take away the kingdom from us, doe he imagine that we Afghāns are all corpses!”

Prior to the convening of the assembly for discussion, Shaikh ‘Alā'ī in accordance with his invariable custom, had expounded a few verses of the Qur'ān, and delivered such a profitable discourse, in most elegant language, comprising a criticism of the world, and a description of the last judgment, and contemptuous remarks regarding the learned men of the time, and all their faults and failings,514 that it had the most profound effect514a upon Islem Shāh and the Amīrs who were present in the assembly, notwithstanding their hardness of heart, so that it brought tears to their eyes and left them amazed and confounded. Islem Shāh then rose from the assembly, and giving the matter his own attention sent refreshments from inside the palace for the Shaikh and his companions. 514b The Shaikh, however, refused to touch514c the food himself, and moreover when Islem Shāh entered514d he did not pay him any respect, and merely said to his friends: Any one who chooses may eat of it. When they enquired of him the reason of his abstaining from eating the food he replied: “Your food is due to Muslims because you have possessed more than was yours by right, contrary to the dictates514e of the law of Islām.” Islem Shāh notwithstanding this repressed his anger, and referred the enquiry into the truth of that dispute,514f and the decision of that contention to the ‘ulamā.

Shaikh ‘Alā'ī vanquished every one of them in argument by virtue of his quickness of intellect and clearness of apprehension, 401. and whenever Mīr Saiyyid Rafīu-d-Dīn (who died in the year 954 H.) was engaged514g in citing the traditions which existed relating to the appearance of the promised Mahdī, and the signs by which he would be known, Shaikh ‘Alā'ī used to say, “you are a Shāfī‘ite by religion514h and we514i are Hanifites, the fundamentals of your traditions are different from those of our's;” How can we accept514j your explanations and interpretations on this question? Nor did he spare514k even Mulla ‘Abdu-llah himself in his criticism of a single point, saying to him, “you are one of the learned men of the world and a thief of religion, and you engage in so many illegal practices that you have put yourself outside the pale of equity, so that even to this time the sound of pipe and tabor may be plainly heard issuing from your house, and in accordance with the true traditions of the prophet, upon him be peace and blessing, a fly which settles upon filth is by degrees better than learned men who515 have made kings and emperors the object of their ambition and gad from door to door.

Verse.
Learning which exists for the sake of palace and garden
Is like a lamp to the night loving thief.

In accordance with these premisses he uttered so many scathing satires [on those who preach but do not practise, citing in support of his515a arguments examples from the Qur'ān and Traditions] that Mulla ‘Abdu-llah was not able to say a single word in defence. One day in the midst of the argument it happened that the learned Mulla Jalāl Bhīm515b of Āgra, having turned up that tradition which relates to the description and evidences of the promised Mahdī,515c read as follows,515d Ajallu-l-jabhah,515e on the form of the af‘alu-t-tafẓīl derived from jalāl; Shaikh ‘Alā‘ī smiled, and said, “Good Heavens!515f You have given yourself out to the world as a marvel of learning, and yet you cannot read with a proper pronunciation, you have no knowledge of the delicacies, and subtleties and minutiæ of the science of tradition.516 The real reading is Ajlāu-l-jabhah516a which is the form Afa‘alu-t-tafẓīl from jalā, not from jalāl which is your own name.”

402. He was abashed and said not another word.516b They likewise relate concerning Shaikh Mubārak516c that he was an ally516d of Shaikh ‘Alā'ī in this assembly, and from that day516e he became known516f as Mahdawī, and Islem Shāh being deceived516g by his speech and explanations used to say “You must have been in the habit of expounding the meaning of the Qur'ān,” he also gave a message to the Shaikh in these words “Give up this claim of yours to be the promised Mahdī,516h and renounce this pretensiou secretly516i in my hearing, and I will make you chief overseer of religion in the whole of my dominions, and whatever lawful orders you have been in the habit of issuing without my authority, continue henceforth to issue these same commands with my permission. Otherwise, the ‘Ulamā of this time have given their decision that you should be killed and gibbetted, but I will revise their sentence, for I am not willing that your blood should be shed. The|Shaikh, however, who had been successful at every step, and in this easy pretension and partial object of attainment had got beyond the power of even Islem Shāh,516j cared nought for any ruler and addressed517 him in these words, “why should I change517a my own belief at your bidding.”

If thou desirest safety, reproach is right
If safety is lost, reproach is a mistake.

In the meantime tidings reached Islem Shāh517b daily “To-day such and such an Afghān517c general has gone over to the following of the Shaikh and sided with him, giving up all worldly considerations.”

The following day Bahmān and Mulla ‘Abdu-llah spent every moment in urging Islem Shāh to put the Shaikh to death. At last Islem Shāh gave orders for his expulsion,517d and forbade him to remain in his kingdom, and ordered him to go to the Dakkan. Shaikh ‘Alā'ī who had for years517e desired to travel in the Dakkan and to see how the Mahdawī ideas were progressing there, hearing this good tidings recited517f the text Verily God's earth is wide.517g

Then he arose and started without delay for that country.

Qāsim, curtail thy speech, arise, and take thy way, 403.
Cast the sugar to the parrots, cast the carcase to the vultures.

On his arrival at Handīya,517h which is the frontier of the Dakkan, Bihār Khān, who was entitled Ā‘ẓam Humāyūn Sirwānī, the governor of that place, kept him for some time in his own family, and having embraced his tenets used to go daily to hear his preaching, and half517i his army, nay more than half, sided with him; this news was brought to Islem Shāh by runners, and roused his indignation. Makhdūmu-l-Mulk took great pains to paint the event in glowing colours, and misrepresented it to Islem Shāh so that orders were issued summoning Shaikh ‘Alā'ī. Just at this juncture Islem Shāh had left Agra for the Panjāb518 with the intention of quelling the disaffection of the Nīyāzī faction; when he arrived opposite to Baiāna at the halting-place of Bahrsūr, Makhdūmu-l-Mulk said to Islem Shāh “we have earned a few days respite518a from the lesser evil” by which he meant Shaikh ‘Alā'ī, “but the great evil, that is Shaikh ‘Abdu-llah Nīyāzī, who is the instructor of Shaikh ‘Alā'ī and the spiritual guide of the Nīyāzī faction, and always remains in the hill country of Baiāna accompanied by three or four hundred men fully armed and equipped, and raises disturbances there, is still flourishing.” The fire of the anger of Islem Shāh, who was thirsting for the blood of the Nīyāzīs, was fanned into flame by this breath518b of suggestion, and he ordered Mīyān Bahwa Lūhānī518c the Governor of Baiāna, who was one of the special adherents518d of Shaikh ‘Abdu-llah, to produce the Shaikh. Mīyān Bahwa went to the Shaikh and said: It seems to me to be the best course for you to hide yourself for a few days in accordance with the saying “one should avoid misfortune” and migrate from this city to some other place, then perchance the king will forget518e all about you and never make an attempt of this kind again,518f and you will have met the emergency,518g while I for my part shall have a good excuse.

Verse.
404. Fear not a misfortune when the night intervenes between it
and you.

Shaikh ‘Abdu-llah would not agree to this suggestion518h of his, and said, “this is an arrogant monarch and Makhdūmu-l-Mulk is always watching for an opportunity. If they go still further away and then send for me it will cause me great annoyance; for this reason, seeing that he is only ten krohs distant, I had better interview him now, and as for the question of mastery here and there, it will be all one whether it is to be now or in the future, since whatever is predestined will come to pass.”

Man proposes and God disposes.
Verse.
The reins of affairs are not in the hands of one who looks to
advisability,
Yield the reins into the hands of Fate, this is the advisable
course.

Accordingly he set out by night from Baiāna, and had an interview with Islem Shāh in the morning as he was mounted ready to march, and greeted him with ‘Peace be to you.’ On the instant Mīyān Bahwa seized him by the nape of the neck and bent his head down saying:519 “My friend the Shaikh this is the way they salute519a kings.” The Shaikh looked savagely in his direction 519b and replied: “The salutation which is in accordance with the sunnat,519c and which is that which the friends of the Prophet, may the peace and blessing of God be upon him and his family, used to make,519d and which he, may the peace and blessing of God be upon him and his family, used to give them in response, is this very form of salutation, I know no other.” Islem Shāh, with evident aversion asked:519e Is this the master of Shaikh ‘Alā'ī? Mulla ‘Abdu-llah who was lying in wait for him said: The very man. By order of Islem Shāh he was at once seized and most unmercifully beaten with sticks, and kicked and cuffed; the Shaikh as long as he retained consciousness kept repeating this text of the sacred word “Lord forgive us our sins, and our extravagance in our affairs; and make firm our footing, and help us against the misbelieving folk!”519f Islem Shāh enquired what he was saying Mulla519g ‘Abdu-llah said: He is calling you and the rest of us unbelievers; Islem Shāh becoming exceeding wroth waxed still fiercer in his efforts to punish and torture him,519h and kept his retinue 405. standing519i an hour longer while they cudgelled him, and when he thought that the breath had left519j his body—

One single breath was left as a mediator (between Life and
Death),
That mediator also rose and departed.

he desisted, and went on his way.

A spark of life however remained520 in the Shaikh, so they wrapped him in a raw hide, and kept him warm for a night and a day before a fire, till he recovered. This occurrence took place in the year nine hundred and fifty-five. When he had regained his health he left Baiāna, and commenced travelling, and spent some time in Afghanīstān (Rūh), and some time among the Afghāns of Pattan in the Panjāb,520a on the confines of Bajwāra between Ambér and Amritsar,520b and was in the habit of saying:520c This was the fruit of consorting with argumentative people.

Oh ye lords of contemplation, all my trust is in you,
But ye masters of discussion. I'll have none of you.

Finally he came to Sirhind,520d and giving up all connection with the manners and customs of the Mahdawī party (moreover he turned all the Mahdawī party from that faith) began to deal with all the followers of Islām according to the tenets of the orthodox school, till eventually in the year 993 H., at the time when the Emperor was on his way to Benares, he summoned Shaikh ‘Abdu-llāh and granted him a portion of madad-i-maāsh520e land in Sirhind with remainder to his children. And in the year 1000 H., he bade farewell to this transitory world at the age of ninety or thereabout.

Rubā‘ī.
If the courser of the sky give the reins into your hand,
And if the world gives you wealth as the dust under your feet
If your wisdom surpasses the wisdom of Aflāṭūn,520f
406. These are all as nought, at last you must die.

After that Islem Shāh had overcome the Niyāzī faction, and had returned to Āgra, Mulla ‘Abdu-llāh set about inciting him,521 and giving him a song which reminded him of former intoxications, again induced him to summon Shaikh ‘Alā'ī from Hindīya, and to order punishment to be executed upon him, and spared no pains to remind him in the vilest possible way, that Shaikh ‘Alā'ī had been condemned to banishment, whereas now Bahār Khān had become his disciple and follower, and the whole army had shewn their leaning towards him. Seeing that his own relations had sought absolution from him and had adopted his faith, there was great probability of disturbance in the kingdom. Accordingly Islem Shāh summoned Shaikh ‘Alā'ī thence, and used still more strenuous exertions than before521a to bring matters to a satisfactory settlement, and knowing as he did the ambitious nature of Shaikh ‘Alā'ī, and recognising that there was no other man among the learned men521b of Dehlī and Āgra capable of settling this dispute, he therefore directed Shaikh ‘Alā'ī to be sent to Bihār to Shaikh Budh521c the learned physician, in whom Sher Khān had the very utmost confidence, and who is renowned for the authoritative commentary which he wrote upon the Irshad-i-Qāẓī,521d and bade him act in accordance with his directions.521e When Shaikh ‘Alā'ī went thither, he heard the sound of singing and musical instruments proceeding from the rooms occupied by Shaikh Budh the physician, and saw in his assembly certain other things repugnant both to the natural feelings and521f to religious law521g also, the very mention of which is disgraceful, so felt constrained to enjoin521h what was lawful and to forbid what was prohibited. Since Shaikh Budh was very infirm521i and aged, and was not strong enough to speak, his family answered for him that certain customs and observances which have obtained vogue in Hindustān are of such a nature that if one should forbid them in any way whatever, worldly injury, and loss both bodily and spiritual522 would inevitably result to the prohibitor, also that the women of Hindustān who as a class are worthless, consider that loss 407. as the result of restrictive measures, and for that reason become infidels. In any case legalising incontinence was probably a less sin than legalising infidelity.522a Shaikh ‘Alā'ī said that this is an iniquitous conjecture,522b as is proved by the fact that, whensoever worldly loss according to their belief is the result of the interference522c with some prohibited pleasure, and the injunction to obedience is held by them to be the cause of personal death and injury to their property and position, they have not even the fundamental properties of Muslims, so that their conformity to Islām need not even be considered. Seeing that the argument concerns the validity of Nikāḥ,522d why should one regret522e the fact of their not being Muslims? for it is said, That which is based upon iniquity is most iniquitous of all.522f That class therefore stand condemned. Shāikh Budh the physician however,522g having regard to equity became their apologist and entered a plea for them, praising522h Shaikh ‘Alā'ī and treating him with the utmost courtesy and respect.

First of all he wrote a letter to Islem Shāh in the following terms, “Seeing that the Mahdawī question is not indissolubly bound up with the faith of Islām, and very great difference of opinion exists as522i to the veritable signs by which the Mahdī is to be distinguished, it is accordingly impossible to convict Shaikh523 ‘Alā'ī of infidelity and impiety. At any rate, all doubts regarding him should be removed. Here books523a are very scarce, whereas there are sure to be many523b books in the library of the learned men of your country, let them settle the truth of the matter.”

The sons of the Shaikh impressed upon him that Makhdūmu-l-Mulk 523c was the Ṣadru-ṣ-ṣudūr,523d and said, “This opposition of theirs to him has undoubtedly been the cause of your being summoned. At your great age it is far from wise for you to undertake so long a journey, and to undergo the severe fatigue incidental to it.” They accordingly cancelled his first letter523e and, whether he would or not, secretly wrote another letter523f as if from Shaikh Budh, couched in terms of flattery of Mulla ‘Abdu-llah, and sent it to Islem Shāh, saying, “Makhdūmu-l-Mulk is one of the most discriminating of the learned doctors of the day. What he says is the truth and his decision is the sound decision.”

At the time when Islem Shāh was encamped in the Panjāb 408. Shaikh ‘Alā'ī arrived at the camp of Bin Bāū; when Islem Shāh read the sealed letter of Shaikh Budh the physician, he called Shaikh ‘Alā'ī to come close to him and said to him in a low tone of voice, “Do you only523g say to me in my own ear that you are penitent for having made this claim, you shall then be accorded complete liberty to go where you will523h and do as you please.” Shaikh ‘Alā'ī however refused to give ear to his proposals and paid no heed to him; Islem Shāh in despair523i said to Mulla ‘Abdu-llāh, I leave him in your hands.523j This he said, and gave orders for him to receive a certain number of stripes in his own presence.523k Shaikh ‘Alā'ī himself had a wound in his neck, the result of an operation for the pestilence which raged in that year throughout the whole of Hindustān, and had destroyed the greater part of the people.524 This wound had to be kept open by a tent,524a in addition to which he was suffering from the fatigue of his journey, and had hardly a breath of life left in him, so that at the third lash his lofty soul quitted its humble frame and took its flight to the abode promised in the words “In the seat of truth, in the presence of the powerful king”524b and rested in the pleasant places of which it is said “Eye hath not seen, nor ear heard neither hath it entered into the heart of man.” And after his death they tied his delicate body524c to the feet of an elephant, and trampled him to pieces524d in the street of the camp, and issued orders forbidding the burial of his corpse,524e and appointed agents (to see to this). At that very time a vehement whirlwind arose and blew with so great violence, that people thought that the last day had arrived,524f and great lamentation and mourning524g was heard throughout the whole camp, and men were in expectation of the early524h downfall of the power of Islem Shāh.

And they say that in the course of the night such a wealth of flowers was scattered over the body of the Shaikh that he was completely hidden beneath them and was so to speak entombed in flowers.

After this event524i the power of Islem Shāh lasted barely two years. It was in fact an exact counterpart of the affair of Sulṭān 409. Jalālu-d-Dīn Fīroz Shāh Khiljī after the execution of Sīdī Maula,525 save that the decay of the kingdom of Salīm Shāh was even more rapid than that of Jalālu-d-Dīn. People considered Mulla ‘Abdūllāh, who was always vexatious to the holy men, to be the cause of all this heart-burning, and this was really the case.

This event took place in the year 957 H. (1550 A.D.) the writer of these pages was at that time ten years of age, and invented the two following chronograms: The first is Ẕākiru-llāh, the second Saqāhum rabbuhum sharāban.525a

Among the events which happened in the reign of Islem Shāh was the murder of Khawāṣṣ Khān, of which the following is a brief account. When Khawāṣṣ Khān, after the battle with the Nīyāzīs fled to the foot of the hills, Islem Shāh appointed to that district Tāj Khān Karrānī who was the brother of Suleimān Karrānī, and the most learned and able of the whole Afghān line, and wrote a command from his camp at Bin Bāū, that they were to induce Khāwaṣṣ Khān, even if it were by means of treaty oaths, to come down from the hills, and put an end to him. However Tāj Khān was unable to effect525b anything owing to the impregnability of that mountain retreat, and accordingly sent Khawāṣṣ Khān the message of Islem Shāh promising him safety.525c He, relying upon the word of a Muslim, came525d and had an interview with Tāj Khān, who instantly525e had him put to death and sent his head525f to Salīm Shāh at the township525g of Bin (Bāū), and after burying his body525h at the township of Sarastu, in the neighbourhood of Sambal, transferred it thence to Dihlī. This event happened in the year 959 H. (A.D. 1551). As a chronographical record they invented the words Muṣībat ba‘ālam shud,526 that is to say, A calamity for the world.

One of his magnanimous acts was the following. On his arrival 410. at Kalpī in the company of Shīr Shāh he gave two laks of rupees to the sweetmeat sellers of that city so that they might send sugarcane to Rautanbhor without intermission. In the same way also he gave money to all the mango gardens of Baiāna, so that they might send mangoes day after day526a to the halting-places for the poor and necessitous.

In the meantime Shīr Shāh died, and Salīm Shāh appointed persons who recovered the sum of twenty-four thousand rupees526b which remained of that money, and on receiving it put it into the treasury.

In this same year Shaikh ‘Abdu-l-ḥaiyy, the son of Shaikh Jamālī Kanbāwī of Dihlī,526c who was adorned with excellencies of science and poetry,526d and was a devout man,526e and the boon companion and specially favoured intimate of Islem Shāh, delivered up the life entrusted to his keeping, and Saiyyid Shāh Mīr of Āgra invented the following chronogram:— He said —

My name in itself would furnish the tārīkh
At such time as ‘abd (the slave) was not in the midst of it.526f

Among the events which happened during the time that Islem Shāh was encamped at Bin was the following. One day in the interval between two times of prayer Islem Shāh was sitting at ease upon his roadster,527 and was proceeding with a small escort from the camp to visit the fort of Mān Gaṛh,527a which lies at a distance of five or six krohs or thereabouts, in accordance with his usual custom, when suddenly a man sprung up in front of him and blocking the road, holding a sword concealed in his armpit like the proverbial Taabaṭa Sharran,527b under pretence of seeking redress (for some grievance) came forward and aimed527c a blow at him. Salīm Shāh, however, with great adroitness caught the blow upon the head of his whip. The handle of the whip was cut through and a slight wound was inflicted upon his face. When the man raised his arm to strike a second blow Salīm Shāh sprang forward and hurled himself upon that ruffian, and wrested the sword from his hand. At this instant Daulat Khān Ajyāra, the son of Saẓāwal Khān, who was the chosen intimate and bosom friend of Islem Shāh, galloped up and dealt a blow at that 411. miscreant. Others also came up and enquired from him the reason for his action. Salīm Shāh did not approve of this527d and said: ‘This wretch will destroy the houses of numberless people, lose no time in taking due vengeance on him.’ However he recognised that sword as the one he had given to Iqbāl Khān. This Iqbāl Khān was one of the scum and off-scourings of Hindustān who had rendered Shīr Shāh several services. He was so exceedingly ill-favoured,527e mean-looking, and oafish in appearance that they used to call him Raḥmatu-llāhī, which in Hindustān is the term applied to a weaver.528 Islem Shāh himself528a had raised him from the very lowest of the low, and had given him a position of intimacy with the highest, so that he made him the envy of the noble Amīrs,528b and would not permit him to be out of his sight for one moment. From that day forward, when he recognised that sword, he deprived him of his rank, so that528c he made him an example528d of the saying: Everything returns to its original state; but in spite of the incitation of the Amīrs of the Afghāns that he should put him to death, he replied, “I am heartily ashamed to destroy the man of my own training.528e

Verse.
Water cannot swallow down wood, knowest thou why?
It is ashamed528f to destroy that which it has reared.

Islem Shāh, who had for this same reason become distrustful of Afghāns, now became afflicted with complications of his disease, and increased the opium in his wine,528g and the snake-bitten one drank a draught of poison,528h and thirsting for the blood of the Afghāns, became more than ever528i set upon eradicating them. The crisis was as though it was saying to him:

Verse.
Thou hast laid a foundation, which will destroy thy family,
Oh, thou whose family is destroyed, what a foundation thou
hast laid!

After these events Islem Shāh returned529 towards Gwāliār, which he had made his metropolis, and had arrived at Dihlī529a when tidings arrived that Muḥammad Humāyūn Pādshāh had reached the banks of the Indus, with the aim of conquering Hindustān. Islem Shāh just at the529b very moment when this tidings arrived, 412. had applied a leech529c to his throat, but instantly took it off, dashed some water upon his head,529d and binding up his throat with linen rags529e ordered his army to proceed, and529f the first day covering three krohs, encamped, and the rank and file of his army who were at the last gasp from drunkenness, involuntarily followed him as though led by a halter round their necks. Certain of the Vazīrs who were well-disposed to him529g represented that inasmuch as a powerful foe had come against him, and his soldiery were worthless, it would be just as well if orders were given for their pay to be issued to them. Islem Shāh replied that if529h he were to give them money at that particular time they would attribute it to his being weak and in straits, so I will wait, said he, till my return after this victory,529i when I will give them, with one stroke of the pen, two years pay. The soldiers had patience and without a murmur awaited what fortune Providence would bring them, at the same time expecting some sudden calamity,529j and in spite of their state of unpreparedness arrived at the encampment. When it was reported to Islem Shāh that the artillery was ready, but that, as the bullocks529k for the gun-carriages had been left at Gwāliār, they awaited his orders, he replied, ‘What possible use are such a crowd of thousands of infantry and cavalry, are they to get their monthly pay for nothing?’ accordingly he made them all do the work of bullocks,530 and ordered them to drag the gun carriages, thus proving the truth of the following:—

Verse.
These whom you see are not all human beings,
Most of them are tailless oxen and asses.

Some of the large mortars were of such a size that it took one or two thousand men, more or less, to drag each one.530a At this rate of speed they reached the Panjāb in the course of seven days. Humāyūn Pādshāh in person, in accordance with certain advantageous plans he had formed, advanced as far as Banbhar,530b at the skirt of the mountain range to the north of the Kashmīr 413. frontier,530c and then returned towards530d Kabul. A short resumé of these events will be given in its proper place if the Most High God so will it.530e

Islem Shāh also upon hearing this tidings530f fled530g with all haste from Lāhor to Gwāliār. In the course of his retreat arriving in the neighhourhood of the township of Anberī,530h he was occupied in hunting, when a band of ruffians,530i at the instigation of certain of the Amīrs, blocked his path, and meditated doing him harm, but a messenger arrived who informed Islem Shāh of this design, and he consequently entered the city by another road,530j and after putting to death530k a number of men, among whom were Bahāu-d-Dīn and Maḥmūd and Madā,530l who were530m the fountain heads of the rebellion attempted by the mutineers, imprisoned all persons against whom he entertained suspicion, afterwards putting them to death. Then he threw open the doors of the treasury and issued a public order directing the issue of two years pay to the soldiery,531 and sent written despatches to the Amīrs of five thousand and ten thousand to this effect. Some of the troops received the pay, others did not. At this very time the army of Fate, who is the most powerful of all powerful foes, made an onslaught upon him.531a

Verse.
That man owned a single ass, but had no pack-saddle,
He found a pack-saddle, but in the meantime the wolf had
made off with the ass.531b

531c Among the forces which overthrew him was, it is said, a carbuncle which appeared in the neighbourhood of his seat, others assert that it was cancer.

He was beside himself with pain and531d had himself bled, but without relief. Whilst in this state of distress and prostration, he used from time to time to say, ‘I had no idea that God was so extremely powerful,’531e and while in this condition, as long as he retained consciousness he ordered Daulat Khān to sit facing him, and would not cast a glance in any other direction save on 414. his face alone.531f

Verse.
Maḥmūd gives not a soul to the Angel (of Death)
Until he sees him in the form of Ayāz.

Notwithstanding the fact that he had lapsed into unconsciousness, he would now and hen open his eyes, and these words would come532 to his lips ‘Where is Ajyāra.’532a They say also that although he found it excessively difficult to turn from one side to the other, yet he would not consent to their giving Daulat Khān the trouble of coming in front of him, but he would say, ‘Please turn my face in his direction.’

One day he saw that Daulat Khān was absent and asked ‘where can he be?’ They replied he has probably gone to the house of one of his relatives. Then he knew that to all appearance he was playing a time-serving part with others. At that moment Daulat Khān arrived and Islem Shāh quoted this verse:—

Thou knowest my value, how faithful I am532b
Stay! before thou seekest the companionship of other friends.

It is reported on excellent authority also that Islem Shāh had ordered532c the treasury-officer that he should give Danlat Khān every day for his personal expenses as much as a lak of tankas, as a matter of course and unasked,532d but that if asked for a larger sum he should produce it for his use. At last seeing that his condition became more grave day by day, nay, hour by hour, his physicians despaired of relieving him.

Verse.
In one small detail the whole of the philosophers have been
found wanting,
For what can man do against the Eternal decree.532e
When the natural causes of the pulse depart from the fundamental movement,532f
The foot of Aflaṭūn himself becomes fixed in the mire of helplessness.
When the conduct of nature turns towards disorder,
The Qānūn533 of Bū ‘Alī lies useless in the hand. 415.

At last he left this world of regrets, wounded by countless sorrows, and abandoned his kingdom to the desire of his enemies. The duration of his reign was nine years. His body was taken to Sahsarām and buried by the side of his father. This event occurred in the year 961 H.,533a and by a coincidence it happened that in the course of this (self-same) year533b Sulṭān Maḥmūd of Gujrāt, who had adorned the throne with justice533c and equity and the fear of God, drank the cup of martyrdom at the hands of his servant Burhān.533d Niẓāmu-l-Mulk Baḥrī,533e the king of the Dakhan, also took his way to the ocean of non-existence, and Mīr Saiyyid Na‘matu-llāh, whose poetical name was Rusūlī,533f who was one of the incomparable learned men and a close companion of Islem Shāh, wrote this chronogram:—

Verse.
At one time came the decline of three emperors,
Whose justice made Hindustān the abode of safety:
One was Maḥmūd the Emperor of Gujerāt,
Who, like his empire, was still in the pride of youth;
The second was Islem Shāh, that mine of beneficence,
Whose beloved son534 was Sher Khān;
The third was Niẓāmu-l-Mulk Baḥrī
Who as Emperor was seated on the throne of the Dakhan.
If you ask of me a tārīkh for the death of these three534a
Emperors?
I answer Zawāl-i-khusrūān.534b

Islem Shāh notwithstanding his not having read poetry had 416. many apt quotations in his memory, and being a clever critic, used constantly to practise the art of versification with Amīr Saiyyid Na‘mat Rusūlī,534c and used to compose many elegant verses and to enjoy listening to those of his fellow poet. Moreover he was highly esteemed by the learned and religious men534d of his time. They say that when he reached Alwar on his way to the Panjāb, he one day caught sight of Mulla ‘Abdu-llāh of Sulṭānpūr534e who was at some distance coming towards him; addressing his attendants he said: “Have you any idea who this is who is approaching.” They replied: “Who is it, please inform us.”534f He said: “Bābar Padshāh had five sons, of whom four534g left Hindustān and one remained.” They said “and who is that one?” He replied: “This Mulla who is approaching.” Sarmast Khān said: “What is the use of keeping up connection with such a vicious person?”534h He replied534i “What can I do, when I can find534j no better than he?” And when Mulla ‘Abdu-llāh came up he ordered him to sit upon his own throne, and bestowed upon him a bead-roll of pearls, valued at twenty thousand rupees,534k which had at that moment arrived as a present from some place. He never missed the public prayers, and never touched any intoxicants535 not even jauz,535a [and Shaikh Salīm Chishtī of Fatḥpūr and Ḥāfiẓ Niẓām of Badāou were both of them his imāms].535b

FĪRŌZ SHĀH IBN-I-ISLEM SHĀH,

Who was called Fīrūz Khān, was raised to the throne in succession to his father at the age of twelve535c with the title of Pādshāh.535d The affairs of the kingdom did not prosper in his hands, and Mubāriz Khān the son of Niẓām Khān535e Sūr, who was brother's son to Islem Shāh,535f after three days attempted the life of that innocent one, and although Bībī Bā'ī, who was the sister of Mu-bāriz Khān,535g and the wife of Islem Shāh, fell at his feet and besought him piteously saying: “Ah my brother, spare the life of 417. this poor harmless boy, and let me take my own way and bear him away535h to some place where no one will have a trace of him, and where he will have nothing to do with sovereignty, nay, will not even mention the name of kingship.”535i That pitiless tyrant would not heed her, but entered the palace and cut535j off the boy's head under the very eyes of his mother. At this day his issue is cut off just as the line of Islem Shāh; and it is said that Islem Shāh had made several attempts upon the life of Mubāriz Khān, and used to say to his wife, “If you value your child keep clear of your brother,536 and if you wish to preserve the one, take away all hope of life from the other.” She used to say in a deprecatory way, “My brother spends all his time in amusing himself,536a and the robe of royalty is in no way suitable to his standard of ambition; give up the idea of destroying him.”536b Islem Shāh however, whenever he saw Mubāriz Khān used to say to his wife in a reproachful way, “In the end you will regret this at a time when regret will avail nothing.” And at last the prophecy of Islem Shāh, which he had made by his judgment of physiognomy, was confirmed to the letter.536c

Verse.
Whatever the young man sees the mirror,
The old man sees that same in the unbaked brick.536d
SULṬĀN MUḤAMMAD ‘ĀDIL COMMONLY KNOWN AS ‘ADLĪ,536e

Who was the son of Niẓām Khān Sūr,536f and went by the name of Mubāriz Khān, ascended the throue with the concurrence of the principal Amīrs and Vazīrs, and caused himself to be addressed by the above title.536g The general public however used to 418. call him ‘Adlī, and that name even536h they perverted to Andhlī which has the commonly accepted signification of “blind.”536i At the commencement of his reign, having heard of the conduct of Muḥammad ‘Ādil ibn Tughlaq Shāh,536j he used to imitate him in lavishing money, and having opened the doors of his treasury he aimed at securing537 the goodwill of great and small: and he had made arrows tipped with537a gold of a money value of five hundred tankahs and used to throw them. Whatever537b poor person's house they used to fall at, he then bestowed that amount in money upon him and used to take back the katība-bāsh, this fitful habit however quickly537c came to an end after a few days.

Verse.
Inorganic matter is one thing: spontaneous growth is another.
Verse.
If the tears flow down upon the cheeks,
True weeping is easily distinguished from false.

The rank of Vazīr and Vakīl was bestowed upon one Shamsher Khān, a slave who was the younger brother of Khawaṣṣ Khān and Daulat Khān, the “new-Muslim,” a protégé of the Luḥānī537d faction. He also gave uncontrolled authority to Hīmūn the greengrocer, of the township of Rewārī in Mīwāt, whom Islem Shāh had gradually elevated from the position of police superintendent of the bāzārs and confirmer of punishments, and had by degrees made into a trusted confidant.537e He now gave him the superintendence of all important affairs both military and civil.

Inasmuch as ‘Adlī had originally been accustomed to the profession537f of music and dancing, and was fond of a life of ease and luxury, and was otiose in his habits, he was by no means fitted for the conduct of military affairs, or the duties of civil administration; superadded to this was the murder of Fīrūz Khān and his unbounded confidence in Hīmūn. Accordingly these Amīrs who were of true Afghān descent, evinced a great repugnance to obey him, and aroused such widespread feelings of shame, that hardly had a month passed since his accession, when on all sides rebellions arose, and they became rulers of their several clans. Sedition awoke from its heavy slumber, the bonds of kinship with Sher Shāh and of orders passed by Islem Shāh 419. snapped asunder, and disorder reigned supreme:

Verse.
When the heart of the times writhes, the bond of fellowship
snaps,
When a flaw appears538 in the string, the pearls are scattered.

One day when, having summoned the most renowned Amīrs to the durbār hall of the fort of Gwāliār, ‘Adlī was engaged in distributing jāgīrs, he ordered that the Sarkār of Qanauj should be transferred from Shāh Muḥammad Farmalī, and given in perpetuity to Sarmast Khān Sarbanī, [Shāh Muḥammad was ill],538a whereupon his son Sikandar, who was a brave, handsome, and well built youth spoke fiercely with regard to this jāgīr. Shāh Muḥammad however admonished538b him in gentle terms and forbade him to speak thus, but he answered his father “Once Sher Shāh placed you in an iron cage and kept you a prisoner for some years, while Islem Shāh made you the captive of his kindness and by intercession and influence obtained your release. Now the Sūr faction are attempting to destroy us, and you do not understand their infamous design;538c thereupon he began to abuse Sarmast Khān with all the petulance of youth and the arrogant pride of race and said: “Now our affairs have come to such a pass538d that this dog-seller538e is to enjoy our jāgīr.” Sarmast Khān, who was a tall, powerful man full of energy, placed his hand upon the shoulder of Sikandar intending to make him prisoner by underhand means, and said: “My boy, why are you saying all these bitter things,” Sikandar however perceived his intention, clapped his hand to his dagger, and struck Sarmast Khān such a deadly blow over the shoulder blade, that he fell on the spot unconscious and died. Sikandar Khān also made some others of those538f hell-dogs so heavy of head and sleep-stricken539 that they will never wake539a till the morn of the great assembly, and certain others remained so intoxicated that they spent the remainder of their lives in recovering from it.539b

Verse. 420.
Thine eye which was wonderful in slaying thy lovers
Would slay one and cast its glance upon another.

It was currently reported that from the time when539c the dagger was first invented in Hindustān no person can have ever used it in the way that Sikandar Khān did. A tumult arose among the people, and ‘Adlī fled and entered the women's quarters and put up the chain on the inside. Sikandar after that he had killed some and wounded539d others, at last made towards ‘Adlī and539e aimed a blow at him with a sword, which however struck a plank of the door: had he attacked him in the first instance he would have despatched him. The Amīrs of ‘Adlī's party shewed themselves in their true colours that day, as most of them cast away their swords539f and took to flight, and were going about distractedly, till at last, after Sikandar had done as much mischief as salt in the yeast,539g they attacked him simultaneously from all sides. This contest went on for three or four hours, when539h Sikandar fell to a blow from the sword of Ibrāhīm Khān539i Sūr, sister's husband to ‘Adlī, and Shāh Muḥammad was struck down by the sword of Daulat Khān Lūḥāni,539j both of them taking their way to the city of non-existence. It so happened that on that day before the assembly of that meeting Tāj Khān Karrānī, the brother of ‘Amād and Suleimān, who eventually became the autocratic540 ruler of the province of Bengal, and gave himself the title540a of Ḥaẓrat Ā‘alā, having left the audience hall of ‘Adlī was going outside the fort, when on his way he met with Shāh Muḥammad Farmalī. They asked540b after each other's affairs, and Tāj Khān said: “I see signs of mischief, and consequently I am removing my manly footsteps outside this circle,540c and am 421. going outside. Do you too come with me and follow my lead,540d for the scale has turned.

Verse.
When you see that your friends are no longer friendly,
Consider that flight is an opportunity to be seized.

But inasmuch as the hand of death had seized the skirt of Shāh Muḥammad and was dragging him to the grave,540e he would not consent to this advice and went to ‘Adlī.

Verse.
When the appointed time of the quarry comes it goes towards
the huntsman.

And that which was written in his fate befel him; Tāj Khān in full daylight fled from Gwāliār towards Bengāl and ‘Adlī sent an armed party in pursuit of him, and540f himself also started to follow him, in front of the township of Chhapramau540g in the district of Qanauj an engagement took place between the two parties. The stars in their courses fought for ‘Adlī, and his army was victorious,541 and Tāj Khān turning in flight made the best of his way to Chhinār,541a wherever he found the authorities favourable to ‘Adlī he made prisoners541b of them, and laid hands on whatever cash and valuables he could find. A hundred head of elephants also fell into his hands. Thus he proceeded till he joined hands with Suleimān and ‘Imād and Khwāja Ilyās who held sway over certain parganas on the banks of the Ganges and other places. Then he openly sounded the note of rebellion. ‘Adlī arrived at Chunār,541c and the Karrānīs on the banks of the river541d Ganges came out to fight with him. Hīmūn asked for a ḥalka of elephants, that is to say, a hundred elephants, and fought a desperate battle with them gaining a victory. And ‘Adlī while in Chunār intended to seize541e Ibrāhīm Khān, the son of Ghāzī Khān Sūr, one of the cousins of Sher Khān, but the sister of ‘Adlī, who was married to him, became aware of this intention, and brought him down by a secret passage541f from the fort. Ibrāhīm Khān made his way towards Baiāna and Hindūn which was his father's jāgīr: 422. ‘Adlī despatched ‘Īsā Khān Nīyāzī after Ibrāhīm Khān, and they fought a battle541g in the vicinity of Kalpī, the breeze of victory fauned the standards of Ibrāhīm Khān, and he gained the day. Then having assembled a large following, and entering that country, he proclaimed himself sovereign.541h ‘Adlī thereupon disengaged himself from the Karrānīs, and came against Ibrāhīm Khān to attack him, and when he arrived near the river Jon, Ibrāhīm Khān made overtures,541i and sent a message saying: “If Rāī Ḥusain Jilwānī,541j and Bihār Khān Sarwānī, to whom Islem Shāh gave the title of Ā‘ẓam Humāyūn, with some others541k of the Amīrs noble and renowned, will come and reassure me,541l then will I in reliance upon their assurances agree to make submission to you.” ‘Adlī542 accordingly sent them, and no sooner had they arrived than they gave in their allegiance to Ibrāhīm Khān, giving him the title of Sulṭān Ibrāhīm, and thus putting542a a different complexion upon the dispute, raised the standard of insurrection against ‘Adlī.

The Khuṭbah was read in the name of Ibrāhīm Khān in Āgra and certain other districts, while ‘Adlī, realising that he was not able to cope with him, left Gwālīar for Bhatta, and thence returned towards Chunār542b taking with him542c large amounts of treasure, many elephants and a large following.

After the death of Islem Shāh, at the time when the kings of clans arose,542d Aḥmad Khān Sūr, one of the cousins of Sher Shāh, who had to wife the second sister of ‘Adlī, a man of distinguished bravery and endurance, sat in conference with542e the Amīrs of the Panjāb, and implanted in their minds all sorts of evil notions regarding ‘Adlī and of his unfitness, (they being already ill-disposed towards him) and with the aid and assistance of Tātār 423. Khān Kāsī,542f and Ḥabīb Khān, and Naṣīb Khān Ṭughūjī, who had attained this title from Sher Shāh,542g declared open war against ‘Adlī, and542h assuming the title of Sulṭān Sikandar and reading the Khuṭbah, and entertaining hopes of still further increase of power542i proceeded to Dihlī and Āgra.542j

On the other hand, Ibrāhīm having collected a large army confronted Sikandar at Farah,542k which is situated at a distance of ten krohs from Āgra.

Most of the noted Amīrs, such as Ḥājī Khān Sulṭānī, Governor of Alwar, who was virtually a king, and Rāī542l Ḥussain Jilwānī542m and Mas‘aūd Khān and Ḥusain Khān Ghilzāī were on the side of Ibrāhīm. To some two hundred of them Ibrāhīm had given royal tents and standards, and ensigns543 and kettle drums, and it frequently happened that to anyone who came and brought with him ten or fifteen horsemen he gave a sort of makeshift flag-staff with a bit of red rag wrapped round it, simply to gain favour and to attract people, bestowing upon him also a grant of dignity and a jāgīr.543a In this way nearly eighty thousand men flocked to him; and on the day when Ḥājī Khān came from Alwar and gave in his allegiance to him, he shewed him great favour bestowing upon him a lofty and spacious tent covered on the outside with saqirlāṭ543b of Portugal, and on the inside with Frankish velvet, had it freshly pitched for him. Moreover he lavished upon Ḥājī Khān magnificent carpets, and vessels of gold and silver and all other requirements on the same scale: accordingly he entered the tent without hesitation and there took up his abode. This treatment occasioned great envy and jealousy543c among the Amīrs of pure Afghān blood who became disheartened and spared not to express their discontent among themselves. Iskandar, who had a following of twelve thousand men, inasmuch as he estimated the army of Ibrāhīm as being more numerous than his own, shilly-shallied and made overtures for peace, and wrote a treaty in the following terms, that from Dihlī to the eastern extremity of Hindustān as 424. far as could be arranged,543d should belong to Ibrāhīm Khān,543e and that the country of the Panjāb and Multān as far as possible should belong to Sikandar, so that he might attain the object for which the Mughuls came to Hindustān. The Afghāns of both armies, who were blood-relations or connections of each other, were pleased at the prospect of a peaceful settlement, and Kālā Bhār544 the brother of Sikandar, and the Amīrs of the Panj Bhaiya which means “the five brothers,” who were544a with the sword the marvel of the age, made this additional stipulation that if after that Ibrāhīm (Khān)544b gets possession544c of the treasury of ‘Adlī and the kingdom of Bhatta, which is near being realised, he shall make us partners in both of these gains, then all well and good,544d but if not we will annul the peace. Sikandar agreed to this proposition,544e and the majority of the Amīrs of Ibrāhīm (Khān)544f impressed upon him that there was no danger to be apprehended from agreeing544g to this proposal, inasmuch as the treasury and kingdom of Bhatta would certainly be theirs, “and then,” said they, “it will require a man to oppose544h us (successfully), while for the present, at any rate, we shall have tided over this difficulty satisfactorily:

Verse.
Be not proud, for I hold the staff of wisdom in my hand,
The arm of riot is long (and)544i a stick has two ends.

Ibrāhīm came round to this view but Mas‘ūd Khān and Ḥusain Khān Ghilz'ai with some of the new Amīrs said: “Seeing that in the end the matters in dispute between us and Sikandar will one day have to be decided by the sword, now that our party has increased, while his following is exceedingly small, why should we not decide544j the matter at once,544k and not desist until we have secured ourselves against a repetition of this in the future. To agree to peace now will be a confession544l of weakness on our part, 425. and an admission of the bravery of our enemies.”544m Upon ‘Adlī also, who has crept like a rat into his hole, with all his elephants and retinue, the desire of conflict with us is creeping, and that peace which had been concluded has been confounded.” Ibrāhīm Khān put off fighting till after the arrival of Mīyān Yaḥya Tūran, governor of Sambhal, who was famous both as a warrior and as a man of sound judgment. Miyān Yaḥya in the year 961 H. during the disturbances, gave battle in Badāon to twenty of ‘Adlī's Amirs who had been appointed to the district of Sambhal, and defeated them; he then fought a great battle on the plain545 of the township of Kandarkhī with Rāja Matar Sen Kahtarīya, who was the former ruler of Sambhal and had collected a great force, and defeated him. The author of this Muntakhab, who was at that time accompanying his father, now deceased, was in the twelfth year of his age,545a and had gone to Sambhal to study, wrote this chronogram: Chi bas khūb karda and545b (How well have they done)! Before that he could convey the news to his teacher,545c the prince of learned men, the guide of connoisseurs, the exemplar of the intelligent,545d the master of masters, the Mīyān Ḥātīm of Sanbhal, this545e tidings had already reached him. At the time when he was by way of benediction and blessing giving instruction in the Kanz-i-Fiqh, he said, “Count the letters of this tārīkh which I have spoken without forethought, Fatḥhā-i-āsmānī shud.”545f I replied nine hundred and sixty, which545g is one unit short. He answered,545h I said it with the hamza of Iẓāfat, that is to say, Fatḥhā-i-āsmanī, which is in conformity with the ancient spelling in respect to the value of letters: and in this way it is correct.545i He gave his blessing, and fixed a time for the lesson, and adding a few pages, written with his own hand to the pages which I had 426. written containing the instruction of the Qāẓī, gave them to me as a souvenir, and entrusted my instruction to Mīyān Shaikh Abūl Fatḥ, the son of Shaikh-allahdīyah546 of Khairābād, may God be merciful to him, who is now seated on the throne of instruction and guidance in the room of his father; and inasmuch as Mīyān Yaḥya after taking forcible possession of546a the country of Kānt546b -o-Golah and that district, going by way of Badāon had built a bridge across the Ganges at the township of Ahār,546c and had gone towards Ibrāhīm Khān, I accompanied my father, now departed, may he rest in peace, to Amroha,546d and was thus separated from that army;546e and being introduced to the presence of the late Mīr Saiyyid546f Muḥammad Mīr ‘Adl, may God have mercy on him,546g with whom he had some hereditary connection, remained some time under his instruction. In short on the day on which Mīyān Yaḥya joined Ibrāhīm Khān, on that very morning Ibrāhīm Khān had drawn up his army and placed Mīyān Yaḥya in the command of the advance guard, while he appointed Hājī Khān to the command of the left division, and Rāi Ḥusain Jilwānī with the Ghilz'ais to the right division. He himself taking the centre drew up in line of battle. On the other side Sikandar Sūr also drew up his forces and came out547 from his camp. The right wing of Sikandar's forces (the Panj Bhaiya), carried away the left of Ibrāhīm's army by sheer weight, and after sacking547a the camp went on to Āgra and pillaging the city issued a proclamation on behalf of Sikandar.547b

The right of Ibrāhīm Khān's army, however, carried away the left of Sikandar's force, and driving them back pursued them as far as the township of Hodal547c and Palwal,547d shouting, Prosperity to Ibrāhīm Khān.547e Ḥājī Khān at the instant the two opposing ranks closed, passing by the side of his tent,547f and seeing it had been torn to shreds by the pillaging party,547g in pretended ignorance of what had occurred hastened to Alwar. A slight engagement ensued with Mīyān547h Yaḥya Paran who commanded the advanced guard of Sikandar's army, and a wound was inflicted upon the hand of Mīyān Yaḥya and two of his fingers were cut off.547i He did not draw rein till he arrived at Sambhal. Ibrāhīm Khān took up a position on the lower ground with four hundred547j men, and with his front facing down-hill547k awaited the attack of Sikandar, the shots from whose mortars547l passed over the heads 427. of his men, so that they could not move a step.

When Ibrāhīm saw that the field remained empty and that his troops were scattered like motes in a sun beam,547m he realised that Sikandar himself was present with the opposing army, so yielding to necessity547n he proceeded to Itāwa. His canopy and all his regalia547o were taken. Sikandar pursued him as far as Itāwa,547p where he heard that Jannat Āshīyānī had reached547q Hindustān: retracing his steps thence he proceeded by continuous marches as far as Sihrind,548 he eventually fought a battle there and was defeated. Ibrāhīm leaving there went to Sambal, and collecting an army procured a fresh gold-embroidered canopy, and a month later crossed (the river) with a force of three548a thousand sowārs by the ford of Kīstī,548b and (?) made towards Kalpī in order that having collected a fresh army,548c he might fight ‘Adlī again. At this juncture ‘Adlī had appointed Hīmūn the grocer, who was his vazīr and uncontrolled agent, and had sent him from Chinhār with certain eminent Amīrs, and five hundred elephants like storm clouds (for blackness), and unlimited treasure to proceed to Āgra and Dilhī.

Hīmūn, regarding Ibrāhīm as his own especial prey, considered it essential to overthrow him;548d Ibrāhīm came out to oppose him548e ready for battle, and taking up a strong position shewed a resolute determination to withstand him, such as perhaps Rustum, if anyone, displayed before.548f But for all this, by the decree of the Almighty548g He was not successful.548h He was the possessor of all the praiseworthy qualities which should belong to kings.548i He was well formed and well spoken, modest, cultured and refined,548j daring and liberal, but success in war is God-given,548k and it is not in mortals to command it, it was not his fate548l to win. Accordingly in this space of two years of disorder he must have fought548m sixteen or seventeen battles, and on every occasion after gaining a success 428. met with a defeat. God preserve us from failure after success.548n

Ibrāhim Khān after this549 defeat, leaving Kalpī made straight for549a Baiāna with all speed, and Hīmūn pursuing him arrived at Baiāna. Ibrāhīm Khān taking a body of the Nuhānī549b and Afghān cultivators549c and landholders of Baiāna, again549d went out to meet Hīmūṇ, and, making a night attack upon him, the following morning fought a fierce battle with him near to the township of Khānwah, ten krohs distant from Baiāna, but could not prevail against his destiny, and Hīmūn said ‘It is easy to smite a stricken foe’ and rolled him up and inflicted a defeat upon him, so that549e he was compelled to fortify himself in the fortress of Baiāna, which is a fort of exceeding loftiness and strength. Hīmūn thereupon, making that fortress the centre of his operations, attacked it continuously every day, subjecting the fort to a heavy bombardment;549f Ghāzī Khān the father of Ibrāhīm Khān549g kept the fort provided549h with supplies by way of the mountain passes to the westward of Baiāna. Hīmūn kept up the siege of this fort for three months, and made inroads on the districts of Baiāna on all sides, pillaging and destroying.549i Nearly all the books which my late father549j possessed in Baṣāwar549k were destroyed. A severe famine prevailed throughout the eastern549l portion of Hindūstān, especially in Āgra, Baiāna, and Dihlī. It was so severe a famine that one ser of jawārī549m grain had reached two half-tankahs, and was in fact not to be had (even at that price). Men of wealth and position had to close their houses, and died by tens or twenties or even more in one place, getting neither grave549n nor shroud. The Hindūs also were in the same plight, and the bulk of the people were fain to live on the seeds of the Mughailān thorn550 and on wild herbs,550a also on the skins of the oxen which the rich slaughtered and sold from time to 429. time; after a few days their hands and feet swelled550b and they died. As a date for that year the phrase Khashm-i-Īzad550c (Divine wrath) was invented.550d The writer of these pages with these guilty eyes of his saw man eating his fellow-man in those terrible days. So awful was their aspect that no one dared let his glance rest upon them; and the greater part of that country, what with scarcity of rain, and shortness of grain,550e and desolation, and what with the constant struggle and turmoil, and two years continual anarchy550f and terror, was utterly ruined, the peasantry and tenants disappeared, and lawless crowds attacked550g the cities of the Muslims. Among the strange550h incidents of the year 962 H., during the time of the war between Sikandar and Ibrāhīm, was the fire which occurred in the fort of Āgra. The following is a short account of this incident. During the time when Āgra550i was emptied of the troops of ‘Adlī,550j one of the Amīrs550k of Ghāzī Khān Sūr entered the fort of Āgra and took up his abode there,550l to make certain preparations and to take charge of the supplies; while he was engaged in inspecting550m the rooms of the warehouses, he happened to go early one morning into one of the rooms,550n and was going round550o carrying an open lamp,550p a spark from which fell in one of the rooms which was full of gun powder. In the twinkling of an eye an explosion occurred,551 and the flames shot up to the sky, attended with a violent shock, which led the people of the city to imagine that the judgment-day had arrived, and starting from their sleep they began repeating the formula of Tauḥīd (Declaration of Unity),551a and Tauba551b (Repentance), and Istighfār (seeking for pardon). Heavy slabs of stone and massive pillars were hurled551c through the air to a distance of several krohs across the river Jamna, and great number of people were killed,551d in fact human hands and feet, and the limbs of all kinds of animals were thrown five or six551e krohs. As the name of the citadel of Āgra was originally Badal Gaṛh, the words Ātash-i-Badal gaṛh551f made a chronogram to record the date.

In the days when Hīmūn blockaded the fortress of Baiāna God's people were crying for bread and taking each other's lives,551g 430. a hundred thousand sacred lives were as nought for a single grain of barley, whereas the elephants of Hīmūn's army, which numbered five-hundred, were fed solely upon rice, and oil, and sugar; the senses551h were shattered by anguish upon anguish in that terrible time:—

Verse.
We cherish enemies, we also destroy friends,
What mortal has the power to question our decrees.

On one occasion Hīmūn was one day presiding at a public banquet, and summoning the Afghān Amīrs551i into his presence, to the head of the table552 urged them to partake of food, saying: “Help yourselves to the largest morsels,” and if he saw anyone of them eating slowly no matter who he was,552a he would address him552b in terms of the foulest abuse saying: “How can such a nondescript nonentity as you who are sluggish in eating your victuals hope to contend against your own son-in-law the Mughul in battle.” As the fall of the Afghān power was near at hand,552c they had not the courage to say a word to that foul infidel, and laying aside all that disregard of superior force552d for which they were renowned, swallowed his insults552e like sweetmeats, either from fear or hope,552f this had become a regular practice with them.

Verse.
Lay not your hand obsequious on my foot,
Give me but bread, and brain me with your boot!

In the meanwhile news reached Hīmūn that Muḥammad Khān Sūr, Governor of Bangāla, had assumed the title of Sulṭān552g Jalālu-d-Dīn, and was marching with an army552h like the ants and locusts for multitude from Bangāla, and having reduced Jaunpūr was making for552i Kālpī and Āgra. Just at this juncture an 431. urgent summons552j arrived from ‘Adlī to Hīmūn in these words: “At all costs come to me at once as I am confronted by a powerful enemy.” Hīmūn thereupon abandoned the siege, and when he arrived at Manḍāgar,552k which is distant six krohs from Āgra, Ibrāhīm (Khān)552l like a hungry hawk which leaves552m its nest and pursues the crane, pounced upon him, and hurled against him in battle, but being defeated went towards Alwar. Then, after obtaining553 reinforcements from Hājī Khān Alwarī,553a he again set about553b accomplishing his own objects, and Hīmūn detailed553c his brother's son named Thar Yāl553d with a fully equipped army to pursue him. Thar Yāl553e marching with restless haste pursued Ibrāhīm for two stages, and joined Hīmūn; Hājī Khān was not pleased at Ibrāhīm's coming, nor would he send him any assistance. Ibrāhīm being disheartened553f turned aside, and bidding farewell to his father, brothers, and all his blood-relations, left them in Hindūn, and, with a small band of followers took the road to Bhatta. Eventually Ghāzī Khān a short time after, fell a prisoner into the hands of Ḥaidar Khān Chaghta in Baiāna, relying upon assurances,553g and great and small of his party were put to death, and not a single one of that line was left, as will be related in its proper place,553h if God Most High so will it; and now that kingdom and empire, and the independence of that family have become as an idle tale. How wonderful are the ways of God!

Maṯnavī.
The world is a juggler decrepit and bowed,
It brings to pass one thing but promises another;
It calls you with kindness but drives you away with rancour;
All its dealings are invariably of this nature.
If it calls you know not whither it calls you,
If it drives you forth you know not whither it drives you.
All of us, old and young, are destined to death,
No one can remain in the world for ever.

Inasmuch as everyone liked Ibrāhīm Khān who was considered by all to have a wonderful fortune in store for him, in a short time large numbers gathered to him from all parts. He fought 432. with the army553i of Rām Chand, the ruler of Bhatta, but was forced to flee554 and was taken prisoner. Rājā Rām Chand, in accordance with the customs of landholders,554a made him a present of a bow, and treated him with the utmost honour and respect,554b and in a personal interview554c presented him with a royal tent, with the apparatus of royalty, and attendants: then seating him upon the throne, standing humbly as a servant, performed the offices of attendance.

Ibrāhīm Khān554d spent some time there, till Bāz Bahādur the son of Sazāwal Khān, Ruler of Mālwa, who eventually read the Khuṭbah in that country, became involved in a quarrel with the Miyānī Afghāns, who summoned Ibrāhīm Khān554e and raising him to the supreme command, sent him against554f Bāz Bahādur. Rānī Durgāwatī the ruler of the country554g of Kara Katanka also, who was embroiled with Bāz Bahādur on account of the proximity of her kingdom, rose up554h to assist Ibrāhīm, and went out to fight against Bāz Bahādur, who made overtures for peace554i and dissuaded the Rānī from assisting Ibrāhīm. She, accordingly, returned to her own country, and Ibrāhīm, not considering it advisable to remain there any longer, went off bag and baggage to Orissa, which is the boundary of Bangāla, and lived on good terms with the zamīndārs. Suleimān Karrānī, when he took possession 554j (of Orissa), made terms with the Rājā, and sending for Ibrāhīm with assurances of safety, slew him treacherously in the year 975 H.

Verse.
Fix not thy heart on this world, for it has no foundation,
Speak not of life, for that too is ruined.
The tent of life which thou placedst at first,
Death554k will surely uproot, were it of solid steel.

Hīmūn proceeded by rapid marches till he joined ‘Adlī.555

‘Adlī and Muḥammad Khān Gauria were at that time sitting down over against one another, with the river Jamna between them, at a place called Chhappar Khatta, fifteen krohs from Kalpi. 433.

Gauria, confidently relying upon his superior force to overcome the forces of ‘Adlī, had drawn up his cavalry and infantry and elephants to a number surpassing all computation, and was every moment555a expecting victory, when suddenly the scale turned against him, and Hīmūn swept down upon him like a comet, and no sooner did he reach the ranks of the picked elephants after crossing the river Jamna,555b than he swooped down upon the army of Gauria, taking them unawares as does the army of Sleep, and making a night-assault gave no one time so much as to lift his hand.

They were in such utter confusion555c that no man knew his head from his heels, nor his turban from his shoes. The greater part of his Amīrs were slain, while the remnant who escaped chastisement took to flight. The wretched Gauria was so effectually concealed that up to the present not a trace of him has been found, and all that retinue and paraphernalia of royalty555d and grandeur became “like the scattered moths and like flocks of carded wool,”555e and became in a moment the portion of the enemy. The kingdom is God's, the greatness is God's.

Verse.
In one moment, in one instant, in one breath,555f
The condition of the world becomes altered.

After this heaven-given victory and unforeseen triumph, ‘Adlī proceeded to Chinhār and appointed Hīmūn,555g who who was the commander-in-chief of his army, with abundant treasure and a countless host, elephants of renown, an ornament to the army and a terror to the enemy, to repel the forces of the Mughul which had taken possession of the country as far as Itāwa and Āgra, as will be presently related if God Most High so will it.

Just at this juncture Khiẓr Khān, the son556 of Muḥammad Khān Gauria, who had been killed, succeeded his father in Kor,556a issuing the currency and reading the Khuṭbah in his own name, with the style and title of Sulṭān (Muḥammad)556b Bahādur, and collecting a huge army to revenge his father's death, came up against 434. ‘Adlī, who notwithstanding his distress556c fought bravely on that field, and contrary to expectation met with fierce resistance. After fighting manfully ‘Adlī was killed, and joined Muḥammad Khān whose life-blood was yet freshly spilled, fighting in hot blood. This event occurred in the year 962 H. and Gauria bikusht556d was its chronogram.

Verse.
My soul, do thou look at the world and take what it gives to
thy heart's desire;
Live at thine ease therein a thousand years like Nūḥ.556e
Every treasure and every store which kings have laid by,
That treasure and that store seize556f and take for thine own.
Every pleasure which the world contains do thou consider as
made for thee;
Every fruit which grows in the world556g do thou taste and
take.
In the final round which brings the end of thy life,
A hundred times seize the back of thy hand with thy teeth
and gnaw it (in despair).

‘Adlī was so highly skilled in singing and dancing that Mīyān Tāusīn, the well-known kalān-wat557 who is a past master in this art557a used to own to being his pupil, and Bāz Bahādur, son of Sazāwal Khān, who was also one of the most gifted men of his age and had no equal in this life-wasting accomplishment acquired the art (of music) from ‘Adlī.

Verse.
They owned no rival, but surpassed them all,
May God He is exalted and glorified, pardon them.

One day a performer from the Dakhan brought into his assem- 435. bly an instrument called pakhāwaj,557b which is in length557c equal to the height of a man, so large that the hands of no man could reach557d the two ends of it, as a sort of challenge to those who were present, and all557e the performers of the kingdom of Dihlī were unable to play it; ‘Adlī, however, found out by his knowledge of other instruments how to play it, and placing a cushion on the floor beat557f the drum now with his hand and now with his foot. The assembled people raised a shout and all the skilled musicians owned their allegiance to him, and praised him exceedingly; and at the time when he was an Amīr, and as a commander of twenty-thousand held a jāegīr,557g a Bhagat boy557h handsome and comely who had acquired perfection in his art, used to come to his assembly from some of the villages near Badāon, and used to play.557i ‘Adlī was so fascinated by his beauty and skill that he kept him in his own service and took pains to educate him, giving him the name of Mujāḥid Khān.557j When he attained to kingly power he made him a commander of ten thousand. His natural elegance and refinement were such that one day upon returning from the polo ground of Badāon558 he said, “I am hungry.” Ghāzī Khān Sūr whose tent558a was at the head of the road said “What I have ready is at your service.” ‘Adlī, for politeness sake, felt constrained to accept his hospitality; first they brought some fried sheep's liver.558b No sooner had he smelt it than he leapt from his seat, and was so disgusted that he left the company558c and drew rein nowhere till he reached his house; they say also that the sweepers used to gather up the remains of camphor of the finest quality two or three times daily from his dressing-room, and whenever a necessity arose558d he would first grow red, then pale and livid,558e and would faint while his countenance changed. In spite of all this leisure and luxuriousness, his fasts and prayers were never duly 436. performed;558f he had entirely given up the use of intoxicants, and the day he left the world the treacherous time even grudged him two yards of cloth, and it was never known where his corpse went.558g

Verse.
Oh ye lords of wealth beware! beware!
And you, ye lords of state, beware! beware!558h

After him, the kingdom fell away from the race of Afghāns and returned to its original holders, and right once more became established.

NASĪRU-D-DĪN MUḤAMMAD HUMĀYŪN PĀDSHĀH GHĀZI,

Returning from Kābul, a second time fought a fierce battle with Sikandar, and being favoured by fortune559 with victory and conquest, restored to the imperial throne fresh lustre, glory and fortune. The following is an epitome of these events: After that the kingdom of Hindūstan slipped from the grasp of that Pādshāh glorious as Jamshīd, like the ring from the hand of Suleimān,559a and the opposition and strife between his brothers was not changed to amity and concord,559b and each one took his own way and sought his own asylum, considering his own interests by consultation with advisers, as has already been briefly related,559c Humāyūn crossed from the Panjāb and attempted to seize Bakkar,559d making his camp at the township of Lohrī,559e which is near to Bakkar. Mīrzā Hindāl having left Sind proceeded to the township of Pāṇtar,559f which is fifty krohs distant from Bakkar, on account of the abundance and cheapness of grain. Humāyūn sent a robe of honour and a horse with a message to Mīrzā Shāh Ḥusain Arghūn, governor of Tatta, saying, “I have arrived here driven by necessity and have fully determined upon the conquest of Gujrāt,559g and this undertaking is dependent upon your advice and guid- 437. ance.” Mīrzā Shāh Ḥusain spent five or six months559h in temporising, and brought Humāyūn by specious pretexts from the Bakkar territory to the neighbourhood of Tatta, with the intention of doing whatever might be advisable later on.

In this year, 948 H.,560 Humāyūn married Ḥamīda Bānū Begam, and coming to Pāṇtar returned to Lohrī. Mīrzā Hindāl started for Qandahār in answer to the summons of Qarācha Beg,560a the governor of that district, and Yādgār Nāṣir Mīrzā, who had encamped at a distance of ten krohs from (Humāyūn's) camp also intended to proceed to Qandahār. Humāyūn thereupon sent Mīr Abūl-Baqā,560b who was one of the most distinguished of the learned men of the time, Persian commentator on Mīr Saiyyid Sharīf, and author of other compositions, to advise him and dissuade him from his purpose, 560c At the time of crossing the river a party sallied out from the fortress of Bakkar and rained showers of arrows upon the people in the boats. The sainted Mīr was struck by the soul-melting arrow of Fate, and was drowned560d in the ocean of martyrdom. This event took place in the year 948 H. and the chronogram Surūr-i-kāināt560e was invented to commemorate it.

Mīrzā Yadgār Nāṣir hearkened to this advice and counsel and remained in Bakkar, and Humāyūn proceeded to Tatta, whereupon many of his soldiers left his camp and joined Mīrzā (Yādgār) and spent their days560f in comfort by reason of the increased pay they received. In this way Mīrzā gathered strength, and Humāyūn crossing the river laid siege to the fortress of Sīyāhwān.560g Mīrzā Shāh Ḥusain kept sending560h reinforcements and supplies561 to the garrison,561a and embarking on a boat, and561b coming near to the camp blocked the avenues of supplies (to Humāyūn). The siege lasted for seven months, and victory seemed as far off as ever, while great distress was felt from scarcity of 438. grain561c and want of salt.561d

Verse.
Every feast which is prepared561e by the hand of heaven
Is either altogether without salt or is altogether so salt (as
to be uneatable).

The soldiers were reduced to such extremities,561f that they were forced to give up grain and content themselves with the flesh of animals, and finally561g they had to abandon the hope of even this.

Verse.
The hungry-bellied fastened his eyes on skins,
For fur is the near neighbour of flesh.

Then he sent messengers a second time to Bakkar to summon Mīrzā561h Yādgār Nāṣir, so that in conjunction with him he might repel Mīrzā Shāh Ḥusain and gain possession of the fort. He sent a reinforcement, which was however of no service,561i and hearing of the distress which prevailed in the camp he saw no good in going there, so remained in Bakkar.561j Mīrzā Shāh Ḥusain played upon his ambition by false promises of the rule of that kingdom, and of having the Khuṭbah read and the currency issued in his name; he also promised to obey him, and also that he would give him his daughter in marriage, and thus misled him into opposing Humāyūn.562 He further took possession of all562a the boats belonging to Humāyūn, who, in consequence of all these obstacles, any one of which was a sufficient reason,562b seeing the distress and misery of his army, abandoned the siege562c of the fortress, and all unwillingly saying, “Retreat is the wisest course,” turned back towards Bakkar, and remaining several days inactive for want of boats, at last by the help of two zamīndārs recovered two boats which Mīrzā had sunk, and reached562d Bakkar. Mīrzā, as a means of covering562e the shame he felt, before he came to pay his 439. respects,562f marched by forced marches against Mīrzā Shāh Ḥusain, and putting to death or taking captive large number of the people of Tatta, who in ignorance of his intentions had left their boats,562g did a good deal to repair562h his former defections. Then with shame and confusion he came and had an interview (with Humāyūn) and brought in countless heads of the enemy. His faults were overlooked, but in consequence of certain events which occurred, he again became rebellious, and being deceived by the wiles of Mīrzā Shāh Ḥusain, prepared for war. Mun‘im Khān who eventually became Khān-i-Khānān also meditated562i flight. Both of them, however, became562j aware of the folly of their design, and realising its heinousness abandoned their iniquitous intention. The men of Humāyūn's force were day by day going over to the side562k of Mīrzā Yādgār Nāṣir. In the meantime Maldeo, Rāja of the kingdom562l of Mārwār, who was distinguished above all the zamīndārs of Hindūstān on account of the strength of his following562m and his exceeding grandeur, again sent letters of summons. Humāyūn not thinking it advisable to remain562n any longer in the vicinity of Bakkar and Tatta, proceeded by way of Jaisalmīr towards Mārwār. The Rāja of Jaisalmīr blocked the road by which his army was to pass, and fought a battle in which he was defeated. In that waterless desert Humāyūn's army suffered terrible distress, so much so that563 around the wells blood was spilled in place of water among his followers, and most of them563a from the violence of their thirst cast themselves into the well as though they had been buckets, till it became choked.

In this state of affairs Humāyūn quoted the following maṭla‘, whoever is the author of it:—

Verse.
So many rents did the heavens make in the garments of the
afflicted ones,
That neither could the hand find its sleeve, nor could the
head find its opening.

From Jaisalmīr proceeding by forced marches to Mārwār he 440. sent Atka Khān to563b Māldeo, and halted for several days in the vicinity563c of Jodhpūr, awaiting his arrival. Inasmuch as in those563d days, Nāgor had fallen into the hands of Sher Shāh, and563e had inspired Māldeo with the utmost awe of the majesty and power of Humāyūn; accordingly Māldeo, fearing the wrath of Sher Shāh,563f was afraid to obey that summons, and detaining Atka Khān by some trick, sent a large force under the pretence of welcoming him, with the intention of treacherously attacking Humāyūn and taking him prisoner.563g Atka Khān [becoming aware of their treachery from its outset]564 returned without asking permission, and informed Humāyūn of the real state of affairs. He on the instant started with all haste for Amarkoṭ. It so chanced that two of Māldeo's spies had arrived at that same place, and Humāyūn gave orders for them both to be put to death. In their despair one drew a knife, and the other a dagger,564a and fell upon (their enemies) like boars wounded by arrows, and killed564b a large number of living things,564c men, women and horses, whatever came in their way.564d Among the number was Humāyūn's charger: Humāyūn thereupon asked Tardī Beg for a few horses and camels,564e he however behaved meanly, and Humāyūn mounted a camel. After a while564f Nadīm, his foster-brother,564g gave the horse which his mother was riding to the king, he himself going on foot in his mother's retinue through that bare desert, which was like an oven for heat.564h His mother afterwards rode on the camel, and they traversed that road564i which was so terribly difficult, amid constant564j alarms of the attack of Māldeo, [and with intense labour and distress.564k In the middle of 441. the night they reached a place of safety; by chance the Hindūs of Māldeo's army]564l pursuing them through the night, missed their way,565 and in the morning, in a narrow pass, came upon the rearguard of the army, who were two and twenty in number. Mun‘im Khān and Roshan Beg565a Koka, and another565b party of men who belonged to that side having arrived, a battle ensued. In the very first onset the leader of the Hindūs went to hell from an arrow-wound, and a large number were killed. They could not withstand the attack, and many camels fell into the hands of the Muslims. This victory was the occasion of great rejoicing.565c Marching from thence and being without water,565d after three days they arrived at a halting-place, where, on account of its depth565e a drum had to be beaten at the mouth of the well, so that its sound might reach the place where the oxen for drawing the water were.565f For lack of water, a crowd of people in their distress were lost, and565g disappeared like water in that sandy plain, which was a very river of quicksand, while many horses and camels drinking water after their long and unaccustomed drouth, died566 from surfeit of water. And inasmuch as that desert, like the midday mirage,566a was as interminable as the troubles of the hapless 566b wretches of the army, perforce they turned aside by a circuitous route566c towards Amarkoṭ, which lies at a distance of a hundred krohs from Tatta. The governor of Amarkoṭ, named Rānā, came out to meet them accompanied by his sons, and did all in his power566d to render fitting service.

Humāyūn bestowed566e all that he had in the treasury upon his followers, while to supply the party who had not yet arrived,566f he borrowed from Tardī Beg and others by way of assistance, and gave it them. He also made presents of money, and sword-belts566g to the sons of Rānā, who, for the reason that his father had been put to death by Mīrzā Shāh Ḥusain Arghūn, collected a large force566h from the surrounding country,566i entered the service of Humāyūn, and leaving his baggage and camp equipage in566j Amarkoṭ under the care and protection of Khwāja Mu‘zam, the brother of Begam,566k he (Humāyūn) proceeded towards Bakkar.566l

442. On Sunday, the fifth of the month Rajab, in the year 949 H. the auspicious birth of the Khalīfah of the age Akbar Pādshāh occurred in a fortunate moment at Amarkoṭ. Tardī Beg Khān conveyed this joyful tidings to Humāyūn at that halting-place, who after giving (the child) that auspicious name,566m proceeded with all haste towards Bakkar. At the camp of Chaul567 he sent for the Prince of auspicious mien, and was rejoiced by the well-omened sight of his son. His soldiers, in whose nature the craft of unfaithfulness was as firmly planted as is deceit in the nature of the times, were one by one, including even Mun‘im Khān, deserting. 567a At this time Bairām Khān567b came from Gujrāt and tendered his allegiance. Considering it unadvisable to remain in that country Humāyūn determined to make for Qandahār. Mīrzā Shāh Ḥusain thinking this an opportunity not to be lost, in accordance with a requisition567c sent thirty boats and three hundred camels, and Humāyūn crossed the river Indus. At that time Mīrzā Kāmrān567d had taken Qandahār567e from Mīrzā Hindāl and had left it in charge of Mīrzā ‘Askarī, and having given Ghaznīn to Mīrzā Hindāl had read the Khuṭbah in his own name. After some time, however, he changed that also.567f Mīrzā Hindāl having given up all royal dignity in Kābul used to live like a darvesh,8 and Mīrzā Kāmrān yielding to the instigation of Mīrzā Shāh Ḥusaiu wrote to Mīrzā ‘Askarī saying, “Seize the road by which the Pādshāh will proceed and take him prisoner in any way you can contrive.” Accordingly when he arrived at the camp of Shāl Mastāng,567g Mīrzā ‘Askarī567h marched by forced marches from Qandahār and sent Chūlī568 Bahādur Uzbakī to reconnoitre.568a He however, went straight off and informed Baīrām Khān, whose camp he reached at midnight, and Baīrām Khān went with all 443. haste behind the royal tent and represented the state of affairs. Accordingly he gave up all idea of Qandahār and Kābul, and in opposition to his brothers, uttering the formula568b of separation, took the road to ‘Irāq, accompanied by twenty-two men, among whom were Bairām Khān and Khwāja Mu‘aẓẓam. These two he sent to bring the Queen-consort and the young prince, asking Tardī Beg for the loan of a few horses, who, however, again branding himself568c with the stigma of meanness and disgrace, refused to comply with this request, and further declined to accompany him. Humāyūn left the young Prince, who was an infant of only one year, in the camp under the charge568d of Atkah Khān568e on account of the great heat and the scarcity of water along his route, but took the Queen-consort568f with him and journeyed by way of Sīstān.

Mīrzā ‘Askarī just then arrived at the royal camp,568g and alighting and tearing the veil of humanity from the face of modesty, set about appropriating the valuables. He also placed Tardī Beg568h in rigorous confinement, and carried off the young Prince569 to Qandahār, and handed him over to Sulṭān Begam, his own wife, with injunctions to take every care for his kind treatment and protection.569a In that journey important events took place,569b which, although they were fully and elaborately detailed in the original,569c do not admit of relation in this place; and must be rapidly passed over as he did that long stretch of road. These events took place in the year 950 H. (1543 A.D.). In short, leaving Sīstān and journeying to the city of Khurāsān, he had an interview with Sulṭān Muḥammad Mīrzā, the elder son of Shāh Ṭahmasp, who held the rule of that country under the tutelage569d of Muḥammad Khān Taklū,569e and receiving all the necessaries of royalty, and requisites for his journey,569f with all honour and ceremony reached the sacred city of Mashhad (Meshed); and at each succes- 444. sive stage, by order of the Shāh, the governors of the provinces hastened to welcome him, and made all preparations for entertaining him and shewing him hospitality, escorting him from stage to stage. Bairām Khān proceeded to do homage to the Shāh, and brought with him thence a letter congratulating Humāyūn upon his arrival. The two monarchs met at Pulāq-Surīq 569g and exchanged the customary honours and courtesies.

In the course of conversation the Shāh asked what had led to his defeat; Humāyūn incautiously569h replied ‘The opposition of my brothers.’ Bahrām Mīrzā, the brother of the Shāh, who was present, was grieved at this speech, and from that day570 forth sowed the seeds of enmity against Humāyūn in his heart, and set himself to overthrow his enterprise, [nay more to overthrow Humāyūn himself as well],570a and impressed upon Shāh Tahmasp, saying, “This is the son of that self-same father who taking so many thousand Qizilbāsh soldiers to reinforce his army, caused them to be trampled under foot by the Ōzbaks, so that not one of them escaped alive.”570b This was a reference570c to that affair in which Bābar Pādshāh took Najm-i-Awwal from Shāh Isma‘īl570d with seventeen thousand Qizilbāsh cavalry,570e and led them as an auxiliary force against the Ōzbaks, and at the time of the siege of the fortress of Nakhshab, otherwise known as Kash,570f (?) wrote the following verse upon an arrow and discharged it into the fort:

Verse.
I made Najm Shāh to turn the Ōzbaks from their path,
If I did wrong, (at any rate) I cleared (my own) path.

The following day when the two armies met570g he withdrew570h to one side, and the Qizilbāsh troops met with the treatment which was in store for them; that circumstance570i is notorious.

However, to return from this digression, Sulṭān Begam570j the sister of the Shāh, whom he regarded as an adviser equal to the promised Mahdī,571 (who in the belief of the Shi‘ahs lies concealed in a subterranean dwelling in the city of Sāmirah, otherwise known by the name of Surra-man-ra'ā,571a and when 445. necessity arises will emerge from thence and inaugurate an era of equity), and with whose opinion and advice all the affairs571b of State were bound up,571c dissuaded him from that mistaken step,571d and by the use of rational argument brought him back571e to an attitude of kindness and manhood, and induced him to help and assist. His Majesty (Humāyūn) wrote a rubā‘ī (quatrain) of which the following is the last verse.571f

Verse.
All kings desire the shadow of the Humā,571g
Behold! the Humā has sought thy shadow.

On a certain occasion he interpolated this verse into a fragment from Salmān,571h and sent it to the Shāh.

Verse.
I hope that the Shāh will out of kindness treat me,
As ‘Alī treated Salmān in the desert of Arẓhan.572

The Shāh was extremely pleased, and after innumerable banquets and associations in travelling, and hunting expeditions,572a arranged all preparations on a scale of regal magnificence in Humāyūn's honour, and took much trouble in giving his assent to the religious tenets of the Shī‘ahs, and to that which the later writers of that persuasion say regarding the blessed companions of Muḥammad, may God be pleased with them, and Humāyūn after572b much ado said “Bring them written upon a sheet of paper.” Accordingly they wrote down all their religious beliefs, and Humāyūn read them with a view to copying them, and gave precedence572c in the Khuṭbah, after the custom of ‘Irāq, to the recital of the twelve Imāms.572d Shāh Murād, the son of the Shāh, an infant at the breast, with ten thousand572e cavalry under the command572f of Bidāgh Khān Qizilbāsh Afshār,572g was nominated572h to reinforce Humāyūn, and it was determined that the Qizilbāsh should march by one route and Humāyūn by another,573 and that Humāyūn should, after gaining the victory, hand over Qandahār to Shāh Murād. Taking leave, and marching rapidly through Ardabīl and Tabrīz, (Humāyūn) again went to Mashhad the holy city,573a and succeeded in visiting the shrine of the fountain-head of light.573b

At the time when one night he was walking alone in that sacred 446. enclosure, one of the pilgrims said in a low voice573c to his fellow, “This is not Humāyūn Pādshāh.”573d The other replied “Yes it is.” Then coming close, he said in the ear of Humāyūn “So! you are again laying claim to omnipotence!” This was a reference to the circumstance that Humāyūn used generally in Bangāla to cast573e a veil over his crown, and when he removed it573f the people used to say, Light has shined forth! He also washed his sword in the river and said573g “Upon whom shall I gird the sword?” When he arrived at Āgra he imposed upon the populace a new self-invented form of salutation, and wished them to kiss the ground (before him). At last Mir Abūl Baqā with the Amīrs and Vazīrs paid the due respects, and the Amīrs of the Qizilbāsh coming (by another road)573h arrived at Garmsīr and took possession of the whole of that territory, and had encamped within view573i of Qandahār, when573j after five days Humāyūn arrived, and Mīrzā ‘Askarī was besieged, and for three months continuously573k fighting was kept up, and a large number were daily killed on both sides. Thereupon Bairām Khān was sent to Kābul as an ambassador to Mīrzā574 [Kāmrān in whose behalf Mīrzā ‘Askarī was fighting and Mīrzā Hīndāl and Mīrzā] Suleimān Badakhshī and Mīrzā Yadgār Nāsir574a who had arrived from Bakkar in a wretched plight;574b and [since]574c the idea of the Qizilbāsh was that no sooner would Humāyūn arrive than the Chaghatai would submit to him574d and would all come in.574e This, however, did not happen, and the siege became very protracted, and a large574f number were killed. It was also currently reported that Mīrzā Kāmrān was coming to the assistance of Mīrzā ‘Askarī, they accordingly lost heart and meditated a return to their own country.574g It so happened that just at that very time certain Amīrs deserted from Mīrzā Kāmrān, namely, Muḥammad Sulṭān Mīrzā, Ulugh Mīrzā, and Mīrzā Ḥusain Khān with other noted commanders, and offered their services to Humāyūn. Mu‘yad Beg, who was a prisoner in the fortress of 447. Qandahār, escaped574h from the fort and had an interview with him, meeting with very kind treatment. Mīrzā ‘Askarī in his alarm, sued for quarter, and joined574i the ranks of Humāyūn's followers; his faults were pardoned and he was distinguished by especial marks of favour.

Verse.
There's a sweetness in forgiveness which there is not in
revenge.

He also ordered the Amīrs of Qizilbāsh that for the space of three days they should abstain from interference with the families of the Chaghtā tribe,575 and the inhabitants of the city, so as575a to allow of their all coming out; and although Humāyūn had no territory in his possession, yet on account of the promise which had gone forth he brought Bidāgh Khān and Mīrzā Murād into the fort and made over the whole of that country to them.

Verse.
If a man fulfils the obligation of his promise
That man rises superior to any estimate you may form of
him.

With the exception of Bidāgh Khān and two or three other Amīrs,575b no one remained in the service of Mīrzā Murād, while the remaining Amīrs of the auxiliaries, all returned to ‘Irāq.

Humāyūn was induced by the coming on of the winter winds, to ask Bidāgh Khān to provide shelter for the followers of his army within the walls of the city, but that inhuman being invariably sent strangely rough answers.575c On this account some of the Chaghatai Amīrs began575d to take to flight towards Kābul; among them was Mīrzā ‘Askarī, who was seized in the way and brought to Humāyūn, who imprisoned him. Many stirring events575e happened in those days, which575f led to the delivery of Qandahār from the hands of the Qizilbāsh. First among these was this, that the Chaghatai Amīrs urged upon Humāyūn the necessity of seizing Qandahār, on account of the coldness of the weather, saying that after the conquest of Kābul and Badakhshān he ought576 to 448. bestow the greater portion of that place again upon the Qizilbāsh as compensation, so that due requital might be made them.

Secondly, the passing of Mīrzā Murād on that very day,576a by a natural death, from the world of existence and trouble.

Thirdly, the tyranny and oppression inflicted by Qizilbāsh canaille on576b the inhabitants of the city, and their preventing the Chaghatai from entering the fort, upon any pretext whatever.576c

Fourthly, this incident, that a fierce576d Tabarrā, in accordance with their notoriously brutal manner, in the presence of Yādgār Nāṣir Mīrzā578 [who had fled in concert with Hindāl Mīrzā from Kāmrān Mīrzā] and come thither, uttered foul578a and improper abuse against the companions of the Prophet,578b may the peace and blessing of God be upon him and his family, and may God be pleased with them; Mīrzā Yādgār Nāṣir could not endure this, and struck him such a blow with an arrow which he had in his hand that the arrow penetrated his chest up to the wing, and passing through him struck the ground.578c Hājī Muḥammad Khān Kūkī with two servants first of all entered the fortress of Qandahār together with a train of camels laden (with supplies), and put the guards to the sword; a second party following him, came up, Mīrzā Ulugh Beg and Bāiram Khān were of that number.578d The Qizilbāsh were astounded,578e and utterly confounded,578f and the proverb was exemplified,578g “Qāẓī, I am an old woman,578h and if you don't believe me, I can scream just like one, listen!” Their haughtiness was humbled, and Humāyūn578i entering the fort578j allowed Bidāgh Khān, who had come to him578k in trepidation and anxiety, to proceed towards ‘Irāq. Notwithstanding this, all the inhabitants of the city, who were heartily sick of them, killed the Qizilbāsh in every street. After he had settled Qandahār to his satisfaction,578l he made over charge of that district to Baīrām Khān and determined to attempt the conquest of Kābul. Mīrzā Kāmrān also came out to meet him with the intention578m of fighting. Every day one or two578n of his noted Amīrs deserted and joined the army of Humāyūn. In very truth the greater part of the inhabitants of the world579 are like a flock of sheep, wherever one goes, the others immediately follow.579a Mīrzā 449. Kāmrān, losing the clue of all independent action, availed himself of the services of the Shaikhs and ‘Ulamā to sue for pardon. Humāyūn, upon condition of personal submission, effaced the record of his transgressions from the page of his mind with the water of forgiveness. Mīrzā, in accordance with the saying “The traitor is a coward,”579b would not consent to an interview, and took refuge in the citadel of Kābul, where he entrenched himself, and fled thence in the dead of night to Ghaznīn. The whole of his army579c came over to the camp of Humāyūn, who appointed Mīrzā Hindāl to pursue him, and came himself to Kābul, and the hidden meaning of the sacred word “Verily, He who hath ordained the Qur'ān for thee will restore thee to thy returning place”579d was revealed, and he refreshed to the full his eyes with the sight of the noble Prince his son. This victory was gained on the tenth of the month of Ramazān the blessed,579e in the year 952 H. (A.D. 1545),579f and the following hemistich was written as a record of the date:—

Be jang girift mulk-i-Kābul az wai.579g

“He took the kingdom of Kābul from him without fighting.” And inasmuch as others are responsible for the relation of these events, and the compiler of this Muntakhab has only adapted his record from them, now however much he may desire to epitomise,579h the thread of his discourse580 has involuntarily become lengthened (in accordance with the saying). Narration has many bye-paths.580a

To make a long story short when Mīrzā Kāmrān proceeded to Ghaznīn and was unable to enter it,580b he departed towards Bakkar, and Mīrzā Shāh Ḥusain, who had given him his daughter (in marriage), came forward to assist him.

Humāyūn put to death Mīrzā Yādgār Nāṣir who was meditating flight, and proceeded with the intention of conquering Badakh-sh ān. Suleimān Mīrzā gave him battle, and was defeated, and 450. Kāmrān Mīrzā coming up in Humāyūn's absence took possession of Kābul, placing guards over the ladies580c of high degree, and over the young Prince.

Humāyūn, after relieving Mīrzā Hindāl of the government of Badakhshān, wrote a patent conferring it upon Mīrzā Suleimān, and making over580d the government of that country to him returned with all speed to Kābul. Mīrzā Kāmrān, after the defeat of his forces, remained entrenched in Kābul, and when he found himself in straits, out of sheer cruelty several times gave orders for the young Prince to be placed upon the ramparts of the fort within range of both artillery and musketry fire, but Māham Ānka580e made her own body a shield for him against the arrows of calamity.

Verse.
If the sword of the world leaps from its sheath,
It can sever no vessel till God permits.

The Sardārs and Amīrs, on account of the heat of the contest in which they were engaged, began to traffic in hypocrisy,581 and kept coming backwards and forwards, now in one direction now in another. Many of them on both sides were killed. At last,581a Mīrzā,581b having made a hole in the wall of the fort, came out in disguise,581c and when Ḥājī Muḥammad Khān, who had been detailed with a party of men to pursue him, came up with Mīrzā,581d Mīrzā said to him “What if I have killed your father Bābā Qashaqa?” Ḥājī Muḥammad Khān, who was a vetera soldier, energetic and experienced, pretending not to understand him, returned, and the Prince reached his father Humāyūn safe and sound, and the part returned to the whole.581e

Mayest thou live a thousand years, and a thousand years581f
beside,
For in the prolongation of thy life are a thousand advantages.

And Mīrzā Kāmrān took refuge with Pīr Muḥammad Khān, 451. Governor of Balkh, and asking his assistance581g seized certain of the provinces of Badakhshān without a struggle from Suleimān Mīrzā and his son Ibrāhīm Mīrzā, and took possession of them; and Qurācha Khān,581h who had done notable service, together with certain other grasping581i Amīrs, entertained extravagant expectations from Humāyūn, and when their iniquitous desires were not realised betook themselves to Badakhshān and Kābul.

Within those few years the earth had quitted its accustomed state of repose, and had undergone tremblings and agitations. A certain witty writer581j says with reference to this:

The fortress of Kābul which in height surpasses the seventh
heaven;582
Like the Kite which is six months female and six months582a
male.

On several occasions it happened that Mīrzā Kāmrān came to pay his respects to Humāyūn and had a personal interview with him. Humāyūn, out of natural kindness and innate good-will pardoned his shortcomings, and cleared his heart of all rancour against him,582b and after he had sought permission to leave to make the pilgrimage to the sacred city of Makka, bestowed upon him the country of Badakhshān,582c and himself going up against Balkh, fought with Pīr Muḥammad Khān and ‘Abu-l-‘Aziz Khān, the son of ‘Abdu-llah Khān,582d the Ozbak king, and defeated them after a sharp engagement. But following the bad advice of his Amīrs, who were treacherous hypocrites,582e and in alarm about Mīrzā Kāmrān, he turned back and came to Kābul.582f Mīrzā Kāmrān582g once more broke582h his treaty obligations, and inasmuch as the untrustworthy leaders on both sides began to practise unfaithfulness, and led him out of the way,582i and he had to fight numerous battles,582j he eventually sought aid from Islem Shāh, but, meeting with disappointment,583 and returning thence, was delivered into the hands of Humāyūn by the machinations of Sulṭān Ādam Ghakkar at Pashāla.583a Notwithstanding all his repeated rebellions his life was spared, but 452. the jewel of sight was taken from him,583b (as has already been stated), and he was permitted to depart for the sacred Makka. He had the good fortune to make the Hajj four times, and thus made amends for his past evil deeds, and there delivered up the life that had been entrusted to him.

Verse.583c
Never in the garden of Faith has a blade fulfilled its promise,
Never has a shaft aimed by Heaven failed to strike the mark.
The tailor of Fate has never clothed any man in a garment
which it has not afterwards torn from him.
The Age has never given any coin which it has not changed.
The Time has never played any piece without practising
deception with it.
Whom has the Heaven placed in safety beneath the Sun,
That it has not made short-lived like the shining dawn.
Khāqānī! cast dust into the eyes of the world,
For it has caused thee pain in the eyes and has given thee
no remedy.
Maulānā Qāsim Kāhī584 wrote this tārīkh.
Verse.
Kāmrān,584a than whom no man has been found more fitted for
sovereignty,
Went from Kābul to the Ka‘bah, and there committed his soul
to God, and his body to the dust.
Kāhī spake this as a tārīkh to commemorate his death,
Pādshāh Kāmrān died at the Ka‘bah.584b

And the poet Waisī584c wrote:

Verse.
Shāh Kāmrān the renowned Khusrū,
Who in majesty raised his head to Kaiwān.
Faithfully served the holy temple four years
And entirely freed his heart from worldly bonds.
453. After performing his fourth pilgrimage
In pilgrim garb, he yielded up his soul to his Lord.
One night as Waisī was holden with sleep,
He visited him and called him towards himself,
And said, “If they ask thee concerning my death
Reply, “The pardoned Shāh remained in Makka.”585

Mīrzā Kāmrān was as a king, brave and ambitious, liberal and good-natured, sound of religion and clear of faith. He used always to associate with the ‘Ulamā and learned doctors. His poems are well-known. At one time he held such strong views of probity that he gave orders to exterminate grapes from his kingdom, but afterwards became such a slave to wine that he was not ashamed of the after effects of debauch; eventually he left the world penitent and devout. All's well that ends well.585a

This event took place in the year585b 964 H.

Mīrzā ‘Askarī, after Qarrācha Khān was slain in the last battle before Kābul, fell a prisoner into the hands of Humāyūn's soldiery, and Khwāja Jalālu-d-Dīn585c Maḥmūd Dīwān conveyed him to Badakhshān and made him over to Mīrzā Suleimān. He was kept in confinement for some time,585d and then was released, and Mīrzā Suleimān despatched him to Balkh, by which route he purposed journeying to the two sacred cities.585e When he reached a valley which lies between Shām585f and the sacred city of Makka, without accomplishing his object he hastened from585g that desert to the true Ka‘bah which is the bourn of all mankind. The following is the tārīkh of that event:—

‘Askarī pādshāh-i-daryādil.585h
Verse.
Why dost thou soil thy fingers with the blood of the world?
For honey is oft mingled with deadly poison.585i

454. The end of Mīrzā Hindāl was on this wise, that after Mīrzā Kāmrān had suffered defeat in the final engagement, and had taken refuge with the Afghāns, and Ḥājī Muḥammad Khān586 Kūkī was executed586a on account of his numerous misdeeds, one night Mīrzā Kāmrān made a night attack upon the camp.586b By chance that night the dart of death struck Mīrzā Hindāl in a vital spot, and he drank the draught of martyrdom. This event took place586c in the year 958 H. and Shabkhūn was found to give the date.586d

Verse.
When Fate made such a night attack587 with the forces of the
world
That the zenith became red like the twilight from bloodshed,
Hindāl the world-conqueror left the world,
And abandoned the world to Shāh Humāyūn;
The young plant-like stature of that shapely palm-tree
Was like a lamp to the sleeping-apartment of the sky.
Wisdom sought for a tārīkh of his death,587a I said,
Alas! a lamp has been extinguished by reason of a night
attack
.

Mīrzā Amānī also wrote587b the following:—

Shāh Hindāl the cypress of the rose-garden of beauty,
When he left this garden for that of Paradise,587c
The wailing ring-dove uttered this tārīkh,
“A cypress has gone from the garden of glory.”587d

And Maulānā Hasan ‘Alī Kharās587e wrote:

Verse.
Hindāl Muḥammad Shāh of auspicious title
Suddenly was martyred by Fate in the heart of the night; 455.
Since a night assault (shabkhūn) caused his martyrdom,
Seek the tārīkh of his martyrdom in shabkhūn.

Humāyūn bestowed the horses and retinue of Mīrzā Hindāl upon the young Prince, the asylum of the world, and confirmed to them Ghaznīn with its dependencies as Iqṭā‘ grants.587f

The Afghāns could no longer protect Mīrzā Kāmrān, and it so happened that Mīrzā went to Islem588 Shāh; in the meanwhile the hidden purposes of Heaven were made manifest, so that after hearing the tidings of the death of Islem Shāh, and of the occurrence of extreme confusion and turmoil between the Afghāns of Hindustān and the tribal chiefs, Humāyūn definitely determined upon the attempt of the conquest of Hindustān.588a In the meantime the lovers of contumacy, that is to say, the envious and riotous, so distorted the appearance of the sincere loyalty of Baīrām Khān, in the clear mirror of the mind of Humāyūn, that it was inverted and he was represented by them as hostile. Accordingly an attack was ordered in the direction of Qandahār. Baīrām Khān came out in person to receive588b Humāyūn and with all ceremony offered due service. Thereupon the disloyalty of his traducers became apparent. On this occasion Humāyūn was furnished, by the good offices of Baīrām Khān, with the opportunity of meeting that Scion of the Walīs, the offspring of the Saints, the seal of the Shaikhs of the Naqshbandī588c sect, Maulānā Zainu-d-Dīn Maḥmūd Kamāngar.

The following is a fuller account:—

The aforesaid Maulavī was from Bahdā,588d which is a village of the dependencies of Khurāsān,588e and had attained to the companionship of many of the Shaikhs, may God sanctify their spirits, especially Maulavī Makhdūmī ‘Ārif Jāmī, and Maulavī ‘Abdu-l-Ghafūr 456. Lārī, may God He is exalted588f sanctify their spirits, who supported themselves by giving instruction and making illustrations, and Bairām Khān having opened tutorial relations with him, used to go to take lessons from him, and now and then when he was reading Yusuf and Zulaikha and other books, they used to say, “Oh, Bairām what is your wish! You yourself are as Yusuf and Zulaikha589 in the world.” And Humāyūn having ordered a banquet in honour of the sacred illuminated spirit of the asylum of the seal of prophecy, may the blessing and peace of God be upon him, invited the Ākhūnd,589a and with his own hands took the ewer, while Bairām Khān took the basin, intending to pour the water over his hands; seeing this the Ākhūnd indicated Mīr Ḥabībullāh, the grandson of Mīr Saiyyid Jamālu-d-Dīn the traditionist, and said,589b “Do you not know who that person is?” Humāyūn thereupon perforce carried the ewer to the Mīr, who, with the utmost confusion, poured half of the entire contents of the ewer over his hands, after which the Ākhūnd without scruple washed his hands, to their heart's content. At this time Humāyūn enquired,589c “How much water is enjoined by the Sunnat to be poured over the hands?” They replied, “so much as is necessary to clean the hands;” then first Bairām Khān poured water over the hands of the remainder of the assembly, and was followed in this service by Husain Khān the relation of the Mahdī, son of Qāsim Khān. At last the food was eaten, and Humāyūn found very great delight in their society, and was much benefited thereby. Afterwards he sent a piece of coined gold by the hand of Bairām Khān, saying, “This is a present.”589d Inasmuch as it was his custom not to take a present from anyone, after great deliberation he accepted it, with excessive reluctance and disgust, and in return for it sent into the presence of the king several bows of his own fashioning, with something over and above (the value of the gold) saying, “Presents589e must be given on both sides.”

The story goes that one day Bairām Khān caused a garment to be made of handsome Kashmīr shāls,589f and brought it to him. 457. He took it in his hand and praised it589g saying, “What a valuable thing this is!” Bairām Khān said, “As it is a suitable garment for a darvesh, I have brought it as an offering for you.” He thereupon made a sign589h with two of his fingers, as much as to say I have two of them, come give this one to some one more deserving of it than I. Many590 miraculous acts are related of him. Some few of these Shaikh Mu‘īnu-d-Dīn, the grandson of Maulānā Mu‘īn Wāiẓ, who by the order of the Khalīfah of the time was for some time Qāẓī of Lāhor, wrote in a separate treatise: among them this is written, that when archery practice was going on, he used in opposition to his usual habits to come every day590a to the butts, and give instruction in archery. The youths used to urge and incite Bairām Khān to practise590b archery, saying that it would surely be useful to him some day. As a fact, the very first590c defeat of the Afghāns occurred in the fight at Māchīwāra,590d when the victory was entirely gained by the archers and in all probability that eagerness and instigation had this very end in view.

In that collection of stories also is the following, that when Bairām Khān, after making over Qandahār to Bahādur Khān the brother of ‘Alī Qulī Khān Sīstānī, came to Kābul, he appointed on his own part a tyrannical Turkomān, so that the people groaned under his oppressive hand, and made many complaints to the Ākhūnd, till he became ill as they desired, and they enjoyed a few days' respite from his oppression, and used to bring tidings of him every day to the assembly of the Ākhūnd. At last one day, as one of them was590e saying “He has risen from his bed,” the Ākhūnd also, looking him in the face, said angrily, “Perhaps he may rise on the morrow of the resurrection.” Three or four days afterwards he again fell ill, and removed the disgrace of his tyranny from the world. It is a saying of their's that the Turk when sleeping is an angel, but when he sleeps the sleep 458. of death he is superior to the archangels.590f

Verse.
I saw a tyrant sleeping at mid-day
I said, this is a calamity; It is best that sleep should take
him
And that man who is better when sleeping than when waking
For such an evil liver death were preferable.

Humāyūn, at the time of his return, had some intention of taking Qandahār from Bairām Khān and giving it to Mun‘im Khān. Mun‘im Khān, however, represented that now that the conquest of Hindustān was on the tapis a change of governors would be a source of dissension in the army, and it would be better to wait till after conquering Hindustān, and then to act as circumstances might demand. Accordingly Qandahār was confirmed 591 to Bairām Khān, and Zamīndāwar to Bahādur Khān. Then coming to Kābul he prepared his army with transport and commissariat, and in Ẕū Ḥijjah 961 H. set out from Kābul to march against Hindustān.591a And the following qiṭa‘h was written which gives the date in two ways.

Qiṭa‘h.
Khusrū Ghāzī Naṣīru-d-Dīn Humāyūn Shāh
Who without question excelled all former kings,
Advanced from Kābul for the conquest of Hind;
The date of his advance is nuh ṣad wa shast wa yake.591b

At the halting-place of Parshāwar591c Bairām Khān arrived from Qandahār591d and presented himself before the king. By continuous marches they crossed the river Indus591e and Bairām Khān and Khiẓr Khwāja Khān, with Tardī Beg Khān and 459. Iskandar592 Sulṭān Osbak forming the advance party, went forward 592a and Tātār Khān Kāsī, governor of the fortress of Rohtās, evacuated the fort592b and fled. Adam Ghakkar did not present himself on this occasion.592c

When they arrived at Lāhor, the Afghāns of that place also not being able to withstand him dispersed, and the commanders of the vanguard592d started off towards [Lāhor and Thānesar]592e Jalandhar592f and Sirhind. That country was taken possession of without any trouble; Shahbāz Khān and Naṣīr Khān Afghān however fought a battle near Dīpālpūr with Shāh592g Abū-l-Ma‘ālī and ‘Alī Qulī Shaibānī, who was eventually Khān-i-zamān,592h and was defeated. So great was the terror inspired by the Mughuls that thousands592i upon thousands of Afghāns would flee at the sight of ten of the huge-turbaned horsemen (even although they were Lāhorīs), and never looked behind them. Before Humāyūn's army crossed the river Indus, Sikandar Afghān Sūr gained the upper-hand of Ibrahīm Sūr, and having conquered him592j formed the intention of leaving Itāwa and marching to attack ‘Adlī. Suddenly, however, tidings arrived that Humāyūn had crossed the Indus, and the Afghāns, wherever they were, set about planning how to save their wives and children; however one did not help the other, each one occupied himself with his own necessities, and they knew well that it was only Islem Shāh who could successfully contend against the Mughuls, no other person had the power. Notwithstanding this however, Sikandar, in the neighbourhood of Jalandhar, first593 appointed593a Tātār Khān Kāsī with Ḥabīb Khān and Naṣīb Khān Ṭaghūchī with thirty thousand cavalry, to oppose the troops under Humāyūn which had been collected in that district, and he himself came on in their rear.

The Chaghātaī Amīrs593b crossed the river593c Sutlej, and the Afghāns followed them; at sundown the two lines met and a fierce battle ensued.593d The Mughuls set their hands to their bows with such effect that every arrow which they freed from the bowstring bore the message of death to the ears of one or other of the enemy, and the Afghāns, whose weapons of offence ran short,593e took refuge in593f a ruined village; and with the object of gaining a better view of the Mughul troops593g they set fire to the roofs.593h The result, however, was the very reverse593i of what they desired, and their stratagem had this result, that the Afghāns remained in the light, while the Mughuls were in the darkness and riddled the Afghāns with arrows. A cry went up from among them, and shouts of Flee! Flee!593j rose on all sides, and the victory was gained with such ease that but few Mughuls were slain, and horses, elephants, and spoil beyond all computation fell into the hands of Humāyūn's troops. The news of this victory reached 594 Humāyūn in Lāhor; thus the whole of the Panjāb and Sirhind and Hissār Fīrūza was entirely594a subjugated. Thence he marched by forced marches straight for the environs of Dihlī, and Sikandar Sūr with eighty thousand cavalry, and elephants of note, and a strong force of artillery, collected round him the Afghāns from every direction, and came to Sirhind, digging a trench round his camp594b after the custom594c of Shīr Shāh. This he fortified, and took up his position; the Amīrs of Humāyūn's army holding a council of war, fortified Sirhind, and as far as they could, shewed they were prepared to defend it, and sending despatches to Lāhor begged Humāyūn to come in person, and then awaited his arrival. Humāyūn with all speed594d marched and came to Sirhind,594e and every day fierce contests594f took place between the more venturesome spirits on both sides. Sometime passed in this way, till the day when the command of the advance-guard of the army fell to the turn of the young Prince of the 461. world;594g seizing his opportunity he drew up his line of battle. On one594h side was the Prince, the Asylum of the world; and on the other side Bairām Khān, Sikandar Khān, ‘Abdu-llāh Khān Osbak, Shāh Abūl-ma‘ālī, ‘Alī Qūlī Khān and Bahādur Khān made manly onslaughts. The Afghāns also, as far as they were able,594i behaved with due bravery and valour,594j but could not contend594k against an adverse fate, and after a conflict beyond his strength Sikandar turned and fled.594l The victorious hosts pursued the enemy for a long distance, reaping a rich harvest of slaughtered Afghāns; wealth and booty beyond all bounds, together with horses and countless elephants fell into their hands: then they turned back and erected with the heads of their enemies a column to which Bairām Khān gave the name595 of Sar Manzil, which (name) is in existence at the present day; Time has many memorials of this kind and still more will follow.595a

Verse.595b
On the road on which thou seest those particles of dust,595c
Thou seest (it may be) the dust of Suleimān595d brought
thither by the wind.595e

Another says:

Verse.
Every particle of dust which the whirlwind carries away
May be either a Fārīdūn or a Kaiqubād.595f

The words Shamshīr-i-Humāyūn595g were found to give the date of this victory, as they say in this Rubā‘i.

The wise writer sought for an auspicious omen,
He sought for the writing of speech from his well-balanced
nature;
When he came to record the conquest of Hindustān,
He sought the date in the words Shamshīr-i-Humāyūn.

Sikandar then proceeded towards the Siwalik hills, while Sikan-dar Khān Osbak turned towards Dihlī, and the royal camp went by way of Samana to the direction595h of the capital of Hindustān, and a party of the Afghāns595i who were in Dihlī, fled hot-foot595j for their lives, and were scattered on all sides like a flock of sparrows into whose midst595k a stone has fallen, and every one was saying to himself, “He who escapes with his head, verily he 462. is fortunate;” and the hidden595l meaning of the words “the day when man shall flee from his brother and his mother and his father and his spouse and his sons”596 became evident.

Shāh Abū-l-Ma‘ālī was detailed596a to pursue Sikandar, and in the month of Ramaẓān the blessed, in the year 962 H. the city of Dihlī became the seat of the imperial glory and majesty, and most of the regions of Hindustān for the second time enjoyed the honour of the khuṭbah and sikkah of Humāyūn. No king before this time had ever been so fortunate as to attain to the glory of imperial power a second time,596b after having suffered defeat; whereas in this case the power of God whose glory is supreme was plainly shewed. And in this year Humāyūn apportioned the greater part of his territories596c among his faithful adherents, and vowed the pargana of Muṣṭafaābād, the revenue of which reached the sum of thirty or forty laks of tankas, as a votive596d offering to the Spirit the author of victories, the guardian of prophecy on him and on his family be blessings without end. He also gave Hissār Fīrūza as a reward596e to the Prince, just as Bābar Padshāh also had conferred it, in the commencement of his victories, as a reward,596f upon Muḥammad Humāyūn, and the whole of the Panjāb he bestowed upon Shāh Abū-l-Ma‘ālī, and nominated him to oppose Iskandar the Afghān, who, not being able to stand against him, shut himself up in the northern hills, and Shāh Abu-l-Ma‘ālī having reached high rank596g was living in great pomp in Lāhor; on this account the crow of conceit made its nest in his brain, and brought matters to this pass596h that after the affair of (the king) whose dwelling is in Paradise, the queen shewed signs of contumacy and rebellious intentions,597 as will shortly be described, if God He is exalted597a so will it. And since Abū-l-Ma‘ālī had treated badly the Amīrs who had been sent to support him, and had (occasionally)597b interfered in their Aqtā‘s, and not only in these but even in the public 463. treasury and in the government lands, the Amīrs became disheartened, and Sikandar daily waxed stronger; Bairām Khān was appointed597c to the office of tutor (Atālīq) to the young prince, and was sent to oppose Iskandar. Shāh Abū-l-Ma‘ālī was appointed to Hiṣṣār Fīrūza, but had not yet started when Qabā Khān Gang was appointed to Āgra, ‘Alī Qulī Khān to Mīraṭh and Sambal, and Qambar Dīwāna to Badāon, and Ḥaidar Muḥammad Khān Ākhta Begī597d to Baiāna. Ḥaidar Muḥammad Khān kept Ghāzī Khān Sūr,597e the father of Ibrahīm Sūr, for sometime besieged in the fortress of Baiāna.597f And inasmuch as the good fortune of the Afghāns was, like their good sense, on the decline; although before the siege and after it also, thoughtful and experienced men urged him to march on Rantanbhor and thence to Gujrāt, he would not listen to them, and fell like a fish into the net.

Verse.597g
God carries the vessel whithersoever He will.
Though the ship master rends his garments on his body.

The zamīndārs of the fortress of Baiāna sued for quarter, and had an interview with Ḥaidar Muḥammad Khān, binding themselves by oaths597h to certain treaty conditions, and bringing Ghāzī Khān with his family and relations out of the fort, bestowed him in a safe place in the camp,597i and597j the following day having made a careful examination of the wealth and treasures,597k put all the inhabitants to death from the full-grown man to the babe at the breast,598 sending598a the heads to the Emperor, who, however, was displeased with this;598b accordingly598c he despatched Mīr Shihābu-d-Dīn 598d Nīshāpūrī Bakhshī, who received the title of Shihābu-d-Dīn 464. Aḥmad Khān, to Baiānā to verify the wealth of Ghāzī Khān. Ḥaidar Muḥammad598e concealed the valuable jewels and shewed only ordinary598f things. Qambar Dīwāna had collected a large following in the vicinity of Sambal and was saying ‘What has Qambar to do with Sanbal, while ‘Alī Qulī Khān has a lien on the revenue of Sanbal? It is as though the land belonged to one man and the trees to another.’598g

And before that ‘Alī Qulī Khān could go to Sanbal Qambar Dīwāna went to Badāon, and from thence passing by Kānt o Gola598h he fought with Rukn Khān Afghān, and gained the day, occupying the country up to the vicinity of the township of Malāūn?,598i but was subsequently defeated by the Afghāns, and having given up a large number to death in that fort598j arrived at Badāon, where he exercised great cruelty and oppression; and although ‘Alī Qulī Khān sent to summon him,598k he refused to yield to him and said, “My relations with the Pādshāh are more intimate than yours,598l this head of mine is twin brother of the imperial crown.” ‘Alī Qulī Khān upon his arrival besieged Badāon, and that madman (Dīwāna)599 who knew no moderation, was at that very time preparing to tyrannise over the people even more than before, taking by force the daughter of one and the property of another; and in consequence of his want of trust599a in the people of the town, used himself to go the rounds by night599b from bastion to bastion, and see to the proper state of the defences. In spite of this his imagination used to run riot,599c and his ideas, in consequence of his infatuation, were excited to such a degree, that he used to go for half the night into an empty599d room and lay his ear upon the ground, and going on599e from there a few steps would spy about, and then return to his original post; suddenly he called the pioneers and said, “A noise has reached my599f ears, dig up599g the ground in this spot.” When they excavated they discovered a mine599h which ‘Alī Qulī Khān had laid from outside the fortress. 465. The people who saw those599i mines said that from the side599j of the fort in whatever direction they struck599k into the mine they found the foundation of the wall of the fort reached the water, with iron rods, and pillars and baulks of sāl599l wood arranged under its foundations, bound together599m for the purpose of strengthening them, with the sole exception of this place which had been excavated.

In fact, had not Qambar been vigilant, the men under ‘Alī Qulī Khān would have blown down the wall by sheer force and have effected an entrance by way of that breach. ‘Alī Qulī Khān was astonished at this degree of vigilance,600 and the people of the city by common consent despatched a message to ‘Alī Qulī Khān saying, “On such and such a night let the besiegers make an attack600a up such and such a bastion, so that we may bring them into the fort by the help of nooses and scaling-ladders.” Accordingly this they did, and having admitted the soldiery of ‘Alī Qulī Khān, Shaikh Ḥabīb Badāonī, who was one of the most notable men600b of the place, took his place at their head, and leading them to the bastion of the Princes,600c who were the relations of Shaikh Salīm Chishtī of Fatḥpūr, set fire to it. On the morrow when the sun rose, the sombre-fated Qambar, wearing over his head a black blanket which was an emblem of his wretched fate,600d came out of the city. They seized him as one would a jackal and brought him in, and although ‘Alī Qulī Khān spoke gently to him,600e saying “Bow thy head,600f that I may spare thy life,” that madman, fed on dog's brains gave him an abusive answer, so that he was sent to join the dogs of hell. His tomb is well-known in Badāon. He used to spread plentiful feasts and say (to his guests) “Eat! for wealth is the wealth of God, and life is the life of God, and Qambar Dīwāna is the cook of God.”

When the despatch from ‘Alī Qulī Khān reached the Court together with the head of Qambar, the king, whose refuge is the mercy of God, was extremely annoyed. Just about this time, on the seventh of the month of Rabī‘u-l-Awwal, in the year 963 H., when600g Humāyūn had ascended to the roof of the library which he had built in the fortress of Dīnpanāh in Dihlī, as he was coming 466. down, the mu'aẕẕin600h uttered the call to prayer, and he knelt out of respect for the Aẕān; and as he rose his staff glanced aside and his foot slipped, and he rolled down several steps601 to the ground. When he recovered a little,601a Naẓar Shaikh Jūlī601b was sent to the Panjāb601c to summon the Prince and to tell him exactly what had happened, and on the fifteenth601d of the same month (Humāyūn)601e bade farewell to this inconstant world and took his way to the abode of eternity;601f and this tārīkh was written to commemorate the event.

Since by the mercy of God he passed to his rest within the
garden of Riẓwān
Bihisht āmad maqām-i-pāk-i-ū gives the date.601g

and Manlānā Qāsim Kāhī wrote as follows:—

Humāyūn, Pādshāh of the kingdom of reality,
No one remembers such an Emperor as he;
Suddenly he fell from the roof of his palace,
And from that fall his precious life was lost.
Kāhī made a calculation for the tārīkh of that event,
Humāyūn Pādshāh az bām uftād.601h

The following was also found to give the date:602

Be not ignorant of the year of his death—See!
Humāyūn kujā raft wa iqbāl-i-ū.602a

The following tārīkh was also found:

Ai! Ah! Pādshāh-i-man az bām uftād.602b
Verse.
That capital city of the kingdom which thou sawest is laid
waste,
And that Nile of whose bounty thou heardest has become a
mirage,
The sky gave the head of Muḥammad Yaḥya to ruin,
467. And calamity attended Sinjar the lord of slaves.
The fourth heaven became a house of mourning
The spirit of sanctity came to condole with the Sun.

His age was fifty-one years, and the duration of his reign602c was twenty-five years and a fraction. He was a man of kingly proportions, adorned with all excellencies and perfections, both of appearance and reality, unequalled in the sciences of astrology and astronomy and all abstruse sciences.602d He was the preceptor of the followers of excellence and perfection, the refuge of the seekers after piety and rectitude. Fond of poetry and602e of poets, he used himself to compose good verses; he never remained for an instant without the wuẓū',602f nor did he ever take603 the name of God nor of the prophet, may the peace and blessing of God be upon him, without Ṭihārat;603a and if it chanced603b that the necessity arose for mentioning a name603c compounded of this word ‘Abd, or one of the Asmāu-l-ḥasna603d such as ‘Abdu-llāh or the others, in such a case he would confine himself to the word ‘Abd (servant), for example he would call ‘Abdu-l-Haīyy, ‘Abdul simply. In this same way in writing letters in place of the word “huwa”603e when the necessity arose he used to write two Alifs side by side thus (◌), whose letters thus arranged604 have the same value as those of the word” “Huwa.” [In all matters he observed the same reverential caution which was as it were a part of his nature].604a He always spent his evenings in company and was never niggardly in entertainment, the revenues of the whole of Hindustān would not have sufficed for his expenditure. His vakīls, for fear of (being thought to be greedy for) reward, would never mention 468. the name604b of gold in his presence, and like his father he was not engrossed in amassing wealth; no improper word or term of abuse ever passed his lips, and if he were ever very wrath with any person he used just to say ‘You stupid,’ and not a word more.

Whether in the house or in the mosque even by mistake he never placed his left foot down before the right, and if any one placed the left604c foot in his house he would say, “It is the left foot,” and would make him turn back and bring him in again. From his excessive reserve he never opened his lips in a smile, nor did he ever cast an angry glance at any one. They say that Shāikh Ḥamīd, the commentator of Sanbal, on the occasion of the conquest of Hindustān, for the second time went to Kābul to receive him, and in spite of the extreme confidence which Humāyūn had in him, one day he fell into a passion and said “My king, I see the whole of your army are Rāfiẓī604d (heretics).” Humāyūn replied, “Shaikh, why do you say such a thing, and what have you to say about it?” He answered “Everywhere the names of your soldiers are of this kind.604e I find they are all Yār ‘Alī (Friend of ‘Alī), or Kafsh ‘Alī (Shoe of ‘Alī), or Ḥaidar ‘Ali (Lion of ‘Ali), and I have not found a single man bearing the name of any other Companion.” Humāyūn was indignant at this, and dashing his drawing pencil604f upon the ground in anger, said “The name of my grandfather himself was ‘Umar Shaikh605 and I know no more than this,” then he rose and went into the ḥaram and returning, with great gentleness and kindliness informed the Shaikh of the purity of his faith.605a

Verse.
Preserve a lively faith so that thy reliance thereon may not
falter,
Nothing of a surety delivers the servant from the wrath of
God save a lively faith.

And in order to recount the many virtues of that monarch who has obtained pardon and remission, may his resting-place be happy, a separate record would be necessary. Countless605b poets, the wonder of the age, sprung from under the skirt of his auspicious reign.605c Among these, in Badakhshān was Maulānā Junūnī605d 469. Badakhshī the enigmatist, who composed a qaṣīdah made up of thirty-eight couplets in honour of that605e monarch, whose refuge is the pardon of God, during the time that he was a Mīrzā; and certain tours de force which had escaped the net of the qaṣīdah which Mīr Saiyyid Ẕū-l-fiqār Shirwānī composed in honour of Khwāja Rashīd Vazīr, and the qaṣīdah of Salmān Sāwajī which he wrote in honour of Khwāja Ghīas Vazīr, this poet605f seized, for example the mu‘ammā,605g and Iẓhār-i-muẓmar,605h and the tārīkh,605i and other (tricks) of this kind, and in very truth that work of art is a veritable kārnāma (record of deeds), a miracle in the world of speech. The following are the opening couplet and another, taken from it:

Verse.606
Shahanshāhā rukh-i-tū lāla o nasrīn lab-i-tū jān
Hamī bīnam lab-i-tū ghuncha-i-rangīn shuda khandān
Namī gūyam khaṭṭ-i-tū sabza o raiḥān khad-i-tū gul
Shavad ẓāhir qadd-i-tū fitna-i-daurān dam-i-jaulān.

And by taking all the verses of this qaṣīda after the manner of an acrostic,606a the following opening couplet is formed:—606b

Shahanshāh-i-dīn pādishāh-i-zamān
Zi bakht-i-Humāyūn shuda kāmrān.

While again, if the ḥashw606c of the two first couplets are written in red ink, the following opening couplet results, which may be read in three different metres.606d

Rukh-i-tū lāla o nasrīn khatt-i-tū sabza o raiḥān
Lab-i-tū ghuncha-i-rangīn qadd-i-tū fitna-i-daurān.607

And if they be read in reversed order a couplet is formed which may also be referred to three several metres,607a and with a change of qāfiyah607b and radīf607c in the following manner:—607d

470.

Khaṭṭ-i-tū sabza o raiḥān, rukh-i-tū lāla o nasrīn
Qadd-i-tū fitna-i-daurān,607e lab-i-tū ghuncha-i-rangīn.

And from that which remains in black letters, a distinct opening couplet remained.607f Other tours de force also existed in this opening couplet, which are explained in the marginal notes to the work.

And from the four608 couplets of a qaṣīdah608a some of the words of which are written in red ink, the following qiṭa‘h608b containing the conquest of Badakhshān may be obtained, and the qiṭa‘h also has a hidden meaning, the explanation of which is obtained from certain verses extracted from these two qaṣīdahs.608c

Qiṭa‘h.
Tū-ī Shāh-i-Shāhān-i-daurān ki shud
Hamīsha turā kār fatḥ o ẓafar.
Giriftī Badakhshān o tārīkh shud.
Muḥammad Humāyūn Shah-i-baḥr o bar.608d
Rubā‘ī.608e
Until the weak body of the beggar became the dust of his
threshold,
His heart on account of his sorrow and vexation, fell desolate.
The life of this helpless one left him because of desire for the
beloved,
His love exceeded all bounds, if haply at that time that king
might summon him.
Gūshwāra.609
Tell the good tidings of the victory of the king of my faith.

And if my life should obtain a few days grace from that exacting creditor609a Death, this qaṣīdah, together with all the qaṣīdahs and such useful information as I have written down in a separate note-book in the course of my travels, shall, should opportunity offer, be included among the contents of the second volume of the Najātu-r-Rashīd609b which I am anxiously longing to complete, 471. should God, who facilitates our undertakings, so will it.

Another poet609c is Wafā‘ī, by which takhalluṣ Shaikh Zainu-d-Dīn Khāfī609d is commonly known, who was Ṣadr-i-mustaqill (Judge-plenipotentiary) 609e during the reign of Bābar Pādishāh. There is a mosque in Agra to his memory,610 and a school situated on the other side of the river Jamna. He was the possessor of excellencies both bodily and mental, and in the construction of enigmas and chronograms, and in extempore versification, and in all the minutiæ of poetry and prose, and in rhetoric, he was unapproachable in his own age.

They say that in the very first assembly in which he made homage to Bābar Pādshāh, he asked, what is your age? Without premeditation he answered, Qabl azīn ba panj sāl chil sāla būdam, wa ḥālān chihal sāla am, wa ba‘d az dū sāl-i-dīgar chihal tamām mī shavad.610a

It should moreover be known that (Bābar Pādshāh) also asked (a riddle) of the author of this Muntakhab saying: Pīsh azīn ba yak sāl panjah sāla būdam, wa ḥālān panjāh sāla am, wa ba‘d azīn ba dah sāl panjāh sāla mī shavam.610b

It is well known that one day Shaikh Zain went to visit the brilliant resting-place of Sulṭānu-l-Mashāikh Niẓāmu-d-Dīn Aulīyā may God sanctify him, and having heard that story of the Shaikh about “Al Hidāyā mushtarak wa tanhā khushtarak”610c repeated this qiṭ‘ah on the spot:

Qiṭ‘ah.
Oh our Shaikh! may there come to thee from God gifts without ceasing,
What am I that I should say “Al Hidāyā mushtarak”
Thou sayest “Tanhā khushtarak” as thou didst say before
Make it “Mushtarak” if thou dost not say
“Tanhā khushtarak.”
Verse.
Grief has seized me by the sleeve, why should I hide my head
in my sleeve?
Desire has grasped my skirt, why should I withdraw my foot 472.
within my skirt?
Ah! my sleeve in desire for thee and my skirt also are torn
to rags,
Why should I hide my head in my sleeve and withdraw my
foot within my skirt without thee?611

He wrote a tārīkh dealing with the circumstances611a of the conquest of Hindūstān, and explaining its wonders, in which he did full justice to the claims of erudition.

His death occurred near Chinhār in the year 940 H. and he was buried within the precincts of a college which he himself had founded.

Another (poet) was Maulānā Nādirī-i-Samarqandī, who was one of the wonders of the age, of excellent qualities, and a compendium of perfection.611b He had a strong attachment for a beautiful youth named Niẓām, and the following well-known solution of an enigmatical meaning, was composed for him:

Verse.
I the broken-hearted tell the praises of Niẓām the famous,
For my heart, when absent from him, lies disordered612 and
enfeebled.
Rubā‘ī.
I am grieved, and in my heart on thy account I hold a
hundred sorrows,
Without the rubies of thy lips, I am matched against pain
hour by hour;
I am in despair for this life, I the poor, the dejected,
I hope that the road of annihilation may become my refuge.
Gūshwāra.
I sing the praise of the locks of my beloved.

And the following verses are part of the fruit of his fertile genius.

Ghazal.612a
How wondrous graceful is my loved one's form,
I yield myself a slave to that figure and carriage;
My loved one would not look towards me with compassion,
Perhaps she displayed an inclination towards strangers.
Nādirī! go towards the wineshop
And pledge thy head and turban for wine.
Verse.
473. Though I remained my whole life-long there at the head of
thy street,
I swear by my life, that I never enjoyed a moment's peace;
Wherever I bowed my head with the intention of obeisance
Thou wert there the Ka‘bah612b towards which I turned.
A whole world was admitted to intimacy, and yet I remained
forlorn,
All were accepted there but I was rejected;
Why do you ask Nādirī, what is thy condition in that road,
At one time I am unhappy, at another I was happy613 there.

He also wrote this Qaṣīdah in honour of the deceased Emperor.

Qaṣīdah.
Thanks be to God that with a settled mind
Intimate613a friends sat together in pleasure;
The rose-garden is the pleasure-resort of people, for there in
the presence of the rose, the nightingale sorrowful at the
absence of his beloved became rejoiced by its presence.
It may be that the beloved one of the garden had been
stripped naked by Autumn,
So that she has woven a patchwork garment of the hundred
petals of the rose.
The rose and the jasmine, the spikenard and the basil are in
one place,613b
See! the Emperor of Spring has come with his retinue and
troops.
The birds are singing the praises of the Emperor of heavenly
grandeur613c
On the branches of the trees, like the preachers from their
pulpits.
The glorious Khāqān, the Emperor of dignity like Jamshīd,
Humāyūn,
Who has a powerful hand and a sturdy heart by the decree
of the Almighty.
From his intelligence springs the wisdom of the learned,
From his insight arises the perception of the men of acute
vision.
Since prohibited things are unlawful by the statutes of religion,
He hastens to perform the deeds for which there is divine
sanction.
474. There have gathered together, to secure the victory of the
army of Islām,
The unrivalled warriors of his army, the brave men of his
troops,
Beneath his victorious standard, on the field of Fortune,
May the favour of the Everlasting be his protector and ally.
Oh thou by the generosity of whose hand all things have
their being,614
By the sharpness of whose sword all properties both accidental and essential614a obtain permanence.
In the first day of eternity, the object of creation for the
Lord of the world was the evolution of thy form from this
revolving sphere,
Should Gabriel a second time be the bearer of revelation,
Pure passages614b will be revealed in thy glory.
Every subtilty of science which thy ruby lip pronounces
Has become as famous in the world as the uninterrupted
tradition.614c
It is well-known that this is a commentary on the books of
mathematical science, this wonderful composition of thine
on the discovery of circles.
How can any one deny the vastness of thy knowledge?614d
None but a stubborn disputant614e will deny self-evident truths.
I cannot estimate thy perfections, for in every art thou hast
become perfectly skilled;
When compared with thy philosophic intellect and good fortune, the angelic essence becomes as one of the common
material615 objects.
Thy generosity is of such a nature that at the moment of 475.
bestowing
Thou knowest without asking all the hidden desires of the
mind.

This enigma upon the name of Kibār615a is also by him:

Verse.
That face615b is the Qur'ān, and that down on the cheek is the
sign615c of tyranny and oppression;
The cheek of that heart-ravishing one has no endowment of
the mole of fidelity.615d

The death of the aforesaid Maulānā took place in the year 966 H. and Mīr Amānī Kābulī wrote the following tārīkh616 of the event.

Verse.
Alas! the pity of it, that the discerner of subtilties Nādirī
has departed,
That rare poet616a who did full justice to eloquence in the world;
I sought to express the date of his death by way of enigma,
Wisdom answered one has gone from among the masters of
speech
.616b

Another is Shaikh Abul Wāḥid616c Fārighī, who was deeply imbued with the feelings of a darvesh and was616d renowned for his sweet singing; the following is taken from his poems:

Verse.
So great is the habitual oppression of that seeker after tyranny
That a morsel of mercy from him, seems a great beauty.

And in his impassioned style he says:

Verse.
Praise be to God that I am freed from the love of an ill-
conditioned sot,
Who used to fall, as did his eyes, from drunkenness in every
road,
Who, like the cup, for the sake of a draught, was lip to lip
with every man,
Who like the flagon bent himself to every cup in every place.

The following is also by him. 476.

Verse.
At that time when my heart was blest with thy companionship,
It did not seem that such a blessing could be expressed;
In short, the whole of my life's reckoning had passed in
separation from thee,
Who can count the joy of meeting! what a store of happiness
it was!
Strangers last night were near you, while Fārighī at an
immense distance was burning like rue617 upon the fire of
disappointment.

This is also his:

Verse.
Oh my intimate companions do not break the bond of union
In dispersion is distraction, do not break it and depart.

And again he writes:

Verse.
When thou drawest out thine arrow from my breast leave its
point there,
Grant me my heart to yield my life in thy service manfully.

His death occurred in the year 940 H., and he was buried in the monastery617a of Shaikh Zainu-d-Dīn617b at Agra, and in consequence of the extremity of their unanimity and concord both left the world in the same year. It is said that at the time when these two eminent men went to Hindūstān, owing to their excessive profligacy they possessed nothing but an old postīn617c between them. Shaikh Zainu-d-Dīn617d said to Shaikh Abūl-Wajd, 617e “I will take this to the bāzār of Kābul upon the condition that you won't come and indulge in any pleasantries.” He agreed, and a purchaser having run it up to a most extravagant figure was ready to give five shahrukhīs618 but Shaikh Zain kept demanding more. At last Shaikh Abūl-Wajd came up in a disinterested way and was acting as broker, after a deal of haggling he said, 477. “Ah! you cheat! why this door mat618a itself contains618b five Shahrukhīs worth of fleas and lice”! so the bargain was at an end, and Shaikh Zain was annoyed and said, “What sort of time was this for the stupid jokes you are so fond of? We wanted the price of a loaf, and this is the way you're going to pay for618c it”! Shaikh Abūl-Wajd fell into a fit of laughter.

Another is Jāhī Yatmān,618d who was from Bukhārā, and having acquired a reputation on this account in Kābul, offered his services at the time when the late Emperor proceeded towards Hindustān618e obtained great favours from Humāyūn, and rose to a confidential position, and at the time when Shāh Muḥammad Khān Sālū618f was left in Kābul as revenue commissioner,618g he treated 618h the Mulla just like the rest of the people, and caused him serious annoyance. The Mulla accordingly composed an elegant tarkīb band lampooning Sālū,619 and inasmuch as the Emperor had the daughter of Shāh Muḥammad Sālū619a in his service, he made an exception619b in his favour alone, and erased the names of all the members of his family, male and female, consigning them to ignominy. Inasmuch as Humāyūn was also incensed against that ass619c who had been the source of all this mischief, he had that lampoon read619d in Sālū's presence by the Mulla in full assembly, and evinced the greatest delight and merriment, and made him give a large sum as a reward. By degrees that lampoon became more and more disgracefully scurrilous, accordingly I have restricted myself to citing one extract from it in this place, which is as follows:—

“I am the poet of Shāh Humāyūn and the dust of his thres- 478.
hold,
The retinue of my poetic worth casts the moon's brightness
into shade.
My poem is the Emperor, and my noble verses are his cavalry
and soldiery,
I experienced oppression from a fool,619e without any fault or
crime of mine.
If a fragment of paper has become blackened by my ravings,
If my meditations turn towards619f satirizing him,
The object is that that these idiotic asses
May have a regard for the honour and dignity of this class.
Alas, for that man who contends with the tribe of poets,
Whoever contends with me contends against calamity.”

The Emperor interfered at this verse saying, “Why do you not word it thus:

“Whoever contends with me contends with God”

The following verses are also by him:—

Verse.
As long as we have existed we have been lovers and have
incurred ignominy,
Yet we have been constant to the true proportions of lovers.

This is also his:—

Verse.
Ye, beauteous ones, are all devoid of love and faithfulness,
Ye treat your captives with tyranny and oppression,
Ye promised to be faithful, but have vowed falsely,
Say truly, why are ye all thus false?
Not in this city alone are we disgraced on your account.
479. Everywhere ye are the cause of our disgrace,
How often will ye ask what is your object in the world?
I say truly that ye are, ye are, ye are.
Jāhī cannot save his life from your hands
For ye are a calamity of the calamities sent by God.

The following is also by him:

Verse.
Last night the moon of the ‘Īd appeared in the form of a
miṣqal620
Because from the vapours of fasting the mirror of the heart
was clouded.
Was this the new moon? or by reason of the leanness of
their bodies,
Did the bone of the rib of the thirsty-lipped fast-enduring
ones appear?
Or was it that they had fashioned a saddle620a for the camel of
Lailī?
Or was it the bowed body of Majnūn who had become pale
and wan through grief?
The very heaven wishes to enrol itself among thy servants,
And for that reason has bent the bow in order to string it.621
Moreover thy messenger has bound on his bells,621a and has
placed the feather of distinction on his head,
He is going from Rūm to bear tidings from Zanzibār.

It must be borne in mind that this verse621b Khwesh rā dar silk-i-khuddāmi tū mīkhwāhad falak. (The very heaven wishes to enrol itself among your servants) he has taken from a couplet of the qaṣīdah of Niẓām Astarābādī, which runs thus,—

Shab nujūm az majma‘-ī-mardum nishān āwarda and
Waz mah i nau tāza ḥarfe darmiyān āwarda and

At night the stars have appeared like an assembly of men
And have brought into their midst a new idea in the shape of
the new moon;
The Shāh of Zangbār has taken his seat upon the throne of 480.
Empire
And the stars have brought the bow as an offering to him.
Rubā‘ī.
The down which encircles thy cheek is the cause of my distraction,
Thy locks are the cause of my helplessness and distress,
That dusky ringlet is bent upon my undoing,
All these charms are the cause of my distraction.

The following is also his:

Come, for the sky has prepared for your pastime621c
The sun as the golden gourd, and the crescent-moon as the
hook.621d

Bairām Khān has a well-known qaṣīdah with this same rhyme, but in a different metre, of which the following is the opening couplet:—

Verse.
Thy shaft has carried away the loop of the qabaq622 from its
hook,
Thy meteor, by the help of the crescent-moon has erased the
form of the Pleiades.

These two opening couplets are derived from the opening couplet of a qaṣīdah by the celebrated Niṯārī Tūnī. The death of Mullā Jāhī took place in the year 956 H. and was due to some poison which a servant introduced into his cup.

Another poet is Ḥaidar Tūniā'ī, a man of parts, and unequalled in the technicalities of harmony, he had a competent faculty for both poetry and music. He spent the greater part of his life in Hindustān. The lampoon upon the Maliku-l-munajjimīn622a of the 481. time of Humāyūn Pādshāh, which he wrote at Panjgāh, is one of the marvels of the age, and a rarity for all time.

The following opening couplet which he wrote for his threnody on the death of the saintly martyred Imām,622b accepted of God, murdered by man, offspring of the Prophet, by descent from the pure622c Fāṭimah, upon them be peace,622d is read during the ‘Āshūrā in the assemblies for the commemoration of the death of Husain.622e

Verse.
The month of Muḥarram has come and our eyes are constrained
to weep,
We let fall tears of blood at the thought of Ḥusain's parched
lips.623
Rubā‘ī.
Thou art he whom in envy they call the sun and moon,
Thy troops, both horse and foot, they call the moonfaced ones.
Thou art worthy of this, with this grace and beauty of thine,
That all the kings of the age should call thee sovereign lord.

The following is also by him:—

My heart thou hast no friend to compare with sorrow for him,
Thou hast no comfort in life like sympathy for him.

And this:—

Every moment my heart's desire has some fresh allurement,
To bear her coquetry costs my life, what of that? it is her
life.
How can I liken the lips of my love to the bud of the rose,
The bud is tightly pursed it is true, but is dumb and silent.

The son of this man Ḥaidar Tūnī was an arrant coward and spiritless;623a accordingly in the months623b of the year 985 H. he had 482. entered the service of Humāyūn; one day he was describing the circumstances of a journey by boat and its terrors, in such a way that the effects of fear were evident from his behaviour.623c I asked saying, May be you regret having gone on the Hajj?623d and I repeated as appropriate to the occasion that verse which his rivals said to the poet Qudsī.623e

Verse.
From the hardships of the desert path, and its thorns,624
Of the coming to the Ka‘bah you are probably repentant.

He replied instantly, “Yea! verily.” The king said, why should he repent of having visited the Ka‘bah, though he may indeed repent of sitting in a ship. At that same moment Mathīn624a Khān, the elegant and accomplished mime, in accordance with a hint from the king, made himself up624b to represent a mad man bitten by a dog, and began to bark like a dog, and seized Ḥaidar,624c and dragged him forward with his turban flying one way and his shoes another. He began running in all directions,624d till at last he rolled on the ground, and set them all laughing immoderately. When he learned the truth he was desperately ashamed. The king attempted to console him, but it ended by his being obliged to leave Hindustān. Another is Shāh Ṭāhir Khwāndī624e Dakkanī, the younger brother of Shāh Ja‘far; the ‘Ulamā of ‘Irāq, however ridicule his pretensions to descent from Khwāndī stock, and have prepared a document bearing upon this question, to which both his opponents and supporters subscribed their signatures,624f as is mentioned in the Kāmilu-t-tawārīkh of Ibn Aṯīr Jaẓarī,624g and also in the Lubbu-t-tawārīkh624h of Qāẓī Yaḥya Qazwīnī, and other works. He claimed to be intimately connected with Shāh Ṭahmasp, but eventually he was led, by the abuse which was heaped upon him in connection with the aforesaid claim to relationship,625 and the excessive annoyance caused him by Mīr Jamālu-d-Dīn Ṣadr Astarābādī, to proceed to the Dakkan, which is famed as the 483. refuge for the oppressed, where he met with a favourable reception from Niẓām Shāh, the ruler of that country, and was rewarded with considerable advancement, and attaining the highest dignities625a reached the rank of Jumlatu-l-Mulk (Chief finance-minister of the State). The Shī‘ah tenets spread widely, in fact we may say they were really inaugurated in those regions through the instrumentality of Shāh Ṭāhir.625b Niẓām Shāh Baḥrī, who was afflicted with an incurable625c malady of long standing, was cured by the virtue625d of a charm pronounced over him by Shāh Ja‘far, and that occurrence, which was in reality was of the nature of Istidrāj, he attributed to the miraculous powers (karāmāt) of Shāh Ja‘far,625e and acting upon his instigation abandoned the religious tenets of Sunnat626 and Jamā‘at,626a which he held as one of the Mah-dawīyah ,626b and became a fanatical heretic.626c What cruel and vexatious treatment as accursed and excommunicate did not these two ill-starred ones626d inflict upon the ‘Ulamā and Shaikhs of that land! So that at last their disgraceful conduct led to the expulsion of the true Muslims, and heresy626e from that day again became firmly rooted in that country.

Shāh Ṭāhir was in natural descriptive poetry comparable to Niẓām Astarābādī in astronomical poetry. The following is from one of his qaṣīdahs written in eulogy of Humāyūn Pādshāh. In it he has imitated Anwarī.

Verse.
When the golden litter of the sun enters the resting-place of
Ḥamal,626f
The tulip lights its lamp, and the narcissus its torch;
Now the mountain is freed from the headache caused by
Bahman and Dai,627
And the spring cloud washes from its forehead the sandal.627a

The following Qaṣīdah in praise of the Prophet627b is also his, although the gurīz-gah,627c nay even the commencement of the Qasīdāh in its entirety, is not suitable to the dignity of the holy 484. Commander (of the Faithful) on him be peace.627d

Qaṣīdah.
Once more the time has come when in accordance with the
summons of the sky
The rose spreads its crimson blanket on the couch of the
garden;
The clouds of Naisān, with the keen blood-hued dagger of
the lightning
Erases the word “ice”627e from the pages of the earth's
surface.
The close-eyed darlings the buds, like an army of Ozbaks,627f
Make a night-attack at early dawn upon the army of Dai,
Behold the forms of bud and of rose with the sky for a
branch!
The conical shadow of the earth is the bud, the sun in
heaven is the rose.
And for this reason that the assembly of the rose may not be
without a minstrel,
The nightingale has become the lute-player, the rose-branch
with its buds are the lute;
The garment of the rock would have become wet from the
moisture distilled from the clouds
Had not the mountain covered its back with the woollen
cloak628 of verdure.
Had not the lightning smitten its goad upon the head of the
elephant-like cloud
It would have laid in ruins the stately edifice of the sky.
The garden became the table of ‘Īsā, and the dew lying on it628a
Looked like salt sprinkled here and there upon that table,
In order that the people may not receive base gold from the
hand of the jasmine,
The tulip cambist carries hidden under his arm the touchstone.
Every perfect thing which is not secure from the defects of
decay,
Seems in the sight of the wise and noble but a small thing.
The beloved of the garden is of perfect beauty but it had
been well
485. If this beauty and comeliness had not been separated from it.
Alas! for that moment when at the instigation of desire the
army of Dai
Became emboldened628b to lay waste the garden of roses.
The time is near at hand when the staff-bearer of the days of
Autumn
Will knock with his staff at the gate of the rose-garden.
The crow will then hold in derision the impassioned628c nightingale,
And the withered petals will lie blackened beneath the
hundred petalled rose (the sun).
The wind has cast the diadem from the head of the garden-
glory,629
While the Siparak629a sets itself up in antagonism to the cheek
of the rose.
With a view to the construction of that courtyard of which
Dai629b has laid the foundation in the garden,
Everywhere there lie scattered about bricks of ice and mortar
of snow,
[For aged people who have experienced the tyranny of
Autumn
The optician Dai makes spectacles of the crystal ice.
[Soon will it happen that from fear of the staff of the
watchman of Dai
The people of the sweet herbs will take to flight one after
another].629c
It is better for the wise man that he determine to make the
tour of such a garden
Where the autumn cannot be persuaded to go even by force.
That garden is the rose-garden of the praise of a king of so
high dignity
That the very angels descend from heaven to frequent his
Court.
Murtaẓā629d the king, both of form and reality, inasmuch as he is
the source of the union of shadow and substance.
That one who, from the impetuosity of his royal falcon's 486.
talons,
Breaks the wing of the heavenly Eagle630 as though it were a
duck.
Such a king is he that, in the train of the attendants at his
door,
Birjīs630a bears the name Sa‘d, and ‘Utārid630b that of Zīrak.
The table-steward of the sky, for the use of his lordly table,
Has brought the Pleiades630c in his hand as salt-cellar and salt.
The moon has become the censer of his630d assembly, and the
rays of the moon,630e
Are the smoke of the aloes-wood which issues from that
censer,
From behind the mirror of the heavens, in accordance with
the rules of approval,
Whatever he said, Fate repeated the same like a parrot.630f
[Who else is there whom they can bring into his train,
We recognise his other competitors, each one of them.
He bears no relation to tyranny-loving strangers,
The connoisseur perceives the difference between turquoise630g
and glass beads;
Virtual justice and the decree of courts are mistakes,
For this reason that this question was decided in the case of
Faddak631
The widow of time, since she was not meet for marriage,
He divorced her openly and irrevocably, then he left her.]631a

The following opening couplet of his631b is also well-known:— 487.

Verse.
In this grief-populated world joy has departed from my
sorrowful heart,631c
We are quite accustomed to grief to such an extent has joy
been forgotten.
Verse.
We have been defamed because of the crime of love, as the
devotee is blamed for his hypocrisy;
Both of us are defamed, but what a vast difference there is
between us?

The following is also his:—

Verse.
Come not out, for you will be the calamity631d of the age,
We shall be slain and you will be disgraced.

The following qaṣīdah also631e is a very happy production of his:—

Every man who sets his heart upon worldly desires
In the judgment of men of wisdom is not wise;
His death occurred in the year 952 H. in the Dakkan and for
the tārīkh of his decease the words Tābi‘u ahl-i-l-bait632 were
devised.

Another is Khwāja Aiyūb632a ibn Khwāja Abūl-barakāt,632b who was one of the hereditary grandees of Mawarā-an-nahr. Both father and son, in spite of their excellencies acquired632c and inherited, have become proverbial for indifference, the one in ‘Irāq and Khurāsān, and the other in Kābul and Hindustān. This Mun-ta khab has no room to relate their circumstances in detail, but they are related in many other places, and are well-known. It is said that Khwāja Abū-l-barakāt632d read the following maṭla‘632e of one of his own poems on the learned men of the age.632f

Verse.
The field of my hope became parched, and a famine of faithfulness followed.632g
488. Either this was from the fire of our heart, or that in the cloud
of our eye there remained no rain.

By way of fault-finding some one said to him that the yā (◌) in the last hemistich was meaningless, and in its place he should have written tā (◌). The Khwāja repeated the following qiṭ‘ah extempore by way of excuse:

Qiṭ‘ah.
Whatever comes before men of discrimination,
They do not draw lines by way of criticism.
They take the dots either above or below (as may be required)
Wise men are not bound by simple dots.
They read yā (◌) and carefully consider,
They do not read yā (◌) but make it tā (◌) in error.632h

He also wrote a qaṣīdah in imitation of Salmān Sāwajī,633 of which the following is the opening couplet:—

Verse.
I burn with the fever of love, and my head is racked with the
pain of separation,
My soul comes to my lips, but my beloved comes not to me;
[Since the fire of my heart burns in my body like the flame
in a lamp
My skirt has been rent and my garment torn upon my head].633a

And the following two poems are taken from a qaṣīdah which he wrote to satirise the Qāẓī of Nīshāpūr:—

Verses.
A certain theologian wrote contrary to the religious law of
the Prophet,633b
There was nothing of that kind written in the books.
He wrote that honey is unlawful and wine lawful to be used
because (said he) the latter is the juice of the vine and the
former the spume of the bee.
To the wife who went633c to complain of her husband to the 489.
Qāẓī, saying I get no enjoyment of sense from him,
He replied, If he has become enfeebled and weak,
It is right that he should employ a hireling in his place.

The Khwāja in his poems sometimes uses the takhalluṣ633d of Ayūb and sometimes that of Firāqī; the following ghazal is by him:—

Verse.
Lovely rose-branch, whose stature is straight as the cypress,
Thou hast twined a line of emerald around thy lips,
Thy form is straight like the letter Alif [may his shadow be
lengthened),
And thine eyebrows are extended like the madda over the
Alif.634
Thou hast cast the die of acceptance on the words of others,
But through the words of lovers thou has drawn the line of
refusal;
Thou endurest troubles, do not attempt to draw her, O painter
of Chīn,
Wert thou to draw a hundred, never would there come eyes
and locks like her's.
Firāqī, be not over-desirous of the wealth of union with her,
Thou hast suffered boundless tyranny and spite at the hands
of thy beloved.634a

The king, who has now taken refuge in God's pardon, in spite of that unseemly behaviour was excessively fond of the Khwājah.

Accordingly, so634b desirous was he of his society that he joined him in the marriage-bond to one of the Begams, in the hope634c that he would adopt the manner of life of people of probity and rectitude, but the Khwājah was held so close a prisoner634d by his evil habits, that he could not abide companionship with the king.

Verse.
When once evil habits have taken possession of the nature
They will never leave it till the day of death.

490. He put forward various flimsy pretexts to that end, and not even contenting himself with this, one day while in the king's assembly he was guilty of a breach of decorum which one blushes to mention. The king, out of the exceeding kindliness and goodness of his nature, overlooked his fault, and merely remarked, “My dear Khwāja what sort of manners are these!” The Khwāja sought permission to proceed to Makka the revered, the blessed,634e and after duly setting in order the requisites for his journey and the requirements for a sea-voyage,635 he bade him farewell. When he embarked he enquired of his companions, what635a are the advantages of going thither? They replied, “Purification from past sins.” He rejoined, “I will wait then till I have fulfilled the catalogue of sins, and then be purified, so that I may have no further desire to sin.”635b Thus he remained destitute of that grace, and abandoning himself to his desires, gave the rein to his passions. Sulṭān Bahādur of Gujrāt in consideration of pleasant companionship and good-fellowship, appointed635c him a daily allowance of one ashrafī635d for his expenditure. One day when he was passing through the bāzār of Aḥmadābād, seeing the Khwāja in the Tirpauliya mosque,635e he reined back and with great kindness and empressement asked “How is the Khwāja faring?” He replied “On the fare which you have allotted me, one of my limbs even cannot obtain sufficient sustenance, why do you ask such a question?” Sulṭān Bahādur notwithstanding this rudeness doubled his allowance.635f

Just at that time too Shāh Ṭāhir Dakkanī came to Gujrāt with all pomp and circumstance on the occasion of his embassage from Niẓām Shāh Dakkanī, and having heard such high praise of the Khwāja, arrived at his house, which had neither a mat nor a pitcher of water. A very pleasant colloquy followed, each reciting his own and hearing the other's verses, and on the next 491. day, after arranging all the requirements of hospitality, with a khil‘at, a horse, and a bag of coin and valuable gifts in his own lodging, sent the Khwāja an invitation. In the warmth of their meeting and the enthusiasm of their conversation, suddenly the conversation turned upon636 religion and sects. The Khwāja enquired of the Shāh, what is the reason that the Shī‘ahs among you say such unbecoming things regarding the companions of the Prophet on him be peace? He answered ‘Our jurisconsults636a have decided that cursing (la‘n) is an element of faith (Īmān).’ The Khwāja rejoined, ‘Curses on a faith of which cursing is an element.’ The Shāh was astounded at this, and their colloquy came to an end, and that urbanity and courtesy which he had thought to shew remained hidden by the curtain of his anger, and was lost. Finally he departed thence in wretchedness and ignominy to the Dakkan, and had an interview636b with Niẓām Shāh, who likewise sent all that was necessary to his honourable reception, and received him cordially, but neither there could the Khwāja remain, owing636c to his perverse temper and his want of self-restraint, till by leaving the world he freed himself from the torment of existence.

Verse.
My heart, be patient for that stern-hearted friend,
Is sitting and grieving sore636d at his own unhappy fate.
Verse.
Where was the black horse? whither did I wend?

Who am I, and what words are these? but what can I do, for the rein of my restive, hasty636e and audacious pen has been turned in this direction, and words have leapt forth beyond the area of my control. Were it not so, I know that it is no virtue to pry into faults, while to carp at the vices of others, shutting one's eyes to one's own defects is the acme of shortsightedness.

Verse.
The wicked sees all the vices of others,
From the pitcher that distils which it contains.637

God He is glorified and exalted, preserves all of us from that 492. which is wrong and improper, and as at this time637a the writer has not with him a selection from the anthologies of the eloquent and learned poets, accordingly he has found it necessary to restrict himself637b to the brief mention of these few poets by way of an example.

Should this inconstant and transitory life give a few days respite, and should the days, in opposition to their usual habit afford assistance, and should Fate give its help, he will make mention of the poets of former times, and the contemporary poets of Hindūstān, especially of those whom he has seen or heard and appreciated in his own lifetime, together with extracts from their poems included in their biographies.

Mine is the endeavour, its perfection is from God.637c Should this not come to pass, this much will suffice as a memorial of the author.

Qiṭa‘h.
If I remain in life, I will repair
The garment which exile has rent;
If I should die,637d accept this my excuse,
Many are the hopes which crumble into dust.
INDEX
OF
MUNTAKHABU-T-TAWĀRIKH.
VOLUME I.
The numbers refer to the pages; n stands for footnote.
A.

Aaron of Scripture, 302 n 2.
Abāhāt
, the nuh ābā-i-‘ulwīya, or nine
heavens, 176 n 2.
Abardhan, town of, 84 n. See
Bardhan.
Abardīn, town of, 84 n. See Bardhan.
Abāward, city of, 30 n. See under
Abīward.
‘Abbās ibn ‘Abdu-l-Muṭṭalib, uncle of
the Prophet Muḥammad, 74 n 2.
‘Abbās, Dynasty of, 13 n 1. House
of, 571 n 2. See also under the
‘Abbāsides.
‘Abbās Khān, the Historian of Shīr
Shāh, 461 n 10.
‘Abbāsides, the, 17, 310. See also
above under ‘Abbās.
‘Abdu-l-‘Azīz, one of the Amīrs of
Bābar, 441.
‘Abdu-l-‘Azīz Khān, the son of
‘Abdu-llah Khān, the Ozbak king,
582 and n 5.
‘Abdu-l-Ghafūr Lārī, Maulavī,—a
celebrated Shaikh, 588.
‘Abdu-l-Ḥaiyy, Shaikh, son of Shaikh
Jamālī Kanbāwī of Dihlī,—a poet
of the time of Islem Shāh, 526 and
n 7.
‘Abdu-l-Ḥamīd ibn Abi-l-Ḥadīd al-
Mu‘tazilī, author of the Sharḥ-i-
Nahju-l-Balāghah, 458 n
3.
‘Abdu-l-Ka‘bah ibn Abī Quḥāfah, ori-
ginal name of Abū Bakr aṣ-Ṣiddīq,
successor of Muḥammad, 106 n 1.
‘Abdu-llāh, one of the best of names,
603 n 5.
‘Abdu-llāh Ḥusainī of Baiāna, Shaikh,
—one of the learned and holy men
of the time of Sulṭān Sikandar
Lodī, 424.
‘Abdu-llāh Khān Osbak, one of the
Amīrs of Humāyūn, 594.
‘Abdu-llah Khān, the Ozbak king of
Khurāsān, 582 and n 5.
‘Abdu-llah Niyāzī, Miyān Shaikh,—
a Niyāzī Afghān who adopted the
manners of a Mahdī, 508, 509, 510,
512, 518, 520.
‘Abdu-llāh of Sulṭānpūr, Mullā,—
Shaikhu-l-Islām and Ṣadru-ṣ-Ṣadūr
under Islem Shāh, 506 and n 2,
513, 514, 515, 517, 518, 519, 521,
523, 525, 534.
‘Abdu-llāh Tulumbī of Dihlī, Shaikh,
—one of the great and learned men
of the time of Sulṭān Sikandar
Lodī, 426 and n 10, 427, 429.
‘Abdu-llah ibn az-Zubair, sovereign
of Ḥijāz and ‘Irāq, 287 n 2.
‘Abdu-l-Malik ibn Marwān, of the
Umayyad dynasty of Khalīfahs,
12 n n 1 and 2, 18 n 1.
‘Abdu-l-Malik ibn Nūḥ Sāmānī, Amīr,
—last of the Sāmānī dynasty, 16
and n 2.
‘Abdu-l-Muṭṭalib, grandfather of
Muḥammad the Prophet, 2 n 5.
‘Abdu-l-Qādir ibn Mulūk Shāh
Badāonī, author of the Muntakhabu-
t-Tawārīkh
, 8. See under al-Badāonī.
‘Abdu-l-Qādir, son of Niẓām Shāh
Baḥrī, ruler of the Dakkan, 625 n 3.
‘Abdu-r-Raḥmān, one of the best of
names, 603 n 5.
‘Abdu-r-Raḥmān Jāmī, Mullā Nūru-d-
Dīn, 32 n 2. See under Jāmī.
‘Abdu-r-Raḥmān ibn Muljim, murderer of ‘Alī, 207 n 6.
‘Abdu-r-Rashīd, son of Sulṭān Maḥmūd
Ghaznawī, Sulṭān of Ghaznīn, 50.
‘Abdu-r-Rashīd Sulṭānī, Sa‘ādat
Khān,—one of the Amīrs of Sulṭān
Maḥmūd Shāh of Dihlī, 349.
‘Abdu-r-Razzāq ibn Aḥmad ibn
Ḥasan Maimandī,—Wazīr of Sulṭān
Maudūd Ghaznawī, 50. Same as
Khwāja Imām Abul-Fatḥ ‘Abdu-r-
Razzāq, (q. v.).
‘Abdu-ṣ-ṣadr Ḥājib-i-Khāṣṣ, Qāẓī,—
of the Amīrs of Mubārak Shāh of
Dihlī, 393 n 3.
‘Ābid, Qāẓī,—a poet of the reign of
Fīrūz Shāh of Dihlī, 341 and n 2.
‘Abid Khān, the Ozbak king of
Khurāsān, 582 n 5.
Āb-i-Siyāh. See the Kālī Nadī,
378 n 1.
Abīward, a city of Khurāsān, also
called Abāward and Bāward, 29 n
6, 43 n
2.
Abiwerd, same as Abīward (q. v.).
Abkand, hill of, 438 n 7.
Abkh, town, 445 n 3.
Abraham, 154 n 8, 155 n, 207 and n
4, 234, 488 n 5.
Absantīn
(Absinthium), herb, 586 n.
Abtar
, name of a noxious serpent, 426
n 9.
Abū ‘Abdu-llah Muḥammad, ibn Abi-l-
Ḥasan Ismā‘īl al-Bukhārī, the celebrated Imām, 6 n 3. See under
Bukhārī.
Abū ‘Abdu-llah Muḥammad ibn Omar
ar-Rāzī,—a doctor of the Shāfi‘ite
sect, 73 n 1. See under Fakhru-d-
Dīn Rāzī.
Abū ‘Alī Ḥasan the Kotwāl of Ghaznīn,
and Dīwān of the kingdom under
Sulṭān Maudūd Ghaznawī, 47, 48, 49.
Abū ‘Alī Ḥusain bin ‘Abdu-llāh, commonly known as Ibn Sīna (Avicenna), 533 n 1.
Abū ‘Alī Sinjūrī,—a contemporary of
Sulṭān Maḥmūd of Ghaznīn, 20.
Abū Bakr, the first Khalīfah, 3 n 6,
59 n 2, 106 and n 1, 149 n, 156 n
5, 157 n
, 158 n 1, 303 n 4, 604 n 5,
625 n
3. See under as-Ṣiddīq.
Abū Bakr Dolaf ibn Jahdar (or Ja‘far)
ibn Yūnus ash-Shiblī, a celebrated
Muḥammadan Saint, 59 and n 1.
Abū Bakr ibn Muḥammad ‘Alī
Samarqandī, Amīr Rūḥānī,—one of
the most learned men of the time of
Sulṭān Shamsu-d-Dīn Iyal-Timish,
93 and n 2.
Abū Bakr Khān, a prince of the family
of ‘Alāu-d-Dīn Khiljī, 291.
Abū Bakr Khān, a relation of Muḥammad Khān the ruler of Nāgor, 423
n 11.
Abū Bakr Khān, afterwards Abū Bakr
Shāh, son of Ẓafar Khān, the grandson of Sulṭān Fīroz, 341, 342, 343,
344, 345, 346.
Abū Bakr Muḥammad ibn Zakarīya
ar-Rāzī, known as Rhazes, the
famous physician, 30 n 1.
Abū Bakr Shāh. See under Abū Bakr
Khān, son of Ẓafar Khān.
Abū Bakr Ṭūsī Ḥaidarī, chief of the
sect of Qalandars, 234.
Abū Firās Hammām, son of Ghālib,
the poet known as al-Farazdaq (q.
v.), 287 n
1.
Abū Ḥanīfah, Imām,—founder of the
Ḥanafite School of jurisprudence,
57 n 1.
Abū Ḥanīfah, a poet of the time of
Sulṭān Nāṣiru-d-Dīn Maḥmūd Shāh
of Dihlī, 134 n 3.
Abū Isḥāq, son of Alptigīn, governor
of Ghaznī, 13 n 1, 14 and n 1.
Abū Ja‘far al-Manṣūr, the ‘Abbāside
Khalīfah, 74 n 2.
Abu-l-‘Abbās ibn Māmūn, Khwārazm
Shāh,—a contemporary of Sulṭān
Maḥmūd of Ghaznīn, 23.
Abu-l-‘Abbās, al-Qādir billāhi Aḥmad
ibn Isḥāq ibn al-Muqtadir, the
‘Abbāside Khalīfah, 17 and n 2.
Abu-l-Ajsād
, Father of bodies, a name
for Sulphur, 340 n 2.
Abu-l-‘Alā Ganjawī, master of the
poet Khāqānī, 583 n 4.
Abu-l-‘Alā' al-Ma‘arrī, the Arab
poet, 183 n 1.
Abu-l-Arwāḥ
, Father of spirits, a
name for Quicksilver, 340 n 2.
Abu-l-Baqā, Amīr, one of the Amīrs
of Humāyūn, 465, 560, 573.
Abu-l-Barakah, 632 nn 3 and 5. Same
as the next (q. v.).

Abu-l-Barakāt of Māwarāu-n-Nahr,
Khwājā, 632 and nn 3 and 5. See
the above.
Abu-l-Faraj Rūnī, the Ustād, a celebrated poet of the time of Sulṭān
Ibrāhīm Ghaznawī, Saiyyidu-s-
Salāṭīn, 53 n, 54 and n 1.
Abu-l-Fatḥ ‘Abdur-Razzāq, grandson
of Ḥasan Maimandī, Khwāja
Imām,—Wazīr of Sulṭān Maudūd
Ghaznawī, 47, 50.
Abu-l-Fatḥ, Mīyān Shaikh, son of
Shaikh-allahdīyah of Khairābād,
546 and n 1.
Abu-l-Fatḥ al-Mu‘taẓid billāhi, sixth
of the ‘Abbāsī Khalīfahs in Egypt,
327 n 6.
Abu-l-Fatḥ Sulṭān Afshār, one of the
Amīrs of the Qizilbāsh, 575 n 3.
Abu-l-Fatḥ of Thanesar, Mīyān,—a
learned doctor of the time of Islem
Shāh, 513.
Abul-Fazl ‘Allāmī,—the celebrated
minister of Akbar and author of
the Āin-i-Akbarī, 26 n 2, 27 n 1, 52
n 3, 384 n 3, 408 n 1, 410 n 4, 415
n 4, 417 n 7, 503 n
3.
Abu-l-Faẓl Zangī, of Bust,—a contemporary of Sulṭān Maudūd Ghaznawī, 47.
Abul Feda, Annales, 167 n 4.
Abul Feda, Geography of, 14 n 3,
15 n
and n n 2 and 5, 17 n 4, 23 n
1, 27 n
1 and 2, 30 n and n 1, 34 nn
1, 2 and 3, 35 n 2, 36 nn 2 and 10,
42 n 1, 43 nn 1, 3 and 4, 46 n 1,
50 n 2, 67 n 1, 71 n 3, 147 n 1,
167 n 4, 265 n
5.
Abu-l-Fidā'. See under Abul Feda.
Abu-l-Ḥāriṯ Sinjar ibn Malakshāh
ibn Alp Arslār the Seljūq, 167 n
3. See under Sinjar.
Abu-l-Ḥasan ‘Alī ibn Abi-l-Karam
Muḥammad ash-Sharbānī, Shaikh,
commonly known as Ibnu-l-Aṯīr,
624 n 8.
Abu-l-Ḥasan ‘Alī, Sulṭān, son of Sulṭān
Mas‘ūd Ghaznawī, 50 and n 1.
Abu-l-Hirṣ Manṣūr Sāmānī, Amīr,
14 n 1. See under Manṣūr ibn
Nūḥ.
Abu-l-Majdūd, son of Sulṭān Mas‘ūd
Ghaznawī, 37 and n 6.
Abu-l-Ma‘ālī, Shāh, one of the great
Amīrs of Humāyūn, 592, 594, 596,
597.
Abu-l-Mujāhid, son of Sulṭān Mas‘ūd
Ghaznawī, 37 and n 6.
Abu-l-Najm Amīr Aiyāz, 33 n 3. See
under Aiyāz.
Abu-l-Qāsim Beg, one of the Amīrs
of Humāyūn, 474.
Abu-l-Qāsim Firdausī, the famous
poet, author of the Shāh Nāmah,
32 n
1. See under Firdansī.
Abu-l-Qāsim Ibrāhīm, Sulṭān, son of
Mas‘ūd, son of Maḥmūd of Ghaznīn,
53. See under Ibrāhīm Sayyidu-s-
Salāṭīn.
Abu-l-Qāsim Maḥmūd, son of Sulṭān
Maudūd Ghaznawī, 48.
Abu-l-Qāsim-i-Nūḥ, son of Manṣūr,
son of Nūḥ Sāmānī, Amīr, 14 n 1.
See under Nūḥ, son of Manṣūr, son
of Nūḥ Sāmānī.
Abu-l-Wāḥid Fārighī, Shaikh, a poet
of the time of Humāyūn, 616 and
n 4, 617 and n 6, 618. See the
next.
Abu-l-Wajd Fārighī, Shaikh, 616 n 4,
617 and n 6, 618. Same as the
above (q. v.).
Abu-l-Wājid Fārighī, Shaikh, 616 n 4.
See the two above.
Abū Manṣūr Zangī, brother of Abu-l-
Faẓl of Bust (q. v.), 47.
Abū Muḥammad ‘Abdu-r-Raḥmān ibn
Yahīn ibn Yūnas Aljigilī, the
Khaṭīb of Samarqand, 159 n.
Abū Muḥammad ibn Adam Sanāī al-
Ḥakīm, 35 n 1. See under Ḥakīm
Sanāī, 56 n 2.
Abū Muḥammad al-Ḥajjāj, son of
Yūsuf ibn al-Ḥakam aṯ-Ṯaqafī,
12 n 1. See under al-Ḥajjāj.
Abū Muḥammad Niẓāmu-d-Dīn
Aḥmad, the celebrated poet Niẓāmī,
298 n 4. See under Shaikh Niẓāmī
Ganjawī.
Abu-n-Najm Amīr Aiyāz, 33 n 3. See
under Aiyāz.
Abu-n-Najm Aḥmad Manūchihrī
Dāmaghānī, Ḥakīm,—a Poet of the
time of Sulṭān Mas‘ūd Ghaznawī,
46 n 4.
Abū Naṣr Aḥmad ibn Muḥammad ibn
‘Abduṣ-Ṣamad, Wazīr of the Ghaznawī Sulṭāns, 46.
Abū Naṣr Muḥammad bin Aḥmad,—
one of the Amīrs of Sulṭān Maudūd
of Ghaznīn, 47.
Abū Naẓar ‘Abdu-l-‘Azīz ibn Manṣūr,
Ḥakīm, the poet known as ‘Asjadī,
17 n 3.
Abū Qaḥāfah. See Abū Quḥāfah.
Abū Qaḥāfah, father of Abū Bakr
aṣ-Ṣiddīq, the first of the Khalīfahs,
106 and n 1.
Abūrijā, Malik Ḥusāmu-d-Dīn or
Mujīru-d-Dīn,—one of the Amīrs
of Sulṭān Muḥammad Tughlaq
Shāh, 305, 308.
Abū Sa‘īd ‘Abdullah ibn Abu-l-Ḥasan
‘Alī Baiẓāwī, Qāẓī,—author of the
Niẓāmu-t-Tawārīkh, 34 n 8. See
under Baiẓāwī.
Abū Shujā‘ Muḥammad, son of Chākirbeg Dāūd, son of Mīkāīl Saljūqī,
surnamed ‘Aẓdu-d-Daulah Alp
Arslān, third monarch of the
Saljūqīyah dynasty, 35 and n 1.
See under Alp Arslān.
Abū Tāher (Ṭāhir), chief of the Karmatian sect of Muslim heretics,
21 n 1.
Abū Ṭālib, uncle of the Prophet
Muḥammad and father of ‘Alī, 74
n 2, 105 n 2.
Abū Ṭālib family, 74 n 2. See the
above.
Abū Ṭālib of ‘Irāq, Mīr Sayyid,—
a contemporary of Islem Shāh, 505.
Abū Ṭālib Muḥammad ibn Mīkā'īl
ibn Saljūq, Ruknu-d-Dīn Tughral
Beg, 42 n 3. See under Tughral
Beg, founder of the Saljūq dynasty.
Abū ‘Umar Minhāju-d-Dīn ‘Uṯmān
ibn Sirāju-d-Dīn al-Juzjānī, author
of the Ṭabaqāt-i-Nāṣirī, 127 n 2.
See under Minhāj-i-Sirāj.
Abyssinian slaves, 334.
Acesines, the,—the river Chenāb, 23
n 3.
Aconite plants, 586 n.
‘Ād, tribe of,—a pre-historic tribe of
Arabs, 261 n 6, 499 and n 5.
Adam, 4, 144 n 2, 200 n, 304, 320 n 4,
422, 449 n
8.
Ādam Ghakkar, or Ghakkar, Sulṭān,
—a contemporary of Islem Shāh
and Humāyūn, 503, 583, 592 and
n 4. The name is also spelt Ghakar,
Ādam Kūkar, Malik,—one of the
Amīrs of Sulṭān Ibrāhīm Lodī, 431.
432.
Ādam Lodī, Malik,—one of the Amīrs
of Sulṭān Sikandar Lodī, 419.
‘Adāwat, enmity, 576 n 5, 577 n.
Adeṣar, Rāi of Satgaṛh,—contemporary of Fīrūz Shāh, 329 n 5.
‘Ādil Khān, brother of Sārang Khan,
the ruler of Dīpālpūr, 349 and n 5.
‘Ādil Khān, Malik Naṣīru-l-Mulk,
the governor of the Doāb, 354, 359.
‘Ādil Khān, son of Shīr Shāh, 476,
477, 479, 486, 487, 488, 489, 490,
492.
Aditya, name of the Sun in Sanskrit
as being the origin of all things,
79 n 2.
Adjmere, same as Ajmīr (q. v.), 129
n
2.
‘Adl Khān Sūr, 550 n 11. See under
‘Adlī.
‘Adlī, popular name of Sulṭān Muḥammad ‘Ādil, son of Niẓām Khān
Sūr, formerly Mubāriz Khān (q. v.),
536, 537, 538, 539, 540, 541, 542,
544, 545, 548, 550, 552, 555, 556
and n 5, 557, 558, 592.
Adonis, 104 n 2.
Adwantgaṛh, fortress, 422 n 2.
Af‘alu-t-tafẓīl
, 515 and n 6.
Afgans, 80 n 5. See under the
Afghāns.
Afghān, Malik, 334,—of the Maliks of
Fīroz Shāh.
Afghānistān, 362 n 2, 466, 520.
Afghānpūr, 259, 300.
Afghāns, the, 44, 80 n 5, 129 n 2, 399,
436, 439, 440, 443, 444, 457, 458,
460, 470, 471, 477, 479, 487, 489,
490, 498, 499, 500, 501, 502, 503
n
2, 513, 517, 520, 525, 528, 537,
543, 549, 551, 552, 554, 558, 586,
588, 590, 592, 593, 594, 595, 597,
598.

‘Afīf, the Historian. See Shams-i-
Sirāj ‘Afīf.
Aflāṭūn (Plato), 520 and n 7, 533.
Afrāsiāb, an ancient king of Tūrān,
52, 116 n 5, 180 n 2, 435. See also
the next.
Afrāsyāb, 410. Same as the above
q. v.
Africa, 167 n 4.
Afshār, name of a Turkī tribe, 572
and n 8.
Afẓalu-d-Dīn Ibrāhīm ibn ‘Alī an-
Najjār, the famous poet Khāqānī,
583 n 4.
Āghā Muḥammad Bāqir Majlisī,
author of the Ḥaiātu-l-Qulūb, 110
n 3.
Aghānī, Kitābu-l, 527 n 3.
Āgīn-i-bālish, 606 n
4.
Agra, city of, 70 n 4, 341 n 1, 386 n
3, 408 n
1, 414, 419 and n 3, 420,
421 and n 4, 423, 425, 430, 431,
433, 435, 442, 444, 445, 446, 447,
451, 452, 453, 455, 456, 458, 459,
461, 462, 463, 464, 467, 472, 474,
476 n
5, 486 and n 6, 487, 488, 489,
490, 492, 493, 495, 513, 515, 518,
521, 526, 542, 547, 548, 549, 550,
551, 552, 556, 573, 597, 610, 617.
Agra road, 386 n 3.
Agra, Sarkār or district of, 70 nn 3
and 4, 425 n 4.
Āgra, Ṣūbah or province of, 365 n 8,
410 n
4.
Ahār, ancient town in the Bulandshahr district, 395 and n 4, 396,
546 and n 4.
Aḥāwan, a Bhagat boy, named
Mujāhid Khān by ‘Adlī, 557 n 8.
Ahl-i-Sunnah wa jamā‘ah
, a name of
the Sunnīs, 626 n 2.
Ahl-i-Sunnat
, a name of the Sunnīs,
626 n 1.
Aḥmadābād, capital of Gujrāt, 357
and nn 3 and 4, 454, 455, 635 and
n 6.
Aḥmad ibn ‘Abduṣ-Ṣamad, Khwājah,
47. Wazīr of Sulṭān Maudūd of
Ghaznīn.
Aḥmad Abu-l-‘Abbās, son of al-
Muwaffaq bi-llāh al-‘Abbāsī, 458
n 3.
Aḥmad Aiyāz, Khwāja-i-Jahān (q. v.),
Malik,—of the Maliks of Sulṭān
Muḥammad Tughlaq Shāh, 304,
315, 323, 328.
Aḥmad ‘Alī, Maulawī, editor of the
Muntakhabu-t-Tawārīkh of Budāonī,
92 n.
Aḥmad, son of Amīr Khusrū of Dihlī,
a poet, 339, 340.
Aḥmad Chap, Malik, Vazīr of Sulṭān
Jalālu-d-Dīn Khiljī, 238, 241, 243,
248 and n 6.
Aḥmad Dānyāl, father of Niẓāmu-d-
Dīn Auliyā, the celebrated Muḥammadan Saint, 266 n 1.
Aḥmad ibn Ḥasan Maimandī, Vazīr
of Sulṭān Mas‘ūd, son of Maḥmūd
of Ghaznīn, 35.
Aḥmad Jilwānī the First, Sulṭān, ruler
of Baiāna, 414. See also under
Aḥmad Khān Jilwānī.
Aḥmad Junaid, Mullā, 486 and n 1.
Same as the next.
Aḥmad Jund, Mullā, 486 and n 1.
Same as the above.
Aḥmad Kathū, Shaikh, 357 and n 3.
Surnamed Ganjbakhsh, the name is
also written Khaṭṭu.
Aḥmad Khān, brother of A‘ẓam
Humāyūn Lodī,—one of the Amīrs
of Sulṭān Ibrāhīm, son of Sulṭān
Sikandar Lodī, 434.
Aḥmad Khān Jilwānī, ruler of Baiāna,
405. See also under Sulṭān Aḥmad
Jilwānī.
Aḥmad Khān, the Governor of Karra
under Sulṭān Ibrāhīm, son of Sulṭān
Sikandar Lodī, 434.
Aḥmad Khān, son of Khān-i-Jahān
Lodī, styled A‘ẓam Khān Humāyūn,
416 and n 11.
Aḥmad Khān, son of Khān-i-Khānān
Farmalī,—of the Amīrs of Sulṭān
Sikandar Lodī, 418 and n 11.
Aḥmad Khān Lodī,—one of the Amīrs
of Sulṭān Ibrāhīm, son of Sulṭān
Sikandar Lodī, 434.
Aḥmad Khān Sūr, one of the cou-
sins of Sher Shāh, assumes the
title of Sulṭān Sikandar, 542. See
under Sulṭān Sikandar Sūr.
Aḥmad Khaṭṭu, Shaikh, 357 n 3,
surnamed Ganjbakhsh. The name
is also written Kathu.
Aḥmad Lāchīn, Malik,—one of the
Maliks of Sulṭān Muḥammad
Tughlaq Shāh, 313.
Aḥmad, Malik, son of Amīr Khusrū
the famous poet of Dihlī, 339, 340.
Aḥmad, Malik, brother of ‘Imādu-l-
Mulk Maḥmūd Ḥasan, the governor
of Multān, 392.
Aḥmad, son of Muḥammad, son of
Sulṭān Maḥmūd Ghaznawī, 45 and
n 2, 46.
Aḥmad Niyāl Tigīn, Amīr, treasurer
of Sulṭān Mas‘ūd, son of Maḥmūd
of Ghaznīn, 36 and n n 6, 8 and 9.
Aḥmad Shāh, Sulṭān, the ruler of
Gujarāt, 357 n n 3 and 4, 379 and
n 2.
Ahrimān, the Satan of the Persians,
280 and n 3.
Aibak, soubriquet of Sulṭān Quṭbu-d
Dīn Lakbakhsh, the ruler of Dilhī,
77 and n 2.
Aimah grants of land, 496 and n 1.
Āīn-i-Akbarī, the, 8 n 3, 13 n and
n 1, 14 n 3, 15 n 2, 17 n 4, 19 n
and n 6, 23 n 3, 24 n 2, 25 nn 1
and 5, 26 n 2, 27 n 4, 28 n 2, 34 n 5,
36 n 10, 48 n 1, 52 n 3, 62 n 2, 65
n 1, 67 n 3, 69 nn
2 and 5, 71 n 3, 72
n 4, 76 n, 81 n 2, 82 nn
3 and 5,
84 n 2, 87 n 1, 91 n 2, 92 n 2, 95
n 5, 124 n 4, 125 n 3, 128 n 3, 129
n 2, 130 n 1, 132 n 3, 133 n
and
n 2, 142 n 1, 147 n 1, 193 n 1, 221
n 3, 222 n 3, 223 n, 236 n 2, 248 n 2
249 n 5, 264 n 6, 265 nn
2 and 5,
266 nn 1 and 4, 304 n 4, 306 n 1,
330 n 8, 332 n 5, 353 n 1, 357 nn

3 and 4, 366 n 3, 377 n 4, 380 n 2,
384 n 3, 408 n 1, 410 n 4, 415 nn

4 and 7, 416 nn 3 and 13, 417 nn
7 and 8, 420 n 5, 8 and 9, 421
n 8, 422 nn 2 and 3, 424 n 3, 425 n
2, 432 n 7, 439 n 2, 449 n 2, 454 n
7, 464 n 5, 476 n 5, 479 n 5, 496 nn

1 and 8, 498 n 3, 499 n 3, 501 n 7,
503 n 3, 506 n 2, 507 n 1, 508 nn

7 and 8, 509 n 8, 515 n 4, 523 n
5, 536 n 6, 546 n 7, 557 nn
1 and
3, 567 n 3, 568 n 6, 571 n 9, 573
n 3, 580 n 5, 584 n 3, 587 n 7, 588
n 4, 590 n 5, 592 n 9, 597 n 5, 605
n 1, 609 n 5, 610 n, 611 n 3, 623 n
6, 626 n
3.
‘Ainu-l-Mulk Shihāb Multānī,—one
of the Amīrs of Sulṭān ‘Alāu-d-Dīn
Khiljī, 264, 282, 283, 285, 290, 291,
292, 294, 312.
Aiyāz, Amīr,—one of the favourites
of Sulṭān Maḥmūd of Ghaznīn, 32
n 1, 33 and n 3, 34.
Aiyāz, Malik, Khwāja-i-Jahān, (q. v.),
—of the Amīrs of Sulṭān Muḥammad Tughlaq Shāh, 304, 315.
Aiyūb, Khwāja, ibn Khwāja Abu-l-
Barakāt, of Māwarān-n-Nahr, a
poet of the time of Humāyūn, 632
and n 2, 633, 634, 635, 636.
‘Ajā'ibu-l-Makhlūqāt
of al-Qazwīnī, 79
n 2.
Ajallu-l-jabhah
, 515 and n 6.
‘Ajam (Persia), 233.
Ajāwan, town, 495.
Ajāwan,—a Bhagat boy to whom
Islem Shāh gave the name of
Mujāhid Khān, 557 n 8.
Ajlā-l-jabhah
, 516 and n 2.
Ajmīr, 69 and n 2, 70 and n 2, 120 n
4, 124, 129 n
2, 477.
Ajūdhan, town,—known also as Pāk
Pattan, 133 n, 233, 349 n 3, 355
and nn 1 and 3, 360, 362 and n 2
and 3, 363 n, 520 n 2. See also
the next.
Ajūdhya, town, 223 n. Same as
Ajūdhan, (q. v.).
Aiyāra, Daulat Khān, son of Sazāwal
Khān, one of the Amīrs of Islem
Shāh, 527, 531, 532 and n 2.

Akat Khān, brother's son of Sulṭān
‘Alāu-d-Dīn Khiljī, 258 and n 7,
259 and n 5.
Akbar, the Emperor, 8 and n 2, 9 n 2,
58 n 5, 63 n, 97, 125 n 1, 132 n 3,
306 n 1, 383 n 8, 408 n 1, 421 n 8,
432 n 10, 464 n
5, 520, 566 and n
13, 568 n
6, 580 and n 5, 581, 592 n
9, 594 and n 6, 596, 597.
Akbar Nāma
of Shaikh Abu-l-Faẓl
‘Allāmī, 504, 579 n 7.
Akbar Shāh, 8 and n 2. See under
Akbar.
Akchak, a district of Hindūstān, 334
and n 4.
Akhal, town, 334 n 4.
Akhāra
, a kind of musical entertainment, 332 and n 5, 496.
Ākhirīnpūr, popular name of the
town of Fīrūzpūr, as the ‘Last city’
built by Fīroz Shāh, 336 and n 3.
Akhor
, stable, 274 n 5.
Akhor Beg, a Court Office, 232.
Akhtā, a gelding, 274 n 5.
Ākhūnd
, tutor, 589 and n 2, the
Ākhūnd, Maulānā Zainu-d-Dīn
Maḥmūd Kamāngar Naqshbandī,
589, 590 and n 6.
Akhyāfī, brothers by the same mother
but a different father, 466 n 7.
Al-Aāsi, son of Nabīh, of the tribe of
Quraish, killed in the battle of
Badr, 74 n 2.
Alagh Khānī (Ulugh Khānī), a canal
leading from the Sutlej, now called
the Jureah canal, 325 n 3.
‘Alāī Mahdī of Baiāna, Shaikh, son of
Shaikh Ḥasan of Bangāla, 507 and
n 1, 509, 511, 512, 513, 514, 515,
516, 517, 518, 519, 521, 522, 523,
524.
Al-Ajall, the Great, an epithet applied
[to God, 515 n 6.
‘Alam
, a standard or ensign, 483 n 2.
‘Ālam Khān, title of ‘Ainu-l-Mulk
Multānī (q. v.), 292.
‘Ālam Khān, son of Sulṭān Buhlūl
Lodī, 411 n 2.
‘Ālam Khān Lodī, Governor of Kālpī,
—one of the Amīrs of Humāyūn,
436, 437, 438, 443, 446.
‘Ālam Khān, Governor of Mīwāt,—
one of the Amīrs of Sulṭān Sikandar
Lodī, 419 and n 2.
‘Ālam Lodī, Sulṭān, ibn-i-Sulṭān
Sikandar Lodī, 451, 454.
‘Alam, Malik, Governor of Daulatābād,—of the Amīrs of Sulṭān
Muḥammad Tughlaq Shāh, 313.
‘Alams, the two—, or standards, the
sun and moon, 147 n 2.
‘Ālam-i-amr
, the world of the order,
or potentiality, 105 n 1.
‘Ālam-i-khalq
, the world of creation,
or the material world, 105 n.
‘Ālamu-l-Ḥaiwān
, the animal world,
147 n 2.
‘Ālamu-l-Ins
, the world of mankind,
[147 n 2.
‘Ālamu-l-Jinn
, the world of the jinn
or genii, 147 n 2.
‘Ālamu-l-Ma‘ādin
, the mineral world,
147 n 2.
‘Ālamu-l-Malā'ikah
, the world of
angels, 147 n 2.
‘Ālamu-n-Nabāt
, the vegetable world,
147 n 2.
Alaptagīn. See under Alptigīn.
Al-Arkān, the four elements, 102 n 1.
AlĀṣma‘ī, the celebrated Arab Grammarian and Philologist, 75 n.
‘Alāu-d-Daulah Mas‘ūd, Sulṭān, ibn
Saiyyidu-s-Salāṭīn Ibrāhīm Ghaznawī, 55 and n 2.
‘Alāu-d-Daulah of Samnān, Shaikh,
571 n 9.
‘Alāu-d-Dīn, Sulṭān, title of ‘Alī
Mardān (q. v.) as ruler of Lakhnautī, 86.
‘Alāu-d-Dīn Ayāz, Kotwāl of the New
Castle of Dihlī, under Sulṭān ‘Alāu-
d-Dīn Khiljī, 260 n 5.
‘Alāu-d-Dīn, Saiyyid, Governor of
Badāon under Sulṭān Fīroz Shāh,
335 and n 6.
‘Alāu-d-Dīn Badāonī, Sulṭān of Dihlī,
335. See ‘Alāu-d-Dīn ibn Muḥammad Shāh.
‘Alāu-d-Dīn Bahrām Shāh, Sulṭān of
the Deccan, 309, 314. See Ḥasan
Kaithalī.
‘Alāu-d-Dīn, Sulṭān, king of Bangāla,
—contemporary of Sulṭān Sikandar
Lodī, 417.
‘Alāu-d-Dīn Dhārwāl, Malik,—of the
Amīrs of Sulṭān Maḥmūd Shāh of
Dihlī, 349.
‘Alāu-d-Dīn Ḥasan ibn Ḥusain Sūrī,
King of Ghūr, 60, 61, 62. Same as
the next (q. v.).
‘Alāu-d-Dīn Ḥusain ibn Ḥasan Ghorī
Jahānsoz, the first of the kings of
Ghūr, 61 n 4, 64 n 2. See also the
above.
‘Alāu-d-Dīn Jānī, Malik,—of the
Maliks of Sulṭān Shamsu-d-Dīn
Iyal-timish, 94 n 3, 98 n 2.
‘Alāu-d-Dīn, Governor of Karra, 236.
See ‘Alāu-d-Dīn Khiljī.
‘Alāu-d-Dīn Khāfī, Malik ‘Izzu-l-
Mulk, Governor of Lakhnautī,—of
the Amīrs of Sulṭān Shamsu-d-Dīn
Iyal-timish, 94 and n 3.
‘Alāu-d-Dīn Khiljī, Malik and afterwards Sulṭān, 232, 236, 237, 238,
239, 240, 241, 242, 243, 244, 246,
247 n, 249, 250 and n 5, 251, 252 n
1, 254 n
1, 256, 259, 266, 269 and
n 1, 271 n 6, 273 and n 1, 274 and
n 1, 282, 283, 286 n 1, 289, 290, 291,
292, 294 and n 3, 296 and n 3, 379
n 2, 397 n
1, 472.
‘Alāu-d-Dīn of Lakhnautī, Sulṭān.
See under ‘Alī Mardān.
‘Alāu-d-Dīn, of Lakhnautī, Sulṭān,
309. See under ‘Alī Mubārak.
‘Alāu-d-Dīn Mas‘ūd, Sulṭān, son of
Saiyyidu-s-Salāṭīn Ibrāhīm ibn
Sulṭān Mas‘ūd Ghaznawī, 55 and
n n 2 and 4.
‘Alāu-d-Dīn Mas‘ūd Shāh ibn Ruknu-d-
Dīn Fīroz Shāh, of the Shamsīyah
Sulṭāns, 124, 125, 126.
‘Alāu-d-Dīn ibn-i-Muḥammad Shāh
ibn-i-Mubārak Shāh ibn-i-Khiẓr
Khān, Sulṭān of Dihlī, 398, 399,
400 and n, 401 and n 4, 402 and
n 1, 405 and n 4, 406, 409.
‘Alāu-d-Dīn Sikandar Shāh, Sulṭān,
ibn-i-Muḥammad Shāh ibn-i-Fīroz
Shāh, 347. See Humāyūn Khān,
son of Sulṭān Muḥammad Shāh.
‘Alāu-l-Mulk, Malik, uncle of Ẓiāu-d-
Dīn Barnī the Historian, Kotwāl of
the New Castle of Dihlī under
Sulṭān ‘Alāu-d-Dīn Khiljī, 237, 249,
255, 260 and n 5.
Alberuni. See under Albīrūnī.
Albīrūnī's Chronology (Sachau), 76 n,
104 n 2, 108 n 4, 166 n 1, 280 nn
3
and 4, 369 n 3, 627 n 1.
Albīrūnī's India (Sachau), 17 n 4,
21 n 4, 22 nn
1 and 5, 23 nn 2 and
3, 24 n 6, 25 n 1, 27 n 4, 28 n 3,
36 n 10, 76 n, 79 n 2, 95 n 5, 114
n 2, 131 n 2, 332 n
4.
Alburz, mountain of,—in Persia, 178
n 2.
Alchemy, science of, 244 n 6.
Alexander the Great, 35 n 2, 191 n 2,
254 and n 6, 331 n 10, 332 n, 389
n 2, 560 n 8, 595 n
7.
Alexandrian School, the, 374 n 5.
Alf Khān. See Alp Khān Sinjar.
Alfī, 80 n 4. See under the Tārīkh-i-
Alfī.
Alghāyatu fil fiqh, by Qāẓī Baiẓāwī,
6 n 4.
Alghū Khān, the Mughūl, grandson of
Chingīz Khān, and son-in-law of
Sulṭān Jalālu-d-Dīn Khiljī, 236,
248.
‘Alī ibn-Abī Ṭālib, the fourth Khalīfah, 3 n 6, 59 and n 4, 74 and
n 2, 80 n 5, 93 n 4, 105 n 2, 106
and n 5, 151 n 5, 156, 157 n 2, 158
n
, 207 and n 6, 260 n 7, 303 n 4,
376, 505 and n 6, 572 and n 1, 57,
n, 604, 622 n 3, 629 n 5. See
under Asadu-llāh.
‘Alī Beg Mughul, a prince of the royal
house of Khurāsān, 250, 251 and
n 5, 252.
‘Alī Dāya, one of the generals of
Sulṭān Mas‘ūd, son of Sulṭān
Maḥmūd Ghaznawī, 43.
Alidek range of mountains, 530 n 3.
Alif
, the first letter of the Alphabet,
100 and nn 2 and 3, 587 n 5,
634 and n 1.
Aliganj tahsil, 185 n 1, 218 n 3.
Aligarh, town, 135 n 1, 386 n 6.
‘Alī Gujrātī, Amīr,—of the Amīrs of
Sulṭān Mubārak Shāh of Dihlī,
396.

‘Alī Ismā‘īl, the Sipah Sālār,—one
of the Amīrs of Sulṭān Quṭbu-d-Dīn
Aibak, 88.
‘Alī, son of Iyal Arsalān, a relative of
Sulṭān Maḥmūd of Ghaznīn, 33 n 2.
‘Alī Karmākh, 69 n 1. See under
‘Alī Kirmāj.
‘Alī, of Kashmīr, Sulṭān, 381.
‘Alī Khān, a prince of the family of
Sulṭān ‘Alāu-d-Dīn Khiljī, 291.
‘Alī Khān, a relation of Muḥammad
Khān, the ruler of Nāgor, 423 n 11,
425.
‘Alī Khaṭaṭī, a court officer of Sulṭān
Muḥammad Tughlaq Shāh, 304.
‘Alī, Khilāfat of, 577 n.
‘Alī Khishāwandī, a relative of Sulṭān
Maḥmūd of Ghaznīn, 33 n 2.
‘Alī Kirmāj, au Amīr of the Ghorī
dynasty, Governor of Multān, 66
and n 4, 69 and n 1.
‘Alī Kirmāny, 66 n 4. For ‘Alī
Kirmāj (q. v.).
‘Alī, son of Kizil Arsalān, father-in-
law of Sulṭān Maḥmūd of Ghaznīn,
33 n 2.
‘Alī Kurbat, a relative of Sulṭān
Maḥmūd of Ghaznīn, 33 n 2.
‘Alī Malik, Governor of Uchh, under
Sārang Khān, the ruler of Dīpālpūr,
353.
‘Alī Mardān, one of Muḥammad
Bakhtyār's Generals, seizes the
sovereignty of Lakhnautī under the
style of Sulṭān ‘Alāu-d-Dīn, 85, 86
and n 2, 88 n 1.
Āl-i-Marwān, the,—a branch of the
Umayyad family, 59.
‘Alī Masīj (Mīch), Amīr, a chief of
the tribes of Kūnch and Mīj, 83
and n 4. Called also ‘Alī Mīj.
‘Alī ibn Mas‘ūd ibn Maḥmūd Ghaznawī, Sulṭān of Ghaznīn, 50 and n 1.
‘Alī Mīj, 83 n 4. See under ‘Alī
Masīj.
‘Alī Mubārak, Inspector of Troops
under Sulṭān Muḥammad Tughlaq
Shāh, 308, 309. Assumes the title
of ‘Alāu-d-Dīn as Sulṭān of Lakhnautī.
‘Alī Mughul, Shaikh, ruler of Kābul,
—contemporary of Sulṭān Mubārak
Shāh of Dihlī, 388, 389, 390, 391,
392.
Āl-i-Muḥammad Muṣṭafā, the Family
of the Prophet, 59.
‘Alī ibn Muḥammad Ṣāḥibu-z-Zanj,
of the family of ‘Alī, raises a revolt
at Baṣra, 458 n 3.
‘Alī, son of Mūsā ar-Riẓā, one of the
twelve Imāms of the Shī‘ah, 573
n 3.
‘Alī Qulī, Ustā, the Artillerist of
Bābar, 439 and n 6.
‘Alī Qulī Khān Shaibānī, the Khān-i-
Zamān, son of Ḥaidar Sulṭān
Osbak-i-Shaibānī,—one of the Amīrs
of Humāyūn and Akbar, 592 and
n 9, 594, 597, 598, 599, 600.
‘Alī Qulī Khān Sīstānī,—one of the
Amīrs of Humāyūn, 590. Probably
the same as above.
‘Alī bin Rabī‘, an Amīr of the Ghaznavide dynasty, 48, 50 and n 1.
‘Alī, ring of, possessed of magical
properties, 505 and n 6.
‘Alī Sarjāndār, Malik,—one of the
Amīrs of Sulṭān Muḥammad Tughlaq
Shāh, 313.
‘Alī, Shaikh, one of the Amīrs of
Humāyūn, 565 n 1.
‘Alī, Shaikh, the ruler of Kābul. See
under ‘Alī Mughul.
‘Alī Shaṭranjī, Khwāja, Auḥadī's Life
of, 114 n 2.
‘Alī Sher, the Vazīr Amīr, disciple of
Maulānā Jāmī, 32 n 2.
‘Alī Sher, sister's son to Ẓafar Khan
‘Alā'ī,—an Amīr of the time of
Sulṭān Muḥammad Tughlaq Shāh,
311.
‘Alī, Sulṭān, King of Kashmīr, contemporary of Sulṭān Mubārak Shāh
of Dihlī, 381.
‘Alī Tagīn, ruler of Māwarā-an-Nahr,
—contemporary of Sulṭān Maḥmūd
Ghaznawī, 27.
Allahabad, city of, 415 n 5, 417 n 7,
486 n
6.
Allahabad, Sarkār of, 416 n 3.
Allāhdād Kālū or Kāla, Lodī, Malik,
—one of the Amīrs of Sulṭān
Mubārak Shāh of Dihlī, 391, 395
396, 398.
Allāhdād Lodī, Malik, 398. See
Allāhdād Kālū Lodī.
Almagest of Ptolemy, 76 n.
Almanṣūra in Sindh, 36 n 10. See
under al-Manṣūrah.
Alor, city of, 66 n 2.
Alp Arsalān, son of Dāūd, son of
Mīkā'īl, son of Saljūq, second
monarch of the Saljūqīyah dynasty,
35 and n 1. 51 and n 2.
Alp Khān, Governor of Dhār, 384
and n 5, 385, Governor of Kālpī,
393. Same as the next q. v.
Alp Khān, commonly called Sulṭān
Hoshang, ruler of Mālwā, 363 n 2,
384 and n 5, 385, 393.
Alp Khān, title of Sinjar, wife's
brother of Sulṭān ‘Alāu-d-Dīn Khiljī,
247, 249, 254, 267, 282.
Alptagīn. See under Alptigīn.
Alptigīn, a slave of the house of the
Sāmānīs, the independent governor of Ghaznī and Kābul, 13 n 1,
14 and n n 1 and 2, 16 n 3.
Alptigīn Ḥājib, an Amīr of the
Ghaznavide dynasty, 47 n 5.
Altamish or Iyaltimish, 88 n 3. See
under Shamsu-d-Dīn Iyaltimish.
Altamsh, meaning of the word, 89
n 1.
Altigīn, 47 and n 5. Same as Alptigīn Ḥājib (q. v.)
Altūn Bahādur,—one of the Amīrs of
the king of Khurāsān, 320.
Altūn Tāsh, an officer of Sulṭān Maḥ-
mūd of Ghaznīn, whom he appoints
Governor of Khwārazm, with the
title of Khwārazm Shāh, 23.
Altūnīyah, Malik. See under Ikhtiyāru-d-Dīn Altūnīyah.
Alwar, town and fortress, 129 n 2,
256, 385, 443, 462, 534, 542, 543,
547, 553. See also under Ulwar.
Alyās Khān, Governor of Chhāīn,
under Masnad-i-‘Ālī Khiẓr Khān,
Sulṭān of Dihlī, 379 and n 2.
‘Amād Khān Karrānī,—one of the
Afghān Amīrs of Hindustān, 540.
Amal or Amol, capital of Ṭabaristān,
36 and n 2.
Amānī Kābulī, Mīrzā, a poet of the
time of Humāyūn, 587 and n 3, 616.
Amarcōsh, a Sanskrit Dictionary,
374 n.
Amarkôṭ, town, 464 n 5, 564, 566 and
n 13, 567 n 1, 568 n 6.
Ambālā, town, 330 n 7, 334, 362 n 1,
Ambēr, town, 520.
Ambergris, notes on, 182 n 1.
[492, 493.
Ameer Jadeeda, 334 n 2.
‘Amīd Abū Naṣr, Maqāmāt of,—by
Baihaqī, 32 n.
‘Amīd Dailamī, the poet, 99 n 4,
138 n
1. Called also ‘Amīd Lūmakī,
q. v.
‘Amīd Lūmakī, of Gīlān, the poet,
—panegyrist of Sulṭān Muḥammad
Yamīn, 99 and n 4, 138 and n 1,
141, 144, 151, 159 n 1, 160, 165 and
n 1, 169, 172, 177, 182. Called
also ‘Amīd Dailamī.
‘Amīd Lūyakī, 99 n 4, for ‘Amīd
Lūmakī the poet, (q. v.).
‘Amīd Tūlakī, 99, for ‘Amīd Lūmakī,
the poet, (q. v.).
Amīn
, Chief Commissioner, 497.
Amīn b-‘Abdullah Kasharī, governor
of Khurāsān, under Hishām ibn
‘Abdu-l-Malik (q. v.), 13 n 1.
Amīn Khān, Governor of Bengal,
under Sulṭān Ghiyāṯu-d-Dīn Balban,
186.
Amīr of the Eight Squares, the
Wazīr at Chess, 103 and n 1.
Amīr Abū Ṭālib, of ‘Irāq, Saiyyid,
—a skilful physician of the reign
of Islem Shāh, 505.
Amīr ‘Alī Sher, the Vazīr, disciple of
Maulānā Jāmī, 32 n 2.
Amīr Arslān Kātibī. See Arslān
Kātibī.
Amīr Ḥasan. See Ḥasan of Dihlī,
the poet.
Amīr Khalifa, Prime Minister of
Bābar, 451.
Amīr Khān ibn-i-Dā'ūd Khān ibn-i-
Shams Khān Auḥadī, the Governor
of Baiānā, 385 n 1.

Amīr Khusrū, the poet, 134 n 4, 135 n,
Mīr Khusrū.
Amīr, Khwāja, of the Amīrs of Bābar,
446.
Amīr Muẓaffar,—one of the Maliks of
Shaikh ‘Alī Mughul, the King of
Kābul, 389, 390, 392.
Amīr Rūḥānī, Ḥakīm Abū Bakr
ibn Muḥammad ‘Alī Samarqandī,
—a learned man of the time of
Sulṭān Shamsu-d-Dīn Iyal-timish,
93 and n 2.
Amīr Shaikh Ḥasan, King of Khurāsān, 571 n 9.
Amīr Ṭamghāch, title of Ibak, slave
of Sulṭān Quṭbu-d-Dīn Aibak, 89
and n 2.
Amīrān-i-Ṣada, the Amīrs of hundreds, 334 and n 2.
Amīru-l-Millat Yamīnu-d-Daulat,
title of Sulṭān Maḥmūd of Ghaznīn,
17.
Amīru-l-Umarā (Chief of the Amīrs),
a title, 90.
Amīru-l-Umarā Fakhru-d-Dīn, Kotwāl of Dihlī, 260 n 2. See Maliku-
l-Umarā.
Amīru-l-Umarā Hindū Bēg, of the
Amīrs of Humāyūn, 457. See under
Hīndū Bēg Qūchīn.
Amīru-l-Umarā, Malik Mubārak Kabīr,—of the Amīrs of Tughlaq
Shāh, grandson of Sulṭān Fīrūz, 342
and n 1.
Amol, capital of Ṭabaristān, also
written Amal, 36 n 2.
‘Amr ibn al-‘Āṣ, of the Banū Umayyah, one of the Governors of
Mu‘āwiyah, 157 n 2.
‘Amr ibn-u-Laiṯ aṣ-Ṣaffār, King of
Khurāsān, 481 and n 6.
Amrāẓ-i-Mutaẓāddah, 463 and n 1.
Amritsar, 520.
Amroha, town, 185, 231, 251, 261,
268, 395, 398, 546 and n 5.
Amron ibn al-‘Āṣ. See ‘Amr ibn
al-‘Āṣ.
Amū Daryā, the,—the Jaiḥūn or
Oxus, 27 n 1.
Anā
, a mother, in Turkī, 568 n 6.
Anagah
or Anāgah, foster-mother, in
Turkī, 580 n 5. See also the next.
Anāka, Anākā, or Anākah, wet-nurse,
in Turkī, 464 n 5, 568 n 6, 580 n 5.
See also Anagah.
Anandpāl or Anand Pāl, son of Jaipāl,
ruler of Hind,—contemporary of
Sulṭān Maḥmūd of Ghaznīn, 20
22 n 6.
Anandrāj, Farhang of, 596 n
6.
Anberī, township of, 530 and n 9.
Ancient Arabian Poetry
, Lyall's Introduction to, 99 n 6.
Ancient Geography of India
, Cunningham's, 21 n 4, 22 n 5, 23 n 2, 24
n 6, 48 n 5, 66 n 3, 67 n 1, 69 n 5,
80 n 1, 132 n 3, 265 nn
2 and 4, 293
n 5, 362 n 2, 363 n, 382 n 4, 389 n
2, 415 n 5.
Ancient India
, McCrindle's, 364 n 4.
‘Andhlī, the name ‘Adlī (q. v.) perverted, 536 and n 10.
Andhra, country, 265 n 2.
Andkhūd, fortress of, 71.
Anhalpur, original name of Patan, a
city of Gujerāt, 28 n 2.
Anhalwāra (Nehroāla), ancient name
of Patan, a city of Gujerāt, 28 n 2.
Anhelwāra (Nahrwāla) kingdom, in
Gujerāt, 256 n 4.
Āṇkus
, in Hindī, a hook or goad for
elephants, 118 n 2.
An-najm
, the Pleiades, 630 n 4.
Annales
, of Abul Fidā, 167 n 4.
‘Anqā'
, a fabulous bird, called Sīmurgh
in Persian, 178 n 4.
Anṣār, the,—tribes of al-Madīnah
who supported the Prophet, 215
and n 7, 216 n.
Ansurī, Ḥakīm,—a famous Persian
poet, 17 n 3.
Ant, notes on the, 108 n 1.
Antarī, township of, 530 n 9.
Anth: Gram: Arab:, of de Sacy,
6 n 4.
Anti-christ, 278 n 4, 369 n 3. See
under ad-Dajjāl.
Ants, Valley of the, 340 n 2.
Anwarī, the famous Persian poet, 54
n 1, 76 n 1, 626.
Anwāru-t-Tanzīl
, the, a celebrated
commentary on the Qur'ān by Qāẓī
Baiẓāwī (q. v.), 6 n 4.
Ānwla, forest of, 379.
‘Aql-i-awwal, 374 n 5. See under
‘Aql-i-kull.
‘Aql-i-kull, called also ‘Aql-i-awwal,
the first or supreme intelligence, a
name given to the Angel Gabriel,
374 n 5.
‘Aql Nāmah
, a work by Ḥakīm Sanāī,
the celebrated poet, 56 n 2.
Aqṭā‘s
, 597. See Iqṭā‘ grants.
Arabia, 3.
Arabian Nights, the, 148 n 1.
Arabian Poetry
, Clouston's, 99 n 6.
Arabs, the, 28, 61 n 5, 94, 117 n 2,
145 n 1, 146 n 1, 192 n 2, 198 n 2,
287, 369 n 1, 527 n 3, 630 n 4, 637
n 1.
Arabum Proverbia
, Freytag's, 458 n 3,
507 n 3, 580 n
1.
Arail, town, 415 n 4.
Ārām Shāh, Sulṭān, ibn Sulṭān
Quṭbu-d-Dīn Aibak, 87, 88 and n 1.
Arangal or Warangal, 265 n 4. See
Arankal.
Arankal, ancient capital of Telingāna,
265 and n 4, 297, 299. Afterwards called Sulṭānpūr. The name
is also written Arangal or Warangal.
‘Ar‘ar, the Juniper tree, 182 n 4.
‘Araẓ
, an accident, a term of Muslim
theology, 614 n 2.
A‘rāẓ-o-jawāhir, 614 n
2. See under
‘Araẓ and Jauhar.
Ardabīl, a town of Persia, 573.
Arg, meaning of, 314 n 1.
Arghawān, the, (Arabicé) Arjuwān, a
kind of tree, 109 n 4, 172 and n 4,
173.
Aria, ancient name of Herāt, in
Khurāsān, 35 n 2.
‘Ārif
, or holy, a Ṣūfī title, 32 n 2, 272
and n 1.
Ārīl, a place near Ilāhābās (Allahabad), 415 and n 4.
Aristotle, 255.
‘Āriz-i-Mamālik, Mustermaster Gene-
ral, 230 n 1, 293 and n 2.
Arjuwān, the. See under Arghawān.
Arkal, a place, 415 n 4.
Arkalī Khān, son of Sulṭān Jalālu-d-
Dīn Khiljī, 231, 233, 235, 236, 244,
247 and n and n 4, 248 and n 8.
Al-Arkān, the four elements, 102
n 1.
Armān, country of,—in the Shāh Nāma
of Firdausī, 180 n 2.
Armenia, 61 n 5.
Armenians, the, 130 n 1.
Arrah, town, 185 n 1.
Arrian, the Greek geographer, 23 n
3, 24 n 6, 30 n 1, 332 n
.
Arsacia, an ancient name of the city
of Rai (q. v.), 30 n 1.
Arsalān Khān, one of the Shamsīyah
Amīrs, 130, 131.
Arsalān Shāh, Sulṭān, ibn Mas‘ūd ibn
Sayyidu-s-Salāṭīn Ibrāhīm Ghaznawī, 55 and n 4, 56 and n 1.
Arsar Khān, one of the Amīrs of
Sulṭān Mu‘izzu-d-Dīn Kaiqubād,
the grandson of Sulṭān Ghiyāṯu-d-
Dīn Balban, 226 n 1.
Arslān Kātibī, Amīr, an eminent poet
of the reign of Sulṭān Jalālu-d-
Dīn Khiljī, 245.
Artagīn, a general of Sulṭān Maudūd
Ghaznawī, 47.
Artaulī, township, 386 and n 6.
‘Arūs-i-Jahān, town, 379 n 2.
‘Arūẓ
, a term of Prosody,—explanation of, 606 n 4.
Aryal, a place, 415 n 4.
Arzan
, the smaller millet, 465 n 6.
Arẓhan, desert of, between Bushire
and Shīrāz, 572 and n 1.
Asad Khān Lodī,—of the Amīrs of
Maḥmūd Shāh, the grandson of
Fīroz Shāh, 364.
Asad bin Sāmān, founder of the
Sāmānī dynasty, the princes of
Khurāsān, 14 n 1.
As‘adak Allāh
, 412 and n 3.
Asadu-d-Dīn ibn Yaghrash Khān,
called Malik Khamūsh,—uncle's son
of Sulṭān ‘Alāu-d-Dīn Khiljī, 283.
Asad ‘Ullah, or the Lion of God,
a name of ‘Alī ibn Abī Ṭālib, 93 n
4, 150.
Āṣaf, Wazīr of Solomon, King of the
Jews, 206 n.
Asamabad, town of, 21 n 4.
Āṯāru-l-Bilād
, the,—of al-Qazwīnī,
n 4.
Asāwal, town in Gujarāt, 357 n 4, 361.
‘Aṯfīr
, a flower, 173 n 3.
Aṣghar, Governor of Dihlī under Sulṭān Sikandar Lodī, 418.

Ash‘arī, Sharafu-l-Mulk, of the Amīrs
of Sulṭān ‘Alāu-d-Dīn Mas‘ūd Shāh,
of Dihlī, 125.
‘Ashars, portions of ten Āyats into
which the Qur'ān has been divided,
102 and n 4.
Al-Ashbāh wa-n-Naẓāir
, a work on
Fiqh or Jurisprudence, by Zainu-l-
‘Ābidīn bin Najīm, 5 n 4.
Ashhab
, or white ambergris, 182 n 1.
‘Ashīqa
, a poem by Mīr Khusrū, of
Dihlī, 256, 264, 266, 267 n 1, 274 n
1, 276 n
1.
Ashraf Pādshāh, 635 n 5.
Ashrafī
, a gold coin, called after
Ashraf Pādshāh, 635 n 5.
Ashrafu-d-Dīn Ḥasan ibn Nāṣiri-l-
‘Alavī,—a poet of the time of
Bahrām Shāh Ghaznawī, 56 n 3.
Same as Sayyid Ḥasan Ghaznawī
the Poet, q. v.
‘Āshūrā’, day of, 199 n 3, 200 and n.
320 and n 4, 464, 622.
Asī river, the, otherwise known as
the Medakī, 419 n 6.
Asia, Northern, 191 n 2.
Asiatic Lithographic Press, the, 102
n 1.
Asiatic Researches, 374 n
.
Asiatic Society of Bengal, 127 n 2,
511 n
2.
Aṯīr, Qāẓī,—contemporary of Sulṭān
Ghiyāṯu-d-Dīn Balban, 217.
‘Asjadī, Ḥakīm Abū Naẓar ‘Abdu-l-
‘Azīz ibn Manṣūr, a celebrated poet
of Merv, 17 and n 3.
‘Askarī, Mīrzā, one of the Mughul
chiefs under Humāyūn, 455, 465,
567, 568, 573, 574, 575, 585 and
n 9.
Aṣl wa Far‘
, signification of the
term, 5 n 4.
Asmā'
, names or attributes of the
Deity, 459 n 2.
Aṣma‘ī,—the celebrated Arab grammarian and philologist, 75 n.
Asmāu-l-ḥusnā, the best of names,
603 and n 5.
Asmāu-l-Jalālīyeh
, terrible attributes
of the Deity, 459 n 2.
Asmāu-l-Jamālīyeh
, amiable attributes
of the Deity, 459 n 2.
Asparag
, a herb, 173 n 2.
Ashrafu-l-Mulk, of the Amīrs of
Sulṭān Fīroz Shāh, brother's son of
Ghiyāṯu-d-Dīn Tughlaq, 324.
As-Suyūṭī. See under Suyūṭī.
Aṣṭarjī, the jinn who stole Solomon's
signet ring, and ruled in his place,
205 n 3, 206 n.
Astronomers of Greece, 75 n 2.
Asun river, the,—flowing west of
Gwāliār, 419 n 6.
Atā
, a father, in Turkī, 568 n 6.
Atābak
or Atābek, a Turkī word,
signification of, 568 n 5.
Atābakī
, the office of Atābak (q. v.),
568 n
5.
Atābaks of Āẕarbaijān, the, 158 n 3.
Atākā
, a Turkī word, meaning of, 464
n 5, 568 n 6.
Atala Masjid, at Jaunpūr, built by
Sulṭān Ibrāhīm of Jaunpūr, 364
n 3.
Atālīgh
, or Atālīq, a Turkī word,
signification of, 468 and n 2, 569 n
5, 597.
Ātashkadā i-Āẕur
, the, 32 nn 1 and
2, 35 n 1, 53 n, 54 n 1, 96 n 2, 134
n 3, 187 n 2, 270 n 6, 341 nn
1
and 2, 584 n 3.
Atāva, a town in the Sarkār of Agra,
70 n 3. See under Aṭāwah.
Aṭāwah, town of, in Hindustān, 70
and n 3. Also written Atāva, (q. v.).
Atgah, 568 n
6.
Atgah Khān, Shamsu-d-Dīn Muḥammad. See under Atka Khān.
Atīkā, a Turkī word, meaning of, 464
n 5.
Atka
, a Turkī word, meaning of, 464
n 5, 568 n 6.
Atka Khān, Shamsu-d-Dīn Muḥammad, son of Mīr Yār Muḥammad of
Ghaznī, one of the Amīrs of
Humāyūn, and foster-father to
Prince Akbar, 464 n 5, 563, 568
and n 6.
Atkinson's Shāh Nāmah, 32 n 1, 116
n 5, 178 n 2, 180 n 2, 321 n 1, 435
n 2.
Aṭlas
, meanings of the word, 142 n 1,
246 n 3.
Atlas
, Keith Johnson's Royal, 567 n 1,
570 n 7.
Atlas of India, 384 n
1.
Attock, on the Indus, 20 n 1, 44 n 6
358 n 6.
Aṭwāl
, the,—a geopraphical work,
14 n 3, 29 n 6, 30 n 1.
‘Auf ibn Qassī (called also Ṯaqīf),
12 n 1.
‘Aufī, Muḥammad, author of the
Jāmi‘u-l-Ḥikāyāt and Taẕkiratu-sh-
Shu‘arā
, 220.
Auḥad Khān Auḥadī, Governor of
Baiāna, 385.
Auḥadī's Life of Khwājā ‘Alī Shaṭranjī, 114 n 2.
Auḥadī family of Baiāna, the
Governors of the city, 386.
Aulaka or aulakā, a Turkī word, signification of, 354 n 7.
Aunla, town of, 71 n 2.
Aurangzeb, Emperor of India, 82
n 4.
Avicenna, 533 n 1.
Awadh (Oudh), 415.
Awais Jalāyer, Sulṭān, son of Amīr
Shaikh Ḥasan, King of Khurāsān,
571 n 9. See also under Aweis.
Awais Sirwānī, Khwājā, one of the
Amīrs of Islem Shāh, 493 n 7.
Awe, Loch, 301 n 3.
Aweis, Sulṭān, son of Shaikh Ḥasan
Jalāyer, King of Khurāsān, 633 n 1.
See also under Awais.
A‘yānī, uterine brothers, 466 n 7.
Ayek, the,—a small river of Siālkot,
67 n.
Ay-tutulmash, eclipse of the moon,
probable origin of the name Iyaltimish, 89 n 1
Ayūb, takhalluṣ or poetical name of
Khwāja Aiyūb ibn Khwāja Abu-l-
Barakāt, a poet of the time of
Humāyūn, 633.
Āzādpūr, fortress of, 324 n 6.
A‘ẓam Humāyūn, Bāyazīd, nephew of
Sulṭān Buhlūl Lodī, 409, 410 and
n 1.
A‘ẓam Humāyūn, Haibat Khān of
Lāhore,—one of the Amīrs of Shīr
Shāh, 490, 492, 493, 497 and n 3,
498, 500.
A‘ẓam Humāyūn Shirwānī, Governor
of Karra,—one of the Amīrs of
Sulṭān Ibrāhīm bin Sulṭān Sikandar
Lodī, 430, 432, 433, 434, 435.
A‘ẓam Humāyūn, son of Sulṭān
Sikandar Lodī, 431 n 1.
A‘ẓam Humāyūn Sirwānī, Bihār Khān,
Governor of Handīya,—one of the
Amīrs of Islem Shāh, 517, 541.
A‘ẓam Khān Haibat, of Lāhore, 492.
See A‘ẓam Humāyūn Haibat.
A‘ẓam Khān Humāyūn, son of Bāyazīd, son of Sulṭān Buhlūl Lodī, 410
n 1, 411 n 2, 412 n 2, 414 and n 2.
A‘ẓam Khān Humāyūn, son of Khān-i-
Jahān Lodī,—one of the Amīrs of
Sulṭān Sikandar Lodī, 416, 434.
A‘ẓam Khān Shamsu-d-Dīn Muḥammad of Ghaznī, one of the Amīrs of
Humāyūn, 464. Same as Atkah
Khān, (q. v.).
A‘ẓām Malik, Shaikhzāda-i-Busṭāmī,
—of the Amīrs of Sulṭān Fīroz
Shāh, 328.
A‘ẓamu-l-Mulk, Malik ‘Izzu-d-Dīn
Yaḥyā, one of the Amīrs of Sulṭān
Muḥammad Tughlaq Shāh, 302, 308.
Aẕān, the,—or call to prayer, 472 n 6,
600 n
9, 601 and n.
Aẕarbaijān, province of, 30 n 1, 61 n
5, 158 n
3.
Aẓdu-d-Daulah Alp Arslān, third
monarch of the Saljūqiyah dynasty,
35 and n 1. See under Alp Arslān.
‘Aẓdu-d-Daulat, title given by the
Khalīfah Al-Qādir billāh to Amīr
Yūsuf, son of Sulṭān Maḥmūd of
Ghaznīn, 29.
‘Azīz Ḥimār, 313 n 2. Same as the
next (q. v.).
‘Azīz Khumār,—of the servants of
Sulṭān Muḥammad Tughlaq Shāh,
313 and n 2.
‘Azīzu-llah Tulumbī of Sambhal,
Shaikh,—one of the great and
learned men of the time of Sulṭān
Sikandar Lodī, 426, 427, 429.
Azlām, the arrows in the game of
maisir, 369 n 1.
‘Azra, heroine of a Turkish romance,
mistress of Wāmiq, 40 and n 1.

B.

Bābā Isḥāq Maghribī, a Shaikh of
Nāgor, 357 n 3.
Bābā Qashaqa.—or
Bābā Qushqah, one of the Amīrs of
Bābar, 441, 581
Baban, the Afghān, of the Amīrs of
Bābar, 439.
Baban, of the Amīrs of Sulṭān Maḥmūd, son of Sulṭān Sikandar Lodī,
471 and nn 4 and 6, 472.
Bābar, 9 n 2, 63 n, 128 n 3, 421 n 8,
436, 437, 438 and nn 3 and 5,
439, 440, 441, 442, 443, 444, 445,
447, 468, 469, 534, 570, 596, 605
n 1, 609 and n 5, 610.
Bābar, Erskine's Memoirs of, 421 n 8,
437 n 7, 439 nn
4, 6 and 7, 440 n,
448 n 4, 570 nn
5 and 6.
Bābarī script, or the Khaṭṭ-i-Bābarī,
invented by Bābar, 450.
Bābar-nāmah, the,—the Memoirs of
Bābar, 325 n 3.
Bāber. See under Bābar.
Bābernāmah. See under Bābar-nāmah.
Bābtigīn, for Bārtagīn, the Ḥājib
Buzurg of Sulṭān Maudūd Ghaznawī, 48 n 4.
Bābū Khān, one of the Amīrs of
Sulṭān Sikandar Lodī, 419.
Babūl, the Acacia Arabica, 335 n 10,
550 n
1.
Babūlī, a place, 335 and n 10.
Babylon, 169 n 1.
Bachgotīs, a tribe of Rājpūts, 414
and n 13.
Badagh Khān, of the Amīrs of Shāh
Ṭahmāsp, King of Persia, 456.
Badakhshān, 27 n 2, 443, 448, 576,
580, 581, 582, 585, 605, 608 and n 5.
Bādalgarh, fortress of, in Gwāliar,
432 and n 7.
Bādalgarh,—or
Badal Gaṛh, original name of the
citadel of Āgra, 432 n 7, 551 and
n 7.
Badāon, district and town of, 71 and
n 2, 88, 89, 90, 97, 99 and n 2,
119, 123, 124, 130, 131, 185, 231,
233, 234, 236, 244, 251, 260, 266
n
1, 297, 305, 335, 375, 377, 379,
380, 386 and n 4, 396 and n 2, 398,
399, 401, 402 and n 1, 405, 409,
413 and n 13, 427, 535, 545, 546,
557, 558, 597, 598, 600. Written
also Badāūn, Budāon and Budāūn.
Badāonī, ‘Abdu-l-Qādir bin Mulūk
Shāh, author of the Muntakhabu-t-
Tawārīkh
, 1 and n 1, 8 and n 2,
9 n 2, 11 n 1, 31 n, 54 n 2, 62 n 4,
65 n 2, 84 n, 90 n 2, 133 n, 176 n 2,
300 n 3, 304 n 1, 306 n 1, 320 n 5,
326 n, 328 n 6, 330 n 6, 332, 334
n 2, 349 n 12, 356 n 3, 357 n 4, 358
n 3, 363 n, 366 n 4, 368 n 1, 388 n 2,
400 n, 402 n 1, 404 n 2, 414 nn
1
and 6, 466 n 7, 473, 497, 508 n 3,
511 n 2, 543 n 4, 545, 557 n 2, 579,
584 n 3, 592 n 9, 609 n
3, 610.
Badāūn. See under Badāon.
Badāūnī. See under Badāonī.
Badger's Imāms and Saiyyids of
Omān, 157 n
2.
Bādghīs, town of, 71.
Badr, battle of,—the principal of the
Prophet's military exploits, 74 n 2,
216 n
.
Badr Shā‘ir Shāshī, a poet of the
time of Sulṭān Muḥammad Tughlaq
Shāh, 296 and n 6, 321 and n 6.
Known also as Badru-d-Dīn Chāchī,
of Turkestān.
Badra-i-Sakūn, a place, 283 and n 5.
Badru-d-Dīn Chāchī, the poet, 296
n 6. See under Badr Shā‘ir Shāshī.
Badru-d-Dīn of Hānsī, Shaikh, contemporary of Sulṭān Fīroz Shāh,
322 and n 5, 323.
Badru-d-Dīn Sankar, or Sangar,
Rūmī, Amīr Ḥājib, of the Shamsīyah Maliks, 121 n 7, 123.
Badru-d-Dīn Ẓafar Khān, one of
the Maliks of Sulṭān ‘Alān-d-Dīn
Khiljī, 247 and n 2.
Badshāpūr, town, 129 n 2.
Badward, a name of the town of
Bāward or Abīward in Khurāsān,
30 n.
Bāgh-i-Jūd, the, 396 and n 3.
Bāgh-i-Sabz, on the banks of the
Lāhor river, 188 and n 3, 190 n 1.
Bāgh-i-Sard, 188 n 3. For the Bāgh-i-
Sabz (q. v.).
Bāgh-i-Sarīr, 188 n 3. For the Bāgh-i-
Sabz (q. v.).
Baghdād, 12 n 2 (read Damascus),
17, 32 n 1, 57, 59 n 1, 88 n 3, 94
n 2, 205 n
1, 286, 311 and n 4, 322,
394 and n 5, 397, 432 n 10, 571
n
2.
Baghdād gate, at Dihlī, 432 n 10.
Bagore, town, 379 n 1.
Bagrām, old name of Peshāwar, 66
n 6.
Bahā, Qāẓī, one of the boon-companions of Sulṭān ‘Alāu-d-Dīn
Khiljī, 252, 253 and n 2.
Badādur Gurshasp, Malik, of the
Amīrs of Sulṭān Muḥammad Tughlaq Shāh, 304 and n 1.
Bahādur, Sulṭān, ruler of Gujrāt,—
contemporary of Humāyūn, 452,
453, 454 and n 4, 455, 456, 458,
635.
Bahādur Khān, a prince of the family
of Sulṭān ‘Alāu-d-Dīn Khiljī, 291.
Bahādur Khān, son of Daryā Khān
Lūhānī, of the Amīrs of Sulṭān
Ibrāhīm Lodī,—takes possession of
Bihār, assuming the title of Sulṭān
Muḥammad, 435. Elsewhere he is
called Bihār Khān (q. v.).
Bahādur Khān, Governor of Narnūl
under Sulṭan Maḥmūd, grandson
of Sulṭān Fīroz Shāh, 365 n 7.
Bahādur Khān Sīstānī (Shaibānī?),
Governor of Qandahār,—one of the
Amīrs of Humāyūn, 590, 591, 594.
Bahādur Shāh, otherwise known as
Tūda (? Nūda), independent Governor of Sunār Gānw,—contemporary
of Sulṭān Ghiyāṯu-d-Dīn Tughlaq
Shāh, 299, 300.
Bahādur, Sulṭān Muḥammad, son of
Muḥammad Khān Gauria,—contemporary of ‘Adlī, 556 and n 3.
Bahādur Nāhir, Khān Zāda of Mīwāt,
343, 344 and n 7, 345, 347, 351
and n 6, 354, 358 and n 4, 366 n,
375. Founder of the Khān Zāda
race, the rulers of Mīwāt.
Bahankar, fortress of, 80 and nn 4
and 5.
Bahāpūr, town, 227 and n 7, 229.
Bahār Khān, A‘ẓam Humāyūn Sirwānī, 521. See under Bihār Khān.
Bahārī, town, 232.
Bahāristān, one of the works of
Maulānī Jāmī, 32 n 2.
Bahārpūr, town, 227 n 7.
Bahāu-d-Dīn, one of the Amīrs of
Islem Shāh Sūr, 530.
Bahāu-d-Dīn Gurshasp, Malik, Governor of Sāgur, under Sulṭān Muḥammad Tughlaq Shāh, 304 n 1.
Bahāu-d-Dīn Jangī, Malik, of the
Amīrs of Muḥammad Shāh Fīroz
Shāhī, 344.
Bahāu-d-Dīn Muḥammad Ūshī Farghānī, 78 n 2. See Bahāu-d-Dīn
Ūshī.
Bahāu-d-Dīn Naqshbandī of Bukhārā,
Khwājā, a renowned saint, the
founder of the Naqshbandī School,
588 n 4.
Bahāu-d-Dīn Sām Ghūrī, Malik, 77
n 1. Probably Malik ‘Alāu-d-Dīn
Muḥammad is meant.
Bahāu-d-Dīn Tughral, Malik, one of
the generals and slaves of Sulṭān
Mu‘izzu-d-Dīn Sām Ghūrī, 80, 81.
Bahāu-d-Dīn Ūshī, a famous preacher
and learned divine of the time of
Sulṭān Quṭbu-d-Dīn Aibak, 78 and
n 2.
Bahāu-d-Dīn Zakariyāī the Multānī,
Ghauṯu-l-‘Ālam Ḥaẓrat Shaikh, a
famous Muḥammadan Saint, 133
and n and n 2, 248 n 2.
Bahdā, a village of the dependencies
of Khurāsān, 588 and n 5. Called
also Bahdāyan.
Bahdāyan, village of, 588 n 5. See
the above.
Al-Baḥḥāṯ, or the controversialist, a
name of Shaikh Niẓāmu-d-Dīn
Auliyā of Budāon (q. v.), 71 n 2.
Bahīra, town, 465.
Bahjat Khān, governor of Chanderī
under Sulṭān Maḥmūd of Mālwa,
transfers Chanderī to Sulṭān
Sikandar Lodī, 424 and n 4.
Bahlol, Sulṭān, 377 n 4. See under
Sulṭān Buhlūl Lodī.
Bahman, an ancient King of Irān,
35 n 2.

Bahman, eleventh month of the
Persian year, 627 and n 1.
Bahmān, one of the Amīrs of Islem
Shāh Sūr, 517.
Bahmān Khān, a Niyāzī Afghān,
498.
Bahmanwā, ancient name of the
town of al-Manṣūrah in Sindh, 36
n 10.
Baḥr-i-‘Ajam
, the,—a lexicographical
work, 114 n 2.
Baḥr-i-Jurjān, the Caspian, 153 n 1.
Baḥr-i-Khwārazm, the Lake Aral,
153 n 1.
Baḥr-i-Nīṭas, the Black Sea, 153 n 1.
Baḥr-i-Qulzum, the Red Sea, 169
n 1.
Baḥr-i-Ṭabarīya, the Dead Sea, 153
n 1.
Bahrah, town of, 128 n 3. Probably
same as Bhera (q. v.).
Bahraich, district, 349, 409, 411 n 2.
See also the next.
Bahrāij, district, 125, 126, 131. See
also the above and under Bharāij.
Bahrām, ancient King of Persia, 157
n 1, 436.
Bahrām Ība, Kishlū Khān, governor of
Multān and Uchh, adopted brother
of Sulṭān Ghiyāṯu-d-Dīn Tughlaq
Shāh, 292 and n 4, 293, 297 and
n 6, 304.
Bahrām Khān, son of Sulṭān Ghiyāṯu-d-Dīn Tughlaq Shāh, 297.
Bahrām Khān, governor of Sunargānw under Sulṭān Muḥammad
Tughlaq Shāh, 308.
Bahrām Khān Turkbacha, ruler of
Sāmāna, contemporary of Maḥmūd
Shāh of Dihlī, 362, 365.
Bahrām Mīrzā, brother of Shāh
Ṭahmāsp, King of Persia, 569.
Bahrām Shāh, Sulṭān, ibn Mas‘ūd ibn
Sulṭān Ibrāhīm Ghaznawī, 55, 56,
57, 58, 60.
Bahrām Shāh, son of Sulṭān Nāṣiru-
d-Dīn Qabāchah (q. v), 90.
Bahrām Shāh, son of Sulṭān Shamsu-
d-Dīn Iyal-timish. See under
Mu‘izzu-d-Dīn Bahrām Shāh.
Bahrām Ullah, 297 n 6. For Bahrām
Ība (q. v.).
Baḥrī, Malik, of the Maliks of Abū
Bakr Shāh, Sulṭān of Dihlī, 344.
Bahrsūr, a halting-place opposite to
Baiāna, 518.
Baḥru-l-Jawāhir, a work on medicine,
5 n 3, 30 n 2, 42 n, 49 n 2, 101 n 1,
117 n 2, 118 n, 146 n 6, 148 n 4,
161 n 3, 167 n 2, 226 n 5, 319 n
4.
Bahwa Lūhānī, Mīyān, Governor of
Baiāna, one of the Maliks of Islem
Shāh, 518, 519.
Baiāna, district and town, 359, 360,
378, 379, 385, 386, 387, 392, 395
and n 3, 400, 405, 414, 418, 419,
424, 443, 445, 452, 487, 488, 497,
507, 509, 512, 513, 518, 519, 520,
526, 541, 549, 551 and n 8, 553,
597, 598. See also under Bhiāna
and Bīāna.
Baiāna, fortress of, 549, 551.
Baihaqī, the Historian, 32 n, 36 nn 8
and 9, 37 n 2, 46 n 2.
Bairām Dev, Rājā of Hindūstān, contemporary of Sulṭān Maḥmūd of
Ghaznīn, 28 and n 4. See under
Brahma Dev.
Bairām Dev, son of Rāi Harsingh of
Itāwa, contemporary of Maḥmūd
Shāh, grandson of Sulṭān Fīroz
Shāh, 361.
Bairām Dev, the Rājā of Kola, contemporary of Sulṭān Jalālu-d-Dīn
Khiljī, 231.
Bairām Khān, Khān-i-Khānān, one of
the great Amīrs of Humāyūn and
Akbar, 447, 567, 568, 569, 573, 578,
588, 589, 590 and n 5, 591, 594,
595, 597, 622.
Bairām Khān Turkbacha, ruler of
Sāmāna, under Masnad-i-‘Ālī Khiẓr
Khān of Dihlī, 365, 378.
Baitālī, township of,—on the banks of
the Ganges, 360 and n 3, 375, 377,
379, 407 n
1. See also Betālī.
Baitarānī river, the,—in Orissa, 125
n 3.
Bāitigīn, 48 n 4, for Bārtagīn, the
Ḥājib-i-Buzurg (q. v.).
Baiẓā, a village of Shīrāz in Persia,
6 n 4.
Baiẓāwī, Qāẓī, author of the Anwāru-t-
Tanzīl
, a celebrated commentary
on the Qur'ān, and of the Niẓāmu-t-
Tawārīkh
, 6 and n 4, 10 n 3, 34 and
n 8, 45 and n 2. 52, 56 n 1, 62 and
nn 3 and 4, 63, 64 n 1.
Bajj, fort of,—in Majbaristān, 34 and
n 6.
Bajlāna, a place on the Ganges,
379.
Bajwāra, town, 380 and n 2, 391 and
n 5, 497, 520.
Bakhtyār Khiljī, Malik, 85 n 1. See
under Muḥammad Bakhtyār Ghūrī
or Khiljī.
Bakkar, town, 559 and n 5, 560, 561
and n 11, 562, 566 and n 13, 567,
574, 580. See also under Bukkur
and Bhakkar.
Baksar, country of, 408 and n 5.
Baktūzūn, one of the Amīrs of ‘Abdu-l-
Malik ibn Nūḥ Sāmānī, King of
Khurāsān, 16 and n 2.
Balārām, town, 346.
Balarwān, fortress of, in Gharjistān,
63 n 1.
Balban, the elder, 124. See Malik
‘Izzu-d-Dīn Balban-i-Kashlū Khān.
Balban, Sulṭān. See under Ghiyāṯu-d-
Dīn Balban.
Balban, the younger, Malik and afterwards Sulṭān Ghiyāṯu-d-Dīn (q. v),
121 and n 7, 122.
Balbanī Amīrs, known also as the
Ghiyāṯī Amīrs, the partisans of
Sulṭān Ghiyāṯu-d-Dīn Balban, 232,
233.
Balfour, 162 n 3.
Balkātigīn, the slave of Alptigīn,
Governor of Ghaznī, 14 n 1.
Balkh, 16, 17, 20, 23, 27 and n 1, 30,
35, 37 and n 7, 38, 44, 46 n 1, 47,
445, 581, 582 and n 7, 585, 597
n
5.
Balkh, the river of,—the Jaiḥūn, 27
n 1, 582 n 7.
Bālnāt, hill country of, 474. See
also the next.
Bālnāth, mountains of, 22 and n 5.
See also the above.
Bāmiān, district and town of,—in
Afghānistān, 46 and n 1, 56.
Banāras, 416, 520. Banārasī, 339 n
6. See Bārānasī.
Banas, the,—a tributary of the
Chambal river, 385 n 3.
Banātu-n-Na‘sh, the constellation
Ursa Major, 198 and n 2.
Banbhar, town, 530 and n 3.
Banda, town, 417 n 7.
Bāndhū, fortress of, 417 n 7.
Bāndhūgaṛh, fortress, 417 and n 7.
Bangāla, 79, 82, 86, 135, 222, 325,
417, 457, 458, 460, 461, 470, 472,
507, 552, 554, 573. See also under
Bengal.
Bangālīs, the, 470.
Bāngarmau, township of, 434.
Bang-Matī river, 84 n. Called also
the Beg-Matī (q. v.).
Banhar, town, 530 n 3.
Bānhbana, Rāi, brother's son of the
Jām of Thatha, contemporary of
Sulṭān Fīroz Shāh, 332 n 6, 333
n
4.
Baniān, town, 95 n 8, 128 n 1.
Banjāras
, grain sellers, 477.
Bānswāla, town, 495.
Banū Tamīm Anṣārī, early Muḥammadan sovereigns of Sind, 13 n.
Bapāk, 415 n 5, for Prayāg, the
ancient name of Allahabad.
Baqā'ī, Maulānā, a learned man of
the time of Bābar, 449.
Bāqī-i-Khaṭīb, one of the learned
poets of the time of Sulṭān Jalālu-
d-Dīn Khiljī, 245.
Barādarān-i-akhyāfī, brothers by the
same mother but a different father,
466 n 7.
Barādarān-i-a‘yānī
, uterine brothers,
466 n 7.
Baran, district and town, 89 and n 4,
121 n 5, 226, 227, 230 n
1, 250, 357,
359, 364, 396. See also the next.
Baran, fortress of, 24 n 1. See
Barnah.
Bārānasī, town, 329 and n 6. See
under Banāras.

Barānghār, right wing of a Turkish
army, 439 n 4.
Baranī, the Historian. See under
Ẓiāu-d-Dīn Barnī.
Barāwar bacha. See under Ḥasan,
Barāwar bacha.
Barāwar tribe, a family of servile
position in Gujrāt, 274, 285, 288.
See also the next.
Barāwas, the, 289. Same as the
Barāwar family (q. v.).
Bārbak
, chief attendant of a darbār,
501 and n 6.
Bārbak Bektars Sulṭānī, Malik, one
of the Maliks of Sulṭān Ghiyāṯu-d-
Dīn Balban, 186 n 5.
Bārbak Shāh, son of Sulṭān Buhlūl
Lodī, 409 and n 8, 411 n 2, 412 n 2,
413 and n 13, 414 n 1, 415.
Barchha
, a small spear, 479 and n 2.
Bardār, hills of, 130 n 2.
Bardat, governor of the fortress of
Bartah in Hindūstān, contemporary
of Sulṭān Maḥmūd of Ghaznīn, 24
n 1.
Bardhan, town, 83, 84 n.
Bardhan Koṭ, town of, 84 n.
Bareilly, 364 n 4. See also the next.
Baréli, town of, 71 n 2. See also
Bareilly.
Baṛeṛī, pargana of, 424 n 3.
Bārī, township in the Sarkār of
Āgra, 410, 425 and n 4.
Barmazīd Kor, one of the Amīrs of
Shīr Shāh, 490 and n 4.
Barnah, fortress of, 24 and n 1.
Same as Baran (q. v.).
Barnī, the Historian. See under
Ẓiāu-d-Dīn Barnī.
Baroda, district, 313, 314.
Barqa‘ī, Ḥājī, a court officer of Sulṭān
Muḥammad Tughlaq Shāh, 311, 315.
Barsine, wife of Alexander the Great,
332 n.
Bartagīn, the Ḥājib-i-Buzurg,—one
of the Amīrs of Sulṭān Maudūd
Ghaznawī, 48 and n 4. See also
under Bāshtigīn.
Bartah, fortress of, 24 n 1.
Barūj (Broach), 311 and n 3.
Barūja, town, 358 n 6.
Barwat, Governor of the fortress of
Barnah, in Hindūstān, a contemporary of Sulṭān Maḥmūd of Ghaznīn, 24 and n 1.
Bāsad Khān, one of the Amīrs of
Sulṭān Maḥmūd, the grandson of
Sulṭān Fīroz Shāh, of Dihlī, 364.
Basāwar, town, 349, 445, 475, 479,
512, 549.
Bashīr, the Sirdar, an adherent of the
house of Sulṭān ‘Alāu-d-Dīn Khiljī,
273.
Bāshtigīn Ḥājib, one of the Amīrs of
the Ghaznavides, 48 n 4, 50 n 1.
See under Bartagīn.
Baṣra, town of,—in Arabian ‘Irāq,
12 n 1, 458 n 3.
Basudev (Vasudeva), one of the Hindū
gods, 24 and n 6.
Basūlī, a place, 335 n 10.
Bathindah, town of, 69 n 2. See also
under Batindah.
Batīl, 618 n 2.
Batindah, called also Tabarhindah,
the capital of Jaipāl,—the ruler of
Hindūstān at the time of Maḥmūd
Ghaznawī, 19 n 2, 20 n 1. See also
Bathindah.
Bāṭinī sect, the,—a sect of Muḥammadan heretics, 22 and n 3.
Al-Bāṭinīah, 22 n 3. Same as the
above (q. v.).
Batlāhī, town, 334 and n 5.
Batūl
, the offset of a palm-tree, 622
n 4.
Al-Batūl, a name of Fāṭimah, daughter
of the Prophet, 622 n 4.
Bāward, a city of Khurāsān, 29 and
n 6, 30, 42, 43. Called also Abīward (q. v.).
Bayāk, 415 n 5, for Prayāg, the ancient
name of Allahabad.
Bāyazīd Anṣārī, also called Pīr Roshan,
founder of a Ṣūfī sect, called the
Roshāniyyah or enlightened, 58
and n 5.
Bāyazīd A‘ẓam Humāyūn, nephew of
Sulṭān Buhlūl Lodī, 409, 410 and
n 1.
Bāyazīd, Khwājā, eldest son of Sulṭān
Buhlūl Lodī, 401 n 4, 410 n 1, 414.
Bāyazīd, Shaikh, the brother of
Muṣṭafā Farmalī,—one of the
Afghān Amīrs who joined Humāyūn,
444.
Bāyazīd, one of the Amīrs of Sulṭān
Maḥmūd, son of Sulṭān Sikandar
Lodī, 471 and n 4, 472.
Bayley, History of Gujarāt, 17 n 4,
71 n 3, 264 n 6, 313 n 5, 357 n 3,
452 n 6, 454 nn
1 and 7, 455 n 1,
458 n
6.
Bāz Bahādur, son of Sazāwal Khān,
ruler of Mālwa, contemporary of
‘Adlī, 554, 557.
Bazāna, town of, 27 n 4.
Bazghand, fortress of, 44 and n 4.
Beale's Dictionary of Oriental Bio-
graphy, 32 n 1, 33 n 1, 38 n 4, 53 n,
54 n 2, 55 n 3, 58 n 5, 99 n 3, 133
n 2, 134 n 4, 158 n 3, 187 n 2, 233
n 4, 236 n 2, 272 n 1, 279 n 3, 297 n,
298 nn
2 and 4, 332 n 2, 339 n 4,
449 nn
2 and 3, 450 n 5, 507 n 2,
533 nn
1 and 6, 571 n 9, 584 n and
n 3, 624 n 6, 633 n 1.
Beāna, town of, 80 n 5. See under
[Baiāna.
Bedar, a town of the Deccan, 299 n 3.
See also under Bīdar.
Bedr, battle of,—the Prophet's principal military exploit, 74 n 2, 216 n.
More correctly Badr.
Beerbhoom, the Rājā of, 329 n 9.
Beg Tughdī, one of the generals of
Sulṭān Mas‘ūd, son of Sulṭān Maḥmūd Ghaznawī, 43. See under
Tughdī Beg.
Begam, the Queen-consort of Humāyūn, mother of Akbar, 560, 566,
568 and n 7. See Ḥamīda Bānū.
Beghū, the Turkomān, chief of the
Turkomāns, contemporary of Sulṭān
Mas‘ūd, son of Maḥmūd Ghaznawī,
38 and n 3, 39.
Beghū Malik Shāh. See the above.
Beg-Matī river, the, 84 n 1. Called
also the Bang-Matī (q. v.).
Behār, capital of the ancient kingdom
of Magadh, 82 and n 1. See under
Bihār.
Behāristān, of Maulānā ‘Abdu-r-
Raḥmān Jāmī, 32 n 2.
Behāt, the,—old name of the Jhilam,
one of the five rivers of the Panjāb,
44 n 6, 128 n 3, 500, 503. Spelt
also the Behat.
Behnbur, town, 530 n 3.
Behzād, Malik, Governor of Mulṭān
under Sulṭān Muḥammad Tughlaq
Shāh, 305.
Beiträge zur Kenntniss der Poesie der
alten Arabe
, Nöldeke's, 99 n 6.
Bejī Rāi, Rājā of Bhātia, contemporary of Sulṭān Maḥmūd of
Ghaznīn, 19.
Bekasī, Maulānā, a poet of the time
of Humāyūn, 453 and n 7.
Belnāt mountains, 22 n 5. See under
Balnāt and Balnāth.
Bengal, 81 n 2, 82 nn 3 and 4, 135
n 1, 299, 300, 303 n, 345 n 2, 466
n
6, 540. See also under Bangāla
and Bengāla.
Bengāla, 79, 82, 86. See also under
Bangāla and Bengal.
Ber, fruit of the ‘Unnāb tree in
Hindustānī, 117 n 2.
Beraisen, a mistaken reading of bi
Rāsain, i.e., the two Rāses (q. v.),
326 n
.
Berenice, an ancient port of the Red
Sea, 169 n 1.
Betālī, on the Ganges, 185 n 1. See
under Patiālī and Baitālī.
Betel-leaf, note on, 302 n 6.
Betle-chewer's cancer, 303 n.
Betwā river, the, 95 n 3.
Beveridge's the Emperor Akbar, 58
n 5.
Bezoar stone, 118 n
.
Bhadāulī, one of the dependencies of
Sakīṭ, 410 n 4.
Bhadauriahs, the, 408 n 1. See the
Bhadaurīs.
Bhadaurīs, the,—the inhabitants of
the Bhadāwar district, 408 and n 1.
Bhadāwar, a district S. E. of Āgra,
408 n 1.
Bhadāwah, town, 410 n 4.
Bhagat, the,—a Hindū caste of loose
people, 557 and n 9.
Bhagatiya, the,—a Hindū caste of
loose people, 557 n 9.

Bhāgīrathī, the 82 n 4.
Bhaka, a servant of Shīr Khān, afterwards Shīr Shāh Sūr, 468.
Bhakārī, Shaikh, son of Shaikhu-l-
Hadīyah, contemporary of Sulṭān
Sikandar Lodī, 429 and n 5.
Bhakkar, town, 464. See under
Bakkar and Bukkur.
Bhangar, fortress of, 71 and n 2. See
also under Bhankar and Bahankar.
Bhankar, fortress of, 90. See also
under Bhangar and Bahankar.
Bharāij, district, 132. See under
Bahraich and Bahrāij.
Bhartpūr, district, 134 n 1, 366 n.
Bhasiyāna, country of, 80 and n 5.
Bhaṭ, fort of, 355 and n 3. See
Bhatnīr.
Bhāta or Bhāṭa, a place, 19 n 4. See
under Bhātia.
Bhâti, a town situated between the
arms of the Mihrān (Indus), 36
n 10.
Bhatī tribe of Hindūs, the, 66 and
n 2.
Bhātia, a place in the vicinity of
Multān, 19 and n 4, 66 n 2.
Bhatnīr, town, 355 nn 1 and 3.
Bhatpar, 355 n 3, for Bhatnīr (q. v.).
Bhatta, town, 408 n 7, 485 and n 9,
489, 542, 544, 553.
Bhatta, Kingdom of, 544.
Bhatta, Amīrs of, 485.
Bhatwāra, a place, 405.
Bhawan, a place, 20 n 5.
Bhayāna, country of, 80 n 5. See
under Bhiāna, Bīāna and Baiāna.
Bhera, a place on the left bank of the
Jhelum under the Salt Range, 19
n 4. See under Bahrah.
Bhiāna, territory of, 80 n 5. See
under Bhayāna, Bīāna and Baiāna.
Bhīlsā, a town on the Betwā in
Mālwā, 95 and n 3, 236 and n 3.
Bhīm, a hero of Indian mythology,
20 n 5, 21.
Bhīm, town of, 20 n 5.
Bhīm Dev, Rāi, ruler of Gujrāt, contemporary of Sulṭān Mu‘izzu-d-Dīn
Sām Ghūrī, 66, 71.
Bhīm Rāi Dev, 71. See under Bhīm
[Dev.
Bhīm, Rāi, the chief of Jammoo, contemporary of Sulṭān Mubārak Shāh
of Dihlī, 383 and n 3.
Bhīm Sen, Rājā, founder of the town
of Bhongāon, 386 n 3.
Bhīmnagar, fortress of, 20 and n 5.
Bhodal, township of, 547 n 4.
Bhojpūr, fortress of, 185 and n 1.
Bhongāon, a town in the Mainpūrī
district, 386 nn 3 and 4. See also
under Bhūngānw.
Bhūgāon, 386 n 3. See the above and
also Bhūngānw.
Bhūhar, town, 360.
Bhūkānūr, town, 386 n 3.
Bhūngānw,—or
Bhūngāon, in the Mainpūrī district,
386 and n 3, 403, 431.
Bhurayee, town, 414 n 3.
Biāh, the, 23 n 3, 126, 130, 251, 353,
381, 389, 391, 392, 412 n
2. Called
the Kālī Pānī (q. v.), and the Bīās.
Bīās, the, 325 n 3. Same as the river
Biāh (q. v.).
Bībī Bā'ī, daughter of Niẓām Khān
Sūr and wife of Islem Shāh, 535.
Bībī Khūnza, Malika-i-Jahān, chief
wife of Sulṭān Ḥusain Sharqī, 409
and n 2.
Bībī Rāchī, mother of Sulṭān Muḥammad Shāh Sharqī of Jaunpūr, 403
n 8.
Bible, the, 394 n 5.
Bibliotheca Indica, the, 127 n 2, 142
n 1, 315 n 7, 329 n
3.
Bidāgh Khān Qizilbāsh Afshār, one of
the Amīrs of Shāh Ṭahmāsp of
Persia, 572 and nn 7 and 8, 575
and n 3, 578.
Bīdar, town,—in Haidarābād, Deccan,
299 and n 3, 311, 312, 314. Called
also Bedar.
Bidaspes, the, = the Jhelam river, the
Vitastā of Sanskrit writers, 23 n 3.
Bihand or Waihind, a place on the
western bank of the Indus, 20 n 1.
Bihār, 185, 328, 329, 338, 348, 416
and nn 12 and 13, 417, 434, 435,
436, 444, 446, 456, 457, 467, 469,
470, 471 and n 1, 521.
Bihār Khān, one of the Amīrs of the
Lodī dynasty, 443.
Bihār Khān, A‘ẓam Humāyūn Sirwānī,
Governor of Handīya under Islem
Shāh Sūr, 517, 521, 541. See Bahār
Khān.
Bihār Khān, son of Daryā Khān
Luḥānī, Sulṭān of Bihār, 467. See
Sulṭān Muḥammad of Bihār. Elsewhere called Bahādur Khān (q. v.).
Bihishtī, author of a commentary on
the Ṣaḥāif, 427 n 1.
Bijlāna, a place on the Ganges, 231.
Bijnor, hills of, 130 and n 2.
Bikanīr, town of, 69 n 2.
Bilāl, the Abyssinian mu'aẕẕin of
Muḥammad, 601 n.
Al-Bilāẕurī, author of the Futūḥu-l-
Buldān, 11 n
3.
Bilūchistān, 48 n 4, 420 n 9.
Bin, township of, 526. See also Bin
Bāū.
Bīnā Pānīpatī, Shaikh, a famous
surgeon, 366 n 3.
Bināyek Deo, Rājā of Dholpūr,—contemporary of Sulṭān Sikandar Lodī,
419 n 4, 420 and n 2.
Bināyik Deo, same as the above
(q. v.).
Bin Bāū, in the Panjāb, 523, 525.
See also Bin.
Bīṛā, note on, 303 n.
Birjīs, the planet Jupiter, 630 and n 2.
Birnī Kheṛa, town, 327 and n 3.
Bīrūnī. See under Albīrūnī.
Bīsal, fortress, 383 n 3.
Bīsh
, aconite, 172 n 2.
Bismi-llāh
, in the name of God, used
at the beginning of all works, 428
and n 4.
Bitter Lakes, the, 169 n 1.
Bīzhan, son of Geo and nephew of
Rustam, in the Shāhnāmah of
Firdausī, 116 n 5, 180 and n 2, 181
n
1.
Blackwater, the,—known as the
Kālāpānī (q. v.), 360 and n 3, 378
and n 1, 386, 411.
Bland, On the Persian game of chess,
103 n 1, 115 n, 479 n
7.
Blochmann, 8 n 3, 19 n, 67 n 3, 353
n 1, 357 n 4, 366 n 3, 408 n 1, 415
n 4, 417 n 8, 420 nn
8 and 9, 421
n 8, 422 n 2, 424 n 3, 432 n 7, 449
n 2, 464 n 5, 476 n 5, 479 n 5, 496
nn
1 and 8, 498 n 3, 499 n 3, 501
n 7, 503 n 3, 506 n 2, 507 n 1, 508
nn
7 and 8, 509 n 8, 515 n 4, 523
n 5, 546 nn
3 and 7, 557 n 1, 567
n 3, 568 n 6, 571 n 9, 580 n 5, 584
n 3, 588 n 4, 590 n 5, 592 n 9, 597
n 5, 605 n 1, 609 n 5, 610 n, 611
n 3, 623 n 6, 626 n
3.
Blue, the customary mourning colour
in Persia, 209 and n 3.
Bohar, a place in the vicinity of
Hānsī, 248 and n 4.
Bokhārā. See under Bukhārā.
Bombay edition of the Atash-Kada,
584 n
3.
Bombay text of the Tārīkh-i-Firishta,
72 n 2, 205 n 2, 304 n 1, 307 n,
325 n 3, 326 n 2, 327 n 3, 330 n 6,
334 n 3, 339 n 2, 342 n 3, 345 n 2,
350 n 3, 355 n 4, 360 n 3, 365 n 2,
379 n 2, 385 n 1, 393 n 3, 400 n,
401 n 2, 402 nn
1 and 5, 403 nn 4
and 5, 404 nn 2 and 5, 406 nn 1
and 5, 410 nn 1 and 4, 411 n 2,
412 n 2, 413 n 13, 415 n 7, 422 n 3,
424 nn
2 and 4, 425 n 6, 432 nn 3
and 7, 433 n 3, 438 n 3, 466 n 5,
478 nn
7 and 8, 488 n 5, 490 n 4,
537 n 2, 559 nn
6 and 8, 560 n 2,
561 n 2, 564 nn
6 and 8, 566 n 13,
567 n 9, 573 n 3, 579 n 8, 583 n 3,
609 n 5, 625 n
3.
Bost, district, 15 n.
Bost, town,—on the banks of the
Hendmand, 15 n. See under Bust.
Brahma Dev, one of the Rājās of
Hindūstān at the time of Sulṭān
Maḥmūd of Ghaznī, 28 n 4.
Brahmanputr, the, 84 and n 1, 186
n
6. Called also the Brahmkadī.
Brahmans, the, 27, 28, 331, 332, 509
n 5.
Brahmaputra, the, 84 n 1. See the
Brahmanputr.
Brahmkadī, the, 84. See under the

Brahmanputr.
Brentford, 301 n 2.
Brian O'Linn, 618 n 1.
Briggs, Ferishta, 13 n 1, 16 nn 1 and
2, 19 n 5, 20 n 2, 23 n 2, 27 n 4,
28 nn
2 and 4, 29 nn 1 and 5, 30
n 2, 31 n, 33 n 2, 34 n 5, 36 n 9, 47
n 7, 48 nn
2 and 4, 66 nn 2 and 4,
259 n 5, 273 n 4, 300 n 3, 304 n 1,
307 n, 327 n 1, 329 n 9, 331 n 10,
332 n, 334 n 2, 336 n 5, 338 n 1,
344 n 7, 348 nn
3 and 9, 350 n 3,
355 nn
1 and 4, 359 n 2, 360 n 3,
365 n 2, 367 n, 379 nn
1 and 2, 393
n 5, 400 n, 410 n 3, 414 nn 3 and 5,
417 n 5, 419 n 1, 424 n 4, 425 n 6,
461 n 3, 478 n 7, 488 n 5, 490 n 4,
566 n 13, 624 n 6, 625 n
3.
Broach, 311 n 3. See under Barūj.
Bū ‘Alī, commonly known as Ibn
Sīnā (Avicenna), 533 and n 1.
Bubonic plague, 524 and n 1.
Budāon. See under Badāon.
Budāon gate, in Dihlī, 227, 260.
Budāonī. See under Badāonī.
Budāūn. See under Badāon.
Budāūnī. See under Badāonī.
Buddhists, the, 95 n 3.
Budh, Shaikh, a learned physician of
Bihār in the time of Sher Shāh and
Islem Shāh, 521 and n 4, 522.
Bughrā Khān, son of Sulṭān Ghiyāṯu-d-
Dīn Balban. See under Nāṣiru-d-
Dīn Bughrā Khān.
Buhlūl Lodī, Malik and afterwards
Sulṭān, 398, 399, 400, 401 and
n 4, 402 and nn 1 and 5, 403 and
nn 4 and 5, 404 and n and nn 2
and 5, 405, 406, 407 and n 1, 408
and n 6, 409 and n 7, 410 and
nn 1 and, 4, 411 and n 2, 412 n 2,
413 n
13, 466.
Buhlūl, Sulṭān, ibn-i-Kālā Lodī. See
the above.
Buhlūl, Shaikh, brother of Shaikh
Muḥammad Ghauṯ of Gwāliār,
comtemporary of Humāyūn, 459.
Bukhārā, 13 n 1, 14 n 1, 20 n 2, 27
n 1, 89, 93, 446 n 2, 533 n 1, 570
n 7, 588 n
4, 618 and n 5.
Bukhārī, Imām, the celebrated author
of Ṣaḥīḥu-l-Bukhārī, a collection of
authentic traditions, 6 and n 3.
Bukkur, later name of al-Manṣūrah
in Sind, 36 n 10, 559 n 5. See
under Bakkar and Bhakkar.
Bulandshahr, district and town of, 89
n 4, 121 n 5, 395 n 4, 396, 546 n 4.
Bulgār, one of the sons of Gaz, the
tenth son of Yāfiṯ (Japhet), 61 n 5.
Bulgarians, the,—descended from
Bulgār (q. v.), 61 n 5.
Bu-l-Muẓaffar, 77 and n 1, for Abu-l-
Muẓaffar Mu‘izzu-d-Dīn Muḥammad
Sām Ghūrī.
Būmah, the Owl,—the type of ill-
omen, 58 n 1.
Burāq, the animal upon which
Muḥammad was mounted during
his ascent to heaven, 150, 292 and
n 6, 293 n.
Burgess, Sūrya Sidāhānta, 163 n 2.
Burhān, servant of Sulṭān Maḥmūd
of Gujarat, 533 and n 5.
Burhānābād, township, 386.
Burhān-i-Qāṭi‘, a Persian Dictionary,
79 n 1, 101 n 1, 102 n 5, 108 n 4,
109 n 4, 115 n 3, 117 n 2, 122 n 3,
137 n 6, 138 n 3, 143 n 2, 146 n 1,
152 nn
3 and 6, 153 nn 1 and 4,
154 n 5, 158 n 6, 159 n, 160 n 2,
166 n 1, 167 n 2, 171 n 2, 172 nn
2,
3 and 4, 173 n 2, 178 n 4, 182 nn 1
and 4, 192 n 3, 193 n 1, 314 n 1,
319 n 4, 321 nn
1, 2 and 4, 340
n 2, 352 n 1, 629 n 1.
Burhān Niẓām Shāh, ruler of the
Dakkan, 624 n 6.
Burhānpūr, 455 n 4.
Burhānu-d-Dīn Balārāmī, Shaikh, one
of the Amīrs of Sulṭān Muḥammad
Tughlaq Shāh, 314.
Buri Gangā river, the, 377 n 3, 384
n 4.
Burqa‘
, a kind of veil, 503 and n 2.
Burton's Pilgrimage to El-Medina and
Mecca, 97 n 4, 177 n
4.
Bushire, 572 n 1.
Bushkāl
, the rainy season, from the
Turkī pushakāl or pushkāl, 325 n 2.
Bust, capital of Zābulistān, 14 and
n 3, 33, 34, 47, 48 n 4, 50. See
under Bost.
Būstān of Shaikh Sa‘dī of Shīrāz, 187
n 2, 467.
Būstān Afrūz
, a red flower without
odour, 629 and n 1.

C.

Cairo, 210. See also under the Dāru-l-
Khilāfat of Egypt.
Cakra, the, 22 n 1. See also the
Chakra.
Cakra svāmin, or owner of the Cakra,
name of the idol of Taneshar, 22
n 1. See also Chakra-svāmin.
Calcutta edition of the Kashshāf of
az-Zamakhsharī, 28 n 1.
Calcutta text of the Muntakhabu-t-
Tawārīkh
of Badāonī, 132 n 2, 187
n 1, 368 n
1.
Calcutta edition of the Nafaḥātu-l-
Uns
of Maulānā Jāmī, 609 n 5.
Calcutta edition of the Shāh Nāma,
88 n
2.
Calcutta text of Shams-i-Sirāj ‘Afīf,
[329 n 3.
Calcutta edition of the Ṭabaqāt-i-
Nāṣirī, 65 n 1, 84 n, 126 n 3, 131
n 4, 134 n
1.
Calcutta text of Ẓiāu-d-Dīn Barnī,
306 n 1, 307 n 3, 310 n 1, 311 n
5.
Calendar of Julius Cæsar, 76 n.
Camâl eddīn, Kâdhi, one of the Qāẓīs
of Sulṭān Nāṣiru-d-Dīn Maḥmūd
Shāh of Dihlī, 128 n.
Cambay, in Gujerat, 256 n 4, 311 n 3,
454 n
6. See also under Kuhanbāyāt, Khambhāt and Khambāt.
Cambāhat, the Cambay of Europeans,
a port of Gujerat, 256 n 4. See
under Cambay.
Canda, a place near Somnāth, 28 n 4,
[29 n.
Cannia coubadj, name of Qanauj in
ancient monuments, 23 n 2.
Carmate. See under Karmat or
Qarmaṭ, founder of the Karmatian
sect of heretics.
Carnal, town of, 21 n 4.
Carolī, town, 420 n 5.
Cathay, the country of Khaṭā, 143
n 4, 232 n 5.
Caussin de Perceval, Essai sur
l'Histoire de Arabes, 12 n 1, 46 n
5.
Cavalum, the town of Kūlam, 265 n 5.
Cave, Chapter of the,—the Sūratu-l-
Kahf
, in al-Qur'ān, 279 n.
Cawnpore, 408 n 5.
Celestial Empire, the, 147 n 1.
Central Asia, 362 n 2.
Central India, 298 n 7, 364 nn 2 and
3, 385 n 3.
Central Provinces, the, 433 n 4, 517
n
9.
Chāch, a town in Turkestān, 296 n 6.
See also Shāsh.
Chach Nāma, the,—a History of India
in verse, 11 n 3.
Chādar
, a garment worn by the
women of India, 503 and n 1.
Chaghar Beg Saljūqī, King of
Khurāsān, contemporary of Sulṭān
Maudūd Ghaznawī, 49 n 4. Called
also Chughz Beg or Chaghz Beg.
Chaghatai line of Mogul princes, 145
n 2, 464 n 8.
Chaghatai Khān, son of the Chingīz
Khān, 145 n 2, 464 n 8.
Chaghatai tribe, Amīrs of,—adherents
of Humāyūn, 464 and n 8, 472,
574 and n 6, 576, 582 n 7, 583 n 3,
593. See also under Chaghtā.
Chaghtā, Ulūs-i-, 575 n 1. See also
under the Chaghatai tribe.
Chāhar Ajārī, independent Rājā of
Narwar, contemporary of Sulṭān
Nāṣiru-d-Dīn Maḥmūd Shāh of
Dihlī, 129 n 4. Called also Chāhar
Deva and Jāhir Dev.
Chāhar Deva, Rājā of Narwar, 129
n 4. See Chāhar Ajārī.
Chaghz Beg Saljūqī, 49 n 4. See
under Chughz Beg.
Chahār Khanḍ, a place, 457.
Chahār pāi, charpoy, 494 n 11.
Chakarsūm, name of the idol of
Thānesar, 21. See Chakrasvāmin.
Chakra, 22 n 1. See under Cakra.
Chakrasvāmin, or Lord of the Chakra,
name of the idol of Thānesar, 22
n 1. See Cakrasvāmin.
Chaldī, a Mughul commander, in the
time of Sulṭān ‘Alāu-d-Dīn Khiljī,
249 n 5.
Chaman, Malik, Ghāzīu-l-Mulk,
Governor of Badāon,—one of the
Amīrs of Muḥammad Shāh of
Dihlī, 396 and n 1, 398.
Chambal or Chhanbal river, a river of
Central India, the Charmanwatī
of Sanskrit writers, 385 and n 3,
387, 419, 420 n 5.
Chambarhā
, a roof, 593 n 9.
Chāmpānīr, fortress of,—in Gujrāt,
455 n 1. Called also Jānpānīr.
Chanbarhā, 593 n 9.
Chāndā, the heroine of a Maṯnawī in
Hindī, mistress of Lūrak, 333. See
under the next.
Chandāban, a Maṯnawī in Hindī relating the loves of Lūrak and Chāndā,
333 and n 6.
Chandan
, the white sandal in Hindī,
484 n 1.
Chandawār district, 377. See also
under Chandwār.
Chandērī, district and town of, 129,
237, 238, 297, 423, 424 and n 4, 435,
469, 475.
Chanḍol
of silver, i.e., the palanquin
of honour for governors, 334.
Chandrabhaga, name of the river
Chenāb in Sanskrit, 23 n 3.
Chandragupta, King of Magadha or
Behar, 18 n 1.
Chandwār, district, 70 and n 3, 380,
387, 405. See also Chandawār.
Chang, a musical instrument, 146 n 1.
Changīz Khān. See under Chingīz
Khān.
Chanouā, in the Sarkār of Āgra, 70
n 3.
Chaptar, a town on the Ganges, 343
and n 3, 344. Called also Chītar.
Charkh-i-Aṭlas, the highest of all the
heavens, 246 n 3.
Charmanwatī, Sanskrit name of the
Chambal, a river of Central India,
385 n 3. See under the Chambal.
Charpoy, description of, 494 and
n 11, 495 n.
Chartūlī, a dependency of Kol, 431
n 4.
Chāshtgāhe
, breakfast time, 488 and
n 8.
Chataldī, a Mughul commander, contemporary of Sulṭān ‘Alāu-d-Dīn
Khiljī, 249 n 5.
Chatar La‘l, district, 216.
Chaugān, game of,—origin of the
modern game of polo, 79 n 1, 417
and n 8.
Chaugān
, a stick with a curved end,
79 n 1, 143 n 2.
Chauhāns of Mainpūr, a tribe of
Rājpūts, 414 n 13.
Chaul, a village on the route from
Amarkoṭ to Jaisalmīr, 566 n 13,
567 and n 1. Called also Chore.
Chaund, country of, 468.
Chaurāsī, pargana of, in the district
of Hānsī, 323.
Chausā, village of, 462 n 3. See
under Jausā.
Chavica betle, 302 n 6, 303 n.
Chenāb, the,—one of the five rivers
of the Panjāb, 23 n 3, 67 n, 355 n 1,
383 and n 1, 384 n and n 1, 503.
Written also the Chīnāb, Chināb
and Chhināb.
Chenār, town, 416 and n 4. See under
Chinār.
Chengīz Khān. See under Chingīz
Khān.
Chess, Bland, On the Persian game of,
103 n 1, 114 n 2, 115 n, 479 n
7.
Chhāīn, town, 379 and n 2.
Chhajū, Malik, Kishlū Khān, Khān of
Karra, brother's son of Sulṭān
Ghiyāṯn-d-Dīn Balban, 221 and nn
1 and 3, 227, 229, 230, 231, 232,
238.
Chhanbal, a river of Central India.
See the Chambal.
Chhappar Khatta, a place, 555.

Chhapramau, township of, 540 and
n 8.
Chherāmau, township of, 540 n 8.
Chhināb river. See under the
Chenāb.
Chhinār, town, 541 and n 2. See
under Chinhār and also Chinār and
Chunār.
Chhota Jawār, small variety of millet,
549 n 14.
Chigil, a city of Turkestān, 158 and
[n 6.
Childū, a Turkī word in the sense of
In‘ām, 596 n 6.
Chīn, country of, 143, 147, 156, 232
n 5, 307, 426, 634. See also China.
Chīn, Sea of,—the Indian Ocean,
153 n 1.
Chīn, son of Japhet the son of Noah,
147 n 1.
China, 145 n 2, 147 n 3, 232 n 5. See
also under Chīn.
Chināb or Chīnāb, the. See under
the Chenāb river.
Chinār tree, Platanus orientalis, 162
and n 3, 276, 494 and n 6.
Chinār, fortress, 415 n 2, 456, 459,
470, 471. See Chenār and also
Chinhār and Chunār.
Chinese, the, 353 n 1.
Chinese Tartary, 145 n 2.
Chingīz Khān, Emperor of the
Mughuls, 91, 93, 103 n 3, 123, 135 n,
145 n 2, 188 n 2, 230, 236, 259 n 1,
269 n 5, 353 n
1.
Chingīzī line of Mogul Princes, 145
n 2.
Chinhār, town, 548, 555, 611. See
Chhinār and also Chinār and
Chunār.
Chirāgh, an open lamp with a naked
flame, 550 n 17.
Chishtīs, the,—descendants of
Khwājā Mu‘īnu-d-Dīn Chishtī, 416
n 13.
Chishtī, Khwājā Mu‘īnu-d-Dīn Ḥasan,
contemporary of Sulṭān Mu‘izzu-d-
Dīn Muḥammad Sām Ghūrī, 70 and
n 2.
Chītar, town on the Ganges, 343 and
n 3, 344. See Chaptar and also
Chītrā.
Chitor, 257, 258, 397 n 1, 452, 453,
454, 470.
Chītrā, same as Jalesar, 346 and n 5.
See also under Chītar.
Chorasmii, the, 23 n 1.
Chore, a village on the route from
Amarkoṭ to Jaisalmīr, 567 n 1.
Called also Chaul (q. v.).
Choroes I, son of Kobad, called
Naushīrwān, of the Sassanide
dynasty of Persia, 46 n 5.
Christians, the, 509 n 5, 577 n, 601 n.
Chronicles of the Pathān Kings of
Delhi
, Thomas's, 87 n 1. See under
Pathān Kings of Delhī.
Chronology of Ancient Nations
, Albīrūnī's, 104 n 2, 108 n 4, 166 n 1,
280 nn
3 and 4, 369 n 3, 627
n 1.
Chūbhā-i-Sāl
, baulks of sāl wood, 599
and n 13.
Chughz Beg Saljūqī, King of Khurāsān, contemporary of Sulṭān
Maudūd Ghaznawī, 49 and n 4.
Called also Chaghz Beg and Chaghar
Beg.
Chūlī Bahādur, Uzbakī, one of the
Amīrs of Mīrzā ‘Askarī, 568.
Chūnā, lime, 302 n 6.
Chunāb river. See under the Chenāb.
Chunār, fortress of, 489, 541 and n 4,
542. See also under Chinār and
Chinhār.
Chunhār, same as the fortress of
Chunār (q. v.), 489.
Chun-ti, the ninth and last Emperor
of the Mongol dynasty of China,
353 n 1.
Chuqmār
, Turkī word, meaning of,
215 n 1.
Clisobora of Pliny, corresponds to the
town of Kalikavartta or Vrindāvana of Sanskrit writers, 24 n 6.
Clouston's Arabian Poetry, 99 n 6.
Clysma,—or
Clysmon, town of, 169 n 1.
Cockscomb, the flower called Tāj-i-
Khurūs, 629 n
1.
Coinage, First introduction of Muḥammadan—, 18 n 1.
Coins of Kings of Ghaznī
, Thomas's,
16 n 2, 47 n 2.
Cól, fort of, 70 n 4.
Colebrooke, Essays, 332 n 4.
Colic, notes on, 49 n 2.
College of Fort William, Calcutta,
609 n 3.
Colombo, 303 n.
Commentaries of Bāber
, the, 421 n 8.
See the Wāqi‘āt-i-Bābarī.
Commentary on the Miftāḥu-l-‘Ulūm
(q. v.
), 428 and n 2.
Companions of the Prophet Muḥammad, 636.
Corah, town, 486 n 6.
Coromandel, 265 n 5.
Côtgangra, fortress of. See under
Kot Kangra.
Coupele, town, 344 n 7.
Courteille, de, 91 n 1, 145 n 2, 215 nn
1 and 5. See also under Pavet de
Courteille.
Crow, the,—believed by the Arabs
to be a bird of ill-omen, 7 n 2.
Cunningham's Ancient Geography of
India, 21 n 4, 22 n 5, 23 n 2, 24 n 6,
48 n 5, 66 n 3, 67 n 1, 69 nn
4 and
5, 80 n 1, 132 n 3, 265 nn 2 and 4
293 n 5, 294 n 4, 362 n 2, 363 n,
382 n 4, 389 n 2, 415 n
5.
Cureton's Milal and Niḥal of Shahrastānī, 22 n 3, 157 n 2.
Cyrene, town of,—the modern Kairwan in Tunis, 167 n 4.

D.

Dabarān, Ad-, the Hyades, in the
constellation Taurus, 367 and n 3.
Dabho'ī, a district of Gujrāt, 313 and
n 5, 314.
Dabīr-i-Falak, the scribe of the sky,
a name of Mercury, 195 n 5.
Dabsī, 584 n 4, for the poet Waisī,
a poet of the time of Humāyūn.
Dacca, town, 186 n 6.
Dādbeg
, Chief Justice, 220 and n 4.
Dadhyanch, the horse-headed monster of Indian Mythology, 294 n 4.
Daftarī
, a scribe or clerk, 499 and n 9.
Dagger, first invented in Hindūstān,
539.
Dāgh, a brand, 496 n 8.
Dāghī
system, instituted by Shīr
Shāh, 496 and n 8.
Dagla or Dajla, the river Tigris, 394
n 5.
Dāhir, Rājā, contemporary of Muḥammad Qāsim the conqueror of Sind,
12 n 2, 13 n.
Dahra
, a bill-hook or reaping hook,
102 n 5.
Dai, tenth month of the Persian year,
280 and n 4, 370 and n 1, 627 and
n 1, 629.
Dailam, province of,—the Persian
‘Irāq, 30 n 1.
Daityas, the,—of Hindū mythology,
163 n 2.
Dajjāl, Anti-christ, 278 and n 4,
279 n, 369 and n 3, 490 and
n 5.
Dajla or Dagla, the river Tigris, 394
and n 5.
Ḍāk-chaukī
, post-horses, 292.
Dāk-runners of the East, 621 n 2.
Dakhan, the, 433 n 3, 533, 534,
557. See also under Dakkan and
Deccan.
Dakkan, the, 312, 313, 517, 625, 632,
635, 636. See also under Dakhan
and Deccan.
Dalāil-i-Fīrūzī of ‘Izzu-d-Din Khālid
Khānī, a work on Astrology, 332
and n 2.
Dalāil-i-Fīroz Shāhī
, the, 332 n 2.
See the Dalāil-i-Fīrūzī.
Dalla
, a weasel or stoat, 158 n 4.
Dalmau', a town on the Ganges, 415
and n 7.
Dalmūr, district of, 349 n 2.
Dalpūr, town, 415 n 7.
Damaghān, a city of Khurāsān, 34
n 3.
Damascus, 12 and n 2.
Damascus, Mosque of, 12 n 2.
Damrela, district of, 217 and n 3.
Damyak, a village beyond the Indus
on the road to Ghaznīn, 72 and
n 3.
Dandāngān, a town in the vicinity of
Merv in Khurāsān, 43 n 3.
Dangay, a district of Bundelkhand,
25 n 5.
Dāniāl, son of Sulṭān ‘Alāu-d-Dīn,
King of Bangāla, contemporary of
Sulṭān Sikandar Lodī, 417.
Daniel, Book of, 394 n 5.
Danūj or Dhanūj, Rāi of Sunārgānw,
contemporary of Sulṭān Ghiyāṯu-d-
Dīn Balban, 186 and n 6.
Daœ, the,—name of an ancient people
of Central Asia, 23 n 1.
Dārā, one of the ancient Kings of
Persia, 39.
Darius III, King of Persia, contemporary of Alexander the Great,
332 n.
Darmash Khān, Governor of Khurāsān under Shāh Ismā‘īl Ṣafawī,
King of Persia, 449 and n 5.
Darra, a city of Hindūstān, 52 and
n 1.
Darra Gaz, in Khurāsān, 582 n 7.
Dārū-i-Chashm (eye medicine), 52.
Dāru-l-Khilāfat of Egypt, Cairo,
328.
Darwāza-i-Baghdādī, at Dihlī, 397.
See also under the Baghdād
Gate.
Daryā Khān, son of Ẓafar Khān,
Governor of Gujrāt under Sulṭān
Fīroz Shāh, 333 and n 11.
Daryā Khān Lodī, one of the Amīrs
of Muḥammad Shāh of the Sayyid
dynasty, 398.
Daryā Khān Luhānī, Governor of
Bihār, under the Lodī dynasty,
435, 467 and n 12.
Daryā-i-Chīn, the Sea of China, i.e.,
the Indian Ocean, 153 n 1.
Daryā-i-Maghrib, the Atlantic Ocean,
153 n 1.
Daryā-i-Rūm, the Mediterranean Sea,
153 n 1.
Dās
, a bill-hook or reaping hook,
102 n 5.
Datura, note on, 535 n 2.
Dā'ūd Afghān, Malik, one of the
Maliks of Sulṭān Fīroz Shāh
Tughlaq, 335 nn 8 and 9.
Dā'ūd Khān, one of the Amīrs of
Sulṭān Ibrāhīm Lodī, 439.
Dā'ūd, Maulānā, author of a Maṯnawī
in Hindī, contemporary of Sulṭān
Fīroz Shāh, 333.
Dā'ūd, son of Naṣr, son of Shaikh
Ḥamīd Lodī, the renegade ruler of
Multān, contemporary of Sulṭān
Maḥmūd of Ghaznīn, 19 and n and
n 5, 21.
Dā'ūd, the Turkoman, contemporary
of Sulṭān Mas‘ūd, son of Sulṭān
Maḥmūd of Ghaznīn, 37 n 7, 38,
47, 61 n
5.
Dā'ūd Za'i Afghāns, the, 501.
Daulatābād, in the Deccan, 270 n 6,
271 and n 6, 272 and n, 274 and
n 6, 303, 304, 305, 309, 310, 313,
314, 316, 318. Originally called
Deogīr (q. v.), or Deogarh, capital
of the Yadava kingdom.
Daulat Khān, the new Muslim, a
protégé of the Lūhānī faction, one
of the Amīrs of ‘Adlī, 537. See
Daulat Khān Lūhānī.
Daulat Khān Ajyāra, son of Sazāwal
Khān, one of the Amīrs of Islem
Shāh, 527, 531, 532 and n 2.
Daulat Khān, son of Budhū, one of
the Chief Commanders of Sulṭān
Ibrāhīm Lodī, 467 n 6.
Daulat Khān Lodī, Governor of
Sāmāna, one of the Amīrs of Sulṭān
Maḥmūd of the Tughlaq Shāhī
dynasty, 364, 365, 367 n, 375,
380.
Daulat Khān Lodī, one of the Maliks
of the Lodī dynasty, 435, 436, 437,
438 and n 5.
Daulat Khān Lūḥānī, one of the
Amīrs of ‘Adlī, 539 and n 11. See
Daulat Khān, the new Muslim.
Daulat Khān, Shāhzāda, Governor of
the fortress of Rantanbhūr under
Sulṭān Maḥmūd of Mālwa and
Sulṭān Sikandar Lodī, 425.
Daulat Yār of Kanpila, Malik, 363.
Darveshpūr, town, 417.
David of Scripture, 5.
Da‘wah, invocation of the attributes
of God, 445 n 6, 459 n 2. See the
next.

Da‘watu-l-asmā, a system of incantation, 445 and n 6, 459 n 2. See
the above.
Daz, the Brazen fortress of, in the
story of Isfandiyār in the Shāh
Nāmah, 321 n
1.
Debal, the modern Tattah, 67 n 1.
Called also Dīwal (q. v.).
Debālpūr, district and town of, 229,
392, 393, 399. See also under
Depālpūr, Dībālpūr and Dīpālpūr.
Debī Chandan, the Red sandal, 484
n 1.
Deccan, the, 237, 256, 270 n 6, 271
and n 6, 309, 327. See also under
the Dakhan and the Dakkan.
De Goeje, Glossary on Muqaddasī,
217 n
2.
Dehli. See under Dihlī.
Deipāl, the Hindū commander of the
fortress of Sonpat at the time of
Sulṭān Mas‘ūd Ghaznawī, 37 and
n 4.
Deipūr or Dīpūr, town of, 46 and n 2.
Delhi. See under Dihlī.
Denarius, a silver coin of the Romans,
origin of the word dīnār, 18 n 1.
Denarius aureus, a Roman gold coin,
18 n 1.
Deogarh, 422 n 2, for the fortress of
Ūntgaṛh (q. v.).
Deogarh. See under Deogiri.
Deoghar. See under Deogīr.
Deogīr, district and town of, 237,
239, 240, 247 n, 251 n 7, 255, 256,
274, 283 and n 3, 284, 286 and n 1,
297, 302, 303, 309. Sulṭān Muḥammad Tughlaq Shāh gives it the
name of Daulatābād (q. v.), making
it his capital.
Deo Gīr, a rebel during the reign of
Sulṭān Jalālu-d-Dīn Khiljī, 237.
See Ram Deo.
Deogiri or Deogarh, capital of the
Yadava Kingdom, 271 n 6, 272 n.
See under Deogīr.
Deo Kot, town of, 85.
Deorīmal, son of Silhadī, one of the
chiefs of Rāī Sen, a contemporary
of Shīr Shāh, 476 n 3.
Depālpūr, district and town of, 249,
251, 363 n, 383 n 11, 389. See also
under Debālpūr, Dībālpūr and
Dīpālpūr.
Dewal Rānī, one of the ladies of the
harem of Rāi Karan of Gujerāt,
heroine of the ‘Ashīqa of Mīr
Khusrū, 256, marries Khiẓr Khān,
son of Sulṭān ‘Alāu-d-Dīn Khiljī,
266, 275, 276, 281.
Dhankob, town, 493 n 5, 498 n 1,
See Dhankoṭ.
Dhankoṭ, town, 493 and n 5, 498 and
n 1, 500.
Dhār, district and town of, 294, 361,
364 and n 2, 384 and n 5, 385 and
n 3, 422 n 3.
Dhārānagar, fortress of,—the citadel
of Daulatābād (q. v.), 314.
Dhatūrā
, note on, 535 n 2.
Dhanūj or Danūj, Rāi of Sunārgānw,
contemporary of Sulṭān Ghiyāṯu-d-
Dīn Balban, 186 and n 6.
Dhāwa, a runner, from the Sanskrit,
302 and n 3.
D'Herbelot, 14 n 1, 16 n 2, 21 n 1,
40 n 1, 46 n 5, 51 n 2, 55 n 3, 56
n 1, 61 n 5, 73 n 1, 91 n 2, 143 n 4,
147 n 1, 148 n 1, 149 n, 158 n 3,
167 n 3, 191 n 2, 303 n 4, 310
n
2.
Dholpūr, a Native state in Rājputāna
and Capital of the state, 385 n 3,
410, 419 and n 3, 420, 423, 437,
444, 445.
Dholpūr State, in Rājputāna, 419
n 3.
Dhopāmaū', a place, 407.
Dhor Samund,—or
Dhor Samundar, a place in the south
of India, 265 and n 6.
Diārbakr, town of,—in Armenia, 61
n 5.
Dībālpūr, district and town of, 187,
349, 401. See also under Debālpūr,
Depālpūr and Dīpālpūr.
Dictionary of Greek and Roman Anti-
quities
, Smith's, 19 n, 29 n 5, 76 n,
367 n 3.
Dictionary of Greek and Roman Bio-
graphy
, Smith's, 46 n 5, 332 n.
Dictionary of Greek and Roman Geo-
graphy
, Smith's, 23 n 1, 30 n 1,
35 n 2, 394 n
5.
Dictionary of Hindū Mythology,
Dowson's, 163 n 2.
Dictionary of Islām
, Hughes', 2 n 5,
97 n 4, 113 n 1, 150 n 2, 151 n 6,
156 n 1, 157 n 2, 176 n, 183 n 2,
191 n 4, 200 n, 205 n 1, 216 n,
303 n 4, 320 n 4, 356 n 4, 368 n 1,
369 n 3, 392 n 6, 420 n 8, 424 n 9,
445 n 6, 446 n 5, 459 n 2, 472 n 6,
480 n 5, 481 n 8, 485 nn
1 and 2,
488 nn 5 and 7, 510 n 4, 522 n 5,
571 n 1, 572 n 5, 601 n, 603 n
and
n 2, 613 n, 622 n 3, 623 n 1, 636 n 2.
Dictionary of Oriental Biography
,
Beale's 32 n 1, 33 n 1, 233 n 4, 272
n 1, 279 n 3, 624 n
6. See also
under Beale and the Oriental Biographical Dictionary.
Dictionnaire de la Perse
, Meynard's,
30 n, 35 n 2, 42 n 1, 43 nn 1 and 2,
46 n 1, 573 n 3.
Dictionnaire Turk-Oriental
, Pavet de
Courteille's, 91 n 1, 145 n 2, 215
n 1, 325 n 2, 353 n 1, 439 n 4, 440 n
.
Diglito, name of the Tigris in the
upper part of its course, 394 n 5.
Dihlī, 14, 21 n 4, 25 n 5, 37 n 3, 64,
69, 70, 72, 77, 78, 81 n
2, 87, 88
and nn 1 and 3, 89, 90, 91, 92 and
n 2, 93, 95 and n 7, 96, 98 n 3, 99
and n 2, 121 and n 8, 123 and n 5,
124, 125, 126 and n 3, 129 and n 2,
130, 131, 132, 133 n
2, 134 and nn
1 and 4, 135 n, 185, 188, 196, 218
n 3, 219, 220, 221 n
3, 222, 225,
227, 228, 231, 233, 237, 238, 239,
244, 247 and n and n 4, 248, 249,
250, 255, 256, 257 and n 7, 260 and
n 7, 261, 266 n 1, 267, 268, 269 n 5,
271 and n 6, 272 n, 273, 274, 283,
284, 285, 286, 292, 293, 294 and n 4,
295, 297 n
, 298, 299, 300, 301, 302,
303, 304, 305, 309, 310, 313, 315,
316, 318, 322, 323, 324, 325 and
n 3, 328, 330, 333 and n 1, 334, 335,
337 n
7, 338, 341, 342, 343, 344,
346, 347 and n 3, 349, 350 and n 3,
351 and n 10, 352, 354, 356 and n 1,
357 and nn 2 and 3, 358 n 6, 359,
361 and n 1, 362, 363, 364 and n 5,
365 and n 8, 366 and nn 1 and 3,
375, 377 n 4, 378, 379, 380, 381,
383, 384 and n 5, 385 and n 3, 386
and n 1, 387, 388, 390, 391, 396,
398, 399 and n 3, 400, 401 and n 4,
402 and n 1, 403, 404 n 2, 405, 406,
407, 410 and n 4, 411 and n 7, 412
n 2, 413, 418, 426, 427, 432 n 10,
433, 437, 438, 442, 455, 458, 462,
472, 492, 504, 505, 506, 521, 525,
526, 529, 542, 543, 548, 549, 557,
577 n, 594, 595, 596, 600, 609 n 5,
610 n
4. The name is also written
Dehlī, Delhī and Dillī.
Dijla. See under the Dajla.
Dik, district, 129 n 2.
Dilāwar Khān Lūhānī, one of the adherents of Bābar, 437.
Dillī, 464 and n 2, 466. See under
Dihlī.
Dimishqī, Yaḥyā ibn ‘Abdu-l-Laṭīf
Qazwīnī, author of the Lubbu-t-
Tawārīkh, 34 n
9.
Dīn, town, 458 n 6.
Dīnār
, a gold and silver coin, 18 n 1,
19 n.
Dīnār
, value of the silver coin, 24 n 2.
Dīnār Ḥaramī, Malik,—one of the
Amīrs of Sulṭān ‘Alāu-d-Dīn Khiljī,
259. Sulṭān Qutbu-d-Dīn Khiljī
gives him the title of Ẓafar Khān
and appoints him Governor of
Gujrāt.
Dīnārī, a beverage, 31 n.
Dīnpanāh, fortress of,—in Dihlī, 472,
600.
Dīnūr, name of a place, 46 n 2, 47
n
2.
Dīp, port of,—in Gujarāt, 454 and
n 7. Called also Diu.
Dīpūr, town of, 46 and n 2. Also
written Deipūr.
Diqq, note on the fever so called,
316 and n 4.
Dirham, a silver coin, 18 n 1, 19 n
and n 6, 24 n 2.
Dissertations
, Gladwin's, 608 n 3

Din, port of, 454 n 7. See under
Dīp.
Dīwal, town of, the modern Tatta,
66.
Dīwān of the Ustād Abu-l-Faraj Rūnī,
the Poet, 54 and n 1.
Dīwāna, 599 and n 1. See under
Qambar Dīwāna.
Dīwān-i-Ḥāfiẓ, 121 n 3, 487 n 6.
Dīwānkhāna
, the Hall of audience,
455.
Dīwānkhāna-i-‘Ālī, the royal camp,
568 and n 8.
Dīwāns
of Amīr Khusrū of Dihlī, the
famous poet, 197 n 1.
Dīwāns
of Mas‘ūd Sa‘d Salman, the
Poet (q. v.), 55.
Djat, same as the Jats, 129 n 2.
Djenguiz Khān. See under the
Chingīz Khān.
Djépour, 93 n 1, 129 n 2. See under
Jaipūr.
Doāb, the, 81 and n 2, 122 n 1, 129,
185, 305, 316, 343, 346, 351, 354,
355, 359, 364, 365, 377 n 6, 378 n 1,
386 n
5, 395, 407, 437, 444.
Dobil, same as the town of Dīwal or
Debal, 67 n 1.
Dow's History of India, 326 n.
Dowson's Dictionary of Hindū Mytho-
logy, 163 n
2.
Dowson's History of India, 6 n 4, 8
n 2, 10 n
and n 3, 11 nn 1 and 3,
13 n and n 1, 19 nn 2 and 4, 20 nn
4 and 5, 21 n 1, 136 n 6, 215 n 4,
219 n 3, 222 n 1, 264 n 1, 265 n 5,
266 n 3, 267 n 1, 269 n 1, 450 nn
8
and 9, 457 nn 5 and 6, 459 n 5, 460
n 5, 461 n 9, 466 nn
5 and 7, 467 n 6,
504 n 2, 569 n 4, 574 nn
1 and 9,
575 n 3, 579 n 7, 624 nn 8 and 9.
Dozy, Suppléments aux Dictionnaires
Arabes, 44 n 5, 543 n 3.
Drachma
, a silver coin of the Greeks,
origin of the word dirham, 18 n 1.
Drury, Useful plants of India, 173
n 2, 303 n, 550 n 1, 627 n
2.
Duff, Mr. Grant, 265 n 4.
Dughlāt Kashmīrī, one of the Amīrs
of Humāyūn, 463 and n 6.
Duhal
, a kind of drums, 143 n 2.
Dūl Chain, Rāo, Governor of Bhat,
contemporary of Tīmūr the Great,
355 n 4.
Dūn, hill of, 438 and n 7.
Dūnkar, a Brahman poet of the reign
of Sulṭān Sikandar Lodī, 426 and
n 5.
Durgāwatī, Rānī, ruler of the country
of Kara Katanka, contemporary of
‘Adlī, 554.

E.

Eagle, the constellation—, 630 and
n 1.
Eastern Bengal, 345 n 2.
Eastern Rohtās, fortress,—Rohtāsgaṛh in the Shāhābād district of
Bengal, 466 and n 6. See also
under Rohtās-i-Sharqī.
Ebony wood, notes on, 167 n 2.
Ecbatana, the ancient name of
Hamadān, the old capital of Persia,
30 n 1.
Egypt, 22, 94, 310, 311, 321 n 3, 327,
328.
Egyptian Khalīfahs of the House of
‘Abbās, 310 n 2, 315, 327 n 6.
Egyptians, the, 302 n 2.
Elath, a port of the Red Sea, 169 n 1.
Elements, the Four—, called al-
Arkān, 102 n 1.
Elements of Arabic and Persian
Prosody
, Ranking's, 607 n.
Elias and Ross, Tārīkh-i-Rashīdī, 69
n 5, 103 n 3, 145 n 2, 232 n 5, 236
n 1, 305 n 3, 353 n 1, 464 n 8,
572 n 8, 574 n 6, 575 n
1.
Elixir of life, al-Iksīr, 340 n 2.
Elk, notes on the, 171 n 2.
Elliott, Dr., of Colombo, 303 n.
Elliott's History of India, 16 n 2, 19
n 4, 20 nn
1 and 4, 23 n 4, 24 nn 1
and 5, 26 n, 27 nn 3 and 4, 29 n
and nn 1, 3, 4 and 5, 31 n, 32 n 1,
33 n 2, 34 nn
5, 7 and 8, 36 nn 6
and 8, 44 nn 6 and 8, 45 nn 1 and 2,
48 n 4, 49 n 3, 55 n 2, 62 n 2, 63 n,
65 n 1, 66 n 2, 67 n 2, 73 n 2, 80
n 3, 91 n 2, 96 n 2, 121 n 6, 122 n 1,
127 n 2, 131 nn
2 and 5, 135 n, 184
n 4, 186 nn
5 and 6, 188 nn 2 and
5, 196 n 1, 197 n 1, 220 n 2, 222
n 2, 223 n 1, 247 nn
2 and 4, 248
nn 2 and 6, 249 n 5, 251 n, 252 n 1,
257 n 1, 259 n 5, 260 n 7, 265 n 4,
275 n 1, 296 n 3, 297 n 8, 298 n 8,
300 n 3, 307 n
and n 4, 308 n 1,
310 n 1, 315 n 7, 320 n 5, 323 n 3,
324 nn
1, 2 and 6, 325 n 3, 326 n,
327 nn
1 and 5, 328 nn 1 and 6,
329 nn 1, 3 and 8, 331 n 4, 333 nn
2, 3 and 5, 344 n 7, 347 n 3, 355
nn
1, 4 and 6, 356 n 5, 357 n 2,
358 n 6, 360 n 3, 361 n 1, 366 n 1,
396 n 1, 399 nn
2 and 7, 400 n, 421
n 8, 433 n 3, 438 nn
3 and 7, 440 n,
448 n 4, 570 n 2, 580 n 5, 582 nn
4,
5 and 7, 583 nn 2 and 3, 585 n 7,
586 n 5, 592 n 4, 593 n
9. See also
under Elliott and Dowson.
Elliott's Races of the N.-W. Provinces
of India, 312 n 7, 384 n 3, 408 n 1,
415 n
.
Elliott and Dowson, History of India,
6 n 4, 8 n 2, 10 n
and n 3, 11 nn 1
and 3, 13 n and n 1, 19 nn 2 and 4,
20 nn 4 and 5, 21 n 1, 136 n 6,
215 n 4, 219 n 3, 222 n 1, 264
n 1, 265 n 5, 266 n 3, 267 n 1,
269 n 1, 450 nn
8 and 9, 457 nn 5
and 6, 459 n 5, 460 n 5, 461 n 9,
466 nn
5 and 7, 467 n 6, 504 n 2,
569 n 4, 574 nn
1 and 9, 575 n 3,
579 n 7, 624 nn
8 and 9.
Elphinstone's History of India, 20 n 4,
27 n 4, 28 n 2, 29 n
and nn 1 and 5.
Emperor Akbar, Beveridge's, 58 n 5.
Enteric fever, notes on, 320 n.
Ephesus, the seven sleepers of, 207
n 1.
Epiphanius, the Greek Geographer,
169 n 1.
Erdmann, Dr., 353 n 1.
Erskine's Memoirs of Bābar, 421 n 8,
437 n 7, 439 nn
4, 6 and 7, 440 n,
448 n 4, 570 nn 5 and 6, 609 n 5.
Esoterics, or Bāṭiniyyah, a sect of
Shī‘a Muslims, 22 n 3.
Essays
, Colebrooke, 332 n 4.
Etah, district and town of, 185 n 1,
218 n 3, 377 n 4, 410 n
4.
Etawah, district and town of, 325
n 3, 378, 385 n 3. See also under
Itāwa.
Etymological Dictionary of the English
Language
, Skeat's, 159 n 2, 543 n 3.
Euphrates, the, 205 n 1.
Europus, an ancient name of the
town of Rai in Persia, 30 n 1.
Eve, the Mother of mankind, 200 n,
320 n
4.
Evil-eye, the, 192 and nn 2 and 3.
Exodus, Book of, 108 n 4.
Ezekiel, Book of, 104 n 2.

F.

Fadak, an estate north of Medina
which had belonged to Muḥammad,
156 and n 5, 157 n, 631 and n 1.
Fāiq, one of the Amīrs of ‘Abdu-l-
Malik ibn Nūḥ Sāmānī, King of
Khurāsān, 16 and n 2.
Faiẓī, a poet of Basāwar, contemporary of Shīr Shāh, 479 and n 5.
Fakhr, chief of the Bāzār at Dihlī,
in the reign of Sulṭān Ghiyāṯu-d-
Dīn Balban, 184.
Fakhr ‘Alī, Mīr, one of the Amīrs of
[Humāyūn, 462.
Fakhrī-nāmah, popular name of the
Ḥadīqatu-l-Ḥaqīqat, the most celebrated work of the famous poet
Sanāī, 35 n 1, 56 n 2.
Fakhru-d-Dīn ‘Amīd Lūmakī, the poet
of Gīlān, 138. See under ‘Amīd
Lūmakī.
Fakhru-d-Dīn Amīr Dād, Malik,
Governor of Baran under Sulṭān
‘Alāu-d-Dīn Khiljī, 250.
Fakhru-d-Dīn Jūnā, Malik, son of
Ghāzī Malik, one of the Maliks of
the Khiljī Sulṭāns, 274, 290, 291,
292, 293,—receives the title of
Ulugh Khān, 297 and n 4,—succeeds to the throne of Dihlī under
the style of Sulṭān Muḥammad
‘Ādil ibn Tughlaq Shāh (q. v.). See
also under Ulugh Khān.
Fakhru-d-Dīn Kotwāl, the Maliku-l-
Umarā or Amīru-l-Umarā, one of
the Amīrs of Sulṭān Mu‘izzu-d-Dīn
Kaiqubād, of the Balbanī dynasty,
220 nn 2 and 3, 227, 229, 238, 260
n 2.
Fakhru-d-Dīn Kūchī, Malik, one of
the Amīrs of Sulṭān Jalālu-d-Dīn
Khiljī, 238, 243.
Fakhru-d-Dīn Kūjī, Malik, one of the
Maliks of Sulṭān Shamsu-d-Dīn
Iyaltimish, 120 n 2.
Fakhru-d-Dīn Rāzī, Imām, a doctor
of the Shāfi‘ite sect, contemporary
of Sulṭān Ghiyāṯu-d-Dīn and
Mu‘izzu-d-Dīn Muḥammad Sām, 73
and nn 1 and 2.
Fakhru-d-Dīn Silāḥdār, Malik, one of
the Amīrs of Sulṭān Muḥammad
Tughlaq Shāh, 308, 309.
Fakhru-l-Mulk ‘Amīd Lūmakī,
Maliku-l-Kalām, 99 and n 4. See
under ‘Amīd Lūmakī.
Fakhru-l-Mulk Khwājā ‘Amīd-u-Dīn,
99 n 4, 138 n 1. Same as the
above.
Fa'l, a good omen, 412 n 1.
Fallon's Hindustānī Dictionary, 528
n 1.
Fals
, a coin of small value, from the
Latin follis, 18 n 1.
Fanak
, weasel or stoat, 158 n 4.
Fanākatī, the Historian, 16 n 1.
Faqār
, vertebræ of the back, 74 n 2.
Faqāra
, a vertebra of the back, 74
n 2.
Faqāra
, a sort of waving ornament
on the blade of a sword or else a
notch on its edge, 75 n.
Faqīrs, various religious orders of,
510 n 4.
Far‘
, one of the two chief divisions of
‘Ilmu-l-Fiqh, 5 n 4.
Farah, town of,—in Biluchistan, 420
[and n 9.
Farah, a town at a distance of ten
krohs from Agra, 542.
Farakhābād district, N.-W. P., 185
n 1. See also under Farukhābād.
Fara‘ūn (Fir‘aun), the Pharaoh of
Egypt, 137, 501.
Farazdaq, Abū Firās Hammām ibn
Ghālib, the celebrated Arab poet,
286, 287 and nn 1 and 2.
Farhād, the lover of Shīrīn, in the
romance of Khusru-o-Shīrīn, 279
and n 3.
Farhang-i-Anandrāj
, a Persian dictionary, 596 n 6.
Farḥatu-l-Mulk, Malik Mufarriḥ Sulṭānī, Governor of Gujrāt, under
Sulṭān Fīroz Shāh, 334 and n 3.
Farīd Ganj-i-Shakkar, Shaikh, the
famous Muḥammadan Saint, 233,
460. See under Farīdu-d-Dīn.
Farīd Khān, son of Ḥasan Khān Sūr,
original name of Shīr Shāh, 461
and n 5, 466, 467 and n 5.
Farīd Khān, infant son of Sulṭān
‘Alān-d-Dīn Khiljī, 289.
Farīd Khān ibn-i-Masnad-i-‘Ālī Khiẓr
Khān (q. v.), 395, 400 n 1.
Farīd Tāran, one of the Amīrs of
Islem Shāh Sūr, 497.
Farīdu-d-Dīn Ganj-i-Shakkar, Shaikh,
grandson of Farrukh Shāh of
Kābnl,—a famous Muḥammadan
saint of Hindūstān, 132 and n 6,
133 n, 135 n, 355 n 1, 362 n 2. See
also under Farīd.
Farīdu-d-Dīn Mas‘ūd Ganj-i-Shakkar,
132 n 6. Same as the above.
Farīdūn, an ancient King of Persia,
166 n 1, 435 n 2, 595.
Fārighī, a poet of the time of Humāyūn, 616, 617. See under Abu-l-
Wāḥid.
Farmalī, Khān-i-Khānān, one of the
Amīrs of Sulṭān Buhlūl and also of
Sulṭān Sikandar Lodī, 411 and n 7,
412 n
2, 414, 418.
Farmalī, Khān-i-Khānān, one of the
Amīrs of Sulṭān Ibrāhīm Lodī, 434.
Farrukhī, Ḥakīm, a famous Persian
poet, contemporary of ‘Asjadī,
Ansurī and Firdausī, 17 n 3.
Farrukh Shāh of Kābul, grandfather
of Shaikh Farid Ganj-i-Shakkar,
132 n 6.
Farrukh Zād, Sulṭān, ibn Mas‘ūd ibn
Maḥmūd Ghaznawī, 51.
Farshūr, old name of Peshāwar, 66
n 6.
Farukhābād district, N.-W. P., 377
n 3. See also under Farakhābād.
Fārūq, or the Discerner, a name of
‘Umar, the second Khalīfah, 59
and n 3.
Fāryāb a town of Māwarāu-n-Nahr
(Transoxiana), 339 n 4.
Farẓ
, prayers enjoined in the Qur'ān,
488 n 7.
Fāsiq
, immoral man, one who opposes
[‘Alī, 557 n.
Fateḥgarh, town in Farukhābād district, N.-W. P., 377 n 3, 384 n 4.
Fateḥpūr, 325 n 3. See under Fatḥpūr.
Fatepour, 80 n 5, for Fatḥpūr (q. v.).
Fatḥ Khān, son of A‘ẓam Humāyūn
Shirwānī, one of the Amīrs of
Sulṭān Ibrāhīm Lodī, 433.
Fatḥ Khān, son of Sulṭān Buhlūl Lodī,
418.
Fatḥ Khān, son of Sulṭān Fīroz Shāh,
of the Tughlaq dynasty, 324 and
n 2, 328, 334.
Fatḥ Khān Harawī, of the Amīrs of
Sulṭān Maḥmūd Sharqī of Jaunpūr,
403 and nn 2, 3 and 4. See also
the next.
Fatḥ Khān, of Herāt, Shāhzāda, of
the Amīrs of Sulṭān Mubārak Shāh
of Jaunpūr, 361. Same as the
above (q. v.).
Fatḥābād, founded by Sulṭān Maudūd
Ghaznawī, 47 and n 1.
Fatḥābād, founded by Sulṭān Fīroz
Shāh, of the Tughlaq dynasty, 324
n 2, 325 n 3, 365.
Fatḥpūr, otherwise known as Sīkrī,
one of the dependencies of Multān,
80 n 5, 97, 325 n 5, 363, 365, 366,
375, 433, 442, 445, 446, 486, 508,
535, 600.
Fatḥpūr District, N.-W. Provinces,
486 n 6.
Fāṭimah, daughter of the Prophet
Muḥammad and wife of ‘Alī, 151
n 5, 156 n 5, 303 n 4, 622 nn 3 and
4, 631 n 1.
Fatwas
, legal decisions by a Muftī
(q. v.), 317 n 6, religious or judicial
rulings, 507 and n 7.
Faẓīḥat, Qāẓī, or Qāẓī Ignominy, 474
and n 6. See under Qāẓī Faẓīlat.
Faẓīlat, Qāẓī, the Qāẓī of the army of
Shīr Shāh, popularly known as Qāẓī
Faẓīḥat (q. v.), 474 and n 4.
Faẓlu-llāh Balkhī, Malik, styled
Qutlugh Khān, one of the Amīrs
of the Tughlaq Shāhī dynasty, 351
and n 2.
Faẓlu-llah Khān's Turkish Persian
Dictionary, 482 n 2, 483 n 2, 497
n 1, 575 n 1, 580 n 5, 592 n 5, 596
n 6.
Faẕẕ
, the first arrow in the game of
maisir, 369 n 1.
Ferishta. See under Firishta.
Fidāīs, the,—disciples of the chief
of the Mulāḥidah heretics, 73 and
n 2, 122 and n 3.
Filband, a stratagem in the game of
chess, 114 n 2.
Fiqār, vertebræ of the back, 74 n 2.
Fiqh, the two chief divisions of, 5
n 4.
Firangīs, the, 458 and n 6. See also
under the Franks.
Firāqī, takhallus or poetical name of
Khwājā Aiyūb ibn Khwājā Abu-l-
Barakāt (q. v.), 633, 634.
Firāqnāmah
, one of the poetical works
of Salmān Sāwajī, 571 n 9.
Firdausī, the celebrated author of the
Shāh-nāmah, 17 and nn 1 and 3,
32 and n 1, 88 n 2, 461 n 6.
Firdūsī, Ḥakīm, 17 n 3. See under
Firdausī.

Firishta, 10 n, 13 n 1, 16 nn 1 and 2,
19 n and nn 1, 2 and 6, 20 nn 1,
2, 4 and 5, 21 n 3, 22 n 7, 23 nn 2
and 4, 24 nn 1, 2 and 5, 25 nn 2
and 4, 26 n and n 1, 27 nn 3 and 4,
28 nn 2 and 4, 29 nn 1 and 5, 33 n
and n 2, 31 n and n 1, 33 nn 2
and 3, 34 nn 1 and 7, 36 nn 1
and 9, 37 nn 5 and 6, 43 nn 2, 5
and 7, 44 nn 1, 2, 6, 7 and 8, 47 nn
3 and 7, 48 nn 1, 2, 3 and 4, 49 n 1,
50 nn
1, 2 and 3, 51 nn 1 and 3,
52 nn 1, 2 and 4, 55 n 2, 56 n 1,
63 n 1, 66 nn
2, 4, 5 and 6, 67 n,
69 n 1, 72 n 2, 77 nn
1, 2 and 3,
95 n 8, 122 nn 2 and 3, 123 n 2,
133 n
and n 2, 184 n 4, 185 nn 2
and 3, 186 n 3, 188 nn 1 and 5,
190 n 2, 205 n 2, 228 n 3, 230 n 1,
247 n
and n 4, 248 n 2, 249 nn
5 and 7, 250 nn 1 and 10, 251 n 7,
257 n 7, 258 nn
4, 5 and 7, 259
n 5, 260 n 7, 261 n 5, 264 n 4, 265
nn
3, 4 and 6, 266 n 1, 273 n 4,
274 n 1, 298 n 8, 300 n 3, 302 n 1,
304 n 1, 306 nn
1, 2 and 3, 307 n
and n 2, 308 n 2, 325 n 3, 326 n 2,
327 nn
1 and 3, 329 nn 5 and 9,
330 nn 6 and 7, 331 nn 8 and 9,
332 n, 333 n 11, 334 nn 3, 4, 5 and
7, 335 nn 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9 and 10,
336 n 7, 337 nn 2 and 3, 338 n 1,
339 n 2, 342 nn
1, 2 and 4, 343 n 3,
344 nn
1, 2 and 7, 345 n 2, 346 n 5,
347 n 2, 348 nn
1, 3, 6, 7, 9 and 10,
349 nn 3, 4, 10, 11 and 12, 350 nn
3 and 4, 351 nn 2, 6 and 7, 352 nn
6, 7 and 10, 353 nn 2, 3, 5, 8 and 9,
354 nn 1, 5 and 8, 355 nn 1, 3 and
4, 356 n 5, 357 n 2, 359 nn 2 and 3,
360 nn 3 and 5, 361 n 2, 363 n 2,
364 n 6, 365 nn
2, 4, 5, 6 and 7,
366 nn 4 and 5, 375 n 2, 379 nn 1
and 2, 380 nn 2, 3, 4 and 5, 381 nn
3 and 5, 382 nn 1, 2, 5 and 6, 383
nn 3, 6, 10 and 11, 384 nn 2 and 5,
385 nn 1 and 3, 386 nn 1, 3, 5 and
7, 387 nn 1, 2, 3 and 4, 388 nn 1,
2 and 3, 389 nn 3, 4 and 8, 390 n 4,
391 n 2, 392 n 5, 393 nn
1, 3, 5, 6
and 7, 395 n 3, 396 nn 1 and 2,
398 n, 399 nn 1, 3, 4 and 6, 400 n,
401 nn
2 and 4, 402 nn 1, 4 and 5,
403 nn 4, 5 and 8, 404 nn 2 and 5,
405 nn 1 and 4, 406 nn 1, 3, 5, 6,
9 and 13, 407 nn 1 and 4, 408 nn 2,
4, 6 and 7, 409 nn 2, 5, 7 and 8,
410 nn 1, 3, 4 and 6, 411 nn 2 and
3, 412 n 2, 413 nn 8, 13 and 15,
414 nn 1, 2, 3, 5, 6 and 11, 415 nn
2, 3, 7 and 9, 416 nn 3, 9 and 12,
417 nn 4, 5 and 9, 418 nn 9 and 11,
419 nn 4, 6 and 11, 420 nn 4 and 6,
421 nn 3 and 4, 422 nn 1, 2, 3, 5
and 6, 423 nn 2, 5, 6 and 11, 42
nn 2, 3, 5, 6 and 7, 425 nn 2, 3 and
6, 431 n 4, 432 nn 2, 3, 5, 7 and 10,
433 nn 3 and 6, 434 nn 5 and 8,
435 nn 6, 7 and 9, 438 nn 3 and 5,
461 n 3, 466 n 5, 471 nn 1 and 4,
478 nn 7 and 8, 484 n 4, 488 n 5,
490 n 4, 537 n 2, 544 n 1, 559 nn
6
and 8, 560 nn 2 and 8, 561 n 2,
564 nn
6, 7, 8 and 9, 565 nn 1 and
5, 566 n 13, 567 nn 2 and 9, 573
n 3, 579 n 8, 583 n 3, 598 n 10,
601 nn
2 and 5, 609 n 5, 624 n 6,
625 n
3.
Fīrozābād, a town on the banks of
the Jamna, at ten miles from Dihlī,
built by Sulṭān Fīroz Shāh of the
Tughlaq dynasty, 325 and n 3,
342, 343, 344, 345, 350, 351, 354,
356, 359, 366. Written also Fīrūzābād.
Fīrozābād, a fortress at the village of
Gāwīn on the banks of the Jamnā,
built by Fīroz Shāh, 327 and n 5.
Fīrozābād, later name of the town of
Panḍūah, 325 n 3.
Fīroz ‘Alī, Malik, son of Malik Tāju-d-
Dīn, one of the Amīrs of Fīroz
Shāh, called also Khān-i-Jahān the
Wazīr, 342 and n 2.
Fīroz Khān, one of the Afghān Amīrs
under Bābar, 444.
Fīroz Khān, son of Islem Shāh Sūr,
succeeds his father under the title
of Fīroz Shāh, 535, 537.
Fīroz Khān ibn Yaghrash, the Khiljī,
styled Shāyista Khān (q. v.), eventually becomes Sulṭān Jalālu-d-Dīn
Khiljī (q. v.), 226, 230.
Fīroz Koh, capital of Ghūr. See
under Firūz-Koh.
Fīroz, Malik, son of Malik Rajab,
same person as Fīroz Shāh of the
Tughlaq Shāhī dynasty (q. v.), 302,
315, 322.
Fīroz Nāib Barbak, Malik, one of
the Amīrs of Sulṭān Muḥammad
Tughlaq Shāh, 312.
Fīroz, Rāi, a contemporary of Sulṭān
Mubārak Shāh, of the Saiyyid
dynasty, 382, 390.
Fīroz Shāh, son of Islem Shāh Sūr,
[535, 537.
Fīroz Shāh, Sulṭān, ibn Malik Rajab,
of the Tughlaq Shāhī dynasty of
Dihlī, 301, 302, 321, 322 and n 9,
323 and n 3, 324 n 6, 325 n 3,
326 n 327, 328 n 6, 329 n
2, 331,
332, 338, 339 and n 1, 341 n 1,
344 and n 7, 347 n 3, 366, 376,
411, 412 n
2. Written also Fīrūz
Shāh.
Fīroz Shāh, canal of, 325 n 3, 326 n.
Fīrozshāhī
. See under the Tārikh-i-
Fīroz-Shāhī
.
Fīrūza, fortress of, 364 n 6, 375, 378.
See under Ḥissār Fīrūzah.
Fīrūzābād, on the Jamna. See under
Fīrozābād.
Fīrūzī Amīrs, the,—partisans of the
House of Sulṭān Fīroz Shāh (q. v.),
337, 345, 350, 351, 352.
Fīrūz-Koh, capital of the country of
Ghūr, 60 n 2, 63 and n 1, 68, 78.
Fīrūzpūr, fortress of, built by Sulṭān
Fīroz Shāh in Sihrind, 331, 334,
378, 489. Written also Fīrozpūr.
Fīrūzpūr, town of, 336. Called also
Ākhirīnpūr as the Last city built
by Fīroz Shāh.
Fīrūz Shāh, Sulṭān. See under Fīroz
Shāh.
Fisq, immorality, does not exclude
Imān (faith), 577 n.
Follis, a Roman coin, origin of the
word fals, 18 n 1.
Forty Slaves of Sulṭān Shamsu-d-Dīn
Iyaltimish, 184.
Franks, the, 543. See also under the
Firangīs.
Freytag, Arabic Dictionary, 509 n 5.
Freytag, Arabum Proverbia, 157 n 1,
458 n 3, 507 n 3, 580 n
1.
Freytag, Ḥamāsah, 287 n 1.
Freytag, Meid. Prov., 157 n 1. See
also under Arabum Proverbia.
Fūlād, a Turkbacha slave, servant of
Saiyyid Sālim of Tabarhindah
(q. v.), 388 and n 2, 389, 390, 391,
393.
Fu-mā
, in Chinese, equivalent to the
Mongol Gurgān, which means
“Son-in-law,” when applied to
princes, 353 n 1.
Furruckābād, N.-W. Provinces, 218
n 3. Properly Farrukhābād.
Furū‘, one of the two chief divisions
of ‘Ilm-i-Fiqh, 5 n 4.
Futūḥu-l-Buldān
of al-Bilāẕurī, 11
n 3.
Futūḥu-s-Salāṭīn
, an historical work,
314 and n 9.

G.

Gabriel, the Angel, 58 and n 2, 93,
106 n 5, 111 n, 151 n 6, 374 n
5,
614.
Gajpatis, or “the Lords of Elephants,”
title of the Lion Dynasty of Jājnagar, 125 n 3.
Gakkhars, the,—a tribe of the
Hindūs, probably the same tribe
as the Khūkhars, 67 and n 3.
Gandaba, fortress of, 28 n 4, 29 n.
Called also Kandama.
Gandak river, the,—in the Gorakhpūr District, 409 n 5.
Ganes, Rāi,—or
Ganesh, Rāi, the Rājā of Patiālī, contemporary of Sulṭān Sikandar Lodī,
413 and n 8, 419.
Ganges, the, 70 n 1, 71 n 2, 81, 82
n
1, 84 and n, 125 n 1, 130, 132 n 3,
185, 218 and n 3, 221 n 3, 231, 241,
312, 343, 356, 358 n
3, 360 and n 3,
363, 364, 377, 379, 380, 384 and
n 2, 396, 402, 404, 406 and n 10,
408 and n 5, 415 n 7, 416 and n 3,
459, 463, 464, 472, 541, 546.
Ganj-Bakhsh, surname of Shaikh
Aḥmad Khaṭṭu, contemporary of
Sulṭān Aḥmad Gujrātī, 357 n 3.
Ganj-i-Shakkar, Shaikh Farīdu-d-Dīn
Mas‘ūd, a famous Muḥammadan
Saint of Hindūstān, 132 and n 6,
133 n, 135 n, 233, 362 n 2, 416
n 13.
Garcin de Tassy, Rhétorique et Prosodie des lanques de l'Orient Musulman, 428 n 2, 605 nn 8 and 9, 606
n 2, 607 n 4, 608 n 3.
Gardaiz, a district lying between
Ghazna and Hindūstān, 66 n 1.
Called also Kardīz.
Garha-Katanka, name of a country
north of the Dakhan, 433 n 3.
Garhī, a narrow pass separating the
countries of Bihār and Bangāla,
457 and n 5.
Garmsīr, a province of Khurāsān,
48, 65 and n 1, 81, 86, 573.
Garshasp, Shāh, of the first dynasty
of Persian Kings, 84 and n 2, 85.
Gaster's translation of the “Sword
of Moses,” 141 n
4.
Gate of Paradise, a narrow opening
in a wall near the shrine of Shaikh
Farīdu-d-Dīn Ganj-i-Shakkar at
Pākpattan, 362 n 2.
Gatilā
, Sanskrit name of the Indian
Spikenard or nard, 374 n.
Gaṭwārās, the,—a tribe of the Jāts,
122 n 1.
Gaur, old capital of Bengal, 82
nn 3 and 4, 83 and n 2, 458.
Name changed to Jannatābād by
Humāyūn.
Gauria. See under Muḥammad Khān
Gauria and also Khiẓr Khān Gauria.
Gaus Aḥmad, of Guzarate, 357 n 4.
Same as Sulṭān Aḥmad Shāh, the
ruler of Gujarāt.
Gawārs, the,—a race of gypsies in
India, 312 and n 7.
Gāwīn, village of,—on the banks of
the Jumnā, 327 n 5.
Gayômarth, the Adam of the Persians,
280 n 3.
Gaz
, a measure of length, three kinds
[of, 330 n 8.
Gaz, tenth son of Japhet, son of Noah,
61 n 5.
Gazetteer of the Countries on the North-
West of India
, Thornton's, 567 nn
1 and 9.
Gelaleddin, 91 n 2, for Jalālu-d-Dīn
Mangburnī (q. v.).
Gemini, the, 39.
Genesis, Book of, 144 n 2, 154 n 2,
182 n 1, 302 n 2, 394 n
5.
Geo, one of the heroes of the Shāh-
nāmah, 116 n 5.
Geography of Ancient India
, Cunningham's. See under Ancient Geo-
graphy of India
.
Gersiwāz, one of the attendants of
Afrāsiyāb, in the Shāh-nāmah of
Firdausī, 180 n 2.
Gesenius, Thesaurus of the Hebrew
Language, 104 n 2, 394 n
5.
Ghaggar river, the, 326 n. See also
the next.
Ghaghar river, called also the Gogra
and Ghāgra (q. v.), 222 n 3, 327,
438. See also the Ghaggar.
Ghāgra river, the, 135 n, 223 n. See
under the Ghaghar.
Ghakkars, the,—a Hindū tribe, 491,
498, 499, 500.
Ghālib Khān, Governor of Sāmāna
under the Tughlaq Shāhī dynasty,
338, 352, 360.
Ghalla-i-jawārī, the smaller millet,
[465 n 6.
Ghānim ibn ‘Ulwān, one of the three
chief lords of Shaddād ibn ‘Ād,
262 n.
Gharī Jū, village of, 503 n 5. Called
also Gharī Khū (q. v.).
Gharī Khū, village of, on the bank of
the river Behat, 503 and n 5.
Gharjistān, a country between Herāt,
Ghor and Ghaznīn, 13 n 1, 22 n 2,
63 n 1. Called also Gharshistān.
Gharshistān, 22 n 2. See under
Gharjistān.
Ghāt-i-Sākūn, name of a place, 283
n 5. Called also Badra-i-Sakūn.
Ghaur, a province lying between
Herāt and Gharjistān, 43 and n 4.
See also under Ghūr and Ghor.
Ghauṯu-l-‘Ālam Ḥaẓrat Shaikh
Bahāu-d-Dīn Zakariyāī, the Multānī, 133 and n 2. See under
Bahāu-d-Dīn Zakariyāī.
Al-Ghāyatu fi-l-Fiqh of Qāẓī Baiẓāwī,
[6 n 4.
Ghazal
, ode, 612 and n 2.
Ghāzī Khān, son of Daulat Khān
Lodī, one of the Amīrs of Sulṭān
Ibrāhīm Lodī, 435 n 9, 436, 437,
438 and n 5.
Ghāzī Khān Sūr, one of the Amīrs of
the Sūr dynasty of Afghāns, 549,
550, 553, 558, 597, 598.
Ghāzī Maḥallī, one of the confidential
servants of Islem Shāh Sūr, 487,
488.
Ghāzī Malik, one of the Amīrs of
Sulṭān ‘Alān-d-Dīn Khiljī, succeeds
to the throne of Dihlī under the
style of Sulṭān Ghiyāṯu-d-Dīn
Tughlaq Shāh, 291, 292, 293, 294
and n 4, 295, 296 and n 3. See
Ghiyāṯu-d-Dīn Tughlaq Shāh and
also Tughlaq Khān.
Ghāzī, one who fights in the cause of
Islām, 356 n 4.
Ghāzīs, the, 18. See under Ghāzī.
Ghāzīu-l-Mulk, Malik Chaman of
Badāon, one of the Amīrs of
Muḥammad Shāh of the Saiyyid
dynasty of Dihlī, 396 and n 1,
398.
Ghazna. See under Ghaznīn.
Ghaznavide dynasty, the. See under
the Ghaznivide dynasty.
Ghaznī, House of, 13 n 1. See under
the Ghaznivide dynasty.
Ghaznī, town of, 13 n 1. See under
Ghaznīn.
Ghaznīn, 14 nn 1, 2 and 3, 15 and n
and nn 1 and 2, 16 and nn 1, 2 and
3, 17, 19, 21, 22 and n 2, 23, 25 and
n 4, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 33, 34
and nn 4 and 5, 35 and n 1, 36, 37,
43, 44, 45 and n 2, 46 and n 1, 47,
48, 49, 50 and n 1, 51, 52, 53 n, 56,
60 and n 2, 61, 62 and n 3, 63, 64,
65, 66 and n 1, 68, 69, 70, 71, 72
and n 2, 74 n 1, 77 n 1, 78 and n 3,
79, 80, 81, 88 n 1, 89, 90, 167 n
3,
187, 256, 280, 312, 328, 464 and n 5,
567, 579, 580, 587. See Ghaznī and
Ghazna.
Ghaznivide dynasty, the,—founded
by Nāṣiru-d-Dīn Sabuktigīn, 13
n 1, 14, 62 and n 4, 63, 64 and
n 1.
Gheias-ood-Deen, grandson of Sulṭān
Fīroz Shāh Tughlaq, 338 n 1.
See under Ghiyāṯu-d-Dīn Tughlaq
Shāh II.
Ghibṭa, unusual use of the word by
Badāonī, 508 n 3, 543 n 4.
Ghilz'ai Afghāns, the, 542, 544, 546.
Ghīās Vazīr, Khwāja,—Salmān Sāwajī's Qaṣīdah in his honour, 605.
Ghiyāṯī Amīrs, the,—of Sulṭān
Ghiyāṯu-d-Dīn Balban, 223, 224,
231, 232, 233.
Ghiyāṯpūr, commonly known as
[Mughulpūr, 236.
Ghiyāṯu-d-Dīn Abu-l-Fatḥ Muḥammad ibn Sām Ghorī, Sulṭān of Ghor
and Ghaznīn, 62, 63 and n 1, 64
and nn 2 and 3, 65, 68, 71, 73 and
n 1, 77 and n 1.
Ghiyāṯu-d-Dīn Balban, Sulṭān, of the
Slave dynasty of Dihlī, 97, 121 and
n 7, 124 and n 4, 126, 127, 135,
183, 184 and nn 1 and 4, 186, 187,
189 n 1, 219, 220 n 2, 221 and n 1,
222, 223, 224, 227, 228, 231, 232,
233. Before his accession he was
called Ulugh Khān (q. v.).
Ghiyāṯu-d-Dīn Ḥasan Chishtī, father
of the famous saint Khwājā Mu‘īnu-d-Dīn Chishtī, 70 n 2.
Ghiyāṯu-d-Dīn ‘Iwaz, the Khalj,
Sulṭān of Lakhnautī and the last
of the Mu‘izzī Sulṭāns (q. v.), 86,
87 and n 4. See also the next and
under Ḥusāmu-d-Dīn ‘Iwaz.
Ghiyāṯu-d-Dīn Khiljī, Sulṭān, 91.
Same as the above.
Ghiyāṯu-d-Dīn Maḥmūd, son of
Ghiyāṯu-d-Dīn Muḥammad Sām
Ghūrī, Sulṭān of Ghūr and Ghaznīn,
77 and n 1.
Ghiyāṯu-d-Dīn, son of Sulṭān Maḥmūd
Khiljī of Mālwā, 399.
Ghiyāṯu-d-Dīn Maḥmūd Shāh, son of
Sulṭān Muḥammad Tughlaq Shāh,
324.
Ghiyāṯu-d-Dīn Muḥammad, Ghorī,
Sulṭān. See under Ghiyāṯu-d-Dīn
Abu-l-Fatḥ.
Ghiyāṯu-d-Dīn Muḥammad, the Makhdūmzāda-i-Baghdādī, a prince of the
House of ‘Abbās, the Khalīfs of
Baghdād, 311 and n 4.

Ghiyāṯu-d-Dīn Muḥammad Shāh, the
ruler of Oudh, son of Sulṭān Shamsu-d-Dīn Iyal-timish, 98.
Ghiyāṯu-d-Dīn Tughlaq Shāh, Sulṭān,
first of the Tughlaq Shāhī dynasty
of Dihlī, 296, 298, 299, 300, 301,
304, 321. Before his accession he
was called Ghāzī Malik (q. v.).
Ghiyāṯu-d-Dīn Tughlaq Shāh II, ibn
Fatḥ Khān ibn Sulṭān Fīrūz Shāh,
338 n 1, 341.
Ghiyāṯu-l-Lughāt
, a lexicographical
work, 60 n 3, 108 n 4, 142 n 1, 145
n 1, 152 n 2, 163 n 1, 321 n 2, 617
n 1, 621 n 5, 628 n 1, 635 n
5.
Ghor, country of, 13 n 1, 22 n 2,
60, 61 n
4, 63, 64 and n 2, 65
n 2, 68, 71, 77 n
1, 81 and n 2.
The name is also written Ghūr and
Ghaur.
Ghor, Kings of, 60, 61 n 4, 63. See
also under the Ghorī dynasty.
Ghorī, fortress of,—in Ghaznīn, 21
and n 3.
Ghorī dynasty of Dihlī, 64, 68, 228.
See under Kings of Ghor.
Ghūl, centre of a Turkish army, 439
n 4. Also called Qūl.
Ghūr. See under Ghor.
Ghurjistān, same as Gharjistān (q. v.),
22 and n 2, 63 n 1, 68.
Ghurratu-l-Kamāl
of Mīr Khusrū, the
famous poet of Dihlī, 134, 197 and
n 1, 216.
Ghuzz, tribe of,—a tribe of Turks
61 and n 5, 65, 167 n 3, 291.
Gīlān, a province of Persia, 99 n 4.
Gilauṛī
, note on, 303 n.
Gilī, town, 250 and n 4. Called also
Kīlī.
Gīr, Malik, son of Malik Qabūl
Khalifatī, one of the Amīrs of
Sulṭān Muḥammad Tughlaq Shāh,
315.
Girāī, one of the poets of the time of
Sulṭān ‘Alāu-d-Dīn Khiljī, 266.
Gīrat Singh, Rāi, Governor of Gwāliār,
contemporary of Sulṭān Buhlūl
Lodī, 408.
Girgīn-i-Milād, one of the chief
warriors of Kai Khusrau in the
Shāhnāmah of Firdausī, 116 and nn
4 and 5, 180 n 2.
Gīsī, a place, 548 n 3.
Gladwin's Dissertations, 608 n 3.
Glossary of Anglo-Indian Words
, Yule
and Burnett's, 495 n, 543 n 3.
Glossary on Muqaddasī
, De Goeje's,
217 n 2.
Gobind Chand, Rājā,—one of the
Rājās of Hindūstān at the time of
Sulṭān Maḥmūd of Ghaznīn, 25.
Godī river, the, 222 n 3. Called
also the Gumtī and the Kowah
(q. v.).
Goeje, de, Glossary on Muqaddasī,
217 n
2.
Gog and Magog, Wall of, 191 n 2.
Commonly known as the rampart
of Sikandar.
Gogra, the, 222 n 3. Called also the
Ghāghar and Ghāgra.
Gohana, a district of the N.-W. Pro-
vinces, 122 n 1.
Gokultāsh, one of the Amīrs of Bābar,
441.
Golius, Dictionary of the Arabic
Language, 509 n 5.
Gonds, the,—a tribe of Hindūs, 433
and n 4.
Gonor, a place at 24 miles from Dihlī,
21 n 4.
Gorakhpūr District, 409 n 5.
Gorgang, the capital of Khwārazm,
called Jurjān by the Arabs, 23 n 1.
See under Gurgān.
Gour, country of, 456. Read Gaur,
a name of Bengal from its capital.
Goyā, or Kanhaiyā, minister and
agent of Rāi Māldeo, contemporary
of Shīr Shāh, 478 and n 7. See
also under Kanhaiyā.
Grand Trunk Road, the, 386 n 3.
Grant Duff's History of the Mahrattas,
265 n
4.
Great Larās, town, 326 n, 327 n 1.
Called Rās by Badāonī.
Grecian Emperor, the, 18 n 1.
Greece, 119 n 5.
Greeks, the, 18 n 1, 41 n 2, 75 n 2,
76 n 1, 104 n 2, 182 n
1.
Greenhill, Dr., 30 n 1.
Griffith's Yūsuf and Zuleikha, 272
n 1.
Gūgird-i-Aḥmar
or Sulphur, notes on,
340 and n 2.
Gujarāt. See under Gujrāt.
Gujerāt. See under Gujrāt.
Gujrāt, 9 n 2, 12, 17 n 4, 27 n 4,
28, 66, 71, 89, 255, 256 n
4, 257,
267, 274, 282, 283, 284, 285, 287,
313, 314, 315, 324, 333, 334, 337,
346, 354, 357 and nn 3 and 4, 379,
389, 450, 452, 454, 456, 472, 533,
534, 559 and n 8, 567, 597, 635.
The name is also written Gujarāt,
Gujerāt and Guzerāt.
Gulangabīn, confection of rose and
honey, 148 and n 4.
Gulbarga, town, 311 and n 6.
Gulistān
of Shaikh Sa‘dī of Shīrāz,
187 n 2, 467.
Gulistāna Saiyyids, the,—a family of
Saiyyids, 584 n 3.
Gul-i-Yūsuf
, a red flower without
odour, 629 n 1.
Gulnār tree, called also Nārwan, 172
n 3.
Gulqand
, confection of roses, 452 and
n 2.
Gulrukh, the pseudonym of Sulṭān
Sikandar Lodī, 426.
Gumtī, the, 222 n 3, 329 n 2. Called
also the Godī and the Kowah.
Gungūna, fortress of, one of the
dependencies of Malot, 437 and
n 7.
Gurdāspūr, town, 383 n 8.
Gurgān, town of,—the Jurjān of the
Arabs, 37 n 7, 38, 117. See under
Gorgang.
Gūrgān, a surname of the great Tīmūr
and a title applied to the sons-in-
law of a Mughul Emperor, 103 n 3,
353 and n 1.
Gurgāon, a district of Mīwāt, 134 n 1,
366 n
.
Gurgīn-i-Milād, one of the chief
warriors of Kai Khusrau in the
Shāh-nāmah of Firdausī, 116 and
nn 4 and 5, 180 n 2.
Gurīz-gāh
, a term of Prosody, 627
and n 4.
Gurjistān, 43 n 4, for Gharjistān (q. v.).
Gurkān, a Mongol title, 103 n 3. See
under Gūrgān.
Gūrkhān, or universal king, hereditary title of the Kings of Kara
Khiṭāī, 103 n 3.
Gūrkhān of Qarā Khiṭā, the contemporary of Sulṭān Muḥammad
Khwārazm Shāh, 71 n 7.
Gushtāsp, an ancient King of Irān,
35 n 2.
Gūshwāra
, a term of Prosody, 609
and n 1.
Guzarate. See under Gujrāt.
Guzerāt, town of, 28 n 2, 71 n 3.
Guzerāt, province of. See under
Gujrāt.
Guzerāt, peninsula of, 27 n 4.
Guzīda
. See under the Tārīkh-i-
Guzīda
.
Guzr-i-Ganjīna, a ford on the Jamna,
406 n 6.
Gwāliār, 26, 81, 89, 94, 129, 238, 239,
246, 248, 268, 272, 273, 275, 277,
283, 349, 361, 362, 377 and n 4, 378,
379, 381, 384, 385, 386, 387 and
n 3, 391, 398, 408, 410, 414 and
n 5, 419 and nn 3 and 6, 422 nn 2
and 3, 423 n 5, 427, 432, 433, 443,
445, 459, 474, 489, 490, 491, 493,
498, 499, 512, 529, 530, 538, 540
542. The fortress of Gwāliār is
called also Kālewar.

H.

Ḥabīb Badāouī, Shaikh, one of the
notable men of Badāon at the time
of Humāyūn, 600.
Ḥabīb Khān Ṭughūjī or Ṭaghūchī, one
of the Afghān Amīrs under Sikandar
Khān Sūr (q.v.), 542, 593.
Ḥabību-llah, Mīr, grandson of Mīr
Saiyyid Jamālu-d-Dīn the traditionist, 589.
Ḥabshī, original name of Sulṭān
Ghiyāṯu-d-Dīn Muḥammad Sām
Ghūrī, 65 n 2.
Habūlī, Rāi, of the Amīrs of Sulṭān
Mubārak Shāh of the Saiyyid
dynasty of Dihlī, 388 n 3.
Hadah, Shaikh, a learned physician
of Bihār in the time of Sher Shāh
and Islem Shāh, 521 n 4.
Ḥadāyan
, a Maṯnawī in Hindī relating
the loves of Lūrak and Chandā,
333 n 6.
Hādī, son of al-Mahdī, the ‘Abbāside
Khalīfah of Baghdād, 75 n.
Hādī Sabzwārī, Ḥājī Mullā, author of
the Sharḥ-i-Manẓūma, 181 n 2.
Ḥadīqatu-l-Ḥaqīqat wa Sharī‘atu-ṭ-
Ṭarīqat
, otherwise known as Fakhrī-
nāmah
, the most celebrated work
of the famous poet Sanāī, 35 n 1,
56 n
2, 57 and n 1, 60.
Ḥāfiẓ, the famous Persian poet, 100
n 5, 101 n 1, 121 n 3, 151 n 6, 412
n 1, 487 n
6.
Ḥāfiẓ Niẓām of Badāon, Imām of
Islem Shāh, 535.
Haft andām, the seven members of
the body, 165 n 2.
Haft Aurang
, a series of seven poems
by Maulānā ‘Abdu-r-Raḥmān Jāmī,
272 n 1.
Haft Jūsh
, seven metals melted toge-
ther, 321 and n 2.
Haft Khwān, the seven great labours
of Isfandiyār in the Shāh-nāmāh of
Firdausī, 116 n 3, 321 and n 1.
Haft Paikar
, a poem of Shaikh Niẓāmī
Ganjawī, 298 n 4.
Haft rang
, a variety of the Khīrī
flower, 173 n 3.
Ḥaiātu-l-Ḥaiwān
, a work on natural
history, 108 n 1, 157 n 1, 171 n 2,
178 n 4, 191 n 3, 352 n 1.
Ḥaiātu-l-Qulūb
of Āghā Muḥammad
Bāqir Majlisī, 110 nn 3 and 4,
149 n.
Haibat Khān A‘ẓam Humāyūn of
Lāhor, 490. See under A‘ẓam
Humāyūn Haibat Khān.
Haibat Khān Jilwānī, a subordinate
of Sulṭān Sharq of Baiāna, 414.
Ḥaidarābād, town,—capital of Ḥaidarābād Deccan, the Niẓām's domi-
nions, 299 n 3.
Ḥaidarābād Deccan, the Niẓām's
dominions, 299 n 3.
Ḥaidar ‘Alī, a common name among
the Shī‘ah, 604.
Ḥaidar-i-Karrār, a name of ‘Alī ibn-
Abī Ṭālib, 93 n 4, 207.
Ḥaidar Khān Chaghta, 553. Same
as Ḥaidar Muḥammad Khān Ākhta
Begī (q. v.).
Ḥaidar Khān the Amīr of Oudh, one
of the Maliks of Sulṭān Ghiyāṯu-d-
Dīn Balban, 184 n 4.
Ḥaidar, Mīrzā, the Mughūl, one of
the Amīrs of Humāyūn, 463, 465.
Ḥaidar Muḥammad Khān Ākhta
Begī, an old servant of Humāyūn,
597 and n 5, 598. See under
Ḥaidar Khān Chaghta.
Ḥaidar Sulṭān Osbak-i-Shaibānī, 592
n 9.
Ḥaidar Tūnī,—or
Ḥaidar Tūniā'ī, a poet of the time of
Humāyūn, 622, 623, 624.
Haimūe Baqqāl, 500 n 11. See under
Hīmūn Baqqāl.
Haimūn Baqqāl, 500 n 11. See under
Hīmūn Baqqāl.
Haiyāra, 532 n 2, for Daulat Khān
Ajyāra (q. v.).
Ḥaiyātu-l-Ḥaiwānāt. See under the
Ḥaiātu-l-Ḥaiwān.
Ḥajaru-l-Ḥaiyyah
, the Bezoar stone,
117 n 4, 118 n.
Ḥājī Barqa‘ī, a court officer of Sulṭān
Muḥammad Tughlaq Shāh, of Dihlī,
311, 315.
Ḥājī Ilyās, ruler of Lakhnautī, contemporary of Sulṭān Muḥammad
and Sulṭān Fīroz Tughlaq, assumes
the title of Sulṭān Shamsu-d-Dīn,
309, 324, 327.
Ḥājī Khalfa,—or
Ḥājī Khalīfa, author of the Kashfu-ẓ-Ẓunūn fī Asmā'i-l-Kutubi wa-l-
Funūn, 5 n 4, 33 n 1, 34 n 9, 35
n 1, 49 n 3, 56 n 2, 73 n 1, 181 n 2,
197 n 1, 221 n 2, 222 n 1, 270 nn

1 and 4, 272 n 1, 427 n 1, 428 nn
2, 3, 5 and 6, 467 n 2, 521 n 5, 533
n 1, 571 n 9, 624 nn
8 and 9.
Ḥājī Khān Alwarī, 553. Same as
Ḥājī Khān Sulṭānī, Governor of
Alwar (q. v.).
Ḥājī Khān Sulṭānī, Governor of
Alwar, one of the Amīrs of Shīr
Shāh and his successors, 475, 542,
543, 546, 547. See under Ḥājī
Khān Alwarī.
Ḥājī, Khwāja, a general of Sulṭān
‘Alāu-d-Dīn Khiljī, 265 n 6.
Ḥājī Maulā, one of the slaves of
Maliku-l-Umarā Kotwāl (q. v.), 260
and n 2, 261.
Ḥājī Mullā Hādī Sabzwārī, author of
the Sharh-i-Manẓūma, 181 n 2.
Ḥājī Nāib, Malik, one of the Amīrs
of Sulṭān Quṭbu-d-Dīn Khiljī, 286.
Ḥājī Sa‘īd Ṣarṣarī, the envoy of
the Egyptian Khalīfah to Sulṭān
Muḥammad Tughlaq Shāh, of Dihlī,
310 and n 1.
Ḥājib-i-Buzurg, one of the Amīrs of
Sulṭān Mas‘ūd Ghaznawī, 43 and
n 5.
Ḥājib Shaibānī, one of the Amīrs of
Sulṭān Mas‘ūd Ghaznawī, 43 n 5.
Ḥājipūr, a district of Bangāla, 469.
Ḥajj, the Pilgrimage to Mecca, 175,
176 n, 480 n 5, 623 and n 5.
Ḥajjāj ibn Yūsuf aṯ-Ṯaqafī, Governor
of ‘Irāq and Khurāsān under the
Umayyad Khalīfahs, 12 and nn 1
and 2, 490 and n 6.
Ḥakīm Abū Naẓar ‘Abdu-l-‘Azīz ibn
Manṣūr, the celebrated poet ‘Asjadī,
17 n 3.
Ḥakīm Ansurī, a famous Persian poet,
contemporary of Firdausī, 17 n 3.
Ḥakīm Farrukhī, a famous Persian
poet, contemporary of Firdausī, 17
n 3.
Ḥakīm Firdausī, the celebrated
author of the Shāh-nāma, 17 n 3.
See under Firdausī.
Ḥakīm Khāqānī Shīrwānī, the famous
Persian poet, 339 n 4.
Ḥakīm Sanāī, a celebrated poet of
Ghaznī, 35 n 1, 56, 57.
Ḥākim bi-amri-llāh, Abu-l-‘Abbās
Aḥmad ibnu-l-Mustakfī billāh,
Egyptian Khalīfah of the House of
‘Abbās, 310 and n 2. See the next.
Ḥākim bi-amri-llāh, Abu-l-Fatḥ Abū
Bakr ibn Abil Rabī‘ Suleimān, sixth
of the Egyptian Khalīfahs of the
House of ‘Abbās, 327 and n 6.
See the above.
Halājun, one of the Maliks of Sulṭān
Muḥammad Tughlaq Shāh, 309.
Halākū Khān, grandson of the
Chingīz Khān, 145 and n 2, 236.
Haldī, township of, 409 and n 7.
Halghāt, a place, 387 n 3.
Halīn, the,—a river of the Panjāb,
356 n 1.
Ḥalka
of elephants, or a hundred
elephants, 541.
Halkhāyat, town, 423 n 6.
Hamadān, a city of Persian ‘Irāq,
anciently called Ecbatana, 30 n 1,
533 n
1.
Hamadān, a district of Persian ‘Irāq,
30 n 1.
Ḥamal
, the sign Aries, 195 n 3, 626
and n 7.
Ḥamāsah
, Freytag's, 287 n 1.
Ḥāmī Tambān, or Jāhī Yatmām of
Bukhārā, a poet of the time of
Humāyūn, 618 and n 5.
Ḥamīd ibn ‘Abdu-r-Raḥmān, a Traditionist, 139 n 5.
Ḥamīd of Balkh, Qāẓī, a celebrated
writer and poet, contemporary of
Sulṭān Mu‘izzu-d-Dīn Muḥammad
Sām Ghūrī, 76 and n 1.
Ḥamīd Khān, the Khāṣṣ-i-Khail of
Sulṭān Ibrāhīm Lodī, 439.
Ḥamīd Khān, Vazīr-i-Mamlakat of
Dihlī, under the Saiyyid dynasty,
401 and nn 2 and 4, 402 and
n 4.
Ḥamīd Lawīkī, one of the Amīrs of
Sulṭān Muḥammad Tughlaq Shāh,
302.
Ḥamīd Lodī, Shaikh, first ruler of
Multān, 19 n 5.
Ḥamīd of Sanbal, Shaikh, the commentator, contemporary of Humāyūn, 604.

Ḥamīda Bānū Begam, the Queen-
consort of Humāyūn and mother
of Akbar, 560, 566, 568.
Ḥamīdu-d-Dīn, the Amīr of Koh, one
of the Maliks of Sulṭān ‘Alāu-d-Dīn
Khiljī, 261.
Ḥamīdu-d-Dīn ‘Umar ibn Maḥmūd
Balkhī, 76 n 1. See Qāẓī Ḥamīd
of Balkh.
Ḥamīn, Malik, Governor of Badāon
under the Saiyyid dynasty, 396
n 1.
Hamīr Dev, Rāi of Rantanbhor,
grandson of Rāi Pithora and contemporary of Sulṭān ‘Alāu-d-Dīn
Khiljī, 257 and nn 3 and 7, 263.
Ḥamra, Malik, Governor of Rāparī
under Masnad-i-‘Ālī Khiẓr Khān
(q. v.), 377.
Hamza of iẓāfat
, remarks on, 545 and
n 10, 546 n.
Ḥamza, Malik, one of the Amīrs of
Mubārak Shāh of the Saiyyid
dynasty, 387.
Ḥamzah, son of ‘Abdu-llah ibnu-z-
Zubair, 287 n 2.
Ḥandā
, a Hindū Masnawī, 333 n 6.
See Chandāban.
Handāl, Mīrzā. See under Hindāl.
Handīya, a town on the Narbadā in
the Central Provinces, 517 and
n 9, 521. Called also Hindīya.
Ḥanīfite sect of Sunnī Muslims,
founded by Abū Ḥanīfah, 57 n 1,
514.
Hankāyat, town, 423 n 6.
Hānsī, district and town of, 37 and
n 2, 70 and n 1, 98 and n 2, 248,
322, 323, 324, 326, 364 n
5, fortress
of, 431, 433.
Hansū Bhatī, Rāī, one of the Amīrs
of Mubārak Shāh of the Saiyyid
dynasty, 388 and n 3.
Hanwantgaṛh, fortress of, 422 n 6,
424 n
2.
Ḥaqāiqī, takhalluṣ or poetical name
of the poet Khāqānī, 583 n 4.
Ḥaramain-i-Sharīfain, the two sacred
cities of Mecca and Medina, 585
n 6.
Haran ibn Muḥammad al-Khākī ash-
Shīrāzī, author of a Muntakhabu-t-
Tawārīkh, 11 n
1.
Ḥarand, a country of Hindūstān, 445
and n 10.
Harawī, a native of Harāt, 35 n 2.
Harcaran, a Hindū Prince, founder of
Banghar, 71 n 2.
Hardat, Governor of the fortress of
Mīrath at the time of Sulṭān Maḥmūd Ghaznawī's invasion, 24 n 1.
Hardwār, city of, 88, 344 n 7.
Harī, another name of the city of
Harāt or Herāt in Khurāsān, 35
and n 2.
Ḥarīd, a country of Hindūstān, 445
n 10.
Ḥarīrī, the celebrated author of the
Maqāmāt, 348.
Harpāl Deo, Rāi of Deogīr, contemporary of Sulṭān Quṭbu-d-Dīn
Khiljī, 283, 286 n 1.
Harsana, a town in the province of
Mīwāt, 129 n 2.
Har Singh Dev,—or
Harsingh Rāi, Rājā of Itāwa and
Kaithar, contemporary of Khiẓr
Khān of the Saiyyid dynasty, 346
and n 4, 359 and n 4, 361 and nn
2 and 3, 377, 379.
Harumān, a fortress on the frontier
of Egypt, 321 and n 4.
Hārūn ar-Rashīd, the ‘Abbāsī Khalīfah, 74 n 2, 75 n, 286.
Ḥasan, son of ‘Alī ibn-Abī Ṭālib,
second of the twelve Imāms of the
Shī‘ah, 151 n 5.
Ḥasan ‘Alī Kharās, Maulānā, a poet
of the time of Humāyūn, 587.
Ḥasan of Bangāla, Shaikh, father of
Shaikh ‘Alāi Mahdī of Baiāna,
507.
Ḥasan Barāwar-bacha, favourite of
Sulṭān Quṭbu-d-Dīn Khiljī who
gives him the title of Khusrū Khān,
274, 290. See under Khusrū Khān.
Ḥasan Barwabacha, 290. Same as
the above (q. v.).
Ḥasan Dihlavī, Mīr, a famous poet of
Dihlī, contemporary of Mīr Khusrū,
115 n, 187, 188, 245, 269, 270 and
n 6.
Ḥasan Ghaznavī, Saiyyid, a poet of
the time of Sulṭān Bahrām Shāh
Ghaznawī, 56 and n 3.
Ḥasan Jalāyer, Shaikh, King of
Khurāsān, 633 n 1.
Ḥasan Kaithalī, Saiyyid, generally
known as Ḥasan Kāngū, afterwards
‘Alāu-d-Dīn Bahman Shāh, Sulṭān
of the Deccan, 309. See under
Ḥasan Kāngū.
Ḥasan Kāngū, contemporary of Sulṭān
Muḥammad Tughlaq Shāh, 309, 310,
314, 327. See under Ḥasan Kaithalī.
Ḥasan Kānkū, 310. Same as Ḥasan
Kāngū (q. v.).
Ḥasan Khān Mīwātī, of the Khānzādas of Mīwāt, one of the Amīrs
of the Lodī dynasty, 398, 443, 444,
447, 470.
Ḥasan Khān, an impostor of Mīwāt
who pretended to be the Ḥasan
Khān Mīwātī mentioned above, 447.
Ḥasan Khān, Governor of Rāparī
under Masnad-i-‘Ālī Khiẓr Khān
(q. v.), 377, 387.
Ḥasan Khān Sūr, father of Shīr Shāh,
461 and n 5, 466 and n 7, 467.
Ḥasan, Kotwāl of Ghaznīn under
Sulṭān Maudūd Ghaznawī, 48. See
also under Abū ‘Alī Ḥasan.
Ḥasan Maimandī, Vazīr of the Ghaznavides, 35, 47 n 6.
Ḥasan, Maulānā, a learned man of the
time of Bābar, 449.
Ḥasan, Mīr, son-in-law of Sulṭān
Fīroz Tughlaq Shāh, 338.
Ḥasan, Shaikh, a famous surgeon of
Pānīpat, 366 n 3.
Ḥasan Zinjānī, Shaikh, Shaikhu-l-
Mashāikh, a famous Saint of Lāhor,
383 and n 6.
Ḥashf
, the last and most severe stage
of the fever called Diqq, 320 n.
Hasht Bihisht
of Mīr Khusrū Dehlavī,
the famous poet, the first poem in
his Khamsa, 134 and n 3, 142 n 3,
269 n 5.
Ḥashw
, a term of Prosody, 606 n 4.
Hastināwar, town, 266 n 4.
Ḥatānpūr, district, 267 n 1.
Ḥātim Khān, Malik Ikhtiyāru-d-Dīn
Sanbal, one of the Amīrs of the
Khiljī dynasty, 272, 291.
Ḥātim Sanbalī or Sambhalī, Miyān, a
learned Doctor, 428, 506, 545.
Ḥātim of Ṭaiy, the type of Arab
generosity, 127.
Hatkān, town, 423 n 6.
Hatkānt,—or
Hatkānth, chief town of the Bhadāwar district, 408 n 1, 423 and n 6.
Hatkānt, tribes of, a clan of the
Bhadaurīs, 408 and n 1.
Hatnāpūr, town, 266 and n 4, 267 and
n 1.
Hatnāwar, town, 266 n 4, 267 n 1.
Ḥauẓ-i-‘Alāī, an artificial lake at
Dihlī, constructed by Sulṭān ‘Alāu-d-Dīn Khiljī, 294 n 3.
Ḥauẓ-i-Khāṣṣ
, a reservoir at Dihlī
constructed by Sulṭān Fīrūz Tughlaq
Shāh, 294, 339, 344, 347 and nn 2
and 3, 348 n 1, 356 and n 5.
Haẓaj-i-Muṯamman
, a kind of metre,
606 nn 4 and 5.
Hazār Dīnārī, a name of Malik Mānik,
the slave of Sulṭān ‘Alāu-d-Dīn
Khiljī, 251 and nn 3 and 7, 256.
Called also Kāfūr Nāib.
Hazār Sutūn palace, at Dihlī, 273,
285, 288, 289, 290.
Ḥaẓīra, Mausoleum, 397 and n 4.
Haẓramaut, a province of Arabia,
262 n.
Ḥaẓrat A‘lā, Tāj Khān Karrānī, ruler
of Bengal, 540. See under Tāj
Khān Karrānī.
Ḥaẓrat-i-‘Ālī, a title assumed by Shīr
Shāh, 461 n 10.
Ḥaẓrat-i-Muqaddas Saiyyid Rafī‘u-d-
Dīn Ṣafwī, of Balkh, 445.
Heavens, Nine, 142 n 1.
Helmund, called also the Hendmand,
a river of Sijistān, 15 n.
Hendmand, called also the Helmund,
a river of Sijistān, 15 n.
Heraclea, 586 n.
Herāt, district and town of,—in
Khurāsān, 17, 22 n 2, 32 n 2, 34
and nn 2 and 4, 35 and n 2, 38
and n 4, 42, 43 n 4, 71 n 4, 73 n 1,
361, 609 n 5.

Herb of grace, a name of rue from its
supposed efficacy in exorcism, 617
n 1.
Herbelot. See under D'Herbelot.
Herodotus, the Greek Historian, 23
n 1.
Heröopolis, Gulf of,—the modern
Gulf of Suez, 169 n 1.
Hesydrus, the,—the river Sutlej, 23
n 3.
Hidāyah-i-Fiqh, the, 428 and n 5.
Hidāyat, spiritual guidance, 507 and
n 5.
Hiddekel, the river Tigris as called
in the Bible, 394 n 5.
Ḥijāz, province of Arabia, 287 n 2,
508, 512.
Ḥikmatu-l-Ishrāq, Philosophia illuminationis, 181 n 2.
Ḥils, name of the fifth arrow in the
game of maisir, 369 n 1.
Himāchal, mountain of,—between the
country of Chīn and Hindūstān, 307
and n 3, 316. See the Himālaya.
Himālaya, the, 70 n 1. See also the
above.
Ḥimār Kachhan, Malik, 226. See
under Itimar Kachhan.
Ḥimār Surkha, Malik, 227. See
under Itimar Surkha.
Hīmūn Baqqāl, the Hindū General of
‘Adlī, 500 and n 11, 501, 537, 541,
548, 549, 551, 552, 553, 555, 592
n 9. Called also Humūn, Haimūn
and Haimūe.
Hind, 36 n 9, 70, 436, 591. See under
Hindūstān and India.
Hindāl, Mīrzā, 453, 458, 459, 462, 464,
465, 559, 560, 567 and n 10, 574,
578, 579, 580, 586, 587.
Hindāl Muḥammad Shāh, 587. Same
as Mīrzā Hindāl.
Hindaun, town of,—in the Jeypore
State, 395 n 3.
Hindawiya, town on the Narbadā,
517 n 9.
Hindīya or Handīya, a town on the
Narbadā, 517 and n 9, 521.
Hindū Beg Qūchīn, Amīru-l-Umarā,
one of the Amīrs of Humāyūn, 455,
457, 471.
Hindū Castes, Sherring's, 312 n 7.
See under Hindū Tribes and
Castes
.
Hindū dynasties of Mālwa, 384 n 5.
Hindū Mythology, Dowson's Diction-
ary of, 163 n 2.
Hindū Tribes and Castes
, Sherring's,
312 n 7, 384 n 3, 433 n 4, 557 n 9.
Hindūn, town in the Jeypore State,
395 n 3, 541, 553.
Hindūs, the, 19, 21 n 4, 22 and n 1,
24, 34, 76 n, 79 n 2, 95, 120, 122
n 1, 125 n 3, 163 n 2, 209, 235, 236,
256, 291, 302 n 2, 306 n 2, 309 n 1,
356, 359, 374, 384 n
5, 404, 432,
443, 476, 478 and n 7, 484 n 1, 522
n 5, 549, 564, 565, 635 n
6.
Hindūstān, 10, 11, 14, 15, 16, 17, 19,
20 and n 1, 23, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29,
32, 36, 37, 42 n
2, 44, 47, 48, 51,
52 and n 1, 53, 56, 60, 61, 62, 63,
64, 66 n
1, 69, 70, 72 and n 4, 77,
78, 79, 81, 84 and n, 87, 88 n 1, 96,
98, 141, 187, 191, 195, 197, 205 n
2,
219, 232, 233, 236, 249, 250, 252,
254, 255, 272, 297, 305, 307, 310,
316, 321, 327, 330 n 8, 333, 343,
345, 351, 358, 359, 375, 377, 378,
384 n 3, 385, 420, 421, 427, 436,
443, 445, 448, 455, 456, 464, 466,
468, 474, 475, 477, 479, 480, 481,
482, 486, 489, 495, 496, 498, 499,
504, 507, 521, 522, 524, 527, 529,
533, 534, 539, 543, 547, 549, 559,
562, 584 n
3, 588, 591, 595, 596, 604,
611, 617, 618, 622, 624, 632, 637.
See under Hind.
Hindūstānī Amīrs, 444.
Hindūstānī models of poetry, 426 and
n 1.
Hindūstānī Muslims, 356.
Hindwān, town in the Jeypore State,
395 and n 3. Called also Hindūn.
Hishām ibn ‘Abdu-l-Malik, of the
Umayyad dynasty of Khalīfahs,
13 n 1.
Hishām ibn al-Kalbī, an Arab Historian, 74 n 2.
Ḥiṣār Fīrozah,—or
Ḥiṣār Fīrūzah, a fortress and town
founded by Fīroz Shāh Tughlaq,
325 n 3, 326 n, 327, 364, 410, 439,
466, 594, 596, 597. Called also
Hissār or Hissār Fīrozah.
Ḥiṣār-i-Nau, fort of, 186.
Hissār, town of, 37 n 2, 325 n 3, 326 n.
See under Ḥiṣār Fīrūzah.
Hissār Fīroza. See under Ḥiṣār
Fīrūza.
Histoire des Arabes, Caussin de Perceval, 12 n 1.
History of the Caliphs
, Jarrett's, 15
n 4, 17 n 2, 18 n 1, 29 n 2, 571 n 2.
See under Tārīkhu-l-Khulafā.
History of Gujerat
, Bayley's, 17 n 4,
71 n 3, 264 n 6, 313 n 5, 357 n 3,
452 n
6, 454 and nn 1 and 7, 455
n 1, 458 n 6.
History of India
, Elphinstone's, 20
n 4. See under Elphinstone.
History of Kashmīr, 8. See under
Tārīkh-i-Kashmīr.
History of the Mahrattas
, Grant Duff's,
265 n 4.
Hizabru-d-Dīn Ẓafar Khān, one of
the Maliks of Sulṭān ‘Alāu-d-Dīn
Khiljī, 247 n 2.
Hodal, township of, 547 and nn 4 and 5.
Honey, notes on, 148 n 4, 585 n 10,
586 n
.
Hoshang, Sulṭān of Mālwa, otherwise
called Alp Khān, contemporary of
Mubārak Shāh of the Saiyyid dynasty, 363 n 2, 384 n 5, 385 n 3,
393, 394 and n 1.
Hoshangābād District, in the Central
Provinces, 517 n 9.
Hoshiārpūr, town, 380 n 2, 391 n 5.
House, People of the,—descendants
of the Prophet's family, 632 n 1.
Hūd ibn Khālīd, the prophet sent to
the tribe of ‘Ād, 263 n.
Ḥudūth
, explanation of the term,
1 n 4, 2 n 1, 153 n 7.
Ḥudūth Dhātī
, explanation of the
term, 2 n 1.
Ḥudūth Zamānī
, explanation of the
term, 2 n 1.
Hughes, Dictionary of Islām, 2 n 5,
97 n 4, 113 n 1, 150 n 2, 151 n 6,
156 n 1, 157 n 2, 176 n, 183 n 2,
191 n 4, 200 n, 205 n 1, 216 n, 303
n 4, 320 n 4, 356 n 4, 368 n 1, 369 n 3,
372 n 2, 392 n 6, 420 n 8, 424 n
9,
445 n 6, 446 n 5, 459 n 2, 472 n 6,
480 n 5, 481 n 8, 485 nn
1 and
2, 488 nn 5 and 7, 510 n 4, 522 n 5,
571 n 1, 572 n 5, 601 n, 603 n
and
n 2, 613 n, 622 n 3, 623 n 1, 636 n 2
Humā, a fabulous bird of good omen,
57 n 2, 58 n, 60 and n 3, 77, 177,
571 and n 8.
Humāyūn, Emperor of India, 82 n 3,
449 n
3, 454, 455, 456, 457, 458,
459, 460, 461 and n 3, 462, 463, 464,
465, 471, 472, 474, 530, 559, 560,
561, 562, 563, 564 and n 6, 565 n 1,
566 and n 13, 567, 568 and n 6, 569,
570, 571 and n 8, 572, 573 and n 1,
574, 575, 578, 579, 580, 581, 582
and n 7, 583 and n 3, 584 n 3, 585,
587, 588, 589, 591, 592, 593, 594
and n 6, 595 and n 8, 596, 597 n 5,
598, 600, 601 and n 9, 602 and n 2,
604, 606 n
3, 608 and n 5, 613, 618,
619, 622, 623, 626.
Humāyūn, name of a palace at Dihlī,
344, 345.
Humāyūn Khān, son of Muḥammad
Shāh, son of Sulṭān Fīroz Tughlaq,
343, 347. Succeeds to the throne
under the title of ‘Alān-d-Dīn
Sikandar Shāh.
Humūn Baqqāl, 500 and n 11, 501.
See under Hīmūn.
Hunter's Imperial Gazetteer of India,
82 n 1, 83 n 2, 89 n 4, 95 n 4, 121
n 8, 125 n 1, 134 n 1, 185 n 1, 256
n 4, 257 n 7, 265 nn
2 and 4, 266
n 4, 293 n 5, 299 nn 2 and 3, 311
n 3, 313 n 5, 325 n 3, 330 n 7, 346
n 5, 355 n 1, 360 n 3, 362 nn
1
and 2, 364 nn 2, 3 and 4, 365 n 8,
366 n 3, 377 nn
3, 5 and 6, 380 n 2,
382 n 4, 383 n 8, 384 n 5, 385 n 3,
386 nn
3 and 6, 389 n 2, 408 n 5,
409 n 5, 410 n 4, 419 n 3, 422 n 3,
423 n 5, 433 n 4, 437 n 8, 445 n 2,
454 n 6, 466 n 6, 486 n 6, 546 nn
3,
4 and 5, 547 n 5, 559 nn 5 and 7,
560 n 8, 598 n 10, 635 n 6.

Hunter's Indian Empire, 32 n 1.
Ḥūrīs
, the women of Paradise, 281,
485 and n 3.
Ḥusain, son of ‘Alī ibn-Abī Ṭālib,
third Imām of the Shī‘ah, 151 n 5,
200, 205 and n 1, 481 and n 8, 622
and n 3, 623 and n 1.
Ḥusain ibn ‘Alī ibn Maikāl, one of
the Amīrs of Sulṭān Mas‘ūd Ghaznawī, 36, 37 n 7, 38.
Ḥusain Arghūn. See under Shāh
Ḥusain Arghūn.
Ḥusain Baṣrī the Wazīr, Khwāja, of
the Amīrs of Sulṭān Ghiyāṯu-d-Dīn
Balban, 220 n 2.
Ḥusain Farmalī, Mīyān, of the Amīrs
of the Lodī dynasty, 435.
Ḥusain Jilwānī, Rāi, one of the Amīrs
of Islem Shāh Sūr, 494, 495, 541,
542 and n 14, 546.
Ḥusain Khān Ghilzāī, one of the
Amīrs of the Afghān Sūr dynasty,
542, 544.
Ḥusain Khān, son of Khān-i-Jahān, of
the Amīrs of Sulṭān Buhlūl Lodī,
406.
Ḥusain Khān, son of Maḥmūd Sharqī,
of Jaunpūr, 404 n 5, 405. See
under Ḥusain Sharqī.
Ḥusain Khān, Mīrzā, one of Amīrs of
Humāyūn, 574.
Ḥusain Khān, son of Qāsim Khān, of
the Amīrs of Humāyūn, 589.
Ḥusain Khān, son of Sulṭān Sikandar
Lodī, 431 and n 1.
Ḥusain Khān, ‘Umdatu-l-Mulk, of the
Amīrs of Sulṭān ‘Alāu-d-Dīn of the
Saiyyid dynasty, 401, 402.
Ḥusain Kharmīl, one of the Amīrs of
the Ghorī dynasty, 67 and n.
Ḥusain, Malik, Tāju-l-Mulk, uncle of
Sulṭān Jalālu-d-Dīn Khiljī, 229,
231.
Ḥusain Niẓāmu-l-Mulk, son of Amīr
Mīran, one of the Amīrs of Sulṭān
Fīroz Tughlaq, 333 n 2.
Ḥusain Qudsī of Karbalā, Mīr,—a
poet, 623 and n 6.
Ḥusain, son of Shāhbeg Arghūn, 560
n 8. Same as Mīrzā Shāh Ḥusain
Arghūn (q. v.).
Ḥusain Sharqī, Sulṭān, son of Sulṭān
Maḥmūd of Jaunpūr, contemporary
of Sulṭān Buhlūl Lodī, 404 and n
5, 405, 406, 407, 408 and n 6, 409
and n 8, 415, 416.
Ḥusain Zargar of Qandahār, Qāẓī, 420.
Ḥusainu-d-Dīn ‘Iwaz, Malik, 86 and
n 3. See Ḥusāmu-d-Dīn ‘Iwaz.
Ḥusainu-d-Dīn Ughal or Ughul Beg,
ruler of the Doāb at the time
of Sulṭān Quṭbu-d-Dīn Aibak, 81
and nn 2 and 3.
Ḥusāmu-d-Dīn Abūrija, the Mustaufī,
one of the Maliks of Sulṭān Muḥammad Tughlaq Shāh, 308.
Ḥusāmu-d-Dīn Barāwar, Malik, of
the Amīrs of Sulṭān Quṭbu-d-Dīn
Khiljī, 285, 290.
Ḥusāmu-d-Dīn ‘Iwaz,—or
Ḥusāmu-d-Dīn Khiljī, Malik, 86 and
n 3. Eventually becomes Sulṭān
Ghiyāṯu-d-Dīn ‘Iwaz (q. v.).
Ḥusāmu-d-Dīn al-Muwaẕẕinī, Maulā,
author of a commentary on the
Miftāḥu-l-‘Ulūm, 428 n 2.
Ḥusāmu-d-Dīn Tarmadī, Shaikh, 133
n 2.
Hushyār, Malik, of the Amīrs of the
Saiyyid dynasty, 396, 398.
Ḥūt, the Zodiacal sign Pisces, 195
n 2.
Huwa, name of the Almighty, 603
n 6.
Huẕail, a tribe of the Arabs, 28 n 1.
Hwen Thsang, the Chinese Traveller,
382 n 4.
Hyades, the, ad-Dabarān, 367 n 3.
Hyarotis, the,—the river Rāvī in the
Panjāb, 23 n 3.
Hydaspes, the,—the river Jhelam,
23 n 3.
Hyderābād of the Deccan, 271 n 6.
See Ḥaidarābād.
Hydraotes, the,—the river Rāvī in
the Panjāb, 23 n 3.
Hypanīs, the,—or
Hyphasis, the,—the river Biah in the
Panjāb, 23 n 3.

I.

Ibak, soubriquet of Sulṭān Quṭbu-d-
Dīn of the Slave dynasty of Dihlī,
77 n 2. See Aibak.
Ibak, slave of Sulṭān Quṭbu-d-Dīn
Aibak or Ibak of Dihlī, 89.
Ibn ‘Abbās, uncle's son of the Pro-
phet, 199 n 3.
Ibn Arsalān, a relative of Sulṭān
Maḥmūd of Ghaznīn, 33 and
n 2.
Ibn Aṯīr [Athīr] Jazarī, the Arab
Historian, author of the Kāmilu-t-
Tawārīkh, 27 n
3, 624 and n 8.
Ibn Baiṭār, author of the Mufradāt,
146 n 6, 172 n 2, 173 n
and nn 2
and 3, 182 nn 1 and 4, 550 n 1,
627 n
2.
Ibn Baṭūṭa, Travels, 67 n 1, 127 n 4,
221 n 3, 223 n 1, 265 n 5, 272 n,
307 n 4, 311 n
5.
Ibn Ḥauqal, the Arab Geographer,
30 n 1.
Ibn Khaldūn, the Arab Historian, 151
n 4, 157 n 1, 181 n 2, 191 n 2, 217
n 5, 244 n
6.
Ibn Khallikān, the Arab Historian,
6 n 3, 12 n 1, 30 n 1, 35 n 1, 38 n 3,
42 nn
1 and 3, 51 n 2, 55 n 3, 59
n 1, 73 n 1, 74 n 2, 149 n, 151 n 6,
152 n 2, 167 n 3, 198 n 2, 287 nn
1
and 2, 352 n 1, 481 n 6.
Ibn Kulṯūm, one of the poets of the
Mu‘allaqāt, 109 n 4.
Ibn Mākūla, the Historian, 6 n 3.
Ibn Muljim, the assassinator of ‘Alī
ibn Abī Ṭālib, 207 n 6.
Ibn Kutaibah [Qutaibah], an Arab
author, 287 n 1.
Ibn Sa‘īd, the Arab Geographer, 17
n 4.
Ibn Serapion, the Arab Geographer,
571 n 2.
Ibn Sīnā (Avicenna), 533 n 1.
Ibn ‘Umar, the island of,—an island
of the Tigris above Mosul, 624 n 8.
Ibnu-l-‘Amīd, a celebrated Arabic
writer, 198 n 2.
Ibnu-l-Ḥājib, author of the Kāfiyah,
a famous treatise on Grammar,
428 n 6, 467 n 2.
Ibrāhīm, Abraham of the Scriptures,
392 n 6. See under Abraham.
Ibrāhīm, one of the guards at the
palace of Sulṭān Quṭbu-d-Dīn Khiljī
of Dihlī, 289.
Ibrāhīm Khān, son of Quṭb Khān,
one of the Amīrs of the Wālī of
Bangāla, 470.
Ibrāhīm Khān, son of Ghāzī Khān
Sūr, one of the cousins of Sher
Shāh, 539, 541, 542, 543, 544, 545,
546, 547. Assumes the title of
Sulṭān Ibrāhīm (q. v.).
Ibrāhīm, Malik, son of Saiyyid Ḥasan
Kaithalī, feofee of Sulṭān Muḥammad Tughlaq Shāh, 309.
Ibrāhīm Lodī, Sulṭān, son of Sulṭān
Sikandar Lodī, 430, 431 n 1, 433
434, 436, 438, 439, 440, 441, 442,
443, 444, 467 and n 6, 468, 470.
Ibrāhīm Mīrzā, son of Suleimān
Mīrzā of Badakhshān, 581.
Ibrāhīm, the Saiyyidu-s-Salāṭīn, ibn
Sulṭān Mas‘ūd ibn Maḥmūd Ghaznawī, 51, 52, 53 and n, 54 and n 1.
Ibrāhīm Shāh Sharqī, Sulṭān of
Jaunpūr, 361, 363 and n 2, 364 and
n 3, 375, 386 n 2, 393, 398, 403.
Ibrāhīm Sharqī, Sulṭān of Jaunpūr.
See the above.
Ibrāhīm Sūr, grandfather of Sher
Shāh, 466.
Ibrāhīm Sūr, Sulṭān, 542, 548, 549,
550, 552, 553, 554, 592, 597. See
under Ibrāhīm Khān, son of Ghāzī
Khān.
Ibtidā, a term of Prosody, 606 n 4.
Idrīs, Malik, Governor of Rohtak for
Maḥmūd Shāh of the Tughlaq
dynasty, 365 n 5, 375.
‘Idu-l-aẓḥā, the festival of Sacrifice,
the chief of the Muḥammadan
festivals, 392 n 6.
‘Idu-l-Fiṭr, the festival following the
fast of Ramaẓān, 392 n 6.
‘Idu-l-Qurbān, same as ‘Idu-l-aẓḥā
(q. v.), 392 and n 6.

‘Idu-l-Kabīr, or the great festival, a
name for ‘Idu-l-aẓḥā (q. v.), 392 n 2.
‘Idu-ṣ-Ṣaghīr, a name for ‘Idu-l-Fiṭr
(q. v.), 392 n 6.
Ignorance, Time of, the ages preceding the advent of Islām, 441 n 2.
Iḥdād
, special ceremony of mourning
by widows, 302 n 2.
Ihānat
, miracle contrary to the intention of a prophet, 626 n.
Ij, town of, 476 and n 5.
Ijmā‘
, theological term, 636 n 2
Ik, town of, 476 n 5.
Ikdāla, a fortress of Bangāla, afterwards called Āzādpūr, 324 and n 6,
329 and n 1.
Ikdāla, the islands of, 329 n 1. Same
place as the fortress of Ikdāla (q. v.).
Ikhlāṣ, name of a Sūrah in the Qur'ān.
See under Sūratu-l-Ikhlāṣ.
Ikhrājāt, in the sense of taxes, 316
and n 1.
Ikhtiyār Khān, one of the Amīrs of
Maḥmūd Shāh of the Tughlaq
Shāhī dynasty, 366, 380.
Ikhtiyār Khān, grandson of Malik
Daulat Yār of Kanpila, of the
Amīrs of the Tughlaq dynasty, 363.
Ikhtiyār Khān, Governor of Sāmāna
under Khiẓr Khān of the Saiyyids,
365 n 4.
Ikhtiyāru-d-Dīn, a servant of Sulṭān
‘Alāu-d-Dīn Khiljī, 243.
Ikhtiyāru-d-Dīn Altūnīyah, one of
the Maliks of Sulṭān Shamsu-d-Dīn
Iyaltimish, 121 and nn 5 and 7,
122 and nn 1 and 2.
Ikhtiyāru-d-Dīn Beg Birlās, Malik,
one of the Amīrs of Sulṭān Ghiyāṯ-u-
d-Dīn Balban, 186 and n 5.
Ikhtiyāru-d-Dīn Itkīn, Malik, one of
the Amīrs of Sulṭān Shamsu-d-Dīn
Iyaltimish, 122, 123 n 1.
Ikhtiyāru-d-Dīn Sanbal, Malik, one
of the Amīrs of the Khiljī dynasty,
272, 291.
Ikhtiyāru-d-Dīn, son of Shāyista
Khān, otherwise Sulṭān Jalālu-d-
Dīn Khiljī, 227.
Ikhtiyāru-d-Dīn Tangras, Malik, one
of the Amīrs of Sulṭān Shamsu-d-
Dīn Iyaltimish, 186 n 5.
Iksīr
, the Elixir of life, 340 n 2.
Ilāhābās, the modern Allahabad,
otherwise called Prayāg, 415 and
n 5.
Ilāhpūr, one of the dependencies of
Rantanbhūr, 410 and n 3.
Ilak Khān, son of Bughra Khān,
called Ilak-i-Naṣr, King of Māwarāu-n-Nahr, 16 n 2, 20 and nn 2
and 4.
Ilak-i-Naṣr, King of Māwarau-n-
Nahr, 16 n 2. See the above.
Ilāq Sūrtaq, name of a place, 569
n 8.
Ildighiz, first of the Atābaks of Āẕarbaijān, 158 n 3.
Ilhanpūr, town of, 410 n 3.
Illichpūr, town of, 237.
Illuminati, a sect of philosophers
called Ishrāqīyah, 181 n 2.
‘Ilmaiu-l-ma‘ānī wal bayān, 428 n
2.
Ilmās Beg Ulugh Khān, brother of
Sulṭān ‘Alāu-d-Dīn Khiljī, 232, 239,
240, 241, 242, 247. See also under
Ulugh Khān.
‘Ilmu-l-bayān, 428 n 2.
‘Ilmu-l-Fiqh
. See under Fiqh.
Il shudan, to become submissive, 574
n 5.
Ilyās Ḥājī, Malik, contemporary of
Sulṭān Muḥammad and Fīroz Shāh
Tughlaq, assumes the title of
Sulṭān Shamsu-d-Dīn as ruler of
Lakhnautī, 309, 324, 327.
Ilyās, Khwāja, contemporary of
‘Adlī, 541.
Ilyās, Malik, of the slaves of Fīroz
Shāh Tughlaq, 352 and n 6.
‘Imād Khān Karrānī, of the Afghān
Maliks of Bangāla, 540, 541.
‘Imādu-d-Dīn, Maulānā, translator of
the Rājā-taranginī into Persian,
8 n 3.
‘Imādu-l-Mulk, a court-servant of
Sulṭān Jalālu-d-Dīn Khiljī, 239.
‘Imādu-l-Mulk, one of the Maliks of
Abū Bakr Shāh of the Tughlaq
dynasty, 343, 344.
‘Imādu-l-Mulk, Malik Maḥmūd Ḥasan,
of the Amīrs of Mubārak Shāh,
387, 388, 389, 390, 391, 392. See
also under Maḥmūd Ḥasan.
‘Imādu-l-Mulk Sartez-i-Sulṭānī,
Malik, of the Amīrs of Sulṭān
Muḥammad Tughlaq Shāh, 302,
314 and n 2.
Imām
, Priest, 368 n 2, 472 and n 7,
572 n
5.
Imām Bukhārī, the celebrated author
of Ṣaḥīḥu-l-Bukhārī, a collection of
authentic traditions, 6 and n 3.
Imāmīyah, a sect of Shī‘ah Muslims,
572 n 5.
Imāms of the Shī‘ah, Twelve, 572
and n 5, 625 n 3.
Imāms and Saiyyids of Omān
,
Badger's, 157 n 2.
Imān
, Faith, 577 n, 636.
Imānābād, town of, founded by
Sulṭān Ibrāhīm Ghaznawī, 52.
Imperial Gazetteer of Indīa, Hunter's,
36 n 10, 82 nn 1, 3 and 4, 83 n 2,
89 n 4, 95 nn
4 and 7, 121 n 8, 125
nn
1 and 3, 134 n 1, 185 n 1, 218
n 3, 221 n 3, 256 n 4, 257 n 7, 265
nn
2 and 4, 266 n 4, 293 n 5, 299
nn
2 and 3, 311 nn 3 and 6, 313 n 5,
325 n 3, 330 n 7, 331 n 3, 346 n 5,
355 n 1, 360 n 3, 362 nn
1 and 2,
364 nn 2 and 3, 365 n 8, 366 n 3,
377 nn
3, 5 and 6, 380 n 2, 382 n 4,
383 n 8, 384 n 5, 385 n 3, 386 nn
3
and 6, 389 n 2, 408 n 5, 409 n 5,
410 n 4, 419 n 3, 422 n 3, 423 n 5,
437 n 8, 445 n 2, 454 n 6, 466 n 6,
486 n 6, 517 n 9, 546 nn
3, 4 and 5,
547 n 5, 559 nn 5 and 6, 560 n 8,
598 n 10, 635 n 6.
In‘ām
, reward, 596 n 6.
Indarī, town, 305.
Indarpat, township of, 325 n 3. See
under Indrapath.
India, 12, 13, 17 n 4, 20 n 4, 28, 43,
84 n, 144 n 1, 256 n 4, 265 n
2, 301,
312 and n 7, 362 n 2, 411 n 1, 420
n 8, 494 n 11, 590 n
5. See also
under Hind and Hindūstān.
India, Map of, in Keith Johnson's
Atlas, 419 n 6, 420 n 5.
Indian Atlas, the, 81 n 4.
Indian Empire
, Hunter's, 32 n 1.
Indian Medical Gazette, the, 586 n.
Indor, fortress of, 385.
Indra, the Hindū god, 294 n 4.
Indrapath, a township outside Dihlī,
294 and nn 4 and 5, 295 and n 9.
See also Indarpat.
Indraprastha, original name of the
township of Indrapath (q. v.), 294
n
4.
Indrī Karnāl, pargana of, 424 and
n 3.
Indus, the, 20 n 1, 23 n 3, 67 n 1,
72 n
2, 128 and n 3, 249, 320 n 5,
353, 358 n 6, 436, 465, 529, 560 n
8,
567, 591, 592, 593.
Infidelity, the origin of ‘adāwat in
religious matters, 576 n 5, 577 n.
Introduction to Ancient Arabian
Poetry
, Lyall's, 99 n 6.
Iqbāl Khān, chief cavalry commander
under ‘Aẓam Humāyūn Shirwānī,
434.
Iqbāl Khān Malloo, one of the Maliks
of the Fīrūz Shāhī dynasty, 129 n 2,
351 and n 6, 354, 356 and n 5, 357,
359, 360, 361, 362, 363 and n 1.
See also under Malloo Khān.
Iqbāl Khān, called Raḥmatu-llāhi,
one of the Amīrs of Islem Shāh,
527.
Iqbālmand, the Mughul, invades
Multān in the reign of Sulṭān
‘Alāu-d-Dīn Khiljī, 252 and n 3.
Iqbāl Mudbir, the name which Mīr
Khusrū gives to Iqbālmand, the
Mughul, (q. v.), 252 n 3.
Iqlīm Khān, one of the Maliks of the
Fīrūz Shāhī dynasty, 365 n 7.
Iqṭā‘
grants of land, 587 and n 7,
597.
‘Irā
, name of a certain piece at the
game of chess, 479 and n 7.
‘Irāk. See under ‘Irāq.
Iram of the Columns, a fabulous city
in Arabia, 261 n 6, 262 n, 263 n.
Irān, the native name of Persia, 86,
180 n 2.

‘Irāq, country of, 12 n 1, 15 n, 51, 64,
91, 205 n 1, 279 n, 287 n 2, 310,
443, 455, 456, 466, 481, 504, 505,
568, 571 n
2, 572, 575, 578, 624,
632.
‘Irāq, Persian, 30 n 1.
Iravatī, name of the Rāvī in Sanskrit,
23 n 3.
Irshād
, spiritual guidance, 507 and
n 5.
Irshād-i-Qāẓī
, the, 521 and n 5.
‘Isā, Jesus Christ, 207, 369, 372, 628.
‘Isā Khān Ḥajjāb, one of the Amīrs
of Shīr Shāh, 472, 485, 489, 513.
‘Isā Khān Lodī, Governor of Patiālī,
a cousin of Sulṭān Buhlūl Lodī, 412
n 2, 413.
‘Isā Khān Niyāzī, one of the Amīrs
of Shīr Shāh, 486, 487, 488, 489,
492, 493, 494, 541.
‘Isā Khān Sūr, one of the Amīrs of
Islem Shāh, 495.
Isaac of the Scriptures, 488 n 5.
Iṣābah
, the,—a biographical diction-
ary of the Ṣahābah or Companions,
572 n 1.
Isaiah, Book of, 474 n 1.
Iṣfahān, district and town of, 30 and
n 1, 86, 173 n, 279 n. See also
under Ispahān.
Isfandiyār, of the first dynasty of
Persian Kings, 103 n 2, 116 n 3,
175, 321 n
1.
Isfirāin, a town of Khurāsān in the
neighbourhood of Nishāpūr, 50
n 2.
Isfirār, a city of Khurāsān, 50 and
n 2.
Isḥāq, one of the palace guards of
Sulṭān Quṭbu-d-Dīn Khiljī, 289.
‘Ishq-Nāmah, one of the poetical
works of Ḥakīm Sanāī, 56 n 2.
Ishrāqī philosophy, the, 181 and
n 2.
Iskandar Sulṭān Osbak, of the Amīrs
of Humāyūn, 463, 592 and n 1,
594.
Iskandar Sūr, Sulṭān, 543, 596, 597.
See under Sikandar Sūr.
Islām under the Arabs, Osbern's, 157
n 2.
Islām Khān, son of A‘ẓam Khān
Humāyūn Shirwānī, of the Amīrs
of Sulṭān Ibrāhīm Lodī, 433, 434.
Islām Khān Lodī, called also Sulṭān
Shāh, Governor of Sihrind under
Khiẓr Khān of the Sayyid dynasty,
380 nn 3 and 4, 383 n 11.
Islām Khān, Mubashir Chap, the
Vazīr, one of the Maliks of Muḥammad Shāh ibn Fīroz Shāh, 345,
346.
Islām Khān (Islem Shāh) Sūr, son of
Shīr Shāh, 493 and n 12.
Islām Shāh, son of Shīr Shāh, called
also Islem Shāh (q. v.), and Salīm
Shāh (q. v.), 456, 477 and n 5.
Islands of the Blest, the, 130 n 1.
Islem Khān Sūr, afterwards Islem
Shāh (q. v.), 485.
Islem Shāh, son of Shīr Shāh, of the
Afghān Sūr dynasty of Dihlī, 485,
486, 487, 488, 489, 490, 491, 492,
493 and n 2, 495, 498, 499, 500, 501,
502, 504, 505, 506, 513, 514, 516,
517, 518, 519, 520, 521, 522, 523,
524, 525, 526, 527, 528, 529, 530,
532, 533, 534, 535 and n 7, 536,
537, 538, 541, 542, 583, 588 and
n 1, 593. See also under Salīm
Shāh.
Ismā‘īl (Ishmael), 139 n 5, 392 n 6.
Ismā‘īl Fatḥ, one of the Amīrs of
hundreds of Daulatābād, rebels
against Sulṭān Muḥammad Tughlaq
Shāh, 314.
Ismā‘īl Khān Lūhānī, one of the
Maliks of Sulṭān Sikandar Lodī,
413 and n 3.
Ismā‘īl Khān, son of Sulṭān Sikandar
Lodī, 431 and n 1.
Ismā‘īl Malik, one of the Maliks of
Mubārak Shāh of the dynasty of
the Saiyyids, 391.
Ismā‘īl, son of Sulṭān Nāṣiru-d-Dīn
Subuktigīn, 16 and n 1.
Ismā‘īl Ṣafawī Ḥusainī, Shāh of
Persia, 449, 570, 572 n 8.
Ismu-l-a‘ẓam
, the most holy name of
God, 603 n 6.
Iṯnā ‘Asharīyah, called also the Imāmīyah, a sect of the Shī‘ah, 572
n 5.
Ispahān, same as Iṣfahān (q. v.), 30
n 1, 34 n 1, 582 n
.
Israel, 302 n 2.
Israelites, the, 169 n 1, 302 n 2.
Isrāīl-i-Beghū, chief of the Turkomāns at the time of Sulṭān Mas‘ūd
Ghaznawī, 38 and n 3.
Istidrāj
, miracles performed by infidels, 625 and n 6, 626 n.
Istighfār
, formula of, 551 and n 2.
Istiḥẓār, power of recollection, 427
n 6.
Iṣṭilāḥātu-l-Funūn
, the, 4 n 1, 5 n 4,
31 n, 142 n 1, 145 n 1, 162 n 4, 163
n 1, 193 n 1, 374 nn
5 and 7, 614 n
2, 625 n 6, 626 n
. Full name Kashshāf Iṣṭilāḥāti-l-Funūn.
Istiqāmat
, a term of Astronomy, 374
n 7.
Itāwah, district and town of, 334 and
n 4, 346 and n 4, 347, 359 n 4, 360,
362, 379, 380, 381, 386, 391, 403,
405, 410 and n 4, 413, 431, 443, 444,
463, 547, 556, 592. Called also
Etāwah (q. v.).
Itimar Kachhan, Malik, one of the
Amīrs of Sulṭān Ghiyāṯu-d-Dīn Balban, 220, 226.
Itimar, the Mughūl, one of the Generals of Chingīz Khān, 188 and n 1,
189, 221.
Itimar Surkha, Malik, one of the Balbanī Amīrs, 227, 228.
Iyal-timish, Sulṭān Shamsu-d-Dīn
Abu-l-Muẓaffar, of the Slave dynasty of Dihlī, 70 n 1, 88 n 3, 89, 96,
121 and n 4. See under Shamsu-
d-Dīn Iyal-timish.
Iyal-timish, origin of the name, 88,
89 and n 1.
Izad Yār, fifth son of Sulṭān Mas‘ūd,
son of Sulṭān Maḥmūd Ghaznawī,
44 n 2.
Iẓhār-i-muẓmar
, 605 and n 9.
‘Izzu-d-Dīn Balban, Malik, one of the
Maliks of the Shamsīyah Sulṭāns,
124 and 3, 125, 130. Called also
‘Izzu-d-Dīn Balban-i-Buzurg (q. v.),
and ‘Izzu-d-Dīn Balban-i-Kashlū
Khān (q. v.).
‘Izzu-d-Dīn Balban-i-Buzurg, or the
elder, 124, 125, 129. See the
above.
‘Izzu-d-Dīn Balban-i-Kashlū Khān,
one of the Maliks of the Shamsīyah
Sulṭāns, 124 n 3, 130. See under
‘Izzu-d-Dīn Kashlū Khān.
‘Izzu-d-Dīn Iyāz, one of the Maliks
of the Shamsīyah Sulṭāns, 120 and
n 8. Called also ‘Izzu-d-Dīn Kabīr Khān Ayāz (q. v.).
‘Izzu-d-Dīn Jānī, one of the Maliks of
Sulṭān Shamsu-d-Dīn Iyal-timish,
87 and n 3.
‘Izzu-d-Dīn Kabīr Khān Ayāz, Malik,
98 and n 2. See under ‘Izzu-d-
Dīn Iyāz.
‘Izzu-d-Dīn Kashlū Khān, Malik, 131,
132 and n 4, 133. See under ‘Izzu-
d-Dīn Balban-i-Kashlū Khān.
‘Izzu-d-Dīn Khālid Khānī, one of the
poets and munshīs of the time of
Fīroz Shāh, 332 and n 2.
‘Izzu-d-Dīn Muḥammad Sālārī, one of
the Maliks of the Shamsīyah Sulṭāns, 98 n 2.
‘Izzu-d-Dīn Tughā Khān, one of the
Maliks of the Shamsīyah Sulṭāns,
125.
‘Izzu-d-Dīn Yaḥyā, A‘ẓamu-l-mulk,
one of the Maliks of Sulṭan Muḥammad Tughlaq Shāh, 302, 308.
‘Izzu-l-Mulk, Malik ‘Alāu-d-Dīn
Khāfī or Jānī, one of the Maliks of
Sulṭān Shamsu-d-Dīn Iyal-timish,
94 and n 3.

J.

Jabal Ṯaur, a hill near Mecca, 149 n,
158 n
1.
Jabhān, town, 358 n 6.
Jacob, the Patriarch, 302 n 2.
Jacut. See under Yāqūt.
Jāegīr, land held in fief, 120 n 8.
Ja‘far, the Barmecide, Wazīr of Hārūn ar-Rashīd, 286.
Ja‘far Khwāndī. See under Shāh
Ja‘far Khwāndī.
Ja‘far Ṣādiq, one of the Imāms of the
Shī‘ah, 110 n 4.
Ja‘far, son of Sulaimān ibn ‘Alī ibn
‘Abdu-llah ibn al-‘Abbās, a prince
of the ‘Abbāsides, 74 n 2.
Jāfī, a tribe of the Arabs, 6 n 3.
Jaghar Beg Saljūqī, contemporary of
Sulṭān Maudūd Ghaznawī, 49 n 4.
Jahāngīr Beg the Mughūl, one of the
Amīrs of Humāyūn, 459.
Jahāngīr Qulī Beg, one of the Amīrs
of Humāyūn, 461.
Jahān Numā, a palace and a fortress
at Dihlī, 343, 345 and n 1, 354 and
n 1, 361 and n 1, 386 and n 1.
Jahānpanāh, one of the three cities
of Dihlī, 361 n 1, 366 n 1.
Jahān Shāh, Amīr, one of the generals
of Tīmūr, 358 n 6.
Jāhī Yatmān, of Bukhārā, a poet of
the time of Humāyūn, 618 and n 5,
620, 622.
Jāhī Yātmīyān, 618 n 5. Same as Jāhī
Yatmān (q. v.).
Jāhī-i-Yatmīnān, 618 n 5. Same as
Jāhī Yatmān (q. v.).
Jāhilīyat, or time of Ignorance, the
pre-Islāmic age, 99 n 6, 441 n 2.
Jāhir Dev, the Rājā of Narwar, 129
and n 4. See under Chāhar Ajārī.
Jāhirīyā, uncle of Khusrū Khān Barāwar, the favourite of Sulṭān Quṭbu-
d-Dīn Khiljī, 289.
Jahjar, town, 351.
Jahjar river, the, 325 n 3, 326
and n.
Jahtara, name of a place, 414 and
n 3.
Jai Chand, a Zemīndār of Chartūlī,
at the time of Sulṭān Ibrāhīm
Lodī, 431 n 4.
Jai Chand of Jaunpūr, 364 n 3.
Jai Chand, Rāi, Governor of Qanauj,
contemporary of Sulṭān Shihābu-d-
Dīn Ghūrī, 70.
Jaiḥūn, the,—or Oxus, 27 and n 1, 37
n 7, 38, 71, 570 n 7. Called also
the Jīḥūn (q. v.).
Jain architecture, 635 n 6.
Jaipāl I., ruler of Hindūstān, contemporary of Sulṭān Maḥmūd Ghaznawī,
15, 18, 19 and n 2, 20 and n 4, 22
n
6.
Jaipāl II., son of Anandpāl, grandson
of Jaīpāl I, the ruler of Hind, 21,
22 and n 6, 26.
Jaīpūr, district and town of Rājputāna, 93 n 1, 120 n 4, 129 n 2, 299 n 2.
See under Jeypore.
Jaisalmīr, district and town of Rājputāna, 298 and n 7, 465, 562, 563,
567 n 1.
Jājarmī, one of the poets of the time
of Sulṭān Jalālu-d-Dīn Khiljī, 245.
Jājnagar, called also Jājpūr, capital
of Orissa, 86, 125 n 3, 186 and n 6,
299 and n 2, 329 and n 6, 330,
348.
Jājpūr, on the Baitarānī in Orissa,
125 n 3. Same as Jājnagar (q. v.).
Jalā, baldness of the fore part of the
head, 516 and n 2.
Jalālābās, called also Arail, a town
near Allahabad, 415 n 4.
Jalāl
, greatness, 515 and n 6, 516.
Jalāl of Badāon, Mīrān Saiyyid, one
of the learned men of the time of
Sulṭān Sikandar Lodī, 427.
Jalāl Bhīm of Agra, Mulla, contemporary of Shaikh ‘Alāī, 515 and n 3,
516.
Jalāl Khān Jalū, one of the Amīrs of
Shīr Shāh, 486 n 7, 489 n 9.
Jalāl Khān Jilwānī, one of the Amīrs
of Shīr Shāh, 486 and n 7, 489 and
n 9.
Jalāl Khān Lodī, son of Maḥmūd
Khān of Kālpī, one of the Aīmrs of
Sulṭān Sikandar Lodī, 422 and nn
4 and 5, 437.
Jalāl Khān Lūhānī, son of Sulṭān Muḥammad of Bihār, 468, 469, 470.
Jalāl Khān, son of Sulṭān Maḥmūd
Sharqī of Jaunpūr, 404 n 5, 405.
Jalāl Khān Mīwātī, contemporary of
the Saiyyids of Dihlī, 375, 391.
Jalāl Khān, son of Shīr Shāh, original
name of Islem Shāh Sūr, 456, 457.
Jalāl Khān, son of Sulṭān Sikandar
Lodī, 423 and n 2, 430, 431 and n 1,
432, 433.
Jalāl Thīm of Agra, Mulla, 515 n 3,
516. See Jalāl Bhīm.
Jalālī, township of, 411, 412 n 2.
Jalālu-d-Daulat, title of Amīr Muḥammad, younger son of Sulṭān Maḥmūd of Ghaznīn, 29, 33.
Jalālu-d-Dīn Fīroz Shāh, Sulṭān, 507,
525. Same as Sulṭān Jalālu-d-Dīn
Khiljī, (q. v.).
Jalālu-d-Dīn Jānī, Malik, one of the
Maliks of Sulṭān Nāṣiru-d-Dīn Maḥmūd Shāh of Dihlī, 132.
Jalālu-d-Dīn Kāsānī, Qāẓī, one of the
Amīrs of the Shamsīyah dynasty,
125 n 2. See the next.

Jalālu-d-Dīn Kāshānī, Qāẓī, 123, 234.
See the above.
Jalālu-d-Dīn Khiljī, Sulṭān, whose
name was Malik Fīroz and his title
Shāyista Khān (q. v.), 185, 226, 230
and n 1, 231, 239, 240, 243, 244,
245, 247 and n, 248, 249, 507, 525.
Jalālu-d-Dīn Maḥmūd Dīwān, Khwāja,
one of the Amīrs of Humāyūn,
585 and n 4.
Jalālu-d-Dīn Mangburnī, Sulṭān, son
of Sulṭān Muḥammad Khwārazm
Shāh, 91 and nn 1 and 2.
Jalālu-d-Dīn, son of Sulṭān Shamsu-d-
Dīn Iyal-timish, 124, 125, 131.
Jalālu-d-Dīn, Sulṭān, son of Sulṭān
Sikandar Lodī, 430. See under
Jalāl Khān, son of Sulṭān Sikandar.
Jalālu-d-Dīn, Sulṭān, title assumed
by Muḥammad Khān Sūr, Governor
of Bangāla (q. v.), 552.
Jalālu-l-Ḥaqq wa-sh-Shar‘ wa-d-Dīn
al-Bukhārī, Shaikh, a famous Saiyyid, 376.
Jālāmukhī, idol temple of, in Nagarkoṭ, 331 n 9.
Jālandhar, town of, 342, 382 and n 4,
390, 391 and n 5, 592 and nn 6 and
7, 593.
Jālesar, town of, 343 n 3, 346 n 5,
377 and n 6, 407 n 1.
Jaljīn Bhatī, Rāi, Governor of the
fort of Bhaṭ, at the time of Timūr's
invasion, 355 and n 4.
Jālor, fort of, 262, 265.
Jalwur, town, 379 n 2.
Jām, a town of Khurāsān, 32 n 2,
272 n
1.
Jām, the ruler of Thatha, 332 and
n 6, 333 and n 4, 592 n 9.
Jamāat
, technical sense of, 626 and
n 2.
Jamāl Khān of Dihlī, one of the
learned men of the time of Sulṭān
Sikandar Lodī, 427.
Jamāl Khān Muftī, Mīyān, one of the
learned men of the time of Islem
Shāh, 506.
Jamāl Khān Sārang-Khānī, one of
the Amīrs of Sulṭān Ibrāhīm Lodī,
470.
Jamāl Khān, one of the Amīrs of
Sulṭān Sikandar Lodī, 466, 467.
Jamāl, Shaikh, a poet of the time of
Sulṭān Sikandar Lodī, 426 and n 2.
See the next.
Jamālī, Shaikh,—or
Jamālī Kanbawī of Dihlī, Shaikh,
one of the greatest of the ‘Ulamā
of the time of Sulṭān Sikandar
Lodī, 411 and n 10, 429, 455 and
n 9.
Jamālu-d-Dīn Abī ‘Umar ‘Uṯmān bin
‘Umar, commonly known as Ibnu-l-
Ḥājib (q. v.), 428 n 6, 467 n 2.
Jamālu-d-Dīn of Hānsī, Shaikh, a
celebrated saint, 322.
Jamālu-d-Dīn Iṣfahānī, the poet, contemporary of Khāqānī, 339 n 4.
Jamālu-d-Dīn, Mīr, the traditionist,
contemporary of Bābar, 449.
Jamālu-d-Dīn Muḥammad, surname
of Salmān Sāwajī, the poet, 571
and n 9, 633 n 1.
Jamālu-d-Dīn Muḥammad al-Ufī or
‘Aufī, author of a Taẕkira and
other works, 33 n 1.
Jamālu-d-Dīn Ṣadr Astarābādī, Mīr,
contemporary of Humāyūn, 625.
Jamālu-d-Dīn Yāqūt, the Abyssinian,
Chief Amīr under Sulṭān Raẓẓīyah,
120, 121 and n 2.
Jāmī, Mullā Nūru-d-Dīn ‘Abdu-r-Raḥmān, the celebrated author and
poet, 32 and n 2, 270 n 4, 272 and
n 1, 429, 588. Called also by the
title of Maulawī Makhdūmī ‘Ārif.
Jāmi‘u-l-Akhbār of Shaikh Ṣadūq, 139
n 5.
Jāmi‘u-l-Ḥikāyāt
of Muḥammad Ufī
of Merv, 29 n 1, 33 n 1, 220.
Jāmi‘u-r-Rashīdī, 8 n
2. See the Jāmi‘u-t-Tawārīkh of Rashīdu-d-Dīn.
Jāmi‘u-t-Tawārīkh of Rashīdu-d-Dīn,
8 n 2, 73 n 2, 307 n 4. See the
Tārīkh-i-Rashīdī.
Jamna, the, 343, 354, 355, 356 and nn
1 and 5, 357, 360 n 3, 364, 377 n 6,
385 n
3, 386, 387, 393, 396, 406,
408, 439, 444, 551, 555, 610. See
also under the Jumna and Jamuna.
Jamshīd, ancient king of Persia, 108,
176, 201, 405, 454, 559, 613.
Jammoo. See under Jamūn.
Jammū. See under Jamūn.
Jamū, kingdom of. See Jamūn.
Jamū, river of,—the Jhelum, 355
n 1.
Jamūn, country of, 19 n 2, 349, 355
n 1, 358 n 6, 383, 384 n
1. Called
also Jammoo, Jammū and Jamū.
Jamuna the, called also the Jann or
Jon and the Yamunā, 23 n 3. See
under the Jamna and the Jumna.
Jandī (Junaidī), the Wazīr Niẓāmu-l-
Mulk, of the Amīrs of Sulṭān Shamsu-d-Dīn Iyal-timish, 90, 98, 120
and n 1.
Janhār, fortress of,—in Jaunpūr, 415
and n 2, 416 n 4.
Janjūhah, one of the two tribes inhabiting the Jūd hills, 128 n 3.
Jannat Āshīyānī, invades Hindustān,
547.
Jannatābād, new name of Gaur the
capital of Bangāla, so called by
Humāyūn, 82 n 3, 458.
Jānoha, a tribe of the Hindūs, 500.
Jānpānīr, fortress of, 455 and n 1.
Jānūr, town, 379 n 2.
Japhet, son of Noah, 61 n 5, 147 n 1,
231.
Jārin Manjhūr, the country of Sīwistān, 249 and n 7.
Jarrett's Āīn-i-Akbarī, 13 n 1, 14 n 3,
17 n 4, 23 n 3, 25 n 5, 27 n 4, 28 n
2, 34 n 5, 36 n 10, 48 n 1, 52 n 3,
62 n 2, 65 n 1, 69 nn
2 and 5, 71 n
3, 72 n 4, 76 n, 81 n 2, 82 nn
3 and
5, 84 n 2, 87 n 1, 91 n 2, 92 n 2, 95
n 5, 124 n 4, 128 n 3, 129 n 2, 130
n 1, 133 n
and n 2, 142 n 1, 193 n
1, 236 n 2, 248 n 2, 249 n 5, 264 n
6, 265 nn
2 and 5, 266 n 4, 304 n 4,
330 n 8, 332 n 5, 357 n 3, 380 n 2,
384 n 3, 410 n 4, 415 n 7, 416 nn
3
and 13, 417 n 7, 420 n 5, 422 n 3,
425 n 2, 439 n 2, 536 n 6, 546 n 7,
557 n 3, 573 n 3, 587 n 7, 588 n 4,
590 n
5.
Jarrett's History of the Caliphs, 12 n 2,
15 n 4, 17 n 2, 18 n 1, 29 n 2, 571 n
2.
Jartaulī, a famous city of Mawās, 386
and n 5.
Jasrat Khakar,—or
Jasrat Khūkar, son of Shaikhā Khūkar, contemporary of the Saiyyids,
381 and n 5, 382 and nn 2 and 5,
383 and n 3, 384 n, 390 and n 4,
391, 399.
Jasrat Shaikhā, 382 and n 5. Same
as the above (q. v.).
Jatāmānsī
, Sanskrit name of the nard
or Indian Spikenard, 374 n.
Jāts, the,—a tribe of the Hindūs, 29
and n 4, 121, 122 n 1, 129 n 2.
Jauhar
, essence, 397 n 3.
Jauhar
or Jūhar, a rite of self-sacri-
fice, 397 and nn 1 and 3.
Jauhar, Malik, one of the Amīrs of
Sulṭān Muḥammad Tughlaq Shāh,
314.
Jauharan, a term of Muslim theology,
614 n 2.
Jaun, the,—a name of the river Jumna, 23 n 3, 24 n 4. Called also the
Jon (q. v.).
Jaunān, original name of Sulṭān Muḥammad Tughlaq Shāh, 329 n 2.
Jaunānpūr, origin of the name Jaunpūr, 329 n 2.
Jaunpūr, town of, 185, 329 and n 2,
348 n 10, 359, 361, 363 and n 2,
364 and n 3, 387 n 2, 400, 403 and
n 7, 404 and n 2, 408, 409 and n 8,
411 n
2, 413, 414, 415, 417, 420 and
n 8, 430, 444, 445, 446, 451, 456,
457, 459, 467, 471 and n 1, 477,
508, 552.
Jausā,—or
Jausah, a village on the bank of
the Ganges, 459 and n 4, 462 and
n 3.
Jauz
, 535. See under Jauzu māṯil.
Jauzhar, the head and tail of Draco,
162 and n 4, 193 and n 1.
Jauzu māṯil, or Datura, a narcotic and
intoxicant, 535 and n 2.
Java, 303 n.
Jawāhiru-l-Khamsa
, the,—name of a
book, 459 n 2.
Jawālamukhī, an idol temple of Nagarkoṭ, 331 and n 9.
Jawālāpūr, for the ford of Mīāpūr on
the Ganges, 131 n 1.
Jawānghār,—or
Jawāngūl, left wing of a Turkish
army, 439 n 4.

Jawārī, the small variety of millet,
549 and n 14.
Jawazahr
, the head and tail of Draco,
162 and n 4, 193 and n 1.
Jazarī, Ibn Aṯīr, author of the Kāmilu-t-Tawārīkh, 624 n 8.
Jazīrat Ibn ‘Umar, an island of the
Tigris above Mosul, 624 n 8.
Jerusalem, 105 n 2, 151 n 2, 368 n 1,
613 n
.
Jesuits, the 130 n 1.
Jews, the, 30 n 1, 279 n, 600 n 9.
Jeypore State, the, 395 n 3. See
under Jaipūr.
Jhāban, town, 379 n 2. Probably
Jhāīn (q. v.) is intended.
Jhāīn, a city near Rantanbhor, better
known as Naushahr, 257 and n 1,
259, 283, 379 and n 2. Called elsewhere Chhāīn (q. v.).
Jhajhar, town of, 325 n 3.
Jhālawān, a district of Bilūchistān, 48
n 4.
Jhelam, the,—or
Jhelum, the, one of the rivers of the
Panjāb, 19 n 4, 23 n 3, 44 n 6, 89
n 5, 128 n 3, 355 n
1, 392. Called
also the Jhilam.
Jhilam, river, the, 44 n 6. See the
Jhelum.
Jhīlam, town of, 389, 390.
Jhīlam, a District of the Panjāb, 437
n 8.
Jhosī, a town near Allahabad, 415
n 4.
Jhunjhnū, a town in Rājputāna, 69
n 2.
Jidjer, the,—the river Jahjar, 325
n 3.
Jigilī, Abū Muḥammad ‘Abdu-r-Raḥmān, the Khaṭīb of Samarqand,
159 n.
Jihād
, holy war in defence of Islām,
293 and n 4, 356 n 4.
Jihāds
, the two—, 191 n 4.
Jihādu-l-Akbar
, or the greater warfare, 191 n 4.
Jihādu-l-Aṣghar
, or the lesser warfare,
191 n 4.
Jīḥūn, the,—the Oxus, 38, 45 n 2, 166
and n 1, 209. Called also the Jaiḥūn (q. v.).
Jī Jī Anāgah, wet-nurse of Prince
Akbar, 568 n 6.
Jilaudār
, an attendant to run beside
the horse, 503 and n 3.
Jildū
, a Turkī word in the sense of
in‘ām or reward, 596 n 6.
Jīr, 593 n 9.
Jirm
, the separate members of the
body, 630 n 6.
Jirm-i-Qamar
, rays of the moon, 630
and n 6.
Jītal
, an imaginary division of the
dām, 499 n 3.
Job, Book of, 198 n 2, 630 n 4.
Jodhpūr, a city of Rājputānā, 379 n 1,
512, 563.
Jodhpūr State, in Rājputānā, 379
n 1.
John, St., the Gospel of, 146 n 6.
Jomanes, the,—a name of the river
Jumna, 24 n 6.
Jon, the,—a name of the river
Jamuna or Jumna, 24 and n 4,
25, 541. See also the Jaun.
Jones, Sir William, 76 n.
Joseph, the Patriarch, 89, 115 and
n 2, 217.
Joshua, the son of Nun, 373 n.
Journal of the Asiatic Society of
Bengal, 186 n 6, 191 n 3, 324 n 6,
325 n 3, 326 n, 546 nn
1, 3 and 7,
609 n 3.
Journal of the Royal Asiatic Society,
16 n 2, 33 n 1, 47 n 2, 59 n 1, 87
n 1, 103 n 1, 109 n 4, 115 n
and n 3,
141 n 4, 330 n 7, 479 n 7, 571
n
2.
Jūd hills, the, 128 and n 3, 185, 186,
221. See also under the Koh-i-
Jūd.
Jūd tribe, the,—one of the two
tribes inhabiting the Jūd hills, 128
n 3.
Jūhar
or Jauhar, a rite of self-sacri-
fice, 397 n 1, 422, 476.
Jūkī Bahādur Uzbakī, one of the
Amīrs of Mīrzā ‘Askarī, 568 n 1.
Jūlāha
, a weaver, 528 n 1.
Juldū
, a Turkī word in the sense of
in‘ām or reward, 596 n 6.
Jūlga
, a dale, 438 n 7.
Julius Cæsar, 76 n.
Jumlatu-l-Mulk
, chief finance-minister
of the State, 625.
Jumna, the, 24 nn 4 and 6, 122 n 1,
220, 227, 228, 231, 235, 244, 325
and n 3, 326 and n, 327 n 5. See
also under the Jamna.
Jūnā Khān, or Jūnān Khān, Governor
of Shamsābād under Sulṭān Maḥmūd Sharqī, 403 and nn 4 and 5,
404 n 2.
Jūnā Shāh, or Jūnān Shāh, Khān-i-
Jahān
, son of Malik Qubūl, one of
the Maliks of Sulṭān Fīroz Shāh
Tughlaq, 333, 336 n 5, 337 n 7.
Junaid, the famous Muḥammadan
Saint, 59 n 1.
Junaid Birlās, Sulṭān, of the Amīrs
of Bābar, Governor of Karra and
Mānikpūr, 439, 446, 468, 469.
Junaidī, the Wazīr Niẓāmu-l-Mulk,
of the Amīrs of Sulṭān Shamsu-d-
Dīn Iyal-timish, 90, 98, 120 and
n 1.
Jundī (Junaidī), the Wazīr, 120 and
n 1. See the above.
Junūbī,—or
Junūnī Badakhshī, Maulānā, the enigmatist, one of the poets of the
time of Humāyūn, 605 and n 5.
Jupiter, notes on the planet, 78 and
n 2, 151 n 4, 154 n 4, 630 n 2.
Jureah canal, the,—a canal leading
from the Sutlej, 325 n 3.
Jurjān, the capital of Khwārazm,
23 n 1, 34 n 2, 52 n 5. Called also
Gargang.
Jurjān, Sea of,—the Caspian, 153
n 1.

K.

Ka‘bah, the, 12 n 2, 97 n 4, 368 n 1,
584, 585, 612, 613 n, 624.
Kabak
, 622 and n 1.
Ka‘batain, the Temples of Mecca
and Jerusalem, 151 n 2.
Kabīr, Amīru-l-Umarā Malik Mubārak, of the Amīrs of the Tughlaq
Shāhī dynasty, 342 and n 1.
Kabīr Khān Sulṭānī, one of the
Maliks of Sulṭān Shamsu-d-Dīn
Iyal-timish, 98 and n 2.
Kābul, territory and town of, 13 n 1,
14 n 3, 46 n 1, 49, 132 n 6, 359,
388, 390, 435, 436, 443, 446, 448,
465, 466, 500, 501, 530, 559, 567,
568, 573, 575, 576, 578, 579, 580,
581, 582 and n 7, 584 and n 3, 585,
590, 591, 604, 617, 618, 632.
Kachha, one of the fords of the
Jamna, 406 n 6. Called also Kīchā.
Kachhan, Malik, called Itimar or
Ḥimār, one of the Amīrs of Sulṭān
Ghiyāṯu-d-Dīn Balban, 220, 226.
Kadba, name of a country, probably
Garha-Katanka, 433 n 3.
Kāethar, the district of Rohilkhand,
131 n 4. Called also Kāithar (q. v.),
Katīhar, and Kaithal (q. v.).
Kāf, 615 n 5.
Kāfir
, a Non-Muslim, 576 n 5, 577 n.
Kāfiyah
of Ibnu-l-Ḥājib, a famous
treatise on Grammar, 428 and n 6,
467 and n 2.
Kafsh ‘Alī, a common name among
the Shī‘ah, 604.
Kāftan, cutting or cleaving, 615
n 5.
Kāfūr Hazār Dīnārī, name of Malik
Mānik, slave of Sulṭān ‘Alāu-d-Dīn
Khiljī, 251 and nn 3 and 7, 256.
Called also Kāfūr Nāib (q. v.).
Kāfūr Nāib, called Hazār Dīnārī,
name of Malik Mānik, slave of
Sulṭān ‘Alāu-d-Dīn Khiljī, 251 and
nn 3 and 7, 265 and n 1.
Kahf, Sūratu-l-
, name of a Chapter
in the Qur'ān, 207 n 1.
Kahfu-d-Daulat wa-l-Islām, one of
the titles of Sulṭān Maḥmūd of
Ghazuīn, 29.
Kāhī, Maulānā Qāsim, a poet of the
time of Humāyūn, 584 and nn 1
and 3, 601.
Kāhī Kābulī, Mīyān, 584 n 2. Same
as Maulānā Qāsim Kāhī, see the
above.
Kahwar, town of,—now known as
Shamsābād, N.-W. P., 377 and n 3.
Kaikāūs, one of the ancient Kings of
Persia, 43 n 1, 216.
Kai Kāūs, son of Mu‘izzu-d-Dīn Kai-
Qubād of the Balbanī dynasty, 227,
230 n 1. Same as Sulṭān Shamsu-d-Dīn Kai Kāūs.
Kai Khusrau, one of the ancient
Kings of Persia, 116 n 4.
Kai Khusrū, son of sulṭān Muḥammad, son of Ghiyāṯu-d-Dīn Balban,
213, 219, 220 n 2, 222, 224. He
was called by the title of Khusrū
Khān.
Kai Qubād, Sulṭān Mu‘īzzu-d-Dīn,
son of Sulṭān Nāṣiru-d-Dīn Bughrā
Khān, of the Balbanī dynasty, 135
n and n 1, 213, 219, 220 and n 2,
221, 224, 230 n
1.
Kaiqubād, one of the ancient Kings
of Persia, 595.
Kaiqubād, son of Sulṭān Muḥammad,
son of Ghiyāṯu-d-Dīn Balban, 213.
Kairwān or Qairawān, the ancient
Cyrene, in the province of Tunis,
167 n 4.
Kaithal or Katīhal, a village in the
neighbourhood of Dihlī, 121 n 8,
131 and n 5, 294 n 5.
Kaithal, the country of Kaithar
(q. v.), 335 and n 9.
Kaithar country, the district of
Rohilkhand, 185 and n 2, 335 and
nn 5 and 9, 359 and n 4, 365, 375,
377, 379, 380, 384, 385, 387. Called
also Kāethar (q. v.), Katīhar or
Kateher and Kaithal.
Kaithar, the river of, 387.
Kaitharīs, the, 185 and n 3.
Kaiumours (or Kaikāūs), son of Sulṭān
Mu‘izzu-d-Dīn Kaiqubād of the
Balbanī dynasty, 230 n 1.
Kaiwān, the planet Saturn, 582 n 1.
Kajak
, the hook in the game of qabac
andāzī, 621 n
5.
Kajwī Khatrī, a protégé of the Mubārak Shāhī family, 393 and n 3, 394.
Ka‘k
, or Cakes, origin of the name of
Ka‘kī (q. v.), 92 n 2.
Ka‘kī, a name of the famous saint
Khwāja Quṭbu-d-Dīn Ushī, 92 n 2.
Kālā Bhār Shaikh Muḥmmad Farmalī, nephew of Sulṭān Buhlūl Lodī,
411 n 2, 413 n 13.
Kālā Bhār, or Kālā Pahār, brother of
Sikandar Sūr (q. v.), 544 and n 1.
Kalān Beg, Khwāja, one of the Amīrs
of Bābar, 439, 448 453, 455, 456,
462, 465.
Kalānor or Kālānor, fort of, 305, 324,
383 and n 8. See also Kalānūr.
Kalānūr, town of, 436, 437. See also
under Kalānor.
Kalān want,—or
Kalāṇ-wat, a Hindī word meaning a
singer or musician, 557 and n 1.
Kālā Pahār. See under Kālā Bhār,
brother of Sikandar Sūr.
Kālāpānī, the,—a river lying between
the Jumna and Ganges, 360 and
n 3, 386 n 8. Called also the
Kālī Nadī or Kālinī (q. v.).
Kalārchal, mountains of,—the mountains of Sirinor, 307 n 4.
Kalāwant
, a singer or musician, 557
n 1. See Kalāṇ-wat.
Kal Chandar, governor of the fortress
of Mahāwun on the Jon, at the
time of Maḥmūd of Ghaznīn's invasion, 24 and n 5.
Kālewar, fortress of, 95, 268 n 4.
Same as the fortress of Gwāliār.
Kālī, the goddess, 484 n 1.
Kālīchar, for the fortress of Kālinjar,
451 n 4.
Kālidāsa, the famous poet, 95 n 6.
Kālī Kābulī, Mīyān, 584 n 3. See
under Kāhī Kābulī.
Kalikavartta, town, 24 n 6.
Kalīlah
and Damnah, the famous
book of Fables, 56.
Kalimah, the Muḥammadan creed,
446 and n 5, 447.
Kālī Nadī, the, 360 n 3, 378 n 1.
Called also the Kālāpānī (q. v.),
and the Kālinī (q. v.).
Kālindī, the, 378 n 1. Same as the
Kālī Nadī (q. v.).
Kālinī, the,—a river between the
Jumna and Ganges, 360 n 3, 378 n
1, 386 and n 8. See the Kālī Pānī.
Kālinjar, fortress of, 25 and n 5, 26,
35, 36, 451, 471 and n 3, 481 n 5,
482, 486.
Kālī Pānī, the,—a name of the river
Biāh, 251, 386 n 8. See the
Kālinī.

Kali-Sind, the,—a tributary of the
Chambal river, 385 n 3.
Kālpī, district and town of, 375, 393,
394, 408, 409, 411 n 2, 414, 422 n
4, 423, 430, 431, 443, 446, 463, 526,
541, 548, 549, 552, 555.
Kamāl Khān, one of the Maliks of
Sulṭān Mubārak Shāh of the dynasty of the Saiyyids, 384.
Kamāl, Rāi, governor of Talaundī,
382 n 1. Same as Kamālu-d-Dīn
Mubīn (q. v.).
Kamālu-d-Daulah Sherzād, Sulṭān,
son of Sulṭān Mas‘ūd, son of Ibrāhīm Ghaznawī, 55 and n 2.
Kamālu-d-Dīn, a protégé of Muḥammad Shāh, son of Sulṭān Fīroz
Shāh, 338.
Kamālu-d-Dīn ‘Alī Shāh Quraishī,
grandfather of Shaikh Bahāu-d-Dīn
Zakarīyā, 133 n 2.
Kamālu-d-Dīn Garg,—or
Kamālu-d-Dīn Kark, Malik, one of
the Amīrs of Sulṭān ‘Alāu-d-Dīn
Khiljī, 265, 267, 282.
Kamālu-d-Dīn Mubīn, Malik, one of
the Amīrs of the Fīrūz Shāhī dynasty, 352, 362, 382, and n 7.
Kamālu-d-Dīn Nāib-i-Lashkar, 393
and n 1. See under Kamālu-l-
Mulk.
Kamālu-d-Dīn, Qāẓī,—one of the
Qāẓīs of Sulṭān Nāṣiru-d-Dīn Maḥmūd Shāh of Dihlī, 128 n.
Kamālu-d-Dīn Ṣadr-i-Jahān, Qāẓī,—
one of the Qāẓīs of Sulṭān Muḥammad Tughlaq Shāh, 318.
Kamālu-d-Dīn Ṣūfī, one of the Maliks
of Sulṭān Quṭbu-d-Dīn Khiljī, 291.
Kamālu-d-Dīn Sulaimān, son of Farrukh Shāh of Kābul, 132 n 6.
Kamālu-l-Mulk, Maliku-sh-Sharq, the
Nāib-i-Lashkar, one of the Maliks
of Mubārak Shāh of the Saiyyid
dynasty, 393 and n 1, 395, 396,
397, 398.
Kamāngar, Maulānā Zainu-d-Dīn
Maḥmūd, of the Naqshbandī
Shaikhs, 588 and n 4.
Kāmil fi-t-Tārīkh
,—or
Kāmilu-t-Tawārīkh of Ibn Aṯīr Jazarī,
a general History, 624 and n 8.
Kamkhāb, 588 n
4.
Kāmrān, country of, 83.
Kāmrān Mīrzā, brother of Humāyūn,
453, 456, 462, 464, 465, 494, 500,
501, 502, 503, 567, 574, 578, 579,
580, 581 and n 3, 582 and n 7, 583
and n 3, 584 and n 3, 585, 586,
588, 606 n
3.
Kāmrān Mīrzā, grove of,—outside
Lāhor, 494.
Kāmrūd, country of, 84 and n and n
1, 86, 87, 135.
Kanbhāyat (Cambay), in Gujarāt,
311 n 3, 454 and n 6.
Kaubū, Shaikh Samā‘u-d-Dīn, one of
the Ulamā of the time of Sulṭān
Sikandar Lodī, 411 and n 9.
Kandama, fortress of, called also
Gandaba, 28 n 4.
Kandarkhī, township of, 545.
Kandhū, one of the Maliks of Sulṭān
Ḥusain Sharqī of Jaunpūr, 416 n 9.
Kāngra, town, 331 n 3.
Kāngū Khatrī, a protégé of the Mubārak Shāhī family, 393 and n 3, 396.
Kanhaiyā, one of the names of Krishna, 478 n 7.
Kanhaiyā, minister and agent of Rāi
Māldeo, the ruler of Nagor and
Jaunpūr, 478 and n 7, 479 and n 6.
Kanhar Dev, governor of the fort of
Jālor in the reign of Sulṭān ‘Alāu-
d-Dīn Khiljī, 265.
Kānī, a coin, 87 n 1.
Kanī, name of a place, 548 n 3.
Kanjūī Khatrī, 393 n 3. See under
Kajwī Khatrī.
Kanpilah, town of, 81 and n 4, 185
and n 1, 363, 377 and n 4, 384,
407.
Kansa, Rājā, of Mathra,—the enemy
of Krishna, 24 n 6.
Kānt, town in the Shāhjahānpūr District, N.-W. P., 546 and n 3.
Kānthar, country of, 185 n 2. See
Kaithar.
Kantit, one of the fords of the Ganges, 416 and n 3.
Kānt-o-Golah, country of, 546 and
n 3, 598 and n 8.
Kanyā, or Kanhaiyā, minister of Rāi
Māldeo, 479 and n 6.
Kanz-i-Fiqh
, the,—a work on Muḥammadan Law, 545.
Kapak, the Mughul, invades Multān
in the reign of Sulṭān ‘Alāu-d-Dīn
Khiljī, 252 and n 3.
Kapanak
, a felt garment, 628 n 1.
Kapisthala, the village of Kaithal
(q. v.), 121 n 8.
Karāchī, 67 n 1.
Karāchī district, 560 n 8.
Karāchil, mountains of,—the mountains of Sirinor, 307 n 4.
Kara-Kanka, or Garha-Katanka,
country of, 433 and n 3.
Kara-Katanka, country of, 433 and
n 3, 554. Called also Garha Katanka (q. v.).
Kara Khiṭāī, the, 103 n 3.
Karamanians, the,—a sect of false
religionists, 30.
Karāmat, a miracle performed by a
pious person, 625, 626 n.
Karan, Rāi, of Gujerāt,—contemporary of Sulṭān ‘Alāu-d-Dīn Khiljī,
255, 256.
Karāsū river, the, 360 n 3, 386 n 8.
Same as the Kālā Pānī or Kālinī
(q. v.).
Karāwān, a province of Central Asīa,
43 n 4.
Karbalā, town of, 205 and n 1, 481
n 8, 622 n 3, 623 n 6.
Kardīz, a district lying between
Ghazna and Hindustān, 66 and n 1.
Karīmu-l-Mulk Auḥadī, Malik, bro-
ther of Shams Khān Auḥadī of
Baiāna, 378.
Karmat (Qarmaṭ), founder of the
Karmatian sect of Muslim heretics,
21 n 1.
Karmatians, the,—an heretical sect
founded by Karmat (Qarmaṭ), 21
and n 1, 66.
Karnāl, town of, 121 n 8, 325 n 3,
326 n, 327 n 3.
Kārnāma
, record of deeds, 605.
Kārnāmah-i-Balkh, one of the works
of Ḥakīm Sanāī, the famous poet,
56 n 2.
Karpattan, town of, 85 n 1.
Karra, district and town of,—on the
river Ganges, 125 and n 1, 129,
221 and n 3, 229, 231, 232, 236,
237, 238, 239, 241, 243, 247 n, 249,
258, 328, 329 and n 3, 330, 335,
341 n 1, 349, 411 n
2, 415 and n 7,
432, 433, 434, 468.
Karra Mānikpūr, district of, 411 n 2.
Karrānī Afghāns in Bangāla, the,
541.
Kas, fortress of, 570 n 7. See under
Kash.
Kasam Kūr, same as the town of
Shamsābād, 232.
Kash, fortress of, otherwise known
as Nakhshab in Māwarāu-n-Nahr,
570 and n 7.
Kāshghar, country of, 443, 448.
Kāshif, enigma on this name, 450.
Kashlū Khān, title of Malik ‘Izzu-d-
Dīn Balban-i-Buzurg (q. v.), 130.
Kashmīr, 8, 20, 22, 26, 36 and n 1,
381, 383 n
2, 465, 495, 498, 500,
530 and n 5, 589.
Kashmīr pass, the, 22.
Kashmīr Shāls (Shawls), 589 and n 7.
Kashmīrīs, the, 22, 465, 495, 500.
Kashshāf, a celebrated commentary
on the Qur'ān by az-Zamakhsharī,
28 n 1.
Kashshāf Iṣṭilāḥāti-l-Funūn, 4 n 1,
5 n 4, 31 n, 142 n 1, 145 n 1, 162
n 4, 163 n 1, 193 n 1, 374 nn
5 and
7, 614 n 2, 625 n 6, 626 n.
Katah
, a bamboo shaft, 537 n 2.
Kaṭauba, one of the dependencies of
Patna, 415 n 3.
Kateher, the district of Rohilkhand,
185 n 2, 359 n 4, 408 n 4. See
under Kaithar.
Katehr, country of, 408 n 4. See the
above.
Kath, catechu, 302 n 6.
Katība-bāsh
, 537 and n 2.
Kātibī, a poet of the time of Sulṭān
Jalālu-d-Dīn Khiljī, 245.
Katīhal, a village in the vicinity of
Dihlī, 121 and n 8.
Kaṭīhar, country of, 131 n 4. See
under Kaithar.
Katit, one of the fords of the Ganges,
416 and n 3.
Katlū, original name of Khān-i-Jahān
Malik Maqbūl or Qubūl (q. v.),
337 n
7.
Katoch, the Rājpūt kingdom of, 382
n 4.

Kanṯar, name of a river in Paradise,
3 n 1, 485 and n 2.
Kawāl Khān Ghakkar, one of the
Amīrs of Islem Shāh, 490, 491.
Kawārān, the,—or
Kawārs, the,—a tribe of the Hindūs,
122 and n 1, 231 and n 5, 493.
Keith Johnson's Royal Atlas, 417 n 7,
419 n 6, 420 n 5, 567 n 1, 570
n
7.
Kelardjek, mountains of,—the mountains of Sirinor, 307 n 4.
Kerauli, town, 420 n 5.
Kerbelā, town of, 205 and n 1, 481
n 8, 622 n 3, 623 n 6.
Kesh, a town in Bokhārā (Māwarāu-
n-Nahr), 570 n 7.
Ketu, one of the Daityas in Hindū
mythology and in astronomy the
descending node, 163 n 2.
Khaberān, a district of Khurāsān,
43 n 2.
Khāf,—or
Khāff, a district and town in Khurāsān, called also Khawāf, 609 n 5.
Khāfī, Shaikh Zainu-d-Dīn, one of the
poets of the time of Bābar and
Humāyūn, 609 and n 5.
Khāfī, Zainu-d-Dīn, a famous saint,
609 n 5.
Khaibarīs, the, 214.
Khairābād, a town built by Sulṭān
Ibrāhīm Ghaznawī, 52.
Khairu-d-Dīn Khān, Malik, one of
the Amīrs of Khiẓr Khān and Mubārak Shāh of the Saiyyid dynasty,
380, 390.
Khairu-d-Dīn Tuḥfa, Malik, one of
the Amīrs of Mubārak Shāh, of the
Saiyyid dynasty, 386.
Khaizurān, a cemetery at Baghdād,
59 n 1.
Khajand, a town in Khurāsān, 38
n 4.
Khākī, author of a Muntakhabu-t-
Tawārīkh, 11 n
1.
Khalīfa, Amīr, prime minister of
Bābar, 451.
Khalīfahs, the Four rightly-guided,
3 and n 6, 128, 151 n 3, 156 and
n 2, 626 n 1.
Khalīfahs of Baghdād, the, 17.
Khalīl, Shaikh, of the descendants of
Shaikh Farīd Ganj-i-Shakkar, contemporary of Sher Shāh, 460, 482.
Khāliṣkol, town of, 355 nn 1 and 3.
Khāliṣ Kotalī, town, 355 n 1.
Khalj, etymology of the name, 230
and n 4.
Khalj, son of Yāfiṯ, son of Nūḥ
(Noah), 231.
Khalj, tribe, See under Khilj.
Khallikān. See under Ibn Khallikān.
Khamārtāsh, commander-in-chief of
Khwārazm at the time of Sulṭān
Maḥmūd Ghaznawī, 23.
Khambāt (Cambay), 454 n 6. See
Khambhāt.
Khambha, the pool of Mahādeva, 256
n 4, 454 n 6.
Khambhāt, a port of Gujerät, 256 n
4, 454 n 6.
Khamsa
of Amīr Khusrū, a collection
of five of his works, 269 and n 5.
Khamsa
of Shaikh Niẓāmī, 269 n 5,
298 n
4.
Khamūsh, Malik, a name of Malik
Asadu-d-Dīn ibn Yaghrash Khān,
uncle's son of Sulṭān ‘Alāu-d-Dīn
Khiljī, 283.
Khān, title of the subordinate princes
of the Chaghatai and other Chingīzī lines, 145 n 2.
Khānazād
, a slave born in the house,
334 n 1.
Khandhār, fortress of, 445.
Khandī Rāi, brother of Raī Pithūra,
the ruler of Ajmīr, 69, 70.
Khān-i-‘Ālam, governor of Mīwāt,—
one of the Amīrs of Sulṭān Sikandar Lodī, 419 and n 2.
Khān-i-A‘ẓam, title of Saiyyid Khān,
son of Saiyyid Sālim—one of the
Amīrs of Mubārak Shāh of the
Saiyyid dynasty, 396.
Khān-i-Buzurg, Qāān-i-Mulk, Sulṭān
Muḥammad, son of Sulṭān Ghiyāṯu-d-Dīn Balban, 217.
Khān-i-Ghāzī, Sulṭān Muḥammad, son
of Sulṭān Ghiyāṯu-d-Dīn Balban,
191.
Khān-i-Jahān, one of the Amīrs of
Sulṭān Buhlūl Lodī, 406, 407.
Khān-i-Jahān, Ḥusain Khān, ibn-i-
Khān-i-Jahān, one of the Amīrs of
Sulṭān Buhlūl Lodī, 407, 411, 416.
Called Khān-i-Jahān Lodī.
Khān-i-Jahān Jūnā or Jūnān Shāh,
son of Malik Qubūl or Maqbūl,—
one of the Amīrs of Sulṭān Fīroz
Shāh Tughlaq, 333, 336 and n 5,
337 and n 7.
Khān-i-Jahān Lodī,—one of the
Amīrs of Sulṭān Buhlūl Lodī, 407,
411, 416.
Khān-i-Jahān Lodī,—one of the
Amīrs of Sulṭān Ibrāhīm, son of
Sulṭān Sikandar Lodī, 435.
Khān-i-Jahān Lūhānī, Governor of
Rāprī,—one of the Amīrs of Sulṭān
Sikandar Lodī, 430 and n 7.
Khān-i-Jahān, Malik Fīrūz ‘Alī, the
Wazīr, son of Malik Tāju-d-Dīn,—
one of the Amīrs of Sulṭān Fīroz
Shāh, 342 and n 2.
Khān-i-Jahān, Malik Qubūl or Maqbūl, the Vazīr,—one of the Amīrs
of Sulṭān Fīroz Shāh, 324, 328, 333,
337 n 7.
Khān-i-Jahān, Malik Sarwaru-l-Mulk,
—one of the Amīrs of the Saiyyid
dynasty, 395. See under Sarwaru-l-Mulk.
Khān-i-Jahān, Malik Shāhik Bārbak,
one of the Amīrs of Sulṭān Kaiqubād Balbanī, 221.
Khān-i-Jahān, the Vazīr, 336. See
under Khān-i-Jahān Jūnā Shāh.
Khān-i-Jahān, the Vazīr, 333. See
Khān-i-Jahān Malik Qubūl.
Khān-i-Jahān, the Wazīr,—one of the
Amīrs of Sulṭān Fīroz Shāh, 342
and n 2.
Khān-i-Khānān Bairām Khān, one of
the great Amīrs of Humāyūn, 447.
See under Bairām Khān.
Khān-i-Khānān, son of Daulat Khān
Lodī, 435 and n 9, 436, 437.
Khān-i-Khānān-i-Dihlī, one of the
Amīrs of Sulṭān Sikandar Lodī,
411 n 7.
Khān-i-Khānān Farmalī, one of the
Amīrs of Sulṭān Sikandar Lodī,
411 and n 7, 412 n 2, 414, 418.
Khān-i-Khānān Farmalī, one of the
Amīrs of Sulṭān Ibrāhīm, son of
Sulṭān Sikandar Lodī, 434.
Khān-i-Khānān Ḥusāmu-d-Dīn Barāwar, brother of Khusrū Khān Barāwarbacha, 290, 293, 296.
Khān-i-Khānān, son of Sulṭān Jalālu-
d-Dīn Khiljī, 231, 232, 233.
Khān-i-Khānān Lūhānī, one of the
Amīrs of Sulṭān Sikandar Lodī,
419.
Khān-i-Khānān, Malik Buhlūl Lodī,
afterwards Sulṭān Buhlūl, 402.
Khān-i-Khānān Mun‘im Khān, one of
the great Amīrs of Humāyūn, 562.
Khān-i-Khānān Sarwānī, Governor of
the fort of Ranthanbūr, 475.
Khān-i-Shahīd, Sulṭān Muḥammad
ibn Sulṭān Ghiyāṯu-d-Dīn Balban,
187, 188 and n 2, 199 n 3, 205 n 2,
219, 220 and n 2.
Khān-i-Zamān ‘Alī Qulī Shaibānī, son
of Ḥaidar Sulṭān Osbak-i-Shaibānī,
one of the Amīrs of Humāyūn,
592 and n 9. See under ‘Alī Qulī
Khān.
Khanpal, a township in the Doāb,
407 n 1.
Khans, a Chinese Emperor, 353 n 1.
Khānwah, a township in the vicinity
of Baiāna, 549.
Khānzāda race, the rulers of Mīwāt,
366 n, 398, 447.
Khāqān, title of the supreme sove-
reign of the Moguls, 145 n 2, 232
and n 5.
Khāqān Manūchihr, Shirwān Shāh,
patron of the poet Khāqānī, 583
n 4.
Khāqānī, the famous Persian poet,
137, 339 n 4, 583 and n 4, 584 n.
Khāqānī Shirwānī, Ḥakīm, 339 n 4.
See the above.
Khārā, brackish water, 345 n 2.
Kharābābād, City of Ruin, 393.
Kharās, Maulāna Ḥasan ‘Alī, one of
the poets of the time of Humāyūn,
587.
Kharazat, shell for polishing, 620 n 1.
Khārī
, brackish water, 345 n 2.
Khār-i-‘Aqrab, a name of the planet
Mars, 195 n 1.
Khārijīs, a sect of Muḥammadan
heretics, 157 and n 2.

Khār-i-Mughailān, a thorny tree, 624
n 1.
Kharisur, country of, 468 n 2.
Kharkū, the chief of Kaithar at the
time of Sulṭān Fīroz Shāh Tughlaq,
335 nn 5 and 7.
Khartang, a villege near Samarqand,
6 n 3.
Khas
, a fragrant grass, 411 n 1.
Khas Khas
tatties, 411 n 1.
Khāṣṣ-i-Khail
, Chief of Cavalry, 439.
Khātampūr. See under the township of Kūra Khātampūr.
Khaṭā. See under Khiṭā.
Khatanī musk, 426.
Khathai, the country of Khiṭā
(Cathay), 143 n 4, 147 n 1.
Khaṭīb, Al-,—the Historian of Baghdād, 17 n 2.
Khaṭībpūr, town of, 389 n 3.
Khaṭīru-d-Dīn, Khwāja-i-Jahān, one
of the Amīrs of Sulṭān Kaiqubād
Balbanī, 220, 222.
Khatra, country of, 408 n 4.
Khatrī family, the,—protégés of the
Mubārak Shāhī family, 393 and n 3,
397.
Khaṭṭ
, meanings of the word, 615 n 5.
Khaṭṭ-i Bābarī (the Bābarī script),
invented by Emperor Bābar, 450.
Khaṭṭu, a village near Nāgor, 357
n 3.
Khaulah, wife of ‘Abdu-llah ibnu-z-
Zubair, the Khalīfah of al-Hijāz,
287 n 2.
Khawāf, a district and town in Khurāsān, 609 n 5.
Khawāfī, Zainu-d-Dīn. See under
Khāfī.
Khawārij, the,—a sect of Muḥammadan heretics, 157 n 2.
Khawāriqu-l-‘Ādat
, meaning of the
expression, 424 n 9.
Khawāṣpūr, a dependency of Rohtās,
466, 468, 512.
Khawāṣṣ Khān, one of the Maliks of
Sulṭān Sikandar Lodī, 418, 419.
Khawāṣṣ Khān, servant of Sher Shāh
of the Afghān Sūr dynasty, 457,
468, 474, 486, 487, 488, 489, 492,
493, 494, 495, 512, 525, 537.
Khāwind Naqshbandī, Khwāja, contemporary of Bābar, 446.
Khazāinu-l-Futūḥ, known also as the
Tārīkh-i-‘Alāī, 252 and n 1, 266.
Khīlī, the betel in the form it is offer-
ed for sale, 303 n.
Khilj, the,—a Turkish tribe of Ghūr,
81 n 2, 86, 88 n 1, 191, 230 n 1,
231.
Khiljī, son of Sulṭān Mu‘izzu-d-Dīn
Muḥammad Sām Ghūrī, 69.
Khiljī, Rāo, Governor of the fort of
Bhaṭ at the time of Tīmūr's invasion, 355 n 4
Khiljī Sulṭāns, the, 475.
Khiljīs, the. See under the tribe of
Khilj.
Khing bud, or the white idol, one of
two enormous images in Bāmiān,
46 n 1.
Khirad Nāma
, one of the works of
Maulānā Jāmī, 272 n 1.
Khīrī
, a flower, 173 and n 3.
Khiṭā (Cathay), country of, 125, 143
and n 4, 170, 172 n 2, 232 n 5.
Khiṭāb, the Afghān, Malik,—one of
the Amīrs of Sulṭān Fīroz Shāh
Tughlaq, 335.
Khiṭāī Kings of Turkistān, 71 and n 7.
Khiẓr, the Prophet, 92 n 2, 267, 282,
372 and n 3, 373 n, 485 and n 1.
Khiẓr Khān, son of Sulṭān ‘Alāu-d-Dīn
Khiljī, 256, 258, 266, 267 and n 1,
268, 272, 275, 276, 281, 283, 284.
Khiẓr Khān, Masnad-i-‘Ālī, ibn
Maliku-sh-Sharq ibn Malik Suleimān,—first of the Saiyyid dynasty
of Dihlī, 335, 343, 352, 358, 359,
360, 362, 363, 364, 365 and n 4,
375, 376, 378, 379 and n 2, 380,
381 and n 3, 384, 388 and n 1, 395,
400 n
, 409.
Khiẓr Khān, Saiyyid, son of Malik
Mubārak,—one of the Amīrs of
Masnad-i-‘Ālī Khiẓr Khān, of the
Saiyyid dynasty, 378.
Khiẓr Khān, son of Muḥammad Khān
Gauria, Governor of Kor, assumes
the title of Sulṭān Muḥammad
Bahādur, 556.
Khiẓr Khān Sarak, one of the com-
manders of Shīr Shāh, 474.
Khiẓr Khwāja Khān, one of the Amīrs
of Humāyūn, 591.
Khiẓrābād, a name of Chitor, 258.
Khocares, the, 129 n 1. See the
Khūkhars.
Khondī, Shāh Ṭāhir, one of the poets
of the time of Humāyūn, 626 n 6.
See under Shāh Ṭāhir.
Khoozdār, town of, 48 n 4. See
under Kusdar.
Khor, otherwise known as Shamsābād, 384 and n 4.
Khorāsān. See under Khurāsān.
Khudādād, name of an elephant of
Sulṭān Maḥmūd of Ghaznīn, 25 and
n 3.
Khudādād, brother of Jalāl Khān
Jilwānī, one of the Afghān Amīrs
of Islem Shāh, 490.
Khudāwanda-i-Jahān, title of Shāh
Turkān, mother of Ruknu-d-Dīn
Fīroz Shāh, son of Sulṭān Shamsu-d-Dīn Iyal-timish, 98 n 1.
Khudāwandzāda Qiwāmu-d-Dīn, one
of the Amīrs of Sulṭān Muḥammad
Tughlaq Shāh, 314.
Khūkhar Rāi, Chief of Kaithar, contemporary of Sulṭān Fīroz Shāh
Tughlaq, 335 and n 5.
Khūkhars, the,—a tribe of the
Hindūs, 67 and n 3, 72, 89, 121,
129 and n 1, 335.
Khulafā-e-Rāshidīn, the rightly-guided
Khalīfahs
, 3 and n 6.
Khul Gānw, one of the dependencies
of Lakhnautī, 416.
Khulūf, signification of the word, 176
n 1.
Khumak
, meaning of, 155 n 3.
Khūnzā, Bībī, Malika-i-Jahān, chief
wife of Sulṭān Ḥusain Sharqī of
Jaunpūr, 409 and n 2.
Khūran, Shaikh, one of the Hindūs-
tānī Amīrs of Bābar, 444, 445.
Khurāsān, 12 n 1, 13 n 1, 14 n 1, 15,
16 and n 2, 27 n 1, 29 and n 6, 32
n 1, 34 n 2, 35 nn
1 and 2, 42 n 1,
45 n 2, 49, 51, 52 n 1, 55 n 3, 59 n 1,
62, 64, 65 n 2, 132, 167 n 3, 250,
272 n 1, 305, 310, 320, 321, 353,
443, 449, 569, 588, 609 n
5, 632.
Khurram, Malik, the Vakīldar,—one
of the Amīrs of Sulṭān Jalālu-d-Dīn
Khiljī, 242.
Khurram, Malik, Ẓahīru-l-Juyūsh,
one of the Amīrs of Sulṭān Muḥammad Tughlaq Shāh, 302.
Khushanjar, Malik, 390 n 3. See
Malik Khushkhabr.
Khushkhabr, Malik, the slave of
Malik Sikandar, the Governor of
Lāhor under the Saiyyids, 390 and
n 3.
Khusrau Ghāzī, Sulṭān Mu‘izzu-d-Dīn
Muḥammad Sām Ghūrī, 75.
Khusrau Malik, son of Khusran Shāh,
the last of the Ghaznevide dynasty,
14, 62 and n 3, 63 and n and n 1,
64 n
1, 66, 67.
Khusrau Shāh, son of Bahrām Shāh,
Ghaznawī, 61, 62 and nn 3 and 4,
63 n 1, 64 and n 1, 67.
Khusrū, an ancient king of Persia,
136, 216.
Khusrū, Amīr,—one of the Amīrs of
Bābar, 437.
Khusrū, Amīr—or,
Khusrū, Mīr, the famous poet of Dihlī, 96 and n 2, 134 and n 4, 137,
187 and n 2, 188 n 5, 196 and n 1,
197 n 1, 205 n 2, 216, 221, 222, 223,
232, 245, 247 n
, 251, 252 and n 3,
256, 264, 266, 267 n
1, 269 and
n 5, 270 and nn 1 and 6, 271 and
n 4, 273 nn 3 and 4, 274 n 1, 275
and n 1, 298, 301, 339, 340, 455,
610 n 4, 611 n
.
Khusrū Dehlavī, Mīr, the poet. See
the above.
Khusrū Khān, Ḥasan Barāwar bacha,
the favorite of Sulṭān Quṭbu-d-Dīn
Khiljī, 274, 283, 284, 285, 286, 287,
288, 289, 290, 291, 292, 293, 294,
295, 269, 297.
Khusrū Khān, son of Sulṭān Ghiyāṯu-
d-Dīn Balban, 219, 220 and n 2,
See under Kaikhusrū.
Khusrūābād, town of, 389.
Khusrū-i-Shā‘irān, Prince of Poets,
title of Mīr Khusrū the famous
poet of Dihlī, 269.
Khusrū-o-Shīrīn of Shaikh Niẓāmī,
the poet, being one of his Khamsah,
298 n 4.
Khusūf
, an eclipse of the moon, 163
n 1.

Khuṭbah, public prayer in the name
of the sovereign, 3 n 3, 15 and n 3,
83 and n 3.
Khūṭpūr town, 389 and n 3, 390 and n 5.
Khūtrā, Bībī, chief wife of Sulṭān
Ḥusain Sharqī, of Jaunpūr, 4 9 n 2.
Khuzā‘a, a tribe of the Arabs, 28 n 1.
Khuzdār, the capital of Jhālawān in
Bilūchistān, 48 n 4.
Khwāja Amīr, one of the Amīrs of
Bābar, 446.
Khwāja Bāyazīd, eldest son of Sulṭān
Buhlūl Lodī, 401 n 4, 410 n 1, 414.
Khwāja Ghiyāṯ Vazīr, Salmān Sāwajī's Qaṣīdah in his honour, 605.
Khwāja Ḥājī, one of the Generals of
Sulṭān ‘Alāu-d-Dīn Khiljī, 265 n 6.
Khwāja-i-Jahān, Malik Aḥmad Aiyāz,
one of the Maliks of Sulṭān Muḥammad Tughlaq Shāh, 304, 309,
313, 315, 323 and n 3, 328.
Khwāja-i-Jahān, Malik Khaṭīru-d-
Dīn, one of the Amīrs of Sulṭān
Mu‘izzu-d-Dīn Kaiqubād of the
Balbanī dynasty, 220, 222.
Khwāja-i-Jahān, Sulṭānu-sh-Sharq,
one of the Maliks of the Tughlaq
Shāhī dynasty, 348 and n 9, 359.
Khwāja Khiẓr, a ford on the river
Jumna, 220.
Khwāja Khiẓr. See under Khiẓr,
the Prophet.
Khwāja Mu‘aẓẓam, one of the Amīrs
of Humāyūn, 568.
Khwāja Rashīd Vazīr, Mīr Saiyyid
Ẕu-l-fiqār Shirwānī's Qaṣīdah in
his honour, 605.
Khwandgār, title of the Sulṭān of
Rūm, 480.
Khwāndī, Shāh Ṭāhir, one of the
poets of the time of Humāyūn, 624
and n 6. See under Shāh Ṭāhir.
Khwāndī family, the, 624.
Khwārazm, a country on both banks
of the Oxus, 23 and n 1, 27 nn 1
and 2, 29, 71, 90, 133 n 2.
Khwārazm, Sea of,—the Lake Aral,
153 n 1.
Khwārazmians, the, 71, 90.
Khwārazm Shāh, ‘Abbās ibn Māmūn,
ruler of Khwārazm at the time of
Sulṭān Maḥmūd of Ghaznīn, 23.
Khwārazm Shāh Altun Tāsh, an officer
of Sulṭān Maḥmūd of Ghaznīn whom
he appoints governor of Khwārazm,
23.
Khwārazm Shāhī dynasty, the 23 n 1,
91 n
1.
Khyrābād, or Khairābād, in the Pro-
vince of Multān, 389 n 4, 402,
546.
Kibār, an enigma on this name, 615
and n 5.
Kicha, fort of, in the vicinity of
Dihlī, 364. See the next.
Kīchā, a ford on the banks of the
Jamna, 396, 406 and n 6. See the
above.
Kīkar, the Acacia Arabica, 335 n 10,
550 n
1.
Kilan Rāī, the Rājā of Patīālī, contemporary of Sulṭān Sikaudar Lodī,
413 n 8.
Kīlī, town of, 250 nn 4 and 5, 311
and n 5.
Kīlūgharī or Kīlūkharī, a suburb of
Dehlī, 98 and n 3.
Kīlūghaṛī, Palace of, on the banks of
the Jumna, called also the Mu‘izzī
palace, 220, 227, 228, 229, 231.
Kīlūkharī. See under Kīlūgharī.
Kīmiyā, Alchemy, 244 and n 6.
Kings of Ghaznī, the, 16 n 2.
Kings of Lahore, of the Ghaznivide
Dynasty, 13 n 1.
Kinja
, a huge elephant, 364 n 1.
Kinkuteh, fort of, one of the depend-
encies of Malot, 437 n 7.
Kīnū, 411 n 9. See under Shaikh
Samā‘u-d-Dīn Kanbū.
Kiran, Rāī, ruler of Bhūnganw, contemporary of Sulṭān Buhlūl Lodī,
403 and n 5, 404 n 2.
Kīrī, fortress of, 44 and n 8.
Kirmān, province of, 78 and n 3, 91.
Kisā'ī, Al-,—the celebrated Gramma-
rian and Reader of the Qur'ān,
30 n 1.
Kishan, son of Basudev,—worshipped
by the Hindūs as a divinity, 24,
28.
Kishan Rāi, the Rājā of Patīālī, contemporary of Sulṭān Sikandar Lodī,
413 n 8.
Kishlī Khān, title of Malik Chhajū,
brother's son to Sulṭān Ghiyāṯu-d-
Dīn Balban, 227, 229, 230, 231.
See also under Chhajū.
Kishlū Khān, title of Bahrām Iba
(q. v.), the adopted brother of
Sulṭān Ghiyāṯu-d-Dīn Tughlaq Shāh,
297, 323 n 3.
Kishwar Khān, son of Kishlū Khān
Bahrām, one of the servants at the
Court of Sulṭān Fīroz Shāh Tughlaq, 323 n 3.
Kisrā, the Chosroes, title of the Kings
of Persia, 145 and n 2.
Kīstī, ford of, 548 and n 3.
Kitābu-l-Milal wa-n-Niḥal
, Cureton's
22 n 3.
Kittah Beg, one of the Amīrs of
Bābar, 438.
Kizil Arslān, son of Ildighiz, one of
the Atābaks of Āẕarbaijān, 158
n 3.
Knight of the Seven Places, the seven
labours of Isfandiyār, 103 and n 2.
Koela, called also Kola, country of,
231.
Koh, town of, 261.
Koh-i-Jehoud,—or
Koh-i-Jūd, the mountainous region
between Ghazna and Lahore, 15
and n 1, 128 n 3. See also under
the Jūd hills.
Koh-i-Qāf, a fabulous mountain
round the world, 485.
Kohpāya-i-Sanbūz, the Kumāon hills,
186 n 1.
Kōkā, the Rānī of Mālwā, contemporary of Sulṭān ‘Alāu-d-Dīn Khiljī,
264 and n 4.
Koka, the Rāja of Mālwa, contemporary of Sulṭān ‘Alāu-d-Dīn Khiljī,
264 n 4.
Kol, fort of, in the province of Agra,
70 and n 4, 98, 231, 363, 379.
Kol, pargana of, better known as
Mawās (q. v.), 431 n 4.
Kola, called also Koela, country of,
231.
Koonbha, or Kanhaiyā (q.v.), minister of Rāī Māldeo, 478 n 7.
Koorban festival, the, 488 n 5. See
under ‘Īdu-l-Qurbān.
Kor, country of, 556.
Kora, town in Fatḥpūr district, N.-W.
P., called also Kūra Khātampūr
(q. v.), 486 n 6.
Koram, for the country of Kuhrām
(q. v.), 80 n 1.
Korān. See under the Qur'ān.
Korān, Sale's, 499 n 5.
Kornish
, a mode of salutation, 501
and n 7.
Kos, a measure of length, 132 n 3.
Kota, town of, 387 and n 1. Called
also Mālīkota.
Kotila of Mīwāt, 344 and n 7, 345,
347, 352, 381, 384 n
1. Called also
Kotla and Kūtila (q.v.).
Kot Karor, fort of, 133 n 2.
Kotla, village of, 352. See also Kotila of Mīwāt.
Koṭlā, a Hindī word meaning ‘a small
fortress,’ 344 n 7.
Kotwāl of Dihlī, Maliku-l-Umarā
Fakhru-d-Dīn, one of the Amīrs of
Sulṭān Mu‘izzu-d-Dīn Qaiqubād of
the Balbanī dynasty, 220 nn 2 and
3, 227, 229, 238, 260 n 2.
Kowah, the 329 n 2. Same as the
Gumtī, which is also called the
Godī (q.v.)
Krishna, the god of the Hindūs, 24 n
6, 478 n 7.
Kroh
, from the Sanskrit krosh, a
measure of length, 69 n 5, 132
n 3.
Krosa, an ancient measure of length,
132 n 3.
Krosh, 69 n
5. See under Kroh.
Kuch, province of, 91.
Kudāhna, for the town of Lūdhiāna,
382 n 2.
Kūfah, in Arabiau ‘Irāq, 12 n 1, 207
n 6.
Kufr
, infidelity, 576 n 5, 577 n.
Kuhanbāyat, a well-known port of
Gujrāt, 256 and n 4. See under
Cambay.
Kuḥl, used as a collyrium, 153 and
n 8.
Kuhrām, a country of Hindūstān, 70,
80, 131, 395.

Kūkā, a Zamīndār of Miwāt, contemporary of Sulṭān Fīroz Shāh, 337
and n 3. See the next.
Kūkā Chūhān,—or.
Kūkāe Chauhān, a Zamīndār of Mīwāt,
337 and n 3. See under Kūkā.
Kūkī, Ḥājī Muḥammad Khān, one of
the Amīrs of Humāyūn, 578, 581,
586.
Kū Kū, the song of the dove, 144 and
n 1.
Kul Chand, governor of the fortress
of Mahāwun, 24 n 5. See Kal
Chandar.
Kul Chander Khākhar, one of the
servants of Sulṭān Muḥammad
Tughlaq Shāh, 309.
Kulindrine of Ptolemy, same as Jālandhar, the original capital of the
Rājpūt kingdom of Katoch, 382
n 4.
Kullāh
, a hat worn by men, 120 and
n 7.
Kullīyāt
of Shaikh Sa‘dī of Shīrāz,
187 n 2.
Kumāon hills, the, 186 n 1, 335, 379,
385. 489, 490, 495.
Kūnch, one of the tribes between Tibet and Lakhnautī, 83 n 4, 84 n.
Kun fakāna
, meaning in the technical
language of Ṣūfī philosophy, 105
n 1.
Kuntīl, town of, 81 n 4. See Kuntilah.
Kuntilah, town of, the Kuntīl of the
Indian Atlas, 81 n 4.
Kūṇwar Rāi,—or
Kūrah, the ruler of Qanauj at the
time of Sulṭān Maḥmūd of Ghaznīn's invasion, 23 and n 4.
Kūra Khātampūr, township of, 486
and n 6, 489. See under Kora.
Kurkān, or Gurgān, a title applied to
a prince who is allied by marriage
with some mighty monarch, 353
n 1.
Kusdar, a town to the south of Bust,
the present Khuzdār, 48 n 4.
Kushk Sabzī, a palace in the Suburbs
of Dihlī, 295 and n 10.
Kūshk-i-Sīrī, a palace outside Dihlī,
295 n 10.
Kusūf
, an eclipse of the sun, 163
n 1.
Kūtila, town of, 358 n 4. See under
Kotila of Mīwāt.
Kūlam (Cavalum), in the country of
Ma‘bar or Coromandel, 265 n 5.
Kuzil Bāsh. See under the Qizil
Bāsh.

L.

Lādan, resinons balsamic juice, 182
and n 1.
Ladar Mahādeo, Rāi, ruler of Tilang,
contemporary of Sulṭān Ghiyāṯu-d-
Dīn Tughlaq Shāh, 297, 299.
Laddar Dev, the Rāi of Arangal, con-
temporary of Sulṭān ‘Alāu-d-Dīn
Khiljī, 265 n 4.
Ladhar Mahādev, Rāi of Tilang. See
under Ladar Mahādeo.
Lahār,—or
Lahāyar, a town in the vicinity of
Gwāliār, 423 and n 5.
Lāhor. See under Lahore.
Lahore, 13 and n 1, 15 n 1, 26, 36
n
8, 37, 48, 54 and nn 1 and 2, 61,
62 and n 3, 63, 66, 67, 69, 72, 78,
79, 80, 81, 87, 88 n 1, 90, 91, 97,
98 n
2, 123, 130, 131, 186, 187, 188,
190, 191, 199, 221, 305, 309, 332,
347, 349, 358 and n 6, 359, 383,
389, 390, 391, 392, 399, 435, 436,
437, 442, 453, 456, 462, 463, 464,
465, 490, 491, 492, 493, 494, 530,
590, 592 and n 6, 594, 596. The
name is also written Lāhor.
Lahore, Kings of, 13 n 1.
Lahore, river of,—the Rāvī, 128, 188,
190, 191, 465.
Lahorī, a servant of the Mughūl, the
captor of Mīr Khusrū, the famous
poet, 196.
Lāborīs, the, 592.
Lailī, the mistress of Majnūn, 620.
Lailī-o-Majnūn of Maulānā ‘Abdu-r-
Raḥmān Jāmī, 272 n 1.
Lailī-o-Majnūn
of Mīr Khusrū of
Dihlī, 269 n 5.
Lailī-o-Majnūn
of Shaikh Niẓāmī, 298
n 4.
Lak-Bakhsh, the bestower of lakhs,
surname of Sulṭān Quṭbu-d-Dīn
Aibak, 77 and n 4, 78.
Lakhmia, Rāi,—or
Lakminīa, Rāi, the ruler of Nadīyā,
contemporary of Sulṭān Quṭbu-d-
Dīn Aibak, 82 and n 5, 83 n 1.
Lakhnau, 411 n 2, 471.
Lakhnautī, the ancient capital city
of Bengal, 81 n 2, 82 and n 3,
83 n 4, 84 n, 86, 87, 88 n 1, 91, 94,
125 and n 3, 132, 133, 185, 186, 216,
218, 219 and n 3, 221 n 3, 222, 223,
227, 238, 239, 240, 299, 301, 308,
309, 324, 327, 328, 341, 349, 416.
Lakshman Sen, son of Ballāl Sen,
King of Bengal, 82 n 4.
Lakshmanāwatī, original name of
Lakhnautī (q. v.), 82 n 3.
Lakhmaniya, Rāi, the ruler of Nadīya,
83 n 1. See under Lakminīa.
Lamāī, Maḥmūd bin Aṯmān, author
of a Turkish romance on the loves
of Wāmiq and ‘Azrā, 40 n 1.
Lamghān, a town in the mountains
of Ghazuah, 15 n 2.
Lamghānāt, the general name of a
collection of places in the moun-
tains of Ghaznah, 15 and n 2.
La‘n
, cursing, an element of faith
with the Shī‘ah, 636.
Lane's Arabian Nights, 148 n 1.
Lane's Lexicon of the Arabic Language,
2 n 1, 7 n 1, 8 n 4, 10 n 1, 142 n 3,
145 n 1, 147 n 3, 151 n 6, 162 n 4,
163 n 1, 176 n 1, 190 n 5, 194 n 5,
195 n 4, 198 n 2, 278 n 4, 371 n 5,
372 n 2, 412 n 1, 424 n 9, 426 n 9,
429 n 1, 441 n 2, 457 n 7, 516 n 2,
527 n 3, 548 n 14, 614 n 2, 622 n 4,
630 n
6.
Lane's Modern Egyptians, 177 n 4,
192 n 3, 503 n
2.
Langāhs, the tribe of, in Multān, 398.
Langana, a town at the junction of
the Chināb and Rāvī, 355 n 1.
Laqwa
or facial paralysis, notes on,
226 n 5.
Lār, the country of, on the coast of
Guzerāt, 17 n 4.
Larās, Great—, town of, 326 n, 327
n
1.
Larās, Little—, town of, 326 n, 327
n
1.
Lārī Bandar, an ancient port of Sind,
67 n 1.
Lārjal, mountains of,—the mountains
of Siricor, 307 n 4.
Lāt, idol worshipped by the Arabs,
12 n 1, 110 n 3.
Laṭāif-i-Ghiyāṯī
of Imām Fakhru-d-
Dīn Razī, 73 and n 1.
Lazarus, brother of Martha and Mary,
198 n 2.
Le Strange's translation of Ibn Sera-
pion, 571 n 2.
Letáif El-Ghiyāthiyeh, 73 n
1. See
under Laṭāif-i-Ghiyāṯī.
Leyden, Dr., translator of the com-
mentaries of Bābar, 421 n 8.
Libra, sign of the Zodiac, notes on, 75
n 2, 76 n, 142 n 2.
Library of the Asiatic Society of
Bengal, 511 n 2, 609 n 3.
Life of Khwāja ‘Alī Shaṭranjī
, Auḥa-
dī's, 114 n 2.
Life of Mahomet
, Muir's, 97 n 4, 105
n 2, 149 n, 216 n.
Līgh
, a Turkī termination, 569 n 5.
Lily, notes on the, 100 n 5, 101 n 1.
Linnæus, 109 n 4.
Lion Dynasty of Orissa, called the
Gajpatī or Lords of Elephants, 125
n 3.
Līq, līgh, lūq
or lūgh, a Turkī termi-
nation, 569 n 5.
Lisānu-l-Mulk, author of the Nāsikhu-
t-Tawārīkh, 154 n
8.
Little Larās, town of, 326 n, 327 n 1.
Lizard, story of a, 110 n 3.
Lobāb
, the,—a geographical work, 30
n. See also under al-Lubāb.
Loch Awe, 301 n 3.
Lodī, Shaikh Ḥamīd, first ruler of
Multān, 19 n 5.
Lodī family of Afghāns in Dihlī, 402,
411, 430, 443, 470.
Lodī party in Hindūstān, the, 407,
409, 412 n 2. See the above.
Logos, the, 374 n 5.
Lohar Kot,—or
Lohkot, name of a fortress in Kash-
mīr, 22 and n 7, 26.
Lohrī, township of, near to Bakkar,
now called Rohri, 559 and n 6,
560.
Lōmasd
, a Sanskrīt name of the Indian
Spikenard or nard, 374 n.
Lonā, Malik, one of the Amīrs of
Khiẓr Khān, first of the Saiyyid
dynasty, 375.
Lounī, 356 n 1. See under Lūnī.
Love-lies-bleeding, called būstān afrūz,
629 n
1.
Lowe's translation of the Second
Volume of Badāonī's Muntakhabu-t-
Tawārīkh, 592 n
9.
Lower Bengal, 303 n.
Lubāb
, a geographical work, 36 n 3.
See also the Lobāb.
Lubābu-l-Albāb
, a Taẕkira by Muḥam-
mad Ūfī of Merv, 33 n 1.
Lubbu-t-Tawārīkh
of Yaḥyā ibn
‘Abdu-l-Laṭīf Qazwīnī Dimishqī,
34, 49 and n 3, 51, 624 and n 9.
Lubbu-t-Tawārīkh-i-Hind, 69 n
2.
Lud, a village of Palestine, 279 n.
Lūdhiāna, town of, 380 n 2, 382 and
nn 2 and 3.
Ludhiānā District of the Panjāb,
590 n 5.
Ludhiāna river, the, 382.
Lūdiāna. See under Lūdhiāna.
Lūgh, a Turkī termination, 569 n 5.
Lūhānī Afghāns, the, 413 and nn 3 and
12, 444, 470 and n 2, 537 and n 5.
Luhrāsp, an ancient King of Persia,
35 n 2.
Luhrī, a township near Bakkar, now
called Rohrī, 559 n 6.
Lū'ī, one of the fords of the Rāvī,
383 n 10.
Lūnī, a town near Dihlī, on a Doāb
between the Jamna and the Halīn,
356 and n 1.
Lūq
, a Turkī termination, 569 n 5.
Lūrak, the hero of a Maṯnawī in
Hindī, lover of Chāndā, 333. See
under Chandāban.
Lyall's Introduction to Ancient
Arabian Poetry, 99 n
6.
Lyre, the constellation, 630 n 1.

M.

Ma‘add ibn ‘Adnān, ancestor of the
Arabs of the Ḥijāz, 12 n 1.
Ma‘ārik
, battle-fields, 622 and
n 6.
Ma‘arrī, Abu-l-‘Alā’ Al-—, a famous
Arab poet, 183 n 1.
Ma‘bar, country of, (Coromandel),
261 n 5, 265 and nn 5 and 6, 283,
286, 309.
Macan, Mr. Turner, editor of the
Shāh-nāmah, 88 n 1, 103 n 2, 116
n 5, 178 n 2, 207 n 7, 435 n
2.
Macbeth, Shakespere's, 115 n 4.
Machhlīgaṛh, township in Jaunpūr,
417 n 4.
Māchīn, country of, 147 and n 1.
Māchīn, son of Chīn, son of Japhet,
147 n 1.
Māchīwāra, an ancient city on the
banks of the Sutlej, in the Lūdhī-
āna District of the Panjāb, 380
n 2, 418 n 9, 590 and n 5.
Madā, one of the servants of Islem
Shāh, of the Afghān Sūr dynasty,
530.
Madad-i-ma‘āsh, rent-free land, 424
and n 3, 496 and n 1, 509 and
n 8, 520.
Madāin, the capital of the Sassanide
dynasty of Persia, near Baghdād,
572 n 1.
Madan Khān, or Qadr Khān, son of
Sulṭān Maḥmūd Khiljī, of Mālwa,
399 n 1.
Madārān, name of a place, 99 n 2.
Madārik
, the sources from which are
sought the ordinances of the law,
429 and n 1.
Madda
, the cross line over the Alif
mamdūhah
, 634 and n 1.
Mādhūgaṛh, for the fortress of
Bāndhūgaṛh, 417 n 7.
Madrael, for the fortress of Mandrā-
yal (q. v.), 420 n 5.
Magadh, an ancient kingdom of
Hindūstān, 82 n 1, 132 n 3.
Maghlaṭī, Malik,—one of the Amīrs
of Sulṭān Jalālu-d-Dīn Khiljī, 233.
Maghrib, Sea of,—the Atlantic, 153
n 1.
Magians, the, 509 n 5.
Magic, notes on, 151 n 6, 459 n 2.
Mahāban, a fortress on the banks of
the river Jon, 24 n 3.
Mahābat Khān, the Wālī of Badāon,
under the Fīrūz Shāhī and Saiyyid
dynasties, 375, 377, 379, 384 and
n 2.
Maḥabbat
, religious love or worldly
affection, 576 n 5, 577 n.
Mahābhārata
, the, 185 n 1, 380 n 2.
Mahā Chīn, country of, 147 n 1.
Mahādeo,—or
Mahādeva, the chief of the Hindū
gods, 27 n 4, 256 n 4, 293 n 5, 454,
n
6.
Mahākāl, name of the idol temple of
Ujain, 95.
Māham Auaga or,—
Māhain Anka, one of the wet-nurses
of Akbar, 580 and n 5.
Mahandūrī river, the, 329 and n 7.
Maharashtra or Marhaṭ, country of
the Marhattas, 265 n 4.
Mahāwan, a township on the Jamna,
444. See also the next.
Mahāwun, a fortress on the banks of
the river Jon, 24 and n 3. See also
the above.
Mahdawī, Shaikh Mubārak of Nāgor
(q. v.), 516.
Mahdawīs, the,—the followers of
Shaikh ‘Alāī of Baiāna (q. v.),
520.
Mahdawīyah, the—a sect of Muslim
heretics, 626 and n 3.
Mahd-i-‘Irāq, sister of Sulṭān Sinjar,
and wife of Sulṭān ‘Alāu-d-Dīn
Mas‘ūd, son of Sulṭān Ibrāhīm
Ghaznawī, 55 n 4.
Mahdī, the promised, 420 and n 8,
508, 512, 513, 514, 515 and n 4,
516, 517, 520, 522, 571 and nn 1
and 2, 589.
Mahdī Khwāja, Saiyyid, one of the
Amīrs of Bābar, 440, 444.
Mahdī, son of al-Manṣūr, the ‘Abbā-
side Khalīfah, 75 n.
Mahdī, Mīr Saiyyid Muḥammad of
Jaunpūr, 420 and n 8, 421.
Maḥdūda, Amīr, for Amīr Majdūd,
son of Sulṭān Mas‘ūd ibn Maḥmūd
Ghaznawī, 44 n 1.
Mah-dum
, a kind of bird and a pi-
geon, 152 and n 3.
Maḥfil-shikan, or the assembly router,
a title of the famous controver-
sialist Niẓāmu-d-Dīn Auliyā, 71
n 2.
Maḥjaulī, a village in the Gorakhpūr
District on the banks of the Gan-
dak, 409 and n 5.
Maḥlīgaṛh, township in Jaunpūr, 417
and n 4.
Maḥmoud Gasnavī, 66 n 7. See under
Maḥmūd Ghaznawī.
Maḥmūd, one of the servants of Islem
Shāh, of the Afghān Sūr dynasty of
Dihlī, 530.
Maḥmūd ibn Aṯmān Lamāī, author of
a Turkish romance on the loves of
Wāmiq and ‘Azrā, 40 n 1.
Maḥmūd of Badāon, Saiyyid,—brother
of Saiyyid Muḥammad, governor
of Badāon under Sulṭān Fīroz
Shāh Tughlaq, 335 n 6.
Maḥmūd of Bihār, Sulṭān, 435 n 7.
See under Sulṭān Muḥammad of
Bihār.
Maḥmūd Ghaznawī,—or
Maḥmūd of Ghaznīn, Sulṭān, son of
Sulṭān Nāṣiru-d-Dīn Sabuktigīn, 13
and n 1, 15, 16 and nn 1 and 2,
17, 18, 19, 20 and n 4, 23 and nn 2
and 3, 24, 25, 26, 27 and n 4, 28
and n 4, 29 and n 3, 30 and n 2,
31 n, 32 and n 1, 33 and n 2, 35, 36
n 6, 44, 45 n
3, 50, 64 and n 1, 66
n 7, 72, 256, 310, 365 n
8.
Maḥmūd of Gujrāt, Sulṭān, contem-
porary of Islem Shāh of the Sūr
dynasty of Dihlī, 533, 534.
Maḥmūd Ḥasan, Maliqu-sh-Sharq, one
of the Maliks of Mubārak Shāh of
the Saiyyid dynasty, 383 and n 11,
386, 387.
Maḥmūd ibn Ibrāhīm Ghaznawī
Saiyyidu-s-Salāṭīn, 54 n 3.
Maḥmūd Khān, the son of ‘Ādil Khān,
son of Shīr Shāh Sūr, 477 and n 2,
490.
Maḥmūd Khān, son of Ghiyāṯu-d-Dīn
Tughlaq Shāh, 297.
Maḥmūd Khān Lodī, one of the Maliks
of Sulṭān Sikandar Lodī, 414 n 2,
422 n
4.
Maḥmūd Khān, gaandson of Sulṭān
Nāṣiru-d-Dīn of Mālwa, 424 n 6.
Maḥmūd, Khān-i-Khānān, son of
Sulṭān Jalālu-d-Dīn Khiljī, 231,
232, 233.
Maḥmūd Khiljī, Sulṭān of Mālwa, con-
temporary of the Lodī dynasty in
Dihlī, 398, 399, 424 and n 4, 425,
432, 433.
Maḥmūd, father of Mīr Khusrū, the
celebrated poet of Dihlī, one of
the Amīrs of Sulṭān Muḥammad
Tughlaq Shāh, 269 n 5.
Maḥmūd Mālwī, Sulṭān, 230. See
under Maḥmūd Khiljī, the Sulṭān
of Mālwa.
Maḥmūd ibn Muḥammad ibn Sām ibn
Ḥusain, 78. See Ghiyāṯu-d-Dīn
Maḥmūd, son of Ghiyāṯu-d-Dīn
Muḥammad Sām Ghūrī.
Maḥmūd Sālim, a servant of Sulṭān
‘Alāu-d-Dīn Khiljī, 243.
Maḥmūd Shāh, 136. See Sulṭān
Nūṣiru-d-Dīn Maḥmūd Shāh ibn
Shamsu-d-Dīn Iyal-timish.
Maḥmūd Shāh, Sulṭān, ibn-i-Muḥam-
mad Shāh ibn Fīroz Shāh, of the
Tughlaq Shāhī dynasty of Dihlī,
348, 349, 350, 351, 354, 356, 357,
358 n 6, 361, 362, 363, 364, 365
and n 5, 366 and n 5, 367 and n,
368, 369, 370, 375, 376, 380.

Maḥmūd Sharqī of Jaunpūr, Sulṭān,
contemporary of Sulṭān Buhlūl
Lodī, 402, 403 and nn 3 and 7, 420
n 8.
Maḥmūd, Sulṭān, son of Sulṭān Sikan-
dar Lodī, the ruler of Patna, 470,
471 and n 1.
Maḥmūd I, Sulṭān, 420 n 8. See
Sulṭān Maḥmūd Sharqī of Jaun-
pūr.
Maḥmūd Tarmatī, Malik, one of the
Amīrs of Maḥmūd Shāh of the
Fīroz Shāhī dynasty, 363.
Maḥmūd ibn Tughlaq Shāh, for Sulṭān
Muḥammad ibn Sulṭān Ghiyāṯu-d-
Dīn Tughlaq Shāh, 135 n.
Maḥmūd Zābulī, a name of Sulṭān
Maḥmūd of Ghaznīn, 17.
Mahnah, a small town between Abī-
ward and Sarakhs in Khurāsān,
43 and n 2.
Mahoba, district of, 335.
Mahomed Qāsim. See under Muḥam-
mad ibn Qāsim aṯ-Ṯaqafī.
Mahometans, the, 80 n 5, 82 n 1, 129
n
2. See also under the Muḥam-
madans and the Muslims.
Mahtah, a small town in Khurāsān,
43 n 2.
Mâhurâ or Mathra, a sacred city of
the Hindūs, 24 n 6.
Maihana, a small town between Abī-
ward and Sarakhs in Khurāsān,
43 n 2.
Mainpūrī, town of, 377 n 5, 386 n 3,
414 n
13.
Mainpūrī District, 386 n 3.
Mainpūrī Chauhāns, a tribe of Rāj-
pūts, 414 n 13.
Maisir, Al
-, a game of the ancient
Arabs, 369 n 1.
Maithilī country, the, 286.
Majbaristān, province of, 34 and
nn 6 and 7.
Majdūd, Amīr, son of Sulṭān Mas‘ūd
ibn Maḥmūd Ghaznawī, 44 n 1.
Majhaulī, a village in the Gorakhpūr
District on the north bank of the
Gandak, 409 n 5.
Majma‘u-l-Baḥrain
of Shaikh Nāṣīf,
containing his Maqāmāt, 369 n 1.
Majma‘u-l-Fuṣaḥā
, Lives of the Poets,
17 nn 1 and 3, 35 n 1, 38 n 4, 46
n 4, 53 n, 54 nn
1, 2 and 3, 56 nn 2
and 3, 73 n 1, 76 n, 78 n 2, 99 nn 2,
3 and 4, 106 n 6, 134 n 3, 135 n,
165 n 1, 187 n 2, 270 n 6, 271 n 4,
297 n, 298 n 4, 339 n 4, 341 nn
1
and 2, 571 n 9, 582 n, 584 n.
Majnūn, the hero of the romance of
Lailī-o-Majnūn, lover of Lailī,
620.
Makhdūm ‘Ālam, the Governor of
Ḥājīpūr, one of the Amīrs of the
Wālī of Bangāla, contemporary of
Sher Shāh, 469, 470.
Makhdūm Ganjshakar, Shaikh Farī-
du-d Dīn Mas‘ūd, 132. See under
Ganj-i-shakkar.
Makhdūm-i-Jahāniyān Sayyidu-s-Sā-
dāt Shaikh Jalālu-l-Ḥaqq al-
Bukhārī, 376.
Makhdūma-i-Jahān, mother of Sulṭān
Mubārak Shāh of the Saiyyid dy-
nasty of Dihlī, 391.
Makhdūma-i-Jahān, mother of Sulṭān
Muḥammad, son of Ghiyāṯu-d-Dīn
Tughlaq Shāh, 303.
Makhdūmu-l-Mulk Mullā ‘Abdu-llah
of Sulṭānpūr, Shaikhu-l-Islām and
Ṣadru-ṣ-Ṣudūr under Islem Shāh,
506 and n 2, 513, 514, 515, 517,
518, 519, 521, 523, 525, 534.
Makhdūmzāda-i-‘Abbāsī of Baghdād,
a prince of the House of ‘Abbās,
the Khalīfahs of Baghdād, 311 and
n 4, 322.
Makhdūmzāda-i-Baghdādī, Prince
Ghiyāṯu-d-Dīn Muḥammad, 311
n 4. Same as the above (q. v.).
Makhzan-i-Asrār
of Shaikh Niẓāmī,
being one of his five works called
collectively Khamsa-i-Niẓāmī, 298
n
4, 449 and n 2.
Makhzanu-l-Adwiyah
, a work on medi-
cine, 41 n 2, 101 n 1, 109 n 4, 117
n 4, 118 n, 172 n 2, 182 n 4, 452,
484 n 1, 535 n 2, 550 n 1, 586 n,
627 n 2.
Makhzanu-l-Asrār
of Shaikh Niẓāmī,
298 n 4. See under Makhzan-i-
Asrār
.
Makka, city of, 8 and n 4, 21 n 1,
51, 56, 110 n 4, 111 n, 133 n 2,
149 n, 151 n 2, 158 n 1, 176 n,
216 n, 279 n, 368 n
1, 420 and n 8,
443, 450, 480 and nn 1 and 5, 504,
507, 508, 582, 583 and n 4, 585 and
nn 1 and 6, 600 n 9, 634. See
Mecca.
Makrān, province of, 91.
Mākūla. See under Ibn Mākūla.
Malabar, 484 n 1.
Malāgīr
. See under Malayāgīr.
Malānwah, township of, 598 n 10.
Malāūn, a hill fort in the Panjāb, 598
and n 10.
Malāwah, township of, 598 n 10.
Malayāgīr
, the yellow sandal, uses of,
484 n 1.
Malayālam or Malabar, 484 n 1.
Māldeo, Rāī, the ruler of Nāgor and
Jaunpūr and Rājā of the kingdom
of Mārwār, contemporary of Sher
Shāh and Humāyūn, 476, 477, 478,
479, 562, 563, 564 and n 6, 565 n 1.
Malfūẓāt-i-Tīmūrī
, the, 355 nn 1 and
4, 356 n 5, 358 nn 2, 4 and 6, 366
n 1, 386 n 8.
Malgaṛh, fortress of, 500 n 8.
Malhab, name of a place, 258 and
n 4.
Malik Aḥmad, son of Amīr Khusrū,
the famous poet of Dihlī, 339, 340.
Mālik ibn Anas, founder of the
Mālikī School of Muḥammadan
Jurisprudence, 18 n 1, 59 n 1.
Mālik al-Ashtar, one of the Generals
of ‘Alī ibn Abī Ṭālib, the fourth
Khalīfah, 157 n 2, 158 n.
Malik Chhajū. See under Chhajū.
Malik Shāh Saljūqī, Sulṭān, of the
Saljūqī dynasty in Khurāsān, 38
n 4, 40, 55 and n 3.
Malika-i-Jahān, daughter of Sulṭān
‘Alāu-d-Dīn of Badāon, 405.
Malika-i-Jahān, the Queen-consort
of Sulṭān ‘Alāu-d-Dīn Khiljī, 272.
Malika-i-Jahān Bībī Khūnzā, chief
wife of Sulṭān Ḥusain Sharqī of
Jaunpūr, 409 and n 2.
Malika-i-Jahān, the Queen-consort of
Sulṭān Jalālu-d-Dīn Khiljī, 237,
244, 247 n.
Malik-i-Jahān, mother of Nāṣiru-d-
Dīn Maḥmūd Shāh, son of Sham-
su-d-Dīn Iyal-timish, 131.
Mālīkhūliā, Melaucholia, defiuition of,
5 and n 3.
Malīkota, town of, 387 n 1.
Maliku-l-Kalām
, or Lord of Elo-
quence, a literary title, 134.
Maliku-l-Kalām Fakhru-l-Mulk ‘Amīd
Tūlakī (Lūmakī), 99 and n 4. See
‘Amīd Lūmakī.
Maliku-l-munajjimīn, or Prince of
Astrologers, 622 and n 2.
Maliku-l-Umarā Fakhru-d-Dīn, the
Kotwāl of Dihlī, one of the Amīrs of
Sulṭān Mu‘izzu-d-Dīn Kaiqubād, of
the Balbanī dynasty, 220 nn 2 and 3,
227, 229, 260 and n 2, 261 and n 4.
Maliku-sh-Sharq ‘Imādu-l-Mulk Maḥ-
mūd Ḥasan, one of the Maliks of
Mubārak Shāh of the Sayyid dy-
nasty, 383, 386, 387, 392.
Maliku-sh-Sharq Kamālu-l-Mulk, the
Vazīr, one of the Amīrs of the
Sayyid dynasty, 395, 396.
Maliku-sh-Sharq Malik Sikandar,
Governor of Lāhor under Shaikh
‘Alī of Kābul, 389.
Maliku-sh-Sharq Marwān-i-Daulat,
called Nuṣrat Khān, one of the
Amīrs of Sulṭān Fīroz Shāh Tugh-
laq, 335.
Maliku-sh-Sharq Mubārak Shāh
Qaranqal, the ruler of Jaunpūr,
360, 361.
Maliku-sh-Sharq Suleimān, son of
Malik Marwān-i-Daulat, of the
Amīrs of Fīroz Shāh, 335 and n 4,
352, 375.
Mallī, the,—a people of the Panjāb,
389 n 2.
Malloo Khān, brother of Sārang
Khān, one of the Amīrs of the
Fīroz Shāhī dynasty, 349 and n 10,

350 and n 3, 351, 354. See under
Iqbāl Khān Malloo.
Mallū Khān, Governor of Mālwā, one
of the slaves of the Khiljī Sulṭāns,
475.
Malot, in the Jhīlam District of the
Panjāb, 437 and n 8, 438 and
n 7.
Malūta, district, 349.
Mālwā, or Mālwah, 95 and n 4, 129,
264 and n 4, 274, 292, 313, 379 n 2,
384 n 5, 385 n 3, 398, 399, 422 n
3,
423, 424 and n 4, 425, 432, 433,
454, 474, 475, 492, 495, 554.
Ma'mūn, Al-, the ‘Abbāside Khalīfah,
157 n 1.
Man
, a weight, 72 n 4.
Mān, Rājā, the Governor of Gwāliār,
contemporary of Sulṭān Buhlūl and
Sulṭān Sikandar Lodī, 410, 414 and
n 5, 432 and n 7.
Manāt, an idol worshipped by the
old Arabs, 28 and n 1.
Manḍāgar,—or
Manḍāgarh, a town in the district of
Āgra, 552 and n 12.
Manḍākar, 552 n 12. See the above.
Mandalayer, a fortress on the western
bank of the Chambal, 420 n 5.
Mandāwar, fortress of, 93 n 1, 233,
236.
Mandawī, name of a place, 326 n 2.
Mandilī, town of, 326 and n and n 2.
Mandir, town of, 455.
Mandlāer, town of, 420 n 5.
Mandla Gaṛh, one of the two chief
fortresses of the province of
Bāndhū, 417 n 7.
Mandler, town of, 420 n 5, 422 n 2.
Mandrāyal, fortress of, 420 and n 5.
Mandsūr, a dependency of Mālwā,
454.
Mandū, town of, 93 n 1, 472 and n 5.
Called also Mandawar.
Mandūī (Mandilī), town of, 326 and n
and n 2.
Mandūr, fort of, 93 and n 1.
Mandwar, town of, 93 n 1.
Manér, or Munér, a town on the
banks of the Ganges, 82 and n 1.
Māngalāī
, a Turkī word signifying
advance-guard of an army, 592 n 5.
Māngaṛh, fortress of, 500 and n 8,
527 and n 2.
Mangburnī, Sulṭān Jalālu-d-Dīn, son
of Sulṭān Muḥammad Khwārazm
Shāh,—the last of the Khwārazm
Shāhī dynasty, 91 and n 1.
Manghalāī
, advance-guard of an army,
592 n 5.
Mangsāl, fort of, variously called
Walaj and Bajj, 34 n 7.
Mangū Khān, nephew of Sulṭān
‘Alān-d-Dīn Khiljī, 259.
Mangū Khān, infant son of Sulṭān
‘Alāu-d-Dīn Khiljī, 289.
Mangūtah, the Mughūl, one of the
Generals of Chingīz Khān, 126 n 1.
Mānī, Mīrzā, or Mīrzā Amānī (q. v.),
a poet of the time of Humāyūn,
587 and n 3.
Mānī Mālā
, a treatise on gems, 631 n.
Manīḥ
, one of the blank arrows in
the game of maisir, 369 n 1.
Manījeh,—or
Manīzha, daughter of Afrāsiyāb, one
of the heroines of the Shāh-nāma,
116 n
5, 180 and n 2.
Mānik, Malik, a slave of Sulṭān
‘Alāu-d-Dīn Khiljī, 251.
Manik Deo, Rāi, the Rājā of Dholpūr,
contemporary of Sulṭān Sikandar
Lodī, 419 and n 4.
Manikganj, pass of,—in Gujrāt, 313.
Mānikpūr, district and town on the
Ganges, 221, 241, 243, 247 n, 325,
411 n
2, 415, 468.
Manikpūr, ford of, on the Ganges, 325.
Mankbarnin, for Sulṭān Jalālu-d-Dīn
Mangburnī (q. v.), 91 n 1.
Mānkoṭ, a fort in the northern hill-
range of the Panjāb, 498.
Manoarpūr, town of, 93 n 1.
Manqabat
, use of the word, 627 n 3.
Manqalāī
, in Turkī the advance-guard
of an army, 592 n 5.
Mān Singh, Governor of Gwāliār,
414 n 5, 432 and n 7. See under
Rājā Mān.
Manṣūr, Al-, the ‘Abbāside Khalīfah,
74 n 2.
Manṣūr, Saiyyid, one of the Generals
of Amīr Muḥammad, son of Sulṭān
Maḥmūd Ghaznawī, 46.
Manṣūr, son of Sulṭān Maudūd Ghaz-
nawī, 48.
Manṣūr ibn Nūḥ, of the dynasty of
the Sāmānīs, the Kings of Khurā-
sān and Māwarāu-n-Nahr, 13 n 1,
14 and n 1, 16 and n 2.
Manṣūr ibn Sa‘īd, Khwāja, 94.
Manṣūrah, or Al-Manṣūrah, old capi-
tal of Sindh, 36 and n 10.
Manṣūrpūr, town, 98, 330.
Manūchihr Shirwān Shāh, King of
Khurāsān, patron of the famous
poet Khāqānī, 583 n 4.
Manūchihrī Dāmaghānī, Ḥakīm
Abu-n-Najm Aḥmad, a poet of the
time of Sulṭān Mas‘ūd Ghaznawī,
46 and n 4.
Maqāmāt of ‘Amīd Abū Naṣr
, Al-
Baihaqī's, 32 n.
Maqāmāt
of Qāẓī Ḥamīd of Balkh,
76 n 1.
Maqāmāt
of Shaikh Aḥmad Khaṭṭu,
surnamed Ganjbakhsh, 358.
Maqāmāt-i-Ḥarīrī, 348.
Maqbūl, Malik, 337 n 7. Same as
Khān-i-Jahān Malik Qubūl the
Vazīr, of the Amīrs of Sulṭān Fīroz
Shāh.
Mardhan Koṭ, or Bardhan Koṭ, a city
of Tibet, 84 n.
Margan
, a Turkī word signifying ‘an
archer,’ 250 and n 6.
Marghūb, a slave of Sulṭān Ibrāhīm
Lodī, 444.
Marḥabā, Malik, slave of Iqbāl Khān
Malloo of the Maliks of the Fīroz
Shāhī dynasty, 364.
Mārhara, township of, in the Doāb,
407 n 1. See also Mārhira.
Marhaṭ or Maharashtra, country of
the Marhattas, 265 and n 4, 283.
Marhattas, the, 283.
Marhiṛa,—or
Mārhira, town of, 123 and n 2. See
under Mārhara.
Maria, sister of Martha and Lazarus,
198 n 2.
Mariam, the Mother of Jesus, 372
and n 1.
Mārī galah, fortress of, 46. Called
also Mārīkala (q. v.).
Mārīkala, a frontier fort on the
Jhilam river, 44 and n 6. Called
also Mārkala and Mārī galah (q. v.).
Mārīkala, a pass between Rāwal
Pindī and Attock, 44 n 6.
Mārkala, on the Jhilam, 44 n 6. See
under the Mārīkala fort.
Markanda river, the, 330 n 7.
Mār Muhra
, a mineral of an emerald
colour, 117 n 4.
Mars, notes on the planet, 217
n 5.
Martha, sister of Maria and Lazarus,
198 n 2.
Martyr Prince, the, 188 n 2, 199 n 3.
See the Khān-i-Shahīd Sulṭān
Muḥammad, son of Sulṭān Ghiyāṯ-
u-d-Dīn Balban.
Ma‘rūf Farmalī, Malik,—one of the
Amīrs of the Lodī dynasty, 444.
Marv, a city of Khurāsān, 35. See
under Merv.
Marwān, Malik, 335, 352. See under
Marwān-i-Daulat.
Marwān ibnu-l-Ḥakam, a Khalīfah of
the Umaiyyad dynasty, 59.
Marwān Daulat,—or
Marwān-i-Daulat, Maliku-sh-Sharq,
Nāṣiru-l-Mulk Fīrūz Shāhī, Gover-
nor of Multān under Sulṭān Firoz
Shāh, 335, 352, 376.
Marwānī, Walīd ibn ‘Abdu-l-Malik,
the Umaiyyad Khalīfah, 12 and n 2.
Mārwār, the country of, 384 n 3, 465,
476, 562, 563.
Mashhad (Meshed), the holy city of,
in Persia, 569, 573 and n 3.
Mashk, goat-skin bag for carrying
water, 331 n 10.
Masīḥ, Christ, 267.

Masīḥu-d-Dajjāl, Antichrist, 490 n 5.
See also the next.
Masīḥu-l-Kaẕẕāb, Antichrist, 278 n 4.
See also the above.
Māsik, constant as applied to the
pulse, 532 n 7.
Masnad-i-‘Ālī Saiyyid Khiẓr Khān,
the first of the Saiyyid dynasty of
Dihlī, 352, 375, 376. See under
Khiẓr Khān Masnad-i-‘Ālī.
Massagetæ, an ancient people of
Central Asia, 23 n 1.
Mas‘ūd Beg, metre of,—a kind of
prosodical metre, 426.
Mas‘ūd Khān Ghilzāī, one of the
Afghān Amīrs of Sher Shāh Sūr,
542, 544.
Mas‘ūd, Sulṭān, ibn Sulṭān Ibrāhīm
Ghaznawī, called by the title of
‘Alāu-d-Dīn, 55 and nn 2 and 4.
Mas‘ūd, Sulṭān, son of Sulṭān Maḥ-
mūd of Ghaznīn, 29, 30, 33, 34, 35,
36 and n 9, 37, 38, 42, 43, 44 and
nn 1 and 2, 45 and nn 2 and 3, 46,
47 n 2, 50, 53 and n, 54, 61 n 5.
Mas‘ūd, Sulṭān, son of Sulṭān Maudūd
ibn Mas‘ūd Ghaznawī, 49, 50 and
n 1.
Mas‘ūd Sa‘d Salmān Jurjānī, known
sometimes as Hamadānī, a famous
poet of Jurjān, contemporary of
Sulṭān Mas‘ūd and Sulṭān Ibrāhīm
Ghaznawī, 52 and n 5, 54 and n 1,
60.
Mas‘ūdī, the celebrated Arab Geo-
grapher and Historian, 157 n 1.
Matar Sen Kahtarīya, Rājā, the ruler
of Sambhal at the time of the
Afghān Sūr dynasty of Dihlī, 545.
Mathew's Mishkātu-l-Maṣābīḥ, 150
n 2, 200 n, 293 n, 302 n 2, 412 n 1,
509 n
3.
Mathī Khān,—or
Mathīn Khān, one of the courtiers of
Humāyūn, 624 and n 2.
Mathra, a sacred city of the Hindūs,
24 and n 6.
Maṭla‘u-l-Anwār, one of the poetical
works of Mīr Khusrū, the famous
poet of Dihlī, 270 and n 1.
Maudūd, Sulṭān, son of Sulṭān Mas‘ūd
ibn Maḥmūd Ghaznawī, 37, 43, 45 n
3, 46, 47 and n 2, 48, 49, 50 and n 1.
Maulānā Baqā'ī, a learned man of
the time of Bābar, 449.
Maulānā Ḥasan, one of the contem-
poraries of Shāh Bābar, 449.
Maulānā ‘Imādu-d-Dīn, translator of
the Rājā-taranginī into Persian,
8 n 3.
Maulānā Shihābu-d-Dīn the Enig-
matist, one of the learned men of
the time of Bābar, 449.
Ma‘ūnat, a miracle performed by the
ordinary believer, 626 n.
Māwarā an-Nahr,—or
Māwarāu-n-Nahr (Transoxiana), the
region beyond the river
, 15 and n 5,
20 and n 3, 27 nn 1 and 2, 29 n 6,
37 n 7, 167 n 3, 250, 353, 448, 570
n
7, 632.
Mawās, a district in the Doāb, 386
n 5, 431 and n 4.
Mawās,—or
Mawāsāī, a place at seven krohs from
Badāon, 336 and n 1.
Mazār
, signification of the word, 271
and n 3.
Mazdakīah, Al-, another name of
the heretical Bāṭinī sect of Shī‘ah
Muslims, 22 and n 3.
Maẓhar Karra, Maulānā, one of the
poets of the time of Sulṭān Fīroz
Shāh Tughlaq, 341 and n 1.
Maẓharī, the poet, 341 n 1. Same as
the above (q. v.).
Maẓhar-i-Hindī, Qāẓī of Agra
(? Karra), panegyrist of Fīrūz Shāh,
341 n 1. See the two above.
Māzindarān,—or
Māzinderān, a province of Persia,
32 n 1, 36 n 3.
McCrindle's Ancient India, 364 n 4.
Mecca. See under Makkah.
Medakī river, the, 419 n 6. Other-
wise known as the Mendakī or the
Asī.
Medes, the, 394 n 5.
Medical and Surgical Reporter, the,
586 n.
Medina, the City of the Prophet, 12
n 1, 75 n, 106 n 1, 149 n, 156 n 5,
158 n 1, 215 n 7, 279 n, 443, 480
n 1, 585 n 6, 600 n 9.
Medina and Mecca
, Burton's Pilgrim-
age to, 97 n
4.
Mediterranean, the, 167 n 4.
Mehrān, the,—the river Indus, 36
n 10, 67 n 1.
Mehrgān, the seventh month of the
Persian year, 166 and n 1.
Melancholia, Mālīkhūliā, definition of,
5 and n 3.
Memoir
, Rennell's, 129 n 2, 326 n,
327 n 3.
Memoirs of Bāber
, Erskine's, 421 n 8,
437 n 7, 439 nn
4, 6 and 7, 440 n,
448 n 4, 570 nn 5 and 6, 609 n 5.
Mendakī river, the,—in Gwāliār, 419
and n 6. Otherwise known as the
Medakī or the Asī.
Mengbūrūn, origin of the name of
Sulṭān Jalālu-d-Dīn Mangburnī
(q. v.), 91 n 1.
Meos, the, a tribe of the Rājpūts in-
habiting the province of Mīwāt,
365 n 8.
Mereury, the planet, held to rule
over intelligence, 630 n 3.
Merv, a city and province of Khurā-
sān, 16 n 2, 17 n 3, 22 n 2, 33 n 1,
34 n
3, 35, 38, 43 and nn 1 and 3,
51 n 2, 55 n 3, 167 n 3.
Meshed (Mashhad), in Persia, 569,
573 and n 3.
Methora of Pliny, same as the town
of Mathra (q. v.), 24 n 6.
Methoras of Arrian, same as the town
of Mathra (q. v.), 24 n 6.
Mēvāt, district of, 129 n 2. See
under Mīwāt.
Meynard's Dictionnaire de la Perse,
30 n, 35 n 2, 43 nn
1, 2 and 3, 46
n 1, 50 n 2, 573 n 3.
Mhow, a town of Central India, 385
n 3.
Mīāpūr, a ford on the Ganges, 131
and n 1.
Mīch, 83. See under Mīj.
Michäel, the Archangel, 58 and n 2.
Miftāḥ
, the,—or
Miftāḥu-l-‘Ulūm, of Sirāju-d-Dīn Abū
Ya‘qūb Yūsuf ibn Abī Muḥammad
ibn ‘Alī as-Sikkākī, 428 and n 2.
Miḥaffa, a kind of litter, 457 n 7.
Mihir, town of, 123 n 2. Called also
Mārhira (q. v.).
Mihr, name of the sun, 166 n 1.
Mihr, an ancient king of the Persians,
166 n 1.
Mihrajān, Day of, 166 n 1. See
under Mihrgān.
Mihrān, the,—the river Indus, 36
n 10, 67 n 1.
Mihrgān, the seventh month of the
Persian year, 166 and n 1.
Mihrgān, a great feast of the Per-
sians, 166 n 1.
Mihrgān-i-‘āmm, 166 n 1.
Mihrgān-i-khāṣṣ, 166 n
1.
Mīj, one of the tribes between Tibet
and Lakhnautī, 83 and n 4, 84 n.
Mīl
, the bodkin or style used for
applying kuḥl, 153 n 8.
Milal wa-n-Niḥal
, of ash-Shahrastānī,
Cureton's edition, 22 n 3, 157 n 2.
Milwat, town of, 438 n 7. Called
also Malot (q. v.).
Mīnas, a tribe of the Hindūs, 365
n 8.
Minhāju-s-Sirāj, author of the Ṭaba-
qāt-i-Nāṣirī, 88 n 1, 98 n 5, 122 n 3,
127 nn
1 and 2.
Mīr Abu-l-Baqā, one of the most dis-
tinguished of the learned men of
the time of Humāyūn, 465, 560,
573.
Mīr ‘Adl, an officer of justice under
the Ṣadr, 546 n 7, 610 n.
Mīr Ākhor
, Master of the horse, 274
and n 5.
Mīr Ḥasan, son-in-law of Sulṭān Fīroz
Shāh Tughlaq, 338.
Mīr Ḥasan Dihlavī, a famous poet of
Dihlī, contemporary of Mīr Khusrū,
115 n 187, 188, 245, 269, 270 and
n 6.

Mīr Jamālu-d-Dīn, the traditionist,
contemporary of Shāh Ismā‘īl
Ṣafawī, 449.
Mīr Khond, the Historian, contem-
porary of Humāyūn, 27 n 3, 450.
Mīr Khusrū, son of Amīr Maḥmūd
Saifu-d-Dīn, the famous poet of
Dihlī, 96 and n 2, 99 and n 3, 134
and n 4. See under Khusrū.
Mīr Saiyyid Khān of Jaunpūr, 420
n 8.
Mīr Saiyyid Muḥammad of Jaunpūr,
son of Mīr Saiyyid Khān, one of
the great walīs, 420 and n 8, 508
and n 8.
Mīr Saiyyid Muḥammad Mīr ‘Adl,
546.
Mīr Saiyyid Na‘matu-llāh Rusūlī, the
poet, contemporary of Islem Shāh,
533 and n 7, 534 and n 4.
Mīr Saiyyid Rafī‘u-d-Dīn Ṣafawī of
Ij, contemporary of Sher Shāh,
476 and n 5, 479, 513, 514.
Mīr Saiyyid Sharīf, a distinguished
author, 560.
Mi‘rāj, or the Ascent, nocturnal jour-
ney of Muḥammad to heaven, 105
n 2, 292 n 6.
Mīrak ibn Ḥasan, the Vakīl, one of
the Amīrs of the Ghaznavide dy-
nasty, 48, 49.
Mīrak, town of, 406 n 9.
Mīran, Amīr, one of the Maliks of
Sulṭān Fīroz Shāh, 333 n 2.
Mīrān Ṣadr Nāib-i-‘Arẓ-i-Mamālik, a
protégé of the Mubāruk Shāhī fami-
ly, 393, 394, 395, 397.
Mīrān Saiyyid Jalāl of Badāon, one of
the learned men of Hindūstān, 427.
Mīrat,—or
Mīrath, fortress of, 24 n 1, 345, 358
n 3, 359, 406, 597.
Mir'āt-i-Jahān Numā
, an historical
work, 66 n 2.
Mīr-i-Kūe
, Superintendent of Roads,
401.
Mīrzā Handāl,—or
Mīrzā Hindāl, 453, 458, 459, 462, 464,
465, 559, 560, 567 and n 10, 574,
578, 579, 580, 586, 587.
Mīrzā Ḥusain Khān, one of the Amīrs
of Humāyūn, 574.
Mīrzā Kāmrān, brother of Humāyūn,
453, 456, 462, 464, 465, 494, 500,
501, 502, 503, 567, 574, 578, 579,
580, 581 and n 3, 582 and n 7, 583
and n 3, 584 and n 3, 585, 586,
588, 606 n
3.
Mīrzā Murād, son of Shāh Ṭahmāsp of
Persia, 572, 573 and n 1, 575, 576.
Mīrzā Pīr Muḥammad, grandson of
the great Amīr Tīmūr, King of
Khurāsān and Māwarā-an-Nahr,
352, 353, 355.
Mīrzā Yādgār Nāṣir, one of the Amīrs
of Humāyūn, 462, 463, 464, 465,
560, 561, 562.
Mishk, or Musk, notes on, 172 n 2.
Mishkātu-l-Maṣābīḥ
, Mathew's, 58 n 3,
150 n 2, 191 n 5, 199 n 3, 200 n,
279 n, 292 n 6, 293 n, 302 n 2, 356
n 4, 412 n 1, 449 n 8, 509 n 3, 571
n 1, 585 n 10, 601 n, 603 n
and n 5,
613 n, 625 n 5.
Miṯqāl
, a weight for gold and silver
and also a coin, 19 n, 25 and
n 1.
Miṣqal,—or
Miṣqalat, shell for polishing, 620 and
n 1.
Miṣrā‘
, hemistich, a term of Prosody,
606 n 4.
Mīwāt, district and town of, 129 and
n 2, 134 and n 1, 185, 337, 343,
344 and n 7, 345, 350, 358, 359, 365
and n 8, 366 n, 375, 381, 385, 391,
398, 419, 447, 488, 489, 537.
Mīwātīs, the, 447.
Mīyān ‘Abdu-llah Niyāzī, a Niyāzī
Afghān who adopted the manners
of a Mahdī, 508, 509, 510, 512, 518,
520.
Miyān Abu-l-Fatḥ of Thanesar,—a
learned doctor of the time of Islem
Shāh, 513.
Miyān Bahwa Lūhānī, Governor of
Baiāna, one of the Amīrs of Islem
Shāh, 518 and n 4, 519.
Mīyān Bhoh, the Vazīr and chief of
the Amīrs of Sulṭān Sikandar Lodī,
432, 435.
Mīyān Ḥātim Sanbalī or Sambhalī, a
learned Doctor of Hindūstān, 428,
506, 545.
Mīyān Ḥusain Farmalī, one of the
Amīrs of the Lodī dynasty, 435.
Miyān Jamāl Khān Muftī, one of the
Chief ‘Ulamā of the time of Islem
Shāh, 506.
Miyān Kālī or Kāhī Kābulī, one of the
poets of the time of Humāyūn, 584
n 3. See under Kāhī.
Mīyān Lādan, one of the learned men
of Hindūstān, 427.
Miyān Shaikh of Gwāliār, a learned
doctor, 427.
Mīyān Shaikh Abu-l-Fatḥ, son of
Shaikh-allahdīyah of Khairābād,
contemporary of Badāonī, 546.
Mīyān Tāusīn, the well-known musi-
cian, contemporary of ‘Adlī, 557.
Mīyān Yaḥya Paran, one of the gen-
erals of Sikandar Sūr (q. v), 547.
Mīyān Yaḥya Tūran, governor of
Sambhal, one of the generals of
Sulṭān Ibrāhīm Sūr (q. v), 545, 546.
Miyānī Afghāns, the, 554.
Mīzān, the constellation Libra, 142
n 2.
Modern Egyptians
, Lane's, 177 n 4,
192 n 3, 412 n 1, 503 n
2.
Moghuls, the, 80, 103 n 3. See under
the Mughūls.
Mongīr, town of, 458.
Mongol dynasty of China, the, 353
n 1.
Mongols, the. See under the Mughūls.
Monorpour, fortress of, 93 n 1.
Moon, Splitting of the, miracle per-
formed by Muḥammad, 110 n 4.
Morādābād, in Rohilkund, 364 n 4.
Moradabad District, N.-W. Provinces,
546 n 5.
Moro
, a peacock, 502 and n 3.
Mosambique, 454 n 7.
Moses of the Scriptures, 372 and n 3,
373 n
.
Mosul, capital of Mesopotamia, 61 n
5, 394 n 5, 624 n
8.
Muaiyyidu-l-Mulk Sinjarī, Khwāja,—
one of the Amīrs of the Ghorī dy-
nasty, 74 and n 1, 77 n 1, 80.
Mu‘allā
, name of the seventh arrow
in the game of maisir, 369 n 1.
Mu‘allaqāt, the,—seven well-known
poems of the Jāhilīyat, 99 n 6, 109
n 4.
Mu‘ammā
, enigma, 456 n 7, 605 and
n 8.
Mu‘āwiyah, first Khalīfah of the
House of Umaiyyah, 157 n 2, 158 n.
Mu‘aẓẓam, Khwāja, one of the Amīrs
of Humāyūn, 568.
Mu'aẕẕin, the crier of the hour of
prayer, 472 and n 6, 600 and n 9,
601 n.
Mubaiyyin
, a book on the Ḥanīfite
Theology, 450 and n 7.
Mubārak, Malik, one of the Amīrs of
Sulṭān Jalālu-d-Dīn Khiljī, 233.
Mubārakābād, a city on the Jamna,
393 and n 7.
Mubārak Kabīr, Malik,—one of the
Amīrs of the Tughlaq Shāhī dy-
nasty, 342 and n 1.
Mubārak Khān, son of Sulṭān ‘Alāu-d-
Dīn Khiljī 272, 273. See Sulṭān
Quṭbu-d-Dīn Mubārak Shāh.
Mubārak Khān Auḥadī, of the Auḥadī
family of Baiāna, 385.
Mubārak Khān, son of Bahādur Nāhir,
one of the Amīrs of the Fīrūz Shāhī
dynasty, 360 and n 5.
Mubārak Khān Lūhānī, Malik,—one
of the Amīrs of Sulṭān Buhlūl Lodī,
409, 413 and n 12.
Mubārak Khān, son of Malik Rājū,
one of the Amīrs of the Fīrūz Shāhī
dynasty, 349.
Mubārak Khān, Governor of Sambal,
contemporary of Sulṭān Ḥusain
Sharqī of Jannpūr, 406 n 3.
Mubārak Kotwāl, one of the Amīrs of
the Saiyyid dynasty, 398.
Mubārak of Nāgor, Shaikh, father of
Shaikh Abu-l-Faẓl ‘Allāmī, 421,
516.

Mubārakpūr, 398.
Mubārak Qaranqal, Malik, assumes
the title of Mubārak Shāh as ruler
of Jaunpūr, 360 and n 1.
Mubārak Shāh, son of Sulṭan ‘Alāu-d-
Dīn Khiljī. See under Sulṭān
Quṭbu-d-Dīn Khiljī.
Mubārak Shāh, son of Sulṭān Buhlūl
Lodī, 409.
Mubārak Shāh, son of Masnad-i-‘Ālī
Khiẓr Khān, of the Saiyyid dynasty
of Dihlī, 10 n 2, 307, 381 and n 3,
382, 383, 384, 385 and n 3, 386, 387,
388 and n 2, 389, 390, 391, 392, 393,
394, 395, 396, 398, 400 and n, 403.
Mubārak Shāh, Sulṭānu-sh-Sharq,
Qaranqal, ruler of Jaunpūr, 360 and
n 1, 361, 363.
Mubārak Shāhī
, an historical work by
Yaḥyā ibn Aḥmad Sirhindī, 10 n 2,
67 and n 2. See under Tārīkh-i-
Mubārak Shāhī
.
Mubāriz Khān, one of the great Amīrs
of the Fīrūz Shāhī dynasty, 375.
Mubāriz, Malik, one of the Amīrs of
Mubārak Shāh of the Saiyyid dy-
nasty, 384.
Mubāriz Khān, son of Niẓām Khān
Sūr, ascends the throne with the
title of Muḥammad ‘Ādil or more
commonly ‘Adlī, 495 and n 4, 535
and nn 6 and 7, 536. See under
‘Adlī.
Mubashir Chap, Islām Khān, the
Vazīr, one of the Amīrs of the
Fīrūz Shāhī dynasty, 344, 345.
See also under Islām Khān.
Mubashshir, one of the Sirdars of
Sulṭān ‘Alān-d-Dīn Khiljī, 273.
Mubīn, a commentary by Shaikh
Zainu-d-Dīn on the Mubaiyyin
(q. v.
), 450 and n 7.
Mufarriḥ Sulṭānī, Malik, governor of
Gujrāt under Sulṭān Fīroz Shāh,
334 and n 3, 337, 346. See under
Farḥatu-l-Mulk.
Mufīẓ, Al-,—the man in charge of the
arrows in the game of maisir, 369
n 1.
Muftī
, a law officer who gives fatwās
or legal decisions, 317 and n 6.
Mughailān
, for Ummu-ghailān, a
thorny tree, 550 and n 1, 624 n 1.
Mughaiyyir
, variable as applied to the
pulse, 533 n.
Mughals, the. See under the Mughūls.
Mughīrah ibn al-Aḥnaf Yezdibah or
Yezdezbah, ancestor of Imām
Bukhārī, 6 n 3.
Mughīṯ of Hānsī, Qāẓī, one of the
most learned men of the time of
Sulṭān Jalāla-d-Dīn Khiljī, 245.
Mughnī fī-sharḥi-l-Mūjaz, Sadīdī's
commentary on the Mūjaz in Medi-
cine, 31 n, 320 n.
Mughul Road from Agra to Allahabad,
486 n 6.
Mughulpūr, popular name of the town
of Ghiyāṯpūr, 236.
Mughūls, the, 125 and n 3, 126 and n
1, 129 n 2, 132, 145 n 2, 186, 187,
188, 190 n
2, 192, 196 and n 1, 205
n
2, 207, 220, 222, 236, 249, 250 and
n 5, 251, 252, 254, 256, 258, 261,
264, 292, 293, 305 n 3, 323, 328,
335, 359, 365 n 8, 441, 454, 463, 464,
469, 471, 474, 486 n
6, 503, 543, 552,
556, 575 n 1, 592, 593 and n 9, 618
n
1.
Muhājirīn, the,—Mecean Muslims
who emigrated with Muḥammad,
215, 216 n.
Muḥammad, the Prophet, 2 n 5, 3 nn
4 and 6, 4, 12 n 1, 18 n 1, 46 n 5,
57, 59 and nn 2 and 4, 74 n 2, 97
n
4, 105 and n 2, 106 nn 1 and 5,
110 nn 1, 3 and 4, 111 n, 139 n 5,
147 n 3, 149 n, 156 n 5, 158 n 1,
194, 201 n 2, 207, 216 n, 254, 292
n 6, 303 n 4, 368 n 1, 369 n 3, 376,
412 n 1, 420 n 8, 446 n 5, 473, 474,
480, 488 n 5, 490 n 5, 505 n
6, 519
and n 4, 572, 577 n, 585 n 10,
589, 596, 602 n
7, 622 and n 3,
626 n
1, 627 and n 3, 631 n 1, 633,
636.
Muḥammad ibn ‘Abdu-llah ibn al-
Ḥasan ibn al-Ḥasan ibn ‘Alī ibn
Abī Ṭālib, 74 n 2.
Muḥammad ibn ‘Abdu-ṣ-Ṣamad, one
of the Amīrs of the Ghaznivide
dynasty, 44.
Muḥammad ‘Ādil, commonly known
as ‘Adlī, of the Afghān Sūr dynasty
of Dihlī, 495, 536. See under
Mubāriz Khān, son of Niẓām Khān
Sūr and also under ‘Adlī.
Muḥammad ‘Ādil, of the Tughlaq
Shāhī dynasty, 274. See under
Muḥammad ibn Tughlaq Shāh and
also under Malik Fakhru-d-Dīn
Jūnā.
Muḥammad ‘Aufī, author of the
Jāmi‘u-l-Ḥikāyāt and Taẕkiratu-sh-
Shu‘arā
, 220. See Muḥammad Ūfī.
Muḥammad ‘Azīz, Mullā, one of the
Amīrs of Humāyūn, 460 and n 1.
Muḥammad of Badāon, Saiyyid, one
of the Maliks of Sulṭān Fīroz Shāh,
335 and n 6.
Muḥammad Bahādur, Sulṭān of Kor,
556 and n 3. See Khiẓr Khān, son
of Muḥammad Khān Gauria.
Muḥammad Bakhtyār Ghūrī, Malik,
one of the Generals and slaves of
Sulṭān Mu‘izzu-d-Dīn Muḥammad
Sām, 81 and n 2, 82, 83 and nn 2
and 3, 84 and n 85 and n 1, 86.
See the next.
Muḥammad Bakhtyār Khiljī, Malik,
81 n 2. Same as the above (q. v.).
Muḥammad Bāqī Majlisī, author of
the Ḥayātu-l-Qulūb, 110 n 3.
Muḥammad, son of Bihār Khān, Sulṭān
of Qanauj and the eastern districts,
contemporary of Sulṭān Ibrāhīm
Lodī, 443. Same as the next (q. v.).
Muḥammad, son of Daryā Khān
Lūhānī, Sulṭān of Bihār, originally
called Bihār Khān or Bahādur
Khān, 435 and n 7, 436, 468, 469.
Same as the above (q. v.).
Muḥammad Farmalī, Shaikh, known
as Kālā Bhār, nephew of Sulṭān
Buhlūl Lodī, 411 n 2, 413 n 13,
414.
Muḥammad Ghanṯ of Gwāliār, Shaikh,
contemporary of Bābar, 445, 459.
Muḥammad, son of Sulṭān Ghiyāṯu-d-
Dīn Balban, 187, 190 n 2, 205 and
n 2, 213. Called the Khān-i-
Buzurg, the Khān-i-Ghāzī, the
Khān-i-Shahīd and Qāān-i-Mulk.
Muḥammad Ghorī, popular name of
Sulṭān Mu‘izzu-d-Dīn Muḥammad
Sām, who is also known as Shihā-
bu-d-Dīn Ghorī, 65 n 2.
Muḥammad Gokultāsh, one of the
Amīrs of Bābar, 441.
Muḥammad ibnu-l-Ḥasan, the famous
jurisconsult, 30 n 1.
Muḥammad Ḥasan of Iṣpahān, Mīrzā,
—the poet known as Ẓarīf, 582 n.
Muḥammad Humāyūn Mīrzā, son of
Bābar, 439, 442, 444, 445. See
under Humāyūn.
Muḥammad Humāyūn Pādishāh,
Emperor of Hindūstān, 450, 451,
453, 454, 472, 500, 503, 529, 559,
596, 608 and n 5. See the above
and also under Humāyūn.
Muḥammad, son of Ildighiz and his
successor as Atābak of Āẕarbaijān,
158 n 3.
Muḥammad Khān Auḥadī, ruler of
Baiāna, contemporary of Mubārak
Shāh of the dynasty of the Saiyyids,
386, 387 and n 4.
Muḥammad Khān, son of Sulṭān Fīroz
Shāh Tughlaq, 324, 336, 337. See
Nāṣiru-d-Dīn Muḥammad Shāh, and
also Muḥammad Shāh.
Muḥammad Khān Gauria, the ruler of
Kor, contemporary of ‘Adlī, 555,
556.
Muḥammad Khān Kūkī, Ḥājī, one of
the Amīrs of Humāyūn, 578, 581,
586.
Muḥammad Khān of Nāgor, contem-
porary of Sulṭān Sikandar Lodī, 423
and n 11.
Muḥammad Khān, grandson of Sulṭān
Nāṣiru-d-Dīn of Mālwa, contempor-
ary of Sulṭān Sikandar Lodī, 423,
424 and n 6.
Muḥammad Khān Sālū, one of the
Amīrs of Humāyūn, 618 and n 7, 619.

Muḥammad Khān Sharafu-d-Dīn
Ughlī Taklū, Vazīr of Sulṭān
Muḥammad Mīrzā of Khurāsān, 569
and n 6.
Muḥammad Khān Sūr, assumes the
title of Sulṭān Jalālu-d-Dīn as
governor of Bangāla, 552.
Muḥammad Khān Sūr, governor of
the country of Chaund, 468, 469.
Muḥammad Khān Taklū, Vazīr of
Sulṭān Muḥammad Mīrzā, ruler of
Khurāsān, 569 and n 6.
Muḥammad Khān, son of Zīrak Khān,
Governor of Sāmāna under the
Saiyyid dynasty, 397.
Muḥammad Khwārazm Shāh, Sulṭān,
of the Khwārazm Shāhī dynasty of
Khurāsān, 71 and n 7.
Muḥammad Lodī, Sulṭān, son of Sulṭān
Sikandar Lodī, 444, 471 n 1. See
also under Maḥmūd Lodī.
Muḥammad, younger son of Sulṭān
Maḥmūd of Ghaznīn, 29, 33, 34, 44,
45 and nn 2 and 3, 46, 47 n 3.
Muḥammad ibn Maḥmūd, the Khalj,
feudatory of Kashmandī, uncle of
Muḥammad Bakhtyār, 81 n 2.
Muḥammad, son of Sulṭān Mas‘ūd ibn
Maḥmūd Ghaznawī, 44 and n 1.
Muḥammad Muẓaffar Vazīr, one of
the Amīrs of the Fīrūz Shāhī
dynasty, 351.
Muḥammad pur ‘Azīz, Mullā, one of
the Amīrs of Humāyūn, 460 n 1.
Muḥammad Qandahārī, Ḥājī, the
Historian, 300 n 3.
Muḥammad ibn Qāsim aṯ-Ṯaqafī, the
conqueror and first governor of
Sind, 11 and n 3, 12 n 2, 13 n and
n 1, 136 n 6.
Muḥammad ibnu-l-Qāsim ibnu-l-
Munabbih, governor of Sindh, 36
n 10.
Muḥammad Sām, founder of the
Ghorī dynasty of India, 10 n 2, 74,
75, 89. See Mu‘izzu-d-Dīn Muḥam-
mad Sām.
Muḥammad Shāh, Mīr, leader of a
band of robbers in the reign of
Sulṭān ‘Alāu-d-Dīn Khiljī, 262, 263.
Muḥammad Shāh, of the Mughal dy-
nasty of Dihlī, 25 n 5.
Muḥammad Shāh I., son of Aḥmad
Shāh, Sulṭān of Gujarāt, 357 n 3.
Muḥammad Shāh ibn-i-Farīd Khān,
of the Saiyyid dynasty of Dihlī,
395, 397, 398, 399 and n 7.
Muḥammad Shāh, son of Sulṭān Fīrūz
Shāh, of the Tughlaq Shāhī dynasty
of Dihlī, 337, 338, 341, 342, 343,
344, 345 and nn 2 and 3, 346.
See under Muḥammad Khān.
Muḥammad Shāh, son of Maḥmūd
Sharqī, Sulṭān of Jaunpūr, 403 and
n 8, 404 and n and n 2.
Muḥammad, son of Sulṭān Sikandar
Lodī, 444, 471 n 1. See also under
Maḥmūd.
Muḥammad Sulṭān Mīrzā, Khwājā,
one of the Amīrs of Bābar, 437,
438, 440, 444, 458, 462, 463, 464,
574.
Muḥammad Tughlaq Shāh, Sulṭān, 87
n 1, 269 n 5, 271 and n 6. See the
next.
Muḥammad, son of Tughlaq Shāh,
the second of the Tughlaq Shāhī
dynasty of Dihlī, 290, 297 n, 301,
309, 315, 318, 321, 322, 323 and
n 3, 327, 329 n 2, 331. See under
Muḥammad ‘Ādil and also under
Ulugh Khān.
Muḥammad Turtāq, the Mughal, of
the royal house of Khurāsān, con-
temporary of Sulṭān ‘Alāu-d-Dīn
Khiljī, 250 and n 10, 252 and n 2.
Muḥammad Ūfī of Merv, author of a
Taẕkira, 33 and n 1. See Muḥam-
mad ‘Aufī.
Muḥammad Yaḥya, 602.
Muḥammad Yamīn, Sulṭān, the ruler
of Khurāsān, 99 n 4, 138 n 1.
Muḥammad Yargharī, Mullā, one of
the Amīrs of Humāyūn, 460 n 1.
Muḥammad Zaitūn the Afghān, one
of the Afghān Amīrs of Bābar, 445.
Muḥammad Zamān Mīrzā ibn-i-
Badī‘u-z-Zamān Mīrzā ibn-i-Sulṭān
Ḥusain Mīrzā, contemporary of
Humāyūn, 451, 452, 456, 458, 461.
Muḥammadābād, the town of Nagar-
koṭ, 331.
Muḥammadābād, a city built by
Sulṭān Muḥammad Shāh ibn Fīroz
Shāh, 346, 347.
Muḥammadans, the, 271 n 6, 302 n 2,
412 n 1, 415 n, 445 n 6, 488 n 5,
523 n 5, 635 n
6. See also under
the Mahometans and the Muslims.
Muḥammra, for Mutmara. See Shi-
hāb-i-Mutmara, the poet, 99 and
n 2.
Muhar
or Muhur, a coin, 306 and
n 1.
Muḥarram, annual ceremonies of the,
623 and n 1.
Muhaẕẕab,—or
Muhaẕẕabu-d-Dīn Niẓāmu-l-Mulk,
Khwājā, Wazīr of Sulṭān Raẓẓīyah,
120, 123 n 3, 124.
Muhra-i-Mār, the Bezoar stone called
in Arabic Ḥajaru-l-Ḥaiyyah, 117
n 4.
Muhur
or Muhar, a coin, 306 and n 1.
Muīd Jājarmī, one of the poets of the
time of Sulṭān Jalālu-d-Dīn Khiljī,
245.
Mu‘īd of Tarkhān, author of a Turkish
romance on the loves of Wāmiq
and ‘Azrā, 40 n 1.
Mu‘īn Wāiẓ, Maulānā, 590.
Mu‘īnu-d-Dīn Chishtī, Khwājā, a
famous saint, 70 and n 2. See
under Mu‘inu-l-Ḥaqq.
Mu‘īnu-d-Dīn Ḥasan Chishtī, Khwājā,
70 n 2. See the above.
Mu‘īnu-d-Dīn, Shaikh, grandson of
Maulānā Mu‘īn Wāiẓ, Qāẓī of Lāhor
under Humāyūn, 590.
Mu‘īnu-l-Ḥaqq wa-d-Dīn Ajmīrī,
Khwājā, 430. Same as Mu‘īnu-d-
Dīn Chishtī, (q. v.).
Mu‘īnu-l-Mulk Mīrān Ṣadr, 395. See
under Mīrān Ṣadr Nāib-i-‘Arẓ-i-
Mamālik.
Muir's Life of Mahomet, 97 n 4, 105
n 2, 149 n, 216 n
.
Mu‘izzī palace, the Kīlūgharī palace
(q. v.), on the banks of the Jumna,
231.
Mu‘izzī Sulṭāns, those of the slaves
of Sulṭān Mu‘izzu-d-Dīn Sām who
attained sovereignty, 87 n 5.
Mu‘izzīyeh Kings, the Amīrs of
Sulṭān Mu‘izzu-d-Dīn Sām Ghūrī,
87, 90.
Mu‘izzu-d-Dīn Abu-l-Ḥāriṯ Sinjar,
55 n 3. See under Sinjar.
Mu‘izzu-d-Dīn Bahrām Shāh, son of
Sulṭān Shamsu-d-Dīn Iyal-timish,
121 and n 4, 122, 123 and n 2,
124, 186.
Mu‘izzu-d-Dīn Kaiqubād, Sulṭān, ibn
Sulṭān Nāṣiru-d-Dīn ibn Sulṭān
Ghiyāṯu-d-Dīn Balban, 220 and
n 2, 221 and n 3, 222, 223 and n 1,
224, 226, 227, 228 and n 4, 229,
245. See also under Kaiqubād.
Mu‘izzu-d-Dīn Muḥammad Sām
Ghūrī, well-known under the title
of Sulṭān Shihābu-d-Dīn Ghūrī,
10 n 2, 63, 64 and n 3, 65 and
n 2, 66 n 2, 67 and n, 69, 71, 72,
73 and n 2, 74, 75, 76, 77 and nn
1 and 3, 78, 79, 80, 81, 83 n 3, 85,
86, 89, 90.
Mu‘izzu-d-Dīn Tughral, Governor of
Lakhnautī, 186. See under Tugh-
ral.
Mujāhid Khān, one of the Amīrs of
‘Adlī, of the Afghān Sūr dynasty,
557.
Mu‘jamu-l-Buldān of Yāqūt, a Geo-
graphical Dictionary, 8 n 2, 263 n,
476 n 5.
Mujawwaf
, hollow or weak, 301 and
n 1.
Mūjaz
, a work on medicine, 5 n 3,
31 n
. See under al-Mughnī.
Mujīl
, the man in charge of the arrows
in the game of maisir, 369 n 1.
Mujīru-d-Dīn Abūrijā, Malik, one of
the Amīrs of Sulṭān Muḥammad
Tughlaq Shāh, 305.
Mu‘jizah, a miracle performed by a
prophet, 626 n.

Mujtahid, highest title among Muslim
divines, 636 n 2.
Mujtaṯ-i-muṯamman
, a kind of metre,
607 n.
Mukābir, a stubborn disputant, 614
and n 6.
Mukhālafat
, opposition, 576 n 5.
Mukhliṣ, a servant of Malik Fakhru-
d-Dīn Silāḥdār (q. v.), 308.
Mukhliṣ Khān, brother of Sulṭān
Ibrāhīm Shāh Sharqī, of Jaunpūr,
386 and n 7.
Mukhtaṣar
, of Sa‘du-d-Dīn at-Taftā-
zānī, 428 n 3.
Mukhtaṣṣ Khān, brother of Sulṭān
Ibrāhīm Shāh Sharqī of Jaunpūr,
386 and n 7.
Mulāḥidah, the, a sect of Muslim
heretics, 73 n 2. See the next.
Mulḥidah, the, another name of the
Bāṭinī sect of Shī‘ah Muslims, 22
n 3. See the above.
Mullā Muḥammad ‘Azīz, one of the
Amīrs of Humāyūn, 460 and n 1.
Mulmul
, the bodkin or style for ap-
plying kuḥl, 153 n 8.
Multān, 12, 19 and n 5, 20 and n 4,
21, 28, 29, 44, 60, 66 and nn 2, 3
and 5, 69, 79 n 3, 80 and n 1, 87,
90, 95, 98 and n 2, 120 and n 8,
128 and n 1, 129, 130, 132, 133 n
and n 2, 187, 188, 189 n 1, 190 n 2,
197, 198, 199, 208, 213, 217, 219,
220 and n 2, 221, 222, 226, 229, 232,
233, 236, 244, 247 and n and n 4,
248, 249, 252, 284, 292, 293, 297,
298, 304, 328, 335, 343, 352, 353
and n 8, 355, 358, 362, 363, 376,
387, 388, 389 and nn 2 and 4, 390,
392, 398, 399, 402, 427, 464, 543.
Multān river, the, 29.
Multānīs, the, 304.
Mūminpūr, fort of, otherwise called
Patiālī, on the Ganges, 218.
Munēr, town of, 82 and n 1. Also
written Manēr.
Mun‘im Khān, Khān-i-Khānān, one
of the great Amīrs of Humāyūn,
562, 565, 567 and n 2, 591.
Munṣif
, one of the high officers of
the State, 497.
Muntakhabu-t-Tawārīkh of Badāonī,
11 and n 1, 332, 442, 447, 473, 497,
545, 579, 610, 632.
Muntakhabu-t-Tawārīkh
of Haran ibn
Muḥammad al-Khākī ash-Shīrāzī,
11 n 1.
Muqaddasa, a title of the town of
Īj, 476.
Muqaddasī, the Arab Geographer,
217 n 2.
Muqaddamzāda
, a slave born in the
house, 334 and n 1.
Muqaddam-zāda of Kābul, 501.
Muqām-i-Salmān, in the desert of
Arzhan between Bushire and
Shīrāz, 572 n 1.
Muqarrab Khān, title of Muqarrabu-l-
Mulk, one of the Maliks of the
Fīrūz Shāhī dynasty, 348 and n 7,
349, 350 and n 3, 351, 354.
Muqarrabu-l-Mulk, Malik, 346, 348.
See the above.
Muqbil, the servant of Khwāja-i-
Jahān nāib-i-Vazīr of Gujrāt, 313.
Muqbil Khān, Malik, one of the re-
tainers of Mubārak Shāh of the
Saiyyid dynasty of Dihlī, 386.
Muqīm Harawī, Khwājā, Dīwān of
the household of Bābar, 9 n 2, 63 n.
Muqṭi‘
, holder of a qiṭ‘, 396 n 2.
Murād, Shāh, son of Shāh Ṭahmāsp
of Persia, 572, 573 and n 1, 575,
576.
Murajjab, Al-,—a title of the month
of Rajab, 441 n 2.
Murṯad, son of Shaddād ibn ‘Ād, a
king of the ancient Arabs, 263 n.
Murtaẓā, the chosen, a title of ‘Alī ibn
Abī Ṭālib, 74, 629 and n 5.
Mūsā al-Hādī, the ‘Abbāside Khalīfah,
75 n.
Muṣ‘ab, a traditionist, 18 n 1.
Musbal
, name of the sixth arrow in
the game of maisir, 369 n 1.
Muṣḥaf
, meanings of the word, 615 n 5.
Mushtarik
of Yāqūt, a Geographical
work, 15 n 5.
Musk, notes on, 172 n 2.
Muṯla sākhtan
, meaning of the ex-
pression, 296 n 2.
Muslim ibnu-l-Walīd, a poet of the
Court of Hārūnu-r-Rashīd, 74 n 2.
Muslim theologians, 614 n 2.
Muslims, the, 83, 120, 143 n 3, 150
n 4, 176 n
, 191 and n 3, 194 and
nn 4 and 5, 204, 235, 256 n 4, 361,
368 n 1, 377, 385 n 3, 387, 393, 395,
428 n 4, 432, 477, 483, 509 n
5,
514, 522 and n 5, 550, 565 and n 1,
576 n 5, 577 n, 600 n 9, 602 n 7,
603 n 6, 625 n
5, 626 and n 6, 636
n
2. See also under the Muḥam-
madans and the Mahometans.
Muṣṭafā, the Prophet Muḥammad, 59,
74, 475.
Muṣṭafā Farmalī, one of the Afghān
Amīrs of Hindūstān, 444.
Muṣṭafaābād, pargana of, 596.
Mustakfī bi-llāhi Abu-r-Rabī‘ Sulei-
mān, third of the ‘Abbāsī Khalīfahs
in Egypt, 327 n 6.
Mustanṣir billāh, the ‘Abbāside Khalī-
fah of Baghdād, 88 n 3, 94 n 2, 311
n
4.
Mustung, village in the neighbour-
hood of Quetta, 567 n 9.
Mutaraffiẓ-i-ghālī
, a fanatical heretic,
626 and n 4.
Mu‘taṣim billāh, eighth Khalīfah of
the House of ‘Abbās, 571 n 2.
Muṭawwal
of Sa‘du-d-Dīn at-Taftā-
zānī, 428 and n 3.
Mu‘taẓid bi-llāhi Abū Bakr ibnu-l-
Mustakfī bi-llāhi, sixth of the
‘Abbāsī Khalīfahs in Egypt, 327
n 6.
Muthra or Mâhurâ, a sacred town of
the Hindūs, 24 n 6.
Mutmara. See Shihāb-i-Mutmara,
the Poet.
Muttra, District of, 134 n 1, 366 n.
Muttra, town of, in the Doāb, 377
n 6.
Muwaẕẕinī, Maulā Ḥusāmu-d-Dīn,
author of a commentary on the
Miftāḥu-l-‘Ulūm, 428 n 2.
Mu'yad Beg, one of the Amīrs of
Humāyūn, 574.
Muẓaffar, Malik, Governor of Gujrāt
under Sulṭān Muḥammad Tughlaq
Shāh, 314.
Muẓaffar Khān, nephew of Shaikh
‘Alī ruler of Kābul, 389, 390, 392.
Muẓaffar Shāh of Gujrāt, contem-
porary of the Fīrūz Shāhī dynasty,
363 n 2.
Muẓaffarnagar District, 378 n 1.
Mu‘zam, Khwājā, one of the Amīrs
of Humāyūn, 566.

N.

Nabadwīp, another name of Nadiya,
old capital of Bengal, 82 n 4.
Nabīh, of the tribe of Quraish, killed
at the battle of Badr, 74 n 2.
Nadar Dev, Rāi, Governor of Arankal
under Sulṭān ‘Alāu-d-Dīn Khiljī,
265 and n 4.
Nadīm, foster-brother of Humāyūn,
564 and nn 8 and 9.
Nādirī-i-Samarqandī, Maulānā, one of
the poets of the time of Humāyūn,
611, 612, 613, 616 and n 2.
Nadiya, once the capital of Bengal,
81 n 2, 82 n 4 Called also Nūdiyā.
Nafaḥātu-l-Uns of Maulānā ‘Abdu-r-
Raḥmān Jāmī, 270 and n 4, 609 n 5.
Nafā'isu-l-Ma'āṯir
, Lives of the Poets,
616 n 4, 618 n 5.
Nāfis
, name of the fourth arrow in
the game of maisir, 369 n 1.
Nafs
, the soul, 144 n 2, 145 n 1.
Nafsu-l-‘Aql
, the reason or discrimi-
nating faculty, 145 n 1.
Nafsu-l-Ḥayāt
, the breath of life, 145
n 1.
Nafsu-n-Nāṭiqah
, the reasoning facul-
ty, 145 n 1.
Nagar Cott, fortress of, 20 n 5. See
Nagar Koṭ.
Nagar Koṭ, fortress of, 20 n 5, 331,
341, 342, 495. Also called Bhīm-
nagar and Kot Kangra.
Nagaur,—or
Nāgor, city of, 124, 129, 130, 251,
357 n 3, 379 and n 1, 423, 425, 477,
563.
Nahar Pāl, nephew of Hīmūn Baqqāl,
the Hindū General of ‘Adlī, 553
nn 5 and 6.
Naharwālā, a city of Gujrāt, called
also Patan or Pattan, 28 and n 2,
71 and n 3, 89, 256 and n 4, 282.
Nāhīd, name of the planet Venus in
Persian, 138 and n 3.
Nāhir, a Hindū General in the service
of Sulṭān Mas‘ūd ibn Maḥmūd Ghaz-
nawī, 36 and n 9.
Naḥsān
, Mars and Saturn as the two
stars of ill omen, 217 n 5.
Naḥv (Tuḥfa) Tāju-l-Mulk, one of
the Maliks of Khiẓr Khān of the
Saiyyid dynasty of Dihlī, 376 and
n 2.
Nāi, fortress of, 53 n, 54 nn 1 and 3.
Nāib of the barīds, 286 n 1.
Nāib-i-Shāhzāda
, Malik Sadhū Nādir
(q. v.), 378.
Nāib Malik,—or
Nāibu-l-Mulk Kāfūr, title of Malik
Mānik, the slave of Sulṭān ‘Alāu-d-
Dīn Khiljī, 251 and n 7, 252, 256,
265 and nn 1 and 6, 267, 268, 271
n 6, 272, 273 and n 1. Called
also Hazār Dīnārī.
Nails, Paring of, 139 n 5.
Narīmān, one of the heroes of the
Shāhnāma, 35 n 2, 72.
Naisān or Nīsān, first month of the
Jewish year, 108 n 4.
Najam-i-Ṯānī. See Najm-i-Ṯānī.
Najātu-r-Rashīd of Badāonī, 511 and
n 2, 609 and n 3.
Najm, An-, the Pleiades, 630 n 4.
Najm Shāh, one of the Amīrs of
Shāh Ismā‘īl Ṣafawī of Persia, 570.
Najm-i-Awwal, one of the Amīrs of
Shāh Ismā‘īl Ṣafawī of Persia, 570
and n 5.
Najm-i-Ṯānī Iṣfahānī, one of the
Amīrs of Shāh Ismā‘īl Ṣafawī of
Persia, 570 n 5.
Najmu-d-Dīn, Saiyyid, regent of
Malik Sikandar of Lāhor (q. v.),
390.
Najmu-d-Dīn Abū Bakr, the Ṣadru-l-
Mulk, Wazīr of Sulṭān ‘Alāu-d-Dīn
Mas‘ūd Shāh of the Shamsīyah
dynasty, 124.
Najmu-d-Dīn Ḥasan, Shaikh, 270 n 6.
Same as the famous poet Mīr
Ḥasan Dihlavī (q. v.)
Najmu-d-Dīn ‘Umar bin ‘Alī Qazwīnī,
author of the Shamsīyah, 427 n 1.
Nakhshab, fortress of, in Khurāsān,
570. Otherwise called Kash.
Nāma-i-Khirad Afzā of Badāonī, 95
and n 6.
Na‘mat Khātūn, wife of Quṭb Khān
Lodī (q. v.), 423 and n 2.
Na‘mat Rusūlī,—or
Na‘matu-llāh Rusūlī, Mīr Saiyyid,
one of the poets and learned men
of the time of Islem Shāh Sūr, 533
and n 7, 534 and n 4.
Nāmī, son of Muḥammad, son of
Sulṭān Maḥmūd Ghaznawī, 47 and
n 3.
Nandā, the Rājā of Kālinjar, contem-
porary of Sulṭān Maḥmūd Ghaz-
nawī, 25, 26.
Nandana, a city on the mountains of
Bālnāth, 22 and n 5, 128 and n 3.
Nandanpour, 128 n 3. Same as
Nandana (q. v.).
Naqīr
, the small groove on the date
stone, 496 n 10.
Naqqāra
, a kind of drums, 143 n 2.
Naqsh
, ornamental figures, 588 n 4.
Naqshband
, a weaver of Kamkhābs
adorned with figures, 588 n 4.
Naqshband, Khwājā Bahāu-d-Dīn, of
Bokhārā, a famous saint, 588 n 4.
Naqshbandī, Khwājā Khāwind, con-
temporary of Bābar, 446.
Naqshbandī School, the, 588 n 4.
Naqshbandī Shaikhs, the followers of
the renowned saint Khwāja Bahā-
u-d-Dīn Naqshband of Bokhārā,
588 n 4.
Narain, town of, on the banks of the
river Sarsutī, 69 and n 4.
Nāran-Koe, town of, 85 n 4.
Narbadā river, the, 517 n 9.
Narcissus, notes on, 373 and n 3.
Nārdīn
, a perfume, 146 n 6.
Narela, a place in the neighbourhood
of Dihlī, 21 n 4.
Nargis
or Narjis, the poet's narcissus,
373 n 3.
Nārkīla, town of, 186 and n 4.
Narma Shīrīn, the Mughal, brother
of Qutlugh Khwāja (q. v.), 305.
Nārnālī, District of, 85 and n 4.
Narnaul, in the province of Mīwāt,
365 n 8. See the two next.
Narnol, capital city of the district of
Mīwāt, 129 n 2, 365 and n 8, 395,
466.
Nārnūl, district and town of, 365,
466. See the two above.
Narsingh, Rāi, 361 n 2. See Rāi
Harsingh.
Nārwan, the tree called Gulnār, 172
and n 3.
Narwar, fortress of, a dependency of
Mālwa, 129 n 4, 130 and n 1, 422
and nn 3 and 5.
Narwar, Sarkār of, 130 n 1.
Nasaf, a town of Khurāsān, called
also Nakhshab, 570 n 7.
Na‘sh La‘āzar
, the Chariot or the
four stars composing the body of
the Great Bear, 198 n 2.
Naṣīb Khān Ṭaghūchī,—or
Naṣīb Khān Ṭughūjī, one of the
Amīrs of the Afghān Sūr dynasty
of Dihlī, 542, 593.
Naṣīb Shāh, Governor of Bangāla,
contemporary of Shīr Shāh and
Humāyūn, 457.
Naṣībīn, a town of Mesopotamia, 61
n 5.
Nāsikhu-t-Tawārīkh
of Lisānu-l-Mulk,
154 n 8.
Naṣīr Khān Afghān, one of the Amīrs
of the Afghān Sūr dynasty, 592.
Naṣīr Khān Lūhānī, one of the Gene-
rals of Sulṭān Ibrāhīm Lodī, 434,
444, 446 and n 1.
Naṣirābād, in the Jodhpur State,
Rājputānā, 379 n 1.

Nāṣirī, a poet of the time of Sulṭān
Shamsu-d-Dīn Iyaltimish, 92.
Nāṯiru-d-Dīn Abu-l-Khair ‘Abdu-llah
Baiẓāwī, Qāẓī, 6 n 4. See under
Baiẓāwī.
Naṣīru-d-Dīn Aḥmad Khaṭṭu, Shaikh,
surnamed Ganjbakhsh, 357 n 3.
Nāṣiru-d-Dīn Bughrā Khān, Sulṭān,
son of Sulṭān Ghiyāṯu-d-Dīn Bal-
ban, 135 and n and n 1, 186, 187,
218, 219, 220 n 2, 221 n 3, 222, 223
and n 1, 224.
Naṣīru-d-Dīn Bughrā Khān, 219 n 1.
See Nāṣiru-d-Dīn Bughrā Khān.
Naṣīru-d-Dīn Chirāgh-i-Dihlī, Shaikh,
contemporary of Sulṭān Fīroz Shāh
Tughlaq, 322, 323.
Nāṣiru-d-Dīn Ḥusain, the Amīr-i-
Shikār, one of the Maliks of Sulṭān
Mu‘izzu-d-Dīn Muḥammad Sām
Ghūrī, 74 n 1.
Nāṣiru-d-Dīn Ismā‘īl Fatḥ, Sulṭān,
314. See Ismā‘īl Fatḥ.
Nāṣiru-d-Dīn Khusrū Khān, the
favourite of Sulṭān Quṭbu-d-Dīn
Khiljī, 290. See Khusrū Khān
Ḥasan Barāwar bacha.
Nāṣiru-d-Dīn of Lakhnautī, Sulṭān,
contemporary of Sulṭān Ghiyāṯu-d-
Dīn Tughlaq Shāh, 299.
Nāṣiru-d-Dīn Maḥmūd I., Sulṭān, son
of Sulṭān Shamsu-d-Dīn Iyaltimish,
91, 126 n 3.
Nāṣiru-d-Dīn Maḥmūd II., Sulṭān,
son of Sulṭān Shamsu-d-Dīn Iyal-
timish, of the Slave dynasty, 124,
125, 126 and n 3, 127 and n 1,
134, 135 n and n 1, 136, 139, 187.
Nāṣiru-d-Dīn Maḥmūd Shāh, ibn-i-
Muḥammad Shāh, of the Fīrūz
Shāhī dynasty, 348, 350 n 3. See
under Maḥmūd Shāh.
Nāṣiru-d-Dīn of Mālwa, Sulṭān, con-
temporary of the Lodī dynasty of
Dihlī, 423, 424.
Nāṣiru d-Dīn Muḥammad Humāyūn
Pādishāh-i-Ghāzī, 451, 559. See
under Humāyūn.
Nāṣiru-d-Dīn Muḥammad Shāh, son
of Sulṭān Fīroz Shāh Tughlaq, 324,
337. See under Muḥammad Shāh.
Nāṣiru-d-Dīn Muḥammad Shah, Sul-
ṭān, 361. See Tātār Khān, son of
Ẓafar Khān.
Nāṣiru-d-Dīn Muḥammad, Malik, son
of Shamsu-d-Dīn Iyaltimish, 87
and n 2.
Nāṣiru-d-Dīn Nuṣtat Shāh, son of
Fatḥ Khān, son of Sulṭān Fīroz
Shāh, 350. See under Nuṣrat Shāh.
Nāṣiru-d-Dīn Qabāchah, Sulṭān of
Sind, one of the slaves of Sulṭān
Mu‘izzu-d-Dīn Sām Ghūrī, 79 and
n 3, 80, 88 and n 1, 90 and n 2.
Nāṣiru-d-Dīn, son of Shamsu-d-Dīn
Iyal-timish, 94. See under Nāṣiru-
d-Dīn Maḥmūd.
Nāṣiru-d-Dīn Subuktigīn, ruler of
Kābul and founder of the Ghazui-
vide dynasty, 13 and n 1, 14 and
n 1, 15.
Nāṣiru-d-Dīn Ṭūsī, Khwāja, a cele-
brated mathematician and Shī‘ah
divine, 577 n.
Nāṣiru-l-Ḥaqq, a title of kings, 161.
Naṣīru-l-Mulk ‘Ādil Khān, one of
the Maliks of the Fīrūz Shāhī dy-
nasty, 354.
Nasr-i-Ṭā'ir, the constellation Eagle,
321 and n 3.
Nasrain-i-falak, the constellations
Eagle and Lyre, 630 n 1.
Naṣrat Khān, 129 n 2. See Nuṣrat
Khān, son of Fatḥ Khān and grand-
son of Sulṭān Fīrūz Shāh.
Naṣrat Khān, one of the Amīrs of
Sulṭān ‘Alāu-d-Dīn Khiljī, 249. See
under Nuṣrat Khān Jalīsarī.
Naṣru-llāh of Bangāla, Shaikh, uncle
of Shaikh ‘Alāī of Baiāna, 507.
Nāth, one of the Chiefs of Hind under
Sulṭān Mas‘ūd ibn Maḥmūd Ghaz-
nawī, 36 n 9.
Naubat
, music played daily by a band
at stated hours, 498 and n 3.
Nauroz, the greatest feast among the
Persians, 166 n 1.
Naushahr, a name of the town of
Jhāīn (q. v.), 257.
Naushahra, the town of Nowshera,
465 and n 2.
Naushirwān, Chosroes I., son of
Kobad, King of Persia of the Sas-
sanide dynasty, 46 and n 5, 162.
Nawāfil, voluntary prayers, 488 n 7.
Nawār wife of al-Farazdaq, the
famous Arab poet, 287 n 2.
Nawāsa, a name of Sūkhpāl, the
grandson of Jaipāl, contemporary
of Sulṭān Maḥmūd of Ghaznīn, 20
n 4.
Naẓar Shaikh Jūlī or Juma‘ālī, one of
the court officers of Humāyūn,
601 and n 3.
Nazarenes, the, 207.
Nāẓimu-d-Dīn, Maulānā, one of the
Amīrs of Shīr Shah, of the Afghān
Sūr dynasty of Dihlī, 482 and n 3.
Nāzukī Marāghī, the Poet, contem-
porary of Sulṭān Mu‘izzu-d-Dīn
Sām Ghūrī, 75.
Nebula of the Pleiades, 630 n 4.
Nehroāla, a city of Gujrāt, 28 n 2.
Same as Naharwāla (q. v.).
Nellore (Nilāwar), town of, 265 n 5.
Nerimân le Pehlevân, 35 n 2. See
under Narīmān.
Newa Kishore Press, 487 n 6.
Ney, Marshal, 157 n 2.
Ney Elias, Tārīkh-i-Rashīdī, 305, 464
n
8. See under Elias and Ross.
Nijim Sani (Najm-i-Ṯānī) Iṣfahānī,
one of the Amīrs of Shāh Ismā‘īl
Ṣafawī of Persia, 570 n 5.
Nikāḥ
, marriage contract, 522 and n 5.
Nilāwar (Nellore), town of, 265 n 5.
Nile, the, 210.
Nīm tree (Melia azadirachta), 129
n 2.
Nimak
, meanings of the word, 493 n 2.
Ni‘matu-llah of Baiāna, Saiyyid, one
of the learned and holy men of the
time of Sulṭān Sikandar Lodī, 424.
Nimrod, 154 n 8, 207, 234. See also
under Nimrūd.
Nīmroz, territory of, 13 n 1, 29.
Nimrūd, 155 n, 176. See also under
Nimrod.
Nīsān or Naisān, first month of the
Jewish year, 108 n 4.
Niṯārī Tūnī, a celebrated Persian
poet, 622.
Nīsāpur,—or
Nīshāpūr, a town of Khurāsān, 16 n 2,
34, 36, 42 and n 1, 43 n 1, 50 n 2,
54 n 1, 633.
Nīshtar
, a lancet, 504.
Nīṭas, Sea of,—the Black Sea, 153
n 1.
Niwār, 495 n
.
Niyāl Tigīn Amīr Aḥmad, treasurer
of Sulṭān Mas‘ūd ibn Maḥmūd
Ghaznawī, 36 and nn 6, 8 and 9.
Niyāzī Afghāns, the, 492, 493, 495,
497, 498, 499, 500, 508, 518, 520,
525.
Niẓām, a governor, one who orders
and directs, 612 n 1.
Niẓām, the water-carrier who rescued
Humāyūn from drowning, 461 and
n 3.
Niẓām, a youth mentioned in the
poetry of Maulānā Nādirī-i-Samar-
qandī (q. v.), 611.
Niẓām's dominions, the, 299 n 3.
Niẓām Astarābādī, a master in astro-
nomical poetry, 621, 626.
Niẓām Khān of Baiāna, one of the
Amīrs of the Lodī family, 443, 445.
Niẓām Khān, son of Sulṭān Buhlūl
Lodī, afterwards Sulṭān Sikandar
Lodī, 411.
Niẓām Khān, son of Ḥasan Khān Sūr
and full brother of Shīr Shāh, 467
n 5, 468, 495 and n 4.
Niẓām Shāh Baḥrī, ruler of the
Dakkan, 625 and n 3, 635, 636. See
also under Niẓāmu-l-Mulk Baḥrī.
Niẓām Shāhī dynasty of the Dakkan,
533 n 6.
Niẓāmī, nom de plume of Khwāja
Niẓāmu-d-Dīn Aḥmad, author of
the Ṭabaqāt-i-Akbarī, 10, 45 and
n 1.
Niẓāmī,—or
Niẓāmī Ganjawī, Shaikh, the famons
Persian poet, 96 n 1, 114 n 2, 174
nn
2 and 3, 269 n 5, 298 and n 4.

Niẓāmu-d-Dīn, Malik, nephew of
Maliku-l-Umarā Kotwāl of Dihlī
(q. v.), 220 and n 3.
Niẓāmu-d-Dīn Aḥmad, father of
Maulānā ‘Abdu-r-Raḥmān Jāmī,
272 n 1.
Niẓāmu-d-Dīn Aḥmad, son of Khwāja
Muqīm Harawī, author of the
Ṭabaqāt-i-Akbarī, 9 n 2, 10 n, 45
n 1, 62, 63 n, 569 n 6, 580 n 5, 585
n
7.
Niẓāmu-d-Dīn Aḥmad Iliās ibn Abī
Yūsuf al-Muṭarrazī, name of the
celebrated poet Niẓāmī, 298 n 4.
Niẓāmu-d-Dīn ‘Alāqa, Malik, Wazīr
of Sulṭān Mu‘izzu-d-Dīn Kaiqubād
of the Balbanī dynasty, 220, 221,
222, 224. See also under Niẓāmu-l-
Mulk ‘Alāqa.
Niẓāmu-d-Dīn Auliyā, son of Aḥmad
Dānyāl,—the Prince of Holy men,
71 n 2, 236 and n 2, 266 and n 1,
267, 269 n 5, 270 and n 6, 271 nn 1
and 4, 284, 301, 610 and n 4, 611 n.
Niẓāmu-d-Dīn Beghū Malik Shāh, the
Turkomān, contemporary of Sulṭān
Mas‘ūd Ghaznawī, 39.
Niẓāmu-d-Dīn Malik Shāh, the Saljūq,
41. See under Malik Shāh Sal-
jūqī.
Niẓāmu-d-Dīn of Oudh, Malik, one of
the Amīrs of Sulṭān Fīroz Shāh
Tughlaq, 334.
Niẓāmu-l-Auliyā, 236 and n 2. Same
as Niẓāmu-d-Dīn Auliyā (q. v.).
Niẓāmu-l-Mulk ‘Alāqa, Wazīr of
Sulṭān Mu‘izzu-d-Dīn Kaiqubād of
the Balbanī dynasty, 222, 224, 226,
230 n 1. See also under Niẓāmu-d-
Dīn ‘Alāqa.
Niẓāmu-l-Mulk Baḥrī, King of the
Dakkan, 533, 534, 625 and n 3.
See also under Niẓām Shāh.
Niẓāmu-l-Mulk Ḥusain, son of Amīr
Mīran, one of the Amīrs of Sulṭān
Fīroz Shāh, 333 and n 2.
Niẓāmu-l-Mulk Jandī (Junaidī), Wazīr
of Sulṭān Shamsu-d-Dīn Iyal-
timish, 90, 98, 119, 120.
Niẓāmu-l-Mulk Jundī (Junaidī), 120.
See the above.
Niẓāmu-l-Mulk of Karra, Malik, one
of the Amīrs of Sulṭān Muḥammad
Tughlaq Shāh, 311.
Niẓāmu-l-Mulk Muhazzabu-d-Dīn,
Wazīr of the Shamsīyah Sulṭāns,
120, 122, 123 and n 3, 124.
Niẓāmu-t-Tawārīkh
of Baiẓāwī, 10 n 3,
34 n 7, 51.
Niẓāmu-t-Tawārīkh
of Niẓāmu-d-Dīn
Aḥmad, more commonly known as
the Ṭabaqāt-i-Akbarī, 10 and n 3.
Noah of the Scriptures, 61 n 5, 154
n 2, 198 n
1.
Nöldeke's Beiträge zur Kenntniss der
Poesie der alten Arabe, 99 n
6.
North-Western Provinces of India,
218 n 3, 377 n 3, 410 n 4, 486 n 6,
546 nn
3, 4 and 5.
Northern Asia, 191 n 2.
Northern India, 23 n 2.
Noshāba or Nūshāba, image of, 331,
332 n.
Nowshera (Naushahra), town of, 465
and n 2.
Nūda Bahādur Shāh, Governor of
Sunār Gānw, contemporary of Sul-
ṭān Ghiyāṯu-d-Dīn Tughlag Shāh,
299, 300.
Nūdiā,—or
Nūdiyā, old capital of Bengal, 82 and
n 4. Called also Nadiya (q. v.).
Nūh and Patal, name of a place, 359.
See also under Nūh Patal.
Nūḥ ibn Lamak, Noah of the Scrip-
tures, 154 and n 2, 556. See also
under Noah.
Nūḥ, son of Manṣūr, son of Nūḥ
Sāmānī, of the dynasty of the
Sāmānīs, the kings of Khorāsān
and Transoxiana, 14 n 1, 15 and
n 4.
Nūh Patal, a ford on the river Jamua,
386. See also Nūh and Patal.
Nuh Sipihr, one of the poetical works
of Mīr Khusrū, the famous poet of
Dihlī, 273 n 3, 274 n 1.
Nūhānī, for Lūhānī (q. v.), 413 n 3.
Nūhānī Afghāns of Baiāna, 549.
Nūkhānī, for Lūhānī (q. v.), 413 and
nn 3 and 12.
Nukhbatu-d-Dahr of Dimashqī, 147
n 3.
Numbers, the Book of, 302 n 2.
Nūru-d-Dīn ‘Abdu-r-Raḥmān Jāmī,
Mullā, 32 n 2, 272 n 1. See under
Jāmī.
Nūru-d-Dīn Muḥammad Ūfī of Merv,
33 n 1. See under Muḥammad Ūfī.
Nūshāba or Noshāba, image of, 331,
332 n.
Nuṣrat Jalīsarī, Malik, 247. See un-
der Nuṣrat Khān Jalīsarī.
Nuṣrat Khān, son of Fatḥ Khān, son
of Sulṭān Fīroz Shāh, 350. See
under Nuṣrat Shāh.
Nuṣrat Khān, son of Ghiyāṯu-d-Dīn
Tughlaq Shāh, 297.
Nuṣrat Khān Gurgandāz, one of the
Maliks of the Fīrūz Shāhī and
Saiyyid dynasties, 364 and n 1,
390, 391.
Nuṣrat Khān Jalīsarī, one of the
Maliks of Sulṭān ‘Alāu-d-Dīn
Khiljī, 247, 248, 249, 254, 256,
258.
Nuṣrat Khān Karkandāz, 364. See
under Nuṣrat Khān Gurgandāz.
Nuṣrat Khān Lūhānī, one of the
Generals of Sulṭān Ibrāhīm Lodī,
446 n 1. See under Naṣīr Khān.
Nuṣrat Khān Maliku-sh-Sharq Mar-
wān-i-Daulat, one of the Maliks of
Sulṭān Fīroz Shāh, 335 and n 1,
376.
Nuṣrat Khūkhar, Malik, one of the
Amīrs of Sulṭān Maḥmūd of the
Fīrūz Shāhī dynasty, 358 n 6.
Nuṣrat Shāh, Sulṭān, son of Fatḥ
Khān, son of Sulṭān Fīroz Shāh
Tughlaq, 350, 351, 352, 354, 359.

O.

Ochus, father of Parysatis, wife of
Alexander the Great, 382 n.
Old Dihlī, 366 n 1, 472.
Oloug Beg, the royal astronomer,
198 n 2.
Omar Khayyām, the celebrated Poet,
144 n 1, 474 n 1.
Onyx, notes on, 147 n 3.
Oodypur, called also Udhāfar, town
of, 12, 13 n.
Oozbuky, Abū Manṣūr, 47 n 7. See
under Abū Manṣūr Zangī.
Opium, notes on, 161 and n 3.
Oriental Biographical Dictionary
,
Beale's, 32 n 1, 33 n 1, 38 n 4, 53 n,
54 n 2, 55 n 3, 58 n 5, 236 n 2,
297 n, 298 n 2, 332 n 2, 339 n 4,
507 n 2, 533 nn
1 and 6, 571 n 9,
584 n
and n 3, 633 n 1.
Oriental Proverbs
, Roebuck's, 57 n 2,
58 n 1, 218 n 2, 244 n 5, 301 n
3.
Orientals, the, 147 n 1.
Orissa, 125 n 3, 299 n 2, 471 and n 8,
554.
Osbaks, the. See under the Ozbaks.
Osborn's Islām under the Arabs, 157
n
2.
Osrūshna, a town beyond Samarqand
in Transoxiana, 59 n 1.
Oudh, 81, 87, 98, 125, 131, 222 and n
3, 236, 239, 243, 311, 312, 329 n
2,
334, 349, 415.
Owl, the,—the type of ill-omen, 58 n
1, 157 and n 1, 191 n 3.
Oxus, the, 15 n 5, 23 n 1, 27 nn 1 and
2, 61 n 5. See also under the
Jaiḥūn and the Jīḥūn.
Oxyartes, father of Roxana, wife of
Alexander the Great, 331 n 10.
Ozbaks, the, a tribe of the Turks, 570,
582, and n 7, 592 and n 9, 627 and
n 7. See the Osbaks.

P.

Pābandh Khabrak,—or
Pābandh Khazak, one of the Amīrs
of Islem Shāh, of the Afghān Sūr
dynasty of Dihlī, 495 and n 5.
Pādham, town of, 377.
Padmāwatī, name of a place, 329.
Pādzahr, the Bezoar stone, called
Ḥajaru-l-Ḥaiyyah, 118 n.
Pāik
or Paik, a runner, 302 and n 3.
Pāk Patan,—or
Pāk Pattan, the town of Ajūdhan,
133 n, 355 n 1, 362 n 2, 363 n, 520
n 2.
Pakhāwaj, a large kind of drum, 557
and n 3.
Pālam, town of, 311, 351 and n 10.
Pālhanpūr, for the town of Ilāhpūr,
410 n 3.
Palmer's Qur'ān, 194 n 4, 216 n, 372
n 1, 519 n
7.
Palwal, township of, 547 and n 5.
Pān
, or betel, 303 n.
Panchānā river, the,—in Magadh, 82
n 1.
Panḍūah, town of, 325 n 3, 329.
andūs, family of the, 293 n 5.
Paneālī, town of, 81 n 4.
Panipat,—or
Pānīpath, town of, 21 n 4, 343, 351
352, 354, 366 and n 3, 391, 440,
468, 592, n 9, 609 n 5.
Panjāb, the, 78 and n 3, 90, 123, 217,
388, 389 n 2, 391, 437 n 8, 446,
462, 464, 466 n 6, 491, 492, 498,
505, 518, 520, 523, 530, 534, 542,
543, 559, 590 n 5, 594, 596, 598 n

10, 601.
Panj Bhaiya, or the five brothers, Amīrs
of the Afghān Sūr dynasty of Dihlī,
544, 547.
Panjgāh, town of, 622.
Panj Ganj, one of the poetical works
of Mīr Khusrū, the famous poet of
Dihlī, 269 n 5.
Panjnad river, the, 66 n 3.
Panna, town and district of, 416 n 6,
417 and nn 5, 6 and 7, 433 n 3.
Pāṇtar, township of, 559 and n 7,
560.
Panwārs, the,—a clan of the Rājpūts,
384 and n 3.
Parak, the star Canopus, 152 n 6.
Param Talāo, name of a place, 329.
Parama Dev, one of the Rājās of
Hindūstān at the time of Maḥmūd
of Ghaznīn's iuvasion, 29 n.
Parbatī, the,—a tributary of the
Chambal river, 385 n 3.
Parīhān Dev, Rāi, contemporary of
Sulṭān Fīroz Shāh Tughlaq, 329
and n 9.
Paring of nails, 139 n 5.
Paris, 67 n 1, 223 n 1, 265 n 5, 272 n,
311 n
5.
Parshādar, for Parshāwar (q. v.), 591
n
4.
Parshāwar, halting-place of, 591 and
n 4.
Parshāwara, original name of the
town of Peshāwar, 48 n 5.
Parshūr, the modern Peshāwar, 48
and n 5, 66 and n 6.
Parysatis, wife of Alexander the
Great, 332 n.
Pashāla, town of, 583 and n 2.
Patal, town of, 359.
Patal, a mat, 618 n 2.
Patan or Pattan, a city of Gujerāt,
anciently called Naharwāla, 28 and
n 2, 71 and n 3.
Patan-i-Panjāb, the same as Pāk
Patan or Ajūdhan, 133 n, 520.
Pātar
or Pātur, a dancing girl, 332 n
5, 496 and n 4.
Pātar, name of a place, 559 n 7.
Pathān Kings of Dehli
, Thomas's, 64
n 3, 77 n 2, 83 n 3, 87 nn 1 and 6,
88 n 1, 91 n 5, 210 n 1, 126 n 3,
135 n 1, 269 nn
1 and 2, 307 n, 310
n 2, 311 n 4, 325 n 1, 326 n, 327 n 6,
337 n 4, 344 n 7, 345 n 4, 346 n 5,
347 n 3, 351 nn
4, 9 and 11, 352
n 2, 359 n 4, 366 nn 1 and 4, 399
n 7, 400 n 1, 556 n 5, 618 n 1.
Paṭhna, for the town of Panna, 417
n 5.
Pathūrā, Rāi, Governor of Ajmīr,
contemporary of Sulṭān Mu‘izzu-d-
Dīn Muḥammad Sām Ghūrī, 69, 70,
257 and n 3.
Pātiālā, town of, 99 n 3, 134 n 4. See
the next.
Paṭiālī, town in Aliganj tahsil Etah
District, N.-W. Provinces, 81 and
n 4, 185 and n 1, 218 and n 3, 413
and n 10. See the above.
Patītah, town of, 81 n 4.
Patna, town of, 82 n 1, 415 and n 3,
416, 417, n
5, 470, 471, 485.
Patna, for the town of Thatta, 408 n 7.
Patta, name of a place, 416 n 6.
Pattan or Patan, a city of Gujerāt,
28 and n 2, 71 and n 3.
Pattan of the Panjāb, the same as
Pāk Pattan or Ajūdhan, 520 and
n 2.
Pātur
or Pātar, a dancing girl, 332
n 5, 496 and n 4.
Pātur bāzī
, a kind of entertainment,
332 and n 5.
Pavet de Courteille, Dictionnaire
Turk-Oriental, 91 n 1, 215 nn
1
and 5, 240 n 6, 250 n 6, 258 n 5,
259 n 1, 292 n 3, 313 n 3, 325 n 2,
353 n 1, 354 n 7, 424 n 3, 439 nn
4
and 7, 440 n, 464 n 5, 468 n 2, 494
n 7, 497 n 1, 543 n 1, 568 n 5, 569
nn
5 and 6, 574 n 5, 578 n 9, 580
n 5, 592 n 5, 596 n
6.
Payāk, for the town of Prayāg (q. v.),
415 n 5.
Pāyik
, a runner, 302 n 3.
Perceval. See under Caussin de Per-
ceval.
Persia, 33 n 1, 46 n 5, 119 n 5, 141
n 4, 209 n 3, 233, 421, 618 n
1.
Persian Game of Chess, 103 n 1,
115 n, 479 n 7.
Persian Grammar
, Platt's, 546 n 1.
Persian ‘Irāq, 30 n 1.
Persians, the, 35 n 2, 43 n 1, 93 n 4,
104 n 3, 109 n 4, 166 n 1, 170 n
,
175 n, 198 n 2, 230 n 4, 253 n 6,
280 n 3, 476 n 5.
Persico-Latinum Lexicon
, Vüller's,
440 n.
Pertāb, Rāi, one of the Maliks of
the Saiyyid dynasty of Dihlī, 401
n 2.
Perthas, son of Gaz the son of Japhet,
61 n 5.
Peshāwar, 18, 48 n 5, 66 n 6, 128 n 3.
Philosophers, Four kinds of, 181
n 2.
Phœnicians, the, 104 n 2.
Phthisis, 319 and n 4, 320 n.
Pilband
, a stratagem in the game of
Chess, 114 n 2.
Pind Dādan Khān tahsīl, Jhīlam Dis-
trict, Panjāb, 437 n 8.
Pindār Khiljī, Malik, called Qadr
Khān, one of the Amīrs of Sulṭān
Muḥammad Tughlaq Shāh, 302.
Pingal, the Science of Music, 332 and
n 4.
Pingala,—or
Pingalanāga, the inventor of Hindū
Prosody, 332 n 4.
Pīr Muḥammad, Mīrzā, grandson of
the great Tīmūr, King of Khurāsan
and Māwarā-an-Nahr, 352, 353, 355,
358 n 6.
Pīr Muḥammad Khān, Governor of
Balkh, contemporary of Humāyūn,
581, 582.
Pīr Roshan, name of Bāyazīd Anṣārī,
founder of a Ṣūfī sect, 58 n 5.
Pīrāhā, a ford on the river Ganges,
377 and n 1.
Pīrān, one of the companions of
Afrāsyāb, in the Shāh-nāma of
Firdausī, 180 n 2.
Pīrey, Governor of Ghaznīn, 14 n 1.
Pisæus, the Tyrrhenian, inventor of
the rostrum, 29 n 5.
Pithora, Rāi, 257 and n 3. See under
Rāi Pathūrā of Ajmīr.
Piyāda-i-aṣlī or original pawn, at
Chess, 114 n 2.
Plague, bubonic, 524 and n 1.
Plato, 181 n 2, 520 n 7.
Platt's Gulistān, 187 n 2.
Platt's Persian Grammar, 546 n 1.
Pleiades, the, 198 and n 2, 367 n 3,
630 and n 4.
Pliny, 23 n 3, 24 n 6, 394 n 5.
Polo, game of, 417 n 8.
Pompeii, 119 n 5.
Ponī, town of, 384 n 1.
Portugal, 543.
Portuguese, the, 454 n 7.

Postīn, a sheepskin coat, 617 and n 4,
618 n 1.
Prayāg, the ancient name of Allah-
abad, 415 and n 5.
Prayer, five stated times of, 147
n 2.
Prinsep's Indian Antiquities, 18 n 1.
Proceedings
of the Asiatic Society of
Bengal, 559 n 5.
Prœneste, oracle of, 412 n 1.
Prolégomènes d'Ibn Khāldūn
, de
Slane's, 151 n 4, 157 n 1, 181 n 2,
191 n 2, 217 n 5, 244 n 6.
Prolégomènes des Tables Astronomiques
d'Oloug Beg, 198 n 2.
Prosody
, Ranking's Elements of Arabic
and Persian, 607 n.
Proverbia Arabum
, Freytag's, 157 n 1,
458 n 3, 507 n 3, 580 n 1.
Proverbs
, Roebuck's, 57 n 2, 58 n 1,
218 n 2, 244 n 5, 301 n
3.
Psalms, Book of, 486 n 4.
Ptolemy, 364 n 4, 382 n 4.
Pufak
or Tufak, a long tube for
throwing balls, 159 n 2.
Pūhī, a ford on the Rāvī, 383 and
n 10, 384 n 1, 392.
Pūjā
of the Hindūs, 484 n 1.
Punjāb. See under the Panjāb.
Pulāq-Sūrīq, name of a place, 569
and n 8.
Purānas
, the, 293 n 5.
Pūranmal, son of Silhadī, one of the
Chiefs of Rāi Sen, contemporary
of Sher Shāh, 475, 476 and n 3.
Purifications enjoined by Muḥam-
madan law, 603 n 2.
Pushakāl
,—or
Pushkāl, the rainy season in Turkī,
325 n 2.
Puttyaly, for the township of Baitālī
on the banks of the Ganges, 360
n 3.

Q.

Qāān, title originally given to the
supreme sovereign of the Moguls,
145 n 2.
Qāān-i-Mulk, title of Sulṭān Muḥam-
mad, son of Sulṭān Ghiyāṯu-d-Dīn
Balban, 187, 189 and n 1, 217.
Qāānī, the famous Persian poet, 253
n 6.
Qabā
, a tunic worn by men, 120
n 7.
Qabā Khān Gang, one of the Amīrs
of Humāyūn, 597.
Qabaq, a gourd in Turkī, 621 n 4,
622 and n 1.
Qabaq andāzī
, the game of, 621 n 5.
See the next.
Qabaq bāzī, a game of the ancient
Turkomāns, who used to hang up
a wooden gourd as a mark for
archery, 621 n 4. See also the
above.
Qabūl, Malik, Governor of Badāon
under Sulṭān Fīroz Shāh Tughlaq,
335.
Qabūl Khalīfatī, Malik, 315.
Qabūl Qiwāmu-l-Mulk, Malik, one of
the Amīrs of Sulṭān Muḥammad
Tughlaq Shāh, 304, 315.
Qabūl Sarbardadār, Malik, one of the
Amīrs of Sulṭān Fīroz Shāh Tugh-
laq, 328 and n 1.
Qabūl Torāband, Malik, one of the
Amīrs of Sulṭān Fīroz Shāh Tugh-
laq, 328 n 1.
Qabūlpūra, a quarter of Badāon,
335.
Qadan Khān, or Qadr Khān, son of
Sulṭān Maḥmūd Khiljī of Mālwa,
399 n 1.
Qadar Khān, King of Turkistān,
159 n.
Qādir Khān, the son of Maḥmūd Khān
of Kālpī, one of the Amīrs of the
Fīroz Shāhī and Saiyyid dynasties,
375, 386.
Qādir bi-llāhi Abu-l-‘Abbās, Aḥmad
ibn Isḥāq ibn al-Muqtadir, Khalīfah
of the House of ‘Abbās, 17 and
n 2, 29 and n 2.
Qādirī, the Persian poet, 485.
Qadr Khān, son of Sulṭān Jalālu-d-
Dīn Khiljī, 231, 244, 247 n and
n 5.
Qadr Khān, son of Sulṭān Maḥmūd
Khiljī of Mālwa, 399 and n 1.
Qadr Khān, Malik Pindār Khiljī, the
ruler of Lakhnautī, one of the
Amīrs of Sulṭān Muḥammad Tugh-
laq Shāh, 302, 308.
Qāf, Koh-i-, a fabulous mountain
round the world, 485.
Qāfiyah, the rhyme, a term of Pro-
sody, 141 n 3, 607 and n 3.
Qā'im, Al-—, the promised Mahdī,
571 n 2.
Qairawān, the ancient Cyrene, in the
province of Tunis, 167 and n 4.
Qaiṣar or Cæsar, 145 and n 2.
Qaizurān, probably al-Khaizurān, a
cemetery at Baghdād, 59 n 1.
Qalandars, a sect of derveshes, 234,
235.
Qālij Khān, son-in-law of Changīz
Khān, 230.
Qālīj, a sword in Turkī, 230 and n 4.
Qalj
, modification of the word qālīj
(q. v.
), 230 and n 4.
Qamaru-d-Dīn Qirān-i-Tīmūr Khān,
one of the Maliks of the Shamsīyah
dynasty of Dihlī, 125 n 4.
Qambar Dīwāna, one of the Amīrs of
Humāyūn, 597, 598, 599, 600.
Qamurgha, a hunting ground in Turkī,
258 n 5.
Qāmūs
, the Arabic Dictionary of
Fīrūzābādī, 176 n 1, 182 n 4.
Qanaj. Same as the town of Qanauj
(q. v.).
Qanauj or Qanaj, the Hindū capital
of Northern India, 23 and nn 2
and 4, 24, 25 n 4, 70, 114 n 2, 125,
312, 329 n
2, 346, 347, 348, 360,
361, 362, 363, 364, 404 and n 5,
409, 413, 431 and n 4, 434, 443,
444, 452, 463, 472, 540, 568 n
6.
See Qannauj.
Qanauj, river of, 463.
Qanauj, Sarkār of, 410 n 4, 538.
Qandahar, 16 n 3, 17, 453, 455, 456,
462, 466, 560, 567 and n 9, 568,
569, 573 and n 1, 574, 575, 578,
588 and n 6, 590, 591.
Qannauj. See under Qanauj.
Qānūn, a Geographical work, 14 n 3,
17 n 4.
Qānūn fi-ṭ-Ṭibb
, a work on medi-
cine by the celebrated Ibn Sīnā
(Avicenna), 533 and n 1.
Qarābeg, one of the Amīrs of Mubārak
Shāh of the Saiyyid dynasty of
Dihlī, 285, 290.
Qarācha Beg, the Governor of Qan-
dahār, contemporary of Humāyūn,
560 and n 2. See also under
Qurācha Khān and Qarrācha Khān.
Qarācha Khān, 560 n 2. Same as the
above (q. v.).
Qarāchal, another name of the moun-
tain of Himāchal (q. v.), 307 and
n 4. See also the next.
Qarājal, the mountain of, 307 n 3,
308 n
1. See the above.
Qarā Khiṭā (Cathay), 71 n 7, 103
n
3.
Qarāmiṭah, heretical sect of the, 22
n 3.
Qarāqash, Malik, one of the Amīrs
of the Shamsīyah dynasty, 123.
Qarā Qūrchī, one of the Amīrs of
Bābar, 441.
Qarghan, Nāib of the King of Khurā-
sān, contemporay of Sulṭān Muḥam-
mad Tughlaq Shāh, 320.
Qarn, an uncertain period of time,
442 and n 1.
Qarrācha Khān, contemporary of
Humāyūn, 586. See under Qarācha
Beg and Qurācha Khān.
Qārūn, the Korah of the Scriptures,
249.
Qāshān, a district and town of Persian
‘Irāq, 30 n 1.
Qaṣīdah
, a form of poem, 608 and
n 3.
Qāsim Ḥusain Sulṭān Usbeg, one of
the Amīrs of Humāyūn, 463.
Qāsim Kāhī, Maulānā, otherwise
known as Mīyān Kālī Kābulī, one
of the poets of the time of Humā-
yūn, 517, 584 and nn 1 and 3,
601.
Qāsim Sanbalī, Malik, one of the
Amīrs of the Lodī dynasty of Dihlī,
431 n 4, 443.
Qaṣr Bāgh, a palace in Dihlī, 126 n 3.
Qaṣr-i-Safed, a palace in Dihlī, 82
n 2, 183.
Qassī, called also Ṯaqīf, founder of
the Arab tribe of Ṯaqīf, 12 n 1.
Qaṭarāt-i-Naisān
, converted into
pearls, 108 n 4.
Qaẓdār, an Amīr of the Ghaznavide
dynasty, 48 and nn 3 and 4.
Qāẓī, an officer of justice under the
Ṣadr, 610 n.
Qāẓī-i-Charkh, the planet Jupiter,
368 and n 3.
Qāẓī of the heavens, the planet
Jupiter, 368 and n 3.
Qāẓī of Nīshāpūr satirised, 633.
Qāẓī ‘Ābid, one of the poets of the
reign of Sulṭān Fīrūz Shāh Tughlaq,
341 and n 2.
Qāẓī Aṯīr, contemporary of Sulṭān
Ghiyāṯu-d-Dīn Balban, 217.
Qāẓī Baiẓāwī, author of the Anwāru-t-
Tanzīl
and the Niẓāmu-t-Tawārīkh,
6 and n 4, 34, 45, 52, 62, 63. See
also under Baiẓāwī.
Qāẓī Ḥamīd of Balkh, a celebrated
writer and poet, 76 and n 1.
Qāẓī Khān, Ẓiāu-d-Dīn, a court officer
of Sulṭān Mubārak Shāh of the
Saiyyid dynasty, 288, 289, 290.
Qāẓī Mughīṯ of Hānsī, one of the poets
of the reign of Sulṭān Jalālu-d-Dīn
Khiljī, 245.
Qāẓī Urdū, of Sulṭān Jalālu-d-Dīn
Khiljī, 234.
Qazwīnī, author of the Āṯāru-l-Bilād
and the ‘Ajā'ibu-l-Makhlūqāt, 27
n
4, 28 n, 79 n 2, 178 n 4.
Qiblah
, the direction in which Mus-
lims turn in prayer, 368 n 1, 613 n.
Qidāḥ
, arrows used for gambling,
369 n 1.
Qidam
, explanation of the term,
1 n 4, 153 n 7.
Qīrān, Malik,—or

Qīrān-i-Tīmūr Khān, otherwise called
Tīmūr Khān Qarā Beg, one of the
Shamsīyah Maliks, 125 and n 4.
Qirānu-s-Sa‘dain
, a celebrated poem
by Mīr Khusrū, the famous poet
of Dihlī, 135 n, 221 and n 2, 222
and n 1, 223 and n.
Qiṣaṣu-l-Anbiyā
, Lives of the Pro-
phets, 205 n 3.
Qiṣṣa-i-Salāmān wa Absāl
of Maulānā
Jāmī, 272 n 1.
Qiṭ‘, a district, 396 n 2.
Qiṭ‘ah
, a term of Prosody, explana-
tion of, 608 and n 3.
Qiṭmīr
, the thin pellicle which covers
the date-stone, 496 n 10.
Qiṭrān
, exudation from species of
mountain pines, 182 and n 4.
Qiwām
, the stay or support of any-
thing, 614 n 1.
Qiwām Khān, one of the Maliks of
Khiẓr Khān, the first of the Saiyyid
dynasty, 364, 375, 380.
Qiwāmu-d-Dīn Khudāwandzāda, one
of the Amīrs of Sulṭān Muḥammad
Tughlaq Shāh, 314.
Qiwāmu-l-Mulk Malik Qabūl or
Maqbūl, one of the Amīrs of Sulṭān
Muḥammad Tughlaq Shāh, 304, 315.
Qiyāmu-l-Mulk, one of the Maliks of
Sulṭān Mu‘izzu-d-Dīn Kaiqubād
Balbanī, 220, 224.
Qizil Bāsh, the,—or
Qizilbāshes, Red-caps, 48 n 2, 480,
570, 572 and n 8, 573, 574, 575,
576, 578, 592 n 9, 627 n 7.
Qoraish, tribe of. See under Quraish.
Qubbatu-l-Islām, a title of the city
of Multān, 133 n 2.
Qubūl Nāib Vazīr, the Khān-i-Jahān,
one of the Maliks of Sulṭān Fīroz
Shāh Tughlaq, 324.
Qudsī, Mīr Ḥusain of Karbalā, the
poet, 623 and n 6.
Queen-consort of Humāyūn, 568. See
Ḥamīda Bānū Begam.
Quetta, 567 n 9.
Quicksilver, called Abu-l-Arwāḥ, 340
n 2.
Qūl
, centre of an army in Turkī, 439
n 4. Called also Ghūl.
Qūlinj
or Colic, notes on, 49 n 2.
Qulzum, the Ocean, 167.
Qurācha Khān, contemporary of
Humāyūn, 581 and n 9. See also
under Qarācha Beg and Qarrācha
Khān.
Quraish or Qoraish, tribe of, 2 n 5,
110 n 4, 287 n
2.
Qur'ān, the, 2 nn 2, 3 and 4, 3 nn 1
and 7, 4 and nn 1 and 2, 5 and
n 1, 6 nn 1, 2 and 4, 18 n 1, 28 n 1,
30 n 1, 51, 58 n 4, 63 n
2, 102 and
n 4, 108 n 2, 110 n 4, 113 n 1, 115
n 2, 126 n 3, 127, 128 n, 143 n 3,
144 n 2, 147 n 2, 150 nn
1 and 3,
158 n and n 1, 159 n 5, 175 n 4,
183 n 2, 191 n 1, 194 nn
1 and 4,
201 n 2, 207 nn 1 and 4, 212 n 7,
216 n, 218 n 2, 249 n 3, 261 n 6,
262 n, 279 n, 288, 292 n 6, 311,
319 n 1, 321 n 5, 331, 333, 356 n 4,
368 n 1, 369 n 1, 372 nn
1, 2 and 3,
373 n, 392 n 6, 412 n 1, 429 n 6,
446 and n 5, 449 n 7, 450, 481 n 9,
485 nn
2 and 3, 486 n 3, 510 and
n 6, 511 and n 5, 514, 515, 516,
517 n 8, 519 n 7, 522 n 5, 524 n 3,
532 n 6, 547 n 14, 555 n 6, 568 n 3,
577 n
, 579 and n 5, 596 n 1, 603
n
6, 615 and n 5, 632 n 1.
Qur'ān, seven manzils or divisions of
the, 6 n 1.
Qūrchī
, armed soldier in Turkī, 215
n 3.
Qurra Qumār, one of the Maliks of
the Khiljī dynasty, 291, 293, 295.
Qurūna, an armed soldier, 215 and
n 3.
Qurūnu-s-Sumbul
, a poison, 172 n 2.
Quṭās
, the Tibetan y??k, 543 n 1.
Quṭb Khān, one of the Amīrs of the
Saiyyid dynasty, 401 n 2.
Quṭb Khān, one of the Amīrs of the
Wālī of Bangāla, contemporary of
Shīr Khān Sūr (q. v.) 470.
Quṭb Khān of Itāwah, one of the
Amīrs of the Lodī family, 443.
Quṭb Khān Lodī, cousin of Sulṭān
Buhlūl Lodī, 403 n 7, 404 and nn 2
and 5, 405, 406, 407, 409 and n 7,
423 and n 2.
Quṭb Khān Nāib, one of the Amīrs of
Shīr Shāh, 476, 486, 488, 489, 490.
Quṭb Khān, son of Shīr Khān Sūr
(q. v.), 457, 463, 472.
Quṭb Minār of Dehlī, called after
Quṭbu-d-Dīn Ūshī (q. v.), 123 n 5.
Quṭbīyah Amīrs, the Maliks of Sulṭān
Quṭbu-d-Dīn Aibak (q. v.), 90.
Quṭbu-d-Dīn Aibak or Ibak, Sulṭān,
slave and adopted son of Sulṭān
Mu‘izzu-d-Dīn Ghūrī, 70, 72, 77
and n 3, 78 and n 3, 79 and n 3,
80, 81 and n 2, 82 and n 2, 86, 87,
88 n
1, 89, 90.
Quṭbu-d-Dīn Bakhtyār Ūshī, Khwāja-
i-Khwājagān, a famous saint.
known as Ka‘kī, 92 and n 2, 123
and n 5.
Quṭbu-d-Dīn Ḥasan, Malik, one of
the Amīrs of the Shamsīyah dy-
nasty, 124.
Quṭbu-d-Dīn Ḥusain ibn ‘Alī Ghūrī,
one of the Shamsīyah Maliks, 123
n 3.
Quṭbu-d-Dīn Ibak. See under Quṭbu-
d-Dīn Aibak.
Quṭbu-d-Dīn Lak-bakhsh, or bestower
of laks
, a name of Sulṭān Quṭbu-d-
Dīn Aibak, 77 and n 4.
Quṭbu-d-Dīn Maḥmūd bin Muḥammad
Rāzī, author of the Sharḥ-i-Sham-
sīyah, 427 n
1.
Quṭbu-d-Dīn Mubārak Shāh, Sulṭān,
son of Sulṭān ‘Alāu-d-Dīn Khiljī,
of the Khiljī dynasty of Dihlī, 273,
274 and n 1, 275, 282, 283, 284,
289, 290, 291, 296 and n 3, 297.
Quṭbu-d-Dīn Shāh, the son and suc-
cessor of Muḥammad Shāh I, son
of Aḥmad Shāh, Sulṭān of Gujarāt,
357 n 3.
Quṭbu-d-Dīn, Saiyyid, Shaikhu-l-
Islām of Dihlī under the Sham-
sīyah Sulṭāns, 123 and n 5, 132.
Quṭbu-d-Dīn, eldest son of Sulṭān
Shamsu-d-Dīn Iyal-timish, 98.
Quṭbu-d-Dīn Ūshī, Khwāja, the
famous saint, 92 and n 2, 123 and
n 5.
Quṭbu-l-‘Ālam Shaikh Ruknu-l-Ḥaqq
Quraishī, Shaikhu-l-Islām under
Sulṭān Muḥammad Tughlaq Shāh,
304 and n 4.
Quṭbu-l-Mashāyikhi-l-‘Iẓām, Shaikh
Sharafu-d-Dīn Munīrī, a famous
saint, 416 and n 13.
Qutlugh Khān, one of the Amīrs of
the dynasty of Sulṭān Shamsu-d-
Dīn Iyal-timish, 131, 132 and n 4.
Qutlugh Khān, one of the Maliks of
Sulṭān Muḥammad Tughlaq Shāh,
309, 311, 312, 313.
Qutlugh Khān, Malik Faẓlu-llah
Balkhī, one of the Amīrs of the
Fīrūz Shāhī dynasty, 351 and n 2.
Qutlugh Khān the Vazīr, Qāẓī
Samā‘u-d-Dīn, one of the Amīrs of
Sulṭān Ḥusain Sharqī of Jaunpūr,
406, 407.
Qutlugh Khwāja, the Mughul King of
Khurāsān, 305. See also under
Qutluq Khwāja.
Qutluq Khān, brother's son of Sulṭān
‘Alāu-d-Dīn Khiljī, 259.
Qutluq Khwāja, the son of Duā, the
Mughul King of Khurāsān and
Māwarāu-n-Nahr, contemporary of
Sulṭān ‘Alāu-d-Dīn Khiljī, 250 and
n 1, 258, 305.

R.

Races of the North-Western Provinces
of India
, Elliott's, 122 n 1, 312 n 7,
384 n 3, 408 n 1, 415 n
.
Radah, for Roh, a name of Afghānis-
tān, 466 n 5, 493 n 6.
Radhanpūr, a city of Gujerāt, 28 n 2,
71 n 3.
Radīf
, in Persian prosody the name
given to a syllable or word follow-
ing the rhyme, 141 n 3.
Radīf
, in Prosody a letter of prolonga-
tion before the rawī, 607 and n 4.
Rafī‘u-d-Dīn Ṣafawī of Ij, Mīr Saiy-
yid, Haẓrat-i-Muqaddas, contem-
porary of Sulṭān Sikandar Lodī,
445, 476 and n 5, 479, 513, 514.
Rāfiẓī, or heretic, a term applied to
any of the Shī‘ah sects, 156 n 1,
604 and n 5, 626 n 6.
Rafẓ
, heresy, 626 and n 6.
Rahābe
, a canal or aqueduct, 459
n 5.
Rahā'e
, for Rahābe, a canal, 459
n 5.
Rahab river, the, 131 and n 2, 231,
251, 377, 379, 409.
Raḥīm Dād, Khwāja, one of the Amīrs
of the Lodī dynasty, 445 and n 5.
Raḥmān, Sūratu-r
—, a chapter of the
Qur‘ān, 218 n 2.
Raḥmatu-llāhi
, a term applied to a
weaver, 527, 528 n 1.
Raḥmatu-llāhi Iqbāl Khān, one of the
Amīrs of Islem Shāh of the Afghān
Sūr dynasty, 527.
Rāhū, a kind of flower, 142 n 3.
Rābu, a Hindū mythological monster
and in Astronomy the ascending
node, 163 n 2.
Rai, the ancient Rhages, a district
and town of Persian ‘Irāq, 30 and
n 1, 35, 73 n 1.
Rāi-i-Rāiyān, title of Randhol, the
uncle of Khusrū Khān Barāwar-
bacha, 290.
Rāi of Bārānasī, the contemporary of
Sulṭān Fīroz Shāh Tughlaq, 329.
Rāi of Dholpūr, the contemporary of
the Lodīs, 410, 419.
Rāi of Gwāliār, the contemporary of
the Saiyyids, 381, 384, 398.
Rāis of Jājnagar, the, 329 n 6.
Rāi of Satgaṛh, the contemporary of
Sulṭān Fīroz Shāh, 329 and n 5.
Rāi of Serinagar, for Rāi Sīr (q. v.),
360 n
3.
Rāi of Telinga, the contemporary of
Sulṭān Quṭbu-d-Dīn Khiljī, 286.
Rāi Bhīm, the chief of Jammoo, con-
temporary of Mubārak Shāh of the
Saiyyid dynasty, 383 and n 3.
Rāi Fīroz of Tilaundī, contemporary
of Mubārak Shāh of the Saiyyid
dynasty, 382 and nn 1 and 2, 390.
Rāi Jai Chand, Governor of Qanauj,
contemporary of Sulṭān Shihābu-d-
Dīn Ghūrī, 70.
Rāi Jaljīn Bhatī, Governor of the fort
of Bhaṭ at the time of Tīmūr's in-
vasion, 355 and n 4.
Rāi Karan of Gujerāt, contemporary
of Sulṭān ‘Alāu-d-Dīn Khīljī, 255,
256.
Rāi Lakhmaniya, Lakhmia or Lak-
minīa, the ruler of Nadīyā, con-
temporary of Sulṭān Quṭbu-d-Dīn
Aibak, 82 and n 5, 83 n 1.
Rāi Pathūrā, Governor of Ajmīr, con-
temporary of Sulṭān Mu‘izzu-d-Dīn
Ghūrī, 69, 70. See also Rāi Pithora.
Rāi Pertāb, one of the Amīrs of the
Saiyyid dynasty, 401 n 2.
Rāi Pithora, 257 and n 3. See under
Rāi Pathūrā.
Rāi Sanīr, 360 n 3. See Rāi Sīr.
Rāi Sar, the Governor of Chandāwar,
contemporary of Khiẓr Khān of the
Saiyyid dynasty, 377.
Rāi Sen, contemporary of Shīr Shāh,
475.
Rāi Sīr, the ruler of Baitālī, contem-
porary of the Fīrūz Shāhī dynasty,
360 and n 3.
Rāi Unar, contemporary of Sulṭān
Fīroz Shāh, 332 n 6.
Rāi Vikramājīt of Ujain, 95.
Raiseen, for Rāsain or the two towns
of Rās, 327 n 1.
Rājā of Bheerbhoom, 329 n 9.
Rājā of Dangaya (Bundelkhand), the
contemporary of Muḥammad Shāh
of the Mughul dynasty, 25 n 5.
Rājā of Gwāliār, the contemporary
of the Lodīs, 419, 432.
Rājā of Jaisalmīr, the contemporary
of Humāyūn, 562.
Rājās of Jamū, 19 n 2.
Rājā of Kadba (? Garha-Katanka),
the contemporary of Sulṭān Ibrā-
hīm Lodī, 433 n 3.
Rājā of Mandrāyal, the contemporary
of Sulṭān Sikandar Lodī, 420.
Rājā of Nagarkoṭ, the contemporary
of Sulṭān Fīroz Shāh Tughlaq, 331.
Rājā of Qanauj, the contemporary of
Sulṭān Maḥmūd of Ghaznīn, 26.
Rājā of Rohtās, the contemporary of
Shīr Shāh, 457.
Rājā of Thatta, the contemporary of
Sulṭān Buhlūl Lodī, 408.
Rājā Dāhir, contemporary of Muḥam-
mad Qāsim, the conqueror of Sind,
12 n 2, 13 n.
Rājā Kansa, of Mathra, the enemy of
Krishna, 24 n 6.
Rājā-Taranginī
, an historical work in
Sanskrit, 8 n 3, 18 n 1.
Rajab, Malik, the Governor of Depāl-
pūr under the Saiyyid dynasty, 383
n 11.
Rajab Nādira, Malik, the Governor of
Multān under the Saiyyid dynasty,
387.
Rāj Gaṛ, a town on the banks of the
Ganges, 404.
Rajīwa, a canal leading from the
Jumna to Hissār, 325 n 3, 326 n.
Rājputāna, 69 n 2, 298 n 7, 379 n 1,
419 n
3.
Rājpūts, the, 13 n, 365 n 8, 382 n 4,
384 n 3, 397 n 1, 414 n
13.
Rājū, Malik, one of the Amīrs of the
Fīrūz Shāhī dynasty, 349.
Rājūrī, town of, 500.
Rakat Chandan, the red Sandal, 484
n 1.
Rām, a Rājā of Hindūstān, contem-
porary of Sulṭān Mas‘ūd ibn Maḥ-
mūd Ghaznawī, 37.
Rām Chand, the ruler of Bhatta,
contemporary of the Afghān Sūr
dynasty of Dihlī, 553, 554.
Rām Chandra, the Rājā of Deogarh,
271 n 6. Same as Rām Deo
(q. v.).
Rām Deo, Rāi of Deogīr, contem-
porary of Sulṭān ‘Alāu-d-Dīn Khiljī,
237, 247 n, 251 n 7, 256, 271 n 6,
283. See the above.
Ramal-i-muṯamman, a kind of proso-
dial metre, 607 n.
Rāmāyana, the, 8 n 2.
Ramghar, a fortress in the province
of Agra, 70 n 4.
Rana, village of, 364 n 7.
Rānā, the Governor of Amarkoṭ, con-
temporary of Humāyūn, 566.
Rānā Sānkā, one of the Amīrs of the
Lodī dynasty, 444, 445, 446, 452,
470.
Randhol, Rāi-i-Rāiyān, the uncle of
Khusrū Khān Barāwar, the favour-
ite of Sulṭān Quṭbu-d-Dīn Khiljī,
289, 290.
Rang, a cluster of globular bells, 621
n 2.
Ranking's Elements of Arabic and
Persian Prosody, 607 n
.
Rantanbhor,—or
Rantanbhūr, fortress of, in the pro-
vince of Ajmīr, 92 and n 4, 120
and n 4, 129, 236, 257 and nn 1,
3 and 7, 258, 260, 261, 262, 410,
425, 475, 479, 486, 526, 597.
Ranthanbhūr, fortress of, 92 and n 4.
Same as the above (q. v.).
Rānūn the Black, a slave of Sidh Pāl
(q. v.), 395.
Rāo Khiljī, Governor of the fort of
Bhaṭ at the time of Tīmūr's inva-
sion, 355 and n 4.
Rāo Zorāwar Singh, also known as
Rāpar Sen, founder of the town of
Rāparī, 377 n 5.
Rāpar Sen, 377 n 5. See the above.
Rāparī,—or
Rāprī, district and town of, 377 and
nn 4 and 5, 387, 404, 407, 413, 430.
Raqīb, name of the third arrow in
the game of maisir, 369 n 1.
Raqqāṣ-i-falak
, or the dancer of the
sky, a name of the planet Venus,
138 n 3.
Rās, town of, 326 n, 327 and n 1.
Rāsain, the two towns of Rās, 326 n
327 n
1.
Rashīd Vazīr, Khwāja, minister of
the King of Khurāsān, 605.
Rashīdkoṭ, fortress of, in the northern
hill-range of the Panjāb, 498.

Rashīdu-d-Dīn, author of the Jāmi-
‘u-t-Tawārīkh, 307 n 4, 353 n
1.
Rata, village of, 364 and n 7.
Rāthor tribe of Rajpūts, the, 384 nn
2 and 3.
Rauẓatu-ṣ-Ṣafā, an historical work,
62 and n 3, 121 n 1.
Raverty's Ṭabaqāt-i-Nāṣirī, 13 n 1,
14 nn
1 and 2, 16 nn 1 and 2, 19 n
2, 20 n 2, 23 n 1, 29 n 1, 31 n 1, 33
n 2, 35 n 1, 37 n 6, 38 nn
1 and 3,
42 n 3, 43 n 3, 44 nn 6 and 8, 45 n
3, 46 n 2, 47 n 1, 49 n 4, 50 n 1, 55
nn
2 and 4, 60 nn 1 and 2, 62 n
4, 65 n 2, 66 nn 1, 2 and 6, 67 nn 1
and 3, 69 nn 2, 3 and 4, 70 nn 1 and
3, 71 nn 1, 5, 6 and 7, 72 nn 1 and
4, 73 n 2, 77 n 2, 78 n 3, 79 n 3, 80
nn
3 and 4, 81 nn 2, 3 and 4, 82 nn
3 and 4, 83 nn 1 and 3, 84 n and nn
1 and 2, 85 nn 1, 2 and 4, 86 n 2,
87 nn
1, 3 and 6, 90 nn 1 and 2,
91 n 1, 92 n 2, 94 n 2, 95 n 8, 98 nn
2 and 5, 120 n 6, 121 nn 5 and 7,
122 nn 1, 2 and 3, 123 nn 2, 3 and
5, 124 n 3, 125 nn 3 and 4, 127 n 2,
128 n 1, 129 n 4, 130 n 1, 131 n 4,
132 n 1, 135 n
1.
Rāvī, the, one of the five rivers of the
Panjāb, 23 n 3, 67 n, 128, 188, 190
and n 2, 355 n 1, 383, 384 n, 389
and n 2, 392.
Rāwal Pindi, 44 n 6.
Rāwar, Fort of, in Sind, 12 n 2.
Rawī
, the essential letter in the
qāfiyah or rhyme, 607 nn 3 and 4.
Rāyāt-i-A‘lā, title of Saiyyid Khiẓr
Khān, the first of the Saiyyid dy-
nasty of Dihlī, 376 and n 1.
Rāzī, relative adjective from the town
of Rai, 30 n 1.
Rāzī, Abū Bakr Muḥammad ibn Zaka-
rīya, known as Rhazes, the famous
physician, 30 n 1.
Rāzī, Imām, 73. See under Fakhru-
d-Dīn Rāzī.
Raẓẓīyah Khātūn, Sulṭān, eldest
daughter of Sulṭān Shamsu-d-Dīn
Iyal-timish, 98, 119, 120 and n 8,
121 and nn 1 and 5, 122 and nn 1
and 2, 294 and n 5.
Red-caps, the, a name of the Turko-
mānas of Garm Sīr, 48 and n 2.
See also under the Qizil Bāsh.
Red Palace of Sīrī, at Dihlī, 260 n 7,
261, 269 n
1.
Red Sea, the, 169 n 1.
Redhouse, Mr., 89 n 1.
Redhouse's Turkish Dictionary, 575
n
1.
Reinaud, Géographie d'Aboulfeda, 27
nn
1 and 2, 30 n and n 1, 34 nn 1,
2 and 3, 36 n 2, 67 n 1, 71 n 3,
147 n 1, 167 n 4, 265 n 5, 307
n
4.
Rennell, 22 n 5, 69 n 2, 80 n 1, 93 n
and n 1, 128 n 3, 129 n 2, 186 n 6,
325 n 3, 326 n, 327 n 3, 344 n 7,
355 n 1, 362 n 3, 364 n 4, 380 n 2,
382 n 2, 415 n 7, 417 n 7, 419 n 6,
420 n 5, 423 n 5, 530 n
3.
Rewā, town of, 417 n 7.
Rewa State, 417 n 7.
Rewārī, a town in the province of
Mīwāt, 366 n, 537.
Reyy, 30 n 1. Same town as Rai
(q. v.).
Rhagæ, ancient name of the town of
Rai (q. v.), 30 n 1.
Rhages, capital of the province of
Rhagiana, 30 n 1.
Rhagiana, the province of Rai in
Persian ‘Irāq, 30 n 1.
Rhazes, the famous physician, 30
n 1. See under Rāzī, Abū Bakr
Muḥammad ibn Zakarīya.
Rhétorique et Prosodie des langues de
l'Orient Musulmān
, Garcin de
Tassy, 428 n 2, 605 nn 8 and 9,
606 n 2, 607 n 4, 608 n 3.
Riāsī, town of, 384 n 1.
Ribābah
, the bag in which the arrows
were put in the game of maisir,
369 n
1.
Ribāṭ, a fortified station on an
enemy's frontier, 44 n 5, 106
n 2.
Ribāṭ Amīr, name of a place in
Seistān, 48 and n 1.
Richardson's Persian Dictionary, 214
n 2, 215 n 6.
Ridf
, a letter of prolongation before
the rawī of a rhyme, 607 n 4.
Rig Veda, the, 293 n 5.
Rij‘at
, motion of a star in opposition
to the movement in the normal
direction, 374 n 7.
Ring of ‘Alī, possessed of magical
properties, 505 and n 6.
Ring of Solomon, 205 n 3, 505 n 6,
559 and n 2.
Rishwatī, poetical name of Mīr
Saiyyid Na‘matu-llah (q. v.), 533
n 7, 534 n
4.
Riẓwān, the door-keeper of Paradise,
194 and n 3, 281, 601.
Rocky Citadel, the, or Shahr-i-Nau,
on the banks of the Jumna, 231.
Roebuck's Oriental Proverbs, 57 n 2,
58 n 1, 218 n 2, 244 n 5, 301
n
3.
Roh, a name of Afghānistān, 466 and
n 5, 493 and n 6.
Rohilkhand,—or
Rohilkhund, district of, known also
as Kaithar, 185 n 2, 359 n 4, 364
n
4.
Rohrī, town of, 559 n 6.
Rohtak, town of, 72 n 2, 222, 351,
364, 365, 375.
Rohtās, fortress of,—in the Panjāb,
457, 466 n 6, 468, 472, 474, 493, 498,
501, 503, 592.
Rohtās Bihār, Sarkār of, 185 n 1.
Rohtās Sharqī, in the Shāhābād dis-
trict of Bengal, 466 n 6.
Rohtāsgaṛh, in the Shāhābād district
of Bengal, 466 n 6.
Romans, the, 18 n 1, 76 n, 104 n 2,
494 n
7.
Romans, Epistle to the, 474 n 1.
Rome, 119 n 5.
Rook, the castle at chess, 505 and n 2
Rookn Khān, for Akat Khān the
nephew of Sulṭān ‘Alāu-d-Dīn
Khiljī, 259 n 5.
Rose, properties of the, 148 n 4.
Rosenweig-Schwannau's Diwan Hafis,
121 n
3.
Roshan, Pīr, founder of the Roshaniy-
yah Sect (q. v.), 58 n 5.
Roshan Beg Koka, one of the Amīrs
of Humāyūn, 565.
Roshaniyyah, or the Enlightened, a
Ṣūfī sect founded by Bāyazīd An-
ṣārī, also called Pīr Roshan, 58
n 5.
Ross. See under Elias and Ross.
Rostrum, an ancient instrument of
war, 29 n 5.
Roxána, wife of Alexander the Great,
331 n 10.
Royal Asiatic Society, Journal of the,
16 n 2, 33 n 1, 47 n 2, 59 n 1, 87 n
1, 103 n 1, 109 n 4, 115 n
and n 3,
141 n 4, 330 n 7, 479 n 7, 571
n 2.
Rubāb
, a stringed instrument like a
guitar, 367 n 5.
Ruby, Four kinds of, 25 n 2.
Ruby Palace, at Dihlī, 260.
Rue, its efficacy in exorcism, 617 n 1.
Rūḥ, the vital principle, 144 n 2,
145 n
.
Rūh or Roh, a name of Afghānistān,
466 and n 5, 493 and n 6, 520.
Rūḥānī, a learned man of the time of
Sulṭān Shamsu-d-Dīn lyal-timish,
93 and n 2.
Rūīn, a village of the dependencies of
Lahore, 54 and n 2.
Rujū‘-i-kaukab
, an astronomical term,
374 n 7. See under Rij‘at.
Rukh
, the cheek and also the castle at
chess, 505 n 2.
Rukn Khān Afghān, one of the Amīrs
of the Sūr dynasty, 598.
Rukn-i-Yamānī, the south corner of
the Ka‘bah, 97 and n 4.
Ruknu-d-Dīn Chanda Wazīr, Malik,
one of the Amīrs of the Fīrūz
Shāhī dynasty, 341, 342.
Ruknu-d-Dīn Fīroz Shāh, Sulṭān, son
of Sulṭān Shamsu-d-Dīn Iyal-
timish 97, 98, 99, 113.
Ruknu-d-Dīn Ibrāhīm, son of Sulṭān
Jalālu-d-Dīn Khiljī, 244, 247 and n
and n 5. See also under Qadr Khān.
Ruknu-d-Dīn Quraishī, Shaikh, son of
Shaikh Ṣadru-d-Dīn ‘Ārif and
grandson of Shaikh Bahāu-d-Dīn
Zakarīyā, contemporary of the
Sulṭāns ‘Alāu-d-Dīn and Quṭbu-d-
Dīn Khiljī, 248 and n 2, 284, 304
and n 4.
Ruknu-d-Dīn Tughral Beg, founder of
the Saljūqiyyah dynasty of Khorā-
sān, 42 n 3, 61 n 5.
Ruknu-l-Ḥaqq Quraishī, Shaikhu-l-
Islām, 304 and n 4. Same as
Ruknu-d-Dīn Quraishī (q. v.).
Rūm, country of, 585 n 7, 621.
Rūm, Sea of,—the Mediterranean,
153 n 1.
Rūm, Sulṭān of,-title of the Sulṭāns
of Turkey, 480.
Rūmī Khān, the Artillerist of Humā-
yūn, 456 and n 7.
Rūn, a place near Lahore, 54 n 2.
Rūna, a village in Nīsāpūr of Khurā-
sān, 54 n 1.
Rūnī, Abu-l-Faraj, a celebrated poet
of the time of Sulṭān Ibrāhīm Ghaz-
nawī, 53 n, 54 and n 1.
Rūpar, town of, 362 and n 1, 380 and
n 2, 382 and n 3.
Ruqaiyyah, daughter of Muḥammad
and wife of ‘Uṯmān ibn ‘Affān, 59 n 4.
Rūshāna, wife of Alexander the
Great, 332 n.
Rustam, the famous hero of ancient
Īrān, 14 n 3, 39, 114, 116 n 5, 117,
127, 180 n
2, 181 and n 1, 199, 207,
294, 548.
Rustam, one of the Generals of the
Great Tīmūr, 358 n 6.
Rusūldār, Saiyyid, one of the court
officers of Sulṭān Fīroz Shāh
Tughlaq, 328.
Rusūlī, poetical name of Mīr Saiyyid
Na‘matu-llāh, one of the poets of
the reign of Islem Shāh, 533 and
n 7, 534 and n 4.
Rusūlpūr, the fortress of Shamsābād,
472.
Ruswāī, disgraced, 499.
Ruttunpoor, for the town of Ilāhpūr,
410 n 3.
Rūzbih, Persian name of Salmān al-
Fārsī, 572 n 1.

S.

Sa‘ādat Khān, commonly known as
‘Abdu-r-Rashīd Sulṭānī, one of the
Amīrs of the Fīrūz Shāhī dynasty,
349, 350 and n 3.
Sa‘ādat Khān Bārbak, 350 n 3. Same
as the above (q. v.).
Sabb
, reviling on religious grounds,
when justifiable, 577 n.
Sabetghar, a fortress in the province
of Agra, 70 n 4.
Ṯābit-bin-Jābir al-Fahmī, commonly
known as Ta'abbaṭa Sharran, a
famous Arab athlete and warrior,
527 n 3.
Sab‘u-l-Mathānī, the first chapter of
the Qur'ān and also the seven
manzils or divisions of this book,
6 n 1.
Sachau's Albîrûnî, 17 n 4, 22 n 5, 23
n 2, 76 n, 79 n 2, 95 n 5, 104 n 2,
108 n 4, 131 n 2.
Sacred Books of the East, 110 n
4.
Sacy, De, Anthologie Grammaticale
Arabe, 6 n 4.
Sa‘d
, an auspicious planet, 630 and
nn 2 and 3.
Sa‘d Falsafī, the poet,—one of the
contemporaries of Mīr Khusrū, 298.
Sa‘d ibn Salmān, Khwājā, father of
the famous poet Mas‘ūd Sa‘d
Salmān Jurjānī, 52 n 5, 55.
Sa‘d-i-Akbar
, name given to Jupiter
by astrologers, 79 n 2.
Sa‘d-i-Manṭiqī, one of the poets of
the reign of Sulṭān Jalālu-d-Dīn
Khiljī, 245, 246.
Sa‘dān, name of Jupiter and Venus
as the two auspicious planets, 630
n 2.
Sadar Mahādeo, Rāi of Arankal, one
of the contemporaries of Sulṭān
Ghiyāṯu-d-Dīn Tughlaq Shāh, 297.
Sadhū Nādir,—or
Sadhū Nādira, Malik, one of the
Amīrs of Khiẓr Khān, first Sulṭān
of the Saiyyid dynasty, 378 and
n 3, 379.
Sa‘dī of Shīrāz, Shaikh, 187 and
n 2.
Sadīdī, author of al-Mughnī fī Shar-
ḥi-l-Mūjaz (q. v.), 5 n 3, 31 n, 42 n,
49 n 2, 102 n 1, 148 n 4, 319 n 4,
320 n, 532 n 7, 533 n
.
Sadpāl or Sidh Pāl, grandson of
Kanjūī Khatrī, a protégé of the
Mubārak Shāhī family, 393 n 3,
394, 395, 397.
Ṣadr
, a term of Prosody, explanation
of, 606 n 4.
Ṣadr
, highest officer of justice, 609
n 6.
Ṣadr-i-Jahān
, Chief Judge, 523
n 5.
Ṣadr Jahān Gujrātī, the Historian,
300 n 3.
Ṣadr-i-kull
, Chief Judge, 523 n 5.
Ṣadr-i-mustaqill
, Judge-plenipoten-
tiary, 609 and n 6.
Ṣadru-d-Dīn ‘Ārif, Shaikh, son of
Shaikh Bahāu-d-Dīn Zakarīyā, 133
n 2, 248 n 2.
Ṣadru-d-Dīn Multānī, the Shaikhu-l-
Islām
under Sulṭān Fīroz Shāh
Tughlaq, 324.
Ṣadru-l-Mulk Najmu-d-Dīn Abū
Bakr, the Wazīr of Sulṭān ‘Alāu-d-
Dīn Mas‘ūd Shāh of the Shamsīyah
dynasty, 124.
Ṣadru-ṣ-Ṣudūr, Chief Judge, 506, 523
and n 5.
Sa‘du-d-Dīn at-Taftāzānī, author of
the Muṭawwal, 428 n 3.
Ṣadūq, Shaikh, author of the Jāmi‘u-
l-Akhbār, 139 n
5.
Ṣafā, a hill in the vicinity of Makkah,
279 n.
Ṣafdar Khān, one of the Amīrs of
the Fīrūz Shāhī dynasty, 344.
Ṣafdar Khān, one of the Amīrs of
Sulṭān Sikandar Lodī, 419 and n 1.
Safedar
or Safīdar, the white Poplar
or Abele, 494 and n 6.
Saffron, notes on, 41 n 2.
Safīdar
, the white Poplar. See un-
der Safedar.
Safīḥ
, one of the blank arrows in the
game of Maisir, 369 n 1.
Sag-i-falak
, the dog of the sky, 498,
and n 5.
Sāgur, town of, 304 n 1.
Ṣaḥā'if fi-l-Kalām
, a treatise on Meta-
physics, 427 n 1.
Sahār, Sarkār of, 410 n 4.
Sahāranpūr, hills of, 334 n 7.
Ṣāḥibu-z-Zanj, ‘Alī ibn Muḥammad,
of the family of ‘Alī, raises a revolt
at Baṣra, 358 n 3.
Ṣaḥīḥu-l-Bukhārī
, the famous collec-
tion of authentic traditions by
Imām Bukhārī, 6 n 3.
Sahsarām, a dependency of Rohtās,
466, 468, 471, 484, 533.
Saḥūr, or morning meal on a fast day,
177 n 4.
Sai, the,—one of the principal
streams of Oudh, 222 n 3.
Sa‘īd Khān, one of the Amīrs of Sul-
ṭān Sikandar Lodī, 419.
Sa‘īd Khān, brother of A‘ẓam Humā-
yūn of Lāhor, one of the Amīrs of
Shīr Shāh, 491, 493, 498.
Sa‘īd Khān Lodī, one of the Amīrs of
the Lodī dynasty, 434.
Sa‘īd Ṣarṣarī, Ḥājī, envoy of the
Egyptian Khalīfah to Sulṭān Mu-
ḥammad Tughlaq Shāh, 310 and
n 1.
Saïdes or Saiyyids, title of the des-
cendants of ‘Alī ibn Abī Ṭālib, 80
n 5.
Saifī, author of a treatise on Prosody,
183 n 1.
Saifu-d-Dīn Kūjī, feudatory of Hānsī,
one of the Maliks of the Shamsīyah
dynasty, 98 and n 2, 120 n 2.
Saifu-d-Dīn, Malik, son of Malik
Niẓāmu-d-Dīn the ruler of Oudh,
one of the Amīrs of Sulṭān Fīroz
Shāh Tughlaq, 334.
Saifu-d-Dīn Sūrī, brother of ‘Alāu-d-
Dīn Ḥasan the king of Ghor, 60.
Sairu-l-‘Ibād ila-l-Ma‘ād, one of the
works of Ḥakīm Sanāī, 56 n 2.
Saiyyid
, application of the term, 80
n 5, 303 n 4.
Saiyyid Bukhārī, a Muḥammadan
saint, 80 n 1.
Saiyyid Khān, Khān-i-A‘ẓam, son of
Saiyyid Sālim of Tabarhindah, 388,
396.
Saiyyid Manṣūr, one of the Generals
of Amīr Muḥammad, son of Sulṭān
Maḥmūd Ghaznawī, 46.
Saiyyid Rusūldār, one of the Court
officers of Sulṭān Fīroz Shāh Tugh-
laq, 328.
Saiyyid Sālim of Tabarhindah, one of
the Amīrs of Khiẓr Khān of the
Saiyyid dynasty, 388 and nn 1
and 2.
Saiyyid Zāda-i-‘Alawī, Shāh Nabsa,
grandson by his mother's side of
Sulṭān Shamsu-d-Dīn Iyal-timish,
260 and n 7, 261.
Saiyyidu-s-Sādāt Saiyyid Sālim of
Tabarhindah, 388 n 1. See under
Saiyyid Sālim.
Saiyyidu-s-Salāṭīn Sulṭān Ibrāhīm
ibn Mas‘ud ibn Maḥmūd Ghaznawī,
51, 52. See under Ibrāhīm.
Saiyyids, the descendants of ‘Alī, 80
n 5.
Sajdah
or Sijdah, a prostration in
prayer, 612 n 3.
Sakbā
, a dish made of wheat flour,
meat and vinegar, 298 n 5.
Saketh, a township in the Sarkār of
Qanauj, 410 n 4.
Sakīb, for the township of Sakīṭ, 410
n 4.
Sakīna, town of, 377 and n 4.
Sakīṭ, a town in the Etah District of
the N.-W. Provinces, 377 n 4, 407
n
1, 410 and n 4.
Sakīṭ Singh, the Rāi of Itāwa, con-
temporary of Sulṭān Buhlūl Lodī,
410 n 4.
Sakīta, town of, 377 n 4. See the
town of Sakīṭ.

Sakkar, fortress of, 422.
Sakpat, for the town of Sakīṭ (q. v.),
410 n
4.
Saktī, a female deity, 20 n 5.
Sāl
wood, 599 and n 13.
Sāl Mastān, for Shāl-o-Mastāng, two
villages near Quetta, 567 n 9.
Sāl Wahsanān, for Shāl-o-Mastāng,
two villages near Quetta, 567 n 9.
Salāmān and Absāl, Story of, one of
the poetical works of Maulānā
‘Abdu-r-Raḥmān Jāmī, 272 n 1.
Salāṭīn-i-ḥaqīqī
, true kings, i.e., the
prophets, 143 n 1.
Salāṭīn-i-majāzī
, so-called kings, i.e.,
the kings of the earth, 143 and n 1.
Sālbāhan, the Rājā of Patna, one of
the contemporaries of Sulṭān Sikan-
dar Lodī, 416.
Ṣaldī, a Mughul commander, attacks
Hindūstān in the reign of Sulṭān
‘Alāu-d-Dīn Khiljī, 249 and n 5.
Sale's Koran, Preliminary Discourse,
21 n 1, 157 n 2, 499 n 5.
Salīm Chishtī of Fatḥpūr, Shaikh, the
famous saint, 488, 508, 535, 600.
Salīm Shāh, son of Shīr Shāh, of the
Afghān Sūr dynasty of Dihlī, 447,
490 and n 4, 494, 495, 497, 500,
502, 525, 526, 527, 588. See under
Islem Shāh.
Sālim of Tabarhindah, Saiyyid, one
of the Amīrs of Khiẓr Khān of the
Saiyyid dynasty of Dihlī, 388 and
nn 1 and 2.
Salīma, same as the Sarsutī, a tribu-
tary of the Sutlej, 330 and nn 4
and 7.
Sālimpūr, village of, on the south
bank of the Gandak, 409 n 5.
Saljūqīyah dynasty of Khurāsān and
Māwarān-n-Nahr, 35 nn 1 and 3,
38 n 3, 42 n 3, 51 n 2, 55 n 3, 61
n 5. See also the next.
Saljūqs, the, 33 n 1, 42 n 1, 45 and
n 2, 51, 167 n 3. See the above.
Salm, one of the sons of Farīdūn, of
the ancient kings of Persia, 435
and n 2.
Salmān al-Fārsī, called in Persian
Rūzbih, one of the Companions,
572 and n 1.
Salmān Sāwajī, a famous poet, pane-
gyrist of Amīr Shaikh Ḥasan and
his son Sulṭān Awais Jalāyer, 571
n 9, 605, 633 and n 1.
Salt Range, the, 19 n 4, 128 n 3.
Sālū, Shāh Muḥammad Khān, one of
the Amīrs of Humāyūn, 618 and
n 7, 619.
Sām, one of the heroes of the Shāh-
nāma, 72, 178 n
2.
Sām Mīrzā, brother of Shāh Ṭahmāsp
of Persia, 453 and n 8, 455.
Samak, the fish which bears the
Earth, 152 and n 2.
Sāmān, ancestor of the Sāmānī Kings
of Khurāsān, 72.
Sāmāna, town of, 132, 186, 221, 243,
305, 310, 328, 330, 334, 338, 342,
343, 352, 355, 360, 362, 364, 365
and n 6, 378, 382, 390, 391, 392,
396, 398, 399, 438, 595.
Sāmānīs, the, a dynasty of Kings
in Khurāsān and Māwarāu-n-Nahr,
13 n 1, 14 n 1, 16 n 2.
Samar, the Mughūl, one of the gene-
rals of Chingīz Khān, 188 nn 1
and 2.
Samarqand, town of, 6 n 3, 27 n 1,
59 n 1, 159 n, 310, 359, 443, 570 n
7.
Samarqandī, author of the Sharḥ-i-
Ṣaḥā'if
on Metaphysics, 427 n 1.
Sāmarrā, also called Surra-man-raā,
a town in ‘Irāq on the Eastern
bank of the Tigris, 59 n 1, 571 n 2.
Samā‘u-d-Dīn, a protégé of Muḥam-
mad Shāh, son of Sulṭān Fīroz
Shāh, 338.
Sāmā‘u-d-Dīn Kanbawī,—or
Sāmā‘u-d-Dīn Kanbū of Dihlī, Shaikh,
one of the greatest of the ‘Ulama
Shaikhs, contemporary of Sulṭān
Sikandar Lodī, 411 and n 9, 430.
Samā‘u-d-Dīn Qutlugh Khān the
Vazīr, one of the Amīrs of Sulṭān
Ḥusain Sharqī of Jaunpūr, 406.
Sambal. See under Sambhal.
Sambalaka, the town of Sambhal as
called by Ptolemy, 364 n 4.
Sambast, town of, 358 n 6.
Sambhal, district and town of, called
also Sambal, Sanbal and Sanbhal,
335 and n 8, 351, 364, 375, 395,
396, 406, 415, 418, 419, 426, 431 n

4, 435 and n 6, 443, 444, 451, 495,
525, 545, 547, 548, 590 n
5, 597,
598, 604.
Samīr, Rāi, Governor of Itāwa, con-
temporary of Khiẓr Khān of the
dynasty of the Saiyyids, 380 n 5.
Sāmirah, otherwise known as Surra-
man-ra'ā or Sāmarrā, in ‘Irāq, 571
and n 2.
Samnān, town of, 571 n 9.
Sāmothala, a place twelve krohs from
Lahore, 349
Samundar, name of the Bang Matī
when it enters Hindustān, 84 n.
Samvat era of Vikramādityā, 95 and
n 5.
Ṣan‘ā’, capital of Yaman in Arabia,
262 n.
Sanāī, Ḥakīm,—the celebrated poet
of Ghaznī, 35 n 1, 56, 57.
Sanām or Sannām, town of, 138 n 1,
236, 310, 330 n
7, 438.
Sanbal, town of, 375. See Sambhal.
Sanbal, Sarkār of, 495.
Sanbal, a tribe of the Afghāns, 500.
Sanbhal. See under the town of
Sambhal.
Sanbūz hills, the Kumāon hills, 186
n 1.
Sanchī inscription, the, 18 n 1.
Sandal wood, notes on, 484 and n 1,
627 and n 2.
Sandīla, district of, 349.
Sang Surākh, on the route between
Ghaznīn and the Panjāb, 78 and
n 3.
Sanīr, Rāi, of Baitālī, contemporary
of the Fīrūz Shāhī dynasty, 360
n 3.
Sānkā, Rānā, one of the Amīrs of the
Lodī dynasty, 444, 445, 446, 452,
470.
Sankāpūr, for the town of Shikārpūr,
487 and n 2.
Sānkot, for the fortress of Siālkoṭ, 49
and n 1.
Sannām or Sanām, town of, 138 n 1,
236, 310, 330 n
7, 438.
Ṯaqīf, called also Qassī, founder of
the Arab tribe of Ṯaqīf, 12 n 1.
Ṯaqīf, a tribe of the Arabs, 12 n 1,
28 n 1.
Saqirlāṭ
or Siqlaṭ, a silken stuff bro-
caded with gold, 543 and n 3.
Sar, Rāi, Governor of Chandāwar,
contemporary of Khiẓr Khān of
the dynasty of the Sayyids, 377.
Saracens, the, 635 n 6.
Sarakhs, a city of Khurāsān, also
called Sarkhas, 43 and nn 1, 2 and
3, 71.
Sāran, town of, 406 and n 4, 417.
Sārang Khān, the ruler of Dīpālpūr,
one of the Maliks of the Fīrūz
Shāhī dynasty, 349, 352, 353, 355,
358, 362, 380 and n 4.
Sārang Khān, one of the Afghān
Amīrs of Bābar, 444.
Sārangpūr, town of, 454.
Sarastu, township of, in the neigh-
bourhood of Sambhal, 525.
Saraswatī, the, 330 n 7. See under
the Sarsutī river.
Sardar, town of, 326 n 2.
Sardārs
in front of the throne, 497.
Sāregh Kotwāl, an officer of Sulṭān
Maḥmūd of Ghaznīn, 22.
Sargdawārī, a ford on the Ganges,
377. See also under Sarkdawārī.
Sārī,—or
Sāriyah, a town of Ṭabaristān, 36
and n 3.
Sarjū river, also called the Sarū (q. v.),
221 n 3, 222 n
3, 223 n.
Sarkār of Allahabad, 416 n 3.
Sarkār of Hiṣṣār Fīroza, 439.
Sarkār of Qanauj, 410 n 4, 538.
Sarkār of Sahār, 410 n 4.
Sarkār of Sanbal, 495.
Sarkārs of Hindūstān, 495, 496.

Sarkdawārī, town of, 311, 312. See
also under Sargdawārī.
Sarkés, in Gujarāt near to Aḥmad-
ābād, 357 n 4.
Sarkhas, a city of Khurāsān, called
also Sarakhs, 43 and nn 1, 2 and 3,
71.
Sarkhatra, canal, 327 n 3.
Sarkhech, near Aḥmadābād, 357 n 3.
See the following.
Sarkhej,—or
Sarkhez, in Gujarāt near to Aḥmad-
ābād, 357 and nn 3 and 4.
Sar Manzil, 595.
Sarmast Khān, the Afghān, one of the
Amīrs of Islem Shāh of the Afghān
Sūr dynasty of Dihlī, 501, 534.
Sarmast Khān Sarbanī, one of the
Amīrs of ‘Adlī, 538.
Sar Salāḥī Kotwāl, an officer of Sulṭān
Quṭbu-d-Dīn Mubārak Shāh, son of
‘Alāu-d-Dīn Khiljī, 275 and n 1,
277.
Sarsatī, a fortress in the hills of
Kashmīr, called also Sursatī and
Sarsutī (q. v.), 36 and n 1.
Sarsutī river, called also the Saras-
watī, and the Salīma, 27 n 4, 69,
324, 330 and nn 6 and 7, 382.
Sarsutī, the country south of the
Himālaya, also called Sarsatī and
Sursatī, 70 and n 1, 80.
Sarsutī, fortress of, 293, 324, 327 and
n 3, 355, 404 n 2. See under Sar-
satī.
Sartez ‘Imādu-l-Mulk, one of the
Maliks of Sulṭān Muḥammad Tugh-
laq Shāh, 302, 314 and n 2.
Sarū river, called also the Sarjū
(q. v.), 222 and n 3, 238, 239, 298.
Sarūd, district of, 495 n 3.
Sarūr, town and district of, 326 and
n and n 2, 495 and n 3.
Sarwānī, Khān-i-Khānān, Governor
of the fort of Rantanbhūr, contem-
porary of Sher Shāh, 475.
Sarwaru-l-Mulk, one of the Maliks of
Mubārak Shāh of the dynasty of
the Saiyyids, 393, 394, 395, 396,
397.
Sāsān, founder of the Sassanide dy-
nasty of Persian Kings, 72.
Sassanide dynasty of Persian Kings,
46 n 5.
Sasseram, town of, 185 n 1.
Satal Dev, of Sorath, a rebel in the
reign of Sulṭān ‘Alāu-d-Dīn Khiljī,
264.
Satgāna, country of, 387 and n 3.
Satgānw, district of, 302.
Satgaṛh, town of, 329 and n 4.
Saṭḥiyāt
, superficialities, 504 n 9.
Satlaj, the, 23 n 3, 70 n 1, 190 and
n 2, 325 n 3, 326 and n, 330, 362
and nn 1 and 3, 363 n, 380 n 2, 381,
382 and n 2, 590 n 5, 593. Called
also the Satlaz and the Sutlej.
Satlaz, the river Satlaj (q. v.), 330
and n 5.
Sātū
, the roof of a house in Turkī,
494 n 7.
Sāṭūr
, 494 and n 7.
Saturn, notes on the planet, 217 n 5.
Saudā
, black bile, 5 n 3.
Ṣaulajān, from the Persian Chaugān,
a stick with a curved extremity,
79 n 1.
Ṣaulajān
, origin of the modern game
of polo, 417 n 8.
Ṯaur, Jabal, a mountain near Mecca,
149 n, 158 n 1.
Sawādu-l-A‘ḍḥam, meaning of the
expression, 8 n 4.
Sāwa or Sāwah, a city of Khurāsān,
571 n 9, 633 n 1.
Sāwajī, Jamālu-d-Dīn Salmān, a
famous Persian poet, contemporary
of Shaikh Ḥasan Jalāyer and his
son Sulṭān Awais, 571 n 9, 605, 633
and n 1.
Sawāna, fort of, 264 n 6.
Sawās, district of, 475.
Sazāwal Khān, one of the Amīrs of
Shīr Shāh, 475, 492, 495.
Scherpour, town of, 82 n 1, 93 n.
Sedillot's Tables Astronomiques
d'Oloug Beg, 198 n
2.
Sehwān, in the Karachī district of
Sind, 560 n 8.
Seistān, province of, 19, 47, 50.
Seljuqs, the. See under the Saljūqs.
Sepulchre of the Poets in Tabrīz,
called the Surkhāb, 339 n 4.
Serdi Talāwarī, a common name of
the town of Tarāyan, 90 and n 1.
Seven labours of Isfandiyār, in the
Shāh-Nāma, 103 n 2.
Seven Places, the seven labours of
Isfandiyār, 103 and n 2.
Seven poems of the Jāhilīyat, called
the Mu‘allaqāt, 99 and n 6.
Seven Sleepers of Ephesus, 207 n 1.
Sewand Rāi, or Sūndhī Rāi, the
Hindū General of Sulṭān Muḥam-
mad, son of Sulṭān Maḥmūd Ghaz-
nawī, 34 and n 2.
Shab-i-Barāt
, the fifteenth of the
month of Sha‘bān, 488 and n 5.
Shādarwān, fortress of, in Khurāsān,
583 n 4.
Shaddād ibn ‘Ād, a king of the
ancient Arabs, 261, 262 n, 263 n,
501 and n 3.
Shādī, a servant of Muḥammad Khān
Sūr, Governor of the country of
Chaund, 468.
Shādī Khān, son of Sulṭān ‘Alāu-d-
Dīn Khiljī, 268, 272, 275, 278, 283.
Shādī Kath, the Sar Salāḥī Kotwāl or
chief captain of Sulṭān Quṭbu-d-
Dīn Khiljī, 275 n 1, 283 and n 9.
Shādī Nāib-i-Khāṣṣ, Malik, the Ḥājib
of Sulṭān ‘Alāu-d-Dīn Khiljī, 274,
295.
Shāfi‘ī, Imām, founder of the Shāfi‘ite
sect of Sunnī Muslims, 57 n 1.
Shāfi‘ites, the,—one of the four sects
of Sunuī Muslims, 57 n 1, 73 n 1,
514. See the above.
Shāh ‘Abdu-l-‘Azīz of Dihlī, author
of the Tuḥfa-i-Iṯnā-‘asharīyah,
577 n
.
Shāh Abu-l-Ma‘ālī, one of the Amīrs
of Humāyūn, 592, 594, 596, 597.
Shāh ‘Ālam, one of the Amīrs of
Sher Shāh of the Afghān Sūr dy-
nasty, 477.
Shāh Ḥasan, one of Amīrs of Bābar,
446.
Shāh Hindāl, 587. See under Mīrzā
Hindāl.
Shāh Ḥusain Arghūn, Mīrzā, Governor
of Tatta, one of the contempora-
ries of Humāyūn, 559, 560 and
n 8, 561 and n 2, 562, 566, 567,
580.
Shāh Ismā‘īl Ṣafawī Ḥusainī, King
of Persia, 449, 570, 572 n 8.
Shāh Ja‘far Khwāndī Dakkanī, a
Shī‘ah divine, contemporary of
Niẓām Shāh Baḥrī, 624, 625.
Shāh Kāmrān, 584. See under
Kāmrān Mīrzā.
Shāh Manṣūr Birlās, one of the Amīrs
of Bābar, 441.
Shāh Mīr of Agra, Saiyyid, one of
the contemporaries of Islem Shāh,
526.
Shāh Mīrzā, son of Muḥammad
Zamān Mīrzā, one of the Amīrs of
Humāyūn, 452, 458.
Shāh Muḥammad of Dihlī, contem-
porary of Sher Shāh and Islem
Shāh, 504, 505, 506.
Shāh Muḥammad Farmalī, one of the
Amīrs of Islem Shāh, 499 and n 7,
538, 539, 540.
Shāh Muḥammad Khān Sālū, one of
the Amīrs of Humāyūn, 618 and
n 7, 619.
Shāh Muḥammad Shāhābādī, Mullā,
translator of the History of Kashmīr,
8 n
3.
Shāh Murād, son of Shāh Ṭahmāsp
of Persia, 572, 573 and n 1, 575,
576.
Shāh Najaf, grandson by his mother's
side of Sulṭān Shamsu-d-Dīn Iyal-
timish, 260 n 7.
Shāh Nāmah
. See under the Shāh-
nāma
.
Shāh Rukh, grandson of the Great
Tīmūr, Sulṭān of Persia, 618 n 1.
Shāh Ṭāhir Junaidī, the poet, 624
n 6. Same as the next (q. v.).
Shāh Ṭāhir Khondī,—or

Shāh Ṭāhir Khwāndī Dakkanī, one
of the poets of the time of Humā-
yūn, 624 and n 6, 625 and n 3,
626, 632, 635, 636.
Shāh Ṭahmāsp, King of Persia, con-
temporary of Humāyūn, 453, 455,
456, 466, 569, 570, 572, 624.
Shāh Turkān, mother of Sulṭān
Ruknu-d-Dīn Fīroz Shāh ibn Sham-
su-d-Dīn Iyal-timish, 98 n 1.
Shahāb. See under Shihāb.
Shāhābād, district and town in
Bengal, 330 n 7, 334, 439, 466
n
6.
Shahābu-d-Daulat. See under Shihā-
bu-d-Daulat.
Shahābu-d-Dīn. See under Shihā-
bu-d-Dīn.
Shāhanshāh Sayyid Zāda-i-‘Alawī
a descendant on the mother's side
from Sulṭān Shamsu-d-Dīn Iyal-
timish, 260 and n 7.
Shāhbāz Khān Lūhānī, one of the
Amīrs of the Afghān Sūr dynasty,
490 and n 4, 592.
Shāhik Bārbak, the Khān-i-Jahān,
one of the Maliks of Sulṭān Mu‘iz-
zu-d-Dīn Kaiqubād Balbanī, 221.
Shāhik Wazīr Khān, one of the Maliks
of the Balbanī dynasty, 220.
Shāhīn, Malik, known by the title of
Wafā Malik, one of the Amīrs of
the Khiljī dynasty, 284.
Shāhīn, Malik, one of the Amīrs of
the Fīrūz Shāhī dynasty, 344.
Shāhjahānpūr District, N.-W. Pro-
vinces, 546 n 3, 598 n 9.
Shaḥna-i-Shahr
, City Constable, 401.
Shāh-nāma of Firdausī, 32 n 1, 88 n 2,
103 n 2, 116 n 5, 178 n 2, 180 n 2,
207 n 7, 321 n 1, 435 n 2.
Shāh-nāma
, Atkinson's, 32 n 1, 116
n 5, 178 n 2, 180 n 2, 321 n 1, 435
n 2.
Shāh-nāma
of Badr Shāshī the poet,
321.
Shāhnawāz, on the eastern bank of
the Rāvī, 355 n 1.
Shāhpūr, Shāh Muḥammad Khān, one
of the Amīrs of Humāyūn, 618 n 7.
Shahrastānī's al-Milal wa-n-Niḥal,
157 n 2, 158 n
.
Shahr-i-Nau, on the banks of the
Jumna, 231.
Shahr-i-Sabz, in Bokhārā, 570 n 7.
Shāhrukhī
, a coin first coined by Shāh
Rukh the Mughul Sulṭān of Persia,
618 n 1.
Shahru-llāh, brother of ‘Ainu-l-Mulk
Multānī, one of the Amīrs of Sulṭān
Muḥammad Tughlaq Shāh, 311,
312.
Shāhū Lodī the Afghān, one of the
Amīrs of Sulṭān Muḥammad Tugh-
laq Shāh, 305 and n 1.
Shāhzāda Fatḥ Khān. See Fatḥ
Khān, son of Sulṭān Fīroz Shāh.
Shāhzāda Fatḥ Khān of Herat, one
of the Amīrs of Sulṭān Mubārak
Shāh of Jaunpūr, 361.
Shāhzāda Mubārak Khān. See
Mubārak Khān, son of Sulṭān
‘Alāu-d-Dīn Khiljī.
Shāhzāda Muḥammad Khān. See
Muḥammad Khān, son of Sulṭān
Fīroz Shāh.
Shaikh, application of the term, 303
n 4, 504.
Shaikh ‘Alī, one of the Amīrs of
Bābar, 441.
Shaikh ‘Alī, one of the Amīrs of
Humāyūn, 565 n 1.
Shaikh ‘Alī Mughul, the ruler of
Kābul, contemporary of Mubārak
Shāh of the dynasty of the
Saiyyids, 388, 389, 390, 391, 392.
Shaikh-allahdīyah of Khairābād, 546
and n 1.
Shaikh Bāyazīd, brother of Muṣṭafa
Farmalī, one of the Afghān Amīrs
of Bābar, 444.
Shaikh Ḥamīd, the commentator of
Sanbal, contemporary of Humāyūn,
604.
Shaikh Ḥasan Jalāyer, King of
Khurāsān, 633 n 1.
Shaikh Khūran, one of the Hindūstānī
Amīrs of Bābar, 444, 445.
Shaikh, son of Malik Marwān Daulat,
Governor of Multān under the
Fīrūz Shāhī dynasty, 376.
Shaikh Sa‘dī of Shīrāz, author of the
Gulistān, 187 and n 2.
Shaikh Ṭāhir, one of the Amīrs of
the Lodī dynasty, 418.
Shaikhā Khakar,—or
Shaikhā Khūkhar, Malik, contem-
porary of the Fīrūz Shāhī dynasty,
347, 349, 358 and n 6, 381 and n 5,
398 and n 2.
Shaikhān, the,—title of the Abū Bakr
and ‘Umar, the first two Khalī-
fahs, 303 n 4.
Shaikhs, holy shrines of the, at Mul-
tān, 392.
Shaikhu-l-Hadīyah Jaunpūrī, an
author, 428, 429.
Shaikhu-l-Islām, 506.
Shaikhu-l-Mashāikh Shaikh Ḥasan
Zinjānī, a famous saint of Lāhor,
383 and n 6.
Shaikhu-l-Nadīyah Jaunpūrī, 429.
Shaikhzāda-i-Busṭāmī A‘ẓam Malik,
one of the Amīrs of Sulṭān Fīroz
Shāh Tughlaq, 328.
Shaikhzāda Dimishqī, one of the
courtiers of Sulṭān Ghiyāṯu-d-
Dīn Tughlaq Shāh, 298.
Shaikhzāda-i-Jām,—or
Shaikhzāda-i-Jāmī, one of the learned
men of the time of Sulṭān Quṭbu-
d-Dīn Khiljī, 284, 318.
Shakarganj. Shaikh,—or
Shakkar Ganj, Shaikh, 135 n, 271 n
4. Same as Shaikh Farīdu-d-Dīn
Ganjshakar (q. v.).
Shāl, village of, in the neighbour-
hood of Quetta, 567 n 9.
Shāl Mashāng, village of, 567 n 9.
Shāl Mastāng, village of, 567 and n 9.
Shāl-o-Mastān, two villages, 567 n 9.
Shāl-o-Mastāng, two villages near
Quetta, 567 n 9.
Shām (Syria), 585 and n 7.
Shamā'ilu-l-Muḥammadīyah
, name of
a book, 625 n 6.
Shāmiāna
, a kind of marquee, 460
and n 4, 497 n 1.
Shams Khān, uncle of Tatār Khān,
the son of Ẓafar Khān (q. v.), 361.
Shams Khān Auḥadī, son of Auḥad
Khān, the ruler of Baiāna under
the Fīrūz Shāhī and Saiyyid dy-
nasties, 359, 360 and n 5, 378,
379, 385 and n 1.
Shams Khān Lūhānī, one of the
Amīrs of Islem Shāh, 493, 494.
Shams Khātūn, sister of Quṭb Khān
Lodī (q. v.), 404 n 2.
Shamsābād, town of, 232, 311, 377
and n 3, 384 and n 4, 403 and nn
4 and 5, 404 and n 2, 407 and n 1,
415, 472.
Shamsher Khān, one of the Amīrs
of ‘Adlī, 537.
Shams-i-Sirāj ‘Afīf, author of the
Tārīkh-i-Fīrūz Shāhī, 315 n 7, 323
n 3, 324 n 2, 325 n 3, 326 n, 328
nn
1 and 6, 329 nn 1, 2, 3, 5, 6
and 8, 330 n 2, 332 n 6, 333 nn 1
and 4, 337 n 7.
Shamsīyah
, a famous treatise on
Logic, 427 n 1.
Shamsīyah Sulṭāns of Hind,—of the
family of Sulṭān Shamsu-d-Dīn
Iyal-timish, 71 n 1.
Shamsu-d-Dīn Altamash, 71. See
under Shamsu-d-Dīn Iyal-timish.
Shamsu-d-Dīn of Bharāīj, Qāẓī, one
of the Qāẓīs of the Shamsīyah
Sulṭāns, 132.
Shamsu-d-Dīn Dabīr, one of the
poets of the time of Sulṭān Nāṣiru-
d-Dīn, son of Shamsu-d-Dīn Iyal-
timish, 134 and n 3, 137 and n 8,
217.
Shamsu-d-Dīn Dāmaghānī, Governor
of Gujrāt under Sulṭān Fīroz Shāh
Tughlaq, 334.
Shamsu-d-Dīn of ‘Irāq, Mīr Saiyyid,
one of the contemporaries of Islem
Shāh, 505.
Shamsu-d-Dīn Iyaltimish, Sulṭān, of
the Slave dynasty of Dihli, 71 and
n 1, 79, 80, 86, 87, 88 and n 1,
90 and n 2, 91, 92, 93, 96, 98, 120,
126 and n 3, 184, 187, 260 and n 7.

Shamsu-d-Dīn Kaikāūs, son of
Mu‘izzu-d-Dīn Kaiqubād, Sulṭān of
the Shamsīyah dynasty, 227, 229,
230 and n 1.
Shamsu-d-Dīn of Lakhnautī, Sulṭān,
309, 324, 328. See under Ilyās
Ḥājī.
Shamsu-d-Dīn of Mārhira, Qāẓī, one
of the Qāẓīs of the Shamsīyah
Sulṭāns, 123 and n 2
Shamsu-d-Dīn Muḥammad Atka
Khān, son of Mīr Yār Muḥammad
of Ghaznī, called the A‘ẓam Khān,
one of the Amīrs of Humāyūn,
464 and n 5, 568 and n 6.
Shamsu-d-Dīn Muḥammad Sām Ghūrī,
title of Sulṭān Ghiyāṯu-d-Dīn Ghūrī
before his accession, 65 n 2.
Shamsu-d-Dīn Suleimān, son of Malik
Marwān, one of the Maliks of
Sulṭān Fīroz Shāh, 335 n 4.
Shamsu-l-Mulk, one of the Maliks
of Mubārak Shāh of the Saiyyid
dynasty, 390, 392.
Shaqā'iqu-n-Nu‘mān, a red flower, 142
n 3.
Shar‘, ash
, the sacred canon of the
Qur'ān, 4 n 1.
Sharaf, a poet, 68.
Sharaf of Baiāna. See under Sulṭān
Sharf.
Sharafu-d-Dīn Munīrī, Quṭbu-l-
Mashāikhi-l-‘Iẓām, a famous saint,
82 n 1, 416 and n 13.
Sharafu-d-Dīn Muṣliḥ ibn ‘Abdu-llāh
as-Sa‘dī, Shaikh, 187 n 2. The
famous Shaikh Sa‘dī of Shīrāz.
Sharafu-l-Mulk Ash‘arī, one of the
Amīrs of the Shamsīyah Sulṭāns,
125.
Shārān, town of, 406 n 4.
Sharbatdār
, preparer of beverages,
[452.
Sharf. See under Sharaf.
Sharḥain-i-Miftāḥ, two commentaries
on the Miftāḥu-l-‘Ulūm, 428 n 2.
Sharḥ-i-Manẓūma
of Ḥājī Mulla Hādī
Sabzwārī, 181 n 2.
Sharḥ-i-Nahju-l-Balāghat
of ‘Abdu-l-
Ḥamīd bin Abi-l-Ḥadīd al-Mu‘ta-
zilī, 458 n 3.
Sharḥ-i-Ṣaḥāif
, a treatise on Meta-
physics, 427 and n 1.
Sharḥ-i-Shamsīyah
, a treatise on logic,
427 and n 1.
Sharḥu-l-Masābiḥ wa-l-Manāhij
, one
of the works of Qāẓī Baiẓāwī, 6 n 4.
Sharīf, Mīr Saiyyid, a well-known
author, 560.
Sharq, Sulṭān, Governor of Baiāna,
son of Sulṭān Aḥmad Jilwānī the
First, 414 and nn 6, 11 and 12.
Sharqī, Sulṭān Ibrāhīm Shāh of
Jaunpūr, 386 and nn 2 and 3, 387
and n 4, 403.
Sharqī dynasty of Jaunpūr, 409 and
n 8, 413.
Shaṣt galla
, surname of the poet
Manūchihrī Dāmaghānī, 46 n 4.
Shatladar, name of the Sutlej in
Sanskrit, 23 n 3.
Shaula, name of the one of the mansions
of the moon, 115 n 3.
Shāyista Khān, son of Qurra Qumār,
one of the courtiers of Sulṭān
Quṭbu-d-Dīn Khiljī, 291, 293, 295
and n 3.
Shāyista Khān, title of Fīroz Khān
ibn Yaghrash the Khiljī, afterwards
Sulṭān Jalālu-d-Dīn Khiljī (q. v),
226, 227, 228, 229, 230 and n 1.
Shehr-i-Sabz, in Bokhārā, 570 n 7.
Shekel, a weight and a coin of the
Hebrews, 25 n 1.
Sher Khān, one of the Amīrs of
Sulṭān Mu‘izzu-d-Dīn Kaiqubād of
the Balbanī dynasty, 226 and n 1.
Sher Khān, one of the Maliks of
Sulṭān Shamsu-d-Dīn Iyal-timish,
130, 186, 187.
Sher Khān, son of Islem Shāh of the
Afghān Sūr dynasty, 534.
Sher Shāh, the first of the Afghān
Sūr dynasty of Dihli, 25 n 5, 436.
See under Shīr Shāh.
Sherpūr, town of, 82 n 1, 93 n.
Sherring's Hindū Tribes and Castes,
312 n 7, 384 n 3, 433 n 4, 557 n
9.
Sherzād ibn Sulṭān Mas‘ūd ibn
Ibrāhīm Ghaznawī, Sulṭān of the
Ghaznivide dynasty, 55 and n 2.
Shī‘ahs, the, 3 n 6, 22 n 3, 59 n 4,
156 n 1, 157 n, 420 n 8, 571 and
n 2, 572 and n 5, 576 n 5, 577 n,
604 n
5, 625 and n 3, 626 nn 4 and
6, 636.
Shibla, a village in the dependencies
of Osrūshua in Transoxiana, 59 n 1.
Shiblī, a famous Muḥammadan Saint,
59 and n 1.
Shihāb, Maulānā. See under Shihā-
bu-d-Dīn the Enigmatist.
Shihāb, Mīr, one of the Amīrs of
Humāyūn, 598 n 5.
Shihāb Khān. See Shihāb Nāhir.
Shihāb Muhamra Badāonī, for
Shihāb-i-Mutmara, the poet, 99 and
n 2.
Shihāb Nāhir, Malik, one of the
Amīrs of the Fīrūz Shāhī dynasty,
351, 359.
Shihāb-i-Mutmara, Maulānā, one of
the poets of the reign of Sulṭān
Ruknu-d-Dīn ibn Shamsu-d-Dīn
Iyal-timish, 99 and n 2, 100 and
n 1, 103, 112, 271 and n 2.
Shihābu-d-Daulah Mas‘ūd, son of
Sulṭān Maḥmūd of Ghaznīn, 29, 33,
35. See under Sulṭān Mas‘ūd.
Shihābu-d-Daulah Maudūd, son of
Sulṭān Mas‘ūd Ghaznawī, 43 n 7.
See under Sulṭān Maudūd.
Shihābu-d-Dīn Abu-l-Muẓaffar Ghorī,
62, 63 and n 1, 64 and n 2, 65 and
n 2, 66, 70, 72, 133 n. See under
Sulṭān Mu‘izzu-d-Dīn Muḥammad
Sām
.
Shihābu-d-Dīn Aḥmad Khān, one of
the Amīrs of Humāyūn, 598 and
n 5.
Shihābu-d-Dīn the Enigmatist, Mau-
lānā, a learned man in the time of
Bābar, 449 and nn 3 and 9, 450 and
n 1.
Shihābu-d-Dīn Ḥakīm Kirmānī Jaun-
pūrī, author of the Ṭabaqāt-i-
Maḥmūd Shāhī
, 230.
Shihābu-d-Dīn ibn Jamālu-d-Dīn
Mutmara, known as Shihāb-i-Mut-
mara (q. v.).
Shihābu-d-Dīn Nīshāpūrī Bakhshī,
Mīr, one of the Amīrs of Humāyūn,
598 and n 5.
Shihābu-d-Dīn Sulṭān, Malik, one of
the Amīrs of Sulṭān Muḥammad
Tughlaq Shāh, 311.
Shihābu-d-Dīn ‘Umar, son of Sulṭān
‘Alāu-d-Dīn Khiljī, 268, 272, 273
and n 4, 274 n 1, 284.
Shihābu-ṯ-Ṯāqib, a name of Maulānā
Shihābu-d-Dīn the Enigmatist
(q. v.), 450 n 1.
Shikārpūr, town of, 487 and n 2.
Shikebī, Maulānā, a poet of the time
of Humāyūn, 453 n 7.
Shiqqdārān
, officers appointed to col-
lect revenue from provinces, 407
n 2.
Shīr Khān, son of Ḥasan Sūr, after-
wards
Shīr Shāh, 456, 457, 458,
459, 460, 461, 462, 463, 464, 465,
466, 467, 468, 469, 470, 471 and
n 1, 472, 475, 521, 541. See also
under Shīr Shāh.
Shīr Shāh, the first of the Afghān
Sūr dynasty of Dihlī, 461 and
n 5, 472, 474, 475, 476, 477, 478,
479, 480, 481 n 5, 482, 483, 484,
490, 492, 495, 496, 500, 502, 504,
526, 527, 535 n
7, 538, 542, 563,
594. See the above. The name
is also written Sher Shāh.
Shīr-i-falak, the constellation Leo,
498 n 5.
Shīr-i-Khudā, the Lion of God, a
name of ‘Alī ibn Abī Ṭālib, 93 n 4.
Shīr mādar
, foster-mother, 580 n 5.
Shīrāz, the city of, 6 n 4, 38 n 4,
187 and n 2, 572 n 1.
Shīrgaṛh, the new name of Qanauj,
472.
Shīrīn, the wife of Khusrū King
of Persia, 279 n 3.
Shīrīn wa Khusrū
, a poem of Mīr
Khusrū, the famous poet of Dihlī,
269 n 5.
Shirk
, polytheism, 183 n 2, 625 n 5.

Shirwān Shāh Khāqān Manūchihr,
King of Persia, patron of the
famous poet Khāqānī, 583 n 4.
Shīwar, town of, 389 and n 8, 391,
392 and n 5.
Shrines of the Shaikhs at Multān,
392.
Shujā‘u-l-Mulk, son of Saiyyid Sālim
of Tabarhindah (q. v.), 388.
Siālkoṭ, fortress of, 49 and n 1, 66
and n 7, 67 and n, 436, 437, 465.
Sibi, town of, 425 n 2.
Sicilians, the, 76 n.
Sidāran or Sidhāran, son of Kāngū
Khatrī, a protégé of the Mubārak
Shāhī family, 393 n 3, 395, 396,
397.
Ṣiddīq, Aṣ-, title of Abū Bakr, the
first Khalīfah, 59 and n 2.
Sidh Pāl, grandson of Kajwī Khatrī,
a protégé of the Mubārak Shāhī
family, 394, 395, 397.
Sidhan, Rāi of Satgaṛh, contempor-
ary of Sulṭān Fīroz Shāh Tughlaq,
329 n 5.
Sidhāran Khatrī, 395. See under
Sidāran.
Sīdī Maulā, Saiyyid, contemporary
of Sulṭān Jalālu-d-Dīn Khiljī, 233
and n 4, 234, 235, 248, 507 and
n 2, 525.
Sidra, the,—or
Sidratu-l-Muntahā, the lote tree of
Paradise, in the seventh heaven,
58 n 3, 150 and n 2.
Ṣiffīn, a celebrated battle between
‘Alī and Mu‘āwiyah, 157 n 2.
Sihām
, arrows used in the game of
maisir, 369 and n 1.
Sihrind, town of, 330, 331 and n 3,
378, 380, 382, 383 n
11, 406, 437,
438, 486, 498, 548. See also under
Sirhind.
Siḥru-l-Ḥalāl, lawful magic, 151 n 6.
Sīḥūn (Jaxartes), the, 159 n.
Sihwān, in the Karāchī district of
Sind, 560 n 8.
Sijdah
, a prostration in prayer, 612
n 3.
Sijistān, province of, 15 n, 34 n 4,
70 n
2.
Sijz, a village in the province of
Sijistān, 70 n 2.
Sikandar, a general of Mīrzā Kām-
rān's army, 463.
Sikandar, called Ẕu-I-Qarnain,
Alexander the Great, 254, 255, 268,
331, 425, 436, 441, 485.
Sikandar, Rampart of, 191 and n 2.
Sikandar-i-Ṯānī, title of Sulṭān
‘Alāu-d-Dīn Khiljī, 254 and n 6.
Sikandar Khān Osbak, one of the
Amīrs of Humāyūn, 592 and n 1,
594, 595.
Sikandar Khān, son of Shāh Muḥam-
mad Farmalī, one of the Amīrs of
the Afghān Sūr dynasty, 538, 539.
Sikandar Khān, Malik Ya‘qūb, one
of the Amīrs of Fīroz Shāh
Tughlaq, 337, 338.
Sikandar Lodī, Sulṭān, son of Sulṭān
Buhlūl Lodī, 411, 412, n 2, 413 and
n 13, 416, 417, 418, 423 n 11, 424
and n 4, 425, 426, 427, 429, 431
and n 1, 432, 435, 444, 445, 466,
470, 476.
Sikandar Maliku-sh-Sharq, governor
of Lāhor, contemporary of Mubā-
rak Shāh of the Saiyyid dynasty,
389, 390.
Sikandar, son of Shamsu-d-Dīn,
Sulṭān of Lakhnautī, contemporary
of Sulṭan Fīroz Shāh, 328 and n 6,
329.
Sikandar Sūr, one of the cousins of
Shīr Shāh, assumes the title of
Sulṭān, 542, 543, 544, 546, 547, 550,
559, 592, 593, 594, 595, 596, 597.
Sikandar, son of Tāju-l-Mulk Naḥv,
one of the Maliks of Khiẓr Khān,
the first of the Saiyyids, 380.
Sikandar Tuḥfa, Malik, one of the
Amīrs of the Saiyyid dynasty, 383.
See the above.
Sikandarnāma, one of the poetical
works of Mīr Khusrū of Dihlī,
269 n 5.
Sikandarnāma
, one of the poetical
works of the celebrated poet
Niẓāmī, 174 n 3, 298 n 4, 467.
Sikkah
, currency stamped with name
of sovereign, 3 n 3, 15 and n 3.
Sikkākī, Sirāju-d-Dīn Abū Ya‘qūb
Yūsuf, author of the Miftāḥu-l-
‘Ulūm, 428 n
2.
Sīkrī, another name of the town of
Fatḥpūr, 386, 445 and n 2, 487,
488.
Sil Hako bridge, over the Brahma-
putra, 84 n 1.
Silsilatu-ẕ-Ẕahab
, one of the works
of Maulānā Jāmī, 272 n 1.
Simāk, the fourteenth of the houses
of the moon, 152 and n 2.
Simāku-l-A‘zal, Spica Virginis, 152
n 2.
Simāku-r-Rāmiḥ, Arcturus, 152 n 2.
Sīmurgh, a fabulous bird, 178 nn 2
and 4.
Sind, 11 n 3, 12, 13 n, 20, 29, 36 and
n 10, 80, 88 n 1, 91, 124, 187, 297,
465, 559, 560 n 8, 618 n
6. Called
also Sindh.
Sind, the,—the river Indus, 128 n 3,
422 n
3.
Sindh, see under Sind.
Sindhīs, the, 130.
Sindhu, name of the Indus in Sans-
krit, 23 n 3.
Sindus,—the river Indus, 23 n 3.
Sinjār, town of, in Mesopotamia, 55
n 3, 167 n 3.
Sinjar, Alp Khān, wife's brother of
Sulṭān ‘Alāu-d-Dīn Khiljī, 247.
Sinjar ibn Malik Shāh Saljūqī, the
last of the Saljūq dynasty in
Khurāsān, 55 and nn 3 and 4, 56,
61 and n 5, 65, 167 and n 3, 170,
291, 602.
Sinjūrī, Abū ‘Alī,—contemporary of
Sulṭān Maḥmūd of Ghaznīn, 20.
Sintūr hills, the Kumaon hills, 185,
186 n 1, 334 and n 7.
Sipāhān, same as Ispahān or Iṣpahān,
34 and n 1, 35.
Sipand, rue, burned to avert the evil
eye, 192 n 3, 617 and n 1.
Sipar, Rāi, Governor of Itāwa, con-
temporary of Khiẓr Khān of the
dynasty of the Saiyyids, 380 and
n 5, 381.
Siparak
, a herb, 629 and n 2.
Sipra river, the,—in Mālwā, 95 n 4.
Siprak
, a herb, 629 n 2.
Siqlāṭ
, a silken stuff brocaded with
gold, 543 n 3.
Sīr, Rāi, ruler of Baitālī, contempor-
ary of the Fīrūz Shāhī dynasty,
360 and n 3.
Sirāj ‘Afīf, the Historian. See under
Shams-i-Sirāj ‘Afīf.
Sirāju-d-Dīn Abū Ya‘qūb Yūsuf bin
Abī Muḥammad ibn ‘Alī as-Sikkākī,
author of the Miftāḥu-l-‘Ulūm, 428
n
2.
Sirāṭ, bridge across the fire of Hell,
113 n 1. See also the next.
Sirāṭ-i-Mustaqīm, the hair-like bridge
over Hell, 372 and n 2. See also
the above.
Sirhind, town of, 331 n 3, 401, 520,
592 and n 6, 594. See also under
Sihrind.
Sirhindī, Yaḥyā ibn Aḥmad ibn
‘Abdu-llah, author of the Tārīkh-i-
Mubārak Shāhī, 10 n 2, 67 n
2.
Sīrī, one of the three cities of Dihlī,
247, 269 n 1, 295 n 10, 311 n 5,
351, 361 n
1, 366 and n 1, 396.
Sirinor, mountains of, in the
Himalayas, 307 n 4.
Sir Mūr,—or
Sirmūr, hilly country of, 120 and nn 1
and 3, 131, 251, 324, 337, 338, 341.
Sirmūr, town of, 326 n 2.
Sirmūr Bardār, hills of, 120 n 1.
Sissoo tree, the, Dalbergia sissoo, 129
n
2.
Sīstān, province of, 569. See also
under Seistān, Sīwistān and Sijis-
tān.
Siwālik hill-range, to the north of
Hindūstān, 70, 93, 132 n 4, 358 and
n 6, 438, 595.
Sīwī Siyūpūr, province of, 425 and
n 2.
Sīwī o Sīūpur, province of, 425 n 2.

Sīwistān, province of, 91, 249 n 7,
323. See under Sīstān.
Siyāhwān, fortress in the Karāchī
district of Sind, 560 and n 8.
Siyaru-l-‘Ārifīn
of Shaikh Jamālī
Kanbawī of Dihlī, 430.
Siyūpūr, province of, 425 n 2.
Skeat's Etymological Dictionary of the
English Language, 159 n 2, 244 n 6,
298 n 5, 543 n
3.
Slane, De, Ibn Khallikān or Prolégo-
mènes d' Ibn Khaldūn, 6 n 3, 12
n 1, 30 n 1, 35 n 1, 38 n 3, 42 nn
1
and 3, 44 n 5, 51 n 2, 55 n 3, 59 n 1,
74 n 2, 149 n, 151 nn
4 and 6, 152
n 2, 157 n 1, 167 n 3, 181 n 2, 198
n 2, 244 n 6, 287 nn
1 and 2, 352
n 1, 481 n 6.
Smith's Dictionary of Greek and
Roman Antiquities, 19 n, 29 n 5, 76
n, 367 n
3.
Smith's Dictionary of Greek and
Roman Biography, 46 n 5, 332 n
.
Smith's Dictionary of Greek and
Roman Geography, 23 n 1, 30 n 1,
35 n 2, 394 n
5.
Soane, the,—or the Son, a tributary
of the Ganges, 82 n 1.
Sobha Nath, or Lord of Beauty, name
of the idol of Somnāt, 28.
Soghdi, the, name of an ancient
people of Central Asia, 23 n 1.
Sohrāb, son of Rustam, the famous
hero of ancient Īrān, 499.
Solimān (Solomon), 148 n 1.
Solomon, King of Israel, 108, 112,
136, 148 and n 1, 205 and n 3,
206 n, 485, 505 n 6.
Solomon, ring of, possessed of magic-
al properties, 205 n 3, 505 n 6,
559 and n 2.
Soma, name of the moon in Sanskrit,
79 n 2.
Somagraha
, lucky things, 79 n 2.
Somanāth,—or
Somanātha, south-west of the Penin-
sula of Gujarāt on the sea-shore,
17 n 4, 27 n 4. See also the next.
Somnāt,—or
Somnāth, in Gujarāt on the coast,
17 and n 4, 27 and n 4, 28 and n 4,
256. See Somanāth.
Son, the,—or the Soane, a tributary
of the Ganges, 82 n 1.
Sonhār, town of, 407 and n 6.
Sonīpat Bangar, district of Hindūstān,
122 n 1.
Sonnergong, same as Sunārgānw, 186
[and n 6.
Sonpat,—or
Sonpath, a city with a fortress north
of Dihlī, 21 n 4, 37 and n 3.
Sontheimer's Ibn Baiṭār, 146 n 6, 172
n 2, 173 n
and nn 2 and 3, 182 nn
1 and 4, 484 n 1, 550 n 1.
Sorath, country of, 264 and n 6, 454
n
7, 455.
Soreth, peninsula of, 454 n 7. Same
as Sorath.
Sortes Virgilianœ, 412 n 1.
Sortilege, different methods of, 412
n 1.
Sot river, the, in Rohilkund, 464 n 4.
Southern India, 265 n 2.
Spider, story of a, 149 n.
Sprenger's Life of Muḥammad, 46 n 5.
Srāvana, a Hindū month, 27 n 4.
Stag, notes on the, 171 n 2.
Stambhatirth
, the pool of Mahādeva
under the form of the pillar God,
256 n 4, 454 n 6.
Stateira, wife of Alexander the Great,
332 n.
Statistical Account of Bengal
, Hunter's,
125 n 3, 299 n 2.
Stein, Dr., 384 n 1.
Steingass, Persian Dictionary, 142 n 3,
159 n 2, 312 n 7, 321 n 2, 466 n 7,
629 n
2.
Sthāneswara, the modern Thānesar,
293 n 5.
Sthānu, a name of Mahādeva, 293 n 5.
Strabo, the Greek geographer, 23 nn
1 and 3.
Ṣūbah of Agra, 410 n 4.
Subhān-Allah
, to express surprise or
astonishment, 515 n 7.
Subḥatu-l-Abrār
, one of the poetical
works of Maulānā ‘Abdu-r-Raḥmān
Jāmī, 272 n 1.
Ṣubḥ-i-Kāẕib
, the false dawn, 115 n 3.
Subuktigīn, Nāṣirn-d-Dīn, ruler of
Kābul and Ghaznīn, 13 and n 1,
14 and nn 1 and 2, 15, 16 and n 1.
Suclāt
, a silken stuff brocaded with
gold, 543 n 3.
Sudr Khān, Governor of Agra, one of
the Amīrs of Sulṭān Sikandar Lodī,
419 n 1.
Suez, Gulf of, 169 n 1.
Suez, town of, 169 n 1.
Ṣūfī Khān Yūsuf Azlbacha, one of the
courtiers of Sulṭān Quṭbu-d-Dīn
Khiljī, 291 and n 5, 293.
Ṣūfī Walī Sulṭān Kadāmū, one of the
Amīrs of the Qizilbāsh, 575 n 3.
Ṣūfīs, the, 58 n 5, 191 n 4, 374 n 5,
508, 512.
Sūghma
or Sūqmā, a Turkī word
meaning a pole, 497 n 1.
Suhā
, a small obscure star in the
Lesser Bear, 182 and n 2, 371 and
n 5.
Ṣuḥuf
, a collection of pages, 615 n 5.
Sūī Sūbar, province of, 425 n 2.
Sūkhpāl Nabsa,—or
Sūkhpāl Naba, Rājā of Sind, contem-
porary of Sulṭān Maḥmūd Ghaz-
nawī, 20 and n 4. See the next.
Sūkhpāl-Nawāsa Shāh, grandson of
Jaipāl, 20 n 4. Same as the above
(q.v.).
Suleimān (Solomon), 136, 559, 595.
Suleimān Badakhshī, Mīrzā, ruler of
Badakhshān, contemporary of Hu-
māyūn, 574, 580, 581, 585.
Suleimān, son of Ḥasan Sūr, and
brother of Shīr Shāh, 468.
Suleimān Khān Karrānī, one of the
Amīrs of Islem Shāh Sūr, 525, 540,
541, 554.
Suleimān Khān, son of Khān-i-Khānān
Farmalī, one of the Amīrs of Sul-
ṭān Sikandar Lodī, 418 and n 11,
424 and n 2.
Suleimān, adopted son of Malik Mar-
wān-i-Daulat, one of the Maliks
of Sulṭān Fīroz Shāh, 335, 352,
376.
Suleimān Shāh Akat Khān, brother's
son to Sulṭān ‘Alāu-d-Dīn Khiljī,
259 n 5.
Suleimān Shāh Lodī, Malik, one of
the Amīrs of Mubārak Shāh of the
Saiyyid dynasty, 389.
Sulindrine, the town of Jālandhar in
Ptolemy, 382 and n 4.
Sulphur, notes on, 340 n 2.
Sulṭān
, title, first assumed by Maḥ-
mūd Ghaznawī, 16 n 2.
Sulṭān of Rūm, the Sulṭān of Turkey,
480.
Sulṭān ‘Ālam, son of Sulṭān Sikandar
Lodī, 451, 454.
Sulṭān Bahādur, ruler of Gujrāt,
contemporary of Humāyūn, 452,
453, 454 and n 4, 455, 456, 458, 635.
Sulṭān Begam, wife of Mīrzā ‘Askarī,
569.
Sulṭān Begam, sister of Shāh Ṭah-
māsp of Persia, 570 and n 11.
Sulṭān Hoshang, Alp Khān, the ruler
of Mālwā, 363 n 2, 384 n 5, 385 n 3.
Sulṭān Junaid Mīrzā Birlās, one of the
Amīrs of Bābar, 439, 446, 468, 469.
Sulṭān Kot, fortress of, in the country
of Bhasiyāna, 80 and nn 5 and 6.
Sulṭān Maḥmūd Ghaznawī. See un-
der Maḥmūd of Ghaznīn.
Sulṭān Muḥammad Mīrzā, ruler of
Khurāsān, elder son of Shāh Ṭah-
māsp of Persia, 569.
Sulṭānpūr, town of, formerly called
Arankal, 299.
Sulṭānpūr, on the river of Lāhor, 465,
472, 503, 506, 513, 534.
Sulṭān Saiyyid Muḥammad, same as
Muḥammad Shāh of the Saiyyid
dynasty, 10 n 2.
Sulṭān Shāh Khushdil, the Amīr of
Sāmānā, one of the Amīrs of the
Fīrūz Shāhī dynasty, 342.
Sulṭān Shāh Lodī, called Islām Khān,
Governor of Sihrind under Khiẓr
Khān of the Saiyyid dynasty, 380
and n 3.

Sulṭān Sharf or Sharq, Governor of
Baiāna, 414 and nn 6 and 8. See
the next.
Sulṭān Sharq, son of Sulṭān Aḥmad
Jilwānī the First, 414 and nn 6, 11
and 12. See the above.
Sulṭānam, sister of Shāh Ṭahmāsp of
Persia, 570 n 11.
Sulṭānu-l-Mashāikh Niẓāmu-l-Auliyā,
266, 301. See under Niẓāmu-d-Dīn
Auliyā.
Sulṭānu-sh-Sharq, ruler of Baiānā,
contemporary of Sulṭān Sikandar
Lodī, 414 n 8.
Sulṭānu-sh-Sharq Khwāja-i-Jahān, one
of the Maliks of the Tughlaq Shāhī
dynasty, 348 and n 9.
Sulṭānu-sh-Sharq Mubārak Shāh
Qaranqal, ruler of Jaunpūr, 360.
Sumbul, the spikenard of the ancients,
146 n 6, 373 and n 4.
Sumbul-i-Hindī, the perfumed sum-
bul, 146 n 6.
Sumbul-i-Rūmī, called also Nārdīn,
146 n 6.
Sūmrā Rājpūts, the rulers of Sind, 13 n.
Sunārgām,—or
Sunārgānw, on a branch of the
Brahmaputra S. E. of Dacca, 186
and n 6, 299, 308, 309.
Sūndhī Rāi, the Hindū General of
Sulṭān Muḥammad, son of Sulṭān
Maḥmūd Ghaznawī, 34 and n 2.
Sunnah
, the practice of the Prophet,
488 n 7, 519 and n 4, 589, 626 and
n 1.
Sunnatun mu'akkadatun, an authenti-
cated traditional practice, 626 n 2.
Sunnīs, the, 3 n 6, 57 and n 1, 59
n 4, 156 n 1, 200 n, 320 n 4, 420
n 8, 576 n 5, 604 n 5, 625 n 3, 626
nn
1, 2 and 6.
Sūpar, town of, 424.
Supārī, the nut of Areca catechu, 302
n 6.
Sūqmā
or Sūghmā, a Turqī word
meaning a pole, 497 n 1.
Sūr Afghāns, the, 538.
Ṣuraiyyā, the Pleiades, 630 n 4.
Surate, town of, 454 n 7. See Sorath.
Sūratu-l-Ikhlāṣ, one of the chapters
of the Qur'ān, 2 nn 3 and 4.
Sūratu-l-Kahf, one of the chapters of
the Qur'ān, 207 n 1.
Sūratu-r-Raḥmān
, one of the chapters
of the Qur'ān, 218 n 2.
Surgha
, probably for Sūghma a Turkī
word meaning a pole, 497 n 1.
Sūrī
, a flower, 142 and n 3.
Surkhāb of Tabrīz, called ‘the
Sepulchre of the Poets,’ 339 n 4,
584 n
.
Surkh bud, or Red idol, one of two
enormous images in Bāmiān, 46 n 1.
Surkh Kulāh, or Red-caps, name of
the Turkomāns of the district of
Garm Sīr, 48 and n 2.
Surra-man-ra'ā, or Sāmarrā, a town
of ‘Irāq on the eastern bank of the
Tigris, 59 n 1, 571 and n 2.
Sursatī, a fortress in the hills of
Kashmīr, called also Sarsatī and
Sarsutī, 36 n 1.
Sūrtaq, Ilāq, name of a place, 569 n 8.
Surūr, town of, 326 n.
Surusty, for the country of Sarsutī
(q.v.), 80 n 1.
Sūrya Sidhānta
, Burgess, 163 n 2.
Susa, a town of Persia, 332 n.
Sūsan
, the lily, notes on, 101 n 1.
Sūsan-i-āzād
, the white variety of the
lily, 101 n 1.
Sūsānī
, the syriac origin of the word
Sūsan or lily, 101 n 1.
Sutlej, the. See under the Satlaj.
Sū-ul-qinya, description of the di-
sease so called, 30 n 2, 31 n.
Suyūṭī, As-, author of the Tārīkhu-l-
Khulafā, 12 n 2, 15 n 4, 17 n 2, 18
n 1.
Sword of Moses
, Gaster's, 141 n 4.
Sydenham Society, the, 30 n 1.
Syria, 279 n, 585 n 7.
Suyūrghāl
, a Turkī word meaning
gifts of land, 424 n 3.

T

Ta'abbaṭa-sharran, surname of Ṯābit-
bin Jābir al-Fahmī, the famous
Arab athlete and warrior, 527 and
n 3.
Ṭabaqāt-i-Akbar Shāhī, 9 n 2, 52 n 1,
62 n
4. See the Ṭabaqāt-i-Akbarī.
Ṭabaqāt-i-Akbarī
, popular name of the
Tārīkh-i-Niẓāmī of Khwāja Niẓāmu-
d-Dīn Aḥmad, 9 n 2, 10 n 3, 29 n,
45 n
1, 62 n 4, 82 n 4, 83 n 1, 121
n 7, 399 nn
1 and 7, 569 n 4, 570
nn
2 and 11, 572 n 7, 574 nn 1
and 9, 575 n 3, 579 n 7, 582 nn 5
and 7, 586 n 5, 592 n 6, 593 nn 3
and 9, 594 n 6.
Ṭabaqāt-i-Maḥmūd Shāhī
of Shihābu-
d-Dīn Ḥakīm Kirmānī Jaunpūrī,
230 and n 3.
Ṭabaqāt-i-Nāṣirī
, Raverty, 13 n 1, 14
nn
1 and 2, 16 nn 1 and 2, 17 n 3,
19 n 2, 20 n 2, 23 n 1, 29 n 1, 31
n 1, 32 n, 33 n 2, 35 n 1, 38 n 3, 49
n 4, 50 n 1, 51 n 1, 52 n 4, 55 nn
2
and 4, 56 n 1, 60 nn 1 and 2, 63 n 1,
65 nn
1 and 2, 66 nn 1, 2 and 6, 69
nn 1, 2, 3 and 4, 70 n 3, 71 nn 5,
6 and 7, 72 nn 1, 3 and 4, 73 n 2,
74 n 1, 78 n 3, 79 n 3, 80 nn
3, 4, 5
and 6, 81 nn 2 and 3, 82 nn 3 and 5,
83 nn 1, 4 and 5, 84 n and n 1, 85
n 1, 86 n 1, 87 n 5, 89 n 5, 90 n 2,
91 n 4, 93 n
1, 94 and n 3, 95 nn 1
and 2, 98 n 2, 120 nn 1, 2 and 8, 121
nn 1, 2 and 5, 122 nn 1, 2 and 3,
123 nn 2 and 3, 124 n 1, 125 n 2, 126
nn
1, 2 and 3, 127 and nn 1 and 2,
128 n 1, 129 nn 2, 3 and 4, 130
n 2, 131 nn 1 and 4, 132 nn 1,
4 and 5, 134 n 1, 135 n 1, 592
n 4.
Ṭabaqāt-i-Shāh Jahānī, 95 n
6.
Tabarhindah, fortress of, in Rājpū-
tānā, 19 and n 2, 69 and n 2, 89
and n 3, 121 and n 5, 130, 131, 229,
233, 388 and n 2, 389, 390, 391, 392,
393.
Ṭabarī, the celebrated Arab Historian,
36 n 2, 74 n 2.
Ṭabaristān, a province of Persia, 36
and nn 2 and 3, 47, 73 n 1.
Ṭabarīya, Sea of,—the Dead Sea, 153
n 1.
Tabarrā
, or enmity, a technical term
in use among the Shī‘ahs, 576 and
n 5, 577 n.
Tabarrāī
, accursed, 577 n. See under
Tabarrā.
Ṭabl-i-‘ulā nawākhtan
, meaning of the
expression, 498 n 4.
Tabrīz, town of, in Persia, 72 n 4, 573,
584 n.
Tafā'ul
, taking a fa'l or omen from
the words of a book, 412 n 1.
Tafsīr-i-Madārik
, a work on the
sources of law ordinances, 428,
429 and n 1.
Tafsīru-l-Baiẓāwī
, a celebrated com-
mentary on the Qur'ān by Qāẓī
Baiẓāwī, 6 nn 1 and 4. See under
the Anwāru-t-Tanzīl.
Taftāzānī, At-, anthor of the Muṭaw-
wal
, a commentary on the Talkhīṣu-
l-Miftāḥ, 428 n 3.
Ṭaghāna
, a falchion, 215 and n 4.
Taghī, Malik, one of the Amīrs of
Sulṭān Muḥammad Tughlaq Shāh,
314, 319, 320, 324.
Taghī Tāghī, 324. See the above.
Tagīnābād, one of the chief cities of
Garmsīr, 65 and n 1. See also un-
der Takīnābād.
Ṭāhir, Khwāja, Wazīr of Sulṭān Mau-
dūd Ghaznawī, 47.
Ṭāhir, Shaikh, one of the Amīrs of the
Lodī dynasty, 418.
Ṭāhir Junaidī, the poet, 624 n 6.
Same as the following.
Ṭāhir Khondī,—or
Ṭāhir Khwāndī Dakkanī, one of the
poets of the time of Humāyūn, 624
and n 6, 625 and n 3, 626, 632,
635, 636.
Ṭahmāsp, Shāh, the King of Persia,
contemporary of Humāyūn, 453,
455, 456, 466, 469, 470, 624.
Tā'if, a town in Ḥijāz, 12 n 1.
Tāj
or red caps of the Qizilbāsh, 627
n 7.
Tāj Khān, one of the Amīrs of Sulṭān
Ibrāhīm Lodī, 470.
Tāj Khān Karrānī, one of the Amīrs
of Islem Shāh, 525, 539, 540, 541.
Tāj-i-Khurūs, a red flower without
odour, 629 n 1.
Tājiks, the descendants of Arabs in
Persia, 66 n 1.
Tāju-d-Dīn, Malik, Secretary of State
of Sulṭān Shamsu-d-Dīn Iyal-
timish, 94, 97.
Tāju-d-Dīn, Malik, one of the Amīrs
of the Tughlaq Shāhī dynasty, 334.
Tāju-d-Dīn, Malik, feudatory of
Badāon, one of the Amīrs of the
Shamsīyah Sulṭāns, 125.
Tāju-d-Dīn Bakhtyār, Malik, one of
the Amīrs of the Fīrūz Shāhī
dynasty, 353 and n 8.
Tāju-d-Dīn Naḥv, Malik, 378 n 6.
See Tāju-l-Mulk Naḥv.
Tāju-d-Dīn Ṭālaqānī, one of the
Amīrs of Sulṭān Ghiyāṯu-d-Dīn
Tughlaq Shāh, 298.
Tāju-d-Dīn Yaldkuz,—or
Tāju-d-Dīn Yaldūz, one of the Mu-
‘izzī Sulṭāns of Ghaznīn, 77 n 1,
78, 79, 80, 89, 90, 91.
Tāju-l-‘Arūs, a celebrated Arabic Dic-
tionary, 620 n 1.
Tāju-l-Ma'āṯir
, name of an historical
work, 73 n 2, 80 n 3.
Tāju-l-Mulk Malik Ḥusain, uncle of
Sulṭān Jalālu-d-Dīn Khiljī, 231.
Tāju-l-Mulk Naḥv,—or
Tāju-l-Mulk Tuḥfa, one of the Maliks
of Masnad-i-‘Ālī Khiẓr Khān of
the Saiyyid dynasty, 376 and n
2, 377, 378 and n 6, 379, 380.
Takhalluṣ
, poetical name, 633 and
n 5.
Takhmār
, a dart having no point,
215 n 6.
Takīnābād or Tagīnābād, one of the
chief cities of Garmsīr, 34 and n
5, 48, 65 and n 1.
Taklū
, a Turkī word, meaning of, 569
and n 6.
Talanbha, a fortress at the junction
of the Jhelam and the Chenāb,
355 n 1. See under Ṭulumba.
Talaundī town of, 352, 362, 382 and
n 2, 392.
Talbagha Nāgor, Malik, 295 and n
2. See under Talbīgha Nāgorī.
Talbagha Yaghda, Malik, 286 n 5.
See under Talbīgha Yaghda.
Talbīgha Nāgorī, Malik, one of the
Amīrs of Sulṭān Quṭbu-d-Dīn
Khiljī, 286, 295 and n 2.
Talbīgha Yaghda, Malik, one of the
Amīrs of Sulṭān Quṭbu-d-Dīn
Khiljī, 286 and n 5.
Talhar, a town in the Kashmīr hill
tracts, 383 and n 2, 384 n 1.
Ta‘līmīah, a sect of Muslim heretics,
called also the Bāṭinīah, 22 n 3.
Talkhīṣu-l-Miftāh
, at-Taftāzānī's
abridgment of the Miftāḥu-l-‘Ulūm,
428 n
3.
Talpath, town of, 295.
Taltib, name of a place, 258 n 4.
Talwāra hills of, 384 and n 1. See
the next.
Talwāra, a village on the right bank
of the Chināb, opposite Riāsī, 384
n 1.
Tamāchī, brother of Bānhbana Rāi,
governor of Thatha under Sulṭān
Fīroz Shāh Tughlaq, 333 n 4.
Ṭamghāch, Amīr, one of the slaves
of Sulṭān Quṭbu-d-Dīn Aibak,
89 and n 2.
Tamīm, a tribe of the Arabs, 287
n 1.
Tamīm Anṣārī, one of the compa-
nions of Muḥammad, 13 n.
Tammat
,—or
Tammati-l-Kitāb, answering to the
word Finis at the end of books,
428 and n 4.
Tammūz, a god of the Phœnicians,
104 n 2.
Tamūz, the fourth month of the
Jewish year, 104 and n 2.
Ṭanbūr
, a kind of mandolin, 195 n 4.
Taneshar, 22 n 1. Same as the town
of Thānesar (q.v.).
Tangah
, 92 and n 3. See under Tan-
qah
and Tanka.

Tang-chashm, or close-eyed, a name
of the Turks, 627 n 7.
Tang-shakar
, a sugar jar having a
very narrow mouth, 174 n 2.
Tanka
,—or.
Tanqah, a copper, silver or gold coin,
87 n 1, 92 and n 3, 306 and n 3, 307
and n.
Tanūra-i-Musaddas
, the world, 147
n 2.
Taqīu-d-Dīn Wāiẓ Rabbānī, Makhdūm
Shaikh, 333.
Tarāwarī, later name of the town of
Tarāyan (q.v.), 69, 79.
Tarāyan, on the banks of the Sarsutī,
69 and n 4, 79, 90, 98. See under
Tarāwarī.
Tarāzū-i-charkh,—or
Tarāzū-i-falak, a name of the con-
stellation Libra, 142 n 2.
Tardī Beg,—or
Tardī Beg Khān, one of the Amīrs
of Humāyūn, 455, 564 and n 6, 566,
568, 591.
Targhī Mughal, invades Hindūstān in
the reign of Sulṭān ‘Alāu-d-Dīn
Khiljī, 250, 251.
Tārīkh, chronogram, 605 and n 10.
Tārīkh-i-‘Alāī
of Mīr Khusrū, the
famous poet of Dihlī, 247 n, 251 n,
252 n 1. Called also the Tārīkh-i-
Khazāinu-l-Futūḥ (q.v.).
Tārīkh-i-Alfī, 28 n 4, 80 n 4.
Tārīkh-i-Badāonī
, another name of the
Muntakhabu-t-Tawārīkh of Badāonī,
11 n 1.
Tārīkh-i-Firishta, 205 n
2. See under
Firishta.
Tārīkh-i-Fīrūz Shāhī of Shams-i-Sirāj
‘Afīf, 315 n 7.
Tārīkh-i-Fīrūz Shāhī
of Ẓiān-d-Dīn
Barnī, 184 n 1, 185 n 2, 186 nn 5
and 6, 220 n 2, 249, 261 n 5, 264 n
1, 269 n 1, 274 n 1, 295 n
10, 301,
315 and n 7.
Tārīkh-i-Guzīda, 32 n 1.
Tārīkh-i-Kashmīr
, 8 and n 3, 500 and
n 7.
Tārīkh-i-Khazāinu-l-Futūḥ
of Mīr
Khusrū, known also as the Tārīkh-
i-‘Alāī (q. v.
), 252 and n 1,
266.
Tārīkh-i-Mas‘ūdī
, the history of Sulṭān
Mas‘ūd Ghaznawī, 47 n 2.
Tārīkh-i-Mubārak Shāhī
of Yaḥyā ibn
Aḥmad ibn ‘Abdu-llah Sirhindī, 10
and n 2, 67 and n 2, 222 and n 2,
228 and nn 3 and 4, 307, 315 and n
7, 316, 366 and nn 4 and 5, 396 n 1,
400 n.
Tārīkh-i-Niẓāmī
of Khwāja Niẓāmu-
d-Dīn Aḥmad, called also the Ṭaba-
qāt-i-Akbarī
, 9 and n 2, 62 and
n 4, 63 n, 64 and n 1, 67, 504.
Tārīkh-i-Rashīdī
, Elias and Ross, 69
n 5, 103 n 3, 145 n 2, 232 n 5, 236
n 1, 305 n 3, 353 n 1, 464 n 8, 572
n 8, 574 n 6, 575 n 1.
Tārīkh-i-Shīr Shāhī, 457 n 6.
Tārīkh-i-Subuktigīn, 36 n 6.
Tārīkhu-l-Khulafā
of as-Suyūṭī, 12
n 2. See under the History of the
Caliphs.
Ṭarīqu-t-Taḥqīq
, one of the works of
Ḥakīm Sanāī, 56 n 2.
Tarjī‘band
, a kind of poem, 62 and
n 1, 196 n 3.
Tarkhān, town of 40 n 1.
Tarkīb-band
, a kind of poetical com-
position, 196 n 3, 198 n 2.
Tārkīla, town of, 186.
Tarma Shīrīn, contemporary of Sul-
ṭān Muḥammad Tughlaq Shāh,
316.
Tartary, Chinese, 145 n 2.
Taryāq or Turtāq the Mughul, of the
royal house of Khurāsān, 251 n, 252
n 2.
Tashhīr kardan
, to expose to public
ridicule, 22 n 4.
Taṣḥīf
, technical meaning of the ex-
pression, 615 n 5.
Ṭassūj, one twenty-fourth part of a
Gaz, 330 n 8.
Tātār, country of, 161, 171.
Tātār Khān, Governor of Sambal, con-
temporary of Sulṭān Ḥusain Sharqī
and Sulṭān Buhlūl Lodī, 406 and
n 3.
Tātār Khān, son of Arsalān Khān,
Governor of Lakhnautī under
Sulṭān Ghiyāṯu-d-Dīn Balban, 185.
Tātār Khān, adopted son of Sulṭān
Ghiyāṯu-d-Dīn Tughlaq Shāh, 299,
323 n 3, 328.
Tātār Khān Kālpī,—or
Tātār Khān Kāsī, one of the Amīrs of
the Afghān Sūr dynasty of Dihlī,
542 and n 7, 592, 593.
Tātār Khān Lodī, one of the Amīrs of
Sulṭān Bahādur of Gujrāt, 452.
Tātār Khān, son of Sārang Khān, one
of the Amīrs of the Fīrūz Shāhī
dynasty, 364.
Tātār Khān Sārang Khānī, one of the
Amīrs of the Lodī dynasty, 443, 445.
Tātār Khān, son of Ẓafar Khān, one
of the Amīrs of the Fīrūz Shāhī
dynasty, 352, 354 and n 8, 361.
Tātār Khurd, Malik, Governor of
Lāhor under Sulṭān Muḥammad
Tughlaq Shāh, 309.
Tātārs, the, 191, 192, 221, 252.
Tatta, town of, 67 and n 1, 187, 320
and n 5, 322, 332 and n 6, 333 and
n 4, 381 and n 6, 408 and n 7, 464,
559, 560, 562, 566. Called also
Tatthah and Thathah.
Tatthah. See under the town of
Tatta.
Tau'am, name of the second arrow in
the game of maisir, 369 n 1.
Tauba
(Repentance), formula of, used
on occasions of sudden alarm and
peril, 551 and n 2.
Tauḥīd
(Declaration of Unity), for-
mula of, used on occasions of peril,
551 and n 2.
Taurāt
, the Mosaic law, 4 n 1.—The
Book of the Law, 206 n.
Taurus, the constellation, 367 nn 3
and 4.
Taushīḥ, an acrostic, 606 and n 2.
Tāusīn, Mīyān, the famous Hindū
musician, 557 and n 1.
Tawallā
, affection (as opposed to
Tabarrā q.v.), 576 n 5.
Ta‘wīẕ
, an amulet, 115 n 4.
Tayammum
, ablutional ceremony per-
formed with sand, 201 and n 2.
Taẕkira (Book of Memoirs
) of Shaikh
Jamālī Kanbawī of Dihlī, 430.
Taẕkira of Muḥammad Ūfī of Merv,
33 and n 1. See also under Taẕki-
ratu-sh-Shu‘arā.
Taẕkiratu-l-Mulūk
, an historical work,
33 n 2, 90 n 2.
Taẕkiratu-sh-Shu‘arā
of Muḥammad
‘Aufī of Merv, 33 and n 1, 221.
Tedjer, name of the river Tigris in
the Zend, 394 n 5.
Teesta river, the, 84 n 1.
Teheran, capital of modern Persia,
30 n 1.
Telinga,—or
Telingāna, Kingdom of, 265 nn 2 and
4, 286.
Ten Thousand, Xenephon's account
of the retreat of the—, 586 n.
Thākur of the Hindūs, 484 n 1.
Thales, the celebrated Greek astrono-
mer, 367 nn 3 and 4.
Thāna of Bhīm, a name of the fort-
ress of Bhīmnagar, 21.
Thānesar, town of, 21 and n 4, 22 n
1, 69 and n 4, 293 and n 5, 326 n,
592.
Thanessor, 21 n 4. See Thānesar.
Thaneswar, modern name of Thā-
nesar, 21 n 4
Thangīr, fortress of, 80 n 4. See
under Thankīr.
Thankar, or properly Bhankar, fort
of, 71 n 2, 425 and n 3. See under
Thankīr.
Thankīr, fortress of, in the territory
of Bhiāna, 80 nn 4 and 5. Called
also Thangīr and Thankar (q.v.).
Thar Yāl, nephew of Hīmūn Baqqāl
the Hindū General of ‘Adlī, 553 and
nn 5 and 6.
Thatha. See under the town of Tatta.
Theon's commentary on the Alma-
gest, 76 n.
Thesaurus
, Gesenius', 394 n 5.
Thessalians, Epistle to the, 278 n 4.

Thomas, Coins of the Kings of Ghazni,
16 n 2, 47 n
2.
Thomas, Pathān Kings of Dehli, 64
n 3, 77 n 2, 83 n 3, 87 nn
1 and 6,
88 nn 1 and 3, 89 nn 1 and 4, 91
nn 1 and 5, 120 n 1, 126 n 3, 129 n
4, 135 n 1, 254 n 6, 269 nn
1 and 2,
307 n, 310 n 2, 311 n 4, 325 n 1,
326 n, 327 n 6, 337 n 4, 344 n 7,
345 n 4, 346 n 5, 347 n 3, 351 nn
4,
9 and 11, 352 n 2, 359 n 4, 366 nn
1 and 4, 399 n 7, 400 n 1, 556 n 5,
618 n
1.
Thornton's Gazetteer of the countries
on the North-West of India, 567 nn

1 and 9.
Tibat,—or
Tibbat, country of, 84 n, 125. See
also under Tibet.
Tiberhind,—or
Tiberhindah, fortress of, 69 n 2. See
under Tabarhindah.
Tibet, 83 and n 4, 84 and n. See
under Tibbat.
Tieffenthaler's Description of India,
19 n 2, 20 n 5, 21 n 4, 22 n 5, 23 n
2, 24 nn
3 and 6, 25 n 5, 28 nn 2
and 4, 36 n 10, 37 nn 2 and 3, 66
nn 3 and 7, 67 n 1, 69 nn 2 and 4,
70 nn 3 and 4, 71 nn 2 and 3, 80
nn 1 and 5, 82 n 1, 95 n 4, 121 n 6,
128 n 3, 129 nn
1 and 2, 130 n 1,
147 n 1, 186 n 6, 218 n 3, 223 n,
256 n 4, 257 nn
1 and 2, 265 n 4,
313 n 5, 325 n 3, 327 n 3, 355 n 1,
356 n 1, 357 n 4, 364 nn
4 and 5,
366 n, 380 n 2, 382 n 2, 417 n 7,
420 n 5, 422 n 3, 425 n 4, 454 nn
6
and 7, 486 n 6, 530 n 3, 559 n 5,
560 n 8, 590 n
5.
Tigīn, Malik, one of the Amīrs
of Sulṭān Ghiyāṯu-d-Dīn Tughlaq
Shāh, 298.
Tīgrā, name of the river Tigris in old
Persian, 394 n 5.
Tigris, the, 59 n 1, 394 n 5, 624 n 8.
Ṭihārat
, purifications enjoined by
Muḥammadan law, 603 and n 2.
Tihārū, one of the Mountain tribes
between Lakhnautī and Tibat, 84 n.
Tijāra, town in the province of
Mīwāt, 366 n.
Tīlāī, town of, 334 nn 4 and 5.
Tilak, the Hindū,—a General of Sul-
ṭān Mas‘ūd, son of Maḥmūd Ghaz-
nawī, 36 n 9.
Tilang, called also Telingā or Telin-
gāna, country of, 261 n 5, 265 and
n 2, 297, 299, 309, 329.
Tilaundī, or Talaundī, town of, 352,
362, 382 and n 2, 392.
Tilok Chand, Rāi, Governor of Khatra
(? Katehr), contemporary of Sulṭān
Ḥusain Sharqī of Jaunpūr, 408
n 4.
Tilok, the son of Jye Sein, 36 n 9.
For Tūlak ibn Ḥusain (q. v.).
Tilūk Chand, Rāi,—Governor of Bak-
sar, contemporary of Sulṭān Ḥusain
Sharqī and Buhlūl Lodī, 408 and
n 4.
Timour. See under Tīmūr.
Tīmūr the Great, 353 and n 1, 355
and nn 1 and 3, 356 and nn 1 and
5, 357, 358 and nn 4 and 6, 360
n 3, 361, 366 n 1, 443, 454, 584
n 3, 605 n
1.
Tīmūr Khān, the Mughūl, one of the
Generals of Chiugīz Khān, 188 n 1.
Tīmūr Khān Qarā Beg, known also as
Malik Qīrān, one of the Shamsīyah
Maliks, 125 and n 4.
Tippera District, 186 n 6.
Tīr
, a kind of cambric or lawn and
also an arrow, 192 n 1.
Tirhut, 86, 349, 416.
Tirpauliya mosque of Aḥmadābād,
635 and n 6.
Ṭiyarah
, a bad omen, 412 n 1.
Tora o tūzak
, Turkī words implying
the acknowledging one as rightful
king with due formalities, 259 n 1.
Torābānd, Malik, one of the Maliks
of Sulṭān Fīrūz Shāh Tughlaq, 328
n 1.
Tradition, six books of, 626 n 1.
Traditions of the Prophet, 356 n 4,
515.
Trajan, canal of, 169 n 1.
Transoxiana, 14 n 1, 15 n 5, 20 n 3,
27 n 2, 38, 59 n
1, 357, 358. See
Māwarā-an-Nahr.
Travels of Ibn Baṭūṭah, 67 n 1.
Tribes of the North-West
, Elliott's,
312 n 7. See Elliott's Races of the
N.-W. Provinces of India
.
Trübner, the London Publisher, 76 n.
Tschān, a town near Rantanbhor, 257
n 1.
Tūbra
, for Tūra (q. v.), 440 n.
Tūda Bahādur Khān, the Governor
of Sunār Gānw under Sulṭān
Ghiyāṯu-d-Dīn Tughlaq Shāh, 299.
Tufak, a pea-shooter, 159 and n 2.
Tughā Khān Malik ‘Izzu-d-Dīn of
Lakhnautī, one of the Maliks of
the Shamsīyah Sulṭāns, 125.
Ṭūghān, a falcon in Turkī, 215 n 5.
Tūghān the Ra'īs, one of the Turk-
bachas, raises an insurrection in
the reign of Khiẓr Khān of the
Saiyyid dynasty, 379, 380.
Tūghānak, a kind of bird in Turkī,
215 n 5.
Tughdī Beg, one of the Amīrs of Sul-
ṭān Mas‘ūd ibn Maḥmūd Ghaznawī,
36, 37 n 7, 38, 43.
Tughlaq Khān, son of Fatḥ Khān,
son of Sulṭān Fīroz Shāh, 338. See
under Tughlaq Shāh.
Tughlaq Khān Ghāzī-i-Mulk, after-
wards
Sulṭān Ghiyāṯu-d-Dīn Tugh-
laq Shāh, 249, 250, 251, 252. See
under Ghāzī Malik.
Tughlaq Shāh. See under Sulṭān
Ghiyāṯu-d-Dīn Tughlaq Shāh.
Tughlaq Shāh, son of Fatḥ Khān, son
of Sulṭān Fīroz Shāh, of the Tugh-
laq Shāhī dynasty of Dihlī, 324, 338
and n 1, 341, 342.
Tughlaqābād, fortress of, 296, 297,
299, 300, 307.
Tughlaq-Nāma, one of the poetical
works of Mīr Khusrū of Dihlī, 301.
Tughral, Governor of Bengal under
Sulṭān Ghiyāṯu-d-Dīn Balban, 135
n 1, 186, 216.
Tughral Beg Abū Ṭālib Muḥammad
ibn Mīkā'īl ibn Saljūq, founder of
the Saljūqī dynasty, 42 and n 3,
43, 51 n 2, 61 n
5. See also under
Tughril Beg.
Tughral Ḥājib, an Amīr of the Ghaz-
navide dynasty, 47, 48, 50.
Tughral, the Turkomān, 42. See
Tughral Beg, founder of the Sal-
jūqī dynasty.
Tughril ibn Arslān the Saljūq, of the
Saljūqī dynasty of Khurāsān, 298
n 4.
Tughril Beg, founder of the Saljūqī
dynasty, 35 n 3. See under Tugh-
ral Beg.
Tuḥfa, Malik, one of the Amīrs of
Khiẓr Khān of the Saiyyid dynasty,
376 and n 2.
Tuḥfa-i-Iṯnā-‘asharīyah
of Shāh
‘Abdu-l-‘Azīz of Dihlī, 577 n.
Tuḥfatu-l-Aḥrār
, one of the poetical
works of Maulānā ‘Abdu-r-Raḥmān
Jāmī, 272 n 1.
Tuḥfatu-l-‘Irāqain
of the celebrated
poet Khāqānī, 583 n 4.
Tūlak ibn Ḥusain, one of the Amīrs
of Sulṭān Mas‘ūd ibn Maḥmūd
Ghaznawī, 36 n 9.
Tulūm or Tulloom, a village on the
north bank of the Sutlej, 382 n 2.
Ṭulumba, town of, at the junction of
the Jhelam and the Chenāb, 355
and n 1, 389 and n 2, 390, 392,
427.
Tulūmdī,—or
Tulūndī, the village of Tulūm q. v.,
probable origin of the town of
Talaundī, 382 n 2.
Tulloom, a place on the north bank
of the Sutlej, 382 n 2.
Tunis, the province in North Africa,
167 n 4.
Tūr, one of the sons of Farīdūn, King
of ancient Persia, 435 and n 2.
Tūra
, palisades or abattis in Turkī,
440 n.
Tūrān, name given to the collection
of countries situated beyond the
Oxus, 15 n 5, 86.
Turk Allāh,—or
Turk-i-Khudā, God's champion, a title
of Mīr Khusrū, the famous poet of
Dihlī, 270 and n 5.
Turkān Khātūn, called also Shāh
Turkān, mother of Sulṭān Ruknu-
d-Dīn Fīrūz Shāh ibn Shamsu-d-
Dīn Iyal-timish, 98 and n 1.
Turkbacha Sulṭānī, ruler of Sāmānā,
360, 362. See under Bahrām Khān
Turkbacha.
Turkbachas, the, 378, 388.
Turkestān. See under Turkistān.
Turkī Dictionary. See De Courteille's
Dictionnaire Turk-Oriental.
Turkīs, the, 20, 572 n 8. See the
Turks.
Turkish Dictionary, Redhouse's, 575
n 1.
Turkish-Persian Dictionary of Faẓlu-
llah Khān, 482 n 2, 575 n 1. See
under Faẓlu-llah Khān.
Turkistān or Turkestan, 20, 71, 83,
89, 132, 135 n, 158 n 6, 159 n, 191,
296 n 6, 468 n 2, 584 n
3.
Turkomāns, the, 30, 35, 36 and n 8,
37, 38, 42, 43, 47, 48, 77 n 1, 590,
621 n
4.
Turks, the, 61 n 5, 85, 88, 121, 122
n 3, 192, 209, 590, 627 n
7. See
the Turkīs.
Turmuẕī Kotwāl, a kotwāl of Dihlī in
the time of Sulṭān ‘Alāu-d-Dīn
Khiljī, 260.
Turner Macan's edition of the Shāh-
Nāma, 88 n 2, 103 n 2, 116 n 5, 178
n 2, 207 n 7, 435 n
2.
Turquoise, notes on the gem, 630 and
n 8, 631 n.
Turrār, a city of Turkestān, 159 n.
Turtāq the Mughul, of the royal house
of Khurāsān, invades Hindūstān
in the reign of Sulṭān ‘Alāu-d-Dīn
Khiljī, 250 and n 10, 252 and n 2.
Ṭūs, a district and city of Khurāsān,
32 n 1, 42 and n 1, 61 n 5, 71,
75 n
.
Tūzak, a Turkī word meaning ‘right’
or ‘authority,’ 259 n 1.
Tūzak-i-Bābarī
, called also Wāqi‘āt-i-
Bābarī, 438 n 7, 448 n
4. See also
Memoirs of Bābar.
Typho-Malarial fever, 320 n.
Tyrrhenian, Pisæus the, inventor
of the rostrum, 29 n 5.

U.

‘Ubaid Rākātī, the poet, one of the
contemporaries of Sulṭān Ghiyāṯu-
d-dīn Tughlaq Shāh, 298 and
n 2.
‘Ubaidu-llah Khān, the Ozbak King,
582 n 5.
Uchh, the city of, 66 and nn 3 and 5,
79 n 3, 80 and n 1, 90, 126, 130,
132, 292, 293, 353.
‘Ūd, a musical instrument of the
Arabs, 146 n 1.
Udhāfar, the town of Oodypūr, 13 n.
Ūdītnagar, fortress of, 422 n 2.
Ūfī, author of a Taẕkira, 78 n 2. See
under Muḥammad Ūfī of Merv.
Ujain,—or
Ujjain, on the Sipra, 95 and n 4, 257
n 1, 294, 384 n
5, 495.
Ujjainīah Rājas of Bhojpūr, 185
n 1.
Ūlāgh
or Ūlāq, post-horses in Turkī,
292 n 3.
‘Ulamā
, application of the term, 303
n 4.
Ūlāq
, post-horses, 292 n 3. See
under Ūlāgh.
Ulug Beg, the royal astronomer, 152
n 2, 198 n 2.
Ulugh Beg, Mīrzā, one of the Amīrs
of Humāyūn, 578. See also under
Ulugh Mīrzā.
Ulugh Khān Balban, 132. See under
Ulugh Khān Ghiyāṯu-d-Dīn Balban.
Ulugh Khān Fakhru-d-Dīn Jūnā, son
of Ghiyūṯu-d-Dīn Tughlaq Shāh,
297, 298, 299, 300 and n 3, 301.
See under Sulṭān Muḥammad Tugh-
laq Shāh.
Ulugh Khān Ghiyāṯu-d-Dīn Balban.
who eventually ascends the throne
of Dihlī under the title of Sulṭān
Ghiyāṯu-d-Dīn, 124 and n 4, 127,
128, 129, 131, 132, 134 nn
1 and 2,
183, 184.
Ulugh Khān Ilmās Beg, brother of
Sulṭān ‘Alāu-d-Dīn Khiljī, 247,
248 and n 2, 249, 250, 254, 255,
256, 257, 258, 259, 261 and n 5.
See also under Ilmās Beg.
Ulugh Khān-i-A‘ẓam, Malik Ghiyāṯu-
d-Dīn Balban, 131, 134 n 1. See
Ulugh Khān Ghiyāṯu-d-Dīn.
Ulugh Khānī canal, leading from the
Sutlej, 325 n 3, 326 n.
Ulugh Mīrzā, son of Muḥammad
Zamān Mīrzā, one of the Amīrs of
Humāyūn, 452, 458, 574. See also
under Ulugh Beg.
Ulūs, a Turkish word signifying ‘a
large tribe,’ 575 n 1.
Ulūsbegī
, or chief of the tribe,—a title,
575 n 1.
Ulūs-i-Chaghtā, 575 n 1. See also
under the Chaghatai tribe.
Ulwar, district and town of, 134 n 1,
365 n 8, 366 n
. See also under
Alwar.
Ulwur. See Ulwar.
Umam, plural of ummatun, the fol-
lowers of a prophet or a people of
one religion, 373 and n 3.
‘Umar, the second Khalīfah, called
al-Fārūq, 3 n 6, 59 n 3, 106, 303 n 4,
604 n 5, 625 n
3.
‘Umar Khān, nephew of Sulṭān ‘Alā-
u-d-Dīn Khiljī, 259.
‘Umar Khān Shihābu-d-Dīn, son of
Sulṭān ‘Alāu-d-Dīn Khiljī, 273 n 4.
See under Shihābu-d-Dīn ‘Umar.
‘Umar Khān Shirwānī, one of the
Maliks of Sulṭān Buhlūl Lodī, 412
n 2.
‘Umar Khān, son of Sikandar Khān
Sūr, 431 n 4.
‘Umar Shaikh Mīrzā, second son of
Tīmūr and the father of Bābar,
605 and n 1.
Umayyah, Dynasty of, the Khalīfahs
of Damascus, 13 n 1, 481 n 8.
Umballa District, 362 n 1.
‘Umdatu-l-Mulk
, or Privy Councillor,
401.
Umm Hānī, daughter of Abū Ṭālib
and sister of ‘Alī, 105 and n 2, 150.
Ummahānī. See the above.
Ummahāt, a scientific term, 176 n 2.
Ummu Ghailān
, a thorny tree, 550
n 1.
Ummu Kulṯūm, daughter of Muḥam-
mad and wife of ‘Uṯmān, the third
Khalīfah, 59 n 4.
‘Umr Khān Shirwānī, one of the
Maliks of Sulṭān Buhlūl Lodī, 412
n 2.
‘Umr Khān, son of Sikandar Khān
Sūr, 431 n 4.
‘Umrah
, the lesser pilgrimage, 175,
176 n.
Unāo, town of, 408 n 5.
Unar, Rāi, the ruler of Thathah, con-
temporary of Sulṭān Fīroz Shāh
Tughlaq, 332 n 6.
United States of America, 586 n.
‘Unnāb
, a tree and its fruit, 117 n 2.
‘Unṣurī, the famous Persian poet, 46
n 4.
Ūntgaṛh, fortress of, 422 and n 2,
424.
‘Uqāb, an eagle or kite, 352 n 1.
‘Uqāb
, the constellation Eagle, 321 n 3.
‘Uqdatu-l-Junūbīyah
, an astronomical
term, 162 n 4.
‘Uqdatu-r-Ra's
, an astronomical term,
162 n 4.
‘Uqdatu-sh-Shimālīyah
, an astrono-
mical term, 162 n 4.
‘Uqdatu-ẕ-Ẕanab
, an astronomical
term, 162 n 4.
‘Urūẓ
or ‘Arūẓ, the last foot of the
first hemistich, a term of Prosody,
606 n 4.
Useful Plants of India
, Drury's, 173
n 2, 303 n, 550 n 1, 627 n 2.
Ūshī, Khwāja Bahāu-d-Dīn, a famous
preacher and learned divine, 78
and n 2.
Ūshī, Khwāja Quṭbu-d-Dīn. See
under Quṭbu-d-Dīn Ūshī.
‘Uṯmān, the third Khalīfah, called
Ẕu-n-Nūrain, 3 n 6, 59 n 4, 106 n 4,
158 n, 625 n
3.
‘Uṯmān, an Afghān of the time of
Islem Shāh Sūr, 495.
Ustā ‘Alī Qulī, the Artillerist of
Bābar, 439 and n 6.
Ustād, the,—a title of Firdausī, the
celebrated Poet, 461 and n 6.
Ustād Abu-l-Faraj Rūnī, the Poet,
contemporary of Sulṭān Ibrāhīm
Ghaznawī, 53 n, 54 and n 1.
Ustād ‘Alī Qulī, the Artillerist of
Bābar, 439 and n 6.
‘Uṭārid, the planet Mercury, 630
and n 3.
‘Uzzā, an idol worshipped by the
old Arabs, 110 n 3.

V.

Valley of the Ants, mentioned in the
Qur'ān, 340 n 2.
Vasudeva, one of the deities of the
Hindūs, 24 n 6.
Venus, one of the two auspicious
planets, 138 n 3, 630 n 2.
Vihut, name of the Jhelam in San-
skrit, 23 n 3.
Vikramāditya, the Rājā of Ujjain,
95 n 4.
Vikramājīt, Rāi, 95. Same as the
above (q.v.).
Vikramājīt, son of Manik Deo, the
Rājā of Gwāliār, contemporary of
Sulṭān Sikandar Lodī, 419 and n 11.
Vikramājīt, Rāi, son of Rāi Mān
Singh, Governor of Gwāliār, con-
temporary of Sulṭān Ibrāhīm Lodī,
432.
Vinea, a shelter under which to ap-
proach the walls of a fortress,
494 n 7.
Vipāsa, name of the Biāh in San-
skrit, 23 n 3.
Virgil, Georg., 75 n 2.
Virgin, the,—once the title of the
fort of Hānsī, 37 n 2.
Vitastā, name of the Jhelam in San-
skrit, called also Vihut and Viyatta,
23 n 3.
Viyatta, the river Jhelam, 23 n 3.
See the above.
Voyages d' Ibn Batūta, 67 n 1. See
under Ibn Baṭūṭah.
Vrindāvana, town of, 24 n 6.
Vritras, the, slain by Indra with his
thunderbolt, 294 n 4.
Vüller's Persico-Latinum Lexicon, 30
n 2, 109 n 4, 162 n 4, 173 nn
2 and
3, 192 n 3, 213 n 3.

W.

Wādī, a valley or desert, used in the
sense of art, 557 and n 2.
Wafā Malik, title of Malik Shāhīn,
one of the Amīrs of Sulṭān Quṭbu-
d-Dīn Khiljī, 284.
Wafā'ī, one of the poets of the time
of Humāyūn, 609.
Waghd, name of one of the blank
arrows in the game of maisir, 369
n
1.
Wahhābīs, the, 183 n 2.
Waḥīdu-d-Dīn Quraishī, Malik, one
of the Amīrs of Sulṭān Quṭbu-d-
Dīn Khiljī, 285 and n 4, 286 n 1,
290.
Waihind, on the western bank of the
Indus, 19 n 2, 20 n 1.
Wais Sirwānī, Khwāja, one of the
Amīrs of Islem Shāh Sūr, 493 and
n 7, 497.
Waisī, one of the poets of the time
of Humāyūn, 584 and n 4, 585.
Wajīhu-d-Dīn, Shaikh, son of Kamālu-
d-Dīn ‘Alī Shāh Quraishī and
father of Shaikh Bahāu-d-Dīn
Zakarīya, 133 n 2.
Wajīhu-d-Dīn Quraishī, one of the
Maliks of Sulṭān Quṭbu-d-Dīn
Khiljī, 285 n 4.
Wālā Muḥammad Balban, 161. Same
as Ghiyāṯu-d-Dīn Balban (q. v.).
Walaj, fort of, called also Bajj, 34
and n 7.
Wālī
, one who has attained to the
knowledge of the Supreme Being,
52 and n 3.
Wālī of Bangālā, the contemporary
of Shīr Shāh, 469.
Walī Qizil, one of the Amīrs of
Bābar, 441.
Walīd ibn ‘Abdu-l-Malik Marwānī,
one of the Umaiyyad Khalīfahs
of Damascus, 11 n 3, 12 and nn
1 and 2, 13 n.
Walīd ibnu-r-Raiyyān, one of the
three chief lords of Shaddād ibn
‘Ād (q. v.), 262 n.
Walīd ibn Ṭarīf ash-Shaibānī, one of
the Khawārij in the reign of
Hārūnu-r-Rashīd, 74 n 2.
Walis
, holy men, 627 n 3. See Wālī
Wāmiq, hero of a Turkish romance,
40 and n 1. See the next.
Wāmiq and ‘Azra, a Turkish romance
by Maḥmūd bin Aṯmān Lamāī, 40
n 1.
Wāmiq and ‘Azra
, a Turkish romance
by Mu‘īd of Tarkhān, 40 n 1.
Waqi‘āt-i-Bābarī
, called also Tūzak-i-
Bābarī
, 421 and n 8, 448 and n 4.
See also under the Memoirs of
Bābar
.
Warangal, ancient capital of Telin-
gāna, 265 n 4.
Wardī
, a kind of beverage, 31 n.
Wars
, a herb used for dyeing clothes,
173 n 2.
Wāṣil, Malik, adopted son of Malik
Mubārak Qaranqal of Jaunpūr, 360
n 1.
Wāsiṭ, a town of ‘Irāq between Baṣra
and Kūfah, 12 n 1.
Waṣṣāf, the Historian, 265 n 5.
Wazīr
, at chess, 103 and n 1.
Wazīr Khān Malik Shāhik, one of the
Amīrs of the Balbanī dynasty, 220.
Western Jumna Canal, the, 325 n 3.
Western Rohtās, 493.
Whinfield's Omar Khaiyyām, 144 n 1.
Wilāyat-i-Panna, 417 and n 6. See
under Panna.
Wilson's Sanskrit Dictionary, 535
n 2.
Works of Sir William Jones, 76 n.
Wuẓū'
, ceremonial washings before
prayer, 602 and n 7, 603 n.

X.

Xenophon's Account of the Retreat of
the Ten Thousand, 586 n
.

Y.

Yadava Kingdom of Deogiri in the
Deccan, 271 n 6.
Yādavas of Hindū Mythology, 27 n 4.
Yādgār Nāṣir Mīrzā, one of the
Amīrs of Humāyūn, 462, 463, 464,
465, 560, 561, 562, 574, 577 n, 578,
580.
Yāfiṯ, (Japhet), son of Nūḥ (Noah),
231. See under Japhet.
Yaghrash Khān, of the royal family
of the Khiljīs, 283.
Yaghrash Khiljī, father of Sulṭān
Jalālu-d-Dīn Khiljī, 230.
Yahmūt, name of the fish upon which
the world is said to rest, 148 n 2.
Yā huwā, an invocation to the Most
High, 146 and n 2.
Yaḥyā ibn ‘Abdu-l-Laṭīf Qazwīnī
Dimishqī, author of the Lubbu-t-
Tawārīkh, 34 n 9, 49 n
3, 64 and
n 1, 624 and n 9.
Yaḥyā ibn Aḥmad ibn ‘Abdu-llah
Sirhindī, author of the Tārīkh-i-
Mubārak Shāhī, 10 n 2, 67 n 2, 222
n 2, 315 n
7.
Yaḥyā ibn Bukayr, a traditionist, 18
n 1.
Yaḥyā ibn Isrā'īl, the head of the
Chishtīs, father of Shaikh Sharafu-
d-Dīn Munīrī, 416 n 13.
Yaḥyā Paran, Mīyān, one of the
Amīrs of Sikandar Sūr (q. v.),
547.
Yaḥyā Qazwīnī, Qāẓī, 64 and n 1.
See under Yaḥyā ibn ‘Abdu-l-Laṭīf.
Yaḥyā Tūran, Mīyān, Governor of
Sambhal, one of the Amīrs of the
Afghān Sūr dynasty, 545, 546, 547.
Yak of Tibet, 543 n 1.
Yaklakhī, Malik, one of the Amīrs of
Sulṭān Quṭbu-d-Dīn ibn ‘Alāu-d-
Dīn Khiljī, 283, 284, 286 and n 1.
Yaksar, for Baksar, on the left bank
of the Ganges, 408 n 5.
Yāḳūt. See under Yāqūt, the Arab
Geographer.
Yālāū, a standard or ensign in Turkī,
483 n 2.
Yamak, name of a city and country
celebrated for the beauty of its
people, 158, 159 n.
Yaman, country of,—in Arabia, 74 n
2, 262 n
.
Yamīn, Sulṭān Muḥammad, king of
Khurāsān, 99 n 4, 138 n 1.
Yamīnah, wife of Solomon, 205 n 3.
Yamīn-i-Amīri-l-Mu'minīn, title of
Sulṭān Shamsu-d-Dīn Iyaltimish,
88.
Yamīnu-d-Daulah Sulṭān Maḥmūd ibn
Nāṣiru-d-Dīn Ghaznawī, 15, 16,
17. See Sulṭān Maḥmūd of Ghaz-
nīn.
Yamīnu-d-Daulah Ruknu-d-Dīn Fīrūz
Shāh, son of Sulṭān Shamsu-d-Dīn
Iyal-timish, 97.
Yamīnu-d-Dīn Muḥammad Ḥasan,
full name of Mīr Khusrū, the
famous poet of Dihlī, 96 n 2.
Yamīnu-l-Khilāfat, title of Sulṭān
‘Alāu-d-Dīn Khiljī, 254 n 6.
Yamuna, the river Jumna which is
also called Jamuna and Jaun, 23
n 3, 24 n 4.
Ya‘qūb, Sikandar Khān, one of the
Maliks of Sulṭān Muḥammad Tugh-
laq Shāh, 337.
Ya‘qūbu-l-Manjanīqī, an Arab writer,
149 n.
Yāqūt
or ruby, Four kinds of, 25 n 2.
Yāqūt, the celebrated Arab Geo-
grapher, 14 n 3, 15 n 4, 22 n 2,
66 n 1, 159 n, 166 n 1, 263 n, 476
n 5, 570 n
7.
Yāqūt the Abyssinian, Chief Amīr
under Sulṭān Raẓẓīyah bint Sulṭān
Shamsu-d-Dīn Iyaltimish, 120, 121
and n 2.
Yarhāla, town, 583 n 2.
Yasūrī ibn Iyamghūr, the Dīwān of
Ghaznīn under Sulṭān Maudūd
Ghaznawī, 47.
Yatmīyān of Bukhāra, father of the
poet Jāhī (q. v.), 618 n 5.
Yazdī, author of the Ẓafarnāma, 347
n 3, 358 n
6.
Yazīd ibn Mazyad, one of the Gene-
rals of Hārūnu-r-Rashīd, 74 n 2.
Yazīd ibn Mu‘āwiyah, second Khalī-
fah of the house of Umaiyyah, 205
n 1, 481 and n 8.
Yemen, country of,—in Arabia, 74 n
2, 262 n
.
Yezdezbah,—or
Yezdibah, the magian ancestor of
Imām Bukhārī, 6 n 3.
Yār ‘Alī, a common name among the
Shī‘ah, 604.
Yule and Burnett's Glossary of Anglo-
Indian Words and Phrases, 495 n,
543 n 3.
Yulma
, a Turkī word meaning ‘that
which has lost its hair,’ 482 n 2.
Yūnas ‘Alī, one of the Amīrs of
Bābar, 441.
Yūsuf, Malik, one of the Amīrs of
Sulṭān Muḥammad Tughlaq Shāh,
308.
Yūsuf and Zulaikhā of Maulānā ‘Abdu-
r-Raḥmān Jāmī, 32 n 2, 272 n 1,
588, 589.
Yūsuf and Zuleikha
, Griffith's, 272 n 1.
Yūsuf ‘Aẓdu-d-Daulah, son of Sulṭān
Maḥmūd Ghaznawī, 29, 45 n 2.
Yūsuf Khān Auḥadī, Malik, one of the
Amīrs of the Saiyyid dynasty, 395.
Yūsuf Sarūr, Malik,—or
Yūsuf Surūru-l-Mulk, Malik, one of
the Amīrs of Mubārak Shāh of the
Saiyyid dynasty, 388 and n 3, 391,
392. See also the next.
Yūsuf, son of Sarwaru-l-Mulk, Malik,
396. See the above.
Yūsuf Qadr Khān, king of Turkistān,
27.
Yūsuf Ṣūfī Azlbacha, one of the
Amīrs of Sulṭān Quṭbu-d-Dīn Khil-
jī, 291 and n 5.
Yūzbāshī
, an Amīr of a hundred, 313
and n 3.

Z.

Zābul, a name for the town of
Ghaznīn, 16 and n 3.
Zabūl, the second degree of the fever
called diqq, 319 n 4, 320 n.
Zābul, grandfather of Rustam, the
famous hero of ancient Irān, 14 n 3.
Zābulī, a name of Sulṭān Maḥmūd of
Ghaznīn, 17.
Zābulistān, 14 n 3, 51.
Ẓafar Khān, one of the Maliks of
Sulṭān Fīroz Shāh, 337 n 2.
Ẓafar Khān, Governor of Gujrāt
under Sulṭān Fīroz Shāh Tughlaq,
333 and n 11, 334.
Ẓafar Khān ‘Alāī, 311. See Ẓafar
Khān Badru-d-Dīn.
Ẓafar Khān Badru-d-Dīn, called Ẓafar
Khān ‘Alāī, one of the Maliks of
Sulṭān ‘Alāu-d-Dīn Khiljī, 247 and
n 2, 250 and n 5, 254, 258, 261, 311.
Ẓafar Khān Malik Dīnār Ḥaramī, one
of the Amīrs of Sulṭān Quṭbu-d-
Dīn Khiljī, 283, 284, 285.
Ẓafar Khān Fārsī, one of the Maliks
of Sulṭān Fīroz Shāh Tughlaq, 336
n 5.
Ẓafar Khān, son of Sulṭān Ghiyāṯu-d-
Dīn Tughlaq Shāh, 297.
Ẓafar Khān Hizabru-d-Dīn, one of
the Maliks of Sulṭān ‘Alāu-d-Dīn
Khiljī, 247 n 2.
Ẓafar Khān Khiljī, brother of Sulṭān
‘Alāu-d-Dīn Khiljī, 239.
Ẓafar Khān ibn Wajīhu-l-Mulk,
Governor of Gujrāt, one of the
Maliks of the Fīrūz Shāhī dynasty,
346, 354 n 8, 361, 364.
Ẓafarābād, town of, 299, 312, 328.
Ẓafar-Nāma of Yazdī, an historical
work, 347 n 3, 358 n 6.
Zaffur Khān Farsy. See Ẓafar Khān
Fārsī.
Zahāb, water oozing from the ground,
459 n 5.
Ẓaḥḥāk ibn ‘Ulwān, one of the three
chief lords of Shaddād ibn ‘Ād
(q. v.), 262 n.
Ẓahīr, nom-de-plume of Ẓahīru-d-Dīn
Ṭāhir ibn Muḥammad the Poet,
339 and n 4.
Ẓahīr Dihlavī, Qāẓī, one of the poets
of the reign of Sulṭān Maḥmūd of
the Fīrūz Shāhī dynasty, 367 and
n 2, 375.
Ẓahīru-d-Dīn Bābar Pādishāh, 435,
436. See under Bābar.
Ẓahīru-d-Dīn Lāhorī, Malik, one of
the Amīrs of Sulṭān Fīroz Shāh
Tughlaq, 338.
Ẓahīru-d-Dīn Muḥammad Shāh Bābar,
436, 443. See under Bābar.
Ẓahīru-d-Dīn Ṭāhir ibn Muḥammad
Fāryābī, a celebrated poet, con-
temporary of Khāqānī, 339 and
n 4.
Ẓahīru-l-Juyūsh
, Inspector of the
forces, 302.
Zaid ibn ‘Alī, one of the Imāms of
the Shī‘ah, 604 n 5.
Zain Khāfī, Shaikh, a learned man of
the time of Bābar and Humāyūn,
448 and n 3, 609 and n 5, 610, 617,
618.
Zain Khān Niyāzī, one of the Amīrs
of Shīr Shāh Sūr, 491.
Zain Khānī, Shaikh, a learned man
of the time of Bābar, 448 and n 3.
See Zain Khāfī.
Zainu-d-Dīn, author of a commentary
on the Mubaiyyin, 450 and n 8.
Zainu-d-Dīn Khāfī, Khwāja, a famous
saint, 609 n 5.
Zainu-d-Dīn Khāfī, Shaikh, one of
the learned men and poets of the
time of Bābar and Humāyūn, 609
and n 5, 610, 617, 618.
Zainu-d-Dīn Maḥmūd Kamāngar,
Maulānā, one of the Naqshbandī
Shaikhs, contemporary of Humāyūn,
588 and n 4.
Zainu-l-‘Ābidīn bin Najīm, author of
al-Ashbāh wa-n-Naẓāir, 5 n 4.
Zāirgah
, sortilege by, 412 n 1.
Zakāt
or almsgiving, one of the five
foundations of practical religion,
175 n 4.
Ẓakhīratu-l-Qawānīn
, an historical
work, 9 n 2.
Zakhma
, the plectrum with which the
chang was played, 146 n 1.
Zāl, father of Rustam, one of the
heroes of the Shāh-Nāma, 178 n 2.
Zāl, the son of Afrāsyāb, king of
Tūrān, 410.
Zamakhsharī, the celebrated author
of the Kashshāf, a commentary on
the Qur'ān, 28 n 1.
Zamīndāwar, country of, 591.
Zandkhān, a fortified town near
Sarakhs, 43 n 3.
Zang
, a cluster of globular bells car-
ried by dāk-runners, 621 n 2.
Zang-bastan
, to acquire importance,
621 n 2.
Zangbār, Shāh of,—the Moon, 621.
Zangī, Abū Manṯūr, brother of Abu-
l-Faẓl of Bust, contemporary of
Sulṭān Maudūd Ghaznawī, 47 and
n 7.
Zangī, Sulṭān Mu‘izzu-d-Dīn Muḥam-
mad Sām Ghūrī, 65 n 2.
Zanzibār,—the Night, 621.
Zanzibār, Sulṭān of, adopts Saiyyid
as his regal title, 303 n 4.
Zaradrus, the river Sutlej, 23 n 3.
Ẓarb
, in Prosody, the last foot of the
second hemistich, 606 n 4.
Zard choba
, turmeric, 173 n 2.
Ẓarīf, Mīrzā Muḥammad Ḥasan of
Iṣfahān, the Poet, 582 n.
Zarīr
, a herb used in dyeing clothes,
173 and n 2.
Zebā, mother of Sulṭān Sikandar ibn
Sulṭān Buhlūl Lodī, 412 n 2.
Zend, of the Zoroastrians, 394
n 5.
Ẓiā Barnī. See under Ẓiāu-d-Dīn
Barnī.
Ẓiā-i-Barnī. See under Ẓiāu-d-Dīn
Barnī.
Ẓiāī, the Persian poet, contemporary
and panegyrist of Sulṭān Malik
Shāh Saljūqī, 38 and n 4.
Ẓiāu-d-Dīn, a court-servant of Sulṭān
Jalālu-d-Dīn Khiljī, 239.
Ẓiāu-d-Dīn Baranī,—or
Ẓiāu-d-Dīn Barnī, author of the
Tārīkh-i-Fīrūz Shāhī, 184 n 1,
186 n 3, 188 nn
1, 4 and 5, 219 n 3,
220 n 2, 221 n 1, 227 n 7, 230 n 1,
247 n
and nn 2 and 4, 248 nn 2, 6
and 8, 310 n 1, 311 n 5, 312 n 7, 314
n 2, 315 n 7, 316 n 6, 320 n
5.
Ẓiāu-d-Dīn Khajandī al-Fārsī, the
Poet Ẓiāī, 38 n 4. See under
Ẓiāī.
Ẓiāu-d-Dīn Qāẓī Khān, one of the
Amīrs of Sulṭān Quṭbu-d-Dīn Khil-
jī, 288, 289, 290.
Ẓiāu-d-Dīn Tukilī,—or
Ẓiāu-d-Dīn Tūlakī, Malik, one of the
Amīrs of the Ghorī dynasty, 69 and
n 3.
Ẓiāu-l-Mulk Shamsu-d-Dīn Abū Rijā,
one of the Maliks of Sulṭān Fīroz
Shāh Tughlaq, 329 and n 13,
331.
Ẕikr, a religious ceremony, 510 and
n 4.
Zinjānī, Shaikh Ḥasan, a famous
saint of Lāhor, 383 and n 6.
Zīrak, a name of ‘Uṭārid (the planet
Mercury), 630 and n 3.
Zīrak Khān, the Amīr of Sāmāna, one
of the Maliks of the Saiyyid dy-
nasty, 378, 379, 382, 384, 391, 396.
Zīrqān, name of a place in Khurāsān,
43 and n 3.
Zodiac, signs of the, 75 n 2, 76.
Zorāwar Singh, Rāo, also known as
Rāpar Sen, founder of the old city
of Rāparī, 377 n 5.
Ẕū-baḥrain
, in prosody a line of two
metres, 245 n 2.
Zubaidah Khātūn, wife of Hārūnu-r-
Rashīd, 286, 287.
Zuhrah, the planet Venus, 138 n 3.
Ẕu-l-Faqār,—or

Ẕu-l-Fiqār, famous sword of ‘Alī ibn-
Abī Ṭālib, 74 and n 2, 75 n, 106
n
5.
Ẕu-l-Fiqār Shirwānī, Mīr Saiyyid, a
famous poet of Persia, 605.
Zunnār, the belt or girdle worn by
Christians or Magians, also the
Brahmanical thread, 509 and n 5.
Ẕu-n-Nūrain, title of ‘Uṯmān the third
Khalīfah, 59 and n 4.

Major-General Sir F. J. Goldsmid, C.B., K.C.S.I., “on Translations from and into Persian.” Transactions of Ninth International Congress of Orien-talists, 1892.

↩
Al-Badáoní. Vide Preface.

↩
This invocation is to the Almighty in whose name all literary works are commenced.

↩
◌.

↩
◌ That which is dependent for its existence upon some pre-existing state or object, opposed to ◌ Particles, which alone convey no intelligible meaning—◌ also signifies a letter which is also per se meaningless.

↩
◌ is of two kinds ◌ which is A thing's being preceded by non-existence, and ◌ which is A thing's being dependent upon another for its existence. Vide Lane, art ◌. 1.

◌ Lit. Collar or hood.

↩
◌ Cf. Qurán xli. 53 ◌ we will show them our signs in the regions and in themselves.

↩
The Unity of God is the fundamental proposition of the faith of Islám ◌ Say. He is God alone. God the eternal. He begetteth not, nor is begotten—and there is none like unto him. Qurán—Súrat-ul-Ikhláṣ.

↩
That is to say, no one can stand beside him in this position of excellence

Cf. Qurán xxvii. 61.

◌ Is there a God with God? Nay! but they are a people who make peers with him.

See also Súra vi. 1. Also the Súra quoted in note 3.

↩
◌ Muḥammad—the literal meaning of which is “Praised.” He was thus named by his grandfather ‘Abdul-Muṭṭalib, who when desired to give the child a name after some member of the tribe of Quraish to which he belonged, said, “I wish that God who has created the child on earth may be glorified in heaven” and he called the child Muḥammad. Vide Hughes, Dictionary of Islám Art. “Muḥammad.”

↩
M.S. (A) has, &c. ◌—a river in Paradise. ◌ Verily we have given thee al-Kauṯar. Qurán cviii. 1. ◌ literally means “abundance.”

↩
◌.

↩
◌.

The coronation ceremony of Muhammedan monarchs consist chiefly in the recital of the khuṭba and issuing coin (sikka) stamped with his name.

↩
Muḥammad was said to have no shadow.

↩
Thousands upon thousands.

↩
◌ The four immediate successors of Muhammad, Abú Bakr, A. H. 11. ‘Umar, A. H. 13. ‘Uṯmán, A. H. 23. ‘Alí, A. H. 35, acknowledged by the Sunnís. The first three of these are rejected by the Shi‘as who hold that ‘Alí was the first legitimate Khalífah.

↩
◌ Cf. Qurán xxvii-81. ◌ Rely then upon God. Verily thou art standing on obvious truth.

↩
◌. The sacred law. Cf. Qurán v. 52 ◌ For each one of you have we made a law and a pathway. The Mosaic law is always called ◌ At-Taurát (Hebrew ◌.)

The word in the text is always used for the sacred canon of the Qurán ◌ is divisible into five sections ◌ beliefs—◌ moralities—◌ devotions ◌ transactions — ◌ punishments. Cf. Kashsháf. Isṭiláḥát-ul-Funún, art ◌.—

↩
Qurán xvii. 84. ◌ and we will send down of the Qurán that which is a healing and a mercy to the believers. Vide also Qurán xli. 44.

↩
Qurán xlvi. 10. In the original we read—◌ In both this and the former quotation there are verbal errors which lead to the conclusion that the author was not thoroughly at home in the Qurán.

↩
I have inserted these words as the only means of giving an adequate rendering of the phrase ◌.

↩
◌ ◌. The orthography of this word is ◌ Sadídi (◌) gives the etymology ◌ the black humour, but gives no hint of deafness as one of the symptoms of the disease. Deafness is not a concomitant of melancholia as known to modern medicine, but the cases of so called hysterical deafness with mental depression are not uncommon. The Baḥr ul-Jawáhir says ◌ It is only called “málíkhúliá” where it is the result of (the humour called) “Saudá” (black bile) which is not inflammatory. It takes the ideas and thoughts out of their proper channel and tends to despondency and fear because of a melancholic temperament which depresses the mind.

↩
◌ The two chief divisions of ◌ Jurisprudence. According to the Iṣṭiláḥát-ul-Funún ◌ treats of the soul and of all that appertains thereto, thus including all theological science; (Kashsháf Iṣṭiláḥát-ul-Funún art. ◌) cf. ◌ al Ashbáh wal Naẓáir by Zainul Abidín bin Najím, (H. K. 774) ◌ i.e. Its fundamentals are firmly established and its derivatives evident.

↩
◌ The first chapter of the Qurán which contains seven verses; so called in Súra xv. 87. ◌.

◌ being plural of ◌ repeating or reiterating. The number seven relates to the manzils or divisions of the Qurán each one of which is to be read so that the whole is completed in a week. See also Tafsír ul Baiẓáwí ◌

↩
Qurán xi. 121. This quotation is correctly given.

↩
Háfiẓ Abú‘Abdullah Muḥammad ibn Abil Ḥasan Isma‘íl ibn Ibráhím ibn-al-Mughair ibn-al-Ahnaf Yezdibah, or Yezdezbah according to Ibn Mákúla a Maula of the tribe of Jáfí. (Slane Ibn Khalliqán, ii. 595.) The last named was a Magian and died in that religion, his son Al Mughairat embraced Islám. He was the author of ◌ Saḥíḥ-ul-Bukhárí, a collection of authentic traditions—in which an account of Imám Bukhárí is given. He was born A.H. 194 and died A.H. 256, and was buried at the village of Khartang near Samarqand leaving no male issue. The ◌ is held in great esteem by Muslims.

↩
Qáẓí Náṣir-ud-Dín Abul Khair Abdullah Baiẓáwí, ibn Umar ibn Muḥam-mad, was born at Baiẓá, a village of Shíráz, and was appointed Chief Qáẓí. He was the author of many works, among others Algháyatu fil fiqh. Sharḥ ul-Masábiḥ wal manáhij. His most celebrated work was a commentary on the Qurán called Anwáru-t-tanzíl. He died A.H. 685 and was buried in Shíráz. See also De Sacy: Anth: Gram: Arab: notes on Baiẓáwí, p. 37. See also Elliott and Dowson, Vol. II., 252 and note.

↩
◌ is the plural from ◌ an inf. e.g. ◌. He put the best construction upon it, namely a saying (Lane, s.v. ◌.)

↩
◌ The Arab proverb runs thus: ◌

“He who has the crow for a guide will be led by it to the carcasses of dogs.”

The crow was considered as the most inauspicious thing on earth, thus the Arabs say ◌ More ill-omened than a crow.

Its appearance is thought to be ominous of separation, therefore they say also ◌ The raven (or crow) of separation.

↩
999 of the Hijra (1590 A. D.)

↩
The Emperor Akbar, who about this time employed Badáoni “to make translations from the Arabic and Sanskrit as in the case of the Mu‘jamu-l-Buldán, Jámiu-r-Rashídí, and the Rámáyana,” (Elliott and Dowson, v. 478.)

↩
Said to have been translated from the original Hindí by Mullá Shah Muḥammad Sháhábádí—but not apparently the Rájá-taranginí, for the translation of that work is usually attributed to Mauláná Imád-ud-dín. Cf. Áín-i-Aḱbarí, Blochmann, I. pages 105-106—footnote 1.

↩
Mecca, as being the central meeting place of all Muslims. The Arabic phrase is ◌ The collective body of the Muslims. Vide Lane Art. ◌.

↩
◌. Lit. used to fall into the region of holding back and pushing on.

↩
Khwájá Nízámu-d-dín Aḥmad, son of Khwájá Muqím Haráwí díwán of the household of Bábar, is said in the Zakhírátu-l-Qawánín (E.D. v. 178) to have been appointed díwán of Akbar's household. He was subsequently appointed bakhshí of the province of Gujrát.

The history referred to in the text is one of great repute and authority, it was called by the author Tabaqát-i-Akbar-sháhí by which title Badáoni himself also styles the work. Its name is also known as Tabaqáti-Akbari. Firishta states that of all the histories he consulted this is the only one he found complete. (Elliot and Dowson, v. 177-178.)

Niẓámu-d-dín died in 1003 A. H., 1594 A. D. From the author's preface in the text above it would appear that he had had the work in hand some considerable time, but had not been able to give his undivided attention to it until after the death of Niẓámu-d-dín. In the space of a year from that event he had completed his abridgment so that, it must have been fairly far advanced at the time of Niẓámu-d-dín's decease.

↩
◌ see Lane, Art. ◌ The days are apt to decline from the right course apt to return ◌ and ◌. The days.

↩
This work was written by Yahyá ibn-Aḥmad ibn-‘Abdullah Sirhindí according to Firishta with the express purpose of recording the reign of Mubárak Sháh. It commences with the reign of Muḥammad Sám, founder of the Ghorí dynasty; the only known MS. terminates abruptly in the middle of the reign of Sultán Sayyid Muhammad, 852 A. H.—(1448 A. D.).

↩
This must be the work already referred to, i. e., the Tabaqát-i-Akbarí although the name Niẓámu-ṭ-Tawáríkh does not appear to be given to it elsewhere.

The name Niẓámu-t-Tawáríkh is generally restricted to the work by Baiẓáwí (vide Elliott and Dowson II. pp. 252-253.) Its date is about 674 H. (1275 A. D.)

↩
This title is common to works by many other authors (Elliott and Dowson, v. 477) specially given to a history by Haran ibn-Muḥammad al-Khákí ash-Shirází, completed A. H. 1019 (1610 A. D). The work of Badáoní is known better as Táríkh-i-Badáoní.

↩
There is a play on the words ◌ wrong and ◌ tongue which cannot be preserved in translation.

↩
The incidents of Muḥammad Qásim's engagements and victories are related in the Chach Náma, extracts from which will be found in Elliott and Dowson (Vol. i. pp. 131-211.) See also Futúḥu-l-Buldán of Al-Biláẕurí (E. and D. i. 113). His full name was Muḥammad ibn-Qásim ibn-Muḥammad ibn-Hakim ibn-Abi ‘Uqail, and he was sent during the Khalífatí of Walíd-ibn-Abdul Malik 705-715 A.D., to command on the frontiers of Sind. (E. and D. Al-Biláẕurí Vol. i. p. 119.)

See also E. and D. Vol. i, Appendix 432, &c.

↩
Abú Muḥammad al-Ḥajjáj was son of Yúsuf-ibn al Ḥakam ibn-‘Uqail ibn-Masúd ibn Aumir ibn Miattib ibn Málik ibn Ka‘b, ibn Amr ibn Sa‘d ibn ‘Auf ibn Qassí (called also Ṯaqíf): He was governor of Irák and Khorásán for ‘Abdul Malik ibn Marwán (692-705 A.D.) and was confirmed in that office by Walíd ibn Abdul Malik (705-715 A.D.) For an account of him see I. K. (Slane) I. 356 and seqq). He founded the city of Wásit between Basra and Kufa (75 A.H.) He died on 21st Ramazán A.H. 95, at the age of fifty-four and was buried at Wásit. Ibn Khalliqán states, “His malady was a cancer in the stomach for which he called in a physician, who, having examined into his case, tied a piece of meat to a string and passed it down his throat; after a lapse of some time he drew it out, and found a swarm of worms adhering to it: God gave also a cold ague power over him and although vases filled with lighted coals were placed around him so close as to scorch his skin he felt them not. (I.K. Slane loc. cit.).

He was a brutal ruler, and at his death it was said in thanksgiving “O my God! thou hast caused him to die: let his example also die from among us.”

“The tribe of Ṯaqíf was a great and well-known tribe dwelling at Ṭáif, who before their conversion to Islám were devoted to the special worship of the idol Lát; the founder of the tribe was Qássí (called also Ṯaqif) whose descent from Ma‘dd is supported by two different genealogies.” (Caussin de Perceval, Hist. des Arabes, i. 272). After refusing to hear the prophet in a personal appeal made to them, they made war against him, but eventually embraced Islám in 630 A.H., shortly after the return of Muḥammad to Medina.

↩
Walíd ibn-Abdul Malik Marwání, became Khalífah in the year 86 A. H. and died in the year 96 A. H. His father was his predecessor in the Khalí-fate, his name was ‘Abdul Malik ibn-Marwán whence Walíd is called Marwání. It was during the Khalífate of Abdul Malik that al-Ḥajjáj pulled down the Ka‘bah and restored it to the condition in which it was in the time of As Suyútí. Walíd was ignorant, despotic and tyrannical, but withal discharged the duties of Khalif well, he built the mosque of Damascus and during his Khalífate many foreign conquests were achieved. (See Jarrett's translation of As Suyútí's Táríkhu-l-Khulafá, pp. 227-230.)

The incident in the text relates to the vengeance taken for their father's death by the two virgin daughters of Rájá Dáhir, who were taken captive when he was killed at the siege of the fort of Ráwar, 93 A. H. Muḥammad Qásim had sent them to Baghdád under the charge of his negro slaves. When they were summoned before the Khalífah Walíd ibn-Abdul Malik, he became enamoured of them and desired to retain them. They however assured him that Muḥammad Qásim had kept them with himself for three days before sending them to the Khalífah and that consequently they were not worthy to become his concubines. Walíd being very indignant wrote a letter commanding Muḥammad Qásim at whatever place he might have arrived when he received the mandate, to suffer himself to be sewn up in a raw hide and sent to the Capital. Muḥammad Qásim received the letter at “Udháfar” (Oodypúr) obeyed its orders and was brought before the Khalífah dead.

The Khalífah taking a bunch of green myrtle in his hand, shewed the corpse to Dáhir's two daughters, who thereupon told him that they had falsely represented the facts in order to be revenged on the slayer of their father. They were accordingly by his order “enclosed between walls.” (Elliott and Dowson, Vol. I, pp. 210,-211, Appendix 437, Aín-i-Akbari, Vol. II. 345, and footnote). Muḥammad Qásim was succeeded in the sovereignty of Sind by the descendants of the Banú Tamím Ansárí from whom it passed to the Súmrá Rájpúts.

↩
“In A. H. 107 (A. D. 725-26) under the Khalífate of Hishám b-Abdul, Malik Amín b-Abdullah Kashari, governor of Khurásán, conquered Ghor Gharjistán, the territory of Nímroz and Kábul, and made the latter his capital. From that time continuously under the dynasties of Umayyah and Abbás it was held by the governor of Khurásán until under the Sámánís, Alptigín, a slave of that house, withdrew from their obedience took possession of Ghazní and Kábul and asserted his independence. On his death Subuktigín, father of the great Mahmúd, succeeded to the kingdom and it continued under the house of Ghazní.”

I have quoted this verbatim from Jarrett's translation of the Aín-i-Akbarí Vol. II. p. 414, because it shews in a few words the changes which occurred during the period intervening between Muḥammad Qásim and Subuktigín.

Náṣiru-d-dín Subuktigín is affirmed by historians to have been a Turk by descent who was brought by a merchant as a boy to Bukhára where he was sold to Alptigín, who from being governor of Khurásán had by revolt against Manṣúr (A. H. 351) established his sovereignty over Ghazní.

Subuktigin some fifteen years later married the daughter of Alptigín and was acknowledged king by the chief of Ghazní, Alptigín having died two years previously, during which period his son Abú Iṣḥáq was governor till his death. He then became founder of the Ghaznivide Dynasty or the Kings of Lahore. (See Briggs Ferishta, Vol. I. pp. 11-96,) also (Elliott and Dowson, Vol. VI. 207-221.) See also Tabaqát-i-Násiri (Raverty) page 70 and footnote.

↩
The eighth prince of the Samání dynasty who reigned 22 years. (D'Herbelot).

The Sámání dynasty was founded by Asad bin-Sámán. It held sway over Khurásán and Transoxiana, holding its court at Bukhárá—from 279 A. H. to 395 A. H. See Tabaqát-i-Násiri, Raverty pp. 26, 27 and 53. Amír Abul Hirṣ Manṯúr died at Bukhárá 366 A. H. and was succeeded by his son Abul Qásim-i-Núh. (Tabaqát-i-Násiri, Raverty 44.) For an account of the Sámání dynasty, see D'Herbelot III. 193. Abú Iṣḥáq was appointed by Mansúr as governor of Ghaznín upon the death of his father Alptigín in the year 365 A. H., and died in 367 A. H.

According to the Tabaqát-i-Násiri, Alptigín died in 352 A. H. and Iṣḥáq in 355 A. H. upon the death of Iṣḥáq Balkátigín, the slave of Alptigín succeeded him, dying in 362 A. H. after him again Pírey obtained the government, but was deposed in 367 A. H. when the Government passed to Subuk-tigín. (See Raverty Tabaqát-i-Násiri, pp. 71-73.)

↩
The Tabaqát-i-Násiri states that Subuktigín succeeded Alaptagín in Ghaznín (Raverty pp. 46-74.)

↩
Bust, the capital of Zábulistán (vide Abul Feda II., ii. 201) which includes Kábul and the adjacent territory as far as Ghazna and even beyond. Derived by Yákút from Zábul, grandfather of Rustam. (Áín-i-Akbarí (Jarrett) Vol. II. p. 115, and p. 408). “According to the Qánún Bust is situated in 91°33' long: and 32°15' lat: according to the Aṭwál in 90° long. and 33° lat. Third climate [see Aín-i-Akbari. Vol. II. 115, footnote 4] Chief place of the district of Bost. Bost is situated on the banks of the Hend-mand and is part of Sijistán. From Bost to Ghazna one reckons about 14 marches (Abul Feda II., ii. 108) Abul Feda further states that at Bost on the Hendmand (Helmund) there is a bridge of boats similar to those of the rivers of Iráq. (H. 76).

↩
The Koh-i-Júd: includes the mountainous region between Ghaznah and Lahore.

↩
Lamghán. See Abul Feda II. ii. 201. According to the Lobáb this is the general name of a collection of places in the mountains of Ghaznah. (See Abul Feda I. cccxlvi) Lamghán. Long 104°50' Lat 34°3 Aín-i-Akbarí iii. 89.

↩
The reading of the ◌ (Khutba) and striking the ◌ (sikka) that is stamping the currency, were the usual accompaniments of the accession of the sovereigns of Islám, and constituted a proclamation of their authority.

↩
See History of the Caliphs As Suyúṭí (Jarrett) pp. 432-433.

↩
◌ Máwará-un-nahr. Transoxiana.

According to Yaqút in his Mushtarik, Túrán is the name given to the collection of countries situated beyond the Oxus. See Abul Feda “Transoxi-ana,” for a full account of the countries included under this name.

↩
The eighth month of the Muḥammadan year.

↩
The question of the right of succession of the two brothers admits of some doubt. From the text it would appear that it was the intention of Subuk-tigín to nominate his younger son Isma‘íl. The author of the Tabaqát-i-Násirí ignores Isma‘íl's succession (see Raverty, note 6, page 75, and Briggs, note on Ferishta, page 29). Subuktigín died in 387, and Maḥmúd succeeded according to Fanákatí in 388. It appears uncertain how long Isma‘íl held the Government, but probably the six months during which he was besieged by Mahmúd in Ghazní, represents his whole reign.

↩
The origin of this quarrel is stated by Ferishta to have been a protest lodged by Maḥmúd against the nomination of Bak-Túzún to the governorship of Khurásán (see Briggs, p. 84, see also Raverty, Tabaqát-i-Násirí, pp. 49, 50).

Manṣúr was deprived of his sight after dethronement by Fáiq and Bak-túzún who then by agreement with Maḥmúd were to hold Merv and Níshápúr.

Shortly after this (in 388 A. H.), the Sámání dynasty came to an end after the defeat of Abd-ul-Malik by Ilák-i-Nasr. It had lasted one hundred and eight years. See Raverty, pp 53, 54. (see also D. Herbelot iii. 194).

Mahmúd is related to have assumed the title of Sulṭán and to have been the first Oriental potentate who appropriated this term (Thomas, Coins of Kings of Ghazní, J. R. A. S. IX. 270. see also Elliott II. 480-481.

↩
She was the daughter of Alptagín, governor of Ghaznín, which is here meant by Zábul, the words ‘that is Qandahár” only occur in one copy and are probably interpolated.

↩
Not in MSS (A) or (B).

↩
Firdausi. For an account of this famous poet see this volume page 32 Note 1, and Majma‘ul Fuṣahá I. 382.

↩
Al-Qádir billáhi Abul ‘Abbás Aḥmad-ibn-Ishák ibn il Muqtadir was born in 336 A.H. His Khalífate lasted from 381 A. H. to 422, the year of his death, a period of forty-one years. As Suyúṭí quoting from Al-Khatíb says that he was distinguished for his rectitude and nobility of character. (History of Caliphs (Jarrett, p. 431.)

↩
Hakím Abú Naẓar ‘Abdul ‘Azíz ibn-Manṣúr contemporary of Hakím Ansurí, Hakím Farrukhí, and Hakím Firdúsí. He died in 432 A. H. (Majma‘ul Fuṣahá, Vol. I. p. 340.) The qaṣída in which the lines quoted occur is given at length in the Majma‘ul Fuṣahá, loc. cit. MS. (A) quotes them wrongly, MS. (B) is the same as the text which reads ◌ for ◌. ‘Asjadí was a celebrated poet of Merv. The Tabaqát-i-Násirí gives another couplet in addition to the above and attributes the poem to ‘Ansurí (p. 82, note 1).

↩
Somnát. Situated according to the Qánún in 97°10' long, and 22°15' lat. Somnát is on the shore, in the land of pirates which is part of India. Ibn-Saíd says that travellers often speak of it, and it forms part of Guzerát or the country of Lar. (See Bayley, History of Gujerat, p. 18, etc., Aín-i-Akbari Vol. II. (Jarrett) 246, etc. Abul Feda II. ii. 116.)

See also Albirúní India (Sachau) I. 205, and Index Somanátha.

See also p. 27 of this volume, &c.

↩
Note 1. Dínár.

There is some uncertainty as to the actual value of the Dínár, as there were different coins, one of silver and the other of gold bearing this name—

It was during the Khalífate of Abdul Malik ibn Marwán (A.H. 73 to A.H. 86, A.D. 692 A.D. 705) that a separate coinage was introduced. Thus As Suyúṭí gives the following account: “Yahyá-b-Bakayr narrates:— ‘I heard Málik say that the first who coined dínárs was Abdul Malik and he inscribed on them a verse of the Qurán. Musa‘b states that Abdul Malik inscribed on the dínár “Say, God is One.” (Qur. cxii.) and on the reverse, “there is no God but God;” and its circumference was a rim of silver and he inscribed outside the rim, “Muhammad is the Apostle of God, whom he hath sent as a guide unto Salvation and the true faith.’” (Jarrett, History of the Caliphs p. 222.)

Abdul Malik had introduced the custom of writing at the head of letters the formula, “say there is one God” This was a cause of offence to the Grecian Emperor who wrote saying that unless Abdul Malik abandoned this habit “there will reach you on our dínárs the mention of what you will not like.” Abdul Malik consequently decided upon coining his own dínárs which he did in the year 75 A.H. (A.D 694.)

The origin of the word dínár is attributed to the Latin denarius the words ◌ fals and ◌ dirham being in the same way derived from follis and drachma. (Prinsep I. 19-246.)

The denarius, a silver coin was worth approximately 81/2d. its average weight being according to the authorities 60 grains. It was first coined B.C. 269.

Its relation to the drachma was at first as 8.5 to 9.75, but owing to a falling off in weight of the drachma they at one time were practically equal in value. The drachma was a silver coin and occupied among the Greeks the place of the denarius among the Romans. Both these coins then, the dínár and the dirham, were silver originally, and were in all probability of equal values, but there is another dínár mentioned in the Rájá Taranginí and elsewhere which was a gold coin—this answers almost exactly to the Roman denarius aureus of which Pliny speaks, the average weight of which was 120 grains. The gold coins of Chandragupta mentioned in the Sanchí inscription weigh from 120 to 130 grains and are indubitably copied from Greek originals in device as well as in weight. Prinsep I. 246.

We may thus take it that the golden dínár was double the weight of the silver dínár and taking the ratio of gold to silver as 10 to 1 this would give us the relative values of the gold and silver dínár in terms of dínárs of silver as 20 to 1.

This relative value is rendered more probable still by a comparison of our author's statement of the tribute paid by Dáud ibn Naṣr (page 11, line 18 of the Text) with that of Firishta (see note 6 below).

Against this however is the statement in the Aín-i-Akbarí (Blochmann I. p. 36) that “the Dínár is a gold coin weighing one miṯqál, i. e., 13/7 dirhams” but as both the dirham and the miṯqál were variable the accuracy of this statement is open to question.

See Smith's Dictionary of Greek and Roman Antiquities. (Art.) Denarius.

↩
Firishta says Monday, the 8th of Muharram.

↩
Tabarhindah. Firishta calls this Batindah which is also the name given to Jaipál's capital in a history of the Rájás of Jamú. As to the identity of this with Waihind, see Raverty's Tabaqát-i-Akbarí, pp. 76-80 footnote; see Tieffenthaler's map, Vol. III. See also E. and D. II. 438.

↩
MS. (A) has ◌ Text has ◌ which is evidently an “improvement” on the author.

↩
MS. (A) has ◌ Bháta MS. (B) has ◌ Bháṭa. The real name of this place is according to Elliott Bhera, which lies on the left bank of the Jhelum under the Salt Range—see E and D., Vol. H., Appendix, pp. 439-440.

↩
Grandson of Shaikh Hamíd Lodí, first ruler of Multán (Briggs, p. 40.)

↩
Firishta says 20,000 golden dirams. According to the Aín-i-Akbarí, Vol. I. 35, the dirl am is a silver coin, and no mention is made of a golden dirham. Taking the value of the golden dirham at twenty times that of the silver dirham the text would give the same amount as that given by Firishta (see note 1 p. 18).

↩
Firishta says by way of Batindah. In the text we find by way of Hindustán and MSS. (A) and (B) have the same. According to Elliott (II. 438) we should here read Bihand or Waihind, a place of considerable importance on the western bank of the Indus about fifteen miles above Attock.

↩
See Raverty Tabaqat-i-Nasirí, p. 52 and note. Ilak son of Bughrá Khán took Bukhárá 10th Zí-Qa‘dah, 389 H. See also pages 84-85, footnote 9.

See also Briggs' Firishta, pp. 42-44.

↩
Transoxiána.

↩
Firishta calls him Sukhpál, a son of one of the Rájás of India. MS. (A) and (B) have Súkpál Naba ◌ According to Elliott his name was Sukhpál-Nawása Sháh, the name Nawása denoting his relationship to Jaipál whose grandson he in all probability was (see E and D, II. App. 444.) He is called Rájá inasmuch as Mahmúd when leaving Multán to fight Ilak Khán had (according to Firishta) left his Indian possessions in his charge. See also Elphinstone, Hist. of India, p. 280.

↩
This fortress is situated about a mile from the town of Bhím. The fort itself was called Nagarkot (Firishta) and is the same as Kot Kangra. In Tieffenthaler's map Nagarkote is placed some 25 miles N. W. of Kot Kangra, but at page 107, Vol I, he says, “Côtgangra nommée aussi Nagar cott est une ville munie d'une forteresse et située dans les montagnes.” See E and D, Vol. II. 34 and App. 445.

“The Town of Bhím which is about a mile from the fort, is now on a spot called Bhawan which means a temple raised to a Saktí or female deity, and Bhím is probably a mistake arising from its presumed foundation by the heroic Bhím.”

↩
A heretical sect of Muslims, so called from the founder Karmat, who rose about the year 278 H. They sought to attain their ends by violence and in the year 319 H. under Abu Táher, took the city of Mecca with fearful slaughter, plundered the temple and took away the black stone which they retained for twenty years.

(Elliott and Dowson II. 573). (See also Sale's Qurán, Prel. Discourse, pp. 130-131) D. Herbelot (Carmate).

↩
MS. (A) ◌

↩
Firishta ◌ MS. (A) ◌

↩
Thánesar. 76.62 E. 29.30 N. vide Map, Tieffenthaler, Vol. III.

Tieffenthaler describes it as a large and populous town one mile in length, having a pond surrounded by buildings towards the east. The Hindus he states, claim that when gold is thrown into this lake it increases in weight. He naively, goes on to say, however, “Mais c'est un fable ridicule car celui qui y jette son or n'en recouvre rien.” The water is accounted holy.

He places Thánesar at a distance of 66 miles from Dehli giving the stages,— Narela 12 miles, Sonpat 6, Gonor 6, Panipat 12, Carnal 14, Asamabad 7, Thanessor 9. It lies N.-W. of Dehli and is now called Thaneswar. See Cunningham, Anc. Geog. of India, pp. 330-332. See Alberuni, I. 199.

↩
Chakrasvámin. oṛ the lord of the Chakra. For an account of this idol, see Alberuni, I. 117.

“The city of Taneshar is highly venerated by the Hindus. The idol of that place is called Cakra svámin, i.e., the owner of the Cakra.”

↩
Gharjistán, or Gharshistán, the country bounded on the west by Herát, east by Ghor, north by Merv, and south by Ghazní. See Jácut in voc. Gharshistán.

↩
Esoterics, a sect of the Shí‘a Muslims. For an account of them see Cure-ton's ◌ page 147 —They were variously called ◌

↩
◌ Exposing to ridicule by seating on a donkey with the face to the tail, and thus leading him through the city.

↩
Nandana, a fortress of brick situated on a mountain. Tieffenthaler I. 105, in lat. 32°. (Alberúni, Sachau trans, 317). In Rennell's map (1782) the Belnát mountains are placed in long. 72° E., lat. 32° N. For a full description of this mountain, see Cunningham, Anc. Geog. of India, pages 164, 165.

↩
Son of Anandpál, grandson of Jaipal I.

↩
Called also Lohkot by Firishta. MSS. (A) (B) have ◌.

↩
For a full account of this dynasty, see Raverty's Tabaqát-i-Náṣiri, pp. 231 &c., (note 2.) Khwárazm is a country on both banks of the Oxus of which the capital is Gorgang (Jurján) see Abul Fedá II. ii. 209. Chorasmii of Strabo, Herodotus, &c. The Chorasmii are coupled by ancient authors with the Daœ, Massagetæ and Soghdi. (Smith's Dict. of Geog.)

↩
Qanauj or Qanaj, was for a long time the Hindú capital of Northern India. Firishta states that when Maḥmúd approached Qanauj, “he saw there a city which raised its head to the skies and which in strength and beauty might boast of being unrivalled.” (Briggs. I. 57). See also Alberúni (Sachau tr. I. 199). (For a full account of this city consult Cunningham, op. cit, 376, &c).

Tieffenthaler states that in ancient monuments Qanauj is called “Cannia coubadj” ce qui signifie la vierge bossue. Vol. I. pp. 193, 194.

↩
These in the order Mahmúd met with them were the—
IndusSkst. SindhuGr. ◌ “Indus incolis Sindus appellatus” (Pliny.)
JhelamHydaspes orBidaspes Skst. Vitastá (Vihut) or Viyatta.
ChenábAcesinescalled in Sauskrit Chandrabhaga.
RávíHydraotes(Arrian) Skst. Iravatí. Hyarotis (Strabo).
BiáhHyphasis orHypanīs Skst. Vipása.
SutlejZaradrus.Hesydrus (Pliny) Skst. Shatladar.
JamunaJaun orYamuná.
(See also Aín-i-Akbarí (Jarrett), ii. 310.) Alberuni, Chaps. xxiv, xxv.

↩
MSS. (A) (B) ◌ Kúrah. According to Firishta the name of the prince of Qanauj was Kúṇwar Rái, see Elliott, Vol. ii. p. 461.

↩
Barnah. Firishta gives Hardat as the name of the governor and calls the place Mírath. Baran. See Elliott II. 458, on the reading ◌ MS. (A.) has ◌ Bartah and gives ◌ Bardat as the name of its ruler.

↩
According to Firishta 250,000 silver dínars. This gives the value of the silver dinár as 15/25 of a rupee. In the Aín-i-Akbarí we find no mention of a silver dínár, but the dirham is stated to be 7/10 of a dínár; as the dirham varied in weight it seems almost certain from the above that the dirham and silver dínár were identical. (see note 1 p. 18.)

↩
Vide Tieff. 166. Mahában avec une forteresse en brique.

↩
The river Jumna. Alberuni “the river Jaun (Yamuna) p. 199.

↩
Kul Chand (Firishta) Elliott I. 462. MS. (A) ◌ Kulchand.

↩
Vide Tieffenthaler I. 201 et seq.

Muthra or Mâhurâ, celebrated as a holy place, the birthplace of Vasudeva,— see Alberuni, ii. 147 i. 199; famous also in the history of Krishna as the stronghold of his enemy Rájá Kansa. Arrian calls it Methoras while Pliny states that the river Jomanes (Jumna) passed between the towns of Methora and Clisobora (Kalikavartta or Vrindávana) Cunningham op. cit. pp. 374-375.

↩
The Miṯqál=13/7 dirhams=6 dangs=96 barley grains in weight. It is a weight used in weighing gold and is also the name of the coin. (Aín-i-Akbarí , I. 36.) Cf. Hebrew shekel ◌ see also Alberuni I. 160-164.

↩
◌ Firishta says ◌ a blue gem. The stone was in all probability a sapphire. There are four kinds of ◌ and ◌ i.e. red, blue, white, and coerulean.

↩
The gift of God.

↩
From collating the MSS. A. and B., I think the reading here is quite plain. It is ◌

Both MSS. have ◌ but we must read ◌ as in Firishta, Vol. I p. 51, line 9, et seq. we read thus:—

◌ and when he reached Ghaznín they counted the spoils of the expedition to Qanauj, twenty thousand dínárs and thousands of thousands of dirams, and fifty thousand slaves and 350 elephants, besides other booty in addition to these. (Firishta, Vol. I. p. 51, l. 9 et seq.).

↩
Kálinjar in Dangaya, Bundelkhand. A description of this fortress with two plates will be found in Tieffenthaler, Vol. I. p. 244. He states that the fort was taken by Sher Sháh and passed into the possession of the Rajah of Dangaya (Bundelkhand) from the time of Muḥammad, king of Dehli. (1718 to 1748). Lat. 25 N, Long. 85.5 E. (See Aín-i-Akbarí (Jarrett) II. 158-159).

Firishta gives the date of this expedition as 412 A.H. See Elliot, Vol. I. 462, for an account of the various statements.

↩
The text has ◌ Firishta says 45,000. MS. (A) likewise says 45,000. MS. (B) is same as the text, which says 145,000, but 45,000 is no doubt correct.

↩
Abul Fazl (Aín-i-Akbarí, Text I. 423) says this was in 416 A.H.

↩
The Amú Daryá or Oxus. Jaihún is the name of the great river which separates Khwárazm and Khurásán from Bokhárá, Samarqand and that country: all the region on the Bokhárá side of the river is called the country beyond the river (má wará annahr) I. K. iii. 229. According to Abul Faẓl Balkh is situated in Long 101.40 Lat 36.41. The Jaihún, is also called “the river of Balkh.” See also Abul Feda: (Reinaud) II. ii. 198-199.

↩
◌ - Transoxiana. The country lying between Khwárazm on the west and the Oxus on the south from Badakhshán to the frontiers of Khwárazm. See Abul Feda: (Reinaud) II. ii. 212 and seq.

↩
The accounts of this celebrated expedition are given in great detail by most authors. Those who follow (Ibn Aṯír and) Mirkhond make it commence with 416 H. Those who follow Firishta with 415 H. (Elliott, II. 468).

↩
Somnát, South-west of the peninsula of Guzerat, Long. 107.10, Lat. 22.15, (Aín-i-Akbarí. (J.) iii. 58,) on the sea shore. At a distance of 50 farsakh from Bazâna, (Alb). The river Sarsuti falls into the sea at the distance of a bowshot east of Somanath (Alb. 261). It was here that the Yâdavas killed each other (Alb. 405).

The idol of Somanâth is stated by Alberuni to have been the linga of Mahadeva erected to remove the leprosy of the moon. The word Somanáth means master of the moon. “The image was destroyed by the Prince Maḥmúd, may God be merciful to him!—A. H. 416.” Alb. II. 103. Alberuni gives an account here of Somanáth, and states (p. 176) that the day of full moon in the month S'rávana is a fast day holy to Somanáth.

See also Elliot, II. 468-476, also Elphinstone 286, note 16-17, Briggs' Fir. I. 68, 73, 74. Aín-i-Akbarí, Vol. II. 246, and note.

Qazwíní in his Aṯár-ul-Bilád gives an account of the idol of Somnát and states that it was suspended in mid-air without support of any kind, and further states that it was supposed to be kept in this position by magnetic action. Qazwíní died A. H. 682, (A. D. 1284.)

↩
Cf. Qurán LIII. 19, 20. Zamakhsharí in the Kashsháf states that Manát was an idol worshipped by the tribes of Huzail, Khuzáa and Ṯaqíf, and that it was called Manát ◌ (Calcutta Edn., Vol. II., page 1422).

↩
Pattan. Tieffenthaler I. 385, states that Pattan was a very ancient city founded even before Guzerát, 20 miles from Radhanpur, 40 miles north of Guzerát. Its ancient name was Nehroála. It was originally called Anhalpur. See Aín-i-Akbarí (J) II. 262, III. 59, 60. Compare Briggs' Firishta, I., 69., &c, Anhalwára (Elphinstone).

↩
Cf. Alberuni II. 103.

↩
Firishta calls this Rájá Brahma Dev, and states that having fled from Maḥmúd he shut himself up in the fort of Gandaba (Kandama Táríkh-i-Alfí). Briggs states that the position of this place has not been ascertained, but it appears to me to be the place Canda mentioned by Tieffenthaler I. 402. “Canda est une bonne forteresse à 40 milles de Somnath elle est entourée d'eau comme une île: mais on peut y aborder à gué en quelques endroits.” This description tallies so exactly with Firishta's that there can be little doubt as to the identity of Gandaba with Canda. Cf. Elliott II. 473, note 1 Elphinstone Hist. of India, 289.

In the Tabaqát-i-Akbarí this rájá is called Parama Dev.

↩
For particulars of this march see Briggs' Firishta I. 78. Elph. 290, and note. Tabaqát-i-Naṣirí (Raverty) p. 83, cf. Elliott II. p. 192 from Jámi‘u-l-Ḥikáyát .

↩
History of the Caliphs (Jarrett) p. 431, Al Qádir billáhi Abul ‘Abbás Aḥmad-b-Iṣháq b-il-Muqtadir. A. H. 381-422.

↩
See Elliott II. pp. 480-481 on the assumption by Maḥmúd of title of Sulṭán, see also p. 16 of this volume note 2.

↩
Cf. Elliott II. p. 477, and I. p. 507. The Jats.

↩
Cf. Elliott II. 477. Briggs' Firishta I. 82.

The contrivance alluded to was fixing spikes on the prows and sides of the boats like the rostrum or ◌ of ancient warships. This instrument the origin of the modern ram is said to have been invented by the Tyrrhenian Pisæus. (Smith, Dict of Antiq). See also Elph. 291, and note.

↩
Báward. MS. (A.) has ◌ MS. (B.) is same as the text. Abîward ville du Khorâsân est située selon l' Aṭwâl par 84° de longitude et 37° 20' de latitude. On la nomme encore, dit le Lobâb, Abâward et Bâward (Abul Feda (Reinaud) II. ii. 185-186). Firishta calls it Badward (see also Meynard (Dict de la Perse) p. 13, Abiwerd).

↩
A district of Persian ‘Iráq, situated according to Abul Feda quoting from the Aṭwâl, in long. 76° 20' and latitude 35° 35'. Its original name was he states, Râzî.

Ibn Ḥauqal in his article on Dailam, speaks of Reyy as a large city at a distance of eight marches from Azarbaiján. It is the ancient Rhages or ◌ of Arrian, the capital of the province of Rhagiana, first known to us in history as the place to which the Jewish exiles were sent. It was the birth place of the famous physician Abu Bakr Muḥammad ibn Zakaríya Ar-Rází, familiar to the medical world as Rházes who lived in the tenth century. His treatise on small-pox and measles (◌) was published in a Greek translation ◌ in 1548, and an English translation from the Arabic by Dr. Greenhill. (Sydenham Society, 1847) It was ten days' march from Ecbatana (Hamadán). It was called at different periods Europus and Arsacia. In modern times the ancient name has returned, and its ruins lie now to the south of Teherán and north of Ispahán. The famous jurisconsult Muḥammad ibn al-Ḥasan, and al-Kisáyí the reader of the Qurán, are buried there. Persian Iráq comprised the regions of Reyy, Qáshán, Ispahán and Hama-dán. (Dict. of Greek and Roman Geog., Vol. II. art Rhagæ), (Abul Feda, (Reinaud) II. ii. 169, &c.) also see I. K. (Slane), iii. 311 et seqq.

↩
Briggs, Vol. I. p. 83, states that Maḥmúd died of stone, but a reference to Firishta in the original shews that this is not the case. The words are ◌ &c.

The disease ◌ Sú-ul qinya which literally means an undesirable acquisition, is thus defined by Vüller sub voce ◌ “pravus habitus corporis, gr. ◌, while the following translation from the MS. copy of Baḥru-l-Jawáḥir in this Library will show how it is there defined:

“The disease is so called because the skin which surrounds a man and changes with his changes (i.e. contracts and expands as necessity arises) is diseased, it is the beginning of dropsy, but inasmuch as the term dropsy is specifically restricted to another disease, this term Sú ul qinya is made applicable to this condition.”

In the Iṣṭiláḥátu-l-Funún we find the disease described as “the commencement of dropsy due to weakness of liver and derangement of that organ.” The quotation however is an erroneous transcription from Al Mújaz of Sadídí, a translation from which follows,—he writes “the commencement of dropsy due to weakness and derangement of the liver, with resulting pallor and whiteness owing to defect in the formation of good blood from disorder and weakness of the liver, it also arises from disorder of the stomach and weakness of that organ.

The face and extremities, that is the hands and feet, and especially the eyelids, become swollen owing to the weakness of digestion and the rising of moist vapours, and their effect upon the eyelids and extremities, and at times it extends to the entire body, so that the body becomes like dough. One of its symptoms is flatulence and borborygmus, with irregularity of the bowels. All of these are due to indigestion. The gums also are affected with pustules from the evil vapours which arise.

Its cure is a gentle course of treatment for the dropsy. Means must be taken at first to secure a minimum of excrementitious products, and drinking much water must be forbidden, and the patient directed to bathe in borax and alum water, or in sea water, as bathing in fresh water is harmful. Drinking wormwood and dinárí and wardí is beneficial. The food must be appetising and strengthening to the liver, as for instance partridges; Cantharides flavoured with cloves and cinnamon and mastic and saffron are beneficial. The vomiting must be treated with aperients, when it will cease, but if more energetic treatment be required we may add agaricum and rhubarb which do no ḥarm in this disease.” (Al Mughní fí Sharḥi Mújaz by Sadídi).

It is evident from the above description that the disease from which Maḥmúd died was not either hectic fever (Badáuní) or phthisis ◌ (Firishta), but an anæmia, very probably “idiopathic anæmia” or “progressive pernicious anæmia.” The condition of the gums points to a possibly scorbutic taint, though it was probably ulcerous stomatitis so common at the close of wasting disease. Malaria may have shared in the causation of the illness. There is just a possibility that the disease may have been myxœdema, the increase in bulk of the body with the alteration and sweating of the skin, the turgescence of the mucous membrane of the mouth—all point in this direction. Against this supposition however, is the sex and the age, both of which are in favour of pernicious anæmia. His age was 61.

The question of stone nowhere appears in the original authorities, and it is difficult to see why Briggs should put forward such a statement. See also Elliott, IV. 188, note 1.

↩
This date is the same as that given by Firishta.

Raverty in the Tabaqát-i-Naṣírí, p. 87, note 9, gives Thursday, the 14th of Rabí‘u-ṯ-ṯaní, 421 H. (A.D. 1030) quoting the Maqámát of Amíd Abú Naṣr by Al-Baihaqí as his authority.

The Tabaqát-i-Naṣirí gives his age at the time of his death as 61, and states that he had reigned 33 years.

↩
Abul Qásim Firdausi the celebrated poet, author of the Sháh Námah, was a native of Tús in Khorâsân where he was born about 339 A.H. (950 A.D.) He died in 411 A.H. (1020 A.D.) or 416 A.H. (Guzída). He was appointed by Maḥmúd to complete the Sháh Námah. As a reward for this labour he was promised a thousand miṯqáls of gold for every thousand distichs. However by the machinations of Aiyáz one of Maḥmúd's favourites who bore Firdausi a grudge for a fancied slight, the poet was represented to Maḥmúd as being a schismatic and heretic, and eventually was put off with 60,000 silver dirhams instead of the promised 60,000 miṯqáls. This so enraged him that he divided the 60,000 dirhams among the attendants of the bath where he was at the time of receipt. Finally he wrote a brilliant satire on the Sulṭan in the very copy of the Sháhnámah which he had presented to him on its completion, and fled from Maḥmúd's court to Mázinderán and thence to Baghdád. Maḥmúd at last relented, and sent Firdausi the 60,000 dínárs with a robe of state and apologies for his former harsh treatment, but when the presents arrived the body of Firdausi was being carried out for burial. See Atashkada ‘Áẕur p. 92 et seqq, also Atkinson's Sháhnamah, Preface: also Elliott, IV. 191. See also Hunter's Indian Empire, p. 219. and Beale's Dict. of Oriental Biography.

↩
Mulla Núrud-Dín Abdur Rahmán (Jámí) author of “Yúsuf and Zulaikha” Beháristán, &c., was born at Jám in 817 H. (?) He died in 898 H. See Átash-kada-i-Áẕur p. 78.

He was called ◌ the holy from his position as one of the greatest divines of his day. He was the spiritual guide of the Vazír Amír Alí Sher. He performed the Hajj in 877 A.H., and died at Herát twenty years later.

↩
Muḥammad Ufí, author of a biography or “Taẕkira” Lubábu-l-Albáb, and of another work called Jámiu-l-Ḥikáyát. The latter he compiled in 1228 A.D. (625 A.H.). He was a native of Merv which under the Saljúq princes was the capital of Persia. He was also known as Núruddín Muḥammad Ufí. (Beale, O. B. D.). See also J. R. A. S., Vol. IX. 113.

Hájí Khalfa calls him Jamálu-d-Dín Muḥammad al Ufí. See J. R. A. S., Vol. V., p. 111.

↩
Called in the Taẕkirat-ul-Mulúk, ‘Alí son of Iyal Arsalán a relative of the late Sulṭan Maḥmúd. (Raverty, Tabaqát-i-Náṣirí 89 note 8).

Firishta calls him Amír ‘Alí, son Kizil Arsalán father-in-law of Maḥmúd. (Briggs, 93). See Elliott, IV. 193. Alí Kurbat (Raverty), or Alí Khisháwandí.

↩
Abul Najm Amír Aiyáz (Firishta).

↩
Ispáhán, see Abul Feda II., ii. 170. (Reinaud).

↩
Sewand Rai (Firishta).

↩
The finest city of Khorásán situated at an equal distance from Merv, Herát, Jurján and Damaghán. See Abul Feda II. ii. 189. (Reinaud).

↩
Fourteen marches from Ghazní in Sijistán, between Herát and Ghazní. Abul Feda II. ii. 108. (Reinaud).

↩
Takínábád, see Elliott ii. pp. 271, 293 iv. p. 193 note 1. Briggs places it 30 miles N. of Ghazní; see Ain-i-Akbarí (J) III. 68. Long. 101° 5, Lat. 33.°

↩
The reading ◌ in the text is absolutely without authority judging from the two MSS. I have before me. These both read, ◌ I am unable to elucidate this, but it certainly gives no countenance to the reading in the text which, how ever I have translated, as it stands, faute de mieux.

↩
Variously called Walaj (Firishta) Mangsál (Nizámu-t-Tawárikh) See Elliott IV. 193 note 3.

↩
Abú Saíd Abdullah ibn Abúl Hasan Alí Baiẓáwí. See Elliott, II. 252.

↩
Yahyá ibn ‘Abdnl Laṭíf Qazwíní Dimishqí. Died 960 A. H. (18th December, 1552) (Háji Khalfá).

↩
Abú Shujá‘ Muḥammad, son of Chákirbeg Dáúd, son of Mikáíl, son of Saljúq, son of Duqáq surnamed ‘Aẓdu-d-Daulat Alp Arslán (arm of the Empire the hero lion) was the third monarch of the Saljúqíyah dynasty who ascended the throne of Khorásán in 451 A. H. (see Raverty 132, note 2). Born 424 A. H., murdered 465 A. H. The lines are attributed by the author of the Tabaqát-i-Náṣirí to Ḥakím Sanáí a celebrated poet of Ghazní. His most celebrated work is the Ḥadíqat-ul-Ḥaqíqat wa Sharí‘atu-t-Taríqat otherwise known as Fakhrínámah. His full name was Abú Muḥammad ibn Adam Sanáí Al Hakím. He died in the year 525 H. (4th December, 1130) (H. K.).

See also Majma‘ul Fuṣahá I. 254 and Átashkada-i-Áẕur, p. 108. cf. I. K. (Slane) iii. 230.

↩
Herát. The well-known city in Khurásán, the ancient Aria (◌) (see D. G. R. G. I/210) (Abul Feda II. ii. 193,) founded by Alexander. Meynard Dict. de la Perse, p. 592, note 1, says:

L' opinion generale des Persans est qu' Herat doit son nom et son origine à un des officiers de Nerimân le Pehlevân et qu‘elle fut rebâtie par Alexandre … ◌.

Le nom d'origine qui en derive est Harawí.

↩
i.e. The establishment of the dynasty of the Saljúqíyah in 429 H. by Ṭughril Beg.

↩
Sursatí. (Firishta) a fortress situated among the hills of Kashmír.

↩
‘Amol the capital of Tabaristán, birthplace of at-Tabari. Abul Feda (R) II. ii. 177-179.

↩
Sári or Sáriyah in Tabaristán (according to al-Lubáb in Mázindarán.)

↩
Lit. had coins struck and the Khuṭbah read in his own name.

↩
MSS. (A) and (B) ◌.

↩
Cf. Táríkhu-s-Subuktigín. Elliott II. 116. He was supposed to be a natural son of the Amír Maḥmúd.

↩
As governor, with kettle-drums and banners and all things usually given to generals of the army.

↩
Elliott II. 125. Baihaqí says, In this interval letters were constantly arriving with the news of Aḥmad Niyál Tigín having reached Lahore with the Turkománs, and that numerous turbulent fellows of Lahore had flocked to him.

↩
Baihaqí says, Tilak the Hindu was sent: while Firishta states that Mas‘úd sent Náth one of the Chiefs of Hind, and that upon his death in battle Túlak ibn Ḥusain was sent who killed Aḥmad.

Briggs translates “Tilok the son of Jye Sein”—and remarks upon the fact that he was an unconverted Hindú.

↩
Al Manṣúrah in Sindh: the former city of Bahmanwá, conquered and renamed by Muḥammad ibn ul Qásim ibn ul Munabbih. It is situated at a distance of 20 farsakh from Bhâti, situated between the arms of the Mihrân river. (Alberúni) Almanṣûra. Tieffenthaler, Vol. III. Map. Known later, and up to the present time as Bukkur, see Impe. Gazetteer. Also Abul Feda. II. ii. 113. Ain-i-Akbarí (Jarrett) II. 327 and note. also III. 58, and note:

↩
As tokens of his commission as a general of the army.

↩
According to Baihaqí this fort had been hitherto known as “The Virgin” as no one had yet been able to take it. It was taken ten days before the close of Rabí‘-ul Awwal. Hánsí, a city with a ruined castle 11 miles to the cast of Hissár. Tieffenthaler I. 134.

↩
Śonpath, a city with a brick fortress. Tieffenthaler I. 133. It lies North of Delhi. MSS. (A and B). read ◌

↩
MSS. (A and B). ◌

↩
Firishta's account is almost identical here.

↩
Firishta writes ◌ His son Abúl Majdúd. See also Raverty p. 95, note 7. In the text we should read ◌

↩
Here I follow MS. (B). The readings of the MSS. vary here very considerably. MS. (A) reads (agreeing with the text) ◌

MS. (B) reads, ◌

Preference must be given to MS. (A), the copyist evidently having mistaken his place after the first ◌ and instead of continuing ◌ he has gone on ◌ that he was a careless and incompetent copyist is shown by the next line where he writes ◌

↩
See Raverty, p. 94, note 2.

↩
MS. (A) has ◌ not ◌.

↩
Isráíl-i-Béghú. See Raverty (Tabaqát-i-Náṣirí) p. 94, note 2, page 116, note 3, for an account of the rise of the Saljuqíyah dynasty. See also Ibn Khall: (Slane) iii. 225 and seqq.

↩
Ẓíáu-d-Dín Khajandí Al Fársí, a native of Shíráz who left Shíráz in his youth and took up his abode at Khajand. He was a contemporary and panegyrist of Sulṭán Malik Sháh Saljúqí, and died at Herát in the year 522 H. (In the Majma‘-ul Fusahá from which these particulars are taken, the date of his death is 622 H., but this is an error as Malik Sháh died in 491 H.)

Beale (Oriental Biographical Dictionary) gives the date as 622 H., but this is in all probability copied from the above authority.

↩
The loves of Wámiq and ‘Azrá form the subject of two Turkish romances, one by Mahmúd bin Aṯmán, Lamáí; and the other by Mu‘íd, a native of Tarkhán. (D'Herbelot).

↩
◌ must be read here.

↩
i.e., the world. Birth and death are the two doors.

↩
Saffron was held by the Greek physicians to cause smiling when taken internally.

It is its property of inciting to mirth and laughter which is here alluded to.

With regard to Saffron the ◌ says.

◌

Actions and properties of Saffron. Exhilarating and tonic to the senses, excitant and digestive, laxative and corrective of the impure humours of the phlegm, and preventing and preserving them from alteration and badness. It is diuretic and constipating, aphrodisiac and strengthening to the essence of the animal spirits, to the liver, and bowels and respiratory organs. It produces mirth and laughter, purifies the kidneys and bladder and skin. It carries the virtues of medicines to the heart and to all viscera— removes obstructions of the brain, liver and spleen.

The following extract from the ◌ gives a further account of Its properties.

◌

It prevents the flow of moist humours to the eye when used either as an ointment or a collyrium. It is hot in the third degree, dry in the first degree, laxative, or constipating, digestive, improving the complexion, and very intoxicating with wine causing heaviness, headache, and drowsiness, clears the sight and facilitates parturition, and respiration, is a cardiac tonic and is diuretic and controls the animal passions and cures internal diseases and uterine complaints; dispels the effects of debauch, and is a sexual tonic and cures diseases of the spleen.

Sadídí, p. 143, says of Saffron. ◌

It has a wonderful power as an exhilarant increasing the brilliance and strength of the mental powers. It is assisted by strong perfumes.

↩
Tús, a district and city of Khorásán, one of the dependencies of Níshápúr, distant from the city of Níshápúr about 10 farsakhs.

See Abul Feda II. ii. 190. Dict. de la Perse, p. 396. According to Ibn Khallíqán the Saljúqs gained possession of Tús in 429 A. H. and in the month Ramaẓán of the same year they took Níshápúr. I. K. (Slane) iii. 226.

↩
MS. (B) has ◌ shewing clearly that the copyist was a native of Hindustán. A line or two lower he writes ◌ for ◌ This MS. is quite worthless for purposes of comparison. It abounds in errors and is plainly the work of an inferior copyist.

↩
Tughral Beg. Abú Ṭálib Muḥammad Ibn Mikáíl Ibn Saljúq Ibn Dukák Ruknu-d-Dín Tughral Beg was the founder of the dynasty of Saljúqs (cf. Raverty, pp. 94 and 122, and also I. K. (Slane) iii. 224.

↩
Sarakhs or Sarkhas (Meynard, Dict. de la Perse, 307) said by the Persians to have been founded by Kaikaús, a city situated between Níshápúr and Merv, in a plain. Abul Feda II. ii. 193.

↩
Mahnah. Firishta says ◌ Mahtaks but ◌ is undoubtedly the right reading. In Persian this name is spelt ◌ Maihana, a small town of the district of Khaberán between Abíward and Sarakhs. See Meynard, Dict. de la Perse, 558.

↩
Zírqán is not mentioned by other authors I have consulted and may be a clerical error. The name of the place where this battle was fought was Dandángán a town in the vicinity of Merv, cf. Raverty, p. 94, note 3. Also Abul Feda II. ii. 197. Meynard, p. 239. It seems to me most probable that we should read ◌ though all MSS. give ◌. Zandkhán, ◌ is a fortified town situated at the distance of one farsakh from Sarakhs (Meynard, 288).

↩
Abul Feda II. ii. 201. A province lying between Herát, Karáwán and Gurjistán.

↩
Firishta ◌ Hájib Shaibání.

↩
MS. (B) ◌

↩
Shihàbu-d Daulat Maudúd his eldest son. Compare the account given by Firishta.

↩
Firishta says ◌ Amír Majdúd—the second son of Mas‘úd MS. (A) has ◌ Amír Maḥdúda, which should in all probability be read ◌ Majdúd. MS. (B) agrees with the text, both are probably wrong.

↩
The words in the text appear to be a misprint for the following ◌ which is Firishta's version. The Amír Izad Yár was Mas‘úd's fifth son. Both MSS. however have ◌

↩
See page 21.

↩
MSS. (A) and (B) ◌

↩
◌ Dozy quoting from de Slane gives casernes fortifiées qu'on construisait sur les frontieres de l'empire as the meaning of ◌

↩
Máríkala. Firishta says Márkala which according to some is on the Jhilam river which in those days was called the Behát. Raverty in his note 4, page 95 says: A pass somewhat difficult situated between Ráwal Pindi and Attock—See Elliott II. 273, note 2.

↩
MS. (A) ◌ MS. (B) ◌ In the text read ◌ for ◌ Cf. Firishta ◌

↩
Firishta reads ◌ Kírí. Cf. Raverty 95 (5). MS. (B) MS. (A) ◌ See Elliott II. 273, note 3.

↩
Niẓámu-d-Dín Aḥmád, author of the Tabaqát-i-Akbarí; Elliott, v. 177. Died 1003 H.

↩
Baiẓáwí's account is as follows:—

Mas‘úd after his arrival at Ghaznín sent Yúsuf to prison and became master of all the dominions of his father. In his time the Seljúqs crossed the Jíhún and invaded Khurásán. He fought with them and made peace with them several times but being defeated in A. H. 432, he returned to Ghaznín where his brother Muḥammad had regained power in his absence. On his arrival he was consigned to a fort, and Aḥmád, the son of Muḥammad, went direct from his father to the fort, and there slew him, A. H. 433; Elliott II. 256.

↩
That is from 421 A. H. to 434 A. H. with interruptions during the supremacy of Mas‘úd. Maḥmúd died in 421 A. H. Mas‘úd was murdered on the 11th of Jamadí-ul-Awwal, 433 H. (Raverty, pp. 95-6.)

Muḥammad was put to death by Maudúd in revenge for his father's murder in the year 434 H. Maudúd reigned seven years and died in 441 H. (1049 A.D.)

↩
Manúchihrí Dâmaghâní. Hakím Abunnajm Aḥmád, a pupil of the poet ‘Unṣuri, whom he is said to have surpassed in sweetness and facility of expression. He was called ◌ shaṣt galla because of his possessing numerous flocks and herds. He died in 432 H. (Majma'-ul-Fuṣahá).

↩
Naushírwán. Chosroes I. son of Kobád, one of the Sassanide dynasty, ruled over Persia from 531 A. D. to 579 A. D. (See Dict. G. and R. B., p. 720, Vol. III). The prophet Muḥammad was born in the fortieth year of his reign, April 20th, 571 (Sprenger) or August 20th, 570 A. D (Caussin de Per-ceval I. 283). Muḥammad used to boast of his good fortune in having been born during the reign of so just a king. Cf. D'Herbelot III. 57.

↩
Bamián. “Sitnated ten days' march from Balkh and eight from Ghaznín. There is a building there of a prodigious height ornamented with paintings of all the birds created by God, and containing two enormous images called ◌ Surkh bud, the Red idol, and ◌ Khing bud, the White idol.” Meynard, Dict. de la Perse, p. 80.

Abul Feda II. ii. 203, between Balkh and Ghaznín. The district in which Ghaznín and Kábul are situated.

↩
Text has Deipúr (MS. A ◌ Dínúr). For the locality of this place, see Raverty 96, note 2. The name is in all likelihood Dínúr as in Baihaqí.

↩
Raverty 96, note 2.

↩
The latter date must be the correct one as Mas‘úd was not put to death till 433 A. H. See note 3, page 45.

The Táríkh-i-Mas‘údí, however, writes as follows:— ◌

See Thomas' Coins of kings of Ghaznín, J. R. A. S., lx. 279.

↩
Firishta describes him as ◌ the son of the Blinded Muḥammad.

↩
See note l, p. 38.

↩
Alptigín Ḥájib.

↩
Grandson of Ḥasan Maimandí.

↩
Firishta says also Zangí. Briggs in his translation has said “Oozbuky.”

↩
Firishta ◌ Ribáṭ Amír, Long. 105, Lat. 34, Aín-i-Akbarí (J.) iii. 68. Both MSS. have ◌

↩
Firishta also says ◌ and does not mention the word ◌ though Briggs translates “called Kuzil Básh, owing to their wearing red caps” Briggs, Vol. I, p. 121. ◌ Qizil Red is Turkish ◌ Básh. Head is Turkí.

↩
In one copy we find ◌ Firishta has the following ◌ so we should read here ◌

↩
According to Firishta ◌ MS. (A) reads ◌ Báitigín, MS. (B) reads ◌ Bábtigín. Briggs says, “In the year 439 he was sent against Khoozdár, the ruler of which paid the usual tribute” but in the original of Firishta we find these words: ◌ which looks as if ◌ Amír Qazdár was his name. Elliott V. App., p. 558, states “Kusdar lies to the south of Bust, and is the present Khuzdár of our maps the capital of Jhálawán in Bilúchistán.”

See pp. 557-559 from which the above is quoted.

↩
Parshúr, the modern Pesháwar, called originally Parasháwara. Cunn. Anc. Geog. of India, p. 78.

↩
Firishta writes ◌ Sánkot. Both MSS. read ◌ very plainly written.

↩
◌. Probably intestinal obstruction which is included under the term ◌ Qúlinj of which there are stated by Sadídí to be five varieties. Cf. Sadídí Art. ◌.

i ◌ True or spasmodic colic.

ii ◌ Obstructive colic—due as he says to an accumulation of ◌ or mucus in the cœcum or colon.

iii ◌ Flatulent colic.

iv ◌ An acute or chronic swelling of the bowels and neighbouring parts such as the liver and kidneys.

v ◌ Twisted colic which he defines as a twist of the distal end of the small intestine. Volvulus.

In the ◌ we find the following definition of the disease: “A disease in which the bowels become disarranged on account of some unnatural obstruction (◌) It is very painful and increases in violence and is fatal.”

Defining the Colon the author says: ◌

Colic principally arises in this bowel and is a strangulation of part of it.

↩
Lubbu-t-Tawáríkh, “The marrow of History.” The author was Yahyá ibn ‘Abdul Laṭíf Qazwíní who composed it in 1541 A.D.

He died 18 Dec. 1552. See H.K. Lubbu-t-Tawáríkh also Elliott, Vol. iv. p. 293.

↩
Jaghar Beg. See Raverty Ṭabaqát-i-Náṣirí p. 97, notes 3-4.

MS. (A) ◌ Chaghar Beg. MS. (B) ◌ Chaghz Beg.

↩
The account given by Firishta differs slightly from this—he says—that on the death of Maudúd ‘Alí ibn Rabí‘ who laid claim to the throne placed Mas‘úd the son of Maudúd, who was then a boy of four years of age, upon the throne of Ghaznín; this arrangement was opposed by Báshtigín Ḥájib who fought with ‘Alí ibn Rabí‘ whereupon the whole populace of Ghaznín rose in arms, and eventually Báshtigín Ḥájib succeeded in deposing Mas‘úd ibn Maudúd after a reign of five or six days, raising his uncle Abul Ḥasan ‘Alí to the throne. Compare also: Ṭabaqát-i-Náṣirí (Raverty, p. 97 and footnote ).

↩
◌ MSS. (A) (B) Firishta says Isfirain which is in the neighbourhood of Nishapúr, see Meynard, p. 34. (Abul Feda II. ii. 188).

↩
◌ Nine people in all. (Firishta).

↩
Firishta says “less than one year.” Ṭabaqát-i-Náṣirí says two and a half years.

↩
Alp Arsalán son of Dáúd, son of Mikáíl son of Saljúq was the second Sulṭán of the family and dynasty of the Saljúqs. He succeeded his uncle Tughral Beg in 455 A.H. (1063 A.D.) He was born in 421 A.H. and was murdered 466 A.H. and was buried at Merv.

For a full account of this prince see D'Herbelot, pp. 198-203.

See also Ibn Khalliqán (Slane) iii. 230 and seqq; where it is stated that Alp Arsalán was born in the year 424 (A.D. 1032-3) and died on the 10th of Rabí‘u-l Awwal 465 A. H. (1072 A.D.)

↩
Firishta mentions that a year previous to his death an attempt was made upon his life while he was in the hammám.

↩
Named “Darra.” (Firishta) where we read ◌

In our author's text we read —— ◌ which is evidently corrupt. The words in the Ṭabaqát Akbar Sháhí are almost identical with those quoted from Firishta and some such change as the substitution of the word ◌ for the words ◌ which may easily have arisen from a copyist's mistake, seems necessary in our text. (MSS. (A) and (B) are like the text).

↩
Because they were idolaters and refused to embrace Islám, according to Firishta.

↩
◌ Wálí. Abul Faẓl (Aín-i-Akbarí) (Jarrett) iii. 350 gives the following definition of a wálí: “In ancient works many significations have been given the outcome of which is that it means one who has attained to the knowledge of the Supreme Being: a lofty soul will indeed love God alone… A wálí in my opinion is one who acquires four great virtues and avoids eight reprehensible actions. He should always wage a victorious war by circumspect conduct against the myriad disorders of the spirit and never for an instant relax his attention from its deceits. This lofty station is attainable by the grace of God and the guidance of fortune and is sometimes to be reached through the spiritual powers of a mediator, and sometimes without it.”

↩
Firishta says 482 H. or 492 H. Ṭabaqát-i-Náṣirí 492 H. with a reign of forty-two years.

↩
Mas‘úd Sa‘d Salmán Jurjání. Known sometimes as Hamadání. The son of Khája Sa‘d ibn Salmán. A famous poet native of Jurján who attained high distinction in the service of Mas‘úd bin Maḥmúd and Sulṭán Ibrahím of Ghaznín but was imprisoned for a time in the fortress of Nái owing to the spiteful rancour of Abul Faraj Rúní. He obtained his release upon the death of Mas‘úd ibn Maḥmúd. He was however again made prisoner for some years and upon being released left the court and went into retirement in Ghaznín where he died. There is a very long account of him with copious extracts from his various poems in the Majma‘ul Fuṣahá, Vol. I. pp. 514 and seqq. See also Beale (O.B.D. p. 173.) and Atashkada-i-Áẕur, p. 162.

↩
Abul Faraj Rúní, a celebrated poet. The name Rúní is from the village of Rúna (◌) in Nísápur. He was a great favourite and companion of Sulṭán Ibrahím, and we learn from Mas‘úd Sa‘d Salmán Jurjání that he fell under the displeasure of that king and was imprisoned in the fortress of Nái by the calumny of Abul Faraj, as is stated in the text a few lines further on. Abul Faraj lived for some time at Láhore, so that he is known to a few as “Láhorí.” His writings were very elegant and served as a model for the poet Anwarí. A Díwán of his containing about 2,000 verses is extant. (Majma‘ul Fuṣahá I. 70). See also Atashkada-i-Áẕur, pp. 137, 138.

↩
Beale (O.B.D., p. 15) says that he came from “Rún a place near Lahore.” It would appear from the text above that Badáoni attributed his name of Rúní to his connection with the village of Rúín. The author of the Majma‘ul Fuṣahá gives no authority for the statement above quoted so that it is difficult to decide which of the places is to be given the honour.

↩
He was imprisoned in the year 572 H. by Maḥmúd ibn Ibrahím in the fortress of Náí. (Majma‘ul Fuṣahá loc. cit.). See note 5, page 52.

↩
◌ MS. (A).

↩
Cf. Raverty, Ṭabaqát-i-Náṣirí, page 107, note 7. Firishta also mentions the accession of Kamálu-d-Daulah Sherzád, and calls the preceding monarch ‘Aláu-d-Daulah also Elliott II. 278.

↩
Sulṭán Sinjar Muizzuddín Abúl Ḥáriṯ Sinjar was the third son of Sulṭán Malik Sháh and the last of the Saljúq dynasty in Khurásán. He was born A. H. 479 (1086 A. D.) in the environs of Sinjár and it was on account of this circumstance that he received this name. See I. K. (Slane) I. 600. He governed the province of Khurásán for 20 years. He died in 552 A. H., at Merv of a “colique compliquée avec un devoyement.” D'Herbelot.

See also Beale (O.B.D., p. 236).

↩
The sister of Sulṭán Sinjar called “Mahd-i-‘Iráq” was married to ‘Aláu-d-Dín Mas‘úd father of Sulṭán Arsalán Sháh. Cf. Raverty Ṭabaqát-i-Náṣirí, p. 107, note 6.

↩
This account differs from that given in other authors. The Ṭabaqát-i-Naṣirí says that Arsalán Sháh died in 511 H., after a reign of two years. Firishta says three years. Baiẓáwí gives 512 A. H., as the year in which Arsalán Sháh was put to death. (D'Herbelot).

↩
Abú Muḥammad ibn Adam Sanáí, died 525 A. H., A. D. 1130 (H. K.). A celebrated poet, author of the Hadíqatu-l-Haqíqat, a Persian poem commonly known as Fakhrí-námah. Among his other works were: ◌

According to Majma‘u-l-Fuṣahá (I. 254) he died in 590 A. H. but, see note 1 p. 35.

↩
Ashrafu-d-Dín Ḥasan ibn Náṣirí-l-‘Alaví, died 565 H. Majma‘u-l-Fuṣaḥa I. 192.

↩
The work mentioned in note 2 page 56. Its full title is Ḥadiqátu-l-Ḥaqíqat wa Sharí‘atu-t-Ṭaríqat (hortus veritatis et lex viæ), and it treated among other subjects of the Imáms Abú Hanífa and Sháfi‘í, the founders respectively of the Hanífite and Sháfi‘í sects of Sunnis.

↩
◌

No one would go under the shadow of the owl, even if the Humá were extinct from the world. See Roebuck, Oriental Proverbs p. 327. The ◌ Humá, is a fabulous bird of good omen; it is supposed that every head it overshadows will wear a crown.

↩
The owl ◌ on the other hand is the type of ill omen.
e.g. ◌

Thou art a snake biting everyone thou seest, or an owl destroying every place where thou alightest.

again ◌

O nightingale bring the glad tidings of spring and leave bad news to the ill omened owl. Roebuck, Oriental Proverbs pp. 140, 349.

↩
Expunge ◌ from line 6 and read ◌

↩
By this tree is meant the lote tree of Paradise ◌ Ṣidratu-l-Muntahá. See Mishkát, XXIV. vii.

↩
Cf. Qurán II. 90-95.

↩
Báyazíd Anṣári also called Pír Roshan, founder of a Ṣúfí sect, called the Roshániyyah or enlightened. Beale (O.B.D., p. 70).

A good account of him will be found in The Emperor Akbar by Beveridge. Vol. II. pp. 139 and seqq.

↩
Abú Bakr Dolaf Ibn Jahdar (or Ja‘far) Ibn Yúnus (his name is thus inscribed on his tomb) surnamed As-Shiblí, a celebrated saint was born and brought up at Baghdád, but his family belonged to Khurásán. This highly respected Ṣúfí followed the doctrines of the sect of Málik and had for masters Al-Junaid and the other holy men of that epoch. As-Shiblí died at Baghdád, A. H. 334 (A. D. 946), and was interred in the cemetery of Al-Qaizurán. He was born at Surra-man-ráa (Samarrá on the Eastern bank of the Tigris). Shiblí means belonging to Shibla a village in the dependencies of Osrúshua, a large town beyond Samarqand in Transoxiána. I. K. (Slane) I. 513. See also regarding Samarrá J. R. A. S. 1895 p. 36.

↩
“The faithful.” The title given by Muḥammad himself to the first Khalífah Abú Bakr, who reigned two years and died A.D. 634 (A.H. 13).

↩
The second Khalífah ‘Umar, A.H. 13 to A.H. 23. Called Fárúq or “the Discerner” as distinguishing Truth from Falsehood in Islám.

↩
Uṯmán. The third Khalífah, A.H. 23 to A.H. 35. Called Zú-Núrain “the possessor of the two lights” because he married two of the Prophet's daughters, Ruqaiyyah and Ummu Kulṯúm.

The above three Khalífahs, the first three successors to Muḥammad according to the Sunní Muslims, are rejected by the Shí‘ahs who assert that ‘Alí was the first legitimate successor, the others having been usurpers.

↩
Cf. Raverty, Ṭabaqát-i-Náṣirí p. 347 note 2.

↩
Cf. Ṭabaqát-i-Náṣirí, Raverty p. 356. This earth was mingled with the blood of certain Saiyyids whom he took prisoner from Ghaznín, and from it several towers were built on the hills of Firúz Koh.

↩
The humá is according to the Ghíáṯu-l-Lughát “a bird which eats bones and its shadow falling upon any one ensures his attaining royal dignity.” See note 2 page 57.

↩
MSS. (A) (B) ◌ not ◌ as in the text,

↩
◌ MS. (A) not ◌ as in text.

↩
MS. (A) reads ◌

↩
The text has ◌ but the MSS. A. and B. have ◌ which is the correct reading. ‘Aláu-d-Dín Husain Ghorí Jahánsoz, the first of the kings of Ghor.

↩
A tribe of Turks. They took Sinjar prisoner in 558 H. From them sprung the Seljúq dynasty the founder of which was Ruknu-d-Dín Tughral Beg. Originally from beyond the Oxus they established their power by the conquest of Tús in the year 429 A. H., when under the leadership of Tughral Beg and Dáúd they defeated the forces sent against them by Mas‘úd ibn Maḥmúd. Ravaging Armenia they entered Díárbakr in 433 A. H., and in 435 A. H. entered Mosul, but in the same year were defeated in an encounter with the Arabs and fled to Nasíbín, and thence passing through Armenia returned to Azarbaíján.

Cf. D'Herbelot, art. Gaz. who attributes the origin of this tribe to Gaz tenth son of Japhet son of Noah; from Bulgár, one of the sons of Gaz, sprang the Bulgarians and from Perthas the other son sprang the Ghuzz tribe.

↩
The Tarjí‘-band consists of a series of couplets followed by a couplet in the same metre, but having a different rhyme, recurring at regular intervals.

↩
See Aín-i-Akbarí (Jarrett) iii. 341 See also Elliott II. 258.

↩
The Rauẓatu-s-Ṣafá however states that Khusrau Sháh reigned at Lahore two years after he fled from Ghaznín, and on his death was succeeded by his son Khusrau Malik.

The account in the text is that given by Baiẓáwí and other reliable authorities.

↩
Cf. Raverty op. cit., p. 112 note 5.

Baiẓáwí states that the Ghaznévide dynasty ended with Khusrú Sháh. The work here quoted is best known as the Ṭabaqát-i-Akbarí, but its author called it Ṭabaqát-i-Akbar-Sháhí, and Badáoni calls it also by that name as well as by the name Táríkh-i-Niẓámí. As has been seen the present work is adṃitted by the author to be merely an abridgment of the Táríkh-i-Niẓámí. Khwája Niẓámu-d-Dín Aḥmad was the son of Khwája Muqím Harawí Díwán of the household to Bábar, he subsequently served under Akbar. (Elliott V. 177 et. seqq.). The real facts are that the son Khusrau Malik succeeded his father and reigned till 583 (H.) (1187 A. D.), as is stated by our author.

↩
The Ṭabaqát-i-Náṣirí states that Khusrau Malik was imprisoned in the fortress of Balarwán in Gharjistán. Fírúz Koh was the capital. The story of the treachery by which Shihábu-d-Dín Ghorí took Khusrau Malik prisoner is told by Firishta.

See also page 44 where the author states that Ghíyáṯu-d-Dín imprisoned Khusrau Sháh in one of the fortresses of Ghurjístán where he died a prisoner.

↩
Qurán III. 25 ◌ “Say ‘O God, Lord of the kingdom, thou givest the kingdom to whomsoever thou pleasest and takest the kingdom from whomsoever thou pleasest.’”

↩
None of these estimates are exactly accurate, that of the Táríkh-i-Niẓámí is the nearest. The actual duration of the Ghaznévide dynasty taking Khusrau Malik as the last representative was from 366 A. H. (976 A. D.) to 583 A. H. (1187 A. D.) a period of 217 years during which time there were fifteen sovereigns.

It is difficult to see how Baiẓáwí arrives at his statement above quoted as from the accession of Maḥmúd in 387 A. H., to that of Khusrau Sháh in 552 A. H. is 165 years during which twelve kings reigned.

The statement of Qáẓí Yahyá Qazwíní is so far from the truth as to be impossible.

If we take Khusrau Sháh as the last Ghaznévide king the dynasty lasted from 366 A. H. to 555 A. H., a period of 189 years.

↩
Who was nominated with his elder brother Ghiyáṯu-d-Dín to the charge of a province of Ghor by his uncle Aláu-d-Dín Husain Jahánsoz.

↩
As a matter of fact the coins were struck in the joint names of Ghiyáṯu-d-Dín and Muizzu-d-Dín, and as Thomas remarks the superlative ◌ “The greatest” is applied to Ghiyáṯu-d-Dín while Muizzu-d-Dín is only styled ◌ “Great” (Thomas, Pathán kings of Dehli, p. 13).

↩
◌ Takínábád which was one of the chief cities of Garmsir. Ṭabaqát-i-Náṣirí, p. 115, line 9, (Cal. Edn.), see Aín-i-Akbarí (J.) iii. 68, also Elliott, II. 292, 293.

↩
The statement in the text forms the subject of considerable controversy as there are found those who assert that the title Shihábu-d-Dín is an impossible one as applied to Muizzu-d-Dín popularly known as Muḥammad Ghorí. (see Raverty's Ṭabaqát-i-Náṣirí p. 446 note 5). It is true that the author of the Ṭabaqát-i-Náṣirí states that Muizzu-d-Dín was originally called Zangí while Ghiyáṯu-d-Dín was called Ḥabshi—both of them being called Muḥammad. He goes on to say that prior to Ghiyáṯu-d-Dín's accession to the throne Ghor he was called Shamsu-d-Dín and that Muizzu-d-Dín was called Shihábu-d-Dín. The actual statement is ◌

“Before this his title had been Malik Shamsu-d-Dín and the title of his brother had been Shihábu-d-Dín. Some time after his accession his title was changed to Sulṭán Ghiyáṯu-d-Dín.” From this the possibility is not excluded that the author of the Ṭabaqát-i-Náṣirí intended to lay stress not so much upon the change of names as the change of dignity, the assumption that is, by both of the title of Sulṭán.

But whatever may be decided about this there can be no question that the name “Shihábu-d-Dín” is just as applicable to the person known more familiarly as Muḥammad Ghorí, as is the name “Muizzu-d-Dín,” and Badáoni evidently held this opinion as he henceforth speaks of him constantly as “Shihábu-d-Dín.”

On the other hand if this really was a subsequently acquired title it is certainly strange that it does not appear on any of his coins on which he is always styled As Sulṭán Al-Muazzam (or Al-A‘zam) Muizzu-d-Dunyá wad Dín Abú-l-Muẓaffar Muḥammad ibn Sám.

It is not however a point of serious importance as it involves no disputed question of identity.

↩
Kardíz a district lying between Ghazna and Hindustán, Yáqút. Or Gardaiz, the name of a large “darak of the Tájíks, Ṭabaqát-i-Náṣirí Raverty, p. 449, note 9.

↩
MSS. (A and B) agree with the text ◌ For a full account of this from Firishta with a comparison of other translations, see Raverty, p. 459, note 2. Raverty's translation corresponds exactly with the original and, as he very justly remarks, the incorrect translations given by Briggs and others have placed Muizzu-d-Dín's conduct in a wrong light. Bhátia a strong fort of this name was situated between Multán and Alor. The Rájá referred to according to the Mir‘át-i-Jahán-Numá was chief of the Bhatí tribe. See Raverty Ṭabaqát-i-Náṣirí 451, note 3 last paragraph. See Elliott, Vol. I. p. 61.

↩
Uchh. On the Eastern bank of the Panjnad 70 miles S. S. W. of Multán. See Cunningham, A. G. of India, p. 242.

According to Tieffenthaler it is 20 miles from Multán, Tieff. I. 118.

↩
So also Firishta ◌ though Briggs translates, Alí Kirmány.

↩
In the text read ◌ Firishta says, “came again to Uchh and Multán.”

↩
◌ (Firishta) cf. Raverty Ṭabaqát-i-Náṣirí, p. 452, note 8. Peshawar was known as Bagrám or Farshúr.

↩
Sialkot is said by other authors to have been founded by one of the early Hindú rulers. Tieffenthaler. “Un chateau tres fort bâti par Maḥmoud Gasnaví … La petite riviere d'Ayek coule le long de cette forteresse au couchant.” Firishta states that Muizzu-d-Dín founded the fort of Síálkot which lies between the Chenáb and Ráví and left Ḥusain Kharmíl as governor, in the year 580 H. (1184 A. D.)

↩
Cf. Raverty 452 note 2. See also Tieffenthaler, I. 121. Tatta est tres ancienne … on la nomme aujourd'hui Dobil … Tatta is not the same as Debal which lies between it and Karáchí. See Abul Feda, (Reinaud) I. ccclxxxvi.

The position of Debal. Judging by the map given in Tieffenthaler Debal lay between Karáchí and Tatta at a distance of 30 miles from the former and seventy from the latter, almost due East from Karáchí and N.-W. of Tatta. It lay at a distance of about 20 miles from the sea on one of the large arms into which the Mehrán (Indus) divided in those days, but which to judge from modern maps have now disappeared or much diminished in size. It also lay a short distance to the North of Lárí Bunder which was at the head of an arm of the sea which had evidently in former times been an arm of the Indus also, at a distance of about ten miles to the South; the arm of the river joining the sea from Debal lay some six miles or so to the westward.

This position tallies with that of the ruined city mentioned by Ibn Batúta, Paris Edition, III. 112, 113, 114, a translation of the description of which is given in Cunningham's Anc. Geog., p. 299, 300.

↩
By Yahyá ibn Aḥmad ibn Abdullah Sirhindí. Elliott, IV. 6.

↩
The Khúkhars. This seems to be the same tribe as the Gakkhars, cf. Aín-i-Akbarí (Bl.) Vol. I. 456 note 1, and Vol. II. (J) 383 note 1, but see also Raverty (455 note 4), who asserts that the two tribes are quite distinct.

↩
Ṭabaqát-i-Náṣirí says Alí Karmákh. Firishta. Alí Kirmáj,

MS. (A) ◌ MS. (B) ◌

↩
Both MSS. A and B have ◌ Jarrett (Aín-i-Akbarí trans., III. 360 note 2) says he is not able to determine the position of Tabarhindah, and Raverty (Ṭabaqát-i-Naṣirí p. 457 note 3) thinks Tabarhindah is a copyist's error for Bathindah apparently relying on the Lubbu-t-Tawáríkh-i-Hind. From Rennell's map in Tieffenthaler it would appear that the situation of the fortress of Tiberhind, which is there marked though not described in the text, was about half way between Bikanír and Jhunjhnú in Rajputáná, that is to say about 100 miles north of Ajmír.

See also Raverty 458, note 3.

↩
Malik Ẓiyáu-d-Dín Túlakí, (Ṭabaqát-i-Naṣirí) Raverty p. 457 note 3.

↩
MSS. (A) and (B) read ◌. See Raverty; Ṭabaqát-i-Náṣirí 459 note 7. Tieffenthaler mentions this place calling it Narain, but it is not to be found in the map he gives, see Vol. I. p. 155.

It is placed by Cunningham (map facing p. 327), S. E. of Thânesar.

↩
The ◌ Skr. ◌ krosh, is equivalent to about two miles.

See also Aín-i-Akbarí (J) ii. p. 116 note 2 and 414 note 2. Cunn. Geog. of A. I., App. B p. 571. See also Táríkh-i Rashídí. Elias and Ross, p. 424 note 1.

↩
MSS. (A) and (B) read ◌. See Raverty; Ṭabaqát-i-Náṣirí 459 note 7. Tieffenthaler mentions this place calling it Narain, but it is not to be found in the map he gives, see Vol. I. p. 155.

It is placed by Cunningham (map facing p. 327), S. E. of Thânesar.

↩
The ◌ Skr. ◌ krosh, is equivalent to about two miles.

See also Aín-i-Akbarí (J) ii. p. 116 note 2 and 414 note 2. Cunn. Geog. of A. I., App. B p. 571. See also Táríkh-i Rashídí. Elias and Ross, p. 424 note 1.

↩
The country south of the Himálaya between the Sutlej and Ganges as far south as Hánsí. (Raverty).

↩
Khwájah Mú‘ínu-d-Dín Ḥasan Chishtí was the son of Ghiyáṯu-d-Dín Ḥasan born in A. H. 537 in the village of Sijz of the province of Sijistán.

He died in A. H. 633 and is buried near Ajmír.

↩
Tieffenthaler I. 166 mentions Atáva and Chanouá as belonging to the Serkár of Agra. (See Raverty (Ṭabaqát-i-Náṣirí) also p. 470 note 1).

↩
Tieffenthaler I. 166 mentions Atáva and Chanouá as belonging to the Serkár of Agra. (See Raverty (Ṭabaqát-i-Náṣirí) also p. 470 note 1).

↩
Cól—ville munie d'une forteresse qu'on appelle Sábetghar et Ramghar. Tieff. I. 200, in the province of Agra 40 miles North of Agra.

↩
Sulṭán Ul-Muaẓẓam Shamsu-d-Dunyá wau-d-Dín Abúl Muẓaffar, Iyal Ṭimish the 1st of the Shamsíyah Sulṭáns. See Raverty 597 note 4.

↩
MS. (A) ◌ Thankar, but it should be ◌ apparently, as in Tieffenthaler we find Banghar described as “un Fort triangulaire, construit de terre par ordre d'un prince Indou nommé Harcaran … Banghar est à 30 milles d 'Aunla a 40 de Baréli et à 8 de la rive ulterieure du Gange.

Budáon, “ville ancienne … elle à une forteresse au dehors de laquelle sont des maisons. Elle est a 20 mìlles de Baréli, à 10 d' Aunla et à 5 de Banghar.

Budáon was the birthplace of the famous Niẓámu-d-Dín Auliya, called “Al Baḥḥáṯ” or the controversialist, and “Maḥfil-shikan” the assembly-router.

↩
20 miles from Radhanpur 40 miles from Guzerat to the N.W. Tieff. I 385. See also Bayley, Hist of Gujarat 25 &c. Abul Feda (Reinaud) II. ii. 117. Aín-i-Akbarí (J.) II. 262 and III. 59.

↩
He died at Herát.

↩
See Raverty (Ṭabaqát-i-Náṣirí) 257 note 2 and 471 text and note 5.

↩
The details of this partition are given in the Ṭabaqát-i-Naṣirí (Rav. p. 472.)

↩
Sulṭán Muḥammad Khwárazm Sháh applied to Gúrkhán of Qará Khiṭá for assistance. See Raverty (Ṭabaqát-i-Náṣirí) 473 note 2.

↩
Sulṭán Muḥammad Khwárazm Sháh applied to Gúrkhán of Qará Khiṭá for assistance. See Raverty (Ṭabaqát-i-Náṣirí) 473 note 2.

↩
For an account of the incidents here briefly referred to see Raverty (Ṭabaqát-i-Náṣirí) 478 note 6.

↩
A village beyond the Indus on the road to Ghaznín. Its exact situation is a matter of some uncertainly. Firishta (Bombay text) has ◌! Rohtak.

↩
No author that I have seen records the name of the author. The Ṭabaqát-i-Náṣirí attributes it to “one of the learned men of that period.”

↩
The Tabriz man must be meant, being somewhat less than 2 lbs. while the man of Hindustán varies from 40 to 80 lbs, (Raverty).

The Aín-i-Akbarí makes no mention of the man as a weight unit for jewels.

Two sérs are equal to half a man. As the sér was nearly two pounds this would make the man equal to eight pounds nearly. (See Aín-í-Akbarí (Jarrett) II. 366 note 4).

The Ṭabaqát-i-Náṣirí says 1500 mans of diamonds.

↩
Abú Abdullah Muḥammad Ibn Omar Ibn al-Hasain Ibn al-Hasan Ibn Alí al-Jaimi al-Bakrí at-Tabarestání Ar-Rází (native of Raí in Tabaristán) was a doctor of the Sháfíite sect, he was born at Raí A. H. 544 (A. D. 1150) and died at Herát A. H. 606 (A. D. 1210). (Ibn Khalliqán): See D'Herbelot art Rází. See also Majma‘ul Fusahá I. p. 374, where he is called Al-Quraishí at-Tamímí, Ibn Khalliqán does not mention the Laṭáif-i-Ghiyáṯí among Ar-Rází's works, while on the other hand Háji Khalífa gives a work of this name but does not mention the author. His reference to it is as follows. “11124 El-Letáif El-Ghíyathiyeh, subtilitates Ghíyáth-ed-Díní Liber persicus in quatuor partes divisus, quarum prima de principiis religionis, secunda de jurisprudentiâ, tertia de ethicâ, quarta de precatione agit.”

↩
The term Fidá-í is particularly applied to the disciples of the chief of the Muláhidah heretics, at whose hands Muizzu-d-Dín met his death according to the express statement of the author of the Ṭabaqát-i-Náṣirí. (See Raverty 485 note 3). This attempt to implicate Rází in the responsibility for the murder is recorded also in the Jámi‘u-t-Tawáríkh, and the Táju-l-Maásir. See Elliott II. p. 236.

↩
Ṭabaqát-i-Náṣirí states that he held the office of Vazír, and was put to death by the Turkish Maliks and Amírs of Ghaznín, together with Malik Náṣiru-d-Dín Husain the Amír-i-Shikár.

↩
Zúl Fiqár. The following is extracted from Ibn Khalliqán (Slane) Vol. IV. p. 220.

“It is related that Hárún ar Rashíd on sending Yazíd ibn Mazyad against Al Walíd gave him Zú‘l Fakár the sword which had belonged to the Prophet “Take it, Yazíd, by it you will be victorious.” To this Muslím Ibn al-Walíd alludes in the following verse of a kasída composed by him in praise of Yazíd:

‘You caused the Prophet's sword to recollect his way of acting and the bravery displayed by the first (Musulmán) who ever prayed and fasted.’

By these last words he meant Alí the son of Abú Talib for he was the person who dealt blows with it.”

Lower down, quoting as his authority Hishám ibn al Kalbi, Ibn Khalliqán states that Zúl Fiqár belonged to Al-Aási son of Nabíh, both of whom were killed in the battle of Badr; Al-Aási being slain by ‘Alí who took the famous sword from him—and he continues “Another author says that Zúl Faqár was given to ‘Ali by the Prophet.” I must observe that faqár with an a after the f is the plural of Faqára which means a vertebra of the back. The name of this sword is also pronounced Zúl Fiqár the word fiqár is the plural of fiqra (Vertebra).

At Tabarí states that Zúl fiqár came into the possession of Hárún ar Rashíd in the following manner:

“Zul fiqár was borne by Muḥammad Ibn Abd Allah ibn al Hasan ibn al-Hasan ibn Alí ibn Abí Ṭálib on the day in which battle was given to the army of Abú Ja‘ far al-Manṣúr the Abbaside; when he felt death to be near he gave Zúl fiqár to a merchant who had followed him, and to whom he owed four hundred dínárs ‘Take this sword,’ said he, ‘any member of the Abú Ṭálib family whom you may meet with will buy it from you and give you the sum to which you are entitled. The sword remained with the merchant till the Abbaside prince Ja‘far the son of Sulaimán ibn Alí ibn Abd Allah ibn al Abbáṣ ibn Abd-al-Muṭṭalib obtained the governments of Yemen and Medina, and he purchased it from the merchant for four hundred dínárs. From him it passed to al-Mahdí the Son of Al Manṣúr (Khalífah from 775 A.H. to 785 A.H.) from him to Músa al Hádi and from Músa to his brother Hárún ar Rashíd.”

Al Asmái relates that he saw Hárún ar Rashíd at Tús wearing a sword and that he said “Asmáí would you like to see Zúl fiqár” and on Asmái expressing a wish to see it Hárún ar Rashíd bade him draw the sword—on doing so he found on it eighteen faqáras—The word faqára is said in a note to the above to designate “a sort of waving ornament on the blade or else a notch on its edge. It is doubtful which is meant probably the latter.”

The word Zúlfiqár meaning vertebrated I think it quite possible that the sword in question was so called from its strength and pliability, the vertebral column being the type of the combination of these two somewhat incompatible elements.

↩
MS. (A) has ◌ MS. (B) agrees with the text.

↩
i. e. In the time of year (autumn) when the Sun was in the sign of Libra (◌).
The sun entersGeminiTaurusAries(Spring)21st March.
◌◌◌
VirgoLeoCancer(Summer)21st June.
◌◌◌
SagittariusScorpioLibra(Autumn)21st September.
◌◌◌
PiscesAquariusCapricornus(Winter)21st December.
◌◌◌

The sign Libra was a later addition to the Zodiac. It was known to the earlier Greek astronomers as ◌ cf. Virg. Georg, I. 33.

Qua locus Erigonen inter Chelasque sequentes Panditur.

Subsequently it was called ◌ (the yoke) by the Latins Jugum and was first formally called Libra in the Calendar of Julius Cæsar. This name seems to have been derived from the East, and must be regarded as a symbol of equality introduced into the heavens at the period when the entrance of the sun into that constellation marked the Autumnal Equinox. “In the commentary of Theon on the Almagest Libra is frequently represented by ◌ (a pound) or ◌, a word originally borrowed by the Romans from the Sicilians, transformed into Libra and then restored to the later Greeks in the new sense of a balance.” See Smith's (D. G. R. A.) p. 151, also Aín-i-Akbarí (Jarrett) III. p. 13 and notes. Also Albirúní (Sachau) p. 173, where a table is given of the signs in seven languages. Sir William Jones (Jones' Works Vol. I. p. 334) leant to the opinion that “both Greeks and Hindus received their divisions of the Zodiac from an older nation” and there can be little doubt that this was the case; the almost absolute identity of the nomenclature in Arabic, Greek, Persian, Syriac, Hebrew and Sanskrit points to a pictorial rather than to a verbal original, the more so as in the case of a pictorial symbol of ambiguous shape it was possible for the name to differ in different languages. Thus we know that the sign Libra was first known as ◌ to the Greeks from its resemblance to the claws of a scorpion, then this name was changed to ◌ from the resemblance to a yoke, and finally called Libra a balance.

The same pictorial idea is applicable to all three words, and it is more than probable that we must look, for the origin of the Zodiac, to the same source whence we trace the origin of our Alphabet.

See also Albirúní [Sachau (Trübner)] Vol. I. p. 219.

↩
Fakhru-l-Ulamá wa Zínu-l-Fuẓalá Ḥamídu-d-Dín Umar ibn Maḥmúd Balkhí, a celebrated writer whose Maqámát called forth the praise of the poet Anwarí. He was the author of several works written in a style of great and studied elegance. He was an accomplished poet. Several of his works are mentioned by name. See Majma‘ul Fusahá I. 197.

↩
His full titles were: Sulṭán al-A‘zam, Muizzu-d-Dunya wa-d-Dín Abul Muẓaffar Muḥammad. On his death difficulties arose as to the succession, the Turkoman generals claiming it for Ghiyáṯu-d-Dín Maḥmúd, son of Ghiyáṯu-d-Dín, while the chiefs of Ghúr on the other hand favoured the claims of Baháu-d-Dín Sám, and a quarrel arose between the two parties as to the route to be taken in conducting the corpse of Muizzu-d-Dín to Ghaznín. Eventually this was settled by the diplomacy of the Khwája Muaiyyidu-l-Mulk. Táju-d-Dín Yaldkuz (Yaldúz) came out to meet the body, which was buried in an enclosed grave which he had built for his daughter, on the 22nd Sha‘bán (Firishta).

↩
This is the reading of the text and of both MSS. and it serves in a measure to correct the current idea as to the etymology of the name Ibak. Raverty (514, note 1) states that Ibak in Turkish means finger. This does not appear to be the case, so far as I can learn from dictionaries ◌ means the comb of a cock, while the word finger is ◌ parmaq. On the other hand the word ◌ ay means moon and ◌ beg or bek means Lord. Whether the finger was broken at the time of the eclipse, or whether it was a congenital defect does not appear, but from the text before us the connection with the moon is the cause of the name, not, as has been said, the broken finger. See also Raverty loc. cit. and Thomas' Pathán kings of Dehli, page 32, note 1. Firishta however distinctly states ◌ if his text is correct.

↩
He was given the name of Sulṭán Quṭbu-d-Dín Aibak by Muizzu-d-Dín on the occasion of a public ceremony when he distinguished him by special marks of his favour (Firishta).

↩
The bestower of laks. So called from his lavish generosity.

↩
He appears to have already possessed the title of Sulṭán (see note 3 page 77).

↩
Baháu-d-Dín Muḥammad Úshí Farghání was a very famous preacher and learned divine, very famous according to Úfí as an extempore speaker, and an extremely able poetry and prose writer. (Majma‘u-l-Fuṣahá, I. 172).

↩
One of the routes between Ghaznín and the Punjab, for he did not dare to take that through Kirmán (Raverty, 527, note). The Ṭabaqát-i-Náṣirí omits all reference to this, and merely mentions Quṭbu-d-Dín's death without saying where his fatal accident happened. As to the exact date of his death, see Raverty 528, note 2.

↩
◌ Literally, emptied the mould (in which he was cast). The word ◌ though Arabic in appearance is not really so. It is in reality the Persian word ◌ (cf. ◌) in an Arab dress.

The game of chaugán is the origin of the modern game of “polo” the chaugán ◌ called in Arabic ◌ Ṣaulaján is a name applied to a stick with a curved extremity. Curling locks are called ◌ A pony which is fit for the game of ◌ is called ◌ (Burhán-i-Qáṭi‘).

↩
In the ‘Ajáibu-l-Makhlúqát of Qazwíní we find that the astrologers considered the sun as holding the place of king, and the stars are his courtiers and troops. The moon is his Vazír and Jupiter the Qáẓí. The planet is considered to be a very fortunate one by astrologers who called it ◌ The moon is also lucky so much so that everything lucky was called by the Hindús Somagraha, Soma being the Sanskrit word for moon. The sun was called ‘Aditya,’ i.e., the beginning as being the origin of all things. See Albiruni (Sachau) I. 217 and seqq.

↩
Who on the death of Quṭbu-d-Dín proceeded to usurp Uchh and Multán according to Raverty (530, note 6). The Ṭabaqát-i-Náṣírí states that Náṣiru-d-Dín Qabácha married two of the daughters of Quṭbu-d-Dín. (See note 4, p. 529) (note 2, p. 532).

↩
70 miles south-west of Multán. For the situation of Uchh, see Cunn. A. G. I., p. 242.

Tieffenthaler says that under this name are comprised seven villages the chief of which contains the tomb of Syud Bukhárí. Tieff. I. 118. In Ren-nell's map, Vol. III. Surusty is shewn as in Long. 74.5 Lat. 28 5, Koram Long. 75.4 Lat. 29.4.

↩
See note 1 page 74.

↩
In the year 612 H. according to the Táju-l-Maásir, but from the text it appears to have been in 610 H. or early in 611 H.

According to Ṭabaqát-i-Náṣirí he was drowned while trying to escape. See Raverty 542-543, notes. cf. Elliott II. 304.

↩
Both MSS., but according to Ṭabaqát-i-Náṣirí and Alfí the name of the fort was Thankír or Thangír. (See however Raverty 544 note 1).

↩
MS. (B) has Bhasiyána, MS. (A) has Bhayána. Ṭabaqát-i-Náṣirí says “the fortress of Thankír which is in the territory of Bhiána.” This fortress he built was called Sulṭán Kot (Ṭabaqát-i-Náṣirí).

Tieffenthaler mentions a place which he calls Beána and says, concerning it, Beána etait autrefois une ville bien peuplée, aujourd'hui le nombre de ses habitans est fort diminué, apres que le Rajáh Indou en a chassé, il n'y-a que peu d'années, les Mahometans, Afgans, et Saïdes, qui se vantent de descendre de la race d'Alí. Elle est au pied des montagnes, à 14 milles communs de Fatepour au Sud-Ouest.

He mentions no fortress named Thankír or Bahankar nor does he mention Sulṭán Kot.

↩
Cf. Ṭabaqát-i-Náṣirí where this fort is called Sulṭánkot.

↩
No date is given of these events.

↩
Called also Muḥammad Bakhtyár Khiljí, the first to lead a Musulmán invasion of Bengal in 596 A. H. He belonged to the Khilj tribe of Ghúr, a Turkish tribe. Regarding him the Aín-i-Akbarí states that the astrologers had predicted the overthrow of the kingdom of Nadiya by Muḥammad Bakhtyár Khiljí. He destroyed the city of Nadíya (in 1203 A. D, 600 A. H.) and transferred the Capital to Lakhnautí. From that time Bengal has been subject to the kings of Dehli. Aín-i-Akbarí (Jarrett) II. 148.

He was a nephew of Muḥammad son of Maḥmúd. (See Ṭabaqát-i-Náṣirí 549). Raverty denies his having ever been a slave but from the statement in the text there seems to be no doubt that the author so regarded him. (See Raverty, p. 550 note 6).

Maliku-l-Muazzam Ḥusainu-d-Dín Ughul Beg held in fief a considerable tract of country in the Doáb, iudependently of Qutbu-d-Dín.

↩
See Raverty Ṭabaqát-i-Náṣirí 550 note 6.

↩
MSS. (A.) and (B.) ◌ Kanpila. MS. (A.) ◌ Paneálí. MS. (B.) ◌ Patíálí. Raverty p. 550 note 6, says Patítah ◌ (Lat. 25° Long. 82° 54'] and Kuntilah ◌ [Lat. 25° 7' Long. 82° 35'] the Kuntíl of the Indian Atlas.

See the note above for a discussion of the question.

In the text ◌ is evidently a copyist's error for ◌

↩
Manér ville assez distinguée située sur la rive citérieure (du Gange) à 4 milles ouest de Scherpour—(qui est á 6 milles, de Patna) l'embouchure du Son (Soane) se trouve entre Maner à l'ouest et Scherpour à l'est. Le Son se jette dans le Gange 3/4 de cosse avant Manér. Tieff. I. 423 note (a).

Behár the capital of the ancient kingdom of Magadh is situated on the Pancháná river. Tieffenthaler describes it thus “Une grande ville moins peuplée aujourd'hui quélle ne l'a été, remarquable par des tombeaux magni-fiques de Mahométans (Shaikh Sharafuddín Munírí is buried there).

Elle a été la capítale autrefois de la province. Sa distance de Patna en ligne droite est de 17 milles.”

See Hunter Gazetteer of India.

↩
On the occasion of a public audience held by Quṭbu-d-Dín in the Qasr.i-Safed.

↩
The ancient capital city of Bengal called originally Lakshmanáwati, and possibly also Gaur. Called Jannatábad by the Emperor Humáyún. See Aín-i-Akbarí II. (Jarrett) 122, 131 also Imp. Gaz, art Gaur. See also Raverty Ṭabaqát-i-Náṣiri 559 note 2.

↩
Both MSS. ◌ Núdiyá. Also Ṭabaqát-i-Akbarí. See Imp. Gaz. Nadiya, Nadiya or Nabadwíp is on the west bank of the Bhágírathí, it was founded by Lakshman Sen son of Ballál Sen King of Bengal who is said to have left Gaur for Nadíyá owing to the superior sanctity of the Bhágírathí at Nádiyá. The name was called Núdiá until the time of Aurangzeb—

See Raverty op cit 559 note 2.

↩
Aín-i-Akbarí II, (Jarrett) 148. Ṭabaqát-i-Náṣirí, 555.

↩
For an account of the birth of Lakhmaniya see Ṭabaqát-i-Akbarí which relates that in order to delay the birth for two hours his mother caused herself to be suspended head downwards with her legs bound together till the auspicious moment predicted by the astrologers to ensure his reigning for eighty years arrived, immediately after delivery of her child the mother died. (see also Raverty Ṭabaqát-i-Naṣirí, p. 555).

↩
There is no authority for the statement that Gaur was ever known by the name of Muḥammad Bakhtyár. Concerning the name Gaur see Hunter Imp. Gaz. Gaur.

↩
The recitation of the ◌ or public prayer in the name of the new Sovereign and the issue of coins bearing his name was regarded by Muḥammadan nations as constituting actual accession to the throne and the statement is probably incorrect.

As to this passage see Raverty 559 note 3. See Thomas Pathán Kings of Dehli p. 37 and p. 110, and notes. It appears unlikely that Muḥammad Bakhtyár issued coins in his own name, as he was nothing more than Sipahsálár of the Sultán Muizzu-d-Din Muḥammad Sám: moreover no such coins are known.

↩
A chief of the tribes of Kúnch and Míj called Ali Míj (Ṭabaqát-i-Naṣirí) tribes between Tibet and Lakhnauti.

↩
Regarding this the Ṭabaqát-i-Náṣírí says that a chief of one of the mountain tribes between Lakhnautí and Tibbat the Kúṇch-Míj-and Tihárú who are all of Turkish countenance (◌) and speak a language differing both from that of India and that of Tibbat, adopted the religion of Islám and agreed to act as guide to Muḥammad Bakhtyár whom he conducted to a place where there is a city called Mardhan Koṭ (or Bardhan koṭ) … in front of which flows a vast river called the Bang Matí and when it enters the country of Hindustán they style it Samundar in the Hindí dialect; in magnitude, width, and depth it is three times the size of the Ganges.

From this point the account differs, the Ṭabaqát-i-Náṣirí says that they journeyed up the river for ten days among the mountains till they came to an old bridge built of hewn stone, &c.

Our text on the other hand states that they crossed the old bridge immediately on reaching the river after which they journeyed for ten days in the mountains, &c.

Badáoní's statement has more primâ facie probability, the statements of the Ṭabaqát-i-Náṣirí moreover are somewhat confused and contradictory. Neither author mentions how long the cavalry force took to reach Bardhan.

It seems fairly certain from Badáoni's account that the city of Bardhan was on the near side of the river and that the crossing of the river was impracticable at that point, how far it was from Kámrúd, where Badáoní says they crossed by the bridge; does not appear.

MS. (A) ◌ Abardín; MS. (B) ◌ Abardhan.

Ṭabaqát-í-Náṣirí says Bardhan (Raverty 561 note 8). Calcutta text has ◌.

↩
Ṭabaqát calls this river the Beg-Matí (see Raverty 561 note 1.)

For a full discussion of the identity of the river crossed and the place of crossing see Raverty pp 561-565. The only additional information given by the text is that the bridge was at Kámrúd, and it seems not impossible that it may be the bridge of Sil Hako and the river the Brahmaputra though Raverty thinks it was the Teesta.

↩
See Raverty p. 561 note 9 and Aín-i-Akbarí III. (Jarrott) 328 note 4.

↩
Called Karpattan (Ṭabaqát-i-Náṣirí) see Raverty p. 567 and notes for a full account of Bakhtyar's retreat and disasters.

↩
See Raverty 570 note 9. regarding the possible locality.

↩
I take this to be the meaning of the text ◌.

↩
MSS. (A) and (B) ◌ See Raverty 572, note 7, where he calls this ◌ Naran-koe.

↩
Cf. Ṭabaqát-i-Náṣirí 578. He would appear to have been the subject of expansive delusions very likely an early symptom of the general paralysis which would have declared itself later had he not been removed.

↩
Both MSS. have ◌ but as a matter of fact Alí Mardán reigned only two years and some months (see also Raverty 580 note 7.)

↩
Malik Husáinu-d-Dín ‘Iwaz.

↩
Tanqah. For the value of this see J. R. A. S. New Series Vol. i. p. 343 also Raverty 584 note 2. Thomas Chr. Pathán Kings of Dehli pp. 161 and p. 49 note.

The silver tanqah weighed 175 grains. There was a coin known as the kání which was 1/64 of a tanqah, while another coin was introduced under Muḥammad Tughlaq known as the black tanqah which was 6/64 of the silver tanqah.

The value of the silver tanqah was about the same as the rupee. See Ain-i-Akbarí III. (Jarrett) 362, note 3.

↩
The text should read ◌ MSS. A. and B.

↩
Malik Izzu-d-Dín Jání. See Raverty, p. 594, note 1.

↩
Ghiyáṯu-ḍ-Dín Iwaz … Husain Khiljí.

↩
He was the last of the Muizzí Sulṭáns according to the Ṭabaqát-i-Náṣirí.

↩
Succeeded his father in 607 H. Cf. Raverty, 529, note 4. Thomas pp. 40.

↩
Minháj-us-Siráj mentions that at Arám's death Hindustán was divided into four principalities. Sind in the possession of Náṣiru-d-Dín Qabáchah: Dehlí and its subordinate divisions belonged to Shamsu-d-Dín Iyaltimish: Lakhnautí was held by the Khilj chiefs ‘Alí Mardán having thrown off his allegiance on the death of Qutbu-d-Dín, and Lahore remained a subject of contention between the rulers of Sind, Dehlí and Ghaznín. See Thomas' Pathán Kings, p. 40.

↩
Not in either MS. These verses are from the Shahnámah of Firdausí. (vide Sháhnámah, Calcutta Edition, by Turner Macan, 1829, Vol. I. p. 361, line 3, and Vol. I. p. 372, line 6. The editor of the text has apparently quoted these lines from memory or possibly they were in the MSS. from which he prepared the text.

↩
In MSS. A and B this word is clearly written ◌ This text has ◌

Iyaltimish or Altamish as he is generally called was the first sovereign who reigned in Dehli with independent power. He received a diploma of investiture from the Khalíf of Baghdád [Al-Mustanṣir b-illáh, A. H. 626] a most important recognition to a Muhammedan sovereign and one that is remarkable as being the earliest notice taken by the arrogant court of Baghdád of this new Indo-Muḥammadan kingdom. (Thomas, p. 43).

↩
Concerning the origin of the name see Thomas, p. 44, note 1. The note is too long to transcribe here, but briefly it may be said that Mr. Redhouse to whom the above text was submitted by Mr. Thomas thinks it probable that owing to errors of transcribers of the Turkish compound word the ◌ has become displaced and that the word should really be written ◌ ay-tutulmash = eclipse of the moon.

This explanation seems most plausible. In Turkí the word ◌ altamsh means the advanced guard of an army, or the number sixty.

↩
◌ MS. A. ◌ MS. B.

↩
Tabarhindah in MS. A is written ◌.

↩
Buland shahr, (Thomas). See Hunter Imp. Gaz. (p. 141).

↩
See Ṭabaqát-i-Naṣirí. It was the river Jhílam.

↩
Cf. Raverty, p. 608, note 8.

↩
According to the Taẕkiratu-l-Mulúk this was the first occasion in which Sulṭán Shamsu-d-Dín had shewn hostility to Náṣiru-d-Dín Qabácha. On the other hand the Ṭabaqát-i-Naṣirí states that there used to be constant contention between them. Badáoni is very likely correct in his statement. See Raverty p. 609, note 1.

↩
So called because of a mole which he had on his nose (Raverty 285, note 3). He was the last of the Khwarazm Sháhi dynasty. He is said to have turned devotee and to have lived till 688 H (Raverty 299, note.) There is some question as to the orthography of this name. Thomas p. 90, note 1, judging from inscriptions on his coins calls him Mankbarnin, as he considers the final letter to be ◌ n not ◌ í. The etymology given above is probably correct as the word ◌ (meng) in Turkí means grain de beauté while ◌ means “nez” (Dict. Turk. Orientale Pavet-de Courteille) the word originally being ◌ mengbúrún would in Persian have become altered in pronunciation to ◌ mangburun and with the addition of the yá-i-nisbat ◌ Mangburuní.

↩
For a full reference to the bibliography of this expedition, see Elliott II. 549. See also Aín-i-Akbari, Vol. II. Jarrett 343, and notes. D'Herbelot art. Gelaleddin, Vol. II. p 87.

↩
Mistake in text ◌ where 422 H. is in figures.

↩
“Thirty elephants and eighty laks of treasure.” (Ṭabaqát-i-Naṣirí.)

↩
See Thomas' Pathán Kings, p. 46. It is not said here what kind of coinage—Thomas puts the year 626 A H. as the first of the silver coinage.

↩
◌ MS. (A)

↩
The word ◌ in MS. A is omitted in the text after the word ◌. MS. A continues after the word ◌ as follows:—

◌

MS. (B) reads as follows ◌ I do not know what MS. the Maulaví Ahmad Alí used for his edition, but it cannot have been either of the MSS. to which I have access.

↩
The words in [ ] brackets are not found in either MS. I have consulted.

↩
A famous saint known as Kákí from the “Kák” or Cakes which were supplied by the prophet Khizr for the sustenance of his family for whom his devotions left him no leisure to make provision. See Ain-i-Akbari II. (Jarrett) 303, note 2. He died A.H. 634, and is buried in Dehli. See also Raverty p. 621, note 6, third para. [Ain-i-Akbari II. (Jarrett) 279.]

↩
The silver tangah piece of 175 grains.

↩
A figure of this fortress is given in Tieffenthaler Vol. I. facing p 320, plate xx. He describes it as a fortress so situated at the head of a narrow gorge that it can be held by “une poignée de soldats” having a spring of water arising from the rocks and forming a stream which runs down to Scherpour two miles distant (This place is not marked on Rennell's map). Besides this there are cisterns hewn out of the rocks in the fort to collect the rain water. It is entered by four gates approached by steps cut in the rocks.

↩
Or Mandawar (Ṭabaqát-i-Naṣirí, p. 611, note 3, Mandwar MS. (A).

See Rennell's map. Monorpour Long. 77 Lat. 27. This fortress answers apparently to the situation of Mandú or Mandawar. Tieffenthaler I. 323, mentions “Manoarpur ville de marque avec une forteresse a 15 milles Nord de Djépour.” This is probably the fort here called Mandú.

↩
Hakím Abu Bakr ibn Muhammad Ali Samarqandí.

↩
MS. (A) we have instead of ◌ as in the text, the words ◌ which appears a better reading, “the canopy of adornment,” I have preferred it.

MS. (B) has ◌ which is evidently a copyist's error for ◌

↩
◌ is a name of ◌ ‘Alí who is called Asad ‘Ullah or by the Persians Shír-i-Khudá, The lion of God.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
This must have been from Baghdàd from the Khalifah Al Mustanṣir b-illah. See Raverty 616, note 2.

↩
MS. (A) ◌ MS. (B). ◌ as in the text. Ṭabaqát-i-Naṣirí reads Aláu-d-Dín Jání. See p. 618, notes.

↩
26th of the month Ṣafar 630, A.H. (Ṭabaqát-i-Naṣirí), 1232, A.D.

↩
632 H. (Ṭabaqát-i-Naṣirí) p. 621, note 6.

↩
Bhilsa on the Betwá, is a place of Hindú pilgrimage, in its neighbourhood are many interesting Buddhist topes.

↩
Ujjain on the Sipra, was in ancient times the capital of Málwá, and the spot which marked the 1st meridian of Hindu geographers. It was the city of Vikramaditya See Hunter, Imp. Gaz, and Tieff. Vol. I. p. 346.

↩
Ain-i-Akbari (Jarrett) II. 15, notes 2, 3. Alberuni, (Sachau) II. 5, 6. The Samvat era commencing from 57 B. C.

↩
1564 A.D. and 1594. A.D. Al-Badáoní died according to the Ṭabaqát-i-Sháh Jahání in the year 1024, A.H. (1615 A.D.). I can find no mention of the Náma-i-Khirád Afzá, and can offer no suggestion as to what this work was a translation of, possibly it was of one of Kálidása's poems. ◌ (B). ◌ (A). The text (C). agrees with MS. (B).

↩
See Imp. Gaz. art. Dehli.

↩
See Raverty 623, note 8, who holds that this should read ◌. Banián. Both MSS. (A and B) have ◌. as also has Firishta.

↩
Nizàmí.

↩
Mír Khusrú Dehlaví. A few translated selections from the works of this poet will be found in Elliott, Vol. iii. p. 523, and a notice of the poet historian at p. 67 of the same volume. His full name was Yamínu-d-Dín Muḥammad Ḥasan, he is said to have left behind him some half million of verses. He was born in 651 A.H. (1253 A.D.) and died in 725 A.H. (1325 A.D.) but according to the Atash Kada his death occurred A.H. 752 (A.D. 1351).

↩
Not in MS. (A).

↩
The words in brackets are not found in either MS. (A) or (B).

↩
633 A.H.

↩
MS. (A) omits ◌ before ◌.

↩
The south corner of the Ka‘aba, a spot of special veneration to pilgrims.

Burton's pilgrimage to El Medina and Mecca, III, 162. Hughes Dict. of Islām, 548. See also Muir's Life of Mahomet, II. 36, note.

↩
◌ text MS. (A) ◌.

↩
Shāh Turkān, styled Khudāwanda-i-Jahān.

↩
The Ṭabaqāt-i-Nāṣirī says, “Malik ‘Izzu-d-Dīn, Muḥammad Sālārī who was the feudatory of Budāun broke out into rebellion: and in another direction Malik ‘Izzu-d-Dīn Kabīr Khān Ayāz feoffee of Multān, Malik Saifu-d-Dīn Kūjī feudatory of Hānsī, and Malik Ālāu-d-Dīn Jānī who held the fief of Lahor united together” and revolted. Raverty, pp. 633, 634.

↩
Kīlūkharī, a suburb of Dehlī.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
In the year 634 H., 18th of Rabī‘u-l-Awwal.

His death was probably due to violence, occurring as it did according to Minhāju-s-Siraj on the day of his seizure and imprisonment. See Raverty, p. 636, note 4.

↩
[ ] not in MS. (A).

↩
The name is wrongly given in MS. (A) MS. (B) and the text. The real name of this poet is Shihābu-d-Dīn ibn Jamālu-d-Dīn Mutmara (◌). He was known as Shihāb-i-Mutmara. The verse here quoted should be as follows:
◌
In Madārān Shahāb-i-Mutmara rises intoxicated
If he hear the sound of the singing of the birds of Dehlī in this
melody.

Vide Majma‘u-l-Fuṣahā, Vol. I. page 304.

↩
Mīr Khusrū, the celebrated poet born at Patiālā 651 A.H. Died 725 A.H. the author of 99 poetical works (Beale) (Majma‘u-l-Fuṣahā) see note 4, page 68.

↩
MS. (A) ◌ Lūyakī We should read ‘Amīd Lūmakī. Fakhru-l-Mulk Khwāja ‘Amīdu-d-Dīn commonly known as ‘Amīd Dailamī, the panegyrist of Sulṭān Muḥammad Yamīn, said by some to have been a native of Gīlān, called also ‘Amīd Lūmakī. Majma‘u-l-Fuṣahā 1. 353.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
The ◌ or seven poems. The well-known poems of the Jāhilīyat or pre-Islāmic age.

See Introduction to Ancient Arabian Poetry, by C. J. Lyall, pp. xxxii (Effect of al-Islām on the old Poetry) and xliv. (The Mu‘allaqät).

See also Nöldeke (Beiträge zur Kenntniss der Poesie der alten Arabe, pp. xvii and seq.

See also Arabian Poetry (Clouston) pp. xxxi and seq.

↩
See note 5, page 70.

↩
Alif stands for 1, in the numerical value of letters, and is looked upon as having no intrinsic value, but merely serving as the starting place or origin for other numbers.

In its literal value also it is ◌ that is, it has no capability of being pronounced till it is compounded with some other sign such as ◌ hamza.

↩
Alif must stand at the end either of a word as in ◌ baqā, or a syllable as in ◌ qāmat. The Alif at the commencement has a hamza.

↩
MSS. (A), (B) ◌

↩
The lily is said by the poets not to be affected by the song of the nightingale and to remain speechless, cf. Ḥāfiẓ.
◌

Pity it is that such a nightingale as I living in such a garden and having so sweet a tongue should be silent as the lily.

↩
The ten tongues of the lily are of frequent mention in Persian poetry, cf. Ḥāfiẓ.
◌
Were Hāfiẓ like the lily endowed with ten tongues
His lips in thy presence would remain sealed like the lips of the rosebud.

also

◌
I sit alone utterly heedless of thy cypress-like form
Even though like the lily my body were cleft into tongues.

The lily ◌ Sūsan is of four varieties. The white variety is called Sūsan-i-āzād, see Burhān-i-qāti‘ s. v. ◌; according to the Baḥru-l-jawāḥir its properties are those of heat and dryness and it is useful in the headaches of fever.

The Makhzanu-l-adwīya states that the word Sūsan is an Arabicised form of the Syrian Sūsānī. The article may be consulted for further information regarding the varieties and properties of these lilies. The linear leaves of the lily are compared to tongues.

↩
MS. (B) ◌. MS. (A) ◌

The text should read—

◌

↩
For the constitution and properties of the four elements, see Sadīdī, (Asiatic Lithographic Press, Edition 1244 A. H., page 7.) ◌ Baḥṯu-l-Arkān, two of the four are light and two of them are heavy. Fire is absolutely light, air is relatively light. Earth is absolutely heavy while water is relatively heavy… The three kingdoms (animal, vegetable and mineral) are composed of an admixture of these four elements.

↩
MSS. (A) (B) ◌

↩
MS. (A) ◌

↩
The reading of the Qur‘ān, which is divided into portions called ‘ashars consisting of ten Āyats.

↩
The ◌ a bill-hook or reaping hook, is curved like a sickle and very sharp. It is also called ◌ dās, (Burhān-i-Qāti‘.)

↩
MS. (A) ◌

↩
The Wazīr at chess.

“The Wazīr having a straight move can be placed on all the squares which shows the great honour and advantage attached to rectitude of conduct.” Bland. On the Persian game of chess, J. R. A. S. XIII, p. 11.

↩
The seven labours of Isfandiyār, see the Shāh Nāma (Turner Macan) Vol. II, pp. 1126 and seqq.

↩
Gūrkhān, the hereditary title of the kings of the Kara Khiṭāī, the meaning of the title being “universal king.” It must not be confounded with the title of Gurkān which was a Mongol title bestowed upon all who were allied by marriage with the house of Chingiz Khān.

See Tārīkh-i-Rāshīdī, Elias and Ross, p. 278, note.

↩
MS. A ◌ I prefer ◌ as in the text.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
Tamūz. The fourth month of the Jewish year originally sacred to the god Tammūz; see Ezekiel viii. 14 “and behold there sat women weeping for Tammūz,” Tammūz was a deity of the Phœnicians called by the Greeks and Romans Adonis. The word signifies “dissolution” or “diffluence” see Gesenius s. v. ◌. See also Albirunī's Chronology, (Sachan) pp. 68-82. Tammūz was coincident with the sun's position in Cancer which is called the horoscope of the world because by its creation the creation of the four elements became complete, and by their becoming complete all growth became complete (Albirūnī) Corresponds to our July, the hottest month of the Persian summer.

↩
When any one's speech is not considered pleasing the Persians say of him ◌. Kalāmash yakh ast. His speech is ice.

↩
In the technical language of Ṣūfi philosophy ◌ kun is called ◌ ‘ālam-i-amr the world of the order, or potentiality. ◌ fakāna is called ◌ ‘ālam-i-khalq the world of creation, or the material world.

↩
Ummahānī, daughter of Abu Ṭālib, the uncle of Muḥammad, and sister of ‘Alī. The reference is to the nocturnal journey of Muḥammad called ◌ mi‘rāj (the ascent) which took place from the house of Ummahānī. When Muḥammad awoke from his Vision in which he seemed to have prayed in the temple of Jerusalem, Ummahānī attempted to prevent him from going out of the house and telling the Vision to others, thus exposing himself to mockery from unbelievers. See Muir Life of Muḥammad II. 220.

↩
MS. (A) (B) ◌. The text as it stands is meaningless.

↩
MS. (A) ◌. The text and MS. (B) have ◌ which is evidently wrong for two reasons. Firstly, because of the sense of the passage, and secondly, the ◌ between ◌ and ◌

↩
Abū Bakr, whose original name was Abdul Ka‘bah Ibn Abī Qahāfah. He was the companion of Muḥammad in his flight to Medīna.

↩
◌. A frontier fortress. The same word is used in more recent times to signify a traveller's rest house or caravansarāi.

↩
◌ MS. (B). If we read ◌ we must translate “for the expanse of the truth he has founded a rampart.”

↩
◌, ‘Uṯmān the third Khalīfa, who was rich and thus able to enjoy ◌ the good things of this life.

↩
◌ MS. (A). ‘Alī the fourth Khalif whose sword ◌ Zū-l-fiqār. (See note 2 page 74), was brought by Gabriel to Muḥammad from heaven, and by him given to ‘Alī.

↩
Text ◌ MS. (A) reads ◌ and MS. (B) ◌ both of which are wrong. Only the first half of the Qasīda is given in the Majma‘ul Fuṣaḥā.

↩
Text ◌ MSS. (A) (B) have ◌.

↩
MS. (A) ◌

↩
MS. (A) ◌

↩
MS. (A) ◌

↩
MS. (A) ◌

↩
Insert ◌ in text after ◌ MSS. (A) (B).

↩
MS. (A) ◌

↩
It is said that the ants attack the newly born lion cub as yet unprotected by hair and kill it. The Arabs call the ant ◌ Father Busy and ◌ Mother Turnabout, and have some curious legends about them and regard them with somewhat of superstitious awe. They say that to see in a dream ants entering a honse betokens prosperity to its owner, while to see ants crawling on the carpet betokens prolific offspring. The appearance of flying ants in a house where there is a sick person betokens his death, and on no account, they say, should ants be permitted to crawl over any one lying sick (Ḥaiātu-l-Ḥaiwān). They say also that the ant has no stomach, and that it lives upon the air it breathes, and that it never sleeps.

↩
See Qur‘ān, xxvii. 15-20.

↩
MS. (A) ◌

↩
MS. (A) ◌

↩
◌ Qaṭrāt-i-Naisān. The drops of rain falling in the month of Naisān are said when received into the shell of the oyster to become converted into pearls (Ghīyāṯu-l-lughāṭ). Naisān (Burḥān-i-Qāṭi‘) or Nīsān was the first month of the Jewish year corresponding to the month of April, see Exodus xii. 2, xiii. 4; Albirūnī, Chronology (Sachau) 62, and seqq.

↩
MS. (A) ◌

↩
MS. (A) ◌

↩
MS. (A) ◌ The reading in the text ◌ is preferable.

↩
MSS. (A) (B) ◌

↩
The Arghawān, or (Arabicé) Arjuwān is according to the Makhzanu-l-Adwiya , a tree which grows in Persia, bearing a brilliantly red flower of beautiful hue but slight odour, having a sweetish taste. It is used as a dessert by the Persians by whom it is regarded as an exhilarant, and as clearing the voice. Its wood is soft and light. [The article from which the above is extracted may be consulted for an account of its properties].

The Burḥān-i-Qāṭi‘ states that a drink is made from the flowers which relieves the after effects of drinking, and the ashes of the burnt wood are used as a hair dye and hair restorer.

Vüllers-Lexicon Pers. Lat. states p. 81. Hac arbore designari videtur arbor Judae, i.e. Cercis siliquastrum (Linn.); cf. J. A. S. 1845, Dec. p. 457.

That the dye obtained from it is of blood colour appears from the lines in the poem (Mu‘allaqah) by Ibn Kulṯūm, where he writes ◌

As though both our garments and theirs had been dyed or besmeared with Arjuwān.

↩
The poet passes on from the praise of the Almighty to praise Muḥammad.

↩
MS. (A) ◌ The metre shews this reading to be right.

↩
This story is related as follows in the Ḥaiātu-l-Qūlāb;—

One day the Prophet was sitting alone when an Arab came who had caught a lizard and had it in his sleeve. He asked the people who that was sitting there, they answered God's prophet; he replied, addressing Muḥammad, “I swear by Lāt and ‘Uzzā that I consider you my greatest enemy and were I not under an oath to my tribe, I would certainly kill you.” The prophet said “Accept the true faith.” The Arab cast the lizard from his sleeve and said “I will never accept the faith till this lizard does.” Then the prophet spoke to the lizard saying, “Oh thou lizard.” The lizard answered him in choice Arabic saying “I am thy servant, Oh thou ornament of the Muslims.” The prophet asked “Whom dost thou worship?” He replied “That God who is in Heaven and Earth, whose kingdom is in the earth and his wonders in the sea, and his marvels in the deserts. Him I worship who knows what is in the womb, and has established his punishment in the fire.” The prophet asked “Who am I?” the lizard replied, “Thou art the prophet of the upholder of the world, and the seal of prophecy. He is rightly guided who believes in thee, and he is lost who denies thee.” The Arab said — “I require no more cogent proof than this; when I approached thee, I had no greater enmity to any one than to thyself, but now I hold thee dearer than my life, my father and my mother.” (Ḥaiātu-l-Qulūb by Āghā Muḥammad Bāqir Majlisī.)

↩
◌ See Qur‘ān, Sūrah 54. “The hour draws nigh, and the moon is split asunder” (Sacred Books of the East Vol. IX). In the ◌ Haiātu-l-qulūb a MS. copy of which dated 25th Zúl Hijjah 1087 A. H. (1676 A. D.) is before me. I find the following account of the miracle performed by the prophet Muḥammad at Mekka. “The tribe of Qoreish sought as a sign from Muḥammad the performance of some miracle; the prophet pointed to the moon and by the power of God Most High it split into two halves. A trustworthy Ḥadīṯ by Ḥaẓrat Imām Ja‘far Ṣādiq has come down to us, relating that fourteen infidels who were desirous of working the prophet's destruction came to him on the evening of the 14th of Ẕūl Hijjah and said to him, ‘Every prophet has shewn some wonderful miracle, so this evening we desire you to shew us some great miracle.’ The prophet asked what miracle they desired him to shew them. They replied, ‘If you have any power from God order the full moon to divide into two halves.’ Thereupon the angel Gabriel came down from heaven and said to Muḥammad, ‘The Lord of heaven and earth sends greeting and has ordered all things to become obedient to you.’ Then the Prophet raised his eyes to heaven and commanded the moon to divide into two halves, whereupon it split into two parts, and the prophet knelt to shew his gratitude to Almighty God. … All authorities relate that this took place in Mekka; and further it is related that when certain travellers arrived they said in answer to questions ‘We too saw on that night that the moon was in two halves.’ Consequently the infidels believed that it was a true miracle and not merely magic.” He also relates that these infidels imposed upon Muḥammad the task of restoring the moon to its original condition, and also of turning one-half of the orb of the moon black while the other half was bright.

↩
MS. (B) ◌.

↩
MS. (A) ◌

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
MSS. (A) (B) ◌.

↩
MSS. (A) (B) ◌.

↩
MSS. (A) (B) ◌.

↩
MSS. (A) (B) ◌.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
The Ṣirāṭ or ḅridge across the fire of Hell. The Ṣirāṭ or bridge crossing the infernal fire is described as finer than a hair and sharper than a sword and is beset with briars and sharp thorns. The righteous will pass over it with the swiftness of the lightning but the wicked will soon miss their footing and will fall into hell fire.

See Hughes, Dict. of Islām, art Ṣirāṭ. See also Qur'ān I. 5.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
The words ◌ karg rhinoceros, ◌ gurg wolf, ◌ shīr lion, ◌ fīl elephant.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
◌ A stratagem in the game of chess. See Albirūnī (India) I. 183-184. The ◌ or elephant it appears had the same mobility as the queen does in our modern game, that is it commanded both rank and diagonal.

There was one pawn known as the Piyāda-i-Aṣlī or original pawn, which had certain privileges attached to it. It was permitted once in the conrse of the game to remove to any square on the board where it might inflict the greatest injury on the adversary, as by attacking two pieces at once—“forking” them as chess players call it: under certain combinations this pawn was utilised to give mate. Thus in Auhadī's Life of Khwāja ‘Ali Shaṭranjī we find ◌

“When he moved his Rukh in the Board of imagination he gave the odds of two Knights and the Bishop to the kings of rhetoric: the strategist of imagination fell into the pawn's mate from the “Fīlband” of confusion.”

This (◌) was explained to me by a Muhammadan friend, a chess player, thus: suppose the white king at his own square, and a hostile pawn on his second square guarded by Black Bishop at Q. Kt. 4, the adversary brings his other Bishop to Q. R. 4 (ch) mate, white having other moves, but none which can prevent this final move of the Black Bishop.

The Baḥr-i ‘Ajam gives the following definition of ◌

Pílband is the name of a manœuvre in chess. “To give pílband” means to mate by giving check with the Bishop (Píl).

◌

When in contest with elephants thou disengagest thy noose. Thou defeat-est the king of Qanauj with the “pílband” (Niẓāmī).

Ḥasan Dehlavī also says.

◌

Alas! that the “pílband” of thy love cannot essily be overcome.

For an excellent paper on the Persian Game of Chess by Bland, from which some of the above information is extracted, see J. R. A. S., Vol. XIII, pp. 1-70.

↩
This reading is in the text. MSS. (A) (B) have a different reading ◌.

↩
i.e., when it became dark countless stars appeared. See Qur'ān XII. 1-15.

↩
The morning Zodiacal light. A light which appears in the east before the true dawn. It is called also ◌. Ṣubḥ-i-Kāẕib the false dawn; see J. R. A. S., July, 1878; also a name of one of the mansions of the moon called also ◌ Shaula. Burhān-i-Qāṭi‘.

↩
◌ ta‘wīẕ MS. (A). An amulet made of these four things is said to be efficacious in securing affection. We are reminded of the witches in Macbeth, “Scale of dragon, tooth of wolf,” &c.

↩
◌.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
Isfandiyār at the conclusion of the seventh stage of the Haft khwān.

↩
Gurgīn-i-Milād one of the chief warriors of Kai Khusrau.

↩
Bīzhan, son of Geo, and nephew of Rustam, was the lover of Manījeh daughter of Afrāsiyāb, Gurgīn being jealous of his prowess plotted against him and treacherously betrayed the secret of his amour, and Bīzhan was condemned to be confined in a deep pit head downwards. He was eventually released by Rustam; Gurgīn was punished by Geo, and then imprisoned. For an epitome of the story, see Atkinson's Shāh Nāma, pp. 300-324.

See Shāh Nāma, Vol. II, pp. 771-797. (Turner Macan Edition).

↩
MSS. (A) (B) ◌.

↩
◌ ‘Unnāb, Zizyphus jujuba (N. O. Rhamnaceæ), a tree bearing an oval baccate fruit of a reddish colour called in Hindustānī ◌ ber, nearly allied to the Lotus of the Lotophagi, both leaves and fruit were used by the Arabian physicians. According to the Baḥru-l-Jawāḥir the fruit is useful to purify the blood from evil humours, and is of service in dry coughs and roughness of the chest and lungs, also in pain in the kidneys and bladder. The lips of a mistress are compared to this fruit. (Burhān-i-Qāṭi‘).

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
◌ The serpent is popularly supposed to carry a stone in its head. The Makhzanu-l-Adwīya says:—Hajaru-l-Haiyyah (◌) called in Persian ◌ Muhra-i-Mār is of two kinds: one a mineral which is known as ◌ Mār Muhra, some say that it is found in emerald mines. It has an emerald colour, inclined to black or ashy, shaped like a square signet stone; weight from one to two miṯqāls.

The other is an animal product which is found in the hinder part of the head of certain vipers. It is not found in all vipers, in fact it is only rarely found in any of them; when it is taken from the muscles it is soft, but in contact with the air becomes stony hard. In size it is about the size of half a shell, (cowrie) oblong in shape, ashy-coloured. Certain stones are black and hard, striped with three white stripes, others are white and soft. Some are artificial. In order to distinguish the good and true from the false, place it upon the bite of a snake, it will stick to it if genuine. If milk is poured on it, the milk becomes clotted and changed in appearance; and it is said that when some of them are placed in milk the milk does not become coagulated: and when all the poison has been extracted by the stone it falls off, refusing to adhere any longer, and does not coagulate milk. Whilst it is extracting the poison its colour changes, and when it is thrown into milk it returns to its original condition.

Another test is, when you rub it upon black or blue woollen cloth the cloth becomes white, if rubbed very hard for a long time the cloth becomes black and all whiteness disappears.

Another test: When it is placed in a porcelain vessel in lemon juice, it begins to move in a circular fashion. This test is not peculiar to this stone, but most shells and snails too, shew the same phenomenon. (Makhzanu-l-Adwīya ).

The Baḥru-l-Jawāḥir says only ◌

Hajaru-l-Haiyyah. The stone Pādzahr (Bezoar stone,) some kinds are heavy and black, some are ashen-grey, and some have three stripes.

↩
See note 3, page 115.

↩
◌ MS. (A). The hook or goad with which elephants are driven called in Hindí ◌ Āṇkus.

↩
MS. (A) ◌ MS. (B) has ◌.

↩
Text and MS. (B). MS. (A) has ◌. To sight a jackal when going to the chase is considered a good omen, a snake or a sheep is considered a bad omen. The she-wolf is held to represent craft and cunning while the lion represents strength. The meaning seems to be the triumph of stratagem over force.

↩
◌ and ◌. These words are exactly alike in writing.

↩
MSS. (A) and (B) ◌.

↩
The custom of ornamenting the walls of the public baths with frescoes of animals and other subjects obtains at the present time in Persia, as it did in ancient in the public baths of Greece and Rome. The walls and ceilings of the baths at Pompeii are an example of this.

↩
See Thomas, Pathan Kings, p. 104 and seqq. Ṭabaqāt-i-Naṣirī states on the contrary, that Junaidī refused to acknowledge her. She accordingly issued orders for his arrest, but he became aware of this and went into hiding, eventually dying in the hills of Sir Mūr Bardār.

↩
Malik Saifu-d-Dīn Kūjī and his brother Fakhru-d-Dīn were taken prisoners and put to death. Ṭabaqāt-i-Naṣirī, p. 640.

↩
MS. (A) ◌. Retired to the hill country of Sirmūr.

↩
The fortress of Rantanbhūr in the province of Ajmīr, 75 miles southeast of Jaipūr, see p. 92, note 4.

↩
The text has ◌ but this is a misprint for ◌ which is the reading of the MS. (A).

↩
In the MS. (A) we have the following ◌ came out of retirement, that is simply abandoned the habits of purdah-nishíni generally imposed on Musulmān ladies. This seems the better reading (see Raverty, p. 642, note 3, with reference to this subject).

↩
The ◌ qabā and ◌ kullāh were a tunic and hat worn by men.

↩
After making over Multān to Malik ‘Izzu-d-Dīn, Sulṭān Raẓẓīyah returned to the capital on the 19th of Shābān 637 H. (Ṭabaqāt-i-Naṣirī).

A jāegīr was land held in fief, generally bestowed as a reward for some service.

↩
Rauẓatu-s-Ṣafā calls him Chief Commander of troops. For subsequent events up to death of Raẓẓiyah see Ṭabaqāt-i-Nāṣirī.

↩
Ṭabaqāt-i-Nāṣirī states that they put Jamālu-d-Dīn to death.

↩
Hāfiẓ. Ode beginning ◌. See Diwan Hafis Rosenweig-Schwannau I, p. 30.

↩
Son of Iyaltimish.

↩
Altūnīyah was appointed by Raẓẓīyah as feudatory of Baran (Bulandshahr) immediately upon her accession, he was afterwards made feudatory of Tabar-hindah. The account in the text differs slightly from that of the Ṭabaqāti-Nāṣirī, see Raverty 647, note 9.

↩
Elliott I. 507. Tieffenthaler II. 206.

↩
Malik Badru-d-Dīn Sankar Rūmī had become Amīr-i-Ḥājib on the death of Ikhtiyāru-d-Dīn. He was the patron of Ghiyāṯu-d-Dīn Balban for whom he obtained promotion to the dignity of Amīr Akhūr. The account in the text tallies with that given in the Ṭabaqāt-i-Akbarī, but see Raverty 648, n. 2.

↩
Kaithal Skr. Kapisthala. Lat. 29° 48' 7" N., Long. 76° 26' 26' E. 38 miles distant from Karnāl, and about 100 miles N. W. of Dehlī. See Hunter, Gaz. vii. 309.

↩
The printed text and MS. (A) and MS. (B) all have ◌ Kawārān. There is some little uncertainty as to the identity of this tribe. The Ṭabaqāti-Nāṣirī says “Sulṭān Raẓīyyah with Malik Altūnīyah fell captive into the hands of Hindūs” (See Raverty's translation page 648 and note 3.)

It seems probable that the Kawārān here spoken of were a tribe of Jāts otherwise known by the name of Gaṭwārās They are mentioned by Elliott, as holding villages in Gohana, in Sonīpat Bangar and in the Doāb on the opposite side of the Jumna (see Elliott, Races of the N. W. Provinces of India, Vol I. page 126).

↩
638 A.H. Ṭabaqāt-i-Nāṣirī. There is a confusion here in the dates.

Firishta says that the armies met on the 4th Rabi‘ul Awwal 637 A.H., and that Raẓẓīyah and Altūnīyah were put to death on the 25th of the same month. As Raẓẓīyah came to the throne in 634, 637 would seem to be the correct date but see Raverty, p. 648, note 2.

↩
◌ is the reading of MS. (A). Firishta says “two Turks in a state of (feigned) intoxication.” ◌ Minhāju-s-Siráj writes. p. 192, Cal. Text ◌. He sent two intoxicated Turks, after the manner of Fidāīs, down from the roof of the palace. A Fidāī is one who voluntarily and cheerfully undertakes any enterprise which he knows will cost him his life. (Burhān-i-Qāṭi‘) see Raverty Ṭabaqāt-i-Nāṣirī p. 651 n. 7.

↩
Who had been appointed Amīr Ḥājib when Ikhtiyāru-d-Dīn was murdered.

↩
The MS. (A) reads ◌ which reading I follow. Ferishta writes ◌

Ṭabaqāt-i-Nāṣirī gives the details of this circumstance and states that it was brought about by the machinations of a Darwesh who was jealous of Qāẓī Shamsu-d-Dīn and had sufficient influence over Bahrām Shāh to compass his enemy's death.

He calls the town Mihir. (Raverty 657 and note 4), MS. (A) has ◌ Marhiṛa.

↩
Ṭabaqāt-i-Nāṣirī states that the Sulṭān nominated Malik Quṭbu-d-Dīn Ḥusain ibn ‘Alī Ghūrī, together with the Wazīr the Khwājah Muhaẕẕabu-d-Dīn for this purpose, and that the letter referred to in the text was written by him. (See Raverty 657, 658).

↩
MS. (A) ◌. Carrying into effect the maxim ◌.

↩
See Raverty, p. 658, note 2. Quṭbu-d-Dīn Ūshī after whom the Quṭb minār of Dehlī is called died in 633 H. See Raverty 622, note 6.

See also page 92, note 2. This was another man Saiyyid Quṭbu-d-Dīn.

↩
On Saturday the 19th of Sha‘bān 639 H. The siege lasted till the month of Ẕī Qa‘dah (Ṭabaqāt-i-Nāṣirī, p. 659).

↩
On the 13th of Ẕī Qa‘dah 639 H.

↩
Malik ‘Izzu-d-Dīn Balban-i-Kashlū Khān, see Raverty p. 775 and 660, note 1.

↩
Malik Ghiyāṯu-d-Dīn Balban was dignified with the title of Ulugh Khān and made Deputy of the kingdom and leader of the troops in the year 647 H., but was deprived of his office in 650-51 H. He was Amīr Akhūr till 642 H. when he became Amīr Ḥājib.

See Āīn-i-Akbarī (Jarrett) II. 298.

↩
The printed text has ◌! but MS. (A) has ◌ which is correct. Karrah is on the right bank of the Ganges Lat. 25° 41' N. Long. 81° 24' E. (see Hunter, Imp. Gaz.) Vol. VIII. Before Akbar's time Karrah was the seat of government.

↩
Qāẓī Jalālu-d-Dīn Kāsānī (Ṭabaqāt-i-Nāṣirī).

↩
This is an error which has according to Raverty been handed on from author to author. The way the mistake originated is pointed out by him in his note 8 on p. 665.

The original reading was ◌ Kuffār-i Jājnagar which by some strange perversion became ◌ thence to ◌ and so to our author's statement.

Jājnagar or Jājpūr on the Baitarānī river in Orissa, capital of the province under the Lion Dynasty, the Gajpati or Lords of Elephants (Āīn-i-Akbarī II. 219 n. 1.) (see Imp. Gaz. Vol. VII., and Stat. Acc. of Bengal, XVIII. 85-89).

The ◌ Infidel hordes of Jājnagar were of course Hindūs and not Mughūls, hence the assumption in the text to account for their presence before Lakhnautī is as unnecessary as it is absurd.

↩
The real name of Tīmūr Khān Qarā Beg as he is called in the text, is Malik Qamaru-d-Dīn Qīrān-i-Tīmūr Khān and he is the Malik Qīrān referred to a line or two later. In other words Malik Qīrān and “Tīmūr Khān” are one and the same person. In the text ◌ is a misprint for ◌ MS. (A). See also Raverty 666, n. 9.

↩
The real name of Tīmūr Khān Qarā Beg as he is called in the text, is Malik Qamaru-d-Dīn Qīrān-i-Tīmūr Khān and he is the Malik Qīrān referred to a line or two later. In other words Malik Qīrān and “Tīmūr Khān” are one and the same person. In the text ◌ is a misprint for ◌ MS. (A). See also Raverty 666, n. 9.

↩
The real name of Tīmūr Khān Qarā Beg as he is called in the text, is Malik Qamaru-d-Dīn Qīrān-i-Tīmūr Khān and he is the Malik Qīrān referred to a line or two later. In other words Malik Qīrān and “Tīmūr Khān” are one and the same person. In the text ◌ is a misprint for ◌ MS. (A). See also Raverty 666, n. 9.

↩
1244 A.D. This was really a Mughūl force, under the command of “the accursed Mangūtah” (Ṭabaqāt-i-Nāṣirī).

↩
On the 23rd of Muharram 644 H. (1246 A.D.).

His reign extended to a period of four years, one month and one day (Ṭabaqāt-i-Nāṣirī).

↩
Shamsu-d-Dīn Iyaltimish.

Nāṣiru-d-Dīn Maḥmūd son of Shamsu-d-Dīn Iyaltimish was born at the Qaṣr Bāgh in Delhi in the year 626 H. (Ṭabaqāt-i-Nāṣirī).

It will be remembered that he was the second son of Iyaltimish to bear the name of Nāṣiru-d-Dīn, which was given him upon the death of his elder brother (see p. 94) in 626 A. H. (see Ṭabaqāt-i-Nāṣirī, Cal. Text p. 201, l. 18.)

He was a man of quiet and retiring disposition and spent most of his leisure in making manuscript copies of the Qur'ān. Thomas (Pathān Kings) thinks that this faculty “possibly had its influence on the execution and finish of the legends of his coinage, which display a remarkable advance on the earlier mintages in the fineness of the lines and the improved definition of the Persian characters” (p. 125).

↩
His titles as given in the Ṭabaqāt-i-Nāṣirī were:

As Sulṭānu-l-A‘ẓamu-l-Muaẓẓam, Nāsiru-d-Dunyā wau-d-Dīn, Abū-I-Mu-ẓaffar-i-Maḥmūd Shāh ibn-i Sulṭán Iyaltimish Yamín-i-Khalīfatu-llah Nāṣir-i-Amīri-l-Mūminīn.

The Ṭabaqāt-i-Nāṣirī of Minhāju-s-Sirāj was written in his court and dedicated to him: hence its name.

↩
Ṭabaqāt-i-Nāṣirī of Minhāju-s-Sirāj is a general history up to 658 H. composed by Abū Umar Minhāju-d-Dīn Uṯmān ibn Sirāju-d-Dīn al Juzjānī. See Elliott II, 259. An English translation by Major Raverty has been published in the Bibliotheca Indica, by the Asiatic Society of Bengal.

↩
◌

↩
Ibn-i-Batūta states in his history (French edition, Vol. III, p. 169). ◌

C' était un souverain pieux: il copiait des exemplaires du livre illustre (le Korán), les vendait, et se nourrissait avec le prix qu'il en retirait. Le Kâdhi Camâl eddīn m' a fait voir un Koran copié de sa main, artistement et élégam-ment ecrit.

↩
We find, ◌ Baniān in the Ṭabaqāt-i-Nāṣirī (Raverty 677, notes 5, 6.) but both MSS. (A) and (B) read Multān.

↩
◌ Also in MSS. (A and B), but this must be a copyist's error for ◌.

↩
The Kohi Jūd (See Rennell's Map Koh-i-Jehoud) is apparently a part of the Salt Range, Lat. 32° Long. 71°. Bāber states that the tribes of Jūd and Janjūhah descended from a common ancestor, are the ruling races of the district and of all the tribes between the Sind and Bahrah. Āīn-i-Akbarī (Jarrett) II. 405, note 2).

Tieffenthaler (I. 105), places Nandanah or Nandanpour (forteresse en brique sur un montagne) between the Behāt and the Indus it must have lain somewhere near the line Jhelum to Peshāwar.

↩
Khūkhars, see Tieff. I, 104 and 105, Le district des salines est habité par les Khocares ce sont ceux qui tirent le sel des mines, c'est un nation qui á quitté l'idolatrie pour embrasser le mahométisme. See also this volume, p. 67, n. 3.

↩
Text and MS. (A) ◌ Mīwāt. This place is not mentioned in the Ṭabaqāt-i-Naṣirī, it is mentioned in the Aīn-i-Akbari (I. (Jarrett 307) as the place to which Naṣrat Khān fled from Dehli when it was seized by Iqbāl Khān, some 150 years later than the events recorded in the text.

Tieffenthaler, Vol. I, p. 211, Mēvāt est un canton assez étendu, borné par les provinces de Dehlī et d'Adjmere et par les Districts de Djepour et de Dik. It extends “north and south from Badshāpur to Harsana, 47 miles, and east and west from Dik to Narnol, 57 miles.” Alwar is about the centre of it now.

Tieffenthaler goes on to say “Cette contrée est habitee par beaucoup de Mahométans qui etaiènt ci-devant gentils. Elle appartenait auparavant aux Afghans dans le tems qu'ils regnoient a Dehli. La Gouvernement passa ensuite aux Mogols. Maintenant le Djat (Jats) s'en est approprié la plus graude partie et une partie est tombée au pouvoir du Rājah de Djepour (Jaipūr) qui en a expulsé beaucoup d'habitans mahométans.

He speaks of the abundance of Nīm (Melia azadirachta) and Sissoo (Dalber-gia sissoo) trees, and praises the cattle and horses of the country.

He speaks of Narnol the capital city of the district, as having formerly been populous and flourishing. See also Rennell's Memoir (1788), p. 75.

↩
Ṭabaqāt-i-Nāṣirī says this occurred in 649 H., which is more probably correct, as it is the account of a cotemporary historian.

↩
This Rājā is called in the Ṭabaqāt-i-Nāṣirī, Chāhar Ajārī, he was independent sovereign of Narwar in A.D. 1246 (644 A.H.) under the name of Chāhar Deva, his coins bearing the inscription ◌. He was a very powerful Rājā (see Thomas 67 et seqq: and Raverty 690 note 1.)

↩
Narwar.—In the Āīn-i-Akbarī, we find the Sarkar of Narwar as having 500 Cavalry, 20,000 Infantry. Narwar itself had a stone fort (see also Raverty 690, note 1).

In the text ◌ is a misprint for ◌ MS. (A).

Narwar. Tieff. I. 175 gives a sketch plan of the fortress of Narwar and a long description from which the following note is abridged.

A town of moderate size about 1/2 a mile long and ten in breadth, protected in his time (about 1780 A.D.) with stone walls, but formerly unprotected. Latitude 25° 30' N. Longitude taken from the Islands of the Blest 93° 24'. (Cf. Āīn-i-Akbarī [Jarrett] III. 60.) Houses well and substantially built with flat roofs.

It has four gates, and there was a Christian family of Armenian stock who had built a palace, and a chapel where a Jesuit father said mass. The fortress was built upon a mountain having two peaks or spurs running parallel North and South.

He considers it must have been impregnable in old times before the invention of gunpowder “pour le malheur du genre humain et la ruine des villes.”

A good supply of water is furnished by a large tank paved and flanked with stone. He also speaks of a magnetic iron ore from which they procure iron by smelting for export in various forms, and a flint of a whitish colour and marvellous hardness used for flint locks.

↩
Of Bardār and Bijnor (Ṭabaqāt-i-Nāṣirī). In the text instead of ◌ which is manifestly wrong I read ◌ as in MS. (A).

↩
Here again the printed text is hopelessly wrong. MS. (A) reads as follows:—

◌ which is intelligible and tallies with Ṭabaqāt-i-Nāṣirī. Where the reading ◌ in the text comes from, it is hard to say.

↩
MS. (A). The text reads ◌: see Albirūnī (India) (Sachau) II. 261: also Elliott, I. 49 as regards the Rahab.

↩
◌ MS. (A).

↩
The Calcutta text of the Ṭabaqāt-i-Naṣirī calls this ◌ Kāethar. Our text has ◌ Kaṭīhar, MS. (A) has ◌ (?) MS. (B) ◌ (!) see Raverty 696, note 4.

↩
See Elliott, II. p. 354.

↩
The printed text gives ◌. It should be ◌ MS. (A).

↩
This should read ◌ not as in the printed text.

↩
This account differs from that given in the Ṭabaqāt-i-Nāṣirī. (See Raverty p. 703 and seqq).

↩
◌ MS. (A). The word ◌ is omitted in Calcutta text.

↩
About 180 miles, see Āīn-i-Akbarī II, p. 414, also Cunn. A. G. I., p. 571.

The ancient Krosa of Magadh was about 11/4 miles, the kos of the Gangetic provinces was rather more than 21/4 miles. The Akbarī kos was rather less than 13/4 miles and this is the standard referred to above.

↩
These Maliks (Qutlugh Khān and ‘Izzu-d-Dīn Kashlu Khān) retired towards the Siwālik territory foiled in their object (Ṭabaqāt-i-Nāṣirī).

↩
Compare the account in Ṭabaqāt-i-Nāṣirī according to which these events took place in the year 656 H. not in 655 H.

↩
Shaikh Farīdu-d-Dīn Mas‘ūd Ganj-i-shakar was the grandson of Farrukh Shāh of Kābul, and son of Kamālu-d-Dīn Suleimān who came from Kābul to Multān in the reign of Shihābu-d-Dīn Ghūrī. He was one of the numerous disciples of Bahāu-d-Dīn Zakarīyā, and died two years later than his master, according to Firishta (see also Āīn-i-Akbarī [Jarrett] III. p. 363).

His tomb is mentioned in the Āīn-i-Akbarī (I. 325) as being at Ajūdhan (Pāk Patan or Patan-i-Panjāb).

There is, as will be seen, considerable discrepancy in the dates, Badāonī gives 656 H. as the date of Farīdu-d-Dīn Ganj-i-shakar's death and 657 H. as that of the death of Bahāu-d-Dīn Zakarīyā, while according to Firishta the latter should be 666 H. and the former 668 H. The Āīn-i-Akbarī gives 668 H. as the date of the death of Farīdu-d-dīn Ganj-i-shakar and 665 H. as the date of the death of Bahāu-d-dīn Zakarīyā.

↩
MS (A) ◌. The printed text is wrong here.

↩
Shaikh Bahāu-d-Dīn Zakarīyā was a famous Muḥammadan saint of Multān. He was the grandson of Kamālu-d-Dīn ‘Alī Shāh Qureishī who left Mecca for Khwārazm and thence came to Multān, the Qubbatu-l-Islām, and resided there, and became acknowledged by the people as their teacher and guide. Shaikh Bahāu-d-Dīn was the son of Shaikh Wajīhu-d-Dīn by the daughter of Ḥusām-d-Dīn Tarmadī and was born in the fort of Kot Karor in 587 H. He died at Delhī about the year 666 H.; while engaged in devotion in his chamber an angel bearing a sealed missive having appeared to his son Ṣadru-d-Dīn ‘Ārif with a command to give the missive to Bahāu-d-Dīn. He did so and retired, but returned on hearing voices in the room saying ◌. “The friend has joined the friend” when he found his father lying dead.

This account is abridged from Firishta. The account of the saint given by Beale differs from this but the source of the information given there is not stated. See also Āīn-i-Akbarī (Jarrett) III. 362 and note.

The tomb of Bahāu-d-Dīn Zakarīyā is in Multān.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
The word ◌ gives the date 657 H. the word ◌ gives the date 56 H. See page 133, note 1.

↩
The Ṭabaqāt-i-Nāṣirī Cal. Text, p. 227 reads: ◌

Khān-i-Mu‘aẓẓam Ulugh Khān-i-A‘zam marched towards the hills of Dehlī to quell the insurrection of the robbers of Mīwāt who would be a terror to devils.

For a full account of the province of Mīwāt see Hunter, Imp. Gaz., Vol. IX. It includes the British districts of Muttra and Gurgāon, part of Ulwar and Bhartpur. See also page 129, note 2, of this Volume.

↩
On the 11th Jamādīu-l-Awwal; as he came to the throne on the 23rd Muharram 644 H. his reign was twenty years three months and some days, not as stated in the text. He left no issue, his only son by the daughter of Ulugh Khān having died in infancy.

↩
There is no mention of this poet in either the Majma‘u-l-Fuṣaḥā or the Ātashkada. There are some highly laudatory verses at the end of the Hasht Bihisht in praise of one Abū Ḥanīfah, possibly referring to Shamsu-d-dīn.

↩
Amīr Khusrū (who has already been mentioned at page 96, note 2), son of Amīr Maḥmūd Saifu-d-Dīn was born at Patiālā 651 A.H. and died at Dehli in 725 A. H. (Beale p. 151).

The date assigned for his birth seems unlikely as he would only have been thirteen when Nāṣiru-d-Dīn died. The Majma‘ul Fuṣahā gives no date for his birth but says his father came to Dehlī from Turkistān in the time of Changīz Khān's invasion, and obtained great distinction in the court of Sulṭān Maḥmūd ibn Tughlaq Shāh and was killed in a rebellion of the infidels, when his son Amīr Khusrū was appointed as his successor in his Amīrship, which he eventually gave up and acquired great skill and distinction as a poet. He died in 725 H. and was buried in the tomb of Shaikh Shakarganj (Farīdud-Dīn Ganjshakar see note 1, page 133).

He was the author the celebrated Qirānu-s-Sa‘dain the poem which was written to commemorate the meeting of Sulṭān Nāṣiru-d-Dīn with his son Sulṭān Kai Qubād on the banks of the Ghāgra, and of several other works (see Elliott, III. pp. 523 and seqq).

↩
MS. (A) reads correctly ◌ Sulṭān Nāṣiru-d-Dīn Bughrā Khān second son of Ghiyāṯu-d-Dīn Balban. He was placed in charge of Bengal after the revolt and defeat of its governor Tughral.

He married a daughter of Sulṭān Nāṣiru-d-Dīn Maḥmūd Shāh by whom he had a son and successor Kai-Qubād. (See Raverty, Ṭabaqāt-i-Nāṣirī 716 n.).

In Thomas, Pathan Kings of Dehlī there is given a copy of an inscription of Nāṣiru-d-Dīn Maḥmūd which was engraved over the doorway of the minaret at Aligarh bearing the date 10th Rajab A.H. 652, and the author mentions in rather too mild terms the wanton Vandalism which allowed a record of this kind to be destroyed in 1861.

Thomas advances the opinion that the original design for this inscription both in matter and form was the work of Nāṣiru-d-Dīn himself, (cf. Thomas op. cit 129-130).

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
MS. (A) ◌

↩
MS. (A) ◌

↩
MS. (A) ◌

↩
MS. (A) ◌

↩
MS. (A) ◌. The text has ◌ which is meaningless and spoils the scansion.

↩
◌ MS. (A).

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
This was a favourite mode of punishment in olden times: the unfortunate victim was sewn up in a raw hide which as it dried, shrunk and inflicted terrible tortures.

Vide page 12, note 2. Muḥammad Qāsim, (Elliott and Dowson I, 209.)

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
MS. (B) agrees with the text. MS. (A) reads ◌

The textual reading is adopted with ◌ in place of ◌

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
MS. (A) ◌

↩
◌ MS. (A).

↩
◌ (Burhān-i-Qāti‘.)

↩
MS. (A) ◌

↩
◌. See page 134 n. 3

↩
MS (A) ◌.

↩
MS. (A) ◌ The line as it stands in the text will not scan.

↩
Fakhru-d-Mulk Khwāja ‘Amīdu-d-Dīn, commonly known as ‘Amīd Dailamī or ‘Amīd Lūmakī said to be a native of Sannām and eulogist of Sulṭān Muḥammad Yamīn.

↩
MS. (A) reads … ◌ MS. (B) reads ◌ i.e. plays the lute.

↩
Nāhīd. The planet Venus ◌, zuhra whose seat is in the third heaven (Burhān-i-Qāṭi‘) called also ◌. raqqāṣ-i-falak. (the dancer of the sky). Astrologers say that this planet is of a pearly hue, of beneficent aspect, and with the quality of excessive moistness.

↩
◌ MS. (A). This reading is preferable to that of the text.

↩
◌ MS. (A).

↩
◌. MS. (A). MS. (B) is like the text.

↩
MSS. (A) (B) ◌

↩
MS. (A) ◌ is the better reading as in the text.

↩
Compare the Arabic proverb. ◌. In capite orphani discit tonsor.

There is also a Hindī proverb to the same effect, which runs:—

◌

The barber's son will learn and the traveller's head will be cut.

↩
MSS. (A) (B) ◌. The reading in the text is a copyist's error.

↩
MSS. (A) (B) ◌. In the ◌. Jāmi‘u-l-akhbār of ◌. we find ◌

“Paring the nails prevents the worst of all diseases (i. e., poverty) and increases the means of subsistence.” Also, ◌

‘He who pares his nails and trims his beard every Friday saying, “In the name of God and in accordance with the ordinance of the prophet of God,” every paring shall be counted to him as the manumission of a slave of the sons of Isma‘īl.’

Special rules are laid down for cutting the nails. They must be cut on Friday, and Muḥammad said, He who cuts his nails in alternate order will never be afflicted with blear eyes. It is also said in a Ḥadīṯ by Ḥamīd ibn ‘Abdu-r-Rahmān.

◌

‘He who pares his nails on Friday is filled with health and sickness leaves him.” The preferable time for paring the nails is Thursday after the evening prayer. In the case of the right hand one should commence from the little finger, proceeding to the middle finger and thence to the thumb, thence to the ring finger and lastly to the forefinger. The order in the left hand is (1) Thumb (2) middle finger (3) little finger (4) forefinger (5) ring-finger.

↩
◌. The text should read thus.

↩
◌ MSS. (A) (B).

↩
MS. (B) writes ◌.

↩
This line should read. ◌. MSS. (A) and (B).

↩
Text ◌ MSS. (A) and (B) have ◌ which must be wrong

↩
The text is wrong, we should read ◌ MSS (A) and (B).

↩
The text it appears should read ◌ MS. (A).

↩
MS (A) ◌

↩
MS. (A) ◌

↩
◌ Radīf. The name given to a syllable or word following the rhyme but in no way essential to it. Thus in this poem the word ◌ nākhun is the radīf, the rhyming letter or ◌ qāfiyah being ◌ (r). In MS. (A) these verses are in the order given here.

↩
In Persia it is the custom to bury the parings of the nails, and the cuttings of the hair, lest some harm should happen to the owner should they fall into the possession of a malicious person with magical power. The butchers also make a hole or a cut in the blade bones of sheep for the same reason, as they are considered a powerful instrument of magic. In the list of charms given in Gaster's translation of the “Sword of Moses” we find “69, to send plagues, take (parings?) from seven men and put them into a new potsherd and go out to the cemetery and there say No. 69 and bury it in a place that is not trodden by horses and afterwards take the dust from this potsherd and blow it into his face or upon the lintel of his house” J.R.A.S., Jan. 1896, p. 185.

↩
The nine heavens, beginning from the lowest are:—

1 ◌ Falaku-l-qamar (Moon).
2 ◌ Falaku-l-uṭārad (Mercury).
3 ◌ Falaku-z-Zuhra (Venus).
4 ◌ Falaku-sh-Shams (Sun).
5 ◌ Falaku-l-Mirrīkh (Mars).
6 ◌ Falaku-l-Mushtarī (Jupiter).
7 ◌ Falaku-z-Zuḥal (Saturn).
8 ◌ Falaku-ṯ-ṯawābit (Fixed stars).
9 ◌ Falaku-l-Aṭlas (The plain sky).
N B.—◌ Means an unstamped coin)

See the Ghiyāṯu-l-Lughāt.
See also Āīn-i-Akbarī III. (Jarrett) 37, note 1.
See also Kashshāf Bib: Ind. Vol. II., p. 1134 and seqq.

↩
The constellation Libra, called ◌ (tarāzū-i-charkh) or ◌ (tarāzū-i-falak) or ◌ (mīzān).

↩
◌ “A beautiful red rose of an odoriferous and exhilarating flavour” (sic.) Steingass. In the Hasht Bihisht of Amīr Khusrū, we find ◌. A full smiling lip like the flower of the Sūrī. ◌ None of the dictionaries give this word nor can I ascertain what the flower is. ◌ Shaqa‘iqu-n Nu‘mān so called because of its redness as being likened to the flashing ◌ of lightning or from ◌ in the sense of “blood” as resembling blood in colour so that it signifies “pieces of blood,” (Lane) s. v. ◌

↩
◌ (Salāṭīn-i-majāzī) So-called kings, as opposed to ◌ (Salāṭīn-i-ḥaqīqī) true kings, i.e., the prophets.

↩
◌ According to the Burhān-i-Qāṭi‘ this name is given to any stick with a bent end, especially to the bent stick with which they play the “duhal” and “naqqāra” (kinds of drums). Also applied to a long pole with a curved end from which is suspended a steel ball as one of the insignia of royalty. Here it is a “polo” stick.

↩
Wine is forbidden to Muslims by their religion, Cf. Qur'ān, II. 216 and V. 92.

↩
◌ Khaṭā Cathay vid. D'Herbelot, II. 431 Khathai.

↩
◌. The song of the dove, Where? Where?
◌
◌ (Omar Khayyām).
You palace towering to the welkin blue
Where kings did bow them down and homage do
I saw a ring dove on its arches perched
And thus she made complaint Coo. Coo, Coo Coo (Whinfield).

The pious Muḥammadans in India say that the ringdove's note is ◌. Subḥān terī qudrat, Subḥān terī qudrat. Praise be to Thee for thy power.

↩
◌ Rūḥ is the vital principle the “breath of life” (Gen. ii. 7) as distinguished from the ◌ nafs or conscious manifestation of life, or the consciousness itself. Thus we find in the Qur'ān XV. 29.

◌ wa nafakhtu fīhi min rūḥī, “and breathed into it of my spirit;” and again in Qur'ān V. 116.

◌

In kunto qultuhu faqad ‘alimtahu ta‘lamu mā fī nafsī.

“Had I said so verily thou wouldst have known it, thou knowest what is in my soul”

It is said in a tradition that God created Adam and put into him a ◌ nafs and a ◌ rūḥ.

It would seem as though the word ◌ nafs connotes the same idea as the word mind, using this word in the sense of the phenomena produced by the action of the ◌ rūḥ or vital principle upon matter: the highest form of matter, with which we are familiar, namely, the nerve structures of the human brain, admits of certain phenomena which in their totality we call mind: the existence of a higher form of matter capable of higher manifestation than those which come within our present experience is obviously possible. A force apart from matter may, for anything we know, exist in a way that we cannot figure to ourselves for want of some example. Such a force self-existent would be ◌ Rūḥ.

↩
These three daughters here referred to are the three divisions of ◌ nafs. ◌ nafs, is by Arabian metaphysicians divided primarily into two divisions (a) ◌ nafsu-l-‘aql which is also called ◌ annafsu-n-nāṭiqah the reason, mind, or discriminating faculty and (b) ◌ nafsu-l-ḥaiyāt the breath of life.

The first of these is again sub-divided into two, that which commands and that which forbids: thus they say ◌ fulānun yu‘āmiru nafsaihi. Such an one consults his two minds, i.e., weighs the pros and cons.

See Lane article ◌ and ◌, also Ghiyāṯu-l-lughāt, and Kashshāf art. ◌.

↩
◌ The Chosroes. Qaiṣar ◌ Cæsar; an Emperor.

◌ A Turkish word meaning Emperor. The name given to the Emperor of China and potentates of Chinese Tartary. (See de Courteille Turk. Orient. Dict. ◌). Khāqān. Originally the title Qaān was given to the supreme sovereign of the Moguls, while the subordinate princes of the Chaghatai and other Chingizi lines were styled only Khān.

After a time the higher Qaān lost its peculiar distinctive dignity and was used by many besides the sovereign (see Tārīkh-i-Rashīdī (Elias and Ross), p. 30 n. 1).

◌ Halākū, descendant of Changiz Khān.

↩
The word ◌ chang in its original sense means bent or curved, hence it means a hook, and especially the hook called also “gajak ◌” with which elephants are driven. Another secondary meaning is the bent hand and fingers of man, or the claws of animals and talons of birds. Also the name of a musical instrument (Burhān-i-Qāṭi‘). The ◌ was played with a plectrum called ◌ Zakhma, and from its description as ◌ Kūz and ◌ sarnigūn was like the ◌ ‘ūd of the Arabs, and very similar to the mandolin of our times.

↩
◌ Yā huwa. An invocation to the most High—equivalent to “My God and my Lord.”

↩
These words are not in MS. (A) which has no introduction to the poem. MS. (B) has ◌.

↩
MS. (A) ◌. MS. (A) ◌.

↩
MSS. (A) and (B) ◌.

↩
◌ Sumbul (Nardostachys jatamansi N. O. Valerianaceæ) ◌, or spikenard of the ancients, a perfume held in high esteem. (S. John xii. 2).

In the Baḥru-l-Jawāḥir it is stated that there are two kinds of Sumbul— Sumbul-i-Hindī, and Sumbul-i-Rūmī.

It is laxative and a tonic to the brain…useful in dropsy, in flatulence and as a hæmostatic in metrorrhagia.

The perfumed sumbul is the variety called Sumbul-i-Hindī while the Sumbul-i-Rūmī is also called Nardīn.

See also Ibnu-l-Baiṭār (Sontheimer), Vol. II., pp. 58 et seqq.

↩
Cf. Tieffenthaler III. 107. Abul Feda (Reinaud) II. II., 122. D'Herbelot Vol. II. Art Khatāi. Māchīn or Mahā Chīn see Āīn-i-Akbarī, II. 118 and note 2.

“Japhet is credited by Orientals with the paternity of Chīn who received the Celestial empire as his inheritance and begot Māchīn his first born.”

↩
The phrase ◌ means literally the six-sided oven-shaped (world).

The six sides or divisions of the world are—

◌ ‘ālamu-l-ins, the world of mankind.
◌ ‘ālamu-l-jinn, the world of the jinn or genii.
◌ ‘ālamu-l-malāikah, the world of angels.
◌ ‘ālamu-l-ḥaiwān, the animal world.
◌ ‘ālamu-n-nabāt, the vegetable world.
◌ ‘ālamu-l-ma‘ādin, the mineral world.

The five stated times of prayer are known as—

◌ ẓuhr ◌ ‘aṣr ◌ maghrib ◌ ‘ashā and ◌ fajr.

The two standards ◌ ‘alam are the sun and moon, cf. Qur'ān, XXXVI., 38, 39.

↩
M. S. (A) reads ◌. His onyx-like eye, &c.

This must be taken to refer to a saying of the prophet Muḥammad “The cornelian for me and the onyx for my enemies.” According to the Nukhbatu-d-dahr (p. 69), he said this “because the onyx causes its wearer to become ill-tempered, rash, precipitate, and litigious…There are several varieties of onyx…the best is that in which the markings are of equal breadth… The whiteness of the onyx increases as the moon waxes, and diminishes as it wanes. The onyx softens when boiled in oil, sparkling and emitting light… The people of China (◌) where the onyx is found, will not approach the mines on account of the unluckiness of the stone, so that only the poorest class will work there.

One property possessed by the onyx is that of curing scald-head in children: it also acts as a sialagogue causing them to dribble when it is hung round their necks.”

See also Lane Art. ◌ where it is stated that the wearing of an onyx in a signet induces anxiety, disquietude of mind, grief and terrifying dreams

↩
Solomon's power lay according to tradition in the signet of his ring, on which was engraved the “most mighty name.”

See Lane Arabian Nights introduction n. 21 and Chap. i. n. 15. This stone was supposed to shew Solomon every thing he wished to know.

See D'Herbelot art. Solimān.

↩
Called ◌ Yahmūt upon which the world is said to rest. See page 152, n. 2.

↩
MS. (A) ◌

↩
◌ The properties of the rose are said in the Baḥru-l-Jawāḥir to be laxative, expectorant, and anaphrodisiac: while honey is said to be a light dew which falls upon flowers and is collected by bees, it is hot and dry in the second degree. It relieves dimness of vision and is a stomachic tonic, is a laxative and expectorant. Sadīdī further says that honey is beneficial to old men, but injurious to youths and people of hot temperament, is aphrodisiac when heated with pulp of roses, and cures the bites of snakes and of dogs. Neither book mentions its use in the treatment of tremors specifically, but Sadīdīs statement that it is good for old men may refer to senile tremors.

↩
This line should read. ◌ See page 110, note 3, for the story of the lizard. When Muḥammad was fleeing from Mekka to Medina in company with Abu Bakr as-Siddīq, his father-inlaw, they came to a cave in the Jabal Ṯaur and took refuge in it from their enemies. In order to conceal their whereabouts a spider was directed to spin its web over the entrance, which led the pursuers, who had followed them thus far, to conclude they had not entered the cave.

Ḥaiātu-l-Qulūb. See also Muir's Life of Mah. II. 257 note.

Compare the following lines by Ya‘qūbu-l-Manjanīqī, quoted by Ibn Khalliqān.

◌
Oh thou who art so vain glorious! leave glory to him who is the lord of
might and of power
David's weaving would have been of no service on the night of the cave
The honour was all given to the spider.
See Ibn Khalliqān (de Slane), Vol. IV., p. 375.

According to another account immediately after Muḥammad and Abu Bakr had entered the cave, an Acacia tree grew up at the entrance and a pair of pigeons had already nested in it, while a spider's web closed what remained of the entrance. D. Herbelot II. 231 art. (Hegrah).

↩
This line should read. ◌ See page 110, note 3, for the story of the lizard. When Muḥammad was fleeing from Mekka to Medina in company with Abu Bakr as-Siddīq, his father-inlaw, they came to a cave in the Jabal Ṯaur and took refuge in it from their enemies. In order to conceal their whereabouts a spider was directed to spin its web over the entrance, which led the pursuers, who had followed them thus far, to conclude they had not entered the cave.

Ḥaiātu-l-Qulūb. See also Muir's Life of Mah. II. 257 note.

Compare the following lines by Ya‘qūbu-l-Manjanīqī, quoted by Ibn Khalliqān.

◌
Oh thou who art so vain glorious! leave glory to him who is the lord of
might and of power
David's weaving would have been of no service on the night of the cave
The honour was all given to the spider.
See Ibn Khalliqān (de Slane), Vol. IV., p. 375.

According to another account immediately after Muḥammad and Abu Bakr had entered the cave, an Acacia tree grew up at the entrance and a pair of pigeons had already nested in it, while a spider's web closed what remained of the entrance. D. Herbelot II. 231 art. (Hegrah).

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
MSS. (A) and (B) ◌.

↩
MSS. (A) and (B) ◌.

↩
See note 2, page 105. See Qur'ān Sur. XVII.

↩
A tree in the seventh heaven having its roots in the sixth: “After that I was taken up to Sidratu-l-Muntahā and behold its fruits were like water pots and its leaves like elephants ears” (Mathew) Mishkātu-l-Maṣābiḥ, Vol. II. p. 694.

See also Hughes' Dict. of Islām. (Sidratu-l-Muntahā).

↩
◌ MS. (A) (B) Qur'ān Sur. III. 98.

↩
MS. (A) ◌. This alludes to the Muslims.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
MS. (A) and Text ◌ MS. (B) ◌. These are Kāfirs, infidels.

↩
◌ MS. (A) (B).

↩
MS. (A) (B) ◌ Ka‘batain. The temples of Mekka and Jerusalem.

↩
The first four Khalifs the “rightly-directed.” MS. (A) reads ◌.

↩
Both the Moon and Jupiter are fortunate. See Ibn Khaldūn Proleg: (De Slane) II. 217 and seqq.

↩
◌; Hassan and Husain. ◌ Their eight children. ◌ ‘Alī and Fāṭima.

↩
See Ibn Khalliqān (Slane) III. 344 n. (8). Magic was held to be unlawful except the magical effect of eloquence such as in poetry which is called ◌ As-saḥru-l-ḥalāl. Hāfiẓ says,
◌
Is this poem a miracle, or is it lawful magic?
Has a heavenly messenger brought this message or was it Gabriel himself?

See Hughes' Dict. of Islām article Magic, also Lane sub voce ◌.

↩
This couplet is omitted in MS. (B).

MS. (A) reads ◌.

↩
MS. (A) has the words ◌ Aiẓan lahu Also by him.

↩
The fourteenth house of the houses of the Moon. There are two Simāks one As-Simāku-r-Rāmiḥ, the lance-bearing Simāk (Arcturus); and the other As-Sīmāku-l-A‘zal, the unarmed Simāk (Spica Virginis.) Both of these are in the feet of the constellation Leo. The word Simāk is said by the Arab commentator on Ulug Beg to denote great altitude, in derivation from the root Samaka to rise, to be exalted. See Ibn Khalliqān (de Slane, Vol. I. note 11.

Samak, the fish, which is below the Earth bearing on its back a cow which bears the earth on its horn. (Ghiyāṯu-l-Lughāt).

↩
◌ Burhān-i-Qāṭi‘. A bird having claws, with a black and white tail from which they make feathers for arrows: Also a pigeon all black with a white tail.

↩
MS. (A) reads ◌ which seems to have no meaning. The text reads ◌ with a variant ◌ which we find in MS. (B).

↩
Both in the new moon, and in the last quarter, the moon has a defective form; crescent or decrescent.

↩
◌ Parak. The star Canopus. Burhān-i-Qāṭi‘.

↩
These are according to the Burhān-i-Qāṭi‘.
◌ Baḥr-í-Jurjān,◌ Baḥr-i-Ṭabarīya.
◌ Baḥr-i-Nīṭas,◌ Daryā-i-Rūm.
◌ Daryā-i-Maghrib,◌ Daryā-i-Chīn.
◌ Baḥr-i-Khwārazm,

↩
MSS. (A) and (B) read ◌

↩
◌ MSS. (A) and (B).

↩
◌ “A patch” for the face (Burhān-i-Qāṭi‘).

↩
I read here ◌. This seems the best reading. Both MSS. (A) and (B) lend countenance to it. The reading in the text is impossible.

↩
That is to say the sweet lips of his beloved are so piquant that it seems as though they were tinged with salt. Conserve of roses is called ◌ parwarish.

↩
◌. (qidam) Existence from all eternity. For ◌ (ḥudūṯ) see note 4, page 1.

↩
The ◌ kuḥl was used as a collyrium. ◌ (Mīl Kashīdan) is to put out the eyes. ◌ mīl. called also ◌ mulmūl, is the bodkin or style used for applying the kuḥl.

↩
MS. (A) reads ◌ but this is an error.

↩
◌. The text and both MSS read ◌. See Genesis v. 28-30. Noah the son of Lamech; also Gen. vi. 14.

↩
◌ MSS. (A) and (B). The text reads wrongly ◌

↩
When Jupiter enters the constellation of Pisces he is in the ascendant.

↩
MS. (A) ◌ [MS. (B) ◌ Text ◌] ◌ kulah-i-pardār. (Burhān-i-Qāṭi‘).

↩
MSS. (A) (B) ◌.

↩
MS. (A) ◌ [MS. (B) ◌ Text ◌.]

↩
◌ MS. (A)

In the Nāsikhu-t-tawārīkh of Lisānu-l-Mulk we find the following account of this incident:—

“The cause of the death of Nimrod was this, that after despairing of his ability to burn Abraham, in consequence of his protection by the Almighty, the idea of entering into conflict with the Most High entered his head, and he ordered Abraham to be brought before him; then turning towards him he said, Oh Abraham, bid your God to come with his army, and array himself against me in battle so that the one who conquers may have the upper hand. Tomorrow, that is Wednesday, we will arrange the battle field before this city, and test man with man.

Then having reviewed his army he came out from the city with a countless array, and drew up in line on the battle field.

The prophet Abraham came out alone and unaccompanied, in face of that vast host, and stood there. Suddenly, by the command of the Almighty, the face of heaven became darkened by a cloud of mosquitos, which are the most contemptible of all creatures, and they at once began to sting the army of Nīmrūd, and put them to flight, and most of those worthless ones died. Nīmrūd, on seeing this, in fear and shame turned his back upon the whirlpool of death, and fled into his fort Suddenly a single mosquito entering after him stung his lip, and reached his brain. For forty years the mosquito fed upon his brain, after which Nīmrūd died in abject misery.”

As the mosquito is known to be the intermediary host of certain parasites and may be the means of conveying infective disease, there may be a substratum of truth in this fable.

↩
◌ MS. (A). The text reads wrongly ◌

↩
That is to say my fulness is one which is permanent, like that of the pearl which remains hidden in the shell, not transitory like that of the wine flask which leads to emptiness.

↩
◌ khumak literally means the sound of clapping the hands from joy.

↩
MS. (A) ◌

↩
By the laws of Islām, cloth made entirely of silk is not permissible for use either as clothing at times of prayer, or as a prayer carpet. Cloth woven of silk and cotton mixed is permissible and is called ◌ mashrū‘.

↩
MSS. (A) (B) ◌.

The term ◌ rāfiẓī is applied by Sunnī Muslims to any of the Shī‘ah sects. See Hughes. Dict. of Islām. Art. Rāfiẓī.

↩
The four khalifs.

↩
Hadīṯ. ◌. My companions are like the stars, whichever of them you follow you will be led by it.

↩
◌ MS. (A).

↩
Faddak was an estate near Medina which Muḥammad left to his daughter Fāṭima.

After the prophet's death Abu Bakr took it and Fāṭima demanded it of him, he replied: “Thy father said that we who are prophets do not leave hereditary legacies, all that I leave is for Moslims.

◌

The Shī‘ahs say that Abu Bakr seized Faddak by force. The poet denies this assertion in the above verse.

↩
◌. The ill-omen attending the owl is common to all countries, probably from the habit it has of frequenting ruined buildings. The Arabic proverb indicates the estimation in which the owl was held.
◌

Si in ulula bonum fuisset, eam venator non reliquisset. Freytag Meid. Prov. II. p. 572.

The story told by Mas‘ūdī about Bahrām points in the same direction. See Ibn Khaldūn (de Slane). Prolegomenes, I. 107.

In the Ḥaiātu-l-Ḥaiwān there is a story told of Al Mā'mūn who in the course of his peregrinations one day saw a young man writing something on the wall with a piece of charcoal. He ordered his servants to see what the man was writing and it was as follows:

◌
Oh palace ill-luck and curse are assembled in thee;
When will the owl make her nest in thy pillars?
Happy the day when the owl builds her nest in thee!
I shall be the first to announce thy downfall.

He explained this before Al Mā'mūn by saying that he was in great distress and hoped to benefit by the ruin of the palace.

↩
The name Khārijī was given to any one who denied any one of the true Imāms (see Cureton's Shahrastānī Milal wa Nihal, page 85.)

See the article Khawārij in Hughes, Dict. of Islām.

The Khārijī heresy was that any man of no matter what nation or tribe may be appointed Khalīfah provided that he was a good man and was elected by the whole body of Moslims.

See for a fuller account of this sect. Sale's Qur'ān. Preliminary Discourse, p. 123 (Ed. of 1857) (Badger. Imāms and Seiyyids of Omān, Appendix, pp. 374, and seq.) (Osborn, Islām under the Arabs, p. 116). The last mentioned gives a full account of the origin of this heretical sect when ‘Alī and Mū‘āwia met at Siffīn from which the following is an extract “The valour of ‘Alī was brilliantly seconded by that of his favourite lieutenant Malika-l-Ashtar, the Marshal Ney of the Arabian Army. A tremendous charge by Malik at last forced a wing of the Syrian troops to give ground. Gradually the whole line was forced back, the retreat became a rout.”

However at this critical moment Amron ibn al-‘Ās knowing the fanatical character of ‘Alī's troops, ordered a number of Syrian soldiers to advance towards their line bearing copies of the Qur'ān fixed to the heads of their lances. “Let the blood of the Faithful cease to flow” they cried “let the Book of God decide between us.”

‘Alī's soldiers thereupon turned upon him headed by certain men whom Ash-Shahrastānī names, and insisted upon ‘Alī recalling Malik Al-Ashtar from fighting against the Moslims “or” said they “we will assuredly deal with you as we dealt with ‘Uṯmān” and insisted upon the matter in dispute between ‘Alī and Mu‘āwia being settled by arbitration.

↩
Abū Bakr.—The sole companion of Muḥammad when he fled from Mecca to Medīnah, cf. Qur'ān ix. 40.

◌ Unless ye help him, and God did help him when these who disbelieved drove him forth the second of two, when they twain were in the cave (of Jabal Ṯaur).

↩
◌. MSS. (A) and (B) have ◌ which seems to have no meaning.

↩
Kizil Arslān is the Turkish for “red lion.” He was son of Ildighiz the first of the Atābaks of Āẕar baijān whose dynasty commenced in 555. H. and ended in 622. H. Muḥammad the elder son of Ildighiz succeeded his father and was in turn succeeded by Kizil Arslān who was assassinated in 587. H. (D'Herbelot) (Beale).

↩
◌. fanak. The animal commonly known by the name ◌ dalla, weasel or stoat.

↩
Qur'ān lxxiv. 43, ◌.

In gardens shall they ask each other about the sinners — what drove you into hell-fire?

↩
Chigil. The Burhān-i-Qāti‘ says: A city in Turkestān where inhabitants are exceedingly beautiful and are unequalled in archery.

Yāqūt says: A city lying beyond the river Sīhūn in Turkestān near Turrār. Thence sprang Abū Muḥammad ‘Abdur Rahmān ibn Yahīn ibn Yūnas Aljigilī the Khaṭīb of Samarqand in the days of Qadar Khān he died in Sha‘bān 516. H.

Yamak. Name of a city and country celebrated for the beauty of its people. Burhān-i-Qāti‘.

Yāqūt does not mention this.

↩
The above shews that ‘Amīd Lūmakī was born in the year 601 H. The mode of reckoning is that always adopted. There does not appear to be any intended double entendre here; though the word ◌ which stands for 54 means good guidance, no meaning can be attached to the ◌ which stands for 655. See page 99 note 4.

↩
◌ tufak is a long tube for throwing clay balls through by the force of the breath cf. ◌. Steingass' Dict.

It is also called ◌ Pufak.

cf. English pop-gun, traced by Skeat (Etym. Dict.) to the base Pu expressive of the act of blowing. Skt. bukk.

◌ puf kardan to blow out—to puff.

◌
A lamp which God has lighted.
He who attempts to blow it out burns his beard.

↩
◌ must be added in the text after the word ◌. MS. (A). This appears to mean that when he is at the point of death he finds mercy. The intoxication is the unconsciousness resulting from approaching death, and the retraction of the chin and lower jaw in the death struggle is believed to be the effects of the wineskin.

↩
This appears to be the author's meaning. The convulsive breathing is compared to the jerking action of the balista.

↩
If we read ◌ for ◌ the meaning will be “strikes it with the elephant goad.” There is some uncertainty about the meaning of the word ◌ One meaning is according to the Burhān-i-Qāti‘ “an earthenware vessel which is used for holding dates.”

↩
◌ should be the reading. MS. (A) MS. (B) read ◌.

◌ (qutuq) is a Turkish word signifying any thing eaten as a relish.

◌ (gazak) is the Persian equivalent of ◌. (qutuq).

↩
This translation is admittedly inelegant, but it is inevitable.

↩
These couplets are transposed in MS. (A) as given above.

↩
◌ I do not understand this, nor can I get any adequate explanation of it.

↩
MS. (A) ◌. The Bahru-l-Jawāhir sums up the properties of opium thus ◌ qaliluhu yanfau wa yanūm wa kaṯīruhu yaqtulu.

In small doses it is beneficial acting as a soporific, in large doses it kills.

No mention is made of its quarrel-provoking properties, and from the second-half of the couplet it would seem as though the quarrels are provoked by its cultivation rather than by the drug.

↩
◌ MS. (A). The text reads ◌.

↩
Both MSS. (A and B) have ◌ I am not satisfied with this rendering but can suggest no better.

↩
◌. MS. (A) reads ◌.

↩
Platanus orientalis. The oriental plane has a broad palmate leaf. It is the Sycamore of the ancients according to Balfour.

↩
◌ met caput et cauda (◌) pro quo etiam dicitur ◌ (dual), qui est term, techn: astron: Bh. “Caput et cauda draconis, i. e., nodus ascendens et descendens.” Vüller sub voce ◌. The Istilāḥātu-l-Funūn , says that the ‘Uqdatu-r-Rā's is also called ‘Uqdatu-sh-shimālīya and the ‘Uqdatu-z-Ẕanab is called ‘Uqdatu-l-Junūbīya, and the two together are called Jawazahr ◌. These terms are fully explained in the Article ◌ p. 510, Vol. I. See also Lane s. v. ◌ where the terms are explained as being the ascending and descending nodes of the planet.

↩
As regards the word ◌ kusūf it is generally held that this word is more specially applicable to an eclipse of the sun while ◌ khusūf is applied to denote an eclipse of the moon. The Ghiyāṯu-l-Lughāṭ applies it to either: while the Kashshāfi Iṣṭilāḥāt-i-Funūn lays down that ◌ should be used to denote a total eclipse, and ◌ a partial eclipse; ◌ moreover indicating only a change of colour, while ◌ denotes a total loss of colour. Lane however says they both mean the same, or that “in the common conventional language ◌ is the partial loss of the light of the sun, and ◌ is the total loss of the light thereof,” and it is said in a tradition.
◌

As ◌ is a much earlier letter than ◌ it is probable that originally at al events ◌ stood for an eclipse either of the sun or moon, the meaning being subsequently modified for convenience.

↩
Compare the Hindū mythological monster Rāhu.

The name Rāhu by which the ascending node is designated is properly mythological and belongs to the monster in the heavens which, by the ancient Hindūs, as by more than one other people, was believed to occasion the eclipses of the sun and moon by attempting to devour them. Burgess, Sūrya Sidāhānta, p. 50.

Mythologically Rāhu is a Daitya who is supposed to seize the sun and moon and swallow them thus obscuring their rays and causing eclipses. Rāhu and Ketu are in astronomy the ascending and descending nodes. Rāhu is the cause of eclipses and is used to designate the eclipse itself. (Dowson Dict. of Hindu Mythology, p. 252.)

↩
MS. (A)
◌

In MS. (B), the first line is like the text, the second like MS. (A).

↩
MS. (A) ◌

↩
MS. (A) ◌

↩
MS. (A) ◌

The text as it stands must be translated, If thou hadst girt … would have been brought &c.

It is evident from this Qaṣīda that ‘Amīd Lomakī was imprisoned, but I can find no reference to it in the account of him given in the Majma‘u-l-Fuṣaḥā .

↩
The seven sails here appear to mean the seven members of the body, known as the ◌ haft andām (1) the head, (2) the chest, (3) the back, (5) and (6) the two hands, (7) the feet or (1) the brain, (2) the heart, (3) the liver, (4) the spleen, (5) lungs, (6) gall bladder, (7) stomach.

This name was also given to a vein by section of which it was supposed that blood was withdrawn from the seven members first mentioned.

↩
The four anchors are the four “humours,” according to the old humoral pathology. ◌ ad-dam. The blood. ◌ al-balgham. The phlegm, ◌ aṣ-ṣafrā'. The bile. ◌ as-saudā'. The black bile.

The four anchors may however be taken to be the four elements, earth, air, fire, and water.

↩
“In former times (says Albirūnī) this day (Mihrajān) used to coincide with the beginning of winter” at which time the Jīhūn would be frozen and unfit for navigation owing to the intense cold. Yāqūt states that in the winter the Jīhūn freezes so hard that the ice is five spans (about 40 inches) thick, that the people dig wells through the ice with pick-axes to get water, and that caravans and carts cross the ice, which become like a high road covered with dust. This continues two months. Concerning the word Mihrgān, the Burhān-i-Qāṭi‘ says, “Mihrgān is the seventh month of the Shamsī year, which corresponds with the position of the sun in Libra, which is the beginning of autumn. The feast of Mihrgān is the next greatest feast among the Persians to that of Nauroz, and, like this latter feast, is divided into two, Mihrgān-i-khaṣṣa and Mihrgān-i-‘āmma; the feast of Mihrgān lasts for six days beginning from the sixteenth of the month. It is said that God Almighty laid out the world on the 21st and endowed bodies with souls on that day. They say also that Farīdūn ascended the throne on that day. The meaning of Mihrgān is the binding of affection (◌) and it was so called because for the above reasons the people were treated kindly by their rulers on that day.

Others again say that there was a king of the Persians named Mihr who was a great tyrant and was consigned to hell in the middle of this month, so that they called it Mihrgān in the meaning of death of a tyrannical king. (Burhān-i-Qāṭi‘).

According to others Mihr is the name of the sun, who is said to have for the first time appeared to the world on this day. This is indicated by the custom of the Kisrās of crowning themselves on this day with a crown on which was worked an image of the sun and of the wheel on which he rotates.—(Albirūnī).

See also Albirūnī (Chron. of Ancient Nations), p. 208 and seqq.

↩
At the commencement of spring when the Sun enters Cancer; i.e., March 21st.

↩
◌.

↩
MSS. (A) and (B) have ◌.

↩
◌.

↩
He compares the world to ebony because of its blackness indicating misfortune. Ebony ◌ is said in the Burhān-i-Qāṭī‘ to be “a black wood which when placed upon the fire emits a pleasant smell like the. ◌ (‘ūd) or aloes, when rubbed down with water and used as a collyrium it relieves night blindness, given internally it dispels calculus of the bladder.”

The Baḥru-l-Jawāḥir says that ebony “is a black wood which sinks when thrown into water,” hence the poet assumes a ship built of ebony would sink.

↩
Abul Hāriṯ Sinjar Ibn Malakshah ibn Alp Arslān was Sulṭān of Khurāsān, Ghazna and Māwarāu-n-Nahr. He was the sixth of the Seljūq Sulṭāns,

He was excessively liberal, and was supposed to be wealthier than any of the Persian kings. He was defeated and taken prisoner by the Ghuzz tribe in 548 A. H. (1153 A.D.) but eventually escaped and was at the time of his death in 555 A.H. on the point of recovering his throne. He was born according to Ibn Khalliqān in A. H. 479, in the environs of Sinjār. whence he received his name. One authority places his death in the year 552. He died at Merv. See Ibn Khalliqān (de Slane) I. 600.

See also D' Herbelot art Sangiar. Vol. III, p. 202, et seqq.

↩
Qairawān, Long. 10° E. Lat. 36.N. is situated in the North of Africa, in the province of Tunis. It is the ancient Cyrene, the modern Kairwān. At the commencement of the Musulman occupation it was the capital of Africa. See Abul Feda (Renaud) II. i. 198. The ocean of Qairawān is the Mediterranean.

In Abul Feda (Annales), we find that Qairawān was founded in the year 50 II. (665-666 A.D.) and was completed five years later.

↩
See page 41, note 2.

↩
MS. (A).
◌

MS. (B) has the same with the exception of ◌ for ◌ in line 2.

↩
MS. (A) and MS. (B) both have wrong readings of these lines.

↩
The ◌ Bahr-i-Qulzum. Clysma. The Gulf of Heröopolis, or Western Gulf of the Red Sea, through which the Israelites passed on dry land. It is the modern Gulf of Suez, and it is probable that Suez occupies the site of the ancient town of Clysma. Epiphanius mentions ◌ as one of the three ports of the Red Sea, the others being Elath and Berenice.

There was in ancient times a fork or arm of the sea of which the “Bitter Lakes” are remains. The canal of Trajan beginning at Babylon entered the Red Sea at Clysmon.

↩
MS. (A) (B) ◌.

↩
Cf.
◌
Thou my life art when thou smilest
But my death when thou art angered.
Ah! thy cheek like summer roses
With the grains of musk be sprinkled!
‘Twixt thine eyelids reigns a Sulṭān,
Helpless, lo! I bow before him.

This comparison of the mole on a cheek to grains of musk is one of the commonest similes among Persian poets.

↩
The sun is called ◌ shamāma-i-kāfūr.

↩
◌. MS. (A).

↩
MS. A. ◌.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
The elk is said to feed on snakes and the water which collects at the corners of the eye (inner canthus) is reputed an antidote for all poisons. (Burhān-i-Qāṭī‘).

The following is abridged from the Ḥaiātu-l-Ḥaiwān. “The stag is fond of snakes which it eats wherever it can find them, commencing from the tail of the snake. Sometimes the stag gets bitten by the snake in which case its tears flow down, and fill two hollows beneath its eyes large enough to contain the finger, here they congeal and become solid like wax. This wax is used as an antidote against the poison of snakes and scorpions, and when given by the mouth is useful as a remedy for other poisons. The stag also eats crabs, and hunts for fish by walking along the margin of the lake or river, when the fish come out of curiosity to see it, this fact is made use of by fishermen who are wont to dress in the skin of the stag.

The horns of the stag, which are shed yearly, are of great service to mankind, more especially as a remedy for impotence, and to facilitate parturition. If a portion is burned and administered mixed with honey it acts as a vermifuge, and when used as a dentifrice removes discoloration of the teeth. Used for fumigation it drives away reptiles and other venomous animals. If a portion is hung round the neck, the wearer will not sleep so long as it remains there. A draught of the stag's blood dissolves stone in the bladder.”

↩
The word ◌ āhū stag, occurs in every couplet of this qaṣīda.

↩
◌ mishk is said to be the congealed blood of the navel of the stag of Khiṭā. (Burhān-i-Qāṭi‘ and Makhzanu-l-Adwīya). The latter work says “It is very difficult to procure genuine musk, it is only brought as a great rarity as a present to kings and great rulers mixed with saffron and a little camphor as a remedy for headache; and is used alone or with other drugs such as the testicles of the beaver (Castoreum) as a stimulant snuff in paralysis and other cold diseases of the brain, for which it is also used by inunction Smelling it removes the evil effects of poisons, especially of bīsh (aconite) and qurūnu-s-sumbul. (?) It is also very useful as a collyrium in many diseases of the eye.

It is a cardiac tonic removing palpitation, and faintness, relieves dysentery and globulent distension. A suppository of musk assists parturition.”

See also Ibn Baiṭār (Sontheimer) Vol. II. pp. 513 et seqq. for a full account of the statements of various authors regarding musk.

↩
◌ The Nārwan is described in the Burhān-i-Qāṭi‘ as a very graceful tree with abundance of leaves; called also ◌ Gulnar.

↩
◌ The Arghawān according to the Burhān-i-Qāṭi‘ is a tree with brilliant red flowers, a drink made of which removes the effects of intoxication. The wood is burned and used as a pencil for the eyebrows which it causes to grow and become black. Ibn-Baiṭār (Sontheimer) says, (Vol. I. p. 28).

“The tree is very abundant in Iṣfahān and bears brilliantly red flowers which are edible, having a sweet taste which is communicated to wine. The wood is soft and when burnt yields a black ash which is used as a cosmatic The decoction of the root bark when drunk is a certain emetic” Sontheimer does not give the botanical name. See note 4 page 109.

↩
See p. 41, n. 2.

◌ Zarīr. The Burhān-i-Qāṭi‘ says this is “a herb with which they dye clothes, it is called also asparag (◌) According to some however it is the leaf of Zard choba (turmeric) some other authors say it is a flower. It is also the name given to the bile, and also to jaundice. (Burhān-i-Qāṭi‘)

In Vüllers we find ◌ (Asparag) herba flava tingendo inserviens, alias ◌ (Zarīr) or ◌ (wars).

According to Ibn Baiṭār, (Sontheimer) ◌ wars is Memecylon tinctorium— N. O. Melastomaceæ, regarding which Drury in his Useful plants of India, page 291, says, “The leaves are used in dyeing affording a delicate yellow lake…they are also good for dyeing clothes red…by itself it gives an evanescent yellow.

↩
◌. A flower of which there are many varieties

◌ Khīrī-i-Khiṭā‘ī — is dark purple

◌ Khīrī-i-Mīrdīnī — is violet. It is also called ◌ Haft rang.

◌ Khīrī-i-Ṣaḥrā‘ĩ — is red and white; called also

◌ Khīrī-i-Khirāmī.

◌ Khīrī-i-Shīrāzī — is yellow; called also ◌ Guli hamesha bahār and in Arabic ◌ ‘Aṣfīr (Burhān-i-Qāṭi‘).

See also Vüllers.

According to Ibn Baiṭār (Sontheimer) this plant is the wall-flower Cheiran-thus Cheiri. N. O. Cruciferæ.

↩
MSS. A and B have ◌. The text reads ◌ which is a better reading.

↩
The text has ◌ MSS. A. B. have ◌ which is right.

↩
Niẓāmī Ganjamī says.

◌ tangshakar, means the lip of a mistress, and also a sugar jar of special form having a very narrow mouth.

◌

The heart of the jar of sugar from the tightness of her honied lips, is more tightly bound than is the cincture of her waist.

↩
Cf. Niẓāmī (Sikandasnāma).
◌
A lip more alluring than the seed of the pomegranate
A tongue far sweeter than the whitest sugar.

A favourite simile with Persian poets.

↩
These couplets occur in this order in MSS. A and B.

↩
MS. (A) reads ◌ which is the reading adopted here.

↩
◌ The forefinger and middle finger which are most commonly used together to oppose the thumb.

↩
◌ Zakāt or almsgiving is one of the five foundations of practical religion, Qur‘ān ii. 77. ◌.
“And speak to men kindly, and be steadfast in prayer and give alms.” The proportion to be given varies with the different kinds of property.

Ḥajj. The Pilgrimage to Mecca which is incumbent upon all Muslims who have the necessary means.

‘Umrah. The lesser pilgrimage, which may be performed at any time except during the 8th, 9th, and 10th days of Zūl Hijjah. See Hughes (Dict. of Islām.)

↩
◌ Text. (MSS. A and B read ◌.

◌ khūlūf is defined as the smell of the breath of one who fasts.

A Ḥadīṯ says.

◌.
The breath of one fasting is sweeter in the sight of God than sweet smelling savour.

See also Lane. Art. ◌. It became altered (for the worse).

The Qāmūs, says

◌.

↩
Both MSS. (A) and (B) agree with the text. I take the word ◌ abāhāt to be a plural formed by Badāonī on the analogy of ◌ ummahāt, and to stand for the ◌ nuh ābā-i-‘ulwīya, the nine heavens.

↩
MS. (A) reads ◌ MS. (B) reads …◌ the reading in the text is
◌.

All of these readings appear to be corrupt and the following reading seems reasonable, and has been adopted in the translation.

◌.

↩
The text reads ◌ but MSS. (A) and (B) read ◌

↩
◌ MS. (A)

↩
“The following is the routine of a fast day. About half an hour after midnight, the gun sounds its warning to faithful men that it is time to prepare for the Sahūr (◌) or morning meal.” (Burton's Mecca I. p 110 note) see also Lane's Modern Egyptians for the observances of the month of Ramaẓān.

↩
MS. (A) reads ◌ instead of ◌ as in the Text.

↩
The bird of the mountain of Alburz which nourished Zāl when he was abandoned there by order of his father Sām, and taught him the language of the country. On restoring Zāl to his father she gave him a feather from her wing and said “Whenever thou art involved in any difficulty or danger put this feather on the fire and I will instantly appear to thee to ensure thy safety.” See Ṣhāh Nāma (Atkinson) p. 75 Shāhnāma, Turner Macan, Ed. I. pp. 97 et seqq.

↩
There is a play on the word ◌ here which cannot be preserved.

↩
Another name for the Sīmurgh, and a synonym for anything rare and unattainable. (See Burhān-i-Qāṭi‘ under the name ◌)

There is a long account of the ‘Anqā in the Haiyātu-l-Ḥaivān where it says on the authority of Qazwīnī that the ‘Anqā is the largest of all birds which can seize an elephant as easily as a kite snatches up a rat. It once lived among men, but caused them so much annoyance that by the prayers of a holy prophet it was banished to an nninhabited island in mid ocean beyond the Equator, full of enormous animals. When the ‘Anqā flies there is a sound like thunder and floods. It lives 2000 years, and pairs at the age of 500. It is said that the claws are made into large drinking cups. A description of the mode of capturing the ‘Anqā is also given but is too long to quote.

Among the proverbs of the Arabs one is ◌ which is said of any one of whose reformation there is no hope. “May the Anqā fly away with him.”

They also say ◌ Liberality, the Ghūl, and the Anqā are three names of things unattainable and non-existent.

To dream of the ‘Anqā is also said to ensure marrying a beautiful woman, or if already married, to ensure having a brave son.

↩
The text (and also MS. B) has an absurd reading ◌ the real reading is ◌ as is seen in MS. (A).

↩
◌ MS. (A) There is a verbal antithesis between ◌ (gulshan) garden and ◌ gulkhan dust heap in the Persian which I have attempted to imitate by the words garden and midden.

↩
MS. (A) ◌ The text and MS. (B) read ◌.

↩
MS. (A) and (B) both read ◌ The text has ◌.

↩
The Sun enters the constellation of Sagittarius in the commencement of the winter.

↩
The daughter of Afrasiyāb When Bīzhan undertook to clear the country of Armān of its plague of wild hogs, after fulfilling his task he was led by the machinations of his companion Girgīn, who was jealous of him, to intrude upon the retirement of Manīzha, the beautiful daughter of Afrāsiyāb, and press his suit, which he did with such success that after some time their amour was discovered and Gersiwāz was sent by Afrāsiyāb to put Bīzhan to death: by the intercession of Pīrān the punishment was averted, but Bīzhan was imprisoned in a deep pit. At first Manīzha was condemned to undergo the same punishment but her doom was changed and she was allowed to dwell near the pit, all the people being forbidden by proclamation to supply her with food. Eventually, by the help of Rustum, Bīzhan was freed and he and Manīzha went to Irān together. (See Atkinson's Shāh Nāmah, pp. 300 and seqq). See also page 116 note 5.

↩
Rustum extricated Bīzhan from the pit by drawing him up with his kamand or lasso.

↩
◌. The Illuminati. A sect of Philosophers, of whom Plato was one, who, instead of following the precepts of any revealed law, looked to their own proper inspiration and mental illumination, which they held to be the result of spiritual meditation. Ḥājī Khalifah, III. p. 87, writes as follows: “Philosophia illuminationis (Hekmet el-ishrāc) sive Neo-Platonica inter veteres disciplinas philosophicas eundem locum tenet quem Theosophia inter doctrinas Islami simili modo, quo philosophia physica et theologica inter illas disciplinas locum tenet quem theologia dogmatico-scholastica inter has.

In the ◌ by ◌ we find: Philosophers are of four kinds,—those who arrive at wisdom simply by meditation, those who arrive at it simply by purification of the mind by seclusion and retirement, those who arrive at it by combining these two. These last are called the Ishrāqī sect.

See Ḥājī Khalifāh ◌ See also de Slane, Proleg. Ibn Khal: III. 167.

↩
The MS. (A) has ◌ The text follows MS. (B).

See note 1 page 101.

↩
◌ Ladan. The resinous balsamic juice of Cistus creticus and other species; according to the Burhān-i-Qāṭi‘ it is called also ◌ Honey-ambergris and is used in medicine. It is the juice of a plant growing in sandy soil, of which goats are very fond, and their hair becomes covered with the exudation, the best is collected from their beards; si femina quædam, cui in utero fœtus mortuus sit, vaginam suam vapore ladani vaporaverit, fœtus ille mortuus illico excidit. See also Ibn Baiṭār (Sontheimer) I. p 409.

It is the ◌ of Genesis xxxvii. 25 and xliii. 11, where it is translated in our version myrrh. The Greeks called it ◌. The true myrrh (Ar. ◌ murrun) is different.

The ◌ Ashhab is the white ambergris which was accounted the best.

↩
A small obscure star in the Lesser Bear.

↩
MSS. (A) and (B) have ◌ but ◌ is a better reading.

↩
Qiṭrān, the exudation from species of mountain pines, black in colour, used according to the Burhān-i-Qāṭi‘ (and Qāmūs) for inunction of camels affected with mange. It is, according to these, the exudation of the tree called ◌ ‘ar‘ar, (Juniper) the properties of which are thus enumerated in the Makhzanu-l-Adwīya : Deobstruent, diuretic, emmenagogue, relieves cough and chest pains, and pain in the spleen; relieves flatulence, hœmorrhoids, flatulent colic or uterine pains. Sitting over a hot infusion of it causes uterine spasm, while a poultice of it is antisudorific. I can find no mention in either of these books of its use as an abortifacient. It is perhaps Juniperus Sabina (Savine) which is powerfully ecbolic. According to Ibn Baiṭār (Sonth.) II. p. 94, it is Pinus cedrus, but this appears to be incorrect. See also II. p. 189, sv ◌ ‘Ar‘ar.

The word ◌ is derived in Burhān-i-Qāṭi‘ from ◌ and ◌ i.e., mule-like, because mules have no offspring.

↩
◌ The word ◌ here has its double meaning. Saifī in his prosody says,

“A bait (poem) is called bait for the reason that bait means a house and they compare the bait of poetry (◌) with the bait of hair (◌) and he quotes the verses by Abū-l-Alā Ma‘rrā

◌
The brilliancy of beauty is shewn forth in two tents
The tent of poetry (sha‘r) and the tent of hair (shi‘r)

↩
◌ The word ◌ here has its double meaning. Saifī in his prosody says,

“A bait (poem) is called bait for the reason that bait means a house and they compare the bait of poetry (◌) with the bait of hair (◌) and he quotes the verses by Abū-l-Alā Ma‘rrā

◌
The brilliancy of beauty is shewn forth in two tents
The tent of poetry (sha‘r) and the tent of hair (shi‘r)

↩
◌ Shirk. “Idolatry: paganism: polytheism.” Ascribing plurality to the Deity. Associating anything with God.

The Wahhābī writers define Shirk as of four kinds:

◌Shirku-l-‘ilm.Ascribing knowledge to others than God.
◌Shirku-t-taṣarruf.Ascribing power to others than God.
◌Shirku-l-'ibādah.Offering worship to created things.
◌Shirku-l-‘ādah.The performance of ceremonies which imply reliance on others than God.

Hughes. Dictionary of Islām, p. 579, Art. Shirk. 9. v.

See also Qur'ān, xxxv. 38 and xlvi. and 3, and various other places.

↩
Of the six years which intervened between the events recorded as having occurred in 658 H. and the accession of Ghiyāṯu-d-Dīn Balban there is no known historical record. The Tārīkh-i-Fīroz Shāhī of Ẓīāu-d-Dīn Baranī only begins from Ghiyāṯu-d-Dīn Balban.

↩
MS. (A) has the word ◌ between ◌ and ◌.

↩
MS. (A) reads ◌

↩
◌. According to Firishta one of these was Ḥaidār Khān the Amīr of Oudh, who had killed a man in the fury of intoxication. Balban after enquiry had the Amīr publicly flogged, and delivered him to the widow as a slave. He bought his release with a sum of 20,000 silver tankahs but never left his house afterwards and died from shame. (See also Elliott, III. 101.)

↩
MS. (A) ◌ Patiālī. The printed text has ◌ Betālī.

Patiālī. In Aliganj tahsil, 22 miles north of Etah, a ruined fort still
exists (Hunter Imp. Gaz.)
Kanpila. In Farakhabad district, celebrated in Mahābhārata—(Imp.
Gaz.
)
Bhojpūr. The residence of the Ujjainiah Rajahs, west of Arrah and
north of Sasseram, a pargana in the Sirkār Rohtās Bihār.

↩
So also Tārīkh-i-Fīroz Shāhī. Firishta reads ◌ Kateher. MS. (A) reads ◌ Kānthar. The district of Rohilkhand is meant.

↩
Who Firishta says were notorious robbers and brigands.

↩
MS. (A) reads ◌ Kohpaya-i-Sanbūz. This seems to be a copyist's error, but I cannot suggest the true reading. The Kumāon hills must be meant.

↩
◌ MS. (A).

↩
Neither Firishta nor Ẓiāu-d-Dīn Barnī mention this.

↩
MS. (A) reads ◌ and ◌

↩
MS. (A) ◌ Malik Ikhtiyāru-d-Dīn Tangras. Tārīkh-i-Fīroz Shāhī calls him Malik Bārbak Bektars Sulṭānī. See Elliott, III. 117, note.

↩
Called Danūj Rāī in Tārīkh-i-Fīroz Shāhī. See Elliott, III. 113, note.

“The Jājnagar here mentioned was evidently east of the Brahmaputra and corresponds to Tippera. The Sunārgānw, presently mentioned as on the road to Jājnagar, is described by Rennell as being once a large city and now a village on a branch of the Brahmaputra 13 miles S. E. of Dacca.”

It is marked in Rennell's Map given in Vol. III. of Tieffenthaler “Sonner-gong.” See Map N. 6. See J. A. S. B., 1874, p. 82.

↩
The printed text and MS. (A) both have ◌ The above appears to be the meaning.

↩
The Calcutta text exactly reverses the meaning by reading ◌ Thus losing all the sense of the passage. Cf. MSS. (A) (B).

MS. (A) has, correctly, ◌

↩
Shaikh Sharfu-d-Dīn Muṣliḥ ibn ‘Abdu-llah as-Sa‘dī. He was a native of Shīrāz where his family for generations had been famed for eminence in learning. He is said to have lived to a great age, accounts differing between 102 and 112 years (Beale says 120). He spent 30 years in acquiring sciences, 30 years in travelling (he made the Ḥajj fourteen times) and 30 years in quietude: He died in the year 691 H. (1291 A.D.) He was the contemporary of many great men, among them Amīr Khusrū of Dehlī who entertained him. His Kulliyāt are of world wide reputation. The Majma‘ul Fuṣaḥā (I. 274) from which the above is taken does not give the date of Sa‘dī's birth, and gives the date of his death as 791 H. which is wrong. According to the account given by Beale Sa‘dī was born “about the year 571 A.H.” The above account would however place his birth in either 589 A.H. or 579 A.H. Of his works the Gulistān and Būstān are the best known.

For a full account of Sa‘dī see the preface to Platt's Gulistān. See also Ātashkada, p. 284.

↩
I'timar. Both in the printed text and in MS. (A) Ẓīāu-d-Dīn Barnī calls him Samar. Firishta calls him Tīmūr Khān.

↩
Called Khān-i-Shahīd or the “Martyr Prince” because he fell in battle opposing “the accursed Samar, the bravest dog of all the dogs of Changīz Khān” (Elliott, III. 122.)

↩
MS. (A) ◌ MS. (B) ◌ the text reads ◌ Bagh-i-Sarīr with a footnote variant Bagh-i-Sard.

↩
Ẓīāu-d-Dīn Barnī says 684 H.

↩
Ẓīāu-d-Dīn Barnī attributes this lament to Amīr Khusrū. (Elliott III. 122). Firishta also states that Amīr Khusrū escaped when the Prince was killed, and wrote a lament. It seems probable therefore that the lament should be attributed to Mīr Khusrū. The Ḥasan which occurs in Text and both MSS. (A) (B) may have had its origin in a copyist's error.

↩
Qāān-i-Mulk Ghāzī. The eldest son of Ghīyāṯu-d-Dīn Balban who was Khān of Multān. See page 187 ante.

↩
◌ MS. (A)

↩
◌ MS. (A) ◌ Probably the ◌ before mentioned.

↩
The Rāvī and Satlaj. This battle was fought close to Multān, and is described by Firishta, who states that after having routed the Mughūl army, the Prince and some of his retainers were resting by the bank of the river when they were attacked by one of the Mughūl chiefs who was lying in ambush with 2,000 men, and the Prince was killed with many of his followers; the army which had taken the alarm returning just in time to see him die.

↩
I read ◌ MS. (A).

↩
MS. (A) reads ◌
◌ Lit. When Fate comes, the plain becomes
narrow.
Other proverbs of this kind are the following:—
◌ When Fate comes, caution is useless.
◌ When Fate comes the eye is blind.

↩
The three stars in Orion's belt. See Lane s. v. ◌

↩
See. Qur'ān IX. 5.
◌

↩
The thick wall said to have been built by Alexander the great to restrain the wild natives of Northern Asia: commonly known as the wall of Gog and Magog. See D'Herbelot Vol. I. p. 640, II. p. 282. Ibn Khaldoun, Proleg.: I. 162.

↩
The owl called by the Arabs ◌ is a bird of ill omen and is held to be unclean, Muslims being forbidden to eat its flesh (Ḥaiyātu-l-Ḥaiwānāt).

Hence the proverb ◌

Had there been any good in the owl the hunter would not have passed it by. See also page 157, note 1. See also J. A. S. B. 1877, p. 81.

↩
According to Ṣūfī writers there are two Jihāds. Al-Jihādu-l-Akbar or “the greater warfare” which is against one's own lusts: and Al-Jihādu-l-Asghar or “the lesser warfare” against infidels (See Hnghes. Dict. of Islām art. Jihād.)

↩
Crying Allāhu Akbar ◌ God is Almighty. See Mishkātu-l-Masābib X, ii. 1.

↩
There is a sequence of plays upon words in the original which cannot possibly be preserved in a translation. ◌ tīr is a kind of cambric or lawn. It also has the usual meaning of “arrow.”

↩
◌ An eye supposed to have the power of killing with one glance. The Arabs says ◌ May God blind the fateful eye to thee.

↩
◌ According to Burhān-i-Qāṭi‘, a seed which is burned to avert the consequences of being “overlooked” by the evil eye. See Vüller's Lexicon.

For an interesting account of charms against the evil eye see Lane's Modern Egyptians.

↩
MS. (A) has ◌ as has the text. MS. B ◌ Neither is intelligible.

Possibly we should read ◌ mafsada. Jauzhar the head and tail of Draco, see Burhān-i-Qāṭī also ‘Āīn-i-Akbārī, II. (J.) p. 9, also Kashshāf, I. 202.

↩
◌ MS. (A).

↩
I read ◌ MSS. (A) and (B) have ◌ which makes no sense unless we supply a word such as ◌ for which there is no sanction. The text reads ◌ but it seems to me ◌ is more likely to be right. It might easily have become ◌ by copyist's error.

↩
MS. (A) ◌. This is a better reading than the text.

↩
MSS. (A) and (B) read ◌ for ◌ in the text.

↩
Qur'ān Sur: lxxx. 34.

↩
MS. (A) ◌. The text has ◌ which is bald and destroys all the antithetical force of the sentence.

In MS. (B) the word ◌ is omitted.

↩
MS. (A) ◌ Riẓwān, the name of the door-keeper of the garden of Paradise. The word means “Pardon” “forgiveness.”

↩
The formula of resignation to the Divine will uttered by pious Muslims in all times of adversity, more especially bereavement or in presence of death. In the Qur'ān II. 150, 151 we read, “We will try you with something of fear, and hunger and loss of wealth and souls and fruit; but give good tidings to the patient who when there falls on them a calamity say, ‘Verily we are God's and verily, to Him do we return’ these, on them are blessings from their Lord and mercy, and they it is who are guided.” (Palmer).

↩
◌ see Lane, Ar. Dict. ◌. The place which comprises El-Islām (meaning the Muslims) like as the egg comprises the young bird, or the congregation or collective body of the Muslims.

↩
◌. Khār-i-‘Aqrab The thorn of Scorpio. Mars is called ◌.

↩
◌ Ḥūt. The sign Pisces.

↩
◌ Ḥamal. The sign Aries.

↩
◌ on the analogy of ◌ said of a liar.

The ◌ ṭanbūr is a kind of mandolin with chords of brass wire played with a plectrum. The word was originally ◌ from its being likened to the tail of a lamb. (Lane).

↩
Mercury is called ◌ Dabīr-i-Falak. The scribe of the sky.

↩
◌ taẓallum MS. (A) MS. (B). The textual reading ◌ must be wrong.

↩
◌ For an account of Mīr Khusrū see index reference.

The poet, relates some of his experiences as a captive — “At the time that this learner of evil, the author, was a captive in the hands of the Mughūls—may such days never return!—travelling in a sandy desert, where the heat made my head boil like a canldron, I and the man who was with me on horseback arrived thirsty at a stream by the roadside. Although the naphtha of my life was heated I would not inflame it with oil by drinking a draught of water. Both my guard and his horse drank their fill and expired immediately.” Elliott, III, Appendix, p. 545.

↩
◌ means both horsecloth and also rose. There is a difference in the readings. MS. (A) reads, ◌ MS. (B) is like the text.

↩
◌. In this class of composition a certain number of verses having the same metre and rhyme are followed by a couplet in the same metre but having a different rhyme—then the original rhyme is reverted to for a certain number of verses, and is again followed by a fresh couplet having the same metre, but a rhyme differing from both the original rhyme and that of the first interpolated couplet—and so on. In Tarjī‘band as has been stated elsewhere, the plan is similar to the above, but the interpolated couplet is always the same. This interpolation occurs not more than seven times both in Tarkīb-band and in Tarjī‘band.

↩
Ghurratu-l-kamāl. The longest of the four Dīwāns of Amīr Khusrū. It contains poems written from the 34th to the 42nd year of his life; for an account of this and the other “Dīwāns” see Elliott, III. Appendix. See also Hājī Khalīfah, IV. 311.

↩
MS. (A) reads ◌ for ◌.

↩
MS. (A) agrees with the text. MS. (B) has a worthless reading ◌

↩
The text has ◌ we should read ◌ as in MS. (A).

The astrologers state that when a conjunction of all the planets shall take place in one of the watery constellations (Scorpio, Pisces, Aquarius) a deluge like that which destroyed the world in the time of Noah will occur again.

↩
This couplet differing as it does in rhyme, but being in the same metre is characteristic of ◌ tarkīb band, see p. 196, note 3.

◌ Banātu-u-na‘sh, this name “The daughters of the bier” is given by the Arabs to the constellation Ursa Major. See Lane, s. v. ◌

The origin of the name “The daughters of the bier” is said by Sedillot in his Notes to the Prolégomenes des Tables Astronomiques d'Oloug Beg, to be that “the Arab Christians called the “Chariot” or the four stars composing the body of the Great Bear ◌ Feretrum Lazarī, and the three stars (the handle of the plough) of the tail Maria, Martha ac ancilla.” The Persians have a superstition that if two people are together and one of them points out this constellation to the other, one of the two will die within the year.

The allusion to the Pleiades is explained by the following verses of Ibnu-l-Amīd (see de Slane, Ibn Khall.: III. 263).

“I have seized on one of the opportunities which life offers to form with my companions a part of the band of the Pleiades, and, if you do not aid us to maintain our rank in that choir by sending us some wine, we shall be sad like the daughters of the hearse.”

The Pleiades is considered a fortunate asterism (cf.) Job. xxxviii. 13, “The sweet influences of Pleiades.”

↩
MSS. (A) and (B) read ◌.

↩
These verses are transposed in the text. MS. (A) and MS. (B) give this order.

↩
MSS. (A) and (B) read ◌.

↩
MS. (A) reads ◌.

The Martyr Prince was killed on the last day of Ẕūl Hijjah the morrow of which was the sacred month of Muḥarram.

The ‘Āshūrā (the tenth) is a voluntary fast day observed on the tenth of the month of Muḥarram. We read in the Mishkāt (VII.) Ibn Abbās said “I did not see his highness intend the fast of any day which he considered more noble than the ‘Āshūrā and the fast of Ramaẓān.” Again “the fast of the day ‘Āshūrā I am hopeful will cover the faults of the coming year.” (Matthews, Vol. I. p. 402).

“It is the only day of Muḥarram observed by the Sunnī Muslims, being the day on which, it is said, God created Adam and Eve, heaven and hell, the tablet of decree, the pen, life and death.” (Hughes, Dict. of Islām).

↩
MS. (A) reads ◌ and ◌.

↩
MS. (A) reads ◌ instead of ◌ as in the text.

↩
MSS. (A) (B.) read ◌.

↩
MS. (A)
> ◌
MS. (B) reads the same as (A) repeating ◌ in the second line.

↩
These lines are omitted in the text but are in both MSS.
> ◌

↩
◌ tayammum. This word signifies “Intention” and is restricted to the Wuẓū or ablutional ceremony performed with sand instead of water, which is permissible under certain circumstances, as for instance when water cannot be procured without incurring undue risk or labour. Qur'ān V. 9. “If…ye cannot find water then take fine surface sand and wipe your faces, and your hands therewith.” This like so many of Muḥammad's injunctions was excellent as a sanitary measure.

↩
The text and MS. (B) are both wrong here, repeating the preceding band as though this poem were a tarjī‘band. The following is the correct reading as given in MS. (A)
> ◌

Consequently in the translation I have omitted the incorrectly repeated lines, and have given these in their place.

↩
MS. (B) reads ◌ which is the best reading.

↩
This is the reading of MS. (A) ◌ MS. (B) follows the text but with no intelligible meaning. The reading of MS. (A) is not quite satisfactory and it seems possible that we should read ◌. i.e. The warriors' swords.

↩
MS. (A) has the following:—
> ◌

MS. (B) has ◌ while the text has this as an alternative reading for ◌.

MS. (B) is the reading adopted for this line, reading however ◌ (text) and MS. (A) for ◌ MS. (B) in the second line.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
Insert ◌ before ◌ MS. (A).

↩
MS. (A) reads ◌ which is the reading adopted.

↩
MS. (A) reads. ◌

MS. (B) ◌

↩
MS. (B) reads incorrectly ◌

↩
The text and MS. (B) are again wrong here giving in this place the couplet beginning ◌, see page 196 note 3, instead of the lines which should follow
> ◌

↩
MS. (A) ◌

↩
These lines follow here in MS. (A) in the text they are five couplets later.

↩
These lines follow here in MS. (A) which reads ◌.

↩
Here again the text and MS. (B) are wrong. Here should follow as in MS. (A).
> ◌

↩
These are omitted in MS. (B.). MS. (A.) reads ◌

This and the following are transposed in the text.

↩
A city in ‘Irāq 50 miles south west of Bagdad and six miles west of the Euphrates. Ḥusain was slain there A.H. 61 in conflict with Yazīd ibn Mu‘āwia on the 10th of Muḥarram; the name of the place where Ḥusain was cut off from the Euphrates was called Kerbelā. See Hughes Dict. of Islām art. Husain.

↩
MS. (A) reads ◌ but the text is the correct reading.

It refers to the circumstances already related under which the Khān-i-Shahīd, the Martyr prince met his death. Firishta relates that having defeated the enemy the “generals of Hindustān discarded all caution and pursued the fugitives while the Muḥammad, the Martyr Khān, who had not performed the mid-day prayer, went hastily with 500 of his army to the margin of a large tank which then was near, alighted and engaged in prayer when his party were suddenly attacked by one of the Mughūl Generals with 2,000 men who were in ambush” (Tārīkh-i-Firishta, I. 143. Bombay Edition.) The Prince after a gallant fight was killed by an arrow and most of his men killed. It was here Amīr Khusrū was taken prisoner but escaped.

↩
The following is greatly abridged from the Qiṣṣaṣu-l-Anbīyā.

Solomon's famous signet ring in which lay the secret of all his power was stolen from him by the jinn Aṣṭarjī who while Solomon was bathing, personated him and demanded the ring from his wife (Yamīnah) to whom he had entrusted it. Obtaining it from her he sat on the throne and ruled the kingdom, Solomon having been cast out as an imposter. Solomon enfered the service of some fishermen who used to give him two fish daily as his wages, one of which he ate but sold the other to feed the poor. In the meantime Āṣaf recognized that it was not Solomon who was ruling, and brought 40 holy men (◌) before the throne each bearing an open copy of the Taurāt (Book of the Law) which they read aloud; Aṣṭarjī the demon was not able to bear this, rushed up to the roof of the palace, cast the ring into the water and fled. Solomon happened to be fishing that day but being tired fell asleep on the bank of the river, a large snake came out of the water and taking the green bough of a tree in its mouth was fanning Solomon as he slept, when the fisherman's daughter passed by; she ran off to her father and begged him to marry her to Solomon. Eventually this was settled (though Solomon protested his inability to provide a dowry) and Solomon married the girl. The fish which had swallowed the ring fell into their net on the following day and was given to Solomon with two other fish, Solomon took them and sold two of them and gave the other to the fisherman's daughter to fry. She struck a knife into it and the ring fell out, the whole house becoming illuminated, she screamed and fainted, Solomon seized the ring and put it on, thus recovering his lost kingdom.

↩
MS. (A) reads ◌. The text and MS. (B) read ◌ which seems preferable.

↩
The text and MS. (B) are again wrong: the proper lines here are
> ◌

↩
MS. (A) reads (variant adopted) ◌ MS. (B) is the same as the text except that it reads ◌ in both lines.

↩
Qur'ān, Sūratu-l-Kahf, XVIII. The seven sleepers of Ephesus. MS. (A) reads ◌. MS. (B) which the text follows reads ◌; and the text reads. ◌ for ◌.

↩
MSS. (A) and (B) read ◌.

↩
The text and MS. (B) are hopelessly wrong here: the correct reading MS. (A) is ◌.

↩
Qur'ān, xxi. 52-69.
Said they Burn him and help your gods if ye are going to do so
We said Oh fire! be thou cool and a safety for Abraham.

↩
MSS. (A) and (B) read ◌. The reading in the text ◌ is inadmissible.

↩
Abdur Rahmān ibn Muljim slew ‘Alī with a sword while engaged in prayer on the 19th Ramaẓān 35 A.H. in the Mosque of Kūfa.

↩
See Shāh Nāma (Turner Macan), Vol. II., p. 748. l. 8.

↩
MS. (A) ◌

↩
MS. (A) has the following lines in place of those in the text
> ◌

1st Muharram (684 A.H.)

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
This couplet is omitted from MS. (B).

↩
This is the order of the couplets in MS. (A).

↩
MS. (A)
> ◌

↩
Blue was the customary mourning colour in Persia.

↩
MS. (A) ◌

↩
This couplet is not in the text nor in MS. (B) MS. (A) reads
> ◌

The order of the following couplets differs from that of the text as will be seen.

↩
MS. (A) reads ◌ for ◌ the latter is the correct reading.

↩
MS. (A) ◌

↩
MS. (A) ◌

↩
MS. A. ◌ Not in the text.
> ◌

↩
MS. (A) ◌

↩
MS. (A) The order in the text differs.

↩
MS. (A) ◌

↩
I follow the text here. MS. (A) reads.
> ◌

These lines are not in the text nor in MS. (B).

↩
> ◌

◌ Dāl-i-du‘ā Dāl signifies the letter with which the word du‘ā begins, while Dāll also means “that which shews the way.”

↩
◌ MS. (A).

↩
◌ MS. (A).

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
This couplet is omitted from the text.
> ◌

↩
MSS. (A) (B) ◌

↩
See Qur'ān lxxxiv. 7, 8, 9 “and as for him who is given his book in his right hand, he shall be reckoned with by an easy reckoning; and he shall go back to his family joyfully.”

↩
MS. (A) ◌ I follow the text here.

↩
This is the reading of the text. MS. (A) reads ◌ MS. (B) ◌

↩
Vüllers. ◌.

↩
These words are not in either MS.

↩
MS. (A) reads ◌. This is the preferable reading.

↩
MS. (A) ◌

↩
MS. (A) reads ◌

MS. (B) ◌

The real reading seems to be ◌.

↩
◌ See Richardson s. v. ◌.

↩
◌ Chuqmār. Pavet-de-Courteille in his Turkī dictionary gives this word as ◌ Chūqmār, with the meaning massue, gourdin.

↩
These lines are as follows in MS. (A).
> ◌

↩
I cannot find this word, possibly it is connected with the Turkī ◌ qūrchī, an armed soldier.

↩
See Elliot and Dowson, III. 528.

↩
◌ ṭaghāna there is a Turkī word ◌ tūghān which means a falcon, and another ◌ tūghānak oiseau semblable à l'épervier (P. de C.). Hence the above translation by the word falchion.

↩
◌ takhmār a dart having no point (Richardson).

↩
The Anṣār or ‘helpers of the prophet’ were those tribes of El Medīnah who, while in other respects rivals, united so far as to espouse the cause of Muḥammad.

The Muḥājirīn were the refugees from Mecca, and to avoid jealousy and strife between them and the Anṣār, each of the Anṣār was made to swear an oath of brotherhood with one of the Muḥājirīn. This bond was however broken shortly after the battle of Bedr. See Muir's Life of Mahomed, Vol. III. p. 26, also Palmer's translation of the Qur'ān, p. xxxiv. and Hughes Dict. of Islām s. v. Ansār.

↩
These lines follow here in MS. (A).

↩
◌ MSS. (A) and (B).

↩
◌. See Muqaddasī. DeGoeje's Glossary, p. 207.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
◌ MS. (A).

↩
◌. Mars and Saturn are considered stars of ill omen, and are called in Arabic ◌ naḥsān. The two misfortunes. (See Ibn Khaldūn Proleg ii. 218).

↩
MS. (A) reads ◌ MS. (B) ◌. So also footnote variant to the text. The former is the reading adopted.

↩
The reading here is very uncertain, the text reads, ◌ which has no evident meaning: MS. (B) reads ◌. The word ◌ here is clearly wrong. MS. (A) reads ◌ and this is the variant I adopt although the phrase ◌ house of benefits is not a very usual one. Still, I have thought it better to take this as the true reading than to suggest other hypothetical readings.

↩
This refers to the two springs of Paradise mentioned in the Qur'ān, lv. (Sūratu-r-Raḥmān). ◌.
And besides these are gardens twain … In each two gushing springs.

The proverb runs ◌ See Roebuck O. P. 484.

↩
Patiālī “Ancient town in Aliganj tahsil Etah District, N.-W. Provinces situated on the old high bank of the Ganges 22 mile north-east of Etah town.” Imp. Gaz. xi. 90. Tieffenthaler I. 198, places it at a distance of about 75 miles from Dihlī and about 20 from Furruckābād.

↩
See page 186.

↩
MSS. (A) and (B) … ◌. The text and both MSS. call him Naṣīru-d-Dīn.

↩
His thoughts turned homewards. Another proverb of this kind is ◌, ẕauq-i-chaman zi khāṭir-i-bulbul namīrawaa, i.e., the desire of the garden never leaves the heart of the nightingale.

↩
◌. MSS. (A) and (B). The reading in the text ◌ is at variance both with the sense, and also with the statement of other historians. Barnī says “He wanted to go to Lakhnautī so he found a pretext for doing so and set off thither without leave from his father (E. D. III. 124).

↩
1287 A. D.

↩
Ẓīāu-d-Dīn Barnī, author of the Tārīkh-i-Fīroz Shāhī gives a slightly different account of the means by which Kaiqubād attained the succession. He states that shortly before his death Balban summoned to his presence Maliku-l-Umarā Kotwāl of Dihlī, Khwāja Ḥusain Baṣrī the Wazīr and some others and charged them to set Kaikhusrū son of the Martyr prince upon the throne. After his death, however, the Kotwāl and his people who for some private reason (◌) had been unfriendly to the Martyr prince, were apprehensive of danger if Kaikhusrū succeeded, so they sent him to Multān and placed the son of Bughrā Khān, Kaiqubād on the throne with the title of Mu‘izzu-d-Dīn (Elliott III. 124).

↩
Nephew of Maliku-l-Umarā Kotwāl of Dihlī.

↩
Chief Justice.

↩
Not ◌ as in the text, but, ◌ MSS. (A) and (B) also Barnī. See note 3. Malik Chhajū was brother's son to Balban.

↩
MSS. (A) and (B) ◌. See Hājī Khalfa IV. 510, 9399, for Qirānu-s-Sa‘dain.

↩
In the original there is a play on the word ◌ Karra which cannot be reproduced in English. The lines are as follows: MSS. (A) and (B).
> ◌

See Āīn-i-Akbarī II. 167, note 2, where Karra is said (as by Ibn Batūta) to have been the place of meeting of Mu‘izzu-d-Dīn and Naṣīru-d-Dīn. See also Karra Imp. Gaz. of India, Vol. VIII. but Karra is on the Ganges, and lies far away from the line Lakhnauti—Dihlī, but so also does the river Sarjū.

↩
Qirānu-s-Sa‘dain. The conjunction of the two auspicious planets. Jupiter and Venus, see H. K. 9399, also E. and D. III. 524.

↩
Tārīkh-i-Mubārak Shāhī, the author of this work is Yāhyā bin Aḥmad bin ‘Abdullah Sirhindī. (Elliott. IV. 6).

↩
The principal streams (of Oudh) are the Sarū (Sarjū) the Ghaghar (Gogra) the Sai, and the Godī (Gumtī). In the first mentioned divers aquatic animals and forms of strange appearance shew themselves. (Āīn-i-Akbarī, Vol. II. 171).

Āīn-i-Akbarī II. 305 gives an account of the meeting of father and son. For the river Sarjū, see Tieff. I. 250, 259, 260, 291, also plate XIX. facing page 292, in which the confluence of the Sarjū and Ghāgra is shewn as it was in 1768.

The Qirānu-s-Sa‘dain fixes the meeting between father and son as having taken place at Ajūdhya on the banks of the Ghāgra.

↩
Ibn Batūta gives a somewhat more fanciful description of this meeting of Nāṣiru-d-Dīn and Mu‘izzu-d-Dīn. Paris Edn. 1855, Vol. III. p. 177, see also Elliott III. p. 596.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
See note 2, page 219.

↩
The text has ◌ misprint for ◌.

↩
The text reads ◌ but MS. (A) reads preferably ◌

↩
MS. (A) reads ◌ Arsar Khān.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
MS (A) ◌.

↩
◌. Laqwa Facial paralysis. The disease is thus described in the ◌. Baḥru-l-jawāhir “a disease in which one half of the face is drawn to one side so that the breath and the spittle come from one side, the lips cannot be properly approximated and one of the eyes cannot be closed.”

↩
MS. (A) omits the word ◌.

↩
The reading of the text is here adopted. MS. (A) reads ◌.

↩
MS. (A) omits the words (◌) after ◌.

↩
◌. I can see no other meaning for these words.

↩
MS. (A) reads ◌.

↩
MS. (A) omits the word ◌.

↩
MS. (A) reads ◌ Barnī says Bahārpūr (E. and D. III. 134).

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
Firishta says 687 H. Tārīkh-i-Mubārak Shāhī says 19th Muharram 689 H.

↩
The Tārīkh-i-Mubārak Shāhī gives the date of the death of Mu‘izzu-d-Dīn as the 19th Muḥarram A. H. 689.

↩
MS. (A) omits ◌.

↩
MS. (A) reads ◌.

↩
MS. (A) reads ◌.

↩
Neither Barnī nor Firishta reckon Kaikāūs (or Kaiumouṛs) as having had an independent reign, and inasmuch as he was only an infant of some three years of age, it seems more rational to allude to him merely as the puppet that he really was. The only object in raising him to the throne was an attempt to save the kingdom from passing into the hands of the Khiljīs. Jalālu-d-Dīn Khiljī, who had been appointed Vizīr when Niẓāmu-l-Mulk had been poisoned, was ready to seize upon the throne. The fief of Baran had been conferred upon him with the title of Shāyista Khān, subsequently he was made ‘Āriz-i-Mamālik. The plots he contrived to get rid of Kaiqubād have been detailed above.

↩
MS. (A) omits the word (◌).

↩
See the Tabaqāt-i-Maḥmūd Shāhī.

↩
The editor of the text states in a footnote that this is a mere verbal quibble of no importance, because ◌ qalj and ◌ qālij are the same, the alif in ◌ being in place of the fathah which follows the ◌ in ◌ in accordance with the customary mode of writing Turki, further he states that among modern Persians ◌ is frequently used for ◌.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
MS. (A) reads ◌. The reading in the text is adopted.

↩
MS. (A) inserts ◌ here.

↩
MS. (A) reads ◌. The text is preferable.

↩
The text gives an alternation reading ◌.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
MS. (A) omits ◌.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
MS. (A) has ◌ which is a mistake: and omits the ◌ after the word ◌ inserting it after the word ◌.

↩
MS. (A) which reads ◌.

↩
There are plays on the words ◌ meaning a fault, and the kingdom of Khatā or Cathay, and ◌ meaning a wrinkle and the kingdom of Chīn or China. The title ◌ Khāqān is the title of the Emperors of Cathay. For the meaning of Khāqān, see Tārīkh-i-Rashīdī, (Ross and Elias), page 30, note 1.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
◌ MS. (A).

↩
◌ MS. (A).

↩
See Beale's Dictionary, page 240.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
MS. (A) omits ◌.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
MS. (A) adds ◌.

↩
MS. (A) omits ◌.

↩
MS. (A) omits the words ◌.

↩
◌. MS. (A).

↩
◌ MS. (A).

↩
See Tārīkh-i-Rashīdī (Elias and Ross) p. 34.

↩
Niẓāmu-d-Dīn Aulīyā. See Beale O. B. D., p. 211, also Āīn-i-Akbārī (J) III. 365.

↩
MS. (A) reads ◌ Bhilsa. The text has ◌ which is meaningless.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
MS. (A) omits ◌ after ◌ and has ◌ for ◌.

↩
MS. (A) ◌ for ◌.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
MS. (A) omits ◌.

↩
MS. (A) omits ◌.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
◌.

↩
MS. (A) ◌ the word ◌ in the text is omitted here.

↩
MS. (A ◌.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
◌ literally “that the leaves had changed colour.”

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
◌ or ◌ Turkī word, “saison des pluies” (Pavet de Courteilles.)

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
MS. (A) ◌ and omits ◌.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
Lit. striking their words on the dorsum of his foot.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
MS. (A) omits ◌.

↩
MS. (A) omits ◌.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
See page 190, note 4.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
MS. (A) omits ◌.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
MS. (A) adds ◌.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
MS. (A) inserts ◌.

↩
MS. (A) reads ◌.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
MS. (A) inserts ◌.

↩
MS. (A) reads ◌.

↩
◌ Kīmīyā. Cf. Roebuck. Proverbs, 398. ◌.

All copper which is affected by Kīmīyā becomes gold.

“The science (of Alchemy) has for its object the substance by which gold and silver is perfected by artificial means.”

See Proleg: Ibn Khaldūn. (de Slane) III. 207. See also Skeat, s. v.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
◌. It would appear from the statement that this ghazal or ode was made up of nineteen lines, each of which was in a different metre.

The first of the above lines is either Mutaqārib or Ramal. This is called ◌ Ẕūbaḥrain (of two metres) in prosody.

The second line is in Ramal.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
MS. (A) omits ◌.

↩
◌. The highest of all the heavens so called (◌) because it has no stars. The literal meaning of ◌ is “worn out” “effaced.” Thus ◌ means a man whose garments are worn out. It also by a secondary (post classical) meaning is used in the sense of “Satin.” Hence there is a double play on the word ◌ here, in its opposite senses.

↩
MS. (A) reads ◌ while our text has ◌.

Mīr Khusrū in the Tārīkh-i-‘Alāī, states that ‘Alāu-d-Dīn left Kaṛṛa Manikpur on the 19th of Rabī‘ul Ākhir 695 H. and after taking great booty from Rām Deo, Rāī of Deogīr, returned to Kaṛṛa on the 28th Rajab. His accession to the throne took place on the 16th Ramaẓān 695 H., and he arrived at Dihlī on the 22nd of Zīlhijjah of the same year.

The text has possibly been corrected to agree with this author's date. Barnī does not give the day of the month: nor does Firishta. The latter tells us that on the death of Jalālu-d-Dīn, Malika-i-Jahān of her own accord set Qadr Khān the youngest son of Jalālu-d-Dīn on the throne, with the title of Ruknu-d-Dīn Ibrahīm, and finding he was too young, sent to Multān to summon the second son Arkalī Khān, who refused to come hearing of ‘Alāu-d-Dīn's success with the army.

↩
MS. (A); the text reads ◌.

↩
Barnī says that the title of Ẓafar Khān was conferred on Malik Hizabru-d-Dīn, (Elliott III. 157).

↩
The text omits ◌ before ◌ supplied from MS. (A).

↩
It appears both from Barnī and Firishta that the youngest son of the late Sūlṭān was in Dihlī and that Arkalī Khān was in Multān. See note 4, last page, and Elliott III. 159.

↩
Although the author has given no account of Qadr Khān's coronation he here gives him the title by which he was raised to the throne.

↩
I read here ◌ though there is a question if we should not read ◌. The text reads ◌ which is manifestly wrong: MS. (A) reads ◌ which is perhaps meant for ◌ MS. (B) which is of very little value as before pointed out reads ◌.

↩
Barnī states that the sons of the Sulṭān sent Shaikhu-l-Islām, Shaikh Ruknu-d-Dīn to sue for safety from Ulugh Khān and received his assurances, (Elliott III. 161), MS. (A) omits ◌. This Ruknu-d-Dīn was the son of Shaikh Ṣadru-d-Dīn ‘Ārif and grandson of Shaikh Bahāu-d-Dīn Zakarīyā (See Āīn-i-Akbārī, Jarrett III. 365).

Firishta gives a full biography of Ruknu-d-Dīn, his father and grandfather q. v.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
Nāib Amīr-i-Ḥājib (Barnī. Elliott III. 162). MS. (A) omits ◌.

↩
MS. (A) omits ◌.

↩
Barnī merely states that the princes were imprisoned, and that all the sons of Arkalī Khān were slain.

↩
MS. (A) omits ◌.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
See Qur'ān XXVIII. 76.

↩
Omit ◌ MS. (A).

↩
The text reads ◌ Chataldī. MS. (A) reads ◌ Ṣaldī, so also Barnī (Elliott III. 165) and Āīn-i-Akbarī (Jarrett) III. 347.

Firishta calls him Chaldī.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
Both Barnī and Firishta say Sīwistān.

↩
MS. (A), so also Firishta.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
Or Kīlī (Barnī).

↩
Barnī explains this. He says “‘Alāu-d-Dīn returned from Kīlī, considering that he had won a great victory: the Mughuls had been put to flight and the brave and fearless Ẓafar Khān had been got rid of without disgrace.”

↩
◌. This word is given by M. Pavet de Courteille in the meanings of fusilier: bon tireur: héros. It is a Turkī word.

↩
The reading of MS. (A) is here followed: viz. ◌

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
The reading of this name is a little uncertain. MS. (A) may be either ◌ or ◌. Neither Barnī nor Firishta give any assistance: nor does either word appear in the Turkī dictionary. The text reads ◌ Taryāq which seems rather an ex necessitate reading. The Tārīkh-i-‘Alāī reads Turtāq. (Elliott III. 72.)

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
So called because he had been originally purchased for a thousand dīnārs.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
MS. (A) omits ◌.

↩
Firishta states that this title was conferred upon Malik Kāfūr (Hazār Dīnārī) on the occasion of his being placed in command of an army to proceed against Rām Deo, Rāja of Deoghar, a refractory tributary.

↩
This work, known also as the Tārīkh-i-‘Alāī, is a prose history of the first years of Sulṭān Alāu-d-Dīn Khiljī from his accession in 695 H. to the close of 710 H. (Elliot III. 68-69.)

↩
MS. (A) omits ◌ and gives the pointing of Turtāq as ◌.

↩
MS. (A) ◌. This account differs somewhat from that given by Khusrū, who makes the invasion of Kapak separate from and precedent to that of Iqbāl Mudbir as he calls him.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
The text has a note here to the effect that a ◌ should probably be inserted after ◌ but that it is not found in either of the two MSS. before the editor.

MS. (A) has ◌, and reads ◌.

↩
The text here and in the former line reads ◌ MS. (A) has ◌.

↩
The text reads ◌.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
There is a play on words here in the original ◌.

↩
Wine not being drunk all the grapejuice could be utilised for vinegar: There is a hint here that every one was discontented, had, as we say, sour looks which the Persians express by saying ◌. So and so sells vinegar. Qaānī says to his mistress.
> ◌

↩
MS. (A) omits ◌ but the text is correct.

↩
This was spoken of above. ‘Alāu-d-Dīn's officers disapproved of the lavish way he had squandered his money in gifts in the early days of his accession to power.

↩
◌ MS. (A).

↩
MS. (A) omits ◌.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
MS. (A) omits ◌.

↩
Alexander the second. The accuracy of this statement is testified to by the existence of coins bearing this title. Gold coins weighing 166, 168.6 and 169.5 grs. are in existence bearing the legend ◌. (See Thomas, p. 168.)

Sikandaru-ṯ-ṯānī Yamīnu-l-khilāfat Nāṣiru Amīru-l-mūminīn.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
MS. (A) ◌. The text reads ◌ correctly.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
MS. (A) reads ◌.

Cambay, in Gujerat. According to Hunter (Imp. Gaz., III. 272) “the name of Cambay or Khambhāt is said to be derived from Khambha or Stam-bhatirth , the pool of Mahādeva under the form of the pillar god. During the 11th and 12th centuries, Cambay appears as one of the chief ports of the Anhelwāra (Nahrwāla) kingdom and at the conquest of that kingdom by the Musulmāns in 1297, īt is said to have been one of the richest towns in India.

Tieffenthaler, Vol. I. p. 372. Canbāhat, grande ville et port de mer, que les Européens appellent Cambaye. (pp. 380-381.)

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
Tieffenthaler, I. p. 322, mentions a city called Tschān at a distance of five miles from the fortress of Rantanbhor. This would appear to be probably the place spoken of in the text.

See Elliot, III. 146 where Jhāīn is said to be Ujjain, also p. 172, note 1, where this opinion is abandoned.

↩
Tieffenthaler does not mention this name.

↩
MS. (A) reads Rāi Hamīr Dev of Rantanbhor, omitting ◌, but Barnī calls Hamīr Dev the ◌ nabsa of Rāī Pīthorā, so that the reading of the text is adopted.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
MS. (A) omits ◌.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
Barnī says that after taking Rantanbhor and putting Hamīr Dev to death the Sulṭān returned to Dihlī: so also Firishta. See Hunter Imp. Gaz. III. 430.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
MS. (A) omits ◌.

↩
The reading here is doubtful. The text has ◌ with an alternative reading ◌ in a footnote. MS. (A) reads ◌. Firishta (Bo. Text p. 186) reads ◌ Taltib.

↩
◌ Qamurgha, lieu de chasse. (Pavet de Courteille). A Turkī word signifying hunting ground. Firishta loc. cit. also uses this word.

↩
MS. (A) omits ◌.

↩
Firishta also says Akat Khān.

↩
MS. (A) reads ◌.

↩
The words ◌ tora o tūzak are Turkī words (P de C) ◌ or ◌ signifies the royal family. It also means king: law: right, also a custom introduced by Chengīz Khān ◌ means simply “right” or “authority,” hence the words in the text would mean that they acknowledged him as rightful king with due formalities.

↩
MS. (A) omits ◌.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
The account given by Barnī of this occurrence is the same as the text (Elliot III. 172-173). Firishta also calls him Suleimān Shāh, Ākat Khān, though Briggs in his translation calls him “The Prince Rookn Khān.”

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
According to Barni “a maulā or slave of the late Kotwāl Amīru-l-Umarā Fakhru-d-Dīn.”

↩
Pretending to have received it from the Sulṭān (Barnī).

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
‘Alāu-d-Din Ayāz (Barnī).

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
Barnī's account is as follows: “There was an ‘Alawī (descendant of ‘Alī) in Dihlī who was called the grandson of Shāh Najaf who by his mother's side was grandson of Sulṭān Shamsn-d-Dīn. The Maulā set off from the Red Palace with a party of horse, and went to the house of the poor ‘Alawi. They carried him off by force and seated him on the throne in the Red Palace. The principal men of the city were brought by force and made to kiss his hand.—(Elliot III. 176). The editor remarks that the passage in which he is called the grandson of Shāh Najaf is very doubtful.

Firishta writes. … ◌. ‘Alawī whom they used to call Shāhanshāh who on his mother's side traced descent from Shamsu-d-Dīn Altamsh.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
The text reads ◌ so also MS. (A), but we should, read ◌ as without this the sense is not very obvious.

Barnī states, “The sons and grandsons of the old kotwāl Maliku-l-Umāra had no guilty knowledge of the revolt, but they and every one belonging to that family were put to death.

↩
The Tārīkh-i-Fīroz Shāhī states, in opposition to our author, that Ulugh Khān did not die till four or five months later, when he had collected a large force for the purpose of attaching Tilang and Ma‘bar. Firishta also states that Ulugh Khān died about six months later.

↩
MS. (A) reads ◌. See Qur'ān lxxxix. 5.
“Hast thou not seen how thy Lord did with ‘Ād? with
Iram of the columns? the like of which has not been created in
the land.”

Iram of the columns “This city is said to have been situated in Yemen, between Haẓramaut and Ṣana‘ā. It was founded by Shaddād ibn ‘Ād, who was excessively strong and mighty, and when he heard of Paradise and of what God had prepared therein for his saints, ‘palaces of gold and silver and abodes beneath which rivers flow, and upper chambers above which are other upper chambers, (Qur'ān xxxix. 21) he said to his mighty men ‘Verily I will take to myself upon the earth a city like unto Paradise.’ Then he appointed thereunto a hundred men of his servants and mighty men of valour, and under the hand of each of them a thousand helpers, and bade them search out and find an open space of the plain in the land of Yemen, and choose the best thereof in soil. Then he provided them with wealth, and designed for them the pattern of their work, and wrote to his three chief lords Ghānim-ibn-‘Ulwān, Ẓaḥḥāk ibn ‘Ulwān, and Walīd ibnur Raiyyān, and charged them to write to their lords in the utmost parts of their cities that they should collect all that was in their land of gold and of silver, of pearls and of rubies, of musk and ambergris and saffron, and should send them unto him. Then he sent unto all the mines, and took out therefrom all the gold and the silver that was in them, and he sent his three agents to the divers into the oceans, and they brought out therefrom jewels, and gathered them together as it were mountains, and all of this was brought to Shaddād. Then they sent the miners to the mines of rubies and emeralds and all other jewels, and they brought out from thence immense riches. Then he ordered and the gold was beaten and fashioned into bricks, and he builded therewith that city, and he commanded the pearls and the rubies, the onyx and the emerald and the cornelian, and the walls of the city were set with them. And he made for it upper chambers, and above them other chambers supported on columns, and to all of them pillars of emerald and of onyx and of ruby. Then he caused to flow beneath the city a wide channel which he brought to the city from beneath the earth a space of forty leagues, like to a large canal. Then he ordered, and there were made to flow from that channel, rivulets in the streets, and highways and streets flowed with clear water. And he ordered banks to be made for that canal and for all the rivulets, and they were overlaid with red gold, and the pebbles thereof were made of all kinds of precious stones, red and yellow and green. And there were planted on either bank of the stream and of the rivulets trees of gold bearing fruit, and the fruits of them were of those rubies and precious gems. And the length of the city was made twelve farsakhs and the breadth thereof like unto the length. And the walls of the city were high and lofty, and there were builded therein three hundred thousand palaces set with all kinds of jewels within and without. And he built for himself in the midst of the city on the bank of the canal a palace lofty and high, towering over all those palaces * * * * * * * and there passed in the building of it five hundred years.

Then Almighty God wished to send a warning to him and to his host, calling him to repentance, and he chose to himself Hūd ibn Khālid who came and called upon Shaddād to believe and confess the power and unity of God, but he persisted in his idolatry and disobedience. Then Hūd warned him of punishment to come and of the fall of his kingdom, but he would not be moved from his evil ways.”

At last he was informed that the city was finished and he set out to go to it with three hundred thousand, leaving all his kingdom to his son Murṯad who had it is said believed in the words of Hūd. When Shaddād arrived with one day's journey of Iram a voice came from heaven, and he and all who were with him fell dead, not one remained, and all who were in the city died, the workmen and artificers, the agents and warriors, not a soul remained alive. And the city sank into the earth.”

Mu‘jamu-l-Buldān. Yāqūt Vol. I.

↩
MS. (A) reads ◌. in place of ◌.

↩
The Persian phrase is ◌. Naukīsahā-i-sifla.

↩
The Tārīkh-i-Fīroz Shāhī. Elliot and Dowson, III. pp. 192 et seqq.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
The words in brackets are not found in MS. (A).

↩
Firishta gives the date of this expedition as 704 H. and calls Koka the Rājā of Malwa. The text and MS. (B) reads ◌ Rānī.

↩
There is a series of play upon the words ◌ ‘ain and ◌ dīda both of which mean “eye” which is quite lost in translation.

↩
MS. (A) reads ◌. Sawāna. The text has ◌ Sorath. Āīn-i-Akbarī II. (J.) 243, 358. Bayley, Hist. of Gujarāt p. 2.

↩
MS. (A) reverses the order of this name. The text has ◌.

↩
Telingā or Telingāna, the ancient name of one of the principal kingdoms of S. India. See Aīn-i-Akbarī II. (J.) 237; also Hunter Imp. Gaz. I. art Andhra; also Cuningham Anc. Geog. of India p. 519, 527.

↩
There is a great gap here in the history partly due to the confusion of dates, and absence of chronological sequence mentioned by the author. Barnī gives no assistance and Firishta very little.

↩
Warangal was the ancient capital of Telingāna (Tieff. III. 5) See Hunter Imp. Gaz. XIII. 521. Regarding Marhaṭ or Maharashtra see Hunter, Imp. Gaz. IX. 166; also Grant Duff, History of the Mahrattas, Preliminary Observations; also Cunningham, Anc. Geog. of India p. 553.

Arangal or Warangal. Barnī gives Laddar Dev as the name of the Rāī of Arangal. Elliott III. 201. So also Firishta. See text I. p. 207.

↩
Ma‘bar. Coromandel. See Ibn Baṭūṭah (Paris Edn.) III. 328. Aīn-í-Akbarī (Jarrett) III. 51, 60. Abu-l-Feda (Reinaud) I. CDxxviii.

Ma‘bar extends from Kūlam (Cavalum) to Nilāwar (Nellore). Wassāf (E and D III. 32).

↩
Firishta says Khwāja Ḥājī and Malik Nāib were sent to conquer Ma‘bar and Dhor Samund where there were idol temples full of gold, and jewels. I cannot identify Dhor Samund.

↩
Niẓāmud-d-Dīn Auliyā was the son of Aḥmad Dānyāl. He was born at Badāon. He died A.H. 725 and is buried at Dihlī.

See Aīn-i-Akbarī III. 365. Firishta gives a long biography of him.

↩
MS. (A) omits ◌.

↩
See E and D III 552, 553.

↩
Text reads ◌. MS. (A) reads ◌ Hastināwar (? Hatnāwar). See Aīn-i-Akbarī (J) II. 104 and III. 70. also Hunter Gaz. Ind. v. 352.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
It was the custom to bury kings with musk, camphor and other odoriferous substances. The throne was of ivory.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
MS. (A) reads ◌ for ◌.

↩
MS. (A) reads Hatnāwar. Khusrū in the ‘Ashīqa states “When the Sulṭān recovered in some degree, Khiẓr Khān set out on his expedition to Ḥatānpūr.” (E and D III, 554).

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
MS. (A) reads ◌.

↩
MS. (A) omits ◌ text line 1 and ◌ text line 2.

↩
I follow the text here. MS. (A) omits ◌.

↩
MS. (A) reads ◌.

↩
MS. (A) omits ◌ and inserts ◌.

↩
MS. (A) ◌. Kālewar.

↩
MS. (A) reads ◌ Khams in place of ◌ sit and this is correct as ‘Alāu-d-Dīn died on the 7th Shawwāl 715 H. see E and D III. 555, but see also p. 208. “On the sixth Shawwāl towards morning, the corpse of ‘Alāu-d-Dīn was brought out of the Red Palace of Sīrī, and was buried in a tomb in front of the Jāmi‘ Masjid” (Tārīkh-i-Fīruz Shāhī.) See also Thomas Pathān Kings of Dihlī p. 158 n. 1.

↩
MS. (A) ◌. See Thomas Pathan Kings pp. 158 et seqq,

↩
These words are not found in MS. (A).

↩
MS. (A) reads ◌.

↩
These were the following:—
◌ Hasht Bihisht.◌ Sikandar nāma.
◌ Lailī wa Majnūn.◌ Shīrīn wa Khusrū.
◌ Panj ganj.

Khusrū was of Turkī origin, his father Amīr Maḥmūd came to Dihlī during the invasion of Changīz Khān into the service of Sulṭān Muḥammad Tughlaq Shāh by whom he was advanced to high office, but was eventually murdered. Mīr Khusrū succeeded his father, but gave up office and became the devoted disciple of Niẓāmu-d-Dīn Aulīyā. His Khamsa was written in imitation of the Khamsa of Shaikh Niẓāmī.

He is said to have written 400,000 couplets. Neither Khamsa is now extant.

↩
The ◌ Maṭlau-l-Anwār. “Ortus luminum. Poema persicum, quod ad Pentada Khosrewi Dehlewi, anno 725 (inc 18 Dec. 1324) mortui, pertinet. Viginti libri qui singuli historiam unam continent.” H.K. 12256.

↩
◌. Akhtar-i-gardūn khirām.

↩
◌. Mah-i-Kāmil.

↩
◌ Nafaḥāt. The Nafahātu-l-Uns see Hāji Khalīfah.

Nafaḥātu-l-uns “halitus familiaritatis e viris sanctitate eminentibus prodeuntes, auctore Molla nostro Nūr-ed-dīn Abd-el-rahmān Ben Ahmad Jāmī anno 898 (inc. 23 Oct. 1492) mortuo.” H. K. 13922.

↩
◌. Turk Allāh.

↩
◌. Mir Ḥasan Dihlavī, whose name was Shaikh Najmu-d-Dīn Ḥasan, was one of the most accomplished poets of his time. He, like Mīr Khusrū, was a disciple of Niẓāmu-d-Dīn Aulīyā. Majma‘u-l-Fuṣaḥā I. 196). He died as our author tells us (in 739 A.H.) at Daulatābād in the Decoan, where he was buried. So also Ātash Kada p. 351.

↩
Niẓāmu-d-Dīn Aulīyā.

↩
See p. 99 note 2 of this work.

↩
There is no English equivalent that I am aware of for the word ◌ which means “a place of pilgrimage.” The word “shrine” conveys this idea better than most others.

↩
The letters of ◌ give the date 725. Thus 70 + 4 + 10 + 40 + 1 + 30 + 40 + 500 + 30. So also do those of ◌. Thus 9 + 6 + 9 + 10 + 300 + 20 + 200 + 40 + 100 + 1 + 30 = 725. Not counting the hamza.

Mīr Khusrū died in the month of Ramazān 725 A. H. (1325 A.D.) and is said in the Majma‘u-l-Fuṣaḥā to have been buried in the burial place of Shaikh Shakkar Ganj; as above stated in the text he was buried close to the grave of his spiritual guide Niẓāmu-d-Dīn Aulīyā.

↩
‘Adīmu-l-Misl means “peerless.” Ṭūṭī-i-Shakkar Maqāl, “Parrot of honied speech.”

↩
MS. (A) omits ◌ ending ◌.

Daulatābād. Lat 19° 57' N. and long. 75° 18' E. 28 miles N.-W. of Hyderābād.

It was originally called Deogiri or Deogarh, and was the capital of the Yadava kingdom. After being taken by ‘Alāu-d-Dīn, which event is noteworthy as being the first appearance of the Muḥammadans in the Deccan, it was given back to its Rājā Ramchandra who rebelled, was subdued by Nāib Malik Kāfūr, taken prisoner and sent to Dihlī whence he was restored to his kingdom. Finally in 1338 (739 A.H.) Muḥammad Tughlaq Shāh deserted Dihlī for Deogiri which he renamed Daulatābād and issued stringent orders to all the inhabitants of Dihlī to remove to the new capital.

Ibn Baṭūṭa (Paris Edn. IV. 46) who visited at this time, compares it to the former capital, and say that the citadel was named ◌. This was evidently the old name of the city, Deogīr as we should probably read ◌.

↩
Nūru-d-Dīn ‘Abdu-r-Raḥmān was born in 817 A.H. (1414 A.D.) at Jām Khurāsān, whence he took the name of Jāmī.

His father's name was Niẓāmu-d-Dīn Aḥmad. He was from his earliest years distinguished for his mental powers, and at the early age of five received the name of Nūru-d-Dīn (Light of the Faith) and later he was known as Maulānā. He became very famous and attained to the highest dignity attainable by a mystic, that of ‘Ārif. He wrote many works in poetry, grammar and theology, among others the Haft Aurang, a series of seven poems, viz., Silsilatu-l-Ẕahab, The golden chain; Qiṣṣa-i-Salāmān wa Absāl, Story of Salāmān and Absāl; Tuḥfatu-l-Aḥrar; The Offering to the Wise; Subḥatu-l-abrāṛ, Rosary of the Pious; Yūsuf wa Zuleikha, Yusuf and Zuleikha; Laīlī wa Majnūn, Lailī and Majnūn. Khirad Nāma, Book of Wisdom.

He died in the year 898. H. (1492 A.D.)

See: Ḥājī Khalīfah 14412. Yusuf and Zuleikha (Griffith's Preface.) Beale (Dict. of Or. Biog.). p. 132.

↩
Thirty-five days after the death of ‘Alāu-d-Dīn (Barnī) i.e., 715 H. (1316 A.D.)

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
There is a difference here of great importance between the printed text and the MS. The former has 710 H. while MS. (A) reads 716 H. which is correct, as is seen from the Nuh Sipihr of Mīr Khusrū.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

With regard to the succession of Shihābu-d-Dīn, see Firishta, who describes him by the name of ‘Umar Khān (Brigg's Firishta I. 383). His full name was Shihābu-d-Dīn ‘Umar according to Mīr Khusrū.

↩
So also the Tārīkh-i-Firoz Shāhī of Barnī, but Khusrū in both the ‘Ashīqa and Nuh Sipihr, says the beginning of 716 H. In the latter poem the date is specifically stated to have been the 24th of Muḥarram, 716 H. But Firishta says the 7th of Muḥarram, and the editor states in a footnote to the translation of the Nuh Sipihr, that in some loose extracts the date is 717 H.

‘Alāu-d-Dīn having died on the 7th Shawwāl 715 and Shihābu-d-Dīn having reigned three months and a few days, would bring the accession of Quṭbu-d-Dīn to about the middle or end of Muḥarram 716, so that we may consider this as the correct date unless there was an interregnum of a whole year, of which there is no evidence.

↩
MS. (A).

↩
MS. (A) omits ◌ after ◌.

↩
MS. (A).

↩
Master of the Horse. Akhor is a Turkish word signifying stable. Cf. Akhtā, a Turkī word signifying, a gelding.

↩
See p. 271 note 6.

↩
“A ruffian named Shādī” (Mīr Khusrū E and D III. 555.)

↩
Here follows in the text the following verse given above in brackets.
> ◌

With a footnote saying that this verse is in the ‘Ashīqa but in none of the three MSS. It is also not in MS. (A.)

↩
MS. (A) reads ◌.

↩
MS. (A) reads ◌.

↩
MS. (A) ◌. The text has a misprint ◌.

↩
The text is wrong here. MS. (A) reads correctly.
> ◌

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
◌ has here the two meanings of arrow, and rafter or beam.

↩
◌ MS. (A).

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
◌ Ad-Dajjāl called also ◌ Al-Masīḥa-l-Kaẕẕāb. The false Christ or Antichrist who is to appear as one of the signs preceding the resurrection. Cf. 2 Thess. ii. So called according to some because he will cover the earth with his adherents like as the tar covers the body of the mangy camel, the word ◌ dajala in Arabic having the primary meaning of smearing with tar.

According to others he is so called because of his lying (secondary meaning of ◌) in arrogating to himself godship; or again from ◌ dajjala in the twofold signification of “covering” (truth with falsehood) or “gilding,” see Lane s. v.

According to the Mishkāt, Dajjāl will be the second of the ten signs or tokens which are to precede the resurrection. After three of these signs have occurred, namely, the rising of the sun in the west, the coming of Dajjāl, and the appearance of the beast which is to emerge from the mountain of Safah, repentance will no longer avail anything.

The coming of Dajjāl is to be a time of calamity such as has never before been known. He is of low stature though bulky, with splay feet, blind, with the flesh even on one side of his face without the mark of an eye. His right eye is blind, like the seed of a grape, and the word ◌ kufr, Infidelity, is written between his eyes, he is to appear from the middle of a road between Syria and ‘Irāq and will mislead on the right hand and on the left. The repetition of the Chapter of the Cave (Qur‘ān XVIII) will be a means of repelling his wickeduess. He will not be able to enter either Mecca or Medinah. His stay upon earth is to last forty days, one day equal to a year, and another day equal to a month, another day like a week and rest of the days like ordinary days. Dajjāl will it is said bestow great abundance upon those who believe in him, but sorely afflict those who reject him. He is to perform miracles such as killing a youth by severing him in two with a sword and restoring him to life. Then Jesus will descend from heaven and will destroy Dajjāl at the entrance to a village called Lud in Palestine. The Jews of Iṣfahān will follow Dajjāl before whose coming there will be three years during|the first of which the sky will withhold one-third of its rain and the earth one-third of her productions, during the second the sky will withhold two-thirds and the earth two-thirds, during the third neither sky nor earth will yield rain nor produce, and every animal in the earth will die. He will then come forth upon a white ass, the space between the ears of which is seventy feet.

↩
His whiskers.

↩
MS. (A) ◌. The text reads ◌.

↩
◌ Farhād. See Beale Dict. Or Biog. p. 87. for the story of Farhād who in order to gain the lovely Shīrīn, with whom he was madly in love, attempted to cut through a mountain; he was on the point of completing his labour when false intelligence was sent to him by the husband of Shīrīn that she was dead, whereupon he cast himself headlong and was dashed in pieces.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
MS. A ◌.

↩
Ahrimān, the Satan of the Persians, is said in their traditions to have been born out of the thought of the Almighty and of his pride in the world, while the first man (whom they call Gayômarth) was born from the sweat of the brow of the Almighty wiped off in bewilderment at the sight of Ahrimān. See Albirūnī (Chron.) p. 107.

↩
The tenth month of the Persian year. See Albirūnī (Chron.) p. 52. It answers to our month of December.

↩
A footnote to the text states that these lines are not in either MS. MS. (A) contains them.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
These lines are not in the text. MS. (A) reads
> ◌

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
◌.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
MS. (A) reads. ◌ instead of ◌ and ◌ in place of ◌.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
MS. (A) inserts ◌.

↩
MS. A. ◌. The textual reading is preferable.

↩
The Sulṭān ordered him to be flayed, and his skin to be hung over the gate of Deogīr.

↩
MS. (A) omits ◌.

↩
Called Ghāt-i-Sākūn by Barnī.

↩
MS. (A) reads ◌.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
There is a direct opposition here between the printed text and the MS. The latter MS. (A) writes ◌, and this is adopted as it seems more reasonable than that entirely innocent persons should have been put to death, though the statement that some were children is in keeping with the reading of the text. This latter is moreover supported by the statement of Barnī. “They had no knowledge whatever of the conspiracy, but were all seized and slaughtered like sheep.”

↩
MS. (A) reads ◌ Shādī Kath, and this is the name given also in Barnī's history. Neither the text nor the alternative reading given in its footnote is correct.

↩
MS. (A) omits the word ◌ in error.

↩
MS. (A) omits the word ◌ but it appears to be required.

↩
Barnī calls him ◌ which the translator renders maternal uncle. But if our text is correct it would appear that he was not ◌ but ◌ that is to say half-brother by the same mother, but by a different father. This is the meaning of the word ◌ here used, and would further account for Barnī later on calling him baseborn.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
Thus the printed text. Barnī also calls him Waḥīdu-d-Dīn so I have adopted this reading. MS. (A) reads ◌ Wajīhu-d-Dīn.

↩
The printed text has simply ◌ but MS. (A) reads ◌ Yaklakhī. Yakalakhī it will be remembered, had been appointed Governor of Deogīr after Harpāl Deo had been taken and put to death. According to Barnī, Yaklakhī was “an old servant of ‘Alāu-d-Dīn, who for many years was nāib of the barīds” (couriers). Yaklakhī now revolted and was arrested by Waḥīdu-d-Dīn.

↩
MS. (A) omits.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
MS. (A) reads thus. Barnī calls him Malik Talbagha Yaghda.

↩
MS. (A) omits ◌ after ◌.

↩
MS. (A) omits ◌.

↩
Abū Firās Hammām or Humaim the son of Ghālib surnamed Abūl Akhtal was a celebrated poet of the tribe of Tamīm. He was commonly known as Al Farazdaq because of his stern and forbidding countenance. The meaning of Farazdaq is said to be a lump of dough which has been kneaded. (Freytag Hamasah II. 585). It was a nick-name given him according to Ibn Kutaiba on account of his ugly face. He further states however that he was so called on account of his short and dumpy stature which made him be compared to the crust (farazdaqa) with which women polish their teeth. But the first explanation is best, because the poet caught the small-pox and when he recovered his face remained deformed and wrinkled (Ibn Khall: de Slane III. 623).

↩
Read ◌ for ◌ which appears to be intended for ◌. The occasion on which these lines were spoken was, according to Ibn Khalliqān, when Nawār the granddaughter of Dubaīa, wished to marry one of the Quraish tribe, and asked Al-Farazdaq to act as her legal guardian because he was the son of her uncle. He however availed himself of a formal promise given by her to abide by his decision as to her affairs, to say he would marry her himself. Nawār was very angry at this and went to ‘Abdullah ibn az-Zubair, sovereign of Hijāz and ‘Irāq, to obtain redress. Al-Farazdaq set out also. They stopped at different houses. Al-Nawār stayed with al-Khaula wife of Abdullah ibn az-Zubair, and Al-Farazdaq with Hamza their son. Al-Khaula interceded for al-Nawār, and her intercession prevailed over that of Hamza whereupon Farazdaq spoke as above. (Ibn Khall: (de Slane), III. 624).

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
MS. (A) omits ◌.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
MS. (A) adds ◌.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
MS. (A).

↩
MS (A). ◌.

↩
MS. (A) omits ◌.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
MS. (A) has ◌.

↩
MS. (A) omits ◌.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
MS. (A) omits ◌.

↩
MS. (A) reads ◌.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
MS. (A).

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
MS. (A). ◌.

↩
MS. (A) omits ◌.

↩
MS. (A). The text reads ◌.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
I read here ◌ although MS. (A) is the same as the text ◌.

↩
◌ Ūlāq or ◌ Ūlāgh travail sans salaire—cheval—courrier—petit bateau. (Pavet de Courteille).

↩
MS. (A) and text footnote.

↩
The text has a misprint ◌ here.

↩
The animal upon which Muḥammad was mounted during his ascent to heaven known as the ◌ (mi‘rāj) Qur'ān XVII. i.

In the Mishkātu-l-Maṣābiḥ it is thus described, “After this a white animal was brought for me to ride upon. Its size was between that of a mule and an ass and it stretched as far as the eye could see. The name of the animal was Burāq” (Mishkātu-l-Maṣābiḥ, Matthews, II. 651). The word Burāq signifies brilliant like lightning, or swift as lightning.

↩
MS. (A) reads ◌.

↩
Mustermaster General. See p. 291.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
Holy war undertaken in defence of the religion of Islām.

↩
◌. This is the lake with which one of the alleged derivations of the name Sthāneswara is connected viz., Sthānu (a name of Mahādeo) and Sar a lake. See Hunter: Imp. Gaz., XIII. 260.

This holy lake is situated (says Cunningham) to the South of the town, it is called by various names. It is the centre of attraction for most pilgrims. It was in full repute in A.D. 500, but in the Pauranic legends is given an antiquity long anterior even to the Pandūs themselves, the sacred pool is at least as old as the Rig Veda itself (Cunningham, A.G. India, pp. 335-336.)

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
The distance traversed in this march was about 90 miles as the crow flies, a long march but perfectly feasible for cavalry.

↩
Barnī says the Ḥauẓ-i-‘Alāī. The royal lake constructed by ‘Alān-d-Dīn.

↩
Indrapath. MS. (A) ◌. Barnī tells us that Ghāzī Malik's force lay encamped at Indrapath so that the two camps were face to face. It lies just outside Dihlī. Its etymology, Indraprastha, points it out as the probable place where Indra slew the Vritras with his thunderbolt formed of the head of the horse-headed Dadhyanch (see also Cunningham 335).

↩
I read here ◌ not ◌ as in the text and MS. The burial place of Sulṭān Raẓẓīya is not apparently mentioned in any of the histories, but as she was taken prisoner at Kaithal and put to death there (638. H.) it is not unlikely that she was buried near Indrapath.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
Text ◌. MS. (A) ◌.

↩
Shāyista Khān.

↩
MS. (A) omits ◌.

↩
MS. (A) inserts ◌.

↩
◌.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
MS. (A) omits ◌.

↩
MS. A ◌. The text reads ◌. But the real reading should be ◌, Indrapath, as is shewn by what has gone before, and also by Barnī.

↩
◌ “the Green palace” but although this is the reading of the text and both MSS., I think we should read for ◌ undoubtedly ◌ kūshk-i-Sīrī, the palace of Sīrī. This is the reading of the Tār‘īkh-i-Firoz Shāhī.

↩
MS. (A) omits ◌.

↩
◌ Muṯla Sākhtan is the term applied to a form of punishment which consisted of cutting off the nose, ears and lips. The literal meaning is “making a public example.”

↩
MS. (A). The text omits the prefix ◌—

Barnī gives an account of the mode in which Ghāzī Malik succeeded to the throne, not as an usurper but as the rightful successor in the absence of any scion of the house of ‘Alāu-d-Dīn and Quṭbu-d-Dīn. (See Elliott, III. 228-229).

↩
MS. (A). The text omits the prefix ◌—

Barnī gives an account of the mode in which Ghāzī Malik succeeded to the throne, not as an usurper but as the rightful successor in the absence of any scion of the house of ‘Alāu-d-Dīn and Quṭbu-d-Dīn. (See Elliott, III. 228-229).

↩
MS. (A) omits the words ◌ and the words are so foreign to the style of the author that they must be regarded as an interpolation. The Editor of the text supplies them from one copy. See footnote to Text.

↩
There is a difference here. The printed text reads ◌ Shewed great alacrity therein, but MS. (A) reads simply ◌ set about it. This seems the preferable reading.

↩
Badru-d-Dīn Chāchī, “was a native of Chāch in Turkestān. He was a man of great repute as a scholar who passed a large portion of his life in Dihlī as the panegyrist of Sulṭān Muḥammad Tughlaq Shāh and other monarchs who provided his allotted portion from the tray of their bounty. His Dīvān consists of 2,000 couplets. His style is strange.” (Majma‘ul Fuṣahā I. 169). The date of his death is not stated. See also Beale, O. B. D. p. 62.

↩
MS. (A) inserts ◌.

↩
◌. These words give the date 727 H.

↩
Omit one ◌ from text.

↩
MS. (A) omits ◌ which is in the printed text.

↩
MS. (A) omits ◌. It is unnecessary.

↩
MS. (A). The printed text has ◌ Bahrām Ullah.

↩
The printed text adds the words ◌.

↩
See also the account given by Barnī which is almost identical with the above. (Elliott, III. 230).

↩
By the copyist's error the words included in square brackets have been omitted from MS. (A), he having omitted all the words following the first ◌ and proceeding with the words following the second ◌. The printed text is correct.

↩
MS. (A) reads ◌.

↩
‘Ubaid. MS. (A) adds ◌ Rākātī. See Beale, O. B. D., p. 275.

↩
MS. (A) reads ◌.

↩
Shaikh Niẓāmī Ganjawī whose full name is Abū Muḥammad Niẓāmu-d-Dīn Aḥmad lliās ibn Abī Yūsuf ibn Mursaiyyidal Muṭarrazī, a celebrated poet, author of the Sikandar-Nāma, also of other well-known works. His Khamsa (pentad) consists of Khusrū and Shīrīn, Haft Paikar Lailī-o-Majnūn, Makhzanu-l-Asrār and Sikandar Nāma.

His death is said by Beale to have occurred in 597 A. H. but according to the Majma‘ul Fuṣaḥā (I. 637) he died in the reign of Ṭughrul ibn Arslān the Saljūq, 576 A. H.

↩
◌ is a dish made of wheat flour, meat and vinegar. The word ‘flummery’ suggests itself from its etymological signification of raw, crude, harsh, W. llymruwd, (so named from its sourness). (vide Skeat. s. v.)

↩
We should here read ◌ MS. (A).

↩
MS. (A) Lat. 26°. 55' N. Long. 70°. 57' E. in Rājputāna, C. I.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
MS. (A) omits ◌. Barnī says that he was impaled alive. Firishta says that he was buried alive. (See Elliott, III, 231-233).

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
Or Jājpur, the former capital of Orissa. (See Hunter's Gazetteer, Vol. VII and Statistical Account of Bengal, Vol. XVIII for a full account of this place).

↩
Bīdar (or Bedar) Town in the Nizām's dominions, Haidarābād Deccan, 75 miles N.-W. of Haidarābād town. Lat. 17°. 53' N. Long. 77° 34' E. (See Hunter's Gazetteer, Vol. II, 419).

↩
The words enclosed in square brackets are by a copyist's error omitted in MS. (A), the word Dihlī occurring twice has misled the copyist. The printed text is correct.

↩
These words are repeated twice in MS. (A).

↩
The text has ◌ but MS. (A) reads ◌ the latter is correct. MS. (A) also omits the words ◌ (line 2 of the printed text).

↩
Barnī gives a different version, attributing the fall of the palace to a thunderbolt which descended from the sky. (Elliott, III. 235). Firishta gives a somewhat similar account to Badāonī; without specifically stating the cause, he alludes to the suspicion which attached to Ulugh Khān of being designedly close by the author of the catastrophe, but discredits it. He further tells us that according to Ṣadr Jahān Gujarātī, Ulugh Khān had raised the palace by magic, and the magical art being withdrawn it fell; he proceeds “Ḥājī Muḥammad Qandahārī says that it was struck by lightning and this does not seem at all improbable” (Firishta Briggs, I. 408].

↩
MS. (A) ◌ qaṣr rā. The text has ◌ qaṣdan purposely.

↩
◌ literally means “hollow” but in its grammatical sense implies weakness due to want of proper support. cf. ◌ “hollow” verb: a verb of which the middle letter is weak.

↩
In accordance with the proverb ◌ dū darvīsh dar gilīme nakhuspand. Two derveshes cannot sleep in one blanket; or again the proverb ◌ dū shamshīr dar yak nīyām nagunjand. Two swords will not go into one scabbard; as we say: There cannot be two kings in Brentford.

↩
This is a well-known proverb and has come from the Persian into common use in Urdu, used to express the futility of an incompetent person attempting any task, or on an occasion of unnecessary haste. “It's a far cry to Loch Awe.” Roebuck in his collection of Oriental proverbs does not give this as a Persian, but as an Urdū proverb. Its origin is clear from our author's statement.

↩
According to Firishta on the third day after the funeral obsequies of his father.

↩
The period here mentioned of forty days is the same as that enjoined in olden times to the Israelites: thus we find in Genesis l. 3, speaking of the death of Jacob “the physicians embalmed Israel and forty days were fulfilled for him; for so are fulfilled the days of these which are embalmed; and the Egyptians mourned for him three score and ten days. But in Numbers xx. 29, we find that the congregation mourned for Aaron thirty days.

The period of three days only is enjoined on Muḥammadans, except in the case of widows who must perform the special ceremony of mourning called Iḥdād for four months and ten days. Among Hindūs the period of mourning is thirty days. (See Matthew, Mishkātu-l-Maṣābīh I. 389).

↩
The word ◌ here spelt ◌ is a Sanskrit word ◌ rt. ◌ to run. ◌ pāyik its Persian equivalent has a more usual form ◌ paik.

↩
MS. (A) omits ◌.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
The leaf of Chavica betle (Miq.) N.O. Piperaceæ is used in conjunction with lime for mastication as a stomachic. The leaves containing a portion of the nut of Areca catechu, known as Supārī, some lime (chūna) catechu (kath) and various aromatics, such as cinnamon, cloves, &c., and rolled together into the form of a cone and skewered with a small piece of wood and offered for sale. In this condition they are known as khīlī, ◌ bīṛā ◌ or ◌ gilauṛī. The distribution of this ◌ pān or betel, forms an important part on all ceremonial occasions, generally as a final act of hospitality before the guests depart. To European palates the bīṛā is anything but pleasant, it has a pungent somewhat acrid taste. It is a powerful sialagogue.

The medicinal virtues of the Chavica betle are supposed to be great. The leaves smeared with mustard oil and applied hot to the chest in several layers are used as poultices in pulmonary catarrhs, or in painful affections of the liver. They are said also to arrest the secretion of milk when applied to the breasts. A form of cancer known as “betle-chewer's cancer” has been described by Dr. Elliott of Colombo.

The plant is said to be a native of Java whence it has been introduced. It grows best in a hot moist climate such as that of Lower Bengal where it is largely cultivated. (Drury, Useful Plants of India).

↩
MS. (A) omits the word ◌.

↩
MS. (A) ◌. See page 271, note 6, of this volume.

↩
MS. (A) ◌ omits ◌.

↩
The word Saiyyid (◌) is a term used to denote the descendants of Muḥammad from his daughter Fāṭima by ‘Alī. The Sulṭan of Zanzibār also adopts this as his regal title.

Shaikh (◌) is a term of honour denoting some considerable reputation in the religious world: a doctor of religion and law, a head or chief of some religious order, a chief of a tribe: or a reputed saint.

The two first Khalīfahs Abū Bakr and ‘Umar are known as ◌. Ash-Shaikhan. The two Shaikhs.

The term ‘Ulamā (◌) includes all religious teachers as Imāms, Muftīs, Qāẓīs, Maulavīs, (see Hughes Dictionary of Islam, also D'Herbelot.)

↩
Barnī makes no mention of this occurrence. Firishta gives an account of it, but calls the rebel Bahāu-d-dīn and states that he was governor of Sāgur. The year assigned by him to this revolt in which Bahāu-d-din Gurshasp was defeated is 739 A.H. twelve years later than Badāoni's date, according to Briggs (I. 418). A reference to the original text, however, shews that the date given by Firishta is the same as Badāonī's date. Firishta Bo. Text I. 241.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
Āīn-i-Akbārī (Jarrett), III. 365.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
MS. (A) ◌. The text reads ◌.

↩
The printed text has ◌ but MS. (A) has ◌. The text is correct.

↩
MS. (A) ◌. The spelling ◌ adopted throughout the printed text is incorrect, but is preserved as it is the commonly accepted form. Mr. Ney Elias in his introduction to the translation of the Tārīkh-i-Rashīdī (p. 73, note 1) says that it takes a sharp ear to distinguish the exact pronunciation of the word as spoken by a true Mongol. It sounds as often Mo-ghol or Mo-ol as Mongol. It has, he says, always the vowel sound of o, and never that of ū which is a foreign introduction.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
MS. (A) omits ◌.

↩
Firishta does not use the word muhar ◌ and it would appear here to have the meaning of “coin” in its general sense. The round muhur in Akbār's time was of the weight of eleven māshas and was worth nine rupees. (Āīn-i-Akbāri I. 30). Barnī uses it in the same way as Badāonī. See Barnī. Calcutta text, p. 475, line 10 et seqq.

↩
MS. (A) omits the word ◌ but it seems probable that this illicit coining was mainly confined to copper. Barnī states that the Hindūs of every province coined krors and laks of copper coins, so also Firishta.

↩
The Persiān text is: ◌. This can hardly mean that for every copper tanka a golden tanka would be given, and yet the wording of the preceding line gives colour to this view. It runs as follows ◌ “Every one who has in his house a copper tanka.” Barnī's account is much the same, Firishta's is more explicit, but it is not clear whether the coins were exchanged at their relative metal value or their face value. It however is most probable that the copper tanka having been artificially pronounced equal in value to the silver tanka, was repurchased by the treasury at that same value, so that the dislocation of the currency and its consequent disasters are easily intelligible. See Elliott III. 240, Brigg's Firishta I. 415.

Although Brigg's translation leaves us in doubt as to this, the text of Firishta is perfectly clear on the subject: and we see that these copper tankas were issued as tokens with an artificial value, and it was when the Sulṭān found that the copper currency was distrusted by his people who found it was not received in foreign countries, that he hit upon the expedient of offering to exchange the copper tankas for silver or gold tankas, hoping thereby, as Firishta says, to rehabilitate the copper tanka, but the people were too wise for this, and threw the whole stock genuine and couuterfeit alike upon the Treasury which was thus drained of gold and silver. Firishta (Bo. Ed. p. 239).

For a full account of this forced currency See Thomas Pathān Kings pp. 239, et seqq.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
Omit ◌. Firishta says 100,000.

↩
Himāchal. Snowy mountain. The Calcutta Text of Barnī calls this mountain ◌ misprint probably for ◌ p. 477, line 16, &c.

↩
Rashīdu-d-Dīn in the Jāmi‘u-l-Tawārīkh (Elliott, I. 46) states “Besides these mountains there are others called Kalārchal (called also by the same author in another passage Lārjal). The editor notes “The mountains of Sirinor.” Reinaud reads the name “Kelardjek.” Ibn Baṭūṭa calls them “Karāchil” (Vol. III. 325). The latter part of the name is probably the Sanskrit āchal mountain. The first part may be the Turkī word ◌ signifying black; from the intense cold of such a snowy range.

↩
Barnī states that the Hindūs of Qarājal seized the passes behind the advancing force, and that of all the force only ten sowars returned. (p. 478). See also Elliott, III. 242.

↩
According to Firishta all those who escaped were put to death by order of the Sulṭān.

↩
MS. (A) omits ◌.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
MS. (A) reads ◌.

↩
MS. (A) has not the word ◌ simply ◌.

↩
MS. (A) has ◌ and ◌. The text has ◌ which seems preferable.

↩
MS. (A) omits ◌ and reads ◌.

↩
The printed text reads ◌, but MS. (A) has ◌. So has also Barnī, Cal. text p. 492, l. 10, and 13. (See also Elliott, III. 249).

Barnī gives a good account of the events preceding this mark of favour from the Khalīfah, a course of fulsome adulation seems to have been then, as in more modern times, the royal road to favour.

↩
Al Ḥākim bi Amr Illāhi Abūl ‘Abbās Aḥmad ibn ul Mustakfī biliāhi, who was proclaimed in 741 A. H. For an accouut of these Egyptian Khalīfahs, see Thomas' Pathan Kings, pp. 257 and seqq. Also D'Herbelot.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
MS. (A) reads ◌. All MSS. read ◌ which has no intelligible meaning. We must read here ◌ in the sense of ‘honours,’ i.e., the banner and robe of honour sent by the Khalīfah to him.

↩
MS. (A) omits ◌.

↩
MS. (A) ◌ Broach and Cambay. Hunter Imp. Gaz., III. 101.

↩
Ghīāṯu-d-dīn Muḥammad, a son of a great-grandson of the Khalif of Baghdād Al-Mustanṣir-billahi (Thomas, P. K. D. 257, note 1).

↩
A full account of this is given by Ibn Batūta (Paris, Edn. iii. 258 and seqq.) who writes ◌. He gave him in fief the city of Sīrī. Barnī (Calcutta text p. 496) says ◌.

↩
MS. (A). See Imp. Gaz., VIII. 332.

↩
MS. (A) omits ◌.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
MS. (A) omits ◌.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
The text reads ◌ and so does also MS. (A). It seems probable however that this is an erroneous reading due to the repetition of ◌ in the original copy.

↩
MS. (A) reads ◌ naked.

↩
Barnī entirely omits all reference to the events here recorded. The Gawārs are a race of gypsies in India according to Steingass. I can find no mention of them in Sherring's Hindu Castes, nor in Elliott's Tribes of the N. W.

↩
MS. (A) omits ◌.

↩
MS. (A) ◌ Azīz Hmīar.

↩
◌. Commandant de cent hommes. (Pavet de Courteille).

↩
MS. (A) omits the words ◌.

↩
MS. (A). The text is wrong here. Dabho‘ī. See Tieff. I. 372. also map, Vol. III. see also Hunter, Imp. Gaz., IV. 76; and Bayley, History of Gujrāt.

↩
◌ (Lit.) Had lost his hands and feet.

↩
The printed text reads ◌ which is meaningless. MS. (A) reads ◌ and this seems the correct reading.

↩
◌ arg, a small fort built between two large forts (Burhān-i-Qāṭi‘). MS. (A) spells this word ◌ irk.

↩
The printed text reads ◌ MS. (A) omits ◌. Barnī calls him ◌ Malik ‘Imādu-l-Mulk Sartez-i-Sulṭānī.

↩
The proper reading here is ◌ MS. (A). The printed text has ◌.

↩
Read ◌. MS. (A).

↩
MS. (A).

↩
MS. (A) omits ◌.

↩
MS. (A) omits ◌.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
I can find no mention of this work.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
MS. (A) omits ◌.

↩
This is the reading of MS. (A) ◌.

↩
The printed text has ◌. MS. (A) reads correctly ◌.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
Omit ◌ MS. (A).

↩
There are two histories known as Tārīkh-i-Fīroz Shāhī one by Ziāu-d-Dīn Barnī, (Biblioth. Indica 1862) and the other by Shams-i-Sirāj ‘Afīf. (Biblioth. Indica 1891). (Elliott, III. 269).

MS. (A) reads (as does the printed text) ◌ but the better reading seems to be that given, without reference to the authority, in the footnote to the printed text ◌. This would distinguish the Tārīkh-i-Fīroz Shāhī of Barnī as the original history of that name. The Tārīkh-i-Mubārak Shāhī is that of Yahyā ibn Aḥmad. (See Elliott, IV., pp. 6 and seqq).

↩
The word ◌ is apparently used here in this unusual sense.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
◌ MS. (A).

↩
◌. MS. (A) inserts ◌ and omits ◌.

↩
The question of exaggeration admits of no doubt. Barnī a contemporary author lends no countenance to such a statement.

↩
MS. (A) reads ◌.

↩
Whether we read ◌ or ◌ this word is used in a very unusual sense. Its proper meaning is a tax levied upon artisans, but here it must mean the (◌) artisans themselves.

↩
This again is not correctly used. It must be read ◌ but should be plural.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
◌ Muftī. The officer who assists the Qāẓī or judge by supplying him with fatwās or decisions.

↩
We should read here ◌ MS. (A).

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
MS. (A) omits ◌.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
MS. (A) omits ◌.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
MS. (A) omits ◌.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
MS. (A) omits ◌.

↩
MS. (A) omits ◌.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
Qur‘ān, LIX. 2.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
◌ MS. (A).

↩
◌. This name was given to any kind of hectic fever, most usually that arising from phthisical disease of the lung. The following definition is from the Baḥru-l-Jawāhir.

◌.

The fever called “Diqq” is when the heat which arises from the constitution seizes upon the chief essential organs, especially the heart, and the moisture of the body disappears. Another opinion is that this is an extraneous fever which attacks the body by means of its generation in some of its members.

The Burhān-i-Qāti‘ states that it is called ◌ because it emaciates the body.

Sadīdī's account is as follows. The fever ◌ is usually fatal,…It is either simple or complicated with putrid fever. The signs of this complication are persistence of the fever, with an exacerbation on the day of the paroxysm of the putrid fever, shivering is also present. The worst complication of all is (he says) when “diqq” is complicated with one of the fevers which require treatment by purges, because the treatment of “diqq” is the opposite to this.

The pulse in uncomplicated “diqq” is hard, frequent, and slender…The surface of the body is not very hot at the first feel, but after a few moments it feels scorching, hottest of all over the arteries, the heat increases especially in the face and upper parts of the body.

Food should be nourishing…Some unskilful physicians withhold food and kill the patient speedily. Food should be moist and cooling. If the fever passes on to the degree called ◌ ẕabūl the pulse increases in hardness and tenuity, the eyes change and become covered with sordes, the cartilages of all the bones are prominent, the temples sink in, the skin of the forehead tightens, the skin loses its lustre, and has a dusty appearance, the eyelids become heavy; all this is the result of rapid dissolution, and the abundance of dryness and disappearance of the natural moisture. There also appears in the urinary excretion, oiliness and a scaly deposit; the nose becomes sharp, the hair grows long, and lice are of frequent occurrence on the body because of the excessive amount of exhalation. The abdomen falls in till it touches the backbone, the skin of the chest is also retracted, and the nails become long (◌) then the diarrhœa recurs, the hair falls out and death occurs.

It will be observed that there is no mention here of any of the lung symptoms of Phthisis, all that we have described is a continued fever of remittent type running a moderately long course as is shown by the symptoms described. No mention is made of any eruption, nor is diarrhœa apparently more than an intercurrent symptom appearing late in the disease.

This was probably one of the fevers so common in India for which for want of a better name “typho-malarial” has been suggested.

Probably the complication of “diqq” with “putrid fever” of which Sadīdī speaks was more comparable to the “enteric fever” of modern science. Sadīdī speaks elsewhere of three degrees of severity of this fever. The first is called “diqq” the second more severe is called zabūl and the most severe of all is called “ḥashf.”

I have only been able to epitomise Sadīdī's account which will be found at pages 427-428 of his work. (Al Mughnī fī Sharḥ il Mūjaz).

↩
◌ MS. (A).

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
“The ‘Āshūra,” is a voluntary fast day observed on the tenth of the month of Muḥarram. It is the only day of Muḥarram observed by the Sunni Muslims, being the day on which it is said God created Adam and Eve heaven and hell, the tablet of decree, the pen, life and death. It is kept by the Sunnīs as a fast.” (Hughes, Dict. of Islām, 25).

↩
On the banks of the Indus at fourteen kos from Thatha according to Barnī (Elliott, III. 265), but Badāonī states he had arrived at Thatha. Barnī states that he was taken ill thirty kos from Thatha where he had arrived on the ‘ashurā, thence he was carried ill as he was “for the second and third day until he came to within fourteen kos of Thatha.” There he remained according to Barnī gradually growing worse and died on the 21st of Muḥarram.

↩
◌ Haft Khwān. The capture of the Brazen fortress of Daz was the final stage of the seven great labours of Isfandiyār known by the name of the Haft-Khwān. See Shāh Namah (Atkinson), pp. 407 to 426, also Burhān-i-Qāti‘ s. v.

↩
◌ Haft Jūsh. These are seven metals which are melted together to form an alloy of special value; the seven are, iron, zinc (antimony, Steingass) lead, gold, tin, copper, and silver. Burhān-i-Qāṭi‘. According to the Ghiāṯu-l-lughāt, it also contains quicksilver and brass.

↩
◌ Nasr-i-Ṭāir. The constellation called also ◌ ‘Uqāb. The Eagle.

↩
◌ Harumān, a fortress on the frontier of Egypt. Burhān-i-Qāti‘.

↩
Cf. Qur‘ān XXVII. 64.

↩
See page 296, note 6.

↩
This looks as though we should read ◌ nearly twenty thousand verses. Both MSS. however read the same as the printed text which is here followed though it is an uncommon construction.

↩
MS. (A) reads ◌ for ◌ (Text).

↩
The words between square brackets are omitted from MS. (A).

↩
The reading here is uncertain. The printed text has ◌ while MS. (A) has ◌. The latter has the more genuine ring though it is an uncommon expression.

↩
MS. (A) ◌. The text reads ◌.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
MS. (A) ◌

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
MS. (A) ◌. By Sulṭān, Fīroz Shāh must be here meant.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
Shams-i-Sirāj ‘Afīf gives the “true account of this transaction just as he heard it from Kishwar Khān, son of Kishlū Khān Bahrām, one of the servants at the Court.”

He asserts the Khwāja-i-Jahān who was on terms of great intimacy with Fīroz Shāh received false tidings that Tātar Khān and the Amīr-Ḥājib Fīroz Shāh were missing and either dead or prisoners. “After the days of mourning were completed, the Khwāja, believing this report to be correct, placed a son of Sulṭān Muḥammad Shāh upon the throne, and thus through adverse fate committed a blunder.” Elliott, III. 279-280.

↩
Cf. Elliott, III. 285.

↩
MS. (A) ◌. Sirāj ‘Afīf tells us that he founded a town here and called it Fatḥābād in honour of this event. Elliott, III. 283.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
See note 6, page 254.

↩
In MS. (A) this sentence precedes the one in square brackets.

↩
Ikdāla. Regarding this fortress, see J. A. S. B., 1874, p. 244. See Elliott, III. 294. It was afterwards called Āzādpur by Firoz Shāh. (Elliott, III. 297).

↩
This appears to be the meaning. MS. (A) omits ◌ and has ◌ see also Thomas, Pathan Kings, p. 294 and note.

↩
◌ bushkāl in M. Pavet de Courteilles Turkī Dictionary this word is given ◌ pushakāl or ◌ pushkāl Saison des pluies. He gives three instances of its use from the Bābernāmah.

↩
Fīrozābād. This must not be confounded with the Fīrozābād which arose from the change of name of Panḍūah, see Elliott, III. 295, and Panḍūah, Imp. Gaz. Vol. XI.

This Fīrozābād (see J. A. S. B., 1870), was situated five kos (ten miles) from Dihlī, and included according to Shams-i-Sirāj ‘Afīf, eighteen places, the qasba (townships) of Indarpat and others a list of which will be found in Elliott, III. 303. At page 298 will also be found an account of the founding of the city of Hissār (Hiṣār Fīrozah) and of the construction of two canals leading to it one from the Sutlej and the other from the Jumna. The modern representation of the latter canal, which was called Rajīwa, is found in the Western Jumna Canal passing through Karnāl (see Hunter's Imp. Gaz., Vol. VII. 258 for an account of this canal). The canal leading from the Sutlej was called Alagh Khāni (Ulugh Khānī). In modern maps there is a trace of this canal, but it is called the Jureah canal, which is probably the word Rajīwa converted and applied in error to this canal. Rennell's map (Tieff. Vol. III) shews the supposed canal of Fīroz Shāh, and it is evident from our author's statement that this canal was commenced not from the Hissār end but from Dīpālpūr, which lay at the junction of the Bīās and Sutlej on the banks of the Bīās, and passed south-east near Fatḥabad, if not actually through it, to join the river Jahjar, which in Rennell's map is called the Jidjer, its nearest point measured from Dīpālpūr being exactly 100 miles (forty-eight kroh) on this map, whereas the town of Jhajhar Lat. 28° 16' N. Long. 77° 42' 15" E. is 200 miles (Hunter's Imp. Gaz., Vol. VII. 195). (The river Jahjar flowed southeast through Fateḥpūr joining the Jumna near Etawah). For this reason it appears likely that the canal was led not to Jhajhar but into the river Jajhar as above stated. (See Bo: Firishta, Text I. 263).

Shams-i-Sirāj ‘Afīf makes no mention of Dīpālpūr in connection with any canal, and there is one difficulty in his account as he says that both the canals, the Rajīwah and Ulugh Khānī, were conducted through the vicinity of Karnāl. If this was so the “supposed canal of Firoz Shāh” in Rennell's map cannot be the Ulugh Khānī. His words are as follows:—

◌.

Dahāna-i īn har do jū az ittisāl i karnāl bīrūn āwarda mīyān i hashtād kroh kroh dar shahr i Hiṣar Fīrūza burda.

It is not to be supposed that Fīroz Shāh would take his canal from Dīpālpūr to Karnāl when his objective was Hissār; we have also Badāoni's clear statement that a canal was brought from the Sutlej and led as far as the Jahjar, this canal would coincide with the line of that shewn in Rennell's map, but not with that of Shams-i-Sirāj.

The canal mentioned in the next paragraph is evidently the one to which Shams-i-Sirāj ‘Afīf refers (Elliott, III. 299-300), although it is not very evident what the exact course of this canal was: I can find no trace of any places named Mandūī (Mandilī) or Surūr anywhere in the maps, while Rās mentioned here by Badāoni must be what ‘Afīf calls Great Larās, as he states that it was in the neighbourhood of Great Larās that Sulṭān Fīroz built the city of Hiṣār Fīroza. (Elliott, p. 299). Rennell (memoir p. 72, quoting from Dow I. 327 has Beraisen, which is a mistaken reading of bi Rāsain in the original, that is to say the two Rāses, Great Larās and Little Larās.

It would seem that there were in all three canals to Hiṣār Fīroza, one from Dīpālpūr to Hīssār and on to the Jajhar, this was brought from the Sutlej. A second from the Jumna as far as Karnāl (Rajīwah). A third from the Sutlej as far as Karnāl (Ulugh Khānī). At Karnāl according to ‘Afīf's account these two last joined. The only way this can have been possible is by the courses of the Sutlej and Jumna being very different from their present courses or even from the beds of these rivers in 1782 when Rennell made his map.

By bringing the Sutlej further south-east near to the course of the Ghaggar say near to Thanesar, we should have a point from which we can understand that it would have been advantageons to bring water from both the Sutlej and Jumna viâ Karnāl.

See Journal, Asiatic Society Bengal, 1833, p. 105 and 1840, p. 688.

See also Thomas' Pathān Kings, 294 and notes.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
I cannot identify these places. Firīshta (Bo. Text I. 262) says Mandawī and Sirmūr, MS. (A) reads Mandilī and Sardar.

↩
See page 326, continuation of page 325, note 3. Briggs' Firishta calls it Raiseen. I. should be Rāsain, the two Rāses, i.e. Great Larās and Little Larās, Elliott, III 298.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
MS. (A) the text reads ◌. Sarsutī is shewn in Rennell's map (Tieff. III) as lying southeast of Karnāl. Birnī Khera, I cannot trace. Firishta Bo. Text, I. p. 263 reads ◌ ba nahr-i-Sarkhatra. Compare Rennell's memoir, pp. 72-73.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
◌. At the village of Gāwīn on the banks of the Jumnā, Elliott, III. 302.

↩
According to the list of Egyptian Khalīfahs given in Thomas' Pathān Kings of Dihlī the Khalīfah in 757 A.H. was Abul Fatḥ Al-Mu‘taẓidbillāhi Abu Bakr ibn ul-Mustakfī billāhi. He was the sixth of the Egyptian Khalīfahs. Al-Mustakfī billāhi Abul Rabī‘ Suleimān ibn ul-Hākim biamr-illāhi was the third of this line.

↩
MS. (A) adds ◌.

↩
MS. (A) omits ◌.

↩
MS. (A) reads ◌.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
MS. (A) Sirāj ‘Afīf calls him Torābānd. Elliott, III. 311.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
MS. (A) ◌

↩
MS. (A) ◌

↩
MS. (A) ◌

↩
The events preceding this are related by ‘Afīf, shewing how friendship was established between Sulṭān Fīroz and Sulṭān Sikandar. Badāonī's account gives no idea of the circumstances. (See Elliott, III. 305-312.)

↩
MS. (A) omits ◌.

↩
A footnote to the text states that in two MSS. the words ◌ follow the word ◌.

↩
See ‘Afīf's account of this. (Elliott, III. 308). Sirāj ‘Afīf calls this place “the islands of Ikdāla.” see note 6, page 324.

↩
‘Afīf says by way of “Qanauj and Oudh”—Jaunpūr was we are there told so called by Sulṭān Fīroz Shāh after Sulṭān Muḥammad Shāh, son of Tughlaq Shāh, whose name was Jaunān, so he called the place Jaunān-pūr. He stayed there six months, during which period the city was built on the banks of the Kowah (Gūmtī).

↩
‘Afīf says ◌ the Shāh left his heavy baggage in Kaṛṛa. Text p. 163. (Calc. Edu. Bibl. Ind.) see Elliott, III. 312, note 2.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
Named Adeṣar (‘Afīf) or Rāe Sidhan (Firishta).

↩
‘Afīf says Banārasī the ancient residence of the independent Rāis of Jājnagar.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
‘Afīf tells us (Text, pp. 166-67) that the Sulṭān turned aside from the pursuit to hunt some wild elephants (see Elliott III. 312-313).

↩
The Rājā of Beerbhoom (Briggs' Firishta).

↩
MS. (A) reads ◌ three.

↩
MS. (A).

↩
Not in MS. (A).

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
There is a footnote in the text which says that “in one MS. this same number occurs and it is probably correct,” but on the other hand there is ‘Afīf's statement that there were only eight elephants, seven males and one female to begin with (Text, p. 167.) However ‘Afīf, Text 172, says he took with him 73 elephants alive.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
◌.

↩
◌.

↩
Compare with this Firishta's account, with which Badāoni's is almost identical. Firishta, Bomb. Edn. p. 265.

↩
Firishta says ◌ see Hunter, Imp. Gaz. XII. 261, for the Sarsutī or Saraswati. See also J. R. A. S. Jan. 1893, pp. 49-76. The Salīma seems to answer in position to the Markanda which runs near Shāhābād S. of Ambālā.

↩
Gaz. See Aín Akbari (Jarrett), II. 58 et seq. Throughout Hindustān there were three kinds of gaz — long, middling and short. Each was divided into 24 equal parts each of which was called ṭassūj.

Presumably it is the short gaz which is here meant but even this would be about 26 inches, and taking the author's meaning to be the bones of the forearm, an ulna measuring 26 inches is hardly likely to have been human.

↩
I take this to be the meaning. The Persian is ◌.

↩
MS. (A) inserts ◌.

↩
See Imp. Gaz. (Sirhind) XII. 552, and Kāngra VII. 414.

↩
See Elliot III. 318-319.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
MS. (A) adds the word ◌.

↩
Fīrīshta's words are ◌.

↩
Fīrīshta say Jālāmukhī ◌.

↩
◌ mashk. The goatskin bag for carrying water.

Briggs in his translation adds the words “the wife of Alexander the Great,” but upon what authority does not appear. The wives of Alexander were Roxāna the daughter of Oxyartes, whom he married in 327 B.C. and (2ndly) at Susa, 324 B.C., Barsine or Stateira the eldest daughter of Darius III, while according to some accounts (Arrian) he also took as his wife Parysatis the daughter of Ochus, at Susa, B.C. 325. Arrian is the only author who mentions this last wife. (Smith, D. G. R. Biography).

It ◌ represents in reality either of the wives of Alexander it must be the first named whose name might have been written ◌ Rushūna and by copyist errors perverted to ◌ Nūshāba.

Firishta's original however gives no countenance to the statement in Briggs' translation.

↩
MS. (A) omits ◌ but writes ◌.

↩
MS. (A) reads ◌ Beale (O. B. D.) calls him ‘Izzu-d-Dīn Khālid Khānī and mentions him as the author of the Dalāil-i-Fīṛoz Shāhī, probably on the authority of this passage.

↩
MS. A ◌.

↩
So called from Pingala or Pingalanāga, the inventor of the art of prosody. See Albirūnī, India I. 137, also Colebrooke Essays, II. 57.

↩
The Akhārā is an entertainment held at night and consists of singing and dancing by females. See Āīn-i-Akbari (Jarrett), III. 258. The word Pātur signifies in Hindī a prostitute or dancing-girl.

↩
‘Afīf tells us that Jām the brother of Rāī Unar, and Bānhbana (◌) his brother's son were in possession of Thatha.

↩
Encountering great difficulties on the march, so much so that for some months the impression in Dihlī was that the army had been lost (‘Afīf. Text, p. 211).

↩
Amīr Ḥusain son of the late Amīr Mīran (Elliott III. 326).

↩
Famine appeared and his troops were starved out (Elliott III. 334).

↩
‘Afīf says the son of the Jām and Tamāchī brother of Bānhbana were appointed to rule over Thatha.

↩
See Elliott III. 371.

↩
MS. (A) reads ◌ Ḥadāyan without dots, and also reads ◌ Ḥandā. I have failed to obtain any information regarding this work.

↩
MS. (A) omits ◌.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
MS. (A) reads ◌.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
According to Firishta, Ẓafar Khān died in 775 H. and was succeeded by his older son Daryā Khān.

↩
◌ muqaddamzāda has the same meaning as ◌ Khānazād, born in the house.

↩
Briggs' “Ameer Jadeeda” is in the original text ◌ Amīrān-i-Ṣada as in Badāoni.

↩
We see from Firishta that it was now he acquired the title Farḥatu-l-Mulk (Bo. text, p. 267).

↩
Firishta gives the reason of this expedition, which was a rebellion of the zemindurs of Itāwa. Instead of ◌ Akchak, Firishta reads ◌ Akhal. He says ◌ Itāwa, Akhal, and Tīlāī.

↩
◌ Tīlāī Firishta.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
Firishta says ◌. To the foot of the hills of Sahāran-pūr.

↩
MS. (A).

↩
◌.

↩
MS. (A).

↩
Firishta calls him ◌ Malik Shamsu-d-Dīn Suleimān.

↩
MS. (A) reads. ◌. Firishta reads ◌. The chief of Kaithar called Kharkū.

↩
Firishta says Saiyyid Muḥammad governor of Budāon with his brothers Saiyyid ‘Alāu-d-Dīn and Saiyyid Maḥmūd.

↩
◌ Kharkū (Firishta).

↩
Firishta ◌ MS. (A) ◌. Firishta calls him ◌ Malik Dā'ūd Afghān.

↩
MS. (A) ◌. Kaithar. Firishta states he had given Malik Dā'ūd orders to ravage the country year by year.

↩
Possibly from the abundance there of the Acacia Arabica known as Babūl or Kīkar. However Firishta calls it ◌. Basūlī.

↩
Or Mawāsāī MS. (A) ◌.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
i. e. Last city.

↩
MS. (A) omits ◌.

↩
Briggs says Zaffur Khān Farsy — but this is not in the text. This was Jūnān Shāh who has been mentioned, see next page, note 7.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
Firishta tells us that he came in concealed in a woman's litter under the pretence that his own wife was visiting the Sulṭān's harem.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
MS (A) ◌.

↩
Having first put to death Ẓafar Khān (Firishta).

↩
Firishta calls him Kūkāe Chauhān.

↩
See Thomas' Pathān Kings, pp. 297 and 305.

↩
The word ◌ must be inserted here though no copy has it.

↩
MS. (A) omits the words ◌.

↩
MS. (A) ◌. The first Khān-i-Jahān was according to ‘Afīf originally a Hindū. He was a native of Telingana and a man of high position in favour with the Rāi of that country. His name was Katlū, but on becoming a Muslīm he was named Maqbūl. ‘Afīf states that he died in 707 A. H. and when he died all Dihlī went into mourning. This Khān-i-Jahān was his son Jūnān Khān.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
So Firishta. Briggs says here, p. 461, “placed his grandson Gheias-ood-Deen … upon the throne.” The text is ◌. Tughlaq Shāh the son of the Shāhzāda Fatḥ Khān. This was Ghīāṯu-d-Dīn Tughlaq Shāh II.

↩
◌. Wafāt-i-Fīrūz. These words give the value 790 while Naql-i-Fīrūz Shīh ◌ give 789.

↩
Firishta says nearly forty years, p. 271, Bo. text.

↩
That is to say, it is not really dust but the remains of living animals.

↩
Ẓahīru-d-Dīn Ṭāhir ibn Muḥammad, a co-temporary of Jamālu-d-Dīn Iṣfahānī and Hakīm Khāqānī Shīrwānī., was a native of Fāryāb.

He died in the year 598. H. and is buried at Surkhāb of Tabrīz which has been called “the Sepulchre of the Poets.” His poetry was held in great estimation. (Majma‘ul-Fuṣaḥā I. 330) see also Beale O. B. D., p. 286.

↩
MS. (A) reads ◌ for ◌ see also footnote to text.

↩
The portion between brackets is not found in MS. (A).

The verse would then read as follows:

> ◌

↩
◌ Gūgird-i-Aḥmar (Sulphur). The red Gūgird is said to be a mineral of exceeding rarity which is only found in a mine in the Valley of the Ants; the ants of that region are the size of goats. It is said that at night a light is emitted from the mine which may be seen for many leagues, but when the mineral is taken out of the mine it does not possess this luminous property. It is an important ingredient in Al-Iksīr (Elixir of life) and just as Quicksilver is called Abūl-arwāḥ (Father of spirits), they call this Abūl-ajsād (Father of bodies).

It has various beneficial qualities (Burhān-i-qāṭi‘.)

↩
In the Majma‘ul Fuṣaḥā he is called Maẓhar-i-Hindī Qāẓī of Agra (? Karra) the panegyrist of Fīrūz Shāh, but no particulars are given. The Atash Kada. i-Aẕur merely mentions his name as Maẓharī.

↩
Neither the Majma‘ ul Fuṣaḥā nor Atash Kada-i-Aẕur mention this poet.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
MS. (A) omits ◌. Firishta calls him Amīru-l-Umarā.

↩
Firishta tells us that this was Malik Fīrūz ‘Ali son of Malik Tāju-d-Dīn.

↩
MS. (A) inserts ◌.

↩
MS. (A) ◌. Firishta says 21st of Ṣafar.

↩
MS. (A) writes ◌.

↩
Not in MS. (A).

↩
The words in square brackets are not in MS. (A).

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
The text and MS. (A) both read ◌.

↩
MS. (A) ◌. The text reads ◌ Chītar. Firishta says ◌. Jālesar. Bo. text p. 275.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
MS. (A) omits the word ◌.

↩
Firishta says with 4,000 chosen Cavalry.

↩
◌. Firishta says,
> ◌

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
MS. (A) adds here ◌.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
◌ kotla. Hindī ◌ koṭlā, a small fortress. Bahādur Nāhir was ruler of Mīwāt, see Firishta Briggs, 471. This word Kotla seems to have been made use of by Fīrūz Shāh to designate certain of his hunting palaces. See Thomas, Pathān Kings, p. 292, note 3, and references there given.

By this Kotila however, Kotila of Mīwāt, we may understand probably Hardwār or a town in its vicinity, which appears in Rennell's map G. n. as “Coupele” see Elliott, III 455, n. and 458.

↩
MS. (A) omits ◌.

↩
This passage is not intelligible in itself, but Firishta's account explains it fully. He tells us that many of these slaves claimed to be natives of the country and not foreigners, whereupon Muḥammad Shāh imposed upon them the pronunciation of certain words, and those who failed in their pronunciation of this ‘Shibboleth’ were treated as foreigners and put to death. He writes,
> ◌

Muḥammad Shāh said “whoever among you instead of Kharā says Kharī, is a native of the country,” and since (as the King in fact desired) they were not able to pronounce these words, but followed the pronunciation of people of the East and of Bengal they were put to death.

The word Khārī signified brackish as applied to water: natives of Eastern Bengal however use the word Khārā in place of Khārī, using the word as if it were an adjective agreeing with the masculine word pānī, water.

↩
◌ MS. (A) not in the text.

↩
There is an error in MS. (A) here which writes, ◌ 753 H. see Thomas, Pathān Kings, p. 303.

↩
Not in MS. (A.)

↩
MS. (A) reads:—
> ◌

↩
MS. (A) omits ◌.

↩
Rājā of Itāwa.

↩
See Thomas, Pathān Kings, 307 n. 1.

This place appears to be the same as Jalesar judging from Firishta's account.

For Jalesar see Hunter Imp. Gaz., VII, 103.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
He died according to Firishta's account on the 17th of Rabī‘u-l-Awwal, and was buried beside his father on the banks of the Hauẓ-i-Khāṣṣ. Text, p. 278.

↩
The Hauẓ-i-Khāṣṣ was a reservoir constructed by Fīrūẓ Shāh, one of his many public works. It is said in the Zafarnāma of Yazdī to be “so large that an arrow cannot be shot from one side to the other. It is filled by rain in the rainy season and the people of Dihlī obtain water from it all the year round. The tomb of Fīrūz Shāh is by its side.” Elliott, III, 441-501.

See also Thomas Pathān Kings, 310 note 1.

↩
MS. (A) and footnote to Text read: ◌.

↩
And was buried beside his father and grandfather on the edge of the Hauẓ-i-Khāṣṣ. He reigned one month and fifteen days (Firishta).

↩
The portion in square brackets is not found in MS. (A).

↩
Firishta also says ◌. the youngest of his sons. Briggs translates this “a youth, the son of.”

↩
MS. (A) omits ◌.

↩
Text reads ◌.

↩
The text reads here ◌, but this is I venture to think wrong.

MS. (A) reads ◌ and taking this together with Firishta's roading, we should, I think read ◌. “relying upon the allegiance.”

Firishta reads: ◌.

↩
Firishta says became Vakīlu-s-Salṭanat and Amīrn-l-Umarā.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
So also Firishta. Briggs however converts this into “Mullik-oos-Shark,” p. 478.

↩
Firishta says Jaunpūr ◌.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
MS. (A) Dalmūr ◌.

↩
MS. (A) supplies ◌. Firishta says “advancing from Ajūdhan.”

↩
Firishta does not give the name of the place.

↩
MS. (A) reads ◌.

↩
MS. (A) repeats the words
> ◌

↩
MS. (A.) ◌.

↩
MS. (A) omits ◌.

↩
MS. (A) omits ◌.

↩
MS. (A) omits ◌. Firishta calls this man Malloo Khān.

↩
So also Firishta.

↩
Firishta writes ◌. Badāonī apparently always uses ◌ in the sonse of capital punishment.

↩
MS. (A) omits ◌.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
This account is unsatisfactory as it throws no light upon the real course of events. Firishta writes as follows:—Muqarrab Khān came out to receive the Sulṭān and to pay his respects, but becoming alarmed at the splendour and array of the royal court, because of his having given asylum to Malloo Khān, fled to the city where he fortified a position and began to fight. The quarrel lasted for some three months, with frequent engagements between the besiegers and the besieged, when recognizing that this was all due to Sa‘ādat Khān Bārbak, Nāṣiru-d-Dīn Maḥmūd Shāh at the instigation of his intimates entered the city upon a favourable opportunity in the month of Muḥarram 797 H. and came to terms with Muqarrab Khān, who on the following day started from Dihlī to fight against Sa‘ādat Khān, but was defeated and forced to return to the city.” (Firishta, Bo. text p. 279). Cf. Briggs, p. 480.

↩
Being compelled by the onset of the rains to decamp (Firishta).

↩
The text reads ◌. The above translation is to avoid the ambiguity which a literal rendering involves.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
MS. (A) omits ◌.

↩
◌. (Firishta).

↩
MS. (A) omits ◌.

↩
See Thomas' Pathān Kings, 312, note 1, and 318, note 1.

↩
MS. (A) omits ◌.

↩
Firishta states that these two joined neither king waiting to see how affairs would turn out.

↩
For a space of three years (Firishta).

↩
That is to say could neither win nor be removed from the encounter.

↩
Cf. Thomas Pathān Kings, 313, notes 1-2.

↩
Ḥukm-i-Khudawand-i-‘Ālam az Dihlī tā Pālam.

↩
See Thomas' Pathān Kings, p. 315 n. 1.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
The Burhān-i-Qāṭi‘.

◌

It is a male for six months and a female for six months, some say one year male and one year female

The Ḥaiyātu-l-Ḥaiwān says nothing about this (art. ◌ and ◌) but mentions a statement that the ◌ ‘uqāb eagle or kite has no male, but the females are impregnated by the fox. See also I. K. (Slane) iii, 305.

↩
See Thomas' Pathān Kings, p. 329, n. 1.

↩
MS. (A) omits the words ◌.

↩
MS. (A) omits ◌.

↩
MS. (A) omits ◌.

↩
MS. (A) ◌ also Firishta.

↩
In the beginning of Muḥarram 800 H. (Firishta).

↩
MS. (A) reads ◌.

↩
MS. (A) reads ◌.

↩
MS. (A) ◌ Firishta writes ◌

↩
MS. (A) ◌. Gurgānī. The exact meaning of this title has been much discussed; the most recent opinion is that of Dr. Erdmann, according to whom “Kurkān or Gurgān stands for ‘son-in-law’ or for a prince who is allied by marriage with some “mighty monarch.” In this way, its Mongol sense, it is used, he tells us by Rashīdu-d-Dīn. He also tells us that Kurkān or Gurgān represents the Chinese expression Fu-mā and that the Amīr Tīmūr was called Timūr Fu-mā by the Chinese, because he married the daughter of Chun-ti, the ninth and last Emperor of the Mongol dynasty. Fu-mā in fact means “son-in-law” in Chinese, when applied to princes, and thus is a translation of tho Mongol word.”

For fuller particulars see note, page 278 of the Tārīkh-i-Rashīdī by Elias and Ross, from which the above is extracted. In M. Pavet de Courteille's Turkī Dictionary we find “◌ prince de la race de Timour qui épouse une fille de la race de Djenguiz-Khān: prince de race royale qui épouse une fille do roi: prince né de parents issus de Khans qui épouse la fille d'un Khakan: surnom de Timour; savant, beau, poli.” see also Āīn-i-Akbarī (B) I. 464. n.

↩
By a bridge of boats (Firishta).

↩
◌ (Firishta.)

↩
MS. (A) omits the words ◌.

↩
Firishta says ◌. Most of them were put to death as they fled, and some were drowned in the river.

↩
MS. (A) omits ◌.

↩
MS. (A) omits ◌.

↩
Firishta tells us that Malik Tāju-d-Dīn escaped with a few men and fled to Multān.

↩
Being compelled by famine (Firishta).

↩
MS. (A) reads ◌ but Firishta reads ◌ as in the text.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
Firishta says “from motives of worldly wisdom broke his faith.”

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
◌ Aulaka or ◌ aulakā. A Turkī word signifying “province, ville, pays, fief” according to M. Pavet de Courteille.

↩
His father Ẓafar Khān (Firishta).

↩
Text ◌ MS. (A) ◌ Firishta ◌. Ṭulumba (see Hunter Imp. Gaz., XIII. 163) is shewn in Rennell's map at the junction of the Jhelam and the Chenāb, Langana being at the junction of the Chināb and Rāvī: (Tieff. III.).

Firishta says. “Arrived at a place where the river of Jamū and the Chenāb meet where there was a strong fortress called Talanbha.” Briggs says “to the conflux of the Chunab with the Ravy.”

From Ṭulumba Firishta tells us Timūr marched to Shāhnawāz where they took all the grain they required and burned the remainder. From thence he went to Ajūdhan and Bhatnīr. Shāhnawāz is shewn in Rennell's map on the Eastern bank of the Rāvī, Long. 72° E. Lat. 30.5. N. Ajūdhan is Pāk Pattan, and is about 80 miles S.-W. of Shāhnawāz. Here is the tomb of Shaikh Farīdu-d-Dīn Ganji Shakkar which was visited by Tīmūr. From Ajūdhan to Bhatnīr is about 90 miles. Firishta says from Khāliṣkol to Bhatnīr is fifty Kroh. See Elliott III. 415 et seqq, for the description of this campaign translated from the Malfuẓāt-i-Tīmūrī. Tīmūr calls Khāliṣ kol, Khāliṣ Kotalī, and says it is ten kos from Ajūdhan and fifty from Bhatnīr.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
MS. (A) ◌ Bhatpar This should be ◌ Bhatnīr, see note 1 above. Firishta says that Timūr's force accomplished the distance between Ajūdhan (Khāliṣ kol) and Bhatnīr in one day. This is a long march but as they were cavalry it is perhaps possible.

↩
The Bombay text of Firishta has ◌ Rao Khiljī, see also Briggs Firishta p. 488 footnote. Both MSS. agree with the text in giving Rāī Jaljīn as the name of the governor of the fort. The Malfūẓāt-i-Tīmūrī calls him Rāo Dūl Chain, see Elliott III. 422-423.

↩
On the 3rd of Rabī‘u-l-Awwal.

↩
5th of Rabī‘u-l-Awwal, see Elliott III. 426-428.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
Lūnī, seven miles N. N.-W. of Dihlī. Tieff. I. 136. Lounī ville autre fois peuplée et munie d'un fort. Tīmūr arrived there on the 27th Rabī‘u-l-Awwal. Lūnī was situated on a Doāb between the Jamna and the Halīn.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
The reward of the ◌ “Ghāzī” or one who fights in the cause of Islām is thus defined “God is sponsor for him who goes forth to fight in the road of God, for his satisfaction and for that of his Prophet.” He shall if he be not killed, return to his home with plunder and rewards. And if he die, his reward is Paradise (Mishkāt, XVII, 1).

The ◌ jihād or holy war is a duty enjoined in several passages in the Qur‘ān and the Traditions, and its rewards are those of Paradise. (See Hughes Dict. of Islām, Art. Jihād).

↩
Firishta states that he dug a deep trench and fastened a number of cows and buffaloes together with raw hide, stationing sharpshooters behind them, and when Iqbāl Khān came out against him with his troops and 120 elephants defeated him with great slaughter and advanced to the Ḥauẓ-i-Khāṣṣ; and see Elliott, III, 438, et seqq.

The date given by Badāonī is apparently wrong, as the Malfūẓāt-i-Tīmūrī says that Timūr crossed the Jamna on the 5th Rabī‘u-l-Ākhir. See Elliott, III. 443 and note 1.

↩
MS. (A) omits ◌ and writes ◌.

↩
Not in MS. (A) which reads ◌.

↩
On the 7th Rabī‘u-l-Ākhir.

↩
Firishta ◌. See Elliott, III. 447.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

Shaikh Aḥmad Khaṭṭu was born at Dihlī A.H. 737 (A.D. 1336) of a noble family of that city. His name was Naṣīru-d-Dīn. He was a disciple of Bābā Isḥāq Maghribī, and came to Gujarāt in the reign of Sulṭān Aḥmad Gujarātī (A.D. 1411-13). He was buried in Sarkhech near Aḥmadābād, (Āīn-i-Akbarī [Jarrett], III. 371).

Shaikh Aḥmad Khaṭṭu surnamed Ganjbakhsh was surnamed from Khaṭṭu a village near Nāgor, the residence of his spiritual guide Bābā Isḥāq Maghribī. After his return from a pilgrimage to the holy places he came back to Gujarāt and settled first at Sarkhej and afterwards at Aḥmadābād, in the building of which he was associated with Sulṭān Aḥmad, A.H. 813-20.

He died at Sarkhej in 849 A.H., aged 111 years, and his mausoleum with the buildings attached are said to have been begun by Muḥammad Shāh I, the son of Aḥmad Shāh, and to have been completed by his son and successor Quṭbu-d-Dīn Shāh. See Bayley, History of Gujarāt, pp. 90-91, notes.

↩
The text reads ◌ vide Āīn-i-Akbarī (Blochmann), Text, II. 220.

The text of Badāonī reads ◌ MS. (A) reads ◌.

Tieffenthaler, I. 377 speaks of it as follows:—“A trois milles de Guzarate so trouve Sarkés, village où est le mausolce construit à grands frais par Gaus Ahmad Roi du Guzarate” again at page 375 we find “Gaus Ahmad, dont le magnifique tombean porté par des arcades voutées, a rendu fameux le village de Sarkés, distant de 3 milles de la ville.”

Sarkhej was three miles South-East from Asāwal in the vicinity of which Aḥmadābād was built by Sulṭān Aḥmad, 820 A.H. (1417 A.D.).

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
On Friday the 24th of Rabī‘u-l-Ākhir according to the Malfūẓāt-i-Tīmūrī, which gives a different account of the treatment accorded to them.

↩
Badāonī omits to mention the capture of Mīrat (29th Rabī‘u-l-Ākhir) and the victories on the Ganges (Jumādīu-l-Awwal 1st to 15th).

↩
According to the account in the Malfūẓāt-i-Tīmūrī this was in response to an embassy sent to Bahādur Nāhir by Tīmūr at Kūtila.

↩
Both of these words give the date.
◌ = 200 + 600 + 1 = 801
◌ = 600 + 1 + 200 = 801.

↩
Tīmūr captured seven forts in the Siwālik hills, fighting twenty battles in thirty-two days with invariable success. The eighth fort belonged to Shaikhā Khukhar and was taken about the 15th of Jamādīu-l-Awwal (Elliott III. 467). Malik Shaikhā Khūkhar was brother of Nuṣrat Khūkhar who was formerly governor of Lāhor on behalf of Sulṭān Maḥmūd of Dihlī. He was taken prisoner by Prince Pīr Muḥammad and Rustam and Amīr Jahān Shāh, who had been sent by Tīmūr with an army to Lāhor for that purpose and to levy a ransom from the city of Lāhor. The Malfūẓāt-i-Tīmūri states that Tīmūr proceeded straight to Jammū whence his route was by Jabhān, Sambast, Barūja to Attock where he crossed the Indus. This was during the days between the 24th of Jumādīu-l-Ākher and the 3rd of Rajab. See Elliott III. 474-477; see also Zafar Nāma of Yazdī, Elliott III. 520-52.

↩
MS. (A) reads here ◌.

↩
Firishta tells us the names of these various independent rulers. See Briggs I. 498.

↩
According to Firishta this was in 803 H.

↩
MS. (A) ◌ Rāi Harsing was Rāi of Itāwa. By Kaīthar or Katehar is meant Rohilkhand. See Thomas Pathān Kings, p. 325, note 2.

↩
His adopted son Malik Wāṣil.

↩
All MSS. write this constantly ◌ instead of ◌.

↩
Firishta (Bo. text) says. ◌

Whence he arrived at the township of Baitālī on the banks of the Ganges Rāi Sanīṛ … came out to oppose him.

Briggs says:—“When he reached the village of Puttyaly on the Ganges the Ray of Serinagar … opposed him”

The Kālāpānī is the Kālī Naddī or Kālinī (see Hunter Imp. Gazett. VII. 327) lying between the Jumna and Ganges. Tīmūr calls it the Karāsū (Black water), Elliott, III. 452.

↩
The text here is wrong; for ◌ read ◌ MS. (A).

↩
MS (A) only says Shams Khān, but Firishta's account includes Mubārak Khān so that the text is probably correct.

↩
MS. (A) reads ◌ Jahānpanāh. This was the name given to the central portion of the triple citadel of Dihlī connecting old Dihlī with Siri. It was situated in the midst of the inhabited city, and had thirteen gates; of the other two, Sīrī had seven gates, and old Dihlī ten gates. See Elliott, III. 448. The palace was called Jahān Numā as in the text.

↩
Firishta calls him ◌ Narsingh.

↩
Both MSS. and text read ◌ Harsingh.

↩
In the Umballa district, 43 miles North of Ambāla city, Lat. 20° 57' N. Long. 73° 33' E. on the south bank of the Sutlej, (Hunter Imp. Gaz., XII. 82).

↩
Ajūdhan the ancient name of Pākpattan. Lat. 30° 20' 40" N. Long. 73° 25' 50" E. It is known as Pākpattan, or Ferry of the Pure, from Shaikh Farīdu-d-Dīn Ganj Shakkar who is buried there. The saint was called Ganj Shakkar as he was reputed to have the miraculous power of turning into sugar whatever he put into his month, even earth and stones. Pilgrims from all parts of India, Afghanistān, and Central Asia flock to this shrine, and during the Muḥarram festival as many as 60,000 persons have been present. During the afternoon and night of the last day the crowds vie with one another in attempting to gain accoss to a narrow opening in a wall near the shrine known as the “Gate of Paradise.” Whoever can force his way through this opening during the prescribed hours is assured of an entrance into Paradise. For this reason the crush is excessive and many are injured.

See Hunter Imp. Gaz. X. 532-533, also Cunningham (A. G. I.) 214-219.

↩
In the text and MSS. we read ◌. Ajūdhan dar kinār i-dihinda, which at first sight seems difficult to understand, until the old maps are consulted. We see in Rennell's map (A.D. 1782) that Ajūdhan was situated (G. g) upon an island surrounded by the Satlaj to the north, and a tributary stream which left the main river to the eastward of Ajūdhan, and flowing south-west joined it again some 35 miles lower down. This explains Badāonī's statement. The town of Ajūdhan is generally said to have stood upon the bank of the Satlaj itself. Cunningham (A. G. of India 214) says “The ancient town of Ajūdhan is situated on the high bank of the old Satlej 28 miles to the south-west of Depalpur and 10 miles from the present course of the river” (1871 A.D.) But from Badāonī's statement it is clear that Ajūdhan stood, not on the banks of the Satlaj itself, but on a southeru loop or tributary stream. It is the modern Pākpattan, see note 2.

↩
There is a play on the words ◌ Iqbāl, good fortune and ◌ Idbār, bad fortune.

↩
According to Firishta Ibrāhīm Shāh was induced to return to Jaunpūr by the intelligence that Muẓaffar Shāh of Gujrāt had taken prisoner Alp Khān, commonly called Sulṭān Hoshang, and was now marching on Jaunpūr.

↩
MS. (A).

The text has the words ◌ which seem to be superfluous. They are not in MS. (A).

↩
Or probably Gurgandāz “the wolf-slayer” MS. (A) reads ◌. (?) kinja, which means a huge elephant.

↩
In Central India. Lat. 23° 36' N. Long, 75° 4' E. see Hunter Imp. Gaz. IV. 248.

↩
In Central India, between Lat. 25° 23' 45" and 26° 12' N. Long. 82° 10' and 83° 7' 45" E.

Sulṭān Ibrāhīm built at Jaunpūr the Atala Masjid, using for this purpose the stones of a Hindū temple the votive offering of Jai Chand which he destroyed. See Hunter Imp. Gaz. VII 152.

↩
In Rohilkund Lat. 28° 35' 5" N. Long. 78° 36' 45" E., 23 miles S. W. of Moradābād and four miles W. of the Sot River. See Rennell's map. Tieff. III. where he places it 45 miles N. E. of Bareilly. The Sambalaka of Ptolemy. See McCrindle's Ancient India, p. 133. See also Hunter XII. 187.

↩
Tieff. I. 133, about 25 miles S. W. of Hānsī and 100 miles to the eastward of Dihlī.

↩
MS. (A) reads ◌ Firishta call the fortress ◌ Fīrūza.

↩
Or ◌ Rana MS. (A).

↩
MS. (A) reads here ◌

↩
For some inscrutable reason Briggs passes over the events of two years here. cf. Firishta, Bo. text, p. 292, and Briggs, pp. 503-504.

↩
The text says 712 H. MS. (A) gives 812 H.

The editor of the text gives a footnote to say that all three MSS. give 712 II.

↩
MS. (A) inserts ◌ before ◌ and omits ◌ after ◌.

Firishta says that Ikhtiyār Khān joined Khiẓr Khān seeing he was the stronger.

↩
Held according to Firishta by Malik Idrīs on behalf of Maḥmūd Shāh.

↩
By way of Sāmāna (Firishta).

↩
Which was held by Iqlīm Khān and Bahādur Khān (Firishta).

↩
Mīwāt. For an account of this Province see Hunter Imp. Gaz. Vol. IX. pp. 418 and seqq. from which the substance of this note is taken:

The Meos, a tribe which gave their name to this province were of obscure origin claiming to be Rājpūts, but probably a combination from various stocks and sources and nearly allied to the Mīnas. The original Meos probably became converts to Islam at the time of Maḥmūd of Ghaznīn; their customs are a mixture of Hindū and Musulmān observances.

The province of Mīwāt lay south of Dihlī and in Mughul times formed part of the Ṣūbah of Agra. Its most famous towns were Narnaul, Ulwur, Tijāra and Rewārī. Bahādur Nāhir (who is frequently mentioned in the text) was the founder of the Khanzāda race, long the rulers of Mīwāt.

The province of Mīwāt included part of the British districts of Muttra, Gurgāon, a considerable portion of Ulwur, and some of Bhartpūr.

See Tieffenthaler. Vol. III. Map. where the province is marked.

↩
In the Malfūẓat-i-Tīmūrī we read that Tīmūr plundered “all the three cities of Dihlī, by name Sīrī, Jahānpanāh and old Dihlī.”

See Elliott, III. p. 447, also Thomas Pathān Kings, p. 313, note 3.

↩
MS. (A) omits ◌.

↩
Pānīpath. A town of great antiquity. Lat. 29° 23' N. Long. 77° 1' 10" E. 53 miles N. of Dilhī. It was the scene of decisive battles on three occasions in historical times. The famous surgeons, father and son, Shaikh Hasan and Shaikh Bīnā were natives of Pānīpat, see Aīn-i-Akbari (B) I. 543, note to No. 94.

See Hunter Imp. Gaz. XI. 44.

↩
In the month of Ẕū Qa‘da (Firishta). Firishta does not state the year though taken in connection with what has gone before he appears to mean 814 H. but see n 2: Badāonī however agrees, with the Tārīkh-i-Mubārak Shāhī. On this point see Thomas, Pathān Kings, p. 317, note i.

↩
MS. (A) reads here, ◌

Firishta has almost the same words but says ◌ twenty years as in the text. So also the Tārīkh-i-Mubārak Shāhī.

Firishta's statement is not very clear as to the year in which Maḥmūd died, but as he goes on to say that after his death the Amīrs gave in their allegiance to Daulat Khān Lodī, who struck the coinage, &c., in Muḥarram of 816 H. it is tolerably clear that he means Zu-l-Qa‘da 815 H. as the date of Maḥmūd's death, and not 814 H. as Briggs would have it.

↩
Misprint in the text. MS. (A) reads ◌.

↩
Qāẓī Ẓahīr Dihlavī. I can find no mention of this poet.

↩
◌ The Hyades one of the two clusters of stars included within the constellation Taurus the other being the Pleiades.

Ancient astronomers were not agreed as to the number of stars included in the Hyades. Thales reckoned two only (◌ and ◌) the two eyes of the Bull. (Smith, Dict. Greek and Rom. Antiq. 150 a).

↩
The constellation Taurus is here spoken of as having lost one of his two eyes by which must be meant the two clusters of stars above mentioned, and not ◌ and ◌ of Taurus as reckoned by Thales.

↩
The ◌ rubāb or lute, is a stringed instrument like a guitar but having the body shaped like a hollowed gourd somewhat resembling the body of the mandolin.

↩
This line should read as in MS. (A).
> ◌

A foot-note to the Calcutta text states that the reading there given is the same in all three MSS. of Badāonī and that probably the word ◌ has dropped out after the word ◌. This is a quite unnecessary supposition. The reading above given fulfils all requirements. MS. (B) corresponds save that for ◌ it reads ◌ an evident copyist's error.

◌ Qiblah. This is the direction in which Muslims are bound to turn during prayer: This is laid down in the Qur'ān, Sura II. “We see thee often turn thy face about in the heavens, but we will surely turn thee to a qiblah thou shalt like. Turn then thy face towards the sacred Mosque, wherever ye be turn your faces towards it” (v. 139). From the Hijra, Muḥammad at first directed his followers to turn towards the temple at Jerusalem, but in the second year of the Hijra the Ka‘bah at Mekka was fixed as the qiblah. See Hughes' Dict. of Islam, s. v. Qiblah.

↩
◌ Imām. In this passage the word is used in the sense of Khalīfah.

↩
◌ Qāẓī-i-Charkh. The planet Jupiter.

↩
MS. (A) reads incorrectly ◌.

↩
This couplet is inevitably ridicnlous to English ears: the meaning is that in order to deprive him of the pleasures of the perfumed breezes, he has been afflicted with the anosmia which results from a cold in the head.

↩
◌ Sihām, called also ◌ qidāḥ, These are the arrows used by the ancient Arabs for gambling in the manner called ◌ Al-maisar (forbidden in the Qur'ān, II. 216, v. 92, 93). In this game a camel was bought and slaughtered, and divided into twenty-eight portions which were drawn for with ten arrows called ◌ azlām. The numbers after the names of the arrows indicate the value of the share drawn, ◌ faẓẓ (1), ◌ tau‘am (2), ◌ raqīb (3), ◌ nāfis (4), ◌ ḥils (5), ◌ musbal (6), ◌ muallā (7).

The remaining three arrows were blanks and gained no share. Their names were ◌ safīḥ, ◌ manīḥ, ◌ waghd. The name of each arrow was written upon it and they were all put into a bag called ◌ ribābah, and given into the charge of a trustworthy man known as ◌ al-mujīl or ◌ al-mufīẓ whose duty was to shake the arrows up and draw out one for each in turn. Whoever drew a blank had to pay the cost of the camel, while those who drew a winning arrow received a proportionate share according to the value of the arrow. See Majma‘u-l-Baḥrain, Maqāmah, XIII. p. 99.

↩
The couplets are here given in the order in which they occur in both MSS. (A) (B).

↩
◌ Dajjāl. See page 278 n 4 “A name given in the Ḥadīṯ to certain religious impostors who shall appear in the world; a term equivalent to our use of the word Antichrist. Muḥammad is related to have said there would be about thirty.” Hughes' Dict of Islām. 64. See also Albirūnī Chronology of Ancient Nations, pp 195-196.

↩
MS. (A) ◌ MS. (B) ◌.

↩
◌ The tenth month of the Persian Shamsī year when the Sun is in Capricorn, corresponding to the commencement of winter.

↩
MS. (A) omits ◌.

↩
MS. (A) reads ◌ in place of ◌. Text and MS. (B).

↩
An adequate translation of these lines seems impossible. There is a ◌ tajnīs-i-lafẓī or play upon words here which cannot be preserved in English. The words ◌ ārad Ṣafrā, have two meanings, 1st, draws up its lines, and 2nd, grows pale, according as ◌ is taken as two words or as one.

↩
MS. (A) and (B) write ◌.

↩
MS. (A) write ◌. Text and MS. (B) ◌.

↩
MS. (A) reads incorrectly ◌.

↩
Suhā is the name of a dim star in Ursa Major. See Lane s. v. ◌.

↩
“So she conceived him and she retired with him into a remote place. And the labour pains came upon her at the trunk of a palm-tree and she said, ‘O that I had died before this, and been forgotten out of mind!’ and he called to her from beneath her, ‘Grieve not, for thy Lord has placed a stream beneath thy feet; and shake towards thee the trunk of the palm-tree, it will drop upon thee fresh dates fit to gather; so|eat and drink and cheer thine eye.’” Qur'ān. Palmer's translation. See Qur'ān. Sura XIX. vv. 20-28.

↩
Ṣirāt-i-mustaqīm. The hair-like bridge over the midst of Hell over which the righteous will pass like lightning.

Qur‘ān, I. 5, Hughes art Ṣirāṭ. It is also interpreted to mean the religion of Islām. Qur‘ān, III. 44. See also Lane, s. v.

↩
This refers to the legend told by Muḥammadan commentators on certain verses of the Qur'ān, that when Khiẓr had disappeared in search of the water of immortality, Moses was inspired to search for him and was told that he would meet him by a rock where two seas met, and where he should lose a fish which he was directed to take with him. The companion spoken of is said to have been Joshua, and the servant who guided them (v. 64) was no less than Khiẓr himself, and when Moses asked if he should follow him said, “Verily thou canst never have patience with me. How canst thou be patient in what thou comprehendest no knowledge of.” Khiẓr upon being assured by Moses that he would be patient bade him to follow but not to ask about anything he might see. They embarked in a ship which Khiẓr scuttled, whereupon Moses naturally asked the reason and was rebuked. Further on they met a boy whom Khiẓr killed and again roused Moses' impatience; again they found a wall which Khiẓr prevented from falling without exacting any reward for his services, and again Moses became impatient whereupon Khiẓr said, “This is the parting between me and thee” and explained to Moses the reason for his action in each case. See Qur'ān XVIII. 64 and following verses.

↩
The couplets are arranged in the order in which they come in the MSS.

↩
The text reads ◌ with a foot note variant ◌ MSS. (A) (B) agree with text.

↩
◌ or ◌ Nargis. The poet's narcissus. Narcissus poëticus N. O. Amaryllidaceæ. This natural order has a single style with three stigmas, and six stamens of which the anthers burst inwards. The poet here likens the three divisions of the style to three alifs (◌) and the stamens to six mīms (◌) the anthers forming the head of the letter, and the curved filament its downward stoke. Thus the single alif (◌) and two mīms (◌) form he says the word ◌ umam: the plural of ◌ ummatun meaning the followers of a prophet, or a people of one religion, hence generically a generation of men as in the saying ◌ generations of men have passed away.

↩
◌ Sumbul. Nardostachys Jatamansi. N. O. Valerianaceæ. See note 6. page 146: see also Asiatic Researches, Vol. II, pp. 405 et seqq for a paper on this, the Indian Spikenard, from which the following is taken “the true nard or Jutāmānsi which, by the way, has other names in the Amarcōsh, the smoothest of which are gatilā and lōmasā both derived from words meaning hair.” The comparison of the narcissus to the eye is so familiar as to need no reference.

↩
MSS. (A) (B) ◌.

↩
The scape of the tulip is here spoken of as bearing two flowers.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
I read here ◌ pīr-i-nigūnast for ◌ (MSS. and text) pir-i-nekūst which has no intelligible meaning. Probably the author wrote ◌ nigūnast.

↩
◌ ‘aql-i-kull. The first or supreme intelligence, a name given to the Angel Gabriel. In the language of the Ṣūfīs the ‘aql-i-kull (called also ‘aql-i-awwal ) appears to answer to the “Logos” of the Alexandrian School. See Kashshāf-fi-Iṯṭilābu-l-funūn, II. p. 1028.

↩
◌ for ◌.

↩
◌ Rujū‘-i-kaukab, called also ◌ Rija‘t, is the motion of a star in opposition to the movement in the normal direction which is known by the term ◌ Istiqāmat. See Kashshāf, s. v. ◌.

↩
MS. (A) reads ◌.

↩
Firishta adds. The duration of his reign was one year and three months.

↩
MS. (A) reads ◌ for ◌.

↩
MS. (A). The text reads ◌.

↩
See Thomas, Pathān Kings, p. 329, and footnote.

↩
MS. (A) ◌ Tuḥfa.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
Shamsābād. Town in Farukhābād district, N.-W. P. situated on the South bank of the Buri Gangā river, 18 miles North-West of Fateḥgarh town (Hunter, Gaz. Ind., XII, 375).

↩
Sakīna. For this we should perhaps read Sakīta (MS. (A) lends countenance to this view).

Sakīt lies in the direct route indicated between Kanpila and Rāparī, 12 miles South-East of Etah town. It was here that Bahlol Lodi died on his return to Dihlī from an expedition against Gwāliār (Āīn-i-Akbarī).

↩
Rāparī. Village and ruins 44 miles South-West of Mainpūrī town. Local tradition ascribes the foundation of the ancient city to Rāo Zorāwar Singh, also known as Rāpar Sen (Hunter, Gaz. Ind., XI, 511).

↩
On the Doāb plain, 38 miles East of the Jumna, and of Muttra. (Hunter, Gaz. Ind., VII, 103).

↩
The Kālī Nadī or Kālindī, or Kālinī, rises in the Muzaffarnagar district, and drains the whole eastern portion of the Doāb. The name in the text ◌ ab-i-sīyāh means Black water, and is a translation of the Hindūstānī kālī naddī.

↩
MS. (A) reads wrongly ◌ for ◌.

↩
MS. (A). The text reads ◌.

↩
MS. (A).

↩
Omit ◌ after ◌.

↩
MS. (A) reads ◌ Tāju-d-Dīn.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
Nāgor. In Brigg's translation of Firishta this appears as Bagore (I. 509). It is Nagaur in Jodhpur State, Rajputānā 48 miles North-West of Nasirābād and 75 North-East of Jodhpūr city.

↩
The text reads ◌ Jhāban but MS. (A) reads ◌ Chhāīn.

In Brigg's (I. 509) we find this place called Jalwur, with a footnote: “I have some doubt as to the true name: it is differently written in my various MSS.” In the lithographed edition of Firishta the name is written plainly enough ◌ Jānūr (Bombay Edn. I, 294), and it is said that without waiting for Khiẓr Khān to advance, Aḥmad withdrew in the direction of Mālwa, and that when Khiẓr Khān arrived at Jānūr, Alyās Khān who was governor of the new city called ‘Arūs-i-Jahān, which was one of the cities built by ‘Alāu-d-Dīn Khiljī, came to pay his homage. Evidently, then, the city mentioned in our text and this “‘Arūs-i-Jahān” are the same.

↩
MS. (A) reads here ◌. which appears to be a copyist's error.

↩
MS. (A) reads ◌ which is preferable to ◌ as found in the text.

↩
Firishta, (I. 295) says ◌ near Māchīwāra, and in the Āīn-i-Akbarī we find it stated that Māchīwārah is situated on the banks of the Sutloj (Jarrett, II. 310). In Rennell's Map (Tieff. III.) we find Māchīwārah figured between Rūpar and Lūdhiāna. It lies 23 miles south of Lūdhiāna, and is a very ancient city mentioned in the Mahābhārata. Bajwāra is further north near Hoshiārpūr. (See Hunter, Imp. Gaz., II. 439).

↩
Firishta adds, “called Islām Khān who was the governor of Sarhind.”

↩
This appears to be the meaning of the text. Firishta tells us that Islām Khān pursued “Sārang Khān” with his own forces and those of certain other Maliks, but returned upon finding that he had hidden himself.

↩
MS. (A) ◌. Firishta calls him Rāi Samīr.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
Firishta adds, “He was a just and wise king, kind and trne to his word, his subjects loved him with a grateful affection so that great and small, master and servant, sat and mourned for him in black raiment till the third day, when they laid aside their mourning garments, and raised his son Mubārak Shāh to the throne.”

↩
MS. (A) reads correctly ◌ for ◌ MS. (B) has the same reading as the text.

↩
MSS. (A) and (B) omit ◌. Firishta writes ◌ Khakar and ealls him the brother of Shaikhā Khakar.

↩
Thus the text and MS. (B). MS. (A) reads simply ◌. Baqasbai Tatta, i. e., for the town of Tatta.

↩
MS. (A) ◌. The text reads ◌.

↩
We must read ◌. This is shewn to be the right reading by the collateral passage in Firishta which reads (I. p. 297), ◌ “and laid waste Talaundī which belonged to Rāi Kamāl.”

↩
The text and both MSS. read ◌ Kudāhna, but it is evident that we should read ◌ Ludhiāna. We find in Firishta (loc. cit.). ◌. “Jasrat having come to Lūdiāna.” Talaundī I cannot identify, but there is a place on the North bank of the Sutlej in Rennell's map, called Tulloom, this with the affixed genitive feminine termination (Punjābī) dī, would give Tulūmdī or Tulūndī, i. e., the village of Tulūm. Tulloom lies about 20 miles S. S.-W. of Ludhiāna (see Rennell's map, Tieff., III), on the opposite bank of the river.

↩
Rūpar in Rennell's map is placed North-East of Ludhiāna about 50 miles distant: but on modern maps it is shewn almost due East of Ludhiāna and about 35 miles from it.

↩
A place of considerable antiquity, the original capital of the Rājput kingdom of Katoch. It is described by Hwen Thsang as having been a town of two miles in circnit in the 7th century A.D.

It is mentioned by Ptolemy by the name of Kulindrine or Sulindrine, see Cunningham, A. G. I., pp. 135, etc., and Hunter, Gaz. Ind., VII. 91.

↩
MS. (A) omits ◌ probably correctly as we have seen from Firishta's account.

↩
Firishta tells us they crossed on the 11th Shawwāl (October, 8th A.D. 1421).

↩
The Chenāb.

↩
In the Kashmīr hill tracts.

↩
Firishta tells us that Rāi Bhīm offered his services and guided the army to Bīsal, the strongest of Jasrat's strongholds. Jasrat fled from there, his men were killed and he lost all his possessions.

↩
MS. (A) reads ◌ both here and some lines lower down.

↩
MS. (A) reads ◌.

↩
Firishta says ◌.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
Seventeen miles west of Gurdāspur town. Lat. 32° 1' N. Long. 75° 11' 30" E. It was here that Akbar in later times received the news of his father's death and ascended the throne (Hunter, Imp. Gaz., VII. 323).

↩
MS. (A) omits ◌ and reads ◌ in the next line.

↩
Firishta ◌ Lū'ī. See however note 1 next page.

↩
Firishta says that Maḥmūd Hasan was also joined by the forces of Malik Rajab, Governor of Depālpūr and of Islām Khān Lodī, Governor of Sihrind and that Jasrat withdrew, crossed the Chhināb and Rāvī, and took refuge in the hills.

↩
This is the reading of the text. Talwāra is possibly the same as Talhar mentioned above. Dr. Stein, whom I have consulted, considers that Talwāra in the text refers to the village Talwāra on the right bank of the Chināb just opposite to the town of Riāsī (74° 52' Long. 33° 6' Lat.). This is, he says, a common place for crossing the Chināb as the route connecting Ponī with Riāsī and Jammu is shown on the survey map (Atlas of India, Sheet 29), as passing Talwāra. Dr. Stein cannot ascertain whether the hill range rising to the north of Talwāra is designated by that name. Pūhī in the text is probably identical with Ponī. The reading of MS. (A) is ◌ went to Kotla.

↩
Firishta tells us that Mahābat Khān in obedience to the orders of the Sulṭān crossed the Ganges and invaded the territories of the Rāthor tribe.

↩
The Rāthors are a clan of the Rājpūts, and the Panwārs form another of their clans regarding whom Abnl-Faẓl says “In ancient times the royal dynasty of Hindūstān came from this tribe” Mārwār is mentioned by the same author as the head-quarters of the Rāthor tribe. (See Āīn-i-Akbarī (Jarrett), II. 270 and III. 118).

For a full account of the Panwārs see Sherring (Hindū Tribes and Castes), II. p. 93, see also Elliot, (Races of N.-W. P. of India).

↩
On the south bank of the Burī Gangā river, 18 miles North-West of Fatehgarh.

↩
The text reads ◌ Dihlī with a foot-note variant ◌ Dhār. MS. (A) reads ◌ Dhār. Firishta says, Sulṭān Hoshang Wālī of Mālwa. The town of Ujjain and Dhār have at one period or another supplied a capital fo the legendary Hindū dynasties of Mālwā. (See Hunter, Imp. Gaz., IV. 245, Dhār).

↩
MS. (A). The text omits the words Shams Khān Auḥadī. Firishta calls him Amīr Khān ibn-i-Dā‘ūd Khān ibn-i-Shams Khān (see Bombay Edition, p. 299 last line), and says that he had entrenched himself on the heights.

↩
MS. (A) reads ◌. The text reads ◌.

↩
Firishta writes of this: And Sulṭān Hoshang seized the fords of the Chhanbal river and opposed his progress, but Mubārak Shāh discovered another ford and crossed rapidly; and certain of the Amīrs of the advance guard of the Dihlī forces pillaged the camp of the Sulṭān of Mālwa and took many prisoners, but inasmuch as these were Muslims Mubārak Shāh set them free.

Sulṭān Hoshang sued for peace sending in suitable offerings, and withdrew towards Dhār. Mubārak Shāh halted on the banks of the Chhanbal levying taxes on the old scale from the landholders of that district, and eventually arrived at Dihlī in the month of Rajab 827 H.

The Chambal or Chhanbal river is a river of Central India and one of the principal tributaries of the Jamna, it rises in Mālwa; about eight or nine miles south-west of Mhow it is joined by the Kali-Sind, Parbatī and Banas, flows past Dholpūr into Etāwah and joins the Jamna 40 miles below Etāwah town. The Charmanwati of Sanskrit writers. (See Hunter, Imp. Gaz., III. 331).

↩
This palace was in Dihlī. Firishta writes: “Sent his family and relations to Dihlī.”

↩
Sulṭān Ibrāhīm Shāh Sharqī.

↩
The text reads ◌ Bhūn gānw MS. (A) reads ◌ Bhūkānūr.

In Firishta we find ◌, The troops of Sharqī attacked Bhūgāon. Bhongāon is in the Mainpūrī District, 91/2 miles east from Mainpūrī at the junction of the Agra and Grand Trunk roads. The town was founded according to tradition, by Rājā Bhim Sen who was cured of leprosy by bathing in the jhīl or lake. (Hunter, Imp. Gaz. II. 403.)

↩
Badāon lies N. of Bhongāon at a distance of about fifty miles.

↩
Firishta writes, ◌. Attacked Jartaulī, one of the famous cities of Mawās. I fail to locate this place but it must have been in the Doāb. I can find no mention of it.

↩
Atraulī, 16 miles from Aligarh town. (Hunter, Imp. Gaz. I. 180).

↩
Firishta calls him Mukhliṣ Khān.

↩
MS. (A). The text reads Kālī Pānī. This is the Kālinī, the Karā Sū of the Malfūẓāt-i-Tīmūrī (see note 3 page 360).

↩
Firishta writes ◌ Mālīkota.

↩
Took the road to Jaunpūr (Firishta).

↩
Went to Gwāliār by way of Halghāt. (Firishta). MS. (A) ◌ Satgāna.

↩
Firishta says “Muhammad Khān Auḥadī … for the reason that he despaired of any help from Sulṭan Sharqī, asked for quarter and tendered his submission” and was freely pardoned.

↩
◌ MS. (A) ◌. Text.

↩
Firishta writes ◌ “They relate that Saiyyidu-s-Sādāt Saiyyid Sālim was for a period of thirty years reckoned by Khiẓr Khān as one of his best Amīrs.”

↩
MS. (A) ◌ Text ◌. Firishta also adds that the whole of their father's privileges together with all the immense wealth he had amassed were confirmed to these two sons, but that these favours were not sufficient to secure their fidelity to Mubārak Shāh. Badāoni's account does not explain the incident related in the subsequent passage. Firishta does, he says that these two sons of Saiyyid Sālim sent Fūlād to Tabarhīnda and incited him to raise a rebellion.

↩
Firishta's text reads Malik Yūsuf and Rāi Habūlī. (?)

↩
◌ MS. (A). The text reads ◌.

↩
This appears to be the meaning of the Persian.

↩
Ṭulumba is on the left bank of the Rāvī 52 miles N.E. of Multān. The old fort was situated a mile to the south of the present town. It has been identified with a town of the Malli conquered by Alexander the Great during his campaign in the Panjāb, and also as the place where he crossed the Rāvī. (See Hunter Imp. Gaz. XIII 163, also Cunningham Anc. Geog. of India, 224.)

↩
Firishta says ◌ Khaṭībpūr. The text reads somewhat obscurely here. I have supplied the words in brackets to restore the sense in English.

↩
Which took place according to Firishta at Khyrābād three stages from Multān.

↩
The words within brackets are not in MS. (A).

↩
MS. (A) ◌ Text ◌.

↩
MS. (A) ◌ Text ◌.

↩
MS. (A) ◌ or ◌ Firishta (text) ◌.

↩
MSS. The text reads wrongly ◌.

↩
MS. (A) omits ◌.

↩
MS. (A) reads ◌ Khushanjar (?).

↩
At the instigation of Jasrat Khūkhar, according to Firishta.

↩
See note 3 page 389. MS. (A) omits ◌.

↩
MS. (A) reads ◌ instead of ◌ as in the text.

↩
Text ◌ MS. (A) ◌.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
◌. Firishta says ◌ he returned alone.

↩
Omit ◌ MS. (A).

↩
MS. (A) omits ◌ Kālū.

↩
Bajwāra. A village 11/2 miles E. of Hoshiārpur about 25 miles N. E. of Jālandhar.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
MS. (A) supplies the words ◌.

↩
M.S. (A) reads ◌ the textual reading is probably incorrect, read ◌.

↩
MS. (A) omits ◌.

↩
MS. (A) omits ◌ and writes ◌ for ◌.

↩
MS. (A) reads incorrectly ◌ for ◌.

↩
The text and both MSS. (A), (B) read ◌. The ◌ is to be omitted.

↩
Besieging the fort Shīwar (Firishta).

↩
The festival of Sacrifice. This is the festival held on the 10th day of Zū-l-ḥijjah. It is known also as the ‘Īdu l-aẓḥā, see Qur'ān xxii. 33—38. It commemorates the intention of Ibrahīm to sacrifice his son Isma‘īl in obedience to the command of God. It is the chief of the Muḥammadan festivals and is called ‘Īdu-l-kabīr, the great festival, to distinguish it from the ‘Īdu-l-Fiṭr which is known as ‘Īdu-ṣ-ṣaghīr which ushers in the month of Shawwāl and celebrates the termination of the fast of Ramaẓān. (See Hughes Dict. of Islām).

↩
Firishta says ◌ Kamālu-d-dīn.

↩
MS. (A) omits ◌.

↩
Firishta names as the accomplices Sidāran, son of Kāngū Khatrī and Sadpāl, grandson of Kanjūī Khatrī: with Mīrān Ṣadr Nāib-i-‘arẓ-i-Mamālik, Qāẕī ‘Abdu-ṣ-ṣadr Hājib-i-Khāṣṣ and others (Firishta. Bombay text, I, p. 308).

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
Briggs in his translation of Firishta (Vol. I, p. 529) assigns 839 H. as the date of the building of this city, but a reference to the original shews that the historian gives 837 H. as the date.

↩
The text reads here ◌ but a footnote gives a variant ◌ and this reading is confirmed by MS. (A) and also by Firishta.

↩
Firishta says he returned direct to Mubārakābād.

↩
Firishta throughout calls him Hoshang.

↩
On the 9th Rajab 837 (Firishta Bombay text 1 803).

↩
MS. (A) omits ◌.

↩
The text is followed here as it agrees closely with the account given by Firishta. MS. (A) reads ◌.

↩
◌ Dajla or Dagla, as it may also be pronounced, is the Hiddekel of the Bible (Gen. ii. 14; Dan. x. 4) ◌ lit., the swift. The old Persian form is Tīgrā, “swift as an arrow,” whence is derived Tigris, the modern name of this river. According to Pliny (VI. 27), the river in the upper part of its course where it flowed gently was called Diglito, and lower down, where it is more rapid, on account of its velocity it is called Tigris, for the Medes call an arrow by this name. According to Gesenius, in modern Persian both the river Tigris and an arrow have the common name ◌ tīr, which in the Zend becomes Tedjer. See Gesenius Thes: also Smith Dict. G. R. Geog.

“The Tigris is navigable for light steamers up to Baghdād, but owing to the rapidity of the current, the traffic is all down stream carried on mainly by a primitive style of craft, which is broken up at Baghdād and transported by camels back to Mosul.”

↩
9th Rajab 837.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
The text and both MSS. read ◌ Hindūn. Firishta reads Hindwān. Hindaun lies about 20 miles S. of Baiāna, it is situated in the Jeypore State.

↩
Ahār. In Bulandshahr District, N.-W.P., 20 miles N.E. of Bulandshahr.

↩
MS. (A) writes ◌ Malik Ḥamīn; by Firishta, and in Elliott's translation of the Tārīkh i-Mubārak Shāhi (IV. 82) he is called Malik Chaman.

↩
The word in the original is ◌ Muqti‘, i.e., holder of a ◌ qit‘. Firishta calls him Ḥākim-i-Badāon.

↩
MS. (A).

↩
◌ Jauhar or Jūhar ◌ is a Hindī word derived from the words ◌ jīw, and ◌ hara signifying taking one's own life. The custom of the Rājpūts when reduced to the last extremity in warfare was in olden times to perform a rite of self-sacrifice known by this name: as for instance on the occasion of the siege and capture of Chitor by Sulṭān ‘Alāu-d-Dīn: “Huge piles of timber were raised up and set on fire. The women approached in funeral procession and threw themselves into the flames. The men arrayed themselves in saffron-coloured garments and rushed out of the fortress sword in hand; most of them were cut to pieces.” The evident object of the rite was to protect the persons of the women from the indignities to which they would be submitted if they were to fall alive into the hands of the enemy.

↩
MSS. omit ◌.

↩
The word ◌. Jauhar, here used for “Soul,” has the primary meaning of “essence.” It is a Persian word and is used here as a play upon the Hindī word jauhar used above (Note 1).

↩
◌ Ḥaẓīra. The literal meaning of this word is an enclosure, here it means a tomb enclosed within walls or a palisade. Firishta writes “were put to death with great tortures” ◌.

↩
MS. (A) omits ◌.

↩
MS. (A). ◌.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
The text reads ◌ Madan Khān. MS. (A) reads ◌ Qadan Khān. Firishta says ◌ Qadr Khān. So also Tabaqāt-i-Akbarī.

↩
MS. (A) ◌ See Elliott IV 85.

↩
Firishta says: Incited him to aspire to the kingdom of Dihlī. MS. (A). instead of ◌ writes ◌.

↩
◌. Firishta says: ◌ becoming day by day weaker.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
Firishta says that he died in 849 H. which is probably correct, see n. 7.

↩
As he came to the throne in 837 he had reigned only some ten years, not fourteen as here stated. Both MSS. (A) and (B) however read ◌.

The Tabaqāt-i-Akbarī according to Elliott IV. 86, says ten years and some months. With |regard to this see Thomas, Pathān Kings, p. 336 and note 1, where it is said that Firishta “makes a less venial mistake in insisting upon a twelve years' reign in spite of his own expressed figures of from “839 to 849” A. H. Briggs, pp. 332—339.” This is not Firishta's error but is the fault of his translator. Firishta says clearly that Muḥammad succeeded to the throne on the very day on which Mubārak Shāh was assassinated (Bo. text, p. 309) that is, “on the 9th Rajab 837” (Bo. text, p. 308), so that while his date as regards the death of Muḥammad Shah may be wrong, his calculation based upon the dates he gives is correct. I am not aware of any direct evidence that Sulṭān ‘Alāu-d-Dīn as cended the throne in 847 H. The Tārīkh-i-Mubārak Shāhī, if Elliott's translation (Elliot, IV, p. 86) is to|be trusted, says, “Upon the death of Muḥammad Shāh the amīrs and nobles assembled, and raised his son to the throne under the style of Sulṭān ‘Alāu-d-Dīn’ and in a footnote on the same page referring to the conflict of testimony between Badāoni and Firishta as to the date of Muḥammad Shāh's death, he says: “Firishta seems correct in making it 849,” and with this opinion I am inclined to agree. The mistake appears to have arisen from accepting the date given by Briggs in his translation of Firishta, instead of confirming it from Firishta himself, who gives 17th Jamādi I 824 as the date of Khiẓr Khān's death and Mubārak Shāh's accession, and states (Bo. text 309) that Mubārak Shāh reigned thirteen years three months and sixteen days. This would bring us to 837 H. not to 839 H. Therefore, unless there is evidence to shew that ‘Alāu-d-Dīn came to the throne in 847 H. we are justified in accepting Firishta's plain and coincident statement that Muḥammad Shāh reigned twelve years and some months, dying in 849 II.

↩
MS. (A) omits ◌ and writes ◌ Farīd Khān. See Thomas, Pathān Kings, 335, footnote.

↩
MS. (A) ◌. The text reads ◌ having laid the foundations of a palace, but there seems no authority for such a statement.

↩
Firishta gives a full account of this, and says that the Sulṭān was instigated to this attempt by Quṭb Khān and Rāi Pertāb, the latter of whom had a blood-feud against Ḥamīd Khān (see Firishta, Bombay text I. p. 315).

↩
MS. (A).

↩
His eldest son Khwāja Bāyazīd. At this time, according to Firishta, the Khuṭbah used to be read in the joint names of Sulṭān ‘Alāu-d-Dīn and Sulṭān Buhlūl, who upon first marching against Dihlī had written to ‘Alāu-d-Dīn alleging as his excuse that he was marching to oppose Ḥamīd Khān.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
According to Firishta ‘Alāu-d-Dīn died in Badāon in the year 883 H. (1478 A.D.) having reigned in Badāon some twenty-eight years.

Badāonī's statement is wrong in this particular. In 855 H. according to Firishta, ‘Alāu-d-Dīn retired into obscurity, leaving the kingdom of Dihlī to Buhlūl Lodi, and reigned in Badāon for twenty-eight years, dying in 883 H. (Bo. text 316.) See n. 4 page 405.

↩
MS. (B) omits the words in brackets.

↩
MS. (A) writes ◌.

↩
A long account of the way in which Ḥamīd Khān was taken prisoner is given by Firishta.

↩
Firishta gives an account of the circumstances attending the birth of Buhlūl Lodī, telling us that the mother of Buhlūl Lodī, when close upon her confinement of him, was killed by the falling of her house upon her; she was taken out lifeless, and to save the child the mother was instantly submitted to the Cæsarean operation and the child removed; as it shewed signs of life it was carefully tended and grew up. (Bo. text p. 317).

↩
MS. (A) has here a different reading (note 7) ◌. The text seems right agreeing with MS. (B).

↩
◌ Harawī, of Herāt.

↩
MS. (A) reads here ◌. Sulṭān Maḥmūd was not able to bear the fall of|Fatḥ Khān and his being killed.

↩
MS. (A) ◌. Muḥammad. Firishta says that another term of the agreement was that Buhlūl was to return the seven elephants taken in battle from Fatḥ Khān, and should receive Shamsābād in place of Jūnān Khān (Bo. text p. 322).

↩
MS. (A) omits ◌. Firishta tells us that Jūnān Khān refused to quit Shamsābād when called upon to do so by Buhlūl Lodī, who consequently marched against him and drove him out, giving Shamsābād into the charge of Rāi Kiran, and conquering all that country. (Bo. text p. 322).

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
In this engagement Quṭb Khān Lodī was taken prisoner in consequence of his horse stumbling and throwing him, and was sent by Maḥmūd to Jaun-pūr where he was imprisoned.

↩
Firishta says that Bībī Rāchī, the mother of Muḥammad Shāh Sharqī intervened, and arranged peace upon these terms, that Muḥammad Shāh should retain his father's kingdom, while Buhlūl should be in undisturbed possession of all that he already held.

↩
See preceding page n. 4.

↩
There is a rather important difference here in the account given by Firishta (Bo. text p. 323) who writes: “When Sulṭān Buhlūl arrived near Dihlī Shams Khātūn, the sister of Quṭb Khān Lodī sent him a message, saying, “So long as Quṭb Khān remains in the prison of Muḥammad Shāh Sharqī food and sleep is unlawful for thee O King.” Accordingly Buhlūl broke the truce, and came to Dihlī, whence he returned towards Jaunpūr. On his arrival at Shamsābād he took it out of the hands of Rāi Kiran, and gave it to Jūnān Khān who had arrived before him, and Muḥammad Shāh Sharqī also had come out to meet him, consequently the two Kings encamped near Sarsutī facing one another at close quarters, and engaged each other early and late.” From this it appears that Shamsābād was taken by Buhlūl from Rāi Kiran, whereas Badāonī makes it seem as though Muḥammad's forces re-conquered it. Firishta's account is undoubtedly the correct one as subsequent events show.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
MS. (A◌.

↩
The account of the circumstances given by Firishta shew that Ḥusain Khān started with his army under pretence of opposing Buhlūl but changed direction to Qanauj. When Buhlūl heard of this he had despatched a few of his Amīrs to meet Ḥusain Khān, and himself took prisoner Jalāl Khān, brother of Ḥusain Khān who was also coming out after his brother, and kept him as a hostage for Quṭb Khān, for whom he was eventually exchanged (Bo. text, p 323).

↩
MS. (A) ◌. The text and MS. (B) are wrong here.

↩
A peace had been arranged for a term of four years (Firishta).

↩
Both MSS. (A) (B) omit ◌.

↩
The name is omitted in MS. (A).

↩
See note 1 page 402. ‘Alāu-d-Dīn really died in 883 H. according to Firishta. In the former place our author says he died in 855 H. but here he corrects the mistake.

↩
MS. (A) reads ◌ ba-ta‘zīyat-i-ū which agrees with the words of Firishta (Bo. text, p. 325) and is far preferable to the reading of the text and MS. (B) ◌ bataqrīb-i-ū, i.e., on his account.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
Firishta calls him ◌ Mubārak Khān.

↩
Thus also both MSS. (A) and (B). The text has a footnote variant ◌ ba Shārān.

↩
There is a serious discrepancy here in the dates. Firishta says in 883 H. (Bo. text, p. 325) and this must be correct.

↩
MS. (A) reads ◌ Guzr-i-Ganjīna, but the text is right. Firishta reads ◌ kachha.

↩
MSS. (A) and (B) omit ◌.

↩
MSS. (A) and (B) read ◌ for ◌ (Text).

↩
Firishta says ◌, to take Mīrak.

↩
MS. (A) reads ◌. That is to say eastward of the Ganges.

↩
MS. (A) omits ◌.

↩
MS. (A) ◌ MS. (B) ◌.

↩
Firishta says “thirty or forty.”

↩
Firishta enumerates Khanpal (Kanpila?) Baitālī, Shamsābād, Sakīt Mārhara and Jālesar, as the townships seized on this occasion by Buhlūl.

↩
◌ Shiqqdārān. Officers appointed to collect revenue from provinces.

↩
◌ MSS. (A) (B). The text reads ◌.

↩
Firishta includes this among the events of 883 H. See note 17.

↩
Our author here shews that he is wrong, as the total of the letters given amounts to 883 not 884. Thus ◌ 50 + 6 + 10 + 4 + 600 + 200 + 1 + 2 + 10 = 883.

↩
This passage is differently worded in the text. In both MSS. (A) and (B) it runs thus:—
> ◌

◌

↩
The text reads incorrectly ◌ instead of ◌ MS. (A).

↩
MS. (A) omits the portion in brackets.

↩
MS. (A) omits the word ◌ leaving a hiatns, and writes ◌ Hatkānt which is correct, see n. 2.

Hatkānth is said by Abūl Faẓl to be the chief town of Bhadāwar a district S. E. of Āgra. Its inhabitants are called Bhadauriahs. They were known as daring robbers and though so near the capital managed to maintain their independence till Akbar had their chief trampled to death by an elephant, when they submitted. Āīn-i-Akbarī (B) I. 488. Elliot. Races of N. W. P., vol. I, p. 25.

↩
We should probably read here ◌ Mushāī‘at for ◌ Mutabi‘at see Firishta.

↩
MS. (A) reads ◌.

↩
Both MSS. Also Firishta who calls him Rāi Tilok Chand, Governor of Khatra (? Katehr.)

↩
Baksar is situated on the left bank of the Ganges 34 miles S. E. of Unāo town, and has an interest in connection with the massacre of 1857 at Cawnpore (see Hunter Imp. Gaz., I, 450) MS. (A) reads ◌ Yaksar.

↩
Firishta says ◌. Offered his services to Sulṭān Buhlūl; from our author's subsequent words it would appear that it was Sulṭān Buhlūl, and not Sulṭān Ḥusain.

↩
MSS. (A) and (B) read ◌ Bhatta instead of ◌ Paṭna. Firishta has ◌ Thatta, and this seems to be the proper reading.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
MS. (B) reads ◌ muqābala, i.e., met him.

↩
MS. (A) reads ◌ Khūtrā MS. (B) ◌ Khutrā. Firishta reads ◌ Khūnza.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
Both MSS. (A) and (B) omit ◌.

↩
MS. (A) reads ◌ Majhaulī. Firishta ◌ Maḥjaulī. A village in the Gorakhpur District on the banks of the Gandak. There are two villages forming one: Majhaulī, which is Hindū, on the north bank, and Sālimpur, which is Muḥammadan, on the South. See Hunter Imp. Gaz. IX. 213.

↩
MSS. (A) and (B) read ◌.

↩
Firishta says: When Sulṭān Buhlūl arrived at the township of Haldī, he heard of the death of Quṭb Khān.

↩
Firishta says: “expelled Sulṭān Ḥusain Sharqī, again conquered Jaunpūr, and placed his own son Barbak Shāh upon the throne of the Sharqī Kings.”

↩
MS. (A) writes ◌ another son. Firishta says ◌ ‘his grandson Khāja Ā‘zam Humāyūn son of Khwāja Bāyazīd.’ (Bo. Text, p. 327). This is correct. Bāyazīd was the eldest son of Buhlūl.

↩
Both MSS. (A) and (B) omit ◌.

↩
The text and MS. (B) read Pālhanpūr. MS. (A) reads ◌ ba Ilhanpūr: Firishta's text however reads clearly (p. 327) ◌ ba jānib-i-Ilāhpūr. Briggs (p. 560) says Ruttunpoor!

↩
Text and MS. (B) have ◌ Sakpat. MS. (A) reads ◌ Sakīb. In Firishta we read (Bo. text 327) that “Buhlūl took Itāwa from Sakīṭ Singh and set out to return to Dihlī but fell ill on the way.” Later on we read that “he died near Bhadāulī one of the dependencies of Sakīṭ.” Sakīṭ is in the Etah District of the N.-W. Provinces, and it is here according to Hunter (Imp. Gaz. XII. 146), that Buhlūl Lodī died. Abūl Faẓl states (Āīn-i-Akbarī text I. 532) that he died near the township of Saketh, but places Bhadāwah in the Sarkār of Sahār in the Āgra Sūbah, while he places Saketh in the Sarkār of Qanauj (see Āīn-i-Akbarī (Jarrett) (II. 309 n. 3). Sakīṭ was probably the head-quarters of the Sakīṭ Singh whom Firishta mentions.

↩
MS. (A) reads ◌ after ◌.

↩
Firishta says seven days.

↩
◌ Khas-farūsh. Khas is a fragrant grass (Andropogon murica-tum ) from which screens are made and wetted with water for the purpose of cooling rooms by the air which blows through them: commonly known as “Khas Khas tatties” in India.

↩
MS. (A) reads ◌. This is omitted in the text.

Prior to his death Sulṭān Buhlūl had made a partition of his dominions, assigning Jaunpūr to Shāhzāda Bārbak Shāh, and Karra Mānikpūr to Shāhzāda ‘Ālam Khān, Bahraich to his sister's son Shaikh Muḥammad Far-malī, who was known as Kālā Bhār, and Lakhnau and Kālpī to Ā‘zam Humāyūn ibn i Khwāja Bāyazīd Khān. (Firishta Bo. text 327).

↩
These same verses are found in Firishta.

↩
MS. (A) has no further words. MS. (B) adds ◌ Lodī. The text adds ◌ ibn i Kālā.

↩
Neither MS. (A) nor (B) has ◌ as in the text.

↩
MS. (B) ◌.

↩
MS. (B) ◌ Khān-i-Khānāni Dihlī, it omits ◌ Farmalī.

↩
MS. (A) omits ◌.

↩
MS. (A) ◌ Kīnū.

↩
MS. (A).

↩
◌ tafā'ul. Taking a ◌ fā'l or omen from the words of a book. Sortilege, in the manner of the Sortes Virgilianœ, or the oracle of Prœneste. Among Muḥammadans it is a not infrequent custom, before embarking upon any important undertaking, to consult the Qur'ān, or the works of Ḥāfiẓ in this way. The word ◌ fā'l properly means a good omen, as opposed to ◌ ṭīyarat a bad omen, this distinction is however not strictly observed. The prophet Muḥammad directed his followers not to put faith in a bad omen, but rather to take a good one; on being asked the meaning of a good omen he said “a good word which any of you may hear: such as if a person in search of anything be addressed thus, O Finder!” (Mishkātu-l-Maṣabīḥ Mathew ii. 381) see also Lane s. v. ◌; also Lane's Modern Egyptians 259, where a full account of one of the methods of sortilege by the Zāirgah is given.

↩
MS. (B) reads ◌ another brother. Firishta gives a detailed account of the circumstances attending the accession of Sikandar; he says that most of the Lodī Amīrs favoured Ā‘zam Humāyūn, and before Buhlūl's death practically forced him to summon Sikandar from Dihlī, intending to make a prisoner of him. This plot came to the ears of ‘Umr Khān Shirwānī who was a friend of Sikandar, and he consequently agreed with the mother of Sikandar, who was in the camp at the time, to warn Sikandar of his danger. Sikandar accordingly made excuses from day to day, and eventually delayed coming so long that Buhlūl died. The Amīrs then held a consultation, most of them favouring Bārbak Shāh the eldest surviving son, but some leaning to Ā‘zam Humāyūn: Zebā, the mother of Sikandar, spoke from behind a curtain in favour of her son, but was rudely repulsed by one ‘Īsā Khān a cousin of Buhlūl, who said, “the son of a gold worker's daughter is not fit to be king.’ Thereupon Khān-i-Khānān Farmalī rebuked him, and words ensued which led to a quarrel. Khān-i-Khānān took his party of Amīrs with him, and removed Buhlūl's corpse to Jalālī, summoning Sikandar from Dihlī where they placed him on the throne in the palace of Sulṭān Fīrūz on the banks of the Bīāh, as Sulṭān Sikandar. He then sending his father's body to Dihlī, marched against ‘Īsā Khān and defeated him, but pardoned him (Firishta Bo. text 338-339).

↩
◌ Asa‘dak allāh, i.e., May God prosper thee. MS. (A) reads ◌.

↩
MS. (A) omits the words ◌ and reads ◌.

↩
MS. (B) wrongly ◌.

↩
MS. (B) ◌.

↩
The text and MS. (B) read ◌ Nūḥānī, MS. (A) ◌ Nūkhānī.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
MS. (B) ◌

↩
MS. (A) omits ◌.

↩
MS. (B) reads ◌ Rāi Kishan. MS. (A) reads ◌ Rāi Ganesh (?) The text reads ◌ Rāi Ganes. Firishta reads ◌ Rāi Kilan.

↩
MS. (A) omits ◌ reading. ◌.

↩
MS. (B) ◌ Patiālī.

↩
MS. (A) reads ◌ instead of ◌.

↩
Text ◌.

↩
Firishta (Bo. text 331) says that it was Kālā Bhār (Shaikh Muḥammad Farmalī, nephew of Sulṭān Buhlūl and cousin of Sikandar and Bārbak) who was taken prisoner, and in return for his kind reception by Sikandar joined him against Bārbak Shāh, who lost heart and fled to Badāon.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
In Bihār (Firishta).

↩
Firishta says, leaving trusted officers of his own following in his service, though Badāonī's words would convey the idea that these officers were left to control Bārbak Shāh's actions. MS. (A) omits ◌ before ◌ and ◌ after ◌. and ◌.

↩
MS. (A) omits ◌ giving it to Maḥmūd Lodī (Firishta).

↩
Briggs (p. 568) says Bhurayee, but the original text of Firishta says ◌ Jahtara. I fail to locate this.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
Governor of Gwāliār (Firishta). Briggs has Mān Singh. Firishta reads Mān merely.

↩
Firishta reads thus ◌. Sulṭān Sharf. Badāonī (text and both MSS.) reads ◌ Sharq.

↩
MS. (B) reads ◌ instead of ◌.

↩
The text reads ◌. Sulṭānu-sh-Sharq. MSS. (A) (B) read ◌ Sulṭān Sharq.

↩
MSS. (A) (B) ◌.

↩
MSS. (A) (B) ◌.

↩
Where he besieged Sulṭan Sharq who after a while capitulated (Firishta 331).

↩
◌ Sharq (text and MSS.).

↩
A tribe of Rājpūts said to be descended from the Mainpūrī Chauhāns notorious for their turbulence, originally Muḥammadans, see Elliot, Races of N.-W. P., I. 47.

↩
MSS. (A) (B) ◌.

↩
Text ◌ Janhār MS (A) reads ◌ (?) MS. (B) ◌. Chinār Firishta ◌ Chinār.

↩
Firishta says, came to Kaṭauba (?) which is one of the dependencies of Patna. MS. (A) reads ◌.

↩
A footnote variant is given in the text ◌ ba Arkal.

Firishta reads ◌ Ārīl (or Aryal); he says ◌.

Arail is mentioned by Abūl Faẓl (Āīn-i-Akbarī (B) I. 425.) “he held Jhosī and Arail (Jalālābās) as jāgīr.”

↩
The text reads ◌ Payāk. MS. (A) reads ◌. Bayāk, MS. (B) ◌ Bapāk. Regarding the derivation of Prayāg the ancient name of Allahabad, see Cunningham (A. G. I. 391.)

↩
◌ MS. (B).

↩
Dalmau' lay opposite to Karra on the other side of the Ganges, see Rennell's Map; see also, Āīn-i-Akbarī, (J.) II. 167 n 2. Firishta (Bo. text) reads Dalpūr, p. 332.

↩
◌ MS. (B).

↩
Not in MSS. (A) and (B). The text has a footnote saying that these words occur in only one copy. They are however in exact accord with Firishta's statement, and are probably copied from his work.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
MSS. (A) and (B).

↩
The text and MS. (B) read ◌ mukaddar gasht, i.e., became disturbed; but the proper reading is ◌ baguẕr-i-Katīt. MS. (A) or ◌ baguẕr-i-Kantit (Firishta). Kantat is on the S. W. bank of the Ganges, in the Sarkar of Allahabad, see Āīn-i-Akbarī (Jarrett) II. 89: 158.

↩
Text ◌ Janhār.

↩
Both MSS. (A) and (B) omit ◌.

↩
MS. (A) reads ◌ Panna. Text reads ◌ Patta. MS. (B) reads ◌.

↩
MS. (B) ◌.

↩
MS (B) omits ◌.

↩
Malik Kandhū (Firishta).

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
MS. (A) reads ◌.

↩
MSS. (A) (B) in Bihār (Firishta).

↩
He was the son of Yahya-b-Isrāīl the head of the Chishtis, a disciple of Ganj-i-Shakkar. His burial place is in Bihār, see Āīn-i-Akbarī (J.) III. 370.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
MS. (B) ◌ MS. (A) ◌.

↩
Firishta reads ◌ Machhlīgaṛh.

↩
MS. (A) ◌ Panna; text and MS. (B) ◌ Patna. Firishta text ◌ Paṭhna. Briggs in his translation say Panna (p. 573), and this must be correct to judge from what follows.

↩
MS. (A) reads ◌ Wilāyat-i-Panna.

↩
MS. (A) reads ◌ Mādhūgaṛh but Bāndhūgaṛh is the right reading. Regarding the position of this fortress we find Abul Faẓl states (Āīn-i-Akbarī (J.) II, 157) that Bāndhū lies south of Allahabad. The translator appends a footnote (9) in which he identifies it with Banda. Banda, however, lies to the west and not to the south of Allahabad. Bāndhūgaṛh was one of the two chief fortress of the province of Bāndhū (which corresponds nearly to the state of Rewa) and lies south of Rewa (Rewā) distant about 60 miles, and S. S.-E. from Panna, distant about 90 miles (Keith Johnson). In Rennell's Map (Tieff III.,) it is very plainly marked, though the distances and bearings differ slightly from the above, see Rennell's Map N.p. Nq. The other fortress lay south of Bāndhūgaṛh and was called Mandla Gaṛh.

↩
◌ Chaugān. Called in Arabic ◌ Saulajān. The modern name of this game is Polo. For a full account of the game, see Āīn-i-Akbarī (B.) I. 297-298.

↩
Firishta gives a detailed description of the events, and states that within four days the fight was renewed, in consequence of which the Sulṭān began to believe it was due to some preconcerted plan against his own person.

↩
MSS. (A) (B) ◌.

↩
Both MSS. (A) (B) omit ◌.

↩
◌ MSS. (A) (B).

↩
◌ MSS. (B).

↩
MS. (B) omits ◌ and reads ◌. MS. (A) agrees with the text.

↩
MSS. (A) (B) reads ◌.

↩
MS. (B) reads ◌.

↩
Both MSS. omit ◌. MS. (A) reads ◌ both MSS. read ◌.

↩
MS. (A) reads ◌. Firishta writes ◌ Māchīwāra.

↩
MS. (B) ◌.

↩
The text here reads ◌ both MSS. have this same reading but Firishta reads ◌.

↩
Briggs calls him Sudr Khān, but the original reads Ṣafdar Khān.

↩
MS. (A) reads ◌ Khān-i-‘Ālam.

↩
Native State in Rājputāna. The town of Dholpūr, capital of the State lies 34 miles south of Agra and 37 miles north-west of Gwāliār, see Hunter Imp. Gaz., IV. 273.

↩
Firishta calls him ◌ Bināyek Deo.

↩
MS. (B) reads ◌ for ◌ here and in several other places.

↩
Firishta calls this river “the Asī otherwise known as Medakī,” and says that in consequence of the badness of the water sickness broke out among the troops terminating in a pestilence. Mendakī means, frog-haunted.

There is no river which I can definitely identify as this river, but the Asun in Keith Johnson (India) E. f. flowing west of Gwāliār, would answer to the Asī in position. Rennell's Map gives no name to this river.

↩
MS. (A) omits ◌ and also ◌.

↩
MS. (B) reads ◌.

↩
MS. (B) reads ◌ musallaḥ (armed) for ◌ ba ṣulḥ.

↩
Supply ◌ MS. (A).

↩
Vikramājīt (Firishta).

↩
MS. (B) omits ◌ and reads ◌ for ◌.

↩
MS. (B) reads ◌ and ◌.

↩
MSS. (A) (B) ◌.

↩
In the month of Ramaẓān (Firishta).

↩
Mandrāyal. This is not marked in Rennel's map, but Tieffenthaler (I. 174) mentions it under the name of Mandalayer or Madrael, and says that it lies upon the side of a round hill distant two miles from the western bank of the Chambal, and twelve miles S. S. E. of Caroli (Kerauli) see Keith Johnston's Atlas, India E. F. Mandler, see also Āīn-i-Akbarī (J) II. 190, Mandlāer.

↩
◌ So also Firishta.

↩
The portion in square brackets is not in either MS. (A) or MS. (B).

↩
Mir Saiyyid Muḥammad was the son of Mir Saiyyid Khan of Jaunpūr, and was the first to give definite form in India to the doctrine of the advent of the Mahdī, alleged to have been promised by the prophet Muḥammad. He gained many adherents after he had declared that he was the promised Mahdī, among them was Sultan Mahmūd I. at whose request it was that he proceeded on the pilgrimage to Makkah from which he was returning at the time of his death, see Āīn-i-Akbarī (Bl) I. Biog. p. V.

The Shī'ahs believe that the Mahdī has already appeared, the Sunnīs still look for his appearance. Hughes, Dict of Islam.

↩
Farah in Biluchistan (Āīn-i-Akbarī (Bl) I. Biog. p. V).

↩
◌ Guftā ke birau zi Shaikh kun istifsār. The value of the letters of the word ◌ is 300 + 10 + 600 = 910.

↩
◌ Maẓā Mahdī. These words as written in the text only total 900, but if we write more accurately, ◌ they will be 910.

↩
A footnote to the text states that this portion (here included in square brackets) only occurs in one MS. Firishta also has no reference to this event.

↩
Firishta only says in Agra.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
◌ MS. (A) reads ◌ dushwārīhā. Difficulties and dangers.

↩
MS. (B) ◌

↩
Regarding this work, see Elliott IV, 218. The commentaries of Bāber, originally written in Tūrkī were translated into Persian in Akbar's reign, see Āīn-i-Akbarī (B) I, 105, and an English translation was made by Dr. Leyden and Mr. Erskine. At page 170 of that translation is found the account of the earthquake referred to by our author. Bāber says “there were thirty-three shocks that same day, and for the space of a month the earth shook two or three times every day and night.” The date is not given, but the account follows closely upon that of the death of his mother, which he states occurred in the month of Muḥarram, and we may from the account reckon about 40 days afterwards so that it must have been early in the month of Ṣafar.

↩
◌ Qāẓī. 100 + 1 + 800 + 10 = 911.

↩
Firishta gives this rubā‘ī with slight variation omitting ◌ chūn in the second line.

↩
Firishta reads ◌ Ūdītnagar. MS. (A) ◌ Adwantgar. MS. (B) ◌ Ūntgaṛh. This fortress lay just South of Mandler (p. 420 n. 5) and is shown in the map as Deogarh, see Āīn-i-Akbarī (B) I, 380 n 1. Firishta states that the Sulṭān regarded Udītnagar as the key to Gwāliār which he wished to reduce (p. 338).

↩
Firishta Bo. text, p. 339, says this was after the rains of 913 H. in the year 914 H., but from the detail he gives of the various operations it is doubtful if he can be correct. Narwar was a dependency of Mālwa (Firishta). It lay about half way between Gwāliār and Dhār, see Tieff. I. 175 for a description and map of the fortress: see also Āīn-i-Akbarī (J.) II, 190, on the right bank of the river Sind, 44 miles south of Gwāliār city, see Hunter Imp. Gaz. X. 227.

↩
Who upon the death of his father Maḥmūd Khān had become governor of Kālpī.

↩
Firishta says Jalāl Khān was ordered to go on in advance and invest the fort of Narwar.

↩
Firishta says Hanwantgaṛh.

↩
MS. (A) ◌. MS.(B) ◌. MS. (A) ◌ MS. (B) ◌.

↩
The wife of Quṭb Khān Lodī, foster mother of Jalāl Khān (Firishta).

↩
Text and MS. (A) ◌ Koch. MS. (B) ◌ Koh.

↩
MS. (B) ◌.

↩
Gwāliār (Firishta). Lahār is placed in Rennell's map about 50 miles S.-E. of Gwāliār, see Hunter Imp. Gaz. VIII. 400.

↩
See p 408 n. 1. MS. (A) ◌ Hankāyat. MS. (B) ◌ Hatkān Firishta ◌ Halkhāyat.

↩
The text has ◌ MSS. (A) (B) have ◌ which is correct. The date is 915 H.

↩
MS. (A) omits ◌.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
MS. (B) ◌.

↩
Firishta explains this: he says that certain relations of Muḥammad Khān, namely, ‘Alī Khān and Abū Bakr who had conspired to kill him, had been overcome by him, and took refuge in the court of Sulṭān Sikandar and that Muḥammad Khān fearing the consequences adopted the means described in order to conciliate the Sulṭān.

↩
Text ◌. MS. (A) ◌.

↩
MS. (B) omits ◌.

↩
MSS. (A) (B) ◌.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
Firishta says Hanwantgaṛh, Bo. text, p. 341, and tells us that Suleimān was summarily dismissed with permission to remove all that he could by daybreak, and all of his property that remained was to be looted by the populace (◌).

↩
Firishta says ◌ Baṛeṛī. MS. (B) reads ◌. For the meaning of madad-i-ma‘āsh called also sūyūrghāl, see Āīn-i-Akbarī (Bl) p. 268 ◌ Sūyūrghāl is a Turkī word meaning gifts (of land). (Pavet de Courteille).

↩
MS. (B) reads ◌.

↩
MS. (A) omits ◌.

Firishta reads: Bahjat Khān, Governor of Chanderī, whose ancestors for generations had been the faithful subjects of the Sulṭāns of Mālwa, on account of the weakness of Sulṭān Maḥmūd of Mālwa, and the decadence of his kingdom, sought an interview with Sulṭān Sikandar, and agreed to the Khuṭbah being read in his name in Chanderī, see Briggs, p. 583, and Bo. text, p 341.

↩
MS. (A) omits ◌. MS. (B) writes ◌ Muḥammad Khān, as also does Firishta. The text reads ◌ Maḥmūd Khān.

↩
Firishta reads ◌.

↩
MS. (A) omits ◌. MS. (B) reads ◌.

↩
See Lane s. v. ◌. also Hughes, Dict. of Islām art. Miracles. The full expression is ◌ Khawāriqu-l-‘ādat.

↩
MSS. (A) (B) ◌.

↩
MSS. (A) (B).

↩
MSS. (A) (B) read ◌ and this reading is preferable to that of the text.

↩
The text reads ◌ Sūī Sūbar with a footnote variant ◌ Sīwī o Sīūpur. Firishta reads ◌ Sīyūpūr. (? Sibi) see Āīn-i-Akbarī (J.) II. 328 n 1.

↩
Firishta writes ◌ Thānkar.

↩
In the Sarkār of Āgra. See Tieff I. 166.

↩
MS. (A) reads ◌.

↩
Firishta says. Sunday, the seventh of Zūl Qa‘dah, and adds that he died from suffocation, owing to the impaction of a morsel of food in the air passages, not of quinsy as Briggs translates it. See Bo. text 343, and Briggs I. 585.

↩
MS. (B) reads ◌ and omits ◌. The letters ◌ make up the total 923.

↩
MSS. (A) (B) ◌.

↩
MS. (B) ◌. MS. (A) ◌ Text ◌.

↩
MSS. (A) (B) ◌ Text ◌.

↩
The verses are here given in the order in which they come in MSS. (A) and (B). Both MSS. read ◌ and MS. (A) reads ◌ or ◌ Text.

↩
MS. (A) ◌ Dūnkar?

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
MSS. (A) (B) ◌ omit ◌.

↩
MS. (A) reads ◌.

↩
◌ Abtar. A noxious serpent which no one sees without fleeing from it see Lane s. v. ◌.

↩
MS. (B) omits ◌.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
The former of these two works was most probably the famous commentary by Quṭbu-d-Dīn Maḥmūd bin Muḥammad Rāzī, on the Shamsīyah, a famous treatise on Logic composed by Najmu-d-Dīn ‘Umar bin ‘Alī Qazwīnī, who died A. H. 693 (1293 A. D.), see Hājī Khalīfah No. 7667. El-Sahāif fī el-kalām, folia de metaphysica. The Sharh-i-Ṣaḥāif must be the commentary mentioned by Hājī Khālīfah and by him ascribed to Samarqandī. There was another commentary by Bihishtī. See H. K. 7718.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
MS. (A) has a hiatus between the first and last letters of this name.

↩
Text and MS. (B) ◌. MS. (A) ◌.

↩
MSS. (A) (B).

↩
‘Recollection’ does not quite convey the full meaning of the word in the original which is ◌ Istiḥẓār, this means literally, making present, summoning . It seems to be used here for the power of calling up at will any impression. It is not memory, or rather retentiveness, but implies the power of recalling impressions by purely mental forces after the removal of the stimulus. MSS. (A) (B) read ◌.

↩
MSS. (A) (B) ◌.

↩
The text and MS. (B) agree in this reading. MS. (A) reads ◌ which may possibly stand for ◌ Sharḥain-i-miftāḥ, the two commentaries on the Miftāḥ.

Miftāḥu-l-‘ulūm (clavis doctrinarum), see Hājī Khalīfah 12578. This book was written by Sirāju-d-Dīn Abū Ya‘qūb Yusuf bin Abī Muḥammad bin Alī as Sikkākī who died 626 A.H. (1228 A.D.)

The book was divided into three parts, of which the first treated of grammatical inflection, the second of syntax, and the third of arrangement and composition of sentences. (◌) ‘Ilmaiu-l-ma‘ānī wal bayān. (Regarding ‘Ilmu-l-bayān, etc., see Garcin de Tassy Rhetorique des langues de l'orient Musulmān, pp. 1-5.)

A commentary on all three parts was written by Maulā Ḥusāmn-d-Dīn al Muwaẕẕinī, and this is probably the commentary alluded to in the text. Other commentaries were written on the third part, of which Hājī Khalīfah mentions three as worthy of special notice.

↩
Muṭawwal (commentarius longior). By this book is meant the commentary written by Sa‘du-d-Dīn at-Taftazānī (who died 792 A. H.) on the book called Talkhīṣu-l-Miftāh. It was called by the name of Muṭawwal or long commentary because after its completion in A. H. 748 its author wrote a second commentary, an abbreviation of the first, and gave it the name of Mukhtaṣar or shorter commentary. (See H. K. II. p. 404).

↩
All works written by Muslims commence with ◌ Bism'illāh. In the name of God. The word ◌ tammat, stands for ◌ tammat-il kitāb, the book is finished, and forms the last word, answering to our word ‘Finis.’ MSS. (A) and (B) write only ◌.

↩
Hidāyah-i-Fiqh. (see Hājī Khalīfah 14366.)

↩
Kāfīyah. The famous grammar known by this name is Al-Kāfīyat fī-l-naḥw (liber sufficiens) whose author was Shaikh Jamālu-d-Dīn abī ‘Umar Uṯmān bin ‘Umr, commonly known as Ibnu-l-hājib. (ob: 646 A. H). For a full account of the work and its various commentaries see H. K. 9707.

↩
Tafsīr-i-Madārik Explanation of the sources from which are sought the ordinances of the law. See Lane s. v. ◌.

↩
MS. (A) omits ◌.

↩
MSS. (A) (B) write ◌.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
Both MSS. (A) (B) write ◌.

↩
The text reads wrongly here ◌. MSS. (A) (B) are correct. The quotation may be found in the Qur'ān (XX. 77). The value of the letters is 922.

↩
MSS. (A) (B) omit ◌.

↩
MS. (A) omits ◌.

↩
MSS. (A) (B) ◌.

↩
MSS. (A) (B) ◌.

↩
MS. (B) omits ◌.

↩
MS. (A) omits this couplet.

↩
(A) omits ◌.

↩
MS. (A) omits ◌.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
From this point there is a very long omission in MS. (B).

↩
The portion included in square brackets is repeated twice in MS. (A).

↩
MS. (A) ◌ Nūhānī.

↩
MS. (A) reads ◌.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
It will be remembered that A‘ẓam Humāyūn was the eldest son of Sulṭān Sikandar Lodī, Isma‘īl and Ḥusain were respectively the fourth and fifth sons, Jalāl being the second son, and Ibrāhīm the third.

↩
Text reads ◌ MS. (A) more correctly reads ◌.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
The text reads here: ◌ wa ān Mawāshārā pāk karda while MS. (A) reads ◌ Mawāsā for ◌ Mawāshā. Neither reading is intelligible.

Firishta reads here:

> ◌

Jai Chand, a Zemindār of Chartūlī, a dependency of the pargana of Kol which was better known as Mawās, had fought against ‘Umr Khān the son of Sikandar Khān Sūr and had slain him. Accordingly Malik Qāsun Ḥākim of Sanbhal proceeded against him and put that rebel to death, and having quelled that sudden rebellion came and joined the king at Qanauj.

On the strength of Firishta's statement the above translation is given, and I would suggest that the text should read ◌.

↩
MS. (A) omits ◌.

↩
MS. (A) ◌ Firishta calls him ◌ Bhūra.

↩
The text reads ◌ sih ṣad three hundred. MS. (A) reads ◌ Sī ṣad thirty hundred. Firishta (Bo. text p. 349.) reads also ◌ sī ṣad.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
MS. (A) ◌ Text reads ◌ Firishta says he died.

↩
MS. (B) continues here.

↩
This fortress of Bādalgarh is to be distinguished from another fort of the same name mentioned in subsequent page (text page 429) see Āīn-i-Akbarī, L (B) p. 380 n. 1. Firishta says it had been built by Mān Singh and was a lofty fortified building (Bo. text p. 350).

↩
MSS. (A) (B) omit ◌.

↩
MS. (A) omits ◌.

↩
The text reads ◌ Ṣūrate rū'īn a brazen image: but both MSS. (A) (B) read ◌ Sutūṛe rū'īn a brazen animal. So also Firishta, who says that it was ultimately erected at the Baghdād gate of Dihlī, and goes on to say that “that cow remained at that gateway till the reign of Akbar” (p. 350).

↩
MS. (B) agreeing with the text. MS. (A) reads ◌

↩
MS. (B) reads ◌.

↩
Text and both MSS. (A) (B). Firishta (Bo. text 351) reads ◌, fled to the Raja of Kadba (?). It would seem we should read Garha-Katanka which is the name of country bounded on the North by Panna, and on the south by the Dakhan, see Elliot VI. 30.

↩
For an account of the Gonds, see Sherring, Hindu Tribes and Castes, II 134 et seqq., see also Hunter Imp. Gaz., article Central Provinces.

↩
MSS. (A) (B) read ◌.

↩
Firishta also has these same lines.

↩
MS. (A).

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
MS. (A) omits ◌.

↩
MS. (A) reads ◌.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
MS. (A) wrongly inserts ◌ before ◌.

↩
Firishta says, “after killing some and wounding many.”

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
MSS. (A) (B) ◌.

↩
This couplet is also given by Firishta.

↩
MS. (A) reads ◌.

↩
MS. (A) reads ◌. MS. (B) ◌. For the story of Salm and Tūr two of the sons of Faridūn, see Shahnāma (Atkinson) page 49 et seqq., also Shahnāma (Turner Macan) pp. 58 to 83.

↩
MS. (A) reads ◌.

↩
MS. (A).

↩
MS. (B) ◌.

↩
MS. (A) omits ◌. Firishta adds as far as Sambal.

↩
Footnote variant ◌ Maḥmūd. Firishta reads Muḥammad.

↩
MS. (A) ◌. MS. (B) ◌. Text ◌.

↩
Firishta says ◌ Ghāzī Khān.

↩
MS. (B) ◌.

↩
MS. (B) writes ◌ after ◌ instead of before it as in the text. MS. (A) reads ◌ for ◌.

↩
MSS. (A) (B) ◌.

↩
◌ Faṭh ba daulat. These letters give the date 930 H.

↩
MSS. (A) (B) omit ◌.

↩
MS. (B) omits ◌.

↩
Not in either MS. (A) or (B) a footnote to the text states that this passage occurs in one MS. only.

↩
MSS. (A) (B) ◌.

↩
The text reads rightly ◌. MS. A reads ◌.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
MS. (B) ◌.

↩
MS. (B) omits ◌.

↩
The text and both MSS. read Gungūna. See Erskine's Bābar, p. 300. “The fort of Kinkūteh.”

↩
In Pind Dādan Khān taḥṣīl Jhīlam, District Panjāb, see Hunter Imp. Gaz., IX. 263.

↩
MSS. (A) (B) ◌.

↩
Not in text. cf. MSS. (A) (B) which read MS. (A) ◌ MS. (B) goes on ◌

↩
MS. (A) reads ◌.

↩
MS. (A) ◌. MS. (B) ◌.

↩
Compare the account of this given by Bābar himself, see Elliot IV. 246. Firishta's account (Bo. text p. 378) tallies with that given by our author.

↩
In MS. (A) the word ◌ precedes ◌: in the text it follows it.

↩
Firishta does not mention the death of Daulat Khān, and tells us that Bābar took possession of Ghāzī Khān's library of valuable books, of which he kept some for himself and gave the rest away.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
The text reads ◌ with a footnote variant ◌. MSS. (A) (B) read ◌, see Tūẓak-i-Bābarī, Elliot IV. 247. “Marching thence and passing the small hills of Ābkand by Milwat we reached Dūn. In the language of Hindustan they call a Jūlga (or dale) Dūn.”

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
MSS. (A) (B) ◌ omit ◌.

↩
MS. (A) omits ◌.

↩
MSS. (A) (B) ◌.

↩
MS. (B) ◌.

↩
MS. (A) ◌, see however Āīn-i-Akbarī II. (J.) 293.

↩
MSS. (A) (B).

↩
◌ barānghār, right wing. ◌. jawānghār, left wing, called also ◌ jawāngūl. ◌ ghūl or ◌ qūl, means the centre of an army. (See Pavet de Courteille Dict. Turk-oriental), see also Erskine's Bābar, p. 227.

↩
Text writes ◌. MS. (A) writes this word ◌.

↩
Ustād Alī Qulī (Erskine's Bābar, p. 302).

↩
◌ P. de C. does not give this word. (?) ◌ the end of a whip, i. e., the lash. See Erskine's Bābar, p. 304.

↩
The text reads ◌ tūbra-i-purkhāk. MS. (A) omits the words ◌ purkhāk, while MS. (B) writes ◌ purkhāk-i-tufāng. All these readings appear to be incorrect. For ◌ tūbra, we should read ◌ tūra, with the meaning palisades or abattis, see Pavet de Courteille Dict. Turk-oriental s. v. ◌ pièces de bois et defer qu'on relie ensemble avec des chaines et des crochets, et derrìere lesquelles s'abritent les soldats. See also Erskine's Bābar, p. 304 n. 2. See also Pers: Lat Lexicon s v. ◌, also Elliott IV. 251. n. 4. This seems to be undoubtedly the correct reading, the word ◌ tūbra having been written by our author in mistake for ◌, the words ◌ having been subsequently added. Sacks full of gunpowder would form a not very comfortable shelter for riflemen.

↩
MS. (B) ◌.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
MS. (B) ◌.

↩
The text reads ◌ with a footnote to say that this is the reading of all three MSS., but that probably the verbal noun of action should have been written. MS. (A) gives this verbal noun ◌. So that clearly this MS. was not one of the three from which the text was edited.

↩
MS. (B) omits ◌ and writes ◌.

↩
April 12, 1526.

↩
MS. (B) ◌.

↩
MS. (B) ◌.

↩
MS. (A) writes ◌ for ◌. MS. (B) writes wrongly ◌ for ◌.

↩
MSS. (A) (B) ◌.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
MS. (A) writes ◌ MS. (B) agrees with the text.

↩
◌ Al-murajjab. So called because in the Time of Ignorance it was held in special honour, inasmuch as war or fighting during this month was held to be unlawful, see Lane s.v. ◌.

↩
MS. (A) omits ◌.

↩
MS. (B) ◌.

↩
Omitted from MS (B).

↩
The text is wrong here: we should read ◌ dar shaiba-i-tīr on the authority of MSS. (A) (B).

↩
MS (B) supplies ◌ after ◌.

↩
We should read ◌.

↩
The ◌ qarn is an uncertain period of time, here it probably means a space of forty years.

↩
MSS. (A) (B) ◌.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
MSS. (A) (B) ◌.

↩
MSS. (A) (B) supply ◌.

↩
MS. (B) reads ◌.

↩
MS. (B) reads ◌.

↩
Read here ◌ for ◌. A footnote to the text states that ◌ is the reading of all three MSS.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
MS. (B) ◌.

↩
MS. (B) omits ◌.

↩
MS. (A) (B) ◌ and omit ◌.

↩
MSS. (A) (B) ◌.

↩
MS. (B) reads ◌.

↩
◌ = 932.

↩
MSS. (A) (B) ◌.

↩
MS. (B) ◌.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
MS. (A) reads ◌.

↩
MSS (A) ◌ (B) ◌ after ◌.

↩
MS. (A) omits ◌.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
MSS. (A) (B) supply ◌.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
MSS. (A) (B) ◌.

↩
MSS. (A) (B) ◌.

↩
MSS. (A) (B) supply ◌.

↩
MSS. (A) (B) ◌.

↩
MSS. (A) (B) ◌.

↩
MSS. (A) (B) ◌.

↩
MS. (B) writes ◌ for ◌.

↩
MS. (A) writes ◌ Shāh.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
See Hunter, Imp. Gaz., IV. 433.

↩
MSS. (A) (B) ◌ Abkh.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
MS. (B) ◌.

↩
Lit.: calling upon the names (of God). This is a term used to express a system of incantation which is held to be lawful by orthodox Muḥammadans. For a full account of it, see Hughes (Dict. of Islām) article Da‘wah, p. 72. MS. (B) reads ◌. The text has a misprint ◌ for ◌.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
MSS. (A) (B) ◌.

↩
MS. (B) ◌.

↩
Footnote variant to the text reads ◌ Ḥarīd.

↩
A footnote variant ◌ Nuṣrat Khān. So also MS. (B).

↩
MS. (B) reads ◌ Hākim-i-Bukhārā.

↩
The text reads ◌ so also MSS. (A) (B). A footnote to the text says that this reading is found in all three copies, but that ◌ is correct.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
The ◌ Kalimah. “There is no God but God and Muḥammad is the Apostle of God,” see Qur'ān xlvii. 21 and xlviii 29. See also Hughes (Dict. of Islām) art: Kalimah.

↩
MS. (B) reads ◌.

↩
MS. (B) omits ◌.

↩
MS. (A) reads ◌.

↩
MS (B) ◌. Text and MS. (A) ◌.

↩
MS. (B) ◌.

↩
Both MSS. (A) (B) omit ◌.

↩
Both MSS. (A) (B) read ◌ for ◌.

↩
MS. (A) reads ◌.

↩
MSS. (A)(B) ◌.

↩
MS. (B) ◌.

↩
Lit. like that of a changeling.

↩
MSS. (A) (B) omit ◌.

↩
◌ = 937 (H).

↩
The text reads correctly ◌ but both MSS. (A) (B) read ◌ tārīkh-i-faut, the date of his death.

The letters of the words ◌ give the date 888 H. This would make him fifty years of age in 938 H. This couplet has a variant reading which is given in the footnote to the text.

↩
MS. (A) omits ◌.

↩
MS. (A) reads ◌.

↩
Wāqi‘āt-i-Bābarī. This, called also Tūzak-i-Bābarī is the work of which Erskine's translation is so well-known. I can find no other reference to the translation from the original Tūrkī here referred to by our author. See Elliot V. 218 et seqq., also Erskine's Bābar (Introduction).

↩
Footnote variant ◌.

↩
MS. (A) reads ◌.

↩
MSS. (A) (B) read ◌.

↩
MS. (A) supplies ◌. See Āīn-i-Akbarī (B) I. p. 595 n 2, also Beale, p. 67.

↩
MSS. (A) (B) ◌. See Beale, p. 243. Shihābu-d-Dīn died in the reign of Humāyūn 942 A. H. See next page.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
MS. (A) ◌ Darmash Khān.

↩
MSS. (A) (B) ◌.

↩
Qur'ān VII. 52 X. 3.

↩
See Mishkāt xxiv. I. 3. “God created the earth on Saturday, and the hills on it on Sunday, and the trees on Monday, and unpleasant things on Tuesday, and he created the light on Wednesday, and scattered the beasts of the earth on Thursday, and created Adam after afternoon prayer on Friday, the last of the creation.”

↩
MS. (B) writes Shihāb only.

↩
MSS. (A) (B) write ◌.

↩
The text reads ◌. MS. (A) omits the word ◌ and MS. (B) reads ◌ possibly for ◌.

↩
Shihābu-d-Dīn was called Shihābu-ṯ-ṯāqib (the brilliant star); these words also give the date of his death, see post.

↩
MS. (A) reads ◌ for ◌.

↩
MS. (A) reads ◌ for ◌.

↩
The following is the explanation of this Mu‘amma which is contained in the two last lines of the Rubā‘ī. ◌. That is to say: she took the word ◌ and removed from it the dāira or curved portion of the ◌ lām, thus leaving ◌; to this she added ◌ ān Sar-i-zulf , that is to say the last letter of the word ◌, the letter ◌, thus having ◌. To this she added ◌ rukh-i-mah, the first letter of the word ◌, which is in Arabic ◌. This will give the whole word ◌.

↩
MS. (A), see Beale, p. 150.

↩
MSS. (A) (B) omit ◌.

↩
The text reads ◌.

↩
MS. (A), see Elliot and Dowson IV. 288, et seqq.

↩
MS. (B) reads ◌ for ◌, see Elliot and Dowson IV. 219.

↩
MS. (A).

↩
The text reads ◌. MS. (A) reads ◌.

↩
◌ Khairu-l-Mulūk. Best of Kings. The letters of the words ◌ give the date 937 H., as do also the letters of the words ◌ kishtī-i-zar in the next line.

↩
MS. (B) writes ◌ Kalīchar and ◌.

↩
MSS. (A) (B) supply ◌.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
MS. (B) ◌.

↩
MSS. (A) (B) ◌.

↩
◌ Gulqand. Confection of rose-petals and honey, said to be a powerful cardiac stimulant and tonic, see Makhzanu-l-adwīyah s.v. ◌.

↩
MSS. (A) (B).

↩
MSS. (A) (B) ◌.

↩
MS. (A) reads ◌ for ◌ in the text.

↩
For the text of this reply and an account of the circumstance, under which it was written, see Bayley's History of Gujerāt, pp. 377 to 380.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
The text reads ◌ Sī Ṣad 3000. MS. (B) reads ◌ Shash Ṣad 600.

↩
MS. (A) writes ◌ Mīrzā.

↩
MS. (A) omits ◌.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
◌. These letters form the date 942. H.

↩
Footnote variant ◌ Shikebī.

↩
◌. The letters of this line form the date 942 in the following way.

The literal meaning of the line may be taken thus:

Has cast away the crown of gold (Taj-i-Zar) from the defeat of the army of Sām (Shikast-i-Sipāh-i-Sām). By Tāj-i-Zar is meant the letter ◌, the first letter of the word ◌, the value of which is 7; this being cast out from the value of Shikast-i-Sipāh-i-Sām gives 949 - 7 = 942.

↩
See Bayley, History of Guzrāt, p. 382.

↩
MSS. (A) (B) supply ◌ here.

↩
MS. (A) reads ◌, so also footnote variant to text.

↩
◌ Zull-i-Bahādur. These letters form the date 942 H. We may also read Zill-i-Bahādur, in which case we translate “the submission of Bahādur.”

↩
MS. (B) reads ◌ which the text gives in a footnote variant. This appears from the context to be the true reading.

↩
Cambay. The name Khambāt is said to be derived from Khambha or Stambhatirth, the pool of Mahādeva under the form of the pillar god. See Hunter Imp. Gaz., III. 271. See also Tieffenthaler I. 370 et seqq.

↩
Tieff I. 395, writes Diu, appelée Dīp dans la langue du pays, est une petite île située dans (près de) la presqu' île de Soreth où se trouve une ville et un château très fort, appartenant aux Portugais avec un petit territoire. La ville est séparée du châtean par un canal taillé dans la pierre. Un pont de bois joint l'un à l'autre. Elle a un port commode, duquel sort chaque année un vaisseau chargé de marchandises pour Mosambique. Diu est à 60 milles portugais de Surate vers l'Ouest.”

See also Āīn-i-Akbarī I. 348, and II. 265, also Bayley, Hist. of Gujrāt, 319 n.

↩
Or Chāmpānīr. See Bayley's History of Gujrāt, pp. 390 et seqq.

↩
◌ Nuh-i-Shahr-i-Ṣafar būd. These words give the date 942 H.

↩
MS. (A) omits ◌.

↩
A footnote variant reads ◌ Burhānpūr.

↩
The portion in square brackets is omitted in MS. (A) in this place.

↩
MS (B).

↩
◌. The letters of these words give the date 942 H. There is a footnote to the text calling attention to an alleged discrepancy in the dates of the chronograms, and asserting that ◌ represents 932 and not 942. This is a mistake.

↩
MS. (A) here inserts the date ◌ (942) in figures.

↩
MS. (A) here inserts the paragraph relating to the death of Shaikh Jamālī, supra n 6.

↩
MSS. (A) (B) ◌.

↩
MS. (A) supplies ◌.

↩
MS. (B) omits ◌.

↩
MSS. (A) (B) read ◌.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
This ◌ mu‘ammā or enigma requires explanation: The English version is naturally meaningless.

The words in the original, ◌ Rūmīkhān, contain as will be seen the word ◌ mīkh between the syllables Rū…ān. These form the word ◌ Rawān, one meaning of which is life, for which the synonym in Persian is ◌ jān. So the writer says: Place the word mīkh in his life (◌ rawān,) and you have his name ◌ Rū mīkh ān, i.e., Rūmī Khān.

↩
MSS. (A) (B) ◌.

↩
MSS. (A) (B) read ◌. muḥāraba. The text reads wrongly ◌. muḥāṣara.

↩
Dele ◌ MSS. (A) (B).

↩
The Persian text is rather obscure, this seems to be the meaning.

↩
MSS. (A) (B) ◌, see Elliot and Dowson IV. 367 n. 2.

↩
The text reads ◌, with two footnote variants ◌ and ◌. The meaning is not clear, but from the Tārīkh-i-Shīr Shāhi this appears to be what is meant. See Elliott and Dowson IV. 357.

A still better reading however suggests itself namely ◌, instead of ◌. We should then translate: “And inasmuch as he had very many families with him obtained possession of the fort in the following manner.”

↩
The ◌ Mihaffa is, as its name implies, a litter so closed in that the curtains surround on all sides the sitter upon it. See Lane s. v. ◌.

↩
MS. (A) reads ◌.

↩
Regarding the truth, etc. (See MS. Copy).

↩
MSS. (A) (B) omit ◌.

↩
MS (A) omits ◌.

↩
◌. Ba‘d az kharābī-i-Baṣra. After the ruin of Baṣra. A proverbial expression equivalent to the English “shutting the stable door after the horse is stolen.” For the story from which the proverb arises see Sharḥ-i-Nahju-l-Balāgh by ‘Abdu-l-Ḥamīd bin Abī-l-Ḥadīd al Mu‘tazilī. When Alī ibn Muḥammad Ṣāḥebu-z-Zanj besieged Baṣra in the year 255 H. Aḥmad Abūl-Abbās, son of Al-Muwaffaq b-Illāh came up and opposed him, but not until Baṣra was ruined. Hence the proverb. See Arabum Proverbia. Freytag III, p. 129, No. 774.

↩
MS. (A) reads ◌ MS. (B) ◌.

↩
MS. (A) omits ◌.

↩
This happened at Dīn on the 3rd Ramaẓān A. H. 943. See Bayley, History of Gujarāt, pp. 396, 397.

↩
MS. (A) reads ◌ Muftīyān.

↩
MS. (A) reads ◌ da‘wat-i-Asmā wa siḥr, “the invocation (of the attributes of God) and magic.” Da‘wah is said in the Jawāhiru l-Khamsa to be used for several purposes, establishment of friendship or enmity, for the induction of sickness and death, or for the cure of disease, for the accomplishment of desires temporal or spiritual, and to secure victory in battle.

By ◌ Asmā is meant the names or attributes of the Deity; they are of two categories, the Asmāu-l-jalālīyeh or “terrible attributes” and the Asmāu-l-jamālīyeh , “amiable attributes.” For a full account, see Hughes, Dict. of Islām articles DA‘WAH and MAGIC.

↩
◌ Faqad māta shahīdan. These words give the date 945 H. MS. (B) appends the date in figures.

↩
Footnote variant ◌ Jausah.

↩
The text reads ◌ ramāhe, which has no meaning. A footnote variant is given ◌ zahābe, which means water oozing from the ground. This is the reading of MS. (B). MS. (A) reads ◌ rahā'e We should read ◌ rahābe, in the sense of a canal or aqueduct. See Elliott and Dowson IV, 370n.

↩
MS. (A) reads ◌ Muḥammad Yargharī. MS. (B) reads ◌ Muḥammad pur ‘Azīz.

↩
Read ◌ for ◌. MSS. (A) (B).

↩
Omit ◌ MSS. (A) (B).

↩
◌ Shāmiāna, a kind of marquee consisting of a flat awning supported by four poles and having no side curtains.

↩
MSS. (A) (B) omit ◌.

↩
See Elliot and Dowson IV, 371 and note 2.

↩
◌ pīshtar (Text). MSS. (A) (B) read ◌. bīshtar, in great numbers.

↩
MSS. (A) (B) ◌.

↩
Named Niẓām according to Firishta, who says that as a reward Humāyūn permitted him to occupy the throne for half a day. Briggs II. 87.

↩
MSS. (A) (B) ◌.

↩
Shīr Shāh was originally called Farīd Khān, and his father's name was Ḥasan Khān.

↩
MS. (A) omits these words. The text has a footnote saying that the above is the reading of two MSS., but that the correct reading is
> ◌
No authority exists for such a reading.

The verses in question are by Firdausi.

↩
Here the reading of MS. (A) is followed which reads
> ◌

↩
MS. (B) adds the date in figures (946).

↩
MSS. (A) (B) omit ◌. See Elliot and Dowson, IV, pp. 376-378.

↩
‘Abbās Khān tells us he had assumed the title of Ḥaẓrat-i-‘Ālī.

↩
MSS. (A) (B) ◌.

↩
MS. (B) ◌.

↩
Text ◌ Chausā.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
MSS. (A) (B) ◌.

↩
Omit the words ◌ MSS. (A) (B).

↩
◌ Amrāẓ-i-mutaẓāddah. Lit.: Diseases of opposite tendencies, i. e., those diseases, the treatment of one of which tends to aggravate the other.

↩
◌ MSS. (A) (B).

↩
MS. (B) ◌.

↩
MS. (B) ◌ for ◌.

↩
Read here ◌ MSS (A) (B) instead of ◌. Text.

↩
Read ◌ MS. (A).

↩
MS (B) reads wrongly ◌ for ◌.

↩
MSS. (A) (B) ◌.

↩
MSS. (A) (B) omit ◌.

↩
MSS. (A) (B) ◌.

↩
MS. (B) says ◌ panjāh hazār, fifty thousand.

↩
MSS. (A) (B) ◌.

↩
◌. These letters give the date 947 II.

↩
Jang nā karda. MS. (A) omits ◌ tartīb.

↩
MS. (B) reads ◌.

↩
Shamsu-d-Dīn Muḥammad Atka Khān, son of Mīr Yār Muḥammad of Ghaznī. See Āīn-i-Akbarī (Blochmann) I, p. 321 (No. 15).

The word Atka, Atīkā, or Atākā is a Turkī word, signifying precepteur institnteur, père de lait (Pavet de Courteilles).

The wife of Shamsu-d-Dīn was appointed anakah or wet-nurse to Prince Akbar at Amarkôṭ.

↩
MS. (A) omits ◌.

↩
MSS. (A) (B) read ◌.

↩
For a full account of the Line of Chaghatai, see Ney and Elias Tārīkh-i-Ra shīdī, pp. 28 et seqq. MS. (B) writes ◌.

↩
MSS. (A) (B) ◌.

↩
Nowshera.

↩
MSS. (A) (B) supplying ◌.

↩
MS. (B) reads ◌, in company with.

↩
About two pounds.

↩
◌ Ghalla-i-jawārī. This is the Hindustānī, or rather, the Panjābī name. In Persian it is called ◌ arzan.

↩
The proper average price of this grain being six dām per man of forty sīrs, the above represents an enhancement of price represented by the ratio 1:6,000.

↩
MS. (A).

↩
Omit ◌ MSS. (A) (B).

↩
These letters give the date 947 H. (1540 A.D.) MS. (B) adds the date in figures.

↩
MSS. (A) (B) with ◌ for ◌ as in the text.

↩
The text reads ◌ MS. (B) ◌ MS. (A) ◌.

The first seems the only intelligible reading in the sense in which it is translated.

↩
Omit ◌ MSS. (A) (B).

↩
The text and both MSS. read ◌ Radah it should be ◌ Roh. See Firishta Bo. text, p. 412, also Elliott and Dowson IV, 308.

↩
Rohtās Sharqī. Rohtāsgaṛh in the Shāhābād district of Bengal. The other Rohtās is in the Panjāb. See Hunter Imp. Gaz., XII, 78.

↩
The text reads ◌ barādarān-i-a‘yānī. Uterine brothers. MS. (A) reads ◌ Akhyāfī brothers by the same mother, but a different father. From the context it is clear that Badāoni means all the sons of Ḥasan Khān by his four wives. (Steingass), see E and D IV, 310.

↩
There is a little variation in the reading here: MS. (B) reads ◌. MS. (A) also reads ◌ faẓāil, excellencies.

↩
Al-Kāfiyah fi‘l naḥw. A celebrated work on Arabic grammar by Shaikh Jamālu-d Dīn, (Ibnu-l-Ḥājib); for an account of this work and its commentary, see H. K. No. 9707.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
Niẓām Khān was the brother of Farīd Khān by the same mother.

↩
Daulat Khān the son of Budhū, was a commander of 12,000 horse and in great favour with Sulṭān Ibrāhīm (E. D. IV, 321).

↩
MS. (A) omits ◌.

↩
MS. (A) omits ◌.

↩
MSS. (A) (B) supply ◌.

↩
Read here ◌ MS. (B).

↩
(MSS.) (AB) ◌.

↩
◌ MSS. (A) (B).

↩
MS. (A) reads ◌ for ◌.

↩
◌ Atālīgh, this word is Tūrkī. In its Arabicized it becomes ◌, but the other is the correct orthography. ◌ Atā līgh literally signifies the relationship of an atā or father.

According to M. Pavet de Courteille it signifies “Paternité: nom d'une dignité daus le Turkestān et le Kharisur, chef de tribu: qui élève une personne.

↩
MS. (A) writes ◌. MS (B) omits ◌.

↩
MS. (A) supplies ◌.

↩
MSS. (A) (B) supply ◌ after ◌.

↩
MS. (A) reads ◌ for ◌ text.

↩
MS. (A) has ◌ with no dots.

↩
Omit ◌ before ◌ MSS. (A) (B).

↩
MS. (A) ◌. The text is correct.

↩
MS. (A) supplies ◌.

↩
MSS. (A) (B) ◌.

↩
MS. (B) reads ◌, but the textnal reading ◌ is correct.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
MS. (B) ◌.

↩
Not in MS. (A).

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
MS. (A) omits ◌.

↩
This agreement was to the effect that should Shīr Khān render effectual assistance to Sulṭān Muḥammad Lodī in recovering Jaunpūr, the country of Bihār should be restored to him as a reward for his services. (Firishta).

↩
MSS. (A) (B) omit ◌.

↩
MS. (B) ◌.

↩
MSS. (A) (B) read ◌. Firishta says Baban and Bāyazīd.

↩
MSS. (A) (B) read ◌. The text is incorrect.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
MS. (A).

↩
The text reads wrongly ◌.

↩
Not in MSS. (A) (B) which write also ◌.

↩
MS. (A) reads ◌.

↩
MS. (A) supplies ◌.

↩
MS. (A) reads here ◌.

↩
MS. (A) supplies ◌

↩
MSS. (A) (B) ◌.

↩
The officer whose duty it is to call the Aẕān or call to prayer before each of the stated times of prayer. See Hughes' Dict. of Islām, Aẕān.

↩
The priest who leads the prayers.

↩
MSS. (A) (B).

↩
21st August, 1540.

↩
MSS. (A) (B) read ◌ for ◌.

↩
MSS. (A) (B) omit ◌ writing simple ◌.

↩
Cf. Isaiah xlv. 9; Romans ix. 21. So also Omar Khayyām
◌

Thou formedst me of clay. What help have I!
Thou didst this garment weave. What help have I!
Whate'er for good or ill from me proceeds
Is thy prescription, Thine! What help have I!

↩
MS. (A).

↩
Omit ◌ MS. (A).

↩
◌ Faẓīlat means excellence. ◌ Faẓīḥat means ignominy.

↩
MSS. (A) (B) ◌.

↩
Omit ◌ MSS (A) (B).

↩
Supply ◌ MSS. (A) (B).

↩
MS. (A) supplies ◌.

↩
MSS. (A) (B).

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
Omit ◌ before ◌ MSS. (A) (B).

↩
MS. (A).

↩
MS. (A) omits ◌.

↩
◌. The letters give the date 949 H. MS. (B) gives this date in figures.

↩
MS. (A) reads ◌ Deorīmal and omits ◌.

↩
MSS. (A) (B) omit ◌.

↩
Died at Āgra in 954 or 957, see Āīn-i-Akbarī (B). I, 523.

The text reads erroneously ◌ Ilchī'-e. MS. (A) reads ◌ Injī, and MS. (B) reads ◌ Īchī. We should read ◌ Ijī, in the sense given in the translation. Ij is stated by Yāqūt to be a city rich in gardens and other advantages. The Persians he says pronounce it ◌ Ī'k (Mu‘jamu-l Buldān, I, p. 415).

↩
MSS. (A) (B) ◌.

↩
MSS. (A) (B) ◌.

↩
Lit. exceeding in its numbers the ants and locusts.

↩
MS. (B) omits ◌.

↩
MS. (A) omits ◌.

↩
MS. (A) reads ◌ MS. (B) ◌.

↩
MS. (A) reads for ◌.

↩
MS. (A) reads ◌ omitting ◌.

↩
MSS. (A) (B) read ◌.

↩
◌.

↩
MS. (A) omits ◌.

↩
MSS. (A) (B) read ◌.

↩
◌ with a footnote variant found in MS. (B) ◌.

↩
MS. (B) omits ◌.

↩
◌ MSS. (A) (B).

↩
◌ MSS. (A) (B).

↩
MS. (A) omits ◌.

↩
Lit. to cast the stone of discord in our midst. MSS. (A) (B) read ◌. M S. (A) reads ◌ for ◌ (Text).

↩
This name is given on the authority of Firishta (Bo. text, p. 427). Our text and both MSS. (A) (B) read ◌ Goyā which does not appear to be possibly correct. Brigg's II, p. 122, calls him Koonbha. Kanhaiyā is a proper name among Hindūs, and is one of the names of Krishna.

↩
Firishta merely says they missed their way and reached the enemy's camp in daylight. (Bo. text, loc cit).

↩
The text reads ◌ but we should read ◌ bāfta.

↩
Barchhā. A Hindī word meaning a small spear.

↩
MSS. (A) (B) read ◌.

↩
MS. (B) writes needlessly ◌.

↩
See Āīn-i-Akbarī (B) I 490, for a full account of the poet Faiẓī.

↩
I read here ◌ for ◌, see n. 7, page 478.

↩
◌ for ◌ MSS. (A) (B) ◌ ‘Irā is that piece at chess which is interposed between the king and a Rook to protect the king from check by the Rook, see J. R. S. A. xiii p. 49, (Bland, on the Persian game of chess).

↩
MS. (A) supplies ◌.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
Makkah and Madīnah.

↩
◌ Dafātir.

↩
MSS. (A) (B) read ◌.

↩
MSS. (A) (B) ◌.

↩
MS. (B) reads ◌. Regarding the Ḥajj or pilgrimage to Makkah, see Hughes Dict. of Islam, art. Ḥajj.

↩
A footnote variant ◌ is evidently the interpolation of some devout copyist.

↩
MS. (B) omits the words in square brackets.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
◌ MS. (A).

↩
We should probably read here ◌ for ◌.

↩
MS. (A) reads ◌ for ◌.

↩
MS. (A) reads ◌.

↩
See next page for the account of Shīr Shāh's accident at the siege of Kālinjar.

↩
See Ibn Khalliqān (De Slane) IV. pp. 301 et seqq.

↩
MSS. (A) (B) omit ◌.

↩
Yazīd, the son of Mu‘awiyah, the second Khalīfah of the house of Ummaiyah. He is celebrated in Muslim history as the opponent of Ḥusain who was killed at Karbalā A.H. 61, see Hughes, Dict. of Islām.

↩
See Qur‘ān XVII, 86.

↩
MS. (A) reads ◌ for ◌. MS. (B) reads ◌.

↩
The text reads here ◌ with a footnote variant ◌. MS. (B) reads ◌. MS. (A) however has a totally different reading ◌ for which I can see no meaning, but we should probably read ◌ “bastions” which would be consonant with both the text and MSS. (A) and (B). This supposition is the more probable as some lines further on we have MS. (B) reading ◌, MS. (A) ◌, and the text ◌. See note 6.

↩
◌ Yulma. The meaning of this word is given in Faẕlu-llāh Khān's Turkish Persian Dictionary as Chīze ki mūye ān kanda bāshad, that which has lost its hair.

↩
MS. (A) reads ◌.

↩
MS. (B) reads ◌.

↩
Both MSS. (A) (B) read ◌. This is a common expression to denote utter wretchedness and poverty.

↩
The text reads ◌. MS. (A) ◌. MS. (B) ◌, see ante n. 1.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
MSS. (A) (B) read here ◌.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
The text reads ◌. MS. (A) reads for ◌ MS. (B) reads ◌. The reading of the text is adopted.

↩
Fazlu-llāh Khān gives a word ◌ Yālāū in the meaning of ◌ alam, a standard or ensign.

↩
MSS. (A) (B) agree with the footnote variant ◌, omitting the words ◌ found in the text.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
In the first line MSS. (A) (B) read ◌ for ◌ (Text). In the second line MS. (A) reads ◌ for ◌ (Text).

↩
The text reads ◌. MS. (B) reads ◌ for ◌ but the correct reading appears to be ◌ MS. (A).

↩
◌ Santalum album. Useful in headache, Sontheimer II, 138. There are three kinds according to the Makhzanu-l-adwīyah. The white sandal called in Hindī Chandan; the yellow sandal called in Hindī Malāgīr; the red sandal called in Hindī Rakat Chandan. This latter is the wood of Plerocarpus santalinus (Red sanders). It is generally called Debī Chandan, it is used, not for headache, but after being offered at the shrine of Kālī is used to mark the forehead of the worshipper. The others both Chandan and Malayāgīr (so called because it comes from Malayālam or Malabar) are used as a powder mixed into a paste with water to apply to the forehead as a cure for headache. They are also used in pūjā or worship by the Hindūs, who have a saying
Chandan, dhūp, dīp, malayāgīr
Prem sahit Thākur nahalwāūn
.
With (gifts of) Chandan, frankincense, lamps, and malayāgīr
I will lovingly bathe the Thākur (Lord).

↩
Omit ◌ MS. (A).

↩
◌. These letters give the date 952 H. This date is given in figures in both MSS. (A) (B).

↩
That is to say so late in life. Firishta says: Whenever he looked in the glass and saw his white beard, he used to say, “It was near evening before I attained to empire.”

MSS. (A) (B) writes ◌.

↩
Al-Khiẓr. See Hughes, Dict. of Islām, p. 272.

↩
Qur‘ān cviii. 1-3. See Hughes, op. cit., p. 262.

↩
The women of Paradise. Qur'ān lv. 56-78.

↩
MS. (A) reads ◌ for ◌.

↩
◌ footnote variant ◌ MS. (B).

↩
◌ (Text) MS. (A) MS. (B) reads ◌.

↩
MS. (A) omits ◌.

↩
A footnote variant ◌. MS (B).

↩
MS. (A) ◌ Bhatta.

↩
◌.

↩
MSS. (A) (B) read ◌ for ◌ (Text).

↩
MSS. (A) (B) ◌ Jund.

↩
MS. (B) omits ◌.

↩
Supply ◌ MS. (A). See Qur'ān xxi, 105.

↩
Psalm xxxvii, 29. ‘The righteous shall inherit the land and dwell therein for ever.’

The date is given by the words ◌ i.e., that which follows ◌. The value of ◌ being 951, that which follows is 952 H.

↩
MSS. (A) (B) ◌.

↩
Kora (Corah) Town in Fatḥpur district, N.-W. P., on the old Mughul Road from Agra to Allahabad. See Tieff, Vol. I, p. 235 and map, Vol. III. See also Hunter, Imp. Gaz. viii, p. 295.

↩
MSS. (A) (B) ◌ Julū.

↩
Omit ◌ MS. (B).

↩
MS. (A) ◌ Sankāpūr.

↩
MS. (A) reads ◌.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
From Hāfiẓ. See ode commencing ◌ Dīwāni-Hāfiẓ, Newa Kishore Press, p. 303.

↩
◌ MS. (A) reads ◌.

↩
MS. (B) supplies ◌.

↩
Read ◌ MSS. (A) (B).

↩
MS. (A) ◌

↩
MS. (B) omits ◌.

↩
MSS. (A) (B) read ◌.

↩
MSS. (A) (B) omit ◌.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
MSS. (A) (B) read ◌ instead of ◌.

↩
The fifteenth day of Sha‘bān. A day of great rejoicing among Muḥam-madans. Muḥammad ordered his followers to keep vigil during this night, to repeat a hundred prayers and keep the next day as a fast day. See Hughes, Dict. of Islām.

Briggs in his translation of Firishta says, “as it was the night of the Koorban festival,” and in a footnote says, “this fast is kept in commemoration of the sacrifice of Isaac by Abraham.” The translator however is at fault here, as the original says ◌ (Bo. Text, p. 431) and inasmuch at it was the Shab-i-barāt.

↩
MS. (A) in error ◌.

↩
◌. Nawāfil wa ad‘īyah. Nawāfil are voluntary prayers which may be omitted without sin, as distinguished from Farẓ which are prayers enjoined by God, and from Sunnah, prayers founded on the practice of the Prophet.

See Hughes, Dict. of Islam, art. Prayer.

↩
◌ Chāshtgāhe.

↩
MS. (A) omits ◌ and also ◌ after ◌.

↩
Insert ◌ after ◌. MSS. (A) (B) instead of as in the text.

↩
◌ MSS. (A) (B).

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
Omit ◌ MS. (B).

↩
MS. (B) omits ◌.

↩
This order of the hemistiches is given in MS. (A).

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
MSS. (A) (B) ◌.

↩
MSS. (A) (B) omit ◌.

↩
MS. (A) omits ◌.

↩
MSS. (A) (B) ◌.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
Not in MSS. (A) (B).

↩
◌.

↩
MS. (B).

↩
Firishta says ◌ who was sister's husband to Salīm Shah, with Barmazīd Kor and some others. Bo. Text, 432.

Briggs translates this, “the king's brother-in-law, who was deprived of his sight,” mistaking Barmazīd Kor. (Briggs II, 132.)

↩
◌ Dajjāl. The Masīḥu-d-dajjāl or lying Christ, the last of the impostors whose appearance was predicted by Muḥammad.

↩
See ante, p. 12 n. 1.

↩
MSS. (A) (B) omit ◌.

↩
The text reads ◌ by gunpowder. MSS. (A) (B) omit these words.

↩
This portion enclosed in square brackets is not in MSS. (A) (B) a footnote to the text states that it is found in one MS.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
◌ MS. (B) reads ◌.

↩
MS. (A) omits ◌.

↩
MS. (A) omits ◌.

↩
MSS. (A) (B) read simply ◌.

↩
This portion enclosed in square brackets is not in MSS. (A) (B) a footnote to the text states that it is found in one MS.

↩
MSS. (A) (B) omit ◌.

↩
Not in MSS. (A) (B).

↩
MS. (A) reads ◌.

↩
MSS. (A) (B) omit ◌ a footnote to the text states that the words are in one MS.

↩
MSS. (A) (B) read only ◌. In the winter time.

↩
◌ MS. (A).

↩
MS. (A) supplies ◌.

↩
◌.

↩
◌ man ghalaba salaba.

↩
The text reads ◌ but this is manifestly wrong, and the reading should be ◌ as in MS. (A) (B).

↩
MS. (A) omits ◌.

↩
MS. (B) reads ◌ for ◌.

↩
◌. The word ‘pluck’ seems the best equivalent for the Persian ◌ nimak which means literally salt, and secondarily spirit, courage.

It may also mean however that Islem Shāh's men were ‘true to their Salt.’

↩
The text reads ◌ here which quite loses the sense. Read ◌ MS. (B).

↩
Omit ◌ MSS. (A) (B).

↩
MS. (A) ◌ Dhankob.

↩
MS. (A) ◌ Radah.

↩
MS. (A) ◌ Awais.

↩
MS. (A) ◌ MS. (B) ◌.

↩
◌ MSS. (A) (B).

↩
We should follow the text here. MS. (A) omits the words ◌ and goes on ◌. omitting the passage in square brackets which follows.

↩
MS. (B) ◌.

↩
◌ MS. (A).

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
The Safedār. ◌ is the white Poplar or Abele. The Chinār has been already mentioned.

↩
MS. (A) ◌. This word is not given in any of the dictionaries. The only word I can conjecture it may possibly be meant for is the Turkī ◌ Sātū, which means the roof of a honse (P. de C.) in which case it would have a meaning of a shelter under which to approach the walls, like the Roman Vinea, which consisted of a roof resting upon posts eight feet in height, made sufficiently light to admit of its being carried by the soldiers. The roof was formed of planks and wicker work.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
MS. (A) reads ◌.

↩
MS. (A) reads ◌.

↩
I have retained this word in its English dress as being one so familiar to all who know India. The ◌ chahār pāi is simply an oblong wooden frame on four legs (as its name implies) fitted with a bottom of string, matting or a broad tape called niwār, in common use as a bedstead, and everywhere known as a chārpoy. See Yule and Burnell, Glossary, s. v.

↩
The portion included in double square brackets is omitted from MS. (B)

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
Footnote variant ◌ Sarūd.

↩
MS. (A) writes ◌.

↩
MSS. (A) (B) read ◌ khazak as in footnote variant. The text reads ◌ khabrak.

↩
MSS. (A) (B) supply ◌.

↩
See Āīn-i-Akbarī (Blochmann) I, 268, 272, regarding the tenures of land called respectively madad-i-ma‘ash and aimah.

↩
MSS. (A) (B) omit ◌.

↩
MSS. (A) (B) ◌.

↩
Dancing girls, see ante, p. 250 (Text) n. 4.

↩
MSS. (A) (B) omit ◌.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
◌ MS. (A).

↩
See Āīn-i-Akbarī (Blochmann) I, 242. Under the dāghī system every Amīr began as a commander of twenty, and when he brought his full complement of twenty horses to be branded (◌ dāgh signifies a brand), he was to be promoted to the next higher grade, and so on.

↩
MS. (A) omits the words ◌. MS. (B) omits ◌.

↩
◌ Naqīr o qiṭmīr-i-ẓarūrī. Naqīr means the small groove on the date stone, qiṭmīr is the thin pellicle which covers the datestone.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
This is a conjecture. I have failed to find the word ◌ Surgha in any dictionary. It sounds like a Turkī word. There is a word in the Turkī language ◌ Sūghma or ◌ Sūqma (Faẓlu-llāh Khān) meaning pilier colonne (P de C) and it is quite possible that in copying the word ◌ has been written for ◌ and the ◌ omitted by oversight. We should then have ◌ as in the text and MSS. The meaning is reasonable: eight-poled shāmiānas being very commonly used.

↩
MS. (A) has a different reading to the text here. It reads ◌ upon a tray which he had given to the Sardār, instead of ◌.

↩
MS. (B) omits the words from ◌ to ◌, the copyist having mistaken his place after the first occurrence of the name A‘ẓam Humāyūn.

↩
MS. (A) ◌ Dhankob.

↩
MSS. (A) (B) omit ◌.

↩
◌ Naubat. Music which is played daily by the band appointed for the purpose at stated hours. See Āīn-i-Akbarī (B) I. 51.

↩
◌ Footnote variant, also MSS. (A) (B) Text reads ◌ Tabl-i-ulā (nawākhtan). To beat the drum of self-conceit.

↩
◌ Sag-i-Falakam. “I am the dog of the sky,” a parodied expression taken from the astronomical Shīr-i-falak, the constellation Leo.

↩
On the occasion of their first defeat.

↩
MSS. (A) (B) omit ◌.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
MS. (A) ◌ Yak fals o jītal na dād. The text reads ◌ fulūs. The jītal is an imaginary division of the dām, used only for purposes of calculation. Its fictitious value is only the thousandth part of a rupee. Āīn-i-Akbarī (B) I. 31.

↩
Read ◌ MS. (A). MS. (B) ◌. The text is wrong.

↩
See Sale's Koran, p. 4.

↩
MSS. (A) (B) ◌.

↩
MS A. ◌.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
A scribe, clerk.

↩
Footnote variant ◌.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
MSS. (A) (B) ◌.

↩
Omit ◌ MSS. (A) (B).

↩
◌. Hamān āsh dar Kāsa-īshān būd. Lit. The same broth was in their cup.

↩
MS. (A) supplies ◌.

↩
Tārīkh-i-Kashmīr, see p. 8, n. 3.

↩
Text ◌ Mālgaṛh. MSS. (A) (B) ◌ Māngaṛh.

↩
◌ MS. (A).

↩
MS. (A) omits ◌.

↩
Footnote variant ◌ Haimūn. The text reads ◌ Haimūe.

↩
Footnote variant and MS. (A) ◌.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
Shaddād the son of ‘Ād, see ante, p. 261 n. 6.

↩
MS. (A) omits ◌.

↩
MS. (A) omits ◌.

↩
◌ Bārbak. The chief attendant of the darbār or public audience.

↩
◌ Kornish. A mode of salutation in which the palm of the right hand is placed on the forehead, and the head bowed. It signifies that the saluter has placed his head (which is the sent of the senses and the mind) into the hand of humility. See Āīn-i-Akbarī (B) I. 158.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
MS. (A) (B) ◌.

↩
MS. (A) (B) ◌.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
◌ Moro is the Prākrit form of the modern Hindī ◌ Mor, a peacock.

MS. (B) reads ◌. Moro, that is to say, a bird.

MS. (A) reads ◌, so also footnote variant to text.

↩
MS. (A) omits ◌.

↩
MS. (B) omits ◌.

↩
MS. (B) reads ◌ for ◌.

↩
Read ◌ for ◌ MSS. (A) (B).

↩
MS. (B) ◌.

↩
◌ chādar. A garment worn by women over the head and body.

↩
◌ Rurqa‘. Here the author probably means the garment covering the head and body completely, and having only a small latticed opening for the mouth, and similar openings for the eyes, worn by Afghān women when out of doors. See Lane, Modern Egyptians, for a description of the burqa‘ proper, which is a kind of veil.

↩
◌ Jilaudār. An attendant whose duty it is to run beside the horse. Abul-Faẓl says some of them will run from 50 to 100 kroh (100 to 200 miles!) a day. See Āīn-i-Akbarī (B) I. 138.

↩
Text ◌. With a footnote saying that this is the reading of all three MSS. However MS (A) reads ◌ correctly.

↩
MS. (A) MS. (B) reads ◌ Gharī Jū.

↩
MSS. (A) (B) ◌.

↩
Read with MS. (A) ◌ for ◌ (Text).

↩
MSS. (A) (B) ◌.

↩
MS. (A) supplies ◌.

↩
◌. The letters of this word nīshtar give the date 960 H.

↩
See Elliot and Dowson V. 147 and 235.

↩
MSS. (A) (B) read ◌.

↩
MSS. (A) (B).

↩
◌ we should read ◌.

↩
The text reads wrongly ◌ bar dosh MSS. (A)(B) read ◌ ba rawish.

↩
See ante, p. 445 n. 6.

↩
◌.

↩
MS. (A) reads ◌ saṭḥīyāt, superficialities.

↩
MS. (A) supplies ◌ MS. (B) reads ◌.

↩
◌ tafā'ul MS. (B) reads ◌.

↩
MS. (B) reads ◌ saiyyid for ◌ sabad.

↩
MSS. (A)(B) ◌.

↩
MS. (A) supplies ◌ after ◌.

↩
Chi nīkū bawad fāl-i-farrukh zadan

Na bar rukh zadan, balki shah rukh zadan

There is a play here on the words ṛukh and farrukh, illustrating the figure known as ◌. The word rukh means the cheek, and also the castle or “rook” at chess.

↩
MS. (A) puts ◌ after ◌.

↩
MSS. (A) (B).

↩
◌ MS. (B) reads ◌.

↩
MSS. (A) (B) supply ◌. The ring of Solomon which was given to ‘Alī by Muḥammad, was possessed of magical properties.

↩
MS. (A) omits ◌.

↩
See Āīn-i-Akbarī (Blockmann) I, Biography VII.

↩
MS. (B) reads ◌.

↩
MS. (B) ◌.

↩
See Āīn-i-Akbarī (Blochmann) I, Biography V, seqq.

↩
See Beale (Oriental Biog. Dict.), p. 240.

↩
◌. They also say ◌, i.e., one feather of the arrow is like another. See Freytag Prov. Arab I. 345. As we say “As like as two peas.”

↩
◌. The letters give the date 935 H. The words mean,
The victory of God and conquest has come to pass.

↩
◌ Irshād, Orthodoxy. ◌ Hidāyat, Guidance, direction.

↩
MSS. (A) (B) both omit ◌ but the text seems probably correct.

↩
◌ fatwā. Religious or judicial rulings.

↩
MS. (A) omits the words ◌.

↩
MSS. (A) (B) ◌.

↩
MSS. (A) (B) write ◌.

↩
“That last infirmity of noble minds.”

↩
Badāonī here uses ◌ ghibtat in a sense opposed to its classical meaning which is emulation unmixed with envy.

↩
MS. (A) reads ◌ for ◌ in the text.

↩
MSS. (A) (B) read ◌ for ◌ in the text.

↩
MSS. (A) (B) read ◌.

↩
See Āīn-i-Akbarī (B) I, v.

↩
See Āīn-i-Akbarī (B) I, iv.

↩
MSS. (A) (B) omit ◌.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
Concerning this it is said: “The prayers which are said in multitudes increase the rewards of those said alone by twenty-seven degrees.” See Mishkātu-l-Maṣābīḥ (Mathew) xxiv. 1.

↩
MS. (B) ◌.

↩
◌. Juz but parastī o zunnārdārī nīst. The term Zunnār [Gk. ◌ (Golius) or ◌ (Freytag)] is applied to the belt or girdle worn by the Christian or Magian. It also applies to the Brahminical thread: and thus the wearer of any of these is to Muslims an infidel.

↩
MS. (A) reads ◌.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
Lands given for benevolent purposes, see Āīn-i-Akbarī (B) I, 270.

↩
MSS. (A) (B) omit ◌.

↩
MSS. (A) (B) read ◌.

↩
MS. (A) reads ◌.

↩
MSS. (A) (B) ◌ The text reads wrongly ◌.

↩
This line is omitted from MS. (B).

↩
◌. Ẕikr. The religious ceremony practised by the various religious orders of Faqīrs. See Hughes, Dict. of Islām, art. Ẕikr.

↩
I read here ◌ MSS. (A) (B).

↩
Qur'ān xxiv. 37. ◌.

↩
MSS. (A) (B) insert ◌ after ◌.

↩
◌ Najātu-r-rashīd. A MS. of this work is in the Library of the Asiatic Society of Bengal, No. E. 204. Its author is Badāonī.

↩
MS. (A) reads ◌.

↩
MS. (A) reads ◌.

↩
Qur'ān ii, 274. ◌.

↩
MS. (A) reads ◌ for ◌.

↩
MS. (A) reads ◌.

↩
MS. (A) ◌. The words in brackets are omitted in MS. (B).

↩
MS. (A) omits ◌.

↩
MS. (B) omits ◌.

↩
MS. (A) reads wrongly ◌.

↩
Insert in the text ◌ after ◌ MSS. (A) (B).

↩
MSS. (A) (B) ◌.

↩
MSS. (A) (B) ◌.

↩
MS. (B) reads wrongly ◌ for ◌.

↩
◌.

↩
MSS. (A) (B) ◌.

↩
MS. (B) omits ◌.

↩
MS. (A) reads ◌ for ◌ and omits ◌.

↩
Omit ◌ MSS. (A) (B).

↩
MSS. (A) (B) ◌.

↩
MSS. (A) (B) supply ◌.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
MS. (B) ◌.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
MSS. (A) (B) ◌.

↩
MSS. (A) (B) ◌.

↩
MS. (B) writes ◌ omitting ◌.

↩
MSS. (A) (B) ◌.

↩
MS. (B) ◌.

↩
MS. (B) reads ◌.

↩
MS. (B) reads ◌.

↩
Omits ◌ MS. (A).

↩
Not in MS. (B) which reads ◌.

↩
MS. (A) reads ◌ Thīm.

↩
Regarding the Mahdī, see Blochman Āīn-i-Akbarī J, iii.

↩
MSS. (A) (B) ◌.

↩
The text here runs:
> ◌

MS. (A) reads more correctly ◌.

Ajallu-l-jabhah would have no accurate meaning. Jalāl meaning greatness. The superlative form with the article is applied to God. ◌ Al-Ajallu.

The form ◌ afa‘lu is called the ◌ or form of superiority, i.e., the comparative, or, combined with the article, the superlative.

↩
◌ Subḥān-Allah: (lit.) Praise be to God! A common mode of expressing surprise or astonishment.

↩
MSS. (A) (B) omit ◌.

↩
◌ Ajlāu-l-jabhah. Most wide of forehead. That is to say having that degree of baldness which is termed ◌ jalā, i.e., baldness of the fore part of the head. See Lane. Lex. s. v. ◌.

↩
◌ MS. (A) reads incorrectly ◌.

↩
MSS. (A) (B) have ◌ before the word ◌.

↩
MSS. (A) (B) correctly read ◌ Mumidd. The text has ◌ Muḥam-mad .

↩
MSS. (A) (B) omit ◌ reading ◌.

↩
MSS. (A) (B) ◌.

↩
MSS. (A) (B) omit ◌ read ◌.

↩
MSS. (A) (B) read ◌ before ◌.

↩
MS. (A) reads ◌ for ◌.

↩
MS. (B) reads ◌ for ◌.

↩
Omit ◌ MS. (A).

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
MS. (B) ◌.

↩
MS. (B) omits ◌.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
Qur'ān iv. 99. ◌. They said was not God's earth wide enough for you to flee away therein?

↩
See Imp. Gaz. V. 309. Handīya is on the Narbadā in the Hoshangābād District of the Central Provinces. MS. (A) reads ◌ Hindawiya, and ◌ for ◌.

↩
MS. (B) ◌.

↩
MS. (B) omits ◌.

↩
MSS. (A) (B) read ◌.

↩
MS. (B) reads ◌.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
MS. (B) ◌.

↩
MS. (B) reads ◌ for ◌.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
MS. (B) omits ◌.

↩
MS. (B) omits ◌ and ◌ after ◌.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
MSS. (A) (B) ◌.

↩
The ◌ sunnat is the traditional law of Muḥammad.

↩
MS. (A) omits ◌ MS. (B) reads ◌.

↩
MSS. (A) (B) insert ◌.

↩
Qur'ān iii. 141. See Palmer's Translation.

↩
MS. (B) omits ◌.

↩
MSS. (A) (B) read ◌.

↩
MSS. (A) (B) omit ◌ MS. (B) reads ◌.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
MS. (A) omits ◌.

↩
MS. (A) ◌. Pāk Pattan or Ajūdhan.

↩
MSS. (A) (B) read here ◌. MS. (A) adds ◌ before ◌.

↩
MS. (B) ◌.

↩
MS. (B) omits ◌.

↩
MSS. (A) (B).

↩
Plato.

↩
MSS. (A) (B) ◌.

↩
Omit ◌. MS. (A).

↩
MS. (B) omits ◌ after ◌ and inserts it after ◌.

↩
MS. (A) reads ◌ Shaikh Hadah (?)

↩
See Hājī Khalīfah, 522. Irshād.

↩
MS. (A) reads ◌. MS. (B) reads ◌.

↩
MS. (B) ◌.

↩
MS. (B) ◌.

↩
MS. (A) reads ◌ which is the exact opposite of the reading in the text.

↩
MS. (B) omits ◌ and reads ◌ for ◌ and ◌ for ◌.

↩
The text varies from the MSS. (A) and (B) which read ◌ while MS. (B) omit ◌.

↩
We should read here ◌ MSS. (A) (B).

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
MS. (B) reads wrongly ◌ for ◌.

↩
◌ Nikāḥ. The marriage contract. A marriage contracted between a Muslim man and a Hindu woman is invalid in accordance with the injunction of the Qur'ān. The issue of such a marriage is however held to be legitimate. Under no circumstances can a Muslim woman marry any but a Muslim. For fuller discussion of this subject, see Hughes, Dict. of Islām, art. Marriage.

↩
MS. (B) reads ◌ for ◌.

↩
◌.

↩
MS. (B) reads ◌ for ◌ and omits ◌.

↩
MS. (B) reads ◌ for ◌.

↩
MS. (B) omits ◌.

↩
MS. (B) omits ◌.

↩
MS. (A) reads ◌.

↩
MS. (B) omits ◌.

↩
MS. (B) reads ◌.

↩
The Ṣadru-ṣ-ṣudūr is the chief judge of all religious questions among Muḥammadans. He was also known as Ṣadr-i-kul or Ṣadr-i-jahān. See Āīni-Akbarī (B) I. 271.

↩
MS. (A) reads ◌.

↩
Insert ◌ after ◌ MS. (B).

↩
MS. (A) reads ◌

↩
MSS. (A) (B) insert ◌ before ◌.

↩
MS. (B) reads ◌.

↩
◌. Lit. You know and this fellow, i.e., the matter is one between you and him.

↩
MS. (B) inserts ◌ after ◌, not as in the text.

↩
MS. (A) ◌. The bubonic plague appears to have been the epidemic here referred to.

↩
◌ MS. (A) reads ◌.

↩
Qur'ān lviv. 55. The full quotation is
> ◌

Verily, the pious shall be amid gardens and rivers, in the seat of truth, with the powerful king.

↩
MS. (B) reads ◌.

↩
MS. (B) reads ◌.

↩
MS. (A) reads ◌.

↩
MSS. (A) (B) read ◌.

↩
MSS. (A) (B) read ◌.

↩
MS. (B) omits ◌.

↩
A footnote to the text reads ◌ MS. (A) omits these words and reads ◌.

The textual reading appears to be wrong.

↩
MS. (A) reads ◌.

↩
◌ Ẕākiru-llāh.◌ Saqāhum rabbuhum sharāban.
The mindful of God.May their Lord give them to drink a draught of wine.

Each of these gives the date 957. H.

↩
MSS. (A) (B) ◌.

↩
MSS. (A) (B) insert ◌.

↩
MSS. (A) (B) ◌.

↩
MS. (B) omits ◌.

↩
MS. (B) omits ◌ and reads ◌ for ◌.

↩
MSS. (A) (B) omits ◌.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
A footnote to the text says that these words give the date 989 and that therefore there is some mistake.

It appears that the real reading should be ◌ musībat ba ‘ām shud, which would give the correct date, and this is in fact the reading in MS. (A). The text should accordingly be corrected in accordance with this, and we should translate, A general calamity.

↩
MSS. (A) (B) ◌.

↩
MS. (B) omits ◌ and reads ◌ after ◌ instead of ◌ as in the text.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
MS. (A) reads ◌ for ◌.

↩
◌. MS. (B) reads ◌ a generous man.

↩
The lines run thus: ◌.

If we take the name ◌ and remove from it the centre word ◌ ‘abd which means a slave we find the remaining words give the date 959 H.

↩
Read ◌ for ◌.

↩
MSS. (A) (B) ◌.

↩
◌. The surname of Ṯābit-bin-Jābor bin Safyān al-Fahmī, a famous Arab athlete and warrior, who was so called according to some because the sword never quitted him, or because he put beneath his arm-pit (◌) a quiver of arrows, and took a boẉ, or put beneath his arm-pit a knife and came to an assembly of Arabs and smote some of them, see Lane s. v. ◌. According to the account in the Aghānī, he acquired his name from having slain a lion in a dark night in the midst of a violent storm of thunder and lightning; when morning came he brought the lion to his companions under his arm, and they said, Laqadd taabaṭa sharran; “Verily he has put destruction under his arm.”

↩
MSS. (A) (B) ◌.

↩
MSS. (A) (B) ◌.

↩
MS. (B) omits ◌ MS. (A) omits ◌ inserting it after ◌.

↩
◌ jūlāha. MS. (A) reads ◌. Either reading may be accepted. If we read ◌ as in the text the translation will be as above, with the implied meaning of that stupidity for which weavers are proverbially noted. See Fallon's Dictionary s.v. ◌.

If we read ◌ the meaning will be dull, apathetic, stupid.

↩
MS. (A) inserts ◌ and omits ◌ inserting this after ◌.

↩
MS. (A) omits ◌ here.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
MS. (A) omits ◌.

↩
MS. (B) ◌ for ◌.

↩
MS. (A) reads ◌ for ◌. MS. (B) omit ◌.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
MSS. (A) (B) ◌. The meaning appears to be that the opium he took as an anodyne acted as a poison, and increased the effects of the disease from which he was already suffering.

↩
MS. (B) ◌.

↩
MS. (A) omits ◌ here and inserts it after ◌ in the next line.

↩
MSS. (A) (B) omit ◌. MSS. (A) (B) read
> ◌

↩
Read ◌. MSS. (A) (B).

↩
◌. MS. (A) reads ◌ probably a copyist's error for ◌ or ◌.

↩
Omits ◌ MS. (A).

↩
◌ latta. MS. (A) reads ◌ (?)

↩
Insert ◌. MSS. (A) (B).

↩
MS. (A) insert ◌ before ◌.

↩
MS. (A) put ◌ before ◌ not after it as in the text.

↩
MS. (B) omit ◌.

↩
MS. (A) reads ◌ for ◌. MSS. (A) (B) read ◌ for ◌.

↩
Text ◌. MS (A) reads ◌. MS. (B) ◌.

↩
Omit ◌. MSS. (A) (B). MS. (A) reads ◌.

↩
The text reads ◌. MS. (A) inserts after ◌ and omit the second ◌ replacing it by ◌.

↩
At the foot of the Alidek range. See Rennell's map, Tieff., Vol. III. Behnbur. MSS. (A) (B) read ◌ Banbhar. The text reads ◌ Banhar.

↩
MS. (A) omits ◌.

↩
MS. (B) reads ◌ to Kābul.

↩
MS. (A) inserts ◌ between ◌ and ◌.

↩
MS. (A) omits ◌.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
This is the reading of the text: but MSS. (A) (B) read ◌ Antarī.

↩
◌ Text MS. (B) reads ◌.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
MSS. (A) (B) ◌.

↩
MS. (B) omits these last names and reads ◌ and others.

↩
MS. (A) ◌ for ◌.

↩
MS. (B) ◌.

↩
A footnote directs attention to a suggested variation in the text by placing ◌ after ◌ instead of before those words. This is the reading found in MS. (A) and is obviously correct.

↩
A proverbial saying of this kind is—
◌
When I had pease I had no teeth, now my teeth have come I have no pease.

↩
Omit ◌ MS. (A).

↩
Insert ◌.

↩
MSS. (A) (B).

↩
MS. (B) omits ◌ before ◌. MS. (A) reads ◌ for ◌.

↩
MS. (B) ◌.

↩
Daulat Khān Ajyāra, who has been before mentioned. MSS. (A) (B) read ◌ Ajyāra, but the text reads ◌ Haiyāra with a note of interrogation. Ajyāra is the right reading.

↩
For ◌. MS. (A) read ◌.

↩
MSS. (A) (B) ◌.

↩
MSS. (A) (B) read ◌ for ◌.

↩
◌. Qur'ān II, iii.
> ◌

The originator of the heavens and the earth, when he decrees a matter he doth but say unto it, BE, and it is.

↩
The modifying causes of the pulse are classified by Sadīdī thus: (1) ◌ māsik or constant such as animal force in the heart and vessels, (2) ◌ mughaiyyir or variable, such as age, sex, sleeping or waking; exercise, bathing—others of this class are external or accidental, such as, feverishness, and inflammations. The pulse says, he is necessary for the quieting of the natural heat, and for dispelling vapours. It is opposed by rigidity of the vessels and weakness of the animal powers. See Sadīdī, p. 54, et. seqq.

↩
◌ Qānūn-i-Bū ‘Alī. This is the famous ◌. Qānūn fi-ṭ-ṭibb, canon medicinæ, by the celebrated Shaikh Abū ‘Alī Ḥussain bin ‘Abdu-llāh commonly known as Ibn Sīna (Avicenna). See Hājī Khalīfah, No. 9354.

Abū Sīna was a famous Muhammadan physician who was born in Bukhārā, and died at Hamadān in July 1037 A.D., 427 A.H.

(H.K. says 428 A.H.). See Beale, Oriental Biographical Dictionary, p. 20.

↩
MSS. (A) (B) both write ◌ omitting ◌ which is added in the text.

↩
◌. MSS. (A) (B).

↩
MS. (B) reads ◌.

↩
The text reads ◌ a punning comment on the servant's name, which will not admit of translation.

↩
See Beale, O. B. D. for an account of the Nizām-Shāhī dynasty.

↩
MSS. (A) (B) the text reads ◌ Rishwatī.

↩
MS. (A) reads ◌.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
◌ Zawāl-i-khusrūān. The decline of the Emperors. The letters of Zawāl-i-khusrūān give the date 961 H. See note 2 supra.

↩
MSS. (A) (B). The text as before reads Rishwatī.

↩
MS. (A) omits ◌.

↩
MS. (A) omits ◌.

↩
MSS. (A) (B) ◌.

↩
MSS. (A) (B) ◌.

↩
Text reads ◌. MS. (A) reads ◌ seditious. MS. (B) reads ◌ parasitic.

↩
MSS. (A) (B) ◌.

↩
MSS. (A) (B) ◌.

↩
Omit ◌ before ◌. MSS. (A) (B).

↩
MS. (A) reads ◌. A variant given in a footnote to the text reads ◌. On the whole the textual reading seems the best adding ◌ as in the two readings given.

↩
◌ Jauzu māṯil. Datura, sp. alba. D. fastuosa N.O. Solanaceœ called in Hindustānī ◌ dhatūrā, and in Sanskrit ◌ from ◌ elegant, and ◌ injurious. (Wilson). Used as a narcotic and intoxicant. According to the Makhzanu-l-adwiya a wine is made from the juice of the leaves. An overdose is said to produce symptoms resembling delirium e potu, the patient raving and chasing imaginary animals along the walls of the room.

↩
These words are not in the text but both MSS. (A) (B) read
> ◌

↩
MSS. (A) (B) read thus ◌. The text reads ◌ ten.

↩
MSS. (A) (B) ◌.

↩
MS. (B) reads ◌.

↩
MS. (A) reads ◌.

Who was brother's son to Sher Shāh, and uncle's son and wife's brother to Islem Shāh.

↩
MS. (A).

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
MS. (A) omits ◌.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
MSS. (A) (B) omit ◌.

↩
Omit ◌. MSS. (A) (B).

↩
MS. (B) omits ◌.

↩
In MS. (A) these words precede the verse, and read:
◌. MS. (B) omits ◌.

↩
MS. (A) reads ◌, a footnote variant reads ◌ (old) for ◌ (baked). I follow the reading of the text, taking the meaning to be that the aged can see the tendency of the young as clearly as the young can see the reflection in a mirror.

↩
See Āīn-i-Akbarī II, (J.) 221 n. 3.

↩
MS. (A) reads ◌ omitting ◌ and ◌.

↩
MS. (B) ◌.

↩
MS. (A) omits ◌.

↩
◌ means “a blind woman.”

↩
MS. (A) reads ◌.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
Text ◌. MS. (A) ◌. MS. (B) ◌.

The reading of the text is unintelligible. We should read ◌ in the meaning of a bamboo shaft. Firishta's reading is quite clear he says

Bo: Text, p. 439… ◌

That is, Katah, a bamboo shaft, whose head was one tola of gold.

↩
MS. (A) reads ◌.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
MS. (A) reads ◌ for ◌.

↩
MS. (A) reads ◌.

↩
MS. (A) adds the words in brackets ◌.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
MS. (A) omits ◌.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
Text ◌. MSS. (A) (B) read ◌.

↩
MS. (A) ◌. MS. (B) read ◌.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
Read here ◌. This is the reading of MSS. (A) (B) and is far preferable to the reading in the text.

↩
MS. (A) reads ◌.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
MSS. (A (B) ◌.

↩
MS. (B) reads ◌. Most of them threw themselves from the walls. This is also the reading given in a footnote variant to the text.

↩
The addition of salt to yeast is said to check its fermentative powers.

↩
MSS. (A) (B) ◌.

↩
MS. (A) omits ◌

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
MSS. (A) (B) read ◌ and MS. (A) reads ◌ for ◌.

↩
MSS. (A) (B) ◌ should be omitted.

↩
MSS. (A) (B) read ◌ which is better than the textual reading ◌.

↩
MSS. (A) (B) read(B) ◌} ◌.
(A) ◌

↩
MS. (A) reads wrongly ◌ for ◌.

↩
MS. (A) reads ◌ and MSS. (A) (B) read ◌.

↩
MSS. (A) (B) ◌.

↩
MS. (B) ◌. The text is without dots. MS. (A) reads ◌ Chherāman.

↩
The textual reading is wrong, omit ◌ reading with MSS. (A) (B) ◌.

↩
MS. (A) ◌. MS. (B) ◌.

↩
◌. MSS. (A) (B).

↩
MSS. (A) (B).

↩
MSS. (A) (B) ◌.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
MS. (A) reads ◌ which is better than the text.

↩
MSS. (A) (B) ◌.

↩
MSS. (A) (B) ◌.

↩
MS. (A) omits ◌.

↩
MS. (A) reads ◌.

↩
MS. (A) omits ◌.

↩
MS. (B) reads ◌.

↩
Omit ◌. MSS. (A) (B).

↩
MS. (B) ◌.

↩
MS. (B) omits ◌.

↩
MSS. (A) (B) omit ◌ reading ◌.

↩
MS. (B) omits both ◌ and ◌.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
A footnote variant reads ◌ Kālpī.

↩
MS. (A) reads ◌.

↩
MSS. (A) (B) ◌.

↩
◌. MS. (A) reads ◌ in error.

↩
MSS. (A) (B) ◌.

↩
MS. (B) ◌.

↩
MSS. (A) (B) ◌.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
The text here reads ◌. MS. (A) however reads ◌. The true reading should evidently be ◌ which according to M. Pavet de Courteilles means a standard composed of the tail of the ◌ (quṭās or Tibetan yak) fixed to a pole.

↩
MSS. (A) (B) ◌.

↩
MS. (B) reads ◌ saqirlāt. Dozy, however, gives no such form of the word and the word is probably ◌ siqlāṭ, meaning a silken stuff brocaded with gold. See Dozy s. v. See also Yule and Burnett Glossary s. v. Suclāt also, Skeat Etym: Dict. s.v. Scarlet.

↩
Another instance of Badāonī's use of ◌ in this unusual sense.

↩
We should apparently read here ◌. MS. (B) omits the words altogether. MS. (A) agrees with the text, which however does not seem satisfactory.

↩
MS. (A) omits ◌.

↩
MSS. (A) (B) so also Firishta. The text reads ◌ Kālā Pahār.

↩
MS. (A) reads ◌.

↩
MS. (B) adds ◌.

↩
MS. (B) reads ◌ which seems better than the text.

↩
MS. (A) omits ◌.

↩
MS. (B) reads ◌ for ◌.

↩
MS. (B) ◌.

↩
MS. (B) omits ◌.

↩
MSS. (A) (B) read ◌.

↩
MSS. (A) (B) omit ◌. That is to say, a staff is a weapon both of offence and defence.

↩
MS. (A) reads ◌ but the textual ◌ is better.

↩
MS. (B) reads ◌.

↩
MS. (B) omits ◌.

↩
MS. (B) reads ◌.

↩
MS. (B) reads ◌.

↩
MS. (B) reads ◌ and ◌.

↩
◌ Chi bas khūb karda and. A footnote to the text points out that this gives the date 962 H. whereas the event chronicled occurred in 961 H.

↩
Read ◌. MS. (B).

↩
MSS. (A) (B) read ◌ instead of ◌.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
◌ Fatḥhā-i-āsmānī Shud. They were heaven-given victories. Read with hamza this gives 961 H.

↩
MS. (A) reads ◌ for ◌. MS. (B) reads ◌.

↩
MSS. (A) (B) read ◌.

↩
MS. (A) reads wrongly ◌. According to this the value of hamza is l. and it is taken as equivalent to Alif. The hamza of iẓāfat is said to be an abbreviated ◌ (Platts' Persian Grammar, p. 43), but if this were the case its value would justly be 10 and not 1. It thus appears more probable that the hamza of iẓāfat is in reality hamza, and does not represent an original ◌.

↩
MS. (A) ◌. See J. A. S. B., 1869, p. 118.

↩
MS (B) reads ◌.

↩
Kānt. Town in the Shāhjahānpur District, N.-W. P., see Hunter, I. G. vii. 437. Kānt-o-Golah in Shahjahānpur according to Blochmann, J. A. S B., 1869, p. 122.

↩
Ahār. Ancient town in the Bulandshahr District, N.-W. P., see Hunter, I. G. i. 81.

↩
Amrohā. Town in Moradabad District, N.-W. P., see Hunter, I G. i. 266.

↩
MS. (A) reads ◌ after ◌.

↩
See J. A. S. B., 1869, p. 126, and Āīn-i-Akbarī, (B), I. p 268. The Mīr ‘Adl was the officer entrusted with the duty of carrying out the finding of the Qāẓī, see Āīn-i-Akbarī, III. (J.) 41.

↩
MS. (A) reads ◌.

↩
MS. (B) ◌.

↩
MS. (B) reads ◌.

↩
MSS. (A) (B) omit ◌.

↩
MS. (A) reads ◌ Bhodal.

↩
For Hodal and Palwal, see Hunter, I. G. v. 437 and xi. 21.

↩
MS. (A) omits ◌.

↩
◌. MS. (A).

↩
MS. (A) omits ◌.

↩
MSS. (A) (B) ◌.

↩
Read with MSS. (A) (B) ◌.

↩
Supply ◌ from MSS (A) (B).

↩
I am not quite clear as to the meaning of this passage.

↩
The text and both MSS. seem to be incorrect: we should read I think, ◌. The text and MS. (A) read ◌. MS. (B) reads ◌.

↩
Qur‘ān, xxv. 25. MS. (A) reads wrongly here ◌. MS. (B) ◌.

↩
MSS. (A) (B) ◌.

↩
MS. (A) reads ◌ for ◌.

↩
MSS. (A) (B) ◌.

↩
MS. (B) ◌.

↩
MSS. (A) (B) ◌.

↩
MSS. (A) (B) ◌.

↩
MS. (A) ◌ kanī (?). MS. (B) ◌ gīsī (?).

↩
MS. (B) ◌.

↩
MS. (A) reads ◌ for ◌.

↩
MS. (B) reads ◌.

↩
MSS. (A) (B) read ◌ for ◌.

↩
MS. (A) reads ◌.

↩
MS. (A) reads ◌.

↩
A footnote to the text says that the word ◌ is superfluous, MS. (A) omits ◌.

↩
MS. (B) reads wrongly ◌ for ◌ and ◌ for ◌.

↩
MSS. (A) (B) ◌.

↩
MS. (B) reads again ◌ for ◌.

↩
MS. (A) supplies ◌.

↩
◌. A tradition, meaning we have recourse to God for preservation from decrease or defectiveness after increase, or redundance. See Lane s. v. ◌.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
We should read here ◌ yak andāz MS. (A).

↩
MSS. (A) (B).

↩
MSS. (A) (B) ◌. The text reads ◌ which has no meaning.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
MS. (A) omits ◌.

↩
MS. (B) reads ◌.

↩
MS. (A) ◌ MS. (B) ◌.

↩
MSS. (A) (B) ◌.

↩
MS. (B) omits ◌.

↩
MSS. (A) (B) ◌.

↩
The ser is approximately two pounds. Jawārī is the Hindustānī name for the small variety of millet also known as chhota jawār. (Andropogon sorghum).

↩
MS. (A) reads in error ◌ for ◌.

↩
◌ Mughailān for ◌ Ummu-ghailān. According to the Makhzanu-l-Adwīya. This is the tree called in Hindī kikar or babūl. (Acacia Arabica) see also Ibn Baiṭār (South) I. 82, according to whom it is Spina œgyptiaca. Mimosa gummifera. See also Drury, useful plants of India who states that the seeds and pods are used as food for sheep when grain is scarce.

↩
◌ MS (B) adds ◌.

↩
MS. (B) ◌.

↩
◌ Khashm-i-Īzad. Gives the date 962. H.

↩
MS. (B) ◌.

↩
MS. (B) omits ◌.

↩
MS. (B) omits ◌.

↩
MS. (A) omits ◌ reading ◌.

↩
MSS. (A) (B) ◌.

↩
MS. (B) omits ◌.

↩
MS. (B) reads ◌ ‘Adl Khān.

↩
MS. (A) reads ◌.

↩
MSS. (A) (B) ◌.

↩
MSS. (A) (B) ◌.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
MSS. (A) (B) ◌.

↩
◌ chirāgh is an open lamp with a naked flame generally consisting of a small earthenware saucer of oil with a wick.

↩
◌ MS. (A).

↩
The formula of Tauḥīd is Lā illāha illa Allāh waḥdhu lā Sharīka lahu. There is no god save God. He is one, He has no partner.

The other formula is Istaghfiru-llāh wa atūbu ilaihi. I ask pardon of God and to Him I repent.

Both these formulæ are used on occasions of sudden alarm and peril.

↩
MS. (B) omits ◌.

↩
MS. (B) reads ◌ instead of ◌.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
MS. (B) omits ◌. MS. (A) omits ◌.

↩
◌ Ātash-i-Badalgaṛh. The fire of Badalgaṛh. These words give the date 962 H.

↩
I read here with MS. (A) ◌. Although MS. (A) also reads in the margin ◌, the other reading is more probably correct, and is a further statement of the terrible straits to which the garrison of Baiāna were driven.

↩
A footnote variant reads ◌. MS. (A) reads ◌.

↩
MS. (B) omits ◌.

↩
MS. (B) omits ◌.

↩
MS. (B) omits ◌.

↩
MS. (A) reads ◌ for ◌ (Text).

↩
MS. (B) insert ◌ unnecessarily.

↩
I read here ◌. Jahl-i-dastburd instead of the textual reading. MS. (A) gives reason to think that this is correct, it reads ◌ which making allowance for conversion of ◌ into ?? in writing gives the reading adopted. The textual reading has no meaning.

↩
MSS. (A) (B) ◌.

↩
MS. A omits ◌.

↩
MS. (B) omits ◌.

↩
MS. (A) omits ◌.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
Omit ◌. MS. (A).

↩
MS. (A) reads ◌. Manḍākar. MS. (B) ◌ Mauḍāgaṛh.

↩
MSS. (A) (B) omit ◌.

↩
MS. (B) reads ◌.

↩
◌. MS. (A) reads ◌.

↩
MS. (B) omits ◌.

↩
MS. (B) ◌.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
MS. (B) reads ◌. Nahar pāl.

↩
MS. (B) reads ◌. Nahar pāl.

↩
Read here ◌. MS. (A) reads ◌ (?). MS. (B) ◌.

↩
MS. (A) reads ◌.

↩
MS. (A) reads ◌ for ◌.

↩
Read ◌. MS. (A), for ◌.

↩
MS. (A) omits ◌.

↩
MS. (B) reads ◌ for ◌.

↩
MS. (B) omits ◌. MS. (A) reads ◌.

↩
MSS. (A) (B) ◌.

↩
MS. (A) omits ◌.

↩
MS. (A) omits ◌.

↩
Read ◌. MSS. (A) (B), for ◌ (Text).

↩
MS. (B) omits ◌.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
MS. (A) reads ◌.

↩
MS. (B) reads wrongly ◌.

↩
◌. MS. (A) reads ◌.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
MSS. (A) (B) read ◌. The text reads ◌.

↩
MS. (A) omits ◌

↩
Literally: Crying, where shall I put the cup, where shall I put the case?

↩
MS. (A) omits ◌.

↩
Qur'ān II. 4.

↩
MSS. (A) (B) read ◌. MS. (B) reads ◌ for ◌.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
MS. (B) reads ◌ for ◌.

↩
MS. (A) omits ◌.

↩
MSS. (A) (B) omit ◌.

↩
The text reads ◌. MS. (A) reads ◌ (sic.) MS. (B) reads ◌. The meaning is not very clear.

↩
◌ Gauria bikusht. A footnote to the text points out that these words give 963 as the date. Thomas (Pathān Kings, p. 416) gives 964 H. as the date of ‘Adlī's death.

↩
A footnote variant gives ◌.

↩
MS. (B) reads ◌ for ◌.

↩
MSS. (A) (B) read ◌ for ◌.

↩
See Āīn-i-Akbarī I, (B) 612, note 1. Kalāṇ-wat or Kalāwant is a Hindī word meaning a singer or musician. MS. (A) reads ◌ Kalān want.

↩
Badāonī uses the word ◌ wādī a valley or desert, apparently to shew his disapproval of the art.

↩
A large kind of drum. See Āīn-i-Akbarī (J.) III, 255.

↩
MS. (B) reads ◌ for ◌.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
MS. (A) omits ◌.

↩
MS. (A) omits ◌.

↩
MS. (A) reads here ◌ Aḥāwan. MS. (B) reads ◌ Ajāwan. So also footnote variant to text.

↩
◌. The Bhagatiya are “a caste of loose people who pass their time in buffoonery, singing and dancing.” Sherring I, 276.

↩
MSS. (A) (B) ◌.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
The text reads ◌ with a footnote variant ◌. MSS. (A) (B) read ◌.

↩
MS. (B) omits ◌.

↩
MS. (A) ◌. The text reads ◌ meaning scraps of meat.

↩
The text reads ◌ ghashyān. MS. (A) reads ◌ ghaṯayān. If we take the reading of the text it will be ‘he felt faint.’

↩
◌ MS. (A).

↩
◌ MS. (A).

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
He was, as has been described, killed in battle.

↩
MS. (A) reads ◌ in the first line, and ◌ in the second. MS. (B) reads ◌ in the first and ◌ in the second.

↩
A footnote says that one copy gives ◌. MS. (B) has this reading.

↩
See ante p. 205, note 3.

↩
Read ◌ for ◌, MSS. (A) (B).

↩
MS. (A) omits ◌.

↩
See Hunter, Imp. Gaz., Ind., Vol. III, also Tieff. I, 117, Bukkur. See Proceedings, A. S. B., April, 1895, p. 69.

↩
See Hunter, Imp. Gaz., Ind., Vol. XI, Rohri. Firishta writes ◌ Luhrī. See Bombay text, p. 409.

↩
MSS. (A) (B) read ◌ Pātar. I can find no mention of any place of this name.

↩
MS. (B) reads ◌. Firishta says “asked for assistance in the conquest of Gujrāt,” Bombay text, p. 409.

↩
Omit ◌ read ◌. MSS. (A) (B).

↩
The text reads 947 H. ◌ with a footnote saying that one MS. reads 948 H. and another ◌ 947-948. MSS. (A) (B) both read 948 H. and this is the correct date.

↩
MSS. (A) (B) ◌. Firishta, Qarācha Khān, Bombay text, p. 409.

↩
MSS. (A) (B) read ◌ MS. (A) omits ◌.

↩
MSS. (A) (B) add ◌.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
◌ Surūr-i-kāināt. Joy of created things. These words give the date 948 H.

↩
MS. (A) ◌ MS. (B) ◌.

↩
Firishta says ◌ Sihwān. Sihwān or Sehwān is in the Karāchī district of Sind, lat 26° 26' N. long 67° 54' E. The river Indus formerly flowed close to the town but has now quite deserted it. The fort of Sehwān is ascribed to Alexander the Great. See Hunter Imp. Gaz., XII. 305; but Tief-fenthaler (I. 123) attributes it to Ḥusain, son of Shāhbeg Arghūn.

↩
MSS. (A) (B) ◌.

↩
MS. (B) ◌.

↩
This is the statement of one author, but Firishta says “The siege lasted for seven months. Mīrzā Shāh Ḥusain Arghūn also came with boats and blocked the road by which supplies of grain came, in consequence of so great scarcity of food ensued that they had to live on the flesh of animals.” Bombay text, 409.

↩
MSS. (A) (B) ◌.

↩
MS. (B) ◌.

↩
◌.

↩
Footnote variant ◌

↩
MS. (A) omits ◌.

↩
Text reads ◌. MS. (B) reads ◌ most of them.

↩
MS. (B) omits ◌.

↩
MSS. (A) (B) read ◌.

↩
Footnote variant ◌ Bakkar.

↩
MS. (A) reads ◌.

↩
MS. (A) omits ◌.

↩
Thus the text: MS. (A) reads ◌.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
MS. (B) ◌

↩
MSS. (A) (B) ◌.

↩
Footnote variant ◌,

↩
MS. (B) reads ◌.

↩
MS. (B) reads ◌.

↩
MS. (B) ◌.

↩
MS. (B) ◌.

↩
MS. (B) ◌.

↩
MSS. (A) (B) ◌.

↩
Omit ◌ read ◌ MSS. (A) (B).

↩
MS. (A) omits ◌ after ◌.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
A footnote reads: ◌ To such a height (did their sufferings rise) that the thirsty-lipped ones from excess of hunger (cast) themselves (into the wells). MS. (B) has this reading omitting the word ◌.

↩
MSS. (A) (B) ◌.

↩
MS. (B) omits ◌.

↩
MS. (A) omits ◌ writing ◌.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
A footnote variant to the text, agreeing with MS. (B) runs thus:
> ◌

This is the reading adopted: it seems preferable.

↩
This is according to the text. A footnote variant (and MS. (B)) reads
> ◌

Sent…with treacherous design, and girding the loins of rebellion.”

↩
The words in brackets are not in MSS. (A) (B).

↩
Read ◌. MS. (A).

↩
◌. MS. (A). This is the preferable reading.

↩
Read ◌ for ◌. MSS. (A) (B).

↩
◌. MS. (B) ◌. MS. (A).

↩
This is the reading of the text. MS. (A) reads ◌ (sic).

Firishta says that Humāyūn's horse shewed signs of tiring, (◌) so that he asked Tardī Beg for a horse, who unkindly refused, and as every moment tidings kept arriving that Māldeo's army was near at hand, Humāyūn had no alternative but to mount a camel (Bo. Text, p. 410.)

↩
Text ◌. MS. (A) omits. Firishta writes ◌ whereupon.

↩
Firishta writes ◌.

↩
Firishta gives a slightly different version of this: stating that Nadīm himself went on foot and placed his mother on his own horse leading it, afterwards mounting her on a camel. (Bo. text loc cit).

↩
MS. (A) ◌. MS. (B) reads ◌.

↩
MSS. (A) (B) omit ◌.

↩
Omit ◌ after ◌. MS. (A).

↩
All this passage from ◌ to ◌ is omitted in MS. (B).

↩
According to our author's account it seems as though Māldeo's men lost their way, but Firishta's account is as follows: “When the tidings of the approach of the infidels arrived Humāyūn ordered certain of his officers who were with him to follow him in close succession, while he himself started with a small party of not more than twenty-five; when night came on the officers lost their way and went in another direction; towards morning the ranks of the enemy's army became visible, and in accordance with (Humāyūn's) orders Shaikh ‘Alī and the rest who were in all not more than twenty-five men repeated the creed, then turned and with stout heart gave battle. Fortunately the very first arrow struck the leader of the infidels in the breast, he fell headlong to the earth and the rest fled. The Muslims pursued them and captured many camels. Humāyūn returned thanks to God and alighted at a well which contained a little water where the Amīrs who had lost their way came up.”

↩
MS. (A) omits ◌.

↩
MS. (A) omits ◌.

↩
MS. (A) reads ◌.

↩
◌, is the reading of the text and both MSS. (A) (B) but it does not tally with Firishta who writes “Marching thence, for three stages water was absolutely unprocurable, and the people were in great distress, on the fourth day they reached a well, &c.” Perhaps we should read ◌. Putting up with the want of water.

↩
MS. (A) omits ◌.

↩
The rope was so long that before the bucket reached the mouth of the well the oxen used to draw it up, had gone so far that the sound of a drum was necessary to warn their drivers that they must stop. MS. (A) reads ◌ also ◌ for ◌.

↩
MS. (B) omits ◌.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
◌ MS. (A) reads ◌.

↩
◌. The calamity stricken of the army.

↩
◌. I can see no other meaning for this expression.

↩
MS. (A) reads ◌. MS. (B) reads ◌.

↩
MSS. (A) (B) ◌.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
◌. MS. (A).

↩
MSS. (A) (B) omit ◌.

↩
◌. MS. (B). The text is correct.

↩
MSS. (A) (B) ◌.

↩
MSS. (A) (B) omit ◌.

↩
It was now that Akbar was born, according to Firishta, before Humāyūn left for Bakkar. See Bo. text, p. 411. Briggs, II. 95; but from our author's text it appears that Humāyūn had left Amarkoṭ before his son was born, and only saw him at Chaul.

↩
The text and both MSS. (A) (B) read ◌ which is not capable of satisfactory interpretation. It is suggested that we should read ◌ instead of ◌.

↩
◌ Chaul or Chore, a village situated on the route from Amarkoṭ to Jaisalmīr, eight miles north-east of the former place. See Thornton's Gazetteer, I. p. 143, and map. Lat. 25° 25' Long. 69° 51'. See also Keith Johnston's Atlas.

↩
MSS. (A) (B) ◌. So also Firishta who says “But after a short time the army began to scatter and nothing could be accomplished, Mun‘im Khān also fled, &c.”

↩
See Āīn-i-Akbarī, I. (B) 315, No. 10.

↩
MS. (B) omits ◌.

↩
MS. (B) omits ◌.

↩
MS. (A) omits ◌.

↩
MS. (A) reads ◌. MS. (B) reads ◌.

↩
The text reads ◌ Shāl Mashāng, but both MSS. (A) (B) read ◌ Sāl Mastān manzil-i-Urdū būd. Firishta Bo. text, p. 411, line 10 reads ◌ Sāl Wahsanān, which is probably a copyist's error for ◌ Shāl-o-Mastān We should therefore read Shāl-o-Mastāng, understanding by it Mustung which lies S. S. W. of Quetta or Shāl, at a distance of about 25 miles. See Thornton's Gazetteer, II. pp. 68 and 188. The distance from Qandahār to Shāl is about 150 miles.

↩
A footnote variant reads ◌ Mīrzā Hindāl Not in MS. (A) or (B).

↩
Footnote variant ◌ Jūkī.

↩
MSS. (A) (B) ◌. MS. (B) omits ◌.

↩
MS. (A) omits ◌. See Qur‘ān xviii. 77.

↩
MS. (B) reads ◌ for ◌.

↩
◌ atabakī. The word atābak or atābek is a Turkī word signifying “grand-père, precepteur, instituteur du fils des Sulṭāns.” (Pavet de Courteille),

↩
Shamsu-d-Dīn Muḥammad Atgah Khān. See Āīn-i-Akbarī I. (Bl.) 321. No. 15, where we learn that it was he who assisted Humāyūn to escape drowning after the defeat of Qanauj. Humāyūn attached him to his service, and subsequently appointed his wife wet nurse (anāgah) to Prince Akbar at Amarkoṭ, conferring upon her the title of Jī Jī Anāgah.”

The word ◌ anā means a mother in Turkī, while ◌ anākah or ◌ anākā means a nurse, as ◌ atā means a father; the word ◌ atākah would mean foster father, and this is probably the name given to Shamsu-d-Dīn Muḥammad, not Atgah or Atka.

↩
MS. (B) omits ◌ after ◌. MSS. (A) (B) read ◌ for ◌.

↩
◌ Dīwān Khāna-i-‘Alī.

↩
The words ◌ do not seem to convey any definite meaning, we should perhaps read ◌ be-ḥilm.

↩
MSS. (A) (B) omit ◌.

↩
Omit ◌ MSS. (A) (B).

↩
◌ MS. (A).

↩
MSS. (A) (B) ◌. That is to say, in the Tabaqāt-i-Akbarī. See Elliot and Dowson, V. 217, et seqq.

↩
◌ Atālīqī. The termination liq, līgh, lūq, or lūgh, indicates either relationship, as in this instance; an abstraction, as in ◌ chūqlūq, abundance; or possession. See Pavet de Courteille s. v.

The word patronage would more etymologically represent atālīqī, but in modern usage this word has become perverted from its true sense.

↩
Called by Niẓāmu-d-Dīn, Aḥmad Muḥammad Khān Sharfu-d-Dīn Ughlī Taklū (E. and D., v. 217). The word ◌ Taklū means “eau qui coule d'une vallée et des flancs d'une montagne; lieux humides et verdoyants” (P. de C.).

↩
MS. (B) reads ◌ This reading is also given as a variant in a footnote to the text.

↩
The text has ◌ (Sic) (? ◌) Īlāq Sūrtaq, but both MSS. (A) (B) read ◌ Pulāq Sūrīq.

↩
MSS. (A) (B) omit the article, reading ◌.

↩
MSS. (A) (B) read ◌.

↩
MS. (B) omits the words in brackets. MS. (A) reads ◌ cf. Tabaqāt-i-Akbarī, Elliot, v. 218.

↩
MSS. (A) (B) ◌.

↩
The text is correct ◌ MS. (A) reads ◌.

↩
In the Memoīrs of Bāber, (Erskine, p. 243), he is called Nijim Sani Isfahâni. (Najam-i-Ṯānī Iṣfahānī).

↩
MSS. (A) (B) omit ◌.

For an account of this see Erskine (Memoirs of Bāber), pp. 242, 243.

↩
MS. (A) reads ◌ kas (?).

◌ Nakhshab. “In Mawarān-u-nahr between the Jaihūn and Samar-qand, but not lying on the road to Bokhārā, is kept on the left in journeying from Bokhārā to Samarqand, also called Nasaf, situated three stages from Samar-qand.” See Yāqūt, s. v.v. ◌ and ◌. In Bokhārā, see Kesh (Keith Johnston's Atlas), or Shehr-i-Sabz.

↩
MS. (B) reads ◌ for ◌.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
MSS. (A) (B) ◌. Text reads ◌.

↩
MS. (A) reads ◌ Sulṭānam. So also Tabaqāt-i-Akbarī.

↩
The promised Mahdī, or Leader who is to appear before the Resurrection. See Mishkātu-l-Maṣībīḥ, xxiii. also Hughes'. Dict. of Islam, 305.

↩
Sāmarrā, in ‘Irāq. Founded by Al Mu‘tasim b‘Illāh eighth Khalīfah of the house of Abbās. See History of the Caliphs (Jarrett), p. 350.

Its name was changed by Al Mu‘taṣim for the sake of good augury into Surra-man-raá meaning “Who sees it rejoices.” Sāmarrā was at one time the capital of the Caliphate, but became once more merely a provincial town when the seat of government was removed to Baghdād, remaining however a place of pilgrimage to the Shī‘a Muslims, for here were to be seen the tombs of two of their Imāms, also the Mosque with the underground chamber, from which the promised Mahdī, Al-Qāim is to appear. See J. R. A. S., 1895, p. 36, for the article from which this note is abridged, a translation from the Arabic of Ibn Serapion, by Mr. Le Strange.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
MS. (B) omits ◌.

↩
Text ◌. MS. (A) reads ◌. (?)

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
MSS. (A) (B) ◌.

↩
◌ Humā, see p. 57 of this work, and note 2.

There is an allusion here to the name Humāyūn in its etymological sense of relation to the Humā or bird of royal augury.

↩
Read ◌. MS. (A).

Salmān Sāwajī. Jamālu-d-Dīn, a native of Sāwah. Shaikh ‘Alāu-d-Daulah of Samnān said, “I have never seen in all the world the equal of the verses of Salmān or the pomegranates of Samnān.” He died in the year 669 H. Majma‘u-l-Fuṣahā, II. 19. See Beale O. B. D., p. 235, where Salmān is said to have died in 779 A.H. See also H. K. 8946 Firāqnāma. The date of his death given in the Majma‘u-l-Fuṣahā must be incorrect, as Salmān was the panegyrist of Amīr Shaikh Ḥasan and of his son Sulṭān Awais Jalāyer the latter of whom died in 776 A.H. See Āīn-i-Akbarī, I. (B) 100 n. 6.

↩
One day Salmān was in the desert of Arzẖan which is between Bushire and Shīrāz and swarms with lions. Suddenly a lion confronted him, and in his helplessness he called upon ‘Alī for aid who appeared and drove away the lion. There is a spot known to this day as the Muqām-i-Salmān. He is buried at Madām. See Isābah, II. p. 224. Salmān Abū ‘Abdi-llah al Fārsī, called in Persian Rūzbih.

MS. (A) reads instead of the first line given in the text ◌. MS. (B) reads ◌.

↩
Omit ◌ and read ◌ MS. (A).

↩
◌.

↩
Read here ◌ for ◌. MSS. (A) (B).

↩
The Shī‘ahs apply the term Imām to the twelve leaders of their sect whom they call the true Imāms. They are on this account called the Imāmīyah and the Iṯnā ‘Asharīyah. See Hughes' Dict. of Islām, 203 and 572.

↩
MS. (B) reads ◌ 12,000.

↩
◌ Bidāgh Khān was according to Tabaqāt-i-Akbarī the Prince's tutor. Hence apparently the use of this word.

↩
See Tārīkh-i-Rashidī (Elias and Ross), p. 214 n. Afshār is the name of one of the seven Turkī tribes who had been the chief supporters of Shāh Ismail, and whom he distinguished by a particular dress, including the red cap from which the Qizilbāsh derive their name.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
MS. (A) reads ◌. It was settled that Humāyūn should … hand over Qandahār (to Shāh Murād). MS. (A) omits ◌.

↩
MS. (A) inserts ◌.

↩
At Mashhad (Meshed) is the tomb of ‘Alī, son of Mūsa ar-Reẓā. See Meynard Dict. de la Perse, p. 396 s. v. ◌. See also Āīn-i-Akbarī, (J.) III. 86. Firishta reads (Bo. Text, p. 212).
> ◌

↩
Insert ◌ after ◌ instead of after ◌ MSS. (A) (B).

↩
MS. (A) reads ◌ for ◌.

↩
MSS. (A) (B) ◌.

↩
Read ◌ MSS. (A) (B).

↩
Supply ◌. MSS. (A) (B).

↩
◌. MS. (A).

↩
MS. (B) reads ◌ and ◌.

↩
Omit ◌ MS. (A).

↩
Insert ◌ after ◌. MSS. (A) (B).

↩
The words within brackets occur in both MSS. (A) (B) which read
> ◌

This also tallies with the Tabaqāt-i-Akbarī. See Elliot and Dowson, V. 219.

↩
MS. (A) reads ◌ but it seems to be in error.

↩
Omit ◌ in this place, MS (A).

↩
MS. (A) omits ◌.

↩
◌ Īl shudan. To become submissive. See Pavet de Courteille, s. v. ◌.

↩
Read here. ◌ MSS. (A) (B). The word ◌ seems unnecessary and tautological; possibly it is an interpolation by a scribe who failed to understand the word ◌ īl, taking it in its ordinary sense of “tribe.”

Regarding the Chaghatai, see Tārīkh-i-Rashīdī, (Elias and Ross, pp. 2, 3.)

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
MS. (A) omits ◌ before ◌ and reads ◌.

↩
The text read ◌ having come down. The Tabaqāt-i-Akbarī says “managed to escape by stratagem, and let himself down from the walls by a rope.” E. and D. loc cit.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
◌ Ulūs-i-Chaghtā. The word Ulūs is a Turkish word, it is not found in Redhonse's dictionary. In Faẓlu-llāh Khān's Turkish Persian Dictionary its meaning is given as ◌ qabīla-i-buzurg, a large tribe.

The title of Ulūsbegī “chief of the tribe” was a very old one among the Mughuls. See Tarīkh-i-Rashīdī (Elias and Ross), p. 132 n. 1.

↩
MS. (A) reads wrongly ◌ for ◌.

↩
Bidāgh Khān, “Abūl-Fatḥ Sulṭān Afshār, and Ṣūfī Walī Sulṭān Kadāmū.” Tabaqāt-i-Akbarī E. and D., v. 221.

↩
Read ◌ MSS. (A) (B).

↩
MS. (B) reads ◌.

↩
MS (A) reads ◌. The text is correct.

↩
Omit ◌ MS. (A).

↩
MSS. (A) (B) omit ◌ but it seems to be necessary.

↩
MS. (A) inserts ◌ after ◌ “the very day of the agreement.”

↩
Omit ◌ MS. (B).

↩
MS. (B) omits ◌.

↩
MS. (A) reads ◌. The word here seems to mean one who is anathema, i. e., a Sunnī.

The following long note is necessary as no book I can find explains the word ◌ Tabarrā. This word means enmity (as opposed to ◌ Tawallā, affection) and is a technical term in use among the Shī‘ahs. In defining tabarrā a distinction is to be made between ◌ mukhālafat opposition, and ◌ ‘adāwat enmity, the former not necessarily involving the latter, for instance two men may be in opposition (mukhālafat) on worldly matters, and yet be in thorough amity (maḥabbat) in matters of faith, or may be opposed to one another in questions of philosophy and yet be unanimous in religious questions. Thus enmity includes opposition, but opposition does not necessarily imply enmity. And yet it is held that ◌ maḥabbat, affection, and ◌ ‘adāwat enmity may occasionally co-exist: for the reason that ◌ ‘adāwat is of two kinds, religious, as for instance the ‘adāwat of Muslims and Infidels, who regard each other as enemies on the ground of the fundamental differences in their faith: and, worldly, as the ‘adāwat between one Muslim and his fellow Muslim on account of some conflict of worldly interests. Thus it is conceivable that ‘adāwat and maḥabbat may co-exist. Or again one Muslim may have an affection for another Muslim quā Muslim, but entertain a hatred for him as an adulterer, while he may love even a kāfir (Non-Muslim) for his good works such as alms, &c., while he hates him as an Infidel: his love being merely of a worldly nature in no way connected with religion.

The co-existence of ‘adāwat and maḥabbat in one person due to one consideration is however impossible.

Again, the ‘adāwat which true believers entertain against each other on account of worldly considerations is not injurious to the faith, however reprehensible it may be.

Moreover, the essential origin of ‘adāwat in religious matters is kufr (infidelity), therefore one must consider every kāfir as an enemy: thus although there may be lawful ties of worldly affection (maḥabbat) between a Muslim and a Kāfir, such as the relation of father and son, or brotherhood other blood relationship or friendship, get all these considerations must be cast aside from the exigencies of religion, and ‘adāwat must be based upon their kufr. Again religious affection is centred in īmān (faith of Islām), we must therefore from religious considerations love all the brethren of this faith whether they are obedient or contumacious.

Maḥabbat and ‘adāwat between a true believer and an unbeliever (Kāfir) has different degrees, just as there are differences of degree in the love which any reasonable being entertains for his different relations. So also in religious love there are degrees … The highest is that for the Prophet Muḥammad, next to this love for the assembly of believers who have close connection and intimate relation to the Prophet; and that assembly is confined to three parties: First, the children and relations of the Prophet who are his members; secondly, his pure spouses who are in a way his members; thirdly, his companions who elected to serve him and gave their lives for his cause.

If among the believers there be any devoid of faith (īmān), or guilty of any sin which destroys their former works, and in accordance with the dictates of the Qur‘ān become worthy of ‘adāwat (◌) they are excepted (from the rights of maḥabbat) and enquiry should be made into their faith or absence of faith. … Inasmuch as ◌ fisq (immorality) does not necessarily exclude ◌ Īmān (faith), it is not lawful to curse such an one, nor to display ◌ tabarrā against him, but rather to pray for his pardon; as long as he retains Īmān it is lawful to entertain ◌ maḥabbat for him, and ‘adāwat on religious grounds is unlawful, inasmuch as tabarrā and ◌ sabb (reviling) are only justifiable when maḥabbat for a person no longer remains, which is restricted to death in infidelity.

Now we must consider the words of the Shī‘ah divines who consider opposition to and contention regarding the Khilāfat of ‘Alī as kufr, according to the words of Khwāja Naṣīr Ṭūsī “Mukhalīfūhu fasaqah wa muḥāribūhu kafarah.” “Those who oppose him are immoral and those who fight against him are infidels.”

Accordingly a section who have contented themselves with opposition are not deserving of tabarrā, because their extreme fault is fisq (immorality) and the fāsiq (immoral man) may be a true believer.

The above is translated from the Tuhfa-i-Iṯnā ‘asharīyah of Shāh ‘Abdu-l-‘Āzīz of Dihlī.

The gist of the matter appears to be this that Tabarrā is not justifiable for immorality, but only for infidelity. It seems therefore to take the place in Muslim Theology of the ◌ of the Christian Code. It is more than excommunication, inasmuch as death in infidelity is made the test of tabarrā which thus implies final separation and curse.

The use of foul abusive language against the companions of the Prophet would be held to be loss of ◌ (Īmān) and hence to render the reviler liable to ◌ tabarrā provided he died in that state. As the person referred to in the story was killed by Mīrzā Yādgār Nāṣir he is called ◌ tabarrāī accursed.

↩
MS. (B) omits the portion in brackets.

↩
MS. (A) omits ◌.

↩
MSS. (A) (B) omit ◌.

↩
MS. (A) reads ◌. MS. (B) reads ◌.

↩
◌ MSS. (A) (B) read ◌

↩
Omit ◌ MSS. (A) (B).

↩
Literally, lost their hands and feet.

↩
◌ MSS. (A) (B).

↩
The text reads ◌ a footnote gives two variants ◌ and ◌. The latter is the reading of MS. (A). I read for ◌ qūrbaqa, the word ◌ qūrtaghā, which is Turkī for ‘an old woman.’ See Pavet de Courteille.

↩
MS. (A) omits ◌

↩
MS. (B) insert ◌ after ◌

↩
MS. (A) omits ◌

↩
MS. (B) omits ◌

↩
MS. (B) ◌

↩
MS. (A) ◌

↩
MS. (A) ◌; MS. (B) omits ◌

↩
MS. (B) ◌

↩
◌ Al-khāinu khāif. MS. (B) reads ◌

↩
MS. (A) reads ◌

↩
Qur'ān xxviii. 85.

↩
MS. (A) omits ◌.

↩
The Tabaqāt-i-Akbarī (Elliot and Dowson, v. p. 222) says: “The victory was accomplished on the 10th Ramaẓān, 953 H. when the Prince was four years, two months and five days old. Some place the event in the year 952: but God knows the truth.” A footnote (I, page 223) states that the Akbar-nāma (vol. I. p. 823) makes the date 12th Ramazān, 952.

↩
◌. These words give 952 H. Firishta also gives this same hemistich. (Bo. text, p. 448).

↩
Text ◌. Lit. to draw tight the tent cords of prolixity. MSS. (A) (B) omit ◌; MS. (B) reads ◌ for ◌.

↩
MS. (A) omits ◌ MS. (B) omits ◌.

The proverb is ◌ Al-ḥadīṯu ẕu-shujūn, and is used to express one story reminding the narrator of another, see Arabum Proverbia, Freytag, I. p. 350, n. 29.

The text reads wrongly ◌ and a footnote calls attention to the correct reading. MS. (B) reads ◌.

↩
MS. (A) omits ◌ MS. (B) omits ◌.

The proverb is ◌ Al-ḥadīṯu ẕu-shujūn, and is used to express one story reminding the narrator of another, see Arabum Proverbia, Freytag, I. p. 350, n. 29.

The text reads wrongly ◌ and a footnote calls attention to the correct reading. MS. (B) reads ◌.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
◌ Bar haẓarāt-i-‘ālīyāt-i-Begamān.

↩
MS. (B) reads ◌ for ◌.

↩
Māham Ānka (or Anagah) was one of Akbar's nurses and attended on Akbar from his cradle to his accession. See Āīn-i-Akbari, I. (B) p. 323.

Anākā or Anāka in Turkī signifies nurse (P. de C.) Fazlu-llāh Khān gives ◌ Anagah in the meaning of foster-mother ◌ shīr mādar. Read the account given by Niẓāmu-d-Dīn. (Elliot, v. p. 227).

↩
MS. (A) omits ◌; i. e., to make feints.

↩
Read ◌ MS. (A).

↩
Mīrzā Kāmrān.

↩
Text ◌ MSS. (A) (B) read ◌.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
Text reads ◌. MS. (A) has the better reading ◌.

↩
A footnote variant reads ◌ for a thousand objects, so also MS. (A).

↩
Text ◌. MSS. (A) (B) ◌.

↩
MS. (A) reads ◌.

↩
MS. (A) reads ◌.

↩
Text ◌. This admits of translation also “a certain Ẓarīf.” There was a poet of that name, Mīrzā Muḥammad Ḥasan of Iṣpahān See Majma‘u-l-Fuṣaḥā, II. 345.

↩
◌ Kaiwān. The planet Saturn which is in the seventh heaven.

↩
See ante p. 352 n. 1.

↩
◌.

↩
See Elliot, v. 229, 230.

↩
MS. (A) reads ◌. ‘Ubaidu-llāh Khān.

The Tabaqāt-i-Akbarī calls him ‘Abid Khān, Elliot, v. p. 230.

↩
MS. (A) reads ◌.

↩
The account given by our author is explained by that of the Tabaqāt-i-Akbarī which says that on the night before Balkh would have fallen, some of the Chaghatai chiefs whose wives and families were in Kābul, became alarmed because Mīrzā Kāmrān had not joined the army, so they met together and advised Humāyūn not to cross the river of Balkh, but to fall back upon Darra Gaz taking up a strong position: then, after a short time the garrison of Balkh would surrender. Humāyūn agreed to this, and both friends and foes imagined that a retreat to Kābul was intended. The Osbaks took courage and followed in pursuit. A battle ensued in which Humāyūn was personally engaged, but cut his way out, and reached Kābul in safety. See Elliot, v. p. 231.

↩
MS. (A) omits ◌.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
◌.

↩
Read ◌ for ◌ MS. (A).

↩
MS. (B) reads ◌.

↩
Our author is very brief in his recital of this portion of the history, for a fuller account see Elliot, v. 232 to 234. MS. (A) reads ◌ Yarhāla.

↩
Mírzā Kāmrān was blinded by the stroke of a lancet, see Elliot, v. 146 and 235 in the year 960 H. Firishta gives the tārīkh written to commemorate it ◌ Chashm poshīd zi bedād-i-sipihr. He closed his eyes to the injustice of heaven. It is clear that Humāyūn in destroying his brother's eyesight was only choosing the lesser of two evils, the Chaghatai leaders clamouring for his death. Firishta also says that he made the pilgrimage (Ḥajj) three times, dying on the 11th of Ẕū Ḥijjah 964 H. (Bo. Text, p. 455), October, 1557 A. D.

↩
Khāqānī, whose name was Afzalu-d-Dīn Ibrāhīm ibn ‘Alī an-Najjār, a famous poet, was originally a pupil of Abūl-‘Alā Ganjawī; he took the name Haqāiqī, as his takhalluṣ and entered the service of Shirwān Shāh the great Khāqān Manuchihr, from whom he received the title of Khāqānī. Having absented himself without permission, he was captured and imprisoned in the fortress of Shādarwān, where he wrote many poems. After his release he hastened to Makka and wrote the Tuḥfatu-l-‘Irāqain while on the way. He died soon after his return, and was buried in the cemetery of Surkhāb in Tabrīz in the year 582 H.

Majma‘u-l-Fuṣaḥa, 1, p. 200. See also Beale, O.B.D. s. v. Khāqānī.

↩
MS. (B) reads ◌. MS. (A) reads ◌.

↩
This also means, Happy is he than whom &c.

↩
Pādshah Kāmrān baka‘bah bimurd. The letters of this line give the date 968 H. instead of 964 H.

Maulānā Qāsim Kāhī otherwise known as Mīyān Kālī Kābulī. Our author (see vol. III. p. 172 of the text), stigmatises his poetry as crude and wanting in originality, although he acknowledges that it possesses a peculiar quality unshared by any other author. He was skilled in astronomy, as well as in rhetoric and Sufiism, and had also some skill as a composer of music. Badāonī laments the fact that notwithstanding all his advantages Kāhī spent his life in infidelity and impiety. The Atash-Kada (p. 190, Bombay Edition) says, that he sprang from the Gulistāna Saiyyids; one of his ancestors came out of the city to pay his respects to Tīmūr and joined his army, whose fortunes he followed until the birth of the Saiyyid aforesaid in Turkistān. He was brought up in Kābul whence he acquired his name. He went to Hindustān in the time of the Emperor Humāyūn, where he held a position of trust and honour. No date is there given for his death, which occurred in 988 H. See Āīn-i-Akbarī (B) I, 566 n. 1; also Beale, O.B.D., p. 144.

↩
MS. (B) reads ◌ Dabsī for ◌ Waisī (Text).

↩
Shīh-i-marḥūm dar Makka mānd. This line gives the date 964 H.

↩
◌. Al umūru bil ‘awāqib. Lit. Events are according to their terminations.

↩
MS. (A) omits ◌.

↩
MSS. (A) (B).

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
◌. Ḥaramain-i-Sharīfain. Mecca and Medīna.

↩
Syria. Niẓāmu-d-Dīn Aḥmad says: “in the country of Rūm,” Elliot v. 234.

↩
MS. (A) reads ◌.

↩
i.e. ‘Askarī the bountiful king. These letters give the date 922 H.

↩
In the Mishkāt (xxi. Part I) we read that honey was prescribed by Muḥammad. “A man came to his majesty and said: ‘Verily my brother has a purging.’ And his highness said: ‘Give him honey to drink’ and it was done. Then the man came to his highness and said: ‘I gave him honey to drink, which has increased the purging,’ then his majesty said to him thrice: ‘Give him honey.’ And the man came a fourth time and said: ‘it increaseth the purging.’ And his highness said: ‘give him honey.’ Then the man said: ‘I have and it increaseth the purging.’ Then his highness said: ‘God has said truly, there is a cure for man in honey, and your brother's belly lied, by not accepting of the cure.’ Then the man gave his brother honey to drink again and he got well.”

Honey was held in high estimation as a drug among ancient physicians. The poisonous qualities of honey gathered from certain plants is well known; for instance, we find in the Makhzanu-l-Adwīya that honey shed by bees which have lighted in the herb Absantīn (Absinthium) and the like acquires a bitter taste, and causes diseases of the stomach and liver, while another kind of honey causes fainting and cold sweats and loss of consciousness. So also the poisonous honey of Heraclea, supposed to owe its poisonous properties to the aconite plant.

Quite recently well authenticated cases of honey poisoning have been reported in the United States. The honey in one instance was found to be impregnated with gelsemine. It is generally believed that two varieties of aconite, Kalmia latifolia some Rhododendrons Azalea pontica and certain other plants of the N. O. Ericaceæ, have poisonous properties which are communicated to the honey of bees lighting on them. It is said that the Azalea pontica was the plant which yielded the poisonous honey noticed by Xenophon in his account of the retreat of the Ten Thousand. The active poison andromedotoxin has been found in many Ericaceæ. The symptoms of honey poisoning are briefly described as vomiting, purging, acute gastric and abdominal pain and cramps, with surface coldness and pallor, and the general signs of collapse. See Ind. Med. Gaz., January, 1897, p. 27. See also Med. and Surg. Rep. September, 1896.

↩
MS. (A) omits ◌.

↩
MSS. (A) (B) omit ◌ after ◌.

↩
Read ◌.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
◌. Shabkhūn. Night assault. The letters of this word give the date 958 H. The Tabaqāt-i-Akbarī gives another tārīkh. See Elliot, v. 234, which however gives 959 H.

↩
MSS. (A) (B) read ◌.

↩
MSS. (A) (B) omit ◌.

↩
MS. (A) reads ◌ Mānī for ◌ Amānī (Text). MSS. (A) (B) read ◌ for ◌ (Text).

↩
Read ◌ for ◌. MSS. (A) (B).

↩
◌. Sarve az būstān-i-daulat raft.

To arrive at this tārīkh we take the value of the words Būstān-i-daulat which is 959, and then take from this the value of the sarve (a cypress) used here for the letter Alif, which is straight and erect like the cypress, and has the value, 1, thus we obtain 958 H.

↩
MS. (A) reads ◌.

↩
See Āīn-i-Akbarī (Jarrett) II. 115.

↩
MS. (A) reads ◌ Salīm Shāh.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
The Naqshbandī Shaikhs were the followers of the renowned saint Khwāja Bahāu-d-Dīn Naqshband of Bokhārā. See Āīn-i-Akbarī (B) I, 423 n. 2 where the meaning of Naqshband is said to be the occupation of this man and his parents, who used to weave Kamkhābs adorned with figures (naqsh). See also for a long account of the Naqshbandī School. Āīn-i-Akbarī (J.) III, 358, et seqq.

Kamāngar means a bowmaker.

↩
Footnote variant ◌ Bahdāyan.

↩
MS. (A) reads ◌ Qandahār.

↩
MS. (B) omits ◌.

↩
MSS. (A) (B) omit ◌.

↩
◌ a tutor, teacher, preacher.

↩
MS. (A) reads ◌.

↩
MS. (A) reads ◌.

↩
MS. (A) reads ◌.

↩
MS. (A) omits ◌.

↩
Shawls.

↩
Text ◌ MS. (A) ◌. MS. (B) ◌.

↩
MS. (A) omits ◌.

↩
MS. (A) reads ◌.

↩
MS. (B) reads ◌.

↩
Read ◌ for ◌. MSS. (A) (B).

↩
MSS. (A) (B) read ◌.

↩
Māchīwāra. On the banks of the Sutlej in the Ludhiānā District of the Panjāb. See Tieff. I, 112. Āīn-i-Akbarī (J.) II, 310; III, 69.

At page 315 of Blochmann's Āīn-i-Akbarī (I), we read “The conquest of India may justly be ascribed to Bairām. He gained the battle of Māchhī-wārah and received Sambhal as jāgīr.”

↩
MS. (A) omits ◌. The hint given by the Ākhūnd was in true Oriental fashion.

↩
MS. (B) reads ◌. MS. (A) reads ◌ for ◌ and omits ◌.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
MSS. (A) (B) ◌.

↩
◌. Nine hundred and sixty-one. The value of the letters taken separately also gives 961. This is the explanation of the statement in the text that this qiṭa‘h gives the date in two ways. Footnote to the text says ◌ that it is both in form and in literal value.

↩
The text reads ◌ Parshādar, in error. MSS. (A) (B) read ◌ Parshāwar.

↩
MS. (A) omits ◌.

↩
MS. (B) omits ◌.

↩
MS. (B) adds ◌.

↩
MS. (A) reads ◌. MS. (B) reads ◌.

↩
Read ◌ omitting the hamza.

↩
The Tabaqāt-i-Nāṣirī says “Ādam Ghakar although he owed service, did not join the army.” Elliot, v. 237.

↩
◌ Umarā-i-Manqalāī. MS. (A) reads Umarā-i-mutafarriq. The text is correct. ◌ manqalāī ◌ manghalāī or ◌ māngalāī is a Turkī word signifying forehead (front) or advance-guard of an army. See P. de C. s. v. so also Faiẓullāh Khān who gives only the meaning ◌ pīshānī forehead.

↩
These words in brackets should be omitted apparently. They are absent from MS. (A) and also from the Tabaqāt-i-Akbarī which mentions Jalandhar and Sirhind. Besides the commanders were already in Lāhor.

↩
MS. (B) omits ◌ Jalandhar.

↩
MS. (A) reads ◌ in error.

↩
‘Alī Qulī Khān was the son of Ḥaidar Sulṭān Osbak-i-Shaibānī, who had been made an Amīr in the Jām war with the Qizilbāsh.

It was in the early days of Akbar's reign that he obtained the title of Khān-i-Zamān. See Badāonī, Vol. II, p. 12. Lowe's Translation, p. 5. He had defeated Hīmūn near Pānīpat. See Āīn-i-Akbarī, I, (B), p. 319.

↩
MS. (A) reads ◌.

↩
◌ MS. (A).

↩
MS. (B) omits ◌.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
MS. (A) ◌. So also Tabaqāt-i-Akbarī. Text reads ◌.

↩
MS. (B) omits ◌.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
◌. Ki kotāh silāḥ būdand. A footnote variant reads ◌ salāḥ which would mean “who were ill-advised” this is the reading of MS. (B) but the other is preferable.

↩
Text ◌. MS. (A) ◌.

↩
Read ◌. MSS. (A) (B) for ◌.

↩
The true reading is a little uncertain here. The text reads ◌ chambarhā which may be taken in the meaning of a roof; MS. (A) reads ◌ jīr (?) while MS. (B) reads ◌ (?) chanbarhā.

The account given in the Tabaqāt-i-Akbarī (Elliot, v 237-238) differs, and makes it appear as though the Mughūl troops used fire-arms or fire-arrows. Our author's account appears more reasonable.

↩
Omit ◌. MSS. (A) (B).

↩
MS. (B) omits ◌.

↩
Supply ◌ after ◌. MSS. (A) (B).

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
MS. (B) reads ◌ for ◌.

↩
MS. (B) reads ◌ for ◌.

↩
MSS. (A) (B) omit ◌.

↩
The Tabaqāt-i-Akbarī states that Humāyūn sent Akbar.

↩
MSS. (A) (B) read ◌ for ◌. Text.

↩
MSS. (A) (B) read ◌.

↩
MS. (A) omits ◌.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
MS. (B) reads ◌.

↩
MS. (B) reads ◌.

↩
MSS. (A) (B) ◌.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
MS. (A) adds ◌ after ◌.

↩
MS. (B) reads ◌ for ◌ (Text).

↩
A footnote to the text recites the reading of MS. (B) ◌.

↩
MS. (A) reads ◌.

↩
MS. (B) reads ◌ for ◌.

↩
Cf. The dust of Alexander turned to clay May stop a hole to keep the wind away.

↩
◌ Shamshīr-i-Humāyūn. The sword of Humāyūn. These letters give the date 962 H.

↩
MS. (B) reads ◌.

↩
MSS. (A) (B) omit ◌.

↩
Read ◌. MSS. (A) (B) instead of the reading in the text.

↩
MS. (B) inserts ◌ after ◌.

↩
Supply ◌ MS. (A).

↩
Qur'ān lxxx, 34-35.

↩
MSS. (A) (B) ◌.

↩
The reading of MS. (A) is preferable to that in the text. MS. (A) reads. ◌. A footnote variant reads ◌.

↩
MSS. (A) (B) ◌.

↩
Text ◌ MS. (A) ◌.

↩
Faizullah Khān gives this word as ◌ Childū in the sense of ◌ In‘ām. In the Farhang-i-Anandrāj the word is given as jildū or juldū in the same sense. Pavet de Courteilles does not give the word.

↩
MS. (B) omits ◌.

↩
MS. (B) reads ◌ and omits ◌.

↩
Text ◌. MS. (B) reads ◌.

↩
◌. The text reads wrongly ◌. MS. (B) reads ◌.

↩
◌ MS. (A).

↩
MS. (B) ◌.

↩
MS. (B) reads ◌.

↩
MS. (B) omits ◌. Ḥaidar Muḥammad Khān Begī was an old servant of Humāyūn who had given the Emperor his horse when Humāyūn's horse had been shot in the defeat near Balkh. See Āīn-i-Akbarī, (B) I, 384.

↩
MSS. (A) (B).

↩
MS. (A) omits ◌ and reads ◌ for ◌.

↩
MS. (A) reverses the order of these two lines.

↩
MS. (B) reads ◌ for ◌.

↩
MSS. (A) (B) read ◌.

↩
The text has a superfluous ◌ here.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
MS. (B) reads ◌. This reading is given in a footnote to the text.

↩
MS. (B) ◌.

↩
MS. (B) reads ◌.

↩
MS. (A) omits ◌ reading ◌.

↩
MS. (B) reads ◌ Mīr Shihāb.

↩
MSS. (A) (B).

↩
◌. Ashyā-i-sahl rā namūd. MS. (A) omits ◌.

↩
Read here ◌. MSS. (A) (B). The reading in the text has no meaning.

↩
Shāhjahānpūr. MS. (B) omits ◌.

↩
The text reads ◌ Malānwah (?) MS. (A) reads ◌ (?) Malāwah. MS. (B) reads ◌ Malāwah. I am quite uncertain as to the correctness of the suggestion in the translation. Malāūn (See Hunter, Imp. Gaz. ix. 237) ??s a hill fort in the Panjāb lat. 31° 12° N. long 76° 52° E.

Firishta makes no mention of this.

↩
MS. (A) reads ◌. MS. (B) omits ◌.

↩
MS. (B) omits ◌. MS. (A) reads ◌.

↩
MS. (B) reads ◌.

↩
The word ◌. Dīwāna means a madman.

↩
MS. (B) reads ◌. The text reads ◌. an incorrect form by imāla.

↩
MSS. (A) (B) read ◌ after ◌ omitting ◌ before ◌.

↩
This appears to be the meaning, though the word ◌ is used in a somewhat strained and unusual sense. A footnote variant to the text says that the textual reading is found in one MS. and in two others ◌.

Both MSS. (A) and (B) are the same as the text which seems correct.

↩
A footnote variant reads ◌ for ◌. The text is correct.

↩
MS. (A) omits ◌.

↩
MS. (B) omits ◌.

↩
MS. (B) reads ◌.

↩
◌ Text. MS. (A) reads ◌.

↩
MS. (B) omits ◌.

↩
MS. (A) reads ◌ for ◌.

↩
Text ◌. MS. (A) reads ◌ for ◌.

↩
◌. Chūbhā-i-sāl.

↩
Read ◌. MS. (A).

↩
MS. (B) omits ◌.

↩
MS. (A) reads ◌ for ◌.

↩
Text ◌. MS. (A) reads ◌.

↩
MS. (A) reads ◌.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
Text reads ◌, but it seems as though we should read ◌ in the sense of wounded, stricken. MS. (B) omits ◌.

↩
Text ◌. MS. (A) reads ◌.

↩
Supply ◌ MSS. (A) (B).

↩
◌ Mu'aẕẕin. The crier whose duty it is to utter the aẕān or summons to prayer. The Aẕān was instituted at first when the Moslims came from Makka to Madīnah; some proposed the lighting of a fire, others the blowing of a trumpet, but the former was objected to as being a Jewish custom, and the latter as being the custom of the Christians. Then Billāl was ordered to repeat Allāhu Akbar twice in a loud voice as a signal for prayer.

The forefingers were ordered to be put into the ears while repeating the Aẓān to strengthen the voice; probably this was due to the subjective sensation of increase of sound of the voice when the external meatus is closed. The Aẕān has special virtues attached to it, for those who uttered it. Thus it is said “The callers to prayer may expect paradise on the day of the resurrection,” and again “Whoever acts as Mu'aẕẕin seven years to please God, will be redeemed from hell-fire.” See also Hughes' Dict. of Islam, s.v.v., see Mishkāt iv. Chapter 5, 6.

↩
MS. (B) omit ◌.

↩
Firishta says that he was taken up unconscious.

↩
Footnote variant ◌ Juma‘ālī.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
Firishta says the eleventh. (Bo: Text. 459).

↩
MSS. (A) (B) omit ◌.

↩
MSS. (A) (B) ◌.

↩
◌. These words give the date 963 H. The meaning is, Paradise became his pure resting-place.

↩
◌. The value of these letters is 963. The meaning is, Humāyūn I'ādshāh fell from the roof.

↩
MS. (A) reads here ◌.

↩
◌. The value of these letters is 963. The meaning is “What has become of Humāyūn and his good fortune.”

↩
MSS. (A) (B) insert this before the preceding tārīkh. Its value is also 963 H. and its meaning is ‘Alas! Alas! my king fell from the roof.’

We must read ◌ as in Text and MS. (A). MS. (B) has ◌.

↩
MSS. (A) (B) ◌.

↩
MS. (B) reads ◌.

↩
MS. (A) omits ◌.

↩
◌ Wuẓū'. Ceremonial washings before prayer. There is a saying attributed to Muḥammad “Wuẓū' is half the prayers,” and another “When a Moslim uses Wuẓū' it washes from his face those faults which he may have cast his eyes upon; and when he washes his hands, it removes the faults they may have committed; and when he washes his feet it dispels the faults towards which they may have carried him; so that he will rise up in purity from the place of ablution.” Again “The key of paradise is prayer and the key of prayer is ablution.” The prophet also said “Verily my sects will come on the day of resurrection with bright hands and feet because of Wuẓū'.

For a full account of Wuẓū' and the acts requiring its performance, see Mishkātu-l-Maṣābīḥ II. 34, also see Hughes' Dict. of Islam, art. Wuẓū'.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
◌ ṭihārat. This term includes all the various methods of purification enjoined by Muḥammadan law.

See Hughes' Dict. of Islām, art. Purifications.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
The text here gives some verses which are not found in MS. (A).
They are given here as they interrupt the continuity of the text:
◌
◌

↩
Asmāu-l-ḥasnā. The best of names. See Mishkāt, xxii. 8. Verily the best of names, in the sight of God, are ‘Abdu-llāh (the servant of God) or ‘Abdu-r-Raḥmān (the servant of the Merciful One).

↩
◌ Huwa. The name of the Almighty, written at the commencement of a document by devout Muslims, meaning, He alone is God. It is the third person of the Arabic personal pronoun. By some commentators the word is supposed to stand for the Ismul-‘aẓam or most holy name, which according to Muslim divines is known to God alone. See Qur'ān III, 1. La Allāha illa Huwa. There is no God but He.

↩
The value of ◌ being 5 and of ◌ being 6, the word ◌ is equivalent to eleven; Two Alifs placed side by side (◌) also stand for eleven.

↩
MS. (B) omits the sentence in square brackets.

↩
MS. (A) omits ◌ and reads ◌.

↩
MS. (B) omits ◌.

↩
◌ Rāfiẓī. This term was originally applied to the Shī‘ahs who joined Zaid ibu ‘Alī but forsook him upon his refusing to curse Abū Bakr and ‘Umar, the first two Sunnī Khalīfahs: but it came afterwards to denote any sect of Shi‘ahs. MS. (B) alone reads ◌. The Text and MS. (A) have ◌.

↩
MSS. (A) (B) read ◌ omitting ◌.

↩
◌ Qalam-i-taṣwīr. Text and MS. (A) MS. (B) has ◌ taḥrīr writing, instead of taṣwīr (drawing), so also a footnote variant.

↩
‘Umar Shaikh Mīrzā, second son of Tīmūr, was the father of Bābar. See Āīn-i-Akbarī (B) I. 299.

↩
MS. (A) reads ◌. So also MS. (B) except that ◌ is omitted.

↩
MSS. (A) (B) read ◌.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
Text reads ◌ Junūbī, but MS. (A) reads ◌ Junūuī.

↩
MS. (B) omits ◌.

↩
MS. (B) omits ◌.

↩
◌ Mu‘ammā, Enigma. A saying of which the meaning is hidden. See Garcin de Tassy, Rhetorique et Prosodie, p. 165.

↩
See Garcin de Tassy, op. cit., p. 191.

↩
◌ tārīkh, chronogram. Several examples have been given, see page 601, n. 8.

↩
MS. (A) ◌ qasīda.

The following is the translation of these lines which are given in the original in the text, as the whole sense of the passage following turns upon the form and not upon the meaning of the couplets.

King of kings, thy cheek is the tulip and jasmine, thy lip is the life.
As I look, thy lip like the bud in its redness, expands in a smile
I say not, thy bloom is the verdure and perfume, thy cheek is the rose
Life itself, from thy figure entrancing, appears in thy gait.

↩
◌ Taushīḥ. The initial letters of each verse when taken together from the couplet given. Thus in the four lines given the initial letters are ◌ sh ◌ h ◌ n ◌ sh forming Shahansh. See Garcin de Tassy, op. cit., p. 164.

↩
The couplet when translated, reads:
Emperor of the faith, Pādishāh of the age,
From thy good fortune thou hast become prosperous.

The play on the words Humāyūn and Kāmrān will be observed.

↩
The first foot of the first miṣrā‘ (hemistich) is called ṣadr, while the last foot of the same hemistich is called ‘urūẓ; similarly the first foot of the second hemistich is called ibtidā, while the last foot of this hemistich is called ẓarb. All the feet intervening between the ṣadr and the ‘urūẓ, or between the ibtidā and ẓarb, are called ḥashw which means literally the stuffing of a pillow (Āgīn-i-bālish). In the above the ḥashw of the verses is printed in red ink. The scansion is as follows:—
Shahanshāhārukh-i-tū lāla-o-nasrīnlabitū jān
Mafā‘ī lunMafā‘ī lunMafā‘ī lunMafā‘ī lun

The metre is thus Hazaj-i-Muṯamman.

↩
The three metres in which these lines may be read are—

(i) Hazaj-i-muṯamman. See note 4 above.

(ii) Ramal-i-muṯamman makhbūn, and the scansion is:

◌◌ ◌◌
◌◌ ◌◌

(iii) Mujtaṯ-i-muṯamman makhbūn: and the scansion is:

◌◌ ◌◌
◌◌ ◌◌

See Elements of Arabic and Persian Prosody (Ranking) pp. 49, 67, 90.

↩
MS. (B) reads ◌ in place of ◌ so also footnote variant.

↩
The three metres are those given in note 5, on the preceding page.

↩
◌ Qāfiyah. This signifies the rhyme, of which the essential letter is called the ◌ rawī, which may have also other letters preceding it and four following.

↩
◌ Radīf is the name given to a quiescent alif following a fatha, a wāo quiescent following a zamma or a ye quiescent following a kasra, in other words it is one of the letters ◌ placed as a letter of prolongation before the rawī. It is more accurately called ◌ Ridf.

Thus in the lines now cited the Radīf is the letter ye in the words rangīn, and nas‘rīn, whereas in the former verses the radīf was alif, as in the words raiḥān and dauran. MS. (A) omits ◌. See also Garcin de Tassy, op. cit., p. 370.

↩
MS. (B) omits ◌.

↩
MSS. (A) (B) read ◌ būstān.

↩
For example, we can read
Shahanshāhā lab-i-tū jān King of kings thy lip is life
Hamī binam shuda khandān, As I look it wreathes in smiles;
Namī gūyam khad-i-tū gul I say not thy cheek's a rose
Shavad ẓāhir dam-i-jaulān Blooming as thou passest by.

↩
MS. (A) reads ◌.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
The ◌ qiṭa‘h. Must contain not less than two couplets nor more than a hundred and seventy. The first two hemistiches need not rhyme, but the second hemistich of every verse must rhyme with the final hemistich of the opening verse.

The ◌ qaṣīdah In this form of poem the two opening hemistiches must rhyme. It must consist in Persian of not less than twenty-five couplets and not more than a hundred and seventy. See also Garcin de Tassy, Rhetorique et Prosodie for an explanation of these and other terms, and Gladwin, Dissertations.

↩
The reading in the text and in both MSS. (A) (B) is unintelligible, we must evidently read ◌ for ◌. The footnote to the text merely states that the reading in the text is found in all three MSS, but makes no attempt to explain the true reading.

↩
◌. These words give the date 927.

The translation of these verses is:

Thou art king of the kings of the age,
Whose continual object is conquest and victory.
Then did'st seize Badakhshān, and its tārīkh was
Muḥammad Humāyūn king of sea and land.

↩
MS. (A) adds ◌ muẓhar.

↩
◌ Gūshwāra. Lit., earring. The first line of a ghazal or qaṣīda, following immediately upon another.

Read ◌. MS. (A) ◌ and ◌. A footnote variant reads.

↩
The following is the correct reading. Immediately after the gūshwāra ◌

↩
◌. Najātu-i-Rashīd. There is a MS. of this work of Badāonī, belonging to the College of Fort William, in the Library of the Asiatic Society of Bengal, No. E/204. (See J. A. S. B. xxxviii. p. 136). The title of the work gives the tārīkh of its composition on the second and last pages. The “second daftar” here mentioned by our author does not appear ever to have been written, though from his statement it would seem he had commenced the work.

↩
MS. (A) reads ◌.

↩
One Zainu-d-Dīn Khāfī, was a famous saint. His life is given in the Nafaḥātu-l-Uns, Calcutta edition, p. 569; but the one meant in this passage is the Shaikh Zain who read the khuṭbah in Dihlī in Babar's name after the battle of Pānīpat, see Firishta, Bo. Text, p. 381 and Erskine, Memoirs of Baber, p. 308.

Khāfī or Khawāfī means ‘coming from Khawāf’ which is a district and town in Khurāsān. Our maps have Khāff or Khāf due west of Herāt. See ‘Āīn-i-Akbarī (B) I. p. 445 and footnote, also p. 592 and footnote.

↩
◌. Sadr-i-mustaqill. The Ṣadr was an officer of justice whose power appears to have been almost unlimited, his edict was necessary to legalise the accession of a new king.

His duties were to enquire into the circumstances of persons before grants were made to them. Under his orders were the Qāẓī and the Mīr ‘Adl. See Āīn-i-Akbarī, (B) I. 268-270.

↩
MSS. (A) (B) read ◌ instead of ◌ (Text).

↩
That is to say “Five years ago I was chil (◌) years of age and now I am chihal (◌) years of age, and two years hence my chihal (forty) years will be complete.
◌ (chil) stands for 33 thus ◌ = 3 ◌ = 30
◌ (chihal) stands for 38 thus ◌ = 3 ◌ = 5 ◌ = 30
while ◌ chihal is the Persian for forty.

MS. (B) completely loses the point by reading ◌ chil throughout.”

↩
That is, A year ago I was fifty (panjah) years of age, now I am fifty-one (panjah with the addition of Alif) years of age, ten years hence I shall be (◌) panjah years of age.
◌ (Panjah) stands for 60: thus
◌ = 2 ◌ = 50 ◌ = 3 ◌ = 5

Apparently we should read ◌ (Panjāh) which would give 61.

↩
This refers to a visit paid by Amīr Khusrū of Dihlī to Niẓāmu-d-Dīn Auliyā, when he saw another visitor who had brought a present for Niẓāmu-d-Dīn Auliyā. Amīr Khusrū exclaimed “Al hidāyā mushtarak.” “The gifts are in common;” whereupon Niẓāmu-d-Dīn Auliyā replied.
“Al hidāyā mushtarak lākin tanhā khushtarak.”

“The gifts are truly in common, but I should be better pleased to enjoy them alone.”

↩
MS. (A) transposes the last two lines.

↩
MS. (A) omits ◌.

↩
MS. (A) reads ◌. See Āīn-i-Akbarī, (B) I. 605 n.

↩
◌ Niẓāme, lit. a governor, one who orders and directs. The play upon the word cannot be preserved.

↩
◌ Ghazal. The ghazal or ode must consist of at least five couplets but must not exceed fifteen. Its first two hemistiches must rhyme.

↩
◌ Sajdah, commonly pronounced Sijdah, means a prostration in which the forehead touches the ground: as a religious observance the prostration, is on seven members: on the forehead, the two hands, the two knees, and the toes of both the feet; women must touch the ground with the elbows, men on the contrary must keep the elbows up. The palms of the hands must be placed upon the ground, with the fingers in the direction of the Qiblah, which was originally Jerusalem, but was afterwards changed to the Ka‘bah. Mishkātu-l-Maṣābīḥ, Cap. xv. part i.

See Hughes' Dict. of Islam, art. Ka‘bah.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
The text reads ◌ contemporary, but MSS. (A) (B) read ◌ intimate.

↩
MS. (A) reads ◌.

↩
Text ◌. MS. (B) reads ◌.

↩
◌ qiwām is the stay or support of any thing, that in virtue of which it subsists.

↩
◌ A‘rāẓ o jawāhir. By ◌ ‘Araẓun, is meant in the conventional language of Muslim theologians, a thing that is not permanent, “an accident,” as opposed to ◌ jauharun, “an essential,” see Lane, s. v. ◌ also kashshāf, s. v. v. ◌ and ◌.

↩
MS. (A) reads preferably ◌ for ◌.

↩
These two lines commencing ◌ occur in MS. (A) before the line commencing ◌ as well as in this place.

↩
◌. Founded on certainty, equivalent to ◌.

↩
◌ mukābir. One who contentiously upholds a proposition which he knows to be false.

↩
Read ◌ for ◌. MS. (A).

↩
MS. (A) reads ◌ MS. (B) reads ◌.

↩
The text reads ◌ with a footnote saying that all three MSS. are the same. MS. (B) reads ◌.

↩
The text reads ◌, MS. (B) reads ◌.

↩
The verse in the original runs thus:
Muṣhaf ast ānrū wa ān khaṭṭ āyat i jaur o jafā st
‘Āriẓ i ān dil-sitān bī bahra az khāl i wafā st

The word ◌ muṣḥaf here has two meanings, (1) a collection of pages ◌ ṣuḥuf, written upon, and placed between two boards, hence a copy of the Qur'ān, (2) affected by taṣḥīf, which is a technical expression for so altering a word by changing diacritical points and altering the order of its component letters, that it acquires a different signification.

In accordance with this second meaning, in the word ◌ the letter ◌ wāo is first dropped leaving ◌ ānr then ◌ r is changed into ◌ giving ◌ ābr, by transposing these letters we get ◌ bār.

The word ◌ khāṭṭ has also two meanings, (1) down on the cheek, (2) a letter or character. Hence we may translate “that letter is the sign of tyranny and oppression.” Now ◌ kāftan, cutting or cleaving, is such a sign, and may be represented by its root ◌ kāf, which is the letter of the alphabet required, and when prefixed to the syllable ◌ bār above found gives the word ◌ kibār, thus completing the mu‘ammā or enigma.

↩
MS. (A) reads ◌.

↩
◌ This we may read Ān Nādirī ki. That Nādirī who: or, Ān Nādire ki.

↩
◌ Raft yake az sukhun warān. If from ◌ sukhun warān the value of which is 967, we remove ◌ that is one, we have left 966.

↩
Footnote to text says that the Nafā'isu-l-Maāṯir reads Abūl Wājid MS. (B) reads ◌ Abūl Wajd.

↩
MSS (A) (B) omit ◌ after ◌ and insert it after ◌.

↩
◌ Sipand. Rue is said in the Ghīaṣu-l-lughāt to be burned to avert the evil eye. Rue was called “herb of grace” from its supposed efficacy in exorcism.

↩
Omit ◌. MSS. (A) (B).

↩
MS. (A).

↩
A sheepskin coat.

↩
MS. (A).

↩
MS. (B). MS. (A) reads ◌.

↩
The Shahrukhī was a coin equivalent to 16 dams, or 21/2 to a rupee. They were so called because they were first coined by Shāh Rukh the Mughul Sulṭān of Persia, A. H. 807-850. Thomas, Pathan kings, p. 381. The purchaser was thus willing to give about two rupees for the postīn. The postīn is a jacket made of dressed sheepskin dyed a yellow colour and more or less handsomely embroidered in yellow silk. It is worn like Brian O'Linn's breeches “with the fleshy side out and the woolly side in.” They cost about thirty or forty rupees, according to their embroidery.

↩
Text reads ◌. Batīl. In the text this word is followed by a (?) MS (A) has what may be ◌ patal, in which case the meaning would be “a mat,” and this in consideration of the matted condition of a filthy postīn seems the true reading.

↩
MS. (B) omits ◌.

↩
MSS. (A) (B) ◌.

↩
MS. (A) reads ◌ wa dīgare Ḥāmī Tambān. MS. (B) reads ◌ Jāhī-i-yatmīnān. A footnote to the text gives ◌ and says that Nafā'isu l-Maāṯir writes “Jāhī Yatmīyān was from Bukhārā, his father Yatmīyān was a native of that place, for which reason he was commonly known by this name.”

↩
MS. (A) reads ◌ Sind.

↩
MSS. (A) (B) read ◌ Sālū. The text reads ◌ Shāhpūr, but in a footnote gives ◌.

↩
◌ ba-jihat-i-sazāwalī.

↩
MS. (B) reads ◌ for ◌.

↩
MSS. (A) (B).

↩
MSS. (A) (B).

↩
MSS. (A) (B) ◌.

↩
The Text reads ◌ Khar but M.S. (A). reads ◌ Khusur, father-inlaw.

↩
MSS. (A) (B) ◌.

↩
MSS. (A) (B) read ◌ be-khirade. The text reads ◌ qaḥba-zane . Whoremaster.

↩
Text ◌ with a footnote ◌ for ◌.

↩
◌ miṣqal or ◌ miṣqalat, called also ◌ kharazat, is a shell used for polishing swords, mirrors, &c., Tāju-l-‘Arūs.

MS. (B) reads ◌ muṣaqqal which suits neither metre nor sense.

↩
MSS. (A) (B) read ◌ for ◌. A footnote variant to the text is ◌.

↩
◌ (Text). MS. (A) reads ◌. MS. (B) reads ◌.

↩
◌ Basta zang. The dāk-runners in the East carry a cluster of globular bells called Zang or rang, tied to one end of the staff carried over their shoulders, to the other end of which the mail-bag is attached, as a signal to clear the way. Zang-bastan has the secondary meaning of acquiring importance. MSS. (A) (B) read ◌ for ◌.

↩
MS. (A) reads ◌.

↩
◌ qabaq bāzī. Qabaq signifies in Tūrkī a gourd; in ancient times the Turkomāns used to hang up a wooden gourd as a mark for archery, but in later times a bowl was substituted for the gourd.

↩
◌ kajak. The name given to the hook upon which the bowl is suspended in the game of qabaq andāzī. (Ghiāṯu-l-lughāt.)

↩
The text reads ◌ kabak and a footnote states that all three MSS. have the word written with kāf-i-kaliman (◌). MS. (A) however has ◌ qabaq. The crescent moon is compared to an erasing-knife (◌)

↩
Prince of Astrologers.

↩
Husain, the second son of ‘Alī by his wife Fāṭimah, daughter of Muḥam-mad, was slain at Karbalā, A. H. 61. See Hughes' Dict. of Islām.

↩
◌ Al-Batūl. The word batūl literally means an offset of a palm-tree, cut from the parent tree and independent of it. With the article ◌ al, in its application to Fāṭimah, it denotes her distinction from other women on the ground of chastity, excellence and religion. See Lane s. v.

↩
◌ ‘alaihimas-salām. MS. (A) The text reads ◌, with a footnote variant ◌, and stating that the expression in the text is not found either in the dual or plural in any MS. Clearly the editor had not MS. (A) before him.

↩
◌ m‘aārik lit., battle fields.

↩
The pathetic story of the death of Husain slain in his attempts to quench his thirst, forms the theme of the annual ceremonies of the Muḥarram. See Hughes' Dict. of Islām, artt. Muḥarram, and Al-Ḥusain, where a full account of Ḥusain's death is given.

↩
MS. (A) reads ◌. MS. (A) (B) omit ◌.

↩
MS. (A) omits ◌.

↩
Text ◌ MS. (A) ◌ MS. (B) ◌.

↩
◌ Hajj or greater pilgrimage.

↩
Mīr Ḥusain Qudsī of Karbalā, see Āīn-i-Akbarī (B) I. 602.

↩
◌ Khār-i-mughailān. See ante, p. 550 n. 1.

↩
MSS. (A) (B) ◌. Mathī.

↩
MS. (B) reads ◌.

↩
MS. (A) reads ◌.

↩
MS (A) omits ◌.

↩
MS. (A) reads Khondī ◌. Shāh Ṭāhir Junaidī, See Beale Dict. Or. Biog., p. 250. See also Briggs Firishta, vol. iii. reign of Burhān Niẓām Shāh.

↩
MSS. (A) (B) ◌. The text reads ◌ MS. (B) reads ◌.

↩
The author of this celebrated history which is also called Al Kāmil fi-t-tārī kh (the perfect history) or more commonly Al-Kāmil, was Shaikh Abū-l-Ḥasan ‘Alī ibn Abī-l-Karan Muḥammad ibn Muḥammad ibn ‘Abdu-l-Karīm ibn ‘Abdu-l-Wāḥid ash-Sharbānī commonly known as Ibnu-l-Aṯīr.

He is called Al-Jazarī (the islander) from his birth-place the island of Ibn ‘Umar, Jazīrat ibn ‘Umar, an island of the Tigris above Mosul. He was born 555 H. (1160 A.D.) and died 630 H. (1232 A.D.). See Elliot and Dowson, II. 244, and Hājī Khalīfah, 9733.

↩
◌ Lubbu-t-Tawārīkh. (Marrow of History). The author of this work was Yaḥya ibn ‘Abdu-l-Laṭīf Qazwīnī (Dimishqī) who died 960 A.H. (1552 A.D.). See Elliot and Dowson IV. 293 and Ḥājī Khalīfah, 11076.

↩
MS. (A) reads ◌.

↩
MSS. (A) (B) ◌

↩
Shāh Ṭāhir, by prophesying the recovery of his son ‘Abdu-l-Qādir, who was dangerously ill, induced Niẓām Shāh to reject the names of Abū Bakr, ‘Umar, and ‘Uṯmān, who are the three first Khalīfahs of the Sunnīs, from the Khuṭbah, and to substitute those of the Imāms, thus proclaiming himself a Shī‘ah. See Firishta, Bo. text, II. 220 et. seqq. Briggs, (III. 228) merely mentions the fact but does not give the story.

↩
Read ◌. MS. (A).

↩
◌. Baṭufail-i-fusūn khwānī. This is a very strange expression, and although it occurs in the text and MSS. (A) (B), I would suggest we should read ◌ ba-faẓli. The use of spells and charms for the cure of disease was permitted to Muslims provided there was in them no suspicion of ◌ shirk, that is, of associating anything with God. We read in the Mishkāt that spells were permitted to be used “to counteract the ill-effects of a malignant eye; and on those bit by snakes or scorpions, and for sores in the side.” They were also directed to be used for jaundice which was held to be an effect of the evil-eye. See Mishkātu-l-Maṣābiḥ, XXI. Part II. MS. (B) reads ◌.

↩
◌. Istidrāj. In the Kashshāf this is defined as follows: “A præternatural occurrence brought about by the agency of an unbeliever or an impious man, and in conformity with his desires.” Another definition is also given from the Shamā'ilu-l-Muḥammadīyah. “Istidrāj is a præternatural occurrence brought about by the agency of infidels or evil-doers.” It is generally understood that a miracle brought about by one who claims to be a prophet, if it be in accordance with his desires is called mu‘jiẓa, while if it be contrary to his intention it is called Ihānat. Again that which is brought about by any other than a prophet, if he be faithful, pious, and perfect in the knowledge of God, is called karāmat; that performed by the ordinary believer is called ma‘ūnat, but that which is performed by infidels is to be called istidrāj.

Kashshāf I. 463.

↩
The word ◌ Sunnat means literally ‘a path’ and the Sunnīs are known as ◌ Ahl-i-Sunnat “the people of the path.” The Sunnīs have claimed for themselves this title in virtue of their acknowledging the first four Khalīfahs to have been the rightful successors of Muḥammad, and receiving the “six books” of tradition.

↩
◌ jamā‘at, Assembly. It is here used in its technical sense of ◌ sunnatun mu'akkadatun an authenticated traditional practice. The Sunnīs are commonly called Ahl-i-sunnah wa jamā‘ah.

↩
For an account of the Mahdawī sect, see Āīn-i-Akbarī (B.) I., pp. iii. iv.

↩
◌ mutaraffiẓ-i-ghālī. The meaning appears to be “became more of a Shī‘ah than the Shī‘ahs themselves.” The form of the word mutaraffiẓ requires some such translation.

↩
◌ mash'ūm MSS. (A) (B) read ◌.

↩
◌ Rafẓ lit. forsaking. The Sunnī Muslims call all Shī‘ahs Rāfiẓī or heretics.

↩
◌ Ḥamal, Aries. The sun enters Aries in Spring.

↩
◌ Bahman-o-Dai. Dai is the tenth and Bahman the eleventh month of the Persian year: they answer to December and January. See Al-Birūnī Chronology, p. 52.

↩
◌ Sandal. Santalum album, N. O. Santalaceæ.

The wood ground into powder is much used in India made into a paste with water as an application to the forehead in headaches. The Makhzann-l-Adwīya recommends the addition of a little camphor and rose-water. See Ibn Baiṭar II, 138. See ante, p. 434 n. 1, also Drury, Useful Plants of India, p. 383.

↩
◌ Manqabat. This word is used to connote eulogy of either the Prophet or holy men (Walīs).

↩
◌ Gurīz-gāh. Point of departure. This name is given to that portion of a qaṣīdah in which the poet leaves his original theme to descant upon the qualities of the person eulogised.

↩
MS. (A) omits ◌ also ◌ and ◌

↩
Text ◌ ḥarf-i-barf. MS. (B) reads ◌ ḥarf-i-ḥarf.

↩
The Turks are called tang-chashm close-eyed, and the red petals tightly folded in the bud are likened to the “tāj” or red caps of the Qizilbāsh.

↩
Text reads ◌. MSS. (A) (B) read ◌ kapanak, a felt garment which poor persons wear on their backs in winter. Ghīāṯu-l-lughāt.

↩
Read ◌ MSS. (A) (B).

↩
Text reads ◌ but we should read ◌. MS. (A).

↩
MS. (A) reads ◌ for ◌.

↩
◌ būstān afrūz. A red flower without odour, called also Tāj-i-Khurūs (Cockscomb) and Gul-i-Yūsuf. (Burhān-i-Qāti‘) Amaranthus candatus Love-lies-bleeding or Celosia cristata (Cockscomb) N. O. Amaranthaceæ.

↩
◌ Siprak a herb, which when boiled dyes yellow (Steingass). This line may also be translated, Measles has become opponent to the cheek of the rose.

↩
MS. (A) reads ◌ for ◌.

↩
This couplet is in MS. (A), as follows.—
◌
The text reads ◌ instead of ◌.

↩
◌ Murtaẓa. The Chosen. A title of ‘Alī.

↩
◌. Nasrain-i-falak. The constellations Eagle and Lyre.

↩
◌. Birjīs. The planet Jupiter, which is one of the ◌ Sa‘dān, or two auspicious planets, the other being Venus.

↩
◌. ‘Uṭārid. The planet Mercury, which is held to rule over intelligence, hence it has the name ◌ Zīrak, intelligent.

The names Sa‘d and Zīrak are commonly given to servants.

↩
◌ Ṯuraiyyā. The Pleiades; as being the most beneficial of the planets from its influence on the autumnal rains, is called by the Arabs ◌ An-najm. The constellation, cf. Job. xxxviii. 31. The poet apparently draws his simile from the form of the constellation itself, and also from the nebula, which he compares to the salt grains. If this latter is really the case it would be interesting, as the nebula of the Pleiades is claimed to have been comparatively recently discovered, first by photography.

↩
MS. (A) reads ◌ for ◌.

↩
The expression ◌ jirm-i-qamar is not very clear, and properly would hardly bear the meaning given to it in the translation. The word ◌ jirm is said to be used in the sense of the separate members of the body (see Lane s. v.) and on this analogy the word is here translated rays.

↩
The text has here a footnote saying that in two MSS. there follows here In maṭla‘i ū nīz mashhūr ast. So MS. (B).

↩
To look each morning upon the turquoise is said to enhance the brilliancy of the eyes. It is also said that the wearer of a Turquoise so set that it touches the skin may fall from any height without injury, as the stone attracts to itself the whole force of the blow. Manī Mālā I., p. 88. It is also supposed to change colour with the state of the wearer's health. The Turquoise is commonly worn set in an amulet.

↩
Faddak was a village which belonged to the prophet Muḥammad. After his death, when his daughter Faṭimah had assumed possession, the Khalīfah took it from her by force, saying, “I have heard the prophet say ‘we prophets will not leave legncies to our heirs but what is left at our death will be given in charity.’”

↩
The verses in brackets are omitted from MS. (A).

↩
MS. (A) omits ◌.

↩
Text reads ◌. MSS. (A) (B) read ◌. In grief for her the joy of love has left my sorrowful heart.

↩
MSS. (A) (B) read ◌ for ◌.

↩
Insert ◌ after ◌. MS. (A).

↩
MSS. (A) (B) ◌ Tābiu-ahl-i-l-bait. Follower of the people of the House. See Qur‘ān, xxxiii. 33. The text omits the article ◌ before ◌, which is correct, as the date required is 952.

↩
Text reads ◌.

↩
MS. (A) reads ◌ Abū-l-barakah.

↩
MS. (B) reads ◌ for ◌.

↩
MS. (A) again reads ◌.

↩
MS. (A) omits ◌.

↩
MSS. (A) (B) omit ◌ here.

↩
MS. (A) reads ◌.

↩
There is great cleverness of construction in the original qit‘ah, in the last line we should read ◌ bi-kunand for ◌ na kunand, and in the last but two ◌ for ◌. MS. (A).

The last lines also mean—

Either they read and consider carefully
Or they do not read lest they should make mistakes.

↩
Salmān Sāwajī, whose surname was Jalālu-d-dīn Muḥammad, was a celebrated poet, a native of Sāwa, and flourished in the reigns of Shaikh Hasan Jalāyer and his son Sulṭān Aweis. He died 779 A. H. (Beale, O. B. D.)

↩
Not in MS. (B).

↩
MSS. (A) (B) ◌.

↩
MSS. (A) (B) read ◌ for ◌.

↩
Poetical name, nom-de-plume.

↩
An Alif ◌ with a curved line written across it horizontally ◌ is called Alif mamdūda. This cross line was originally the word ◌, madd which means lengthening or prolonging.

↩
MS. (B). transposes the two last lines.

↩
MS. (A). ◌ omits ◌.

↩
MS. (A) reads ◌.

↩
MS. (A) reads ◌.

↩
MS. (A) omits ◌ MS. (B) omits ◌.

↩
◌ MS. (A). The text reads ◌ and adds a footnote saying that this is the reading of all three MSS. and also suggests that we should perhaps read ◌. MS. (A.) is however evidently correct here.

↩
MS. (A) reads ◌.

↩
Read here ◌. MS. (A.), instead of the reading in the text ◌.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
The Ashrafī is a gold coin weighing ten māshas, which first obtained currency in the reign of Ashraf Pādshāh (Ghiāṯu-l-lughāt).

↩
MS. (A) reads ◌ for ◌. The word ◌ tirpauliya is a Sanskrit word, meaning having three doors. It does not appear which mosque is meant, but Hunter in the Gazetteer of India. Vol. I, pp. 97-98, speaking of the architecture of Ahmadābād, points out the compromise of form between Hindu or Jain, and Muhammadan types. He says “Even the mosques are Hindu or Jain in their details, with a Saracenic arch thrown in occasionally, not from any constructive want, but as a symbol of Islām.”

↩
MS. (A) omits ◌.

↩
MSS. (A) (B) insert ◌ before ◌.

↩
◌ Mujtahidīn. Mujtahid (one who strives) is the highest attain able title among Muslim divines. See Hughes' Dict. of Islām, s. v. and Ijmā‘.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
MS. (A) ◌. MS. (B) reads ◌ for ◌.

↩
MS. (A) reads ◌ for ◌.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
This proverb in one form or another is well-known. The Arabic proverb runs ◌. Every vessel exudes what it contains.

↩
MS. (A) ◌.

↩
MS. (A) (B) ◌.

↩
◌ MS. (A) (B) which omit ◌.

↩
MSS. (A) (B) ◌.↩